《This Is My Primitive Tribe》


 Chapter 1： scary jungle

    Another world, primitive continent, southern barren mountain range.


    "Xuan, hold on, we''ll be able to escape right away."


    In a daze, a girl''s voice came from Jiang Xuan''s ear. He opened his eyes with great effort, and saw a virgin forest with towering ancient trees and old vines.


    Jiang Xuan found himself lying on the girl''s back, and the girl was running fast, which made him, who was already drowsy, feel very uncomfortable.


    At the same time, a tingling sensation continued to come from his chest, and he was obviously bleeding. It must have been a serious injury. The drowsy Jiang Xuan closed his eyes.


    After an unknown amount of time, the panting girl finally stopped and placed him under a big tree.


    "Xuan, open your eyes and look at me, don''t scare my sister."


    Hearing the girl''s call, Jiang Xuan opened his eyes again with difficulty, and saw a girl in a fur coat with a flustered expression.


    Where is this? who are you?


    Jiang Xuan really wanted to ask, but he found that he no longer had the strength to speak.


    "Wait for me here, I''ll find herbs to stop the bleeding."


    The girl ran away in a hurry, leaving Jiang Xuan lying on the ground unable to move, looking at this strange world, smelling the strange smell of grass and blood mixed with blood.


    What''s going on here?


    Jiang Xuan clearly remembered that he just slept while working overtime late at night, why did he come here? Is it a dream?


    Suddenly, he felt a whirlwind, and a lot of information was stuffed into his mind.


    After a while, he recovered and digested the information.


    First of all, he crossed, and crossed into the extremely dangerous primitive world.


    The original body is a twelve-year-old boy named "Xuan", a member of a small primitive tribe. The girl is his sister, one year older than him, named Chi Shao.


    Primitives don''t pay much attention to the names they choose, so choose whatever they think of.


    In the tribe, "Xuan" represents red and black, and it also represents rope, because the word looks like a woven rope.


    And red peony is the name of the herb, and has no other meaning.


    Secondly, the tribe they belonged to was just overrun by a rival tribe, and their parents used their lives to cover Chishao and Xuan to escape.


    During the battle, Xuan was stabbed with a spear by the enemy, and Chi Shao ran away with him on his back.


    Actually, in the middle of the run, Xuan died because of his injuries. It happened that Jiang Xuan crossed over at this time and took over everything from him.


    The mysterious power of traversal saved his life temporarily, but if the bleeding could not be stopped, or if the wound was seriously infected, he would still die.


    Jiang Xuan was no longer able to complain about such a miserable situation. The most important thing right now is how to save his life.


    "Shashasha..."


    At this moment, Jiang Xuan suddenly heard a continuous voice, he turned his head, his face stiffened, and there was a look of horror in his eyes.


    I saw a giant centipede more than half a meter long, which seemed to smell blood, and was crawling towards him quickly.


    This centipede was red all over, and it was many times bigger than the centipedes he had seen before. The iron-clad body, icy eyes, sharp mouthparts, and hook-shaped feet made the scalp numb.


    It''s over, it''s over, are you going to die here just after crossing over?


    Jiang Xuan watched the ferocious centipede crawling closer and closer, with its poison glands and palate teeth constantly opening and closing. As long as it got close, it would plunge into Jiang Xuan''s body and inject venom, and Jiang Xuan would surely die by then!


    "no no¡­"


    Jiang Xuan felt that the blood all over his body was about to solidify, and he made a faint sound, but he couldn''t stop the half-meter-long centipede from continuing to approach.


    Just when Jiang Xuan fell into despair, suddenly, a short spear flew over with a "swoosh", penetrated through the back of the centipede, and nailed it firmly to the ground.


    At this time, the huge centipede was already less than thirty centimeters away from Jiang Xuan. If the short spear was a little slower, he would be dead.


    "Xuan, are you alright?"


    Chi Shao hurried over, holding a handful of herbs in her hand.


    She walked to the centipede pinned by the short spear, ignoring its twisting body, stepped on the centipede''s head with one foot, and then pulled out a sharp stone knife from her waist, which cut off the big centipede''s head. brain.


    "Huh..."


    Jiang Xuan let out a long sigh of relief, and finally saved his life for the time being. He was really scared to death just now.


    The centipede''s body was still twisting slightly, but it couldn''t sting any more.


    Jiang Xuan looked at Chi Shao gratefully, thanks to this sister who saved his life.


    "I''ll give you medicine first."


    Chishao put those herbs in his mouth and chewed quickly.


    After the herbs were thoroughly chewed, she undid the animal skin coat on Jiang Xuan''s body and applied the chewed herbs to his wound.


    Strange to say, after these herbs were applied, Jiang Xuan''s wound had a cool feeling, and the bleeding speed had obviously slowed down.


    Chishao opened the animal skin bag hanging from his waist again, took out a cotton-like white spider web, sealed the wound with herbs, and then helped him put on the animal skin coat.


    "It''s not safe here, my sister will take you to a safe place."


    After Chishao dealt with Jiang Xuan''s wound, she put the big centipede that had its head cut off in the animal skin bag, and then carried Jiang Xuan on her back and continued to run.


    On the way, Jiang Xuan saw many animals and plants that made the scalp numb.


    For example, a spider the size of a washbasin, a scorpion the size of a watermelon, a mantis that can chop off a branch as thick as an arm, etc...


    Even plants are not good stubble.


    After Jiang Xuan saw a bird approaching a bright flower, the barbed petals closed instantly, turning the bird into flower fat.


    If he was watching a documentary, Jiang Xuan would definitely find these animals and plants interesting, but when he was there, all he felt was fear.


    The virgin forests of this world are extremely dangerous, as long as you are a little careless, you may die.


    Chishao''s physical strength is beyond Jiang Xuan''s imagination.


    After walking on his back for three or four hours, during which time he had to avoid all kinds of dangers, Chishao still kept his speed and breathed steadily.


    It was not until evening when Chishao found a cave that she finally breathed a sigh of relief.


    The cave is not deep, there is a lot of dry wood in it, and there are some ash and charcoal on the ground. Obviously, someone has made a fire here before.


    There was still a pile of hay on the ground. Chishao first opened the hay and checked it carefully. There were no poisonous insects hidden before spreading it out, leaving Jiang Xuan to lie on the hay.


    "It''s getting dark, my husband is hot."


    Chishao found a relatively hard wooden stick from the dry wood pile, a relatively soft piece of firewood with a groove in the middle.


    She sharpened one end of the stick with a stone knife, then placed it in the groove of the firewood and rubbed it quickly.


    Jiang Xuan has watched many outdoor survival programs in his previous life. He knows that this is called the method of making fire with a plough. It generates heat by friction, rubs out the fire, and then ignites the fire.


    While rubbing, Chi Shao explained to Jiang Xuan: "I used to go out hunting with the hunting team. If I couldn''t go back at night, I would stay here for one night. There are several places like this."


    "Crack clap..."


    Under the friction of the red peony, a lot of fine sawdust was rubbed out of the grooves of the firewood, and the end of the stick became charred.


    A small wisp of smoke rose up, Chishao put down the stick, picked up the piece of firewood with both hands, and blew lightly into it.


    A spark burned quickly, igniting the fine sawdust to form a fire.


    Chishao grabbed a few handfuls of dry moss, kneaded it into a large ball, and then used a stone knife to pick the fire into the dry moss, blowing slowly.


    A lot of thick smoke came out of the moss, and then a bunch of flames suddenly burst out.


    Chishao quickly put the burning moss on the ground, then added small dead branches on top, and after the small dead branches were ignited, added larger dead branches.


    Soon, a fire rose, illuminating the cave.


    Chishao went outside the cave to find a fresh branch, used a stone knife to peel off the fork and the outer skin, returned to the cave, and poured the half-meter-long centipede out of the animal skin bag, UU read www. uukanshu.com skewered it with whole sticks and grilled it by the fire.


    When a centipede is alive, it is poisonous, but when it is roasted, it becomes a non-toxic food that can be eaten.


    The shell of the centipede made a crackling sound, and the meat inside quickly released its fragrance under the high temperature roasting.


    After the big centipede was roasted, Chishao peeled off the shell, tore off the centipede flesh, and handed it to Jiang Xuan''s mouth: "Eat it, eat more, the wound will heal faster."


    Jiang Xuan was injured, and he hadn''t eaten for a long time. He was already very hungry. He smelled the smell of meat now, and he didn''t care whether it was a centipede or something else, so he just opened his mouth to eat.


    Half of the centipede went down, Jiang Xuan had a feeling of being alive again.


    "You...you eat too..." Jiang Xuan spoke with great effort, speaking in the language of the tribesmen.


    Chi Shao smiled and nodded, and ate the rest of the centipede meat. She must maintain sufficient physical strength so that she can better protect Jiang Xuan.


    After eating the centipede meat, Chishao fed Jiang Xuan some water and changed the medicine once. Then, he found a lot of thick dead trees and blocked the entrance of the cave to prevent the beasts from breaking in in the middle of the night.


    After everything was done, Chishao sat beside the fire, Jiang Xuan lay on the haystack, and the firewood was burning "crackling".


    When I''m busy, I can''t think about it.


    Now that I''m free, my mood suddenly rises.


    Chi Shao looked at the beating flames and said in a low voice, "The tribe is gone, what should we do in the future..."


    Jiang Xuan said with difficulty: "Big... big deal, we... let''s rebuild a tribe."


    Chi Shao smiled, but did not speak.


    In this dangerous virgin forest, how could it be so easy for the two of them to establish a tribe?

 Chapter 2： Herbal Healing

    This night, Jiang Xuan didn''t sleep very well.


    From time to time, there are terrifying roars of animals, strange bird calls, and the sounds of various insects, which make people terrified.


    Chi Shao was afraid of a beast attacking at night, so she insisted on guarding for most of the night, and only took a nap when it was almost dawn.


    The next morning, when Chi Shao woke up, the fire had been extinguished. She took out the charcoal fire that was still smoldering from the embers and relit the fire.


    When Chishao started the fire, Jiang Xuan also woke up.


    Chi Shao stood up: "I''ll find something to eat nearby, you wait for me here."


    "be careful."


    "rest assured."


    Chi Shao went out with a stone knife and a short spear, and quickly walked away.


    Jiang Xuan was the only one left in the cave, and there was still a burning flame.


    Jiang Xuan raised his hand, he found that he had regained some strength, at least not like yesterday, it was difficult to speak.


    He was worried about the condition of the wound, so he gently uncovered the cobwebs and medicinal residues that covered the wound.


    The situation was much better than he expected.


    The wound has closed, and although there is no scab, there is no sign of inflammation.


    This is good news. He hopes that the wound will heal as soon as possible and the ability to move will be restored as soon as possible.


    Jiang Xuan bandaged the wound again and lay down at ease.


    However, after waiting for a long time, Chi Shao did not come back.


    During the waiting time, he began to think involuntarily.


    This jungle is so dangerous, what if Chishao has an accident? What if I don''t come back?


    He was so badly injured that he had no ability to move. If Chi Shao had an accident, he would have to wait to die.


    "Shashasha..."


    Just when Jiang Xuan thought about it and became more afraid, there were light footsteps outside, and the figure of Chi Shao appeared.


    Jiang Xuan breathed a sigh of relief: "You''re back."


    "I caught a snake and found some herbs, and it took a little longer."


    Chishao carried a snake on her shoulders. The snake was huge, as thick as the mouth of a bowl.


    The head of the snake has been cut off, the abdomen has been cut open, and the intestines have been cleaned up.


    Jiang Xuan sighed again: The women of the primitive tribe are too fierce!


    "Today we roast snake meat."


    Chishao cut a thicker branch, cut the snake into sections with a stone knife, strung it on the branch, and then inserted the branch on the ground beside the fire. The snake meat was about ten centimeters away from the fire.


    Barbecue can''t be grilled directly on the flame, it will burn.


    Tribal people usually skewer the meat on wooden sticks and place it next to the fire, without direct contact with the flames, and use the overflowing high temperature to slowly cook it.


    The only downside is that it takes a long time to bake.


    After getting the snake meat, Chishao opened her animal skin bag and took out a handful of freshly picked herbs from it.


    Chishao still put those fresh herbs in his mouth and chewed them, and then replaced the old medicine for Jiang Xuan''s wound.


    Afterwards, she handed Jiang Xuan two more plant rhizomes and let him chew some juice to swallow.


    This plant is a healing medicine often used by tribal people, called horse chestnut, and its roots have anti-inflammatory and pain-relieving effects.


    Jiang Xuan learned from his predecessor''s memory that he had taken this drug several times before, and there was no adverse reaction.


    Jiang Xuan put the rhizome of the horse chestnut in his mouth and chewed it, and almost spit it out.


    Bitter, very bitter, it''s a kind of torture to the tongue.


    However, this is the primitive era, and there are serious injuries on his body. Even if it is suffering, he can only endure it.


    Chi Shao looked at him softly: "It''s a little bitter, bear with it, you don''t need to eat when the wound heals."


    Jiang Xuan nodded, indicating that he would take medicine well.


    "By the way, elder sister, how come you know so many herbs?" Jiang Xuan was very curious about this.


    "It''s all learned from the people in the hunting party."


    Chishao explained: "When you go out hunting, people in the hunting party are often injured. If you are injured and left alone, knowing more about herbs can save your life."


    "It turned out to be so."


    Jiang Xuan suddenly realized, this is the so-called long illness becomes a good doctor.


    After Chi Shao finished speaking, she fell silent again, obviously thinking of the tribe and her relatives.


    Seeing that she was uncomfortable, Jiang Xuan couldn''t ask any more questions.


    The snake meat was roasted for about an hour, until it was browned, and the red peony was taken out. Jiang Xuan shared half of it, and he ate half of it himself.


    The roasted snake meat didn''t have any seasoning, and it didn''t contain any oil, but for the two people who were in distress, it was quite good to have meat, and there was nothing to criticize.


    ¡­


    In this way, Jiang Xuan lay in this cave for ten days in a row. Chishao would go out every day to find food and herbs. Sometimes it went well, and sometimes it hurt a little.


    The tribes of this world are strong and resilient.


    Ten days later, Jiang Xuan was able to walk down the ground.


    After regaining his mobility, Jiang Xuan couldn''t wait to move around in a small area at the entrance of the cave.


    He hopes to adapt to this wild and primitive world as soon as possible so that he can deal with all kinds of dangers in the future.


    After another five days, Jiang Xuan''s injury was no longer serious, and he began to try to arrange some noose traps near the cave to catch small prey.


    His trap succeeded, but instead of a bird or a rabbit, he caught a green bug the size of a teacup.


    When he walked over, the worm''s waist was tied by thin vines, and the bouncing branches pulled it into the air, and the fat worm twisted and turned.


    "Is this thing edible?"


    Although some experts have been emphasizing that the same volume of worms, the protein content is four times that of beef.


    But this thing doesn''t look like food, and it''s not so easy to accept from the senses.


    But this was food, and it was also the first prey that Jiang Xuan caught in this world, and he didn''t want to let it go.


    Jiang Xuan untied the cane from the branch and returned to the cave with the fat worm, planning to ask Chishao when she came back.


    However, just as he was waiting, he suddenly heard the cries of a group of crows.


    "Quack quack..."


    The harsh crow''s cry made Jiang Xuan involuntarily nervous.


    Because he learned from the memory left by the original body that it was the crow tribe that destroyed the tribe where Xuan and Chi Shao belonged.


    This kind of crow''s cry is a nightmare for the original body.


    There are more than 3,000 people in the crow tribe, and they raise a large number of crows. These crows can help them reconnaissance in the air, and they can also help them hunt and fight. They are very ferocious.


    "Shashasha..."


    There was a sound of hurried footsteps outside the cave, Jiang Xuan nervously grabbed a wooden stick and hid in the shadows.


    "Xuan, Xuan..."


    At this moment, the call of Chishao came from the entrance of the cave, and Jiang Xuan trotted out immediately.


    Chi Shao''s expression was very nervous, and she urged, "Come on, the crow tribe''s hunting team is here, we can''t stay here anymore."


    "Wait a minute, there''s something in the hole."


    Jiang Xuan walked quickly into the hole, picked up the worm bound by the rope, found a stone, smashed the worm''s head, and then ran out of the hole.


    This was the first prey he came to this world. Although it was a bug and it didn''t look very tasty, he didn''t plan to throw it away.


    "Your injury isn''t healed yet, I''ll carry you with me."


    Chi Shao glanced at the worm and couldn''t help but carry Jiang Xuan on her back and ran, and soon disappeared into the vast virgin jungle.


    Not long after they left, a group of tribesmen dressed in animal skins, with mysterious lines on their faces and crow feathers on their heads soon came to the cave.


    Above their heads, there were hundreds of crows circling, "quack", the sound was very harsh and unpleasant.


    "Someone has been here before." Someone found a lasso trap and footprints on the ground.


    Later, they found the cave. The fire in the cave had not been completely extinguished, and there were some leftover bones on the ground.


    "They just left not long ago."


    "This is the new hunting ground of our crow tribe. People from outside tribes are not allowed to enter, catch up and kill them!"


    "Quack quack..."


    The hunting team of the crow tribe, with the crows, immediately searched around.


    If Chi Shao and Jiang Xuan were caught up by them, they would definitely be killed without mercy.

 Chapter 3： bamboo hut

    "Sister, let me down, I can run by myself."


    Chi Shao kept running with Jiang Xuan on her back, because she ran too fast and the road in the jungle was not easy to walk. She was so tired that she was sweating and panting.


    "You still have injuries on your body. If you run too fast, the wounds will open, and you will be in trouble. It''s alright, sister can persevere."


    Chi Shao continued to run forward, not daring to stop, because the crows could still be heard faintly behind her, which indicated that the crow tribe''s hunting team had not been thrown away.


    Jiang Xuan was very helpless. If the crow tribe''s hunting team appeared a few days later, he would be able to run by himself without the need for a red peony back.


    The crow''s cry in the back gradually disappeared, and I don''t know how long it ran. A bamboo forest appeared in front of it, and Chishao''s face showed a happy expression.


    "Here, this is the furthest temporary overnight spot for the hunting team."


    Chishao climbed up the mountain with Jiang Xuan on her back, and walked into a bamboo forest. In the depths of the bamboo forest, there was a bamboo house, which was built by a former hunting team.


    "No, there is someone inside!"


    Just as Chi Shao was about to pass by, she suddenly noticed a faint white smoke rising from the roof, apparently someone had started a fire inside.


    Chi Shao immediately took Jiang Xuan to hide behind a large rock, not daring to let out the air.


    "Who? Come out!"


    At this moment, someone shouted from the bamboo house, and then a series of footsteps ran towards him.


    How to do? Could it be that after escaping for so many days, is he still going to die in the end?


    There was a look of despair in Chi Shao''s eyes. She ran too far behind Jiang Xuan''s back, and she no longer had the strength to run away behind his back.


    Of course, she can also throw Jiang Xuan here and run by herself. Jiang Xuan attracts the attention of the other party. She is familiar with this place and has a good chance of escaping.


    "Sister, run away and leave me alone."


    Jiang Xuan was a little resigned to his fate. Chishao was a good elder sister and had been taking good care of him for so many days. Since he was destined to run away, there was no need to drag Chishao to die with him.


    He just felt a little pity. Not long after he crossed over, his dream of building a tribe didn''t come true, and he was about to die.


    However, Chi Shao held his hand tightly, and said with firm eyes, "You are my younger brother, and I am your only relative. Even if I die, I will not leave you behind!"


    "You don''t have to..." Jiang Xuan''s mood was very complicated, only he knew that he was not Chi Shao''s real younger brother.


    "Stop talking, they''re here!"


    Chi Shao pulled out the stone knife with one hand and the left hand, and held the short spear in the right hand, her eyes were firm and fierce, and she was ready to fight for the last time!


    The footsteps were getting closer and closer, Jiang Xuan should have been very nervous, but now he calmed down.


    He looked at Chi Shao''s profile, and the softest part of his heart was touched.


    In fact, for so many days, he has been very uncomfortable in his heart, because he has traveled through, and even if he has obtained the memory of his original body, he does not have that kind of real affection for the elder sister Chi Shao.


    Until this time, Chi Shao would rather die than leave him behind, and this determination deeply touched him.


    Thinking of the meticulous care of Chishao for so many days, Jiang Xuan finally got rid of the knot in his heart and officially accepted Chishao.


    "Sister, thank you..."


    This sister, Jiang Xuan called out willingly, and the feeling of detachment in his heart also disappeared at this moment.


    Chi Shao did not look back. When the footsteps approached, she held a short spear and a stone knife and rushed towards the unknown enemy without hesitation.


    As soon as Jiang Xuan gritted his teeth, he picked up a stone and rushed out, intending to fight.


    However, when he rushed out from the back of the stone, he saw Chi Shao holding a short spear, maintaining an attacking posture, and did not make a move.


    "Uncaria, loach, Nanxing, why are you..."


    Opposite Chi Shao stood three young men, about eleven or twelve years old, holding bone spears or bamboo bows in their hands, stunned in place.


    The stone that Jiang Xuan lifted silently threw away, because he was very familiar with these people.


    The tribe that Jiang Xuanyuan belongs to is called the Deer Tribe, and these people are all members of the Deer Tribe.


    These three teenagers are called Uncaria, Shiloh, and Nanxing.


    Uncaria and Jiang Xuan were both twelve years old. The other two boys, Shi Loach was eleven years old and Nan Xing was ten years old. They were both relatively young.


    The young man named Uncaria put down the bone spear and exclaimed in surprise: "Chishao, Xuan, it''s great that you are still alive."


    The three teenagers all put down their weapons. After the deer tribe was destroyed, they were very excited when they saw an acquaintance for the first time.


    Chi Shao took back the short spear and asked, "Why are you here?"


    Uncaria said, "Go into the house and say that there is still roasting bamboo chicken in the house."


    "it is good."


    Chi Shao and Jiang Xuan followed them into the bamboo house.


    After entering the bamboo house, Jiang Xuan saw that there were two roasted bamboo chickens inside, as well as some golden worms roasted on the slate, a bunch of wild fruits, and a few blocky plant roots.


    "We caught these two bamboo chickens with a noose trap. Here, let''s eat them."


    Uncaria took down the two roasted bamboo chickens without hesitation and handed them to Chishao and Jiang Xuan respectively.


    Chishao took a bamboo chicken, tore it in half with her bare hands, gave half of it to Jiang Xuan, and returned the bamboo chicken in Jiang Xuan''s hand to Uncaria.


    "It''s enough for us to eat one."


    Uncaria is no longer polite, because they are young and it is not easy to get meat.


    Chi Shao asked while eating, "How did you escape here?"


    Uteng Road then recounted the process of escape.


    It turned out that when the Crow Tribe attacked the Deer Tribe, because of the relatively large gap in strength, the witch and the leader of the Deer Tribe knew that the battle had been lost and the Deer Tribe was about to perish.


    The witch and the leader ordered Cang Zhu, the hunting captain, to escape with the children of the tribe, which can be regarded as saving a little fire for the tribe.


    However, how can it be so easy to break through the layers of siege?


    During the battle, Cang Zhu was seriously injured, and the soldiers around him also died one by one.


    Cang Zhu took the three young men to escape, and finally escaped here.


    Chi Shao hurriedly asked, "What about Uncle Cangzhu?"


    The eyes of the three teenagers suddenly dimmed.


    Uncle Teng said in a low voice, "Dead, Uncle Cangzhu was seriously injured. After bringing us here, UU Kanshu died within a few days, and we buried him in the bamboo forest."


    Chi Shao had a sad look in her eyes, but she was strong and didn''t cry.


    Jiang Xuan pondered for a while, and said, "The crow tribe''s people have already occupied the hunting grounds, they will find this place sooner or later, it''s not safe anymore."


    When the three teenagers heard the three words "crow tribe", fear appeared in their eyes, and they panicked for a while.


    Uncaria asked, "Then what should we do?"


    Jiang Xuandao: "If you want to survive, you must stay away from the crow''s range of activities. Let''s run farther and find a safe place to live first."


    Chi Shao nodded and said, "Xuan is right, the tribe is gone, we have to live well, and we can take revenge later!"


    Uncle Teng clenched his fists and said, "Vengeance!"


    Shi Loach and Nan Xing also have the flame of revenge in their eyes. They are young and don''t know how difficult it is to seek revenge from the crow tribe. They only rely on their passion.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Let''s pack up, the crow tribe''s people might be here at some point, and we''ll leave here tomorrow."


    "Okay, listen to you."


    The three teenagers have no problem with this. They are relatively young. When encountering such a big event, they will subconsciously attach themselves to people who are stronger than them.


    In this way, the five of them had a full meal, and then set more traps in the bamboo forest, looking for bamboo worms, and preparing as much food as possible.


    The big bug that Jiang Xuan brought was also roasted and eaten by everyone. It actually tasted pretty good.


    In the evening, Chishao walked into the bamboo forest and added some soil to the lonely grave without saying a word. No one knew what she was thinking.


    The next day, the five set off again to find a safer and more suitable place to live.

 Chapter 4： Ishiyama Koto

    "Bangbangbang..."


    "Woo, woo, woo..."


    In the virgin forest, Jiang Xuan and the others hit the trees with bamboo while walking, and they made roars from time to time.


    It has been two days since they left the bamboo forest. Jiang Xuan''s injury is almost healed, and he can walk without any problem.


    Ahead is the forest that the deer tribe hunting team has never set foot in, and there is no trace of human activity.


    In such a place, it is no longer people who need to guard against, but those terrifying beasts.


    When they left the bamboo forest, they each brought a small bamboo two-finger thick. This bamboo is not as tall as a moso bamboo, but it is very tough.


    Bamboo hits trees and makes a loud, crisp sound, which is used to deter ferocious beasts. Generally, beasts will leave on their own when they hear such a big movement.


    The red peony in front suddenly stopped and listened.


    Jiang Xuan asked nervously, "What''s wrong?"


    Uncaria and others are also very nervous. In such a strange place, there are too many deadly dangers, and they are not sure when they will encounter them.


    Chi Shao closed her eyes and listened carefully for a while: "There seems to be the sound of water flowing in front."


    Jiang Xuan also listened carefully and nodded: "There is indeed the sound of water flowing."


    Uncaria asked, "Are we going to go?"


    Jiang Xuan thought for a while: "Let''s go and have a look. I hope to find a place with a small river and flat land to live in."


    The water resources in Nanhuang are very rich. There are mountain springs and streams everywhere, so there is no situation where wild beasts gather by the water. As long as you don''t go into the water, it is relatively safe.


    "Let''s go then."


    Chi Shao attaches great importance to her younger brother''s opinion, because she is such a relative, so as long as Jiang Xuan''s words are not too outrageous, she will not refute them.


    A group of people walked along the sound of the water, and the road that no one walked was very difficult to walk. After walking for about an hour, they finally found the place where the sound of the water was heard.


    "Crash..."


    It was a small river with a width of about 20 meters. The flow rate was not fast. The water was very clear, and there were many fish swimming in it.


    There are also large reeds growing by the river, about three or four meters high, very lush.


    Standing on a huge rock, Jiang Xuan looked at the slowly flowing river in front of him, and said excitedly, "This is the river I''m looking for!"


    Ten-year-old Nan Xing asked curiously, "Xuan, why are you looking for a small river?"


    Jiang Xuan smiled mysteriously: "You will know later."


    Nan Xing felt a little confused, but Jiang Xuan didn''t say the reason, he couldn''t do anything about it.


    Chi Shao stood beside Jiang Xuan and asked, "Xuan, do we want to live here?"


    For Chi Shao, it doesn''t really matter where she lives, as long as Jiang Xuan is happy, after all, she is such a younger brother.


    Jiang Xuan stood on the big rock, looked around, and shook his head: "There isn''t much flat land here, so I can''t live here. Let''s go along the river bank and look for it."


    Chishao didn''t know why Jiang Xuan had to find a large piece of flat land, but she respected Jiang Xuan''s choice.


    "Okay, let''s move on."


    The five did not get close to the river bank, because the reeds were too high and dense, making it inconvenient to walk, and because there might be terrifying predators hidden inside, so they couldn''t take this risk.


    They were still walking in the forest. From time to time, Jiang Xuanli would climb up a tree, or stand on a high place to have a look, looking for a suitable place to live.


    After walking for another half day, the time has come to the afternoon. If they can''t find a suitable place to live, they have to find a place to spend the night.


    When they climbed over a hillside, the front suddenly became bright and bright.


    There is a large open field ahead, and the river turns a corner in the open field and continues to rush forward.


    Jiang Xuan looked around, his eyes lit up, this is a good place!


    Uncaria was also looking around, he suddenly saw something, pointed in one direction and exclaimed, "Look over there!"


    Jiang Xuan looked in the direction pointed by Uncaria, and saw a scene that he will never forget!


    At the end of the open field, there is a stone mountain several hundred meters high. The mountain is steep and there are cliffs on all sides.


    An ancient vine, I don''t know how many years it has been growing, the trunk is extremely thick, winding up along the mountain, and actually entangled the entire stone mountain, like a giant dragon coiled column!


    "God, this is too big!"


    Everyone was shocked, that vigorous ancient vine was bigger than any vine they had seen before.


    In addition to being shocked, Jiang Xuan carefully observed the place.


    He found that there are not only river bends and forests here, but also a bamboo forest at the foot of the stone mountain.


    A small stream flows out of the bamboo forest, meanders all the way, passes through a large flat land, and finally joins the small river.


    This is simply the perfect place to live!


    Jiang Xuan said excitedly, "This is the place I''m looking for!"


    Chi Shao came back to her senses and asked, "Xuan, do you want to live here?"


    Jiang Xuan nodded and pointed to the bamboo forest at the foot of the stone mountain: "We will settle down by the creek beside that bamboo forest!"


    "Then let''s go, it''s getting late, it''s getting late."


    Chi Shao walked forward first, Jiang Xuan immediately followed, followed by Uncaria, Shi Loach, and Nan Xing.


    That ancient vine was really shocking, like a god.


    Living at the foot of the stone mountain, you should be protected by the gods, right?


    Tribal people worship gods, and they also firmly believe that as long as they believe in their hearts, gods will protect them.


    There was no road on the ground, so the five of them overcame obstacles and walked for more than an hour, and finally reached the bamboo forest at the foot of the stone mountain.


    The lush bamboo blocks the sun, and there are not many thorns and weeds under the bamboo forest, which makes people feel very comfortable.


    Jiang Xuan found the stream following the sound of water.


    He chose a relatively flat place beside the stream and said to Chi Shao, "Let''s live here!"


    Chi Shao looked at him: "You like it here, we live here. However, it''s getting dark now, so we need to build a temporary shelter first and make a fire, otherwise it will be troublesome if we encounter wild beasts at night."


    "it is good!"


    Jiang Xuan said to the three teenagers, "Let''s pick up some bamboo and build a temporary bamboo shed, and my sister will make a fire."


    Chi Shao had no objection, and neither did the three teenagers, and they all started to work.


    There are many dry bamboos in the bamboo forest. After the bamboos dry up, they will soon be eaten by insects, become rotten and fall down.


    Jiang Xuan, Uncaria, and Loach, near the stream, pulled the fallen bamboos one by one to the chosen place.


    Fresh bamboo is extremely tough, and it takes a lot of effort to get it down without a hatchet. uukanshu.com and a long time.


    It is much easier to pick up these fallen bamboos.


    After Jiang Xuan pulled the dry bamboo to the selected location, he found some tough vines, and then started to build a bamboo shed.


    He chose a living bamboo as a support. First, between the two bamboos, at the height of one person, he tied a relatively intact bamboo as a beam.


    Afterwards, other dry bamboos were placed on top of the beams, tied with rattan, and the excess branches were broken off to make a simple sloping bamboo shed.


    Next, they spread a lot of moss, hay and bamboo leaves on the top of the bamboo shed to prevent it from raining at night.


    Jiang Xuan took the three boys and spent about an hour to finally set up the bamboo shed.


    At this time, the sun had already set, Chishao found a dry thorn tree, and then found a relatively hard dead tree, and then lit a bonfire with the plow method.


    Then she cleaned up the dead branches and leaves near the bonfire to prevent the fire from spreading and accidentally igniting the bamboo forest.


    Finally, she moved a lot of stones from the creek to surround the fire, so it was much safer.


    As for firewood, there is no need to look for it at all. The large amount of dry bamboo in this bamboo forest is the best firewood.


    When night finally came, Jiang Xuan and the five sat in the humble bamboo shed, watching the beating bonfire and eating the wild fruits picked on the road, their hearts calmed down a little.


    At least, they won''t have to run around tomorrow.


    "Snapped!"


    After the bamboos are burned in the fire, the air in the bamboo joints expands rapidly, causing the bamboos to burst and make a loud noise.


    This sound scared away the nearby beasts and birds.


    This is the most primitive firecracker, and it is also a means for tribal people to prevent beasts from attacking at night.

 Chapter 5： Catch crabs

    The next morning, the sound of birds and insects woke Jiang Xuan from his sleep.


    He opened his drowsy eyes and found that the others were also awake, so he said hello and went to the stream to wash his face.


    The water in the stream is very clear and shallow, and some finger-sized fish are swimming in the water.


    After a night of sleep, Jiang Xuan was already hungry, and he saw that everything was food.


    However, these small fish are very slippery, and it is not easy to catch them unless it takes a long time to make a fish cage.


    "Crash..."


    Jiang Xuan washed his face with cold stream water, and his whole body suddenly became much more awake.


    It suddenly occurred to him that there are not only fish in the creek, but also some easier-to-catch animals.


    Like crabs.


    This time is autumn, and it is the time when the crab paste is fat and delicious.


    Thinking of the deliciousness of crabs, Jiang Xuan''s eyes lit up, and he immediately started turning over the stones by the stream.


    Chi Shao came over curiously and asked, "Xuan, what are you doing?"


    "Look for crabs."


    "What is a crab?"


    Chishao is a little confused. The people of the deer tribe mainly hunt in the forest, and occasionally eat fish, but they usually only stab the fish with spears by the stream, and never go into the water easily. Naturally, they don¡¯t know crabs.


    At this moment, after Jiang Xuan turned over a big rock, a big crab appeared, it panicked and wanted to escape.


    Jiang Xuan quickly held down its shell, reached out from behind the crab, grabbed the four legs on its side, and lifted the big crab up.


    Catching crabs is skillful.


    Its two big pliers are very powerful, but they can only clamp the things in front, the left and right sides and the back, it can''t do anything.


    "This is it!"


    Jiang Xuan was very pleasantly surprised, because this crab was as big as a soup pot and had a lot of weight. If it was in his previous life, such a big crab would be a rarity.


    "This is the crab? It looks fierce, can it be eaten?"


    Chishao picked up a wooden stick and placed it on the crab''s pincers, only to hear a "click", and the stick was snapped off neatly.


    "Of course I can eat it. In the tribe, an uncle took me to the water to catch crabs, which can be roasted and eaten."


    In order to convince Chishao that crabs can be eaten, Jiang Xuan can only panic.


    Chi Shao nodded. She didn''t doubt Jiang Xuan''s words, nor did she ask who brought him there.


    Uncaria, Shiloh, and Nanxing also came. They looked at Jiang Xuan holding such a big crab with one hand, and their faces were full of admiration.


    Uncaria said: "Xuan, you are amazing!"


    Shi Loh nodded fiercely on the side, this kind of prey called crabs looked very fierce, but Jiang Xuan caught it so easily.


    Nan Xing was even more eager to try: "Xuan, can you get it for me?"


    "Of course you can, but you have to be careful not to get caught by it!"


    Nan Xing glanced at the stick that was broken in two, and immediately nodded like a chicken pecking at rice.


    "When catching a crab, don''t put your hand in front of it, catch it from the back or the side, yes, that''s it."


    Nan Xing lifted the crab according to Jiang Xuan''s instructions, and saw the crab''s huge pincers waving left and right, but could not hold his hand, Nan Xing laughed happily.


    "Bring it to me."


    "I also want."


    Uncaria and loach took turns to try the feeling of catching the big crab, and it felt very fresh.


    Jiang Xuandao: "The crab likes to hide under the rocks in the stream, you can also go and look it up, but it is best to take a wooden stick and press it with a wooden stick when you see the crab, so as not to get caught."


    "If we catch a few more, we''ll have a full meal, and then we''ll have the strength to build a house."


    "Okay, let''s go too."


    Chishao, Uncaria, Loach, and Nanxing each found a stick, and then followed Jiang Xuan''s example and went to turn over the big rocks by the stream.


    This place is inaccessible, and these crabs have never been caught. Not only are they large, but they are also surprisingly numerous.


    It didn''t take long for them to catch more than a dozen big crabs.


    Jiang Xuan tied the crabs with thin, flexible rattan and connected them into a large string.


    Interestingly, as long as two or more crabs get together, they will use tongs to clamp each other''s tongs or legs, and they will not loosen easily.


    In this way, it is as difficult for them to escape as if they wanted to go to the sky.


    Jiang Xuan and others happily brought the big crab back to the bamboo shed.


    Chi Shao pointed at the big crab and asked, "Xuan, how do you eat crabs?"


    The three of Uncaria also looked at Jiang Xuan, the crab was covered in hard shells, giving people a feeling that they had no way to start.


    "It''s simple, just throw them into the fire and roast them." Jiang Xuan is very confident in roasting crabs because he often roasted them in his previous life.


    Jiang Xuan first heated the fire, then opened a space in the middle of the fire, threw all the big crabs in, and continued to add firewood.


    The flames were burning, and it didn''t take long for the big crab''s shell to turn from blue-gray to an appetizing red under the high temperature.


    However, the crabs may have parasites in their bodies, and they are very large. Jiang Xuan must ensure that they are completely cooked before eating.


    Jiang Xuan used a wooden stick to put the charcoal fire on the crabs and covered them.


    After a long time, the shell of the big crab was burned black, but it did not turn into coke, and the crab meat inside was still intact.


    Jiang Xuan made sure they were fully cooked, so he picked up all the big crabs from the charcoal fire.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Sister, lend me your stone knife."


    Chishao pulled out the stone knife from her waist and handed it to Jiang Xuan.


    Jiang Xuan first pulled the largest crab steak aside, and after it had cooled down a little, twisted its tongs and legs off one by one and put them aside.


    Then, he used a stone knife to pry open the de-curled abdomen of the big crab and cut it off. This thing is inedible.


    Immediately afterwards, he used a stone knife to pry open the crab shell, removed the crab stomach, crab heart, crab gills, and crab intestines one by one, and took them out one by one, telling them that they should not be eaten, as they might be poisoned.


    As soon as they heard that they would be poisoned, the four of them became nervous, and firmly remembered the parts of the crab that cannot be eaten.


    "Okay, you can eat the rest."


    The big crab is steaming, the crab roe is full, the crab meat is white, and the fragrance is fragrant.


    Jiang Xuan scraped the crab roe into the crab shell, cut another piece of bamboo, and handed it to Chi Shao: "Sister, try it first."


    Chishao took the crab shell, picked up some crab roe with bamboo pieces and put it in her mouth, the delicious taste bloomed on the taste buds on the tip of her tongue, and her eyes lit up.


    "good to eat!"


    Chi Shao complimented, UU read and then buried her head to eat, seeing Uncaria and others drooling.


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "These meats are delicious too."


    He cut the big crab open and distributed the crab meat to Uncaria, Loach and Nanxing who were drooling on the side.


    After the three of them ate crab meat, their tongues could not wait to swallow it. They had never tasted this delicious taste.


    Next, Jiang Xuan used a stone to smash the tongs and crab legs apart, and took out the crab meat inside to eat.


    The crab behind, Jiang Xuan let Chishao, Uncaria and others take turns taking turns, and he gave pointers.


    After Chishao and the three teenagers decomposed a few crabs, they thoroughly memorized the decomposing steps of crabs, and could accurately pick out the parts that could not be eaten.


    After the big crab is decomposed, they don''t care what the crab meat is, they eat it directly when they get it close to their mouths. If they can''t eat it, they smash it with a stone, and they eat it very fast.


    It didn''t take long for more than a dozen big crabs to be eaten.


    Uncaria smashed the last crab claws open and stuffed the crab meat into his mouth. He said, "It''s delicious, but it''s too much shell and too little meat, and it''s gone before you''re full."


    Everyone nodded, the crabs really had too little meat.


    Jiang Xuan said with a smile: "This thing can''t be a staple food in the first place. Let''s eat something else. If you eat too many crabs in a day, you will have a stomachache."


    Uncaria and others felt it was a pity again, why can''t they eat more of such delicious food?


    But they didn''t dare to take the risk of stomach pain and continue to grab and eat, so they had to wait for the next time.


    At the moment, several people ate some wild fruits and plant roots. After filling their stomachs, they started to build houses.


    Bamboo sheds are too rudimentary. If you want to live here for a long time, you must build a house that can truly shelter from the wind and rain.

 Chapter 6： build a bamboo house

    Building a house is a relatively large project, especially building a stone house or a wooden house. It takes a lot of time just to move stones or chop down trees.


    Jiang Xuan didn''t plan to spend so much time. He planned to build a bamboo house according to local conditions.


    Bamboo is usually tall, straight, lightweight, and durable, making it ideal for building houses.


    The only problem is how to cut it off.


    Bamboo is very hard, and it is not easy to knock it down without iron.


    However, this is not difficult for Jiang Xuan. He has seen someone burn bamboo with torches. This method saves time and effort.


    Jiang Xuan said to Uncaria: "Pile up the bamboo leaves and branches around the bamboo to the root of the bamboo, and then set fire to burn the bamboo, but be careful not to set the whole bamboo forest on fire."


    Uncaria nodded: "Don''t worry, we will be careful."


    "Okay, then let''s start, each person is responsible for a fire."


    Jiang Xuan chose a large flat area in the bamboo forest, and then gathered the thick bamboo leaves and dead bamboos on the ground to the root of a bamboo.


    Chishao brought a burning bamboo from the fire in the bamboo shed and ignited the bamboo leaves and dead bamboos that Jiang Xuan had piled up.


    "Crackling, crackling, crackling..."


    The flames quickly blazed, and the skin of the bamboo was scorched by the high temperature, and a large amount of oil and water vapor ooze out after a while, making a "chichi" sound.


    Chishao squatted beside Jiang Xuan, and was also collecting dead bamboo and bamboo leaves to burn a bamboo. She looked at Jiang Xuan from time to time.


    She found that this younger brother seems to have become different from before, and he can always come up with some bizarre solutions.


    Perhaps it was the tribe''s destruction that stimulated him and made him grow.


    Chi Shao didn''t think too much about it, it''s also a good thing that Jiang Xuan has grown up.


    Bamboo is hollow and flammable. Even raw, it can burn quickly.


    After Jiang Xuan burned the two bamboos, he moved the fire to the root of the bamboo next to him and continued to burn.


    "Shashasha..."


    Jiang Xuan laboriously hugged the burnt bamboo and pulled it down.


    The bamboo forest is very dense, and the branches and leaves are intertwined between the bamboos. It takes a lot of strength to pull it down.


    "Let me do it."


    Chi Shao walked over, took the bamboo from Jiang Xuan''s arms, and abruptly pulled down both bamboos and pulled them to the open space outside the bamboo forest.


    In this regard, Jiang Xuan can only sigh again: the women of the primitive tribe are too fierce.


    With the efforts of the five people, it took half a day to burn down dozens of adjacent bamboos, forcibly vacating an open space in the bamboo forest.


    This open space is rectangular in shape, about six or seven meters in length and four or five meters in width, surrounded by dense bamboo growth.


    In the center of the open space, Jiang Xuan deliberately left three rows of bamboos in a straight line, which were used as pillars for the bamboo house.


    If you rely on yourself to dig a pit and a column, without the tools at hand, it will take time and effort, and you may not be able to stand firmly.


    Living bamboo does not have these problems.


    There were still many raised bamboo stakes on the ground, and Jiang Xuan asked everyone to continue to burn them until all the bamboo stakes were burned, and the ground became flat.


    Next, we will start building the bamboo house.


    Jiang Xuan''s idea is very simple. He left the living bamboo as the pillars in the middle and around the bamboo house, where the pillars are needed.


    Then, he only needs to remove the branches and leaves of the burned bamboo and burn it to the required length.


    Use these live bamboos as pillars, and tie the beams needed for the roof with rattan on the pillars.


    Then use the burnt bamboo to form a triangular roof, which is convenient for drainage.


    After the roof is built, it is necessary to climb on the roof, use stones, and cut off the excess part of the living bamboo with a stone knife or a stone axe, so that when it rains, the rainwater will not flow into the house along the bamboo.


    Finally, cover the roof with bark, bundled hay, etc., and complete the walls and doors on all sides.


    Making bamboo houses in this way is not only strong, but also saves a lot of time and effort.


    The construction of the bamboo house started immediately after clearing the open space.


    During the construction of the bamboo house, Chishao took some time every day to go deep into the bamboo forest, or set up some hunting traps in the forest on the left and right sides of the stone mountain.


    It is estimated that no one has been to this place before. There are a lot of prey, and the red peony can harvest some prey every day, such as muntjac, deer, pheasant, bamboo chicken, mountain mouse, etc.


    With plenty of meat, the five of them were very motivated, and it took ten days to complete the construction of the bamboo house!


    "Finally built!"


    Jiang Xuan stood in the bamboo house he built by himself. For some reason, there was a feeling of tears in his eyes.


    A house is not only a place to eat and sleep, it can also make people feel at ease. Without a house, you always don¡¯t know where you are going tomorrow, like a rootless weed.


    "From now on, this is our home!" Jiang Xuan pointed to the bamboo house and announced this to everyone.


    Chishao, Uncaria and others are equally excited. With a house, they can sleep peacefully at night without having to watch the night every day and be afraid.


    However, the inside of the bamboo house is empty and needs to be filled with furniture.


    First of all, it was to make a few beds. Jiang Xuan didn''t want to sleep on the cold and damp ground all the time.


    The material for making the bed, of course, is bamboo.


    Jiang Xuan led someone to burn down dozens of bamboos in front of the bamboo house again, not only to clear an open space in front of the door, but also to make various kinds of furniture.


    He burned the bamboos to the same length as the roots, and then tied them into bamboo rows with rattan. This is a simple bed board.


    Afterwards, Jiang Xuan specially found a few thick bamboos and tied them horizontally under the bed board, so that the bed board could be suspended in the air, leaving the cold and damp ground.


    With the efforts of five people, they made five such beds, and everyone could have one.


    This made them very happy, especially Chi Shao, she was a girl after all, and she didn''t want to sleep next to others except Jiang Xuan.


    After so many days, a large amount of plant ashes and bamboo charcoal have been burned. Jiang Xuan sprinkled a large amount of plant ashes and bamboo charcoal in the bamboo house, where the bed was to be placed, to prevent insects and dehumidify.


    Then, he moved the five single beds into the bamboo house.


    Because of the limited space in the bamboo house, the bamboo beds for the four teenagers were placed on the left side of the bamboo house, side by side, while the bed of Chishao was placed on the right side of the bamboo house alone.


    Jiang Xuan and others found a large amount of hay to spread on the bed. On top of the hay was a thick layer of bamboo leaves and a layer of soft moss on top of the bamboo leaves, so that they would be more comfortable when sleeping and would not stutter. people.


    In the end, Jiang Xuan used a lot of bamboo as a screen to make a separate room for Chishao, so that she could have a separate room to sleep.


    This makes Chi Shao very happy, who doesn''t want to have an independent space?


    After the bed was made, Jiang Xuan and the others brought a pile of relatively flat stones from the creek and built a fire pit in the center of the house. After lighting the fire pit, this brand-new bamboo house became popular and fireworks.


    As for other furniture, including pots and pans, we will leave it to be added later.


    After all this was done, everyone finally breathed a sigh of relief.


    At night, Jiang Xuan was lying on the bamboo bed, looking sideways at the closed door and the flames burning in the fire pit. For the first time, he felt at ease.


    It will definitely get better and better in the future. With this thought, Jiang Xuan fell asleep with a smile on his face.

 Chapter 7： make bone

    Now that we have a house, stocking up on food has become a top priority.


    It is autumn now. There are many wild fruits and vegetables on the mountain, as well as a lot of prey. Naturally, there is no need to worry about food.


    But Jiang Xuan knew from memory that it would snow in Nanhuang.


    Once winter comes and the mountains are covered with snow, it will be very difficult to find food.


    If you don''t prepare food for winter in advance, you will face the risk of starvation at that time.


    Therefore, it is necessary to reserve enough food in advance to deal with the coming cold winter.


    Jiang Xuan thought for a long time and focused on digging roots and fishing.


    The tuberous roots of plants can be stored, and fish can also dig a pond and raise them directly until winter. Once it snows, there is no need to worry about the problem of food spoilage.


    The most important thing is that these two kinds of food are relatively easy to obtain and in large quantities.


    If you want to dig plant roots and ponds, you must make a suitable digging tool. Otherwise, you need to dig with wooden sticks and hands. When will you dig?


    Jiang Xuan thought about it carefully, and finally decided to make two bones (s¨¬).


    The shape of the bone scorpion is similar to that of a shovel. It is a tool specially used by tribal people to dig soil.


    The materials needed to make the bone scorpion are: the shoulder blade of an artiodactyl, a sharp stone for drilling a hole, a straight wooden pole, and a rope for tying and fixing.


    These materials are not difficult to obtain.


    A few days ago, the lasso trap under the red peony caught a deer-like deer, but with very short horns. The meat had been eaten, but the bones were left, including two very wide shoulder blades.


    The shoulder blades of cloven-hoofed animals are roughly triangular in shape and grow like a shovel.


    Jiang Xuan found these two shoulder blades, took them to the stream, and found a rough stone to smooth them.


    "Crack clap..."


    By the creek, Jiang Xuan was grinding a shoulder blade with all his might, and from time to time he poured some water on it with a bamboo tube to wash away the bone meal from the stone.


    "Xuan, what are you grinding animal bones for?"


    Chi Shao came over curiously and asked Jiang Xuan.


    "Make a bone stalk."


    "You know how to make bone stalks?" Chi Shao looked at him in surprise.


    "I saw people in the tribe have done it before. I want to try it. If we can do it successfully, it will be much more convenient for us to dig traps and wild vegetables in the future."


    As Jiang Xuan said that, he continued to grind it. The animal bone is relatively hard, and it takes a long time and a lot of effort to grind it flat.


    Chi Shao saw that there was a scapula next to Jiang Xuan, so she went up to pick up the scapula and said, "I''ll help you grind this piece."


    "it is good!"


    Jiang Xuan didn''t refuse. If he finished grinding the two shoulder blades by himself, it would probably take a whole day.


    With the help of Chishao, the time can be shortened by more than half.


    "Xuan, let''s help too."


    Uncaria, Shiloh, and Nanxing also came, and everyone wanted to contribute.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Nan Xing, go and help me make some ropes. It needs to be woven from bark, thin and strong."


    "Okay, I''ll go right away."


    Nan Xing immediately ran to find a suitable thin bark to rub the rope. Children in this living tribe have been doing it since childhood, and it is not complicated.


    A ten-year-old is when he has the strongest desire to express himself. He is very happy to be able to help others.


    Jiang Xuan said to Uncaria and Shiloh again, "Go and help me chop two small trees, and choose the kinds of trees that are used as stone spears. The trunk is three fingers thick."


    "Okay, let''s cut it now."


    There are many shrubs outside the bamboo forest, some of which are very tough, suitable for spears, and also suitable for wooden handles of bone scorpions.


    Uncaria and loach found a few sharp-edged gravels by the creek, and then cut down the trees.


    With the efforts of the five people, after half a day, all the materials for making the two bones were prepared.


    The scapula has been ground flat, the wide end is very thin and sharp, and four holes are drilled with sharp stones in the middle, two on the left and right, for threading ropes to fix the wooden pole.


    Nanxing, the string woven by tree bark, has already been twisted, and Jiang Xuan is very satisfied with the rope he has twisted.


    Two straight small trees have also been cut back. Uncaria and loach have also stripped the bark, planed the surface with stones, and made wooden poles.


    Everything is ready, then it''s up to Jiang Xuan.


    Can he succeed? Chi Shao and the three teenagers are looking forward to it.


    "let''s start!"


    Jiang Xuan took all the materials into the bamboo hut, rubbed his hands excitedly, and started to make bone stalks.


    In fact, the two wooden poles are best dried in the shade before use, so that they are not easy to crack and deform, but after drying in the shade for at least a month, Jiang Xuan can''t wait that long.


    He put the wooden pole on the fire pit and used the flame to quickly bake it.


    After the wooden pole is burned, the moisture on the surface evaporates quickly and then carbonizes.


    After the surface of the wooden pole was slightly charred, Jiang Xuan removed the wooden pole from the fire, took a look, and pressed the slightly bent part while it was still hot.


    After the wooden pole is cooled, it is basically set, and it is not easy to deform again.


    Next, Jiang Xuan cut one side of the bottom of the wooden pole into a flat surface with a sharp-edged gravel block, so that it could fit better with the ground scapula, and on the other side, two grooves were cut to fix the rope.


    If there is no groove, the rope will be easily displaced and loosened with a little force when using the ossicle.


    After processing the wooden pole, Jiang Xuan put the flattened side of the wooden pole on the shoulder blade, and continued to cut the uneven part until it fits perfectly.


    Then, he used the twisted string to pass through the drilled hole in the shoulder blade, wrap it around the groove on the wooden pole, and then wrap it layer by layer.


    Every time he made a turn, the two strands of the rope crossed once. When he finished wrapping the rope and tying the knot, the wooden pole and the shoulder blade were tightly bound together.


    "All right!"


    Jiang Xuan held the bone in both hands and tried to wave it a few times.


    "Xuan, you are really amazing, you can do anything!"


    Uncaria, Shiloh, and Nanxing, the three teenagers cast their admiring glances at Jiang Xuan.


    Jiang Xuan built a bamboo house, made a bamboo bed, and now he made a bone stalk, which is really amazing.


    Jiang Xuan was also quite proud in his heart, and said modestly: "It all depends on everyone''s help, otherwise I can''t do it alone."


    "its not right¡­"


    Chi Shao frowned slightly, UU reading www. uukanshu.com She looked at the bones made by Jiang Xuan and felt that there was something missing.


    "What''s wrong?" Jiang Xuan put away his pride and asked in surprise.


    Chishao pointed to a few inches above the connection between the shoulder blade and the wooden pole: "Here, there is still a short horizontal wooden pole. I remember that it can be stepped on with a foot, saving effort."


    When Jiang Xuan thought about it, it seemed to be the case, and he said shamefully, "I forgot the crossbar. Thanks to my sister''s reminder, I''ll add it."


    The end of the small tree that Uncaria and loach cut back was still there. Jiang Xuan used a sharp stone to cut it down in two sections, each about twenty centimeters long.


    He peeled off the skin of the two short rods, baked them again, flattened the side where the long rod and the short rod touched, and fit them together, and cut a groove on the other side, and then used a string to tightly fasten the long rod and the short rod. tied together.


    After finishing, Jiang Xuan checked it first, and then handed the bone to Chi Shao: "Sister, do you see anything missing?"


    Chishao put Gushen on the ground and stepped on the short pole with her foot. With the strength of her foot, Gushen''s shovel quickly sank into the soil. She pressed the long pole, and a piece of soil was easily pried up.


    Chishao smiled with satisfaction: "Xuan, you have done a good job, as good as the bone stalks I used in the tribe before."


    With his sister''s approval, Jiang Xuan finally breathed a sigh of relief, with a happy smile on his face.


    The three teenagers also took turns to try the use of Gu Si, and they admired Jiang Xuan even more, because in the tribe, the people who can make these tools are often adult warriors.


    After learning from the experience of the first one, Jiang Xuan successfully manufactured the second one.


    With these two bones, Jiang Xuan can finally start the next plan in his mind - fishing.

 Chapter 8： fishing trap

    There is a large flat land in front of the Shishan bamboo forest, which is low-lying, humid and watery, especially where the streams flow, almost all shrubs and weeds grow, and there are few tall trees.


    Jiang Xuan planned to choose a low-lying area near the creek and dig a pool to test a fishing method in his mind.


    "Sister, please accompany me out to lay a trap."


    This world is too dangerous, even if it is not far from the bamboo forest, Jiang Xuan decided to take the red peony with him to give his own life insurance.


    "What trap?" Chi Shao asked curiously.


    "Fishing traps."


    "Can you also use traps for fishing?" Chi Shao was a little surprised.


    The people of the deer tribe also eat fish, because the southern wasteland is very rich in water resources, there are springs and streams everywhere, and fish are rich in natural resources. The tribe people will not let go of any meat they can get.


    However, they are usually in the creek, smashing directly with wooden sticks, grabbing with bare hands, or stabbing fish with spears, without even a harpoon.


    As for places with deep water, such as small rivers, they will not approach.


    Because in the past, many people were dragged into the water by the terrifying big fish after they went into the water, and they couldn''t even save them.


    "You''ll understand when you go with me." As the saying goes, seeing is believing, Jiang Xuan didn''t explain too much.


    "Okay, I''ll go with you."


    Chi Shao trusts Jiang Xuan very much, because this is her younger brother, not to mention that Jiang Xuan has also proved his ability by building bamboo houses and making bone stalks.


    "I''ll go as well!"


    Uncaria quickly picked up another bone stalk: "I can help you dig a trap. I''m very strong, and I dig the soil very fast!"


    "And me, if I come across a wild beast, I can help hunt it down."


    Shi Loach immediately brought his bamboo bow and bone spear, he didn''t want to stay in the bamboo house.


    The youngest Nan Xing held his wooden spear and looked at Jiang Xuan eagerly: "You all go, you can''t leave me behind, can you? What if a beast breaks in? I''m so young..."


    Jiang Xuan was helpless: "Okay, everyone, go."


    After receiving Jiang Xuan''s reply, the three teenagers immediately smiled and brought their own weapons to prepare to go out.


    "Since everyone has gone out, no one will take care of the fire pit, so let''s put some big firewood first, so as not to come back and start the fire again."


    Behind the bamboo forest is a stone mountain, and there are forests on both sides. Because dead bamboos are not resistant to burning, they picked up a lot of dead trees and piled them under the eaves for firewood.


    Chishao brought two thick dead trees from outside the bamboo house and put them into the fire pit. This kind of log burns slowly and can be burned for a long time.


    After closing the door, Jiang Xuan took the bone and a bamboo tube, and went out with the others.


    "Choo Choo Choo¡­"


    "Gee chi, chi..."


    Jiang Xuan and the five walked along the stream, and heard the sounds of various birds and insects in their ears. It has been a while since autumn has arrived, and the grass and trees are gradually turning yellow. This should be the last carnival of the insects.


    The further down you go, the flatter the terrain, the deeper the stream, and the bigger and bigger fish swimming in the water.


    Chi Shao held the short spear and listened vigilantly to the movements around her. As the only soldier among the five who had ever entered the hunting party, she knew that no matter where she was, she could not be careless.


    When the stream seemed to be deep, Jiang Xuan stopped moving forward. At this time, they were more than 200 meters away from the bamboo house.


    Don''t underestimate the more than two hundred meters. In a place with dense vegetation, it is not an easy task to cut through those bushes and weeds and wade out a road of more than two hundred meters.


    Of course, when they walk a few more times in the future to completely suppress or even eradicate the vegetation along the way, the road will be easy to walk.


    Jiang Xuan looked around and finally chose a low-lying depression next to the creek with sparse weeds, and said, "Just dig here."


    "Okay, I''ll get rid of the grass first."


    Uncaria swept up the stalks and swept across the weeds in the depression, and then used the stalks to shovel away the grass one by one, which made it much more convenient when working.


    Uncaria made such a big noise that the fish in the stream ran away and hid temporarily.


    But don''t worry, they will still appear when the movement disappears.


    Jiang Xuan and Uncaria use bone stalks to remove weeds, red peony uses stone knives, loach uses bone spears, and Nanxing uses wooden spears. Everyone is working hard to get rid of these grasses.


    Soon after, the relatively large weeds on the ground were basically cleaned up.


    Uncaria didn''t find it hard at all, and asked energetically, "Xuan, what are you going to do next?"


    "You don''t need to dig too deep to dig such a big pool."


    Jiang Xuan used a bone stick to draw a circle on the ground, about two meters in diameter.


    "Okay, let''s get started."


    With their own tools, the five dug up the soil with all their might.


    Jiang Xuan and Uncaria were the fastest at digging, because they had bone scorpions. They only needed to step on the crossbar of the scorpion, and the scorpion could easily submerge into the wet soil. Pry up a large piece of dirt.


    With the efforts of five people, an hour later, a roughly circular pool with a diameter of about two meters and a depth of about forty centimeters was dug.


    In the process of digging the soil, they also dug out a lot of fat earthworms, about a dozen of them. Jiang Xuan packed them all in the bamboo tubes he brought.


    "The next step is to introduce stream water to fill this pool."


    The newly dug pool was less than half a meter away from the creek. Jiang Xuan dug a water inlet about twenty centimeters wide with a bone stalk. full.


    Jiang Xuan found another wooden stick and smashed all the earthworms in the bamboo tube with a "dong dong dong". Then he grabbed a few stones and stuffed them into the bamboo tube.


    Finally, he placed the bamboo tube in the center of the newly dug pool.


    Because there were stones, and it was filled with water, the bamboo tube quickly sank to the bottom.


    "Okay, let''s go to the side to rest for a while."


    Jiang Xuan washed his hands and the bones as well, then walked to a stone beside him and sat down.


    "Is this the end?"


    Chishao and the three teenagers were a little confused, so they dug a hole, filled it with water, and put some smashed earthworms. Is it a so-called fishing trap?


    Jiang Xuan explained with a smile: "Fishing is different from catching beasts. The beasts on the mountain have legs and can run around, but most fish have no legs and can only move in places with water and cannot go ashore."


    Jiang Xuan pointed to the newly dug pool and said, "This pool is connected to the stream, and the earthworms in the pool are the bait. In order to make the fishy smell of earthworms dissipate in the water faster, I deliberately smashed them."


    "After the fish in the creek smelled the earthworms, they would swim through the water inlet to the pool we dug."


    "When the fish go in, we just need to move a big rock to block the water inlet, and the fish inside can''t get out."


    "At that time, with such a small pool and such shallow water, we only need to turbid the water, and then we can easily catch the fish!"


    After listening to Jiang Xuan''s explanation, the four of them were stunned. They thought what Jiang Xuan said was reasonable, but they couldn''t believe it, because it was too simple, right?


    They rested suspiciously in the grass beside them, and looked at the pool from time to time.


    Time passed bit by bit, and after the surroundings became quiet, the hidden fish quickly swam back and forth in the stream.


    Not long after, the fish with a keen sense of smell smelled the fishy smell of earthworms. They swam all the way in the direction from which the fishy smell came, and without hesitation, they swam into the pool and circled around the bamboo tube, wanting to eat the food inside. food.


    "The fish really got in!"


    Uncaria, who had been staring over there, stood up excitedly. He lowered his voice for fear of scaring the fish away.


    Chishao, Shiloach, and Nanxing also stood up and looked over there. They found that there were actually quite a few fish in the pool, both big and small.


    This also made them finally believe that the fishing traps arranged by Jiang Xuan were really useful.


    Chi Shao asked Jiang Xuan in a low voice, "Do you want to block the water inlet now?"


    Jiang Xuan looked at the fish in the pool and said, "The big fish haven''t come in yet, wait a minute, these fish won''t be able to eat earthworms and won''t run away until the fishy smell disappears."


    "it is good."


    They waited patiently for a while, and it didn''t take long before a few big fish swam in along the water inlet. Jiang Xuan estimated based on their body size, and each of these big fish should weigh more than ten kilograms.


    "Sister, go and block the water inlet."


    As soon as Jiang Xuan finished speaking, Chi Shao, who couldn''t wait for a long time, rushed over in a few steps, picked up a big rock next to the stream, and with a "smack", directly blocked the water inlet.


    She was also afraid of not being safe, so she picked up some smaller stones to block the gap.


    "Crash..."


    The fish in the pool panicked and quickly swam around in the water, trying to escape, but the pool is so big, where can they go?


    Jiang Xuan and the three teenagers ran over immediately, eager to catch fish.


    However, at this moment, two fish suddenly jumped out of the water, spread their wing-like fins in the air, flew several meters "flapping fan fluttering fan", fell into the creek, splashed two water splashes, blinked just disappeared.


    This accident happened so fast that even Chishao didn''t react, because she had never seen such a strange fish with wings.


    "How come there are still flying fish!"


    Jiang Xuan was stunned as he held the bone scorpion. The fish meat that was almost in his mouth actually flew away like this?


    Others were also stunned. If it wasn''t for their fear of water, the three teenagers would have jumped into the water to catch the fish.


    Chishao held the short spear and comforted: "It doesn''t matter, there are still many fish here. They can''t run away if I watch them!"


    Jiang Xuan nodded: "I''ll muddy the water first. When you wait for the fish''s head to surface, knock the fish out when you see the opportunity."


    Chi Shao and the three teenagers are gearing up for their efforts. They will not let these fish have another chance to escape.


    Jiang Xuan stretched the bones into the water and stirred it desperately. Soon, the water in the pool became extremely turbid. The fish in the water couldn''t hold on, and it didn''t take long for them to float to the surface.


    "Knock quickly, knock these fish out before catching them!"


    Seizing the opportunity, Jiang Xuan slammed a big fish on the head with a large bone. The big fish struggled a few times, and then its belly turned upside down and floated up.


    Jiang Xuan quickly fished the fish to the shore, and continued to shoot other fish.


    Chishao and the three teenagers also started to do it. Not long after, except for some small fish, more than a dozen fish in the pool were stunned or killed, and then they were brought ashore.


    "Good harvest!"


    Jiang Xuan looked at the dozen or so large and small fish on the ground and felt very happy. This fishing trap was very effective, and his idea was right.


    Moreover, this fishing trap can be used continuously, which can be described as once and for all.


    The only pity was that the two flying fish escaped.


    "Let''s go, go back and grill the fish."


    Jiang Xuan removed the stone from the water inlet so that other fish would enter.


    Then, he found two rattan sticks to string the fish together, and one string for each of the canes, and took them back to the bamboo hut.


    This trip was full of harvest. When we went back, everyone was in a very good mood and their steps were much lighter.

 Chapter 9： Grilled Fish and Pond Digging

    "Snapped!"


    Jiang Xuan picked up a suitable black gravel from the creek and threw it hard at a big stone. The gravel cracked with a sound. Jiang Xuan picked up a thin piece of stone, and the fracture was very sharp.


    Afterwards, he untied a large fish from the rattan, used stone flakes to remove the scales and gills, and opened the intestines and guts.


    "A lot of fish oil!"


    The fish in autumn is very fat, and there is a lot of fish oil in the stomach.


    Jiang Xuan is very happy. Most of the beasts on the mountain are lean meat with very little fat. For the tribesmen, meat and oil are a good thing, and they are more popular than lean meat.


    He tore off the fish oil little by little, put it in a bamboo tube, left the swim bladder, and threw the rest aside.


    Fish bladder is fish foam. After drying and boiling, fish bladder glue can be obtained, which is a highly viscous adhesive glue.


    Chishao and Uncaria also found sharp stones and helped kill the fish together. After all the fish were prepared, Jiang Xuan got about a pound of fish oil and more than a dozen swim bladders of different sizes.


    As for those fish offal, Jiang Xuan asked Chishao to pack them in a bamboo tube and poured them all into the pool he dug before, so as to attract more fish.


    After finishing, Jiang Xuan and others rinsed all the fish and took them back to the bamboo house to roast.


    In fact, they couldn''t eat so many fish in one meal, because these dozen or so fish together weighed at least fifty or sixty kilograms.


    But there is no way, if you don''t dry all these fish, in autumn weather, at most one day and night, these fish will stink.


    In the bamboo house, above the fire pond, there is a thick bamboo beam, which is not very high, and you can reach it by standing up and straightening your hand.


    There are a dozen or two braided ropes hanging from the bamboo beams. The ends of these ropes are tied with nooses, which can be connected to other ropes to hang uneaten meat.


    The flames of the fire pond are endless day and night. The high temperature and smoke constantly smoke and roast the meat hanging on the beam. Mosquitoes cannot approach, bacteria are difficult to breed, and the meat will become drier and drier. This method can prolong the preservation time of the meat. .


    This method was not conceived by Jiang Xuan, but a habitual practice of the Lu tribe, the survival experience and wisdom of the tribe.


    If it weren''t for this method, raw meat wouldn''t last long without salt.


    "Leave two to eat later, and hang the rest."


    Jiang Xuan and Gocten tied the fish one by one to the ropes hanging from the beam, and hung them high above the fire pit to be smoked by fireworks.


    There were two fish, which were pierced with wooden sticks and roasted beside the fire.


    For the dozen or so swim bladders, Jiang Xuan found a thin vine and hung it on the wall of the bamboo house for later use.


    Jiang Xuan added some firewood to the fire pond, and the fire quickly burned extremely vigorously. The fire reflected the fish and the faces of the five people.


    There was a circle of big stones by the fire pond. Jiang Xuan put the wooden sticks wearing the fish on the two opposite big stones, and it was enough to turn the fish from time to time, instead of always holding it in his hand.


    Although the fish has been cleaned, it still has a faint fishy smell.


    "A fishy smell..." Jiang Xuan seemed to remember something.


    "Don''t grill the fish first, I''ll go out."


    Jiang Xuan moved the fish aside, then stood up, picked up the bone and walked outside, Chi Shao hurriedly followed, fearing that Jiang Xuan would go too far and be in danger.


    "Xuan, where are you going?"


    "I''m going to find some spice."


    "What is a spice?" Chi Shao was puzzled.


    "You''ll find out later."


    Jiang Xuan walked into the forest to the right of the bamboo forest, and before he walked too far, he saw a plant with yellowed edges.


    He walked over and tried to pull it out first, but it didn''t work, so he dug out the plant together with the underground tuberous roots with a bone stalk. The thin roots of the plant broke, and a pungent smell spread out.


    This is a wild ginger, which can be seen everywhere in the southern deserted mountains and forests, and there are several in the adjacent areas, but Jiang Xuan did not dig any more.


    Chishao looked at the wild **** that Jiang Xuan had dug up: "This is a herbal medicine that can detoxify. What are you digging for?"


    Tribal people use many herbs, and wild ginger, which is common in the mountains, is also one of them.


    "I heard from people in the tribe that this herb can not only detoxify, but also remove the fishy smell and make the grilled meat more fragrant. I want to see if it can be used to grill fish."


    Jiang Xuan pushed the matter to the people of the deer tribe without blushing and beating hearts.


    "Really? Why haven''t I heard of it?"


    Chi Shao was skeptical, but she didn''t ask any further questions. It wasn''t her character to ask the truth.


    "You''ll know when you go back and try."


    Jiang Xuan walked back with Gu Si and wild ginger, Chi Shao thought about it, there is no harm anyway, just try it.


    Jiang Xuan returned to the bamboo house, put down the bones, washed the wild **** by the stream, broke off the stems and leaves on it, and cut the wild **** into several pieces with sharp stone chips.


    After returning to the bamboo house, Jiang Xuan divided the wild **** into two halves, stuffed them into the stomachs of two grilled fish, and sewed the fish stomachs together with thin vines to prevent the wild **** slices from falling out.


    Jiang Xuan placed another big stone on the edge of the fire, and placed two fish on it. Then, he pulled the red-hot charcoal fire from the center of the fire, and grilled the fish directly over the charcoal fire.


    Fish grilled on an open fire will burn, but the charcoal fire is relatively mild, and the grilled fish is not easy to burn.


    Time passed bit by bit, and under the charcoal fire, the grilled fish gradually exuded the aroma of meat, and at the same time there was a faint smell of wild ginger.


    The surface of the fish was gradually browned, and the fragrance permeated the whole bamboo house.


    "You can eat it!"


    Jiang Xuan placed the two grilled fish on a clean stone plate, then used chopsticks to pick up a piece of fish meat from the back of the grilled fish, blew it, and put it into his mouth.


    When building the bamboo house, he used bamboo to sharpen several pairs of chopsticks. Unfortunately, apart from himself and Chishao, Uncaria and others prefer to eat directly with their hands.


    The fish is roasted for a long time, and the roasting is relatively dry. The rich meat flavor is also accompanied by the fragrance of wild ginger.


    This original ecological freshwater fish has excellent taste and taste. Even if only two slices of wild **** are placed, it tastes delicious.


    "It tastes good, let''s try it."


    Jiang Xuan continued to eat while greeting.


    Chi Shao also picked up a pair of chopsticks. She was not used to using chopsticks, but Jiang Xuan liked it, so she tried her best to get used to it, so that Jiang Xuan would not be alone.


    Chishao clumsily took a piece of fish with chopsticks and held it with her hands, for fear of falling.


    After she put the fish in her mouth, she chewed it a few times and nodded with satisfaction, her eyes narrowed slightly because of her smile, like a crescent moon.


    "With that herb added, it is indeed much better roasted than before."


    Chishao fully affirmed Jiang Xuan''s method of stuffing wild **** into the fish''s stomach and grilling the fish.


    "Hot, hot, hot..."


    Uncaria, Shi Loach, and Nan Xing directly tore the fish meat with their hands.


    "delicious!"


    "Xuan, your grilled fish is amazing!"


    "I still want to eat."


    The three of them quickly ate a big fish. The big fish didn''t have any small fish bones, and Jiang Xuan was roasted dry. Therefore, although they ate fast, no one was caught by the fish bones.


    After eating the two big fish, the five of them were still not satisfied, and then skewered the fish oil on small wooden sticks, grilled them on a charcoal fire, and then ate them.


    The taste of fish oil is actually not very good, but no one cares, as long as it can be eaten.


    After eating the fish, Jiang Xuan thought to himself, it would be great if he could boil a pot of fish soup, and he would be bored if he always eats grilled things.


    However, you need a pot to make soup. If you don''t have a pot, you need at least a crock pot.


    "Crock pot..."


    Jiang Xuan muttered in a low voice, his eyes lit up: "Why don''t you burn some pottery?"


    Chi Shao, who was beside him, heard his words and said in surprise: "Xuan, do you still make pottery? How much did you learn in the tribe?"


    Chi Shao always has an unreal feeling that her own younger brother is so powerful, why didn''t she find out before?


    There are indeed people in the deer tribe who can make pottery. Although it is only the most primitive and simple earthen pottery, it is also pottery and has the basic functions and characteristics of pottery.


    Jiang Xuan said embarrassedly, "I''ve only seen them do it. As for whether it can be fired successfully, we''ll have to try it."


    Chi Shao nodded and said, "Then try it, Xuan, I believe in you."


    This place is rich in resources. Now there is a method of fishing, plus hunting and digging for plant roots. As long as you are diligent, it is not particularly difficult to save enough food for five people for winter.


    There are fewer people, more resources, and the pressure to survive is much less than in the deer tribe.


    "Okay, I''ll try my best!"


    In order to drink the broth, Jiang Xuan decided to try making pottery.


    In fact, the manufacture of pottery is not complicated. You only need to choose the appropriate clay, and after repeated beating, kneading, and kneading, it will be shaped into a vessel.


    As long as you try a few times and summarize your experience, you should be able to succeed.


    There is clay by the creek, which is white in color and very fine. They are good materials for making clay pots.


    However, before making pottery, there is one more pressing matter, which is to dig a pond.


    Since the fishing traps are effective, they will definitely catch a lot of fish in the future, so they can''t be hung up and smoked, right? What a huge fire pit!


    The best way is to dig a pond, raise these fish, and eat them whenever you want. You don''t have to worry about keeping them, and the small fish can be raised.


    Early the next morning, Jiang Xuan got up, took two half-smoked fish from the top of the fire pond, roasted them for everyone to feast on, and then began to prepare tools for digging the pond.


    As the saying goes, if a worker wants to do a good job, he must first sharpen his tools.


    A good tool can greatly improve the efficiency of work.


    With the help of Chi Shao and others, Jiang Xuan spent a whole day making three bone scallops again. Adding the first two, they had five bone scallops, and everyone could have one.


    Then, they spent another day weaving three rattan baskets of different sizes with rattan to transport the excavated soil.


    On the third day, they finally started digging the pond.


    Jiang Xuan chose a place in front of the bamboo forest that was relatively close to the creek and had a relatively flat terrain. After eradicating the weeds and shrubs on it, the five of them dug soil at the same time with the bone scorpion. .


    Because of the backward tools, they dug a pond that was six meters long, four meters wide, and half a meter deep. It took them eight full days to complete it.


    Jiang Xuan spent another day using the reconciled wet mud to paste the embankments on the four sides of the pond. com is not prone to water leakage.


    After pasting the embankment, Jiang Xuan inserted a small fence made of branches at the water outlet, so that it would be difficult for the fish to escape.


    After everything was done, Jiang Xuan dug a diversion canal to divert the stream water into the pond.


    "Crash..."


    The stream was running, filling the pond little by little.


    Jiang Xuan and the five stood by the pond, watching the pond''s water level rise little by little, their hearts filled with a sense of accomplishment.


    "Xuan, after digging the pond, will we have more fish to eat in the future?" Nan Xing asked longingly.


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "Yes, one day, we will have more fish than we can eat."


    "Great!"


    Nan Xing suddenly laughed happily, as did Uncaria and Shiloh.


    Chi Shao looked at Jiang Xuan and said, "I really hope this day will come soon, so that everyone will no longer have to worry about going hungry."


    Jiang Xuan nodded, he believed that as long as he worked hard, that day would come sooner or later.


    After the pond is dug, the fish caught by the fishing trap will no longer be shot to death.


    They used rattan baskets to fish out the fish in the pond, and then used animal skin bags to put the live fish back into the pond for stocking.


    After a few days, the newly dug pond was no longer empty, and many fish were swimming in the water.


    However, they soon discovered new problems.


    Carnivorous fish often bite grass-eating fish. Even if the grass-eating fish is relatively large, they will be bitten all over the body and even killed.


    Helpless, Jiang Xuan could only drain the water in the pond and rebuilt a pond in the middle of the pond to keep carnivorous fish and herbivorous fish separately.


    Although the carnivorous fish will still bite each other, the herbivorous fish can survive anyway, just throw some aquatic plants as food for them every day.

 Chapter 10： fired pottery

    After working on the fish pond, Jiang Xuan started digging clay and making pottery.


    On this day, he took a rattan basket and bone stalks and walked to the stream.


    He shoveled away the soil with a lot of impurities on the surface first with a bone stalk, revealing the grayish-white fine clay underneath.


    He dug a whole basket of clay, and then brought the clay to a flat ground beside the stream. He found a relatively flat slate, and placed a lump of clay on it, beating and rubbing it continuously.


    "Clap clap clap..."


    Clay is sticky, just like dough. The more you beat it, the stickier it becomes, and the smoother the surface becomes.


    Afterwards, Jiang Xuan used a piece of bamboo to cut open the beaten clay, knead it into sticks of clay, and pinched a round cake-shaped pot base with his bare hands.


    Then, he started making pottery blanks.


    He first dipped some water on the base, and began to glue the mud strips to the base, and then stacked them one by one to form the shape of a clay pot.


    It didn''t take long for a rough clay pot with a diameter of more than 20 centimeters and a height of about 30 centimeters to take shape.


    After the rough billet was formed, it was not very round. Jiang Xuan sprinkled a little water on the surface to try to make it rounder.


    Finally, he made a lid that matched the clay pot and pinched a handle on the lid.


    Chi Shao kept watching. After Jiang Xuan made the lid, she asked curiously, "Can it be fired into a clay pot?"


    Actually, she really wanted to say, this is too easy, right? But didn''t say it.


    Uncaria, Shiloh, and Nanxing also looked at Jiang Xuan, because the process of making clay pots was too simple, giving people the feeling that I could do it.


    Jiang Xuandao: "This is just the initial shape, after that, it needs to be placed in a cool place for seven or eight days to let it dry naturally, and then an earthen kiln will be built, and the dried pottery blanks will be put into the earthen kiln and burned for a whole day. , after cooling, it is the real pottery that does not crack."


    Chi Shao and the three teenagers couldn''t understand the words "dry in the shade", "earth kiln" and "cooling".


    The three teenagers who thought I was okay with me just now put away their contempt.


    There is no accident with Chishao, if pottery was so easy to make, the pottery of the deer tribe would not be so rare in the past.


    In fact, Chishao didn''t know that the deer tribe, including many other tribes, thought the pottery was precious because the soil they used to make the pottery was random, and they didn''t go through the process of drying in the shade.


    They have not built a special earthen kiln, and there is no criterion for the temperature and time when firing pottery. .


    On the other hand, Jiang Xuan''s memories from his previous life are the crystallization of wisdom that countless generations of people have continuously improved and recorded. The success rate of making pottery in this way is naturally much higher.


    In the end, Jiang Xuan made two heavy pots, two pots, and ten pots, and put them all in the corner of the bamboo house to dry in the shade.


    The reason why it is placed in the bamboo house is that when it is dry in the shade, it is best to avoid the wind and no strong light. When it naturally emits water and dries, the pottery blank is not easily deformed.


    This step is very important. If the pottery blank is not dry enough, the water vapor contained in the pottery clay will expand when fired, causing the pottery to break.


    By the time these pottery blanks were finished, more than half a day had passed.


    Chishao and the three juveniles watched for a while, then went hunting, fishing, and digging plant tubers. Winter is approaching, and food storage is more important.


    Jiang Xuan ate a bit of fish and grilled two pieces of Huang Jing to eat.


    Huangjing is also one of the herbs used by tribesmen, and it is widely distributed in the mountains of the Southern Wilderness.


    Unlike wild ginger, which has a spicy taste, Huang Jing is slightly sweet after being roasted, and can be used to satisfy hunger. Tribes often dig it up as food.


    After eating Huang Jing, Jiang Xuan opened a bamboo tube, which contained a jar of coagulated animal blood. He added some water to the bamboo tube, stirred it with bamboo chips, and then roasted the bamboo tube on the charcoal fire.


    The green bamboo tube was burnt to black, and the animal blood inside was boiled with water.


    Jiang Xuan opened the bamboo tube and ate the animal blood inside.


    Since there is no salt, eating a large amount of mammalian meat and animal blood has become an important way to supplement salt.


    Chishao and the others can drink raw blood directly when killing their prey without changing their faces, but Jiang Xuan is a little bit unacceptable, so he uses the method of adding water to a bamboo tube and boils the animal blood before eating, which is easier to accept.


    After he was full, Jiang Xuan went to dig clay again, this time to build an earthen kiln.


    In fact, ordinary soil can be used to build an earthen kiln, but ordinary earth is easy to crack when the kiln is fired. Jiang Xuan wants to use the earthen kiln for a long time, and it is better to build it with clay.


    There are several ways to build an earthen kiln. Jiang Xuan chose a horizontal flame kiln that is simple to build and can fire multiple pieces of pottery at one time.


    The front of the horizontal flame kiln is the stove door, the middle is the hearth, and at the end there is a cylindrical vent erected at a 90-degree angle.


    When the stove door starts to burn, the air is heated and circulated upwards, passes through the long hearth, and is discharged from the cylindrical vent.


    Jiang Xuan chose a relatively flat place in the open space next to the bamboo house. After cleaning the ground, he dug a lot of clay by the creek and packed it in a rattan basket for transport.


    Afterwards, he piled the clay into a pile, poured some water into the middle with a bamboo tube, and then stepped on the clay with his feet. After stepping on the clay, the stickiness and toughness of the clay would be greatly improved.


    After the clay was stomped evenly, he began to build a kiln.


    The process of building a kiln is very simple. First, a "U"-shaped mud wall is built, about half a meter high, and then dense wooden sticks are placed on the mud wall, and then the top can be capped with clay.


    A gap is left at the end of the "U"-shaped mud wall, and then a cylindrical vent is built, and the end of the vent is about twice as high as the main body of the earthen kiln.


    After it is built, it roughly looks like this "¨{¨…".


    Finally, because the furnace of the earth kiln is relatively long, it is very inconvenient to place the pottery blanks and take out the finished pottery. It is necessary to cut a semicircular gap on the side of the earth kiln.


    This gap will be re-blocked after the pottery blank is placed, sealed with mud, and opened after the pottery is fired.


    When the earth kiln was finished, the sun was about to set. Jiang Xuan washed his hands and looked at the Hengyan kiln he built. He felt that there was no problem, and returned to the bamboo house satisfied.


    Red Peony, Uncaria, Loach, and Nanxing have returned. Today, they caught some fish, caught a few bamboo chickens, and dug up a lot of edible taro, Huang Jing, and sweet potatoes.


    For the next seven days, Jiang Xuan, Chi Shao and others went hunting, fishing, and digging plant tubers every day to store food for the winter.


    During this period, they occasionally caught some relatively large prey. The meat of these prey can be eaten or hung above the fire to be smoked and dried. Animal skin mattress.


    After seven days, the pottery blanks were dried in the shade, and the earth kiln was almost dry after being exposed to the wind and the sun.


    Jiang Xuan immediately opened the kiln and fired pottery!


    He carried half of the pottery blanks to the side of the kiln, buckled the pottery blanks upside down from the side opening, and put them into the hearth of the earthen kiln one by one, then plugged the gaps on the side of the earthen kiln and sealed them with mud. .


    He also found a large amount of dead bamboo and dry wood, stacked them beside the earth kiln, took fire from the fire pit in the bamboo house, and started to burn the kiln.


    "Crackling, crackling, crackling..."


    In the earthen kiln, the flames quickly ignited, and the firepower was fierce.


    "Huhuhu..."


    At the cylindrical vent, the tail of the fire is high and low, as if there is a blower below.


    The next step is to wait patiently.


    Jiang Xuan was guarding the fire here, and Chi Shao and the others came to take a look from time to time out of curiosity.


    He kept watch from day to night, until the moon was empty, then he stopped burning the fire and went back to sleep.


    The temperature in the earth kiln is still very high, and it will take a night to slowly decrease.


    That night, Jiang Xuan had a beautiful dream. He dreamed that he had created a large tribe. The large tribe had a population of over 100,000, rich materials and a happy life...


    Early the next morning, Jiang Xuan couldn''t wait to come to the earth kiln and touched the earth kiln. The furnace wall was still warm.


    "Open the kiln!"


    Jiang Xuan rubbed his hands excitedly, Chi Shao and others also ran over, waiting for Jiang Xuan to open the kiln.


    Jiang Xuan used a sharp wooden stick to reopen the gap on the side of the kiln, revealing pieces of brick-red pottery.


    The first thing I took out was a heavy clay pot. There were no cracks in the pot, and the lid was intact. The firing was very successful.


    "Dangdangdang..."


    Jiang Xuan tapped the side of the pot with a wooden stick, and the pot made a crisp sound.


    "It''s well fired, we can use this clay pot to make soup in the future!"


    Jiang Xuan laughed loudly. His biggest purpose in making pottery was to make soup, and now this purpose has been achieved.


    "let me see."


    Chi Shao took the pottery from Jiang Xuan''s hand. It was very heavy. Although it wasn''t particularly round, it was a real pottery!


    "Xuan, you are amazing! You did it in one go!"


    Chi Shao carefully placed the pot on the ground and praised Jiang Xuan from the bottom of her heart.


    Uncaria, Shiloh, and Nanxing also cast their admiring glances at Jiang Xuan.


    Jiang Xuan took out another pottery pot and five pottery bowls from the hearth.


    The pottery pots were also fired very successfully, but for the pottery bowls, two of the five were cracked, and only three were intact.


    Jiang Xuan handed the three pottery bowls to the three teenagers and said, "The pottery pot is used to cook soup, and the pottery pot is used to hold vegetables. There is one pottery bowl per person. These three will be given to you first."


    "Really?"


    "Xuan, you are so kind!"


    "Great, we have pottery!"


    The three teenagers hugged the pottery bowl excitedly, their excitement was beyond words, and they wished they could kiss Jiang Xuan.


    Based on the firing experience this time, Jiang Xuan guessed that the thicker the pottery, the easier it may be to fire successfully, because it is not easy to crack.


    On the contrary, the thin pottery like the pottery bowl is easy to burn and crack, so only three of the five bowls were successfully fired.


    The success of the first batch of pottery gave Jiang Xuan great confidence. He also took out the other half of the pottery blank from the bamboo house, put it into the earthen kiln, sealed it, and set it on fire again.


    This time it went even better. A day later, he got another clay pot, a pottery pot, and four pottery bowls. Only one pottery bowl cracked.


    With the pottery, Jiang Xuan finally doesn''t have to eat barbecue every day.


    He boiled a pot of fish soup in a new clay pot. When he drank the steaming fish soup, his eyes filled with excitement and a feeling of happiness.


    He never thought before that a sip of hot soup can make people feel happy.


    After firing the pottery, Jiang Xuan spent a few days to build two small bamboo houses, one was built near the creek to the left of the bamboo house for bathing.


    The other one was built on the right side of the bamboo house, a little further away from the bamboo house. He dug a pit in it and built bamboo rafts to make a dry toilet.


    Taking a bath and going to the toilet is a very personal thing. Jiang Xuan came from the soul of the later generations, so he couldn''t be as unrestrained as Uncaria and the others.


    Chi Shao was the first to accept the bathroom and toilet. She likes this independent space.


    The three teenagers didn''t have any distaste for this either. After these days of contact, UU reading www. uukanshu. com They have already worshipped Jiang Xuan.


    As long as Jiang Xuan built something, they all subconsciously thought it was a good thing, and they were all willing to try and use it.


    Even chopsticks, they began to slowly accept it, because after having the ceramic bowl, they can only use chopsticks to put hot dishes into their beloved ceramic bowl.


    Jiang Xuan uses his own efforts to continuously improve his life in this world, and has influenced the people around him.


    ¡­


    Busy days always pass quickly. In the blink of an eye, autumn is gone, winter is coming, and snowflakes are floating in the sky.


    In autumn, they caught a lot of prey, and some of the prey had thicker fur, which was peeled off. After drying, the fat was scraped off, and it could be made into animal skins to keep out the cold.


    At Jiang Xuan''s suggestion, they added a lot of plant ash to the water, and then put the dried animal skins down, soaking it for three days and three nights.


    When these animal skins were washed and dried, they were pleasantly surprised to find that the animal skins soaked in grass and wood ash water were much softer than all the animal skins they had worn before.


    This discovery made them very happy, and they even took the old animal skin coat they were wearing and soaked it again, because if the animal skin coat was too hard, it would be easy to get wind and not warm enough.


    This winter, they have houses, fire pits, food, and soft animal skins to wear, and they can even drink steaming broth.


    This is much better than when they used to be in the deer tribe.


    The snow was getting heavier and heavier, and the earth soon turned white. Most of the animals hid in their caves and stayed up until the winter passed.


    After it snowed, Jiang Xuan and others spent most of the time in the bamboo hut. Because it was too cold outside, their food and firewood were well prepared, so there was no need to go out and suffer.

 Chapter 11： build a tribe

    Peaceful days always pass quickly.


    In the blink of an eye, spring has arrived.


    The warm sun shines on the ground again, and the ice and snow melt away quickly.


    "Squeak..."


    The door of the bamboo house was pushed open, and Jiang Xuan, who was wearing an animal skin coat, animal leather pants on his legs, and animal leather boots, walked out of the bamboo house.


    These animal leather jackets, animal leather pants and animal leather boots are all made by them during the long winter.


    They first cut the soaked hide into clothes, trousers, and shoes, then used sharp stones to drill a row of small holes in the hide, and finally sewed the hide together with a string made of tree bark.


    Although the workmanship is relatively rough and not very good-looking, it can keep warm.


    "Whoa..."


    Behind the bamboo house, many bent bamboos, after the ice and snow melted, swishly dropped ice slag, and then slowly rose.


    When the snow fell, most of the bamboos were bent down.


    Fortunately, in order to make the bamboo house, bamboo bed, bathroom and toilet, Jiang Xuan chopped up the bamboo in front of and behind the house. Otherwise, the bamboo house might not be able to bear the pressure of so many frozen bamboo tails.


    "It feels so good to be in the sun!"


    Jiang Xuan basked in the sun, stretched out, and spent a winter in a bamboo hut. Although he didn''t worry about eating and drinking, he almost drove people crazy.


    Chi Shao and others also came out. Like Jiang Xuan, they also wore animal skin clothes, animal leather pants, and animal leather shoes.


    Chishao said, "Winter is over, and we can go hunting again."


    Uncaria added: "You can still fish."


    Shi Loach said, "Dig a pond."


    Nan Xing said, "I want to go up the mountain for a walk."


    Nan Xing''s words aroused an idea that Jiang Xuan had been holding back for a long time.


    He turned to look at the back of the bamboo forest, the tall stone mountain and the huge ancient vines surrounding the stone mountain.


    "Actually, I want to follow the ancient vine and climb to the top of the stone mountain to see it."


    As soon as these words came out, the four of them all focused their attention on Jiang Xuan, and it could be seen from their expressions that they were also a little moved.


    Seeing this, Jiang Xuan said, "How about, when the snow melts, we can climb up and have a look together?"


    The four of them nodded without any hesitation.


    Tribal people all have an adventurous spirit, and climbing stone mountains and ancient vines is very attractive to them.


    They also wanted to climb up to see what the scenery around the forest was like.


    The stone mountain is so high, and the snow on it is difficult to melt. If you want to climb up, it is estimated that you will have to wait two or three days.


    Jiang Xuan wandered around the bamboo house for a while, then returned to the bamboo house and found a suitable bamboo tube. Using a sharp stone, the top of the bamboo tube was engraved with the character "one".


    "The snow and ice begin to melt today, so consider it the first day of the new year."


    "I don''t know how this world works. For the time being, let''s record it like in the previous life."


    "From now on, I will engrave a number on the bamboo tube every day. Thirty-one days will be the first month, and it will be one year until the next day when the ice and snow melt."


    Jiang Xuan didn''t want to live in confusion, he wanted to make a calendar for himself.


    He even planned to engrave the solar terms. For example, if it rained for the first time this year, it was designated as rain, the first thunderstorm was designated as Jingzhe, and so on.


    This matter is very important, at least Jiang Xuan thinks so.


    With the concept of time, people can arrange things more properly.


    After the carving, Jiang Xuan solemnly placed the bamboo tube and stone beside his bed.


    He wants to engrave and read every day, and in the future, he will make certain adjustments according to the actual situation to make this calendar more suitable for this world.


    Three days later, the sun shone brightly, the ice and snow melted completely, the stream was flowing again, and the birds and beasts in the mountains became active again.


    Jiang Xuan''s five people prepared ropes, jerky, and weapons, and with excitement, they walked through the bamboo forest and came to the foot of the stone mountain.


    Tall and precipitous rocky mountains, huge ancient vines.


    The trunk of the ancient vine is like a towering giant tree, and the thick branches almost cover the entire stone mountain.


    Everyone who sees Guteng will be shocked.


    Jiang Xuan tied a sturdy bark rope around his waist, and tied a wooden hook at one end of the rope. When climbing the mountain, he could hang the wooden hook on the vines to act as a safety rope.


    Others have the same rope and wooden hook.


    Jiang Xuan looked up at the ancient vines on the stone mountain and said, "Everyone, be careful when you go up. Remember to keep hooks on the sturdy vines at all times. I would rather climb slowly and ensure safety."


    Chi Shao and the others nodded, they wouldn''t make fun of their lives.


    "Set off!"


    Jiang Xuan took the lead to climb up the ancient vine. The trunk of the ancient vine is very huge, and there are vine branches all over the stone mountain. When climbing, as long as you hold on to the vines and don''t look down, it is relatively easy to climb up.


    Uncaria, Nanxing, and Shiloh followed Jiang Xuan, and Chishao was at the end. If the people in front were in danger, she could find a way to save them.


    The stone mountain is hundreds of meters high and very steep. If it weren''t for this ancient vine, few people could climb it.


    The process of climbing up was relatively smooth, and there were no accidents. The vines all over the mountain gave them a place to grab their hands at all times. The huge ancient vines rose relatively gently.


    Three hours later, Jiang Xuan and the others climbed to the top of the stone mountain.


    Standing on the top of the mountain, Jiang Xuan supported the branch of the ancient vine and looked down.


    It was noon at this time, and the mountains were rolling and rolling. In the sky, there were various birds circling from time to time, and the scenery was very spectacular.


    People stand on the top of the mountain and feel that the earth is under their feet, and it is easy to have great ambitions.


    Jiang Xuan looked back at Chi Shao and said, "Sister, do you remember what I said?"


    "What?" Chi Shao didn''t know what Jiang Xuan said.


    "At that time, we were on the way to escape. You said, the tribe is gone, what should we do in the future."


    Jiang Xuan said word by word: "I said, the big deal, let''s rebuild a tribe!"


    Chi Shao looked at Jiang Xuan in astonishment: "Could it be that you want to..."


    Jiang Xuan nodded affirmatively, then looked at Uncaria, Shiloh, and Nanxing, and said, "Are you willing to build a new tribe with me?"


    Uncaria said in disbelief: "Just... just the five of us, can we form a tribe?"


    Jiang Xuandao: "There are only five of us now, but I promise that we will have more clansmen in the future!"


    Chishao, Uncaria and Shiloh were all shocked by Jiang Xuan''s words, and they didn''t know how to answer for a while.


    "Xuan, I am willing to form a new tribe with you!"


    The youngest Nan Xing was the first to agree, because he didn''t need to think too much, he only knew that he had a good life by Jiang Xuan''s side.


    Shi Loach and Uncaria looked at each other, hesitated for a moment, and finally nodded together: "We are also willing!"


    Jiang Xuan looked at Chi Shao again and said, "Sister, they all agreed, how about you?"


    Chishao looked a little complicated. After the winter, she was fourteen years old, and her thinking was much more mature. In her opinion, a tribe of five people was like a child''s farce.


    But after so many things, she has an inexplicable confidence in Jiang Xuan. Maybe, this small tribe can really grow in the future?


    Finally, she also nodded.


    Chishao asked, "Since it''s a new tribe, we need a name, what should we name our tribe?"


    Jiang Xuan looked into the distance, and then looked at the ancient vines on the stone mountain under his feet. After thinking for a moment, he said, "Since we came to live here, it has been very smooth, and we haven''t even encountered any beasts. I think it must be because of the ancient vines. shelter."


    Jiang Xuan stroked the branches of Guteng and said, "In this case, our new tribe is called the Teng tribe. From now on, Guteng will be the patron saint of our tribe!"


    Every tribe has its own patron saint, also called the totem god, which is the spiritual sustenance of the tribe and is very important.


    It is said that the totem gods of the tribe have magical abilities and can protect the tribesmen. There are many legends about the totem gods of the deer tribe in the past.


    I don''t know how many years this ancient vine has grown. It''s really huge. Everyone who sees it will be extremely impressed, and it''s easy to think of it as a god.


    Since Jiang Xuan decided to establish a new tribe here, what could be more suitable as a totem than this ancient vine?


    Chi Shao said: "Okay, we will call it the Teng tribe from now on, Xuan, you will be the leader of the tribe!"


    Chi Shao didn''t wait for Jiang Xuan to answer, and asked the three young men again, "Do you agree with Xuan being the leader of the tribe?"


    "agree!"


    "agree!"


    "agree!"


    The three teenagers have always admired Jiang Xuan. Jiang Xuan also proposed to build a new tribe. How could they disagree?


    Chi Shao smiled and said to Jiang Xuan, "Xuan, everyone agrees."


    Jiang Xuan was moved silently in his heart. In fact, in terms of strength, Chi Shao was more suitable to be the leader, but Chi Shao could not refuse to give it to him.


    Jiang Xuan nodded solemnly and said, "Okay, I will be the leader of the Vine Tribe in the future, and I will do my best to grow our Vine Tribe!"


    Everyone laughed, and they began to look forward to the day when the tribe grew stronger.


    After staying on the stone mountain for half an hour, they climbed back down the ancient vine and returned to the ground.


    Standing in front of Gu Teng, Jiang Xuan carefully carved a pattern on a large stone beside him.


    He engraved a shrunken and simplified version of an ancient vine.


    "From now on, this pattern will be the totem pattern of our rattan tribe!"


    Jiang Xuan announced this very important event, and asked everyone to keep this totem pattern firmly in mind. It will be engraved on all the territories of the Vine tribe in the future.


    He found a moist brown soil at the foot of the stone mountain, and carefully painted this new totem pattern on the faces of Chi Shao and others.


    For the totem pattern on his own face, Chi Shao helped him draw it.


    After the totem pattern was drawn, Jiang Xuan, who was wearing an animal skin coat, stood in front of the ancient vine and led everyone to pray to the tribe''s totem god, asking the vine **** to protect the new tribe.


    I don''t know why, after this set of simple rituals, the five people could clearly feel their wandering hearts, and they gradually settled down. Or, this is the benefit of having spiritual sustenance.

 Chapter 12： Guteng Recovery

    After returning from Shishan, Jiang Xuan solemnly engraved the totem pattern of the rattan tribe on a boulder in front of the bamboo house, and found some colored stones, smashed them, and mixed them with water to paint the totem pattern.


    Although the totem pattern looks a bit like a child''s graffiti due to limited painting skills, Jiang Xuan doesn''t care much.


    The totem pattern is the symbol of the tribe. As long as the tribe develops enough in the future, no matter how ugly its totem pattern is, no one dares to despise it.


    For example, some tribesmen of large tribes only need to draw their own tribe''s totem pattern on their faces or on their belongings. When they walk outside, other tribes do not dare to provoke them easily.


    After painting the totem pattern, Jiang Xuan began to prepare for the first sacrifice.


    As a new tribe, the first sacrifice is very important. Even if there are only five of them, the sacrifice ceremony must be done in a decent manner.


    Because Jiang Xuan is very clear, through a series of ceremonies such as building altars, offering sacrifices, and painting totem patterns, it can increase the clan''s sense of identity with the tribe and improve the cohesion of the tribe.


    Although there are only five members of the Vine tribe, Jiang Xuan will still complete this set of rituals.


    He took Chi Shao and others, and built a circular platform-shaped altar with yellow mud at the foot of the stone mountain. There was also a staircase in front of the altar.


    The diameter of the bottom of this altar is about two meters, the height is about one meter, and the diameter of the top is about one meter five. It is very small and simple.


    But Jiang Xuan is still serious about engraving the totem pattern of the rattan tribe around the yellow mud altar, including the top.


    With the totem pattern, the altar feels a little more sacred.


    Afterwards, they began to hunt in the mountains and forests, fish in the creeks, and prepare sacrifices for the sacrifices.


    Three days later, the weather became warmer, the wild grass on the ground began to grow, and the grass and trees in the mountain forest began to sprout.


    Even the ancient vine has many buds on its branches, and it looks vigorous.


    The first year of the establishment of the Vine tribe, on January 15th.


    The first sacrificial ceremony officially began.


    The yellow mud altar was already dry, Jiang Xuan and five people carried the offerings, walked up the stairs to the altar, and placed the offerings.


    The sacrifices were a wild goat, a pheasant, and a big fish weighing more than 20 kilograms, all alive and tied with ropes.


    The five of them had taken a bath in advance, put on their best animal skins, and painted the totem pattern of the Vine tribe on their faces, so they looked pretty decent.


    Sacrificial ceremonies actually need witches to preside over. It is said that only witches can communicate with totem gods, and only witches can recite those ancient congratulations.


    But there are only five people in the Vine tribe, and there is no inheritance of witches at all, so Jiang Xuan had to rely on himself.


    Jiang Xuan recalled the sacrificial ceremony of the deer tribe, and then took a sharply sharpened stone knife and bled the wild goats, pheasants, and fish on the altar.


    The blood flowed on the brand-new yellow mud altar, and some totem patterns were impregnated.


    Jiang Xuan stepped down from the altar, put away the stone knife, and he didn''t know how to worship at all, so he had to say a couple of vernacular words.


    Jiang Xuan faced Gu Teng, thought for a while, and began to say a congratulatory speech:


    "After asking the goddess of rattan to enjoy the sacrifices, bless the prosperity of the six animals of the rattan tribe, the harvest of crops, and the safety of the people''s entry and exit..."


    Chi Shao and the three teenagers were stunned when they heard it, because they had never heard many words that Jiang Xuan said.


    In addition, they were worshipping, and they subconsciously thought that the Vine God had appeared, so they worshiped more devoutly.


    "Hey!"


    At this moment, a bird chirping pierced through gold and cracked stones sounded over the bamboo forest, causing the birds and beasts in the bamboo forest to hide in surprise.


    Jiang Xuan looked up and saw a monstrous beast with black feathers and an incomparably huge body flying towards this direction. The target seemed to be the sacrifice on the altar.


    "not good!"


    Jiang Xuan screamed in horror, and subconsciously wanted to run, because the bird was so big, it was like a dark cloud when it flew over, which was daunting.


    This is not a vicious beast they can resist at all.


    "Om"


    At this moment, the stone mountain suddenly trembled slightly.


    The ancient vines wrapped around the stone mountain suddenly burst into bright green light. A tender vine grew rapidly, reaching a length of hundreds of meters, and then like a whip, it lashed towards the fierce bird like lightning.


    "Snapped!"


    The ferocious bird was drawn, it let out a shrill scream, and blood was spilled in the air, it flapped its wings desperately in horror, trying to escape.


    However, Guto didn''t intend to let it go.


    "Snapped!"


    The 100-meter-long vine was smashed again, and the bones of the fierce bird were all shattered. It was unable to fly again, and fell crookedly to the ground.


    "boom!"


    The huge ominous bird landed not far from the altar, smashed a piece of bamboo, struggled a few times, and then stopped completely.


    Jiang Xuan and the others were so shocked that they couldn''t even speak fully.


    "The rattan... rattan... the goddess of rattan really appeared."


    Chishao opened her mouth wide, and no one thought that this ancient vine was so terrifying that it killed a vicious bird in two strokes.


    Jiang Xuan was even more afraid. A few days ago, they climbed up the stone mountain along Guteng. If Guteng had murderous intentions at that time, I am afraid that none of them would survive.


    Although he knew from his memory that there were many mystical creatures in this world, he had never seen them with his own eyes.


    In his memory, when the deer tribe was exterminated, they didn''t see their totem **** take action, and he didn''t know what went wrong.


    Unexpectedly, an ancient vine is so powerful, and I don''t know if it is really willing to be the totem **** of the vine tribe, or because the ominous bird wants to rob its sacrifice.


    Jiang Xuan also suddenly understood why not even a beast could be seen around the bamboo forest. Most of them instinctively sensed the danger here and did not dare to approach, or were killed by Guteng.


    "Whoosh whoosh..."


    Countless roots suddenly burst out from the ground, some of them extended to the altar, wrapping the sacrifices layer by layer, and the other part wrapped around the huge ominous bird and wrapped it as well.


    Jiang Xuan glanced at the terrifying roots from the corner of his eyes, only to feel that his back was wet with cold sweat.


    I don''t know if this ancient vine has promised to be a totem god. If it doesn''t agree, will it take action against them?


    After all, this ancient vine is too terrifying. If he wants to kill them, Jiang Xuan doesn''t think he can run away.


    After a long time, the roots retracted back to the ground. Jiang Xuan glanced at the altar and saw that the prey had been sucked up to the point where only hair and fresh bones were left.


    The same was true of the ominous bird, only the feathers and bones remained. UU reading


    terrible!


    Jiang Xuan bit the bullet and continued to wait. He only hoped that this ancient vine would not be difficult for them because of the sacrifice.


    At this moment, on the ancient vine, five tender branches grew rapidly, and finally extended to the top of Jiang Xuan''s five people''s heads.


    "Vine... Vine God..."


    Just when Jiang Xuan thought he was dead, a drop of emerald green liquid dripped from a young leaf at the end of the vine, landed on top of his head, and merged directly into his body.


    In an instant, Jiang Xuan felt a majestic force pouring into his body, with a strong vitality, nourishing his internal organs, flesh and bones.


    He clearly felt that his strength, speed, vision, hearing, etc. were all rapidly improving.


    The same goes for Chishao, Uncaria, Shiloh, and Nanxing. They also got a drop of green liquid.


    After Jiang Xuan reacted, he immediately bowed his head in surprise: "Thank you for the gift of the Vine God!"


    Others also thanked Gu Teng one after another, but no one would have thought that such a simple sacrifice would be able to obtain such benefits.


    It seems that Gu Teng is really willing to be the totem **** of the Teng tribe.


    The five tender branches shrank back again, and the green light on the ancient vine gradually became introverted. The ancient vine was silent again. Except for its huge size, it looked no different from other vines.


    If it wasn''t for the skin and bones of the sacrifices in front of him, I''m afraid Jiang Xuan would think this was a dream.


    After a long time, Jiang Xuancai returned to the bamboo house, and he was still in a dizzy state.


    The world gave him a great gift for the first time.


    With Guteng''s protection and Jiang Xuan''s knowledge from his previous life, he believed that this small tribe would definitely grow and grow in the future!

 Chapter 13： wasteland farming

    The day after the sacrifice, Jiang Xuan tested his strength in front of the bamboo house.


    I saw him hold a large stone in his arms, slowly stand up, and hold it above his head!


    This stone is less than three or four hundred kilograms. If it is changed to Jiang Xuan before, let alone hold it, even if it is moved, it cannot be moved, but now he can lift it over his head without shaking his hands.


    "Boom!"


    Jiang Xuan threw the big stone out, and a big hole was smashed into the ground.


    Jiang Xuan looked at his hands in surprise, this is a powerful force!


    Afterwards, he walked into the bamboo forest to test his speed.


    With a "whoosh", he easily climbed onto a thick bamboo, and jumped between the bamboos, like an ape, very flexible.


    After a while, he landed again and walked to Chi Shao who was standing beside him.


    "Sister, with my current strength and speed, how many warriors are you?"


    In the tribes of the Southern Wilderness, when the tribesmen become warriors, they usually draw lines in five colors on their faces to distinguish warriors of different strengths. One-color warriors are the weakest and five-color warriors are the strongest.


    For example, a warrior of one color uses green paint to draw a line across his face.


    Two-color warriors use green and red to draw two lines on their faces, three-color warriors draw three lines, and so on.


    The stronger the strength, the more lines and richer colors are drawn on the face.


    These lines are also a kind of glory for tribal warriors. The more lines, the more resources and the worship of the tribe can be obtained in the tribe.


    Jiang Xuan really wanted to know, with his current strength and speed, what kind of warriors are he considered.


    Chi Shao said seriously, "It''s a warrior of one color."


    "Only the same color?" Jiang Xuan was stunned, obviously not expecting such a low level.


    Chi Shao nodded and said, "Don''t underestimate the one-color warrior, the strongest leader of the deer tribe is only a three-color warrior."


    Jiang Xuan asked again, "What about you, sister? What kind of warrior are you now?"


    "I''m also a fighter."


    Chi Shao pointed at Uncaria, Shiloh, and Nanxing, and said, "The five of us are all warriors of one color."


    "That''s not right!" Jiang Xuan asked suspiciously, "Didn''t my sister join a hunting party before? I thought it would be much better than us."


    "I''m not much stronger than you."


    "It is said that when the deer tribe was strong in the past, only by becoming a soldier of the same color could they be qualified to enter the hunting team."


    "But in recent years, the deer tribe has declined, and there are not enough soldiers. The requirements are getting lower and lower. Later, as long as they are thirteen years old, all able-bodied clansmen can join the hunting team."


    "I also only went in last year. I didn''t expect that after only staying there for half a year, the tribe would be gone."


    Speaking of this, Chi Shao''s mood was obviously a little low, and Uncaria and others were also silent. The demise of the deer tribe was the pain in their hearts.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Sister, don''t worry, we will definitely seek revenge from the Crow Tribe when our Vine Tribe becomes stronger in the future!"


    "Um!"


    Chi Shao nodded heavily, and the three teenagers also clenched their fists, burning the flame of revenge in their hearts.


    Jiang Xuan asked again, "Then how can you become a two-color or even a three-color warrior?"


    Chi Shao replied, "I heard from the hunting team that a one-color warrior only needs to be twice as strong and fast as a normal clan. To become a two-color warrior, you need to hunt an adult wild boar alone."


    "The three-color warrior needs to hunt an adult bison alone, and the four-color warrior needs to hunt a megalodon alone."


    "As for the five-color warrior, you need to hunt a wild bear alone!"


    The two-color warrior actually needs to hunt an adult wild boar alone!


    Jiang Xuan was shocked by Chi Shao''s words.


    That is to say, a two-color warrior must at least have the strength and speed, reaction ability, and fighting ability that exceed that of an adult wild boar, so that he can hunt an adult wild boar alone.


    The wild boar in this world is an extremely dangerous beast. An adult wild boar can weigh more than a thousand kilograms.


    Wild boars have sharp fangs, extremely fast running speed, thick fur, and a fierce personality.


    Especially when it is injured, it is almost not afraid of death, and ordinary beasts have to shy away.


    The wild boar also likes to rub it on the pine trees, and its fur is covered with thick turpentine, as if it is wearing a soft armor. Ordinary weapons, such as stone spears and bone spears, are difficult to deal with unless they pierce the eyes, backyard and other vital points. It deals fatal damage.


    You can imagine the difficulty of hunting an adult wild boar alone.


    As for the bison, megalodon, and wild bear, each one is more terrifying than the other, and the current vine tribes do not have the ability to hunt them.


    "Then how can we improve our strength?" Jiang Xuan asked again.


    "Training, hunting, and eating more meat can gradually increase your strength. However, I heard that if you can eat the meat of some exotic beasts, or eat the fruits of some exotic plants, your strength can increase faster."


    "Also, just like yesterday, getting a gift from the gods during sacrifices can quickly improve your strength."


    Jiang Xuan took all the words Chishao said in his heart, especially about the ways to improve his strength.


    Jiang Xuan is very clear that the stronger the strength, the longer he will have the chance to live in this dangerous world, and the longer he will live, the longer he will have time to develop the Vine tribe.


    After figuring this out, Jiang Xuan started to get busy with other things.


    It''s spring, and it''s a good time to cultivate the land in spring!


    Jiang Xuan plans to open up a wasteland in front of the bamboo house to try to grow food and vegetables.


    Planting and farming is a more stable and more method of obtaining food than hunting and gathering.


    Jiang Xuan plans to start farming, and if it goes well, he will develop aquaculture in the future to increase the food source for the tribe.


    Jiang Xuan returned to the house and picked up the bones, called Chi Shao and others, and walked to a clearing in front of the bamboo forest.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Cut down all these weeds, and they will all be burned later."


    "Okay, chief, look at us."


    The three teenagers have just become fighters of one color, and they are looking for opportunities to perform, and they are not afraid of hard work.


    They swung the scorpion wildly, swept away all the dry weeds in this open space, and pressed them all to the ground.


    Then, under Jiang Xuan''s command, they shoveled out a fire belt around them, so as not to ignite other places when the weeds were burned.


    In the end, Jiang Xuan returned to the bamboo house to get a burning firewood and set the weeds on fire.


    "Crackling, crackling, crackling..."


    The flames burned quickly, because the weeds were pressed to the ground, and the fire belts were arranged in advance, and there was no strong wind. As long as you watched carefully, it would not burn to other places.


    "Boss, what are you burning these weeds for?" Uncaria asked curiously.


    Jiang Xuan replied, "Reclaim wasteland and cultivate land."


    "Oh, I see."


    Tribal people also cultivate the land, but they are still in the most primitive stage of slash-and-burn cultivation.


    They will choose a large area, burn the plants and trees, then use the plant ashes as fertilizer, dig a random hole with bone stalks or other tools, and bury the seeds.


    This way of planting, the yield is appallingly low, but the advantage is that it does not take much time and energy. After all, the food source of the tribesmen is still mostly hunting and gathering.


    Uncaria and the others thought that Jiang Xuan also wanted to farm in this way, however, they soon realized that they were wrong.


    After half an hour, the weeds and small shrubs in the open space were all burnt, and the ground was covered with a thick layer of grass ash.


    This open space is about 100 square meters, neither big nor small. Jiang Xuan plans to open it up and grow edible wild or tuber plants.


    "Hey..."


    Jiang Xuan stepped on the crossbar and easily stepped Gushen''s shovel into the soil, then turned a piece of soil over, and then continued to dig a piece of soil.


    Uncaria couldn''t help but asked again: "Boss, after burning it, wouldn''t it be enough to dig a small hole and bury the seeds?"


    Jiang Xuandao: "Turn the soil over to loosen the soil, so that what we plant will grow better and harvest more."


    Uncaria also wanted to ask why loosening the soil could make the planted things grow better, but Chi Shao, who was beside him, glared at him and said, "If there are so many problems, the leader can do whatever he wants."


    "Oh¡­"


    Uncle Teng suddenly shut up, Chishao is too strong, and the three teenagers are a little afraid of Chishao.


    Shi Loach and Nan Xing also shrank their necks and honestly followed to open up the wasteland.


    The soil in the wasteland is very tight, and there are many grass roots, tree roots, and stones. The bones in their hands are not sharp enough. It is very hard to do this kind of work.


    Fortunately, the tribal people are relatively strong originally, and these five people have just become one-colored warriors.


    After half a day, with the efforts of five people, this wasteland of about 100 square meters was finally opened up.


    The grass roots, tree roots, and stones in the wasteland were all cleaned up and piled on the open space beside them.


    Looking at the newly opened farmland, Jiang Xuan only felt that some instincts hidden deep in his mind were awakened.


    He said excitedly: "This is the first piece of farmland of our Vine tribe, and there will be a second piece, a third piece, and even countless pieces in the future!"


    Chishao and the three juveniles were not so excited, because in their impression, the harvest of farming is too little, and it is better to hunt and gather.


    Jiang Xuan didn''t care either. When the land was planted with crops and had a bumper harvest, they would know the benefits of farming.

 Chapter 14： cage vine

    The first year of the establishment of the Vine tribe, on February 5th.


    "Boom!"


    "Crack!"


    In the sky, the first thunder of this year exploded, and thick lightning pierced the sky from time to time, illuminating the ground.


    "Huhuhu..."


    The strong wind also picked up. If you look at it from the sky, the new leaves in the virgin jungle are like a green ocean, undulating.


    "Tick...tick..."


    The raindrops fell. At first, it was just a few scattered drops, and gradually it became bigger and bigger, turning into a rain curtain, washing the earth in all directions.


    Standing under the eaves of the bamboo house, Jiang Xuan looked at the heavy rain outside and felt very happy.


    When it thunders and rains, it means that spring has truly arrived.


    He went back to the house to find the bamboo tube used as a calendar, and engraved two simplified characters next to the fifth day of the second month: Jing Zhe.


    Jingzhe is a very important solar term. It represents the sudden movement of spring thunder, the increase of rain, and the gradual warming of the climate.


    As the so-called "spring thunder stuns hundreds of insects", after the sting, the thunder will wake up all hibernating animals, including all kinds of insects underground.


    The warm and humid weather also provides favorable conditions for spring ploughing and sowing. If you are planting trees, you will start planting them after the sting.


    Chi Shao came over curiously and asked Jiang Xuan, "Xuan, what did you engrave?"


    Jiang Xuan thought about it for a while. He couldn''t explain the fact that he was a transmigrator. In order to avoid future troubles, he decided to tell Chi Shao a story.


    "Sister, I tell you something, I don''t know if you believe it or not."


    "What''s up?"


    "I was in a coma on our way to escape."


    Jiang Xuansha said meaningfully: "Actually, I had a dream at that time. I dreamed of an old man wearing a linen coat and holding a cane in his hand. By the way, he had very complicated lines on his face."


    After Chi Shao heard Jiang Xuan''s description, she said with a serious face, "You should be dreaming of a witch from a certain tribe."


    As soon as they heard about the "witch", Uncaria, Shiloh, and Nanxing all gathered around and listened carefully to Jiang Xuan''s story.


    "This old man taught me many things in my dream, such as fishing, farming, domesticating wild animals, building houses, etc."


    Jiang Xuan handed the bamboo tube to Chi Shao and said, "He also taught me a special script that can be used to record things, such as this, the calendar."


    Chi Shao curiously looked at the text on the bamboo tube and said, "What is a calendar?"


    Jiang Xuandao: "The calendar is used to record the days, and you can also record the events that happened that day next to the days. For example, there was a thunderstorm today and all the insects came out, so I recorded it as ''Jing Zhe''."


    Chi Shao couldn''t read the words on the bamboo tube, and she didn''t know what "Jing Zhe" meant.


    Uncaria, Shiloh, and Nanxing also came over to watch, and they also felt a sense of ignorance.


    "And then?" Uncaria couldn''t help asking.


    "Later the old man told me that he was actually dead, and his soul would soon dissipate. The reason why he taught me so many things was that I hoped that I could pass on these things, so that he would have no regrets."


    "Since then, I haven''t dreamed of the old man again, but I remember everything he taught me in the dream."


    Chi Shao looked suddenly enlightened, and said, "So that''s the case, no wonder you know so many things."


    For tribal people, witches are very mysterious and possess many incredible abilities. Therefore, Chi Shao and others did not doubt what Jiang Xuan said.


    Jiang Xuan secretly breathed a sigh of relief. If he comes up with anything new in the future, he can push it on the old man in the dream, which saves a lot of trouble in explaining it.


    Jiang Xuan put the bamboo tube back in place, and then said to Chi Shao: "The method of farming was also told to me by the old man in the dream. He said that as long as you follow his method, you can get more food than collecting in the wild. "


    Chi Shao nodded and said, "Then let''s give it a try."


    Jiang Xuandao: "We have opened up a lot of wasteland. We can plant Huangjing, sweet potato, and sweet potato. If we find other seeds, we can also plant them."


    Since the melting of the ice and snow, Jiang Xuan''s main focus has been on reclaiming wasteland except for hunting and gathering. Now he has reclaimed seven or eight acres of land, and the front of the bamboo forest is wider than before.


    "Also, if you find small saplings of wild fruits outside, you can also dig them back together with the roots and soil, dig up a little bit, and plant them near our tribe. In the future, we won''t have to travel too far to pick wild fruits."


    Chi Shao said: "You are the leader, I will listen to you."


    The three teenagers also nodded. Anyway, the leader is the biggest in the tribe, and they do whatever the leader says.


    "Okay, when the rain stops, we''ll go up the mountain!"


    After Jiang Xuan finished speaking, he waited with everyone for the rain to stop. He couldn''t wait to plant all the cultivated land with grain and vegetables.


    In order to enter the mountain, he sharpened a few bamboo spears as weapons.


    Bamboo is an old bamboo that has grown for many years and is very thick.


    After breaking the bamboo, choose a thick bamboo strip with a width of about three centimeters, first smooth it with a stone, grind the end into a pointed tip, and then bake it again with fire to dry the water.


    After the spear tip is baked, the hardness will be greatly improved, it is very sharp, and it can easily penetrate into the body of the prey.


    Jiang Xuan polished one long bamboo spear and three short bamboo spears, all of which were blackened with fire, very hard and sharp.


    At noon, the rain stopped.


    After having breakfast, Jiang Xuan and the others brought weapons, rattan baskets, animal skin bags, etc., and carefully painted totem patterns on their faces.


    The tribal people believe that by painting the totem pattern before entering the mountain, they can obtain the protection of the totem god.


    After everything was ready, Jiang Xuan and the others walked to the forest to the south.


    In the morning, the sun rises from the other side of the small river. Therefore, the other side of the small river is east, the back of the ancient vines on the stone mountain is west, the direction of the original deer tribe is north, and the direction to the right of the bamboo forest is south.


    The north is a place of sadness, so they prefer to go to the forest in the south.


    It rained in the morning, and the ground in the jungle was very wet. Fortunately, there were thick dead branches and leaves on the ground, so it was not muddy.


    There is a fresh smell of grass and trees in the air, mixed with the smell of rotten branches and rotten leaves after the rain, forming a unique taste of the virgin forest.


    After entering the forest, the five people''s attentions were all focused, their eyes were always on the ground and the abnormality in the trees, and their ears were always listening to the movements around them.


    Jiang Xuan held a bamboo spear in his hand, and carried a rattan basket on his back. Three short bamboo spears were also placed in the rattan basket. He was a little nervous and a little excited, because he didn''t know what he would encounter in the jungle.


    "crunch..."


    In a huge rotten tree that fell to the ground, there was the sound of sawing wood. Jiang Xuan walked over and used a bamboo spear to pick up the bark of the withered tree. He saw a fat white bug that had bitten through the withered tree. Show a head.


    The body of this bug is the size of a teacup, with a brown head and a pair of large black teeth that can easily bite through wood.


    "The same level of bugs has four times the protein content of beef!"


    Jiang Xuan whispered something, then pierced the insect''s head with a bamboo spear, and then threw it into the rattan basket.


    All kinds of insects in the jungle, as long as they can be eaten, they are basically the food of tribal people.


    Because of their large number and size, they are easier to catch, and they taste good after roasting.


    Not only Jiang Xuan, but also Chishao, Uncaria and others, if they encounter edible insects, they will kill them first, and then take them away.


    They continued to walk forward and saw many birds and beasts along the way.


    As the weather gets warmer and all kinds of animals come out, the jungle becomes dangerous and lively.


    Jiang Xuan was walking when he suddenly stepped on some brown vines spread flat on the ground.


    These vines are grid-shaped and look quite weird. After Jiang Xuan stepped on them, he felt quite fresh. The appearance of these vines was really weird.


    "Xuan, be careful!"


    Chi Shao next to her suddenly exclaimed, but it was too late.


    "Whoosh whoosh!"


    The grid-like vines under Jiang Xuan''s feet suddenly rose like a large net, quickly closing the enclosure, turning into a circular cage, trapping Jiang Xuan inside.


    "What the hell!"


    Jiang Xuan was shocked and wanted to tear the vines apart, but found that the vines were very flexible. With his current strength, they could not stop!


    At the same time, some smaller vines, with barbs, extended towards Jiang Xuan in all directions.


    The barbs of the vines carry a paralyzing toxin. Once stabbed, the trapped prey will lose its ability to resist, and finally be strangled to death, rot, and become the nourishment of the vines.


    The space inside the cage was too small, Jiang Xuan kept pulling the vines, and the situation was very critical.


    Just at this critical moment, Chi Shao rushed over with a stone knife in hand, squatted on the ground, quickly cut away the dead branches and leaves, and then slashed the trunk of this strange vine that was sticking to the ground.


    This kind of vine is called the cage vine, UU reading www.uukanshu. The upper part of the com is a circular web, like a spider web, and the lower part is the trunk, which is relatively short and sticks to the ground.


    It is very scary. Once trapped, unless the strength is strong enough, it is difficult to escape alone.


    Only those who understand it and are outside the cage can accurately find its trunk and cut it off in time to save the trapped people.


    Chishao''s stone knife was very sharp, and she quickly cut off the backbone of the cage vine with her full force.


    When the trunk of the cage vine was chopped a few times, the vines that were attacking Jiang Xuan slowed down significantly. When its trunk was cut off, those vines immediately lost their ability to attack and stopped moving.


    Uncaria, Shi Loach, and Nan Xing ran over, hurriedly tore apart the entangled vines, and rescued Jiang Xuan inside.


    Everyone breathed a sigh of relief.


    "Sister, what kind of vine is this? It''s really scary." Jiang Xuan looked at the vines and asked with lingering fears.


    "This is called a cage vine. Its barbs have a paralyzing venom that can trap the prey. After being paralyzed, it will slowly strangle to death. If you see this kind of vine on the ground in the future, you must take a detour."


    Jiang Xuan, Uncaria and the others nodded, they had already seen the horror of this vine.


    "However, its juice is a good thing. Put a little on the arrowhead or spearhead. After hitting the prey, the prey will be slowly paralyzed and its movements will slow down."


    Chishao took off her spears, short spears, and stone knives, and smeared the spearheads and blades with the sap of this cage vine.


    Jiang Xuan, Uncaria and others also painted their weapons with this paralyzing toxin juice.


    Afterwards, the five continued to walk forward. After what happened just now, they became more cautious.

 Chapter 15： Stone eggs and thorns

    Walking in the jungle, Jiang Xuan thoughtfully looked at his bamboo spear. To be precise, it was the juice on the bamboo spear.


    "Sister, do other tribes know this kind of cage vine?"


    Chishao turned her head and said, "I don''t know, this kind of vine is relatively rare. I just heard stories about cage vines from people in the hunting party. This is the first time I''ve seen it."


    Jiang Xuan''s eyes lit up and said, "What do you think if we plant a large number of cage vines around the tribe to protect the tribe?"


    In this primitive world, the most dangerous are not only beasts, but also other tribes, such as the deer tribe, which were destroyed by the crow tribe.


    Every year, countless tribes rise up in the primitive jungle, and countless tribes are destroyed.


    A tribe with only five members like the Vine Tribe was wiped out with the slightest carelessness.


    Therefore, self-protection is something Jiang Xuan must consider.


    Jiang Xuan felt that a ferocious plant like the cage vine was very suitable for protecting the tribe.


    Chishao thought for a moment and said, "Other tribes will try to eradicate these dangerous plants when they encounter them. I don''t know if they can be used to protect the tribe. You can try it first."


    The Uncaria on the side asked curiously: "Boss, this kind of cage vine is so rare, where can we find enough vines to protect the tribe to plant?"


    Jiang Xuandao: "There will always be a way, not only cage vines can be planted, but also other ferocious plants. It''s not urgent."


    The five people continued to walk forward, and after walking not too far, Chishao seemed to see something, walked quickly to the bottom of a rock, tore off a dead vine from the rock, and then followed the vine to find the location of its rhizome.


    "Nan Xing, bring the bone scorpion."


    The youngest Nanxing was carrying a bone scorpion, which was specially used for excavating plants.


    "coming."


    Nan Xing ran to Chi Shao''s side and handed the Gu Si to her.


    The red peony took the bone scorpion, peeled off the litter and weeds on the ground, and then dug up the ground.


    Jiang Xuan walked over and asked curiously, "Sister, what are you digging for?"


    Chi Shao replied while digging, "Dig stone eggs."


    "Stone egg!"


    Jiang Xuan''s eyes lit up, he already knew what it was from his memory.


    This is a grayish-white vine tuber, the largest can grow to the size of a washbasin, and the small one is as small as a bird''s egg.


    Because it usually grows next to the stone, and the color is very similar to the stone, the original tribes thought it was an egg laid by the stone, so they called it a stone egg.


    After the stone egg is baked, it tastes like a potato, is rich in starch, and can satisfy hunger. It is one of the traditional foods of the tribal people.


    This is good stuff!


    Jiang Xuan is keenly aware that if stone eggs can be planted in large quantities, then the Vine tribe will have the first food crop!


    Soon, the soil on the ground was dug up, and the stone eggs hidden in the ground were gradually revealed.


    It was about the size of a soup pot, and the outside was rock-like, slate-grey, and relatively round. Jiang Xuan roughly estimated that this stone egg should weigh seven or eight pounds.


    Chishao dug up all the soil around the stone egg, then hugged the stone egg with both hands and twisted it hard, only to hear a "gba", and the rhizome at the bottom of the stone egg was twisted off.


    "What a big stone egg!"


    Chishao picked up the stone egg and let out a sigh of admiration.


    "let me see."


    Jiang Xuan took over the stone egg, and started with a heavy one, which also exuded a faint fragrance of tubers.


    Jiang Xuan said with satisfaction: "This thing is very good. We can dig the small ones back for planting. If it goes well, we will have uneatable stone eggs in the future."


    After Chi Shao heard Jiang Xuan''s words, she continued to lower her head and dig.


    She is an activist, she doesn''t like to talk too much, and she does things very quickly.


    After a while, Chishao dug seven or eight small stone eggs from the ground, the big ones were as big as an adult''s fist, and the small ones were only a little bigger than a thumb.


    Jiang Xuan put these small stone eggs in a separate animal skin bag, and said with satisfaction: "With these seeds, we can go back and try to plant them."


    Because stone eggs like to grow next to stones, Jiang Xuan plans to plant them in places with large stones, and try to keep them in line with their living environment in the wild, and try other planting methods in the future.


    After digging the stone eggs, the group continued to move forward.


    "Moo..."


    In the distance, a group of bison walked by. They were covered in brown fur, with a pair of sharp horns on their heads, and their shoulders were taller than people. The weight of an adult bison was at least three thousand kilograms.


    Such a bison can be described as a real behemoth!


    Jiang Xuan felt his scalp go numb when he thought that he had to hunt a bison alone to become a three-color warrior.


    Bison are generally in groups, and once injured become crazy, they will become very violent and take the initiative to attack.


    Therefore, if you want to hunt an adult bison, in addition to strength, speed, and hunting skills, you must have a smart mind, otherwise you may be buried under the horns if you fail to hunt.


    Jiang Xuan didn''t plan to provoke these big guys, at least not now.


    In the future, when the strength is strong, you can try to catch a few calves and return them to domestication. If they can be successfully domesticated, they can be used for ploughing and ploughing, which can greatly improve productivity.


    After bypassing the wild cattle herd, Chishao found a large wild fruit tree, and around the wild fruit tree, there were some small saplings.


    Chishao picked up a fruit about the size of a fist, covered with thorns, and cut it open with a stone knife, revealing the yellowish flesh inside.


    "This is called thorn fruit. You should have eaten it. It is full of thorns on the outside, but the inside is full of pulp. After picking it up, you can roast it with fire and eat it. When it is cooked, the thorns on the outside are almost burned."


    Jiang Xuan also picked up a thorn fruit from the ground. The pulp inside was a round ball, not divided into two halves like a chestnut, nor was it wrapped in a hard shell.


    The flesh of thorn fruit is similar in taste to other nuts, and it is larger in size, which is a good thing to fill the stomach.


    In addition, it is resistant to storage, even in the wild, it will take a long time to crack and rot when dropped on the ground.


    "This thing is not bad. Dig up all the saplings and plant them, and pick up all the fruits that you can eat."


    Chishao nodded, and then used bone stalks again to dig up the surrounding small thorn fruit trees with soil, wrap the roots with broad leaves, and put them in a rattan basket.


    With the efforts of the five people, they picked up a rattan basket of intact thorn fruits and dug up five small saplings.


    After finishing it, Jiang Xuan wrote down the location of the big thorn fruit tree.


    Chi Shao looked at the sky and said, "It''s getting late, so I can''t go any further, go back first."


    It is extremely dangerous to spend the night in the wild, because no one knows whether they will encounter a beast attack at night. If it is not impossible, no one wants to spend the night in the wild.


    "Okay, let''s go back first, and come out earlier next time."


    Jiang Xuan nodded in agreement and went back the same way.


    "Uncaria, come down quickly." Jiang Xuan raised his head and shouted.


    Uncaria has climbed to the top of the big thorn fruit tree. This guy likes to climb trees.


    "Okay, I''ll be down soon."


    Standing on a high treetop, Uncaria agreed, looking at the surrounding scenery reluctantly.


    Standing at the top of the tree, he can see the forest in the distance. He likes this feeling very much.


    Just when Uncaria was about to climb down, UU read www. Suddenly, he saw a blue smoke in the distance.


    "what?"


    Uncaria didn''t climb any further, he observed it carefully for a while, and his expression gradually became serious.


    "Why haven''t you come down yet?" Below, Jiang Xuan urged him.


    Uncaria lowered her head and said, "Boss, there seems to be a fire over there."


    When the four people below heard these words, they immediately became nervous.


    It''s not a good thing to meet people from outside tribes in the forest. When you meet a savage tribe, you will fight directly.


    "Do you see clearly?" Jiang Xuan asked.


    "See clearly, someone must be on fire."


    "I''ll come and see."


    Jiang Xuan immediately climbed up the tree. He was already a one-colored warrior. He climbed the tree very fast, and it didn''t take long for him to stand side by side with Uncaria.


    "Boss, over there." Uncaria pointed to the south.


    Jiang Xuan looked in the direction pointed by Uncaria, and saw a thick plume of smoke rising straight into the sky. It was indeed the shape of smoke that only appears when a bonfire is lit.


    Jiang Xuan''s heart sank. Although that place is still far away, no one can guarantee when those people will appear around the Vine tribe.


    It seems that the environment in which the Vine tribe is located is not so safe.


    "Go back first."


    Jiang Xuan and Uncaria climbed down from the tree together. Jiang Xuan briefly told Chi Shao and others about the smoke.


    Because they were afraid of danger, the five did not stop, let alone investigate the source of the smoke, and returned directly to the Vine tribe.


    Although I haven''t seen anyone from the outside world, a sense of crisis has shrouded the hearts of the five.


    The Vine Tribe was just established, and its strength was too weak to withstand any blow. Jiang Xuan hoped that these people were just passing by and would not threaten the Vine Tribe.

 Chapter 16： make bows and arrows

    After returning to the bamboo house, it was already dark.


    Jiang Xuan lit a torch, chose a suitable place to plant the small stone eggs and saplings he brought back, and then began to think about self-protection.


    The smoke in the forest hovered in his heart for a long time, like a sharp sword hanging above his head, no one knew when it would fall.


    In the primitive jungle, people from different tribes are often more terrifying than beasts.


    Ferocious beasts can also be driven away by various means, but tribes often encounter an endless situation in order to compete for various resources such as prey and population.


    Therefore, if the Vine tribe wants to survive for a long time, it must start to consider how to protect itself when facing other tribes.


    Jiang Xuan thought about it for a long time and decided to do three things first.


    First, try to improve the strength of the five people and create defensive and offensive weapons.


    Second, speed up the process of planting and breeding, ensure sufficient food for the tribe, and then find ways to increase the population.


    Third, build a defense line for dangerous plants around the tribe, and use dangerous plants such as cage vines and biting flowers to protect the tribe.


    Among these three things, the first thing is the current top priority.


    Because the latter two take a long time to complete, and making weapons can improve combat effectiveness in a short period of time.


    In the jungle, there are not many weapons that can be made with bare hands, Jiang Xuan intends to make bows and arrows.


    The bow and arrow, a real long-range killing weapon, replaced the slings and spear throwers with extremely poor accuracy and short range.


    Whether hunting or fighting with other tribes, the side with more excellent archers often has a greater advantage.


    Shiloh has a bamboo bow, but it is too soft to withstand the strength of a warrior of one color, and it has almost turned into a toy.


    Because of limited conditions, Jiang Xuan wanted to make a single bow.


    A bow that uses only one main material for its body is called a single bow. It is easy to make and can be made with only primitive tools.


    As for those synthetic bows that are spliced ??and bonded with various materials, although they are more powerful, they are very time-consuming and require very high tools and techniques. Jiang Xuan can''t make them at all.


    The next day, Jiang Xuan prepared to make bows and arrows.


    "Snapped!"


    Jiang Xuan went to the creek to find a piece of gravel with high hardness. After breaking it, he picked out a few large pieces with sharp edges, and brought it back to the bamboo house. Choose the right wood.


    "Boss, what are you looking for?"


    Chi Shao followed unexpectedly. She was always worried that Jiang Xuan would go out alone, for fear that he would have an accident.


    Jiang Xuan turned his head and said helplessly, "Sister, how many times have you said it, just call me Xuan."


    Chi Shao said stubbornly, "Since you are the leader, then you must be called the leader."


    Chi Shao is a very assertive person. It is difficult for others to persuade her to change her mind about what she believes. Therefore, Jiang Xuan had no choice but to give up persuasion.


    "I''m looking for wood suitable for making bows and arrows."


    Jiang Xuandao: "People from outsiders might find it here at some point. If we practice bows and arrows well, in the event of a conflict, at least we don''t have to fight with them."


    In short, the five members of the Vine tribe are too weak, young, and have poor combat experience. There is no chance of melee combat, and long-range attack is the best way.


    Chi Shao nodded and said, "I''ve seen hunting bows from tribal warriors. Please help you find suitable wood."


    "it is good."


    After all, Chishao has been on the hunting team for half a year, and knows more about the animals and plants in the forest than Jiang Xuan.


    The two walked around in the woods twice, Chishao saw a big tree, and her eyes lit up.


    It was a big tree that needed at least five people to hug. It grew almost straight, very tall and dense.


    Chishao used a stone knife to cut off some bark from the big tree. Inside was a purple trunk, and after a while, red sap flowed out.


    "This tree, we call it the purple blood tree, because as long as you cut its bark, you can see the purple trunk and its sap, like blood."


    "It is very tough and hard to break. In the past, the warriors of the tribe liked to use it to make spears. Most of the bows and arrows of the warriors in the hunting team were also made of this tree."


    "But be careful, its juice is slightly poisonous. If you touch the juice with a wound on your hand, or if you accidentally eat this juice, you will feel pain all over your body within two or three days."


    "After the soldiers cut down the purple-blooded tree, they usually roast it with fire first, or leave it for a few months before using it, and the juice inside will solidify, so there''s no need to worry about poisoning."


    Jiang Xuan nodded and took Chishao''s words in his heart.


    This tree is so big that even its branches are extremely thick and tall. If you want to make bows and arrows, you must find a small tree.


    Fortunately, there were quite a few small purple-blooded trees near this big tree. Jiang Xuan chose the bowl-mouth-sized, straight-looking, small purple-blooded trees without knots, and cut down six of them in one go.


    After the branches and treetops were removed, they were tied with rattan, and three peony trees each were carried back to the bamboo house.


    After returning to the bamboo house, according to Chishao, he first hung the purple-blooded trees horizontally above the fire pond and baked them for a whole day, so that the sap inside would solidify and would not flow out when chopped.


    Afterwards, he peeled off the purple blood tree and chopped it down bit by bit with a stone axe into a suitable bow shape.


    The middle position of the bow body is the point of force and the place to be grasped. It is thicker, and the bow belly curved on both sides is thinner.


    Pay great attention to this step. If you don''t cut it well, cut it unevenly, or the wooden texture of the bow body is damaged, the manufactured bow will be easily deformed or even broken.


    Because it is necessary to make five people''s bows and arrows, it is obviously impossible to rely on Jiang Xuan alone. Everyone is helping with the rough processing, and the more meticulous work is done by Chishao and Jiang Xuan.


    After the bow body was cut into a suitable shape, Jiang Xuan cut out grooves on both sides for tying the bowstring, then selected the toughest bark rope as the bowstring, bent the bow body slightly, and then tied the bowstring.


    Next is the bow training session.


    The bow that has just been made cannot be bent directly into a large amount, otherwise it will damage the bow body.


    To tame the bow is to gradually adapt the back of the bow to the bending, and in the process, continue to scrape and adjust the body of the bow to make the bending range on both sides the same.


    Jiang Xuan made a simple bow-training stand, then put the bow on it, first pulled the bow to a relatively small range, fixed the bowstring, and kept it in an open posture, and carefully observed the bending of both sides of the bow.


    If the curvature of the bow body is not enough, use a stone knife to plan and scrape it again until the two sides are consistent.


    When the bow is adapted step by step and bends to the right angle, take it off the bow rig, fix the bowstring, and polish it again.


    At this point, a primitive single bow is basically completed.


    If conditions permit, it is best to smear some tung oil on the bow to prevent moisture and cracks.


    Jiang Xuan didn''t have tung oil, but he found a natural tree lacquer based on Chishao''s suggestion. After applying it, it can also have the same effect.


    Later, Jiang Xuan made some feather arrows. The shaft of the arrow was a small shrub that grows straight. After baking and straightening, it can be used directly. UU Reading


    The arrowhead is made of polished Mitsubishi-shaped stone flakes. The fish bladder that Jiang Xuan had stored before came in handy. After boiling the fish bladder glue, adding some fibers can firmly stick the arrowhead on the arrow shaft.


    The arrow feathers use the tail feathers of birds, break the tail end of the arrow shaft, clip the left and right symmetrical tail feathers, and then tie them with thin ropes.


    After the arrowhead, shaft, and feathers are all done, a feathered arrow is finished.


    Ten days later, the five bows and a lot of feather arrows were all made.


    Everyone in the Vine tribe has their own bow and a batch of feather arrows.


    Jiang Xuan and the five walked into the woods with their first bows, ready to try the newly made bows and arrows.


    Jiang Xuan made the first move. He aimed at a big tree about 20 meters away. The diameter of this big tree was about the size of a washbasin.


    He held his breath, bent his bow and shot an arrow, then aimed at the trunk of the big tree and loosened the bowstring.


    "Hey!"


    The feather arrow broke through the air in an instant, but passed by the big tree and stuck on another tree.


    "It shot crookedly..."


    Jiang Xuan felt embarrassed, after all, the people behind him were watching.


    Chi Shao gently comforted: "It''s okay, it''s normal to shoot crooked the first time. Any archer needs a long training to shoot accurately."


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "Keep practicing, I don''t believe that I can''t shoot!"


    Jiang Xuan shot arrow after arrow. After shooting all the feather arrows, he went to retrieve the feather arrows and continued to practice.


    He is a patient and persistent person. Once he wants to do something, he will not give up easily.


    After an hour, he finally found some feeling, and occasionally he could hit larger targets.


    Others are also practicing hard.

 Chapter 17： means of self-preservation

    The spring of the first year of the establishment of the Vine tribe, on March 2.


    In the forest to the south of the Veng tribe, a dozen big-horned sheep looked down vigilantly while grazing. As long as there was a slight disturbance, they would flee.


    These bighorn sheep have brown fur and are huge in size. Adult bighorn sheep weigh more than 500 kilograms.


    The most obvious feature of the bighorn sheep is the pair of huge curved horns on the top of the head. It is not as slender as other horns, but as big as the horns of bison.


    "Hey!"


    Suddenly, a feathered arrow flew out from the gap between the branches and leaves of a big tree, and shot at a bighorn sheep like lightning.


    "What!"


    The bighorn sheep was shot in the abdomen, it let out a scream, and then ran away with a feather arrow that sank into its belly.


    The flock is in chaos.


    "Shhhhhhh..."


    At this moment, four feathered arrows were also shot in the other two directions. Two feathered arrows hit the same bighorn sheep, and the other two were missed.


    The bighorn sheep ran wildly, especially the two bighorn sheep that were hit by arrows, screaming and running, panicking.


    "Chase!"


    Jiang Xuan jumped down from a big tree, carried the bow and arrow behind him, held a bamboo spear in his hand, and ran quickly with the sheep.


    Chishao, Uncaria, Shiloh, and Nanxing also jumped down from their respective trees and chased after Jiang Xuan.


    Fortunately, they are all fighters of the same color now, and their physiques are much stronger than ordinary people, otherwise it would be difficult to catch up with the fast-running bighorn sheep.


    With the passage of time, the two bighorn sheep that were hit with arrows, because of the strenuous exercise, caused continuous bleeding from the wounds, ran slower and slower, gradually couldn''t keep up with the flock, and finally collapsed.


    After the two bighorn sheep fell, Jiang Xuan and the others who caught up immediately stepped forward to make up for it, killing the bighorn sheep completely.


    Chishao used the bamboo tube she carried with her to pick up fresh sheep blood from the neck of the sheep. Instead of drinking it raw as usual, she planned to take it back to cook it.


    The other four were the same, none of them drank raw blood.


    Because of the lack of salt, the blood of mammals such as bighorn sheep can supplement the necessary salt consumption after a lot of exercise. Therefore, drinking blood is the norm for tribal people.


    Ever since Jiang Xuan, in the name of the old man in the dream, told them that drinking raw blood is easy to get sick, Chi Shao and others stopped drinking raw blood, but took it back to cook and eat it.


    Jiang Xuan pulled out the arrow on the belly of the bighorn sheep, wiped the blood on it, and said, "The bow and arrow that I have practiced for so long has really come in handy. Hunting these large prey is much easier than before."


    Chi Shao agreed: "Yes, the bow and arrow shoot far, and the prey is hit without any defense. It''s much better than throwing spears and slings."


    Uncaria looked at the two big horn sheep happily, and said, "Such a big horn would look good on the wall."


    Tribal people like to decorate their houses and themselves with horns, teeth, feathers, etc. of their prey, and a few teenagers are no exception.


    They pondered that after they went back, they would peel off the sheep''s skull in its entirety and hang it on the wall of the bamboo house as a decoration.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Find a rattan to tie them up first, and find two poles to carry them back."


    "Yes, Chief."


    The five immediately got busy.


    Ten minutes later, the two bighorn sheep have been tied up, and the rod for carrying the sheep has been found, and they can go home immediately.


    Suddenly, there was a faint whistling sound of "woo woo" in the distance.


    Jiang Xuan listened with bated breath. He was familiar with the sound because it was the sound the tribesmen made when driving their prey.


    "Whoosh whoosh..."


    Jiang Xuan quickly climbed to the tallest tree nearby and stood above the jungle. Those voices could be heard more clearly, and there were also the screams of beasts.


    Because there were dense trees blocking it, Jiang Xuan could hear the sound, but couldn''t see anyone, only a flock of birds that were frightened.


    Jiang Xuan climbed down from the tree and said to Chi Shao with a dignified expression: "The hunting range of those people is getting closer and closer. Sooner or later, they will find where our tribe is."


    The first time he saw the smoke from the bonfire, Jiang Xuan knew that some outsiders had also come to this jungle.


    Later, they could see smoke from time to time, getting closer and closer, and now they could even hear the sound of hunting.


    This made Jiang Xuan very anxious. The Teng tribe finally lived a better life through his own efforts. He couldn''t tolerate everything being destroyed by others.


    Chi Shao comforted: "With the vine gods, even if they find our vine tribe, they will not attack easily, because even if they kill the vine tribe, they won''t get much."


    Jiang Xuan nodded. What Chi Shao said made sense. There were only five of them, and they had not lived here for a long time, and they had very few supplies.


    If the people from the outer tribe find that they need to pay a lot of casualties, they should not attack easily.


    However, Jiang Xuan couldn''t figure out what happened to the old vine, and he couldn''t guarantee that the old vine would definitely protect them.


    For the sake of his own life, he couldn''t put all his hopes on that old vine, he had to find a way to protect himself.


    "Go back first."


    Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao raised a big horned sheep, Uncaria and Shiloh also raised a big horned sheep, and the youngest Nan Xing was in charge of guarding.


    After half a day, the five returned to the bamboo house, and the two bighorn sheep were quickly disposed of.


    After the sheepskin is peeled off, dried and soaked, it can be used to make animal skins or bedding in winter.


    The sheep''s head, as the three teenagers wished, removed the meat and used it as a decoration.


    All the mutton is cut into pieces and hung over the fire to be smoked and roasted day and night to avoid spoilage.


    Sheep bones are used to make weapons and tools such as bone knives, bone spears, and bone scorpions.


    Almost every part of a bighorn sheep can be effectively used, and even those parts that cannot be eaten will be thrown into fishing traps as bait.


    Tribal people have long lived in an environment where materials are scarce, and they will not waste anything that can be used.


    After dealing with the two big horn sheep, Jiang Xuan and the others had a full meal first, and then they had the strength to continue working.


    "I''m going to dig a tunnel under our bamboo bed. In case people from outside come to fight, we can temporarily hide in the tunnel."


    Jiang Xuan told Chi Shao and others what he thought.


    The inspiration for digging tunnels came from the tunnel battles I saw in my previous life.


    During the war, the common people brought their wisdom of survival to the extreme.


    They dug tunnels under their own stoves, under beds, under cabinets, and in various hidden places.


    Whenever the enemy came, they would hide in the secret tunnel, let the enemy pounce, and after the enemy left, they would come out and continue to live.


    Jiang Xuan planned to temporarily dig a simple tunnel for self-protection. He believed that as long as the dig was hidden, it would be difficult to find them with the knowledge of the tribesmen.


    After Chi Shao heard this, her eyes lit up and she said, "This method is good, I agree."


    "We also agree."


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "Okay, starting from today, we will take turns digging tunnels."


    As soon as he said it was done, Jiang Xuan immediately took the bones, moved out a bamboo bed, and dug it up.


    Thanks to the increase in strength and the improvement of tools, although there are many bamboo roots underground, Jiang Xuan is still digging faster.


    Using a rattan basket, Chishao carried the baskets of soil that Jiang Xuan had dug up and carried it to the farmland outside.


    From this day on, they will send two people to dig tunnels every day, and the others to hunt, fish, and plant.


    A few days later, there was a tunnel in the bamboo house of the rattan tribe, and it continued to widen and deepen.


    With this tunnel, they can temporarily hide in the tunnel and save their lives when they encounter unstoppable danger in the future.

 Chapter 18： rock frog

    On March 15th, the rain became more and more frequent. Often for several days at a time, the water level of the creeks and rivers rose rapidly.


    "Ahhhhhhh..."


    Under the eaves of the bamboo house, Jiang Xuan worked diligently to dig a drainage ditch with his bones, and Chi Shao and others were doing the same.


    After the rain increases, it is easy to accumulate water under the eaves. If there is no drainage channel, their bamboo house will be wet everywhere.


    Fortunately, the top of the bamboo roof is covered with two layers of thick bark, and it is a newly built bamboo house, so the water leakage is not serious.


    After the drainage ditches were dug all around the bamboo house, the rainwater flowed back to the creek along the drainage ditches.


    Because of the rain, the muddy water on the mountain washed into the creek, causing the creek to become very turbid and the flow of water to increase.


    Jiang Xuan wiped the rainwater off his face, washed the bones again, and then returned to the bamboo house.


    "Everyone drink some **** soup."


    Because they were digging drainage ditches in the rain, all five of them got wet. Although they were all warriors with strong physiques, Jiang Xuan was still afraid of catching a cold in the rain, so he cooked **** soup in a clay pot in advance.


    Jiang Xuan wrapped the hot clay pot with thick bamboo shells, and then poured everyone a bowl of **** soup.


    Ginger is wild ginger. It has a strong taste and no sugar is added. The soup made from it is difficult to drink.


    But the tribal people are more receptive and have eaten even more unpalatable things, so drinking a bowl of **** soup is nothing to them.


    Soon, everyone drank the **** soup in their bowls.


    The other clay pot contained big horn mutton stewed with bamboo shoots. It had been stewed for a long time. Jiang Xuan used chopsticks to pick up the mutton from the clay pot again.


    When the weather turns warm and the rain increases, the bamboo shoots in the bamboo forest grow like crazy, and even in the bamboo house, bamboo shoots pop up from the ground from time to time.


    Naturally, these bamboo shoots become food, and they are very good for stewing meat.


    After drinking the **** soup, eating mutton, and roasting the fire, the body quickly became warm. The wet and cold feeling brought by the rain before was swept away, and people''s spirits were also lifted.


    Uncaria complained: "It rains every day, so I can''t go hunting, and the water in the stream has risen so much that the fishing traps dug before have been submerged and can''t be used at all."


    Jiang Xuan looked up at the big horn mutton that was smoked and roasted above the fire pond, and said, "It doesn''t matter, this meat is enough for us to eat for a while, not to mention that we have raised a lot of fish, so we won''t go hungry."


    The others nodded, and only the meat hanging above the fire pond made people feel at ease. The feeling of starvation was really uncomfortable.


    "It''s not that you can''t go hunting at all."


    Chishao suddenly stared at the outside of the bamboo house and said, "It''s good to rain when it rains. Some prey like to come out on rainy days."


    Chi Shao put down the bowl, suddenly picked up the spear, and walked outside the bamboo house.


    "Cuckoo..."


    A loud frog croak suddenly sounded, the sound was very loud, shaking the bamboo forest.


    "Frog!"


    Jiang Xuan''s eyes lit up, and he immediately took his bamboo hut and ran out with Chi Shao.


    Both of them ran away, and Uncaria, Shiloh, and Nanxing also went out with their spears.


    Outside the bamboo house, on the newly opened farmland, a giant frog the size of a washbasin squatted there, constantly eating the insects that came out of the ground with its tongue.


    This is a rock frog.


    It is blue-gray all over, and when viewed from a distance, it looks like a rock, so it is called a rock frog.


    Because of the rain for a few days, the soil was soaked, and the worms in the ground couldn''t stand it, and they burrowed into the ground one after another. These worms became the food of the rock frog.


    Jiang Xuan and the others also ate these bugs that came out of rainy days.


    Perhaps to avoid the rain, insects of all sizes ran towards the bamboo house, some climbed to the wall, and some even climbed directly into the house.


    Jiang Xuan has no reason to refuse the food delivered to his door. As long as he can eat it, one counts as one, and he grabs all of them and bakes them.


    In the same way, rainy days will also make it easier for frogs who are not afraid of water to prey on insects. It is a day for them to revel.


    Of course, what they didn''t expect was that they were also treated as food.


    Chi Shao didn''t run towards the rock frog, and even bent down and waved back, signaling Jiang Xuan and the others to slow down.


    Frogs are also one of the foods on the tribal diet.


    The long years of hunting have allowed them to sum up a lot of experience in dealing with various prey.


    Frogs have very poor eyesight, and they can clearly perceive fast-moving objects and avoid them.


    The slower the moving, or even the completely stationary objects, the harder they are to see.


    Therefore, the red peony walked very slowly, approaching the rock frog little by little.


    When she felt that she was close enough to the rock frog to pierce it with a spear, Chishao really shot.


    "Whoosh!"


    Chishao suddenly accelerated, raised her spear, and stabbed the rock frog the size of a washbasin.


    At this time, it was too late for the rock frog to turn around and jump away, so it could only jump to the side with all its might.


    However, the red peony had quick eyes and quick hands, and pierced its back before it took off, preventing the rock frog from jumping up.


    "Cuckoo..."


    The rock frog stared at its four legs and struggled to the death.


    Chishao pulled out a stone knife from her waist and stabbed it into the back of its head, causing the rock frog''s limbs to stretch straight, obviously it couldn''t survive.


    "What a big frog!"


    Jiang Xuan, who came over from behind, exclaimed in amazement. Whether it is insects or all kinds of animals in this world, they are all very big.


    Chishao grabbed one of the rock frog''s legs, lifted it upside down, and said, "It''s quite small, I heard from the old man in the hunting party that they had caught a rock frog before, and the frog''s legs were bigger than human''s legs. thick."


    How big should that be? Jiang Xuanguang was very shocked when he imagined it.


    The three teenagers also yearned for it, wishing they could catch such a big rock frog.


    "Let''s go back."


    Chi Shao grabbed the washbasin-sized rock frog and walked back. Jiang Xuan and the three teenagers happily followed behind, and no one even cared about the rain.


    After returning to the bamboo house, Chishao laboriously cut the skin of the rock frog''s abdomen with a stone knife, and then removed the internal organs and intestines. Jiang Xuan threw these internal organs and intestines into the pond to feed the carnivorous fish.


    Afterwards, Chishao cut open the rock frog, strung the frog''s legs, body, and each with wooden sticks, and roasted them on the fire.


    With the high temperature roasting, the frog meat gradually changed from white to the color of roast meat, and the fat in the meat oozes out, "sizzling".


    One of the characteristics of rock frog meat is that its meat contains a peculiar oil. After roasting, the fragrance is very strong, and people can''t help but swallow when they smell it.


    "It''s so fragrant!"


    Jiang Xuan smelled the smell of the meat, and couldn''t help tearing a piece of meat from the roasted position and stuffing it into his mouth.


    This is a completely different taste from ordinary animal meat.


    The meat of the rock frog is very tender after being roasted, and there is not much fishy smell. Even if there is no seasoning, just one bite is unforgettable.


    "The world is delicious!"


    After Jiang Xuan swallowed the frog meat, he exclaimed.


    Chi Shao smiled and said, "Eat more if it''s delicious. That big one is enough for the five of us to have a full meal."


    After the rock frog was roasted, the five of them began to feast on their food, and Jiang Xuan even hugged a huge frog leg and chewed it, which was very enjoyable.


    The warriors had great strength and appetite, and a rock frog the size of a grinding plate was actually eaten cleanly.

 Chapter 19： Thunder Tree and Earth Armor

    On March 18, the rain finally stopped, and the warm sunshine flooded this virgin jungle again.


    "March 18th..."


    Early in the morning, Jiang Xuan got up, engraved today''s date on the bamboo tube that recorded the day, and engraved a small word "Qing" beside it.


    After carving, he stretched out, put the bamboo tube away, and walked out of the bamboo house.


    At this time, the orange-red sun just rose from the hill on the other side of the river, and it didn''t look dazzling at all, very beautiful.


    "Boss, can we go hunting in the mountains today?"


    Uncaria couldn''t wait to ask Jiang Xuan.


    Jiang Xuan replied affirmatively: "Today''s weather is good, you can go into the mountains!"


    "That''s great, I''ll go get ready!"


    Uncaria went into the house excitedly to prepare the hunting tools, and the others were also very happy. It was really hard to endure the rainy days.


    After the five people prepared their hunting tools, they carefully painted the vine tribe totem pattern on their faces, as well as a horizontal stripe painted with red paint.


    This red horizontal stripe is the symbol of the Isshiki warrior. For warriors, this is a very important symbol of glory.


    When everything was ready, the five added thick and durable wood to the fire pit, closed the door of the bamboo house, and stepped into the jungle to the south.


    In the forest after the rain, the air is particularly fresh, and even the smell of rotten leaves has been diluted.


    In order to ensure the harvest, they will make some adjustments to their hunting route each time. Of course, the general direction remains the same.


    After walking for two hours, they came to a strange forest.


    "Shashasha..."


    On the big tree in front, a plump green worm is eating the tender leaves. It grows more than fifty centimeters long, and has a pair of eye-like patterns on its head. It is about the size of a bowl. At first glance, it is very scary.


    This kind of worm can be eaten, and it can be regarded as one of the prey, but Jiang Xuan and the others came all the way, not wanting to waste their energy on a worm.


    They still prefer prey like bighorn sheep.


    "Hey!"


    A big bird with a wingspan of five or six meters swooped down from the sky, grabbed a big snake that was entangled in a tree like lightning, then flew up again, and disappeared in an instant.


    The branches and leaves are still shaking, but the snake has been caught.


    Jiang Xuan has seen too many things like this, and his heart is not fluctuating. While he is vigilant about the surroundings, he searches for huntable prey with his eyes.


    He stepped over a thick old vine, and after walking a short distance, he saw a strange big tree.


    There are many round fruits scattered under these big trees, each about the size of a football, but the strange thing is that each one is mutilated, as if it had been bombed.


    Not only that, Jiang Xuan also found that there were a lot of animal bones scattered under the tree, some were rotten, and some were relatively hard.


    "What is this?"


    Jiang Xuan picked up half of the fruit at random, and found that the pulp and seeds inside were gone, only an empty shell.


    Chi Shao walked to Jiang Xuan''s side and said, "This is the Thunder Fruit."


    "Thundering Fruit?" Jiang Xuan looked at Chi Shao suspiciously, not understanding why it had such a name.


    Chishao pointed to a big tree and said, "This kind of tree, the people in the hunting team call it the Thunder Tree, and the fruit it bears is called Thunder Fruit."


    "Every year, the thunder fruit tree will be full of large and small fruits. When the fruit is ripe, as long as a beast passes under the tree, the ripe fruit will fall from the tree and explode, killing the beast."


    "Because it made a sound like thunder when it exploded, people in the hunting team called it Thunder Fruit."


    Chishao pointed to the scattered animal bones on the ground, and said, "These are all beasts that it blew up."


    Jiang Xuan looked at the thundering husk in his hand and listened to Chishao''s introduction, and was amazed.


    There are too many strange plants in this world.


    Chishao said again: "I also heard one thing from the hunting party, that is, under the thunder tree, there lives a beast called the ground beast."


    "This kind of ground armored beast is covered with hard scales and has sharp claws. It is very good at drilling holes, and it is very thief. It likes to dig holes from the ground and eat beasts that are killed by stealing thunder trees."


    Chishao searched the surrounding ground, and after a while, she found a hole under the fallen leaves, but the hole was covered with moss, and it was obvious that no ground beasts had entered or exited from here for a long time.


    "This should be the hole dug by the ground armor beasts. Now the Thunder Tree has no fruit, they are not foraging here."


    Jiang Xuan dug a section of the hole with a bone stalk, and as expected, there were a few remaining animal bones inside, with clear tooth marks on the animal bones.


    This discovery made Jiang Xuan very interested. He planned to wait for the autumn to come here to see the thunder fruit that would explode, and the ground armor beast that likes to steal the corpses of beasts.


    "Dig up a little sapling and go back."


    When the thunder fruit explodes, the seeds in the fruit will splash out. If it encounters a suitable place, it will take root and sprout and grow into a second thunder tree.


    Therefore, where the thunder tree grows, there are often many small saplings.


    Since Jiang Xuan intends to build a defense line for dangerous plants around the tribe, this thunder fruit is also a good choice. Although it can only play a role when the fruit matures in autumn, it is also powerful.


    "I''ll dig."


    Uncaria volunteered to dig small saplings, and Jiang Xuan was also happy to have someone do it for him.


    They dug a total of eight small saplings of the Thunder Tree, all of which were dug together with the roots and soil, so that the survival rate would be higher, and the recovery would be faster after planting.


    After digging up the saplings, Jiang Xuan walked around the woods again and found some intact sheep''s horns, deer antlers, and some animal bones that were not yet decayed and could be used to grind bone tools.


    These horns and bones are good things for the tribesmen, and they will never let them go.


    After picking up the horns and bones, the group moved on, searching for prey and edible plants.


    At noon, UU Reading Jiang Xuan shot a big flightless bird with a bow and arrow, and the five of them had a full meal.


    After eating and drinking, the five of them moved on.


    They also found some edible tubers and wild vegetables, which Jiang Xuan dug back to plant.


    There are too few varieties of food and vegetables grown by the Veng tribe now, and Jiang Xuan will not miss any opportunity to increase the variety.


    When they walked to the front of a hill, Chi Shao suddenly grabbed Jiang Xuan, pulled him to hide in the bushes beside him, and waved to the three youngsters behind to hide as well.


    "What''s wrong?"


    Jiang Xuan asked in a low voice.


    "There is someone ahead!"


    Chi Shao''s expression was serious, and at the same time there was some tension.


    They had been worried before that they would meet people from other tribes sooner or later. Now, this worry has come true.


    Jiang Xuan followed Chi Shao''s gaze, and after careful observation, he found something wrong.


    There is a relatively hidden cave at the foot of the mountain. There are a lot of thick dead branches piled up outside the cave, which is obviously man-made.


    In addition, there is a slight smoke wafting out of the cave, and you really can''t find it if you don''t look carefully.


    Uncaria asked in a low voice from behind, "Boss, what should we do now?"


    Shi Loach and Nan Xing also looked at Jiang Xuan eagerly, and even Chi Shao looked at Jiang Xuan without speaking.


    At this time, Jiang Xuan, as the leader of the Vine tribe, must stand up and make up his mind.


    Jiang Xuan thought for a moment and said, "Let''s find a tree to hide first, observe how many people there are on the other side, and then make a decision."


    The others nodded in succession. They found a tall and dense tree, climbed up gently, hid in the branches and leaves, and observed the cave from a distance.

 Chapter 20： Would you like to join the Vine Tribe?

    Under the low hills in the jungle, in the cave, a dozen tribal people in tattered grass skirts surrounded the fire, and there was no hope in their eyes.


    Among them, the faces are yellow and skinny, and at first glance they look like people who often go hungry.


    There was only one middle-aged man who was relatively stout, but his left arm was broken, and his fighting power was drastically reduced.


    One of the women squatted on the ground and hugged her knees and said, "More than 100 clansmen fled, and now there are only a few of us left. If we continue like this, we won''t be able to survive."


    When the others heard this, they all had a desolate look in their eyes.


    They are a group of people who have lost their tribe. Without the protection of the tribe, they cannot live long in this wild jungle.


    The one-armed middle-aged man was silent for a moment, then comforted with difficulty: "There will always be a way."


    A man stood up, spread out his hands in a state of collapse, and said, "We''ve heard enough of this. If we knew it was like this, it was better to stay in the tribe and die with the tribe."


    Two women sobbed in a low voice, but they didn''t dare to cry, so they bit their arms repressedly.


    Some people were leaning against the cave wall, staring blankly at the rock at the top of the cave.


    The one-armed middle-aged man stood up. This environment was too depressing and despairing. He wanted to go out and get some air.


    Walking outside the cave, the air after the rain was very fresh. Looking at the sprouting grass and trees, the feeling of depression in the heart of the one-armed middle-aged man was slightly relieved.


    But he didn''t know that there were five pairs of eyes staring at him on the big tree not far from the cave.


    On the thick tree, Jiang Xuan turned to look at Chi Shao and whispered, "It seems that they have similar experiences to us, they are all people who escaped from the tribal battle."


    The quarrel in the cave just now was too loud, and the tribal people who were in a state of collapse were shouting hoarse, so the five Jiang Xuan could hear it clearly.


    Chi Shao also looked at Jiang Xuan and whispered, "Yes, they are all tourists."


    Tourists are people who have lost their tribe.


    They are like lonely ghosts, wandering in the primitive jungle. Some are lucky enough to join other tribes, and some are unlucky because they died in the jungle due to various accidents.


    Jiang Xuan and the others are very lucky.


    They found Shishan ancient vines, settled under the bamboo forest, and established a small tribe.


    These tourists are more unlucky. Due to various accidents along the way, more than 90% of them died.


    Chi Shao seemed to have guessed Jiang Xuan''s thoughts and said, "Do you want to take them in?"


    Jiang Xuan thought for a moment and said, "Let''s observe it first to find out their situation."


    Although the Teng tribe is indeed short of people, it is risky to take in tourists, and it will be troublesome if the time comes.


    Therefore, it is very important to understand the situation of the other party.


    "Then let''s observe it again."


    Several people squatted on the tree, watching the middle-aged man with a broken arm walking around the hole.


    Not long after, someone came out of the cave.


    Although the situation is very bad and people are distracted, they still have to eat, and no one wants to starve to death.


    They dug some wild vegetables near the cave, caught some easy-to-catch big bugs, set up a few simple lasso traps, and caught some small prey as food.


    Of course, because I didn''t dare to run too far, the food I got was limited. After a dozen or so tourists shared the food, they could only guarantee that they would not die of starvation, and it was impossible to eat enough.


    That afternoon, Jiang Xuan and others returned to the bamboo forest, because it was too dangerous to spend the night in the virgin jungle.


    For the next two days, Jiang Xuan has been observing these tourists, determining their number and their combat effectiveness.


    After observation, Jiang Xuan discovered that there were a total of twelve tourists in the cave. The one-armed middle-aged man should be a one-colored warrior, and the others were ordinary people.


    In other words, these people''s combat effectiveness is very low, and even if they join the Vine tribe, it is impossible to overwhelm the host.


    What made Jiang Xuan really make up his mind was an unexpected situation on the third day.


    A tourist who was seriously injured died on this day.


    The remaining eleven tourists did not choose to eat his body when they could not eat enough every day, but dug a pit and buried the person.


    It was this move that made Jiang Xuan decide to absorb these tourists into the Vine tribe.


    Because in a desperate situation, the viciousness of people is the easiest to be stimulated, but if there are a few ferocious and unscrupulous people among these tourists, when food is scarce, this fresh corpse may be eaten as meat.


    This wild world is very dangerous, and the habits of each tribe are also different. There are many tribes that do not eat people, and there are naturally cannibal tribes.


    Jiang Xuan didn''t want to take in some tourists from the cannibal tribe, it was too dangerous.


    After Jiang Xuan obtained the consent of Chishao, Uncaria, Shiloh, and Nanxing, he stopped hiding and appeared directly outside the cave where the tourists temporarily lived.


    Five Ishiki warriors with totem patterns on their faces appeared, and the eleven remaining tourists in the cave immediately panicked.


    The one-armed middle-aged man bravely walked out, holding a stone spear tightly in his hand. The others followed him nervously, holding simple weapons such as wooden spears and stones in their hands.


    Eleven pairs of eyes stared at Jiang Xuan and the five, but no one spoke, and they were ready to work hard at any time.


    Except for the one-armed middle-aged man, Jiang Xuan felt no threat from these people at all, because he was already a one-colored warrior, much stronger than these starving tourists.


    Jiang Xuan said to the one-armed middle-aged man, "Don''t be nervous, we have no malice."


    "We are from the Vine tribe, and the reason why we came to you is to save you."


    "The Teng tribe, save us?" The one-armed middle-aged man looked at Jiang Xuan suspiciously, hoping that he would give an explanation.


    Jiang Xuan continued: "Yes, you are all people who have lost their tribes. If you can''t find other tribes to take them in, how long do you think you can live in the dangerous jungle?"


    The one-armed middle-aged man was silent, and the eyes of those tourists also dimmed. Jiang Xuan''s words obviously hit their hearts.


    "I don''t like to go around the corners. If you are willing to join the Vine tribe, you can get the protection of our Vine God and the protection of the tribe. You can have a place to live, food to eat, clothes to wear, and you don''t have to worry every day."


    Jiang Xuan''s words made these tourists'' breathing become heavier, because what Jiang Xuan said was exactly what they longed for.


    After experiencing starvation, freezing, and precarious fears, I realized how important a tribe is.


    "Why do we trust you?"


    One-armed middle-aged people are more cautious, UU reading www. uukanshu. com Because Jiang Xuan is too young, the people around Jiang Xuan, although they are all warriors, are equally young.


    Jiang Xuan asked naturally, "Do you have any other options?"


    The one-armed middle-aged man was silent.


    Although he is also a one-colored warrior, he has already broken an arm. Facing five one-colored warriors, he has no chance of winning.


    If Jiang Xuan and the others were to force it and tie everyone back to the Veng tribe, the one-armed middle-aged man would at most give a symbolic resistance.


    The other tourists are not stupid. They are very aware of their situation, but still no one speaks. Instead, they all look at the one-armed middle-aged man, hoping that he can come up with an idea.


    At this moment, Chi Shao said, "It''s your luck that the Vine tribe is willing to take you in. If you stay here, none of you will survive."


    Jiang Xuan answered at the right time: "Our patience is limited, you''d better make a decision early. If you don''t want to join the Vine tribe, we''ll leave right away, you can just stay here and fend for yourself."


    When the tourists heard these words, they panicked. They finally got a tribe to take them in. They didn''t want to miss this opportunity.


    Jiang Xuan took all their reactions into his eyes, so he said, "I''ll ask you one last time, are you willing to join the Vine tribe?"


    The one-armed middle-aged man struggled in his heart for a long time, then looked back at the tourists who were looking at him eagerly, and finally gritted his teeth and said, "We... are willing to join the Vine tribe..."


    Jiang Xuan breathed a sigh of relief in his heart. He was really afraid that these people would have a muscle and would not be willing to join the Vine tribe.


    The next thing is simple.


    After letting the tourists clean up easily, I gave them something to eat, and then brought these tourists directly back to the Veng tribe.

 Chapter 21： Those who do not work should not eat

    Outside the bamboo forest, eleven new visitors looked at the huge stone mountain and ancient vines, and were speechless in shock.


    Especially when Jiang Xuan told them that the ancient vine was the totem **** of the vine tribe, the shocking feeling was even more indescribable.


    But when they saw that this so-called rattan tribe had only one bamboo house and only five people, they were very disappointed.


    This is the Vine Tribe? It''s not a scam, is it?


    Jiang Xuan knew their thoughts very well. In order to restrain these tourists, Jiang Xuan took them directly under the stone mountain, in front of the yellow mud altar.


    "During the sacrificial ceremony this year, the Vine God performed miracles."


    "Look, that fierce big bird was shot down from the sky by the rattan god, and all the flesh and blood of his body was sacrificed by the rattan god."


    The eleven tourists looked at the huge bird skeleton and the broken bones on the skeleton, and they were even more in awe of the powerful and mysterious ancient vine.


    The huge ancient vine seemed to be really psychic. It suddenly burst into endless green light, covering the entire stone mountain, including the bamboo forest.


    Unexplainable terrifying coercion loomed over, and those tourists opened their mouths wide, only to feel their legs weak and trembling all over.


    Jiang Xuan was also taken aback for a moment, but he responded quickly and shouted at the right time, "Since you want to join our Vine tribe, why don''t you worship the Vine God?"


    "Pfft!"


    One of the tourists knelt down first, and the other tourists knelt down one by one. Gu Teng personally revealed the miracle. For the tribesmen, this kind of shock is too strong.


    All the tourists knelt down, touched the ground with their foreheads, and bowed tremblingly to Guteng.


    A tender vine grew rapidly, branching out eleven branches, extending above the heads of these tourists.


    At the end of each branch, a small drop of green liquid condensed, and then dripped on the heads of these tourists.


    The green liquid melted into the body of the tourists, and everyone was shocked, only to feel that the exhaustion from the whole body was swept away, and the thin body regained strength!


    These green liquids are much smaller than what Jiang Xuan and the others got, so these tourists cannot directly become warriors.


    However, their physique has been significantly improved, and their qi and blood are much more abundant than before.


    Soon, the vines retracted again, and the green light gradually became introverted, and the ancient vines were quietly entrenched there as usual.


    But the eyes of those tourists became frenzied.


    What are the few people from the Vine tribe? What is only one bamboo house?


    As long as they have the protection of this ancient vine, they can survive in the dangerous primitive jungle!


    To live, this very simple idea made them decide to stay here and become members of the Vine tribe.


    "It''s getting late, so you should stay in the bamboo hut for one night, and then build a new bamboo hut tomorrow."


    Jiang Xuan took these tourists back to the bamboo hut and let them temporarily live in the humble bamboo shed that was built before.


    These tourists have seen the miracle of the Vine God and received the gift of the Vine God, and they no longer have any resistance to Jiang Xuan''s arrangement.


    Because Jiang Xuan is the leader of the Vine tribe!


    Chi Shao has been silently watching Jiang Xuan''s performance.


    She determined again that making Jiang Xuan the leader was the most correct choice. If she was the leader herself, she would definitely not be able to do so well.


    Jiang Xuan helped the tourists light a bonfire and brought them some food, then returned to the bamboo house and closed the door of the bamboo house.


    Jiang Xuan sat by the fire pond and said to the others, "These tourists have just come here, and they are not trustworthy. These days, we take turns to keep watch at night to prevent accidents."


    The four nodded in succession. Trust takes time to build. In the dangerous virgin jungle, prudent people can live longer.


    This night, no accident happened, but everyone''s mood was not calm.


    The next day, Jiang Xuan woke up early, and as soon as he opened the door, he found that all the tourists were standing at the door, waiting silently.


    Jiang Xuan asked suspiciously, "What are you doing here?"


    The one-armed middle-aged man said, "We are waiting for the leader to arrange what we will do today."


    These tourists saw hope in despair. Everyone was so energetic that they woke up before dawn, for fear that Jiang Xuan would think they were lazy and drive them away.


    "What''s your name?" Jiang Xuan asked.


    "The leader can call me Gan Song."


    The one-armed middle-aged man said, "Although I have broken an arm, I am a warrior after all. Yesterday I received the favor of the Vine God, and I can still hunt for the tribe."


    Jiang Xuan looked at the eleven tourists. Among these tourists were eight men and three women, ranging in age from their teens to their twenties and thirties. They were all young laborers.


    And only the strongest and the best in body can come here alive in the face of hunger, cold, and all kinds of danger.


    Jiang Xuan looked at the one-armed middle-aged man again and said, "Gan Song, let''s talk about hunting later. The most important thing right now is to build a few bamboo houses for yourself that can shelter from the wind and rain."


    "Then... what about the food?"


    Gan Song was obviously frightened of starvation. In his impression, the tribe would not have food in this season, not to mention that there were only a few members of the Vine tribe.


    If you don''t hunt or gather for a day, you will starve!


    Jiang Xuan smiled confidently: "Don''t worry, since the Vine tribe dares to take you in, it will definitely not make you hungry."


    Jiang Xuan pointed to the fish pond in front and said, "Have you seen the fish in the fish pond? It''s all ours. We can eat it whenever we want."


    Gan Song followed Jiang Xuan''s fingers and saw that there were indeed a large number of fish swimming in the fish pond.


    Jiang Xuan pointed to the inside of the bamboo house again and said, "Have you seen the dried animal meat hanging from the fire pond? Even if we don''t go hunting, it will be enough for us to eat for a while!"


    Gan Song followed Jiang Xuan''s fingers and saw large pieces of jerky hanging above the fire pond in the bamboo house. Even outside, he could smell the aroma of meat.


    "Gudong!"


    I don''t know which tourist started to swallow, and then several people swallowed.


    Jiang Xuan''s face became more confident. He pointed to the large arable land and said, "These fields are all developed by us, and all the plants grown on them are our food!"


    Gan Song and those tourists were completely shocked!


    They originally thought that there were only a few people in the Vine tribe, and there must be no food, so they had prepared a day of hunger and fullness like before.


    No one would have imagined that this small tribe of only five people not only has a powerful totem god, but also has enough food!


    "but¡­¡­"


    Jiang Xuan deliberately lengthened his voice to attract the attention of those tourists.


    The eleven tourists were all nervous, waiting for Jiang Xuan to speak.


    Jiang Xuan continued: "Although our Vine tribe is small, not everyone can join. These foods can''t be given to you for nothing."


    When those tourists heard this sentence, their hearts sank. Could it be that Jiang Xuan is going to put forward some harsh conditions?


    Jiang Xuandao: "The rule of the Teng tribe is that those who do not work are not allowed to eat. To put it simply, you can eat as much as you work. The tribe never feeds idlers."


    Gan Song secretly breathed a sigh of relief. He assured Jiang Xuan, "Don''t worry, the leader, if someone is lazy and doesn''t need the leader to do anything, I will kill him myself."


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "Also, although the Vine Tribe has taken you in, it doesn''t mean that you are now members of the Vine Tribe."


    Jiang Xuan pointed to everything around him and said, "The things here are all created by our hard work, little by little, and will not be given to anyone easily."


    "However, you don''t have to worry. As long as you work hard and don''t have any disagreements, when winter comes, I can consider making you real Vine tribesmen."


    "If someone does something unfavorable to the tribe during this period, I will never show mercy!"


    After those tourists heard Jiang Xuan''s words, they nodded.


    Although Jiang Xuan is young, his strength and status are there, and he is very mature in speaking and doing things. No one dares to despise him.


    Seeing that his goal was achieved, Jiang Xuan''s expression became lighter.


    "Now, let''s eat something and prepare to build a bamboo house."


    Jiang Xuan and Chishao took out a small portion of dried meat and roasted plant tubers, so that the tourists could fill their stomachs, and then they started to cut bamboo and build bamboo houses.


    ¡­¡­


    ¡­¡­


    Thanks to the book friend "Baylor" for the 10,000 book coins, and congratulations to this book friend for being the first helmsman of this book.


    Thank you, Bluestone.

 Chapter 22： looking for salt

    Five days later, three bamboo houses rose from the ground, and those tourists finally had a place to live. They didn''t have to be displaced and precarious as before.


    This is also due to the fact that Jiang Xuan and the others became more powerful after they became warriors. They only needed to burn off the bamboo skin, and then they could quickly chop it down with a stone axe, which saved a lot of time.


    These three bamboo houses are a little farther away from the bamboo forest, because Jiang Xuan can''t trust these tourists for the time being, and doesn''t want to live too close.


    In addition, Jiang Xuan also built bathrooms and toilets for them, and insisted that they should not defecate anywhere, and they had to bathe frequently, otherwise they would be covered with lice, which was terrible.


    Since he arrived at the Vine tribe, he had to follow the rules of the Vine tribe. Jiang Xuan didn''t want to give these tourists the impression that he was a good talker.


    A leader who is too talkative will make the following clansmen lose their awe, and when executing orders, it will also be greatly reduced.


    Applying both hard and soft skills is a must-have for a leader.


    After solving the accommodation problem, Jiang Xuan began to let them work.


    On the side of the stream, in the vast flat land, Jiang Xuan said to Gan Song, "You don''t need to hunt or gather. Your task now is to clean up this large piece of land, and then turn it over with bone stalks."


    Gan Song said nervously: "There are so many of us, we have to eat a lot of food every day..."


    Jiang Xuan knew what he meant, that he was afraid of starvation if there was not enough food.


    "Don''t worry about the issue of food. Since you are in our Vine tribe, you will definitely not starve."


    Gan Song was helpless, so he could only nod his head and said, "Okay, listen to the leader."


    "By the way, did you meet other tribes when you came?"


    Jiang Xuan did not forget the cooking smoke he saw in the jungle before and the hunting sounds he heard.


    At first, he thought it was these tourists who made it, but after thinking about it, it was wrong. These tourists do not have the ability to hunt on a large scale.


    Gan Song thought for a moment, then answered affirmatively, "Yes."


    "What kind of tribe? Where is it?"


    Gan Song said: "It''s a tribe on the way of migration. It raises a lot of terrifying big mosquitoes, and its wings are so wide."


    Gan Song gestured, Jiang Xuan visually estimated that it was about thirty centimeters wide.


    Considering that mosquitoes generally appear in groups, even a bison will be instantly sucked up by such large mosquitoes...


    Thinking of this scene, Jiang Xuan took a deep breath, the scene was really terrifying.


    "This tribe is very fierce. We had dozens of people who wanted to join this tribe, but they were killed, so we escaped here."


    Gan Song''s face was obviously filled with lingering fears.


    "Do you know where they live?" Jiang Xuan asked again.


    Gan Song shook his head and said, "When we met this tribe, they were still migrating, and then we ran for our lives. We don''t know where they went."


    Tribes that rely on hunting and gathering, in order to obtain more adequate food, will migrate at regular intervals and rarely settle in one place.


    Jiang Xuan felt a lot of pressure because he didn''t know which tribe migrated to where and how far away from the Vine tribe.


    "Then how many are there?"


    "There are at least a few hundred people, it''s not clear how many."


    "I see, you go to work first."


    "it is good."


    Gan Song went to work with the bone stalk. They needed to remove and burn the grass, shrubs, and thorns in the wasteland, then turned the ground over and picked up the grass roots, tree roots, and stones.


    Land reclamation is a very hard job. Fortunately, the tribesmen have always been able to endure hardships and stand hard work. As long as they have food to eat, they have no complaints.


    Jiang Xuan was standing by the stream with a heavy heart.


    A tribe with hundreds of people and a very fierce tribe is a huge threat to the small Vine tribe, and it is easy to destroy everything they have worked so hard to create.


    There is no solution for this kind of thing for the time being. Jiang Xuan only hopes that the tribe will not come here for a short time, or that Guteng is fierce enough to protect the vine tribe.


    "Grow the tribe as soon as possible, otherwise it will be too passive!"


    Jiang Xuan clenched his fists. As long as he was given a few years, he believed that with his own efforts, he would definitely be able to grow this small tribe, and then he would not have to be timid.


    "Uncaria, you take Nanxing and continue to use traps to fish by the creek where weeds and shrubs have been cleaned, and watch these tourists by the way."


    "Remember, just dig the pool in the open space, don''t go into the place where the vegetation is too lush, and don''t go to the place where the water is too deep, so as to avoid danger."


    Uncle Teng said solemnly: "Don''t worry, chief, we will pay attention."


    Uncaria took Nanxing to the side of the stream. Now the grass and trees next to the stream have been cleaned up, and it is not as overgrown with weeds as before.


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said to Chishao and Shiloach, "Let''s go into the mountains to find something."


    "What are you looking for?" Chi Shao asked curiously.


    "Salt!"


    "Salt?" Chi Shao''s eyes widened: "Can you find the salt?"


    Shi Loach was also shocked. It was really something like salt, which was too precious for the tribesmen.


    Jiang Xuandao: "The witch in the dream told me a way to find salt. I want to try to see if it works."


    When Chi Shao heard these words, she didn''t ask any more questions, as did Shi Loach.


    The tribal people are very in awe of the mysterious witch. No matter how difficult it is, if the witch said it, then there is no problem.


    There is a reason why Jiang Xuan went to find salt at this time.


    They just came here before, they lived by hunting and gathering, and they could also achieve the purpose of supplementing salt by drinking animal blood and eating meat.


    Once the number of tribes increases, hunting and gathering alone will definitely not work, because the source of food is extremely unstable, and even depends on luck.


    Planting and breeding are better and more stable ways to obtain food.


    However, large-scale planting and breeding will also face a big problem, that is, lack of salt.


    Although planting can bring a lot of food, but because of the reduction of meat consumption, it will inevitably lead to insufficient salt intake.


    Coupled with the fact that work requires a lot of sweating, salt is lost faster.


    The final result must be that the tribe fell ill due to lack of salt, and the tribe wanted to develop is a nonsense.


    Therefore, Jiang Xuan must get enough salt in order to better carry out planting and breeding!


    If you live by the sea, it is easy to obtain table salt, and even small amounts of sun-dried salt can be found on the reefs.


    But in the Southern Wilderness, in the primitive jungle, it is not easy to find salt.


    However, Jiang Xuan knew that large herbivores would take the initiative to find salt to eat in the wild.


    The larger the herbivore, the more salt it needs, and the more frequent it is to look for salt to eat.


    Jiang Xuan has lived here for more than half a year. He is familiar with the surrounding environment and has a certain understanding of the prey in the jungle.


    He knows that in the jungle to the south, there is a huge group of bison, and these bison have a relatively fixed range of activities. If you follow the bison, you might be able to find a place where they ingest salt!


    Jiang Xuan has been pondering this method for a long time. When he goes out hunting, he will also pay attention to the movements of these wild bulls.


    Jiang Xuan didn''t know if he could find salt with the bison, but he had to give it a try.


    Jiang Xuan thought for a while, walked to the stream, and told Uncle Teng and Nan Xing what he thought.


    It takes time to follow the bison herd. If it gets dark before they come back, Uncaria and Nanxing will definitely be worried. Let them know in advance and they won''t be so worried.


    Afterwards, Jiang Xuan, Chi Shao, and Shi Loach returned to the bamboo house, brought their weapons, and even some jerky, and then stepped into the vast virgin jungle.

 Chapter 23： Barren Mountain Salt Mine

    In the vast virgin forest, a group of wild buffalo slowly walked forward while grazing. From time to time, they looked up and looked around, very vigilant.


    Behind the bison, Jiang Xuan, Chishao and Shiloach have been following for a long time, and they are hungry.


    "Ahhhhhhh..."


    The red peony digs out several bulbous plant tubers from under a tree with a bone stalk, and hands the largest one to Jiang Xuan.


    "Eat it, it''s a round potato, it''s very sweet."


    This fruit looks similar to a sweet potato on the outside, but it is spherical and has a red skin.


    Jiang Xuan wiped the dirt on the outer skin and took a bite.


    He was surprised to find that this round potato actually tasted like a fruit, very crisp, very sweet, and had a very good taste.


    Jiang Xuan''s eyes lit up and said, "This thing is good, is there a smaller one? Dig it back and plant it!"


    "I am searching."


    Chishao rummaged through the place where the round potatoes were growing, and found that there were five or six smaller round potatoes on the root system. The big ones were as big as eggs, and the small ones were only as big as pigeon eggs.


    In the past, the tribesmen would not have dug back this kind of small fruit, but waited for it to grow up in the ground so that it would be convenient for them to continue digging next time.


    But it''s different now. After the Vine tribe has opened up wasteland, they can all be dug back, the big ones can be eaten, and the small ones can be planted.


    Jiang Xuan put these small round potatoes into the animal skin bag that he carried with him. For him, these are all treasures.


    "Boss, the bison is going to the next place to graze."


    Shi Loach has been staring at the herd of bison. Even when eating the round potatoes, he never leaves the herd of bison. He is a very responsible and patient person.


    "Follow."


    Jiang Xuan fastened the mouth of the animal skin bag and quickly followed.


    The grass in the original jungle is relatively scattered, so after the bison herds eat in one place, they will continue to eat in the next place.


    In addition, sometimes the herds are attacked by large beasts and flee in panic. If they don''t follow closely, they are likely to be lost.


    In this way, while collecting edible plants along the way, they tracked the herd of bison, and before they knew it, it became dark.


    After the bison herd came to a meadow, they stopped moving forward.


    Bison also need to sleep.


    When the weather is cold, they forage during the day and sleep at night.


    When the weather is hot, they usually forage in the morning and afternoon, and sleep at noon and night.


    Of course, there are always exceptions, and some bison also go out at night to forage.


    Fortunately, this herd of bison is not an exception, they are going to spend the night here.


    During the night, there is a bison who will be specially responsible for vigil, so that other bison don''t have to worry about being suddenly attacked by wild beasts while sleeping.


    Jiang Xuan observed the bison herd and said, "It looks like they won''t leave tonight. Let''s prepare to spend the night on the tree."


    There are many poisonous insects on the ground, and it is also easy to be attacked by wild beasts. It is a little safer to spend the night in a tree at night.


    The three of them quickly built a temporary shelter on the tree and built a fire on the ground.


    Fire is very important, not only can it drive away beasts, but smoke can also smudge away some pesky bugs.


    The three of them ate a bit of food, then took turns to be sentry, and slept in the tree all night.


    In the early morning of the next day, it was just dawn, and the herd of wild bulls set off again. Jiang Xuan and the others also carefully extinguished the fire and immediately followed.


    Tracking the bison herd is a very boring and time-consuming task. Fortunately, Jiang Xuan and the others have three people who can rotate.


    On the second day of following the bison herd, Jiang Xuan finally found out that the bison herd had gone to a rather special place.


    It was a few barren mountains with sparse vegetation, which seemed out of place in the virgin forest with towering ancient trees.


    These barren mountains are relatively steep, and there are only some very low grass and shrubs, but the bison herds run up the barren mountains without hesitation.


    When they ran to the middle of the mountain, they stopped in front of a rock wall and kept licking the stones on it.


    Under the barren mountain, Jiang Xuan was very excited when he saw the behavior of the wild bulls, but he was not sure that the wild bulls were licking salt.


    "Go up and have a look!"


    Jiang Xuan took the red peony and the loach along the path of the wild cattle up the mountain, and climbed up the mountain.


    The herd of bison licked the rocks for a while, because the vegetation was sparse, and they were condescending, and it was easy to spot the people who were climbing.


    "Moo!"


    One of the bison let out a cry, and then the other bison stopped licking the rocks and ran away, descending from another hillside.


    Jiang Xuan didn''t care either. He followed the bison herd not for hunting bison, but for salt. Since he found a place where bison supplemented salt, he didn''t need to follow these bison anymore.


    Not long after, Jiang Xuan finally climbed to the mountainside and came to the front of the stone wall.


    This rock wall is composed of countless stones, which should have been exposed after experiencing a landslide.


    These stones are generally yellow, some are reddish, and the lower stones have obvious licking marks, and their appearance is relatively smooth.


    There are some buffalo dung, wild sheep dung, and the dung of some other animals on the ground. Obviously, not only buffaloes will come to this place, but other animals will also come.


    Jiang Xuan pulled out a stone knife sharpened by himself from his waist, and pryed off a small piece of the semi-crystalline, reddish stone that had not been licked by animals on the higher part of the rock wall.


    Then, he stuck out his tongue and licked the stone lightly.


    A salty and bitter taste stimulated Jiang Xuan''s taste buds on the tip of his tongue.


    "Salty!"


    Jiang Xuan shuddered all over. He looked at this small semi-crystalline stone, and the excitement in his heart was beyond words.


    This is salt, really salt!


    Jiang Xuan was so excited that he couldn''t wait to jump up, God is pitiful, he has never tasted real salt since he crossed over, and he almost forgot what salty tastes like.


    "Let me try."


    Chishao also used her own stone knife to pry off a small piece of rock, licked it, and found that the taste was not good. In addition to the salty taste, there were many miscellaneous odors, which were not delicious.


    "I''ll try too."


    Shi Loh couldn''t wait to get a small piece of stone and licked it. His feeling was similar to that of Chishao, this thing was not delicious.


    "Boss, is this really salt?" Chi Shao was a little suspicious.


    Because in her impression, salt is extremely precious, and the deer tribe can only obtain a small amount of salt by trading with other tribes.


    Those salts are generally controlled by tribe leaders or witches. Only those who are injured or sick can get a little salt water. Others rely on animal blood to supplement their salt.


    Most of the clansmen have never seen what a complete salt looks like, and Chishao has not seen it either.


    It was a little hard for her to accept that the large stones on this rock wall would be extremely precious salt.


    Shi Loh was also looking at Jiang Xuan, because he knew that the leader would definitely give an answer.


    Jiang Xuan put the semi-crystalline pale red stone in the palm of his hand, and said to the red peony and the loach: "To be precise, this is a salt ore. In addition to salt, it also contains a lot of toxic substances."


    "If the poisonous substances in the salt ore can''t be removed, then after people eat it, they will slowly be poisoned, and even die in severe cases."


    As soon as they heard that it was poisonous, Chishao and Shiloh immediately became nervous, because they both licked this salt ore just now.


    Jiang Xuan continued: "You don''t have to worry, just lick it, it will be fine, it will be poisoned if you eat it for a long time."


    Chishao asked suspiciously, "Then why are those wild buffaloes okay to eat?"


    Shi Loh nodded, he also had the same question.


    "Bison''s physique is much stronger than ours, and its ability to detoxify is stronger than ours, so they can lick it directly, but we can''t directly eat this salt ore."


    Chi Shao said helplessly: "I finally found it, and I can''t eat it, so we''ve been busy for two days in vain?"


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "It''s not in vain to be busy."


    "I have a way to remove the toxic substances in these salt ore and make it into salt that we can eat."


    "Really?" Chi Shao''s eyes sparked hope again, salt is too important and precious to the tribe.


    "of course it''s true."


    "Great!"


    Jiang Xuandao: "First dig some salt ore, smash it, and then use the animal skin bag to get it back to the tribe."


    "it is good!"


    The three immediately used stone knives to dig up the salt ore. They only chose the reddish semi-crystalline salt ore, because this salt ore has a higher salt content.


    Semi-crystalline salt ore is easier to smash, and after smashing, it is easier to put into animal skin bags, and it is also easier to carry.


    Each of them brought an animal skin bag over, and when the three animal skin bags were filled, they embarked on the return journey with excitement.


    If these salt ores can really be refined into edible salt, then the crisis of the lack of salt in the Vine tribe will be truly resolved!

 Chapter 24： Coarse salt purification

    March 30, afternoon.


    Jiang Xuan, red peony and loach, returned to the Veng tribe with three bags of salt ore, as well as edible tubers such as round potatoes.


    When they saw the ancient vines on the stone mountain, the bamboo forest, and the totem pattern on the huge rock in front of the bamboo house, they felt an inexplicable sense of relief in their hearts.


    Jiang Xuan believes that this is the feeling of coming home.


    "Chief, Chishao, Shiloach, you are finally back!"


    Uncaria and Nanxing ran over excitedly. Those tourists who were reclaiming the wasteland were relieved to see the leader coming back.


    After living here for a few days, tourists cherish the days when they have a house to live in and eat enough to eat.


    If the leader has an accident, this good day may come to an end.


    Jiang Xuan carried a bag of salt ore and said, "It took a little longer to go, so you are worried, let''s talk about it when you go inside."


    Jiang Xuan walked into the bamboo house, put down the animal skin bag, and took out a piece of salt ore from it.


    Uncaria and Nan Xing both gathered around and looked at the stone curiously. Nan Xing asked, "Boss, is this salt?"


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "This is salt, but it''s poisonous, so I can''t eat it now."


    "Ah? Poisonous?" Nan Xing wanted to take a piece to taste, but he immediately retracted his half-stretched hand.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Don''t worry, I have a way to turn it into non-toxic salt. First, take the clay pot to the creek to wash it. After washing it, put it back in a pot of water."


    "Okay, I''ll go right away."


    Nan Xing was excited and went to the creek to wash and fetch water with a clay pot.


    Jiang Xuan walked out of the stone house and found some soft moss nearby.


    These moss are thick and dense, and after washing, they can be used as filter cotton.


    The experiment of purifying coarse salt was done by many people in Jiang Xuan''s previous life, and the process was very simple, with only four steps:


    Dissolve, filter, evaporate, crystallize.


    One of the most important steps is filtration. As long as the impurities insoluble in water in the salt ore are filtered out, and then evaporated and crystallized, the purified salt can be eaten by people.


    Of course, filtering alone cannot remove all the impurities in salt ore. After all, a small number of impurities are soluble in water.


    If conditions permit, it is best to further purify it into refined salt.


    Jiang Xuan has no conditions now, so he can only use the simplest method. With a little impurities, with the physique of the tribe, eating it will not be a big problem.


    Jiang Xuan found a thick bamboo tube, then chiseled off the top section of the bamboo tube, and cut a hole in the bottom section.


    Immediately afterwards, he spread a layer of washed moss on the bottom of the bamboo tube, then went to the fire pit and grabbed several handfuls of charcoal and put it into the bamboo tube.


    Charcoal has adsorption, and charcoal filtration can remove relatively small impurities in salt ore.


    On top of the charcoal, he spread another layer of moss, then added a layer of stones, then another layer of moss, then another layer of charcoal, and the top layer was topped with stones, and covered with moss to cap.


    In the end, he used a lot of clean water, poured it into the filter, and briefly cleaned it.


    A simple raw filter is ready!


    After five layers of moss, two layers of charcoal, and two layers of stones, most of the impurities in the dissolved salt ore should be removed.


    Chi Shao and the others stared at Jiang Xuannong, the original filter.


    Although they don''t know what the specific use is, they somehow feel that this thing is very powerful.


    After Jiang Xuan made the original filter, Nan Xing had washed the two clay pots, and one of the pots was still filled with clean water.


    "Boss, what can I do?"


    Uncle Teng looked at Jiang Xuan expectantly, and he also wanted to participate.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Find an animal hide and spread it on the ground, put a flat stone on it, and then smash the salt ore."


    "Okay, I''ll go right now."


    Uncaria doesn''t understand why this kind of stone is called salt ore, but it doesn''t hinder his enthusiasm for work.


    He found an animal skin and two stones, one flat was placed in the middle of the animal skin, and the other was used to smash salt ore.


    Afterwards, Uncaria took a piece of salt ore out of the animal skin bag, placed it on a flat stone, and smashed the salt ore into pieces according to Jiang Xuan''s instructions.


    Jiang Xuan put the smashed salt ore into the empty clay pot, put about one-third of the pot''s capacity, then started adding water, and kept stirring with a bamboo stick.


    With Jiang Xuan''s stirring, the salt crystals in the salt ore gradually melted, the water became very turbid, and there were a lot of water-insoluble sediments at the bottom.


    Jiang Xuan left the pot for a while, and waited for the suspended particles in the water to fall before starting to filter.


    He poured out the water in another clay pot, put it in place, and handed the original filter to Chishao.


    "Sister, help me hold this bamboo tube firmly."


    "it is good."


    Chishao held the original filter in both hands and placed it above the empty clay pot.


    Jiang Xuan picked up the clay pot containing salt water and poured water into the bamboo tube gently.


    "pattering..."


    With the injection of salt water, layers of moss, stones, and charcoal filter out most of the impurities, and the water that finally flows into the pot has become relatively clear, but the color is still a little reddish.


    After Jiang Xuan finished pouring the salt water, he went to the creek to wash off a lot of sediment at the bottom of the clay pot, and then returned to the bamboo house to filter the salt water again.


    After he filtered it three times, the brine he got was so clear that he could hardly see any color.


    Jiang Xuan put the three-filtered salt water into the fire pit and boiled it on a stone.


    This is a relatively long process and requires sufficient patience.


    After the salt water boiled, Jiang Xuan stirred it from time to time, and smashed the remaining salt ore with others.


    After they smashed a whole bag of salt ore, the water in the pot had obviously evaporated, and there were a small amount of white crystals above the inner wall of the pot.


    Jiang Xuan found a bamboo shoot shell and carefully scraped off the crystals.


    He squeezed a little salt crystal with his fingers and put it on the tip of his tongue.


    A relatively pure salty taste stimulated the taste buds on the tip of his tongue.


    This salty taste is very close to real edible salt, with almost no bitterness and astringency of impurity salt.


    Chi Shao and the three teenagers looked at Jiang Xuan eagerly, hoping to see something on his face.


    "Very salty!"


    This is the first sentence Jiang Xuan said.


    "This is real salt, salt we can all eat!"


    This is the second sentence Jiang Xuan said.


    "Great!"


    Nan Xing was the first to cheer. He was proud that he had personally participated in the process of making salt. The excitement was beyond words.


    "Come, have a taste."


    There was not much salt to crystallize, so Jiang Xuan gave each of them a little.


    Chi Shao carefully put this bit of salt on the tip of her tongue, then closed her mouth and tasted the salt.


    After a while, her eyes were slightly moist.


    "It''s really salt..."


    In the past, the deer tribe also had salt, usually from the big tribe, in exchange for animal skins, animal bones and other things.


    Not only is it expensive, but it is not pure at all, with a strong bitterness and astringency.


    Originally thought that with a few of them, there might be no chance to eat salt in the future, but Jiang Xuan made better salt.


    The three teenagers were in the same mood, they even licked their fingers clean.


    Salt, something that every household in Jiang Xuan''s previous life could afford, is extremely precious in this wild world.


    It is a blessing to be able to eat salt.


    It is a very happy thing to be able to eat relatively pure salt.


    At this moment, the five people felt very happy.

 Chapter 25： three-legged pottery

    The successful purification of salt ore means that the Teng tribe will no longer be short of salt in the future. If the tribe develops and grows, it can even sell salt as a commodity.


    After Jiang Xuan made a small jar of salt, he temporarily stopped this very time-consuming work. The remaining salt ore can be kept for purification on rainy days when he has nothing to do.


    The next day, when Jiang Xuan ate a pot of stewed meat with salt, the whole person was immersed in a huge sense of happiness, and he almost burst into tears.


    This is what food should taste like!


    Meat without salt is indescribable.


    After solving the problem of salt, Jiang Xuan made two relatively large three-legged round pottery tripods with clay, as well as some pottery blanks such as spoons and spoons, and placed them in a bamboo house to dry in the shade.


    Because there are more people eating now, it is obviously not enough to use those two clay pots to cook food.


    The three-legged pottery ding, a cooking utensil, can solve this problem very well.


    The three-legged pottery ding has a large capacity, and it comes with three legs, which can be directly put into the fire pit to be burned without being placed on a stone.


    In addition, the three-legged pottery ding has two ding ears. When the food is cooked, just use a wooden stick to pass through the ding ears, and then the pottery ding can be easily carried to other places.


    Peaceful days always pass quickly.


    In the blink of an eye, nine days passed.


    On April 9, the weather has obviously changed from warm to hot, and the drizzle has turned into heavy rain or even heavy rain.


    Whether it is the plants in the jungle or the food and vegetables grown by the Vine tribe, they have all started to grow wildly, and everywhere is green.


    All of this shows that spring has quietly left, and summer has arrived with heat.


    "April 9th, sunny, beginning of summer."


    When he got up in the morning, Jiang Xuan engraved the solar term "Lixia" on his bamboo tube calendar, then put the bamboo tube away and walked out the door.


    At this time, the sky was blue, and the sun had not yet risen, but a few rays of sunlight penetrated the clouds, rendering the white clouds the color of red clouds.


    "Let''s see if the pottery has been fired successfully."


    Jiang Xuan put the dried pottery blanks in the Hengyan kiln yesterday and went back to sleep after burning for most of the night.


    "Boss, wait for me."


    Uncaria also ran over excitedly, as well as Chishao, Shiloach, and Nanxing, all running here.


    Jiang Xuan walked to the side of the Hengyan kiln and reached out to touch it. The kiln wall was still warm, but it was no longer hot.


    Jiang Xuan took off his stone knife, dug up the mud on the side of the Hengyan kiln used to seal the feeding port, and removed the large piece of mud that had been sintered, revealing the finished pottery in the furnace.


    The first thing I took out were five spoons for scooping soup. They were relatively thick and had long handles. During the firing process, two of the spoons had their handles broken, while the other three were fired relatively successfully.


    "Take it." Jiang Xuan handed the pottery spoon to Uncaria.


    "okay."


    Uncaria hugged the five spoons happily. He knew that this was a good thing. With this thing, he didn''t need to carry the clay pot to pour soup in the future, he could scoop it directly into the bowl with a spoon.


    With excitement, Jiang Xuan took out a pottery ding carefully from the hearth of the Hengyan Kiln.


    Jiang Xuan checked it carefully and found that the firing was very successful without any cracks!


    This is a round pottery ding with three legs and two ears, about 60 centimeters high and 40 centimeters wide. It is very thick and has a lid on it.


    The most conspicuous part of this pottery ding is that its outer wall and cover are engraved with the totem pattern of the vine tribe: a huge ancient vine, wrapped around a steep rocky mountain, like a giant dragon.


    When Tao Ding appeared in front of everyone, everyone was excited.


    Not because of how perfect it was fired, but because of the totem pattern engraved on it.


    The totem pattern is of great significance to the tribal people, and the thing engraved with the totem pattern will naturally give it a special meaning.


    Even if this Tao Ding is not so rounded, or even rough, it is the best thing for the people of the Vine tribe, and they will not accept any refutation from outsiders.


    Uncaria asked, "Boss, are we going to use it for cooking in the future?"


    "Yes, with Tao Ding, we can cook enough food for twenty people at one time."


    "That''s great, Tao Ding''s cooking must be delicious!"


    The others also nodded, this is the Tao Ding with the totem pattern of the rattan tribe!


    "There''s another one inside."


    Jiang Xuan also took out another Tao Ding in the hearth.


    The wall of this pottery ding was also engraved with totem patterns, and the firing was also successful.


    With these two pottery dings, not only will it be much more convenient to cook in the future, but it will also be much more convenient to purify the salt ore, because it is large enough to hold more salt water at one time.


    "Let''s wash it first, then go back and try our new Tao Ding."


    Jiang Xuan took the lead in picking up one Tao Ding, Chi Shao picked up the other, and the two went to the creek to carefully clean the Tao Ding.


    Afterwards, the two Tao Dings were carried back to the bamboo house and placed in the fire pit.


    Tao Ding''s three legs allow them to stand firmly in the fire pond. You don''t have to bother to set them up, just burn them directly.


    Jiang Xuan put the burning firewood under the Tao Ding, and the flames licked the Tao Ding continuously, causing the Tao Ding to gradually heat up.


    In the first pottery ding, Jiang Xuan first added water, and then put various edible plant tubers, such as stone eggs, round potatoes, Huang Jing, etc.


    This is what the Fuji tribe usually eats.


    For the second Tao Ding, Jiang Xuan waited until it was completely heated before adding some suet, wild **** and wild onion, and then adding water after frying until fragrant.


    Then put in the dried animal meat cut into small pieces, and add many edible wild vegetable stems and leaves. Finally, Jiang Xuan added some precious salt, covered the tripod, and simmered slowly.


    This is the meat dish they usually eat.


    Sometimes they cook animal meat, sometimes fish, sometimes shrimps and crabs, and even some edible bugs.


    It takes a little time to cook these foods. Jiang Xuan asked Nan Xing to watch the fire, while he and the other three went to the farmland to see the traps laid out yesterday.


    With the continuous reclamation of wasteland, the Veng tribe now has more than ten acres of arable land, and rows of grain and vegetables are planted neatly on these arable land, which is very spectacular.


    But the problem also followed.


    Because all the edible plants gathered together, herbivores in the nearby forest, including a large number of insects, gathered here one after another, harming these immature grains and vegetables.


    To deal with bugs, at present, only those tourists can catch them with their bare hands.


    To deal with those beasts, Jiang Xuan and others needed to set up traps.


    In order to keep the crops that were planted with great difficulty, Jiang Xuan and others arranged a large number of traps around the farmland, including rope traps, trigger traps, ground bows, and so on.


    Almost every day, these traps catch or kill some beasts that steal crops to eat, adding meat to the vine tribe.


    Even those worms were caught by tourists one by one, and they were threaded into strings with sticks and grilled to eat. If Jiang Xuan forbade them to eat raw ones, they could even eat them raw.


    The way of taking a bite and bursting into the pulp is very lively.


    "A fat mountain rat, take it back."


    Jiang Xuan walked to the first trap and found a fat mountain rat whose head was flattened by a wooden stick. It weighed about two or three pounds.


    This is also a good meat, you can take it home and bake it.


    Jiang Xuan threw the mountain rat into the rattan basket and continued to walk forward.


    The second trap is a lasso trap, but the rope of the lasso has been bitten off.


    Chishao carefully observed the traces left on the ground, UU read : "It should have caught a rabbit, the noose must have caught its feet, so it bit the rope and escaped. It''s the neck, it can''t run."


    The four continued to move forward. Some traps successfully captured the prey, some were not triggered, and some were triggered, but the prey ran away.


    But they walked down in a circle, and they even got a dozen small prey, which were packed in a rattan basket.


    "Nice harvest, go, go back."


    Jiang Xuan was in a happy mood. When he was reclaiming wasteland and farming, he did not expect to harvest meat.


    When they returned to the bamboo house, the food in the two pottery dings had already been cooked, and the aroma filled the air.


    "I''m hungry, let''s eat!"


    Jiang Xuan removed the firewood under the Tao Ding, then opened the lid of the Ding, and the steaming food immediately exuded a more attractive fragrance.


    Jiang Xuan took out his own pottery bowl and chopsticks, and with a long-handled spoon, first scooped up a large bowl of boiled plant tubers, and then scooped some animal meat and wild vegetables from another pottery cauldron. Eat up.


    "Fragrant!"


    Jiang Xuan was very satisfied. After having salt, all the food seemed to be infused with the soul, and it tasted extraordinarily sweet.


    The others also started to eat. After they were full, they packed the food in clay pots and sent it to the tourists, so that they could continue to work when they were full.


    In order to give these tourists the strength to work, Jiang Xuan is not stingy. There is almost no difference between the tourists and the food they eat, including the salt in the food.


    If these tourists are not given salt, they will sweat so hard every day to open up wasteland, and it will not take long for them to fall ill due to lack of salt, and they will not be able to continue their work.

 Chapter 26： giant dragonfly

    The first year of the establishment of the Vine tribe, on April 16th.


    "Boom..."


    "Crackling..."


    In the sky, there were dense clouds, thick lightning slashed wildly, the wind blew "woohoo", and the downpour "wow".


    In the bamboo house, Gan Song was holding a bowl of rice, squatting at the door, watching the rainwater from the eaves flowing down the ditch at the door, and then looking at the roof that did not leak, his mood was very complicated.


    "When the tribe was still around, they never lived in such a nice house..."


    Since breaking an arm, Gan Song is actually very pessimistic in his heart, and doesn''t hold any hope for the future.


    Because for a warrior, if an arm is broken, it means that he cannot participate in hunting.


    If you can''t participate in hunting, you won''t be able to get much food. You can only gather some wild vegetables and survive. If you encounter winter, it will really be a nightmare.


    But now, they have come to the Vine tribe.


    Here, they don''t need to go into the forest to fight those ferocious beasts, they don''t need to eat grass roots and bark, they just need to do some simple work in Gansong''s eyes.


    They lived in a watertight bamboo house, they had enough to eat, and they were warmly dressed, and they lived even better than in the previous tribe!


    Gan Song looked down at the pottery bowl in his hand. This kind of good thing is only used by the Veng tribe for their tourists.


    Gan Song clumsily grasped the chopsticks and took a bite into his mouth. A faint salty taste mixed with the aroma of the food filled his mouth.


    "This is precious salt!"


    Gan Song held it in his mouth for a while before swallowing the meal reluctantly.


    The Vine Tribe is really kind to them, and Gan Song feels like he is in a dream.


    "If this is a dream, I hope this dream will last forever."


    Gan Song held the bowl and watched the torrential rain, only to feel that the suppressed pessimism in his heart seemed to have been washed away a lot by the rain.


    Summer rains come and go quickly.


    An hour later, the rain stopped, the dark clouds in the sky dissipated, and the sun shone on the ground again.


    Gan Song cleaned his bowls and chopsticks, put them away carefully, then picked up the bones and shouted to the other tourists, "The rain has stopped, it''s time to work!"


    The tourists in the bamboo house stood up one after another, took their own tools, and walked to the farmland.


    Everyone is very motivated, because they have seen the goodness of the Vine tribe and want to stay in the Vine tribe forever.


    If you want to stay in the Vine tribe, you have to work hard.


    Because the leader said that people who behave well can become real members of the Vine tribe, and they are likely to be expelled from the tribe!


    What they have to do today is to dig deep drainage ditches in the cultivated fields.


    With the arrival of summer, the rainfall is increasing. If the drainage ditches are too shallow to allow drainage, the crops in the fields can easily be flooded.


    Gan Song held the bone in one hand, and when he arrived in the field, he immediately started to work.


    Although he only has one hand, he is a one-colored warrior after all, his strength is stronger than that of ordinary people, and his work is not inferior to others.


    Other tourists also started to work, no one disliked the mud after the rain, because they had experienced a more difficult environment.


    ¡­¡­


    Jiang Xuan walked out of the bamboo house. The air after the rain was very fresh, with the unique aroma of grass and trees, which made people feel relaxed and happy.


    Nearby, the red peony and the loach were patrolling the pond, checking the rattan net at the water outlet to ensure that the fish in the pond could not escape.


    In the distance, those tourists are working hard to dig the drainage ditches, talking and laughing, doing their best.


    Jiang Xuan also had a smile on his face. Such a vibrant day, even if it was a little bit bitter and tired, made people feel hopeful for the future.


    "Hey, what is that?"


    Jiang Xuan was about to go to the ground to take a look when suddenly, he saw a huge insect flying towards him in the distance, and the sound of flapping its wings was very loud, like the sound of a helicopter flying.


    "This is... a dragonfly?"


    Jiang Xuan looked at the behemoth in the air, his eyes almost widened.


    In the air was a giant dragonfly with a wingspan of at least six meters and a body length of four meters. Two teams of transparent wings flapped so fast that it was almost impossible to see.


    Jiang Xuan suddenly thought of the introduction of a prehistoric giant dragonfly he had seen in his previous life:


    Its big eyes are like a 360-degree camera with no dead angle, and its black lower jaw teeth are like big iron tongs, which can easily crush the bones of animals.


    Its six long legs are equipped with thorns, which can easily grab prey, and each of its wings can be controlled independently, so it can fly freely in the forest.


    This kind of giant dragonfly is no weaker than ordinary birds, and it is very terrifying.


    This description is very similar to the giant dragonfly that Jiang Xuan is seeing now, but this giant dragonfly is even bigger and more terrifying.


    Although he has seen all kinds of huge bugs, including a half-meter-long centipede, a spider the size of a pumpkin, etc.


    But this giant dragonfly shocked him even more, because it was like a small fighter jet!


    When this giant dragonfly flew over, Jiang Xuan felt its horror even more closely.


    When it flew over Jiang Xuan''s head, Jiang Xuanneng could clearly feel a strong wind on the ground, and the bamboo forest was blown "rustling".


    "too big!"


    Jiang Xuan kept looking at the sky until the giant dragonfly flew over the bamboo forest and landed on the halfway up the stone mountain, grabbing the huge ancient vine.


    Jiang Xuan felt nervous for a while. He was really afraid that Gu Teng would kill the giant dragonfly with a vine, just like he killed the giant bird before.


    That''s a pity. After all, this is the first time he has seen such a big dragonfly, and he has not searched for any information about this giant dragonfly in his memory.


    Fortunately, Guteng did not move, and seemed to have no problem with the giant dragonfly falling on it Chishao, Uncaria and others also came.


    "Sister, have you seen this kind of dragonfly?"


    Chi Shao shook her head and said, "I''ve never seen such a big one."


    "That''s weird, did it fly from somewhere else?"


    Jiang Xuan was puzzled, but that didn''t stop him from yearning for this giant dragonfly.


    From Jiang Xuan''s point of view, this is a small helicopter!


    If it can be tamed, wouldn''t it be possible to ride it and fly around?


    Thinking of the scene of flying around on a giant dragonfly, Jiang Xuan couldn''t help but be fascinated.


    However, it is easy to tame flying birds, but it is difficult to tame insects. No one can say whether it can be successfully tamed.


    Besides, such a large giant dragonfly has strong attack power and fast flight, let alone tame, it is difficult to catch it.


    "It would be nice if you could find its larvae. It''s easier to raise from larvae."


    But where to find its larvae? Jiang Xuan has no clue at the moment. This kind of dragonfly is flying so fast, it is impossible to follow it.


    Jiang Xuan could only ponder while observing the giant dragonfly.


    Surprisingly, in the next few days, the giant dragonfly did not leave. It foraged nearby during the day, and stayed on the rocky mountain at night, accompanied by Guteng.


    This made Jiang Xuan quite happy, as long as the giant dragonfly didn''t leave, the chances of approaching it or finding its larvae increased.


    With the passage of time, the people of the Vine tribe gradually got used to the existence of this giant dragonfly.


    This giant dragonfly doesn''t attack people, it just catches some giant insects to eat, and it''s fine with the Vine Tribe.


    ¡­¡­


    Thanks to the book friend "Zi Fengling" who donated 10,000 book coins and became the helmsman of this book.

 Chapter 27： Southern Stars Bone Whistle

    April 20th, sunny.


    "Wang Wangji, Wang Wangji..."


    The sun gradually became hotter, and the cicadas on the trees began to cry endlessly. Although the weather was not at the hottest time, walking under the sun was still sweaty.


    Above the ancient vines on the stone mountain, the giant dragonfly also stopped under the huge branches and leaves of the ancient vines to rest. Only in the morning and evening will they catch all kinds of big bugs and eat them.


    Yesterday, the Vine tribe hunted two big game, and the meat they got was enough to eat for several days, so in such hot weather, they could stay in the tribe to rest and not have to go out hunting.


    It is rare for five people to have a little free time to do something they like.


    Jiang Xuan planned to make another stone knife. He went upstream along the stream to find a suitable stone, but found that Nan Xing was sitting on a stone by the stream, not knowing what he was doing.


    "Nan Xing, what are you doing here?" Jiang Xuan asked curiously.


    Nan Xing raised his head and showed Jiang Xuan what he was holding: "Boss, I want to be a bone whistle."


    "Bone whistle?"


    Jiang Xuan walked over and found that Nan Xing was holding a hollow bird leg bone in his left hand and a sharp stone in his right hand. A small hole had been drilled at one end of the leg bone.


    Jiang Xuan knows that the original bone whistle is generally made of hollow bird leg bones. Some have single holes, some have double holes, and some have three holes. The more holes, the more tones that can be emitted.


    "How many holes do you want to drill?" Jiang Xuan asked.


    "Drill three holes. I think people in the tribe do this. They can use a bone whistle to make the sound of a deer croak."


    Using a bone whistle to make the sound of deer chirping is a unique skill of the deer tribe. They can use a simple bone whistle to make the deer chirping sound vivid and even attract real deer.


    "Go ahead and drill, and blow it for me."


    "okay."


    Nan Xing continued to drill again. Although the bird''s leg bone is hollow, its hardness is relatively high. It is not easy to drill a suitable hole. It takes a lot of time and patience.


    Jiang Xuan continued to follow the stream to find suitable stones. The further he walked towards the stone mountain, the more stones there were in the stream, and the easier it was to find suitable stones.


    Jiang Xuan searched for a long time, and finally found a stone suitable for making stone knives in the stream. This stone is very hard, and the fracture is very sharp after breaking, but it is also relatively brittle and easy to break, so it is only suitable for short stone knives.


    If you want to make a stone knife with high hardness and enough hardness, you need to find gem-level stones, and gem-level stones are relatively rare.


    Therefore, a good stone knife is rare, and is often regarded as a treasure by the tribesmen.


    "Ding ding ding..."


    Jiang Xuan used another stone to tap the stone he wanted to make a stone knife along the lines of the stone. After doing this kind of work for a while, he was able to master it more proficiently.


    As he kept knocking, the stone cracked along the grain and turned into several stone flakes of different sizes.


    Jiang Xuan chose the most suitable piece, and carefully continued to knock it into the shape of a knife. This process requires great care. If you are not careful, the knife blank may be knocked out.


    Fortunately, Jiang Xuan''s hand was very stable, and luck was also good. He successfully knocked the stone chip into a blade that was more than 20 centimeters long.


    Afterwards, he found another stone by the stream and carefully sharpened the knife to a more suitable shape.


    After everything was done, several hours had passed. Jiang Xuan returned with the blade blank. After he went back, he would use animal horns to attach the handle to the blade blank and sharpen its edge even more sharply. .


    This is a job that requires a lot of patience. Every tool of the tribe takes a lot of time to make. People without patience cannot make a good tool.


    When Jiang Xuan was halfway there, he found that Nan Xing was still there. He leaned over to take a look and saw that Nan Xing''s bone whistle had basically been made.


    "Boss, look, my bone whistle is ready!"


    Nan Xing happily held the bone whistle to Jiang Xuan, like a child showing off a new toy, with a bright smile on his face.


    This bone whistle was taken from the middle leg bone of the big bird. It is about fifteen centimeters long. There are round holes on the left and right sides, and a hole in the middle.


    Jiang Xuan watched it for a while and found it quite interesting: "Blow it to me."


    "it is good!"


    Nan Xing picked up the bone whistle with both hands, put his mouth on the hole in the middle and blew in. Two index fingers pressed the other two holes. As he pressed and released his index finger, a primitive bone whistle sounded. .


    Although it can only emit a few simple tones, the sound is very long and penetrating, like deer chirping and bird chirping, which makes it hard to forget.


    Of course, Nan Xing wasn''t very proficient in blowing, and it would take a lot of practice to attract the big horned deer with the whistle.


    With an encouraging smile on his face, Jiang Xuan said, "Nan Xing, you play very well. Sooner or later, you will be able to attract the big horned deer just like the deer tribe hunting team members by the sound of your whistle!"


    Jiang Xuan''s encouragement greatly increased Nan Xing''s confidence. He held the bone whistle and said confidently, "Boss, I will definitely do it!"


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "I believe in you!"


    "Um!"


    Nan Xing nodded heavily, then followed Jiang Xuan to the bamboo house.


    Before you know it, the time has come to the afternoon.


    Although they don''t need to go out to hunt, as the weather gets hotter, the plants grow rapidly, and there are more and more beasts stealing the crops near the farmland, and they can''t catch them all.


    In order to prevent the crops from being eaten up, Jiang Xuan and the others needed to set up a large number of traps near the cultivated land every afternoon, and they could often harvest a lot of prey in the morning.


    In the evening, after Jiang Xuan, Chi Shao and others set up a lot of traps, they looked at the incomplete crops on the edge of the arable land and said helplessly: "Good food is about to become a hunting bait."


    Chishao said: "I think this is not bad, it can add a lot of food to the tribe every day."


    Jiang Xuan was right when he thought about it. Anyway, the purpose of growing crops is to increase food. Now that the crops are not yet mature, they have brought so much meat to the tribe, which is considered a success.


    What''s more, most of the plants they plant now are tubers or roots. Even if the ground part is eaten, it will still grow, but the yield will be lower.


    After thinking about this, Jiang Xuan was in a better mood, and his eyes softened a lot when he looked at the beast paths that the beasts walked out of.


    Anyway, the wasteland has just been opened up, and within a year or two, the yield of crops will not be very high. The beasts can come as soon as they want. When the wasteland is planted into mature land, the nearby beasts should be almost eaten by the vine tribe.


    "Go, go back."


    Jiang Xuan arranged the last trap and returned to the bamboo house with everyone in a happy mood, estimating how many prey these traps could catch tomorrow.


    The sun is gradually setting.


    The afterglow of the setting sun formed a fiery cloud that dyed half of the sky red. The ancient vines on the stone mountain were covered with a layer of orange-red light. Even the giant dragonflies that stayed on the ancient vines looked a little more mysterious.


    The smoke from the kitchen rose in the bamboo house, and the tourists who had been working all day returned home. The sun was setting in the west and the moon was rising in the east, but all kinds of birds, beasts, and insects in the forest gradually became active...


    ¡­


    With the arrival of the new year, Qingshi wishes all book friends a prosperous year of the tiger, the dragon and the tiger are fierce, and the wealth is rolling in.


    In the new year, we will continue the new story.

 Chapter 28： mat

    On May 1, the weather was getting hotter and hotter, and the crops were growing faster and faster.


    The cultivated land of the Teng tribe has reached 30 mu, and under the condition of extremely primitive tools, it is already very difficult for a dozen people to take care of the 30 mu of cultivated land.


    Therefore, Jiang Xuan no longer let tourists continue to cultivate wasteland, as long as the 30 acres of land are planted.


    "These grasses, plus grass ash, large manure, broken bones, and pond mud, are all piled together, pressed and composted for half a month, and they are thoroughly composted as fertilizer."


    "When you find that there are earthworms in the compost pile, these fertilizers can be used."


    In the fields, Jiang Xuan personally taught the tourists to compost. Even in the face of the smelly feces, he did not change his face.


    Composting is a magic weapon for farming.


    In addition to lack of management, the low yield of slash-and-burn farming is also an important reason for not having enough fertilizer.


    Plant ash is good, but plant ash alone is definitely not enough to grow crops.


    Composting is the mixing of various materials, and after decomposing, it becomes an organic fertilizer rich in nutrients, which is very beneficial to the growth of crops.


    The raw materials of compost are very wide and easy to obtain, such as forage, grass ash, large manure, food scraps, animal bones, etc. can be used.


    Gan Song took the words Jiang Xuan said one by one in his heart.


    Since he lost an arm, hunting has become very difficult for him, even a simple noose trap, because he only has one hand, it is very difficult to set up.


    But now, he has found what he can do and can do well, and that is farming.


    Although he only has one hand, through his own efforts, he can also master the skills of farming, and he does no less work than others.


    Gradually, he fell in love with farming.


    This feeling of opening up wasteland, planting crops, and watching the crops grow, mature and harvest little by little makes Gan Song very fascinated.


    Gan Song said confidently: "Don''t worry, boss, we will definitely pile up the best fertilizer!"


    "Well, work hard. There is a lot of grain harvested in autumn. In winter, everyone can have enough to eat, and there is no need to go hungry."


    Jiang Xuan ordered a few more words, then turned and left.


    "Work, work!"


    Gan Song shouted, and then began to search for various materials for composting according to the method Jiang Xuan said.


    In the fields, a busy scene.


    Jiang Xuan walked to the side of the stream, found a large piece of tall reeds, searched for intact reeds, and cut them down with a stone knife.


    In fact, the harvest of reeds is best in autumn, when the new reeds bloom, the toughness is the strongest.


    But Jiang Xuan couldn''t wait any longer. He could only cut some reeds from last year and plan to weave a few mats.


    As the weather gets hotter, it is no longer suitable to have a mattress on a bamboo bed.


    But sleeping directly on a bamboo bed is not a comfortable thing, because those bamboos are not flat, so sleeping on them can make you uncomfortable.


    Jiang Xuan thought about it and decided to weave a few mats.


    Bamboo can also be used to weave a mat, and the effect is very good, but it requires breaking the bamboo into very thin bamboo strips, which is not an easy task without suitable tools.


    Reeds are different.


    It is soft and tough, and it is much easier to cut down or weave than bamboo.


    After Jiang Xuan chopped for a while, Chi Shao also came to help.


    She will always be by Jiang Xuan''s side, silently guarding him, guarding against possible dangers.


    "jijiji..."


    The weather was very hot, and in the grass beside the creek, there were many unknown little bugs, constantly calling.


    "Sister, that''s enough, you don''t need to chop any more."


    Jiang Xuan chopped a large bundle of reeds, and Chishao also chopped a large bundle. The two simply twisted the reed leaves together to make a simple straw rope, tied the reeds, and carried them back to the bamboo hut.


    "Snapped!"


    A large bundle of reeds was thrown on the ground, Chishao wiped the sweat from her cheeks, and only then did she ask curiously, "Xuan, why are you cutting so much grass?"


    "Weaving mats."


    "A cool seat?"


    "It''s a mattress for sleeping on the bed. That animal skin is too hot to sleep on. I want to make some cool mattresses on it."


    "So that''s the case." Chi Shao nodded, the current weather is indeed not suitable for sleeping on animal skins.


    "Sister, let''s throw these reeds into the pond for a dip first."


    "it is good!"


    The two carried the reeds to the edge of the pond, and then threw the whole bundle into the pond to soak.


    This is because the reeds collected by Jiang Xuan and the others are all old reeds from last year, which are already dry and very brittle, and will break when they are broken.


    Soaking in water can make the dry reed absorb water and become tough again, which is more suitable for weaving.


    After throwing the reed down, the two went to work on other things.


    More than two hours later, Jiang Xuan returned to the pond, took out a piece of reed and tried to fold it, and found that the reed had soaked softly. Then he picked up the two bundles of reeds and took them back to the open space in front of the bamboo house.


    He untied the straw rope that tied the reeds, then found a flat stone and a piece of wood, put the reed on it, and flattened the round reed pole bit by bit.


    "Dong, dong, dong..."


    With Jiang Xuan''s constant beating, the reed poles were smashed and turned into flat flakes.


    After Chi Shao was done with her own affairs, she also came to help.


    Uncaria, Loach, and Nanxing also came to help.


    After all the reed poles were smashed, Jiang Xuan began to weave them.


    It is very cumbersome and time-consuming to weave beautiful, dense and patterned reed mats.


    But it is much easier to weave the whole reed directly into a mat after being flattened. It doesn''t take long to weave a mat, but it looks rough.


    Weaving is something that tribespeople have been doing since childhood, and everyone is very skilled.


    Jiang Xuan first used a smashed reed as a weft thread, and then tied the reeds vertically and evenly on the weft thread as a warp thread.


    Afterwards, it is only necessary to continuously intersperse and compress reeds on these warp threads, and then weave reeds into a whole mat.


    With the efforts of the five people, in just one afternoon, they weaved the reeds they brought back into five single mats.


    The next day, these mats were left in the sun for a long time and dried again.


    Afterwards, Jiang Xuan and others replaced all the animal skin mattresses on the bamboo bed.


    At night, Jiang Xuan was lying on his bamboo bed. The thick mat under him was very breathable. People lying on it would neither feel cold nor stuffy. It was very comfortable.


    "feel good."


    A happy smile appeared on Jiang Xuan''s face. As long as he was willing to do something and not be lazy, he could rely on his own hands to improve his life little by little.


    The three teenagers were also very satisfied with the new mat, which was very comfortable to sleep in.


    Chi Shao was lying in her small room, she stroked the mat under her, and said in a faint voice, "Xuan has grown up and is more capable than me."


    With a relieved smile, Chi Shao soon fell asleep, and this night was a pleasant dream.

 Chapter 29： Stink grass

    In the first year of the establishment of the Vine tribe, the night of May 8th was sunny.


    "Buzzing..."


    "Snapped!"


    Lying on the bed, Jiang Xuan accurately shot a mosquito that was about to lie on his thigh to **** blood.


    But not long after, two more mosquitoes flew over, circling around him, looking for the best place to **** blood, which was very annoying.


    After killing five mosquitoes, Jiang Xuan finally sat up helplessly, without any sleepiness.


    As the weather gets hotter day by day, the number of mosquitoes surges and becomes very rampant. They bite people from time to time, sucking a drop of blood and leaving an itchy bag, which makes people very uncomfortable.


    Not only mosquitoes, but other insects also increased in number. All kinds of flying insects flew in through the gaps in the bamboo house, and then flew around the fire pond. Some even threw themselves into the fire and were burned to ashes.


    Jiang Xuan sat on the bed and said helplessly, "If only there were mosquito coils."


    If there are mosquito coils, mosquitoes will not dare to blatantly come to bite people, and those bugs will also be smoked away or fainted.


    It''s a pity that you can buy a box of mosquito coils for a few dollars in the previous life, but in this wild and primitive world, you can''t find it.


    When Jiang Xuan was helpless, Chi Shao seemed to hear the movement and came over to him.


    "Why don''t you sleep?" Chi Shao asked with concern.


    "There are so many mosquitoes that I can''t sleep because of the bite." Jiang Xuan''s expression was helpless.


    After hearing Jiang Xuan''s words, Chi Shao thought about it, picked up the spear, and said, "Bring a torch and go out with me."


    "it is good!"


    Jiang Xuan didn''t know what Chi Shao was going to do, but he was still very curious.


    There are more than a dozen prepared torches in the bamboo house, which are made of broken bamboo, bundled with a lot of oil-rich branches, and then tied.


    Because the tribesmen do not have electrical appliances, torches are the most important lighting tools at night. Generally, some are made in advance. When they are to be used, they can be lit directly in the fire pit.


    Jiang Xuan took a torch, lit it, and followed Chi Shao to open the door of the bamboo house.


    Going out at night is actually a very dangerous move, but the Fuji tribe is guarded by ancient vines, and there are no beasts nearby. As long as you don''t go far, it is still relatively safe.


    "Chichichichi..."


    After walking out of the bamboo house, the sound of insects around became more obvious, one after another, it was very lively, but it did not seem noisy, but added some life to Xia Ye.


    "Gu Gu Gu..."


    "Quack, quack, quack..."


    There are unknown birds chirping on the trees, and in the pond and by the creek, there are various frogs screeching first.


    Jiang Xuan listened to the sounds of various animals and the cool night wind, only felt that his irritable mood was relieved a lot.


    If it weren''t for the annoying flying insects attracted by the firelight, this kind of night walking would feel better.


    "Snapped!"


    A snake appeared in front, and after seeing the firelight, it did not go away. Chishao used a spear to press the head back a little bit, then cut off the snake''s head with a stone knife, and put the snake''s body into the animal skin bag that he carried.


    Chi Shao''s movements were like flowing clouds and flowing water, very smooth, and even the expression on her face didn''t change.


    Many animals are attracted by the firelight at night, and the same is true of snakes. This unlucky snake is only attracted for a little longer, and it becomes the food of the Vine tribe.


    Then, Chishao caught two more unfortunate frogs and unfortunate big bugs, and finally came to the forest on the left side of the bamboo house and found a bunch of low plants.


    This is a kind of wild grass. It doesn''t look much different from ordinary weeds, but when you get close, you can smell an unpleasant and strange smell.


    This smell can''t be said to be fragrant or stinky, anyway, it doesn''t smell very good.


    While cutting this grass with a stone knife, Chi Shao explained to Jiang Xuan: "This is called stinky grass. When the people of the hunting team spend the night outside, they like to cut a few handfuls of grass and throw some into the fire from time to time to drive them away. mosquito."


    Chishao cut a lot of peony, then found a cane everywhere to tie it up, carried it in his hand and walked back.


    After the juice in this bundle of smelly stinky grass flowed out, the smell became even more obvious. Jiang Xuan was surprised to find that even fewer flying insects were attracted by the firelight.


    After returning to the bamboo house, Chishao placed a large bundle of stinky grass next to the fire, and took out a bunch of red-hot charcoal from the fire, took out a handful of stinky grass, bundled them up, and placed them on top of the charcoal .


    Under the charcoal fire, some smoke came out of the stinky grass, and the unpleasant smell was instantly aroused, and the whole bamboo house was filled with this smell.


    Even the three youngsters in their sleep frowned slightly, opened their sleepy eyes, glanced at the fire pond, and after confirming that there was no accident, they lay down again to sleep.


    Although the taste is strong, the effect is still very obvious.


    Jiang Xuan was surprised to find that almost all of the flying insects surrounding the fire pond and those annoying mosquitoes had been smoked away.


    Chishao said: "Tie the stinky grass into bundles and put it on the charcoal fire, it can burn for a longer time. If you throw it directly into the fire, it will be burned to ashes in a short time."


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "In the middle of the night, if the mosquitoes come again, I will put another bundle of stinky grass on it."


    "It''s enough if you know, I''ll deal with these prey first."


    Chishao yawned, and quickly cleaned up the snakes, frogs, and big bugs caught on the road, and then hung them over the fire to smoke and roast.


    She thought about it, washed her hands again, and went to sleep.


    Washing your hands is not because you love cleanliness. Tribes don''t pay attention to this.


    Mainly because Jiang Xuan likes to be clean, and every time he gets his hands dirty, he washes them carefully. Over time, Chishao has also developed a good habit of washing hands.


    Jiang Xuan lay on the bed again, and after waiting for a while, there were no more annoying mosquitoes to **** blood.


    He smelled that strange smell and gradually fell asleep...


    The next day, Jiang Xuan had just walked out of the bamboo house when Gan Song with a worried expression ran over with a few tourists.


    "Boss, it''s not good, there are a lot of bugs in the field, and the things we plant are almost eaten up."


    "what?"


    When Jiang Xuan heard these words, he immediately woke up. He immediately thought of the plague of insects.


    He didn''t even have time to wash his face, so he hurriedly said, "Take me to have a look."


    The grain crops in the ground are very important winter food for the rattan tribe.


    After working so hard for so long, I have finally cultivated so much land and planted so many food crops, which must not be destroyed by insect plagues.


    Jiang Xuan followed Gan Song to the field, and saw that countless insects were frantically gnawing at the crops in the field. Many of the leaves of the crops were eaten up, and even the tender stems and leaves were not spared.


    Those tourists are trying their best to catch the bugs, but their speed is too slow. Compared with the huge number of bugs, they are really stretched.


    Jiang Xuan was shocked and angry, it really was a plague of insects!


    "Boss, what should we do? There are too many bugs to catch."


    Gan Song, who has always been calm, can''t hold back anymore. He poured a lot of effort into these crops. Seeing the crops being eaten by insects, he felt that his heart was bleeding.


    "Don''t worry, I''m trying to figure out a way."


    Jiang Xuan forced himself to calm down, constantly searched his mind for various experiences on pest control, and tried to find a way to suit the current situation.

 Chapter 30： burning pests

    Standing in the center of the vegetable field, Jiang Xuan saw the scene of insects eating the crops, and all kinds of "rustling" sounds in his ears.


    If he can''t think of a way, this large area of ??crops will be eaten up by insects, and even if they plant tubers, the yield of the autumn harvest will be appallingly low.


    "Leader, don''t worry, think about it, since the witch in the dream taught you to plant, he must have taught you how to deal with this situation."


    When Jiang Xuan was upset, a pair of warm hands placed on his shoulders, and his gentle voice eased his nervousness.


    That is the red peony.


    Jiang Xuan nodded, took a deep breath, and began to recall various experiences in dealing with insect disasters in his previous life.


    The first method is manual culling. This method is the simplest, but the efficiency is also the lowest. With the Teng tribe, the crops will be gone before these pests are killed.


    The second is drug treatment, which is the fastest and most effective treatment method, but the Vine tribe does not have insecticides, so this method does not work at all.


    Then there is the legend of raising ducks and eating worms.


    Apart from fish farming, the Teng tribe has not developed any other farming business at all, not even a single duck.


    This method also doesn''t work.


    This doesn''t work, that doesn''t work either. What should I do?


    Everyone is waiting for the leader to come up with an idea to deal with these pests, but Jiang Xuan has nothing to do. This feeling is really uncomfortable.


    "You catch the bugs first, and I''ll think of a way."


    After Jiang Xuan left a sentence, he walked away depressed, hoping to take a walk and have a look to bring him new ideas.


    Gan Song and the others looked at each other, and everyone could see that the leader seemed to have nothing to do.


    Gan Song gritted his teeth and said, "Catch bugs!"


    Afterwards, he picked up a bamboo tube, squatted on the ground and quickly caught the bugs. For every bug, he would pinch its head and throw it into the bamboo tube, so that it could be roasted and eaten.


    Those tourists also acted again, including Chi Shao and others, also joined the ranks of catching insects.


    While Chishao was catching insects, she glanced at Jiang Xuan from time to time, with a very worried look on her face.


    These farmlands were opened up bit by bit, and Chi Shao knew very well how much effort Jiang Xuan had put into farming.


    If the pest plague cannot be solved, no matter how many fields are cultivated, no matter how many crops are planted, it will be useless, it will only become food for the insects.


    They are very good at dealing with beasts, but the tribesmen have no experience in dealing with such a large-scale insect plague.


    Chi Shao could only be in a hurry and couldn''t help.


    Jiang Xuan walked slowly in the field, and his mind kept thinking about various ways to deal with the insect disaster, but he had not personally experienced the insect disaster, and lacked the experience in this area.


    Is it true that the hard-earned crops will never be harvested?


    Jiang Xuan was very unwilling, he walked and walked to the edge of the pond.


    "Whoosh!"


    In the water at the edge of the pond, a very large frog suddenly opened its mouth, and a tongue shot out like lightning, sticking a flying insect from the air, and then slowly swallowing it into its belly.


    Jiang Xuan''s eyes lit up, it would be great if there were a large number of frogs in the fields, they could eat a lot of bugs.


    Unfortunately, it is obviously unrealistic to catch frogs temporarily. We can only rely on nearby frogs to consciously enter the fields to hunt for insects.


    Jiang Xuan''s eyes dimmed again, it was a drop in the bucket to eat insects with so many frogs nearby.


    Jiang Xuan had a splitting headache thinking about it, and walked back to the bamboo house without knowing it.


    He sat by the fire pit, watching the beating flames, and suddenly a light flashed in his mind.


    "Firelight, the phototaxis of insects!"


    As the so-called Yi Nian Tong and Bai Nian Tong, Jiang Xuan naturally thought of how to deal with those **** pests when he saw the fire.


    Most of the pests in the Fuji tribe''s fields are flying insects with wings that fly over from other places.


    Because of this, when they appear suddenly, they can cause serious damage to the crops in the field.


    Because the Vine tribe was unprepared, they never expected that a large number of insects would suddenly invade.


    These winged insects are huge in number, reproduce extremely fast, and are extremely destructive to crops, which is very terrifying.


    But they are not without weaknesses.


    Their weakness is that they, like most flying insects, have phototaxis at night.


    Every night is the time when their activities are the most rampant and the most destructive time.


    They rely on moonlight and faint starlight to determine the direction of their flight.


    At this time, if there is a lot of bonfires, it will disrupt their flight direction, and finally plunge into the fire and be burned to ashes.


    Of course, in theory, whether these pests will pounce on the bonfire at night can only be known by trying.


    With the mentality of a dead horse being a living horse doctor, Jiang Xuan immediately walked out of the bamboo hut and went to the field. He asked the three tourists to stop catching bugs and pick up firewood. a pyre.


    Next, is to wait for the night to come.


    Jiang Xuan and everyone worked hard to catch the bugs while waiting anxiously for the night to come.


    Time is like flowing water, the sun rises and sets, and day soon turns into night.


    When night fell, Jiang Xuan lit a torch from the bamboo house, then walked into the field and lit a handful of those firewood piles.


    "Crackling, crackling, crackling..."


    The dry firewood quickly burned, making a crackling sound, and piles of bonfires were lit, and the flames illuminated the night.


    Those flying insects that were flying around in the cultivated fields and nibbling on the crops suddenly became overwhelmed by the sudden strong light source.


    They flew around randomly, and then flew towards the fire in a spiral trajectory.


    "Snapped!"


    The first bug flew to the bonfire. After its wings were burned, it fell into the fire and burst into flames.


    This bug is just the beginning. UU reading www. uukanshu.com


    Soon, countless flying insects rushed over like piles of bonfires, were burned to death by the raging flames, and burst.


    "it is good!"


    The tourists who had been waiting by the side cheered, and Gan Song''s face flushed with excitement.


    Standing beside a bonfire, Jiang Xuan finally let out a sigh of relief as he watched the insects fall one by one.


    This method is effective, especially when dealing with these flying insects, the effect is very significant.


    As long as these flying insects are burned to death, the remaining reptiles are not so destructive, and the crops of the Vine tribe can be preserved.


    That night, countless insects were burned to death, and the smell of burning permeated the entire open field, making countless beasts dare not approach.


    The fire burned all night, until it was almost dawn, Jiang Xuan and the others returned to the bamboo house to sleep.


    The same goes for those tourists, who often need to add dry wood or dead bamboo to the bonfire to keep the bonfire burning continuously.


    It was not until after dawn that the bonfire gradually went out, and everyone could go back to rest.


    There is only one exception, that is Gan Song.


    He watched the last bonfire go out, and picked up the scorched worm from the bonfire and put it into his mouth.


    "Quack..."


    The worm was roasted very crisp, and Gan Song chewed the worm a few times and swallowed it.


    He walked slowly in the crops, observed the crops carefully, and found that the number of insects was very small, and finally felt relieved.


    "Great, if you burn it a few more times, you should be able to burn all these bugs to death, and the things we plant can continue to grow again."


    Gan Song stroked a round potato seedling with mutilated leaves, with a gratified smile on his face.

 Chapter 31： insect-eating plants

    The bonfire burned for three consecutive nights, and almost all the flying insects with phototaxis near the Vine tribe were burned.


    With the efforts of people and various frogs, most of those bugs without wings were also eliminated.


    The pest plague gradually subsided, and the crops in the field were preserved and continued to grow.


    But Jiang Xuan is very clear that relying on bonfires to kill insects is only an expedient measure. If you want to kill insects for a long time and long-term effect, you must think of other ways.


    The insecticide was too complicated, Jiang Xuan could not come up with it, so he had to give it up.


    He thought about it, but couldn''t think of a good solution.


    Until one day, he found a dozen very special plants in a bush in the open field.


    This is a kind of grass that looks like a purple gourd. They are about half a meter tall and have a purplish red color. The full abdomen is filled with a liquid, but the opening at the top is very narrow. The outer skin and leaves are smooth and tough.


    After getting close, you can clearly smell this grass exudes a sweet fragrance, attracting a lot of bugs to wander around.


    "Pfft!"


    When a flying insect flew over it, the plant''s abdomen suddenly contracted, and the strong pressure instantly sprayed the liquid in the plant''s abdomen. After passing through the small opening at the top, the liquid flew very high and shot directly. That flying insect.


    The liquid was very viscous. After the flying insect was sprayed, its wings were stuck together and could no longer be flapped. After struggling a few times, it fell to the ground.


    The flying insect struggled a few times on the ground, and then there were countless roots that burrowed out of the ground, entangling the flying insect, and the binding became tighter and tighter until the flying insect could no longer move.


    This flying insect will soon become the nourishment for these magical plants, making them grow better.


    Jiang Xuan carefully watched the process of plants catching insects, and he said in surprise: "What kind of plant is this, it''s really good for catching insects!"


    Jiang Xuan observed it for a while, then dug up a plant and brought it back to ask Chishao.


    "It''s called water arrow grass."


    Chishao took the plant and glanced at it, and knew what kind of plant it was.


    Chishao pointed to the belly of the plant and said, "When this grass encounters insects, its stomach will shrink, and then spray water, shooting down the insects like an arrow, so we call it water arrow grass."


    "Where did you find it?"


    Jiang Xuan replied: "In the uncultivated wasteland, there were more than a dozen plants growing. When I went there, I happened to see a bug shot down by it, so I dug a plant and came back."


    Chishao returned the water arrow grass to Jiang Xuan: "The water arrow grass is a good thing. It can be dug up with the roots, dried and ground into powder, which can heal wounds."


    "It turns out that it is still a herbal medicine." Jiang Xuan was surprised by this magical herb.


    "Many plants are herbs. Knowing more about them can save your life at a critical time."


    "This is what the hunting party told me."


    Chi Shao''s expression was a little gloomy, obviously thinking of the deer tribe that had been wiped out.


    Jiang Xuan patted Chi Shao on the shoulder with an encouraging look in his eyes.


    "I''m fine."


    Chi Shao smiled at him, and her eyes became firm again.


    She has a strong ability to regulate emotions and rarely shows her vulnerable side in front of others.


    "I plan to plant a row of arrowgrass in the middle of each vegetable field."


    Jiang Xuan expressed his thoughts: "I have thought about it carefully in the past few days. If the crops in the field are to get a good harvest, deworming is one of the things that must be done."


    "One of the ways to get rid of insects is to dig more ponds. There will be a lot of frogs around the ponds, and they will eat a lot of insects."


    "Another method is to plant all kinds of plants in the ground that can actively capture bugs like water arrow grass."


    "With these plants, as long as the bugs get close to the ground, they will be attracted to them and eat them, so our crops can grow safely."


    "In addition to eating insects, these plants can also be used as medicine, and they can be collected directly when needed, killing two birds with one stone."


    Chi Shao''s eyes lit up after hearing Jiang Xuan''s words.


    Jiang Xuan''s plan sounds very good, and the feasibility is relatively high.


    Those plants that eat insects generally emit a strong fragrance to lure insects over, which is much more attractive than crops in the ground.


    Using these plants to deal with insects can perfectly solve the problem of insects eating crops.


    "Sister, can you take me to find these insect-eating plants?"


    "Of course, there are not many such plants in the jungle, but they are usually hunting, and they don''t go out to find them."


    "Okay, then let''s go to the mountain tomorrow, call the loach, and go dig some insect-eating plants to plant."


    After Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao discussed the matter of going to the mountain tomorrow, they planted this water arrow grass, which had been dug up, and had become unruly, and planted it in a clearing in front of the bamboo house.


    Silent all night.


    Early the next morning, Jiang Xuan, Chishao and Shiloach brought all the tools and entered the vast jungle.


    The jungle in summer is very vibrant. Various plants grow wildly in the jungle, and various animals are also very active.


    "Gu Gu Gu..."


    A big bird, after encountering a person, ran away quickly with two long legs.


    This is a flightless bird, because its feathers have large red markings, so the tribes call it the red-spotted bird.


    The red-spotted bird''s wings are small, but the legs are very thick, and it runs very fast. It walks like flying in the jungle.


    "The red-spotted bird is very suitable for breeding. If the crops planted by the tribe can get a bumper harvest and there is a surplus of food, domesticating the red-spotted bird is a good choice."


    The red-spotted bird that ran away didn''t know that it, including its kind, had already been targeted by Jiang Xuan.


    Chishao and Shiloh took a few more glances at the red-spotted bird. Although they didn''t know how to domesticate it, they were very interested in it.


    Compared to farming, tribal people still prefer to deal with beasts and birds.


    The three of them continued to move forward, and Chishao went to relatively low-lying and humid places.


    As Chishao walked, she explained to Jiang Xuan, "The more humid the place, the more bugs, and the more plants that eat bugs."


    Jiang Xuan nodded. He knew that the larvae of many flying insects grew up in the water. When they grew up, they would climb ashore, turn into cocoons, and grow wings.


    The three walked for a long time and came to a shallow wild pond.


    Chishao''s eyes searched nearby for a moment, and then locked on a plant.


    "I found it, bamboo grass."


    Jiang Xuan followed her gaze and saw a strange plant, about 20 or 30 plants, growing crowded together This kind of plant is very strange. It grows straight and every time Each section has a leaf, which is curled and shaped like a bamboo tube.


    When the wind blows, these plants sway with the wind, and the bamboo-shaped leaves occasionally collide, making a very slight sound.


    "No wonder it''s called bamboo grass."


    Jiang Xuan suddenly realized that this name is really an image.


    Jiang Xuan asked curiously, "Can this bamboo grass also catch bugs?"


    "Yes!" Chishao pointed to one of the bamboo grasses and said, "Look."


    Jiang Xuan looked at the bamboo tube grass and found a flying insect hovering above the bamboo tube grass.


    "Buzzing..."


    The flying insect gradually approached the bamboo tube grass, and flew into the "bamboo tube", greedily sucking the sweet honey juice secreted on the inner wall.


    "Snapped!"


    Suddenly, a lid was added to the "bamboo tube", trapping the flying insect inside. When the flying insect wanted to escape, it was too late.


    It turned out that there is a leaf on the upper part of the tube-shaped leaves of the bamboo tube grass, which is usually tightly attached to the "bamboo tube", and you can''t see it unless you look carefully.


    When insects are attracted by the sweet sap and enter the bamboo tube, the leaves will quickly close, like a tight-fitting lid, trapping the insects inside.


    Not only that, the leaves of the bamboo tube grass will continue to roll inward until the insects are completely trapped, and then slowly corrode and dissolve the insects through the secreted juice, and finally become the nourishment of the bamboo tube grass.


    "What a powerful bamboo grass!"


    Jiang Xuan witnessed the scene of the bamboo tube grass preying on the insects, and felt that it was an eye-opener.


    At the same time, he decided to dig back this bamboo tube grass and plant it in the cultivated land just like the water arrow grass to catch bugs and protect crops.

 Chapter 32： Fan grass and whip tree

    Jiang Xuan chose a relatively small bamboo tube grass, dug a dozen of them, carefully wrapped them in green moss, and put them in a skin bag.


    The three moved on, looking for more carnivorous plants.


    As I walked, a swamp appeared in front of me.


    "You all be careful, the swamp is very dangerous, if you accidentally get into it, you will be in trouble."


    Chishao walked at the front, and when she saw something wrong with the ground, she poked it with a spear.


    The most dangerous places in the swamp are the lush grass.


    They tend to cover up the swamp underneath. When people step on it, they will sink directly into it. If they cannot get out of the swamp in time and climb out, they will sink deeper and deeper and eventually become part of the swamp.


    "Although swamps are the most dangerous, many of those plants that eat insects grow near swamps because there are enough mosquitoes here."


    "Snapped!"


    Chi Shao killed a big mosquito that wanted to **** blood, and continued to search around.


    "Buzzing..."


    Many mosquitoes ran over and circled around the three of them, trying to take the opportunity to **** some blood, which was very annoying.


    "Sister, is there a way to keep these mosquitoes from biting us? It''s so annoying."


    Jiang Xuan kept waving his hand, but the mosquitoes were very flexible and couldn''t chase them away at all.


    "Wait, I''ll look for it."


    Chishao looked around, and when she saw a clump of low plants, her eyes lit up.


    This plant is very unique, its leaves are like a small fan that is unfolded, very cute.


    She walked over carefully, and directly picked up several handfuls of the young leaves of this plant with her bare hands, and then kept rubbing it.


    "It''s called fan grass, because its leaves are similar to fans. When you encounter this grass in the future, scoop off its leaves, rub out water, and apply it on your body, so that mosquitoes won''t get close."


    After Chishao rubbed out the juice, he directly rubbed it on Jiang Xuan''s face, arms, and legs. After rubbing, he continued to rub, and then smeared the juice of Fanzicao on himself and Shiloh.


    Jiang Xuan raised his arm and smelled it. The smell was a bit choking, similar to Stinkgrass, but it was different from Stinkgrass. It had a strange smell.


    "Hey, it really works!"


    Soon, Jiang Xuan discovered that after a mosquito flew here, instead of circling around people like before, it quickly flew away.


    Shi Loach also discovered this, and the expression on his face was equally excited.


    Chi Shao is very calm, because she has used this kind of thing a long time ago.


    Tribal people have lived in primitive jungles since childhood. They have a very good understanding of the animals and plants in the jungle, and can use them according to local conditions.


    A tribe that does not understand the jungle cannot survive in the jungle.


    After solving the trouble of mosquitoes, the three continued to search for insect-eating plants.


    "Ah..."


    In the swamp, a huge frog uttered a thunderous cry, and there were all kinds of terrifying water beasts that shuttled through the water from time to time.


    Above the swamp, on the sparse trees, all kinds of birds stand on the branches, staring at the water surface below, and from time to time, they quickly skim through the water surface, or eat fish, mosquitoes, or small aquatic animals.


    "Hiss..."


    A huge black-striped python swam through the water, startling many birds and beasts and fleeing.


    This is the dangerous swamp, not only the swamps that swallow people, but the animals and plants here are also very dangerous.


    Jiang Xuan walked to the other side of the swamp and saw a red tree. It looked like a willow tree, but there were fist-sized fruits growing on its trunk.


    This fruit exudes a charming fragrance, which makes people swallow involuntarily after smelling it.


    "Be careful, don''t get close to that tree!"


    Seeing Jiang Xuan walking over there, Chi Shao immediately grabbed him.


    "Is this tree dangerous?"


    In fact, Jiang Xuan has always been vigilant in his heart, he just wanted to observe closely.


    "Of course it''s dangerous. It''s a whip tree. If you don''t approach it carefully, its full branches will be pulled over. Someone was beaten to death by a whip tree before."


    Chi Shao pointed to the ground under the whip tree and said, "See those bones? They are all prey killed by the whip tree."


    Jiang Xuanning looked over there, and sure enough, there were a lot of bones under the whip tree, but they were covered with moss.


    Chishao picked up a dead branch as thick as an arm and said, "Look at it."


    Chishao lifted the dead branch like a spear, and then suddenly threw it at the whip tree.


    "Clap clap clap!"


    "Crack, click..."


    When the dead branch touched the branch, all the branches of the whip tree moved, like thousands of whips, breaking the dead branch into several pieces.


    Those whips turned into branches can actually make a popping sound, which shows how terrifying its strength is.


    "Amazing!"


    Jiang Xuan looked at those terrifying whips and expressed his sincere admiration. The attack power of these magical plants is no weaker than that of animals.


    Even because they don''t usually move, it is more difficult to guard against sudden attacks than animals.


    Of course, they also have an Achilles'' heel, that is, they can''t move.


    As long as those who know it carefully avoid its attack range, there will be no danger.


    Chishao said again: "Although the whip tree is terrible, its fruit is a good thing. It is said that people can increase their strength by eating it."


    "It''s really so amazing?"


    Jiang Xuan thought it was incredible, it sounded like a fairy tale.


    "I just heard that I have never eaten it, because the whip tree is so powerful that ordinary warriors can''t pick its fruit."


    Chishao regretted this, because the hunting team of the deer tribe was relatively weak, and in the past, when encountering whip trees, they tried to avoid them as much as possible, and did not dare to approach to pick the fruit.


    Jiang Xuan thought for a while and said, "The whip tree is the most powerful. UU reading is its branch. If there is a way to keep its branches from reaching people, picking fruit is not impossible."


    Jiang Xuan pondered for a moment, then said, "Since I''ve encountered it, how can I be willing if I don''t give it a try?"


    Shi Loh was eager to try and asked, "Boss, do you need me to do anything?"


    "We need some thick dead branches and rattan."


    "I''ll look for it right away!"


    There are a lot of dead branches scattered in the swamp, and rattan can be seen everywhere, all of which are easy to find.


    The three of them collected a lot of dead branches and rattan, and piled them into a large pile.


    Afterwards, Jiang Xuan chose dead branches of the same length, arranged them in a row, like a raft, and then wrapped them with rattan layer by layer and tied them up.


    The wooden rafts made by Jiang Xuan are very wide and large. They are all thick branches, which look very strong.


    "Okay, this is a sturdy giant shield."


    Jiang Xuan made several rings of grippers with rattan under the giant shield. He asked Chishao and Shiloach to grab the rings together, and then lifted the whole large shield.


    "Are you going to use this thing to block the attack of the whip tree?"


    Chi Shao was very smart, and immediately guessed Jiang Xuan''s intention.


    "That''s right. After all, the whips of the whip tree can''t turn. As long as we hide under the shield, those whips can''t hit us."


    "Is this really possible?" Chi Shao was still a little afraid of the whip tree. After all, when I was on the hunting team, I was warned too many times, and I heard a lot of terrible legends about this tree.


    "If you try it, you''ll know. If it doesn''t work, we''ll go back."


    With Jiang Xuan''s encouragement, the three held up huge shields and slowly walked towards the whip tree, feeling both nervous and excited.

 Chapter 33： fruit that increases strength

    "Snapped!"


    Jiang Xuan and the three approached the whip tree with a simple large shield, and the longest branch was the first to be drawn, with great force, making a crisp sound when it was drawn on the shield.


    "Go on, go slower."


    Jiang Xuan walked at the front, Chishao was in the middle, Shiloach was at the back, and the three slowly moved towards the whip tree.


    "Clap clap clap..."


    As the three approached, the whip tree was provoked, and countless branches were slammed down, hitting the big shield, making a series of noises.


    The big shield perfectly defended the attack from above. The three people under the shield were unharmed, and they were getting closer and closer to the trunk of the whip tree.


    "It''s almost a success!"


    Chi Shao was very excited. She never thought that one day she would be able to pick the fruit of the whip tree by herself. It was like a dream.


    Jiang Xuan and Shi Loach were also very excited. They took the opportunity to speed up their pace and came to the bottom of the whip tree.


    The whipping sound of the whip tree became more intense, but the large shield was still very strong except for some bark and sawdust.


    The fruit of the whip tree matured relatively early. Although it is summer now, the fruit is close to maturity and exudes an attractive fruity fragrance.


    "You hold your shields, and I''ll go pick the fruit."


    "it is good."


    Jiang Xuan swallowed his saliva, let go of one hand, reached the trunk of the whip tree, and stretched out his right hand to the nearest fruit.


    The fruit of the whip tree is green and oval when it is immature, and purple when it matures. A gap will be cracked at the bottom of the fruit, revealing the fragrant pulp inside, attracting prey to come.


    The fruit that Jiang Xuan wanted to pick was a ripe purple fruit. Through the crack at the bottom, one could clearly see the full red flesh inside.


    Jiang Xuan accurately grabbed the fist-sized fruit and twisted it lightly, and the handle of the fruit was suddenly broken.


    The fruit was successfully picked by Jiang Xuan.


    "Clap clap clap..."


    When the fruit was picked, the whip tree became even more angry, and frantically beat the big shield, but to no avail, its branches were not strong enough to break a whole row of thick wood.


    After successfully picking one, Jiang Xuan made persistent efforts to pick all the five fruits he could reach. He even stabbed the taller fruits with a bamboo spear.


    Half an hour later, the ripe fruits on this whip tree were basically finished, and these Jiang Xuan were full of half an animal skin bag.


    Poor Whip Tree, I''m afraid I never thought that after finally possessing a powerful means of attack, he encountered the shield made by Jiang Xuan.


    If it could speak, it would have jumped and cursed long ago.


    "Walk!"


    Contentedly, Jiang Xuan tied the animal skin bag around his waist, and then with the red peony and the loach, held up the big shield and withdrew.


    After they left, the branches of the whip tree also drooped down weakly. After smoking for so long, they were probably not lightly tired.


    After the three of them got away from the whip tree, they threw away the bulky shield, and then began to look excitedly at the picking results this time.


    "Get rich, get rich!"


    Jiang Xuan put down the animal skin bag and untied the straps. Looking at the half bag of fruits, he immediately smiled, feeling extremely good.


    "Can eating this fruit really increase your strength?"


    Shi Loh picked up a fruit and looked at it over and over, still having some doubts about the legend of this fruit.


    Chi Shao wasn''t sure either, because she had only heard of such a legend, but had never tried it herself.


    Jiang Xuandao: "What''s there to guess, just try it and you''ll know."


    Jiang Xuan picked up a whip tree fruit, broke it in half along the crack, then cut a small piece of pulp with a stone knife, grabbed a worm on the tree, and put the pulp in front of the worm.


    After all, the legend is a legend, Jiang Xuan dare not be careless, he must make sure that this fruit is non-toxic before he can eat it with confidence.


    Insects are relatively weak, generally poisonous fruits, insects will die soon after eating.


    The worm had no intelligence. After smelling the attractive fruit aroma, it immediately lay down on the fruit and nibbled it quickly. It seemed that it was very happy to eat.


    Jiang Xuan was not at ease, so he caught a few other bugs and fed them some fruits of the whip tree.


    Half an hour later, the worms were not only safe and sound, they even searched for that kind of pulp everywhere.


    Jiang Xuan was finally relieved, and even insects were not poisoned to death, which means that even if this fruit is poisonous, the powerful physique of the tribesmen can withstand it.


    "I''ll try one first."


    Jiang Xuan picked up a fruit and wiped it, as if putting it in his mouth.


    However, Chi Shao quickly snatched his fruit, put it into his mouth quickly, took a bite, and swallowed it.


    Chi Shao smiled at Jiang Xuan and said, "I''ve been greedy for a long time, but I couldn''t hold back for a while."


    However, Jiang Xuan knew very well in his heart that Chi Shao had only one reason for doing this, that is, she wanted to test the poison first.


    Although I have tried it with insects, the poison in the jungle is full of strange things, and someone has to eat it first before they can truly feel relieved.


    Chishao quickly ate all the fruits the size of her fist, then tied the animal skin bag and said, "Let''s go to the plants that eat insects first. There are so many fruits, you can eat them slowly when you go back."


    Jiang Xuan knew that she was using this excuse to delay time, and was moved silently in his heart.


    Chi Shao is really kind to him, no matter what dangers he encounters, he is always the first to go, for fear that Jiang Xuan will be injured.


    Under the condition of tacit understanding, the three continued to walk in the swamp, looking for insect-eating plants.


    It didn''t take long for them to find a plant.


    This plant is called Clap Flower.


    It has red flowers on the top, and it blooms very brightly. The whole plant has only two leaves, and the shape of the leaves is very similar to two big hands.


    This plant relies on the nectar in the flowers to attract insects. When the insects fly over, the two ghost-like leaves quickly attack, attacking from both sides, and slap the insects to death.


    In the end, the bug fell to the ground, was quickly wrapped by the root system of the clap flower, and digested slowly, so that it would not be carried away by the ants.


    Jiang Xuan dug up seven or eight seedlings of clapping flowers, because it was getting late, the three of them took these seedlings and a bag of whip tree fruit on their way back.


    In the evening, the three returned to the Vine tribe.


    Jiang Xuan first planted the seedlings of the clap flower in the ground, then returned to the bamboo house and opened the animal skin bag containing the fruit.


    At this time, half a day had passed since the red peony had eaten the whip tree fruit, and there was no sign of poisoning in the red peony, indicating that the fruit was non-toxic.


    "Sister, do you feel anything after eating the fruit?"


    Jiang Xuan looked at Chi Shao expectantly.


    Chi Shao thought about it carefully, and said, "When I came back, I felt a lot lighter and less tired than before."


    Jiang Xuan''s eyes lit up, which shows that the fruit of the whip tree is really amazing, at least it can make people more physically strong after eating.


    "Where''s the strength? Has the strength increased?" Jiang Xuan is most concerned about whether eating the fruit of the whip tree can increase his strength I will know after a try. "


    Chi Shao walked out the door, found a big rock that she was familiar with, hugged it with both hands, and raised it above her head.


    "Huh? My strength seems to be much stronger! Lifting this rock was not so easy in the past."


    Chi Shao gently put down the big stone again, and tried other stones to make sure that her strength had increased.


    "Great! It seems that the legend is true. The fruit of the whip tree can indeed increase one''s strength."


    Jiang Xuan''s excitement was beyond words, it seemed that his hard work was not in vain.


    At the same time, he thought of more things.


    Legend has it that the warriors of some large tribes will grow much faster than ordinary warriors because they can eat the fruits of some magical plants.


    Now it seems that the fruit of the whip tree is obviously one of the magical plant fruits that can increase strength when eaten.


    If you can find more magical plants and pick more fruits in the future, there may be three-color warriors, four-color warriors, and even five-color warriors in the Vine tribe in the future!


    Thinking of this, Jiang Xuan''s heart surged.


    A powerful tribe needs strong warriors to protect it.


    If the Vine tribe can add a group of powerful warriors through this method, then in the future, they will be able to gain a firm foothold in this wild and primitive jungle.


    That night, Jiang Xuan divided Chishao, Uncaria, Shiloh, and Nanxing. As the leader, he divided two more than others.


    After Jiang Xuan ate one of the fruits himself, he only felt that part of his body''s potential had been stimulated. The fatigue of the day was swept away, and the whole body was full of energy, and the muscles of the whole body became stronger!

 Chapter 34： ornithos

    After eating all the whip tree fruits, Jiang Xuan obviously felt that his strength had more than doubled compared to before, but he didn''t know how far he was from the two-color warrior.


    If you want to become a two-color warrior, you don''t just need to be strong.


    The strength, speed and senses of the two-color warriors are far superior to those of the one-color warriors. Only in this way can they hunt wild boars alone.


    Each of the fruits of the whip tree has several small nuclei scattered in the pulp.


    Jiang Xuan collected all these fruit stones together, and then took them to the mountain forest in the south, cleared an open space, and planted these fruit stones in rows.


    The previous eight Thunder Tree seedlings, Jiang Xuan planted in the mountain forest north of the Veng tribe, this time, Jiang Xuan chose the southern mountain forest for the core of the whip tree.


    In this way, when these plants grow up, the forests on the north and south sides of the Vine tribe will have defensive capabilities.


    Uncaria asked in confusion: "Boss, why are you planting these pips here? This kind of fruit is so good, shouldn''t it be planted near the bamboo house?"


    Shi Loh rolled his eyes and said, "If you''ve seen the scene where the whip tree beats people, you wouldn''t have this idea."


    Jiang Xuandao: "Shi Loach is right. The whip tree is very dangerous. If it is planted in the tribe, it will cause harm to the tribe. If it is planted here, it can defend against foreign enemies."


    "Not only the whip tree, but also dangerous plants such as cage vines and biting flowers can be planted near the tribe. In the future, unless people from the tribe can fly, it will not be so easy for them to enter our tribe."


    Uncaria scratched his head and said, "People from the outside world can''t get in, but we can''t get out, right? These fierce plants don''t recognize people."


    Jiang Xuan said with a smile, "It''s very simple. You just need to dig a tunnel underground and you can go in and out at will. Two people are arranged next to the tunnel to guard it. It''s not easy for people from outside to get in."


    Uncaria said admiringly, "Boss, you are so smart!"


    When the others looked at Jiang Xuan, there was also a adoration in their eyes.


    After the few people planted all the fruit pits, they cut down the two shaded trees with a stone axe.


    It was very laborious for the stone axe to chop down the tree. Fortunately, the five of them were all warriors, and they had just eaten the fruit of the whip tree.


    Jiang Xuan dragged the two big trees aside, leaving them alone for the time being. After the autumn is dry, they can be dragged back to be used as firewood.


    Then, they returned to the tribe.


    Chishao took Uncaria and others to go hunting, while Jiang Xuan took the tourists to continue transplanting the insect-eating plants.


    "This is water arrow grass. It catches bugs by shooting water arrows. It needs to be planted more densely, so that more water arrows are shot, and the probability of hitting insects is higher."


    Jiang Xuan took Gan Song and others to transplant the water arrow grass found in the open field into the vegetable field, planting three rows in a row, next to each other.


    "This is a bamboo tube grass. These bamboo tube-shaped leaves are used to catch insects, so it doesn''t need to be planted so densely."


    "This is a clapping flower. By slapping the insects with these two leaves, it can also be dispersed for planting."


    ¡­


    Jiang Xuan took the tourists and planted a handful of these insect-eating plants in more than 30 acres of arable land.


    Now it seems that the number of these plants is too small to catch many bugs, but in autumn, these plants will bloom and bear fruit, and with seeds, the vine tribe will be able to plant a large number of them next year.


    As long as the planting can be successful, the vine tribe will no longer need to manually catch the insects. These plants will actively attract the insects and destroy them.


    After planting those plants, the sun had already set, and Jiang Xuan and the tourists returned to the bamboo house.


    As night fell, the primitive jungle became active again, and countless birds and beasts emerged, fighting round after round for survival.


    In the cultivated land, the carnivorous plants that have just been planted slowly stretch their roots and dig deep into the soil to absorb water and nutrients.


    It didn''t take long for their slender stems and leaves to become full again and slowly stretch until they regained their vitality.


    These carnivorous plants are very tenacious. When they adapt to the new living environment, they will glow with stronger vitality than before!


    The night wind rises, a full moon slowly rises from the sky, and the moonlight shrouds the earth like a veil, adding a mysterious atmosphere to everything.


    "Crackling, crackling, crackling..."


    In the bamboo house, the firewood was burning constantly. After Jiang Xuan was full, he remembered that there were still some fan grass in the animal skin bag, so he took it out.


    "How could you forget about these fan grasses?"


    Jiang Xuan picked up the bone scorpion and took these few fan grasses to the outside of the house. He found an open space and planted these fan grasses.


    "Next year, these fan grass should be able to grow into a large piece. Then squeeze some juice and try to make mosquito repellent water."


    The juice of the fan grass can be applied to the body to repel mosquitoes, but I don''t know how long it can be stored after being squeezed.


    If you can find a way to make them into mosquito repellent water, keep them for a long time, go hunting in the mountains later, or sleep at night, you don''t have to be afraid of being bitten by mosquitoes.


    After all, no one likes the feeling of being bitten by mosquitoes. It''s okay to **** blood. It''s really annoying to leave a bag that scratches and itches.


    After Jiang Xuan planted the fan grass, he returned to the bamboo house and closed the door.


    Before going to bed, he added a handful of stinky grass to the charcoal fire next to the fire pit to repel mosquitoes.


    "The stinky grass needs to be burned to be useful, and when the wind blows after it is burned, the mosquitoes will fly in again. It would be better if a long-lasting mosquito repellent was made earlier, instead of smelling this stinky smell every day. "


    Jiang Xuan lay on the bamboo bed again, UU reading www. uukanshu.com slept on the newly made reed pillow, slept on the reed mat, and quickly fell asleep listening to the "crack" of the firewood burning.


    The night gradually deepened, and the smelly grass in the fire pond was slowly burning.


    "Buzzing..."


    Under the moonlight, a huge mosquito flew from the southern forest to the Vine tribe.


    Its wings are half a meter long, and its translucent wings flap at an alarming rate, making it fly extremely fast.


    This giant mosquito has black and purple patterns all over its body, and the most peculiar thing is its mouthparts.


    Other mosquitoes live by sucking animal blood or plant sap and nectar, so their mouthparts are needle-shaped.


    But the mouthparts of this giant mosquito are like sharp beaks, slightly curved and able to open and close.


    This giant mosquito is very rare, its name is called the bird-billed mosquito.


    The bird-billed mosquito is the pet of the mosquito tribe. It can help the warriors of the mosquito tribe to hunt, guard, and check the situation in the distance.


    The appearance of this bird-billed mosquito means that the warriors of the mosquito tribe have arrived nearby, which is equivalent to a pathfinder.


    "Buzzing..."


    The bird-billed mosquito flew too fast. In the blink of an eye, it flew over the rattan tribe, saw the bamboo house, and sensed someone in the bamboo house.


    However, at this moment, a smell of stinky grass floated high in the sky with the wind and floated to the side of the bird-billed mosquito.


    An unpleasant smell stimulated the senses of the bird-billed mosquito, the bird-billed mosquito froze all over, and even its wings flapped slowly.


    It''s like someone who doesn''t eat stinky tofu suddenly smells the most stinky stinky tofu, and his face turns green.


    "Om..."


    This bird-billed mosquito escaped from the Vine tribe at the fastest speed, without even looking back...

 Chapter 35： Mosquito tribe is here

    The bird-billed mosquito flew all the way south, and finally flew to the vicinity of the swamp.


    In an open space next to the swamp, more than fifty hunting team fighters from the Mosquito Tribe built a temporary shelter against a big tree and raised a bonfire.


    The roof of the shelter uses the giant shield made by Jiang Xuan.


    Among these Mosquito Tribe hunting team fighters, the leader is a middle-aged man. He is the leader of the Mosquito Tribe''s hunting team, named Tiger Mosquito.


    Tiger Mosquito is not tall, but has a strong momentum and fierce eyes, giving people a sense of danger.


    On his face, in addition to the totem pattern of the Mosquito tribe, three horizontal lines were drawn in green, red and yellow respectively.


    This means that he is a powerful tricolor warrior!


    "Om..."


    The huge bird-billed mosquito, after flying back, landed on the shoulder of the tiger mosquito.


    "Did you find anything?"


    Tiger Mosquito''s voice was rough and hoarse, which made him even more fierce.


    "Buzzing..."


    The bird-billed mosquito''s wings made a special sound, and it flew up, flew a short distance to the south, and flew back to the tiger mosquito''s shoulder.


    This is a very unique way of communication, which can only be understood by the Mosquito tribesmen who have been in contact with the bird-billed mosquito for a long time.


    Tiger Mosquito glanced at the jungle to the south, then glanced at the giant shield above his head, and said, "There are indeed other tribes in this forest."


    A person next to him asked, "Boss, are we going to look for it?"


    Tiger Mosquito said in a deep voice, "Don''t worry, we are not familiar with this forest. We will explore this tribe after dawn."


    "Listen to the leader."


    The fifty or so warriors joined in, and then quietly baked and ate on the bonfire.


    Some of their food is prey hunted during the day, some are wild vegetables dug nearby, and some wild fruits.


    In the woods around them, there are more than a dozen bird-billed mosquitoes foraging for food. When they get tired, they rest on the branches to rest. When they encounter a dangerous situation, these bird-billed mosquitoes will issue an early warning.


    After they had eaten, they left two to keep watch, while the others rested beside the bonfire.


    There are more than a dozen bird-billed mosquitoes guarding the campfire. Ordinary mosquitoes dare not approach at all, or they will be eaten by bird-billed mosquitoes as food.


    Therefore, these mosquito tribes don''t have to worry about being bitten by mosquitoes at all, and can sleep peacefully in the jungle.


    That night, it rained heavily in the sky, but because the roof was made in advance, the bonfire of the hunting team was not put out.


    The next day, under the leadership of the bird-billed mosquito, the mosquito tribe hunting team quietly touched the direction of the Vine tribe.


    But the people of the Vine tribe didn''t even notice that the danger was approaching!


    ¡­


    The first year of the establishment of the Veng tribe, on May 15th, it was clear.


    "the weather is nice today!"


    Jiang Xuan came out of the bamboo house. At this time, the sky was blue, and the east was white with fish belly.


    It rained heavily last night, which washed the forest clean, and even the air was much fresher.


    Jiang Xuan walked to the open space in front of the bamboo house and found that the leaves of the fan grass had spread out again, like a handful of small fans, swaying slightly against the wind, very beautiful.


    He walked to the pond again. It rained heavily last night, the water level of the pond was very high, and the water outlet was still flowing.


    "Fortunately, the water inlet was blocked last night, otherwise the water would flood the pond and the fish would all run away."


    After several months of hard work, the Vine tribe now has three ponds.


    The first pond is in front of the bamboo house, the second pond is in the middle of the cultivated land, and the third pond is at the end of the cultivated land.


    These ponds are not only suitable for raising fish, but the water in the ponds can also be used to irrigate the crops in the fields when the weather is dry.


    Not only that, there are also a large number of frogs, toads and other frogs in the pond, and they eat a lot of bugs every night.


    Jiang Xuan didn''t walk very far when he found that someone was squatting on the ground busy, and actually got up earlier than him.


    Jiang Xuan walked over curiously and found that this person was Gan Song.


    "Gan Song!" Jiang Xuan called out.


    "Leader."


    Gan Song turned around and found that it was Jiang Xuanhou who hurriedly stood up to say hello. He also had a small stone **** in his hand, which was covered with mud.


    "What are you doing here so early in the morning?"


    "Boss, it rained heavily last night and the wind blew down. The bamboo tube grass and clap flowers that were just planted yesterday were blown down. I helped them up and cultivated a little soil."


    Jiang Xuan walked over and took a look. Sure enough, many insect-eating plants were devastated by the heavy rain and strong wind. Some of them had been lifted up by Gansong, and a lot of soil had been cultivated along the roots.


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "It''s rare that you remember these plants, it''s hard work."


    Gan Song immediately shook his head and said, "It''s not hard work, this is what I should do."


    Jiang Xuan patted his thick shoulder and said, "I see everything you do for the tribe, Gan Song, the tribe will not treat you badly."


    "Thank you, Chief."


    Gan Song grinned, revealing a set of neat teeth, and being able to get the leader''s affirmation was a kind of spiritual encouragement for him, making him more motivated.


    Since he lost an arm, he has become stronger than before, and he is more eager for affirmation from others, and does not want to be looked down upon by others.


    After he came to the Vine tribe, the reason why he worked so hard is also the reason.


    Jiang Xuan squatted down, and together with Gan Song, he straightened the lopsided plants and cultivated soil, and then went back to the bamboo house to have breakfast together.


    After eating, Jiang Xuan continued to polish a hard leg bone of a bighorn sheep.


    He has been grinding this leg bone for several days, and the end is very sharp.


    After grinding, he tightly tied the leg bone to a spear shaft made of a purple-blood tree with a bark rope, and then applied a very viscous swim bladder glue to prevent it from falling off.


    After everything is done, a solid bone spear is ready.


    "Hoohoo!"


    Jiang Xuan waved the newly made bone spear a few times, feeling very handy, and a satisfied smile appeared on his face.


    "Bamboo spears are too light and too powerful to use, so bone spears are better."


    Jiang Xuan used a bamboo spear made of bamboo before. As his strength increased, his strength was several times stronger than before, and the light bamboo spear was obviously not suitable for use.


    Because of this, he made a bone spear from the hard leg bone of a bighorn sheep. Although it took a lot of time, it was worth it. UU Reading


    "Buzzing..."


    Just when Jiang Xuan made the bone spear and wanted to go hunting in the mountains, he suddenly heard the buzzing sound of insects flapping their wings.


    This humming sound is not as loud as the sound of a giant dragonfly, but it is very dense, obviously more than one.


    At this moment, Gan Song, who was working in the distance, roared, "It''s the giant mosquito, the mosquito tribe is here!"


    This loud roar alarmed everyone in the Vine tribe.


    Those tourists who have seen the brutality of the Mosquito Tribe run to the bamboo house screaming, trying to seek shelter from the warriors of the Vine Tribe.


    Jiang Xuan, Chishao, Uncaria, Shiloach, and Nanxing immediately picked up their spears, short spears, bows and arrows, and prepared to defend against the enemy.


    When they went out, Chi Shao grabbed Jiang Xuan and said with a serious expression: "Xuan, if too many people come in a while, you should run first and hide at the foot of the stone mountain. I will delay time for you."


    Jiang Xuan said anxiously, "Sister, what nonsense are you talking about? I am the leader of the tribe!"


    After speaking, Jiang Xuan was about to break free from Chi Shao and continued to run forward.


    Chi Shao held Jiang Xuan tightly, and said, "Xuan, listen to me!"


    Jiang Xuan''s eyes were slightly red, and he turned to stare at Chishao.


    Chi Shao looked into Jiang Xuan''s eyes and said, "Listen to me, our Teng tribe is too small, there are only a few people, if the leader is gone, then everything will be gone."


    "It doesn''t matter if I die, as long as you are here, the tribe will be here."


    Chi Shao stretched out her hand and stroked Jiang Xuan''s face, and said gently, "I am only a relative like you, and I will never let you have an accident, understand?"


    Jiang Xuan''s eyes instantly turned red, he nodded with difficulty, and then rushed out resolutely, followed by Chi Shao, running to the front of him with all his strength.

 Chapter 36： Darkness Chencang

    Jiang Xuan rushed outside and found that more than a dozen huge mosquitoes had already flown over the bamboo hut and were constantly circling.


    In the forest to the south, more than 50 Mosquito tribe warriors have appeared, and Tiger Mosquito, headed by them, looked at the Vine tribe coldly.


    In the Mosquito Tribe hunting team, there are more than 20 people who are one-color warriors, more than 30 ordinary warriors with rich hunting experience, and the leader Tiger Mosquito is a powerful three-color warrior. The overall strength is very strong.


    On the Vine tribe''s side, there are only five one-color warriors, plus twelve tourists, and they are at an absolute disadvantage.


    Gan Song was no longer a true warrior because he had a broken arm, but he held a stone spear and resolutely stood with Jiang Xuan and the others.


    Tiger Mosquito looked at the vine tribe totem pattern on the boulder and sneered: "With so many people, two broken houses can be considered a tribe?"


    The Mosquito tribe warrior next to him agreed: "That''s right, I thought there was a big tribe here, but I didn''t expect it to be a few tourists who love to dream, hahaha..."


    The other Mosquito tribe warriors laughed, obviously, this too small tribe was a joke in their eyes.


    When the people of the Vine tribe heard these words, they were very angry in their hearts, and their eyes were about to burst into flames.


    Jiang Xuan is a human being, and he has heard harsher words, so he behaves more calmly than others.


    Especially when he noticed the three horizontal stripes on Tiger Mosquito''s face, he knew that this was a powerful three-color warrior, an enemy they couldn''t defeat at all.


    As the saying goes, if you stay in the green mountains, you won''t be afraid of running out of firewood. Jiang Xuan immediately gave up the idea of ??desperately trying to figure out how to escape.


    It is absolutely impossible to run directly. As long as they stand in the open space, as long as they dare to turn around and run, the people from the Mosquito tribe will throw their spears and attack, and the people from the Vine tribe will definitely suffer heavy casualties.


    They had to find a way to hold them back and get into the bamboo forest to have a chance to escape under the stone mountain and seek the protection of ancient vines.


    The only thing Jiang Xuan was uncertain about was Guteng''s attack range, so the closer he was to Shishan, the safer he was in theory.


    When Jiang Xuan was trying to escape, Tiger Mosquito was also looking at Jiang Xuan and others.


    Huwen found that the people of this small tribe actually grew stronger, and did not have the yellow face and thin muscles caused by long-term starvation.


    He immediately concluded that this small tribe should be hiding a lot of food.


    As for where the food came from, he doesn''t care, as long as he can grab it.


    Tiger Mosquito said coldly: "Hand over all your food and give it to the Mosquito tribe, I can consider not killing you."


    As soon as they heard that all the food was to be handed over, the people of the Vine tribe were in a hurry.


    For the tribesmen, food is the lifeblood, and it is more uncomfortable for them to hand over all of them than to kill them.


    People who have not experienced long-term starvation cannot understand the tribal people''s obsession with food.


    However, Jiang Xuan immediately said, "Okay, as long as you don''t kill people, I can give you the food."


    Gan Song said anxiously: "Boss, you can''t hand it over to them!"


    Jiang Xuan held down Gan Song''s hand, looked at him, and whispered, "Trust me!"


    Gan Song gritted his teeth and finally took a step back, but the stone spear in his hand clenched even tighter.


    Tiger mosquito glanced at the young Jiang Xuan and said contemptuously, "Boy, are you the leader?"


    "That''s right, I''m the leader of the Vine tribe." Jiang Xuan replied calmly.


    A soldier from the Mosquito tribe laughed and said, "A tourist is a tourist, choose a half-sized boy to be the leader, hahaha..."


    The other Mosquito tribe warriors also laughed, as if they had heard a big joke.


    Tiger Mosquito observed the expressions of the others in the Teng tribe and found that they were all really looking at Jiang Xuan. Obviously Jiang Xuan did not lie.


    Tiger Mosquito said: "Since you are the leader, then hand over all the food you have here."


    Tiger Mosquito stared at Jiang Xuan like a poisonous snake and said word by word, "Remember, I am talking about all food. If I find out that you have hidden food, everyone will die!"


    "Of course, the food is in the bamboo hut. I''ll take them to move out."


    Jiang Xuan agreed to Tiger Mosquito without hesitation, then waved his hand and told everyone to retreat into the bamboo hut. He didn''t dare to turn around at all, he could only look at the Mosquito tribe''s people, and then retreated step by step.


    Everyone in the Teng tribe hesitated. At the critical moment, Chi Shao stood up and said to everyone, "Listen to the leader."


    Everyone looked at each other and finally chose to believe in Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao. They all retreated and entered the bamboo house.


    Tiger Mosquito stood on the spot, watching the people of the Teng tribe retreat into the bamboo house one by one.


    Afterwards, Tiger Mosquito waved his hand, and more than fifty soldiers of the Mosquito tribe quickly surrounded the bamboo house, not giving them a chance to escape.


    In the bamboo house, sixteen pairs of eyes stared at Jiang Xuan, they were waiting for Jiang Xuan''s next instructions.


    Jiang Xuan glanced outside and urged in a low voice, "Under the tunnel, drill into the tunnel!"


    Hearing Jiang Xuan''s words, Chi Shao and the others suddenly lit up.


    They actually forgot the escape tunnel they dug earlier.


    More than two months ago, Jiang Xuan was worried that the tribe would be attacked, so he took precautions to dig a tunnel in the bamboo house.


    At first, this tunnel was not deep, so people could only hide people. Later, Jiang Xuan felt that it was not safe, so he continued to dig deep, leading to the bamboo forest in front of Shishan.


    The entrance to the tunnel is under the bamboo bed in the small room where Chi Shao sleeps. If you don''t lift the bamboo bed, you won''t be able to find it.


    "follow me."


    Chi Shao grabbed a prepared torch, lit it in the fire pit, ran into the room, lifted up the bamboo bed, and revealed a dark tunnel.


    Without hesitation, she held up the torch and entered the tunnel, and waved the tourists to follow.


    Uncaria, Shiloh, and Nanxing also took a torch, and after lighting it, they entered the tunnel.


    Jiang Xuan was the last to enter the tunnel, and put the bamboo bed down again, covering the tunnel entrance.


    The group entered the thick bamboo forest directly through the long tunnel. After drilling out from another tunnel entrance, they quickly ran towards Shishan On the other side, Tiger Mosquito waited outside for a while. , found that there was no movement inside, and suddenly became suspicious.


    "Go in and have a look!"


    Tiger Mosquito waved his hand, and two hunting team soldiers rushed into the bamboo house immediately.


    However, when they found that the bamboo house was empty, they were dumbfounded.


    One of them immediately ran outside the bamboo house and shouted loudly, "Boss, there''s no one inside!"


    "impossible!"


    Tiger Mosquito didn''t believe that being surrounded by layers, people could still run away. Holding the stone knife, he immediately rushed into the bamboo hut.


    In the bamboo house, everything seemed to be normal, the flames of the fire pit were still burning, and there were even a lot of smoked and dried meat hanging above the fire pit.


    But there was no one. The people of the Vine tribe seemed to have evaporated suddenly, not even a trace could be seen.


    Tiger Mosquito was in disbelief for a while, and then became furious: "Look, find them for me!"


    The Mosquito tribe fighters from outside also rushed in, knocking over everything in the bamboo house, including the bamboo beds.


    Under the carpet-like search, the bamboo bed in Chishao''s room was also lifted up, and the tunnel entrance was exposed in front of them.


    "Boss, there''s a hole here!" The person who discovered the tunnel first reported immediately.


    Tiger Mosquito ran over immediately, looked at the dark hole, gritted his teeth and said, "It turned out to be a hole to escape!"


    Tiger Mosquito felt the humiliation of being played with, and this feeling made him very uncomfortable.


    "Chase, kill all these **** tourists!"


    "Yes!"


    Under the leadership of Tiger Mosquito, these Mosquito tribe warriors took some burning wood from the fire pit and entered the tunnel, gnashing their teeth and chasing them down, vowing to kill all the people of the Veng tribe.

 Chapter 37： completely annihilated

    Under the stone mountain, Jiang Xuan brought everyone to the altar and prayed to Gu Teng, hoping that it would protect the Teng tribe.


    Not long after, there was a sudden humming of bird-billed mosquitoes over the bamboo forest.


    More than a dozen bird-billed mosquitoes with a wingspan of more than half a meter, following the breath of people, took the lead to find the people of the Veng tribe, and hovered over them, guiding the mosquito tribe warriors behind them.


    "Hey!"


    Chishao picked up the bow and arrow and shot an arrow at the bird-billed mosquito in the air. However, the bird-billed mosquito was flying at a very fast speed, constantly changing its orientation, and the arrow shot into the air.


    "Boss, what should we do?" Someone started to panic.


    Guteng didn''t respond, but they had already been discovered, and the situation was extremely unfavorable for them.


    "I''m trying to figure it out."


    Jiang Xuan was also very anxious in his heart. Now that they have been targeted by the bird-billed mosquito, it is impossible for them to escape silently.


    These bird-billed mosquitoes will keep staring at them in the air, reporting to the mosquito tribe, they can''t run away at all.


    "Quick, they''re over there!"


    "Go after and kill all these **** tourists!"


    In the bamboo forest, the voices of the Mosquito tribe warriors were getting closer, and the Veng tribe tribesmen slowly retreated to the foot of the stone mountain, looking at the dense bamboo forest in horror.


    Just when Jiang Xuan was in despair, suddenly, a sound like a small helicopter flying came from above.


    Above the stone mountain, a giant dragonfly with a wingspan of six meters, its 360-degree holographic eyes locked on those bird-billed mosquitoes, and its four huge wings flapped rapidly, causing a gust of wind.


    "Huhu..."


    The giant dragonfly swooped down, only to see it dashed over the bamboo forest, and instantly captured a bird-billed mosquito, and its six barbed feet firmly grasped the bird-billed mosquito, making it impossible to escape at all.


    "Quack..."


    The powerful jaws of the giant dragonfly smashed the head of the bird-billed mosquito in one bite, and then quickly chewed it with its sharp mouthparts.


    The giant dragonfly is so big that the bird-billed mosquito is like an ordinary mosquito in its mouth, and it devours it in a few bites.


    "Buzzing..."


    The giant dragonfly swooped again, and a bird-billed mosquito was caught by it as soon as it escaped not far, and was also eaten by a few bites.


    The remaining bird-billed mosquitoes fled into the bamboo forest in a panic, and they instinctively used the thick bamboo to avoid predators.


    "it is good!"


    Seeing this scene, the people of the Fuji tribe cheered, and even Jiang Xuan was very surprised.


    He had been thinking about domesticating a giant dragonfly before, but he never expected that at a critical moment, this giant dragonfly that had been perched on the rocky mountain helped a lot.


    Although Jiang Xuan is very clear that this giant dragonfly is just preying, but without these pesky bird-billed mosquitoes, it increases their chances of escaping.


    "run!"


    Jiang Xuan didn''t plan to sit still. Since Guteng didn''t respond, they could only escape by themselves.


    However, before they could run a few steps, a gloomy Mosquito Tribe warrior suddenly appeared in front of everyone, with three horizontal lines on his face very conspicuous.


    "Where do you want to run?"


    He is Tiger Mosquito, the hunting captain of the Mosquito Tribe, a powerful tricolor warrior.


    The strength of the three-color warriors is still speed, far exceeding other warriors, so Tiger Mosquito first chased under the stone mountain and stopped the people of the Veng tribe.


    Tiger Mosquito first glanced at the humble yellow mud altar under the stone mountain, sneered disdainfully, and then stared coldly at Jiang Xuan.


    "Boy, if you dare to play with me, I will torture you to death later!"


    Under the gaze of Tiger Mosquito, Jiang Xuan felt that all the hairs on his body stood up. This man was too powerful, even if they went up together, they would definitely not be able to beat him.


    The giant dragonfly that ate two bird-billed mosquitoes before has returned to the top of the stone mountain, which also confirmed Jiang Xuan''s guess: it just came down for food, not really to help the Teng tribe defend against the enemy.


    At this moment, other Mosquito tribe warriors also rushed to the foot of the stone mountain one after another, surrounded the people of the Vine tribe, and completely cut off their escape route.


    At this moment, the people of the Vine tribe fell into a real desperate situation.


    Are you going to die here today?


    Jiang Xuan was very unwilling in his heart. He finally survived in this world and founded a tribe.


    If you die here like this, it would be really embarrassing to die.


    "Boy, where do you think I should get the knife?"


    The tiger mosquito approached step by step, he pulled out a bone knife from his waist, and a cruel sneer appeared on his face.


    At this moment, Chi Shao stepped forward and stood in front of Jiang Xuan, holding the bone spear tightly in her hand.


    "If you want to kill my brother, unless you kill me first."


    "sister¡­"


    Jiang Xuan was very moved in his heart, but the current situation really made him feel extremely aggrieved.


    If you are weak, you will be bullied.


    This principle is most vividly reflected in the wild primitive world.


    It''s a pity that the weak Vine tribe was established for too short a time, and it didn''t have time to grow up, so they encountered the murderous Mosquito tribe.


    If Jiang Xuan was given a few more years, he believed that the Vine tribe would definitely grow stronger, at least not be slaughtered like it is now.


    Tiger Mosquito continued to walk forward, with a sneer on his face, and said, "Don''t worry, I will kill you all one by one!"


    The encirclement formed by the warriors of the mosquito tribe is getting smaller and smaller, and it is about to start an attack.


    Otherwise, are you fighting? Jiang Xuan thought so.


    Absolutely can''t be caught without one hand and die in a vain way.


    Even if you are destined to die, you must die on the way to charge, instead of being humiliated with a knife on your neck.


    Jiang Xuan clenched the bone spear. He looked back at Uncaria, Shiloh, Nanxing, and Gan Song, and saw the anger in their eyes.


    As for the other tourists, their combat power is too weak, even if they try their best, it is useless, almost negligible.


    Jiang Xuan made a wink at Uncaria and the others, ready to wait for the tiger and mosquito to get a little closer, and then go up together, even if he died, he would stab him with a spear.


    Gonto and the others seemed to understand Jiang Xuan''s eyes, and the weapons in their hands tightened.


    Tiger Mosquito got closer, Jiang Xuan''s breathing became quicker, and Chi Shao, who was in front of him, was ready to start.


    However, at this moment, Tiger Mosquito''s footsteps stopped suddenly and did not continue to move forward.


    "Um?"


    Tiger Mosquito found that his feet seemed to be entangled in something. He looked down and found two vines that had wrapped around his knees.


    "what?"


    Tiger Mosquito pulled its feet with force, trying to break the vine with brute force.


    "Whoosh whoosh..."


    However, the vines are extremely sturdy. With the terrifying power of his three-colored warrior, he can earn constantly. Not only that, the two vines grow rapidly and become thicker and thicker.


    In the blink of an eye, the two vines had already wrapped around the tiger mosquito''s chest, and they were still entangled.


    "Go away, go away..."


    Tiger Mosquito panicked, the sudden appearance of strange vines made him fall into fear all of a sudden, and his thoughts of killing became how to escape.


    "what¡­"


    "my leg¡­"


    "help me¡­"


    At the same time, all the Mosquito tribe fighters all made exclamations, screams, and calls for help. UU reading


    Like the tiger mosquitoes, they were all entangled by the strange vines that suddenly appeared.


    The people of the Fuji tribe, who were about to do their best, were stunned for a moment, then ecstatic.


    Jiang Xuan said excitedly, "Vine God, it was the Vine God who shot!"


    "Great, we are saved!"


    Uncaria and the others cheered, and those tourists all knelt on the ground, watching this strange scene in surprise and horror.


    "Pfft!"


    At this moment, Chi Shao made a decisive move. She rushed forward with a single stride, and the stone spear in her hand instantly pierced Tiger Mosquito''s neck.


    "Guru...Guru..."


    Tiger Mosquito''s eyes widened, he wanted to say something, but he couldn''t.


    He never imagined that he would die in this way in a small tribe established by tourists.


    "No one can kill my brother!"


    Chishao pulled out the bone spear, spit on the ground, and blood dripped down the tip of the spear into the soil.


    Tiger Mosquito''s body slammed to the ground, and was completely entangled by vines, like a large cocoon woven by vines.


    "Kill them!"


    Jiang Xuan shouted, and everyone in the Teng tribe took action one after another. With Gu Teng''s help, they killed all the other Mosquito tribe fighters.


    "Buzzing..."


    Those bird-billed mosquitoes seemed to realize something, and they all escaped from the bamboo forest and fled to the south forest.


    On the top of the stone mountain, the giant dragonfly was dispatched again, and it ate a few bird-billed mosquitoes. In the end, only three bird-billed mosquitoes escaped successfully and disappeared into the vast virgin jungle.


    Above the stone mountain, the whole body of the ancient vine is covered with green light, making it even more mysterious.

 Chapter 38： weapons and traps

    When everything was over, the vines slowly shrank back, and there were only more than fifty pale skeletons left on the ground, and the flesh and blood disappeared.


    "Thank you Fujisami for taking action to destroy the enemy!"


    Facing Guteng, Jiang Xuan sincerely thanked him.


    If it wasn''t for Gu Teng''s shot, the people lying on the ground now would be the people of the Teng tribe.


    "Thank God Fuji."


    Others also bowed to Guteng.


    Those tourists witnessed the miracle of Guteng with their own eyes, and they had a fanatical belief in Guteng, and they also had a more sense of belonging to the Vine tribe.


    Above the ancient vine, the green light flickered, and then gradually became introverted, returning to its usual appearance, only the green leaves were rustled by the wind.


    Under the sun, the giant dragonfly crawled on a vine of the ancient vine as if nothing had happened, with its wings folded, it hid under the green leaves to rest.


    After a long time, everyone got up.


    Uncaria asked, "Boss, what to do with these bones?"


    Jiang Xuan thought for a while and said, "All the skulls are hung on the trees in the forest in the south, and the other bones should be buried in a hole."


    "Also, collect all the weapons they left behind and move them back to the bamboo house."


    The skull hanging on the tree outside the tribe is a powerful deterrent to outsiders who come to the Vine tribe in the future.


    But the Vine tribe is too weak at the moment, so they can only use this method to bluff people.


    Those weapons are good things, and can greatly supplement the weapons and equipment of the Vine tribe.


    After all, primitive weapons are very time-consuming to craft.


    After receiving Jiang Xuan''s instructions, everyone in the Fuji tribe immediately got busy.


    First, they dug a big pit and buried all the bones except the skull. Then they separated some people and hung more than fifty skulls on the branches of the forest in the south of the tribe.


    As for the weapons, clothing, belongings, etc. left by the mosquito tribe hunting team, they were all moved to the bamboo house, and Jiang Xuan will distribute them at that time.


    When they were done with these things, it was almost evening.


    In the forest south of the Veng tribe, more than fifty pale skulls hang from the branches, swaying in the wind, which looks very scary at first glance.


    In the evening, Jiang Xuan and the five gathered by the fire in the bamboo house to discuss the distribution of those weapons.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Today, although we killed all those people with the help of the Vine God, no one knows how many people there are in this tribe, and they don''t know when they will fight again."


    Jiang Xuan looked around and said, "So, I suggest that each of those tourists be given a weapon to protect themselves."


    Chi Shao nodded and said, "I agree, these tourists are quite brave today."


    The tribal people advocate force, and brave people can always be respected by others. If those tourists directly begged for mercy today, Chishao would look down on them.


    "I agree."


    "agree."


    "I listened to the leader."


    The three teenagers also agreed.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Okay, since everyone agrees, Uncaria, go and call those tourists over to get weapons."


    "I''ll go right now."


    Uncaria got up immediately, lit a torch, walked to the bamboo house where the tourists were, and conveyed the leader''s words to them.


    Gan Song was quite excited because it meant that they were officially recognized by the Vine Tribe, and other tourists were also very excited.


    Under the leadership of Uncaria, twelve tourists followed Uncaria to the big bamboo house.


    In the bamboo house, Jiang Xuan stood up and said to the tourists, "I said before, as long as you are loyal to the tribe, the tribe will definitely not treat you badly."


    "Today, your performances are very brave, and the tribe has decided to reward each of you with a weapon."


    Gan Song said excitedly, "Thank you, Chief."


    Those tourists looked at the pile of weapons on the ground, and their eyes were shining.


    Jiang Xuan pointed to the weapons on the ground and said, "What kind of weapons do you want, pick them yourself. Remember, each person can only pick one."


    There are more than a hundred weapons left by the mosquito tribe hunting team, because most of the warriors have two or three weapons, such as long spears, short spears, stone or bone knives, and bows and arrows.


    These weapons, Jiang Xuan''s five people have already picked out the best ones, because they are warriors, they have better weapons, and they can exert greater fighting power.


    Most of the remaining weapons are also intact. After all, they are the weapons used by the hunting team. Whether it is material or workmanship, they are all relatively good.


    When those tourists saw that there were so many weapons to choose from, they immediately smiled.


    Some people like to use spears, some people like to use knives, and some people like to use bows and arrows. If you choose a weapon you like, you can also play a stronger battle.


    "Come one by one!"


    Jiang Xuan didn''t let those tourists scramble, and let them line up and pick them one by one.


    Under the shock of Jiang Xuan, the tourists could only suppress their inner excitement and choose one by one.


    Gan Song chose a bone knife because he only had one arm, and the stone spear was not easy to use. The shorter and more flexible bone knife was a good choice for him.


    The other tourists also chose their favorite weapons, and they were all overjoyed.


    "Okay, since everyone has chosen, let''s go back to sleep and work hard in the future, the tribe will never treat you badly."


    "Thank you, Chief."


    Gan Song thanked him again, and then took the tourists back to sleep.


    This night, many tourists did not sleep well, because too many things happened today, which had a great impact on their thinking.


    But there is one thing they agree on: staying in the Vine tribe is the most correct choice.


    After the tourists left, Jiang Xuan thought for a while and said to the four: "I decided to dig another tunnel in the bamboo house where the tourists live, so that if danger comes, they can quickly escape to the foot of the stone mountain."


    "In addition, in the forests on both sides of the tribe, it is best to set up some traps. Even if the enemy cannot be hurt, it can give us a warning so that we will not be in a hurry like today."


    Chi Shao said, "Everyone listens to the leader."


    The three teenagers also nodded After so many things, they not only trusted Jiang Xuan very much, but also admired him very much.


    They do what the leader says.


    "Okay, then it''s decided. Tomorrow, you will take tourists to dig tunnels with Uncaria, and others will set traps with me."


    After these things were settled, Jiang Xuan finally breathed a sigh of relief.


    The food in Tao Dingli was already cooked. The five of them filled their stomachs with their own bowls and chopsticks, chatted for a while, and then went to sleep each.


    ¡­¡­


    To the south of the Teng tribe, in the mountains about three days away from the Teng tribe, there is a tribe that has just settled down. This tribe is the Mosquito tribe.


    There is also a swamp where the Mosquito Tribe is located, but this swamp is wider and larger than the swamp where Jiang Xuan encountered the whip tree.


    Mosquitoes like humid environments, and the mosquito tribe with the bird-billed mosquito as its totem naturally likes such places.


    Because the swamps have more food and are guarded by ornitho mosquitoes, they don''t have to worry about mosquitoes. This kind of place is very suitable for them to live.


    The house that the Mosquito tribe lived in was different from the houses of other tribes.


    Because the environment they are in is very humid and uninhabitable on the ground, they created a building similar to a stilt building.


    This kind of building is built on the mountain. One side is against the mountain, where a fire pit can be placed, and the other three sides are suspended in the air. The house is supported by pillars and stones, away from the wet ground, making people more comfortable to live in.


    Of course, the houses built by the Mosquito tribe are very primitive and rudimentary.


    At this time, in a stilted wooden house in the center of the Mosquito tribe, the atmosphere became very depressed because of the three bird-billed mosquitoes that escaped from the Vine tribe!

 Chapter 39： bug keeper

    Southern Wilderness, Great Swamp, Mosquito Tribe.


    The Mosquito Tribe is a small tribe in the Southern Wilderness with a population of about 500 people.


    Among them, there are more than 80 soldiers of one color or above, more than 200 ordinary soldiers, and the rest are children and ordinary clansmen with weak or incompetent fighting ability.


    Mosquito Tribe Witch is a thin old woman. There is not much flesh on her arm, only a layer of skin wraps her bones.


    Her face, arms, including legs, are covered with black totem lines, and she wears animal tooth necklaces and a lot of bone ornaments, which looks very mysterious and makes people feel embarrassed.


    On the shoulder of the mosquito tribe witch, stood a bird-billed mosquito, one of the three bird-billed mosquitoes that escaped from the Vine tribe.


    She has a mysterious way to communicate directly with the bird-billed mosquito, and learned about what happened in the Vine tribe from the bird-billed mosquito.


    She got bits and pieces from the ornithos: a tribe, giant dragonflies, vines, all dead.


    Through these messages, the Mosquito Tribe Witch knew what happened, and called together important people in the tribe to discuss what to do next.


    After getting the news, the Mosquito Tribe Witch fed a small piece of raw meat to the bird-billed mosquito on his shoulder, and his expression showed no joy or anger.


    "The hunting team led by Tiger Mosquito, more than 50 soldiers were all killed by a strange tribe. Tell me, what should we do?"


    There are five hunting teams in the Mosquito Tribe, with a large number of seventy or eighty people, and a small number of only twenty or thirty people. The hunting team led by Tiger Mosquito is just one of them.


    These hunting teams will take the place where the tribe is located as the origin, and go to the jungles and swamps in different directions to hunt, so as to obtain enough meat for the tribe.


    Weak children, women and children are responsible for collecting edible plants near the tribe.


    Every few years, when there is less food available nearby, they migrate once to ensure enough food for hunting and gathering.


    This time, not long after they migrated here, they encountered an entire hunting party being wiped out, which made the Mosquito tribe very angry.


    A hunting leader stood up first and shouted angrily, "Find this tribe, kill them all, and avenge the clan!"


    "That''s right, kill them all!"


    "Snatch back all their belongings!"


    ¡­


    Mosquito tribes with insufficient food do not have the idea of ??capturing slaves. Even if they are caught, they can''t afford to feed them. It is better to kill them all and grab some practical things back.


    Unless the tribe suffered a catastrophe and many people died, they would find a way to grab some women and children from other tribes to fill the vacancy.


    "Shut up!"


    At this moment, the leader of the mosquito tribe roared, suppressing the voices of the others.


    The four leaders were in awe of the leader, and they all closed their mouths and sat down again.


    The leader of the Mosquito Tribe is taller and fiercer, with four lines on his face, which means that he is a powerful four-color warrior.


    A four-colored warrior means that he can hunt gigantic tigers alone, and his fighting power is extremely powerful.


    As for the five-colored warriors who hunted wild bears alone, it is almost impossible to appear in small tribes, at least in medium-sized tribes.


    After the Mosquito tribe leader suppressed the others, he lowered his voice and looked at the witch.


    "Wizard, since this unfamiliar tribe was able to kill all the hunting teams led by Tiger Mosquitoes, and even only three Bird-billed Mosquitoes came back, it shows that they are not weak."


    In fact, it is more than not weak. The leader of the Mosquito tribe wants to say that this tribe is strong, at least not weaker than the Mosquito tribe.


    The tiger mosquito is a three-colored warrior, and the bird-billed mosquito flies so fast that no ordinary bird can catch up.


    But the tiger mosquitoes died, and most of the bird-billed mosquitoes were also killed. It is conceivable how powerful this strange tribe is.


    Wu nodded and said, "The leader is right."


    The leader of the Mosquito tribe continued: "If we attack this tribe rashly, even if we can defeat it, we will lose a lot of soldiers. What should we do when other tribes attack again?"


    As soon as these words came out, the four leaders immediately closed their mouths even tighter.


    None of them are idiots, and real idiots don''t live long in a dangerous jungle.


    Before, he was hot-blooded and clamored for revenge, but now that he wakes up, he immediately realizes how stupid what he said just now.


    Near this big swamp, they are not the only tribe.


    Around the Mosquito tribe, there are at least two tribes that are not weaker than them, and they are not too far apart. They occasionally encounter each other when hunting, and there have been some small frictions.


    The Mosquito Tribe witch nodded again and said, "What the leader said is exactly what I''m worried about. Our tribe has just migrated here, and their understanding of this place is not as good as other tribes, and rashly going to war will suffer a lot."


    "Witch, is that the end of it?" A leader asked in a low voice, with a very unwilling tone.


    "Of course we can''t just forget about it!"


    The leader of the Mosquito Tribe said: "But we have to figure out the situation of that tribe first, and then find a chance to take revenge when we have a firm foothold here!"


    "The leader is right." The mosquito tribe witch agreed with the leader.


    The witch and the leader''s opinions were unified, and the matter was basically a done deal, and the others couldn''t say anything else, so they could only agree.


    However, this matter is not over.


    When the Mosquito Tribe discovers the truth about the Vine Tribe one day, they will definitely fight to avenge the Tiger Mosquito and others.


    ¡­


    Vine tribe.


    A few days after eliminating the Mosquito Tribe hunting team, in order to save his life, Jiang Xuan led people to set up a large number of traps in the forest surrounding the tribe.


    In addition to the role of early warning and blocking, these traps can also capture some prey and add food to the vine tribe.


    Another tunnel was also dug out in a few days with everyone''s efforts, and the rest is to widen and deepen.


    In the future, Jiang Xuan decided to dig more tunnels in his spare time.


    For example, when there is nothing to do in winter, the ground is frozen hard and difficult to dig, but the underground is warmer and drier, which is very suitable for digging tunnels.


    These tunnels can not only avoid life-saving at critical moments, but can even expand several cellars, which can be used to store tuber food in winter.


    Jiang Xuan held a torch and walked through the newly dug tunnel. When he encountered a place that was easy to collapse, he wrote it down and reminded the digger to strengthen it.


    After coming out of the tunnel, Jiang Xuan muttered with a strange expression: "Good rattan tribe, dig so many tunnels, they are almost turning into a bamboo rat tribe..."


    However, there is no way to do this. Who made the Vine tribe so weak?


    It''s not good to dig into the tunnel often, as long as you can save your life.


    In the future, when the tribe becomes stronger, there will be no need to hide here and there all day.


    Before the tribe was strong, it would be better to be obscene than to be exterminated.


    After checking the tunnel, Jiang Xuan walked outside the bamboo house, but found someone was digging a hole on the hillside not far from the bamboo house. He walked over curiously.


    "What are you busy with?"


    Jiang Xuan knew this person. His name was Dajiao. He was a young man in his twenties. He was ordinary in appearance, and he was usually rather taciturn, but he was very diligent in his work.


    When Dajiao heard Jiang Xuan''s voice, he hurriedly turned around and said uneasily, "Boss, I''m not slacking off. I just finished eating, and everyone hasn''t started to work."


    Jiang Xuan waved his hand and said, "Don''t be nervous, I didn''t say you were lazy, I just came to see what you did."


    Dajiao felt a little at ease, pointed to the hole that had been dug half a meter deep, and said, "I want to dig a big hole here."


    "What are you digging for?"


    Dajiao hesitated for a moment, then gathered up his courage and said, "I want to use it to raise insects."


    "Raising insects?"


    Jiang Xuan was quite surprised by what Dajiao said.


    "That''s right, I want to raise some big bugs that can be eaten. When I come back from work, I can throw some leaves and tender grass for them to eat."


    Dajiao became more and more excited as he talked, and his voice became a little excited: "I have observed that some bugs like damp places, so I plan to dig a big hole and keep these bugs in it."


    "Insects are easy to feed, and you don''t need to spend a lot of time to manage them. If it goes well, it won''t take long for the tribe to eat the insects I raise."


    Jiang Xuan''s eyes lit up after hearing Dajiao''s words, this guy''s idea is okay!


    In fact, Jiang Xuan has always thought that after the planting is successful, the tribe will have more food, and then start the breeding industry.


    Because even a rabbit needs to eat a lot of plants every day.


    Just mowing the grass near the tribe can''t feed many animals.


    Only by carrying out large-scale planting, and then relying on the vegetable leaves, rhizomes, etc., which some people do not eat, plus the plants on the mountain, can we supply the needs of breeding.


    However, Dajiao provided Jiang Xuan with a new idea, that is, raising insects.


    Insects eat miscellaneous food, and they are hungry, so they can support themselves very well.


    The most important thing is that the bugs in this world are very big, have a lot of meat, and multiply very fast.


    If the breeding is successful, the Vine tribe will soon have a large number of edible meat worms!


    Thinking of this, Jiang Xuan already had a bright smile on his face.


    "Dajiao, your idea is very good, very good!"


    "Really?" When Dajiao didn''t speak, he was still a little nervous.


    "of course it''s true."


    Jiang Xuan thought for a while, and said, "Well, in the future, you will work half a day in the morning, and you will focus on raising bugs in the afternoon. You can raise them with confidence. I will ask others to help you when necessary."


    When Dajiao heard Jiang Xuan''s words, he only felt like he was in a dream.


    He originally thought that the idea of ??raising insects would be reprimanded by the leader.


    After all, in the eyes of the tribesmen, hunting and gathering is the best way to obtain food, and planting can be added to the Vine tribe.


    Keeping bugs seems a bit unprofessional.


    He never thought that Jiang Xuan not only agreed with him to keep bugs, but even allowed him to spend half a day raising bugs every day.


    "Boss, I...I..."


    Dajiao was so excited that he was speechless. This feeling of being recognized is very precious.


    Jiang Xuan patted Dajiao on the shoulder and said, "Do it well, since you have decided to raise bugs, you should raise them well. If you can really make the whole tribe eat the bugs you raised, I will reward you greatly. ."


    "Yeah!" Dajiao nodded heavily, he involuntarily clenched his fists, and swore in his heart that he must keep the bugs well, and not to betray the leader''s trust in him.


    "Come on, let me dig a hole for you."


    Jiang Xuan couldn''t help but go back to the bamboo hut to get a handful of bone stalks and directly help Dajiao dig it up.


    Soon, the news that Big Horn wanted to raise insects spread throughout the tribe.


    Especially when they knew that the leader let Dajiao specialize in raising bugs, it was even more incredible.


    The tribal people''s ideas are relatively simple. Since the leaders all support things, it is definitely not a bad thing.


    Based on this idea, no one laughs at Dajiao. Those youngsters who are relatively young still want to be fresh, and go there from time to time to help Dajiao dig holes and catch bugs.


    Soon, there were several large earth caves on the hillside of the Teng tribe, and a large number of insects caught from the mountains were raised in the earth caves.


    Because of no experience, under Jiang Xuan''s suggestion, Dajiao separated several kinds of insects suitable for cave farming, and tried one by one to find the most suitable species for farming.


    Jiang Xuan even asked him to try raising small insects such as earthworms to feed those big carnivorous insects.


    Because the large carnivorous insects are larger in size and have more meat, the value of breeding is relatively high.


    During this time, people from the Mosquito tribe also appeared.


    They came here with the bird-billed mosquito, wanting to investigate the reality of the Vine tribe.


    However, when they approached the Vine Tribe, they encountered a large number of traps and saw more than fifty skulls hanging from trees.


    Not long after, he encountered a giant dragonfly foraging for food, and was eaten by several bird-billed mosquitoes, which made him flee in a panic.


    It happened at this time that the Mosquito Tribe and the other two tribes on the Great Swamp had a relatively large friction again. For the time being, there was no time to take care of the Vine Tribe, and no one was sent to continue to inquire about the facts.


    Time has passed day by day, and in the blink of an eye, it is midsummer.


    In June, after a month of exploration, the insects cultivated by Dajiao achieved initial success!


    June 18, sunny.


    The sun was scorching hot outside, but it was cooler inside the cave.


    "Whoa..."


    Dajiao carried a load of green grass, UU reading www.uukanshu. com sprinkled it into the hole.


    "Shashasha..."


    Soon, large bugs crawled out from the corner and began to eat the grass.


    These big bugs have white bodies, just like oversized silkworms. The adults are nearly half a meter long, and the ones fed by big horns are white and plump.


    Dajiao looked at these big fat bugs with a simple smile on his face: "Eat, eat more, grow more meat."


    He has tried to domesticate more than a dozen kinds of insects. This large white insect is one of the more successful breeds. The meat quality is also relatively good, and there are no problems so far.


    After leaving this cave, Dajiao came to another cave.


    This cave is covered with thick moist soil, which is raised by earthworms and other earth-boring insects.


    Dajiao opened the soil with a bone stalk, and when many insects saw the light, they immediately twisted, desperately trying to get back into the soil.


    Dajiao quickly put these small insects into two large bamboo tubes that he carried with him, and then covered the soil again.


    He brought two small worms in bamboo tubes and came to the third hole.


    There are quite a few stones and bamboo leaves in this earthen cave, but at first glance it seems that there is nothing.


    But when Dajiao poured the two big bamboo tube bugs into it, he saw a lot of carnivorous black-shelled big bugs quickly burrowing out from under the stones and bamboo leaves, scrambling to eat the little bugs.


    This carnivorous black-backed big bug looks like a centipede, but it is not poisonous. It is the second most successful breed of big horn farming. As for other breeds, many of them have been eliminated.


    Dajiao looked at these worms and said to himself, "One day, I will let the whole tribe eat the worms I raised!"


    Dajiao is very confident about this!

 Chapter 40： 5 colorful ducks

    The first year of the establishment of the rattan tribe, on July 26th.


    "Boss, the road to the river has been opened."


    In the bamboo house, Uncaria stood in front of Jiang Xuan and was very excited to report to him.


    More than a month ago, Jiang Xuan asked them to open a road leading directly to the river, and clean up all the shrubs, reeds, and weeds on the road.


    In fact, when the Teng tribe opened up the farmland, they had already left a road about three meters wide in the center of the farmland, and now they just continue to open up along this road.


    The reason for opening a road to the river is because with the increase of the population, the consumption of food is also great, and the fish catch in the creek is no longer enough to meet the demand.


    After the road is opened, the Vine tribe can try to fish by the river in the future.


    This river is more than 20 meters wide and the water is very deep. Because it has not been fished, the fish resources in the river are very rich.


    If the fishing industry can be successfully developed, the fish in this river alone can feed many people.


    After Jiang Xuan''s order was given, Uncaria took five or six people and used methods such as digging, chopping, and burning. It took a month and a half to finally open up this road.


    "Thank you for your hard work, let''s go and show me."


    Jiang Xuan walked outside, followed by Uncaria.


    Where the bamboo house is located, the terrain is relatively high, and the terrain of the open area is relatively low. From the front of the bamboo house, you can see most of the open area at a glance.


    Jiang Xuan looked around, and the first thing he saw was a large pond, and then it was arranged in a step-like manner, and it was spread all the way to the open field. It looks very pleasing.


    Further ahead, there is a large open field in the shape of a half-moon, with a large number of shrubs, reeds, and weeds, lush and lush.


    In the middle of the crop fields and open fields, there is a road about three meters wide, starting from the front of the bamboo house and extending for several hundred meters straight to the river.


    Although this road is not big, and even many places are blocked by tall grass and trees, it connects the bamboo house and the small river, which is of great significance.


    When the people of the Vine tribe think of the river, they don''t have to go all the way and spend a lot of time, just walk along the road.


    As the saying goes, if you want to get rich, you need to build roads first. This principle is also applicable here.


    After Jiang Xuan read it, he took Uncaria to this road.


    He walked past the pond, past the crop fields, and followed the road into a large open field.


    The surrounding vegetation was very tall and the road was bumpy and not smooth. There were still many tree stumps on the ground, but Jiang Xuan was still very excited.


    "Crash"


    After walking through hundreds of meters of open space and through tall reeds, Jiang Xuan and Uncaria finally came to the gravel-covered river beach.


    In front is a small river more than 20 meters wide. The river water is running non-stop. The river water is relatively clear, and countless fish swim in it.


    Not far away, there is a group of water birds swimming in the shallow water. From time to time, they burrow into the water to eat small fish and shrimp, and they don''t run away when people come.


    "Hey, that water bird... looks like a duck!" Jiang Xuan exclaimed.


    The mouth of this water bird is flat like that of ducks, and the feathers on its body are colorful. It is very large and looks fat.


    "Chief, what is a duck?" Uncaria had never heard of this word.


    "Duck is..."


    Jiang Xuan suddenly didn''t know how to explain it, so he said vaguely, "It''s just a kind of water bird that has better meat and can lay eggs."


    "Oh." Uncaria scratched his head and instinctively felt that it was not that simple, but he did not continue to ask.


    Jiang Xuan looked at this waterfowl, which was much larger than a duck, and his eyes were shining.


    After July, although the weather is still hot, the world is entering autumn, because the more than 30 acres of crops planted in the ground are gradually starting to mature.


    At the same time, the caves dug by Dajiao are getting bigger and bigger, and more and more bugs are raised.


    After the food is sufficient, the Vine tribe will have the conditions to develop aquaculture.


    Jiang Xuan has been pondering which animals should be domesticated by the rattan tribe.


    Animals, he first thought of a large bamboo rat on the mountain, because the bamboo rat is vegetarian and has a very mixed diet.


    It not only eats bamboo, but also reeds, small shrubs, various plant tubers, leaves, vines, etc., and its food sources are extremely wide.


    In addition, the giant bamboo rat is less likely to get sick, it is easy to feed, has a strong reproductive ability, and has a lot of meat, so it is a very good breeding object.


    As for poultry, Jiang Xuan first chose a pheasant in the bamboo forest, and some time ago he also caught a few cubs back to raise.


    But what is embarrassing is that after the cubs were separated from the mother bird, they were very fragile, and they were accidentally raised to death, which also announced the first failure of the vine tribe to breed.


    Now, Jiang Xuan is eyeing this water bird that looks like a large wild duck.


    Compared with pheasants, water birds have a wider range of diets, stronger disease resistance, and can autonomously go to the water for food.


    As long as the water is wide enough, they don''t even need to feed them much food, and they can feed themselves in the water.


    "Find a way, catch a few and go back to try breeding!"


    Jiang Xuan licked his lips, if this water bird really has similar habits to ducks, he is very sure that he can tame it.


    Even if the first generation cannot be tamed, lock them up and let them breed the second generation, which can be tamed into poultry by feeding them from childhood.


    Of course, in this process, there must be difficulties, which need to be overcome with patience.


    "Whoa..."


    There was a ferocious big fish in the water that approached the group of water birds unknowingly, and suddenly rushed out of the water, opening its **** mouth, trying to bite one of them.


    "Quack quack..."


    These water birds were very vigilant. When the big fish rushed out of the water, they had already flew up and made a panicked cry.


    The big fish took a bite, flicked its tail, and quickly swam into the deep water, while the duck-like water birds fled into the reeds, obviously surprised.


    Their voices were really like ducks, and their feet were also webbed, which made Jiang Xuan even more excited.


    "Go, go back."


    Jiang Xuan planned to go back and call Chishao. It would be difficult to catch this kind of waterfowl alive. In this respect, Chishao is relatively familiar.


    Jiang Xuan and Uncaria immediately returned to the Teng tribe. After that, Jiang Xuan told Chi Shao about the idea of ??catching the waterfowl alive.


    "Since the waterfowl got into the reeds, it means that they usually live there."


    Chishao thought for a while, and said, "Ordinary birds eat worms, so let''s go to Dajiao and ask for some worms. Let''s go to the reeds and set up some lasso traps to see if we can catch them alive."


    Uncaria was very interested in catching waterfowl, he said excitedly, "I''ll go ask for bugs."


    After saying that, Uncaria swiftly ran to the place where Dajiao kept insects.


    Chishao said, "I''ll go get some ropes and branches."


    Soon, Uncaria came back with a dozen plump white bugs, while Chishao prepared some ropes woven from bark and tough branches.


    Bringing these things, the group came to the river again, ready to set up lasso traps and catch those duck-like water birds alive.


    Chishao walked along the sand and gravel beach to the outside of the reed where the waterfowl were hiding.


    She observed on the ground and found a lot of footprints and feces, and under the reeds, there were also some paths often drilled by water birds.


    "The reeds are too dense to put a lasso, but we can put it where water birds often move, and the effect is the same."


    Next to the red peony reeds, outside the path often drilled by waterfowl, a thick and tough branch was first inserted, then tied with a rope, and a lasso trap was carefully arranged.


    Then, she placed two large pinched bugs in the middle of the lasso trap.


    To be on the safe side, Chishao set up three lasso traps, all on the path that the waterfowl often walk.


    "Okay, now let''s hide aside and wait for these water birds to come out."


    Chi Shao, Jiang Xuan, and Uncaria returned to the other side of the road and waited quietly.


    Hunting is a job that requires a lot of patience. If you want to catch prey alive, you need enough patience.


    If they don''t stay here, but choose to go back and wait.


    Then, the noose trap might have caught the waterfowl by the neck, hoisting the waterfowl up, and by the time they came, the waterfowl was either dead or eaten by other predators.


    Therefore, they can only wait patiently.


    While waiting, Jiang Xuan continued to observe the river. He found that some fish in the river were ridiculously large. They were swimming in the river from time to time, and only a large black shadow could be seen from the water.


    These big fish are very ferocious. They not only eat small fish in the river, but even birds that forage by the water are sometimes eaten by big fish.


    Besides these big fish, Jiang Xuan also saw a water beast chasing small fish in the river.


    In the water, this water beast looks very big, with limbs and a long tail, it looks a bit like an otter.


    Jiang Xuan sighed, "There seems to be more prey in this river than in the forest."


    Chishao said: "It may be because the forest is relatively large and the beasts are scattered. The fish and aquatic beasts in these rivers have a relatively small range of activities, and they seem to be more numerous."


    "It makes sense."


    Jiang Xuan agrees with Chishao''s statement. In the final analysis, it is because the fish in the river has a relatively small living space. If they are in the sea, the situation will be different.


    Uncaria asked, "Boss, are we going to fish in the river in the future?"


    "You can set up some fishing traps on the beach to attract fish. The river is too dangerous to go into the water without a strong enough boat."


    "What is a ship?"


    Uncle Teng found that Jiang Xuan said words that he had never heard before.


    Chi Shao also looked at Jiang Xuan, hoping that he would explain.


    Since Jiang Xuan made up a story of a mysterious witch who imparted knowledge to him through dreams, Chishao would not feel strange no matter what he said.


    Jiang Xuan thought for a while, pointed to a piece of driftwood by the river, and said, "Did you see that piece of wood?"


    "I see." Uncaria nodded.


    "A boat is a water tool made of many pieces of wood. It can float on the water, and people can sit on it and paddle the water to control the direction of the boat."


    Jiang Xuan used a small wooden stick to draw a simple boat with oars on the ground, so that Chishao and Uncaria could understand what the boat might look like.


    "With the boat, we can fish in the water, and we can go further along the river."


    Uncaria''s eyes lit up and said, "Boss, will our tribe have ships in the future?"


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "Yes, as long as the tribe grows and develops, everything will be there."


    Just as Jiang Xuan was describing the prospect of the tribe, suddenly, there was a sound of flapping wings from the reeds.


    "It''s set!"


    Chi Shao immediately ran towards the noose trap, followed by Jiang Xuan and Uncaria.


    Soon, they saw a water bird that triggered a trap and flapped its wings desperately to escape.


    The waterfowl apparently stretched its neck to eat the worm in the middle of the trap, then triggered the trap, got a rope around its neck, and the tough branches bounced and hung it up.


    But the more it struggled, the tighter the rope around its neck became, and the throat couldn''t even make a sound.


    Chishao walked over and grabbed the waterfowl''s wings with both hands, preventing it from flapping.


    "Boss, tie its feet quickly."


    "it is good!"


    Jiang Xuan took out a rope from the animal skin bag he carried with him and tied the waterfowl''s two webbed feet together so that it could no longer walk.


    Uncaria untied the noose on the neck of the waterfowl to prevent the waterfowl from suffocating to death.


    Afterwards, the water bird was put into the big animal skin bag brought by Chishao.


    The water bird was very panicked in the animal skin bag, but its feet were tied and its wings could not be spread, so it could only dig its head into the corner.


    Chi Shao tied the mouth of the animal skin bag, and said happily, "I''m lucky, I caught one alive so quickly."


    Jiang Xuan lifted the animal skin bag and estimated that this water bird should weigh more than ten pounds.


    In addition to being relatively large, this water bird is really like a duck in other aspects.


    Jiang Xuan noticed that the feathers on this water bird are intertwined with various colors, which is very beautiful.


    He thought about it for a while and said, "Since I brought it back to domesticate it, I must have a name. Its feathers are colorful, so I''ll call it the colorful duck in the future."


    "Five-colored duck, this name is not bad." Chi Shao felt that Jiang Xuan''s name was very appropriate.


    Uncaria also agreed.


    Chishao looked at the colorful ducks in the animal skin bag and said, "I caught one today. Those colorful ducks shouldn''t come out from here. Let''s go back first, and set up traps tomorrow."


    "it is good."


    Jiang Xuan and the three temporarily removed the other two lasso traps, and then returned to the tribe with the captured colorful ducks.


    After returning to the tribe, the first thing Jiang Xuan did was to weave a large rectangular cage with rattan, spread some hay in it, and then tied one foot of the colorful duck with rope and kept it in the cage. on.


    In the next few days, Chishao caught three more colorful ducks one after another, and they were all raised by Jiang Xuanguan in the same cage. They were usually fed some bugs, small fish, shrimps and water plants.


    Strange to say.


    When there was only one multicolored duck in the cage, it was obviously depressed, had a low appetite, was also very lethargic, and was always quacking.


    But when the four colorful ducks were kept together, although they were barking, their spirits were obviously much better and their appetites were stronger.


    Sure enough, social animals all need company.


    This made Jiang Xuan heave a sigh of relief, and finally he no longer had to worry about not being able to support himself.


    The next step is the patient domestication process.


    Because all the adult multicolored ducks were caught, it was impossible to tame them directly. Jiang Xuan could only pin his hopes on their next generation.


    As long as these four colorful ducks are raised well, when they lay eggs, hatch ducklings, and contact people from childhood, they can gradually be domesticated into poultry.

 Chapter 41： hunting experience

    "Dajiao, from now on, you will not go to work in the fields. You will be responsible for the farming of the tribe every day. This matter is very important. It will affect whether the entire tribe can eat meat."


    Standing in front of Dajiao, Jiang Xuan asked solemnly, "Are you confident to do it well?"


    Dajiao thought about the big bugs in the caves behind him, then glanced at the colorful ducks in the big cage next to him, and the fish in the fish pond in the distance.


    A sense of mission emerged spontaneously, his waist gradually straightened, and the expression on his face became firm.


    "Don''t worry, leader, I will definitely let all the clansmen in the tribe eat meat!"


    "Okay, I really didn''t see you wrong!"


    Jiang Xuan patted Dajiao on the shoulder and said, "You can come to me if you encounter any difficulties. If you can solve it, I will definitely help you solve it."


    "If you feel overwhelmed, you can also find me, and I''ll find someone to help you."


    "No, no." Dajiao hurriedly waved his hand and said confidently, "I''m enough by myself."


    Jiang Xuan smiled, but did not force it.


    At present, Dajiao alone is more than enough to take care of these insects, colorful ducks, and fish ponds.


    But when the scale of farming is getting bigger and bigger, he will definitely be too busy, and he will have to find someone for help.


    "These two days, I''m going to go to the mountain to catch a few big bamboo rats and bring them back. You can dig another cave for the big bamboo rats to live in."


    Dajiao''s eyes lit up, the bamboo rat is a good thing, it has a lot of flesh.


    "Don''t worry, chief, I will definitely dig the cave."


    Jiang Xuan nodded, then turned to leave, went to Chi Shao and the others to go into the mountains to catch the bamboo rat.


    Before Jiang Xuan went hunting in the mountains, he always brought the loach, but this time he left the loach and Nanxing to watch the tribe, and brought Uncaria into the mountain.


    Inside the bamboo house, Nan Xing said aggrievedly: "Why do I stay in the tribe every time?"


    Uncle Teng smiled and said, "Who made you the youngest? It''s for your own good to keep you in the tribe."


    "I''m also a one-colored warrior!" Nan Xing pointed at a green horizontal stripe on his face in dissatisfaction.


    Jiang Xuan comforted him at the right time: "Okay, okay, I''ll take you there next time."


    "Boss, you can''t lie to me."


    Nan Xing had a happy smile on his face, obviously he was very concerned about going into the mountains to hunt.


    "I definitely won''t lie to you."


    "Alright then, Shi Loach and I will be optimistic about the tribe."


    After appeasing Nan Xing, Jiang Xuan said to Gou Teng again: "Although the Mosquito Tribe did not appear again during this time, you must not be careless, you must be careful, and escape to the foot of the stone mountain through the tunnel as soon as possible in case of danger. Seek the protection of the Vine God."


    "Don''t worry, leader, I will definitely be careful." Shi Loach behaved more prudently.


    "Okay, then we''re going into the mountain."


    Jiang Xuan, Uncaria and Chishao brought all the tools and left the bamboo house. This time, they went to the mountains in the north.


    "Boss, catch a few more bamboo rats back!" Nan Xing shouted from behind.


    "no problem!"


    Jiang Xuan agreed, and then entered the dense jungle.


    Many people know that big bamboo rats like to live in bamboo forests, but they don''t know that big bamboo rats cannot live in bamboo forests where large bamboos grow.


    The bamboo forest where the vine tribe lived was full of large bamboos that were thicker than the mouth of a bowl. Big bamboo rats didn''t like to eat them, so naturally there were no bamboo rats in that bamboo forest.


    What the bamboo rat really likes to eat is the kind of small bamboo with the thickness of the thumb, whether it is the trunk, bamboo shoots, or bamboo roots, it likes to eat it.


    Generally, on the hillside where small bamboos grow densely, there is a high probability that bamboo rats will live there.


    It''s just that this kind of bamboo grows very densely. It is not an easy task to get into the bamboo forest and dig out the bamboo rat from the hole.


    Just the crisscrossing and tangled bamboo roots on the ground gave people a headache.


    It is obviously not a wise thing to use a primitive tool like a bone stalk to dig out a giant bamboo rat with a deep hole in the land with dense bamboo roots.


    But it doesn''t matter, in addition to eating small bamboos, bamboo rats also like to eat some tall weeds, such as Miscanthus.


    Miscanthus is a tall plant, and its rhizomes and shoots are rich in water and nutrients. It is one of the favorite plants for bamboo rats.


    They usually make a hole in the place where the Miscanthus grows in pieces to make a nest. After eating this piece of Miscanthus, they will go to the next place where the Miscanthus grows, continue to make holes and continue to eat.


    When Jiang Xuan entered the mountain this time, his goal was the sunny hillside where Miscanthus grows in large numbers, because in such a place, the probability of finding a large bamboo rat is higher.


    In the vast virgin forest, the three of them were walking cautiously.


    Their positions are in a triangle shape, so that they can clearly see the movements around them.


    "Ow..."


    In the distance, a giant bear seemed to be full. It stood beside a big tree and rubbed it hard. After rubbing it comfortably, it made a roaring sound that made the nearby birds and beasts flee in panic.


    Jiang Xuan glanced at the giant bear, just the size of the small iron tower was daunting.


    "If I remember correctly, it''s too difficult to hunt a wild bear if you want to become a five-color warrior." Jiang Xuan sighed in a low voice.


    The wild bear is a more terrifying predator than this giant bear, and a veritable forest tyrant.


    The wild bear weighs more than five thousand kilograms, runs extremely fast, has extremely sharp teeth and claws, and has a terrible attack power. The most terrible thing is that it can climb trees for its size.


    It is hard for Jiang Xuan to imagine how strong a person must be to hunt such terrifying beasts alone.


    "Don''t provoke it, walk around."


    Chi Shao was more cautious, and didn''t have time to sigh. In her heart, the most important thing was to bring Jiang Xuan and Uncaria back safely. Whether or not they could find the big bamboo rat was the next most important thing.


    It was autumn, and there was plenty of food in the forest. Under normal circumstances, giant bears would not take the initiative to attack people.


    The three quickly bypassed the giant bear and moved on.


    On the way, they encountered many terrifying predators Fortunately, these predators generally do not take the initiative to attack people, and Chishao can always find them in time and avoid them in time.


    Walking in the virgin jungle is so dangerous, if you are not careful, you may die.


    If you want to live longer, you must know enough about the forest and the animals and plants in the forest, be careful, and sometimes you need a little luck.


    A few hours later, they saw a hillside overgrown with Miscanthus in the distance.


    This hillside is halfway up the mountain, and in the distance, you can see patches of mangosteen swaying in the wind.


    The three of them stood at the foot of the mountain and climbed up a huge pine tree until they reached the canopy, carefully observing the Miscanthus on the hillside.


    Chishao observed while teaching Jiang Xuan and Uncaria: "Generally, where there are giant bamboo rats, they will eat the roots of Miscanthus, and the stems and leaves of Miscanthus will slowly dry up."


    "If you find that a large area of ??Miscanthus is green, but there is a small area where the Miscanthus has just withered, there are probably large bamboo rats in that area."


    "But if the leaves are just withered, if the leaves are completely dry and turn yellow, even if there are big bamboo rats, they may have already changed their nests."


    Jiang Xuan and Uncaria nodded one after another. This kind of hunting experience is very precious. If no one teaches, it will be more difficult to explore on your own.


    "Sister, look at that piece, it''s very similar to what you said!"


    Jiang Xuan had sharp eyes, and after searching for a while, he found a different Miscanthus.


    Although the Miscanthus is still green, the leaves are curled and there are obvious signs of withering.


    Chi Shao''s eyes lit up and said, "Yes, there should be a big bamboo rat there, go and have a look."


    They memorized the location of the small piece of Miscanthus, then climbed down from the tree and continued in that direction.

 Chapter 42： 1 litter of bamboo rats

    An hour later, Jiang Xuan and the three walked through the dense awn grass and finally found the place they saw on the tree.


    Chishao squatted down and observed carefully, and found that several places on the ground had been excavated, and many buds of Miscanthus had also been gnawed.


    "The wounds on these buds are still fresh. They should have been gnawed last night or today. The soil dug out of these shallow holes is also very fresh."


    Chishao got up and said, "Look around to see if there are any holes. The bamboo rat should be nearby."


    Jiang Xuan and Uncaria bent down and continued to drill in the nearby awn grass bushes. Fortunately, there were still many gaps under the tall awn grass bushes, otherwise it would be really difficult to drill.


    Jiang Xuan didn''t go far when he suddenly found a trail. The trail was about fifteen centimeters wide, very smooth, and the ground didn''t even have moss or gravel. Obviously, wild animals often walked.


    "This should be the way the bamboo rat came out, right?"


    Jiang Xuan continued to follow this small road. The further he went, the more holes he found in the ground, and the more marks the buds of Miscanthus had been gnawed.


    This made Jiang Xuan very excited, he felt that he was about to approach the big bamboo rat''s nest.


    After drilling for about five or six meters, Jiang Xuan suddenly saw a large pile of granular soil on the ground, but he didn''t see where the hole was.


    The upper layer of these soils is relatively fresh and moist, and the lower layer is relatively old and dry.


    Next to this large pile of dirt, the traces of the bamboo rat''s activities became more obvious. There were many miscanthus that fell on the ground, and the bottom was eaten.


    "Sister, come here quickly."


    Jiang Xuan shouted, and the red peony and Uncaria cut off the Miscanthus and got to Jiang Xuan''s side.


    Jiang Xuan pointed to the pile of dirt and said, "Sister, do you see if this was dug by a bamboo rat? But I didn''t see any holes in the ground."


    Chishao walked over, first trampled the nearby Miscanthus to the ground, clearing a space for movement, then pulled out a newly withered Miscanthus from the mound, and glanced at it.


    Miscanthus seems to still be growing on the ground, but in fact the roots have already been gnawed, and it will fall off as soon as it is pulled. No wonder it will wither.


    Chishao also pulled up other Miscanthus in the mound, but the result was the same, the roots had long been gnawed off.


    "That''s right, it''s here."


    As soon as Uncaria heard that the giant bamboo rat was here, he was excitedly looking around on the ground, hoping to find the giant bamboo rat''s burrow.


    Unfortunately, he searched for a long time and couldn''t find it, so he asked in confusion, "The earth is all piled up here, why didn''t you see the hole of the big bamboo rat?"


    Chishao said: "The big bamboo rat is a very smart beast. After it enters the cave during the day, it will dig soil by itself and cover the cave again so that predatory beasts will not find it."


    "Look, I just need to remove all this pile of dirt, and I should be able to find the real hole of the big bamboo rat."


    Chishao pulled out all the rootless Miscanthus, and then quickly dug up the whole pile of soil with the bone stalk, clearing it aside.


    Sure enough, when the real ground was exposed, the bamboo rat''s nest was exposed.


    Chishao dug out the loose soil, and then used the bone to dig 20 to 30 centimeters deep. An oval hole appeared in front of the three of them.


    There are still a lot of Miscanthus poles in this cave. The red peony was all pulled out, and some of them were still dripping with juice. Obviously, the bamboo rat was still gnawing.


    Chishao continued to dig with the bone stalk. After digging for about half a meter, a large pile of soil had already been cleared.


    Fortunately, Chishao is a warrior and has great strength, because it is very tiring to dig so much soil with primitive tools such as bone stalks.


    "Sister, let me come."


    Jiang Xuan volunteered to take the bone stalk in Chishao''s hand and continued to dig into it.


    Unexpectedly, not long after he dug, the earth hole actually divided into two forks.


    "This¡­"


    Jiang Xuan was dumbfounded. He thought that if he kept digging, he would be able to dig out the bamboo rat. No one thought that the bamboo rat would actually dig two holes. Where should he dig?


    Chishao said, "The bamboo rat is very cunning. The place where it sleeps and the place where it really hides are separate."


    "The place where it sleeps is usually made of soft grass as a nest, and there is a granary next to it to store food. Even if it encounters natural enemies blocking the outside, it can last for seven or eight days with these foods."


    "The place where it is really used to hide from predators is much deeper than the place where it sleeps, and some will dig into other caves and escape directly."


    Chishao walked over, observed the positions of the two caves, and then used the bone stalk to dig a hole on the left, not too far, and dug out a "granary", which stored a large number of inch-long Miscanthus rhizomes and sprouts.


    After digging for a while, Chishao really dug out a nest made of soft grass leaves. This nest is obviously where the bamboo rat usually sleeps.


    This cave is gone when it is dug here. Apparently, the bamboo rat hid in the deeper hole.


    Chishao found a Miscanthus that was nearly two meters long, and poked into the undigged hole, and found that it was quite deep.


    Chi Shao said helplessly, "Keep digging. Fortunately, the soil here is thick and there are not many stones. Otherwise, we might have dug to the end and found that the bamboo rat''s hole was hidden under the big stone, and we couldn''t dig it out at all."


    "Uncaria, clean up the Miscanthus in front of you, and pay attention to the ground. If the hole of the bamboo rat goes up, it may dig through the ground and slip away."


    "it is good!"


    Uncaria immediately cleaned up the Miscanthus in the direction of the cave''s extension, and then stayed there to listen carefully to the movement of the ground, so as not to let the bamboo rat have a chance to escape.


    Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao took turns digging. As they dug deeper and deeper, there was finally movement in the hole.


    "Grumbling..."


    There was the sound of mud rolling in the hole, and the sound of the big bamboo rat digging the soil.


    Chi Shao was refreshed and said, "It''s almost digging to the end, the big bamboo rat is trying to dig a hole to escape!"


    Hearing this sentence, Jiang Xuan digs faster. He is a one-colored warrior, and he has eaten many fruits of the whip tree.


    "stop!"


    Suddenly, Chi Shao told Jiang Xuan to stop and stared at the cave.


    She found that a hairy head actually drilled out of the cave, which was a small bamboo rat.


    This little bamboo rat is about the size of an adult''s fist, and it obviously has no way to escape, so he just drilled outside to see if he could escape.


    When the little bamboo rat left the cave and wanted to crawl out, Chi Shao quickly pressed its head with a wooden stick. She didn''t dare to use too much force to avoid crushing the little bamboo rat to death.


    With her other hand, she grabbed the little bamboo rat''s tail and lifted it up.


    "bluff..."


    "Kakaka¡­"


    The little bamboo rat is not big, but very fierce, with a threatening sound from his mouth, and a pair of front teeth colliding quickly, trying to use this method to scare people away.


    However, it looks too small, UU reading looks very cute, not scary at all.


    "Put it into the animal skin bag first. It''s impossible for this little bamboo rat to dig such a deep hole, there must be something inside."


    Chishao asked Jiang Xuan to take out an animal skin bag, put the little bamboo rat into the animal skin bag, and continued to stare at the cave.


    After waiting for a while, no other big bamboo rat burrowed out. On the contrary, the sound of digging in the hole continued.


    Chishao immediately picked up the bone and continued to dig.


    Before digging too deep, two more bamboo rats came out, and were also caught by Chishao and put into the animal skin bag.


    Chishao continued to dig. It didn''t take long. The big bamboo rat found that it couldn''t escape, and finally gave up and continued to dig. Like the first three little bamboo rats, he chose to climb out.


    Chishao pressed the big bamboo rat with its bone stalk, then grabbed its hairless tail and lifted it upside down.


    "Kakaka¡­"


    This big bamboo rat is much bigger than the bamboo rat Jiang Xuan had seen in his previous life, weighing 20 to 30 pounds, and it is very fierce.


    Its two front teeth kept colliding with the lower teeth, making a deterrent sound, and at the same time, it turned its head, wanting to bite Chishao''s hand.


    Unfortunately, after being lifted upside down, it couldn''t bite Chi Shao''s hand holding its tail.


    Chishao put the big bamboo rat into a sturdy animal skin bag, and said with a smile, "I''m lucky, I dug up a big bamboo rat with a cub, just so I can take it back for domestication."


    Jiang Xuan also smiled and said, "Thanks to my sister''s rich experience, otherwise we wouldn''t be able to catch them even if we found them here."


    Chi Shao said: "I also learned from the experience with the hunting team before."


    "It''s been a long time since I''ve been out today, let''s go and go home."


    With joy, the three embarked on the journey back to the tribe.

 Chapter 43： domesticated bamboo rat

    After returning to the tribe, everyone was very excited to see that Jiang Xuan and the others actually caught a litter of big bamboo rats.


    "Boss, can this big bamboo rat be eaten?" Nan Xing exclaimed excitedly.


    Jiang Xuan said helplessly: "Why don''t you think about it, if you eat this female bamboo rat, what will happen to the three little ones?"


    Nan Xing scratched his head, and said embarrassedly: "It seems that too, these three little bamboo rats seem to be still feeding."


    Jiang Xuan said again: "Don''t worry, in the future, when they breed more, they will be able to eat them sooner or later."


    The loach on the side said: "I have eaten roasted bamboo rat. The skin is roasted to golden brown, and after it cracks, oil flows out. It''s very fragrant."


    When he said this, everyone stared at the big bamboo rats and secretly drooled, making the big bamboo rats in the animal skin bag tremble.


    Jiang Xuan hurriedly warned: "I repeat, these big bamboo rats are used for breeding, and no one is allowed to attack them. If anyone dares to roast this big bamboo rat secretly, I will kill him."


    After Jiang Xuan said this, everyone immediately became honest. After all, it is a very stupid thing to anger the leader in order to eat a big bamboo rat.


    Jiang Xuan glanced at the crowd, then carried the animal skin bag and walked to the place where Big Horn was breeding insects.


    Dajiao has newly dug a small cave, less than two meters deep, one person tall, and looks relatively round.


    When Jiang Xuan passed by carrying the animal skin bag, Dajiao was still repairing the new cave. If there was enough time, he could dig deeper.


    "Dajiao, the big bamboo rat has been dug up and will be handed over to you for domestication in the future."


    Dajiao hurriedly put down his tools, walked out of the cave, and took the animal skin bag in Jiang Xuan''s hand.


    "Don''t worry, boss, I will take care of these big bamboo rats."


    Jiang Xuan explained to Dajiao the main points of raising bamboo rats, for example, don''t feed water, just dig some water-rich Miscanthus roots to feed it, or try feeding them small bamboos, fresh reeds and other plants.


    In addition, if the female giant bamboo rat is pregnant, it should be kept separately from the male giant bamboo rat, so that the male giant bamboo rat will not kill the young for the sake of the crotch.


    These experiences are all acquired by Jiang Xuan from breeding bamboo rats in his previous life.


    He is not as good as Chishao when it comes to digging big bamboo rats on the mountain, but he has quite a lot of experience when it comes to raising bamboo rats.


    "Do you remember it all?" After Jiang Xuan finished speaking, he looked at Dajiao.


    "Remember." Dajiao said with a pointed finger: "Don''t feed water, feed grass roots, small bamboos, and reeds. After the mother bamboo rats are pregnant, they will be raised separately..."


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said again: "Also, if the big bamboo rat gives birth to a cub in the future, when the cub has not grown hair and can''t run, don''t look at it or touch it, otherwise the cub will be infected. If you smell human, you will be bitten to death by the female bamboo rat."


    "Boss, I remember it."


    Dajiao tried his best to remember everything Jiang Xuan said, but Jiang Xuan said too much, and he was actually a little confused.


    When Jiang Xuan saw his appearance, he knew what was going on.


    "Don''t be nervous, just remember the previous ones. If you forget or are unsure about something, just come and ask me directly, and I will come to see it often in the future."


    "That''s great." Big Horn let out a long breath.


    "Okay, I''ll leave this nest of big bamboo rats to you. If you raise them well, we will dig more of them in the future."


    "Don''t worry, chief, I will try my best to take care of them." Dajiao patted his chest and assured.


    Jiang Xuan nodded and planned to leave.


    But he just took two steps before he fell back, carefully observed the cave in Dajiao, and frowned: "The colorful ducks can be raised in the cave, just make a wooden door, but the big bamboo rats can''t, they dig holes. It''s too powerful to run away."


    "Ah? Then... what should we do?"


    Dajiao didn''t expect that after digging the cave for a long time, he couldn''t keep the big bamboo rat.


    Jiang Xuan frowned and thought about it for a long time, then said, "Unless, the ground and walls are built with stones so that they can''t dig."


    "It''s too late today, don''t let the big bamboo rats out, let them stay in the animal skin bag, tomorrow I''ll find someone to come over and build a cave."


    "it is good."


    Jiang Xuan returned to the bamboo house, while Big Horn put the animal skin bag beside him. As long as there was a little movement, he would immediately get up to see if the animal skin bag was bitten through.


    Fortunately, after the night had passed, the animal skin bag was still intact.


    The next day, Jiang Xuan brought three people, first went to the creek to dig a few large baskets of clay, made a good mud, and then found a lot of stones, and laid stones on the ground and walls of the cave bit by bit. .


    The reason for using clay is that the reconciled clay is closer to cement, and it is not easy to crack after drying, unlike ordinary soil that cracks and falls down as soon as it dries.


    After the ground and walls of the entire small cave were filled with stones, Jiang Xuan built a third of the entrance of the cave, leaving a door for people to enter and exit.


    In this position, a wooden fence door needs to be placed, so that it is more convenient to go in to clean up dirty things or feed food.


    Of course, the wood used for this fence door must be hard enough and thick enough, otherwise it will be easy to be gnawed by the bamboo rat and escape.


    In fact, it is better to use iron gates, but this is a primitive tribe, and there is no such condition.


    After finishing the wooden gate, Jiang Xuan found a lot of soft grass and threw it into the hole, letting them make nests and hide.


    In the end, Jiang Xuan had someone chop some fresh reeds, dug up some Miscanthus roots and threw them into the hole to serve as food for the bamboo rat.


    "Okay, you can put the bamboo rat in now."


    There are a lot of Miscanthus roots in the animal skin bag, which were dug up during the process of digging the bamboo rat. When I returned, I also stuffed some into the animal skin bag and used it as food for the female bamboo rat.


    Dajiao poured these Miscanthus roots, as well as the big bamboo rat and the small bamboo rat, out of the animal skin bag and put them into the built cave.


    The big bamboo rat quickly got into the pile of grass to hide, UU reading www. uukanshu. com followed by the three little bamboo rats.


    Jiang Xuanguan closed the wooden gate and finally breathed a sigh of relief.


    Jiang Xuan turned his head and said to the three people who came to help: "Everyone has worked hard, we will eat meat at night."


    The three of them immediately smiled brightly. For the tribesmen, as long as they can eat enough, it is nothing to do some work. Having meat to eat makes them more motivated.


    Jiang Xuan said to Dajiao again, "Take a good look at this cave, and listen to the movement at night. Don''t let the big bamboo rat run away."


    "Don''t worry, chief, I live here, no movement can escape my ears."


    Since Jiang Xuan asked Dajiao to be responsible for the breeding, Dajiao has asked people to help. They built a bamboo house in front of these caves. They usually eat and live here, take care of insects and colorful ducks, and now there are a few more big bamboo rats.


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "Go over and get a piece of meat in a while, you can stew it in a clay pot, or roast it."


    "I... do I have a share too?" Da Jiao couldn''t believe it.


    Jiang Xuan said with a smile: "Of course you have a share. You have worked hard these days. Everyone eats meat tonight, how can you be left behind?"


    "Thank you boss, thank you boss..."


    Dajiao kept thanking him. This feeling of being recognized made him very excited.


    "Don''t thank me, you deserve it."


    Jiang Xuan patted Dajiao''s shoulder and said, "Do it well, although we only have four colorful ducks and four big bamboo rats, as long as you keep them well, they will multiply into countless colorful ducks sooner or later. An unclear big bamboo rat."


    "One day, the whole tribe will eat meat because of you, and everyone will thank you."


    "Um!"


    Dajiao nodded heavily, his face flushed with excitement.

 Chapter 44： old man on eagle

    On August 8, the feeling of autumn is getting stronger and stronger.


    Although it is still very hot during the day, the wind at night has become very cool, even with some chills.


    The fruits on the mountain and the crops of the Vine tribe are gradually ripening, and the scene in the fields is very gratifying.


    The big horned bugs, the colorful ducks, the big bamboo rats, and the fish in the pond are all getting better and better. Those colorful ducks can even tie one foot and take a rope for a walk outside.


    In the field of crops, Jiang Xuan carefully dug out the soil with a bone stick, revealing the red-skinned round potatoes the size of his fist.


    Jiang Xuan said with satisfaction: "It looks good. After a while, these crops can be harvested."


    Gan Song, who was standing aside, showed a simple and honest smile on his face.


    After working in the fields for a long time, he, who was originally a hunting warrior, has gradually acquired the temperament of an old farmer, and his hands are full of calluses.


    "Boss, can we have a good harvest?"


    Ever since Jiang Xuan once described to him the scene of a bumper harvest and a warehouse full of grain, he deeply remembered the word and worked hard for it.


    In fact, these fields have only been opened for less than a year, and their fertility is limited. These plants are also planted for the first time, and they have experienced insect plagues, so the yield is definitely not high.


    However, no one in the Vine tribe has ever seen what a real harvest looks like. Jiang Xuan looked at Gan Song''s face full of anticipation, and didn''t want to hurt his confidence.


    So, Jiang Xuan decided to tell a small lie.


    "Of course you can have a bumper harvest. You have planted these crops very well, and the yield is much higher than in the wild. How can there be no bumper harvest?"


    The smile on Gan Song''s face deepened. He looked at the crops all over the ground, and a sense of satisfaction came to his heart.


    This year, he worked hard to reclaim wasteland, planted seedlings, took care of them, fertilized and weeded, and prevented droughts and floods. He never dared to be careless.


    Now that the harvest is about to be harvested, the excitement and satisfaction in his heart are beyond comprehension by others.


    "Let''s go and see how those stone eggs look like."


    Jiang Xuan walked to the place where the stone eggs were planted, followed by Gan Song.


    The stone eggs were planted beside the hillside. According to Jiang Xuan''s idea, they were divided into three batches to try.


    The first stone eggs were planted in places with large rocks, just like they were grown in the wild.


    The second batch was planted in the ground with more rocks.


    The third batch was planted in fields with few stones.


    Jiang Xuan went to those boulders first, and he found that the stone eggs here were very good, the vines were very thick, and the underground tubers also grew very large.


    Next, Jiang Xuan walked to a field with a lot of rocks. The stone eggs in this place had a thick branch next to each tree, so that the vines of the stone eggs could be entangled.


    "These stone eggs grow a little bit worse, the vines are not as thick as I just saw, and the fruits are not that big."


    Jiang Xuan buried the excavated soil again, but his expression did not change.


    "Let''s go to another place to have a look."


    Jiang Xuan had anticipated this situation for a long time.


    Jiang Xuan walked to the field with almost no stones. The stone eggs in the field were really bad. The vines were very thin, the leaves turned yellow, and the fruits were small and few.


    Gan Song on the side said helplessly: "No matter how carefully I take care of the stone eggs and how I fertilize them, it''s useless, and some of the seedlings even died."


    Jiang Xuandao: "It doesn''t matter, at least it proves that a stone egg grows better only when it is next to a boulder."


    Although Jiang Xuan said so, Gan Song still blamed himself.


    Jiang Xuan couldn''t care to continue comforting Gan Song, he squatted on the ground and thought carefully.


    If it is said that the growth of stone eggs needs to absorb certain nutrients from the stones, then there were many stones in the field before, why did they not grow well?


    Jiang Xuan suddenly mentioned a vine of a stone egg. He found that there were many air roots on each vine of the stone egg.


    He found that the stone egg vines wrapped around the boulders had longer and thicker air roots, while the vines in the rocky ground had much fewer air roots.


    And in this stoneless land, the vines of the stone eggs are so thin and short that they can hardly be seen unless you look carefully.


    Jiang Xuan guessed that the growth of a stone egg probably requires the air roots on the vine to absorb certain nutrients on the stone in order to grow smoothly.


    Jiang Xuan told Gan Song what he found.


    Gan Song thought about it carefully, patted his thigh, and said, "Yeah, why didn''t I think of this question, Chief, you are so smart!"


    Afterwards, Gan Song said helplessly: "Then we can only plant stone eggs next to big rocks."


    Jiang Xuandao: "Actually, this is also a good thing."


    "A good thing?" Gan Song was puzzled by Jiang Xuan''s words.


    "That''s right." Jiang Xuan pointed to the surrounding hillsides and said, "What we lack most here are stones. If we grow other crops, we might even think these stones are in the way."


    "But the stone eggs just need these stones, do you know what that means?"


    Gan Song shook his head dazedly, because of his knowledge, he felt a little confused.


    Jiang Xuandao: "This means that all those hillsides with more stones and less soil can become our crops, greatly increasing the area of ??our arable land."


    "As the area of ??arable land expands, food production will naturally increase. This is a great thing for the tribe."


    "Yes!"


    Gan Song finally understood, and when he thought that there would be stone eggs everywhere in the future, he was very excited.


    At the same time, Gan Song also admired Jiang Xuan so much that he recognized this young leader even more in his heart.


    After checking the situation of the stone eggs, Jiang Xuan checked the growth of the round potatoes.


    This fruit is spherical in shape and has a red outer skin. It grows well in the fields of the Vine tribe, and the output should be good this year.


    Except for stone eggs and round potatoes, the growth of other crops was good or bad, but they were generally acceptable.


    With these more than 30 acres of crops, plus the breeding of insects, fish, colorful ducks and bamboo rats, this winter, the rattan tribe should not have to worry about food shortages.


    Not only that, Jiang Xuan even thought about adding some more people to the tribe.


    After all, the Vine tribe has too few manpower, and as the tribe develops, it becomes more and more insufficient.


    After checking the crops, Jiang Xuan was going to go to the breeding area again.


    At this moment, Gan Song suddenly pointed to the sky and called out, "Boss, look, a really big bird is flying towards us."


    Jiang Xuan looked up and saw that in the northeast sky, a **** bird was quickly approaching the Veng tribe Huh? There seems to be a person on the back of that big bird! "


    After Jiang Xuan became a warrior, his eyesight was much stronger than that of ordinary people. He keenly found that the big bird was carrying a person on its back.


    As the big bird approached quickly, Gan Song also saw clearly that the big bird was indeed carrying a person on its back.


    "Boss, he seems to be coming towards us."


    This **** bird was indeed coming towards the Vine tribe, and it was very fast.


    Jiang Xuan sensed something was wrong, and he immediately shouted, "Everyone, return to the bamboo house immediately!"


    After hearing Jiang Xuan''s loud roar, the entire Teng tribe''s clansmen, no matter what they were doing, immediately ran to the bamboo house, because there was a tunnel in the bamboo house, which could lead directly to the bottom of the stone mountain.


    However, the speed of the big bird was too fast, and before the clansmen in the distance had time to escape back to the bamboo house, the big bird had already flown over the rattan tribe and then landed on the ground.


    This is a big bird with a wingspan of more than 20 meters. It is astonishingly large. After landing, it is the size of a house.


    This is a giant eagle, an extremely ferocious bird of prey.


    On the back of the giant eagle, there was an old man dressed in animal skins, with a gorgeous feather crown on his head, and a totem pattern on his face.


    The old man looked at the small Vine tribe at random, and paid no attention to those who were still running.


    His eyes looked at the huge ancient vine that wrapped around the stone mountain.


    After a long time, he sighed: "What a psychic vine!"


    Jiang Xuan hid in the bamboo hut, just when he heard the words of the mysterious old man, he immediately understood that the old man was most likely here for Guteng.


    It made him feel nervous.


    Guteng is the totem **** of the Vine tribe, this mysterious old man doesn''t want to do anything to Guteng, right?


    ??

 Chapter 45： strange tribe

    In the open space in front of the Vine Tribe, the giant eagle lowered its body as much as possible, and then lowered its wings on one side, like a sloping staircase, allowing the old man on his back to walk down smoothly.


    The mysterious old man seemed to be very old. When he got off the back of the giant eagle, his movements were very slow.


    After the old man stood on the ground, the giant eagle withdrew its wings, and its sharp eagle eyes looked at the ancient vines on the stone mountain arrogantly.


    It didn''t even look at the people of the Vine tribe.


    Obviously, it is very confident, or strong enough, and the people of the Vine tribe are no different from ordinary big bugs in its eyes.


    The old man was rather kind. He looked at the environment of the Vine tribe and was obviously a little surprised.


    That large field of crops was obviously artificially planted, and it was better than any tribe he had ever seen.


    There are also ponds with many fish, wide roads, and good bamboo houses, including the strong rattan tribesmen, which surprised him very much.


    This kind of surprise is not even less than the divine vine that brought him.


    It would be fine if it was a big tribe, but it was an extremely small tribe, smaller than any tribe he had ever seen.


    This tribe gave him a very strange feeling, he even guessed, is this a branch of a big tribe in the Southern Wilderness?


    The old man thought about it for a long time and had no answer, so in the end he had no choice but to give up and continue to speculate.


    Jiang Xuan and the others hid in the bamboo house, holding weapons in their hands, staring vigilantly at the old man and the giant eagle beside him.


    If they find any signs of an attack from the old man or the giant eagle, they will immediately burrow into the tunnel, go to the stone mountain, and seek shelter from the ancient vines.


    Even the ancient vines on the rocky mountain had been covered with a layer of green light at some point, and a slender branch floated up, exuding a faint green light in the air, swaying gently.


    The old man straightened the feather crown on the top of his head, tidied up the animal skins on his body, and faced Shishan Guteng, he said loudly, "Shen Teng, I''m just a dying person, and I have no ill will towards your tribe."


    After all, this divine vine is the totem **** of a tribe, and its strength is terrifying. At least it is not something that he, or the giant eagle he brought with him, can deal with. The old man is well aware of this.


    Shen Teng seemed to understand what he said, the slender branch drooped down again, and the green light all over the body gradually disappeared.


    The old man breathed a sigh of relief, and then shouted to the people in the bamboo house: "Come out, you don''t have to be afraid, I won''t hurt you."


    Inside the bamboo house, Jiang Xuan heard clearly what the old man just said, he thought about it carefully, and then opened the door.


    After all, this is the vine tribe. As long as the old man is afraid of the vine, he should not dare to do it.


    Besides, judging from the old man''s attire, his identity is obviously unusual, and he shouldn''t care about the family background of the Vine tribe.


    "I can''t go out!" Chi Shao pulled him, looking nervous.


    Jiang Xuan comforted: "This old man doesn''t seem to be looking for trouble. Besides, the Vine God is behind, it''s all right."


    "Then I''ll go with you."


    Chi Shao held her stone spear and followed Jiang Xuan nervously out of the door of the bamboo house.


    "Let''s go too."


    Uncaria, Shiloh, and Nanxing were not afraid, they all took their weapons and chased out.


    The old man looked at the five people with approval. Although they were young, they were very brave and united.


    Jiang Xuan did not walk in front of the old man. After all, the giant eagle was too scary. He chose to stand at a relatively safe distance.


    The old man looked at Jiang Xuan, who was standing at the front, and asked, "Young man, what tribe is this? I want to see the witches from your tribe."


    Jiang Xuan replied, "This is the rattan tribe, which has just been established, and there are no witches."


    "No witches?"


    The old man looked at Jiang Xuan in astonishment, trying to judge whether he was lying or not. Then he glanced at the ancient vines on the stone mountain, and found that the ancient vines had no response.


    "Then I want to meet the leader of your tribe."


    Jiang Xuan said without changing his expression: "I am the leader of the Vine tribe."


    "Are you the leader?"


    The old man was stunned. He doubted again that this young man was lying to him, right?


    The old man looked at the four people behind Jiang Xuan with suspicion.


    Chi Shao frowned slightly and said, "We don''t need to lie to you, Xuan is the leader of the Vine tribe!"


    The three teenagers also nodded, and were dissatisfied with the suspicious eyes of the old man.


    Having experienced so many things, they have long admired Jiang Xuan very much, how can they bear others'' doubts about Jiang Xuan''s identity as leader.


    Seeing the reaction of the four, the old man finally believed that Jiang Xuan was really the leader of this small tribe.


    Such a small number of people, young leaders, have powerful totem gods, and the clansmen are not hungry, yellow and thin, and they look good in clothes and clothes, and they also grow food crops.


    This little tribe is so strange.


    The old man was very curious about the Vine tribe. He really wanted to figure out what was going on with this small tribe.


    The old man said to Jiang Xuan, "Boss, I want to live in your tribe for a while, I wonder if I can?"


    In order to prevent Jiang Xuan from rejecting it, the old man immediately said, "Don''t worry, I don''t live in vain. The giant eagle will go out hunting every day. Except for the prey we eat, the rest can be given to the Vine tribe."


    Food is the most important thing for tribal people, because most tribes often run out of food.


    Meat food is the favorite of the tribesmen.


    The old man believed that Jiang Xuan would definitely not refuse the gift of prey.


    What''s more, with the size of the giant eagle, anyone with brains can think that what it captures must be big prey, which is the best meat.


    However, Jiang Xuan didn''t immediately agree. When he heard about "gifting the prey", his eyes didn''t even have much fluctuation. He didn''t look like a teenager, or even a tribal person.


    Jiang Xuan asked, "Old man, we''ll talk about your stay later. I''ll take the liberty to ask, where did you come from and where are you going?"


    The old man replied calmly, "I came from the far-flung Eastern Wasteland, and I just wanted to travel around before I died, but I don''t have a precise destination."


    "Donghuang?"


    Jiang Xuan was stunned. He had an impression of this place name, but it came from some legends and stories in his predecessor''s memory.


    It is said that there are four great deserts in the primitive world, namely: the Eastern Barrens, the Western Barrens, the Southern Barrens, and the Northern Barrens.


    Just one Southern Wilderness is vast and boundless, and the information about the tribesmen is relatively closed. Many people even think that the other three great deserts are just legends, and that the Southern Wilderness is the whole world.


    Jiang Xuan also doesn''t know how far the four great wastes are In short, it is impossible for ordinary people to ride a giant eagle from the Eastern Wasteland to the Southern Wasteland alone.


    Jiang Xuan looked at the old man with a complicated look, because he could not determine whether the old man was telling the truth or a lie.


    Not to mention the far-flung Eastern Wilderness, even the Southern Wilderness, he only knew about this small area where he lived, and knew nothing about other places.


    However, he was certain of one thing.


    That is, the identity of the old man is absolutely extraordinary. It should be a coincidence that he came here, and he should not do anything bad to the people of the Vine tribe.


    In other words, apart from a little planting technology, the Vine tribe currently has nothing rare that can be remembered.


    Even the pottery ding is not unique to the rattan tribe. Some large tribes also burn pottery dings to cook food.


    This is a very old and traditional cooking utensil.


    As for whether the mysterious old man would have the idea of ??hitting Shenteng, Jiang Xuan was not sure.


    To put it a bit ugly, with the strength of the Teng tribe, even if they want to do something, they can''t stop it, and they have to rely on Shenteng to deal with it.


    What''s more, Jiang Xuan really wanted to know the outside world, this old man is a good window.


    After thinking about this, Jiang Xuan''s tense nerves relaxed a little.


    Jiang Xuan''s tone slowed down a bit, and said, "Since it is a guest from the far-flung eastern wasteland, the Teng tribe can''t be turned away."


    "The old man can temporarily live in the rattan tribe, but he needs to rebuild a bamboo house in the open space outside. The giant eagle is too big, so it is not easy to accommodate it here."


    The old man had no opinion on this: "It''s the same wherever you live, the leader looks at the arrangement."


    Jiang Xuan nodded, then immediately found someone to help the old man build a simple bamboo house on the open space outside the tribe to live in temporarily.

 Chapter 46： helpful old man

    There is a bamboo house outside the rattan tribe, and there lives a mysterious old man and a terrifying giant eagle.


    At the beginning, the people of the tribe were not used to it, and they were quite afraid of the giant eagle.


    After a little longer, they found that the mysterious old man was relatively kind, and the giant eagle would not attack people casually, so they slowly accepted the existence of the old man and the giant eagle.


    August fifteenth.


    "Choo Choo Choo¡­"


    By the creek, Nan Xing kept practicing the bone whistle, and now he has learned how to use the bone whistle to make bird calls, and occasionally it can cause the birds in the trees to follow.


    Then, he tried to use the bone whistle to make a deer croak, but the sound of the bone whistle was always a little off, which made him feel a little frustrated.


    "After blowing it for so long, it still won''t work."


    Nanxing has always imagined that, like the people of the deer tribe''s hunting team in the past, using a bone whistle to make a vivid deer call, he can attract deer in estrus.


    This matter has become an obsession in his heart.


    Unfortunately, he tried many times, but kept failing.


    "Young man, why do you look unhappy?"


    The mysterious old man came over from a distance and stood in front of Nan Xing with a gentle expression on his face.


    Nan Xing did not speak. Like all members of the Teng tribe, he was wary of this mysterious old man.


    However, the old man seemed to be able to see through his thoughts and said with a smile, "Don''t be afraid, I''m just an old man who is about to sink into the earth. It''s hard to walk, so I can''t hurt you."


    Nan Xing thought about it too, this old man is too old, looks a little weak, and the giant eagle is not by his side, what is there to be afraid of?


    He is a one-colored warrior!


    Nan Xing''s guard relaxed a little, but he still didn''t speak, and lowered his head slightly.


    The old man looked at the bone whistle in his hand and said, "Let me guess, I think you are because of this bone whistle? Can you show it to me?"


    Nan Xing happened to be disappointed with the bone whistle, so he handed it to the old man.


    The old man took the bone whistle, rubbed it with his hand, and said, "The material is good, but the polishing is a little rough, and the pronunciation is not accurate."


    Nan Xing raised his head, looked at the old man in amazement, and said, "How do you know it''s inaccurate?"


    "I heard you blowing here for so long."


    "It turned out to be so."


    Nan Xing lowered his head again, feeling a little ashamed.


    The old man pointed at the bone whistle and said, "These three holes are too small and not round, so the sound is not accurate. If you don''t mind, I can help you polish them."


    "After polishing, can you make the sound of a deer?" Nan Xing looked at the old man with anticipation.


    The old man''s words were not too full: "Probably, it won''t be worse than it is now."


    "Then...then you help me polish it..."


    After Nan Xing finished speaking, he thought of something, so he added, "I can give you some wild fruits, they are very sweet."


    The old man smiled and said, "Okay."


    After speaking, the old man found a relatively flat large stone and sat down, and then took out a small stone knife from an animal skin bag he was carrying.


    This small stone knife is light yellow as a whole. It is only the length of a palm and as wide as a finger. It looks very pocket-sized.


    On the side of the stone knife, there are also several primitive pictures with ancient lines, but Nan Xing does not know it.


    Nan Xing''s eyes lit up, and he couldn''t help but say: "What a beautiful stone knife, this should be a gem-level stone, right?"


    The old man nodded with a smile, and said, "You know the goods. This stone knife has been with me for many years. It was not that small before. It has been used for a long time, and it has been sharpened countless times, and it has become what it is now."


    Nan Xing''s eyes were full of envy.


    For most tribal people, a gem-level stone knife is a dream treasure.


    Because the hardness of ordinary stone is not enough, it is very easy to wear and tear during use, and it will take a long time to replace it with a new one.


    However, stone knives made of gem-level stone are not easy to wear or break, and one can be used for many years.


    The old man sat on the big rock, and with a small stone knife, started to help Nan Xing re-sharpen the bone whistle.


    He put the tip of the knife into the hole of the bone whistle, rotated it continuously, scraped off layers of bone meal, and slowly expanded the hole. Finally, the three holes on the bone whistle became round and almost the same size.


    Afterwards, he found a rough stone by the creek, poured a little water on the stone, and ground the ends of the bone whistle very flat.


    Time passed bit by bit, and after more than an hour, the old man finally finished polishing.


    "Try to blow it again."


    The old man handed the bone whistle to Nanxing.


    Nan Xing took the bone whistle. He was surprised to find that the bone whistle had been polished by the old man, and both its feel and appearance were much better than before.


    With excitement, Nan Xing put the bone whistle to his mouth and blew it tentatively.


    "Chirp..."


    The bird call he blew first was very pleasant, much better than before.


    With excitement, Nan Xing tried to blow the deer crowing again.


    "YoYo¡­"


    This time it was a success!


    After the re-polished bone whistle, the sound of the deer blew is close to that of a real big-horned deer.


    "Great!"


    Nan Xing jumped up excitedly.


    He never thought that no matter how much he practiced, he couldn''t blow the deer''s whistle because he couldn''t polish it properly.


    "Old man, I... I''ll go get you wild fruits right now, wait for me."


    With excitement, Nan Xing ran back to the bamboo house in a hurry.


    Jiang Xuan was sharpening his arrows and arrowheads in the house. He looked at Nan Xing''s turbulent appearance and asked curiously, "Nan Xing, why are you so happy?"


    "Boss, look, my bone whistle can make a deer croak!"


    Nan Xing was like a child showing off his new things. He took out his bone whistle and blew it a few times in front of Jiang Xuan.


    Jiang Xuan was surprised to find that the sound of the bone whistle was indeed the sound of a deer.


    "This is what the old man who rode the giant eagle helped me to polish. I promised to give him some wild fruits as a reward. UU Reading "


    Nan Xing looked at Jiang Xuan eagerly, and said, "Boss, can I give him some red hairy fruits?"


    "Of course you can, go get it."


    Jiang Xuan agreed without hesitation. It was just some wild fruits. It was autumn, and there were plenty of wild fruits on the mountain.


    "Thank you, Chief."


    Nan Xing happily ran to the corner of the bamboo house, found a large rattan basket, and opened the dried bamboo leaves covered on it.


    This rattan basket contains a kind of wild fruit that the tribes call red hairy fruit, which looks like a macaque pick.


    This wild fruit has a lot of red fluff on the outer skin. After peeling the outer skin, there is a sweet pulp inside. The fruit flavor is extremely rich and sweet.


    Nan Xing pocketed more than a dozen red hairy fruits in his animal skin coat, then ran back to the creek and gave them to the old man.


    "It''s called red hairy fruit. You can eat it after peeling it off. It''s very sweet."


    The old man didn''t refuse either. He peeled off a red fruit, tasted it, and nodded with satisfaction, "It''s really sweet."


    "Look, I didn''t lie to you."


    Nan Xing smiled brightly, revealing a set of neat teeth.


    In the days that followed, this mysterious old man would often help the Veng tribe people to solve some problems. Gradually, although everyone did not accept him, they did not reject him as before.


    Jiang Xuan felt a little confused about the way the mysterious old man was doing, but he also saw that this mysterious old man had a wide range of knowledge and knew a lot of things, and he must have come from a large tribe.


    Anyway, apart from the totem gods of the Vine tribe, there is nothing for people to conspire. The existence of the mysterious old man, at present, the advantages outweigh the disadvantages.


    However, Jiang Xuan is a more cautious person. He didn''t let down his guard completely, he just didn''t show it.

 Chapter 47： scary vine tribe

    "There''s that tribe ahead, so be careful."


    In the forest to the south of the Teng tribe, two hunting teams from the Mosquito tribe, more than a hundred soldiers approached quietly.


    After a period of fighting, the Mosquito Tribe has gained a firm foothold in the Great Swamp, and the friction with other tribes has also decreased.


    The Mosquito Tribe is very vengeful. They have not forgotten that a hunting team was killed here.


    Therefore, after settling down, they immediately sent two hunting teams to inquire about the truth of the Vine tribe.


    If the Vine tribe is not very strong, they will attack aggressively, **** the winter food and supplies of the Vine tribe, and by the way, avenge those who were killed by the Vine tribe before.


    Winter is the most terrifying season of the year, and it is a nightmare for all tribes.


    Because the mountains are covered by heavy snow in winter, it is extremely cold, and it is difficult to obtain food.


    Every winter, many tribes freeze and starve to death frail old people, children and sick people.


    Therefore, every autumn, all tribes will frantically hoard food.


    The more food there is, the fewer people will die in winter.


    What if some tribes did not stock up enough food when winter came?


    Very simple, go to other tribes to grab it!


    Every autumn, the various tribes in the primitive jungle will always fight. The victorious side will get more supplies, and the defeated side will suffer heavy casualties, and even the tribe will perish.


    The deer tribe where Jiang Xuanyuan belonged was destroyed by the crow tribe in the tribal war last autumn.


    Living in this wild world is so cruel.


    The two hunting teams moved forward slowly, one on the left and the other on the right. They were all warriors with very rich hunting experience. Most of the traps set up by the Vine tribe were seen through and dismantled by them.


    Gradually, they got closer and closer to the Vine tribe.


    "Huhu..."


    A gust of wind blew, and in the woods ahead, dozens of pale skulls were hanging from the branches, drifting with the wind.


    "It''s the skulls of Tiger Mosquitoes!"


    When the Mosquito tribe warriors saw this scene, their hearts were burning with anger.


    "Keep going!"


    The leaders of the two hunting teams were relatively calm. They waved their hands and continued to move forward with the hunting team.


    Then, they saw a bamboo house in the distance.


    This bamboo house is located at the outermost periphery of the rattan tribe. It is located in a clearing next to the forest in the south. When you come out of the forest in the south, you have to pass through this bamboo house to enter the rattan tribe.


    The Mosquito tribe warrior found that in front of the bamboo house, there was an old man sitting on a tree stump, watching the scenery leisurely.


    Next to the bamboo house, there are all kinds of huge animal bones scattered.


    The hunting team of the Mosquito Tribe has dealt with wild animals for a long time. They can easily tell that those animal bones belong to difficult wild animals.


    "The biggest one should be the head of a giant horn..."


    "The skeleton of the black wind rhino?"


    "Look, do those look like the shells of the Ditodon?"


    ¡­


    As the fighters of the Mosquito Tribe hunting team continued to identify, they only felt their scalps tingle.


    These animal bones are actually from giant beasts that are difficult to deal with. They are huge in size and powerful in combat. Ordinary small tribe hunting teams do not dare to provoke them.


    In particular, these animal bones look relatively fresh, not the kind of weathered, moss-covered animal bones.


    "It''s terrible, what kind of tribe is this?"


    The leader of one of the hunting teams retreated. A tribe that can hunt so many giant beasts is at least a medium-sized tribe. How can a small mosquito tribe be able to deal with it?


    The leader of the other hunting team also swallowed hard. He thought he already knew why the hunting team led by Tiger Mosquito all died here.


    To provoke such a powerful tribe is self-defeating!


    The two hunting teams stayed where they were, and everyone felt their scalps go numb, and they just didn''t dare to move forward.


    At this moment, the old man in front of the bamboo house suddenly turned his head and stared at the forest, seemingly aware of their existence.


    When the soldiers of the Mosquito Tribe hunting team saw the gorgeous crown of feathers on the old man''s head and the sharp eyes, they felt a panic for no reason.


    "Hey!"


    In the sky, a terrifying giant eagle suddenly appeared, and when it flew over the forest, it was like a small dark cloud.


    On its claws, it also grasped a dead giant beast.


    "Huhuhu..."


    The giant eagle whipped up a gust of wind, the branches in the forest were depressed, and the dead branches and leaves flew all over the sky.


    "Boom!"


    The giant eagle landed next to the bamboo house. When it stood, it was even taller than the bamboo house, and its size was amazing.


    Afterwards, the giant eagle started to use its sharp hawk beak to tear off the flesh from its prey, giving the old man a portion of the flesh, and then happily eating it by himself.


    "Go back, go back quickly..."


    The Mosquito Tribe''s hunting team was completely frightened. The leaders of the two hunting teams looked at each other and saw the fear in each other''s eyes.


    They don''t know what the strength of the Vine tribe is.


    But this giant eagle alone can easily kill them all.


    "This tribe is terrible..."


    "Yeah, let''s go, if they find out later, I''m afraid our end will be the same as the hunting team led by Tiger Mosquito."


    The two leaders invariably glanced at the pale skulls on the branches, swallowed hard, UU read www. uukanshu.com then invariably ordered a retreat.


    The two hunting teams of the Mosquito Tribe, more than a hundred warriors, were scared away.


    Not only that, after they went back, they also described the Vine Tribe as a terrifying tribe, which was not something that the Mosquito Tribe could compete with.


    It would be fine if one person said so, but after two investigations, and two hunting teams were dispatched this time, they came to the same conclusion.


    The leader of the Mosquito Tribe and the witch finally accepted the fact that the Vine Tribe is very scary, and temporarily dispelled the idea of ??revenge or looting the Vine Tribe.


    However, they didn''t know that the real Vine tribe still has a dozen people and only five one-colored warriors, which can only be regarded as a miniature tribe.


    The arrival of the mysterious old man inadvertently relieved a major crisis of the Vine tribe, giving the Vine tribe more time to develop.


    In the periphery of the Vine tribe, the old man didn''t look there after he found out that the people from the outer tribe had left.


    He lived so old, what battles have he not seen?


    He still doesn''t care about this trivial matter.


    On the contrary, he is more interested in the magical miniature tribe of the Vine Tribe, and is willing to stay here to learn more about this miniature tribe that has a small number of people, but can breed and cultivate.


    The old man hung the piece of meat above the fire in his bamboo house, then walked towards the bamboo house where Jiang Xuan and others lived with a smile.


    He is a person who keeps his promises. Every time the giant eagle catches prey, in addition to himself and the giant eagle, there is a lot of meat, which he will give to the Vine tribe.


    Jiang Xuan also felt embarrassed for giving too much, so he often gave him some things.


    After going back and forth, the relationship between the two sides is getting better and better, and the people of the Fuji tribe are not as vigilant about the mysterious old man as before.

 Chapter 48： snake bite

    "No, Big Horn was bitten by a poisonous snake!"


    Jiang Xuan, Chishao and Uncaria had just returned from hunting when they heard someone in the tribe shouting in a panic.


    "Go and have a look."


    Jiang Xuan put the prey on the ground and hurried over, followed by Chishao and Uncaria.


    In the breeding area, there were already seven or eight people around, and it was noisy.


    Dajiao sat on the ground, his face pale.


    On his calf, there are two deep tooth marks, and the blood flowing out is black, obviously highly poisonous.


    "Let''s get out of the way, why are you so close?"


    Jiang Xuan roared loudly and dispersed the crowd, preventing them from continuing to surround the big horn.


    Afterwards, he squatted down and only glanced at the wound on Dajiao''s leg, his brows furrowed.


    Snakes are divided into non-venomous snakes and venomous snakes. The teeth marks bitten by the two snakes are different.


    Non-venomous snakes have no fangs, and the teeth marks are in two rows. They are relatively fine and generally do not bite deeply. If the snake is not very large, it will only break a little.


    But poisonous snakes are different. Generally, poisonous snakes have two long fangs in their mouths. After biting a person or beast, the poisonous fangs will penetrate deeply into the flesh and inject deadly venom.


    The wound on the big horn''s leg was obviously bitten by a poisonous snake, and it looked more poisonous.


    "How long have you been biting?" Jiang Xuan asked while pulling out an animal skin rope.


    "Just... Not long after being bitten..." Dajiao was sweating coldly all over his body, obviously very frightened.


    In the primitive jungle, many people are bitten by various poisonous snakes or poisonous insects every year. If you are lucky, you can save a life, but if you are unlucky, you will die!


    In the face of the threat of death, few people are not afraid.


    "What about the snake that bit you?"


    "Ran."


    "What kind of snake bit you?"


    Dajiao described the appearance of a poisonous snake. It is a relatively common poisonous snake in the jungle, and its poison is not particularly strong.


    This made Jiang Xuan slightly relieved.


    "I''ll tie your legs first so that the snake venom will not continue to spread."


    Jiang Xuan used a woven animal skin rope to tie Dajiao''s calf from a position just below his knees, so that the poisonous blood would not continue to flow to the rest of the body.


    From the animal skin bag, Jiang Xuan found a piece of stone with the sharpest edge and sharpest edge.


    The material of this kind of stone is similar to obsidian. Although it is relatively brittle, the thin section is extremely sharp. Jiang Xuan is generally used to peel animal skins.


    "Be patient."


    Jiang Xuan didn''t have time to sterilize the stone flakes. He took a deep breath and decisively cut open the wound bitten by the poisonous snake with a sharp stone flake, making the wound wider.


    He scratched the wound on Dajiao''s calf twice with a stone flake in a "cross" shape. The purpose of this was to release the poisonous blood.


    Afterwards, he followed Dajiao''s calf, from top to bottom, and squeezed hard, so that the poisonous blood on Dajiao''s calf was discharged as quickly as possible.


    As Jiang Xuan continued to squeeze, black poisonous blood flowed out along the cut wound, and blood stains were all over the ground.


    While squeezing the poisonous blood, Jiang Xuan said to Chi Shao next to him, "Sister, I can only expel the poisonous blood as much as possible, and I''ll leave it to you to find medicine and detoxify."


    "I''ll find an antidote right away."


    Chi Shao hurried away.


    The tribesmen have been facing various poisonous snakes and poisonous insects for a long time, and they have summed up a lot of experience in dealing with them, and they have also found a lot of effective antidote from various plants.


    Chishao is very familiar with the plants that grow near the Vine tribe, and she knows where there are medicines that can detox poisonous snake bites.


    I don''t know when, the mysterious old man also came.


    He heard that someone was bitten by a poisonous snake. He wanted to help, but when he came over, he found that Jiang Xuan had already dealt with it, so he quietly observed.


    He saw that Jiang Xuan tied Dajiao''s legs with animal skin ropes, cut the wound with stone chips, and squeezed out the poisonous blood, and found that Dajiao''s condition did not deteriorate, so he did not make a sound.


    In fact, if he were to be cured, he would adopt a more common method used by tribal people: fire!


    The specific method is: directly pick up a burning firewood, put it on the wound bitten by the poisonous snake, and directly cook the wound and the flesh and blood near the wound.


    This method is very crude, and people who get burned will suffer a big crime, but it does work when they are just bitten by a poisonous snake.


    Snake venom is actually a protein, but it is a poisonous protein. After being burned at high temperature, the snake venom will deteriorate, from highly poisonous to non-toxic.


    The other one, because the flesh and thin blood vessels near the wound have been cooked, and the blood has coagulated, so the poisonous blood naturally cannot spread.


    Of course, whether it''s bloodletting, sucking blood, or burning at high temperature, it''s only useful for people who have just been bitten.


    If you are bitten for too long, the poisonous blood will spread long ago, and these methods will be useless.


    If that''s the case, I''m afraid I can only carry it to the Totem God and pray for the god''s blessing.


    Not long after, the red peony came back with some plant rhizomes.


    She quickly found a relatively flat stone, put some plant roots on it, and pounded them with another stone.


    "Huh? Octagonal lotus, not bad."


    The mysterious old man standing by the side nodded, apparently agreeing that Chishao used this medicine to detoxify and heal Dajiao.


    The plant from the red peony is called aniseed lotus by tribal people, because each leaf of it has eight horns, and the rhizome is generally used as medicine.


    Anise lotus can cure poisonous snake bites, and it is also often used to treat bruises, unknown swollen poison, etc.


    It should be noted that the whole plant of aniseed lotus is poisonous, so the red peony should be smashed on a stone instead of being chewed directly.


    If people don''t know how to use this medicine, it is very likely that people will not be saved, but will poison themselves.


    After smashing the red peony, Jiang Xuan''s side also squeezed the poisonous blood almost.


    Chishao immediately put the smashed rhizome on the wound of Dajiao, and took out the cotton-like spider web to cover the wound to prevent the medicine from falling.


    Chi Shao said to Jiang Xuan, "You look at him first, and change the medicine every once in a while I''ll go and roast the roots of these star anise lotuses."


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "Okay, leave it to me here."


    Chishao hurriedly returned to the bamboo house, picked out some red charcoal fire from the fire pond, put a thin stone chip on it, and put the root of the star anise lotus on the stone chip and roasted it.


    The thin stone flakes were quickly heated by the charcoal fire, and the rhizomes above were also roasted little by little.


    Without this piece of stone, if the rhizome is thrown directly into the charcoal fire, the outer skin will be scorched, and the effect will not be so good.


    From time to time, Chishao uses a wooden stick to turn the rhizome on the stone chip until the rhizome is completely roasted, then immediately wrap it with a leaf and return to the breeding area.


    During this process, Jiang Xuan had already loosened the animal skin rope once, so that Big Horn''s legs would not be damaged due to a long-term blood failure.


    Chishao walked to Dajiao, handed him the rhizome wrapped in leaves, and said, "Eat it quickly."


    Dajiao looked at the red peony gratefully, and then ate all the roasted rhizomes.


    Chi Shao watched him finish eating the rhizomes, and then checked the wound, and found that the wound was no longer black, and she finally breathed a sigh of relief.


    If there is no accident, after tying up to prevent the spread of toxins, widening the wound for bloodletting, and taking internal and external antidote, Dajiao''s life should be saved.


    Jiang Xuan greeted, "Take Dajiao back to the bamboo house first."


    The people around immediately moved around and carefully lifted the big horn, carried it all the way back to the bamboo hut, and placed it on the bed.


    After the crowd dispersed, the old man still stayed where he was, and his eyes were full of brilliance.


    Jiang Xuan''s treatment method just now was something he had never used before, and it seemed to be quite effective.


    This little tribe can really bring him a lot of surprises!

 Chapter 49： witch doctor

    Inside the bamboo house, Jiang Xuan sat in front of the big corner bed.


    "Tell me, how did you get bitten by a poisonous snake?" Jiang Xuan asked inexplicably.


    Dajiao lowered his head in shame and said, "I missed... when I caught the snake."


    "Why do you want to catch a snake?"


    "Because the snake entered the cave and stole the worms. I saw that the snake was out of breath and grabbed it with my hands. I didn''t expect the poisonous snake to be so fast that it turned around and bit it."


    "So it is." Jiang Xuan suddenly realized.


    Snakes eat meat, and they eat a variety of small animals, such as frogs, rodents, birds, and various insects.


    The worms that Dajiao raised in the cave are naturally within the range of snakes'' diet. After being discovered by this poisonous snake, it is normal for them to sneak in and eat them.


    In fact, the poisonous snakes near the Vine tribe have been cleaned up several times, and most of them have been thrown into the pot.


    But this is a virgin forest, and it is impossible to clean it up completely. There will be a steady stream of snakes crawling over from other places.


    "If there are often venomous snakes, this will be a problem."


    Jiang Xuan frowned. He didn''t have any good countermeasures in his heart, and he didn''t know how to make snake repellent powder.


    ¡­¡­


    On the other side, not long after Chishao returned to the bamboo house, she just washed her hands and was about to eat something, but found that the mysterious old man had already come over.


    "Old man, are you okay?" Chi Shao stood up, holding a piece of jerky in her hand.


    The mysterious old man stared at Chi Shao with burning eyes, and said, "Do you want to learn the art of witch doctor?"


    "What?" Chi Shao felt a little confused.


    "I said, do you want to learn the art of witch doctor?" the old man repeated again.


    "Witch... the magic of witch doctors?"


    Chi Shao was shocked, this is something only a witch can learn!


    "Yes, if you are willing to learn, I can teach you."


    The mysterious old man''s expression was serious, not like he was joking.


    "Old man, who are you... who are you?"


    This thing looks like a big good thing about jerky from the sky.


    But Chishao is not stupid. Before the jerky fell to the ground, she would not pick it up rashly, lest she would be crushed to death.


    The mysterious old man said calmly: "It''s nothing to tell you, in fact, I am the last witch of the Eastern Desolate Eagle Tribe."


    Chi Shao was taken aback, this is actually a witch!


    Wu is the most important soul of a tribe, and generally does not leave the tribe easily, even if he goes out, he will be protected by a large number of soldiers.


    For the sake of safety, almost every witch will be in the tribe forever, how could he appear here with a giant eagle?


    Although there were all kinds of questions in her heart, Chi Shao did not speak, but listened quietly.


    A look of reminiscence appeared in the eyes of the mysterious old man: "I have been in the tribe since I was a child, and I was trained as a witch. After I was 20 years old, I was determined to be the next witch. Since then, I have never left the tribe."


    "I''ve been in the tribe almost all my life. No matter where I go, I''m protected by the tribe''s warriors. Sacrifices, cures, records, imparts knowledge... These boring things almost occupy my entire life."


    "The Eagle Tribe people yearn for freedom, and so do I, but I can only watch the warriors in the tribe fly around on giant eagles every day, but I can only stay in the tribe and do those boring things. ."


    "Until one day, I found that I was very old, and I didn''t have a few years to live. I realized that if I didn''t go out for a walk, I would die in the tribe and become a pile of dead bones like other witches."


    "So I handed the position of the witch to the successor I selected earlier. He is very good, and he has a better temperament than me, and is more suitable to be a witch than me."


    "I rejected the tribe''s warrior protection, and left the tribe with the giant eagle raised since I was a child. I flew all the way from the Eastern Wilderness to the Southern Wilderness to see this vast world."


    Speaking of which, the mysterious old man, or the experience of the old witch, has basically finished his self-report.


    The old witch looked at Chi Shao and said, "Until today, I saw your people being bitten by poisonous snakes. I suddenly realized that I can leave witchcraft and other knowledge to the Eagle Tribe."


    "But the witch doctor''s technique of curing diseases and saving people cannot be buried in the ground with me. I should pass it on and let it save more people!"


    "Although your Vine tribe is very small, I have seen strong vitality in your tribe. I believe that you will gradually grow and continue."


    "I can''t teach you things that belong to witches, but I can teach you the experience of healing and saving people in my life."


    The old witch looked at Chi Shao with burning eyes, and said, "So, do you want to learn the art of witch doctor?"


    The old witch''s words contained a lot of information, and it took Chi Shao a while to slowly recover from the shock.


    "Why... why me?"


    Chi Shao didn''t understand how the old witch chose her.


    "Actually, your leader is also very good, but he is the leader and needs to fight for the tribe most of the time."


    "The art of witch doctors takes a long time to learn and identify various herbs. This process may take years or decades, and the leader simply doesn''t have that much time to learn."


    The old witch looked at Chi Shao softly, and said, "You''re different, I''ve seen it before. You know a lot of herbs, and you can use them to simply heal illnesses and injuries. You are more suitable than the leader to learn the art of witch doctor."


    Chi Shao was silent, the old witch was very sincere But this incident happened so suddenly, she didn''t know whether she should accept it or not.


    The old witch seemed to have guessed what she was thinking: "You can learn from me for a while, try it out and then make a decision."


    "On sunny days, you can go hunting, gathering, raining or snowing, and when you are free, you can learn the art of witch doctor with me, how about that?"


    The old witch looked at Chi Shao expectantly, with a very sincere attitude.


    Chi Shao thought about it, and there was nothing to lose if she tried it anyway, so she nodded.


    "I have one more request. Whether you study witch doctor with me or not, I hope you will agree."


    "you say."


    The old witch''s eyes became vicissitudes: "I am very old. Maybe one or two years, maybe three or five years, my life will come to an end."


    "If that day comes, I hope you can wrap my body in a hide and tie it to the back of a giant eagle, and the giant eagle will take me home."


    Chishao nodded without hesitation, and said, "I promise you that I will find the best animal skin and let the giant eagle take you home."


    The old witch smiled and nodded, and said, "In this case, I have no regrets."


    After letting go of one of his worries, the old witch and Chi Shao talked about some methods of treating poisonous snake bites and herbal medicines for detoxifying snakes. The conversation was very enjoyable.


    In the evening, Chi Shao told Jiang Xuan about this, Jiang Xuan was very happy, and supported Chi Shao to learn the art of witch doctor, so that in the future, when the tribesmen fell ill, they would have an extra layer of protection.


    From this day on, when Chi Shao was free, she followed the old witch to learn the art of witch doctor.


    She is a serious study person, and her talent is amazingly high. She can remember the properties and curative effects of various herbs after reading them several times.

 Chapter 50： good harvest

    The first year of the establishment of the Vine tribe, August 20th.


    The autumn wind started, and in just a few days, the fields of the Veng tribe''s crops were already golden.


    In the field of crops, Jiang Xuan personally held the bone stalk, and while everyone was watching, he carefully dug out a large round potato with a bright red skin, and held it high above his head.


    "Autumn harvest!"


    With a happy smile on Jiang Xuan''s face, he shouted, and the loud voice spread throughout the entire tribe.


    All the clansmen of the Vine tribe cheered immediately. Although there were not many people, the tribesmen were loud and sounded quite powerful.


    Even the old witch, who did not belong to the Vine tribe, was affected by the atmosphere when he saw this scene, and his face was a little excited.


    "Excavation!"


    Gan Song held the bone scorpion with one hand, and immediately began to work after the crowd cheered.


    Soon, everyone joined the ranks of digging potatoes.


    After working hard for more than half a year, when the harvest finally came, everyone was happy to see the round potatoes being dug up from the ground.


    This is all food!


    In the farmland of the Veng tribe, the clansmen¡¯s laughter and laughter can be heard from time to time. Although the work is hot and sweaty, no one is tired, and no one is lazy.


    With these grains, they don''t have to worry about the shortage of grain in winter.


    The old witch was walking in the crops. He picked up a round potato, wiped the soil on it, and said excitedly, "Through planting, you can actually harvest so much food!"


    Although he has long noticed that the cultivation methods of the Vine tribe are different from other tribes, he was still deeply shocked when he saw the food production of the Vine tribe with his own eyes.


    In fact, in Donghuang, all the big tribes have basically got rid of slash-and-burn cultivation, and through long-term practice, they have accumulated some planting experience.


    Even so, their cultivation methods are still very backward.


    The food obtained through cultivation is far less than the cultivation of some herbivores.


    Not only in the Eastern Wilderness, but also in other places.


    Large tribes usually hunt mainly, and they also raise some herbivores, and plant some high-yield and easy-to-live fruit trees and wild vegetables, so as to maintain their food needs.


    They also understood the importance of digging the ground. Tools such as bone scorpion and lei s¨¬ (l¨§i, s¨¬) were invented based on the need for digging the ground.


    They also learned to weed, catch insects, and even learned to fertilize initially, that is, sprinkle some grass and tree ash on the ground and bury some bones.


    But after all, they do not focus on planting, and the accumulated experience is very limited.


    What''s more, in the event of natural disasters, insect disasters, etc., the crops planted may not be harvested.


    Because of this, the tribesmen did not attach much importance to farming, and they spent most of their energy on hunting and domesticating herbivorous beasts.


    Therefore, when the old witch found out that the crops planted by the Veng tribe had a high yield, the shock in his heart was difficult to describe in words.


    The old witch walked to Jiang Xuan''s side, grabbed his hand, looked at the big round potato in his hand with glowing eyes, and asked anxiously, "How did you do it?"


    "what?"


    Jiang Xuan felt a little confused, and the old witch''s mental state was a little crazy.


    "Why do you get so many round potatoes from the Vine tribe?"


    Jiang Xuan finally knew what the old witch was asking. Just now he thought the old witch was crazy.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Actually it''s nothing, it''s just some planting experience. If I''m just telling you this, it''s hard for you to understand. Wouldn''t it be better to live in our tribe for a year and see for yourself?"


    "Go and see for yourself?"


    The old witch frowned and thought for a while, then he let go of Jiang Xuan''s hand and his brows stretched, but his eyes became firmer.


    "Okay, then I''ll try my best to live longer, and see for myself!"


    Jiang Xuan said with a smile: "I''ll send this round potato back first. This is the first round potato dug up this year, and it will be used to worship the rattan **** at that time."


    "Sacrificial sacrifice?" The old witch accurately grasped the key part of Jiang Xuan''s words.


    "Yes, if it weren''t for the protection of the Vine God, our small tribe would have long since disappeared."


    "Now that the crops have been harvested, and the breeding has achieved initial success, the food in the tribe is relatively sufficient. I plan to take this opportunity to hold an autumn sacrifice to thank the rattan god."


    "Not only that, if the rattan tribe can grow smoothly, every year after the autumn harvest, we will hold a sacrificial ceremony, using the best food, fish, livestock, prey and other offerings to sacrifice to the rattan god."


    Jiang Xuan has been thinking about this for a long time.


    If you want Shenteng to protect the tribe for a long time, you have to give Shenteng something in return, and you can''t ask for it unilaterally.


    Holding sacrifices is the best way to repay the vines.


    The rich offerings can make the vines absorb more nutrients and grow better.


    Jiang Xuan guessed that this is the reason why Shenteng agreed to become the guardian deity of the tribe.


    According to the current situation, the vine cannot be moved, at least not currently.


    In this case, as it continues to grow, the soil under the stone mountain will only become more and more barren, and Shenteng wants to absorb more nutrients. Apart from desperately extending its root system, it can only rely on some prey caught occasionally.


    But after a long time, the nearby beasts and birds of prey did not dare to approach, and it became difficult for Shenteng to obtain more nutrients.


    The appearance of Jiang Xuan and others, and offering sacrifices to it, just solved the problem that it is difficult for the vine to absorb more nutrients.


    The vines shelter the tribe, and the tribe repays the vines with various offerings. This is completely mutually beneficial for the vine tribe and the vines.


    The bigger the vine tribe grows, the more offerings the vine can get, and the vine will become stronger, forming a virtuous circle.


    The old witch nodded and said, "Yes, it''s time to make sacrifices."


    "However, your tribe has no witches, who will preside over the sacrificial ceremony?"


    Jiang Xuan said embarrassedly, "I hosted the last time."


    "You know how to sacrifice?" The old witch looked at Jiang Xuan with an incredible look on his face.


    "No. UU Reading " Jiang Xuan answered honestly.


    "Then how did you host it?"


    "Just... send the offerings to the altar, then invite the rattan **** to enjoy it, and ask the rattan **** to protect the tribe..."


    "You don''t need to say it, I understand." The corner of the old witch''s mouth twitched a few times, and turned his head slightly.


    As a shaman who has learned various rituals of sacrifice since he was a child, when he heard about Jiang Xuan''s simple and crude sacrifice ritual, he couldn''t bear to look directly at him.


    The old witch thought for a while and said, "If you don''t mind, I can teach Chi Shao the sacrificial ceremony and let her preside over this autumn sacrificial ceremony."


    Jiang Xuan''s eyes lit up, and as expected, he said, "I don''t mind, of course I don''t mind. I''ll thank you for my sister first."


    The old witch waved his hand and left, obviously despising Jiang Xuan''s embarrassing sacrifice method.


    Jiang Xuan didn''t care either, and even raised both hands in favor of making Chi Shao a witch.


    After all, this is his real sister!


    If there was no Chishao, he would have died in the dangerous jungle on his own.


    Even the position of the leader was given to him by Chishao at the beginning.


    Therefore, he is not at all worried that he will be seized of power in the future.


    Jiang Xuan returned to the bamboo house, put the first big round potato dug out, and then participated in the autumn harvest.


    Soon, the cellars that the Vine tribe had dug in the tunnels came in handy.


    Those tuber grains that can be stored for a long time, such as round potatoes and stone eggs, are put into the cellar to keep warm and moisturizing, and not easy to rot.


    For those leafy wild vegetables, Jiang Xuan also put some of them in the cellar, and some of them were dried and dried, and they could be cooked and eaten at that time.


    After a large amount of food was piled up in several bamboo houses, everyone''s hearts were at peace, and they would even wake up laughing when they dreamed at night.

 Chapter 51： build an altar

    After the autumn harvest, Jiang Xuan immediately started to prepare for the sacrifice.


    This sacrifice is very important to the Vine tribe, because this is the first official sacrifice since the establishment of the Vine tribe.


    The previous sacrifice was so shabby that after Jiang Xuan said it, he was despised by the old witch.


    "I''m a transmigrator, can I still let you compare?"


    Jiang Xuan pondered, this sacrificial ceremony must raise the standard, not to mention shocking the old witch, at least not make people look down upon it.


    At the same time, he planned to officially make Gan Song and other twelve tourists members of the Veng tribe at this sacrificial ceremony.


    In addition, Jiang Xuan plans to add some more people because of sufficient food.


    With the development of the tribe, the problem of insufficient manpower has become more and more obvious.


    He plans to recruit another twenty or thirty tourists.


    If they recruit too many at once, the Vine tribe can''t afford it at all. If they recruit too few, they won''t have enough manpower.


    Therefore, after recruiting about 30 people, Jiang Xuan is confident that they will be able to survive the winter and be easier to control.


    It was already late autumn. Every year at this time, various tribes would fight for food.


    Some tribes will rise, and some tribes will be destroyed.


    Those whose tribes were destroyed and who escaped by chance became tourists.


    Recruiting people at this time is the easiest.


    Due to the lack of food and winter supplies, the Southern Wilderness tribes hardly kept slaves. They either killed or, when needed, took back the women and children of other tribes to expand their population.


    Winter is approaching. If these tourists want to survive, they must find opportunities to join other tribes.


    There is no rush to recruit tourists. The most important thing at the moment is to prepare the sacrifices and build a bigger altar.


    The small yellow clay altar was rough and shabby, and a bigger altar had to be built.


    Considering that the vines are plants, they don''t like altars made of stone. Therefore, Jiang Xuan plans to dig more mud and build a larger earthen altar.


    To build an altar, the best soil is the five-color soil, that is, the soil of the five colors of blue, red, yellow, white, and black.


    Moreover, these five soil requirements are natural and cannot be dyed.


    However, it is difficult to find five-color soils, because they are scattered all over the world, and the Vine tribe currently does not have this strength.


    Therefore, Jiang Xuan had to settle for the next best thing and use white clay to build the altar.


    The yellow mud has no toughness, and the small altar built before has been covered with cracks after drying, which is very unsightly.


    The fine clay is different, as long as the clay is slowly mixed with the mud, the clay is made into mud bricks, and then built into an altar. After drying, not only is it not easy to crack, but it is also very strong.


    As soon as he said it, Jiang Xuan called everyone together and started digging the clay and building the altar.


    The creek next to the rattan tribe is very long, and there is a lot of clay on the bank, enough to build an altar.


    Jiang Xuan first led someone to dig out the weeds, soil and stones on the surface beside the creek, exposing the gray-white clay below, and then digging hard with a bone scorpion.


    "Put the excavated soil directly into the rattan basket, and then carry it to the foot of the stone mountain, so as not to get dirty."


    While digging, Jiang Xuan directed other people to work.


    Under his arrangement, four people are responsible for digging clay, eight people are responsible for transporting it, and three people are responsible for clearing the ground at the foot of the stone mountain, and then reconciling the transported clay to make mud bricks.


    Two other people were responsible for dismantling the cracked yellow clay altar.


    Tribal people believe that building an altar is a very sacred thing, and it is a great honor to participate in it.


    Therefore, everyone was enthusiastic and worked hard.


    With the efforts of everyone, it only took them three days to dig enough clay to build the altar.


    All these clays were transported to the bottom of the stone mountain, and after being mixed with mud, they were beaten and turned into mud bricks of similar size.


    Afterwards, Jiang Xuan personally built these mud bricks one by one to build an altar.


    This work was meticulous, and with the help of everyone, it took another three days to complete.


    With the efforts of everyone in the Vine tribe, after six days, a brand new altar was finally built!


    The altar is in the shape of a round table, narrow at the top and wide at the bottom, three meters high, six meters in diameter at the bottom and five meters in diameter at the top.


    Such an altar is very tall for a small tribe, even bigger than the bamboo house where Jiang Xuan and the others live now.


    Ordinary small tribes would never build such a large altar because they had to migrate frequently.


    Even the old witch was surprised when he saw this new altar.


    "Paint the totem pattern, and the altar is complete."


    Jiang Xuan picked up a few sharp stone pieces, and after rough grinding, they used them as carving knives and began to carve totem patterns on the altar.


    For such a big altar, it took him too long to carve all the totem patterns on his own, so he asked Chi Shao to help with it.


    To be honest, Jiang Xuan''s painting talent is not very good. After a year of painting the totem pattern, it can only be seen, and it is not good-looking.


    Chishao is different. Chishao''s painting talent is much stronger than Jiang Xuan''s. The totem patterns he draws seem to have an aura, which is very beautiful.


    Therefore, Jiang Xuan was responsible for engraving the totem pattern on the back, and Chi Shao was responsible for engraving the totem pattern on the front. The two worked together.


    It took the two of them a day to carve the totem pattern. Later, Jiang Xuan made some paints, colored the totem pattern, and finished polishing the altar, which took another day.


    In the end, after eight days, the new altar of the Vine Tribe was finally completed!


    "It''s not easy!"


    Standing in front of the tall altar, Jiang Xuan looked at the totem patterns on the altar and sighed.


    Seventeen people, it took eight days to complete this simple earthen altar If it is a stone altar, it takes a block of polished stone bricks, totem patterns, and I am afraid it will take half a year or even One year to complete.


    "Although the altar is ready, there seems to be something missing."


    Jiang Xuan looked left and right, and felt that the altar alone was too monotonous.


    "By the way, two pottery tripods can be placed on the altar, and some totem poles can also be erected next to the altar, which will be much more beautiful."


    Jiang Xuan''s eyes lit up and thought this idea was a good idea.


    Ding, in various tribes at present, is used as a utensil for cooking food, most of which are three-legged pottery tripods.


    Including the rattan tribe, they also use three-legged pottery cauldrons to cook food.


    But Jiang Xuan knew that after the Tao Ding developed into a bronze Ding, it gradually evolved into a sacrificial vessel.


    People put animal blood or food in tripods to worship gods and ancestors.


    In some sacrificial rituals, plants with fragrant odors are ground into powder and burned in a tripod, which is called incense burning.


    Incense burning is also a very important part of sacrificial rituals, but considering that the totem gods of the Teng tribe are plants, they should not like fire, so Jiang Xuan did not plan to make an incense burner and do such a thankless task.


    After Jiang Xuan thought about it clearly, he immediately called someone to dig up a large pile of clay. First, a larger earthen kiln was built to burn pottery tripods.


    Afterwards, he patiently made three tall three-legged pottery cauldrons out of clay, and carefully engraved the totem pattern of the rattan tribe on the outer wall, as well as some bird and beast patterns.


    As for the erection of the totem pole, Jiang Xuan handed it over to others.


    Sometimes it''s not a good thing to be hands-on with everything. Not only is I half-tired, but the people below don''t have the opportunity to exercise and perform.

 Chapter 52： the best offering

    It takes about ten days for a huge pottery ding to dry in the shade, and it also takes a certain amount of time to dry in an earthen kiln.


    Therefore, after Jiang Xuan was done, he began to prepare the most important thing for the sacrifice.


    That is to prepare sacrifices!


    Because I want to make the sacrifice more ceremonious, and also to make the rattan **** more satisfied, the preparation of the sacrifice is very important.


    The first is all kinds of food, including stone eggs, round potatoes, thorn fruit, red hair fruit, Huang Jing and so on.


    If there are five grains, it is the best, but unfortunately, there are no vine tribes yet, so we can only find them and plant them later.


    Then there is Shenteng''s favorite blood food.


    In terms of blood food, Jiang Xuan plans to use big fish, colorful pheasants, colorful ducks, bighorn sheep, black deer and other prey to sacrifice to Shenteng.


    The offerings this time are very rich, Jiang Xuan believes that Shenteng will definitely like it.


    Jiang Xuan planned to go hunting for bighorn sheep, black deer and other prey first, because the big fish are in the river, and it is the same when they go fishing.


    That night, Jiang Xuan and Chishao, Uncaria, Loach, and Nanxing discussed hunting matters.


    "We''re going to hunt. This time the hunt is more difficult, because the ones caught alive will be brought back for sacrifice. I plan to take three people and leave one person to stay in the tribe."


    Chi Shao didn''t say anything, because she would definitely go.


    Uncaria said first: "To catch live prey, you must rely on traps. I''m good at making traps, leader, take me there."


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "Uncaria is good at making traps, count him as one."


    "Me, me, leader, you promised to go hunting again last time, and you will definitely bring me with you!"


    Nan Xing looked at Jiang Xuan eagerly. He was the youngest and had the lowest combat power. He never took him with him every time he went hunting. He had longed for it for a long time.


    Last time, Jiang Xuan kept him at home and promised to take him with him next time he went hunting, can''t he break his promise?


    Jiang Xuan looked at Shi Loach with some embarrassment.


    Shi Loach was relatively calm, and he took the initiative to say, "I''ll stay in the tribe."


    "Okay, let''s take Nanxing."


    "Great!"


    Nan Xing jumped up with joy and shouted, "I''ll go prepare hunting tools right away."


    Everyone in the room laughed, and then went to prepare hunting utensils.


    Early the next morning, Jiang Xuan, Chishao, Uncaria, and Nanxing brought all their hunting tools and prepared to go to the southern forest for hunting.


    It was already late autumn, the autumn wind in the early morning was bleak and cold, and the green leaves in the forest gradually turned yellow or red.


    Jiang Xuan''s face was painted with totem patterns, and he was wearing a simple animal skin coat, animal leather pants, and animal leather boots. He held a bone spear in his hand, a stone knife at his waist, and an animal skin bag on his back. bow and arrow.


    It is said that people rely on clothes and horses and saddles. This outfit makes him look wild and more intimidating.


    "Huhu..."


    On the top of the stone mountain, giant dragonflies circled constantly, catching some large insects, and some small birds and beasts to eat.


    But its movements are not as fast as in summer.


    "I don''t know if this giant dragonfly can survive this winter."


    Jiang Xuan looked up, his voice a little low.


    This giant dragonfly has accompanied the Vine tribe for more than half a year. When the Mosquito tribe''s hunting team attacked, it also helped them fight and ate a lot of bird-billed mosquitoes.


    However, the life span of dragonflies seems to be very short, even if it is so large, it cannot survive the winter.


    Chishao said, "Some bugs can only live for a few days. They can live well for half a year. This is their life."


    Jiang Xuan thought about it and said, "Yes, compared to trees, our lives are also very short."


    Jiang Xuan no longer struggled with this issue, Chi Shao was right, this was her life.


    "Let''s go, go hunting in the mountains!"


    Jiang Xuan glanced at the giant dragonfly again, then withdrew his gaze and walked firmly into the forest, followed by the three of them.


    Nan Xing was particularly excited, and there was a bone whistle hidden in his animal skin bag.


    After a long time of practice, he can now use the bone whistle to make vivid bird calls and deer calls. After he enters the mountain, he plans to find some prey to try to see if he can use the bone whistle to attract prey.


    Soon, they entered the wild virgin jungle.


    No matter what state they were in before, when they entered the jungle, everyone''s attention became highly concentrated and their steps became lighter. These actions almost became their instincts.


    The jungle is dangerous, and hunting is also dangerous. Careless people can easily lose their lives in the jungle.


    "Chuck, chuckle..."


    While walking, Jiang Xuan suddenly stopped and squatted down. The others also stopped.


    A group of colorful pheasants appeared in front of them, there were about seven or eight pheasants.


    The colorful pheasant is very beautiful. The rooster has a bright red comb on its head, a purple-blue neck, and long and gorgeous seven-color feathers on its tail. It looks very beautiful.


    In autumn, there is plenty of food in the forest, and these colorful pheasants are very fat. The roosters are roughly estimated to weigh more than 20 pounds, while the hens are relatively small, estimated to weigh about 10 pounds.


    At this time, these colorful pheasants are looking for food in the forest. They are looking for some plant fruits, seeds, and various bugs to eat.


    Jiang Xuan asked Chi Shao in a low voice, "Can you catch these colorful pheasants with a lasso? They are all good sacrifices."


    Chishao looked around and said, "The colorful pheasants don''t fly far, we can go around to the front, use bugs as bait, set up lasso traps, and drive them away."


    "Okay, let''s do that."


    Jiang Xuan waved his hand, and the four of them bypassed the colorful pheasants far away, and from the open space in front, they quickly caught some bugs and set up many lasso traps.


    Uncaria is indeed very talented in setting traps. After a period of study, his speed in setting traps is comparable to that of Chishao.


    Uncaria bent a small shrub down, tied a rope, and connected it to a trigger trap on the ground.


    Finally, he tied a bug in the center of the noose.


    This bug is connected to the trigger trap. As long as the colorful pheasant wants to eat the bug, it will pull the safety device of the trap, and the twig will bounce up instantly, pulling up the rope and wrapping the colorful pheasant''s neck.


    If you are lucky, you might catch its claws.


    "All right."


    Uncaria briefly cleaned the traces on the ground, and then proceeded to lay out the next trap.


    With the efforts of the four, all the traps were laid out soon after.


    "Nan Xing, follow me, sister, you go to the left, Uncaria go to the right, and we''ll sandwich the three breads later to drive away those colorful pheasants and let them fly to the trap."


    "it is good!"


    After Jiang Xuan finished the division of labor, he immediately took Nan Xing back to his previous position.


    The red peony and Uncaria go around the sides of the colorful pheasants.


    "Uuuuuu..."


    When they were ready, everyone stood up immediately, waving their weapons, and making a whistling sound to drive away their prey.


    "Gluck cluck..."


    "Flapping fan fluttering fan..."


    Those colorful pheasants were startled, then flew up, and instinctively fled to the side where there was no one.


    Because the colorful pheasants are relatively fat and not good at flying, they only flew a few dozen meters before falling, and burrowed into the bushes to hide.


    The four Jiang Xuan gathered together again.


    Seeing the colorful pheasant fly to the trap area, Jiang Xuan was very satisfied.


    "Okay, now let''s find a big tree that can see those traps, and then hide in the tree and wait patiently."


    The four of them searched around for a while and then found a big tree with a better view. They climbed up to the tree one after another, hid on the dense branches, and watched the movement over there through the gaps in the leaves.


    About ten minutes later, those colorful pheasants thought that the man had left, and they burrowed out of the bushes.


    At first, they were more cautious, carefully observing their surroundings.


    After half an hour, they gradually became more courageous. As usual, they used their claws to dig on the ground, looking for insects to eat.


    An hour later, a colorful pheasant was the first to spot the bug in a lasso trap.


    It stared at the bug for a while, but after all, it failed to resist the temptation and pecked at it.


    "Whoosh!"


    The colorful pheasant triggered the trap, and the bush bounced up instantly, and even the noose immediately tightened, wrapping around the colorful pheasant''s neck and dropping it.


    This colorful pheasant flapped its wings desperately, but couldn''t break free.


    "Gluck cluck..."


    The other colorful pheasants escaped again.


    "You''re caught, go down."


    The four quickly climbed down the tree, Jiang Xuan rushed to the front of the trap the fastest, and grabbed the two wings of the colorful pheasant.


    "Quick, tie its claws."


    Uncaria excitedly took out the rope, quickly grabbed the two claws of the colorful pheasant, and tied it up.


    Chishao untied the rope around the neck of the colorful pheasant to prevent it from being strangled to death.


    "What a fat colorful pheasant, a good sacrifice, haha!"


    Jiang Xuan held this colorful pheasant and laughed from ear to ear.


    This hunt started off well, and I will definitely catch more prey in the future.

 ~： ask 1 thing

    This book has also been written for a month, and it is going to be released on the 1st of next month. The reason why it is slow to write now is that I want to wait and see if I can get a recommendation from Sanjiang.


    I hope everyone can understand the mood of Qingshi as a half-baked writer.


    Old readers all know that the author''s last book, "Start Farming From Picking Up a Dragon Egg", was thrown, and it was a terrible one. It was only 447 yuan for subscription after it was on the shelves for a month, which is terrible.


    There are many reasons for failure, so I won''t go into details here.


    This book, with the support of all book friends, seems to be doing quite well so far.


    However, the number of subscriptions available on the shelves determines whether the author can rely on this book to eat.


    Therefore, Qingshi wanted to ask all book lovers in advance, just like the first time it was put on the shelves, and roughly count the number of people, so as to have a good idea.


    If you are willing to subscribe after listing, please move your finger and reply "Subscribe".


    If you don''t want to subscribe, you can tell the reason.


    This is very important to Qingshi, it can make Qingshi more confident, write more and be more stable.


    I ask everyone to reply, thank you Qingshi.

 Chapter 53： thunder tree base armor

    The colorful pheasant was put into an animal skin bag, and Jiang Xuan carried it forward.


    The colorful pheasant''s night vision ability is relatively poor, and it is very dark in the animal skin bag. When there is no light, it struggles a few times and then stops making noise.


    The four moved on, looking for more prey.


    "Ow!"


    In the distance, there was a gigantic tiger roaring furiously, as if it was fighting some beast, very ferocious.


    Jiang Xuan and others avoided that area because their bodies were too small to stop the beasts from attacking.


    "Hey, this place seems to have been here before."


    As he walked, Jiang Xuan found that the surrounding environment gave him a familiar feeling.


    In order to get more prey, every time they go into the mountains to hunt, they often take different routes, some routes take more and some routes take less.


    Obviously, this place is one of the less frequent routes.


    "I''ve been here. There should be a thundering tree in front of me."


    Chi Shao has an excellent memory, she remembers this place.


    "I remembered, there is indeed a thunder tree."


    After being reminded by Chishao, Jiang Xuan also remembered where this place is.


    In the spring, they had come here and encountered a thundering tree.


    However, at that time, the Thunder Tree had just sprouted, and its magic was not reflected at all.


    "Sister, I remember you said that there is a fruit that explodes when ripe, and there is a ground beast under the tree that can poach prey, right?"


    "That''s right, that''s true." Chi Shao replied affirmatively.


    "Okay, then let''s go over and see if we can catch a ground beast and bring it back as a sacrifice!"


    Jiang Xuan said to leave, and Uncaria and Nanxing were also very excited, because they had never seen this magical plant.


    As Chishao walked, she reminded earnestly: "The Thunder Tree is very dangerous now. In the past, the hunting team of the deer tribe had to walk around, and they didn''t dare to go under the tree to catch the beasts. Don''t take it lightly later. near."


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "Don''t worry, sister, I won''t be reckless."


    After becoming the leader, Jiang Xuan''s character became more calm.


    Because he holds the entire vine tribe in his hands, once he makes the wrong decision, it is likely to kill everyone, so he must be calm.


    Chishao was also more at ease with Jiang Xuan, so she didn''t say anything more.


    "Boom!"


    As soon as they approached the thundering tree, they heard a loud noise, and some debris splashed around at a very fast speed, and the leaves along the way were smashed, which was very scary.


    "Is this the thunder fruit explosion?"


    Jiang Xuan watched this scene in surprise.


    The power of this fruit is greater than Jiang Xuan imagined, no wonder it can blow up beasts.


    Chishao stared vigilantly at the fruit the size of a human head, and said, "Yes, this is the explosion of the thunder fruit. If you don''t approach it carefully, it can kill people."


    Uncaria pointed to the tree and said, "Boss, there is a gray-haired rabbit that was killed under the tree."


    At the place of the explosion, there was a very large gray rabbit, which had been blown to pieces.


    When the thunder fruit explodes, some pulp will also be scattered on the ground, which is the bait for the thunder tree to attract animals.


    This gray-haired rabbit was probably attracted by the pulp and lost his life.


    The gray rabbit is one of the large hares in the jungle. It is very large. An adult gray rabbit can weigh thirty to forty pounds.


    One of the domestication targets of the Vine tribe is this gray-haired rabbit, because it eats grass and reproduces very quickly, making it suitable for breeding.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Then let''s see if the **** smell of this gray-haired rabbit can draw out the ground armored beasts."


    Jiang Xuan wanted to see what the earth armored beast looked like. If there was a chance, he would also like to capture one of the earth armored beasts as a sacrifice.


    Earth armor beasts are very precious, and they are also a kind of excellent sacrifice.


    The four of them hid in a nearby tree, and looked down at the dirt holes on the ground to see if there were any earth armored beasts burrowing out.


    It didn''t take long for Jiang Xuan to see a head emerge from a hole in the earth under the Thunder Tree, a ghostly head.


    This thing looks a bit like a pangolin, with thick scales all over its body and relatively small eyes.


    But its head is much larger than that of a pangolin, its mouth is also large, and it looks quite fierce with a mouth full of sharp teeth.


    "Boom!"


    "Boom!"


    The Thunder Tree seemed to sense the movement from the ground, and the two human-head-sized Thunder Fruits fell off instantly, fell to the ground, and exploded.


    However, the ground armor beast seems to be very experienced. When the thunder fruit fell, it quickly retracted into the earth hole, and the two thunder fruits couldn''t blow it at all.


    "This earth armored beast is indeed a habitual offender, and even the thunder fruit can''t blow it up."


    Jiang Xuan was amazed when he saw it. The world is really full of wonders.


    Chi Shao said: "I heard from the hunting team that a small number of ground armored beasts with slow responses will also be killed. Perhaps because of this, those who can survive and steal their prey are very smart."


    After a while, the sound of digging soil came from the ground. Obviously, the ground beast was digging a hole.


    During this process, a few more thunder fruits fell, but even if a few holes were blown out of the ground, it would not be able to help the underground beasts.


    This is one thing falling into another.


    After the ground armored beast clearly saw the location of the gray-haired rabbit that was killed by the bombing, it wanted to dig a hole from the ground, dig directly under the gray-haired rabbit, and steal the body of the gray-haired rabbit directly.


    This is the trick they always use.


    "How can I catch the ground armor beast without getting hurt by the thunder fruit?"


    Jiang Xuan fell into deep thought, and he came up with a safe and effective way.


    He thought about it for a long time, and finally set his eyes on those thunder fruits.


    "If I detonate the thunder fruit on the tree directly, then the thunder fruit on the tree will explode directly!"


    "In this way, if you go under the tree to catch the ground beast, wouldn''t there be no danger?"


    Jiang Xuan''s eyes lit up, and he thought this idea was a good idea.


    "But, how to detonate the thunder fruit on the tree?" Jiang Xuan fell into thinking again.


    These thunder fruits should explode directly after being hit. This can be seen from the explosion after it hits the ground.


    At this moment, Nan Xing whispered, "Leader, shoot with a bow and arrow."


    "Yes, Nan Xing, you are too smart!"


    Jiang Xuan happily patted Nan Xing on the shoulder. After Nan Xing was praised, he was also very happy.


    "Just do it, shoot with a bow and arrow."


    "However, the power of so many thunder fruits exploded together should be terrifying. We can''t shoot from trees, we have to find a place to hide. UU Reading "


    Jiang Xuan looked around and found several boulders.


    "Go, get down from the tree, go behind the boulder, and hide after shooting."


    The four of them filed down from the tree and walked behind the boulders.


    At this time, Jiang Xuan''s hard-working archery came in handy.


    He took off the bow and arrow behind him, took a deep breath, then opened the bow and arrow, aiming at the thunder fruit on a tree.


    Lei Mingguo is relatively large, and there are a lot of them. They are not far away, so they are relatively easy to hit.


    "Hey!"


    Jiang Xuan aimed at the largest thunder fruit, and then shot an arrow.


    "Squat down."


    After the arrow was shot, Jiang Xuan didn''t have time to see the result, so he directly pulled the others to squat down together.


    "Boom!"


    The thunder fruit was shot and exploded, and the shattered shell splattered around at a terrifying speed.


    Then, a terrible scene appeared.


    "Boom boom boom..."


    I saw that all the thunder fruits on the tree were affected, and a series of explosions occurred.


    In the forest, there seemed to be a continuous explosion of thunder, which frightened the nearby birds and beasts to flee frantically.


    Even the ground armored beast underground stopped digging and hid in a deeper cave.


    Jiang Xuan felt that all kinds of soil, gravel, and fruit fragments were flying around him, and his face was a little pale. If it wasn''t for the boulder to block them, they would be in danger.


    Chi Shao, Uncaria, and Nan Xing also covered their ears in fright.


    When everything was over, the thunder tree was blown up and the branches were broken, and there was not a single thunder fruit on the tree.


    Even the nearby trees were destroyed in a large area, and the scene was terrifying.

 Chapter 54： Catch the ground beast alive

    "My God, it''s too fierce..."


    After everything was over, Jiang Xuan came out from behind the boulder, looked at the mess on the ground, and was stunned by the explosive power of the Thunder Fruit.


    He suddenly remembered the saplings of the Thunder Trees that he had planted next to the tribe.


    If he grows up and is attacked by this method in the future, wouldn''t he kill all other magical plants?


    Thinking of this, Jiang Xuan shuddered and said, "Transplanting, we must transplant them next spring. They cannot be planted with other magical plants."


    After a careful observation, he made sure that there was no fruit on the Thunder Tree, and then he walked over there cautiously.


    When he walked under the Thunder Tree, he discovered an interesting thing.


    That''s because the explosion was so severe that many nearby trees suffered, but the main body of these thundering trees didn''t suffer much damage, only the smaller branches were blown off, and the trunk and thick branches were intact.


    "Is this too hard?"


    Jiang Xuan poked it with the bone spear, and found that the Thunder Tree was surprisingly hard, and even the outer skin was as hard as iron, and the bone spear could not penetrate it at all.


    "Although this thunder tree is dangerous, as long as you understand its temperament, it can be of great use."


    The first is the thunder fruit. If it is picked when it is about to mature, it can be used as a weapon of mass destruction. Just throw it with a large sling, and it can blow up a large number of enemies.


    The second is the thunder tree, which is as hard as iron and can be used to make various tools or weapons that require hardness.


    For example, peeling off its hard outer skin and making it into armor or a shield is a good choice.


    After cutting the trunk, it can also do many useful things.


    These thundering trees must not be known. Jiang Xuan has arranged them properly in his heart. If he knew, he might be so angry that he would breathe out a fragrance in the tree language.


    Jiang Xuan did not forget the reason why he detonated the thunder tree.


    What he wanted to catch was the ground armor beast under the thundering tree.


    "This gray rabbit is too miserable..."


    Jiang Xuan picked up the gray rabbit that had been blown into several large pieces on the ground.


    "Just use it."


    Jiang Xuan tied the broken gray rabbits together with a bark rope, then found the hole where the ground armor beast appeared before, and tied one end of the rope to the thick branch of the Thunder Tree, and the gray rabbit was also suspended. .


    "Boss, why do you hang it up?" Nan Xing asked curiously.


    Jiang Xuandao: "If you don''t hang it up, how can the ground beast come out? If it doesn''t come out, how can we catch it?"


    "So that''s the case." Nan Xing nodded suddenly.


    Jiang Xuan said to Chi Shao again: "Sister, take out your ropes and connect them together. Let''s put a big rope at the entrance of the cave, then hide to the side, and wait for the ground beast to come out and enter the rope. We immediately tightened the rope, so that the ground armor beast could no longer get into the hole!"


    "This method is good."


    Chishao and Uncaria, Nanxing took out their own ropes and connected them together, so that the length of the ropes was enough.


    Later, Jiang Xuan tied a knot at one end of the rope, made a knot, placed it on the opening of the hole, just circled the opening of the hole, and then pulled the long rope to the back of the boulder.


    The four of them hid. Next, they waited patiently.


    Fortunately, what they are going to catch is the ground beast. This kind of creature has long been accustomed to the explosion of the thunder tree. Although this explosion is relatively terrifying, it is hidden deep underground, so it will not be frightened.


    If it was another beast, I''m afraid it would be so frightened that it would hide in the hole for a few days and wouldn''t dare to come out.


    Time passed quickly, and the four of them took turns staring at the cave, and ate some jerky to satisfy their hunger.


    On the side of the Thunder Tree, the gray-haired rabbit hanging from the tree was still dripping with blood. This smell was undoubtedly a fatal temptation for the underground beasts who like to steal their prey.


    This earth armored beast slowly crawled out from the depths of the cave. It was very cautious. After crawling for a while, it carefully listened to the movements around it.


    In this area where the thunder tree grows, the ground has long been dug by the ground armor beasts in all directions.


    It smelled the smell of blood all the way, found the dirt hole closest to the gray rabbit, and stuck out half of its head, carefully looking at the gray rabbit hanging above.


    The IQ of the ground armor beast is not high enough. It can''t figure out why the gray rabbit''s body is not on the ground, but in the air.


    However, the temptation of food is huge, it crawls out little by little, and at the same time carefully observes the surroundings, as long as it finds any danger, it will retreat into the hole.


    "Boss, it''s coming out."


    Next to the boulder, the Uncaria, who was in charge of staring over there, pulled Jiang Xuan, his voice was so low that it was almost inaudible.


    Jiang Xuan glanced over there cautiously, and sure enough, he found that the ground armored beast had already appeared.


    He grabbed the rope with one hand, ready to tighten the noose at all times to tie the ground armor beast.


    "Don''t worry, wait for it to come out first." Chi Shao urged in Jiang Xuan''s ear.


    Jiang Xuan nodded, then stared at the ground beast.


    Under the thunder tree, a drop of blood fell on the mouth of the ground armor beast. It stretched out its long tongue to lick it, and then looked around and on the thunder tree, but found no danger.


    The ground armor beast crawled out little by little, and gradually, half of its body left the hole, and the man stood up, intending to bite down the gray rabbit hanging in the air.


    Next to the boulder, Jiang Xuan looked at the ground armor beast. When he found that the position of the noose could already bind the waist of the ground armor beast, he did not hesitate any more.


    "pull!"


    Jiang Xuan suddenly withdrew the rope towards him, and the furthest noose shrank instantly and wrapped around the waist of the ground armor beast. After that, the whole rope was tensed.


    The ground armor beast was startled, and immediately turned around and wanted to run into the hole, but the rope was already tied to it, so it couldn''t run at all.


    "Fuck..."


    The ground armor beast bared its fangs and made a threatening sound from its mouth. It was very fierce. When it found out that it was bound by a rope, it immediately opened its mouth and bit the rope.


    Fortunately, the woven bark rope is very tough, and it is impossible to bite it off in one bite, and it will take a certain amount of time.


    "Sister, keep pulling, I''ll subdue it!"


    Jiang Xuan handed the rope to Chi Shao, then charged at the ground armor beast with the bone spear.


    "Be careful!"


    Chishao took the rope and pulled it back hard, trying to drag the ground armor beast away from the place full of caves.


    "Let''s help."


    Uncaria and Nanxing also ran towards the ground armor beast. The tribesmen have a passion for hunting, and they are not afraid of the fierce prey.


    "Snapped!"


    After Jiang Xuan ran in front of the ground armor beast, he immediately slammed the bone spear into the ground armor beast''s mouth, preventing it from continuing to bite the rope.


    The reason why they use the shovel instead of the thorn is because the whole body of the ground armored beast is covered with hard scales, which cannot be pierced at all.


    After the ground armor beast was attacked, it really stopped biting the rope, and turned to bite Jiang Xuan.


    This terrestrial beast weighs about 300 jins. Like a big crocodile, it is extremely fierce.


    Jiang Xuan did not fight recklessly with the ground armored beast, but kept beating it with bone spears, draining its strength and accumulating its injuries little by little.


    Uncaria and Nanxing also came over, and the three of them surrounded the dragged ground armor beast, and it was a blast.


    The ground armor beast''s sharp claws scratched deep traces on the ground, and the terrifying **** mouth kept opening and closing, but it couldn''t bite anyone at all Chief, its shell is too hard to hit move. "


    Uncaria fought for a long time, and found that the ground armor was only bleeding from the corners of its mouth, and did not suffer too many injuries, and was very anxious.


    None of them have experience in hunting ground beasts. It is too difficult to capture such a big guy with a hard shell.


    Jiang Xuan shouted, "Use the rattan net to catch it!"


    Because he wanted to catch the prey alive, when he came, Jiang Xuan deliberately looked for a lot of tough rattan and weaved a simple net.


    This kind of Teng net is very rough, and the mesh is very large. It is not good for fishing, but the big guy in the face should be effective.


    "it is good!"


    Uncaria immediately untied a large bundle of nets from behind, and together with Nan Xing, they pulled the net apart and covered the ground armor beast.


    Sure enough, after the ground armor beast was covered by the net, it was quickly entangled, and its limbs were unable to move freely.


    After the local armored beast rolled for a few times, it was even more tightly entangled in the Teng net, unable to show its teeth and claws like before.


    The four of them took the opportunity to keep wrapping the rope around the ground armor beast, tying it tighter and tighter until it could no longer escape.


    They worked hard for a long time, and finally tied the ground armor beast tightly.


    "Finally caught it alive."


    Jiang Xuan breathed a sigh of relief when he saw the ground beast that was still struggling on the ground, but could no longer break free.


    The four of them were all sweating from exhaustion. After resting for a while, they found some rattan nearby, tied something like a stretcher with sturdy wood, and tied the ground armor beast to it.


    "Let''s go, take this earth armored beast back first."


    Because the ground armored beast is relatively large and the weather is getting late, the four of them did not continue to look for other prey, and took turns carrying the ground armored beast back to the tribe.

 Chapter 55： So big 1 king 8

    After the earth armor beast was brought back to the tribe, it attracted a crowd of people from the tribe, because this thing is usually in the underground cave. Although there are a lot of species, it is difficult to catch them.


    Even the old witch couldn''t help but come over and take a few more glances, because the ground beast is a species unique to the Southern Wilderness, and he has never seen it in the Eastern Wilderness.


    Jiang Xuan temporarily placed the ground armor beast under the stone mountain, next to the new altar.


    This is the sacrifice of the Vine God. Jiang Xuan believes that it will never escape under the eyes of the Vine God.


    In the next two days, they went into the mountain again and used traps to capture an adult bighorn sheep and several smaller prey.


    This big-horned sheep is bigger than the ground beast and weighs more than 500 jins. If Jiang Xuan and the others had all eaten the fruit of the whip tree, and had amazing strength, it would be really hard to bring it back alive.


    At this point, the sacrifices used in the sacrifices have almost been prepared.


    Bighorn sheep, terrestrial beasts, colorful pheasants, colorful ducks, big bamboo rats, etc., will choose the best ones for sacrifice.


    "There''s still a big fish left."


    Jiang Xuan was about to go to the river to catch a big fish, and the sacrifices were basically ready.


    The real big fish are usually in deep water, and they are extremely powerful in the water, so it is not easy to catch them.


    After careful consideration, Jiang Xuan decided to use the fishing method to catch a big fish.


    It is difficult to set up fishing traps to catch really big fish. In the absence of boats and good fishing nets, casting nets is a bad idea.


    Only in fishing, you can throw the hook and bait into the deep water and catch the big fish directly.


    Jiang Xuan did as he said, and immediately began to prepare equipment for catching big fish.


    First of all, it is a strong enough fishing rod, which needs to be thick, large and tough. Only in this way can it withstand the pulling force of the big fish.


    This is not difficult for Jiang Xuan, just chop a purple-blooded tree with a thick arm.


    The purple-blood tree is very tough. Jiang Xuan used the purple-blood tree to make a bone spear before, which is very useful.


    Second, prepare a strong enough fishing line and a large hook.


    In terms of fishing line, Jiang Xuan chose a rope woven from animal skins, which is very tough, wear-resistant and not easy to break.


    In terms of fish hooks, Jiang Xuan found a hard barb-shaped animal bone and polished it carefully. The end was sharp enough, and the tail end could be firmly tied to the animal skin rope.


    There was also a fish float. Jiang Xuan found some dry reeds and bundled them together, making it a fish float.


    In the end, he went to Dajiao and asked for a few thick worms, which he put in a rattan basket with a lid.


    These preparations took him most of the day.


    At ten in the afternoon, Jiang Xuan brought his big fishing rod, along with Chishao, Uncaria and others, to the riverside with gentle water flow, ready to catch big fish.


    "Put on the bait first."


    Jiang Xuan put a big bug with a thick arm on the huge animal bone fish hook.


    The head of the worm was cut off and it was completely dead, so that it would not struggle, and the fishy smell would be stronger when it was put into the water.


    Later, Jiang Xuan held a three-meter-long purple-blood tree fishing rod in one hand and a huge fishing hook in the other. into the river.


    "Boom!"


    The fish hook entered the water in the deep water area, and it sank quickly. If it weren''t for a fish float made of reeds, the rope would not have entered the water.


    "Okay, now you just need to wait patiently."


    Jiang Xuan sat down on a large pebble by the river.


    Fishing is a job that requires a lot of patience. It is useless to be impatient, because it depends on the fish, not people.


    Uncaria asked curiously, "Boss, can this really pull the big fish up?"


    Fishing is a fishing method that tribesmen have never used before, so everyone is not sure whether it is effective or not.


    "The truth is the same. You can use this as a kind of fishing trap."


    "Look, when we use rope traps to catch big birds, it''s also a stick, a rope, plus bait and trigger sticks, right?"


    "It''s the same for fishing, but the noose is replaced by a hook."


    "The big fish sees the bait and swallows the hook, and then the sharp hook will pierce into its body and hook it so that it can''t escape."


    "When the big fish is struggling, it will pull the line, and the reeds on the water will follow."


    "At this time, we only need to use the fishing rod to exhaust the fish''s energy, and then pull it up."


    Jiang Xuan used traps as an analogy. Uncaria, Chishao and others quickly understood what fishing was about. To put it bluntly, this was a different kind of fishing trap.


    "Okay, don''t talk while fishing, so as not to scare the fish away."


    Jiang Xuan stopped talking, and the others also began to wait patiently.


    As a qualified tribal hunter, patience is the most basic requirement when hunting, and everyone has no problem with this.


    The fish in this river have probably never been caught, and the number of them is astonishing.


    Not long after Jiang Xuan dropped it, the reed float on the river moved.


    "A fish is hooked."


    Jiang Xuan immediately cheered up, holding the thick fishing rod in both hands, staring at the water surface closely.


    "Crash..."


    Soon, the fishing line made of animal skin rope was straightened, and the fishing float made of reed was dragged into the water by the big fish desperately, floating up and down.


    Jiang Xuan felt the huge force from the fishing rod, he immediately stood up, and his face showed a look of surprise.


    "Crash..."


    A fast-moving shadow appeared in the river, swimming back and forth with the animal skin rope, and the huge force bent the fishing rod made by the purple blood tree.


    "help me!"


    After Jiang Xuan was dragged forward two steps, his expression finally changed, and he immediately called for help.


    You must know that he is already close to the two-color warrior, and his strength is several times that of ordinary people.


    Even he can''t stand still, one can imagine how powerful the fish in the water are and how big are they.


    Chishao and Uncaria immediately went over, grabbed the thick purple blood tree fishing rod together, and fought against the big fish in the water.


    Gradually, the big fish in the water floated up, and it was actually oval, looking like a ball.


    "what fish is this?"


    Jiang Xuan was very puzzled, but everyone knew very little about the fish in the water, and no one could answer him.


    After a lot of tossing, there were more people on the shore and more power. The strange fish in the water was not swimming so fast, and gradually surfaced.


    "Pull, pull up!"


    Jiang Xuan and others pulled the strange fish to the shallow water together. After a lot of hard work, they finally pulled it ashore, and everyone finally saw the true face of this strange fish.


    "Hey, what a big bastard!"


    Jiang Xuan exclaimed. He never thought that a giant turtle would come up when he was fishing for a big fish.


    The back of this giant turtle is more than two meters long, like a big round table. It is roughly estimated that it weighs at least a few hundred kilograms. It can be said to be a real king.


    "Is this thing called Wang Ba?"


    "It looks too strange, you see, it has four legs."


    "Yeah, how can it live in water with long feet? It''s so strange."


    "It''s mouth is so big, how come you can''t see fangs?"


    Everyone was very excited, and while looking at this strange aquatic creature, they chatted and discussed.


    "Excellent offering!"


    "Put it on a shelf and carry it back!"


    Jiang Xuan was in a happy mood, and when he gave the order, everyone was busy tying up the shelf, and then dragged the giant turtle onto the shelf. After tying it up, they carried it back to the tribe along the opened road.

 Chapter 56： Tourists attracted by bonfire

    On September 10th, the Teng tribe prepared the offerings, and Jiang Xuan spent another day opening a kiln to burn the pottery blanks of the three large pottery tripods into pottery.


    Due to the accumulated experience and the fact that the pottery ding itself is relatively thick and not easy to crack, all three pottery dings were fired very successfully this time.


    The surface of these pottery tripods is dark red, and the outer walls are engraved with totem patterns of the rattan tribe, as well as patterns of flowers, birds, insects, fish, and beasts.


    Jiang Xuan carried the three new pottery dings to the center of the new altar, lined up in a row, representing the meaning of the Three Lives and Myriad Things.


    In addition to the Tao Ding, the altar was surrounded by eight thick totem poles, and even those huge animal bones were placed neatly.


    The altar of the Veng tribe finally had some mysterious and sacred feeling. Even the old witch often went there for a few laps and thought the arrangement was amazing.


    On September 12, Jiang Xuan woke up early in the morning and found that the ground had turned white, but it was not snow, but frost.


    Jiang Xuan returned to the bamboo house, held his bamboo calendar, and used a stone knife to engrave the two small characters "Frostfall" next to "September 12".


    "The weather is getting colder and colder. It is estimated that it will snow soon. Everything is ready, and it is time to hold the sacrificial ceremony."


    Delaying further, Jiang Xuan was worried that the divine vine would be affected by the arrival of winter, because it is a plant after all.


    "The cold winter is coming, and the battles between the tribes should have ended. Now is a good time to recruit tourists!"


    Jiang Xuan intends to start attracting tourists immediately. It is best for them to witness the process of sacrifice, especially the recovery of the vines, which can deter those tourists.


    Before, Jiang Xuan recruited Gan Song and others by chance, and persuaded them to join the Vine tribe.


    But that''s too inefficient. It''s not easy to find tourists in the vast forest.


    Jiang Xuan thought of a simpler method, which is to light a huge bonfire in the wide open space in front of the Vine tribe, and add some twigs and wet grass to the bonfire.


    In this way, the bonfire will produce billowing smoke straight into the sky, which can be seen from a long distance.


    There is a high probability that the desperate tourists nearby will come to check after seeing these obvious man-made smog.


    At that time, Jiang Xuan can easily recruit some tourists who want to join the tribe.


    Moreover, over the past year, Jiang Xuan and others have explored a wide area near the Teng tribe, but they have not found any hostile tribes, so there is no need to worry that the thick smoke will attract the attention of the hostile tribes.


    Because the Southern Wilderness is full of mountains and mountains, unless you stand on the top of the mountain, it is difficult to see too far.


    Jiang Xuan told other people about this method, and everyone felt that there was no problem.


    Jiang Xuan found a few people, picked up a large amount of firewood, and piled it in the center of the cultivated land where the grain had been harvested, forming a large pyre more than three meters high.


    "Fire!"


    Jiang Xuan held a burning torch in his hand and lit this huge bonfire.


    "Crackling, crackling, crackling..."


    The firewood was very dry, and after one place was lit, the fire expanded rapidly until the entire bonfire was roaring, and the heat wave was rolling in.


    Next, Jiang Xuan covered the burning bonfire with a lot of twigs and some wet grass.


    The billowing smoke soon came out, turning into a huge plume of smoke that shot straight into the sky.


    "What a tall smoke!"


    Gan Song looked up at the billowing smoke and exclaimed, and the others also exclaimed.


    The bonfire will continue to burn for several days until Jiang Xuan recruits enough tourists for the Vine tribe.


    Jiang Xuan stood beside the fire and said to the crowd, "Sister, Uncaria, Shiloh, and Nanxing, you go and remove the traps on both sides of the tribe temporarily, so as not to hurt the tourists who come here."


    "Tomorrow at noon, when the sun is at its highest, no matter whether there are tourists or not, the sacrifice will be held on time."


    Many tribal sacrificial ceremonies are held at night, because most of the animal totem gods like to forage at night, and they are more active at night than during the day.


    But the vine tribe is different. Their totem **** is a vine, which is more active during the day when there is sunshine and is more suitable for sacrifice.


    "Okay, let''s go now."


    Chi Shao and the others immediately set off to temporarily remove the traps around the tribe.


    "Next, it''s up to luck."


    Standing beside the bonfire, Jiang Xuan looked up at the billowing smoke, felt the heat wave after wave, and prayed that enough tourists would be successfully recruited.


    At this time, in a forest between the two mountains of the Teng tribe, hundreds of tourists were walking at a loss.


    They are a group of people who have lost their tribe, and they come from many tribes. In order to survive in the dangerous virgin forest, they chose to form a group.


    They have come a long way. Along the way, they have experienced all kinds of dangerous beasts and plant attacks. Some people join in, some die, and no one knows where the destination is.


    Tourists like this die in the forest every year.


    Or frozen to death, or starved to death, or eaten by wild animals, or used as fertilizer by strange plants.


    They don''t have the protection of tribes, they don''t have the protection of powerful warriors, they don''t have time to find enough food for the winter, and they can''t find enough animal skins to keep out the cold.


    In such a bad situation, it is too difficult to survive.


    "Nepeta, do you think we can find the big tribe?"


    Among the tourists, there was a tall tribal man named Nepeta. He was the only one-colored warrior among the tourists. If it wasn''t for him, these tourists would die faster.


    Because of his strong strength, Nepeta became the leader of this group, leading them to compete with Winter for time, trying to find a large tribe to take them in.


    Jing Ji didn''t look back, he said firmly: "I believe we will definitely find the big tribe!"


    However, whether it is possible to find a big tribe to take it in, Nepeta has no idea at all.


    He only knew that if he gave up hope, then this group of people would really have no hope.


    "Yes, we will definitely find it."


    "That''s right, then we won''t have to starve."


    "Maybe we can cover with thick animal skins in winter."


    ¡­


    Several younger tourists started to discuss, and the more they discussed, the more excited they became, as if a beautiful day was just around the corner.


    However, those older tourists are very pessimistic or numb in their eyes, because they have experienced too many disappointments, and they have long stopped holding such naive thoughts.


    Their only hope is to live, even if they live one more day.


    This is the instinct of survival.


    "Shashasha..."


    In the bushes next to it, a gigantic tiger suddenly burst out, biting a tourist at the edge of the team.


    "what¡­"


    The tourist let out a scream, and was dragged away by the giant tooth tiger, leaving only a line of blood on the ground.


    "It''s a giant tooth tiger!"


    Those tourists made a mess one after another. They screamed in horror, and tried their best to squeeze in the middle, for fear that other beasts would come out around.


    "Don''t be chaotic, the more chaotic you are, the faster you will die. Do you want to die?"


    At a critical moment, Nepeta stood up and roared loudly.


    But the tourists were too frightened, and it took Nepeta for a while, roaring and kicking, to stop these panicked tourists from running and crowding.


    "Go ahead and pay attention to the movement around you."


    Nepeta held a stone axe in his hand and continued to walk in front. Such scenes have occurred many times along the way. Although he was angry, he was powerless.


    Be sure to find a tribe that can accommodate tourists!


    Nepeta gritted his teeth secretly, he could only rely on this belief to support himself to move on, otherwise he was afraid that he would collapse like those tourists.


    While walking, two more tourists were dragged away by the beasts, and another tourist had a mental breakdown and escaped from the team, and there is a high probability that he would also die in the jungle.


    Nepeta''s heart kept sinking, but he could only grit his teeth and insist, he had no choice.


    They walked to a high point in a mountain col. Nepeta climbed on a boulder to check the surrounding situation. Suddenly, he saw a thick smoke in the distance.


    This thick smoke rose almost straight into the sky, and it was isolated, unlike the thick smoke caused by wildfires.


    "Bonfire, big bonfire!"


    Nepeta was so excited that he almost jumped up. As a tribesman, he was very familiar with the smoke from bonfires.


    If it was a small bonfire, it would never be able to produce such a thick, large plume of smoke. Only the big bonfire lit when the tribe held a grand event would have this effect!


    "There must be a tribe ahead, big tribe!"


    "Go ahead and rush to that big tribe, maybe we will be taken in!"


    Nepeta climbed down from the boulder and shouted excitedly to the tourists.


    "Is there really a big tribe?"


    "Great!"


    "We can all survive!"


    ¡­


    Some of the tourists cheered, and then followed Nepeta to move forward.


    There are also some tourists who are more numb, because they have been excited many times, but they are hit by reality again and again, and now they no longer dare to believe in miracles.


    With all kinds of thoughts, the tourist team moved fast in the direction of the thick smoke, and in the process, some people lost their lives.

 Chapter 57： disillusioned

    "Boss, a group of tourists have come to the mountain forest to the south."


    In the evening, Uncaria, who was in charge of patrolling the mountains and forests in the south, quickly ran to Jiang Xuan to report.


    "how many people?"


    "This... Anyway, there are a lot of people."


    Uncaria was a little embarrassed, because he could only count simply, and if there were too many, he couldn''t count them.


    Not only Uncaria, most tribesmen are not strong at counting, they can only count roughly, which has a lot to do with their lack of education.


    Only people like Wu who have a lot of knowledge and inheritance can be a little stronger than them.


    Jiang Xuan patted his shoulder understandingly, and said, "Take me over there."


    "it is good."


    Uncaria immediately took Jiang Xuan to the mountain forest in the south, followed by Chi Shao and others.


    On the way, Jiang Xuan pondered that it was necessary to teach the clan members simple and easy-to-write numbers, as well as simple addition and subtraction.


    This can be done in winter when the mountains are covered by heavy snow, because that''s when the free time is the most.


    Besides, the group of tourists, after they approached the Vine tribe, were the first to see dozens of skeletons hanging from the trees and swaying in the wind, and they were startled.


    After finally walking through the area with courage, he saw the giant eagle returning from foraging.


    The huge giant eagle landed in front, setting off a gust of wind, scaring the tourists to the point where they almost fled.


    Fortunately, Nepeta found that the giant eagle did not attack them, so he forcibly stabilized the tourists.


    I finally came to the periphery of the Veng tribe. At this time, it was already dark, but the giant bonfire in the crops of the Veng tribe was still burning.


    "There is a house in front."


    The sharp-eyed tourist discovered the house where the old witch lived.


    "The big bird is also next to the house. God, it''s taller than the house."


    "It should be this tribe''s pet, right?"


    The tourists chatted and discussed, and were happy that they had found a place where the smoke was rising.


    "To have such a powerful pet, this must be a big tribe!"


    Nepeta was even more excited, he walked forward quickly, and finally left the dense jungle and came to the periphery of the Vine tribe.


    The giant eagle gave them a cold look, and then pecking at the meat of the beast on its own.


    The old witch was not surprised by the arrival of these tourists, because he knew that the bonfire was lit to attract tourists.


    The old witch cut a piece of meat from the prey with a stone knife, then returned to the house and threw it into a clay pot to boil.


    He is old, and his teeth are not very good. He needs to cook in a clay pot for a long time, and the meat is boiled until it is completely boiled before eating.


    "Look, boss, what a big vine!"


    Just when Nepeta was going to ask about it in the bamboo house, a visitor saw the huge ancient vines wrapping around the stone mountain at a glance.


    At this time, the setting sun was gradually sinking, and the last ray of sunlight shone on the ancient vine, which enveloped the whole ancient vine with a layer of orange-red color, making the ancient vine even more mysterious.


    Nepeta looked at the huge stone mountain and ancient vines, and her eyes were dull. This scene brought him a strong psychological impact.


    "This is the territory of the Vine tribe, which tribe are you from?"


    At this moment, a voice pulled Nepeta''s attention from the ancient vines on the stone mountain back to the ground.


    Jing Ji saw Jiang Xuan and the Veng tribe warriors behind him at a glance.


    He saw the totem lines on the faces of Jiang Xuan and others, as well as the iconic isshiki warrior horizontal lines.


    Nepeta hurriedly said, "We are a group of tourists who have lost their tribe and are looking for a tribe that is willing to take us in."


    A female tourist added: "We came to see the thick smoke."


    Jiang Xuan was overjoyed, he was indeed a tourist.


    However, Chi Shao pulled on his animal skin coat and whispered in his ear, "There are too many tourists..."


    Jiang Xuan roughly counted the tourists in Wuyangyang, and found that there were hundreds of them, which seriously exceeded his psychological expectations.


    There are indeed too many tourists.


    The sky was dark, and Jing Ji didn''t notice the slight change in Jiang Xuan''s expression. He asked anxiously, "Are you a big tribe here?"


    Jiang Xuan shook his head helplessly and sighed, "No, we are just a small tribe."


    Jiang Xuan''s words, like a thunderbolt from the blue, suddenly shattered Nepeta''s beautiful dream.


    For a long time, what supported Nepeta and led this group of tourists to survive was the idea of ??finding a big tribe to take them in.


    Even though so many people died and suffered so many injuries along the way, he still insisted on gritting his teeth.


    When he saw the plume of smoke, he was more excited than ever, because he felt that he had finally found the big tribe.


    But now, that dream is shattered.


    Nepeta looked around at a loss, he only saw seven or eight bamboo huts and an empty field of crops.


    As the saying goes, the greater the hope, the greater the disappointment. The huge psychological gap between the dream and the reality made him almost collapse.


    "How...how could this be..."


    Nepeta stood there sluggishly, her mouth slightly open, very helpless and dazed.


    The smiles on the faces of the tourists also solidified, and then turned into disappointment, to despair.


    Jiang Xuan felt their emotional changes, and he didn''t know why he felt very uncomfortable, but his Vine tribe really couldn''t eat so many tourists.


    Jiang Xuan said softly, "We plan to recruit thirty tourists."


    Jing Ji finally came back to his senses, and he said with difficulty: "But... but there are far more than thirty tourists here."


    A middle-aged tourist at the back cried, "The weather is getting colder and colder, and it won''t be long before it snows. If there is no tribe to take shelter, we will die, and everyone will die."


    "I don''t want to die, woo woo..."


    Sadness spread among the tourists, and there were cries.


    A relatively strong tourist squeezed out, walked in front of Jiang Xuan, showed his arm muscles, and said anxiously, "Take me in, I''m strong enough to help the tribe hunt."


    The other tourists also reacted and rushed to Jiang Xuan, shouting that they wanted to join the Vine tribe.


    They are afraid that others will be taken in, and they will be abandoned, and finally die in the jungle.


    Only Nepeta did not say a word, and he still hadn''t recovered from the state of shattered dreams.


    In the bamboo house not far away, the old witch walked to the door and looked here with great interest. He wanted to see how Jiang Xuan would deal with this situation.


    "Stop arguing!"


    Jiang Xuan was upset by the noise, so he shouted loudly, frightening the tourists to retreat, not daring to make a sound for a while.


    Because they were afraid, if they angered Jiang Xuan and didn''t take them in, they would really have nowhere to go.


    Jiang Xuan lowered his head and forced himself to think calmly.


    If you are a little unsympathetic, just follow the previous idea and only recruit thirty tourists with the best physical condition.


    But in this way, the remaining tourists probably won''t survive this winter.


    In another way of thinking, if more than 100 tourists can all be included in the Vine tribe, the population of the Vine tribe will be greatly supplemented all at once, and it will become a real small tribe, not a miniature tribe.


    Of course, there are risks. With so many tourists, the existing food in the Teng tribe must be insufficient, and people may starve to death by then.


    Jiang Xuan felt in a dilemma, because the Vine tribe was too fragile, and if it was a little careless, it would be destroyed in an instant, but he didn''t want to miss this opportunity to rapidly expand its population.


    Jiang Xuan turned his head, looked at Chishao, Uncaria and others, and asked, "What''s your opinion?"


    Chi Shao looked at Jiang Xuan with trusting eyes, and said, "You are the leader, you decide."


    Uncaria and the others nodded in succession. In their inherent impression, these important matters were decided by the leader or the witch.


    The Vine tribe has no witches, so the leader needs to make his own decisions.


    Jiang Xuan glanced back at the ancient vines in Shishan, then looked at the wide cultivated land of the vine tribe, and finally glanced at the small river in the distance, and slowly came up with an idea in his heart.


    "All step back and let me speak to your leader!"


    Jiang Xuan heard someone call the leader of Nepeta just now, and there was a stripe on Nepeta''s face. He was obviously a one-colored warrior. He should have a certain prestige among these tourists.


    Those tourists were anxious, but they didn''t dare to go against Jiang Xuan''s words, so they slowly backed away and let Jing Ji stand at the front.


    "I know you feel very sad, but the most important thing right now is how to keep you people alive, isn''t it?"


    Jiang Xuan''s words, coupled with the will to survive, made Jing Ji slowly raise her head.


    He was not a fragile person at first, but the blow of the shattered dream was too great, and it was only temporarily relieved.


    Jiang Xuan saw Jingjie''s eyes regain brilliance, so he said, "There are two ways now, just listen."


    "One is that I select 30 of you to join the Vine Tribe, but the weather is getting colder and colder. I''m afraid it will snow before other people find other tribes. I don''t need to say more about the consequences, right?"


    Nepeta nodded, but didn''t speak.


    "The second method is that all of you stay on the periphery of the Vine tribe We can help build houses so that you will not be frozen, and we will also provide food for thirty people."


    "The rest of the food needs to be solved by your own efforts. Anyone who can survive this winter can join the Vine Tribe."


    Nepeta said with difficulty: "It''s going to snow soon, where can we find food?"


    Those tourists also looked sad, apparently thinking that they couldn''t find food in winter, and many of them would starve to death.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Don''t worry, I have a way for you to find food in winter. As long as you work hard and add the rations provided by the Teng tribe for 30 people, most of you will definitely be able to survive."


    Jiang Xuan glanced at Shishan Guteng again, then turned to Jingjie and said, "You don''t need to reply to me now, I will ask someone to help you tonight, build a temporary shelter for you, and give you some food."


    "Tomorrow at noon is the day for the sacrifice of the Veng tribe. You can watch the ceremony. After the sacrifice, you will tell me your choice."


    After Jing Ji heard Jiang Xuan''s words, she nodded helplessly. He really needed time to think about it.


    Jiang Xuan turned his head and said to Uncaria, "Go and find Gan Song and the others, light a bonfire, and help these tourists build sheds."


    "it is good!"


    Uncaria immediately returned to the tribe and called Gan Song and others together.


    Soon, piles of bonfires were lit on the periphery of the Veng tribe, and the tourists and the Veng tribe worked together to build a temporary shed as a shelter, ready to spend the night here.


    After setting up the shed, Jiang Xuan sent some food to these tourists. It was impossible for these tourists to fill their stomachs.


    In the end, the more than 100 tourists lived in temporary sheds, guarding the bonfire, and anxiously awaiting their fate tomorrow.

 Chapter 58： sacrificial ceremony begins

    Early the next morning, everyone in the Vine tribe stayed in the tribe, nervously preparing for the sacrifice.


    Even the weeds and shrubs around the altar, as well as bamboo, have been removed.


    In the bamboo house, Chi Shao followed the old witch to practice sacrificial language and sacrificial rituals for the last time.


    "When chanting mantras, be reverent and keep your arms outstretched, like this..."


    The old witch gave Chi Shao a demonstration, and chanted a dull and incomprehensible incantation. This kind of incantation has a special charm, which makes people involuntarily excited after listening to it.


    After teaching like this several times, the old witch said with satisfaction: "You are very talented and you learn very quickly. It is difficult for people without talent to learn these mantras and prayers."


    "Okay, get ready and go to the sacrifice. Remember, when you get to the altar, don''t be nervous and be pious."


    Chi Shao nodded solemnly, she was very aware of the importance of this sacrifice, and she didn''t want to make any mistakes.


    This is not only the first sacrifice of the Teng tribe, but also the day when Gan Song and others officially became members of the Teng tribe, and more than a hundred new visitors came to watch the ceremony.


    As the main sacrifice, Chi Shao''s every move will affect the effect of this sacrifice. Therefore, she is under a lot of pressure.


    But Chi Shao did not flinch, nor was she afraid, but resolutely provoked this important task, which was due to her tenacious character.


    Chi Shao left the bamboo house, and the old witch sat in the bamboo house and solemnly painted the totem pattern of the Eagle Tribe on his old face.


    He paints meticulously. He has done this countless times, but every time he is very serious.


    This time, he was also invited by Jiang Xuan to watch the ceremony. He painted the totem pattern well, which was the most basic respect for the rattan tribe.


    After painting the totem pattern, the old witch tidyed up the animal skin coat, hung up bone ornaments, put on a feather crown, and walked to the altar of the rattan tribe.


    Not far away, the tourists who had spent the night outside the Veng tribe gathered together and looked at the busy figure of the Veng tribe anxiously.


    After a morning''s observation, they found that the Vine tribe was smaller than they thought, with only a dozen or so clan members, and it was almost inferior to a small tribe.


    "Are we really going to stay here?"


    "There are so few people in this tribe. Do they really have so much food for winter?"


    "But that big bird is so scary."


    ¡­¡­


    Tourists are talking a lot, all worrying about their future fate.


    Nepeta sat on a stone holding a weapon similar to a mace, with a solemn expression on her face and a bit of melancholy in her eyes.


    This "mace" is actually made of a tree with spikes all over its body.


    This tree is very hard and has a certain degree of toughness. Tribes are used to grinding off all the spikes on it to make weapons such as spears.


    But Nepeta came up with a whim and kept the spikes at one end and turned it into a mace. It was very easy to use and had a strong lethality.


    Jing Ji kept thinking about the two choices Jiang Xuan gave him, but in fact neither of them was a good choice.


    The first choice is that Nepeta joins the Vine tribe with twenty-nine people, then there is a high probability that the others will freeze to death or starve to death this winter.


    The second option is to stay in the Veng tribe and use the rations of 30 people, plus the method Jiang Xuan said to get food in winter, and boil it until the ice and snow melt.


    If Jing Ji is a very heartless and selfish person, in fact, he doesn''t have to hesitate and choose the first one.


    Unfortunately, he is not. On the contrary, he is a more responsible person, and he hopes to live with all the tourists.


    Because it is not heartless, it is painful, so it is difficult to make a choice.


    "Oh, let''s take a look."


    Nepeta looked at the mysterious ancient vine behind the vine tribe, hoping for a miracle to happen.


    ¡­¡­


    At noon, when the sun rose to the highest point, the sacrificial ceremony of the Vine tribe finally began.


    On the altar, the three large cauldrons have been filled with various wild fruits and grains, which look quite spectacular.


    The sacrifices of the ground beasts, giant soft-shelled turtles, big-horned sheep, colorful pheasants, colorful ducks, and big bamboo rats were all smeared with stone knives on their necks, and then placed neatly on the altar, allowing the blood to flow and infiltrate the totem patterns.


    The eight totem poles surrounding the altar were also smeared with animal blood, adding a mysterious flavor.


    Even the old witch was surprised to see so many sacrifices, which already exceeded the scale of sacrifices of many small tribes.


    The three large pottery cauldrons filled with food made the old witch even more shocked. This was a sacrificial method he had never seen before in other tribes, or even in the records of the Eagle tribe.


    The old witch sighed, "Just looking at their sacrificial ceremonies, who would dare to say that this is a small tribe?"


    All the people of the Teng tribe had taken a bath, put on the best animal skins, and the best accessories such as animal teeth and horns, and stood in front of the altar with a solemn expression and excited mood.


    As the person invited to watch the ceremony, the old witch stood in the front position on the left, while the more than 100 tourists stood in the back, nervously waiting for the sacrifice of the Vine tribe.


    Jiang Xuan glanced at the position of the sun, and then shouted loudly, "The autumn ritual ceremony, start now!"


    Everyone''s mood became tense, and even those tourists didn''t dare to talk to each other anymore, and they all stared at the altar.


    Chishao took a deep breath, then took off her animal leather boots and walked down the steps with bare feet, step by step to the altar that was more than three meters high.


    Facing Shishan Guteng, she slowly opened her arms, and began to sing according to the mantra taught by the old witch.


    "¨É¨Ê¨Î¨Ì¨É, ¨Þ¨Ó¨Ø¨â¨Ö..."


    The mysterious God-pleaser, the meaning of the word is dry and difficult to understand, but it is very rhythmic, just like an ancient song, the ups and downs of the tones make people unconsciously aroused their emotions With the singing of Chishao , a scene that shocked all the tourists and the old witch appeared.


    On the top of the tall rocky mountain, the divine vines, entrenched like giant dragons, radiated a dazzling green light.


    It is clearly late autumn, but the branches and leaves of the vines are as green as jade, showing vigor.


    Just lying on the ancient vine, the giant dragonfly that was dying with the cold weather seemed to have been injected with new life force, and flew lightly around the stone mountain.


    Countless roots broke out from the ground, wrapped around the altar, and finally wrapped the three cauldrons and all the sacrifices on the altar, and the blood on the altar was quickly absorbed by the roots.


    Even the eight totem poles were all wrapped by the roots of the divine vine, and the animal blood smeared on them was not wasted at all.


    After Chishao finished reciting the divine spell, she bowed down and waited for the divine vine to enjoy the offering. Those roots were entwined around her, but none of them touched her. It was very miraculous.


    "sky¡­¡­"


    Among the tourists, someone was about to exclaim when someone next to him covered his mouth, lest he collided with the patron saint of the Vine tribe and brought disaster to them.


    Even Nepeta was shocked, because in their original tribe, totem gods had long since become a legend. Except for some things that were said to be **** bones, no one had ever seen a living totem **** at all.


    But now, he saw the living totem **** in the Veng tribe with his own eyes. This shock is indescribable.


    Almost in an instant, he decided to take everyone to stay in the Vine Tribe, and the two choices that had troubled him for a long time were gone.


    What is a small tribe? What are fewer people? It is more important than anything to be guarded by a living totem god!

 Chapter 59： Birth of a witch

    The green light of life enveloped the entire stone mountain, the endless roots wrapped around the altar, and the divine vine once again revealed a miracle.


    After a long time, countless roots retracted to the ground, leaving only the empty cauldron and a pile of bones above the altar.


    But the green light of the vines on the stone mountain is stronger.


    "Om!"


    Shenteng was shocked suddenly, and with the stone mountain as the base point, the underground roots extended out again, which meant that its divine power was enhanced again, and the range of protection it could provide was wider.


    Not only that, in the underground where no one can see, countless snakes, insects, rats, and ants that spend the winter have been entangled by the roots of the vine, and then become the nourishment of the vine.


    The vine has a spirit, it has removed so many harmful organisms for the vine tribe, but all the livestock and those big bugs raised by the vine tribe are safe and sound.


    The old witch standing beside the altar widened his eyes. He had clearly seen white rhizomes on a rotten tree on the ground just now.


    After the divine power fluctuations on the ground disappeared, he quietly smashed the decaying dead tree with his foot, and found that there was only a dry worm skin left.


    The old witch''s expression changed, and he muttered to himself in a very low voice: "It''s terrible, it''s terrible..."


    This divine vine was even more terrifying than he had guessed at the beginning. He couldn''t figure out how such a powerful divine vine would agree to become the totem **** of the Vine tribe.


    This tribe that couldn''t be smaller, revealed strange things that didn''t match its own strength.


    For example, they can make pottery, they can tame wild beasts, they are more skilled in farming than other tribes, and they have a terrifying totem god.


    The more this is the case, the more interested the old witch is in the future of this small tribe. He is looking forward to what this small tribe will develop into in the future.


    After Shenteng cleaned up the underground snakes, worms, and ants, he obviously got a lot of nourishment, and his life force became stronger.


    It was obviously late autumn and when the grass was dry, the vines grew a lot of emerald green vines, which looked fresh and tender.


    Among them was a newly-born vine, about the thickness of an arm. It grew rapidly, from the halfway up the mountain, all the way to the altar, and it quickly wrapped the red peony around it, like a cocoon made of vines!


    "elder sister!"


    As soon as Jiang Xuan''s face changed, he was about to rush to the altar when he pulled his legs, for fear that the red peony would be eaten by the vines and only bones would be left like those sacrifices.


    "Don''t go there!"


    At the critical moment, the old witch actually quickly grabbed Jiang Xuan, with a very excited expression on his face, and his eyes were very enthusiastic.


    "Let go!" Jiang Xuan was so anxious at this time that he didn''t pay attention to his abnormality.


    However, the old witch''s strength was surprisingly strong, and Jiang Xuan was not able to break free all of a sudden.


    The old witch stared brightly at the altar and said, "Are you going to interrupt the birth of your tribe''s first witch?"


    "what?"


    Jiang Xuan looked at the old witch in amazement, his mind was a little short of time.


    "Xuan, I''m fine, I feel it''s amazing."


    At this moment, the red peony on the altar opened her mouth, and her voice really didn''t sound like something was going on.


    Jiang Xuan finally calmed down when he heard Chi Shao''s voice. He looked at the old witch and asked, "What were you talking about just now?"


    The old witch was still looking at the altar frantically, and said, "I said, the first real witch of your Vine tribe will be born!"


    "Shen Teng is infusing her with witch power, that''s the power of witches!"


    "Only a witch with sorcery power is a real sorcerer. It is a great opportunity to be infused with sorcery power by the Totem God himself!"


    "You have to know that most of the small tribes, and even the witches of many middle tribes, have no witch power!"


    After listening to the old witch''s words, Jiang Xuan finally understood that Chishao was getting a chance, and this kind of chance was extremely rare.


    The old witch still has something to say, that is, this divine vine is definitely not as simple as it looks. It seems to have an extraordinary origin and hides a lot of secrets.


    After a long time, the vines on the altar slowly receded, and the figure of Chishao reappeared.


    Chi Shao glanced back at Jiang Xuan, signaling him to feel at ease.


    Jiang Xuan keenly discovered that there seemed to be an inexplicable change in Chi Shao''s body. Her temperament became dusty, and her eyes became captivating. Just looking at it made one''s soul throb.


    Could it be that this is the change brought about by the so-called magic power?


    If it wasn''t for Chi Shao''s still warm eyes looking at him, Jiang Xuan would even wonder if she was taken away by Shenteng like in some novels in her previous life.


    After Jiang Xuan was going to wait for the sacrifice, he asked Chi Shao what was going on.


    The old witch on the side was obviously not as much as Jiang Xuanxiang. He said excitedly, "I actually witnessed the birth of the first generation of witches in a tribe!"


    No matter how excited the old witch was, the sacrifice continued.


    On the altar, after obtaining Wu Li, Chi Shao''s previous nervousness was swept away, and she became more confident.


    The ancient and mysterious witchcraft sounded again, but this time, it was not a divine spell, but a blessing spell.


    On the huge ancient vine, sixteen tender branches grew rapidly, extending to the top of Jiang Xuan, Gan Song and others.


    "Tick!"


    A drop of liquid like a green diamond fell on top of Jiang Xuan''s head and submerged into his body.


    Afterwards, Jiang Xuan felt a majestic force rapidly spreading to his limbs and veins. His strength became stronger, and his vision, smell, and hearing were all improved.


    Jiang Xuan clenched his fists, feeling the terrifying strength in his body, he said in surprise, "I have become a two-color warrior."


    Before, Jiang Xuan had eaten the fruit of the whip tree, and his strength almost reached the standard of a two-color warrior, but he was slightly inferior in other aspects.


    Now, the juice of the **** vine has made him a true two-color warrior.


    This is a wonderful intuition. If he encounters another wild boar now, Jiang Xuan will definitely not panic anymore, because the two-color warrior has the strength not weaker than that of an adult wild boar.


    Not only Jiang Xuan, Uncaria and Shiloh have also become two-color warriors, Nanxing is slightly weaker, but it is not far from the strength of two-color warriors.


    As for Gan Song and other twelve people, they all became one-colored warriors.


    When they felt that powerful power, many people cried with joy, which was a surprise they could only feel in their dreams before.


    After Shenteng did all this, all the branches shrank back, and the green light on the body gradually became introverted.


    "Thank you for the grace of Fujishen."


    Chishao worshipped again, then got up and walked down the stairs from the altar, which meant that the autumn rituals of the Fuji tribe were all over.


    "Sister, how do you feel now?" Jiang Xuan asked with concern. UU reading www. uukanshu.com


    Chi Shao thought about it for a while, and replied seriously, "I can communicate directly with the Vine God."


    "Really?" Jiang Xuan felt very unbelievable, this ability was beyond his previous understanding.


    Chi Shao nodded and said, "There are other changes, I need time to adapt."


    Jiang Xuandao: "No hurry, take your time and do your business first."


    Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao walked together in front of the people of the Teng tribe. Looking at the familiar faces, Jiang Xuan said, "I will announce two things now."


    "The first thing, from now on, Chishao will be the witch of our Vine tribe!"


    Everyone nodded. No one had any objection about this matter, nor dared to object, because Chishao''s identity was recognized by the totem god.


    "The second thing." Jiang Xuan looked at Gan Song and the others.


    "From today onwards, the twelve of you have officially become members of our Vine Tribe. Welcome to the Vine Tribe."


    "Great!"


    The twelve people were so excited that tears filled their eyes. Today, they got too many surprises.


    Officially becoming a member of the Vine tribe means to them no less than becoming a warrior of the same color.


    It can be said to be a double happiness!


    "One more thing, the Vine Tribe will hold a bonfire party tonight, and there will be plenty of food for everyone to eat and play!"


    "it is good!"


    Everyone cheered and couldn''t wait to celebrate.


    The more than 100 tourists, including Nepeta, watching the Teng tribe cheering, were very envious in their hearts, and some people began to look forward to joining them.


    ¡­


    Congratulations to the book friend "Xin Xuan Liang Sheng ©c" for becoming the helmsman of this book.


    Congratulations to the book friend "Undersea Canglong" for becoming the helmsman of this book.

 Chapter 60： Chief, you cant lie

    After the sacrifice, Jing Ji found Jiang Xuan.


    "I''ve decided to take everyone to stay in the Vine tribe for the winter."


    "No regrets? Let me remind you that the Vine tribe can only provide winter rations for thirty people at most. If anyone can''t survive this winter, they will die!"


    Jingjie said firmly, "I don''t regret it."


    In fact, Nepeta has no room for regret.


    If you choose thirty people to join the Vine tribe, the others will die. If you continue to look for other tribes, more people will die.


    After excluding these options, in fact, everyone stayed in the Vine tribe to survive the winter, which became the best choice.


    "Okay, now that you''ve decided, I''ll call up people right away to help you build houses for the winter."


    Jiang Xuan was about to turn around, but Jingjie grabbed Jiang Xuan''s sleeve.


    Jiang Xuan glanced at him, and the tall Nepeta slowly let go of his hand and asked in a low voice, "Boss, you said that there is a way for us to find food in winter, is that true?"


    Jiang Xuan looked at Jing Ji''s expectant eyes, nodded, and said, "Of course it''s true, it won''t do me any good if you freeze to death or starve to death."


    Jing Ji let out a long breath and said, "That''s fine, that''s fine..."


    "Is there anything else?"


    "there is none left."


    "Then I will inform the clan to help you build houses. In addition, you need to hoard a lot of dry wood to survive the cold winter."


    "Okay." Nepeta chicken nodded as if pecking at rice.


    Jiang Xuan turned and left. He sighed slightly in his heart. In this dangerous and wild world, it is too difficult to survive. Even a warrior like Jing Ji must bow his head and carefully seek to survive.


    If there is a choice, who is willing to be inferior?


    Jiang Xuan shook his head, then went to find someone to build a house.


    For the next ten days, the Veng tribe was working hard to build houses for these tourists.


    In order to build faster, besides bamboo, a large number of trees and stones were also added to the building materials. Jiang Xuan has only one requirement for these houses, that is, they are strong.


    In addition to building houses, those tourists desperately go to pick up all kinds of dry wood when they are free to prepare for heating in winter.


    Jiang Xuan, Uncaria and others hunted and fished as much as possible every day, and frantically stored food.


    Some small prey that were not looked down upon in the past have now been caught for the sake of winter.


    On September 23, all ten houses for tourists to live in were built, and the firewood piled up into a hill, enough to burn for a long time.


    September 25th, night.


    "Uuuuuu..."


    The cold wind whistled outside, making the branches and leaves rattle.


    Fortunately, Jiang Xuan covered the gaps of the bamboo house with mud in advance. Otherwise, the little heat generated by the burning of the fire in the house would have been taken away by the cold wind.


    "It''s probably going to snow."


    Jiang Xuan muttered, tightened the animal skin mattress that covered him, and continued to sleep.


    In the second half of the night, the wind outside gradually stopped, but there were snowflakes in the sky. At first, there were only a few sporadic flowers, and the back was bigger and bigger, flying all over the sky.


    This night, many people did not sleep well because it was too cold.


    The next morning, Jiang Xuan woke up. After putting on the animal skin coat, he was going to wash his face as usual, but when he opened the door, he saw that the ground had turned into a vast white scene.


    "It''s really snowing!"


    Jiang Xuan returned to the bamboo house, blocked the gate, found the calendar bamboo tube, and engraved the word "Xiaoxue" next to today''s date.


    It snows, which means that the long winter officially begins. For the tribesmen, the cold winter without food and clothing is undoubtedly a nightmare.


    Jiang Xuan put the calendar bamboo tube again, and then walked outside again.


    He is already a two-color warrior, and his physical quality is much stronger than that of ordinary people. It is like a burning stove in his body, and he is not very afraid of the cold.


    He turned to look at the stone mountain, and saw that the stone mountain and the ancient vines were also covered with a thick layer of white snow, and halfway up the mountain, the giant dragonfly that had been unable to support it for a long time was frozen to death last night.


    The corpse of the giant dragonfly turned into an ice sculpture, and together with the ancient vines of Shishan, became part of the winter snow scene.


    "After all, I still couldn''t make it through."


    Jiang Xuan sighed slightly. Although he had long guessed that this giant dragonfly would die, when he saw it die with his own eyes, he still felt very uncomfortable.


    Jiang Xuan watched for a while, then walked to other places, leaving a line of deep footprints in the snow...


    Inside the visitor''s house, Nepeta got up early. He sat by the fire pit, his eyes were very melancholy.


    "I hope everyone can live until spring."


    Although he said so, his past experience told him that even in the previous tribes, when they were fully prepared, some people would die every winter.


    Some people die from disease, some die from cold, some die from starvation...


    It was a dream to take all the more than 100 tourists through the winter.


    Nepeta said to the visitors in the house, "You stay here and gather together to keep warm. I''ll go find the leader of the Vine tribe."


    Those tourists nodded one after another. In this weather, the animal skins they were wearing were thin, and no one wanted to go out and get cold.


    Nepeta tightly wrapped her animal skin coat and opened the door. She shivered from the cold first, then she gritted her teeth and walked outside resolutely.


    It''s a pity that he was still barefoot in this severe cold weather. If it wasn''t for the warrior''s strong body, his feet would have been frozen.


    After he left, the tourists beside the door quickly blocked the door again and held it up with wooden sticks to prevent it from being blown open by the wind.


    After Jingjie left the house, he saw Jiang Xuan walking in the crops at a glance. Braving the cold wind and heavy snow, he ran after him with his bare feet, one foot deep and one foot shallow.


    "Leader, leader..."


    Soon after, Nepeta caught up with Jiang Xuan by the pond.


    Jiang Xuan glanced at his tattered animal skin coat and bare feet, and felt a little sad for a while but had to harden his heart.


    "Running out so cold, do you have anything to do with me?"


    With the bone spear in his hand, Jiang Xuan poked at the water surface of the pond. A hole was poked in the snow on the water surface, and the thin ice under the snow was also pierced.


    Nepeta said anxiously, "Boss, it''s snowing now, and it''s hard for us to find food. If this goes on, everyone will starve."


    "Didn''t you say before that there is a way for us to find food in winter? We want to find it now."


    However, facing Jing Ji''s expectant gaze, Jiang Xuan shook his head and said, "Not yet, it just snowed today, the animals in the forest haven''t starved yet, and the ice in the water is too thin."


    "Then... what about our food?"


    Jingjie was in a hurry all of a sudden. If Jiang Xuan fooled him, more than 100 tourists would probably die because of it.


    "Don''t worry, I''ll have someone send you some more food, plus some of the food you stored before the snow, it should be able to last seven or eight days."


    "When the animals in the forest start to starve, and when the ice in the water is thick enough, I will naturally be able to take you to catch food."


    "Boss, you can''t lie to us... it will kill people..."


    Jing Ji''s tone was close to pleading, a man who was obviously very tall, but now he was aggrieved like a little daughter-in-law.


    Jiang Xuan patted him on the shoulder and said, "It''s the same sentence, you starve to death won''t do me any good, trust me."


    "It''s so cold, let''s go back to the fire first, walk around..."


    Jiang Xuan pushed Jingjie back, but Jingjie was very uneasy in his heart. He didn''t know what kind of fate was waiting for him, but he could only wait.


    This is a very painful process.

 Chapter 61： Birding in the Snow

    It snowed heavily for several days, and the snow on the ground was no longer than my knees, making it very inconvenient to walk outside.


    This winter was wickedly cold. After it snowed, the weather became even colder. Although it would not drip into ice, the pond of the Veng tribe and the flowing stream were quickly frozen.


    In such cold weather, not only the tribesmen of various tribes felt tormented, but also those animals who did not have the habit of hibernating.


    Even the divine vine on the stone mountain, after being covered with ice and snow, seems to have entered a state of hibernation, and the silence seems to be eternal.


    On snowy days, most of the Teng tribe stayed in their houses, relying on the food and firewood they hoarded in autumn to get through the day.


    Even the giant eagle raised by the old witch only went out for food when it wasn''t snowing, and it didn''t catch its prey every time.


    Jiang Xuan actually walked around the Veng tribe every day, observing the animals and creeks in the forest, as well as the freezing conditions of the river.


    On October 2, Jing Ji found Jiang Xuan again.


    Because they have almost finished their food reserves, and the food provided by the Vine tribe is far from enough for more than 100 people.


    "Boss, when are you taking us to find food? Our food is almost finished."


    It was obviously cold winter, but Nepeta was very anxious to get angry, and those tourists were also very anxious, after all, they were about to face the danger of running out of food.


    This time, Jiang Xuan did not let him go back and wait.


    "You come with me."


    Jiang Xuanxian took Nepeta back to the bamboo house, and took a pair of old animal leather boots for him to put on, because he was always so barefoot, it was easy to freeze.


    This makes Nepeta very grateful. In the tribal era when productivity was extremely low, even a pair of animal leather boots was precious.


    After Nepeta put on the animal leather boots, Jiang Xuan brought a bundle of ropes, a large rattan basket, and some food scraps, and then took Nepeta into the forest north of the tribe.


    "Boss, what are we doing here?" Jing Ji looked at the vast white forest and couldn''t guess what Jiang Xuan was going to do.


    "Catch birds." Jiang Xuan walked forward while observing the situation around him.


    Nepeta looked at the forest blankly, and said, "But we didn''t bring bows and arrows, and we couldn''t set up a lasso trap in this weather!"


    Jiang Xuan smiled mysteriously: "Who said that only lasso and bow and arrow can catch birds?"


    Ignoring the confused Nepeta, Jiang Xuan continued to look for the range of activities of the big bird that he was optimistic about before.


    When it snows heavily, not only people''s range of activities is greatly reduced, but so are animals. They generally don''t get too far from their nests, and their range of activities is relatively fixed.


    Before long, Jiang Xuan discovered a series of scattered footprints on the snow.


    "follow me."


    Jiang Xuan followed the footprints to find it, and Jing Ji followed behind.


    They didn''t go too far when Jiang Xuan noticed a flock of big birds ahead, about seven or eight.


    This kind of big bird is very big. The adult bird weighs more than 30 pounds and has thick legs. It can run fast in the forest, but its wings are very short and can''t fly.


    The most peculiar thing is that this big bird has a bunch of feathers on the top of its head, which looks like a horn. Therefore, the tribesmen call this bird a unicorn.


    Although the unicorn can''t fly, it is very vigilant. It will panic and flee if there is a slight disturbance, so it is difficult to hunt.


    Only a good archer, or a trap set in advance, can catch a unicorn.


    Jing Ji whispered, "Boss, it''s hard to catch unicorns."


    Jiang Xuan smiled mysteriously: "It''s really hard to catch them in normal times, but now it''s a cold winter when food is scarce, so they will become very easy to catch."


    Jiang Xuan quickly got back to work.


    He first found a wooden stick, tied a rope at the bottom of the stick, and then put down a rattan basket where the unicorn often traveled, and supported the wooden stick on the edge of the big rattan basket.


    Next, he sprinkled some fragrant food scraps under the big rattan basket, and carefully unrolled the bundle of ropes connected to wooden sticks and extended it into a bush.


    Jiang Xuan and Jing Ji hid behind the bushes.


    Jiang Xuan said in a low voice, "You wait here, I''ll chase these unicorns. After a while, the unicorns will find the food under the rattan baskets after they run here."


    "If a unicorn gets into the rattan basket to eat, you immediately pull the rope and tear off the wooden stick. The rattan basket will fall and cover the greedy unicorn. At this time, you can run over and hold it down. Basket, don''t let the unicorn overturn the rattan basket and run away, remember?"


    Jiang Xuan''s words finally made the confused Nepeta understand what was going on. He hurriedly nodded, indicating that he remembered it.


    "Then I''ll go catch the birds."


    Jiang Xuan left the bushes, then went around in a circle, and went behind the group of unicorns.


    After becoming a two-color warrior, his body seemed to be more adapted to the mountains and forests. Even the snow that covered his knees could not stop him from moving, and he only made a very soft sound.


    Jiang Xuan hid behind the unicorn and didn''t show up, because the unicorn was too timid, if he showed up, he would probably run around everywhere.


    "Crack..."


    Jiang Xuan broke a branch wrapped in ice and snow, making a crisp cracking sound.


    The group of unicorns that were foraging in the snow immediately raised their heads, looked in this direction vigilantly, and prepared to escape at any time.


    "Crack, click..."


    Jiang Xuan broke the branches one after another, and the highly vigilant unicorn fled immediately, but because he did not see any predators, he was not frightened, and did not reach the point of panic.


    Jiang Xuan watched the group of unicorns run in the direction of the rattan basket trap, with a smile on the corner of his mouth.


    These unicorns were just like what he knew before, and if they weren''t overly frightened, they would just run around in familiar places.


    "Next, just wait for them to throw themselves into the net."


    Jiang Xuan circled again and ran towards Jing Ji.


    Speaking of Nepeta, he was hiding in the bushes, but he didn''t have much hope for such a simple trap.


    Because the tribesmen are aware of the vigilance of the unicorn, how could the unicorn be so stupid and get into the rattan basket by itself?


    But since Jiang Xuan asked him to wait here, he could only wait patiently, and at the same time pray that he would be able to gain something when he came out in the severe cold today.


    It didn''t take long for the group of unicorns to be driven over by Jiang Xuan.


    They were more cautious about the newly-appeared rattan baskets. They didn''t approach them at first, but looked at them from a distance.


    But it didn''t take long for one of the unicorns to find the food under the rattan basket.


    Since the snow, these unicorns have had a hard time finding food in the forest, and they have been hungry for days.


    The temptation of the food made this one-horned bird involuntarily walk towards the rattan basket, but it still stared at the surroundings vigilantly. As long as there was a disturbance, it would run away.


    However, until it came to the rattan basket, there was still no movement around, and the food under the rattan basket was in front of him.


    Nepeta behind the bush became nervous, and he kept praying in his heart: Go in, go in quickly...


    The one-horned bird first tentatively pecked a piece of food on the edge of the rattan basket, and found that there was no danger, and then it pecked a second time.


    Gradually, other unicorns also discovered the situation here and came over here.


    The one-horned bird that was pecking was in a hurry. It stopped looking up, pecking faster, and unknowingly walked under the rattan basket.


    "Whoosh!"


    At this moment, Nepeta suddenly yanked on the rope, tore off the wooden stick supporting the rattan basket, and the big rattan basket caught the one-horned bird all at once.


    "Gu Gu Gu..."


    The unicorn in the big rattan basket panicked and wanted to escape, but couldn''t see the way.


    Nepeta immediately rushed up and threw herself directly on the rattan basket, pressing down on the one-horned bird so that it would not have the chance to fly away again.


    Scared by Nepeta, the other unicorns immediately fled in a panic, running fast on the snow.


    After a while, Jiang Xuan also came over.


    Jing Ji shouted excitedly, "Boss, I got it, I really got it!"


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "Grab it, you''ll almost crush the bird in the rattan basket."


    "it is good!"


    Nepeta got up, opened a little rattan basket, then reached in and grabbed one of the unicorn''s wings, then dragged it out and pressed it against the snow.


    Afterwards, Jiang Xuan tied the two long legs of the one-horned bird together so that it could not run away.


    "Go, go back to the tribe first."


    Jiang Xuan and Jing Ji returned to the tribe with the rattan basket, rope, and the unfortunate one-horned bird.


    Nepeta was very happy because he knew that if he could catch one bird this way, he could catch more birds, which was a very important source of food.


    Of course, Jiang Xuan knew very well that just relying on bird hunting would not be able to feed the more than 100 tourists.


    But it doesn''t matter, he still has a way to let these tourists get more food in the cold winter!

 ~： Testimonials

    At the beginning of March, the cold winter will come to an end.


    On the third day of the spring breeze, all kinds of grass sprout, which is the end of the cold winter and the beginning of the warm spring.


    The public period of this book lasted for a month and a half, and the period was Chinese New Year. I still remember the experience of rushing out to set off firecrackers and fireworks on the 30th day of the Chinese New Year, when the bluestone code reached twelve o''clock.


    The "vine tribe" has been able to go from nothing to gradually getting on the right track, thanks to the tireless support of many book friends. Qingshi is grateful.


    Here I would also like to thank the editor in charge of "good luck". The new book period has given a lot of opinions, and the recommendation has never been interrupted. Just like his name, it has brought good luck to Qingshi.


    Putting it on the shelves is bound to be a topic of mixed feelings.


    I still remember the first book "The Rise of Primitive Tribes Farming". On the day it was put on the shelves, there were 6,000 collections, but only 234 subscriptions. Fortunately, the support of many book friends made the author stick to it. He wrote more than one million words, and the final result was also good. not bad.


    The second book, "Start Farming From Picking Up a Dragon Egg", is the author''s attempt. On the day it was put on the shelves, it was appalling. The subscription fee was 437 yuan for one month. I will always remember this number...


    Now, "This Is My Primitive Tribe" is also on the shelves. The collection is a little more than 10,000, but how many subscriptions can I get? The author has no idea at all. A few days ago, he even had the cheek to open a single chapter and asked, fortunately Many readers expressed support.


    The author has reached the age of 30. There are old people on the top and young people on the bottom. He needs everything, but he has nothing yet. The period is bitter, not enough for outsiders, and he doesn''t want to sell badly.


    I know that many readers who are short of pockets or who like to prostitute for nothing, when they see the words "remarks on the shelf", they are ready to wave their sleeves and go to the bookshelf and delete it.


    However, I still hope that most people can stay, let us protect this small tribe together, let it grow step by step, expand its territory, and go further.


    Even if the author writes 10,000 words every day, the book lovers only need to spend a few cents. These days, a few cents can''t buy a pack of spicy sticks...


    What''s more, there are brainstorming comments, surprise easter eggs, and the joy that everyone shares when they see the excitement.


    Really want to leave, don''t forget to return to "" to make up a subscription in the future, Qingshi is very grateful.


    The VIP chapter will open in the early morning. At that time, I hope everyone will be there to celebrate the new level of the Vine tribe.


    Qingshi has often been running around on trains or high-speed trains during this time, so he did not save the manuscript, and he will not go anywhere tomorrow. The better the grades, the more motivation for Qingshi to code words, and it is not a dream to go beyond the day!


    Finally, the author wants to shout: everything is for the tribe!

 Chapter 62： hope of living

    The cold wind whistled and the snow fluttered.


    More than a dozen tourists are gathering by the fire pit to bake the fire, shivering and worrying about the problem of hunger in the future.


    Although after it snowed, at Jiang Xuan''s suggestion, they used the method of splashing water into ice to block the cracks in the wall with ice, but the cold was still everywhere.


    "Open the door, I''m back!"


    Just then, a rough voice came from outside.


    A tourist leaning against the door reluctantly left the fire pit, then removed the wood supporting the door and opened the heavy door.


    "Whoosh..."


    After the door was opened, a gust of cold wind rushed into the house, blowing away all the heat that had finally gathered in the house.


    Those tourists shivered one after another, actually complaining a little inside.


    However, when Nepeta was holding a heavy one-horned bird, her eyes were straight.


    "Come and see, what is this?"


    Nepeta intentionally held the unicorn with both hands, so that they could see more clearly.


    "Unicorn!"


    "food!"


    "Meat!"


    Those tourists were already hungry, and when they saw the plump unicorn, their eyes flashed green, and they drooled wildly, eager to jump up and take a bite.


    Eating meat is what the tribes desire most, because most of the food they usually eat is wild vegetables, wild fruits, insects and other foods.


    The jungle is dangerous, and every prey is precious. It is the dream of most tribesmen to be able to eat meat every day.


    Nepeta continued: "This one-horned bird, the leader of the vine tribe took me to hunt just now, he didn''t lie to us, he really has a way to let us get food in winter!"


    Jingjie looked around for a week and said, "That is to say, all of us don''t have to worry about starving to death!"


    "it is good!"


    "Great!"


    "We have food!"


    When the tourists heard this sentence, they were immediately excited. They didn''t even care about the cold, and they all cheered with their necks pulled.


    For these tourists, the most fearful thing is that there is no hope of living, and they are worried that they will starve to death.


    At this moment, the one-horned bird in Nepeta''s hands is not just a prey, but a hope for their survival.


    This kind of excitement, it is difficult for people who have not experienced despair to understand.


    After Jing Ji finished speaking, he said again: "I''ll go and tell the good news to the other clansmen."


    Nepeta turned and left the room, and the door was closed again.


    But those tourists are no longer panic, no longer decadent, their mental state has undergone great changes.


    They surrounded the fire pond, watching the beating flames, their eyes became full of hope, and even began to look forward to the future!


    This is a good sign.


    Afterwards, Nepeta walked from room to room, first showing the one-horned bird, and then saying similar things.


    Every time I went to a room, cheers would definitely come from that room, covering up the sound of the wind and snow outside.


    Jiang Xuan stood under a tree not far away, and with his excellent hearing, he naturally heard the conversation between Nepeta and those tourists clearly.


    Jiang Xuan chuckled: "I didn''t expect that this guy is really talented."


    Just relying on a prey, plus encouraging words, makes more than a hundred tourists cheer for it. This is not something ordinary people can do, and it requires a certain talent.


    After Nepeta had walked around, the unicorn had even its feathers condensed with a layer of snow, its head was drooping, and its face was unrequited.


    Jing Ji came to the bottom of the big tree and stood in front of Jiang Xuan, hesitating to speak.


    "Boss, this unicorn..."


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "Simmer it in a pottery cauldron. Everyone will give them a bowl of broth."


    Words are inspiring, but short-lived, and only real benefits can motivate those visitors.


    "Thank you boss." Jing Ji thanked Jiang Xuan gratefully.


    "But..." Jing Ji hesitated for a moment, then said: "By catching birds, I''m afraid everyone will not be able to survive this winter. After all, the snow is so heavy, we can''t go very far, and the nearby birds and beasts will always be caught."


    "Don''t worry, I have already thought of this issue. I have other ways to get you more food."


    "Enough for everyone to eat a winter''s food." Jiang Xuan was full of confidence.


    "Really? That''s great."


    Nepeta breathed a sigh of relief, the leader of the Vine tribe looked young, and his work was still very reliable.


    Jiang Xuan thought for a while and said, "Tomorrow, bring the ten strongest tourists to come to me, and I will take you to find food."


    "it is good."


    "I''ll go back first. Go and stew this unicorn, and let everyone drink a bowl of hot broth."


    Jiang Xuan turned and left, Jing Ji stood in the same place, looking at Jiang Xuan''s back, he began to have a good impression of Jiang Xuan and the Teng tribe in his heart.


    That night, the one-horned bird and other food were stewed into a broth with several pottery dings, and each visitor was given a bowl.


    When they drank the steaming broth, many people burst into tears with excitement, not because it tasted so good, but because they not only did not starve to death, but also ate meat.


    This night, many people had beautiful dreams, instead of having nightmares every day like before.


    Early the next morning, Nepeta selected ten of the strongest tourists and found Jiang Xuan with simple hunting tools.


    Jiang Xuan got up early, not only that, but all the clansmen of the Teng tribe were ready.


    According to Jiang Xuan''s request, they each brought a bundle of firewood, a rattan basket, ropes, their own weapons, and a piece of dried horseshoe-shaped wood ganoderma as a fire.


    After this kind of wood ganoderma is ignited, it will smolder for a long time, which is very suitable for fire.


    "I''m going to stay outside for a little longer today. Put on these animal skin coats and animal leather boots first, and return them to me when you come back."


    Jiang Xuan threw eleven sets of old animal skin coats and animal skin boots to Jing Ji and others.


    In fact, the Vine Tribe has accumulated a lot of animal skins, and the Vine Tribe has relatively few real clansmen, so they can''t use that much at all.


    However, Jiang Xuan could not directly give these animal skins to tourists, because these tourists have not joined the Vine tribe, and they have not created any value for the tribe for the time being, but have been consuming food.


    Therefore, only when these tourists really joined the Vine tribe, or created the same value, Jiang Xuan would consider giving them animal skins directly.


    Jing Ji and the ten tourists looked at Jiang Xuan gratefully, and then quickly put on those animal skin coats and animal skin boots.


    "Are you all ready? Go, go to the river."


    Jiang Xuan held the bone spear and the fire, and walked along the road that had been opened before, walking towards the river first, followed by the Veng tribe and the tourists.


    The snow on the ground is very deep and it is difficult to walk, but everyone is very excited, because they have not had winter hunting experience, and the unknown is exciting.


    Next to the witch''s house, the giant eagle squatted in the huge nest. It shook the snow on its body, and then tilted its head to look at Jiang Xuan and the others. Obviously, he didn''t know what these people were doing with such a big snow.


    The old witch, who was surrounding the fire, was also very curious, but he didn''t go out because it was too cold outside, and at his age, he couldn''t stand it.


    It didn''t take long for Jiang Xuan and others to brave the heavy snow to the beach by the river.


    The severe cold and heavy snow have froze the surface of the river more than 20 meters wide, and the freezing is very strong. At first glance, it feels like flat ground. com can''t see where the river is.


    Jiang Xuan chose a place that was relatively sheltered from the wind and said to the others: "Clean up the snow here, and then light a bonfire, the more vigorous the fire, the better."


    "it is good."


    Although everyone didn''t understand why they wanted to set fire to the fire, they had become accustomed to obeying Jiang Xuan''s orders.


    Soon, the snow on the ground was cleaned up, the dry wood was piled together, and then the bonfire was lit with the kindling brought by the horseshoe-shaped wood Ganoderma lucidum.


    "Huhuhu..."


    Under the blessing of the wind, the bonfires burned more and more vigorously, and even the snow next to them was melted and the ground was dried.


    Later, Jiang Xuan asked them to pick out a lot of stones from the snow and throw them into the bonfire to burn them hot.


    After doing all this, Jiang Xuan used the bone spear to poke into the river bay little by little, and finally found a better position to remove the snow on the surface and reveal the hard ice below.


    "It''s here."


    "Pick out the red-hot stones and carry them here."


    Jiang Xuan shouted, and Chi Shao and others immediately started to use a wooden stick to pull out the red-hot stone, and then put it into the rattan basket. The rattan basket touched the hot stone, and the part that had been in contact for a long time was burned black.


    They were afraid that the rattan basket would be burned through, so they walked quickly to the position designated by Jiang Xuan, and then poured the stones in the rattan basket onto the ice.


    "Chichichi..."


    The hot stone continued to emit heat, and the hard ice melted quickly and dented.


    Until then, everyone finally understood why Jiang Xuan asked them to light a bonfire to burn stones.


    If it weren''t for these red-hot stones, I don''t know how much and effort it would take to cut through the hard and thick layer of ice.


    ¡­


    Congratulations to the book friend "Qingtang l" for becoming the helmsman of this book, and thanks to Qingshi.

 Chapter 63： ice flying fish

    After the stone is burned red, it will continue to emit heat, and even in ice water, it will be difficult to cool down for a while.


    The place Jiang Xuan chose was not in the middle of the river, but at the bend of the river, which was relatively close to the shore, and the ice layer was about a foot thick.


    "Gudong!"


    With the passage of time, the ice surface was gradually corroded by the hot stone and a pit was formed. At a certain moment, a large stone fell directly into the river.


    Then, other stones fell into the river one after another.


    Jiang Xuan pointed to a place not far away and said, "According to this method, make a few more ice holes!"


    "it is good!"


    Although I don''t know why Jiang Xuan made the ice hole, everyone was very enthusiastic about their work. Uncaria and others immediately went over to melt the second ice hole.


    Standing beside Jiang Xuan, Chi Shao asked curiously, "Did you make these holes for fishing?"


    Jiang Xuan was digging the ice hole wider with sharp stones. He heard Chishao''s question, so he turned his head and said, "It''s not fishing, it''s fishing."


    "Fishing?" Chi Shao was puzzled.


    "Yes, it is to use the rattan basket to directly scoop up the fish."


    Jiang Xuan''s words made Chi Shao feel very unbelievable, is the fish so stupid? Just use the rattan basket to fish, won''t they run away?


    However, her doubts did not last long, and there was a sudden movement in the ice hole.


    "Crash..."


    A big fish suddenly jumped out of the water, spread out a pair of transparent wings after leaving the water, gliding for a while, and then fell to the ice.


    "flying fish!"


    Jiang Xuan screamed in surprise. This kind of fish was the one that entered the trap and then flew away when he first set up a fishing trap. At that time, he was so angry.


    Later, he set up a lot of traps, but he never caught this kind of fish again, which was a big regret in his heart.


    He never thought that today, under such circumstances, he would encounter a flying fish that jumped out of his own accord.


    "Clap clap clap..."


    The flying fish that landed on the ice flapped its tail in panic, but it is not a bird after all, its wings can only be used for gliding, and it cannot really take it to the sky.


    "Haha, you can''t run away this time!"


    Jiang Xuan walked over in surprise and grabbed the flying fish without giving it another chance to escape.


    There were many sharp bone spurs on Feiyu, including the transparent wing tips. After Jiang Xuan was stabbed twice, he quickly learned to be smart.


    He directly lifted the wings of the flying fish and held the softer body of the fish below with both hands, so that it would not be pierced.


    This flying fish is very big, and it is heavy to start with. Jiang Xuan estimates that it can weigh more than ten kilograms, and its strength is also great when struggling.


    Jiang Xuan happily put it into a rattan basket with a lid, and closed the lid of the rattan basket.


    Chishao and the nearby Veng tribe tribesmen, as well as those tourists, were so shocked that they couldn''t say anything after seeing this flying fish.


    However, this is just the beginning, the next scene is enough to make everyone crazy!


    "Crash..."


    There was a lot of movement from the river under the ice hole.


    "Whoosh whoosh..."


    Immediately afterwards, flying fish rushed out of the water, spreading their wings like a flock of birds, gliding in the air, and finally landing on the ice.


    This scene is very rare, where have the tribesmen seen this?


    "Clap clap clap..."


    Dozens of plump flying fish flapped their tails on the ice, and everyone in the Vine tribe went crazy.


    "Quick, grab them!"


    Uncaria shouted, then excitedly rushed towards the nearest flying fish.


    The others were not far behind, even if they slipped on the ice, they didn''t care, and rushed towards the flying fish.


    "Food, food!"


    Nepeta was holding a flying fish in his hands, and his whole body was shaking with excitement. At this moment, for some reason, he wanted to cry.


    At the moment when Feiyu jumped out of his own accord, Jingjie''s hanging heart finally let go. Jiang Xuan didn''t lie to him. Sure enough, there was a way to get a lot of food in winter.


    The emotions of those tourists were obviously out of control. Some people were crying while holding the flying fish, and some people were holding the flying fish and laughing.


    At this moment, no one laughed at them, because including Jiang Xuan, it felt as if they were dreaming.


    "Whoosh whoosh..."


    However, it wasn''t over yet. More flying fish rushed out from the ice hole. They spread their wings, swept through the air gracefully, and then landed on the ice.


    "Quick, put all these flying fish in rattan baskets and move them back to the tribe!"


    Jiang Xuan shouted, and everyone reacted, and then quickly put these flying fish into the rattan basket.


    Soon, all the rattan baskets they brought were filled!


    After those flying fish left the water, it didn''t take long for them to toss, and soon they were frozen hard, and they were piled up in rattan baskets, which looked very gratifying.


    Jiang Xuan said to Chi Shao, "Sister, take them back to the fish first, put them away and come back!"


    "it is good!"


    Chi Shao immediately carried a rattan basket. Although she was already a witch, she was never ambiguous in her work, and she would not let others help.


    The baskets of fish were carried back to the tribe by them. The tourists who stayed in the tribe were all crazy when they saw so many fish. They wanted to lie down on the fish and kiss them.


    The location of this river is relatively remote, and there are no tribes that are good at fishing nearby, so the fish resources are extremely rich.


    Those flying fish were just the first to come out. Soon, more fish gathered near the ice hole, some jumped out of the water, and some opened their mouths in the water, breathing the air.


    Jiang Xuan led some of the people desperately to fish up the fish, while others, like ants, carried the fish back to the tribe in rattan baskets.


    This maddening scene lasted for a long time before gradually subsiding.


    The number of fish swimming to the ice hole has decreased, but the fish stored in the Vine tribe has reached an extremely alarming number.


    Jiang Xuan finally stopped, UU reading www. uukanshu.com He placed a few sticks where there were ice holes to mark them, and then let the ice holes freeze again.


    "So many fish, combined with stored food, should last a long time."


    Jiang Xuan returned to the bamboo house and was very satisfied looking at the fish piled up like a hill.


    Of course, he knew very well that the reason for such a grand situation today was because the fish in the river had not been caught before, and there were too many.


    If you do it a few more times, it will become difficult to imagine "picking fish" directly like today.


    Jiang Xuan did not plan to dry up the lake to fish. After overcoming the difficulties this winter, he plans to open more ponds and raise more fish, instead of going all the way to the river to fish.


    He even thought that he could try to breed fry by himself in the future. If he succeeded, he would not have to worry about running out of fish in the future.


    In the evening, Jiang Xuan brought two big flying fish, came to the house where the old witch lived, and gave these fish to him to eat.


    "Can you fish with such heavy snow?"


    The old witch felt a little unbelievable, but with the facts in front of him, he couldn''t help but believe it.


    He couldn''t help but sigh again, this vine tribe can always bring surprises to people.


    The old witch asked Jiang Xuan curiously how they caught the fish. Jiang Xuan only said that he accidentally discovered that the fish would jump out on their own after the ice was cut open in winter.


    After hearing this, the old witch was amazed for a while. He felt that Jiang Xuan was hiding a lot of secrets, but he didn''t delve into it.


    Living to his age, he has seen a lot of strange things, and understands that not everything can be figured out.


    That night, everyone in the Teng tribe ate freshly caught big fish, and it was rare for those tourists to have a full meal.


    As for those fish that can''t be eaten, in this cold weather, there is no need to worry about spoilage at all, and they can be kept and eaten slowly.

 Chapter 64： hunting wild boar

    After the winter capture, although the weather was still cold, the people of the Veng tribe slowly settled down under the relatively sufficient food supply, and they did not have to worry about starving to death.


    In the days that followed, Jing Ji took relatively strong tourists and continued to fish and hunt birds according to the method given by Jiang Xuan, and occasionally caught some small prey.


    As for the real Teng tribe, under the leadership of Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao, they were divided into two groups, braved the heavy snow every day, and took turns to hunt in the nearby jungle.


    The reason for this is not only for food, but also for those new warriors to improve their fighting ability as much as possible.


    The current situation of the Vine tribe is not safe, and their luck cannot be so good every time. Sooner or later, they need to rely on their own strength to fight the enemy.


    For the tribesmen, the fastest way to improve their combat effectiveness is to go hunting directly.


    Hunting tests not only the physical strength of the warriors, but also various comprehensive abilities such as patience, observation, bow and arrow use, trap placement, and fighting skills.


    Of course, the jungle is dangerous, so is hunting, and even an experienced warrior can lose his life if he is a little careless.


    Only the warriors who survived hunting after hunting can become the true backbone of a tribe.


    The tribe''s elimination rule is so cruel and helpless.


    "Horrrrrrrrrrrrrr..."


    In the snowy virgin forest, three wild boars that had been hungry for many days walked in the snow with one foot deep and one foot shallow, leaving a few lines of messy footprints behind them.


    From time to time, they use their pig''s mouth to arch through the snow, use their fangs to break open the ice, and look for some grass roots or plant tubers to eat.


    These wild boars are covered with thick black bristles on their backs and are huge in size. Each wild boar weighs more than one kilogram and has long and sharp tusks that are daunting.


    They have rough skin and thick flesh, and they like to rub against trees at ordinary times. Their skin is condensed with a thick layer of oil, like a hard armor. Their defense is abnormally strong, and they have a pair of fangs, which can be said to be offensive and defensive.


    Bows and arrows, spears, short spears, stone knives and other primitive weapons, unless they pierce the eyes and other vital points, it is difficult to cause any damage to them.


    In many cases, the tribesmen would rather provoke lone tigers and leopards than hordes of ill-tempered wild boars.


    However, there are always exceptions.


    If a hunting team has more warriors of more than two colors, hunting wild boar is a good choice.


    Because there are so many parts of a wild boar that can be eaten and used, as long as the hunting is successful, the rewards are very rich.


    Jiang Xuan set his sights on these three wild boars, because he himself is a two-color warrior now. In theory, he has the ability to hunt a wild boar alone.


    What''s more, the Uncaria beside him is also a two-color warrior, plus six one-color warriors, it should be no problem to deal with three wild boars.


    In the distance and behind the three, Jiang Xuan and eight warriors hid behind the bushes, staring at the three wild boars that were foraging, with excitement in their eyes.


    Jiang Xuan said in a low voice: "Usually wild boars are in groups and cannot be attacked. Now I have finally found three of them alone, and I can''t let them run away."


    "We have a lot of people, the snow is thick now, and the wild boars have been hungry for so long, we have a good chance of winning."


    "If the hunting is successful, these three big wild boars will be enough for our entire tribe to eat for a while, and those tusks can also be made into sharp teeth knives."


    "However, I want to remind you that wild boars are very fierce. Once injured, they will be even more fierce. So, you must strictly follow my orders later, do you understand?"


    Uncaria and others nodded in succession. In fact, they were all hunting wild boars for the first time. They were very nervous, and they were unlikely to act alone.


    Jiang Xuan pointed to a dense forest not far away, and said, "Uncaria and me will provoke them first and lead the wild boars to that forest."


    "Others are responsible for setting up seven trip ropes, that is, they use long ropes, one end is tied to the tree, the other half circles the tree, and they hold the rope ends. stumble!"


    "As long as the wild boar is tripped, Uncaria and I can look for opportunities to kill at least one or two of them!"


    "There is one more thing that everyone should pay attention to, that is, choose a big tree that is easy to climb and strong enough in advance. In the event of danger, you can climb on the tree to save your life."


    Jiang Xuan said with a serious face: "Remember, after choosing a big tree, you must try to climb it first to avoid accidents."


    "Also, try not to get close to the wild boar. If you have the opportunity, try to throw it with a spear or a short spear to stab the wild boar."


    Everyone nodded, and no one dared to be careless when it came to their own lives.


    "Okay, let''s get started."


    Jiang Xuan led the seven people to the selected forest quietly, and then began to look for a big tree and a suitable location for setting up a tripwire.


    They each chose a big tree and tried to climb it to make sure they could climb it. Then, according to Jiang Xuan''s request, they set up seven chain trip ropes in a row.


    Because the trees in this forest are relatively dense and the spacing is relatively short, after setting up seven tripwires, there are still a lot of tough bark ropes left.


    Jiang Xuan asked them to stick to the snow before and after the seven movable tripwires, and set up several fixed tripwires, which increased the chance of tripping wild boars.


    After everything was done, Jiang Xuan checked it carefully again and found no problems, which made him feel a little relieved.


    The Vine tribe is too weak and every warrior is precious. As the leader, he does not want anyone to die during the hunting process.


    Jiang Xuan licked his dry lips and said, "Okay, now, let''s seduce the three wild boars."


    Jiang Xuan waved his hand and walked towards the location of the wild boar with Uncaria.


    At this time, the three wild boars were still desperately arching the snow and dirt, looking for food, but they didn''t know that they had been targeted.


    Jiang Xuan took Uncaria carefully to the back of the three wild boars and hid behind the thick trunk.


    Jiang Xuan carefully looked at the three wild boars, pondered for a moment, and then whispered to Uncaria: "The distance is not too far, use a short spear, aim at the pig''s **** and throw it."


    The reason why he didn''t use a bow and arrow was because Jiang Xuan didn''t have the confidence to hit the key point of the wild boar precisely. In a short distance, a short spear was more convenient and the target was higher.


    If Shi Loach was here, Jiang Xuan would suggest that he use a bow and arrow, because Shi Loach''s archery skills are stronger than those of the others in the Vine tribe. This is a talent that others cannot envy.


    Uncaria nodded, then drew a short straight spear and a spear thrower.


    The spear thrower is actually a flat piece of wood with a barb at the end to hold the tail of the short spear, and a small bracket made of animal bone at the front, which can hold the spear shaft up. , parallel to the tail.


    This thing was made by Jiang Xuan. The structure is very simple. You just need to find a suitable branch and polish it, and then glue the animal bone that acts as a bracket to it with gum or swim bladder glue.


    Although it is simple, after using the spear thrower, the accuracy and power of throwing a short spear will be much stronger than without using the spear thrower You stab the wild boar on the left, I will stab the right one head. "


    "Prepare."


    Jiang Xuan himself also pulled out the carefully crafted short spear, and used the short spear on the spear thrower to make a throwing posture.


    "cast!"


    Jiang Xuan let out a low growl, then waved the spear thrower, and threw the short spear, pointing directly at the buttocks of the wild boar on the right.


    "Whizzing!"


    Two short spears, one on the left and one on the right, whistled towards the two wild boars, and then pierced their weakly defended buttocks.


    Jiang Xuan''s short spear, I don''t know if he was lucky, or if he cast it accurately enough, he actually plunged directly into the chrysanthemum of the wild boar on the right.


    "Ow!"


    The wild boar let out a shrill scream, its entire body bowed, and the chrysanthemum was in severe pain.


    The wild boar on the left was also stabbed by Uncaria, but it was stabbed in the fleshy buttocks, and the damage was not so serious.


    After the two wild boars were injured, when they turned around, they saw Jiang Xuan and Uncaria who were still holding spear throwers.


    The eyes of the two huge wild boars were red. Not only did they not escape, but they fiercely rushed towards Jiang Xuan and Uncaria with the uninjured wild boar.


    The wild boar that was stabbed in the chrysanthemum, when running, arched its back from time to time, it was so painful.


    The more it does, the more ferocious it is, rushing forward like crazy.


    "Walk!"


    Jiang Xuan immediately took Uncaria to retreat according to the original route. They quickly got into the woods, found the big tree next to the tripwire, and immediately climbed up.


    The three big wild boars chased into the woods without hesitation, but did not know that there was a dead end waiting for them ahead.


    ...


    Congratulations to the book friend "Xin Xuan Liang Sheng ©c" for becoming the first hall owner of this book, thanks to this book friend for his strong support, and thanks to Qingshi.

 Chapter 65： Not afraid of death

    "Hohohoho..."


    The three wild boars made menacing noises, and they ran fast despite the deep snow.


    The wild boar in the front was running when suddenly, its hoof tripped on the rope, lost its balance and fell directly to the ground.


    But its body twisted quickly, and then got up again, without much delay.


    The other two wild boars were smarter. After seeing the wild boar in front of them tripping, they jumped up, crossed the trip wire, and continued onward.


    "call out!"


    The second wild boar ran to the front, and the Veng tribe warrior who was in charge of the first trip wire saw the time, and when the wild boar was about to rush past, he suddenly pulled the trip wire with all his strength.


    This tripwire is much higher than the fixed tripwire, and when the warrior pulled the tripwire, he first circled the tree next to him in a half-circle, taking advantage of the tree''s friction.


    "Bang!"


    I saw the running wild boar screamed and then fell to the ground with a bang, smashing a big hole in the snow.


    "Whoosh!"


    Jiang Xuan on the tree found the right time. When the wild boar rolled over, he had already raised a short spear, and used the spear thrower to threw it ruthlessly at the neck of the big wild boar.


    "puff!"


    With the great strength of Jiang Xuan and the blessing of the spear thrower, this short spear with a sharply sharpened head pierced the neck of the wild boar directly from the side.


    The big wild boar let out a shrill scream, its tongue straightened, it stumbled up, and continued to run forward with the short spear, and then tripped over by the second trip wire that was suddenly pulled up.


    In such cold weather, suffering such a heavy blow, this wild boar could not survive no matter what.


    The other two wild boars, one of which was also carrying a short spear, was thrown by Jiang Xuan. After it tripped two or three times, it was stabbed with blood by the short spears thrown by several soldiers at the same time, and it staggered when walking. .


    On the contrary, it was the wild boar that ran the fastest. Because it was tripped at the very beginning, it hasn''t been seriously injured yet. It saw the tragic situation of the two similar species in front of it and knew that something was wrong.


    The wild boar finally showed fear in its eyes. Instead of moving forward, it turned around and wanted to run.


    "Uncaria, come on!"


    Seeing this situation, Jiang Xuan finally did not hesitate any longer.


    He and Uncaria are two-color warriors. In theory, each of them has the ability to hunt a wild boar alone. Together, they can''t deal with a wild boar?


    "Whoa!"


    Jiang Xuan grabbed a rattan on a big tree, kicked his feet, and swung his body to the front of the wild boar with the rattan.


    "Boom!"


    Jiang Xuan let go of the rattan and landed directly.


    "Hoho..."


    The wild boar saw that the road ahead was blocked, and it was only one person, and its irritable temper came up again.


    There was white air in the nostrils of the wild boar, it jumped up unexpectedly, and its huge body slammed into Jiang Xuan fiercely.


    Jiang Xuan could even feel the strong crisis that the pair of sharp fangs brought him.


    He didn''t have time to think about it, in this case, a lazy donkey rolled and rolled to the side at the fastest speed, avoiding the fierce impact of the wild boar.


    As for the operation that many people imagined, while the wild boar is flying, then a sliding shovel slides under the wild boar''s belly, and directly pierces the wild boar''s belly with a bone spear, he can''t do it.


    Because the behavior of "sliding shovel" is not realistic at all.


    First of all, when the wild boar jumps up, it does not jump very high, and its head is down, its sharp fangs are facing forward, and before you slide past, it will either be trampled to death by two rough hooves, or it will be killed by its fangs. Stoke to death, nothing else will happen.


    Therefore, it is the wisest choice to avoid this collision with a lazy donkey.


    It looks a little embarrassed, but it is effective and can save lives.


    When Jiang Xuan was hit by the wild boar, Uncaria also flew over with a swaying branch. After he landed, he directly held the spear and stabbed at the chrysanthemum part of the wild boar.


    That''s right, it''s Zaju again...


    Wild boars have few weaknesses, they can be easily attacked, and the hit rate is relatively high, only the eyes and the chrysanthemum.


    "Ow!"


    There was no accident. The chrysanthemum part of the wild boar that had not had time to turn around, screamed and rushed forward two steps, then turned and stared at Uncaria.


    At this point, the injury drove the wild boar crazy, its eyes bloodshot and red, and it even forgot to run away.


    "puff!"


    When the wild boar was attracted by Uncaria, Jiang Xuan found the right time, pierced its abdomen fiercely with a bone spear, and then pulled it out.


    The blood dripped on the snow, dazzling red.


    The wild boar completely lost his mind, and rushed towards Uncaria regardless of his attitude, as if he was going to die together.


    Facing a wild boar that was crazy due to injury, the terrifying sense of oppression was enough to make ordinary people''s minds go blank, and even stand in place because of fear.


    Even though Uncaria already had some hunting experience, it was the first time that he faced this situation, and a sense of fear arose in his heart involuntarily.


    "Get out of the way!"


    When Jiang Xuan saw the state of Uncaria, he knew it was bad, and he shouted hoarsely.


    Jiang Xuan''s voice finally brought Uncaria back to his senses. At this time, the wild boar was very close to him, and the crisis was at hand.


    At the critical moment, the hunting instincts of the tribesmen came into play.


    Uncaria used all her strength, her legs shrank and kicked, and the whole person rushed to the right, avoiding the wild boar that hit him.


    The wild boar did not hit anyone, and after running forward for a certain distance, it turned its head again and charged again.


    "Climb up the tree!"


    At this time, Jiang Xuan had already run over. He grabbed the fur coat of Uncaria, relied on brute force to lift him up, and then threw it to the side of a big tree.


    Uncaria is not stupid. He knows that his state is not good, and he quickly climbed up the big tree with both hands and feet.


    On the ground, Jiang Xuan rolled around like a lazy donkey again, avoiding the wild boar that came over, and then calmly held the bone spear, constantly dealing with the wild boar on the ground.


    As the so-called one-shot, and then decline, three and exhausted.


    This wild boar was seriously injured and ran back and forth several times. Whether it was momentum or speed, it was not as ferocious as before.


    Jiang Xuan became more and more calm, finding opportunities from time to time to stab the wild boar with a bone spear, leaving a blood hole in the wild boar.


    "Hu... hu... hu..."


    The gasping voice of the wild boar was getting weaker and weaker, and he couldn''t even stand up.


    "Lie down!"


    Jiang Xuan saw the opportunity and stabbed the wild boar''s neck with a bone spear, piercing its aorta.


    Blood poured out quickly, dyeing the head of the bone spear red. The big wild boar finally couldn''t hold it anymore and fell to the ground with a bang, unable to make an effective attack.


    Jiang Xuan pulled out the bone spear. He glanced at the other side of the forest. The other two wild boars, which had been seriously injured, had been slaughtered by the other six warriors.


    Jiang Xuan finally breathed a sigh of relief, and for the time being he didn''t have to worry about what danger he would encounter.


    When I was fighting with high tension just now, I only felt the blood boil, but now I stopped, and the tiredness hit like a tide.


    "I now know why the old hunter would say one pig, two bears and three tigers."


    Jiang Xuan smiled bitterly. Although he thought he had made a lot of preparations, he still underestimated the horror of this creature.


    Uncaria came down from the tree. He first checked the wild boar on the ground, and then stood in front of Jiang Xuan with a face full of shame.


    "Boss, I''m useless..."


    Jiang Xuan shook his head, patted his shoulder, and said, "I don''t blame you, it''s because I didn''t control myself, and I jumped from the tree with you when my brain was hot."


    "No soldier is born so powerful, so brave, only if he has faced this danger head-on, and encounters a similar situation in the future, can he cope better."


    Although Jiang Xuan said this, Uncaria was still very uncomfortable, because if it wasn''t for Jiang Xuan, he might be dead now.


    Jiang Xuan continued: "No matter what, the result of this hunt is good, everyone is safe, and the three big wild boars didn''t escape."


    "Don''t think about it so much, let''s do three racks with other fighters, and let''s drag these three wild boars back."


    Because the three wild boars are too big and the snow is so thick, it is difficult to carry them back directly. Jiang Xuan decided to make three sled-like racks, and use the snow to drag the three wild boars back.


    Before long, under the guidance of Jiang Xuan, everyone made three sleigh-like racks with branches, rattan, and ropes, and tied three big wild boars on them.


    Then they pulled or carried the three big wild boars all the way back with difficulty.


    Although the road was very hard, everyone was very happy, because the harvest of this hunt was too great.


    Only Uncaria was gloomy, and the image of the injured wild boar pounced on him from time to time appeared in his mind.


    For this situation, Jiang Xuan has no good way to solve him, and can only rely on himself to overcome this psychological shadow.


    If he finally overcomes it, he must be a very strong and brave warrior in the future. If he cannot overcome it, he will probably become overly cautious and embarrassed in his future actions.


    On the way back, they spent a whole day and a half, and even spent the night in the snow.


    Fortunately, it was a cold winter, and a layer of snow had condensed on the surface of the wild boar, so the smell would not travel far.


    Most of those predatory beasts are not very active. At this time, staying overnight in the jungle will not be as dangerous as usual.


    When they returned to the Vine tribe, the three big wild boars caused continuous cheers, and the warriors who returned from hunting became the warriors of the tribe.

 Chapter 66： Tribal History and Place Names

    After the wild boar is transported back to the tribe, the first thing to be picked off is the wild boar skin. This thick and tough animal skin is a good thing for the tribe people.


    Then there are the internal organs. Although it is winter, it is not easy to spoil, but they must be eaten as soon as possible.


    Then there''s the huge amount of wild boar meat that the Fuji tribe can eat for a long time.


    Then there are the bones.


    Because these wild boars are large and their bones are large and hard, they are very suitable for making various bone weapons and tools.


    For example, the scapula can be used to make bone stalks, and the leg bones can be used to sharpen bone spears, bone knives, etc.


    Finally, what Jiang Xuan is most interested in - the sharp and hard tusks of wild boars.


    The fangs are the hardest part of the beast''s body.


    Relatively small beast fangs, tribal people like to use to make various accessories, such as animal tooth necklaces, bracelets, etc.


    Larger tusks, such as gigantic tiger tusks, are ground into dental knives by tribesmen, which are not only sharp enough, but also beautiful.


    However, when Jiang Xuan struggled to smash the wild boar''s skull open and take off the fangs, the situation in front of him disappointed him a little.


    "This thing can''t make a dental knife."


    The tusks of the wild boar are elongated triangular pyramids, but the middle part is hollow, and the hollow is very strong, and the inside is soft pulp.


    Secondly, the fangs of the wild boar are very curved, almost semi-circular, and it doesn''t seem right to use any tools.


    "Oh, it''s a pity, it seems that it can only be used as a decoration."


    Jiang Xuan helplessly put down the tusks of the wild boar, and when he was ready, he tried to drill a hole and make a tusk necklace.


    However, Jiang Xuan did not give up the idea of ??making a tooth knife, but the premise is to find suitable animal teeth.


    "Goooooooooooo..."


    Tao Dingli was cooking pig brain flower with some dried vegetables in it.


    Pig brain flowers are nutritious and, like pig hearts, are usually given to people of higher status.


    There is no doubt that the two people with the highest status in the Teng tribe are Jiang Xuan and Chishao, so the pig brain flowers of the three wild boars are all eaten for them.


    Jiang Xuan turned over the dishes in Tao Ding with a long spoon, then looked at Chi Shao curiously, and said, "Sister, what are you doing?"


    The red peony smashes small colored stones on a large flat stone, and then grinds them into powder.


    These stones were picked up in the nearby mountains and forests. Jiang Xuan couldn''t figure out what kind of stones they were. Some were red, some were brown, and some were black, with a softer texture.


    Chishao said while smashing: "I''m going to use these stones as paint, and paint all the important things that happened in our tribe on the animal skin."


    It is the responsibility of every tribal witch to record important things with pictures or texts.


    Chi Shao is now also a witch of the Vine tribe, but she has the power of witchcraft, but she does not have a complete inheritance.


    When she was a child, she had seen the witches of the deer tribe and used this method to record the events of the tribe, and she was going to do the same.


    Jiang Xuan asked with interest: "What do you want to paint?"


    Chishao thought for a while, and counted with her fingers: "I want to draw all the major events that we have experienced since the establishment of the rattan tribe, such as building a bamboo house, the appearance of rattan gods, being attacked by mosquito tribes, and reclaiming wasteland..."


    After Chi Shao finished speaking, she was stunned, because there seemed to be a lot of content to draw.


    Jiang Xuan was very interested: "Let''s draw, draw them all. In the future, the Teng tribe will grow, and people who come later will be able to know what happened to the Teng tribe through these pictures."


    These pictures are equivalent to the "history" of the tribe, which is very important for a tribe aspiring to grow and develop.


    It allows people who join the tribe later, as well as the descendants of the tribe, to understand what happened in the tribe, remember those honors or lessons learned, and have a sense of identity and honor for the tribe.


    Chishao nodded heavily and said, "When I finish grinding the paint, I will try it on the slate a few times before I paint it on the animal skin."


    Animal skins are a very important material for tribal people. Chishao doesn''t want to waste any animal skins, so she needs to be skilled at drawing on the slate first.


    "My sister is very talented in painting. I believe you can paint well."


    After Jiang Xuan''s encouragement, he didn''t bother Chi Shao anymore. He sat by the fire pond and looked at the beating flames and thought of another thing.


    It would be great if you could make a map.


    As soon as this idea came up, it quickly occupied Jiang Xuan''s mind.


    Maps are undoubtedly a very important tool.


    It can condense a large area in reality into a small picture, so that people who have never been to this area can also understand this area through the map.


    The tribesmen also occasionally drew rudimentary "maps" on the stone walls to record hunting routes, or to record other things.


    However, this kind of map is extremely abstract. Generally, only the person who draws it can understand it. Others will be confused when they see it, and it is almost impossible to find the way according to the map.


    Jiang Xuan intends to make a map that is simple and easy to understand. You can see at a glance where there are mountains and where there are rivers, lakes, swamps, etc.


    Only such a map can really play its due role.


    However, if you want to draw a map, in addition to marking the direction, it is best to mark the place name.


    The Teng tribe has been here for a short time, and has not named the nearby mountains and rivers, but usually refers to the direction.


    Jiang Xuan intends to determine the place name first.


    Thinking of this, Jiang Xuan said to Nan Xing who was roasting the fire by the fire pond: "Go and find Gan Song and the others, I want to announce something."


    "it is good!"


    Nan Xing got up immediately and braved the heavy snow to call over the Teng tribe people who lived in other bamboo houses.


    When all seventeen people arrived, Jiang Xuan expressed his thoughts.


    "I brought everyone here today because I want to identify and unify the names of nearby places, so that where you will be sent in the future, you will be very clear as soon as you say the name of the place."


    Everyone nodded in agreement.


    Jiang Xuan thought for a while and said, "The first is the river in front of the tribe. I plan to name it Flying Fish River. What do you think?"


    The reason why the Vine tribe was able to solve the food crisis was due to the flying fish that had wings and took the initiative to fly out during winter fishing.


    A tribesman said excitedly: "Boss, this name is good, flying fish is delicious."


    "Yes, yes, flying fish is much better than other fish."


    When they thought of the deliciousness of flying fish, everyone immediately smiled. This fish is really delicious. The meat is more tender than other fish, and there are fewer spines. Everyone likes to eat it.


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "Then it''s decided, this river is called the Flying Fish River."


    Later, Jiang Xuan announced other place names.


    "The stone mountain behind the tribe will be called Fujishen Mountain in the future."


    "The mountain to the south of the tribe, called Thunder Mountain, commemorates the Thunder Tree we found."


    "The mountain to the north of the tribe, called Wild Boar Mountain, commemorates the wild boars we caught."


    ...


    After Jiang Xuan announced the place names one by one, everyone''s mind became clearer about the landforms near the Veng tribe.


    And these place names correspond to those impressive things, so they are easy to remember.


    "I will draw a picture in the future, and draw the mountains, rivers, and swamps near our tribe on it. Everyone will read it a few times and remember it."


    Although the tribal people don''t know how to read, it doesn''t matter, Jiang Xuan can use pictures instead.


    For example, in Flying Fish River, draw a flying fish, Leiming Mountain, draw a thundering tree, Wild Boar Mountain, draw a wild boar, and so on.


    After the announcement of the place name, the food in Tao Ding was almost cooked, everyone had a full meal, and then returned to their bamboo huts contentedly.

 Chapter 67： Vine Tribe Year 2

    In the cold winter, the days of non-stop birding, fishing, hunting, and grinding and making various tools and weapons are spent without a hurry.


    Chishao took the time to draw many animal skin scrolls recording tribal events this winter, and Jiang Xuan also initially drew a simple map.


    During the period, many frail tourists fell ill. Although the old witch and the red peony were treated, two people unfortunately died of the disease due to limited conditions and shortage of medicines.


    There are also two tribesmen of the Vine tribe who were accidentally seriously injured by wild animals when they were out hunting. Fortunately, they were brought back to the tribe in time and were lucky to save their lives.


    When Jiang Xuan''s bamboo tube calendar recorded the 396th day of the first year of the establishment of the rattan tribe, the long haze sky finally ushered in sunshine.


    At the beginning of the Southern Wilderness, the temperature slowly rose, and the ice and snow quickly melted.


    "Whoa..."


    "Clap clap clap!"


    Ice cubes from a large tree melted and fell to the ground, turning into shattered ice, and the low-hanging branches rose again.


    Jiang Xuan sat beside the bed, looked at the old calendar bamboo tubes, frowned and muttered, "How could it be three hundred and ninety-six days, which is one month longer than the earth."


    Jiang Xuan scratched his head, and for the first time felt that making a calendar was not that simple.


    The interval between the two melting ice and snow is thirteen months, but this kind of thing is not very accurate, after all, the weather is not static every year.


    Sometimes the winter may be a little longer, sometimes a little shorter, no one can tell.


    "Forget it, no matter what, continue to record, I hope to record for a few more years and find some rules."


    Jiang Xuan also knows that any kind of calendar is not an easy task to create, and it takes decades or even longer to record and correct it.


    What Jiang Xuan can do is to record the date and period of climate change as completely as possible. As for the success of this calendar, no one knows.


    Jiang Xuan put the old calendar bamboo tubes away, then found a bamboo tube that had not been engraved, and engraved the first line on the top: rattan tribe two years, January 1, melting ice.


    "one Year."


    After carving the words, Jiang Xuan put down the bamboo tube and the small stone knife, feeling very complicated.


    It has been a year since the Vine Tribe was established, and with the half year before the establishment of the Vine Tribe, it has been a year and a half since he came to this world.


    Sometimes, he feels extra lucky.


    Although he crossed into this primitive and dangerous world, he survived smoothly and established a tribe.


    From the beginning of nothing, to the accumulation of little by little, to the current scale, only oneself knows the hardships.


    At first, he often thinks of the wonderful world in his previous life, where materials are abundant, technology is advanced, and people can enjoy a lot of convenience.


    But as time passed, the number of times he remembered his previous life gradually decreased.


    The feasting, busy traffic, grudges and hatreds of the previous life gradually became blurred in his mind.


    And the people and things in this world have experienced all kinds of things, but it is becoming more and more clear.


    "It''s not bad to be the leader of a primitive tribe, isn''t it?"


    Jiang Xuan smiled, and then stopped thinking about those past events.


    This world, this virgin jungle, and this vine tribe he built with his own hands, are what he can have right now.


    As for the world that cannot go back, let it be the past.


    Jiang Xuan packed up his mood, put away the new calendar bamboo tube, then opened the door and walked outside, bathed in the long-lost sunshine.


    The rest of the Vine tribe also walked outside, all with relieved smiles on their faces.


    The cold and hard winter is finally over.


    "We survived!"


    In front of a house on the outskirts of the Veng tribe, more than a hundred tourists were happy with tears in their eyes. They embraced each other and roared to celebrate their new life.


    "Survived..."


    Nepeta hugged his wooden mace, and his eyes were slightly wet.


    At the beginning of this winter, no one could have imagined that more than a hundred tourists could survive in a small tribe.


    Nepeta was even prepared to starve and freeze many people to death.


    But because of Jiang Xuan and the Teng tribe, they miraculously survived, and they didn''t starve to the point where they were sallow and skinny. They had food to eat all winter.


    In one winter, only two people died of illness. Even in some larger tribes, it can be called a miracle!


    Nepeta looked up, looked at the huge ancient vines on the stone mountain, and then walked towards the bamboo house where Jiang Xuan and others lived.


    There is only one thought in his mind now, that is to stay in the Vine tribe and join the Vine tribe!


    After a while, Jing Ji found Jiang Xuan who was basking in the sun.


    "Chief!" Nepeta''s expression was a little nervous.


    "It turned out to be Nepeta, what are you looking for from me?"


    "Boss, you promised us before that as long as we can survive until spring, let us join the Vine tribe, and now we have survived."


    Jiang Xuan glanced at the tourists, then nodded, and said, "I did say something like this, you and those tourists can stay in the Veng tribe."


    "However, if you want to become a real Vine tribe, you still need to pass the test of time."


    Nepeta hurriedly said: "As long as I can join the vine tribe, I''m willing to wait as long as I can."


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "As long as you are loyal to the tribe, joining the tribe is a matter of time, don''t worry."


    Nepeta nodded heavily, he was very confident in himself.


    Jiang Xuan said again: "The snow has just melted, and ice cubes are falling from trees everywhere. You should take a good look at them first, and don''t run around, lest you be injured by the ice cubes."


    "Okay, I''ll go right there."


    Nepeta took the mace, and soon returned to the front of the house, cleaning up the tourists who were too excited and ran around.


    "Want to be crushed to death by ice cubes? You dare to run around and break your legs!"


    Under the scolding of Nepeta, the tourists finally regained their composure, and then honestly stayed in the open space to bask in the sun, not daring to run around.


    That night, the cold north wind turned into a warm south wind, and the snow on the trees and the ground melted faster.


    Two days later, the snow and ice on the trees disappeared without a trace, and most of the snow on the ground melted.


    The stream flowed happily again, and the ice layer on the river surface also melted away, and large chunks of ice were washed away with the river water.


    In the ponds opened by the Vine tribe, the tenacious fish swam again.


    After three days of warm southerly winds, tender grass sprouts grew on the ground, and hibernating animals in the forest reappeared.


    The whole virgin jungle once again showed its vitality. UU reading


    The only unhappy person in the Vine tribe is Dajiao, because during the winter, when there is not enough food, many of the animals he has domesticated are eaten, and there are not many left.


    Jiang Xuan came to the front of the cave and comforted Dajiao: "It doesn''t matter, we''ll catch some and bring them back after we eat them."


    "I think those flightless unicorns are good, maybe easier to tame than colorful pheasants."


    "There are also gray rabbits, which are breeding very fast."


    Hearing Jiang Xuan''s words, Dajiao''s mood finally improved a lot, and he enthusiastically discussed with Jiang Xuan which animals are suitable for domestication.


    In the field, Gan Song once again began to turn the ground with his bone.


    He only has one arm, and his hunting ability is not as good as others, but in terms of planting, except Jiang Xuan, the rest of the Teng tribe are not as good as him.


    Last year''s harvest gave Gan Song great confidence, he decided to open up more wasteland this year and grow more grain and vegetables!

 Chapter 68： Digital and cutting planting

    The second year of the establishment of the Vine Tribe, January 6th, night.


    "Scratch scrape..."


    In the bamboo house, Jiang Xuan found ten pieces of wood that were about ten centimeters in height and about ten centimeters in diameter. Numbers were engraved on each piece of wood, and on each piece of wood.


    He engraved Arabic numerals in decimal, from zero to one hundred. This is a lot of work. He started it three days ago and didn''t finish it until today.


    "Finally finished!"


    Jiang Xuan finished engraving the last number, then put away the blunt small stone knife, stood up and stretched.


    Nan Xing on the side asked curiously, "Boss, what exactly are you engraving?"


    Red peony, Uncaria, and loach also came over, and they had long been curious.


    Jiang Xuandao: "This is called a number, which is a symbol used to count. For example, we have ten fingers, which correspond to the most basic ten numbers from ''1'' to 10."


    "In the past, when you counted, you always counted with your fingers. If there is a little more, it is not clear, right?"


    "If you learn these numbers, you won''t have to count with your fingers in the future. You can easily count a lot of things."


    Chi Shao''s eyes lit up and said, "Boss, I want to learn!"


    As a witch, Chi Shao usually needs to figure out the number and materials in the tribe.


    But just like Jiang Xuan said, because she has not learned arithmetic, she can only click one by one with her fingers.


    It was nothing before. After all, the Vine tribe has few people and few things. Even if you break your fingers, you can easily understand it.


    But now there are more and more people in the Veng tribe, and more and more things are happening. When Chishao is counted again, it is obviously powerless, and it can only be estimated.


    Because of this, after hearing Jiang Xuan''s explanation, she was eager to learn such numbers and algorithms.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Actually, this kind of number is very simple and easy to remember. I engraved it on the pillars from one to one hundred. From now on, you can come and read it several times a day, and you will soon learn it."


    "Come on, let me teach you to recognize these numbers first..."


    Jiang Xuan patiently taught the ten Arabic numerals from "1" to "10" to Chi Shao and others one by one, and pointed to the numbers on the pillars to explain the usage of decimal numbers in detail to them.


    Then, he folded a bunch of small wooden sticks and taught them the simplest addition and subtraction.


    After they learn addition and subtraction, let them recite "Nine-Nine Multiplication Formulas" and learn multiplication and division.


    Of course, this was a very long process, and Jiang Xuan also experienced the madness of being a teacher.


    "Shiloh, when you write ''3'', can you not write it in reverse?"


    "Nanxing, why does 7+8 equal ''11''?"


    ...


    Of course, there are also excellent students, and that is Chishao.


    Chi Shao is not only gifted in painting, but also in arithmetic. After only two days of learning, she can write from one to one hundred, and perform simple addition and subtraction operations.


    In a happy mood, Jiang Xuan specially made several simple animal brushes with wild boar hair, fish maw glue, and reed rods, so that Chishao could write on animal skin rolls more easily.


    When Jiang Xuan finished teaching Chishao, and then went to teach Uncaria and Shiloh, he obviously felt the blood pressure rise, and couldn''t help but want to open their brains to see what was inside.


    Maybe this is the difference between a scumbag and a scholar.


    After Chishao and the others learned numbers, Jiang Xuan began to promote numbers and algorithms to other clansmen, ordering everyone to learn them.


    At first, the Vine Tribe was naturally mourning.


    Many people, if you let him hold a spear to fight the prey desperately, he will not wrinkle your brows, but let him hold a small pen to write, but scratch his ears and cheeks, like sitting on pins and needles.


    Even if the colorful pheasant''s feet are stained with paint and run around on the animal skin, it looks much better than the few numbers they wrote down for a long time.


    Fortunately, they are not children, and they are not really stupid. After learning for a while, they can basically learn simple addition and subtraction.


    As for the more than 100 tourists, they have not really become members of the Vine tribe yet, and they are not qualified to learn numbers.


    Jiang Xuan divided them into three batches, each of about forty people.


    The first group of tourists is responsible for collecting various edible plants and digging fruit saplings near the Vine tribe.


    The second group of tourists is responsible for following Gansong to turn the land, open up wasteland, grow food and vegetables, and dig drainage ditches.


    The third group of tourists is responsible for arranging fishing traps, making fish cages, and catching fish and shrimp.


    As for the real Vine tribe, they are mainly responsible for hunting and guarding the safety of the tribe.


    Peaceful days always pass quickly, and a month flies by in a hurry.


    At the beginning of February, the weather gradually warmed up. The trees on the mountain grew a lot of buds. There were many weeds on the ground, and small flowers of various colors bloomed, which were very beautiful.


    The rain gradually increased, and in the bamboo forest behind the rattan tribe, countless spring bamboo shoots emerged from the ground and grew rapidly.


    "Dug up any shoots that don''t grow well or that get in the way, and keep those that grow well, so that they can grow into bamboos."


    In the bamboo forest, Jiang Xuan took the bone scorpion and dug up the bamboo shoots that appeared on the way to the altar.


    Behind him, many tourists followed. They looked at the altar in the distance in awe, while carefully digging up the crooked bamboo shoots in the bamboo forest or the bamboo shoots growing on the road.


    Some of these bamboo shoots will be eaten right away, and those that cannot be eaten are peeled off the shell of the bamboo shoots, cooked in a pottery ding, then torn into strips, dried into dried bamboo shoots, and eaten slowly.


    As for those bamboo shoots that have not been dug up, it will not take long for them to grow into large bamboos that are more than ten meters high, or even twenty or thirty meters high, which can be chopped down later to make various tools.


    After digging up the bamboo shoots, Jiang Xuan continued to improve the defense lines of dangerous plants on the north and south sides of the tribe.


    The first to be removed were the small saplings of the eight Thunder Trees.


    When he captured the ground beast last year, Jiang Xuan detonated a piece of thunder fruit. The terrifying power of the explosion made him still shudder when he thinks of it.


    If the thunder tree is planted together with other dangerous plants, I am afraid that the exploding thunder fruit will destroy other plants, leaving a huge gap in the plant defense line.


    However, the bark and trunk of the thunder tree are extremely hard and can be used to make tools and weapons. If the thunder fruit is used well, it is also a big killer.


    Jiang Xuan did not intend to give up planting the thunder tree, but just moved it away from the plant defense line.


    As for dangerous plants such as biting flower and whip tree, Jiang Xuan continued to fertilize them and cultivate soil to form a plant defense line to prevent the invasion of beasts and outsiders.


    "By the way, there are also cage vines."


    Jiang Xuan has been trapped by cage vines, and he is very interested in this dangerous plant.


    The Cage Vine''s vines are incredibly tough and contain a paralyzing poison, which can be a good thing when used properly.


    However, in the vicinity of the vine tribe, Jiang Xuan has only found a cage vine so far, which is the one he was trapped in. In order to save Jiang Xuan, Chi Shao chopped down the cage vine.


    Jiang Xuan took two warriors and went over the mountains to find the cage vine.


    "Hey, it''s growing so fast!"


    When Jiang Xuan saw the cage vine again, he found that the cage vine had regrown into a vine net, which was laid flat on the ground as before, waiting for the prey to pass above.


    One of the warriors asked, "Boss, are we going to dig it back?"


    Jiang Xuan shook his head and said, "No, this cage vine has been growing for many years. There must be a lot of roots in the ground. It is difficult to dig the whole plant back. If there are few roots dug, I am afraid it will die."


    "Then what should we do?" The two warriors looked at each other and lost their minds.


    Jiang Xuan observed the new vines of the cage vines. He found that some of the vines had a small amount of aerial roots, and they usually draw nutrients from the soil.


    "Find two pieces of wood, press down the vines on the ground, cut back these new vines with air roots, and try to plant by cuttings."


    The two fighters immediately found two thick dead trees nearby, and then pressed against the cage vines on the ground together.


    The poor cage vine has never encountered such a situation. All its vines are struggling desperately, twisting, trying to close, but they can''t get up at all.


    Even those vines with poisonous spines could not reach the two warriors, because they were also pinned down and could not reach too far.


    "Hey, are you honest now?"


    Jiang Xuan took out a sharp stone knife, cut the still twisting cage vines with air roots with great effort, then wrapped a mass of moist soil around the cut and put it into the animal skin bag.


    After the severed vine twisted a few times, it gradually stopped moving, and it looked no different from ordinary vines.


    Jiang Xuan cut a total of nine vines with air roots, then tightened the mouth of the animal skin bag, and said with a refreshing voice: "Go, go back to the tribe."


    The two warriors removed the dead tree that was holding down the cage vine, and all the vines of the cage vine immediately wrapped up and turned into a circular cage.


    But because Jiang Xuan cut a lot of vines, this cage has several obvious gaps.


    The poor cage vine, like a woman from a good family who has been bullied, wept secretly in the forest.


    The initiator, Jiang Xuan, had already taken the two warriors away.


    After returning to the tribe, Jiang Xuan planted the nine vines wrapped in soil at the predetermined position of the plant defense line.


    As for whether these vines can take root and sprout smoothly and grow into new cage vine plants, it can only depend on luck.


    February 8, noon.


    "Boom!"


    The sky was covered with dark clouds The first spring thunder exploded this year, and all kinds of insects in the ground were awakened.


    Jiang Xuan once again engraved the word "Jing Zhe" on his calendar bamboo tube.


    "The first thunderstorm last year was on February 5th, and this year is February 8th. The time is relatively close."


    Jiang Xuan is quite satisfied with this result, which at least shows that the weather in this world is also regular, which is of great help to his calendar making.


    Jiang Xuan believes that sooner or later, he will be able to make a calendar that truly fits this world.


    ...


    Let us know your results.


    At present, the collection of this book is close to 13,000, and the paid chapters and the first chapter have been subscribed to more than 1,400 times.


    That is to say, each chapter is read by more than 1,000 readers, so you are not alone.


    Thanks to all book lovers for their great support.

 Chapter 69： Mushroom Forest

    In the early morning of February 9, Jiang Xuan took the hunting team into the mountain again.


    A total of nine people entered the mountain this time. In addition to Jiang Xuan and Shi Loach, there were also seven one-color warriors.


    Among them, Jing Ji, the leader of the tourists, mainly asked to follow Jiang Xuan to hunt. Jiang Xuan felt that his strength was not bad and his current performance was also good, so he agreed.


    Hunting is a dangerous business, and there is no harm in having more people.


    The jungle in spring is full of green branches and leaves and unknown flowers and birds. It is very beautiful, and there are not many mosquitoes, which makes people feel comfortable.


    Jiang Xuan and others walked in the jungle, searching for suitable prey everywhere.


    "Swish..."


    A giant Malu crawled over from a distance. It was seven or eight meters long, and it was covered in hard armor. numb.


    Although the giant Malu is large, it has a strong stench on its body, leaving a strong smell wherever it crawls. The warriors of the Vine tribe dislike it very much.


    No one would eat this stuff unless it was a last resort.


    The nine people continued to move forward. Today''s luck was not very good, and they only caught some small prey along the way.


    "Could it be that the route taken today is not good?"


    During the break, Jiang Xuan frowned, because there were too few prey caught today.


    "Boss, there is a situation ahead!"


    At this moment, the soldier who was in charge of exploring the road in front hurried back, with a very excited expression.


    Jiang Xuan stood up immediately and hurriedly asked, "What did you find? Is it a large prey?"


    The soldier shook his head, panted heavily, and gestured with his hands: "It''s not prey, it''s mushrooms, so big, so many mushrooms!"


    A soldier who was resting said disapprovingly: "What''s so exciting about seeing mushrooms, aren''t mushrooms growing everywhere now?"


    Others also nodded their heads. This season, when mushrooms are growing wildly, can be seen everywhere, nothing unusual.


    "It''s not an ordinary mushroom, it''s a huge, a lot of mushrooms. Oops, I can''t tell. Chief, you can go and see it with me!"


    The pathfinder soldier was obviously not good at words and could only stare at Jiang Xuan.


    "Anyway, it''s almost time to rest, so let''s go and have a look."


    Jiang Xuan spoke, and the others could only get up and follow the soldier who was in charge of exploring the path.


    Jiang Xuan didn''t care much at first, because although mushrooms are delicious, many types of mushrooms are poisonous, and many tribesmen are poisoned by mushrooms every year.


    Over time, everyone only eats the mushrooms that are the easiest to identify and have eaten many times, and unfamiliar mushrooms are afraid to eat.


    However, when they passed through a dense forest and came to the place that the soldier said, everyone was shocked by the scene in front of them and speechless!


    This is a virgin forest with towering ancient trees. Those trees are very huge. There are no shrubs and vines on the ground, but all kinds of giant mushrooms are overgrown.


    "This...is this a mushroom?"


    In the hunting team, Jiang Xuan opened his mouth wide and stared at a large piece of giant mushrooms in front of him.


    These mushrooms come in different shapes and colors. The only thing they have in common is that they are big, incredibly big!


    An orange-yellow mushroom with a height of five or six meters.


    A purple Ganoderma lucidum-shaped mushroom, with a height of seven or eight meters, has five canopies growing from one main stem. From the bottom to the top, each node has a cloud-like canopy, which is very beautiful.


    A blue mushroom that looks like a giant butterfly, the canopy is divided into two halves, and there are beautiful patterns on it.


    There is also a peculiar black mushroom with a very short handle and a lot of canopies, which are stacked on top of each other and look like a giant pine cone.


    And mushrooms that look like giant flowers, mushrooms that look like dead trees, mushrooms that look like giant snakes...


    All kinds of mushrooms were dazzling, and everyone in the Vine Tribe hunting team was shocked.


    "My God, are these mushrooms too big?"


    "Are these mushrooms edible?"


    "If this is edible, one mushroom will be enough for our entire tribe to eat for many days, right?"


    ...


    Everyone in the Vine tribe was amazed while discussing, apparently no one had ever seen so many giant mushrooms.


    This kind of scene is just like the cartoons Jiang Xuan watched in his previous life, very dreamy.


    "Wow!"


    At this moment, a flying bird flew over the forest at a high speed.


    "puff!"


    When it flew over a giant red mushroom, suddenly, a large piece of powder sprayed out from the canopy of the giant mushroom, covering the bird.


    "Gah..."


    After the bird was covered with powder, it only flew forward for a short distance, and then fell to the ground crookedly, obviously unable to survive.


    The faces of the people of the Veng tribe who were discussing heatedly froze, and they realized that these giant mushrooms didn''t seem to be very talented.


    "Look over there."


    Nepeta found a big-horned deer, but its state was obviously wrong, its eyes were blurred, and it staggered towards those giant mushrooms.


    When the big horned deer walked into the middle of a giant mushroom, it seemed to finally be unable to support it, its body swayed a few times, and then fell to the ground with a bang.


    Seeing two animals fall one after another in this forest of giant mushrooms, even a fool knows that something is wrong with this place.


    The people of the Vine tribe involuntarily took a few steps back, the excitement on their faces was gone, replaced by instinctive vigilance.


    "how so¡­¡­"


    The pathfinder soldier''s face was also slightly pale. Obviously, he did not expect this seemingly beautiful place to be so dangerous.


    Jiang Xuan held the bone spear and said, "This place is weird, let''s go around first."


    Jiang Xuan didn''t want an accident, so it''s better to avoid this weird giant mushroom forest to be on the safe side.


    Everyone nodded, no one wanted to take this risk with their own lives.


    They bypassed this giant mushroom forest far from the side, trying to keep themselves at a safe distance.


    However, just when Jiang Xuan was about to leave this place, an unexpected situation occurred.


    "No, there is someone ahead!"


    Nepeta, who was walking in front, suddenly gave a low drink, and then quickly hid behind a thick tree trunk. When the others saw this, they also chose nearby bunkers to hide.


    In the primitive jungle, many times, encountering people is more terrifying than encountering beasts.


    Because different tribes fought fiercely for prey and resources.


    If you encounter a beast, you may only die a few people if you are attacked.


    Encountering people from other tribes can have disastrous consequences for your own tribe.


    Jiang Xuan said in a low voice, "You guys don''t move, I''ll go to the tree to see the situation."


    He carefully avoided the line of sight in front of him, and then lightly climbed up a big tree with more branches.


    When he was halfway up, through the gaps in the branches and leaves, he could already see the person in front of him.


    It was a team of about seventy or eighty people, it should be a hunting team of a strange tribe.


    They had dark green totems painted on their faces, and because of the distance, Jiang Xuan couldn''t see exactly what they were painting.


    But the most striking thing about is that this team actually brought two huge mountain tortoises!


    The two mountain tortoises carried a lot of things on their backs and walked with the team at a slow pace.


    Not only that, but the leaders of this team were actually wearing large tortoise shells, with both breastplates and carapaces, which looked rather funny.


    Not only that, Jiang Xuan discovered that they were actually walking towards the forest with giant mushrooms!


    "What kind of tribe is this? What do they want to do in that mushroom forest?"


    Jiang Xuan had a lot of questions in his heart, but no one could answer him. He could only continue to observe and see what the people of this strange tribe wanted to do.


    In order to facilitate observation, Jiang Xuan changed a branch on the tree with a better view. He wanted to see if these people would encounter danger in the giant mushroom forest like those animals.


    ...


    Congratulations to the book friend "Xin Xuan Liang Sheng ©c" for becoming the first Dharma protector in this book, and thanks to this book friend for her strong support.

 Chapter 70： Enemy road is narrow

    In the giant mushroom forest, a team of seventy or eighty people is slowly advancing.


    After entering the giant mushroom forest, the two giant mountain tortoises walked in front one after the other.


    The tortoises didn''t walk in a straight line, they zigzag, accurately avoiding the deadly giant mushrooms.


    Because of the existence of mountain tortoises, this team walked a long way in the giant mushroom forest, and no one was attacked or poisoned.


    On the big tree outside the giant mushroom forest, Jiang Xuan was amazed.


    "I have heard for a long time that some tribes will domesticate some very powerful pets, and those pets are usually of the same kind as the tribe''s totem gods."


    "The two big mountain turtles should be the pets of this tribe. Could it be that the totem **** of this tribe is an old mountain turtle?"


    The more Jiang Xuan thought about it, the more likely it was, because not only did they bring two mountain tortoises, but the three people in the lead also carried thick tortoise shells on their backs.


    Even the dark green totem patterns on their faces, Jiang Xuan observed from a distance for a while, and found that they were drawn very much like mountain tortoises.


    "It seems that this tribe is very familiar with this mushroom forest, but they just don''t know what they can get from it."


    Jiang Xuan was very curious about this. Could it be like carrying a few giant mushrooms back to eat as the Veng tribe warriors discussed before?


    Just as Jiang Xuan was observing and guessing, suddenly, he faintly heard a humming sound.


    This kind of sound, like a nightmare, haunted him for a long time, lingering for a long time.


    Because of this, he is very sensitive to this voice.


    "Bird-billed mosquito, mosquito tribe!"


    Jiang Xuan''s eyes became sharp in an instant, but he did not forget the fact that he was cornered by the Mosquito tribe.


    If it wasn''t for the final shot of the vine and the giant dragonfly, I am afraid that the vine tribe would have long since existed.


    Jiang Xuan searched for a while following the sound. With his extraordinary eyesight, he found a bird-billed mosquito flying around outside the mushroom forest soon after.


    The place where the bird-billed mosquito was located was exactly where the tribesmen with the mountain tortoise entered the mushroom forest just now.


    It didn''t take long before more ornitho-billed mosquitoes appeared, and the sound of their flapping wings was so penetrating that it would upset people to hear it.


    Afterwards, hundreds of warriors from the Mosquito Tribe appeared one after another. They sneaked together and looked into the mushroom forest, not knowing what to do.


    "It''s really a narrow road for enemies!"


    Jiang Xuan looked at the warriors of the bird-billed mosquito and the mosquito tribe, and his eyes became very cold.


    But he knew very well that with the few people he brought, if there was a head-on conflict with the Mosquito Tribe, the old birthday star would probably be hanged¡ªit was too long.


    "It seems that the people from the mosquito tribe are also coming for the mushroom forest, or in other words, they are following those who brought mountain turtles."


    "What is there in this place that is worth so many people coming to take the risk?"


    Jiang Xuan thought for a moment and said, "No matter what they are here for, in short, the Mosquito Tribe cannot easily get what they want!"


    Fortunately, the Mosquito Tribe and those with the mountain tortoises are now in the light, and Jiang Xuan and the Teng Tribe warriors are in the dark. They may not be able to fight head-on, so it is easy to find trouble for them in secret.


    Jiang Xuan continued to observe while thinking about how to cause some trouble for the Mosquito tribe.


    He found that the people of the mosquito tribe wandered outside the mushroom forest for a long time, but did not dare to go in directly, and finally chose to hide in the periphery, presumably they wanted to wait for the rabbits.


    Jiang Xuan thought for a while and quickly climbed down from the tree.


    After returning to the ground, Jiang Xuan beckoned, called the eight warriors to the voice, and whispered: "The people from the mosquito tribe are here!"


    A simple sentence made the vine tribe warriors nervous. Only Nepeta looked a little dazed because he had not encountered the vine tribe before.


    Shi Loh clenched the bow and arrow and asked, "Boss, do you want to fight?"


    Jiang Xuan shook his head and said, "I did a rough count. They have more than 100 soldiers and dozens of bird-billed mosquitoes. We can''t fight them."


    "Then what should we do?"


    Everyone looked at Jiang Xuan, waiting for him to have an idea.


    Jiang Xuandao: "I saw a group of people on the tree just now, following two giant mountain tortoises into the mushroom forest. People from the Mosquito tribe should have followed them here."


    "Now, the people of the Mosquito tribe are hiding outside the mushroom forest, and they should be trying to ambush those with mountain turtles."


    "As the saying goes, the enemy of the enemy is a friend. We are now quietly touching it and looking for opportunities to help those who lead the turtles."


    "Come with me and take it easy."


    Jiang Xuan waved his hand, then held the bone spear and walked first.


    Shi Loach, Nepeta, and the others immediately followed, moving forward cautiously, trying not to make a sound when walking.


    Before long, they managed to get to the side of the mosquito tribe''s hideout, hiding in thick bushes.


    At this time, in front of them is the place where the mosquito tribe hides, on the right is the mushroom forest, and on the left is the dense jungle. This position is very convenient to run wherever they go.


    Jiang Xuan''s eyes searched for the place where the mosquito tribe warriors were hiding, and he soon found a lot of bird-billed mosquitoes crawling on the trees.


    When these bird-billed mosquitoes are not flying, they like to hide in the shadows, and they are not easy to find without careful observation.


    "Go up to the tree, be careful."


    Jiang Xuan climbed a big tree again, and the others followed.


    The reason why I chose to go up the tree is because there are many plants in the jungle, and the vision on the ground is very poor. The tree not only has a good vision, but also is easy to hide, and it is also conducive to attacking distant targets.


    Jiang Xuan sat on the fork of a thick branch and continued to observe the people of the mosquito tribe.


    There is a faint smell of mushrooms in the distance.


    Jiang Xuan took out a piece of jerky and chewed it slowly.


    This kind of jerky is salted, which can easily satisfy hunger and replenish salt. It is one of the dry food that the Vine tribe hunting team must bring when they go out.


    "Hey, that''s... a hornet''s nest?"


    Suddenly, Jiang Xuan discovered that in the forest where the warriors of the mosquito tribe were hiding, there was a very large hornet''s nest on the top of a big tree.


    This hornet''s nest sits on a tree branch. It is yellowish-brown as a whole and has layers of scaly patterns on its surface, almost the size of a small house.


    At the bottom of the hornet''s nest, there is a very thick hole. Outside the hole, there are two giant hornets, crawling around the nest and flying up from time to time, like two gatekeepers.


    This giant wasp has a golden head, a ring of black patterns on its body, a body more than half a meter long, and a terrifying black poisonous needle on its tail.


    Jiang Xuan stared at the hornet''s nest and the giant hornet that flew up from time to time, and then thought of the mosquito tribe warriors hiding in the woods, and suddenly had an idea in his heart.


    Jiang Xuan beckoned and called Shi Loach over, pointed at the giant hornet''s nest, and said in a low voice, "That hornet''s nest, can your arrow hit it?"


    The target of the horse honeycomb is very large, and the distance is not too far, Shi Loh nodded and said: "No problem."


    "Okay, you find a position that is most suitable for archery, and when I let you shoot, you will shoot me through that hornet''s nest!"


    Shi Loh said: "The shot can be hit, but the hornet''s nest is too big and the arrow is too small, even if it hits, I''m afraid it will have no effect on the hornet''s nest."


    "Makes sense."


    Jiang Xuan pondered for a moment and said, "Wait for me here."


    After Jiang Xuan finished speaking, he gently climbed down from the tree, and then got into the woods.


    After a while, Jiang Xuan appeared again, and climbed up the tree, came to Shi Loach''s side, and took out a small clay pot from the animal skin bag.


    "Now put the arrowheads in the clay pot and soak them."


    Jiang Xuan opened the lid of the pottery pot An unpleasant stench suddenly filled the air.


    "This is, smelly grass?" Shi Loh''s eyes widened.


    "Not only that, I also added several kinds of grass with strong airways in it, which is definitely exciting."


    "Think about it. After the arrowhead is soaked in this juice, it shoots into the hornet''s nest. If those giant hornets smell such a pungent smell, will they fry the pot?"


    Shi Loh looked at the pottery, then looked at the hornet''s nest, and shivered involuntarily.


    I''m afraid this thing will provoke the whole nest of giant wasps.


    Shi Loh thought of the mosquito tribe warriors under the hornet''s nest again, and he finally understood what Jiang Xuan was fighting.


    I have to say that this idea is too bad, but against the Mosquito tribe, Shi Loach feels it is right.


    He immediately soaked the arrowheads of the ten feathered arrows in the clay pot, allowing the strong smell to fully infiltrate the arrowheads.


    Next, is to wait patiently for the opportunity.

 Chapter 71： scary giant wasp

    For half a day, Jiang Xuan squatted, sat or lay down on the tree, and he had changed many positions.


    The waiting time is too boring and frustrating.


    "Boss, the people from the mushroom forest have come out."


    Just as Jiang Xuan was lying dozing on the thick branch, the soldier in charge of stalking woke him up in a low voice.


    Jiang Xuan''s spirit was lifted, he immediately sat up, and looked towards the mushroom forest.


    Sure enough, those who brought the mountain turtles into the mushroom forest were returning along the same path.


    Jiang Xuan found that they had entered the mushroom forest for so long, but the number of people did not seem to decrease, and the two mountain tortoises were already full of things, so they must have gained a lot.


    "It seems that the previous guess is correct. The people of this tribe know this mushroom forest very well, but they don''t know what they got from it."


    Seeing that these people were about to leave the mushroom forest and enter the encirclement of the mosquito tribe, Shi Loh picked up his bow and arrow and said, "Leader, do you want to do it?"


    "Do it, no matter what they get, in short, they can''t let the people of the mosquito tribe take advantage of this."


    "it is good!"


    Shi Loach held the bow in his left hand, and took the feather arrow out of the small clay pot with his right hand, and a pungent pungent smell drifted away in the wind.


    Shi Loach has been squatting at the selected archery position. At this time, I saw him stand up on the tree, draw a bow and shoot an arrow.


    Shiloh is a two-color warrior with great strength, and the bow he uses is not the same as other people''s bows.


    In this bow of the loach, two thin animal horns are pasted with swim bladder glue at the position of the belly of the bow, and a large number of animal tendons are tightly wound, so that the bow body can withstand greater force.


    Shi Loach took a deep breath, he slowly opened the horn bow, drew a full bow, and then aimed at the big hornet''s nest on the tree in the distance.


    "call out!"


    When the loach loosened the bowstring, the feather arrow, which had gathered great kinetic energy, flew towards the hornet''s nest with a sound of breaking air like a bolt of lightning.


    The feathered arrow easily sank into the hornet''s nest, and even the tail feathers could not be seen, only a small hole appeared on the surface of the hornet''s nest.


    After the arrow was hit, Shi Loach did not stop. He opened the bow five times in a row, and left five feather arrows with a strong and irritating smell in different positions of the hornet''s nest.


    The sound of the arrow breaking through the air and the vibration of the bowstring immediately caught the attention of the Mosquito Tribe and the group of people with mountain turtles.


    "If there is a situation, go back, go back first."


    Among the group of people with the mountain turtle, someone immediately shouted, and immediately retreated into the mushroom forest.


    And the hundreds of Mosquito Tribe soldiers who were in ambush saw that they were about to succeed in ambush, but their lungs were about to explode because of a few arrows that suddenly flew in.


    "Who shot the arrow!"


    "Chase, don''t let them run away!"


    Among the mosquito tribe warriors, the leaders of the two hunting teams roared in exasperation.


    "Buzzing..."


    However, at this moment, above the ambush of the Mosquito Tribe warriors, Wu Zhi continued to emit a strong and pungent odor of feather arrows, causing all the giant wasps in the hive to fry!


    Angry giant wasps drilled out of the hive one by one, and then flew into the sky, angrily searching for the person who destroyed the hive.


    "Crack clap..."


    In the beehive the size of the house, many wasps could not stand the smoke and could not squeeze out for a while, so they began to quickly bite the beehive, biting a hole from the side and flying away.


    Soon, a large group of giant wasps flew outside the hive and flew around the hive quickly. The strong smell continued to stimulate them, making them completely furious.


    At this time, the warriors of the Mosquito Tribe were about to catch up and stop those who were retreating into the mushroom forest.


    However, a large buzzing sound above their heads quickly caught their attention.


    A bird-billed mosquito flew into the sky, and was about to go to the mushroom forest to chase those with mountain turtles.


    "Buzz!"


    A giant wasp swooped over, and its strong and barbed claws easily grabbed the bird-billed mosquito, and then the advantageous fangs in front of the giant wasp immediately bit the head of the bird-billed mosquito.


    The other bird-billed mosquitoes ended up in the same situation. They were spotted by the angry giant wasps in the air as soon as they took off, and they were quickly culled.


    "No, it''s a hornet!"


    The heads of the two hunting teams of the Mosquito Tribe saw the giant wasps in the sky, their scalps felt numb, and their expressions changed drastically.


    "Buzzing..."


    At this time, the giant wasps also discovered the warriors of the Mosquito Tribe. The angry giant wasps thought they had found the murderer, and swarmed towards the ground.


    "Run!"


    Hundreds of soldiers from the mosquito tribe saw this scene, their faces turned green, and they didn''t know who shouted first, and then the others ran away.


    At a time like this, no one would care to chase down those who brought mountain tortoises. In the face of so many giant wasps, it was important to save their lives.


    Hundreds of Mosquito Tribe warriors scurried around, and those bird-billed mosquitoes were also miserable. Most of them were killed by giant wasps and became food for giant wasps.


    "what¡­"


    A mosquito tribe warrior was overtaken by a giant wasp and stung.


    I saw him run a few steps before falling to the ground. The wound quickly turned black, and the terrifying toxin spread rapidly throughout the body, as if bitten by a highly venomous snake.


    On the tree in the distance, Jiang Xuan, the initiator, saw this scene and couldn''t help shivering.


    This giant wasp is really terrifying. Not only does it fly at an astonishingly fast speed, but its poisonous needle is also terrifying, and it can sting people to death.


    Jiang Xuan immediately threw the pot away, and took everyone to a tree that was farther away and safer, so as not to be smelled by giant wasps and attack people.


    "Counterattack!"


    The Mosquito Tribe warriors didn''t run very far, and found that they couldn''t run the giant wasps at all, so someone shouted and immediately turned back to fight the giant wasps.


    "Snapped!"


    One of the Mosquito tribe leaders, wielding a stone spear, beat down a giant wasp at a very fast speed, and then poked a spear into the abdomen of the giant wasp to ensure that it lost its combat effectiveness.


    After a giant wasp was shot down, other giant wasps flew over, and the leader of the Mosquito Tribe''s hunting team could only bite the bullet and continue to fight.


    The Mosquito Tribe hunting team has a large number of people, and its strength is not weak. Once everyone no longer tries to escape, but turns back and fights back, the combat power generated is also very powerful.


    For a time, the giant wasps and the mosquito tribe warriors fought fiercely.


    At the same time, the group of people with the mountain tortoise ran into the mushroom forest for a while, when they heard the screams of the mosquito tribe warriors and noticed the situation behind.


    "what happened?"


    "It seems that the mosquito tribe has provoked a hornet and is being stinged by it."


    This group of people talked a lot, and no one went forward, because they knew that since the people of the Mosquito tribe provoked the swarm of giant wasps, it would not be so easy to solve it.


    In the crowd, a middle-aged man with the largest tortoise shell on his back said, "People from the Mosquito tribe will not provoke wasps for no reason. Someone should be helping us."


    Another person with a turtle shell on his back said: "Yes, when we were about to leave the mushroom forest just now, I heard the sound of shooting arrows. It must not have been made by the Mosquito tribe."


    "a?"


    Several people carrying turtle shells discussed with each other, but there was no result. UU reading www. uukanshu.com They couldn''t figure out who helped them.


    The middle-aged man carrying the largest turtle shell continued: "No matter who it is, it''s not harmful to us. Let''s go back to the mushroom forest first. It''s important to save our lives."


    The others nodded in succession. They brought two giant mountain tortoises and soon re-entered the magical mushroom forest and hid for the time being.


    After the soldiers of the Mosquito Tribe fought a fierce battle with the giant wasp, a lot of giant wasps died, and many soldiers of the Mosquito tribe were stung and fell to the ground.


    In the end, the battle ended with the giant wasp returning to its nest.


    When the battle was over, the two leaders of the Mosquito Tribe looked at the soldiers who had been reduced by one-third, and they almost cried without tears.


    Of course, a lot of those giant wasps also died. After all, they mainly rely on their large numbers to gain an overwhelming advantage, and their individual combat effectiveness is actually not strong.


    The two leaders discussed for a while, and then reluctantly decided to give up and continue the ambush, and first returned to the mosquito tribe to repair.


    From the beginning to the end, they never figured out who was cheating on them.

 Chapter 72： Vigorous Mushroom and Divine Mushroom

    On the big tree, Jiang Xuan and others looked at the battlefield outside the mushroom forest with lingering fears.


    The bodies of the mosquito tribe were taken away, and the bodies of the giant wasps were still scattered on the ground. Some giant wasps that were not completely dead would move their legs from time to time.


    "Are they all gone?"


    On the big tree, Jiang Xuan first observed the huge wasp''s nest and determined that most of the giant wasps had returned to the nest.


    He found that the five feather arrows with a strong smell were bitten into several pieces, dragged out by the giant wasp and thrown far away.


    Even some of the beehives that were contaminated with the scent of the feather arrows were bitten off by those giant wasps and cleaned up.


    The current hornet''s hive looks riddled with holes, but in a few days, the hive will be restored to its original state.


    "The terrifying giant wasp."


    Jiang Xuan thought of the scene of a large nest of giant wasps whistling just now. Although it was not aimed at them, he still had lingering fears.


    The combat effectiveness of a single giant wasp is not strong, and soldiers of the same color can easily solve it, but when they fight in groups, even wild bears have to retreat.


    Jiang Xuan climbed down from the tree with the others, deliberately avoiding the wasp''s nest, lest the wasp that was still in a state of rage run out again.


    "The people from the Mosquito tribe also ran away."


    Shi Loach cautiously went to the woods to check, and determined that the mosquito tribe''s people had run away, and then came back to report to Jiang Xuan.


    Jiang Xuan said with satisfaction: "This time the Mosquito Tribe has killed a lot of people, and we can be regarded as indirectly weakening the strength of the Mosquito Tribe."


    Others also showed smiles on their faces, and the damage to the Mosquito Tribe was a good thing for the Vine Tribe.


    Shi Loh asked: "Leader, what should we do next?"


    Jiang Xuan thought for a while and said, "Our strength is too weak, no matter which side we face, we have no confidence. It is not appropriate to stay here for a long time. Let''s go back first."


    Everyone nodded, this place was too dangerous for them.


    Although Jiang Xuan is a little reluctant to part with this mushroom forest, because he believes that the mosquito tribe will never ambush here for no reason, it must be for some kind of benefit.


    In other words, there is definitely something attractive enough in the mushroom forest.


    It''s a pity that the strength of the Vine Tribe is too weak, and they don''t have the slightest understanding of the mushroom forest. Even if there are good things, they can''t get it.


    "The tribe will become stronger in the future, so let''s find another opportunity to come here."


    Jiang Xuan shook his head, intending to return to the tribe and hunt some prey on the way.


    They followed the same path and walked back around the mushroom forest.


    However, they didn''t go far when suddenly there was a man in a turtle shell in the mushroom forest, standing staring at a huge mushroom, waving his hand and shouting: "Wait a minute!"


    Jiang Xuan and others stopped and stared vigilantly over there.


    "What''s the matter?" Jiang Xuan responded, using gestures to get everyone ready. If the situation is not right, run away.


    "Did you shoot the arrow just now?" The person wearing the turtle shell continued to wave.


    Jiang Xuan thought about it for a while. The few arrows just now smashed the Mosquito tribe, but they helped the people of this strange tribe. There is nothing he can''t admit.


    "Yes, we shot it!"


    The man wearing the tortoise shell had a happy expression on his face, and continued to shout: "We are from the mountain turtle tribe. The arrows you shot just now led out the hornet and helped us."


    "The Mountain Turtle Tribe has always repaid its kindness, and our leader said we would like to thank you."


    "How to thank you?"


    Jiang Xuan did not let his guard down, because in the jungle, various tribes fought fiercely for resources, and if he trusted a stranger from a tribe, he might bring disaster to himself.


    People who are too simple cannot survive in such a harsh environment.


    At this moment, a huge mountain tortoise came out slowly from the mushroom forest. Beside the big mountain tortoise, there was a middle-aged man wearing a large tortoise shell.


    Behind the middle-aged man, there are seventy or eighty warriors, as well as another big mountain tortoise.


    "Our leader is here!"


    The man standing on top of the giant mushroom shouted, and then climbed down the strange giant mushroom.


    The middle-aged warrior wearing the big turtle shell shouted to Jiang Xuan from a distance: "My friend on the opposite side, I am the leader of the mountain turtle tribe, mountain armor, which tribe are you from?"


    "We belong to the Vine tribe!" Jiang Xuan replied.


    "Vine tribe..."


    Shan Jia thought about it, and found that he had never heard of this name before. It was probably a small remote tribe with little reputation.


    However, Shan Jia didn''t care. After all, there were as many small tribes in the Southern Wilderness as there were stars in the sky, as long as they weren''t hostile tribes.


    "Friends of the Vine Tribe, thank you for the arrows you shot just now, which allowed us to avoid being ambushed by the Mosquito Tribe."


    Shan Jia said solemnly: "Our Shan Gui tribe has always repaid our kindness. In order to thank you, I decided to give you some vigorous mushrooms and three divine mushrooms."


    "Dali Mushroom? Divine Spirit Mushroom?" Jiang Xuan had never heard of these two names, so he could only guess that this should be a product of the mushroom forest, right?


    I just don''t know what these two mushrooms are used for and how big they are.


    If it is a mushroom as big as a house, it is not easy to move it back.


    Jiang Xuan looked at the huge mushrooms around the people of the Mountain Turtle Tribe, not knowing for a while whether he should accept such a gift.


    Of course, until now, he still hasn''t let down his guard. After all, the Vine Tribe has hardly had contact with other tribes, and he doesn''t know what kind of tribe this Mountain Turtle Tribe is.


    Shan Jia seemed to see his doubts, so he explained: "Mushroom is a kind of magical mushroom. Eating it can increase the strength of warriors, which is definitely good for you."


    "The divine mushroom is more precious than the vigorous mushroom. It is specially eaten by the witches of the tribe. After eating the divine mushroom, the witch can see the guardian deity of the tribe and listen to the oracle during the sacrifice."


    In the mountain turtle tribe, the divine mushroom is a very precious trade item. Each divine mushroom can trade a large amount of goods with other tribes.


    In this era of barter, owning such a precious item can naturally obtain a lot of benefits for the mountain turtle tribe.


    Shan Jia added: "The reason why the mosquito tribe sent so many people to ambush us is to **** our mushrooms."


    After listening to Shan Jia''s words, Jiang Xuan finally had a little understanding of these two magical mushrooms.


    He guessed that the mushroom should be the same as the fruit of the whip tree. Eating it can increase one''s strength, and it is also a magical plant.


    As for the divine mushroom that was specially given to the witch, he wasn''t quite sure what it actually did, and he didn''t know what kind of way Shan Jia said that he could see the divine after eating it.


    However, what is certain is that these two kinds of mushrooms are indeed good things, otherwise the Mosquito Tribe would not have tried their best to come and grab it.


    Moreover, Jiang Xuan is very sure that the mountain turtle tribe is in the mushroom forest, and the mushrooms picked are definitely not only these two, there should be more useful mushrooms.


    After all, the mushroom forest is so big and there are so many types of mushrooms, it is impossible to have only one or two useful ones.


    Even those poisonous mushrooms can be good things when used properly.


    The mountain armor waved his hand, and a warrior from the mountain turtle tribe came out with two animal skin bags, one of which was relatively large, while the other was small.


    The warrior did not walk in front of Jiang Xuan, but stopped when they were still a short distance away, put down the two animal skin bags, one large and one small, and returned quickly.


    Shan Jia said to Jiang Xuan, "The big animal skin bag is the vigorous mushroom, and the small animal skin bag is the **** spirit mushroom, all for you."


    "It''s getting late, and we have to rush back to the tribe. If there is a chance in the future, you are welcome to visit and trade with our mountain turtle tribe. There are many good things in our mountain turtle tribe, and you will definitely be satisfied."


    "Okay, see you next time."


    After Shan Jia finished speaking, he took his soldiers and the two giant mountain tortoises back to the mushroom forest. It should be going back from another place.


    "Just leave like this?"


    Jiang Xuan looked at the two animal skin bags on the ground not far away, and felt a little unreal for a while.


    I thought that this trip would not yield much except for the mosquito tribe.


    Unexpectedly, I accidentally got two bags of magic mushrooms.


    "No matter how much, take it back and talk about it."


    Jiang Xuan cautiously walked to the front of the two animal skin bags without opening them, and tied them together with a rope. After confirming that there was no problem, he returned to the tribe with these two bags of mushrooms.


    They went all the way over mountains and mountains, and on the way back, they were lucky to catch a few relatively large prey, and this trip was quite rewarding.


    After returning to the tribe, Jiang Xuan brought the two big bags of mushrooms to Chishao and told her what happened.


    "Mushroom Forest, Mosquito Tribe, Mountain Turtle Tribe, Magical Mushrooms..."


    After hearing what Jiang Xuan described, Chi Shao was very envious of their experience this time, because it sounded very exciting.


    Although her current identity is the witch of the Vine tribe, she is not the same as the witches of other tribes. She does not need to stay in the tribe every day, and she will often go out to hunt.


    "Let''s open it first."


    Chishao first opened the big animal skin bag, which contained a red mushroom, each about the size of two fists.


    Surprisingly, the texture of this mushroom is very similar to the muscle of an animal. At first glance, I thought that someone had cut the meat of the animal into a mushroom.


    This is the powerful mushroom called by the mountain gill, and it is said that eating it can increase one''s strength.


    Chi Shao said, "Let''s try a few beasts first. It''s better to be careful about things sent by unfamiliar tribes."


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "You really should be careful. We just caught a lot of beasts recently. I cut a few slices and fed them to them."


    In order to find more beasts suitable for breeding, the Vine Tribe has intentionally captured various beasts and domesticated them since the ice and snow melted.


    Such as black muntjac, big-horned deer, big-horned sheep, gray-haired rabbit, unicorn, etc.


    Now, these animals are honorable test subjects.


    Jiang Xuan used a stone knife to cut a few pieces from the Dali mushroom, then took it to the breeding area, and first fed a piece of Dali mushroom to the bighorn sheep.


    Jiang Xuan thought that the big horn sheep would refuse to eat, but unexpectedly, the big horn sheep sniffed the mushroom, then ate it happily, and even licked his lips and looked at Jiang Xuan eagerly.


    Jiang Xuan did not continue to feed it, but observed patiently.


    After eating the mushroom, the big horn sheep did not react at first, but gradually, it became obviously energetic, first running around in the pen, and then hitting the wooden wall of the pen with its horns.


    Not only that, Jiang Xuan found that the strength of this bighorn sheep was significantly stronger than that of other bighorn sheep, and it was very powerful when it hit the wooden wall.


    After a long time, the big-horned sheep gradually calmed down after venting its energy, but the muscles on its body were more visible to the naked eye than before.


    Other than that, there were no signs of poisoning or other symptoms.


    Jiang Xuan tested it with several other beasts, and found that none of these beasts were poisoned, but their strength was much stronger.


    Jiang Xuan finally found a relatively thin tourist and asked him to eat half a piece of vigorous mushroom.


    The thin tourist soon became hot, the blood circulation speeded up, and the muscles on his body were obviously much stronger than before.


    According to tourists, after eating the mushroom, it feels as if a force has been injected into the body.


    "It seems that the people of the Mountain Turtle Tribe did not lie to me. This kind of vigorous mushroom can indeed increase strength by eating it."


    Jiang Xuan was finally relieved, and he also had a certain favorable impression of the Mountain Turtle Tribe. After all, if it was the Mosquito Tribe, he would definitely not be willing to send such a good thing out.


    In Jiang Xuan''s impression, mushrooms do not last for a long time, so after Jiang Xuan determined that there was no problem with the vigorous mushrooms, he immediately summoned all the warriors of the tribe and shared them with the vigorous mushrooms.


    Of course, Jiang Xuan himself ate the most, because he was the leader and had to be stronger than others in terms of strength in order to convince the crowd.


    After Jiang Xuan ate a whole Dali Mushroom, he only felt as if he had taken the medicine of tiger and wolf. He felt hot all over his body, his heart was pounding, and his blood flowed quickly.


    Subsequently, the muscles of his whole body changed at an alarming rate, first of all the muscles of the limbs became more pronounced and stronger.


    Then the chest muscles, abdominal muscles, and even the muscles of the whole body were strongly stimulated.


    "I feel that my body is full of power!"


    Jiang Xuan clenched his fist and hit a big tree suddenly, only to hear a "bang", he punched a dent in the big tree, the bark was cracked, and the The leaves "rust" down.


    However, the next moment, he found that there was a bit of skin on his fist and it was bleeding.


    "It''s inflated, it''s too hard..."


    Jiang Xuan felt a piercing pain, and then shook his hand vigorously.


    This is just a small episode, the overall effect of Dali mushroom is quite satisfactory.


    Even in the evening, some tourists were even more tossing and moving, apparently because they were too energetic and had nowhere to vent.


    In addition to the vigorous mushroom, another small animal skin bag also contained the divine mushroom.


    According to the people of the Mountain Turtle Tribe, this is a magic mushroom that is more precious than the Vigorous Mushroom.


    After all, it is specially for witches to eat.


    However, Jiang Xuan is not quite sure about the specific effect.

 Chapter 73： The Secret of the Spirit Mushroom

    "Why don''t you take the Divine Spirit Mushroom and ask the old witch first."


    Although the vigorous mushroom has been proven to be a good thing, Jiang Xuan still feels uneasy and does not want Chishao to try the divine mushroom directly.


    "Alright, let''s ask."


    Chishao nodded, facing the unfamiliar mushrooms, how to be careful.


    The two brought three divine mushrooms to the bamboo house where the old witch lived, and told him what happened.


    "Divine Mushroom?"


    The old witch opened the small animal skin bag and looked at the three red mushrooms inside, feeling very strange.


    "I have never seen or heard of this thing in Donghuang."


    "However, since the people of the Mountain Turtle Tribe said that the Spirit Mushroom can make Wu see the Patronus, it must have some magical effect."


    "I''ll try it first to see if it''s poisonous."


    The old witch took out the exquisite gem-level small stone knife and cut a small piece the size of half a fingernail from one of the divine mushrooms.


    Afterwards, he put the Divine Spirit Mushroom in his mouth, but did not swallow it.


    Jiang Xuan looked at the fierce operation of the old witch, his eyelids jumped involuntarily.


    If this mushroom were a highly poisonous thing, if the old witch tried it like this, it wouldn''t be poisoned to death, right?


    But looking at the old witch''s appearance, he is very calm, or in other words, he has no fear at this age.


    After a long time, the old witch said to Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao: "This kind of divine mushroom cannot make the witch power grow or become active."


    After Chi Shao heard this sentence, she felt a little disappointed.


    She also thought that Vigorous Mushrooms could increase the strength of warriors, and this kind of divine mushrooms specially given to witches could increase the witch''s power in the body of witches.


    "However, it can make people''s spirits high, and I now feel a lot more thoughts in my mind than usual."


    "In addition, this kind of divine mushroom is not highly poisonous. It should be fine to eat one, but what effect does it have on the witch, you need to eat a little more to determine."


    The old witch said calmly: "If you don''t mind, I can eat one and try it for you."


    According to the people of the Mountain Turtle Tribe, this kind of divine mushroom is very precious, otherwise it would not only give three.


    Because of this, the old witch did not eat it directly, but first asked Chi Shao and Jiang Xuan for their opinions.


    After all, I don''t know if I can get this thing again in the future, eat one less and one less.


    Jiang Xuan thought for a while and said, "Yes, but it''s best to eat it cooked, even if it is poisonous, it can reduce the toxicity a little bit when cooked."


    The old witch smiled and said, "You are right, cooking can indeed reduce toxicity."


    The fire in the fire pond kept burning day and night. The old witch had two clay pots here, which Jiang Xuan gave him to cook.


    The old witch cut a divine mushroom into slices, threw it into a clay pot for making soup, added some water, and put it in the fire pit to burn.


    "Goooooooooooo..."


    As the pot was heated continuously, the water in it slowly boiled, and the divine mushroom gradually changed from red to light blue in the hot water.


    At the same time, a strong fragrance of mushrooms filled the air, making the three people in the bamboo house feel their appetites widened.


    Ten minutes later, the old witch felt that the divine mushroom was already cooked, so he found a pottery bowl and used chopsticks to take the divine mushroom out of the pot.


    Chopsticks are one of the utensils that the old witch has learned to use after he came to the Vine tribe.


    The old witch only had a few teeth, but the divine mushroom was very tender, and after cutting it into pieces, he could easily swallow it.


    After he had eaten all the divine mushrooms, he put down the bowls and chopsticks, quietly sat cross-legged on a piece of animal skin, closed his eyes, and felt the effect of the divine mushrooms.


    Gradually, Jiang Xuan found that the old witch''s eyelids trembled, and then his body trembled.


    His expression changed from calm to consternation, and then to surprise, panic, anger, and so on.


    He also stretched out his hand forward, mumbled something in his mouth, and even burst into tears.


    "This... could it be poisoning? Shall we save him?"


    Jiang Xuan was taken aback when he saw the strange behaviors that the old witch showed, and was afraid that the old witch would suddenly be poisoned to death.


    Chishao stepped forward, observed the state of the old witch, and said, "There is no bleeding, no foaming at the mouth, and breathing is relatively normal. It should be fine. Don''t touch him yet."


    Chi Shao had been learning witch doctor from the old witch for a while. Since she said it was fine, there shouldn''t be any major problems.


    Jiang Xuan could only wait anxiously for the old witch to wake up.


    After about an hour, the old witch gradually calmed down.


    After another half an hour, the old witch slowly opened his eyes and wiped away the tears that had not dried up from the corners of his eyes.


    Jiang Xuan hurriedly asked: "Old man, how do you feel? Is there any discomfort?"


    The old witch shook his head and said, "I''m fine. I just saw the former Eagle Tribe, the Eagle God, and many old people. I just got a little emotional."


    "Besides, I also saw a magical world. There are many animals and plants flying around in the sky."


    The old witch looked at the other two intact divine mushrooms and said, "I think I know why this thing is welcomed by the witch."


    "Why?" Jiang Xuan looked at the old witch curiously.


    The old witch said slowly: "Because of many tribes, the original patron saint has disappeared, and many witches cannot communicate with God because of this, but they are eager to see God and listen to God''s will."


    "After eating this kind of divine mushroom, it can let them ''see'' God, see a magical world, and let them see some people and things they miss, and make them believe that God has not disappeared, but is only in the another place."


    "This is a great encouragement for a witch who has served God all his life."


    "Even me, I can''t tell whether that magical world is real, or a fictional hallucination of a divine mushroom."


    The old witch''s mood suddenly became a little depressed: "I hope that world is real. In this case, after my death, my soul may be able to reach that world."


    After listening to the old witch, Jiang Xuan finally figured out what this so-called "spirit mushroom" was.


    This should be a poisonous mushroom.


    After eating this mushroom, people will have hallucinations, see a strange world, and see some people and things in the past.


    But Jiang Xuan is not 100% sure, because the world cannot be explained by common sense.


    For example, the psychic vine on the stone mountain cannot be explained by common sense.


    So Jiang Xuan didn''t dare to say that after eating the divine mushroom, the world he saw must be fake, and he could only say that there is a high probability that it was an illusion.


    After figuring this out, Jiang Xuan lost interest in the so-called precious divine mushroom.


    This thing can only bring a wonderful spiritual experience to people, and it cannot bring substantial help like Dali Mushroom.


    However, since the people of the Mountain Turtle Tribe said that this kind of thing is very popular with other tribes, then it is possible to save it. If there is a chance, it is also good to exchange some materials with other tribes.


    Jiang Xuan thanked the old witch, and then left with Chi Shao with the remaining two divine mushrooms.


    Sitting in the empty bamboo house, the old witch couldn''t calm down for a long time when he thought about the things he saw when he ate the divine mushroom before...


    After returning to the place of residence, Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao discussed it, and then decided to dry the two divine mushrooms for long-term preservation.


    As for when it can be used, or whether it can be used, it is not very important. After all, this thing was originally given by the Mountain Turtle Tribe, and the Vine Tribe did not contribute much.

 Chapter 74： bamboo raft

    On February 15, it rained heavily.


    "Boom..."


    "Crash..."


    The sky was covered with dark clouds, lightning flashes and thunder, and the pouring rain kept falling.


    "Quack quack quack..."


    In the reeds next to the Feiyu River, some colorful ducks pecking at the insects that climbed out of the ground because of the heavy rain, as well as some shrimps and crabs that climbed to the shore, flapped their wings and shouted a few times when they were happy.


    Their thick feathers can effectively isolate the rain, and there are reeds on the top of their heads, so they are not afraid of rain.


    The Teng tribe also raised a few colorful ducks, but they were locked in the cave and could only watch the rain and sigh.


    "Quack... quack... quack..."


    In the pond of the Vine tribe, a few frogs croaked from time to time, which was the hibernating frog came out and began to forage and court.


    Of course, along with the warm spring comes the pesky mosquitoes.


    "Snapped!"


    Jiang Xuan sat in the bamboo hut and slapped a mosquito that was about to **** blood on his leg with an accurate slap.


    Jiang Xuan said helplessly: "The mosquitoes have come out, it''s time to burn some stinky grass to repel the mosquitoes."


    Chi Shao said: "When the rain stops, I will find some stinky grass and come back, dry it and burn it."


    After a while, Chi Shao found that Jiang Xuan was roasting some bamboo on the fire, so she asked curiously, "Xuan, are you making a new bamboo bed?"


    "No, I''m going to make a bamboo raft."


    "Bamboo rafts? What are they used for?"


    Chi Shao had never heard the word, but she was used to it because Jiang Xuan often came up with new things.


    Jiang Xuan replied while tying the bamboo, "Bamboo can float on the water, tie them together to make a bamboo raft, the buoyancy will be stronger, and it can carry us into the water to fish."


    Jiang Xuan''s words attracted the attention of everyone in the bamboo house.


    Nan Xing put down the half-grinded spear in his hand, leaned over to Jiang Xuan, and asked, "Boss, can this bamboo raft take us to the river?"


    "Of course, if we do it well, we can even ride the bamboo raft to the other side of the river. Don''t you want to see what''s on the other side of the river?"


    Uncaria on the side stared at the bamboo in Jiang Xuan''s hand for a long time, and asked a question: "Boss, what if it floats along the water? It''s like wood in the water."


    "That''s a good question."


    Jiang Xuan picked up a relatively small bamboo pole and said, "This bamboo pole, called a boat pole, can be used to control the direction of the bamboo raft in the water."


    Uncaria felt incredible and developed a strong interest in bamboo rafts.


    "Boss, after it''s done, can you let me try it?"


    Nan Xing shouted: "I want to try too."


    Shi Loach is relatively calm, but after all, the young man''s heart is obviously eager to try.


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "Okay, when I''m done, everyone can try it."


    "Boss, let me help you." Nan Xing volunteered.


    Uncaria and Shiloh also came to help, only Chishao was relatively calm and was still pounding medicine.


    As a witch of the tribe, Chishao needs to prepare various medicines for the warriors of the tribe in advance, so that they can carry them with them when they go out hunting, and they can apply medicines in time when they are injured.


    After gaining witch power and learning witch medicine from the old witch, Chi Shao''s temperament became more and more calm, and she was working hard to be a witch.


    Jiang Xuan continued to make bamboo rafts with the help of three teenagers.


    He chose sixteen old bamboos with thick bowls, burned them into similar lengths with fire, and tied them together with strong bark ropes.


    The reason why the old bamboo is chosen is that the old bamboo is stronger and tougher, and it is not easy to crack and enter the water after it is made into a bamboo raft.


    In the end, Jiang Xuan obtained a bamboo raft that was about five meters long and one and a half meters wide.


    For insurance, he used two layers of bamboo, so that the buoyancy is greater, and people standing on it are not easy to get wet with water.


    Because the bamboo rafts are very large, except for the process of burning the bamboo, other work is done outside after the rain stops.


    After making the bamboo rafts, Jiang Xuan and Uncaria carried the brand-new bamboo rafts to the side of a relatively wide stream to try.


    Chishao, Shiloach, and Nanxing also followed, as well as some clansmen from the Teng tribe, all came to see the strangeness.


    "Into the water!"


    After Jiang Xuan lifted the bamboo raft to the water''s edge, he put the front end into the water, and Uncaria pushed the rear end, pushing the whole bamboo raft into the water.


    "Okay, come on up!"


    Jiang Xuan followed the end of the bamboo raft and put it on the bamboo raft, and then supported the bamboo raft with a bamboo pole to prevent it from drifting away with the stream for the time being.


    "coming!"


    Uncaria rubbed his hands excitedly, then followed Jiang Xuan onto the bamboo raft.


    However, when he stood up, because of the uneven force, the bamboo raft swayed in the water, causing Uncaria to squat down in a hurry.


    "Chief... Chief, we won''t turn over into the water, will we?"


    Jiang Xuan said angrily: "With me here, what are you afraid of? Besides, it''s not in the river, so you won''t drown."


    "Then... that leader, you can be steady."


    Uncaria moved to Jiang Xuan''s side, still feeling very nervous and with a sense of anticipation.


    Shi Loh shouted from the side: "Uncaria, if you are afraid, come down, I will go up."


    Uncle Teng was agitated by these words, and stood up bravely, and said dissatisfiedly: "Who is afraid? I''m just getting used to it first."


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "Then stand still, let''s go!"


    Jiang Xuan gently propped up the shore with a bamboo pole, and the sloping bamboo raft was immediately straightened, and then slowly drifted forward along the stream.


    Although they knew that the stream was not deep, the tribesmen had never been in the water, let alone a boat.


    The swaying bamboo raft Uncaria insisted on standing for a while, and finally sat down, feeling a little unable to hang on his face.


    While supporting the bamboo raft, Jiang Xuan comforted him: "Everything has a process of adaptation. There is nothing to be ashamed of. When you get used to the swing of the bamboo raft, you will naturally no longer be afraid."


    Uncaria nodded and looked at Jiang Xuan gratefully.


    When the bamboo raft floated along the creek and approached the river, Jiang Xuan immediately propped it up to the shore and did not let it continue to drift forward.


    Because the water of the creek is not deep, the plants on the shore have also been cleaned up, and there is no danger.


    But the river is different. There are many dangers hidden in the river, as well as terrifying big fish and water beasts. It is too dangerous for a small bamboo raft to enter it.


    "Okay, take the bamboo raft back and let others try it too."


    Jiang Xuan and Uncaria together pulled the bamboo raft to the shore, and then the two carried the bamboo raft back to where Chi Shao and others were.


    "Who''s next?"

 Chapter 75： nurture fry

    "Everyone worked harder, and went back to eat after digging these fields!"


    In the cultivated land, Gan Song tried to turn the wasteland over with a bone stalk while shouting to the tourists.


    As soon as the tourists heard the word "eat", their tired bodies suddenly became full of strength and their energy was even stronger.


    The soil on the wasteland is very compact, and it is also covered with grass roots, tree roots, gravel, etc. It takes a lot of effort to open it up.


    But for those tourists, they have food to open up wasteland, which is much better than their previous life, at least they don''t have to go to the jungle to fight the wild beasts.


    Thanks to the efforts of Gan Song and these tourists, the cultivated area of ??the Veng tribe is expanding little by little.


    If all goes well, these new farmlands will bring more food to the Vine tribe.


    In front of the bamboo house, Jiang Xuan drained all the water from a pond dug last year.


    At the bottom of the pond embankment, a simple drainage channel was built with stones before, and it was only necessary to dig out the stone mud that blocked the drainage channel.


    "Crash..."


    The drainage channel was dug by Jiang Xuan, and the water in the pond flowed out.


    On the inside of the drainage channel, Jiang Xuan put a small fence, which can not only drain the water, but also prevent the fish in the pond from running out.


    Dajiao and a few tourists stood beside Jiang Xuan, each holding a rattan basket in his hand, which was used to hold fish.


    When the water in the pond was drained, Dajiao and the tourists went into the pond barefoot and put fish in rattan baskets.


    "When you see a big-bellied female fish, be careful, catch it out alone, put it in the rattan basket by the creek, and pour the other fish into other ponds to continue raising."


    "okay."


    Dajiao agreed, and then led the people to continue catching fish.


    Jiang Xuan caught a big-bellied female fish with his own hands, and then carefully took it to the side of the creek.


    There is a large rattan basket by the stream, placed in a place where the water is gentle, half submerged and half above the water.


    Jiang Xuan put the female fish into the rattan basket. The female fish swam twice, and then gradually calmed down. The fish gills opened and closed in the clear stream, absorbing the oxygen in the water.


    Jiang Xuan and Dajiao, as well as those tourists, took away all the fish that could be seen in the pond, and finally got a dozen large-bellied female fish.


    These female fish are herbivorous fish, and there are already a lot of eggs in their abdomens, which Jiang Xuan intends to use to cultivate fry.


    Because of this, he will specifically clean up a pond.


    Otherwise, there will be too many trash fish in the pond, and they will eat the eggs they lay, making it impossible to breed many fish.


    "Boss, why do we have to raise our own fry?"


    Dajiao asked Jiang Xuan.


    In his opinion, wouldn''t it be easier to just catch the fish outside for fattening?


    While cleaning up the pond mud, Jiang Xuan asked, "Dajiao, have you ever thought that the fish in the river will gradually decrease after we have been fishing for a long time?"


    Dajiao was stunned for a moment, and said uncertainly: "Will it be?"


    "Of course it will, didn''t you notice that the fish in the creek has decreased?"


    Dajiao thought about it for a moment, then nodded, and said, "It seems that it has indeed become less."


    Jiang Xuan continued: "This situation, with the increase of our tribe''s population, will become more serious, until one day, we will not be able to catch decent big fish in the creek or in the river. Not even small fish!"


    Jiang Xuan''s words made Dajiao''s emotions tense.


    Fish is one of the important food sources for the Vine tribe. Without fish, it would be hard for him to imagine what kind of scene it would be like.


    "Then... what should we do?" Dajiao asked subconsciously.


    "It''s simple."


    Jiang Xuan packed the pond mud in a fine rattan basket and poured it out of the pond embankment, then looked at Dajiao, and said, "We cultivate the fry by ourselves, and then put the fry in the pond, creek, and Feiyu River every year. ."


    "Chief, I can understand... put it in a pond, but if you put it in a creek and a flying fish river, won''t the fish run away?"


    As a tribesman, Bighorn had a hard time understanding this behavior.


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "Think about it another way. Apart from our tribe, there is no other tribe fishing around here!"


    "That seems to be right."


    "So, whether it is a small stream or a flying fish river, it is equivalent to our big fish pond. Those fry that are released will be ours sooner or later."


    After listening to Jiang Xuan''s words, Dajiao still didn''t quite understand it, but he didn''t bother about it any more.


    Anyway, the leader is smarter, what the leader says, they can just do it.


    Jiang Xuan took Dajiao and a few tourists to clean up the pond mud accumulated in the pond, and some trash fish hidden in the pond mud were also cleaned up at the same time.


    For example, loach, yellow eel, black fish, etc., if they are allowed to live in the pond, a large number of fish eggs and fry will be eaten.


    "Okay, now I''ve drained the water, cleaned up the pond mud, and left it in the sun for two more days, and it''ll be fine."


    Jiang Xuan walked to the creek, washed his hands carefully, and then instructed Dajiao to put a lid on the rattan basket and look after these female fish.


    After busy with the fish pond, the time has come to noon.


    "dinner''s ready!"


    The woman in charge of cooking shouted, and then, whether it was the Teng tribe''s clansmen or the tourists, they packed up their tools and happily returned to their respective houses, taking the humble bowls and chopsticks.


    Most of them take bamboo bowls, because the rattan tribe has a large bamboo forest, and bamboo bowls are the easiest to obtain.


    As for chopsticks, in fact, most people are not used to using them, but they cannot eat without chopsticks, so they work hard to learn how to use chopsticks.


    Soon, a spectacular scene of more than 100 people eating a meal appeared.


    "Come one by one, don''t crowd, you won''t starve to death!"


    Several fierce women are responsible for feeding the tourists. Although they have a bad tone, the tourists all laugh with them. After all, if she offends her, it is easy to starve.


    A few mouthfuls of large pottery dings were cooked with various foods, including plant tubers, wild vegetable leaves, bamboo shoots, and some meat.


    This kind of chaotic stew, the taste cannot be forced, but tourists don''t care about the taste, they only care about whether they can fill their stomachs.


    After eating, these tourists can scoop up a bowl of soup to drink. Although there are not many vegetables in the soup, the tourists still rush to drink it because the soup is salted and has a salty fragrance.


    Before coming to the Vine tribe, they never thought that one day they could eat salt every day.


    It is a very happy thing for these tourists to have rice and salt to eat. What taste do you want?


    Jiang Xuan also returned to the bamboo house to eat. The food he eats is better than that of tourists, at least there is more meat and the taste is better.


    And he also has pottery bowls and carefully polished bamboo chopsticks.


    Jiang Xuan filled a bowl of food, then walked outside the bamboo house and sat on a flat stone, basking in the sun and watching the distant scenery while eating comfortably.


    This is a rare leisure time in the day.


    Nan Xing was also sitting next to Jiang Xuan. Chishao, Uncaria, and Loach were all out hunting, and they didn''t come back so soon.


    Jiang Xuan was digging for food in his mouth. Suddenly, he saw a group of very large birds appearing in the sky, and they were flying lower and lower, as if they were about to land in the Vine tribe.


    Jiang Xuan stood up immediately. With his extraordinary eyesight, he found that these big birds had a lot of things on their backs, as if there were people.


    Who are these people? What do they want to do?


    Jiang Xuan had doubts in his heart, and stared at the sky vigilantly.

 Chapter 76： Black Tooth Tribe

    "Wow!"


    In the sky, there are twelve giant black birds flying, each with a wingspan of more than ten meters, which is very amazing.


    This giant bird called the black toothed bird is a terrible carnivorous giant bird.


    Flying on the back of the black-toothed bird in the front, sitting a middle-aged man, he was wearing a strange white silk clothes, very light, like satin.


    On his face, there is a black totem pattern. If someone looks closely, they will find that this totem pattern is very similar to the giant bird he rides, but it is more abstract.


    Next to the totem pattern, there are three horizontal lines of different colors, which means that this person is a powerful tricolor warrior.


    This middle-aged man is called Wu Yu, from the Black Teeth tribe.


    On the backs of the other eleven black-toothed birds sat a warrior. They did not wear silk clothing, but a softer bark clothing.


    This kind of bark clothing is woven with strips of soft bark, which looks rough, but it already has the characteristics of woven clothing.


    Compared with other tribes who are still wearing animal fur coats and even grass skirts, it is quite enviable to be able to wear such breathable and comfortable bark coats in hot weather.


    "Hey, what a big ancient vine!"


    When the black-toothed bird flew near the vine tribe, Wu Yu saw the huge ancient vine of Shishan, because this ancient vine was too conspicuous.


    "It seems that there is still a small tribe."


    "Go down and have a look."


    With Wu Yu''s order, the black-toothed bird suddenly made a sharp chirping, and then quickly landed towards the Vine tribe, followed by eleven other black-toothed birds.


    "Wow!"


    However, when the twelve black-toothed birds flew above the Vine Tribe and were about to land, a louder chirping sounded.


    After those black-toothed birds heard the sound, they instinctively slowed down their flight speed and looked at the place where the sound came from.


    "Whoosh..."


    A black giant eagle flew from a distance, its wingspan was more than 20 meters, and its body was twice the size of the largest black-toothed bird.


    It grabbed a giant python, flew quickly from a distance, glanced coldly at the black-toothed birds, and landed next to the bamboo house outside the rattan tribe.


    "This... this is a giant eagle, how can this small tribe have a giant eagle?"


    Wu Yu was taken aback. He originally wanted the black-toothed bird to land directly in front of the bamboo house of the rattan tribe, but now, after seeing the giant eagle, he was apprehensive, and instead let the black-toothed bird land in the open field outside the rattan tribe. middle.


    "Boom!"


    Twelve black-toothed birds fell to the ground. Because of their size, deep paw prints appeared on the ground. Tourists who were working in the ground were frightened and ran back to the bamboo house.


    Fortunately, the fields had just been turned over at this time, and the seeds had not been sown yet, otherwise the black-toothed birds would step on them and damage the crops.


    Next to the bamboo forest, Jiang Xuan, Chi Shao and others stood together, watching the black-toothed bird fall, feeling a little nervous, because they didn''t know what the other party''s purpose was here.


    "Someone has come down from the big bird. Let''s go and have a look."


    Jiang Xuan glanced at Shishan Guteng behind him, and bravely walked towards the approaching person. Chi Shao walked side by side with him, and Uncaria and others followed nervously.


    In the bamboo house to the south, the old witch heard the movement, walked to the door and glanced over there, then sat on the wooden pier by the door to watch the excitement, just like an ordinary old man.


    The black giant eagle stood beside the bamboo hut, pecking at the flesh on the giant python without anyone else, and tore off two pieces of flesh for the old witch to eat.


    Those tourists all hid in the bamboo huts, but looked outside with curious probes.


    Only Jing Ji picked up his weapon and ran to Jiang Xuan and the others quickly, then followed behind the soldiers.


    In the open space in front of the Vine Tribe, Jiang Xuan and others met with the Black Teeth Tribe.


    Wu Yu first looked at this small tribe and found that the number of people was too small.


    If the ancient vine was not too conspicuous, he wouldn''t be bothered to stay in such a small tribe.


    However, the giant eagle was very powerful, and the old man in front of the bamboo house made him instinctively jealous.


    Because of this, Wu Yu put away his contempt.


    At this time, Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao had already walked in front of Wu Yu. He saw the three horizontal lines on Wu Yu''s face and knew that he was a three-color warrior.


    And the eleven warriors behind him are actually two-color warriors, which is a strong force.


    Even so, Jiang Xuan still asked calmly, "This is the Vine tribe, which tribe are you from?"


    With a smile on Wu Yu''s face, he said: "We are from the Black Teeth Tribe, I am Wu Yu, don''t worry, we have no ill intentions, the reason why we landed here is because we brought a lot of goods."


    "If you''ve got your eye on something, and your tribe happens to have something we like, then we can make some deals."


    After Jiang Xuan heard his words, the words "barter" appeared in his mind.


    In this primitive land, common currency has not yet appeared, and the means of transaction between tribes is barter.


    However, because of the extremely inconvenient traffic, most of the tribes could only do some transactions with the nearby tribes. It was the first time Jiang Xuan had seen people like the Black Teeth tribe running with goods.


    At the same time, he is also curious about what goods the other party will bring. If there is something the Vine Tribe needs, it would be good to make some transactions.


    Thinking of this, Jiang Xuan said with a smile: "So it is, welcome you to the Vine tribe."


    Wu Yu felt that Jiang Xuan was young and his strength was not strong, so he asked, "Can you take me to see the leader of your tribe?"


    Jiang Xuan said: "I am the leader of the Vine tribe, Xuan."


    He pointed to the red peony next to him and said, "This is the witch of our tribe."


    What are you kidding?


    Wu Yu had a look of disbelief, because he had never seen such a young tribal leader, let alone such a young witch.


    But he saw that the people behind Jiang Xuan were taking it for granted, and it didn''t seem like he was lying.


    In the end, Wu Yu could only sigh helplessly in his heart: This tribe is too weak, even the leader is just a two-color warrior, what good things can there be?


    At this time, Jiang Xuan also noticed the silk clothes on Wu Yu''s body, which shocked him very much.


    Could this Blacktooth tribe have mastered the technique of weaving? And looking at the fineness of this kind of silk clothes, this weaving technology is already unimaginable!


    Seeing Jiang Xuan staring at the clothes on his body, Wu Yu straightened his waist and said with a confident smile on his face: "This is the spider silk clothes, which we traded from a distant spider tribe. It is very precious."


    "If the leader of Xuan likes it, he needs to be able to come up with the same precious things before trading."


    It''s actually a spider silk suit!


    Jiang Xuan suddenly realized that he thought that this primitive world had already developed superb textile technology. It turned out to be a misunderstanding.


    There are some large spiders in this world. When they want to lay eggs, they will use flexible and slender spider silk to weave a silk-like web to protect the spider eggs.


    Chishao once obtained this spider web and used it to bandage Jiang Xuan''s wound.


    This kind of cobweb is relatively rare It is even more difficult to find enough cobwebs to make a piece of clothing.


    Therefore, Wu Yu said that this kind of spider silk clothing is very precious, and did not exaggerate.


    Of course, Wu Yu did not think that the Vine tribe could have treasures of the same value as the Spider Silk Clothes.


    So he pointed to the bark coat on the Black Teeth Tribe warrior behind him and said, "Boss Xuan, this is called the bark coat, and it was also traded by us from a distant tribe. It is very comfortable to wear when it''s hot."


    "We have brought a lot of this kind of bark clothing. If the leader Xuan likes it, we can also trade the goods we are interested in."


    Wu Yu pointed to the twelve huge black-toothed birds and said, "In addition to the spider silk clothes and bark clothes, we also brought various goods, as long as your Vine tribe has what we want. , these goods can be traded!"


    When Wu Yu said these words, his proud look involuntarily revealed, because other than their Black Teeth tribe, few tribes could have such a wide variety of goods.


    However, Jiang Xuan''s expression was still very calm, because he had seen too many goods in his previous life, and he would not be shocked by the Black Teeth Tribe.

 Chapter 77： do you have seeds

    Jiang Xuan brought the people of the Black Teeth tribe into the bamboo house, and Wu Yu saw the environment where they lived.


    What surprised Wu Yu was that such a small tribe could actually see pottery, and there were quite a few.


    Of course, many tribes will burn pottery, and those large tribes have rich experience in firing pottery, and the pottery fired is very beautiful, and there are various beautiful patterns on it.


    In comparison, the pottery of the Veng tribe appears to be a bit shoddy, after all, the experience and technology are very limited.


    Even so, it is remarkable that a small tribe can make so much pottery.


    Jiang Xuan said embarrassedly: "Our Veng tribe is relatively poor, and there is nothing that we can provide to entertain you."


    Jiang Xuan didn''t plan to cook for them, let alone expose the fact that the Teng tribe had salt. After all, he didn''t know anything about the Black Teeth tribe, so it''s best not to expose anything.


    "It''s okay, we brought our own food."


    Wu Yu didn''t care about this, because most of the small tribes were short of food, and even if they brought out some food to entertain them, it was often not as good as the food they brought.


    "Boss Xuan, is that giant eagle raised by your tribe?"


    Wu Yu was very curious about this, because in his opinion, a creature as powerful as a giant eagle has a very arrogant character, and it is not like such a small and weak tribe can tame it.


    "The giant eagle is not from our tribe."


    Jiang Xuan admitted frankly: "There is an old man from afar who lives in our tribe, and he brought the giant eagle."


    "So it is."


    Wu Yu nodded, thinking that it was exactly as he had guessed, how could such a small tribe be able to raise giant eagles?


    Wu Yu pondered that he would visit the old man later. If he could make some deals with the old man, he should be able to get a lot of good things.


    "Boss Xuan, what do you want to trade with us?"


    "We have salt, weapons, clothes, accessories, gems..."


    Wu Yu was very familiar with those goods, and introduced Jiang Xuan all the goods that the Veng tribe might need.


    Jiang Xuan thought about it for a while, and the Vine Tribe didn''t need the food, drink, and entertainment, and there was no equivalent for trading.


    It is best to find less valuable goods that are useful to the Vine tribe.


    "Do you have edible seeds? Tubers or seedlings will work."


    "Seed? Seedling?"


    Wu Yu was stunned for a moment. It was the first time he heard such a request when he went to so many tribes to do business.


    "Yes, it''s the kind of plant that can be eaten and is easier to grow alive. If you have seeds, I''m willing to trade with you."


    Jiang Xuan explained again: "Our tribe is relatively small and weak, and hunting in the mountains caused a lot of casualties, so we opened up a lot of wasteland and planned to grow some edible plants, so that we can get some food more easily."


    What Jiang Xuan said was basically the truth, but he did not have the planting skills of the Titeng tribe, and now that the field was empty, Wu Yu would never have imagined that the Teng tribe could obtain a lot of food through planting.


    Wu Yu frowned slightly, because what he wanted to trade was salt, clothing, gems and other things of high value that could make a lot of profit, not seeds.


    Seeds can''t be exchanged for many things, because the tribes people don''t pay attention to this thing at all.


    However, they have come, and if they return empty-handed, it is an unacceptable thing for Wu Yu.


    He used to be able to trade some things out every time he came to a tribe, and he would earn some things more or less.


    Trading with seeds may make a little less money, but it''s better than making no money at all.


    Wu Yu thought about it carefully and said, "Some time ago, we traded a plant seed called ruby ??with a tribe. It can be eaten when it is cooked, but I can''t guarantee whether you can grow it alive."


    Jiang Xuandao: "Can you show me what it looks like first?"


    Wu Yu nodded, then waved to a soldier who followed behind to take it.


    Not long after, the soldier came over with a small animal skin bag.


    Wu Yu took the animal skin bag in his hand, then untied the rope on the animal skin bag, opened the mouth of the bag, and grabbed a handful of seeds from it.


    "Boss Xuan, look, this is the ruby ??seed."


    Jiang Xuan looked at the seeds that Wu Yu grabbed, and saw that these seeds were about the size of pigeon eggs, and looked a bit like red dates.


    "Can you give me one so I can take a closer look?"


    "no problem."


    Wu Yu generously took one to Jiang Xuan and let him look at it slowly.


    In fact, this plant seed called ruby ??was given to a small tribe as a gift when he was trading in two large bags.


    Along the way, Wu Yu felt that the taste was okay, so most of them were boiled and eaten, leaving only such a small bag.


    But Wu Yu is very shrewd. He did not say that it was given by others, but he said that it was obtained from a transaction. This seems precious, and he can ask Jiang Xuan for a little more.


    Although he is a tribesman, Wu Yu has been engaged in various transactions for a long time, and has begun to have the temperament of a profiteer.


    Jiang Xuan took this "ruby" seed in his hand, he first squeezed it lightly, and found that it was very hard and dry, with no moisture, not like a fruit.


    Then he smelled it, and found no smell.


    And Because Wu Yu didn''t know what the plant of this thing looked like and what living habits it had, Jiang Xuan had no way to ask.


    In this world, there are some plants that Jiang Xuan is more familiar with, as well as many unfamiliar plants, it takes time to identify them one by one.


    Jiang Xuan thought about it carefully and said, "I don''t know if this thing can be grown alive, and I don''t know if it is a tree or a low plant. This is troublesome..."


    Seeing that Jiang Xuan hesitated, for fear that he would not trade, Wu Yu immediately said, "Boss Xuan, this is delicious. If you don''t believe me, ask these warriors behind me, everyone likes it."


    "And, I think it should be able to grow, because the tribe I went to, they have a lot of these edible rubies."


    Jiang Xuan said in embarrassment: "But our tribe has nothing precious to trade..."


    Wu Yu looked around the bamboo house of the Teng tribe and said, "We want everything, animal skins, animal teeth, and animal bones are fine."


    Finally, Wu Yu saw the wild boar teeth hanging on the wall, so he pointed to one of the thick wild boar teeth and said, "This beast tooth is good."

 Chapter 78： Stunning Spider Silk Clothes

    The two foxes complete a deal, and both parties are satisfied.


    "Boss Xuan, do you want to trade something else? We still have a lot of goods."


    Wu Yu put away the two pairs of wild boar teeth, and the smile on his face became more sincere.


    Jiang Xuan said helplessly: "I also want to trade more things, but our Vine tribe is really poor. You don''t like those very ordinary things."


    Wu Yu glanced at the bamboo house again, then nodded, the Teng tribe was really poor and couldn''t come up with many good things.


    Therefore, Wu Yu did not force another transaction.


    "Since Chief Xuan has nothing else to trade, can you take me to see the old man over there?"


    Wu Yu saw it, the old witch didn''t say anything else, all kinds of animal bones, animal teeth, and animal horns were just a handful.


    The strength of that giant eagle is terrifying, and the prey it preys is naturally not ordinary.


    This kind of transaction object is what Wu Yu likes, because every transaction can make a lot of money.


    "This, we have to ask his old man''s opinion first."


    Jiang Xuan did not rashly agree to this request, because the old witch staying in the Veng tribe can bring them a lot of benefits.


    If you don''t respect the old witch and bring people to see him casually, if you anger the old witch and go on a giant eagle, it will not be worth the gain.


    "Okay, you tell him that we have a lot of goods, and there is always something that he is interested in, or has been looking for and can''t find."


    Wu Yu is a very smart person. He only asked Jiang Xuan to say a word, but this sentence can make people interested in them after listening to them.


    "it is good."


    Jiang Xuan personally walked over to the old witch, and told Wu Yu''s words truthfully to him.


    Because he always felt that the old witch, although a little old, was a little unfathomable.


    In the face of this kind of person, it is best to tell the truth and not try to influence the judgment of the other party.


    The old witch did not answer directly, but instead asked: "What did your Vine tribe trade with them?"


    Jiang Xuan smiled bitterly and said, "I just traded some plant seeds. Our Vine tribe is too poor, and we have nothing to offer."


    The old witch said strangely: "Don''t you still have two Divine Spirit Mushrooms in your hand? Those things are useless to you, but to other tribes, they are precious."


    "I didn''t intend to take out the divine mushroom to make a deal with the Black Teeth Tribe."


    Jiang Xuandao: "There are only two divine mushrooms. Of course, I need to exchange more things. The goods of the Black Teeth Tribe are earned at both ends. It would be too much of a loss to trade with them with divine mushrooms."


    The expedition team of the Black Teeth Tribe is the most primitive middleman, not only earning the difference, but also earning very hard.


    A piece of goods, through their hands, is sold from the place of origin to other tribes, and the profit earned is at least ten times, even dozens or hundreds of times.


    Because the news of this primitive world is too closed, and there are very few expedition teams like them, no one is robbing business, they naturally sell as much as they can.


    The old witch smiled and said, "You''re a smart kid."


    Later, the old witch said again: "The reason why I left the tribe and came to the Southern Wilderness is to see a wider world and see more things. Since they brought a lot of goods, let''s take a look."


    "Then I''ll bring someone here."


    After obtaining the consent of the old witch, Jiang Xuan returned to the bamboo house and informed Wu Yu that he could go there.


    Wu Yu was very happy. First, he thanked Jiang Xuan verbally, and then immediately sent two warriors to the location of the black-toothed bird, took some more precious and rare goods, and followed Jiang Xuan to the front of the house where the old witch lived.


    Wu Yu introduced himself first: "Black Teeth Tribe, Wu Yu, I have seen the elder."


    The old witch nodded and said, "East Desolate Eagle Tribe, Ze."


    Jiang Xuan, who was on the side, was surprised to find that the old witch actually said his name. Before that, he never knew what the old witch was called, and of course, he never asked.


    However, the old witch was obviously wary of Wu Yu and did not reveal his identity.


    After hearing the old witch''s words, Wu Yu''s face was full of shock, because the distance between the four great deserts was too far, even the Black-toothed tribe, with a giant bird like the black-toothed bird, was only running goods in the Southern Wilderness. .


    Eastern Wilderness, for most of the tribes in the Southern Wilderness, is a legendary place, and most people will never be able to reach it in their lifetime.


    The old witch said: "I heard that you brought a lot of goods? Take it out and take a look."


    Speaking of the goods, Wu Yu immediately recovered from the state of shock, and then entered the state of doing business.


    "That''s right, our Black Teeth tribe has the most complete range of goods in the entire Southern Wilderness, and there must be something that the elders like."


    Wu Yu waved his hand, and the two warriors behind him immediately took out a large animal skin, spread it on the ground, took out several animal skin bags, opened them one by one, and then took out the goods inside and placed them on the ground. on the hide.


    Jiang Xuan watched the people of the Black Teeth Tribe busy with interest, and thought to himself: Isn''t this the most primitive street stall? It''s kind of interesting.


    Among the goods Wu Yu took out were brand-new spider silk clothes, as well as treasures in the eyes of various tribesmen, such as gems, bone ornaments, etc.


    In addition to this, there are exquisite weapons, as well as the fruits of some rare herbs and magical plants.


    Wu Yu focused on picking up the spider silk clothing to sell, because the spider silk clothing was more expensive.


    "Elder, please take a look, this is the spider silk clothing produced by our Southern Wild Spider Tribe. It is exquisite and lightweight. The hot weather is coming, it must be very comfortable to wear such a spider silk clothing."


    "The spider silk clothing is not only comfortable to wear, but it is so tough that it can''t be cut by ordinary stone knives. If you don''t believe me, please read it."


    Wu Yu asked the two warriors to straighten the spider silk garment, then pulled out a stone knife that was with him, slashed **** the spider silk garment, and slashed it down.


    A shocking scene appeared.


    I saw that this spider silk garment was completely intact under such violent destruction, and not even a single scratch appeared!


    Jiang Xuan suddenly remembered a curious piece of information he had read in his previous life: spider silk of the same volume is tougher than steel wire, and can even be used to make body armor!


    Jiang Xuan sighed inwardly: This thing is equivalent to a piece of soft armor, it would be great if you could get a self-defense piece.


    Of course, he could only think about it.


    The spider silk clothes are too expensive, unless he takes out the two divine mushrooms, he really can''t come up with something of equal value to trade with Wu Yu.


    Even the old witch, who has always been without waves in the ancient well, saw waves in his eyes when he saw the spider silk clothes displayed by Wu Yu, and he was obviously interested in the spider silk clothes.


    "How to trade?" the old witch asked.


    With a bright smile on Wu Yu''s face, he said: "The spider silk clothes are extremely precious, and we also spent a lot of money to trade a batch of them from the spider tribe."


    "If the elder wants a spider silk garment, he needs to take out beast-level animal teeth, horns, animal skins, or gem-level stones, and other rare things."


    The tribal people divide the beasts in the jungle into beasts, wild beasts and alien beasts.


    Beasts are the most common, such as bighorn sheep, wild boars, bison, etc. are all beasts.


    Most of the beasts are terrifying predators, and the degree of danger is much higher than that of beasts. For example, giant tooth tigers, wild bears, etc. are all beasts.


    As for alien beasts, it is a rarer existence. They usually have unique survival skills. Most of the common tribal people''s understanding of alien beasts comes from legends, because most of the people who have seen them have died.


    Gem-level stones are also rare. For example, the small stone knife in the hands of the old witch is gem-level, which makes Jiang Xuan very envious.


    After Wu Yu finished speaking, he looked at the old witch with a smile, and his eyes drifted to the gem-level stone knife hanging from the old witch''s waist from time to time.


    "Come with me."


    The old witch walked towards the open space beside the bamboo house with his hands behind his back, followed by Wu Yu and the others.


    Next to the bamboo house, the giant eagle had already gone out for food. There were many large skeletons in the open space, all of which the giant eagle ate.


    Some of the bones are relatively intact, while others are broken into several pieces.


    Some of the bones had scratches from horrific eagle claws, and others had a large hole in the skull, apparently pecked open by a giant eagle.


    Many of these bones are large beasts, terrifying predators, but in front of giant eagles, they can only be reduced to food.


    In fact, these bones are a huge wealth for the tribesmen, but the people of the Vine tribe never dared to approach this side.


    Because that giant eagle is so terrifying, if it is in a bad mood, it only needs to peck lightly, and it can swallow people like a small bug.


    The old witch didn''t let Jiang Xuan and the others come over to get these animal bones, because he thought more deeply.


    The Teng tribe is still too weak now. If they have given too many things and made them develop the habit of relying on them, what should they do after the old witch leaves?


    Because of this, from time to time, the old witch would ask Jiang Xuan to come and take some animal meat back to eat, but he never let him take the animal bones, teeth or skins here.


    At this time, the old witch took them to this open space, and Jiang Xuancai deeply understood what it means to be rich and powerful.


    The old witch walked in front of a Ditodon skeleton, pointed at the two thick fangs in the Ditodon''s skull, and said, "For this pair of animal teeth, change two spider silk clothes!"


    The old witch''s voice was calm and his eyes were calm, but for some unknown reason, Wu Yu felt the undeniable majesty, so that he didn''t dare to bargain.


    Of course, the Ditodon is also a kind of beast. The fangs of the Ditodon are also the best materials for the tribes to make tooth knives, which are very popular.


    For Wu Yu, it was a good deal to exchange two pieces of spider silk clothing for a pair of fangs of the Ditodon.


    Wu Yu said: "It can be traded, but please allow me to pry off this pair of fangs first."


    The old witch nodded and did not object.


    After Wu Yu got permission, he personally led people to do it. Using tools such as stone hammers and stone chisels, he cut open the bones of the Ditodon, and took out the pair of fangs completely.


    Jiang Xuan watched with interest as Wu Yu took the fangs of the Ditodon, and especially observed the use of those tools.


    He found that these tools of the Black Teeth tribe were of very high quality, and their shapes were close to some of the tools he had seen in his previous life.


    The tribal people have a very long history of using these tools, and they have become what they are now through the improvement of many people, and they are very practical.


    If only the vine tribes could have these tools too.


    Jiang Xuan is a little envious of the people of the Black Teeth tribe.


    Among the more powerful tribes, there are specialized stone tools, bone tools and other occupations, and these tools are also made by these people.


    As for the Veng tribe, there is not even a stone tool master at present, and the road to development is still a long way to go.


    After the pair of fangs of the Ditodon were completely removed, Wu Yu stroked it several times and was very satisfied with it.


    Ditodon is a kind of carnivorous beast. It is named because of its two huge fangs. The fangs are thick and straight, and they are not as hollow as wild boar teeth. They are very suitable for making various utensils.


    The pair of fangs Wu Yu took down were as thick as an adult''s arm, more than half a meter long, and were very complete and smooth. They were rare fine animal tusks.


    Wu Yu has already calculated in his heart, how much material can be exchanged for this pair of animal teeth, brought back to the bone tool master to process it into a tooth knife, and sold it to those big tribes.


    Although there was no bargaining, and he had to get the tusks by himself, Wu Yu was in a good mood because the deal was profitable.


    Wu Yu said respectfully: "Elder, the animal fangs have been taken off, you can choose two spider silk clothes you like."


    The old witch nodded, then returned to the front of the bamboo hut and picked two out of seven or eight spider silk clothes, and the deal was considered complete.


    "Elder, we still have a lot of goods..."


    After completing the first transaction, Wu Yu enthusiastically introduced other goods to the old witch.


    The old witch was not interested in those weapons, gems, and exquisite accessories.


    However, the old witch was very interested in some rare herbs brought by the Black Tooth Tribe, and selected a few rare and useful herbs from them.


    To this end, the old witch took Wu Yu to pick out two pairs of animal teeth and a few pieces of animal bones.


    Wu Yu''s face was about to bloom. Although the old witch didn''t like bargaining and was relatively strong, they still made a lot of money from this transaction.


    After all the transactions were over, Wu Yu specially gifted some things that were more practical but not of high value to the old witch, and hoped that the next time he came over, he could continue to trade with the old witch.


    The old witch calmly accepted those gifts, but was noncommittal about the next transaction.


    Because he doesn''t know how much life he has, and he doesn''t know if he can wait until the next transaction.


    "Wow!"


    After all the transactions were completed, the people of the Black Teeth Tribe took a short rest, ate something, and then set off again on the twelve Black Teeth Birds.


    They have to go to the next tribe, continue to trade, and will not return to the Blacktooth tribe until they have earned enough supplies.


    After the people of the Black Teeth tribe left, the old witch called Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao to the bamboo house.


    "These two spider silk clothes, please put them on."


    The old witch handed the two spider silk clothes to Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao respectively. He gave such a precious thing away without batting an eye.


    "This...this is too precious..."


    Jiang Xuan was taken aback, he never thought that the old witch would give them both the spider silk clothes.


    If so, doesn''t he have none of it himself?


    In other words, he decided to trade the spider silk clothes with Wu Yu, which was for them.


    Chishao was also a little overwhelmed, obviously she also knew the value of spider silk clothes.


    The old witch said: "Take it, these things are nothing to me, but they are very important to you."


    "With the spider silk clothes, when you go out hunting in the future, you will not be so easily injured. At critical moments, it can even save your life."


    "Take it as my reward for living in your tribe for so long."


    At the insistence of the old witch, Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao could only accept these two spider silk clothes. At the same time, Jiang Xuan was keenly aware that the old witch seemed to have some new plans.


    He seems to be leaving the Vine tribe.

 Chapter 79： The old witch is gone

    Inside the bamboo house, the old witch was packing up.


    He has a lot of things, but most of them are herbs, hides, paints and some commonly used utensils and tools.


    The old witch meticulously sorted everything into the animal skin bags, then tied the animal skin bags one by one and put them aside.


    After doing all this, he sat by the fire pit, looking at this familiar house, and at the beating flames.


    After a long time, the old witch sighed and said, "People are getting old, and they are not decisive enough. I haven''t lived here for a long time, why do I feel a little reluctant?"


    "Don''t leave if you don''t want to!"


    At this moment, Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao walked in from the door together.


    Jiang Xuan first looked at the house that had been tidied up, then looked at the old witch sitting by the fire pond, and sighed inwardly, knowing that the old witch had made up his mind.


    The old witch looked up at Jiang Xuan, and said, "I originally planned to spend the rest of my life here, and I won''t have a good life for a few years anyway."


    "Why did you change your mind again?" Jiang Xuan asked in confusion.


    "Because I have seen many things I have not seen or even heard of in the trading goods of the Black Teeth Tribe."


    "I told you before that the reason why I ran out of the tribe at this age is to see a wider world and more things."


    The old witch looked at Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao, and said firmly: "The South Wilderness is so big, I want to go and see it again."


    Chi Shao clumsily retained: "But I haven''t learned witch medicine yet..."


    The old witch showed a kind smile on his face and said, "Son, your talent is very good, even better than the talent of the heir I chose before. Your achievements in witch doctor will definitely surpass mine in the future."


    The old witch solemnly picked up a bundle of thick animal skin rolls from an animal skin bag that he carried with him, then stood up and handed it to Chi Shao.


    "In this animal skin scroll, there are various healing processes and experiences that I have recorded. I will give it to you now. Remember, gather Wu Li in your eyes and look at it with your heart."


    Chi Shao took the thick animal skin roll, her face was a little embarrassed, but she didn''t know what to say.


    "I will study hard." Chi Shao said.


    She has never been an articulate person, preferring to do things silently.


    The old witch said to Jiang Xuan again: "After I leave, the animal bones next to the house will be given to you. Keep some bone tools for polishing, or use them to trade some useful things."


    "This...how is this funny..."


    After Jiang Xuan heard this sentence, there was a feeling of pie falling from the sky.


    You must know that those animal bones are a huge wealth for the tribesmen. The old witch took a little out of it and exchanged it for two precious spider silk clothes and some rare herbs from the Black Teeth tribe.


    The old witch laughed and scolded: "Stop pretending, I don''t know you yet? Are you happy?"


    "hey-hey¡­¡­"


    After being exposed, Jiang Xuan was not ashamed, but just smiled at the old witch.


    The old witch looked at the bamboo house where he had lived for a while, then lifted the two animal skin bags and said, "It''s time for me to go."


    "I''ll get it for you."


    Jiang Xuan snatched the animal skin bag from the old witch and helped him carry it outside.


    Chi Shao also helped the old witch carry two animal skin bags, and her mood was a little down.


    They walked to the open space next to the bamboo house, and the black giant eagle was already squatting on the ground and waiting.


    The old witch shouted, and the black giant eagle immediately lowered its body to the lowest level, and stretched out a wing diagonally against the ground.


    Jiang Xuan bravely climbed up from the giant eagle''s wings, and tied the old witch''s animal skin bag to a leather noose on the back of the giant eagle.


    Chishao also brought up other animal skin bags and tied them to the noose on the eagle''s back.


    Afterwards, Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao returned to the ground.


    The old witch looked around for a long time, then resolutely climbed onto the back of the giant eagle and sat on it.


    The old witch turned around and was about to leave.


    Jiang Xuan shouted, "Old witch, will you come back?"


    This is the first time that Jiang Xuan directly called "Old Witch". This word is actually a respectful title to the tribesmen.


    "If I live long enough, I should come back. I hope that by that time, your Vine tribe has grown and grown."


    Jiang Xuan shouted again: "Okay, then it''s settled, I must come back!"


    The old witch smiled and nodded, but he didn''t know how long he could live and where he would die.


    "gone!"


    The old witch patted the giant eagle''s neck, and the giant eagle immediately flapped its wings, ran a short distance forward, and then fluttered its wings into the air.


    "Wow!"


    The giant eagle circled over the Vine Tribe a few times, flying higher and higher, and then flew away to the south.


    "The old witch is gone."


    Chi Shao was holding the thick animal skin roll, her mood was a little down, and she felt lost.


    "Yeah, I don''t know when I''ll be back."


    Jiang Xuan looked back at the empty bamboo house and felt a little uncomfortable. Maybe it was because he knew few people in this world, so every familiar person was very important.


    The two stood there for a long time until the shadow of the giant eagle disappeared, and then they looked back.


    They slowly walked back to the bamboo forest without saying a word along the way.


    In the evening, Uncaria, Shiloh, and Nanxing came back from hunting and felt very sad to learn that the old witch was gone.


    Nan Xing stroked the bone whistle calibrated by the old witch, and murmured, "Why did you just leave..."


    After a night of silence, the next day, everyone came out of their parting emotions and continued to devote themselves to various tasks.


    Because the environment is too harsh, it is very difficult to survive, and there is not much time to grieve the spring and the autumn.


    Since Chi Shao started to study witch doctor, she has used more tools and various medicinal materials, and the small room can no longer hold it.


    Jiang Xuan discussed with Chi Shao, and then took people under the stone mountain. After spending a few days, next to the source of the creek not far from the altar, they built a brand new bamboo house for her, and also built a new bamboo house for her. courtyard.


    Later, Jiang Xuan took people to move all Chishao''s things into the new bamboo house, and prepared all the tools for her.


    Not only that, in this brand-new bamboo house, there are no shortage of bathrooms and toilets. Jiang Xuan even used the stabbed bamboo as a water pipe to connect the stream into her yard.


    From this day Chishao began to live alone.


    Not only that, in order to give her more time to study things belonging to witches, Jiang Xuan does not need her to continue to lead the team to hunt after the negotiation.


    Chi Shao has no objection to this, she needs a lot of time to study witch medicine, and use pictures to record major events in the tribe and so on.


    Inside the brand-new bamboo house, Chi Shao stood in front of a heavy "table" and unfolded the animal skin scroll that the old witch gave her.


    There are no words on this animal skin scroll, but many small pictures are densely drawn. At first glance, these pictures are very abstract, and it is impossible to tell what they are.


    But when Chi Shao gathered Wu Li in his eyes and looked at it with his heart according to the method said by the old witch, these small pictures changed.


    They seem to be alive, squirming quickly, turning into concrete pictures, with sounds and images, making Chishao like watching a movie, remembering all kinds of knowledge in their minds.


    This is the inheritance method of witches. If there is no witch power, even if you get this animal skin scroll, it is useless, because you can''t understand it at all.

 Chapter 80： Red crystal rice

    Popular recommendation:


    "jijiji..."


    By the pond of the Vine Tribe, a thumb-sized insect roared happily while flying.


    But when it flew over a red flower and was about to go down to **** the nectar, suddenly, two palm-like leaves below the flower slapped upwards.


    "Well..."


    The bug was slapped to death and dropped into the dirt beneath the flower.


    There are roots in the soil that quickly extend upward and wrap the worm. It will not take long for the nutrients in the worm to be absorbed by the plant, leaving an empty shell.


    This plant is the clap flower, one of the carnivorous plants planted by the Vine tribe last year.


    Similar plants are water arrow grass, bamboo tube grass, etc., which are planted on the fields of the rattan tribe and are specially responsible for eradicating insects.


    Jiang Xuan and Gan Song were walking on the ridge, and they both saw the scene of clapping hands to eliminate insects.


    Jiang Xuan said with a smile: "When it snowed last year, these plants were frozen to death by the snow. I thought I was busy with work, but I didn''t expect them to grow again this year."


    Gan Song said: "Yes, and it has grown more than last year. With these plants, we should not have to worry about those bugs eating crops this year."


    [In other words, the best app for reading aloud and listening to books at present, Mimi Read, install the latest version. ¡¿


    The two are very satisfied with these carnivorous plants, which continuously destroy various pests and protect the crops grown in the field.


    Jiang Xuan walked to a relatively fertile field, then untied a small animal skin bag from his waist, and took out a few seeds that looked like red dates, but were smoother and ruder than red dates.


    "This is the seed I traded from the expedition of the Black Teeth Tribe with two pairs of wild boar teeth. The tribe of origin calls it ruby, but I think it is more appropriate to call it red crystal rice."


    After Jiang Xuan traded back the "ruby" seeds, he tried to cook one. He found that this thing was very similar to a cereal crop. After peeling off the skin, there was a scent of cereals.


    He tried to eat a little bit, and felt that the taste was similar to rice, but it was more fragrant and glutinous than ordinary rice.


    Because of this, Jiang Xuan named it "Red Crystal Rice."


    Jiang Xuan continued: "Red crystal rice is very precious. Two pairs of wild boar tusks have been replaced with a small animal skin bag. To be on the safe side, I plan to plant several plots in different soils and under different lighting conditions."


    "Wait until the autumn harvest to see which environment the red crystal rice grows best, and we will plant the red crystal rice in that environment in the future."


    Gan Song looked at the red crystal rice seeds in Jiang Xuan''s hands, and said, "Boss, is this thing high in yield?"


    Jiang Xuandao: "I don''t know either. The people of the Black Teeth tribe don''t know much about this plant. We need to verify it ourselves."


    "If, as I imagined, it is a plant with ears and is easy to grow, then its yield may be very high, no worse than round potatoes."


    Potatoes are the highest-yielding food product of the Veng tribe.


    Although the stone egg is much larger than the round potato, the stone egg has higher requirements for the growth environment, and is not as easy to grow as the round potato, and the total output is naturally not comparable to the round potato.


    As for other food crops, yields are even lower.


    As soon as Gan Song heard that the yield was no worse than the round potatoes, his eyes were glowing, and he could not wait to take a red crystal rice and kiss it fiercely.


    "Leader, let''s go planting now, I can''t wait."


    Jiang Xuan nodded, then planted six red crystal rice in the first fertile field, and inserted a wooden stick beside it as a marker.


    Afterwards, he and Gan Song went to the farmland of the Veng tribe and planted half of the red crystal rice separately.


    Jiang Xuan plans to keep the other half of the red crystal rice temporarily. If there is a problem with the red crystal rice planted at that time, there will be a chance to remedy it next year.


    In such a harsh environment, Jiang Xuan had to be cautious and prepare more.


    After planting the red crystal rice, Jiang Xuan returned to the bamboo house and arranged for the warriors in the tribe to dispose of the animal bones, teeth and skins left by the old witch.


    The teeth and bones of those beasts are precious, Jiang Xuan collected them by category and put them away properly.


    Whether it is used to make tools and weapons, or later used to trade with other tribes, it has high value.


    Those animal skins were a little worse, many were torn apart by giant eagles, and they had been exposed for too long and became hard.


    However, because the prey captured by giant eagles are relatively large, there are also many intact parts of these animal skins.


    Jiang Xuan asked people to take the beasts back, first cleaned the residual meat on them, then dug a hole, threw the animal skins in, and soaked them in plant ash for a few days and nights to soften them.


    Then, work hard to cut these hides to the right size, and after drying, they can be made into clothing.


    This work took him five or six days.


    On March 1, the weather was getting hotter day by day.


    "Boom, boom, boom..."


    In the bamboo hut under the stone mountain, Chi Shao was working hard to pound the medicine. She took a medicine pestle and put the dried herbs in the pit of a large stone, and kept pounding.


    She finally found this big stone. There is a relatively deep pit in the middle, which is equivalent to a natural stone mortar.


    At that time, she found a few soldiers, moved the big stone back to the yard outside the bamboo house, polished the pit even more, and then used it to make medicine.


    Since the population of the Vine tribe has grown she needs to make more and more medicinal powders. The hunting team needs to bring medicines when they go out, and people in the tribe need medicines when they are sick.


    After learning witch medicine, Chi Shao became more busy, spending half of the day dealing with various herbs.


    "Sister, I brought you meat!"


    Jiang Xuan came over with an animal leg, which was the hind leg of a bighorn sheep, with a lot of meat.


    Chi Shao raised her head, sweat wet her temples, she smiled at Jiang Xuan, and said, "Hang it on the fire pond first."


    "okay."


    Jiang Xuan walked into the bamboo house, tied the hind legs of the bighorn sheep with ropes, rubbed salt first, and then hung them over the fire.


    The flame in the fire pond is constant day and night, which can prevent the meat from spoiling. When you want to eat it, just cut a piece and wash it.


    After Jiang Xuan hung up the animal legs, he walked into the yard again. Seeing that the red peony was very hard to pound the medicine, he walked over, rolled up his sleeves and said, "I''ll come."


    "it is good."


    Chi Shao and Jiang Xuan didn''t need to be polite, so they directly handed the medicine pestle to him.


    Jiang Xuan took the medicine pestle and talked with Chi Shao while pounding the medicine. After a long time, even though he was a two-colored warrior with great strength, he felt that repeating an action was really tiring and boring.


    It would be nice if there was a machine for making medicine.


    After this idea appeared, Jiang Xuan thought hard for a long time. When he saw the water flowing in the bamboo pipe, a flash of light flashed in his mind, and he had an idea in his heart.


    Why not make a hydraulic masher?


    Yi Nian Tong, Bai Nian Tong, and Jiang Xuan soon began to figure out how to use water power to make a medicine pounding device to replace manpower, so that Chishao could get rid of this boring and repetitive work.


    Chapter 80 Red Crystal Rice

 Chapter 81： god vine sleeps

    Popular recommendation:


    Water power is one of the earliest natural powers utilized by human beings.


    People only need to use the drop in water level to gain strong and continuous power to replace some boring and repetitive work.


    Among the devices that use water power, the most typical ones are the waterwheels used for irrigation, the watermills used to grind grains, and the waterwheels used to mash various things.


    Of course, although these instruments are relatively simple in structure, they have relatively high requirements on production tools and woodworking techniques.


    But it doesn''t matter, Jiang Xuan just wants to get a hydraulic device for pounding medicine. He only needs to make the most primitive and simple hydraulic pounding device.


    After patiently pounding the medicine in the stone mortar, Jiang Xuan said to Chi Shao: "I suddenly thought of something that can automatically pound medicine. If you can make it well, you won''t have to work so hard in the future."


    Chi Shao asked curiously, "Really? What does it look like?"


    Jiang Xuan picked up two wooden sticks and explained: "Look, we use thick wood as a beam, dig it into an empty bucket at one end, and attach a pestle to it at the other end."


    "Then, I just need to put this log in the middle, and put the end with the bucket under the bamboo with running water."


    "The water will fill the bucket, the wood at one end will sink, and the wood with the pestle at the other end will lift."


    "When the water is automatically drained, the empty bucket rises, and the end with the wooden pestle falls on the stone mortar, and the medicine can be pounded."


    This thing uses the simplest lever principle, replaces human power with water power, and can pound medicine day and night.


    In fact, it''s not just about pounding medicine. If you need it later, you can pound some grains and other things.


    Chi Shao said: "It sounds good, what do you need me to do?"


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said: "It''s very simple, I can do it myself, you can do your job."


    "Okay, let me know when you need help."


    Jiang Xuan nodded, and then let Chi Shao go.


    He left the bamboo forest and walked into the forest to the south of the tribe. After searching for a long time, he found a suitable big tree with a diameter about the size of a washbasin.


    Afterwards, he found two tourists to come over, first used a stone knife to dig two holes on the left and right of the tree trunk close to the ground, and then put some red-hot charcoal in each.


    Then let the tourists hold the reed tube and blow air on the charcoal continuously to help the charcoal burn quickly.


    This is a common method used by tribesmen to cut down large trees.


    Because the stone axe is very slow for small trees, it is extremely laborious to cut down large trees.


    Using this method of blowing air to burn charcoal, you can burn through the heart of the big tree relatively quickly, and then chop it down a few times with a stone axe, and the big tree will fall down.


    The two tourists, one after the other, blew desperately for a long time, and finally burned through the heart of the tree. Then Jiang Xuan wielded a stone axe and chopped down the hollow tree.


    Next, he removed the excess parts of the tree and carried it back to Chishao''s yard.


    He first found a very thick dead wood, and cut a groove in the middle, which was used as a lever support point for the hydraulic mashing device.


    Afterwards, he took the thickest end of the tree he cut back and burned it into a deep water tank.


    When burning, he covered the sides of the tree trunk with wet mud, leaving the areas to be burned.


    In this way, you can ensure that the rest of the tree will not be burned, and only the parts that need to be burned will be burned.


    After the water tank was burned, he dug a small groove into the tree, put in charcoal, and blew it hard with a reed stick to burn out a large hole.


    After that, he found a smaller trunk, cut it with a stone axe into the shape of a pestle, and inserted it into the hole of the big tree.


    I found a lot of resin, heated it into a liquid in a clay pot, added the plant ash and stirred it evenly to make an adhesive, and then poured it into the hole where the wooden pestle and the big tree were connected, and firmly adhered the two together.


    Finally, he put the big tree with the water tank and the wooden pestle on the stump for support, the end where the wooden pestle was longer and the end where the water tank was shorter.


    After constant adjustment, Jiang Xuan found the most suitable support point, and then cut a groove at that position to engage with the groove of the support point, so that it would not be easily displaced.


    Jiang Xuan moved the big stone that the red peony used to pound medicine again, and put the wooden pestle into the stone mortar.


    Finally, he used a bamboo tube to connect the water to the top of the sink, and a primitive, simple hydraulic mashing device was completed!


    "Crash..."


    The water from the bamboo tube filled the sink, and gravity caused the sink to sink and the end with the wooden pestle to rise.


    When the sink drops to a certain level, the water in it flows away naturally, the weight becomes lighter, the sink rises again, and the end of the wooden pestle falls heavily and smashes into the stone mortar.


    "Boom! Boom! Boom..."


    Every once in a while, the wooden pestle will knock on the stone mortar. If the device is not damaged and the water is kept flowing, it will keep knocking down day and night.


    "Sister, what do you think of this hydraulic tamping device?"


    After everything was done, Jiang Xuan took Chi Shao to watch his achievements with a smile on his face.


    Chi Shao observed this device, and she was pleasantly surprised to find that it was indeed very practical.


    The most important thing is that people need to rest, and this device does not need to rest, it can keep pounding medicines, and people only need to go and look at it from time to time.


    Jiang Xuan picked up another sturdy wooden fork and said, "If you need it to stop, you only need to use this fork to prop up the front and prevent the sink from being filled with water."


    Chi Shao exclaimed: "Xuan, you are so smart, you can always make some practical things."


    Jiang Xuan smiled embarrassedly, these things are the crystallization of the wisdom of countless ancients in the world of the previous life, he just copied it.


    From this day on, there will always be a very rhythmic percussion sound in the depths of the bamboo forest of the rattan tribe.


    After a long time, everyone knows that it is the hydraulic medicine pounding device made by the leader that is pounding the medicine.


    Everyone admired the ingenuity of the leader.


    In the next period of time, Jiang Xuan led people to lay a lot of bamboo tubes that opened up the bamboo joints, and connected the stream to the front of all the bamboo houses.


    In this way, it is very convenient for everyone to cook or wash things, and there is no need to run to the creek.


    Days passed by.


    "boom!"


    In the early morning of March 15th, when the rising sun shone on the stone mountain, the huge ancient vines suddenly burst into endless green light, and the terrifying breath of life was overwhelming.


    The entire Vine Tribe, including all the creatures in the forest near the Vine Tribe, felt a burst of heart palpitations at this moment.


    "What happened to Fuji God?"


    Jiang Xuan hurried to the front of the altar. At this time, a lot of people had gathered in front of the altar, and the red peony was standing in front.


    Chi Shao''s eyes were tightly closed, and there was a mysterious energy fluctuation on her body. Jiang Xuan knew that it was Wu Li.


    After a long time, Chi Shao opened her eyes. She looked at the giant vine that wrapped around the stone mountain, and said excitedly: "The vine **** told me that it has absorbed the power of belief of the tribe and is about to break through!"


    [Recommendation, Mimi reading and chasing books is really easy to use, download it here and you can try it. ¡¿


    "Going to break through?"


    Jiang Xuan was also surprised when he heard this.


    Judging from the current situation, the stronger the vine, the safer the tribe, and the stronger the warriors of the tribe.


    He heard from the old witch that there are three kinds of totem gods, namely, small tribe totem gods, medium tribal totem gods, and large tribe totem gods.


    The previous strength of this divine vine was equivalent to the realm of a small tribe totem god.


    However, it is now on the verge of breaking through.


    This also means that if all goes well, the Vine tribe will have a totem **** as powerful as the medium-sized tribe.


    If those tribes whose totem gods no longer exist know of this situation, they will probably go mad with jealousy.


    "However, the Vine God also told me that it will sleep for a period of time and accumulate more power. During this period of time, the Vine God will no longer be able to protect the tribe."


    Chi Shao looked at Jiang Xuan and said, "While the Vine God is sleeping, we need to face the dangers from outside ourselves."


    After Jiang Xuan heard this sentence, he suppressed his excitement a little and said, "You let the Vine God break through with peace of mind. During this time, we will try not to stay away from the tribe to ensure the safety of the tribe."


    Now that summer is approaching, all kinds of food have become plentiful, and the vine tribe has relied on a river to grow vulgarly for a period of time, just waiting for the divine vine to break through.


    Chi Shao nodded, then closed her eyes and conveyed Jiang Xuan''s words to Shenteng.


    "boom!"


    Above the stone mountain, the vines burst into a more dazzling green light, and all the branches became crystal clear, as if carved from jasper.


    The terrifying breath of life is in the mighty, near the vine tribe, many creatures are crawling on the ground, the body is constantly shaking, and the fear is extreme.


    After a short time, the green divine light gradually became introverted, the branches of the giant vine returned to normal, and the terrifying aura slowly disappeared.


    Chi Shao opened her eyes and said, "Shen Teng has begun to fall asleep."


    Jiang Xuan let the crowd disperse and kept all the clansmen strictly confidential, even to tourists who had lived in the Veng tribe for a while.


    After the crowd dispersed, Jiang Xuan''s excited mood gradually calmed down.


    He said to Chi Shao: "It''s a good thing that the Vine God will break through, but now the old witch is gone, and the Vine God is asleep again. From today, we can only rely on ourselves."


    Chi Shao nodded, feeling a heavy pressure.


    "During this period of time, let''s try our best to be cautious. As long as the Fujishen breaks through smoothly, everything will be fine."


    The two discussed hunting again, and then returned to the bamboo house.


    Jiang Xuan summoned all the vine tribe warriors and announced that starting today, the vine tribe will only hunt and gather in the nearby jungle, and will not go too far away for the time being to avoid causing some trouble.


    At the same time, continued to make bamboo rafts and harpoons, and some warriors began to learn to swim and fish.


    The warriors of the Vine tribe agreed one after another. Although it was a pity that they couldn¡¯t go hunting in the distance, luckily the Vine tribe leaned on a river, and fishing was also very challenging.


    After Jiang Xuan arranged these things, he took the loach and went to the forest on both sides of the tribe to check the magical plants planted before.


    "Cage vines from cuttings have sprouted!"


    Jiang Xuan came to the forest in the south of the tribe and was pleasantly surprised to find that most of the cage rattan branches that were cut in the previous two months had successfully taken root and sprouted, and only a few had died.


    Sure enough, the vitality of vines is very tenacious, and cutting planting is also a feasible method.


    This is good news, which means that the plant defense line constructed by Jiang Xuan has taken another step towards success.


    "The pit of the whip tree has also grown seedlings."


    Last year, Jiang Xuan picked a lot of the fruit of the whip tree. After eating the fruit of this magical plant, it can make people stronger.


    After eating the leftover fruit pits, Jiang Xuan planted them in the predetermined range of plant defense line with the mentality of giving it a try.


    Unexpectedly, the planting was successful.


    Although these whip tree seedlings do not yet have terrifying attack power, when they grow into big trees after a few years, they can not only provide a lot of fruits to the vine tribe, but also protect the vine tribe with terrifying attack power.


    Afterwards, Jiang Xuan went to the northern jungle of the tribe, where a row of head-biting flowers was planted. This kind of flower was very similar to a plant in a casual game that Jiang Xuan played in his previous life.


    Every biting flower has a huge red flower.


    Its color is very bright, and it is usually like other flowers. It is motionless. There is a lot of honey at the stamens, which exudes a strong fragrance, which will attract all kinds of insects and even small animals.


    However, when these big bugs or small animals try to eat the honey, the flower will immediately turn into a **** mouth, killing and digesting these greedy eaters.


    It is said that a tribesman once approached this giant flower and was bitten off his head, so he got such a fierce name.


    This magical plant was also found by Jiang Xuan when he was out hunting. He transplanted some seedlings, and now they have basically survived.


    Of course, not all magical plants have been successfully transplanted. Some magical plants that are more difficult to live may not adapt to the environment after transplanting, and will wither after a long time.


    Peaceful days always pass quickly, and in the blink of an eye, half a month has passed.


    At the beginning of April, the weather gradually warmed up.


    Everything is growing wildly, and thunderstorms are frequent, which also means that the Southern Wilderness has begun to enter summer.


    "Buzzing..."


    In the Thunder Mountain in the south of the Teng tribe, a group of bird-billed mosquitoes was flying fast, and behind these bird-billed mosquitoes, there was a hunting team of the mosquito tribe.


    After entering the summer, the bird-billed mosquito began to multiply rapidly, and both the number and the attack power were stronger than other seasons.


    In the past year, the Mosquito Tribe has also completely established a firm foothold in the Great Swamp, and has also wiped out two relatively weak tribes, and its strength and population have grown rapidly.


    The number of bird-billed mosquitoes surged, the number of tribal warriors surged, and everything in the mosquito tribe looked very good, which also prompted their ambitions to expand rapidly.


    The Mosquito Tribe''s range of activities has become larger and larger, and they have not forgotten the hunting team that was wiped out on the Vine Tribe''s side.


    Therefore, after a brief period of forbearance, they decided to come over to inquire about the situation of the Vine Tribe again. This time, they were determined to find out the details of the Vine Tribe and would not be easily deterred.


    "Swish..."


    In the woods, the hunting team of the Mosquito Tribe moved fast.


    With bird-billed mosquitoes exploring the way ahead, they don''t have to worry about sudden danger.


    There are about 80 people in this hunting party, and the leader is Hua Mosquito, a powerful tricolor warrior, cunning and ferocious.


    "We''re approaching that tribe, we''re all scattered, be careful."


    After approaching the Veng tribe, the flower mosquito gave an order, and the more than eighty warriors dispersed one after another, and continued to sneak under the leadership of the bird-billed mosquito.


    Chapter 81 God Vine Sleeping

 Chapter 82： catastrophe imminent

    Popular recommendation:


    Under the stone mountain, in the yard outside the bamboo house, Chishao is growing herbs.


    Since she got the hydraulic pounding device, she doesn''t have to spend time and effort to pound medicine every day, and has more time to do other things.


    A medicinal field has been opened in the yard, and the bamboo roots, tree roots and gravel in the soil have been cleaned up. Chishao intends to plant some rare herbs in the medicinal field, which can be easily used when necessary.


    Suddenly, Chi Shao felt uneasy, as if something big was about to happen.


    "The old witch said that after obtaining witch power, you can sometimes predict good and bad luck. Is there a disaster about to happen?"


    The more Chishao thought about it, the more she felt that something was wrong, she put down the bones and hurried into the bamboo house.


    Chishao stood by the fire pond, took a deep breath, faced the beating flame, and began to recite the ancient mantra: "¨Ó¨Ì¨á¨ä¨Þ..."


    This is the divination spell that the old witch taught her when she taught witch medicine. Through divination, she can more accurately predict the good and bad luck of some things.


    With the chanting of the incantation, the flames in the fire pool rose a lot and jumped with an unspeakable rhythm.


    Most of the magic power in Chi Shao''s body was gathered in her eyes. If anyone was present, they would definitely see that her eyes were like glass, emitting a faint light.


    After chanting the incantation, Chi Shao stared intently at the flames, and saw a moving picture from the flames.


    It was a group of ferocious bird-billed mosquitoes, and behind the bird-billed mosquitoes, there were also many soldiers of the mosquito tribe.


    When Chi Shao wanted to see a little more clearly, the picture in the flame disappeared, she groaned, and a strand of blood spilled from the corner of her mouth.


    Divination, although it can predict good and bad luck, it will backlash on itself. The bigger the matter, the more serious the backlash will be.


    The old witch had sternly admonished her not to divvy up such important matters as the future of the tribe.


    Chi Shao didn''t care so much at the moment, she wiped the blood from the corner of her mouth, and then hurried out of the bamboo house to find Jiang Xuan.


    At this moment, Jiang Xuan is leading people to dig ditches. After digging, droughts can irrigate the fields, and heavy rains can quickly drain water, which is an essential project for planting crops.


    "Leader, leader..."


    Chi Shao hurried to Jiang Xuan''s side. At this time, Jiang Xuan was digging soil and was covered in mud.


    "What happened?"


    Jiang Xuan has rarely seen Chi Shao panic so much, she has always been calmer than ordinary people.


    "The Mosquito tribe is here again, there are a lot of people!"


    Chi Shao''s words made everyone nervous, including Jiang Xuan.


    Shenteng has already fallen asleep, and the old witch has also left. Once the Mosquito Tribe attacked aggressively, what would they use to resist?


    Jiang Xuan jumped up from the half-dug ditch and shouted, "Everyone returns to the bamboo house immediately!"


    For a time, the entire Vine tribe, whether it was the soldiers or tourists, no matter what they were doing, they all put down their work and hurried back with their tools.


    Jiang Xuan washed his hands a few times, then took the bone scorpion, followed Chishao back and asked, "What''s going on?"


    Chishao has never left the tribe during this period of time, the warrior responsible for guarding the tribe has not issued an early warning, and the bird-billed mosquito of the Mosquito tribe has not appeared. How did Chishao know that the Mosquito tribe was here?


    Of course, Jiang Xuan knew very well that Chi Shao would not joke about such a big event.


    Chi Shao said hurriedly: "I learned divination from the old witch, and suddenly my heart palpitated when I was working today, so I tried to use flames for divination."


    "I saw in the flames the ornithos of the Mosquito tribe and a large number of fighters coming here."


    Fire divination is an extremely ancient and mysterious divination method. In addition, there are water pattern divination, bone burning divination, tortoise shell divination and so on.


    Jiang Xuan doesn''t know how reliable this divination method is, but the Vine Tribe has now lost the protection of God Vine and is very fragile.


    Even if this is just a false alarm, Jiang Xuan must take all-around countermeasures, because the Fuji tribe can''t afford to gamble.


    What should I do?


    Jiang Xuan thought hard about countermeasures as he walked.


    The current situation is very difficult. Even if all the soldiers of the Veng tribe are killed, they will not be able to withstand the attack of the Mosquito tribe.


    The external force can no longer be relied on, because now there is no way to borrow it, so I can only rely on myself.


    It won''t take long to hide in the hole, because the last time I escaped from the hole, I was discovered by the Mosquito tribe.


    Those bird-billed mosquitoes are extremely sensitive to human odors and heat sources, and the warriors of the mosquito tribe are not vegetarians.


    Jiang Xuan''s heart sank little by little, and the entire Vine Tribe suddenly stood on the edge of the cliff. As long as someone pushed it gently, the entire Vine Tribe would be shattered and shattered.


    Could it be that the tribe that just got on the right track will be destroyed so easily?


    Jiang Xuan simply couldn''t accept the fact that the tribe that had been built so hard had to face such a result.


    In fact, Jiang Xuan can also leave the tribe behind and run with only Chishao, Uncaria, Loach and Nanxing. They are all two-color warriors. Now that the people from the Mosquito tribe have not arrived, the chances of running away are very high.


    But in that case, everyone else will die, everything that the Vine tribe has will be snatched by the Mosquito tribe, and Jiang Xuan and the others may be caught up.


    Is there a way to keep everyone alive and minimize losses?


    Jiang Xuan couldn''t think of it for a while, Chi Shao couldn''t think of it either, and the others could only be in a hurry.


    Soon, everyone ran back to the bamboo house, Jiang Xuan called everyone to the open space, and his heart was numb.


    "The mosquito tribe is here!"


    Jiang Xuan''s words caused everyone to be in an uproar.


    Including Gan Song and others, they have also heard of the grievances between the Vine tribe and the Mosquito tribe, and they have even seen the bones of Naxi hanging on the tree.


    "Now, everyone hides food, tools, and important things in the hole, and then uses the fastest speed to block the entrance of the hole and hide it."


    Gan Song couldn''t help but ask: "Boss, after hiding it?"


    Jiang Xuan looked at Gan Song, gritted his teeth, and said, "Run!"


    Gan Song said anxiously: "Then...then those things we planted..."


    "I can''t handle that much anymore!" Jiang Xuan said, "Let''s save your life first, and the crops haven''t yielded yet, so the people of the Mosquito tribe may not move."


    Gan Song clenched his only fist, and the veins on his arm burst out.


    Those crops are all his hard work, and he can''t wait to stay and fight with the mosquito tribe.


    Dajiao, who was in charge of farming, said urgently, "Boss, can we take away the animals we farmed?"


    Jiang Xuan shook his head and said, "If we bring those animals, we won''t be able to run Dajiao was silent, only feeling that his heart was bleeding, but there was nothing he could do.


    Jiang Xuan comforted: "Whether it is crops or farmed animals, we can replant and raise them again, but if there are no people, then nothing will be left."


    This sentence is not only to comfort others, but also to comfort myself.


    However, Jiang Xuan still didn''t say a word, that is, with so many people, it is still unknown how many people can escape.


    [To tell the truth, recently I have been using Mimi to read and read books to keep up with updates, switch sources, and read aloud tones, which can be used by Android and Apple. ¡¿


    "Okay, we''re running out of time, everyone, hurry up and hide things, remember to hide the hole in the ground, and then run away."


    Although everyone was reluctant to give up and feel aggrieved, they had no choice but to follow Jiang Xuan''s words, hide all important things in the hole as quickly as possible, and then block the entrance of the hole, and Hide with clutter.


    As for whether the people of the Mosquito tribe can find the hole in the ground, whether they will dig the hole, and take away the things inside, they can''t control that much.


    Before long, most of what could be hidden was hidden.


    Dajiao gritted his teeth, and after asking Jiang Xuan, he actually released all the animals that had not been domesticated successfully.


    Dajiao would rather these animals return to the mountains and forests than be taken away by the Mosquito tribe!


    Everyone simply brought some food and weapons, and then gathered again, ready to start fleeing.


    Until this moment, Jiang Xuan was still thinking hard about how to protect everyone, and he had a splitting headache thinking about it.


    He has an intuition that there must be a way to overcome this crisis, but he has not thought of such a way in such a short period of time.


    Chapter 82 The Great Calamity is Coming

 Chapter 83： giant water worm

    Popular recommendation:


    Where to flee?


    Standing in front of the Veng tribe, Jiang Xuan looked at the expectant gazes of more than 100 people, and suddenly fell into a difficult choice.


    Mosquito tribes come from the south, so the south can give up first.


    If you flee to the north, it is very likely that you will encounter a more terrifying crow tribe, which is not a good choice.


    There is a stone mountain in the back and a river in the front.


    river?


    Jiang Xuan''s eyes suddenly lit up, and he finally knew where the way out in his intuition was!


    Some time ago, for fishing, Jiang Xuan made a lot of bamboo rafts, and let the soldiers of the rattan tribe practice driving bamboo rafts one by one.


    Unexpectedly, before the fishing operation officially started, the Vine tribe encountered a crisis.


    If you cross the river on a bamboo raft, with the width of the Flying Fish River more than 20 meters wide, the warriors of the Mosquito Tribe will definitely not be able to chase after it!


    Jiang Xuan immediately shouted: "Everyone, take the bamboo raft to the other side of the river!"


    More than a hundred people were stunned for a while, and then some smarter people immediately figured out that crossing the river could avoid the pursuit, so they all ran to the river.


    At this time, no one could care about the threat from the river.


    The bamboo rafts made by the rattan tribe are relatively large. In theory, even if there are big fish and aquatic animals in the water, as long as people do not enter the water, they are relatively safe.


    Because bamboo rafts are not food for big fish and aquatic animals, unless they encounter special circumstances, they will not easily attack bamboo rafts.


    Chishao, Uncaria and others gathered around Jiang Xuan. At this time, they subconsciously gathered together so that they could form a stronger fighting force.


    While running, Uncaria said worriedly: "What if the bird-billed mosquito chases across the river?"


    Jiang Xuan''s eyes were full of murderous intentions, and he gritted his teeth and said: "Can''t fight against the mosquito tribe, can''t fight against mosquitoes? If you dare to chase across the river, turn back and kill them!"


    The others also held back their breath, nodded after hearing the words, and then ran to the river with their heads down.


    The distance from the bamboo house to the river is not too far. Soon, the people of the rattan tribe came to the river and pushed five bamboo rafts into the water.


    The bamboo rafts made by the rattan tribe are very large, and each boat can take six people. As long as they are transported back and forth a few times, they can send all the people there.


    "Quick, send Wu over there first!"


    Jiang Xuan shouted, and then regardless of Chi Shao''s willingness or not, he pushed her directly onto the bamboo raft, and Nan Xing and others joined her.


    "Walk!"


    Jiang Xuan pushed the bamboo raft out with force, and then continued to instruct others to cross the river on the bamboo raft.


    As the leader, other people can cross the river first, but he can''t, because if he also leaves, the rest will panic and cause chaos.


    "Xuan, hurry up and cross the river!"


    In fact, Chi Shao wanted to stay, but she knew that she couldn''t afford to delay at such a time, and hesitating would only waste time.


    "Do not worry!"


    Jiang Xuan waved at Chi Shao with a smile on his face.


    "Crash..."


    The five bamboo rafts pushed towards the middle of the river one after another. This movement caught the attention of the fish in the river. The fish, big and small, were cruising around the bamboo rafts, not afraid of people.


    There were also huge shadows swimming in the water, which made the people on the bamboo raft tremble with fear, for fear that these shadows would suddenly come up, overturn the bamboo raft, and eat them.


    Fortunately, this scene did not happen, those shadows just swam back and forth, but did not take the initiative to attack the bamboo raft.


    Soon, the first group of thirty people passed through smoothly, and then the bamboo raft was supported by a warrior who was best at manipulating the bamboo raft.


    The crossing of the river was unexpectedly smooth, and the soldiers who supported the bamboo raft became more and more skilled, and the bamboo raft moved faster and faster on the water.


    It didn''t take long for the Vine tribe to have only the last group left, a few dozen people.


    Jiang Xuan''s hanging heart finally let go of most of it. As long as the last group of people crosses the Feiyu River, everyone will be temporarily safe.


    However, at this moment, a humming sound came from far and near, which made people feel uncomfortable instinctively.


    "No, it''s the bird-billed mosquito, and the people from the mosquito tribe are here!"


    Jiang Xuan''s face changed, and he urged the soldiers who were backing up to support the bamboo raft: "Hurry up, hurry up!"


    The soldiers on the five bamboo rafts also knew the seriousness of the matter, and the bamboo poles were quicker to hold the water, and they desperately rowed the bamboo rafts here.


    [The book chasing app recommended to me by an old book friend who I have known for ten years, Mimi read! It¡¯s so easy to use, I rely on this reading aloud to pass the time before driving and before going to bed, you can download it here]


    "Buzzing..."


    At this time, a large group of bird-billed mosquitoes from the Mosquito tribe had already flown over the bamboo house of the Vine tribe, and more than eighty soldiers of the Mosquito tribe followed closely behind, holding various weapons and roaring into the bamboo house.


    Before Hua Mosquito came, after listening to other leaders'' introduction to the Veng tribe''s side, they knew that they had a giant eagle and a giant dragonfly, which was very terrifying.


    Because of this, after approaching the Vine Tribe, they spread out carefully, advancing little by little, and dismantling a large set of traps set up by the Vine Tribe.


    However, when they came to the territory of the Veng tribe, they only saw a dozen bamboo houses, not even the soldiers in charge of patrolling the tribe.


    Hua Mo realized that he had been misled, and in a fit of anger, he immediately led people into the bamboo house, wanting to kill all the people of the Veng tribe.


    However, after entering the bamboo house, the flames in the fire pit are still burning, but the food, tools, weapons and other items of the rattan tribe are all gone.


    "Boss, no one."


    Soon, the mosquito tribe warriors got together again, and their faces were very ugly, because all the bamboo houses were empty.


    "Boom, boom, boom..."


    At this moment, the flower mosquito vaguely heard a crashing sound in the depths of the bamboo forest, so he led someone to rush over.


    However, what he saw was still an empty bamboo hut and a hydraulic mashing device.


    "what!"


    "boom!"


    The flower mosquito let out a loud roar, and then kicked the potion device in the water with one foot.


    "Buzzing..."


    At this moment, a bird-billed mosquito flew down from the bamboo forest, circled around the flower mosquito, and then flew to the east.


    "They''re over there, chase!"


    The flower mosquito, who felt that he was being played with, held the bone knife and led someone to chase it.


    Those bird-billed mosquitoes are indeed very powerful. They can accurately distinguish the breath of people remaining in the air, and then follow the breath.


    When the Flower Mosquitoes and the others chased all the way to the river, the last group of the Teng tribe had already reached the other side of the river.


    As the mosquitoes ran, they watched Jiang Xuan and others cross the river on a bamboo raft.


    When he ran to the water''s edge, Jiang Xuan had already landed and pulled the bamboo raft up.


    "Ah! I''m **** off!"


    The mosquitoes were about to explode.


    He has already understood that the Vine tribe is not strong, it can even be said to be weak, otherwise there is no need to escape.


    Moreover, they didn''t see any of the giant eagles and giant dragonflies mentioned by the Mosquito tribe warriors before, and they didn''t know if they were deceived or something else happened.


    If he had known that the Vine Tribe was so weak, he would not have approached the Vine Tribe cautiously, but would lead people to rush over, and the Vine Tribe would never be able to run away!


    However, now the people of the Teng tribe have used a tool made of bamboo to cross the river, but they can''t catch up, and the mosquitoes are so depressed that they are about to vomit blood.


    But just letting the Veng tribe and these people go, he really couldn''t take this breath.


    "Beep¡­¡­"


    The flower mosquito took out a bone whistle and blew it frantically.


    This seems to be a signal. A large group of bird-billed mosquitoes flying around the heads of the soldiers of the mosquito tribe immediately flew to the other side of the river in a swarm after hearing the whistle.


    These bird-billed mosquitoes are numerous and fierce, and they can fly across the river. Once they catch up with the people of the Vine tribe, they will also cause them a lot of trouble.


    However, just as the bird-billed mosquito flew to the surface of the river, all of a sudden, there were many strange large creatures swimming fast in the river, and like an arrow from a string, they suddenly came out from the bottom of the water.


    "Crash..."


    The first giant creature rushed out of the water, carrying a large splash of water, with small wings on its back to help them fly for a distance, then opened its strange big mouth, bit a bird-billed mosquito, and fell into the water.


    It''s like a signal.


    Soon, the river surface almost boiled, and countless strange giant creatures rushed out of the water, and then frantically preyed on those bird-billed mosquitoes.


    Ornithos are not real birds, they don''t fly very high, and that''s the case when crossing rivers.


    Because of this, this swarm of ornitho-billed mosquitoes has become a prey for that strange giant creature.


    "what?"


    The flower mosquito was stunned again, and the people of the Vine tribe passed smoothly. Why did so many terrifying giant creatures suddenly appear when the bird-billed mosquito flew over?


    When the soldiers of the Mosquito tribe saw the ferocious giant creatures on the river, they also subconsciously took two steps back, for fear that these giant creatures would come ashore and attack them.


    Across the river, the people of the Vine tribe were also confused, because they didn''t know what these giant creatures were.


    Jiang Xuan carefully observed, he found that the surface of this creature was dark green, with black stripes on its body.


    They have very short wings on their backs, huge eyes on their heads, terrible claws on their mouths, six legs, a segmented belly, and three needle-like tails. long.


    This giant creature is not like a fish at all, nor is it like other insects, it is still huge in size, and each one is more than one meter long.


    When preying on ornithos, they acted quickly and ferociously. A large group of ornithos were quickly washed away by them Many ornithos were dragged into the water and became them food.


    Jiang Xuan looked at it for a while and felt a little familiar. He said in surprise, "This...is it a water worm?"


    Ch¨¤i, also known as the larval form of a dragonfly, lives in water, is carnivorous, and is very ferocious.


    Ordinary water worms are small and have no wings on their backs. They usually prey on larvae in various waters, and even some small fish.


    At this moment, these water cockroaches in the river are not only huge, but also have wings on their backs. After jumping out of the water, they can fly a short distance with their wings like flying fish.


    If it wasn''t for their resemblance to giant dragonflies, Jiang Xuan wouldn''t even be able to recognize what they were.


    Jiang Xuan glanced in the direction of Shishan. The giant dragonfly died last winter. Could it be that these giant water flies are the descendants of it or its kind?


    For some reason, Jiang Xuan suddenly became happy.


    I don''t know if it was because the bird-billed mosquitoes could no longer pursue them, or because they saw the continuation of the giant dragonfly''s life.


    "Beep¡­¡­"


    On the other hand, when the flower mosquito saw that the bird-billed mosquitoes suffered heavy losses, they blew the bone whistle again and called the bird-billed mosquitoes back, so as not to be eaten up.


    After the surviving bird-billed mosquitoes heard the whistle, they immediately turned their heads and flew back frantically. They were all terrified.


    When the bird-billed mosquito flew back to the mosquito tribe warrior, on the river, the giant water worms lost their target and gradually sank back to the bottom, waiting for the next predation.


    As for the flower mosquitoes, not only did they fail to catch up with the Veng tribe, but they lost so many bird-billed mosquitoes. They only felt that their blood was surging, their veins jumped violently, and they almost spat out a mouthful of old blood.


    Chapter 83 The Giant Water Hyde

 Chapter 84： Fury of Vengeance

    Popular recommendation:


    The Mosquito tribe warriors stayed irritable by the river for a long time, and even vented their anger to shoot arrows across the river.


    However, the people of the Veng tribe hid long after they crossed the river, and not a single one was hit.


    "Go, take everything this **** tribe has and burn the house down!"


    The angry flowers and mosquitoes took people back to the bamboo house of the rattan tribe, but the bamboo house was empty, even the pottery pottery bowls were hidden, and there were only some sundries that were too late to put away.


    "what!"


    "boom!"


    The flower mosquito punched the wall of the bamboo house, piercing the wall, and the bamboo house shook for a while.


    "Burn, burn these houses down!"


    The frantic flower mosquito jumped and roared, he had never been so aggrieved like today.


    Soon, the aggrieved Mosquito tribe fighters began to use the flames in the fire pit to ignite all the houses of the Vine tribe.


    Looking at the sky-high fire, Hua Mo finally felt a little better, and he wanted to make the people of the Vine tribe homeless.


    "Boss, I found something good."


    At this moment, a mosquito tribe warrior suddenly ran in front of the flower mosquito with excitement.


    "What good stuff?"


    "Large, beautiful pottery, over their altar."


    "Come on, show me."


    Although burning the house can breathe out, but if you return empty-handed, you will lose so many bird-billed mosquitoes, and the flower mosquitoes will not be able to explain to the tribe when they go back.


    Therefore, after hearing that there was something good, he was very excited, and immediately led people to the altar of the Vine Tribe.


    When they walked through the bamboo forest and came to the altar of the rattan tribe, they saw a tall altar and three large pottery tripods carved with flowers, birds, insects and fish.


    When Hua Mosquito saw the three large pottery cauldrons, his eyes suddenly lit up: "It really is a good thing!"


    The warrior next to him said: "I didn''t expect that this tribe is so small, but it has such a large altar and such a large pottery."


    Hua Mosquito sneered: "Now, these three large pottery are ours, move away!"


    After Hua Mo gave an order, the warriors of the Mosquito tribe, who could not hold back for a long time, immediately boarded the altar and lifted the three large pottery cauldrons down.


    Looking at the exquisite large pottery cauldron, everyone in the Mosquito tribe was overjoyed. It was a great credit to bring this thing back to the tribe.


    No, it''s three great credits!


    The flower mosquito looked at the eight totem poles next to the altar and said, "Cut down these pillars for me!"


    "Yes!"


    A group of Mosquito tribe warriors rushed over immediately, brandishing stone knives and axes, knocking down eight thick totem poles and slashing beyond recognition.


    Flower Mosquito also felt puzzled, so he also cut dozens of knives on the tall altar, and cut off the totem patterns of the Vine Tribe.


    Finally, his eyes were fixed on the huge ancient vines that wrapped around the stone mountain.


    "This giant vine should be the patron saint of their tribe. Go, cut the vine and let them taste the taste of despair!"


    If it is a ferocious beast totem god, the flower mosquito must run as far as possible, but this is a vine, and they have been destroyed here for so long, the giant vine is still silent.


    Therefore, Flower Mosquito speculates that this giant vine is just big and has no magical power.


    Because of this, he started to hate it from the bottom of his heart, and wanted to cut down the giant vine, so that the people of the vine tribe would lose their faith and taste despair.


    "Snapped!"


    However, when the first Mosquito tribe warrior wielded a stone axe and slashed on the giant vine, he only felt that it was not a vine, but a boulder.


    The giant vine didn''t even break the skin, but the force of the shock made his mouth go numb.


    "Didn''t eat? Let me come!"


    The flower mosquito pushed the warrior away, took out his stone axe, used the terrifying power of the three-color warrior, and suddenly slashed the giant vine with an axe.


    "Crack..."


    The handle of the stone axe was directly broken, and the axe head also broke a small piece, and the giant vine remained motionless.


    Not only that, but the flower mosquito felt an unspeakable terrifying aura that seemed to be waking up, and he was finally afraid.


    The flower mosquito raised his head and glanced at the huge ancient vine, only to feel a shiver all over his body and his scalp numb.


    "Forget it, don''t cut it, it''s cheaper for them."


    Flower Mosquito left a sentence, and then took the mosquito tribe warriors to carry the three large pottery cauldrons away, not having the courage to look back.


    After Hua Mosquito and others left, the terrifying aura became silent again. Under the sunlight, the tender branches of the giant vine swayed gently in the wind.


    On the other side of the Feiyu River, Jiang Xuan and the others were hiding in the forest, but they were always paying attention to the changes on the other side of the tribe.


    When they saw the fire soaring into the sky, they knew that the mad Mosquito tribe fighters had burned down their home.


    An anger was brewing in everyone''s heart, and everyone''s face was very ugly.


    Nan Xing sat beside Jiang Xuan and asked, "Boss, when can we go back?"


    Jiang Xuandao: "The people of the Mosquito tribe are very cunning. Let''s stay here for a few days and go back when we''re sure it''s safe."


    Hearing Jiang Xuan''s words, everyone felt even more uncomfortable.


    A tourist whispered: "I finally got a house, I have a home, and I still have something to eat every day. In a blink of an eye, there is nothing left."


    "I... I also hid something in the corner of the house, and it must be burnt now."


    "What can I do in the future..."


    A female tourist holding a child sobbed softly.


    Afterwards, more people cried when they looked at the blazing fire on the opposite side, and the crying became louder and louder.


    When Jiang Xuan, Chi Shao and others saw this scene, they only felt as if a big stone had been pressed in their hearts, and they were very uncomfortable.


    "Don''t cry!"


    Jiang Xuan finally stood up and shouted to stop everyone''s crying, and everyone''s eyes were focused on Jiang Xuan.


    Jiang Xuan looked at everyone''s tear-stained faces, his heart softened, and his tone became much softer.


    "If the house is gone, it can be rebuilt. If the thing is gone, it can be rebuilt. As long as the people are still there, the tribe will be there. It won''t be long before we have everything we lost!"


    "What''s more We still have the vine gods. As long as the vine gods break through smoothly, our tribe will become stronger in the future!"


    Jiang Xuan looked at the faces and said word by word, "I promise you, when the tribe becomes stronger, the humiliation we have suffered today will be doubled back sooner or later!"


    Jiang Xuan''s words finally brought everyone''s emotions out of the trough. They clenched their fists, and their eyes were full of flames of revenge.


    Chi Shao also stood up in time and said: "The leader is right, after the breakthrough of the Vine God, it will lead us to become stronger. At that time, we will definitely take revenge on the mosquito tribe!"


    A soldier was surging, stood up and shouted excitedly: "Vengeance!"


    Then, more and more people stood up, and they shouted the same sentence:


    "revenge!"


    "revenge!"


    ...


    When everyone''s mood became stable, Jiang Xuan immediately took them to cut down trees, search for rattan, and rebuild simple houses.


    Now is the summer with frequent thunderstorms. If there is no house, everyone will be exposed to the rain.


    With the idea of ??revenge and the belief that the tribe can be strong, everyone has a lot of energy, and their work moves are much quicker than usual.


    After the house was built, Jiang Xuan arranged for some people to gather various wild vegetables and food, and some to go hunting to ensure everyone''s food needs.


    There is also a large forest on the other side of the river, and almost no one has lived here, whether it is edible food or all kinds of prey.


    In addition, Jiang Xuan and others are relatively strong, so there is no need to worry about food.


    After the initial slump and chaos, gradually, everything became orderly.


    Chapter 84 The Fury of Vengeance

 Chapter 85： God Ivy Breakthrough

    Popular recommendation:


    In the forest to the south of the Veng tribe, the flower mosquito did not immediately return to the tribe with Tao Ding, but took people to hide.


    He hoped that the people of the Vine tribe would come back, and then they would go out unexpectedly and completely wipe out the people of the Vine tribe.


    However, what made him very depressed was that they had waited for three full days, and the people from the Vine tribe didn''t even see a shadow.


    After waiting for another day unwillingly, the flower mosquito finally went back helplessly.


    Because there are many Mosquito tribesmen, the hunting team he took is the strongest. If they don''t go back for a long time, the Mosquito tribesmen will starve.


    After the flower mosquito left, the people of the Vine tribe still did not return.


    Jiang Xuan knew very well that at such a time, any negligence would have catastrophic consequences.


    The house was burnt anyway, and the food on the other side of the river was plentiful, so it was better to wait for a while longer.


    In addition, Jiang Xuan also wanted to take the opportunity to explore the forest on the other side of the river to see how many resources could be used.


    The number of Goto tribes has grown, and some people can even live here for a long time to build a wider territory.


    Just like that, in a blink of an eye, a month has passed.


    The Vine Tribes have established a firm foothold on the other side of the river. Not only have they built a large number of houses, they have even found several new edible plants and opened up several plots of land for cultivation.


    If it goes on like this, even if they don''t go back to live under the stone mountain, they can live here.


    However, most people still want to go back.


    Especially Gan Song, he has been talking about taking a bamboo raft to see the crops. If he doesn''t manage it for so long, the fields are probably covered with grass.


    Unfortunately, Jiang Xuan didn''t let him go back. He could only open up new farmland here and look at the other side of the river from time to time.


    During the period, the flower mosquito brought people twice, but both times were empty.


    They couldn''t cross the river again, so they could only scold and leave.


    The Mosquito tribe even thought that the Vine tribe would not come back.


    After all, in this primitive era, tribal migration was a common thing. Except for those big tribes, how could anyone live in one place for a long time?


    May 8, early morning.


    Jiang Xuan took people to check the several traps set up yesterday, half of them were triggered, and a few small prey were caught.


    "Not bad, take it back."


    Jiang Xuan was carrying a prey and was about to go back. Suddenly, a large number of dark clouds condensed in the sky, and the wind was blowing violently.


    "It''s going to rain? Let''s go."


    The thunderstorm in summer was coming, Jiang Xuan didn''t have time to think about it, and ran back with the people. Although their physiques were relatively strong, they didn''t want to get wet.


    "Boom..."


    "Crackling..."


    Today''s dark clouds are wickedly thick, lightning flashes like silver snakes, and the wind howls.


    However, the heavy rain Jiang Xuan expected did not come, not even a light rain.


    When they ran back to the newly built house, they found that there was an endless green light suddenly rising into the sky over the stone mountain.


    "Vine God, it is the Fuji God who is going to break through!"


    Chi Shao stood at the door excitedly, staring in the direction of Shi Shan.


    Jiang Xuan put down his prey and stood with Chi Shao. He looked at the heavy dark clouds in the sky, and was actually a little worried in his heart.


    Naturally, everyone is happy if the Shenteng breakthrough is successful, but if the Shenteng breakthrough fails, they may not be able to return to that place of residence for a long time.


    Others also jumped their feet to look over there, feeling both nervous and expectant.


    Gan Song clenched his fists subconsciously and said in a low voice: "It must be successful, the leader said, the Vengshen breakthrough is successful, we can go back."


    Until now, he still thinks about the crops in those fields.


    There is also Dajiao who feels the same as him.


    However, because the beasts, including the bugs, raised by Big Horn were all released, he was not as urgent as Gan Song.


    "boom!"


    Above the stone mountain, the divine vines that had been silent for more than a month finally recovered. All the vines were glowing, and endless green light enveloped the entire stone mountain.


    A terrifying aura is permeating the air, and all the animals near the stone mountain that can run have already run away, and those who cannot run can only crawl on the ground, shivering and waiting for the unknown fate to come.


    "Crash..."


    The huge sacred vine was actually moving, and the stone mountain was shaken, and the gravel fell down with a "crackling".


    This is an extremely rare scene.


    In the past, the main body of the vines had never moved, and only the vines and roots could move at will.


    However, at this moment, the whole divine vine was actually growing and twisting, like a giant dragon, as if it was about to rise into the air.


    "Crack!"


    Finally, the lightning that had been brewing for a long time in the sky slashed down, like a bright and dazzling heavenly knife, slashing at the vine, to cut it off.


    Above the vines, the green light became stronger, all the leaves became crystal clear, and the new vines danced wildly.


    The thick lightning fell on the stone mountain, and the end of the divine vine was directly scorched, and even the rock was shattered a lot.


    The green light above the vines was split into a dim light.


    On the other side of the river, Jiang Xuan, Chi Shao, and all the people from the Vine tribe were all nervous. This kind of divine might made them feel terrified.


    But everyone hoped that Shen Teng would survive smoothly.


    On the Shishan side, although the end of the divine vine was scorched, most of the thunder and lightning were guided into the ground along the huge vine, and in fact, no serious damage was caused.


    The divine vine swung abruptly, the charred vine was thrown away, and then a new vine quickly grew, and its root system was wider and deeper underground.


    "Crack!"


    Another flash of lightning struck down, and the boulders on the top of Shishan were smashed into pieces, and the gravel was splashed everywhere.


    God Vine still uses its tough body to guide most of the lightning into the ground, and the charred parts grow back.


    In this way, after five lightning strikes in a row, the green light of the vines was already very dim, many vines became charred black, and most of the top of Shishan collapsed.


    At this moment, the dancing lightning in the sky gradually disappeared.


    "Tick!"


    A drop of rain floated down from the dark clouds and landed on a leaf of the vine.


    Then, more raindrops fell, and in the blink of an eye, it turned into heavy rain.


    The rain washed the already exhausted vine making it alive again.


    The already weak vines, after absorbing the rain, came back to life again, and all the branches and leaves stretched out.


    The main body of the vine continues to grow in the rain, becoming thicker, and the root system is deeper and wider.


    The dim green light became stronger again, even stronger, stronger than before!


    "Snapped!"


    A thick vine whipped in the air with excitement, making a strong sonic boom.


    On the other side of the river, Chi Shao said excitedly, "The Vine God''s breakthrough has been successful!"


    "it is good!"


    Jiang Xuan couldn''t hide his excitement, he looked in the direction of Shi Shan and shouted.


    "Great!"


    "Vine God has broken through!"


    "We can go back!"


    ...


    Soon, cheers erupted from the other side of the river, and even the heavy rain could not dampen their enthusiasm.


    "Leader, chief, when are we going back?"


    Gan Song braved the heavy rain and found Jiang Xuan for the first time, with anticipation in his eyes.


    With a smile on his face, Jiang Xuan said, "The Vine God has broken through, we don''t need to be afraid of the mosquito tribe coming over, we will go back after the rain stops!"


    "Good, good, good wow..."


    Gan Song was so excited that he didn''t know what to say. He couldn''t wait to go back and look at the crops of the dozens of acres of land.


    An hour later, the rain passed and the weather cleared, and the people of the Veng tribe immediately packed up and prepared to return to their original place of residence.


    ...


    Shen Teng shouted to the sky: "I have broken through, where is the monthly pass?"


    Chapter 85: God''s Vine Breakthrough

 Chapter 86： reconstruction

    "Crash..."


    In the Flying Fish River, five bamboo rafts crossed the river together, and the rattan tribesmen on the bamboo rafts were very excited.


    When they stepped on the land on the other side again, many people had a feeling of tears in their eyes.


    "We are finally back!"


    Gan Song knelt on the ground and held up some dirt on the ground, feeling an indescribable sense of solidity in his heart.


    "The crops, go see how the crops are doing!"


    Gan Song put down the handful of soil and hurried to the crops.


    The others couldn''t hold back their excitement and walked back one after another.


    When Gan Song went to the crop field, he found that the crop field had not been damaged, but weeds had grown a lot.


    Gan Song let out a sigh of relief: "That''s great, the crops are all right, just weeding and weeding."


    After speaking, Gan Song immediately squatted down and began to pull weeds with his bare hands, very patient.


    On the river bank, Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao were the last people to cross the river. After they crossed the river, they first dragged the bamboo raft to the bank, and then walked towards the bamboo forest.


    On the way, Jiang Xuan saw Gansong who was weeding, with a smile on his face. This guy has become an avid plantation enthusiast.


    He walked a little further, and six plants in a field by the road caught his attention.


    "Huh? The seedlings of red crystal rice have grown!"


    Jiang Xuan discovered that the seedlings of the red crystal rice that had been planted before had grown to a height of more than one foot.


    Its seedlings look a bit like corn seedlings, but the stems and leaves are purple-red, the main stem is thick and the leaves are broad, it should be a grass plant.


    This was an unexpected surprise, because before that, Jiang Xuan was not sure what kind of plant these red crystal rice were.


    Seeing its seedlings now, Jiang Xuan feels much more at ease.


    The Vine tribe lacks the staple food of the Poaceae family now. If these red crystal rice can grow up smoothly and bloom and bear fruit, then it is likely to become one of the staple food of the Vine tribe in the future.


    Jiang Xuan observed it carefully for a while, then pulled out the weeds near the red crystal rice seedlings, and then walked to the front of the bamboo forest.


    There were more than 100 people in front of the bamboo forest, but no one spoke loudly, and the atmosphere was very depressing.


    Because among them, it is a pile of ruins that have been overgrown with weeds.


    Although it has long been known that the tribe''s house was burned down by the Mosquito tribe''s people, when they actually saw this scene, everyone still found it difficult to accept.


    When Jiang Xuan saw the ruins, his face gradually darkened.


    "Mosquito tribe!"


    Jiang Xuan clenched his fists, his heart burning with anger.


    At this moment, Chi Shao patted Jiang Xuan on the shoulder and said, "It doesn''t matter if the house is gone, we still have a lot of things hidden in the cave."


    Hearing Chi Shao''s words, Jiang Xuan suddenly remembered that when they evacuated, they hid most of the things in the hole.


    Jiang Xuan shouted to the crowd, "Don''t be stunned, find the entrance of the hole, then dig the hole and take out the contents."


    "Yes, our things are still buried in the ground."


    "Look for it. I don''t know if the food is moldy or not."


    ¡­


    When Jiang Xuan shouted, everyone came back to their senses, and immediately began to dig through the ruins, looking for the entrance to the cave.


    Although the house has been burnt to ruins, everyone remembers the location of the entrance to the cave.


    Therefore, it didn''t take long for someone to pick up the first hole in the ground, and they worked hard to remove the mud and stones that blocked the hole.


    After the first hole was dug, the warriors of the Vine tribe took out a lot of tools, pottery and other things from it, and everyone burst into cheers.


    The tubers stored in the burrows have only sprouted, and most of them are still edible.


    There are only some foods that are not shelf-stable. When they are taken out, they are already covered with penicillium and cannot be eaten.


    This makes everyone feel very sad, and it''s a pity, because it''s all food!


    The tribal people cherish food very much, because they used to starve often, and they were afraid of starvation.


    More burrows were dug up, and everything inside was moved out.


    Including the big pottery ding used for cooking, this is the guy who everyone eats, and it is very well hidden.


    After the things in the cave were moved out, Jiang Xuan immediately asked everyone to clean up the ruins, and then temporarily built some simple shelters on the original site to shelter from the wind and rain.


    When everything is done, they will build stronger houses than before.


    Jiang Xuan was helping to build a shelter when Shi Loach ran over with an ugly face and reported to him in a low voice:


    "Leader, the altar was destroyed by the Mosquito Tribe, the three large pottery cauldrons were removed, and even the totem pole was pushed down and chopped into disrespect."


    "Witch, at the altar, it seems very sad..."


    Jiang Xuan''s face sank, and he said, "I''ll go after I finish this work, you can go ahead and do it first."


    "it is good!"


    Shi Loach agreed, and then left in a hurry. There are too many things to do right now.


    Jiang Xuan finished building the shelter and walked towards the bamboo forest.


    The people of the Mosquito Tribe did a very good job, and even the huge stone with the totem pattern of the Vine Tribe was scratched by them, making it unrecognizable.


    He walked into the bamboo forest step by step, and found that the bamboo house where Chishao lived was also burnt down, and even the hydraulic tamping device he had just made was also burnt out.


    Jiang Xuan''s expression didn''t change, but his fists clenched even tighter.


    He walked to the front of the altar and saw in the distance the empty altar, the collapsed totem pole, and the red peony standing in front of the altar, motionless like a clay sculpture.


    Jiang Xuan walked to Chi Shao''s side, followed her gaze, and could see the traces of swords and axes on the earthen altar, and the totem patterns could not be seen clearly.


    Jiang Xuan asked softly, "Sister, don''t be too sad, we will repair the altar."


    Chi Shao turned her head, her eyes were calmer than Jiang Xuan imagined.


    "I''m fine. Compared to the despair when the Deer Tribe was wiped out, it''s good that we can come back here alive now, isn''t it?"


    Jiang Xuan nodded, and UU Reading said, "Yes, life is better than anything else."


    Chi Shao said again: "I have communicated with the Vine God, the Vine God has just broken through, and it will take some time to recover his divine power."


    "As long as the Vine God recovers all his divine power, he will seek revenge on the Mosquito tribe!"


    "Go for revenge now?"


    Jiang Xuan frowned slightly, because the Vine tribe is too weak now, and even if all of them were turned into warriors, there would only be more than a hundred people.


    Although Jiang Xuan doesn''t know how many people there are in the Mosquito Tribe, judging from the number of people they have dispatched so far, their strength is definitely far greater than that of the Vine Tribe.


    According to Jiang Xuan''s idea, at this stage, it is still with the help of the protection of the vines to develop planting and breeding. After obtaining enough food, continue to increase the population. When the number of tribal warriors is enough, go to the Mosquito tribe to take revenge.


    Chi Shao seemed to have guessed what Jiang Xuan was thinking, and she said calmly, "When the time comes, the Vine God will be with you."


    Jiang Xuan suddenly widened his eyes and said, "You mean, Fujishen is going to take revenge with us?"


    "That''s right."


    Chishao gave an affirmative answer.


    From Chi Shao''s words, Jiang Xuan determined a very incredible thing, that is, after the divine vine has broken through, it can move freely!


    This is definitely a very shocking news.


    You must know that most plants can only grow in one place and cannot move on their own.


    But now, God Vine can move freely, which is definitely a huge advantage.


    It''s just that the other tribe has a living totem god. If not, what will they use to resist when the **** vine is in person?

 Chapter 87： animal running back

    Above the stone mountain, the vines seemed to be reborn, even the rough skin in the past became much smoother, and the vines were as crystal clear as jade carvings.


    Under the stone mountain, the rattan tribe was slowly rebuilt after a destruction.


    Bamboo huts and wooden huts soon rose from the ground, the altar was repaired, and the red peony was re-engraved with totem patterns on the altar.


    New totem pole raw materials have also been found. After drying in the shade, they will be engraved with a large number of totem patterns and then erected around the altar.


    Jiang Xuan even made three more exquisite and larger three-legged round tripods out of clay. After drying in the shade, they could be fired and placed on the altar.


    Even the hydraulic pounding device, Jiang Xuan also made a new one for Chishao, because with the first production experience, this time it was done more smoothly and perfectly.


    With the efforts of everyone in the Vine tribe, everything is slowly recovering, and even better than before.


    "The leader, the leader, is back!"


    Jiang Xuan was capping the new bamboo house when Dajiao ran over excitedly, shouting as he ran.


    "What''s back?"


    Jiang Xuan held a large piece of bark in his hand. He covered the bark on the roof, tried to smooth it out, and then looked at Dajiao.


    "Our domesticated unicorns and colorful pheasants are back!"


    Dajiao finally finished what he said, and his face was full of happy smiles.


    "Is there such a good thing?"


    Jiang Xuan was very surprised by this.


    At that time, in order to avoid the attack of the mosquito tribe, Dajiao didn''t want those domesticated animals to be obtained by the mosquito tribe, so they all let go.


    When they came back, the cave had become empty, and not even those big bugs were left.


    No one would have thought that the unicorns and colorful pheasants, which were not completely tamed at all, would come back!


    "It''s true, Chief, I can show you."


    Dajiao was obviously overexcited, and now he just wanted to let Jiang Xuan go to see this kind of miracle.


    "Okay, I''ll go when I finish covering these pieces of bark."


    Jiang Xuan spread the large pieces of bark on the roof, pressed it with bamboo, and then tied the front and rear ends of the bamboo with rattan, so that the bamboo would tightly clamp the bark and prevent the bark move.


    When he''s done, get off the roof and follow Big Horn to the area where the animals are kept.


    When Jiang Xuan came to the front of the row of caves, he found that the fence gates of two caves had been repaired, and a few unicorns and a few colorful pheasants were locked in the caves respectively.


    "Boss, look, these unicorns and colorful pheasants all came back by themselves. I dug some bugs and introduced them into the cave, and then locked them up again."


    Jiang Xuan looked at the unicorns and colorful pheasants in the cave, and asked Dajiao, "When did they come back?"


    Dajiao said, "At noon."


    Jiang Xuan said suspiciously: "No, if they want to come back, why didn''t they come back a few days ago? I chose to come back together at this time."


    "This...I can''t figure it out either."


    Dajiao scratched his head, and he also felt unreasonable about this.


    Jiang Xuan asked again, "Did you do anything special when they came back?"


    Dajiao thought about it carefully, then looked at a wooden stick and a big bamboo tube on the ground, and said, "I remembered."


    "I was sitting here at the time, missing those domesticated animals, so I held the big bamboo tube that I used to feed, and tapped it with a wooden stick for a while."


    Jiang Xuan asked again: "In the past, every time you fed them, did you knock on this big bamboo tube?"


    Dajiao nodded stunned and said, "Yes, that''s right."


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "So it is."


    "Boss, did they fly back because I knocked on the bamboo tube?"


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "That''s right, it''s because you knocked on the bamboo tube."


    "These unicorns and colorful pheasants have been living in our tribe for a long time, and they are used to being fed, and they use the sound of knocking on a bamboo tube as a signal to feed."


    "After you let them go, it''s hard for them to get full as easily in the jungle as they do when they''re fed."


    "So they didn''t stay away from the place and wanted to be fed again without having to go to the trouble of finding food on their own."


    "So, when you knock on the bamboo tube, these unicorns and colorful pheasants will come back, just wanting to come back to be fed."


    After listening to Jiang Xuan''s explanation, Dajiao finally understood what was going on.


    But soon, Dajiao asked again: "Boss, since knocking on the bamboo tube can make the unicorn and colorful pheasant come back, why don''t the colorful duck and other animals come back?"


    Jiang Xuandao: "The colorful ducks like to live by the river, it''s too far from here, maybe you didn''t hear it, next time you can bring a bamboo tube and stick to the river and knock on the river to see if the domesticated colorful ducks will Will be back."


    "As for the bamboo rat, the gray-haired rabbit, and those big bugs, they are naturally vigilant and are not easy to raise, and now that the forest is rich in food, it should be difficult to come back."


    Dajiao said: "It''s good to be able to come back. I''ll dig some bugs in a while, and then try to lure the colorful duck back."


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "Try it. In theory, the colorful duck should be the same as the colorful pheasant. It is easier to tame, and the sound should appear when you hear it."


    Dajiao nodded heavily, and then went to dig bugs excitedly.


    He loves these farmed animals as deeply as Gan Song has for crops.


    After hard work, even if only a colorful duck comes back, Dajiao will feel it is worth it.


    Dajiao immediately found a few tourists who used to domesticate animals together, and then took them to dig a lot of worms, and fished a lot of small snails, small fish and shrimp, aquatic plants and other things from the river.


    They first fed the unicorns and colorful pheasants in the cave, and then took the rest of the food and some rattan baskets with lids to the reeds by the Flying Fish River Big Horn Walk After you get to the reeds, put the snails, small fish and shrimp, and water plants on the ground.


    He hugged the big bamboo tube, looked around first, and then tapped rhythmically.


    "Bang, bang, bang..."


    While knocking, Dajiao and the few tourists nervously watched the tall reeds.


    Unfortunately, the big horn knocked for a while, but there was no movement in the reeds.


    "Will those colorful ducks not be here anymore?"


    A tourist sat on the ground in frustration, apparently no longer holding out much hope for those colorful ducks flying back by themselves.


    "One more... knock for a while..."


    Dajiao didn''t want to give up, so he continued to knock hard.


    When he almost gave up any hope, suddenly, a plump multicolored duck flew out from the reeds, flapping its wings.

 Chapter 88： glowing mushroom

    The farming industry of the Teng tribe started again, Dajiao was in high spirits, and began to cultivate a large number of worms, and then used these worms, plus wild vegetables, aquatic plants, small shrimps, crabs and snails to feed chickens and ducks.


    Under Jiang Xuan''s instructions, the hunting team brought back many animals such as bamboo rats, gray-haired rabbits, and bighorn sheep, and let Bighorn continue to domesticate them.


    To this end, the breeding areas of the Veng tribe have built many pens with sturdy wood to tame those animals that are relatively large and do not dig burrows.


    In the future, Jiang Xuan also intends to breed larger mammals such as wild boars and bison. If he can successfully domesticate them, Jiang Xuan will consider getting the Quyuan plow out and using cattle to plough the fields.


    Compared with manpower digging, the speed of cows turning over the ground is many times faster, not to mention that the cows in this world are large and powerful enough.


    After only a month, the entire Vine tribe became orderly again.


    The houses were all built, the totem poles were erected again, and after the cauldron was fired, it was placed on the altar again.


    Even the rhythmic pounding sound of the hydraulic device deep in the bamboo forest was restored.


    During this period, several babies were added to the tribe, which made the tribe more dynamic.


    Jiang Xuan specially asked people to add nutritious food to these mothers, and also sent some soft animal skins and other daily necessities, and allowed them to cultivate for a period of time, so that they could raise their children with peace of mind.


    The days seemed to have returned to peace, and everyone performed their own duties and worked together for the growth of the tribe.


    However, it is clear to all that the calm now is just the calm before the storm.


    There must be a battle between the Vine Tribe and the Mosquito Tribe, and this battle is coming soon.


    If you rely on the current soldier, there is no chance of winning against the Mosquito tribe.


    But after seeing the scene of Shenteng''s tribulation, the people of the Vine tribe are very confident in the victory of this war.


    June tenth.


    Jiang Xuan called all the clansmen together to discuss the search for magical plants.


    "The Vine God has made a breakthrough, but it still takes a while to cultivate. We can''t just rely on the Vine God, we must try our best to improve our strength."


    "I decided to lead a hunting team to the Mountain Turtle Tribe to see if I could trade some more vigorous mushrooms or other mushrooms that could improve their strength."


    "At the same time, we will also try to find the fruits of some magical plants along the way."


    Jiang Xuan added: "This time, Wu will go with us."


    In fact, Jiang Xuan didn''t want Chi Shao to go with him if there was another way, because the leader and Wu left the tribe at the same time, and it was difficult for others to hold back those tourists.


    Once something happens to the tribe, it will be a catastrophe.


    Fortunately, the Vine Tribe still has Shen Teng, which is like a sea-fixing needle, so there is no need to worry about making a big mess.


    The reason why Chishao was asked to go together is because only Chishao knows enough magical plants. If Jiang Xuan brought people there by himself, he would probably miss the magical plants as well.


    Jiang Xuan ordered twelve warriors with the strongest fighting ability, and arranged the affairs in the tribe, and then began to prepare to go to the mountain turtle tribe to trade things.


    At this time, the animal bones and teeth left by the old witch came in great use. They were all very popular trading items for the tribesmen.


    After everything was ready, the next morning, Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao took twelve warriors, as well as some animal bones and teeth, and set foot on the road to the mountain turtle tribe.


    Jiang Xuan had never been to the Mountain Turtle Tribe, but he knew where the Mushroom Forest was.


    Given the importance the Mountain Turtle Tribe attaches to the Mushroom Forest, as long as the Mushroom Forest is found, the people of the Mountain Turtle Tribe should be found.


    "jijiji..."


    In the hot weather, the dense virgin jungle, all kinds of bugs hide on the branches or leaves and sing wildly.


    The Vine tribe has been walking in the jungle for most of the day.


    They have dark green totems painted on their faces, weapons in their hands, and they carefully observe their surroundings, guarding against possible dangers that may appear suddenly.


    Chishao asked Jiang Xuan, "How far is it from the mushroom forest?"


    Jiang Xuan replied, "I should be able to arrive before dark tomorrow."


    From the vine tribe to the mushroom forest, plus the overnight time, it takes about two days. If you go fast, the time can be shortened a little.


    "Then we''ll find a place later, ready to spend the night."


    It is dangerous to spend the night in the jungle, you must find a safe place in advance, you need to build shelter and make a fire.


    Without fire and shelter, it could easily be eaten as dinner by predators in the jungle.


    "What..."


    A group of bighorn sheep were eating grass in front of them, and a mountain leopard suddenly rushed out of the bushes next to it. It bit a bighorn sheep by the neck like lightning, and then dragged the bighorn sheep away.


    The flock fled, and the big horn sheep became the food of the mountain leopard.


    This mountain leopard is very fast and has a wide range of diets. Sometimes people are also their prey objects.


    Not long after Jiang Xuan and the others walked, they encountered another giant python entrenched in the tree. When they passed under the tree, the giant python tried to attack them, but Jiang Xuan discovered it in advance and beheaded it.


    The tough snake skin is peeled off and has many uses.


    The snake body was also cut into several pieces and brought to the place where they camped at night, where they could be roasted and eaten at night.


    Similar dangers are very common in the jungle. If you are not careful, you may lose your life.


    Because of this, in fact, the hunting teams of various tribes have a high casualty rate.


    The casualty rate of the hunting team of the Vine Tribe is relatively low, because the Vine Tribe has relatively abundant food, so they don''t have to work so hard.


    Before the sun went down, they found a large stone wall, built a temporary shelter on the stone wall, and raised a fire.


    At night, Jiang Xuan and others roasted the meat of the giant python.


    Jiang Xuan tore the snake meat and stuffed it into his mouth, and said to Chi Shao: "It''s really hard to find plants that can improve their strength. We''ve been walking for a day, and we haven''t encountered a single one."


    Chishao said: "That''s because people from all tribes need plants that can improve their strength. Once they encounter them, they tend to pick them up, and even dig up trees. Over time, these plants will become less and less. "


    Jiang Xuandao: "Then if you find a place where no one has been before, is it possible to get a lot of these plants?"


    Chi Shao was stunned for a moment and said, "Maybe, but such a place should be hard to find."


    The Southern Wilderness is very large, and the number of tribal people is actually not large, but it is impossible for the tribe to continue from generation to generation and migrate from generation to generation.


    A place that may be inaccessible now, but a few years, decades, hundreds of years ago, it may have been inhabited by many tribes.


    Nothing special happened that night.


    The next day, everyone continued on their way, and Chishao found some rare herbs on the way, which was an unexpected gain.


    Before dark, they finally arrived at the periphery of the magical mushroom forest.


    "Hey, it''s summer now, and there are still so many giant mushrooms?"


    When Jiang Xuan saw that the mushroom forest was almost unchanged from what he saw last time, he was very surprised.


    General mushroom life is very short, from growth to withering, some only a few days, some longer can reach one or two months.


    Unless it is a special mushroom such as wood ganoderma, the growth period will be longer.


    Obviously, the various giant mushrooms in this mushroom forest are also magical plants, and their growth cycle is not the same as ordinary mushrooms.


    Chi Shao said: "Since these mushrooms are still there, people from the Mountain Turtle Tribe should come here often, and we will negotiate with them when the time comes."


    "It''s getting dark now, let''s find a place to spend the night first."


    The group found a safer place outside the mushroom forest, built a shelter, and built a fire for the night.


    It was getting dark, and everyone was roasting meat and eating some plant tubers. Uncaria, who was in charge of sitting on the tree and sentry, suddenly exclaimed.


    Jiang Xuan immediately stood up and asked the tree, "Uncaria, what''s wrong with you?"


    Uncaria''s voice was a little excited: "Boss, come and see."


    "Look at what?"


    "Mushrooms, mushrooms that glow!"


    Hearing the words of Uncaria, Jiang Xuan immediately climbed the tree and looked towards the mushroom forest.


    Seeing this, he was so shocked that he was speechless.


    I saw that in the huge mushroom forest, there are many mushrooms that emit faint fluorescence as night falls, just like night lights.


    These glowing mushrooms are red, green, and blue, and the whole mushroom forest shimmers with colorful light, which is unbelievable.


    "Actually...there really are mushrooms that emit light!"


    "beautiful!"


    The admiration of Jiang Xuan and Uncaria made the others unable to bear it.


    They all climbed the nearby trees, and then they all saw this shocking scene.


    Jiang Xuan is okay, after all, he has seen too many night scenes in his previous life, and he just feels novel and beautiful about these glowing mushrooms.


    But for those tribesmen who have never seen electric lights and rarely see other lights except fire and moonlight at night, this kind of glowing mushroom has a very strong visual impact.


    Including Chi Shao, many people are crazy.


    But Jiang Xuan wondered, if this glowing mushroom can exist for a long time and can be transplanted, then can it be used as a light bulb at night?


    Of course, these mushrooms emit relatively weak fluorescence, and it is not realistic to rely on a few mushrooms to light up the house.


    But even so, it would be a pleasure to have some glowing mushrooms in the tribe.


    At this time, in the mushroom forest, more than 100 warriors from the mountain turtle tribe were bringing two giant mountain turtles to collect a very precious mushroom with the help of the light emitted by these mushrooms.


    This mushroom, named Yeming Mushroom, will have the ability to see things at night like a nocturnal animal after eating it.


    Having night vision is really important to the tribesmen.


    Because tribal people often spend the night in the jungle, but because they cannot see in the dark, they can only use fires to prevent wild beasts from attacking, but they cannot hunt at night.


    In fact, the world in which Jiang Xuan lived in his previous life was only after the appearance of portable lighting devices that people could go out at night.


    Night mushrooms are more difficult to identify during the day, but they emit a special light at night. Therefore, the people of these mountain turtle tribes will find and collect night mushrooms at night.


    "There''s one over there!"


    The warriors of the Mountain Turtle Tribe saw a night mushroom and ran over excitedly.


    "Let me pick it up."


    The leader of the mountain turtle tribe, Shan Jia, still wearing a set of heavy tortoise shells, walked to the spot where he found the luminous mushroom, and then carefully reached out and picked it off.


    This is an ordinary-looking mushroom, only the size of a palm. If it is during the day, similar mushrooms are almost everywhere in the mushroom forest.


    But in the dark, this luminous mushroom emits a faint green light as a whole, which is very beautiful.


    Shan Jia put the Yeming Mushroom carefully into the animal skin bag, and said happily, "Continue to look for it!"


    That night, the people of the Vine tribe watched the night scene of mushrooms in the middle of the night outside the mushroom forest, and the people of the mountain turtle tribe also found the night mushrooms in the mushroom forest in the middle of the night.


    There are gains for both sides.


    The next day, when the morning sun slowly rose, the glowing mushrooms in the mushroom forest gradually dimmed and became indistinguishable from other mushrooms.


    If you don''t see it with your own eyes and experience it yourself, many people may not believe that there is such a glowing mushroom in the forest.


    The next day, Jiang Xuan just woke up and was sitting by the fire, roasting some plant tubers to eat, when the soldier in charge of guarding the tree suddenly shouted.


    "Boss, a group of people came out of the mushroom forest, and they also brought two big mountain turtles!"


    Jiang Xuan''s spirit was shocked, and he said: "It must be someone from the Mountain Turtle Tribe, go and have a look."


    Jiang Xuan quickly put the food in his hand into his mouth and swallowed it, then called Chishao and other soldiers, and hurriedly walked to the place where the mountain turtle tribe came out.


    The soldier in charge of the sentry also quickly climbed down from the tree. He used a tool to quickly dig the soil, cover the fire, and ensure that the fire was extinguished, and then hurriedly followed.


    Outside the Mushroom Forest, the warriors of the Mountain Turtle Tribe came out one after another, with relaxed smiles on their faces, obviously they had a good harvest last night.


    The leader of the mountain turtle tribe and the leader of the hunting team talked and laughed along the way, discussing how much the mushrooms harvested this time could increase the strength of the tribe warriors, and how much can be exchanged for some mushrooms.


    Just then, there was a sudden sound of footsteps in the woods.


    "someone is coming!"


    The people of the mountain turtle tribe immediately became nervous, and the mountain armor directed everyone to quickly take advantage of the favorable terrain and two huge mountain turtles to prepare to defend against the enemy.


    "Friends of the Mountain Turtle Tribe, don''t be nervous, we are from the Vine Tribe, and we have helped you fight against the Mosquito Tribe before!"


    Jiang Xuan began to shout from a distance, so as not to be attacked by the people of the Mountain Turtle Tribe and cause unnecessary misunderstanding.


    "Vine tribe?"


    Shan Jia thought about it for a while, and felt a little familiar, but not very impressed.


    It was not until Jiang Xuan and the others appeared from the forest, when Shan Jia saw the totem pattern on Jiang Xuan''s face that he finally remembered.


    Totem patterns are easier to remember than names.


    "It turned out to be a friend of the Vine tribe, why did you come here?"


    Although Shan Jia remembered about the Vine tribe, he still did not relax his vigilance, because the mountain tortoise and the Vine tribe only met once, who knows what purpose the other party has.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Leader of the mountain armor, we made a special trip to find the mountain turtle tribe to do business, but we couldn''t find where your tribe is, so we had to try our luck here.


    Jiang Xuan waved his hand and asked the Vine tribe warrior to show the animal bones and teeth that were going to be traded.


    "Leader of the mountain armor, you see, we came here to do the deal with sincerity, and we have absolutely no bad intentions."


    Shan Jia saw those animal teeth and bones, and immediately believed Jiang Xuan''s words by five or six points.


    He also saw that there were only fourteen people on the Veng tribe''s side, and their strength was not strong, while the Shanjia tribe had more than one hundred warriors, occupying an absolute advantage, and his nervousness finally calmed down a little.

 Chapter 89： Mountain Turtle Tribe

    "Boss Xuan, if you want to make a deal, it is the right one to find our Mountain Turtle Tribe."


    The mountain turtle raised his chest and said proudly: "Our mountain turtle tribe has a lot of goods, and the tribes near the Great Swamp like to trade with our mountain turtle tribe."


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "It is precisely because I know the power of the Mountain Turtle Tribe that I have come all the way to find you."


    When Shan Jia heard this sentence, he was very useful. The two walked to the Shan Gui tribe talking and laughing, and Chi Shao also followed, but didn''t speak much.


    The warriors of the Vine tribe and the mountain turtle tribe, as well as the two big mountain turtles, followed behind.


    After half a day, Jiang Xuan followed Shan Jia to the Great Swamp.


    This is a vast swamp, a wetland rich in materials, in which countless aquatic plants and animals live.


    There are all kinds of fish and water animals in the water, and all kinds of birds and beasts, insects and snakes on the trees. This is a very ideal place for tribal people to live.


    "In front of us is our mountain turtle tribe."


    After seeing the big swamp, the mountain gill''s mood was obviously better, and the warriors of the mountain turtle tribe also relaxed a little.


    After walking for a while, there were indeed continuous buildings in front of them, no less than a hundred rooms large and small, with smoke curling from the cooking.


    Around these buildings, there are also fence-like fences made of stone and wood, which enclose all the buildings.


    This is the mountain turtle tribe, they live on a high ground next to the Great Swamp.


    Outside the mountain turtle tribe, huge mountain turtles can be seen everywhere, some sunbathe on land, some enter the swamp to hunt for food, and some walk around leisurely and slowly...


    In the tribe, many people of the Mountain Turtle tribe are also busy. Some people are dealing with prey, some people are drying their fur, weaving ropes, and grinding various weapons.


    There are still children chasing and joking in the open space. Occasionally, a child climbs on the back of the big mountain tortoise. The mountain tortoise is not angry and carries them slowly forward.


    What a mountain turtle tribe!


    Jiang Xuan looked at the vibrant mountain turtle tribe and felt a little envious.


    The warriors of the Fuji tribe were also talking in a low voice, with envy in their eyes.


    The warriors of the Mountain Turtle Tribe all laughed, with proud expressions on their faces, and their waists were all straight.


    The tribe is strong, and it is a lucky thing for all members of the tribe, and it is not easy to be bullied when walking outside.


    When Shan Jia and others walked to the gate of the tribe, the warriors in charge of guarding and some nearby mountain turtle tribesmen came to greet them.


    "The leader is back!"


    "Is the gain big?"


    ¡­


    They asked in a lot of tongues, and the mountain garrison and those mountain turtle tribe warriors responded with a smile, and they were in a good mood.


    Soon, the people of the Mountain Turtle Tribe noticed Jiang Xuan and others.


    The guard warrior asked: "Leader, which tribe are these people from?"


    Shan Jia replied: "They are from the Vine tribe, who came here specifically to do business."


    "So it is."


    The people of the Mountain Turtle Tribe have never heard of the Vine Tribe, but it does not hinder their enthusiasm, because any tribe that comes to trade can always bring them a lot of good things.


    "Boss Xuan, witch of the Veng tribe, please come inside."


    Shan Jia led Jiang Xuan and others into the Shan Gui tribe, took them to a large house in the center of the tribe to rest, and took out some food to entertain them.


    Not long after, the witch from the Shangui tribe heard that the witch from the Teng tribe had arrived, and came out to receive the red peony in person, and discussed some knowledge about herbal medicine with the red peony.


    The witch of the mountain turtle tribe is an old man with white hair and beard. He looks thin and has a hunchback. He walks slowly, like an old mountain turtle.


    He and Chi Shao are both witches, and they are not in a hostile relationship. Chi Shao has a relatively rich knowledge of herbal medicine, and the two talk very happily.


    It is only natural that witches talk to witches, leaders talk to leaders, and common warriors talk to common warriors.


    "Boss Xuan, come, try our mushroom skewers, it''s not easy to eat in other places."


    Shan Jia took two freshly grilled mushroom skewers, sat next to Jiang Xuan, handed one to Jiang Xuan, and the other to eat by himself.


    "Then I have to try it."


    Jiang Xuan took the mushroom skewer, and he found that this type of skewer was very peculiar. It cut the meat and mushrooms into chunks, and then stacked a mushroom and a piece of meat like this, and finally skewered it into a large skewer and grilled it.


    Jiang Xuan has eaten barbecued meat, and he has also eaten grilled mushrooms, but he has never eaten mushrooms and meat together.


    Jiang Xuan first took a tentative bite, and the aroma of barbecue and the umami of mushrooms bloomed on the tip of the tongue at the same time, bringing a wonderful taste experience.


    "good to eat!"


    Jiang Xuan praised him sincerely.


    "Hahaha, I knew that Chief Xuan would like it."


    Shan Jia approached Jiang Xuan and whispered mysteriously, "Because I also sprinkled salt on the skewers."


    Shan Jia gave Jiang Xuan a "you know" look.


    "It turns out that it is so, no wonder it is so delicious."


    Jiang Xuan nodded, and the two smiled at each other.


    For the people of the small tribes, salt is definitely a very precious thing, because they have too few channels to obtain it.


    Small tribes often have to pay a high price to trade some salt from medium tribes or large tribes.


    In order to save salt, the people of the small tribes usually rely on drinking animal blood to obtain salt. For example, adding salt to barbecued meat and taking it out to entertain people is already considered a luxury, and it also has elements to show off.


    Of course, if Yamagata knew that the Fuji tribe had an endless supply of salt, he probably wouldn''t think about showing off.


    The two of them didn''t talk about anything anymore, and concentrated on eating.


    The two of them ate quickly, and the mushroom skewers soon only had two sticks left.


    Unfinished, the mountain gills brought a few more skewers over and feasted with Jiang Xuan, but this time there was no salt added, and the taste was a lot worse.


    After he was full, Shan Jia wiped his mouth and sighed, "It''s so delicious, no matter how many times I eat it, I feel like I can''t eat enough."


    Jiang Xuan agreed: "It''s really delicious."


    Mushrooms, for many tribesmen, are actually not ideal food because many mushrooms are poisonous.


    Many people lost their lives because of eating poisonous mushrooms. Over time, everyone is a little afraid of this delicious food.


    Even Jiang Xuan, when leading the Veng tribe warriors to find food, seldom collects mushrooms, unless they come across familiar and non-toxic varieties.


    Only people like the mountain turtle tribe who have been dealing with mushroom forests for a long time and know all kinds of mushrooms will pick up a lot of mushrooms and eat them.


    After eating and drinking, I finally started talking about business.


    Shan Jia asked: "Boss Xuan, I don''t know what you want to trade with us this time?"


    Jiang Xuandao: "We want to trade some mushrooms that can increase our strength after eating. For example, the vigorous mushrooms you sent last time are very good."


    There was a bright smile on Shan Jia''s face, because most of the tribes who went to Shan Gui tribe to do business wanted similar things to Jiang Xuan.


    And the Dali Mushrooms that I gave to Jiang Xuan and the others last time were both a thank-you gift and equivalent to a trial product. After using it well, I''m afraid you won''t come to the Mountain Turtle Tribe to do business?


    The mountain gecko looks big and three thick, and wears huge tortoise shells every day. It looks quite funny, but in fact he is very smart, even a little cunning.


    Shan Jia said: "It''s a coincidence, this time we went to the mushroom forest and picked a lot of vigorous mushrooms, all of which were fresh."


    Jiang Xuan said again: "Apart from the vigorous mushroom, are there any other mushrooms that can increase strength?"


    There are many kinds of mushrooms in the mushroom forest. Jiang Xuan guessed that there must be more than one kind of mushrooms that can increase their strength, so he asked directly.


    Yamagata smiled even brighter.


    "Of course, in addition to the vigorous mushrooms that can increase strength, there are also swift mushrooms that can increase speed, big ear mushrooms that can enhance hearing, and eagle eye mushrooms that can enhance vision..."


    After listening to Shan Jia''s introduction, Jiang Xuan only felt that it was an eye-opener.


    He has long known that there are many magical plants in this world, and after eating them, they can enhance people''s abilities in all aspects.


    But he never thought that there are so many kinds of mushrooms that can enhance people''s strength.


    However, Jiang Xuan soon discovered something was wrong.


    If the Mountain Turtle Tribe really has so many mushrooms that can enhance their strength, isn''t everyone in their tribe able to become very powerful?


    Then why is the Mountain Turtle Tribe still a small tribe, and even the Mosquito Tribe dares to ambush them?


    "Leader of the mountain armor, if someone can open up and eat all the mushrooms you mentioned, how many warriors can they become?"


    Shan Jia''s expression was stagnant, he hesitated for a while, and said, "Three colors."


    "Three colors?" Jiang Xuan was stunned, can he only reach the highest three colors when he eats it open?


    Shan Jia said: "If you are lucky and can pick some rare mushrooms, you should have a chance to break through to the four-color warrior."


    Jiang Xuan noticed that Shan Jia was a four-color warrior, but apart from him, Jiang Xuan did not see other four-color warriors in the mountain turtle tribe.


    In other words, it is obviously not as simple as Jiang Xuan thought to break through by eating mushrooms.


    "Why is this?" Jiang Xuan asked.


    "Because of all mushrooms, the first time you eat them, the effect is the best. After you eat them once, if you eat them again, the effect will not be so good."


    What Shan Jia said was vague. In fact, after eating the same type of mushroom three times in a row, his strength would not be improved in any way.


    Moreover, although there are many types of mushrooms in the mushroom forest, the effect of enhancing their strength is not as great as imagined.


    Isshiki warriors have the best effect on eating these mushrooms. The higher their strength, the less effective they can be.


    Otherwise, the Mountain Turtle Tribe guarded a mushroom forest and would have created a large number of powerful warriors.


    Even so, the mushrooms of the mountain turtle tribe are of high value, and many tribes coveted it, and the conspiracy did not happen once or twice.


    Because these mushrooms can create a group of relatively strong low-level warriors, which is still very attractive to those small tribes.


    "So it is."


    To be honest, Jiang Xuan was a little disappointed in his heart, but he felt that this was more common sense.


    If you just eat some magical plants, you will be invincible, that''s outrageous.


    Even so, Jiang Xuan still intends to trade some magical mushrooms back, because the Vine tribe is too weak, even if these mushrooms can only create some low-level warriors, it is very good.


    After the two discussed it for a while, Shan Jia asked someone to take out some of the mushrooms collected yesterday, while Jiang Xuan took out the animal bones and teeth, and the two sides officially started trading.


    "This is Vigorous Mushroom. You have eaten it. I don''t need to say more about the effect."


    "Three Vigorous Mushrooms, what do you think about the scapula of this beast?"


    The mountain armor picked up a shoulder blade of a beast, about half a meter long, very thick, this thing is a good material!


    "No, no, leader of the mountain armor, this is the shoulder blade of a beast, not an ordinary beast. In order to hunt this beast, our tribe has teamed up with several warriors."


    Jiang Xuan waved his hands again and again, and the performance was very real, as if the Vine tribe had indeed paid a great price for this thing.


    In fact, this scapula was just one piece of the large pile of animal bones left by the old witch, and the Vine tribe didn''t put much effort into it.


    The mountain armor turned this shoulder blade over and over, and felt that it was indeed a good material, and it was quite rare, so he gritted his teeth and said, "Four strong mushrooms, what do you think about the leader of Xuan?"


    "Six strong mushrooms, the leader of the mountain armor, it''s not easy for us to run so far..."


    "No, no, six vigorous mushrooms are too many."


    "Then five, it can''t be less." Jiang Xuan was very determined.


    "Okay, five is five."


    "make a deal."


    The mountain armor got the scapula of the beast, and Jiang Xuan got five vigorous mushrooms. Both parties were quite satisfied with the deal.


    Then, the two sides fought each other again, and completed several transactions.


    The mountain turtle tribe got some animal teeth and bones, and the vine tribe got several mushrooms that could enhance their strength.


    In the end, the mountain armor stared at a huge animal horn, which was the most valuable thing among the goods that Jiang Xuan brought.


    This is the horn of a unicorn, as big as a bowl and nearly half a meter long, which is very rare.


    Beast horns, for tribal people, are more materials than animal teeth.


    Because animal horns are generally larger, they are easier to polish and shape than animal teeth, and are very suitable for polishing into various tools or weapons.


    In addition, many tribal people also like to use animal horns as decorations.


    The ornaments made of rare animal horns represent powerful strength, and hanging on the body can often arouse the envy and admiration of tribal people.


    Shan Jia said: "Boss Xuan, what do you want to trade for this animal horn?"


    Jiang Xuandao: "This is the horn of a unicorn, and it''s so perfect. I definitely won''t replace ordinary mushrooms. Do you have any rare mushrooms that you have collected?"


    Shan Jia hesitated for a moment and said, "There is a rare mushroom that I just picked up, but the quantity is very small."


    "What mushroom?"


    "Night Mushroom!"


    "What does this mushroom do?"


    "Eat it can make people see things clearly at night."


    After listening to Shan Jia''s words, Jiang Xuan was obviously stunned, because he never thought that he would encounter such good things in the Shan Gui tribe.


    "Where is this night mushroom? Can I take a look?"


    Shan Jia said: "Yeming mushroom can''t see the light, you come with me."


    With excitement, Jiang Xuan followed Shan Jia to see Yeming Mushroom. He was curious whether it was as magical as Shan Jia said.


    Soon, Jiang Xuan was taken into the back room. This room had no windows, and there were no gaps between the walls and the roof. After closing the door, it was pitch black.


    "Boss Xuan, look."


    Golind took out an animal skin bag from the corner of the room and opened it.


    A faint green fluorescent light emitted from the animal skin bag, and Jiang Xuan saw the magical luminous mushroom with his own eyes.


    It''s about the size of a palm, it''s translucent, and it''s so pretty that it doesn''t look like it''s meant to be eaten.


    After showing Jiang Xuan, the mountain armor immediately closed the animal skin bag, fastened the bag, and took Jiang Xuan outside.


    "Boss Xuan, you have also seen that there are three Yeming Mushrooms in the animal skin bag. We finally picked it up at UU Kanshu . I will take out at most one Yeming Mushroom to trade unicorns with you. horn."


    This time, Shan Jia was very determined, and there was no room for Jiang Xuan to bargain, because Yeming Mushroom was indeed very precious.


    If it weren''t for the unicorn''s horn, he wouldn''t take out the luminous mushroom for trading.


    Jiang Xuan weighed it in his heart. If it is true as the Mountain Turtle Tribe said, this mushroom can gain night vision ability after eating it, then for him, this transaction is definitely not a loss.


    Jiang Xuan reconfirmed: "After eating this kind of mushroom, you must be able to see clearly at night?"


    Shan Jia said: "Of course."


    "Isn''t there any harm in eating it?"


    "No, many people in our tribe eat night mushrooms."


    "Okay, let''s exchange that unicorn''s horn for a night mushroom!"


    Jiang Xuan made a decisive decision and completed the last transaction with Shan Jia. He expected that this magical mushroom would bring him the ability of night vision.

 Chapter 90： big swamp at night

    After the transaction was completed, Jiang Xuan immediately ate the night mushroom, because Shan Jia reminded him that the fresher the night mushroom, the better the effect.


    First, he tentatively tore a bit and put it in his mouth, but didn''t swallow it, to see if there would be a poisoning reaction, or other abnormalities.


    At any time, it is always right to be cautious.


    Although Jiang Xuan felt that all the things that should be traded were finished, the Mountain Turtle Tribe had no motive to poison him, but he still habitually tried to see if there was any poison.


    After a long while, Jiang Xuan did not find any abnormality, so he ate the whole Yeming Mushroom.


    In addition to glowing, Ye Ming Mushroom looks very ordinary, but the taste is really good, giving Jiang Xuan a feeling of eating crab meat, it is very fresh and has a sweet taste.


    "It''s a pity, it''s a little bit less."


    Jiang Xuan smacked his lips, feeling a little unfulfilled.


    Although the taste was good, after eating the night bright mushroom, Jiang Xuan''s body did not show any obvious changes, which made him a little uneasy.


    Wouldn''t the Mountain Turtle Tribe be a trickster?


    With this question in mind, he asked Yamagata.


    Shan Jia said with a smile, "Don''t worry, Chief Xuan, you have to digest it after eating, right?"


    "That''s right, I''m too impatient."


    Jiang Xuan smiled embarrassedly, only the tiger-wolf medicine can get immediate results after taking it.


    Because they were traveling during the day and trading, it was getting late at this time, and the Vine tribe was not familiar with the Great Swamp, so Jiang Xuan and the others decided to stay in the Mountain Turtle Tribe for one night.


    The Mountain Turtle Tribe is more enthusiastic about its customers, and the Mountain Tortoise is happy to let them stay overnight.


    Moreover, the Mountain Turtle Tribe is not afraid of people from outside tribes taking the opportunity to make small moves, because they have a living totem god!


    It was an old mountain tortoise as big as a hill. I don''t know how many years it lived, and it killed all the totem gods of the nearby tribes.


    If it weren''t for the existence of this old mountain tortoise, the turtle tribe would not have been able to live so well.


    After night fell, Jiang Xuan finally felt that his eyes were different from usual.


    If it was before, after nightfall, Jiang Xuan basically depended on moonlight and firelight to see things clearly.


    But now it''s different. He was surprised to find that he can see things clearly in the dark without the help of fire and moonlight!


    If someone stared at his eyes at this time, they would find that there was a strange transparent film on his eyes, and his pupils were much larger than during the day.


    "Yeming Mushroom is really useful!"


    Jiang Xuan was a little excited, because it was very important to acquire night vision ability, which meant that he would have the ability to act at night in the future.


    Jiang Xuan decided that in the future, he would find a way to trade some luminous mushrooms with the Mountain Turtle Tribe. It would be better to make the warriors of the Vine Tribe have night vision ability.


    At night, Shanjia found Jiang Xuan again, and asked with a smile, "Boss Xuan, what is the effect of eating Yeming Mushroom?"


    Jiang Xuan praised: "It really is a good thing!"


    "Of course, otherwise how could I ask you for a unicorn horn?"


    Shan Jia said again, "Boss Xuan, are you interested in going hunting with us in the Great Swamp tonight?"


    "tonight?"


    "Yes, it''s tonight."


    "Will it be too dangerous?"


    Jiang Xuan was a little hesitant. After all, this is an unfamiliar environment, and night is the time when all kinds of predators are most active.


    Shan Jia smiled and said, "It''s fine, we''ll ride a mountain turtle, and we won''t go deep into the big swamp."


    The reason why Shan Jia came to invite Jiang Xuan was because he felt that the two of them had quite the right temper. He regarded Jiang Xuan as a friend, but he had no other intentions.


    Jiang Xuan thought for a while, and said, "Okay, it''s better to go to learn more. Then, please take care of the leader of the mountain armor."


    Shan Jia happily patted Jiang Xuan''s shoulder and said, "Haha, no problem, pack up, we''ll set off in a while, trust me, the Great Swamp at night won''t let you down."


    After Shan Jia left, Jiang Xuan, Chi Shao and others talked about going out hunting.


    Chi Shao seemed very calm about this, she only said: "Follow the leader of the mountain armor."


    It''s not that Chi Shao doesn''t care about Jiang Xuan''s safety. In fact, she cares more than anyone else, but she has already felt the existence of the totem **** of the mountain turtle tribe.


    As long as they don''t stay away from the mountain turtle tribe, they won''t encounter much danger.


    Uncaria and others wanted to follow, but they didn''t have night vision, and it was too dangerous to go out at night, so they had no choice but to give up.


    Jiang Xuan brought his weapons and some personal belongings, touched the spider silk clothes on his body, and strode outside.


    At the gate of the Mountain Turtle Tribe, Shan Jia and others are ready.


    When he went to the mushroom forest, Shanjia brought more than 100 warriors, but this night hunting, he only brought more than 20 people.


    In addition to the warriors, there are also five huge mountain tortoises, these turtles are the guarantee for hunting at night.


    In terms of knowledge of the Great Swamp and sensitivity to danger, no one can compare to these mountain turtles.


    After Jiang Xuan arrived, Shan Jia shouted, "Let''s go!"


    More than 20 people and five giant tortoises immediately left the tribe and walked to the big swamp outside.


    The Mountain Turtle Tribe was on the edge of the big swamp. After leaving the tribe, they saw the big swamp sparkling in the moonlight after a short walk.


    Shan Jia first climbed onto the back of the largest mountain tortoise, and then said to Jiang Xuan, "Boss Xuan, come up."


    Jiang Xuan climbed onto the back of the big mountain tortoise according to his words.


    The tortoise shells on the back of the mountain turtles are not very flat, and each piece of tortoise shell has some edges and corners, but because these mountain turtles are so big, people sitting on them will not feel uncomfortable.


    The others also climbed onto the backs of the five mountain tortoises, each of which carried four or five people.


    "Crash..."


    Five big mountain tortoises entered the water one after another and carried everyone into the mysterious big swamp.


    Jiang Xuan looked at the big mountain tortoises swimming freely in the water, and his eyes were a little surprised. He thought that these mountain tortoises usually lived on land and could not swim.


    In the big swamp, there are tall reeds and various aquatic plants. Many places look like land, but in fact, they are just large gatherings of aquatic plants floating in the water.


    If someone steps on it, it is likely to fall into the water and be swallowed by the swamp.


    "jijiji..."


    "Quack... quack..."


    All kinds of bugs and frogs are constantly chirping, and from time to time some strange bird calls and animal roars can be heard.


    Jiang Xuan sat on the back of a mountain tortoise, blowing the night wind, looking at the surrounding scenery with the help of night vision, listening to all kinds of movements, feeling very fresh.


    Shan Jia said proudly: "The people who came out this time all ate night mushrooms. We can hunt without lighting a torch."


    Jiang Xuandao: "These warriors are so lucky."


    "Hahaha, being a warrior of the Mountain Turtle Tribe is indeed a lucky thing."


    Shan Jia looked at the spider silk clothes on Jiang Xuan''s body again, and couldn''t help asking, "Boss Xuan, what kind of clothes are you wearing? Why have I never seen them before?"


    Jiang Xuan didn''t hide it: "This is the spider silk clothing of the spider tribe. We traded it from the black tooth tribe at a great cost."


    "It turned out to be so."


    Mountain Jia nodded, he obviously knew about the Black Teeth tribe.


    "I still like to wear tortoise shells. It''s safe. This spider silk coat is too thin."


    Shan Jia patted the thick tortoise shell on his body. With this tortoise shell, he felt very secure.


    While chatting in a low voice, the two searched for their prey around them.


    The mountain turtle tribe is also good at fishing. After all, they have a living "boat" like the mountain turtle, which can move freely in the water.


    But they only use spears and harpoon-like weapons to stab some big fish from the water.


    But they don''t know how to set up fish cages, catch traps, or weave fishing nets.


    Not long after, the mountain beetle discovered a hunting target, which was a large aquatic beast, feeding in a dense clump of aquatic plants.


    Jiang Xuan observed it from a distance for a while, and found that this water beast looks a bit like an otter, but it has two large tusks like a walrus, which is very strange.


    Shan Jia waved his hand, and the other four giant tortoises swam around, and then surrounded the water and grass from a distance.


    Obviously, they have cooperated countless times for such actions, and they have long had a tacit understanding.


    Because they rode the mountain tortoise and didn''t light the torches, they were well concealed, and the water beast didn''t find them.


    Shan Jia said to Jiang Xuan in a very low voice: "This kind of water beast, our mountain turtle tribe calls them water wolves. They are very fierce and cunning. If you are not careful, they will escape."


    "Their pair of big teeth is a good thing. They can be used to make dental knives. The oil in their stomach is also a good thing. For burns and scalds, rub a little water wolf''s oil and they will recover quickly."


    "Their fur is also a good material for making animal skins. It''s soft and warm, and everyone likes it."


    After Jiang Xuan heard this, he could only sigh that the tribesmen really used every part of their prey to the extreme.


    This kind of water wolf can be said to be full of treasures. If it were in the world of Jiang Xuan''s previous life, it would not be long before they would be captured and become extinct.


    However, in this primitive world, the territory occupied by humans is not large, and the number of various animals is extremely large.


    Moreover, the tribesmen have their own set of rules for hunting. They usually do not catch cubs and females with cubs, which avoids the pond for fishing.


    Soon, five large mountain tortoises and more than 20 warriors quietly surrounded the dense grass.


    "Ugh..."


    After everything was ready, the mountain garrison stood up, made a strange whistling sound from his mouth, raised a short spear, and threw it decisively at the water wolf.


    That whistling is a signal.


    Almost at the same time, the warriors of the other mountain turtle tribes also threw short spears at the water wolf, and more than 20 short spears almost blocked all the escape routes of the water wolf.


    "Ow..."


    The water wolf let out a scream, and was instantly stabbed by several short spears.


    It struggled to escape into the water, but the huge mountain tortoise had already swam to the water grass, and it could no longer escape.


    It didn''t take long for the water wolf to become the trophy of the mountain turtle tribe, and was carried by the mountain turtle where the mountain turtle and Jiang Xuan were.


    Then, they caught quite a few strange swamp creatures, some were fish, some were giant frogs, some were water beasts, and even snakes.


    It was not until midnight that they returned to the Mountain Turtle Tribe with various spoils.


    This trip was quite rewarding, and Jiang Xuan also opened his eyes and gained some understanding of the things in the Great Swamp.


    As a hunting entourage, Jiang Xuan got a giant frog the size of a grinding plate. According to Shan Jia, the meat of this giant frog is very delicious, and it is a rare good thing.


    After Jiang Xuan returned to the Mountain Turtle Tribe, he immediately washed and peeled the giant frog, then roasted the whole frog on the fire, and then distributed it to the Veng Tribe to eat.


    Jiang Xuan tore off a frog''s leg. After taking a bite, his eyes lit up: "It''s really delicious!"


    The flesh of this giant frog is very tender and has crisp bones, which tastes quite good.


    Chi Shao and others were also full of praise for the flesh quality of giant frogs, and they even wanted to hunt a few to eat them.


    Of course, they can only think about it. After all, without the ability of night vision and the absence of giant mountain tortoises, it is almost impossible to hunt in the big swamp at night.


    The next day, everyone from the Vine tribe was ready to go back.


    After all, the leader and the witch left the tribe at the same time, so they couldn''t leave for too long.


    When parting, Shan Jia said to Jiang Xuan, "Boss Xuan, next time you come over, I will take you to hunt in the Great Swamp during the day, you will definitely like it."


    "Haha, Yamagata leader, I''m looking forward to it."


    Jiang Xuan hugged the Yamagata Bear, and then said, "Leader of the Yamagata, next time you are welcome to visit our Vine tribe, I will definitely entertain you warmly."


    Shan Jia said: "If you have a chance, you must go."


    "We''re leaving, see you next time!"


    Jiang Xuan waved his hand, and then left the Mountain Turtle Tribe with everyone from the Teng tribe and the various mushrooms harvested this time.


    Shan Jia watched Jiang Xuan go away and sighed: "This Xuan leader is not bad, but I don''t know what the Teng tribe is like, and I don''t know if there is a chance to see it."


    In this era when traffic basically depends on legs, the distance between tribes is a little farther, and it is basically a situation of old age and death.


    After the backs of Jiang Xuan and others disappeared, the members of the Shangui tribe also dispersed. The tribesmen were very busy and did not have so much time to think about parting.


    In the forest Jiang Xuan and others returned along the original road, resting for a night in the middle, they harvested some prey along the way, and returned to the Veng tribe safely in the evening of the second day.


    When they left, everyone living in the Vine tribe was uneasy, for fear that the leader and the witch would have an accident and their good days would come to an end.


    Fortunately, the leader and Wu returned smoothly, and it is said that they came back after trading a lot of good things from the Mountain Turtle Tribe.


    On June 16, the weather was already very hot, and mosquitoes were at their most frequent.


    At this time, the hunting team of the Mosquito Tribe came to the vicinity of the Vine Tribe again.


    In the mountains and forests, flower mosquitoes walked through a hunting party of hundreds of people, as well as a large group of bird-billed mosquitoes.


    The witches of the Mosquito tribe were very satisfied with the three large pottery cauldrons brought back from the Teng tribe, and the Mosquitoes also made great contributions because of this, and their power in the tribe also increased.


    "Boss, we''ve already gone to that small tribe twice, and every time we''ve come to nothing, why do we still go?"


    Hua Mo glared at the questioning soldier and said, "Why so much nonsense? I''ll go as soon as I say it."


    The soldier was obviously a little afraid of the flower mosquito, he shrank his neck when he heard the words, and did not dare to raise any further objections.


    In fact, Flower Mosquito is just unwilling to do so. If he misses out again this time, he will not come again.


    The soldiers of the Mosquito Tribe were walking quickly through the forest. The large group of bird-billed mosquitoes was right in front of them. There was a large area of ??darkness, and they flew unscrupulously. The humming of their wings could be heard from far away.


    When the front Mosquito Tribe warriors appeared outside the Vine Tribe again, they were surprised to find that the Vine Tribe actually came back!

 Chapter 91： war starts

    "Buzzing..."


    Above the Vine tribe, a large group of bird-billed mosquitoes approached in a terrifying manner.


    "The mosquito tribe is here!"


    The warrior responsible for guarding the tribe shouted, and the entire Vine tribe suddenly became chaotic.


    "Go back to the tribe!"


    In the field, Gan Song held the bone **** and shouted loudly.


    Tourists who were working ran back, panicked and stumbled.


    Those responsible for fishing, farming, and doing all kinds of work all ran in the direction of the bamboo house.


    Because they know that as long as they run into the bamboo house, they can go to the altar through the tunnel and seek the protection of the rattan god.


    Jiang Xuan, who was in the bamboo house, rushed out with a bone spear. When he saw the bird-billed mosquito in the sky, his expression changed suddenly.


    "Damn the mosquito tribe, it''s really haunted!"


    Jiang Xuan immediately instructed everyone to return to the bamboo house and entered the tunnel to escape.


    "It really came back..."


    On the other side, the flower mosquito saw that the people from the Vine tribe had returned, and immediately became excited, with a ferocious and bloodthirsty light in his eyes.


    The flower mosquito waved the bone knife and shouted: "Go on, give it to me, kill all the men, and arrest all the women!"


    "Woooooooo..."


    More than 100 Mosquito Tribe soldiers made strange noises and ran quickly towards the bamboo house of the Vine Tribe.


    More than 30 tourists who ran back from the river did not have time to run back to the bamboo house. When they saw that the warriors of the mosquito tribe had appeared, their faces suddenly turned pale.


    It was Nepeta who led these tourists, and he was responsible for taking them to fish by the river.


    "What to do? They will kill them in the past."


    "Why don''t we run away."


    ...


    The tourists did not dare to run further. They were far away from the bamboo house. It was much easier to turn around and escape than to return to the bamboo house.


    Jing Ji refused: "No, if we escape at this time, we will never be able to join the Vine tribe!"


    Nepeta is very clear that almost all tribes hate people who run away, because such people have no loyalty to the tribe and are not reliable at all.


    "Then we can''t go to die, right?" Some tourists questioned.


    Nepeta frowned, all kinds of thoughts flashed in his mind, and finally, he looked at the bamboo raft by the river, and said, "Go back to the river and push the bamboo raft into the water, if the Mosquito tribesmen come, you Just cross the river."


    The tourists nodded, then turned and ran to the river.


    However, Nepeta was holding the thorn wood mace and did not follow them.


    A tourist who was familiar with Nepeta turned back and shouted, "Let''s go!"


    Nepeta shook his head and said, "I am a warrior. When the tribe needs me, I cannot escape."


    "You go to the river, I''m going to fight!"


    After speaking, Jing Ji charged towards the bamboo house with his mace in his hand, with firm eyes and no turning back.


    Those tourists gritted their teeth, but in the end they did not dare to rush with Nepeta.


    Because Nepeta is a warrior, they are not, if they rush to die, it is more important to save their lives.


    Following Nepeta''s instructions, the tourists pushed the bamboo raft into the water, and then all climbed onto the bamboo raft. They inserted bamboo poles into the mud to prevent the bamboo raft from drifting away for the time being, and observed the battle situation on the rattan tribe''s side.


    If the Mosquito tribe rushes over, they will cross the river without hesitation.


    Among the rattan tribes, the Mosquito tribe warriors who rushed the fastest had come to the bamboo house and bumped into Jiang Xuan who was responding to the tribe.


    Jiang Xuan was about to rush up and stab him to death with a bone spear.


    Just at this moment, with the sound of "ßÝ", a feather arrow came out of the air and shot through the chest of the mosquito tribe warrior.


    The Mosquito Tribe warrior looked at the arrow that sank into his chest in amazement, and then fell to the ground with a bang.


    Jiang Xuan looked back and saw that Shi Loach had pulled out the second feather arrow and put it on the bowstring. His face was a little nervous, but his hands were not shaking at all.


    "Good job!"


    Jiang Xuan sighed in admiration, and then used the bone spear to make up for it, completely stabbing the mosquito tribe warrior to death.


    "Buzzing..."


    A large group of bird-billed mosquitoes rushed over, and they rushed towards Jiang Xuan and others with ferocious faces.


    "Kill these mosquitoes!"


    Jiang Xuan roared loudly, then waved his bone spear, or swiped or poked, desperately slaying these bird-billed mosquitoes.


    Uncaria, Nanxing, and some vine tribe warriors also joined the battle, fighting a large group of bird-billed mosquitoes and the mosquito tribe warriors who rushed over later.


    Deep in the bamboo forest, after Chi Shao heard the movement, she immediately rushed out with her weapon and fought side by side with Jiang Xuan and the others.


    "Calm down, calm down, absolutely don''t panic."


    Next to the bamboo house, Shi Loach forced himself to calm down completely. He quickly climbed to a big tree, took a favorable position, and then drew his bow and arrows, aiming at the most threatening Mosquito tribe warriors.


    "Whoa, whoa, whoa..."


    Shi Loach''s rate of fire is very fast. Every time he shoots an arrow, there must be someone in the mosquito tribe who is injured. This kind of archery talent is terrifying.


    However, there were too many bird-billed mosquitoes and warriors in the Mosquito Tribe. It didn''t take long for the Vine Tribe warriors to be injured. If it wasn''t for the support of Shi Loach''s divine arrow, I am afraid some of the warriors would have died.


    "Vine God save us!"


    After Chishao slashed to death a bird-billed mosquito that rushed up, she turned back and screamed at Shishan.


    If Shenteng didn''t make a move, they wouldn''t be able to hold it back at all, and they would be slaughtered by the Mosquito Tribe in a short time.


    Especially the flower mosquito has arrived. He is a three-color warrior. Once he joins the war, I am afraid that no one can stop him.


    "Buzz!"


    Above the stone mountain, a strong green light erupted from the vines, and all the terrifying vines floated up and grew rapidly.


    In fact, Shen Teng did not sense the arrival of the mosquito tribe, nor did he have to wait for someone to call for help.


    After Shenteng broke through, he encountered a thunder calamity. Although he survived it, he was relatively weak and had been in a state of semi-sleeping, slowly recovering.


    At this time, sensing that the Vine Tribe was in crisis, it finally fully awakened!


    "Clap clap clap!"


    Dozens of green vines extended from the stone mountain, frantically slamming the bird-billed mosquitoes, each vine was like a whip, and it pulled out a sonic boom.


    With every blow, more than one bird-billed mosquito flew or even exploded. The terrifying scene stunned the attacking Mosquito tribe fighters.


    "What... what''s going on?"


    "what is that?"


    The flower mosquito, who was about to rush over, saw this scene, and stopped his own footsteps abruptly. He looked at the huge ancient vine on the stone mountain, and said with a pale face: "The vine... the patron saint of the vine tribe, It was alive."


    He thought that he had used a stone axe to chop down the giant vine before, and his back was suddenly sweating.


    Different from the fright on the Mosquito tribe''s side, the warriors of the Vine tribe burst into cheers when they saw Shenteng''s attack.


    "Vine God will protect us!"


    "Come on!"


    "Kill all these **** mosquitoes!"


    More than a dozen warriors rushed towards the more numerous Mosquito tribes without fear.


    Nepeta was also among these warriors. At this time, he had a lot of blood on his body and suffered a lot of injuries, but he didn''t care, because he knew that his choice was right!


    "Whoosh whoosh..."


    At the same time, countless roots quietly emerged from the ground, and when the mosquito tribe warriors looked up at the vines in the air, they quietly wrapped around their feet and continued to wrap around them.


    By the time they realized something was wrong, it was too late to run.


    "what is this¡­¡­"


    A Mosquito tribe warrior screamed, and he struggled frantically, but it didn''t work at all.


    Because those roots have been plunged into his body, quickly absorbing the essence of his flesh and blood.


    Soon, more screams came, and even Jiang Xuan and the others who were rushing forward stopped, feeling their scalp tingling.

 Chapter 92： scary vine

    "Buzz!"


    Above the stone mountain, the huge divine vine erupted with a stronger green light, and in a very short period of time, the mosquito tribe warriors were sucked into skin and bones by it, until they died.


    "Whoosh whoosh..."


    Those green vines also stretched longer, and the large group of bird-billed mosquitoes, either being pumped to death, entangled, or stabbed to death, quickly became scattered.


    Bird-billed mosquitoes are not ordinary mosquitoes. They have certain wisdom, and they still know how to seek advantages and avoid disadvantages.


    The living bird-billed mosquitoes fled frantically. They fly very fast and can fly very far in the blink of an eye.


    The vines of Shenteng are also not vegetarian. Most of the bird-billed mosquitoes were killed by the vines that were chasing after them. Only the small number of bird-billed mosquitoes who were on the edge and the fastest ran away in a hurry.


    The bird-billed mosquitoes have all run away, and the already frightened Mosquito tribal warriors want to run even more.


    But their escape speed is far worse than that of the bird-billed mosquito. The roots of the **** vines emerge from the ground from time to time. Every time a mosquito tribe warrior is entangled, they will be sucked dry. There is no accident and they cannot escape.


    The leader of the hunting team, Hua Mosquito, ran the fastest. He was a three-color warrior, and he didn''t rush to the front. When he found out that God Vine was alive, he immediately left everyone and ran away.


    As a three-colored warrior, he has fought countless times, but never once has he been so terrified.


    Because he is facing a living tribal totem god, how to fight this?


    There is only one thought in the flower mosquito''s mind now, that is to leave here immediately and never come back.


    He even started to regret in his heart, why did he have to visit the Vine tribe again, if he didn''t come, then nothing would happen.


    Unfortunately, it is too late to regret it now.


    "Whoosh!"


    The flower mosquito was running, and the soil in front suddenly burst open, and a thick rhizome emerged from it, and then wrapped around his waist like lightning.


    "Ah! Go away!"


    Flower Mosquito hurriedly waved the bone knife to chop the rhizome, but with the terrifying power of his three-color warrior, he chopped on the rhizome of the divine vine, and he couldn''t even cut a small hole.


    The gap is simply too great.


    In the scream, the flower mosquito was gradually entangled and wrapped by the roots, and finally even the face could not be seen, and the scream became a whimper, and finally there was no sound.


    After a while, the roots retreated to the ground, the fur coat of the flower mosquito slipped off, and the bone knife fell to the ground, leaving only a skeleton in place.


    All the mosquito tribe warriors who invaded the vine tribe were either killed by Jiang Xuan and others, or were entangled by the roots of the vine, and none of them escaped, and all died here.


    Even their corpses were quietly entangled by the roots of the vine, and then sucked all the flesh and blood, leaving only a pile of bones.


    When the battle was over, Jiang Xuan finally breathed a sigh of relief when he looked at the bones all over the ground.


    Fortunately, the vine tribe is guarded by divine vines, otherwise, they would be the ones who died at this time.


    The tourists who were hiding in the cave came out, and the tourists by the river also came back. Everyone was glad that they escaped.


    Jiang Xuanxian asked for the seriously injured soldiers to be carried back, and Chishao treated them, while those who were slightly injured were treated by himself.


    Later, Jiang Xuan asked those tourists to collect the spoils.


    "Take all these animal skin coats, animal skin bags, and weapons back."


    The tourists got busy one after another. Looking at these bones, they were even more in awe of the terrifying divine vine.


    The materials and weapons left by more than 100 warriors are quite considerable. For the Vine tribe, this is a lot of wealth.


    Jiang Xuan picked up the bone knife of Hua Mosquito. He unexpectedly found that this bone knife was polished in one piece, and he didn''t know what animal bone was used, and the edge was very sharp.


    "good stuff."


    Jiang Xuan unceremoniously put away the bone knife and hung it on the animal skin belt around his waist.


    "Boss, what to do with these bones?"


    After collecting the spoils, a tourist respectfully asked Jiang Xuan.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Pile up the skulls in the most conspicuous part of Leiming Mountain, and bury the other bones."


    "okay."


    Those tourists immediately did the same, and moved more than a hundred human skulls to the Thunder Mountain in the south of the Vine Tribe, where they piled up a hill in the most conspicuous place.


    As for the other bones, many pits were dug and all were buried.


    The reason for creating a terrifying pile of skulls is not that Jiang Xuan is cruel, but to tell other people who come to the territory of the Vine Tribe that the Vine Tribe is not easy to bully.


    This is actually a kind of helpless move, because the Vine tribe is really weak at present, and can only rely on this method to deter other tribes.


    If the vine tribe is strong enough, there is no need to use these methods at all.


    Those really powerful tribes, even if they do nothing, have enough deterrent power.


    After cleaning the battlefield, Jiang Xuan dragged his tired body and returned to the bamboo house.


    There was a lot of blood on his body, but in fact there were only some bruises and no broken skin, because he was wearing a precious spider silk garment.


    This kind of spider silk clothing is really a treasure, and its strength is extremely high. No matter whether it is a stone knife or a stone spear, it cannot be pierced through it, and it will leave some bruises at most.


    Jiang Xuan took off the spider silk clothing, washed it with water, washed away the blood stains on it, and then hung it to dry.


    The spider silk clothing hardly absorbs water and is easy to dry. It only needs to be dried for a while before he can wear it again.


    After this battle, Jiang Xuan truly realized the benefits of the spider silk clothing, and also understood why the spider silk clothing could save his life at the critical moment when the old witch was about to leave.


    Jiang Xuan suddenly remembered the spider tribe that produced spider silk clothes.


    If everyone in that tribe can wear a spider silk garment and fight against other tribes, it will take advantage of it.


    This tribe should be very strong, right?


    Jiang Xuan decided that in the future, if he has the opportunity to visit this spider tribe with his own eyes, it is best to trade a batch of spider silk clothes back.


    After all, the Black Teeth Tribe is too dark, and buying things from them is a huge loss.


    Jiang Xuan ate some herbs for promoting blood circulation and removing blood stasis, and then walked into the bamboo forest to see the seriously wounded.


    During the battle, these warriors were all brave, and none of them were cowardly.


    In the courtyard of the bamboo forest, the seriously wounded were lying on the bamboo beds, receiving treatment from Chishao Their injuries were very serious, and they could be life-threatening in several places.


    When Jiang Xuan passed by, he happened to see Chi Shao praying to Shi Shan with an ancient witchcraft.


    After a while, several tender vines extended to these seriously wounded people, and each dripped a drop of green juice for them.


    After the juice fell into the wound, a magical scene appeared.


    I saw a faint green light shining on those terrifying wounds, and the flesh and blood were squirming quickly. It didn''t take long for it to heal like this.


    Jiang Xuan looked up at Shenteng and sighed again in his heart, this is a magical world.


    If there is no divine vine, these warriors are so badly wounded, whether they can survive can only depend on luck.


    But now, their fatal wounds have healed in a very short time, which is a true miracle.


    Those warriors were also very excited. They struggled to get up from the bamboo bed and thanked the divine rattan, and their belief in the divine rattan became stronger.

 Chapter 93： Accept all

    Above the stone mountain, after absorbing the flesh-and-blood essence of more than a hundred mosquito tribe warriors, the divine vine became even more verdant, and its aura became even more terrifying.


    It was midsummer at this time, and all the plants were growing wildly, and the vines were no exception. This was the peak time of the year.


    "Buzz!"


    The whole body of the vines glowed green, and a terrifying aura pervaded the entire vine tribe territory, and all creatures felt a terrifying coercion.


    In the bamboo house, Chi Shao seemed to hear something, she closed her eyes and listened carefully.


    After a while, she said to Jiang Xuan: "The Vine God said that three days later, the tribe will hold a big sacrifice. At that time, the Vine God will drop the dew, and all those who participate in the sacrifice can become real warriors."


    "As for who will participate in the sacrifice, Fuji God lets you decide for yourself."


    Jiang Xuan said in astonishment: "Can everyone become a warrior?"


    Chi Shao nodded and gave him a positive answer.


    Jiang Xuan is excited, all those who participate in the sacrifice will become warriors, which means that the strength of the Vine tribe will usher in a huge improvement.


    Jiang Xuan turned around and shouted to the soldiers outside the door: "Send an order, all the soldiers must gather in my bamboo house!"


    "Yes!"


    After Jiang Xuan gave an order, the dozen or so soldiers of the Veng tribe went to the bamboo house where Jiang Xuan lived, no matter what they were doing.


    "Sister, come with me too."


    "Okay." Chi Shao packed up and prepared to go with Jiang Xuan.


    Jiang Xuan looked at the three seriously injured soldiers still lying on the bamboo bed and asked, "Can you walk now?"


    One of the warriors tried to sit up, and he found that after the wound absorbed the sap of the vine, it was no longer a serious problem.


    The soldier stood up slowly and said, "Boss, I can go."


    The other two soldiers also stood up one after another, saying that they could keep up.


    "Okay, come with me."


    Jiang Xuan led the crowd through the bamboo forest and into the bamboo house where he lived.


    Including Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao, the seventeen warriors of the Teng tribe have all arrived.


    Jiang Xuan solemnly took out four animal skin bags, which contained all the magic mushrooms traded back from the mountain turtle tribe.


    Unlike ordinary mushrooms, these mushrooms can be stored for a period of time even without drying.


    Jiang Xuan originally intended to use these mushrooms as a kind of motivational prize to reward those warriors who did good deeds to the tribe.


    But now, Jiang Xuan has changed his mind. He wants to distribute all the magic mushrooms so that the existing warriors can improve their strength as soon as possible.


    Jiang Xuan opened the four animal skin bags, and the fragrance of mushrooms permeated immediately.


    "These are all magic mushrooms that we traded back from the Mountain Turtle Tribe. There are Vigorous Mushrooms that enhance strength, Swift Mushrooms that enhance speed, Big Ear Mushrooms that enhance hearing, and Eagle Eye Mushrooms that enhance vision."


    "Now, each of you can choose two magic mushrooms to improve your abilities."


    "You can choose to make up for your shortcomings, or you can choose to continue to strengthen your strongest aspects. It depends on your own choice."


    "Wu, come first." Jiang Xuan looked at Chi Shao.


    Chi Shao didn''t hesitate, she went forward and chose a big ear mushroom and an eagle eye mushroom to improve her hearing and eyesight.


    As a witch, these two abilities are still very important.


    Jiang Xuan himself chose two Swift Mushrooms, because his strength is enough, and now he needs to make himself faster.


    Uncaria hesitated for a moment, and finally chose a vigorous mushroom and a swift mushroom.


    Shi Loach chose two eagle eye mushrooms without hesitation, and his extraordinary eyesight was a powerful addition to the archer.


    Nan Xing scratched his head, not knowing what he was thinking, he actually chose two big ear mushrooms.


    Other warriors also stepped forward to choose their own magic mushrooms.


    When they finished their selection, there was still a Vigorous Mushroom left in the animal skin bag.


    Jiang Xuan thought for a while and said, "Nan Xing, go and call Jing Ji over."


    "Yes, chief."


    Nanxing left in a hurry, and soon came in with Nepeta.


    There were still many bloodstains and wounds on Nepeta, and he was very desperate in this battle, waving a mace and rushing in front, which impressed everyone.


    Jiang Xuan looked at the scarred Nepeta, picked up the last Vigorous Mushroom and sent it to him, saying: "Nepeta, you are very brave in this battle, the Vine Tribe will never treat anyone who has contributed to the tribe. ."


    "This vigorous mushroom is your reward for this brave battle, take it!"


    Nepeta''s hand trembled slightly, and there was an excitement of being recognized in his heart. For this moment, he had waited too long.


    Nepeta took the Vigorous Mushroom and said repeatedly, "Thank you, leader, thank you leader..."


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "You deserve it. Eating this powerful mushroom can increase your strength and help you become a two-color warrior as soon as possible."


    When Nepeta heard the words "two-color warrior", a longing light appeared in her eyes, and she hugged the Vigorous Mushroom even tighter.


    Jiang Xuan thought for a moment, then said: "This time the tribe is in danger, and none of you and the more than 100 tourists you brought escaped, so I decided that three days later, all of you will participate in the big sacrifice!"


    "I... I can participate in the sacrifice?" Nepeta asked in disbelief.


    "That''s right, I have seen your hard work in the past six months, and I decided to make you a real Vine tribe in advance!"


    "Great, great!"


    Nepeta''s tears filled his eyes with excitement, and the surprises one after another made him feel a kind of happy dizziness.


    In fact, the reason why Jiang Xuan accepted all the tourists in advance was not only related to their performance, but also related to the words of Fujishen.


    All those who participate in the sacrifice will become warriors, what a rare opportunity!


    Accepting these tourists can make the Veng tribe directly change from a dozen soldiers to more than a hundred soldiers in one fell swoop. How could Jiang Xuan miss such a good opportunity?


    What the Vine Tribe lacked right now were warriors. With more than a hundred warriors, he dared to recruit more tourists, allowing the Vine Tribe to grow faster.


    "Okay, everyone, go back and prepare. Don''t keep these magic mushrooms, eat them all. Tomorrow, we will go into the mountains to find sacrifices, and three days later, we will hold a big sacrifice."


    At the moment, everyone dispersed, ate magic mushrooms, and prepared to go hunting in the mountains tomorrow.


    Nepeta was walking on the road, he was holding the hard-won Vigorous Mushroom, and his tears almost fell.


    Since he lost his tribe, he is like a lone wolf who has left the wolf pack, surviving in the cracks, suffering and lingering on.


    When he came to the Vine tribe, he unexpectedly felt a long-lost sense of security.


    Because of this, he will perform desperately, UU reading wants to join this tribe.


    Now, he finally succeeded.


    This feeling of joy cannot be described in words.


    Along the way, Nepeta walked very slowly, and he slowly tasted this joy.


    After returning to the bamboo house, Nepeta announced the good news to all the tourists that they were about to become a member of the Teng tribe, and let everyone see the great mushroom that the tribe rewarded him.


    Those tourists suddenly boiled.


    "We finally have a tribe!"


    "We will no longer be tourists!"


    "We have a home!"


    ¡­


    Some tourists shouted loudly, some were moved to tears, and some were looking forward to the future.


    At this moment, something called "hope" gave each of them, their tired minds and bodies, strength again!

 Chapter 94： Great sacrifice, all members break through

    That night, all the warriors of the Vine tribe ate the magic mushrooms, and they either increased their strength, or their speed, or their eyesight and hearing. Everyone gained a lot.


    The next day, Jiang Xuan led the hunting team into the mountains to find offerings for sacrifice.


    Nepeta led people to fish by the river, hoping to catch some big fish for sacrifice.


    For the big sacrifice, the entire Vine tribe was busy.


    The mosquito tribe far away on the edge of the big swamp was shaken again because of a few bird-billed mosquitoes that had fled back in embarrassment.


    The Mosquito Tribe Witch learned about the death of the Flower Mosquito and others in the Vine Tribe through the Bird-billed Mosquito.


    Bird-billed Mosquitoes are not very intelligent, and the information given is also scattered: small tribes, fighting, terrible vines, people are dead.


    Through these scattered information, the Mosquito Tribe witch came to a conclusion: that small tribe is back, and that terrifying vine shot and killed everyone in the Mosquito Tribe hunting team.


    Regarding the Vine Tribe, Hua Mosquito has reported to them in detail before, including the huge vine.


    No one thought that that vine was actually alive and so powerful.


    From this point of view, the first hunting team that reached the vine tribe was probably killed by the giant vine, but there was still a giant dragonfly at that time.


    Mosquito Tribe Witch felt heartache when he thought of the death of a large number of bird-billed mosquitoes and more than 100 soldiers.


    "Wu, what should we do now?"


    The Mosquito Tribe leader couldn''t tell what he felt in his heart, there was anger, murderous intent, and a trace of unspeakable fear.


    More than 100 warriors died in that small tribe so unexplainably, except for a few bird-billed mosquitoes, not a single person was brought back.


    Mosquito Tribe Witch stared at the beating flames in the fire pit, her face was gloomy and uncertain, and she was obviously undecided.


    If you want to take revenge, judging from the current situation, you need the entire tribe to attack, and you may not be able to take down that small tribe in one fell swoop. Even if you take down your own side, you will lose a lot.


    But if you don''t take revenge, if so many people die, the people of the Mosquito tribe will be chilled, and it also seems that the Mosquito tribe is too weak. Wouldn''t it be possible for any tribe to come and bully it in the future?


    Mosquito Tribe Witch was caught in a dilemma and felt a headache about this matter.


    In desperation, the Mosquito Tribe Witch could only perfunctory: "Send someone to find out what''s going on first."


    "Yes."


    The leader of the Mosquito Tribe went out. In this case, he actually didn''t want to send him alone, but he had no choice, so he had to give the clan an explanation.


    ...


    When the Mosquito Tribe was hesitant, after two days of hard work, the Vine Tribe prepared a wealth of offerings for the big sacrifice.


    These offerings include large prey caught, fish, cultivated vegetables, early-ripening wild fruits, animals in breeding areas, etc.


    On the morning of June 19th, the great sacrifice of the Veng tribe officially began.


    The rising sun shines on the stone mountain vine, and the dewdrops in the leaves roll with the breeze, shining with seven colors of light.


    On the altar, three large tripods were filled with various vegetarian offerings, and meat offerings were placed in the center of the altar.


    The people of the Veng tribe, as well as the tourists who are about to join the Veng tribe, all washed clean, put on their best and cleanest clothes, and stood in front of the altar solemnly.


    As the sun slowly rose and the divine vine was bathed in sunlight, it woke up from its slumber at night, and the whole body began to glow green, and the terrifying vines danced in the air.


    On the right side of the altar, Jiang Xuan shouted, "The sacrificial ceremony begins now!"


    Chishao climbed up the altar step by step, facing the vines of the stone mountain, opened her arms, and began to sing the ancient witchcraft incantation: ""¨É¨Ê¨Î¨Ì¨É, ¨Þ¨Ó¨Ø¨â¨Ö..."


    The incantation has a peculiar rhythm, and after listening to it, people''s emotions begin to fluctuate unconsciously, and their blood gradually boils.


    "Buzz!"


    As she chanted, on the stone mountain, the divine vine burst into a more terrifying light, and the breath became more and more prosperous, and it was almost overwhelming.


    After reciting the incantation, Chi Shao bowed to the vine:


    "Please enjoy the offering to Fuji God!"


    As Chishao''s voice fell, countless roots emerged from the ground, quickly spread to the altar, and then covered and wrapped all the sacrifices.


    Looking at these dense roots, Jiang Xuan''s eyelids jumped involuntarily. He had seen how terrifying these roots were.


    Not long after, the roots slowly receded, and on the altar, only a few residues were left of the three cauldrons, and all the meat in the center of the altar was only bones.


    The vines on the stone mountain became even wilder, and it was obvious that the vines were quite satisfied with the offerings.


    After the vines have finished enjoying all the offerings, the red peony will worship again, and then begin to recite the blessing witchcraft.


    This time, everyone in front of the altar bowed down, and everyone was nervous and excited, because they knew that the climax of the sacrifice was coming!


    Above the stone mountain, countless small vines stretched forward, stayed on top of everyone''s heads, and then kept twisting.


    "Swish..."


    Different from the previous sacrifices, this time, it was actually a piece of juice falling down, as if it was raining.


    These juices fell on the heads and bodies of everyone, and then quickly merged into everyone''s bodies.


    In an instant, everyone felt a majestic force integrated into the body, the heart pounded, the muscles became stronger, the senses became more acute, and even the blood boiled!


    Jiang Xuan''s feeling is even more obvious. He was originally at the peak of the two-color warrior. Now that he was injected with this power by the divine vine, he directly broke through!


    "Three-color warrior!"


    Jiang Xuan''s eyes flashed, he picked up a palm-sized stone from the ground, squeezed it lightly, and the stone immediately shattered into several pieces!


    Not only Jiang Xuan, Uncaria and Shiloh have also become three-color warriors, and Nan Xing has become a two-color warrior, close to a three-color warrior.


    Gan Song and others also changed from one-color warriors to two-color warriors.


    The other tourists also made breakthroughs one after another and became one-colored warriors.


    The most surprising was Jingji, because he broke through from a one-color warrior to a two-color warrior.


    In the past few days, he has received too many surprises, and the whole person is dizzy.


    The only exception is the red peony, a vine alone extends on the top of her head, and the dripping juice is different in color from the others She enhances the magic power that belongs to the witch!


    Chi Shao''s eyes were even more captivating, and her temperament was even more unearthly. She only needed to stand there quietly, even if she didn''t say a word, she couldn''t help but feel awe in her heart.


    So far, except for the newborn infants, all 135 members of the Vine tribe have become warriors!


    There is no ordinary person in the entire tribe. This is simply a miracle. If you don''t see it with your own eyes, no one will believe it.


    In fact, this is also related to the powerful strength of Shenteng.


    Because after its breakthrough, the strength is already equivalent to the totem **** of medium-sized tribes.


    And a medium-sized tribe, with a population of at least 3,000, has a wide territory and a large population.


    And what about the Vine tribe? There are only a hundred people now, which does not actually match the strength of Shenteng. Therefore, it is not very difficult for Shenteng to make more than one hundred people become warriors at the same time.


    It is foreseeable that the Goto tribe will develop more rapidly, until the scale of the tribe is equal to the strength of Shenteng, the development speed will slow down.

 Chapter 95： Dragonflies take off and attack mosquito tribe

    Popular recommendation:


    After the big sacrifice, the Teng tribe suddenly had one hundred and thirty-five warriors, which made Jiang Xuan feel like he had suddenly become a nouveau riche.


    Since the time of crossing, I have never been so rich!


    With a large number of people, it is no longer possible to manage the chaos as before, and Jiang Xuan will take care of the big and small matters.


    Therefore, Jiang Xuan decided to divide these warriors into multiple teams, and each team designated a leader to manage, and these leaders obeyed Jiang Xuan''s dispatch.


    In this way, Jiang Xuan will be much more relaxed, and the efficiency of doing things will be higher.


    Jiang Xuan discussed with Chi Shao, and then called everyone to the open space in front of the bamboo forest.


    "Today, everyone is called together to announce a decision, everyone listen carefully."


    "After deliberation, Wu and I decided to form six teams in the tribe and select six leaders."


    "The five or six teams are two hunting teams, guard teams, fishing teams, breeding teams and planting teams."


    "The leader of the first team of the hunting team is Uncaria. I will assign you thirty-five warriors!"


    "Thank you boss!"


    Uncaria was very excited. If it was before, he would never have imagined that he could become the leader of the hunting team and manage thirty-five warriors.


    Jiang Xuan looked at Uncaria and said with a serious face: "Being this leader, the life of the soldiers of the hunting team will be handed over to you in the future, you must be careful in everything, if something goes wrong, I will hold you accountable! "


    Jiang Xuan''s words made Uncaria immediately calm down and felt a heavy pressure.


    "Don''t worry, leader, I will try my best to lead the hunting team well."


    "Um."


    Jiang Xuan nodded and announced the next appointment.


    "The leader of the second hunting team, Shi Loach, will also assign you thirty-five warriors!"


    "Thank you chief."


    As a sharpshooter of the tribe, loach is much calmer than Uncaria. After hearing the appointment, the expression on his face did not change, but he was still excited.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Shi Loach, the lives of the thirty-five warriors are handed over to you. I still say that, be careful in everything, and there must be no problems."


    Shi Loh nodded solemnly and said, "Boss, I remember it."


    Jiang Xuan was relatively relieved about Shi Loach, after all, he was calm, so he didn''t say anything more.


    "The leader of the guard team is Nan Xing, and I will assign you twenty-one warriors!"


    "Thank you boss!"


    Although there are only twenty-one warriors, Nan Xing is still very excited. After all, he is only twelve years old!


    "The leader of the fishing team is Nepeta, and I will assign you thirty soldiers!"


    "I?"


    After Jing Ji heard Jiang Xuan''s words, he couldn''t believe his ears, because he had just joined the Vine tribe not long ago!


    "That''s right, everyone has seen your strength and bravery, and your loyalty has been proven in battle. What''s more, during this time, it was you who led everyone to go fishing."


    Jiang Xuan patted Jing Ji''s shoulder and said, "I said that the Veng tribe will not treat anyone who is loyal to the tribe and has the ability. From today, you will be the leader of the fishing team."


    "I...I...thank the leader, I will definitely lead the fishing team to catch more fish for the tribe..."


    Nepeta''s eyes are red, this feeling of being recognized is really rare.


    How fortunate it is to meet a leader like Jiang Xuan!


    Later, Jiang Xuan continued to announce:


    "The leader of the breeding team is Dajiao, and I will assign you six warriors."


    "Thank you boss!"


    "The leader of the planting team, Gan Song, will also assign you six warriors."


    "Thank you chief."


    Dajiao and Gan Song are more mature, and they like to do practical things. They don''t talk much, but they don''t appear particularly excited or excited.


    After choosing the leader, Jiang Xuan said to all the warriors: "The leader''s choice is only temporary. The Vine Tribe does not see his identity, but only depends on his ability and loyalty to the tribe!"


    "If these leaders do not do well in the future, or if there are people among you who are more capable than them and more suitable to be leaders, I will also make you leaders!"


    Jiang Xuan''s words made the eyes of those warriors light up, because they knew that as long as they were strong, everyone had the opportunity to be a leader.


    Many people secretly gear up, looking for an opportunity to prove themselves.


    And the six leaders who were just selected felt the pressure, which prompted them to keep improving, or they might be replaced one day.


    Next, Jiang Xuan asked all the warriors to choose their favorite team and join it.


    Some teams have too many applicants, and Jiang Xuan will assign the extra people to teams with insufficient numbers until all teams are confirmed.


    So far, the six teams have been formally established, and they will perform their respective responsibilities in the future, and work together for the rise of the Vine tribe.


    In the future, if the Vine tribe can continue to grow, more teams will be derived according to the needs of the tribe.


    After everything was over, the crowd dispersed, and Jiang Xuan sent Chishao back to the courtyard in the bamboo forest.


    Jiang Xuan was walking in the bamboo forest, and his mood was a bit complicated.


    He breathed a sigh of relief, but also a little nervous.


    He was relieved because he didn''t have to be so tired and managed a lot of things in the future, and he was uneasy because he wasn''t sure what these leaders would bring to the team.


    Chi Shao saw Jiang Xuan''s expression in his eyes.


    She whispered: "Xuan, since you have chosen them, you should trust them."


    Jiang Xuan said with a wry smile: "I understand the truth, but I can''t feel relieved for a while, always worried that they will cause some problems."


    Chi Shao said: "People always need to grow up. Even if they do something wrong, as long as the consequences are not serious and they are corrected in time, we should continue to trust them."


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "Sister is right."


    The two walked into the yard deep in the bamboo forest, and Jiang Xuan helped Chi Shao continue to expand the medicine garden, adjusting their mood by working.


    Chi Shao continued to learn witch medicine through the animal skin scrolls left by the old witch.


    ...


    After the big sacrifice, each team of the Teng tribe performed their own duties, and the six leaders also worked hard to adapt to their own identities. In practice, they continuously accumulated management experience.


    During this period, the Mosquito tribe''s spies came several times, but they were all scared off by the pile of human skulls in Leiming Mountain, and they didn''t dare to approach the Veng tribe at all.


    A month passed quickly.


    July 20th.


    All the divine power consumed by Shenteng during the big sacrifice was restored, and his strength even improved a lot.


    It contacted Chishao again and made a surprising decision.


    "Five days later, the Vine God will go to the Mosquito Tribe in person!"


    When Chi Shao conveyed this to Jiang Xuan, Jiang Xuan was taken aback, and even felt that Shen Teng was crazy?


    It is true that the Vine Tribe has added more than 100 warriors, but these warriors have not had time to sharpen and grow, and their combat effectiveness is not strong.


    Could it be that Shen Teng intends to personally wipe out the mosquito tribe?


    This is not impossible. After all, the vine is so strong. If you go there in person, it is estimated that the entire mosquito tribe can''t stop it.


    I just don''t know if the mosquito tribe has a living totem god, or if they have prepared some powerful means.


    In any case, since Shenteng decided to go to the Mosquito Tribe, Jiang Xuan couldn''t really let it go alone. After all, it was the Totem God of the Teng Tribe.


    Even if Jiang Xuan rushed to the front without anyone, at least he would wave the flag and cheer for Shenteng.


    That night, Jiang Xuan called all the soldiers together and announced to them that they would attack the Mosquito tribe in five days.


    Like Jiang Xuan, when they heard the news, they also felt incredible, but when they heard that Fujishen went in person, they became excited again.


    Jiang Xuandao: "In the past few days, in addition to hunting the necessary food, everyone should prepare as many weapons as possible, and then follow the Vine God to attack the mosquito tribe!"


    "Let me remind everyone that the Mosquito Tribe is very ferocious, and you must not hold any contempt, lest you lose your life in time."


    "Okay, let''s go back and prepare."


    Everyone dispersed, and that night, many people began to work hard to polish weapons such as spearheads and arrowheads to prepare for the war.


    The next morning, Jiang Xuan had just woken up when he found that someone outside exclaimed, and there were a lot of people.


    "What happened?"


    Jiang Xuan rushed out of the bamboo house, before even getting dressed.


    "Boss, look at it!"


    Outside the bamboo house, a soldier pointed to the sky with a very excited expression.


    Jiang Xuan looked up and saw dozens of thick vines, with green light blooming all over their body, extending from the top of the stone mountain to the Feiyu River, as if a huge bridge of vines had been erected!


    "How is this going?"


    Jiang Xuan had lived here for so long, and this was the first time he had seen such a situation, and he was a little confused for a while.


    More Vine tribesmen came out of the house and looked up at the sky, watching this rare and magical scene.


    I don''t know when, Chi Shao walked to Jiang Xuan''s side and looked at Tiandao: "Vine God is picking up the larvae of those giant dragonflies."


    "Receiving larvae?" Jiang Xuan seemed to understand something, but he didn''t fully understand it.


    "Yes, Fuji God told me that a group of giant dragonfly larvae have been living in the water for a long time, and they will soon transform into real giant dragonflies."


    "These giant dragonflies can help us fight!"


    After listening to Chi Shao''s words, Jiang Xuan finally understood why Shenteng chose to attack the Teng tribe at this time.


    It turned out that it wanted to use this batch of giant dragonflies!


    If so, Jiang Xuan fully understands why Shenteng chose.


    It takes too long for the people of the Vine tribe to develop enough to seek revenge from the Mosquito tribe.


    But these giant dragonflies are a terrifying force.


    A giant dragonfly can run after a group of bird-billed mosquitoes. What about a group of giant dragonflies?


    If there are dozens or hundreds of giant dragonflies, plus Shenteng himself, let alone the mosquito tribe, even a stronger tribe, it is estimated that it will be difficult to stop.


    Thinking of this, Jiang Xuan looked at the huge vine bridge in the sky with anticipation. He wanted to see how many giant dragonflies would appear.


    "Crash..."


    In the Flying Fish River, the first giant water cockroach appeared, and its body length reached more than three meters, which was very amazing.


    After the giant water cockroach swam to the surface, without any hesitation, it climbed directly up the huge vine bridge.


    Afterwards, one after another giant water cockroaches swam here from all over the Flying Fish River. They seemed to be attracted by some kind and climbed up the vine bridge one after another.


    "One, two, three..."


    "Thirteen, fourteen..."


    "Thirty-six!"


    In front of the bamboo house, Jiang Xuan counted the giant water worms that climbed the vine bridge one by one. In the end, he counted to thirty-six!


    If all these water cockroaches are successfully transformed, it will be thirty-six giant dragonflies. What a terrifying force!


    In the Flying Fish River, there were no water worms going up the vine bridge, which meant that there were only so many water cockroaches in this group to transform.


    The vines gradually recovered the vine bridge, and finally, the vines were re-entangled on the stone mountain.


    The thirty-six giant water cockroaches tightly clawed at the giant vines, and the soft green light enveloped them, as if to provide them with some kind of protection.


    Gradually, these water cockroaches came to a standstill, and they entered a wonderful state.


    For the next three days, these water cockroaches remained motionless, and the vines kept glowing, not only protecting them, but also some green light soaked into the bodies of these giant water cockroaches.


    Jiang Xuan guessed that the giant dragonfly before should have transformed like this, so it would stay on the stone mountain until its death.


    Jiang Xuan observed these water cockroaches every day, and he found that the color of the water cockroaches became darker and darker, from dark green to brown to dark brown, like a shell.


    Three days later, also in the early morning, Jiang Xuan observed those giant water cockroaches as usual.


    Suddenly, the back of a giant water cockroach slowly split open, and a pair of transparent wings appeared first.


    Then, the crack got bigger and bigger, and a giant dragonfly, covered in black and green stripes, struggled to get out of its shell.


    When it broke free from the shackles of its shell, the giant dragonfly spread its wings and kept flapping, trying to fly!


    "Whoosh..."


    A giant dragonfly with a wingspan of six meters and a body length of more than four meters flew around the stone mountain, causing a gust of wind.


    "The transformation was successful!"


    On the ground, Jiang Xuan was very excited because he witnessed the transformation process of the giant dragonfly.


    These giant dragonflies will be an important helper in dealing with bird-billed mosquitoes in the future!


    The appearance of this giant dragonfly attracted the attention of everyone in the Veng tribe. Everyone, like Jiang Xuan, looked up at the giant dragonfly in the sky and was very excited.


    "Kakkaka..."


    Immediately afterwards, more giant dragonflies broke free from their old shells, spread out their big wings, and danced above the stone mountain.


    When all the thirty-six giant dragonflies have completed their transformation, giant dragonflies are flying all over the stone mountain, and the scene is very spectacular.


    "Thirty-six! A total of thirty-six, all of them have successfully transformed!"


    On the ground, Jiang Xuan looked at the flying giant dragonfly, and he was so excited that he jumped up.


    This is a very powerful air force, and it belongs to the Vine tribe!


    Because Jiang Xuan discovered that the giant dragonfly transformed this time was different from the previous one.


    On the foreheads of these giant dragonflies, there are obvious vine tribe totem patterns!


    Although Jiang Xuan didn''t know how Shenteng did it, he knew that the dream of flying on a giant dragonfly might have a chance to come true!


    And the successful transformation of these giant dragonflies also means that the horn to attack the mosquito tribe is officially sounded.


    The war between the vine tribe and the mosquito tribe is coming soon!


    ...


    The pattern on the abdomen of the giant dragonfly is like two ancient words: monthly pass!

 Chapter 96： God Vine descends on Mosquito Tribe

    Popular recommendation:


    Southern Wilderness, Big Swamp, Mosquito Tribe.


    More than 200 people were locked in several damp pens.


    Their eye sockets were sunken, their shapes were haggard, and they were too thin to look human.


    These two hundred people came from several small tribes that were destroyed. They were not slaves, but existences like livestock and food.


    During the day, they would be driven outside for half a day to eat some wild vegetables, weeds, and insects. The rest of the time, including at night, would be detained in small pens, anxiously waiting for death to come.


    "Buzzing..."


    A bird-billed mosquito flew from a distance, flew into the enclosure, and landed on the arm of a young man. The tubular beak similar to a hummingbird stabbed into the young man''s arm to **** blood.


    The young man''s face was full of fear and pain, but he didn''t dare to struggle, because if he dared to move the bird-billed mosquito, the mosquito tribe warriors who were guarding outside the pen would immediately kill him.


    After the bird-billed mosquito sucked a large tube of blood, it flew away contentedly.


    The young man''s face became extremely pale, he slumped to the ground, and he passed out in a coma after a while, obviously having lost too much blood.


    "take away!"


    The Mosquito Tribe soldiers outside walked into the pen and rudely dragged the young man away.


    The eyes of the people in the shed were full of horror, because they knew that this young man would definitely not survive and would be eaten by the Mosquito tribe.


    Five or six hundred people have been locked in these pens, but now there are only more than two hundred left. Most of them have such a fate.


    The Mosquito tribe is a ferocious cannibal tribe!


    When night fell, the soldiers of the Mosquito tribe ran to eat, and the people in the pen dared to release their emotions a little.


    There was a low whimper, followed by more suppressed whimpers.


    Crying is contagious, especially when everyone has collapsed.


    However, there was a thin girl in the crowd who didn''t cry, she didn''t even break down like the others, her eyes were very persistent.


    The girl was about sixteen or seventeen years old. She was sitting in the middle of the pen with her knees in her arms, and she kept repeating in a faint voice: "Live, you must live..."


    Although, she knew her chances of surviving were slim.


    Although, she knew the chances of escaping were slimmer.


    However, as long as she doesn''t die for a day, she will not give up hope of living!


    This is her obsession.


    After a while, the mosquito tribe warriors came back from dinner. After they heard the cry, they immediately scolded: "What are you screaming, what are you screaming? Do you want to die?"


    The people in those pens immediately silenced, and many people covered their mouths, for fear of being killed because of the noise.


    ...


    Southern Wilderness, Vine Tribe.


    "Everyone checks weapons, dry food, and herbs, and none of them are missing!"


    In the open space in front of the altar, Jiang Xuan loudly mobilized before the war, and when encountering people who didn''t bring enough things, he would step up to remind them.


    The more than 100 warriors of the Vine tribe, except for the few women and children, all have to be dispatched.


    To be on the safe side, after they leave, the women and children will temporarily hide in the tunnel, where enough food is prepared for them to eat for a while.


    When everyone was ready, Jiang Xuan nodded to Chi Shao.


    Chi Shao stepped onto the altar step by step, then opened her arms and began to recite the magic incantation.


    This time, please God is not for sacrifice, but for war.


    "Boom!"


    With the sound of the ancient witchcraft, above the stone mountain, a dazzling green light erupted from the giant vine, and the whole plant moved.


    The huge giant vine, starting from the end, slowly rotates in the reverse direction, breaking away bit by bit and loosening the stone mountain, and the gravel on the stone mountain keeps falling down.


    When the divine vine completely escaped from the stone mountain, it swayed slowly in the air like a green dragon.


    Under the ground, countless vine roots are also shrinking upwards, and the ground seems to be shaking as if an earthquake had occurred.


    After a long time, the entire huge divine vine actually broke off the ground and floated in the air.


    The thirty-six giant dragonflies also flew up, and they swirled and danced constantly around the vine, and the scene was very shocking.


    However, Jiang Xuan hesitated.


    Because the battle of Shenteng is too big, it can be seen clearly from a long distance. When the Mosquito tribe sees this battle, can they stay in place and wait to die?


    Afraid not to run away, right?


    Just when Jiang Xuan was wondering whether or not to remind the divine vine, in the sky, the divine vine suddenly shrank rapidly, from the size of a stone mountain to two or three meters high, and the bright light gradually became restrained.


    So much better.


    Jiang Xuan finally doesn''t have to worry about it anymore, such a divine vine is much more concealed, so it won''t be discovered before it gets close.


    The thirty-six giant dragonflies couldn''t shrink, but they flew faster than the bird-billed mosquitoes. When the mosquito tribe discovered it, they had already flown over their tribe.


    Chi Shao seemed to communicate with Shen Teng again, she turned around, walked down the altar slowly, and came to Jiang Xuan''s side.


    "Fujigami said it''s time to go."


    "it is good!"


    Standing in front of the soldiers, Jiang Xuan didn''t say anything nonsense, and shouted directly: "Target, the Great Swamp Mosquito Tribe, set off!"


    The more than 100 warriors of the rattan tribe, as well as the **** rattan and the giant dragonfly, all left the bamboo forest and headed for the big swamp.


    Previously, there had been several conflicts between the Vine tribe and the Mosquito tribe, and Jiang Xuan had a hunch that such a day might come.


    He had already inquired about the location of the Mosquito Tribe from the Mountain Turtle Tribe and drew a simple map.


    Now, they just need to follow the route of the map to find the big swamp and find the mosquito tribe.


    They entered the Thunder Mountains and moved quickly in the direction of the Everglades.


    At the same time, the Mosquito Tribe was still struggling, whether to attack the Vine Tribe on a massive scale to avenge the dead hunting team soldiers and bird-billed mosquitoes.


    The Second Year of the Vine Tribe July 28, morning.


    The Vine Tribe finally arrived at the Great Swamp and found the location of the Vine Tribe.


    "Boss, are we going to prepare for a sneak attack?"


    On a mountain opposite the Mosquito Tribe, Uncaria, who had just arrived, asked Jiang Xuan in a low voice.


    Jiang Xuan glanced at the sky, and found that the **** vine had quickly drifted towards the mosquito tribe, and thirty-six giant dragonflies also moved along with them, and the sound of their wings was like dozens of helicopters.


    Jiang Xuan said helplessly: "What else are you attacking? The Vine God and those giant dragonflies are about to fight the Mosquito Tribe. Listen to my orders and prepare to attack."


    "Yes!"


    Uncaria said to the hunting team behind him: "Prepare to attack!"


    While the other teams were tense, they gradually became excited, and the belligerent bloodlines belonging to the tribesmen began to boil.


    Jiang Xuan ran towards the mosquito tribe with more than 100 soldiers, and he didn''t care about hiding anymore, and there was no need to hide anymore.


    At this time, Shen Teng and thirty-six giant dragonflies had already flown over the Mosquito Tribe, and the momentum was so great that it was difficult for the Mosquito Tribe to not pay attention.


    "What is flying in the sky?"


    "It seems to be a vine, and there are many huge dragonflies."


    "Hey, why does that vine seem to be getting bigger and bigger?"


    "No, they''re coming down."


    "It''s the giant vine of that little tribe!"


    "Enemy attack, enemy attack!"


    ...


    The warriors of the mosquito tribe shouted, and all the bird-billed mosquitoes that were resting in the forest also took off.


    In the sky, the vines became bigger and bigger, as huge as a green dragon, and green rays of light erupted from his whole body, and the terrifying momentum overwhelmed the entire mosquito tribe into a pot of porridge.

 Chapter 97： Mosquito Tribe, Exterminate

    Popular recommendation:


    "Boom!"


    Above the sky, the huge divine vine slowly descended, and countless terrifying roots quickly extended toward the ground. Anyone who stood in the way, whether it was a person or a house, would be pierced.


    On the ground, the members of the Mosquito tribe screamed in horror and ran away to avoid the roots.


    Thirty-six giant dragonflies also swooped down toward the ground, and the bird-billed mosquitoes that just flew up hit the giant dragonflies head-on, and instantly turned into food.


    "Buzzing..."


    A bird-billed mosquito is flying fast.


    Suddenly, a giant dragonfly swooped over, and its six terrifying, barbed claws hugged the bird-billed mosquito instantly, and the barbs pierced into the bird-billed mosquito''s body, preventing it from having the slightest chance to escape. .


    "Crack..."


    The giant dragonfly flew with the bird-billed mosquito while bowing its head. The powerful fangs bit off the bird-billed mosquito''s head in one bite, and then put it into its mouth to chew quickly.


    After eating the head and the most nutritious parts, the giant dragonfly ditched the ornitho mosquitoes that were left with wings, cavities and claws.


    The same is true of other giant dragonflies. They frantically catch the bird-billed mosquito, eat the most nutritious part, and then continue to catch the next one and continue to eat.


    These terrifying bird-billed mosquitoes, although a large group of black flies, were unable to fight back when facing the thirty-six giant dragonflies, and were all washed away by the giant dragonflies.


    "How can this happen, how can this happen!"


    In the bamboo house with hanging legs halfway up the mountain, the mosquito tribe witch walked out of the door, watching the tribe''s tribesmen being entangled by those terrifying roots, watching the bird-billed mosquito being preyed on by the giant dragonfly, the whole person was about to collapse.


    Until this moment, she finally understood that it turned out that the small tribe that they looked down upon before, and even snatched back three large pottery cauldrons, actually had a living totem god!


    If she had known this was the case, she would never have let the hunting team provoke this small tribe.


    Unfortunately, it''s too late to say anything now.


    "Witch, that giant vine is too scary, what should I do now?"


    The leader of the mosquito tribe rushed over in a panic. Just now, he tried to lead someone to cut the roots of the vine, but the roots of the vine entangled seven or eight soldiers in the blink of an eye.


    If it wasn''t for the Mosquito Tribe''s leader, who saw that the situation was not good, and pulled a soldier to die for him, I''m afraid he wouldn''t be able to come back.


    The mosquito tribe witch gritted his teeth and said, "Prepare the blood sacrifice, please protect the spirit of the god!"


    "Yes!"


    The leader of the mosquito tribe shouted to the nearby warriors: "Prepare the blood sacrifice!"


    Those soldiers immediately ran to the pens where the prisoners were being held. Those pens were outside the mosquito tribe, but they were not covered by the roots of the vines.


    They rushed into the pen and grabbed people from the inside involuntarily.


    The 16- or 17-year-old girl was very smart. When she saw the Mosquito tribe warriors rushing over, she immediately crawled in desperately and got behind the crowd.


    Sure enough, almost half of the people in front were taken away, and those Mosquito tribe warriors had no time to choose.


    The girl managed to escape.


    The Mosquito Tribe soldiers arrested about a hundred people and hurriedly drove them away.


    The girl looked up at the huge divine vine in the sky, and a glimmer of hope gradually rose in her heart.


    The Mosquito tribe was attacked, which was a disaster for the Mosquito tribe, but an opportunity for her, a chance to escape!


    If the scene is a little more chaotic, the soldiers guarding the pen will be forced to join the battle, and she can find a way to escape when there is no one to watch here!


    The girl said silently in her heart: Let''s mess up, let''s mess up a little bit, it''s better to let this giant vine destroy the mosquito tribe!


    ...


    Outside the Mosquito Tribe, Jiang Xuan took people to the outskirts of the Mosquito Tribe after the vines became bigger and the giant dragonfly began to charge.


    However, he did not lead people to rush in foolishly.


    Compared with the Mosquito tribe, the warriors of the Vine tribe are still not enough to see, and rushing in will definitely cause heavy casualties.


    "All the leaders, lead your team''s soldiers to disperse, find the lone person, throw spears, shoot arrows, sneak attacks, don''t rush into it stupidly, and don''t fight recklessly, do you understand?"


    After the six leaders heard Jiang Xuan''s words, they felt a little confused.


    They saw that the totem gods were all rooted in the mosquito tribe, and those giant dragonflies rushed the bird-billed mosquitoes into pieces.


    As a result, the leader actually did not let them rush, but let them spread out to engage in sneak attacks?


    This...isn''t right?


    At this moment, Chi Shao said calmly: "The leader is right, most of our soldiers have just broken through, and they have insufficient combat experience, so they can''t fight recklessly.


    The leader and Wu spoke at the same time, and the six leaders could only suppress the restlessness in their hearts and spread out with their respective teams. According to Jiang Xuan''s order, they specially looked for the lonely Mosquito tribe warriors or bird-billed mosquitoes to attack.


    Right now, the Mosquito Tribe was messed up by divine vines and giant dragonflies, and there were quite a few lone warriors running out.


    Soon, there will be screams from time to time around the mosquito tribe.


    The more than one hundred warriors of the Vine tribe were constantly hunting and killing, quietly weakening the power of the Mosquito tribe.


    Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao also took action. They are relatively strong. After encountering Mosquito tribe warriors, they often kill with one hit.


    "Buzzing..."


    Just when Jiang Xuan thought that the mosquito tribe would be wiped out soon, suddenly, a **** light rose from the mosquito tribe, and it was accompanied by the buzzing of bird-billed mosquitoes.


    In a blink of an eye, all the bird-billed mosquitoes flew in one direction of the tribe, even ignoring the culling of those giant dragonflies.


    There was a simple altar on the mountainside where the mosquito tribe witch lived. At this time, more than a hundred corpses were piled up like a mountain next to the altar, and the smell of blood filled the sky.


    A terrifying soul body emerged from the altar, and then rushed into the corpses with a black whirlwind, frantically absorbing the essence of the blood.


    The shape of this soul body is exactly a bird-billed mosquito, but its breath is much more terrifying than ordinary bird-billed mosquitoes, and as it quickly absorbs the blood essence, the breath becomes more and more terrifying.


    Above the mosquito tribe, Shenteng also noticed the movement on the side of the mosquito tribe''s altar. At this time, most of its roots have been plunged into the soil, and it does not intend to wait any longer.


    "Whoosh whoosh!"


    Dozens of thick vines, shining with green brilliance, rushed towards the altar of the mosquito tribe, trying to interrupt the movement of the soul body to continue to **** the blood essence.


    "hiss!"


    In the pile of corpses, the blood-colored bird-billed mosquito has grown very large, with a wingspan of more than ten meters. It actually roared at the divine vine, and then flashed blood, avoiding the vines and speeding up to **** the blood essence.


    At the same time, countless bird-billed mosquitoes rushed towards the **** vines without fear of death, attacking the green vines with their sharp and sharp beaks.


    "Clap clap clap..."


    Those vines were pumped up, and many bird-billed mosquitoes were killed, flew, and exploded, but they were numerous, and they were not afraid of death, which annoyed the **** of vines.


    "Mosquito God is about to succeed!"


    Next to the altar, the mosquito tribe witch knelt in front of the altar, raised his arms, and looked mad.


    The Mosquito tribe leader and many warriors were also beside the altar. They were also very excited, because they believed that the totem spirit after the blood sacrifice was strong enough to be able to compete with the divine vine.


    On the pile of corpses, the blood-colored bird-billed mosquito became bigger and bigger, and the black shaved more severely, and the fierce aura permeated.


    However, at this moment, Shen Teng was so annoyed by those bird-billed mosquitoes that it suddenly broke out!


    The huge main stem of the **** vine burst out with a terrifying light, and then slapped it fiercely towards the altar.


    Before, the vines used some small vines to attack, but now it uses the main stem, and its power is simply incomparable.


    Those black beaked mosquitoes were the first to blow up a lot, and they couldn''t even run.


    "boom!"


    Afterwards, the huge vines were drawn on the mountainside, causing the mountain to collapse and the altar to burst.


    "Do not!"


    The Mosquito Tribe Witch let out a shrill cry, and together with the Mosquito Tribe leader and the warriors beside the altar, they were all pulled into a puddle of flesh by the huge vines!


    The blood-colored bird-billed mosquito also let out a shrill scream, and half of its soul body was sucked to pieces.


    "Whoosh whoosh!"


    Countless green vines, shining with divine light, were overwhelmingly entangled towards the Scarlet Bird-billed Mosquito. This time, the Scarlet Bird-billed Mosquito could no longer escape, and was directly entangled by countless vines.


    "Zizzizi..."


    After the blood-colored bird-billed mosquito was entangled by the vines, it was quickly absorbed by the vines. The strength gap between the two was actually very large. Once the vines broke out in full, it would have no chance to resist.


    Soon, the soul power of the blood-colored bird-billed mosquito was drained, and it disappeared, and the green light on the vine became even more dazzling.


    After losing the spirit of the totem, the witch, and the leader, the mosquito tribe finally went to extinction.

 Chapter 98： reward

    "Boom!"


    After Shenteng killed the blood-colored bird-billed mosquito, it became more violent.


    I saw that all its vines and roots attacked at the same time, quickly killing those bird-billed mosquitoes and mosquito tribe warriors.


    Those mosquito tribe warriors ran and cried, but could not escape the fate of death.


    The green light of the **** vine has become stronger and stronger, because it has absorbed an unknown amount of nutrients, and its strength has become more terrifying.


    Under the combined slaughter of Shenteng, the giant dragonfly and the warriors of the Vine tribe, it didn''t take long for a mosquito tribe in Nuoda to be almost wiped out.


    However, the people detained in the pens outside the Mosquito Tribe survived, but Shen Teng did not move them, nor did the warriors of the Vine Tribe.


    Because they are not from the Mosquito tribe.


    When everything was over, the roots of the divine vine quickly shrank and flew back to the sky.


    Those giant dragonflies also had a full meal and rested on the big tree outside the mosquito tribe.


    The entire Mosquito Tribe has become a bone-covered ruin, and the name Mosquito Tribe will also become the history of the Southern Wilderness.


    Jiang Xuan took people into the mosquito tribe. He looked at the countless bones and felt a little uncomfortable. After all, he was not a real aboriginal.


    But this cruel primitive world is like this. If you want to survive, you must fight with your life.


    Fight with the weather, fight with people, fight with ferocious beasts, poisonous snakes, poisonous insects, and various dangerous plants.


    If the heart is not cruel enough, the person who died is likely to be himself and everyone around him.


    Jiang Xuan had no doubts that if the Vine tribe was breached, the Mosquito tribe would be even more brutal.


    This was confirmed when he walked into a house that had not yet collapsed.


    He saw an arm in the house, roasted on a fire, it had been roasted, and there was an unpleasant smell of burning in the air.


    Next to the fire pond, there are still many human bones with marks of being chopped and tooth marks.


    Seeing all this, Jiang Xuan only felt horrified, and at the same time felt nauseated.


    "Cannibal tribe!"


    Jiang Xuan ran out of the room, and when he looked at the bones again, the little thing in his heart that he couldn''t bear to disappear disappeared without a trace.


    This was the first time he had seen a real cannibal tribe, and this triple shock of sight, smell and thought made his stomach churn and he almost vomited.


    In his opinion, people who eat the same kind are no longer human, but human-shaped beasts.


    Soon, other warriors also came out of the houses. Their faces were also a little unnatural, but they were much better than Jiang Xuan. After all, they had not received civilized education.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Take away everything you can eat and use, and go faster."


    Jiang Xuan didn''t want to stay here.


    "Yes, chief."


    All the warriors of the Vine Tribe acted immediately and quickly swept the contents of the Mosquito Tribe.


    Except for those unacceptable items, all other items are packed and taken away.


    Because the Mosquito tribe had looted several small tribes before, there were a lot of various animal skins, animal bones, animal teeth, stones, stone tools, bone tools, food and other materials.


    Jiang Xuan asked the soldiers to collect these materials, and then pile them up in the open space outside the mosquito tribe.


    Jiang Xuanzheng was counting the supplies, and a soldier hurried over.


    "Leader, a group of captives were found outside the Mosquito Tribe. They should have been captured from other tribes."


    "Take me to see."


    Jiang Xuan followed the soldier to the outskirts of the Mosquito Tribe, where the prisoners were held, and saw a group of people with yellow faces and thin skin, almost inhuman.


    When these people saw the warriors of the Vine tribe, they all shrank into a ball, their eyes were horrified, and they were obviously afraid of being killed.


    In charge of this side is the second hunting team led by Shi Loach, and Shi Loach is also standing outside the enclosure.


    Shi Loh asked Jiang Xuan, "Boss, what about these people?"


    Jiang Xuan''s brows furrowed slightly, because these people were too thin to look like people, and they were in very poor condition.


    After the extermination of the mosquito tribe, the Teng tribe got a lot of materials. In fact, now is the time to expand the population.


    But these people seem to be weak and can''t help the wind, and it is not sure whether they can take the road back to the Veng tribe for two or three days.


    But if you leave them here, in their state, there is a high probability of death.


    Jiang Xuan is not a person who ignores life, not to mention that the Vine tribe also needs population.


    He thought for a moment, looked up at the sky, and had an idea in his heart.


    Jiang Xuan said to Shi Loach: "Go and find the witch."


    "it is good."


    Shi Loach immediately ran to find Chi Shao, and after finding her, he took her to Jiang Xuan''s side.


    "Boss, do you have anything to do with me?"


    When there are outsiders, Chishao usually calls Jiang Xuan "leader", and Jiang Xuan also calls Chishao "witch".


    "Wu, communicate with Vine God to see if you can use divine power to enhance the physique of these people. If possible, I want to bring these people back."


    Chi Shao nodded, then closed her eyes and communicated with Shenteng.


    After a while, Chi Shao opened her eyes and said, "Vine God agrees."


    Jiang Xuan looked at the divine vine in the sky and said, "Thank you for the kindness of the Vine God!"


    In the sky, the divine vine stretched out a green vine, which quickly extended to the top of the pen and swayed gently.


    I saw the green liquid fell like a drizzle, and then quickly merged into the bodies of these captives.


    The condition of these prisoners has improved visibly to the naked eye, their eyes are no longer hollow, their skin has become shiny, and their muscles have become stronger.


    "I''m fine, I''m fine!"


    A prisoner whose arm was broken suddenly found that he could lift his hand, and his body regained strength.


    He shouted excitedly, and immediately knelt on the ground, bowing toward the divine vine in the sky.


    The other prisoners also found that their physical strength became abundant again, and their injuries were miraculously healed.


    "Thank you for the grace of God."


    "thank God!"


    ¡­


    All the captives knelt on the ground one after another, bowing to the divine vine in the sky.


    Jiang Xuan finally breathed a sigh of relief when he saw this scene.


    Shenteng performed miracles, not only healed the wounds of these captives and improved their physique, but also made them grateful to Shenteng.


    In the same way, they will initially establish trust and goodwill towards the Veng tribe, which is very beneficial for Jiang Xuan to bring them back to the tribe.


    When Shenteng took back the branches, these captives were no longer weak, and they regained their normal physical strength.


    After waiting for them to stop bowing, Jiang Xuan said to the captives, "We belong to the Vine tribe, and the Mosquito tribe has been eliminated by us."


    "Now, I give you two choices, one is to go back to the Vine tribe with us, and the other is to stay here."


    "But I want to remind you that a lot of those ferocious bird-billed mosquitoes have escaped. The Vine God is here, and they dare not come out. When the Vine God is gone, they will definitely come back here."


    "If you stay here and encounter those bird-billed mosquitoes who have lost their tribe, I don''t need to say more about the consequences, right?"


    When the prisoners heard the words, their bodies trembled involuntarily. Obviously, the bird-billed mosquitoes had left a psychological shadow on them.


    Among the captives, a 16- or 17-year-old girl stood up first. She gathered up her courage, looked at Jiang Xuan, and said, "When we go to the Veng tribe, will we be kept in captivity for food like we are now?"


    Jiang Xuan shook his head and said, "You can rest assured on this point, our Vine tribe never eats people."


    The girl breathed a sigh of relief and asked again, "Then will you lock us up?"


    "Of course not. I brought you back to the tribe to help the tribe. If you perform well in the future, you can even join the Vine Tribe and become a member of the Vine Tribe."


    The girl was overjoyed and said decisively, "I''ll go with you, I''m not afraid of hardship, I can do a lot of work."


    Jiang Xuan looked at the girl.


    She was wearing a very old grass skirt and was dirty all over. She was not tall and thin, but her eyes were very firm, which was different from other prisoners.


    Jiang Xuan asked, "What''s your name?"


    "My name is Mallow."


    "Okay, Mallow, come back with us."


    Jiang Xuan looked at the other captives again and asked, "What about you? Are you going with us, or staying in the mosquito tribe and waiting for revenge by the bird-billed mosquito?"


    The prisoners thought of the horror of the bird-billed mosquito, and immediately agreed to go with the Vine tribe without hesitation.


    "Okay, then come out, the second hunting team, and untie the ropes on them."


    The hands and feet of these captives were tied with sturdy bark ropes or straw ropes, which were equivalent to the original shackles, preventing them from escaping.


    The loach took the soldiers of the second hunting team forward and untied all the ropes on the prisoners.


    The captives who were freed all burst into tears. If it wasn''t for the arrival of the Vine Tribe, they would eventually become food for the Mosquito Tribe.


    "Shiloh, let them line up and count the number of people."


    Shi Loach took a few soldiers and arranged the prisoners into several columns, and then counted them one by one.


    After counting twice, Shi Loach reported to Jiang Xuan: "Leader, there are eighty-nine people in total."


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said to the captives: "Okay, continue to collect supplies, and bring them back to the tribe after the search."


    The warriors of the Vine tribe moved quickly again, and the prisoners were not idle, and joined the ranks of collecting supplies together.


    When the sun slanted west, all the edible and usable materials of the Mosquito Tribe were collected by the Vine Tribe and piled up into several hills.


    The result of this battle is very rich. The warriors of the Vine tribe are all smiles, and even the prisoners are also happy.


    Jiang Xuan did not plan to spend the night in the Mosquito tribe, because staying here made him very uncomfortable.


    "Separate these things, bring a portion of each, and return to the tribe."


    The more than 100 warriors of the Vine tribe, plus 89 prisoners, all stepped forward or were carried or carried to help carry part of the spoils.


    Even those giant dragonflies were caught by Jiang Xuan and gave instructions to them through the divine vine, asking them to help transport some of the spoils.


    Afterwards, they took these spoils and set foot on the way back.


    "Huhuhu..."


    In the sky, thirty-six giant dragonflies carrying trophies took the lead in fluttering their wings and flying towards the direction of the Vine Tribe.


    The Vine God became smaller again, hovering above the Vine Tribe team, flying unhurriedly.


    With the Vine God present, those ferocious beasts did not dare to come over, and the Vine tribe''s team could return smoothly.


    Three days later, everyone brought a lot of loot and finally returned to the Vine tribe.


    "Boom!"


    Shenteng returned to the stone mountain, its roots re-entered the ground, and then quickly grew larger, like a giant dragon, hovering around the stone mountain.


    Those giant dragonflies flew back to the Vine Tribe long ago. When the Vine Tribe warriors unloaded the spoils from their backs, they flew into the sky excitedly, turned around a few times, and then flew back to the stone mountain and landed on the divine vine. rest.


    The women and children who were hiding in the hole all came out. When they saw the mountains of loot, their eyes were straight, and they only regretted that they did not go to the battle in person.


    However, they quickly became involved in sorting out the spoils and enjoyed it.


    The people of the Vine tribe were very happy, because they won this tribal war with almost no loss of manpower, which is almost impossible for other tribes.


    After the eighty-nine former captives came to the Vine tribe, they were a little overwhelmed, and even felt absurd.


    Because the Vine tribe is too small, there are not many houses and the number of people is small.


    But it was such a tribe that wiped out the powerful and ferocious mosquito tribe.


    However, since they have come, they have no other choice but to settle down here and work for the Vine tribe.


    The girl Mallow is very satisfied with the Vine Tribe, or in other words, if she can survive, she is already very satisfied and does not expect more.


    Jiang Xuan sent half of the soldiers to build temporary shelters for the 89 people, and then led them to clean up the spoils.


    The clean-up of the spoils lasted for five full days, because they not only had to be counted, but also sorted into categories and then stored.


    When all the spoils were disposed of, everyone breathed a sigh of relief.


    They looked at the loot piled up in the house and felt more satisfied than ever.


    These things are all theirs!


    ¡­


    The second year of the establishment of the rattan tribe, on August 7th, it was sunny.


    "The red crystal rice is finished."


    In the crops, Jiang Xuan and Gan Song looked at the heavy fruit of the tall red crystal rice together.


    The stems and leaves of red crystal rice are purple-red, and they look a bit like corn, but they are much taller than corn.


    But the fruit it bears is like a grain plant, in the shape of ears of wheat, with three or four ears, each of which is large and heavy.


    The immature red crystal rice is pale red, and each is the size of a finger. According to the red crystal rice seeds Jiang Xuan obtained before, they should be the size of pigeon eggs when they grow up.


    Some time ago, UU reading www.uukanshu. com Everyone was busy fighting and inventorying supplies, and Gan Song didn''t have time to see his precious crops.


    Unexpectedly, when I came over this morning to take a look, the red crystal rice actually turned out.


    So he immediately told Jiang Xuan the good news.


    Jiang Xuan looked at the tall red crystal rice and said in surprise: "It seems that the yield of this thing is much higher than we expected. If it can be successfully planted in large numbers, red crystal rice can become a staple food in the future!"


    Gan Song said with a simple and honest smile: "Leader, don''t we have to worry about going hungry in the future?"


    Jiang Xuandao: "If there is no disaster, the red crystal rice, plus stone eggs, round potatoes, sweet potatoes, and those vegetables, will not only make us not hungry, but we may also save a lot of food!"


    "Save food!"


    When Gan Song heard these people, his whole body became excited, because he had lived for so many years and had never seen much food.


    Jiang Xuan''s words made him imagine the days when the Goto tribe''s grain storage piled up like a mountain, and everyone could have enough to eat.

 Chapter 99： dont come

    Ten brand-new bamboo and wooden houses appeared in the open space on the left side of the rattan tribe, each of which could accommodate eight or nine people.


    This kind of new house is made of bamboo and wood. Although it is not very beautiful, it is strong.


    Eighty-nine former prisoners lived in these houses.


    When the fire pit started to burn, many people wept.


    When they were in the Mosquito tribe, they were kept as livestock in captivity and could only eat some weeds and vegetables a day, even leaves.


    Now, they live in a brand-new and spacious house, with a fire pit, food to eat, and a clean place to sleep.


    Not only that, the Teng tribe also sent several large pottery tripods so that they could cook and eat.


    Even in their original tribe, they had never used such a good pottery cauldron!


    "The Vine tribe is so good, why didn''t we come here earlier!"


    A man was guarding the fire pond and crying, because several of his relatives were eaten by the mosquito tribe, and he would never see such a good day again.


    When other people heard his cry, they also thought of their relatives and clansmen, and many people also cried.


    Mallow did not cry.


    At this time, she was holding a pottery bowl, squatting beside the fire pit, and was practicing how to use chopsticks.


    Chopsticks are tableware required by the Fuji tribe to learn to use.


    Compared with the painstaking work of making a wooden bowl or a bamboo bowl, it is easier to burn a pottery bowl, and now the Teng tribe can burn hundreds of pottery bowls in one kiln.


    Therefore, all of the rattan tribes now use clay bowls.


    It is also very easy to make chopsticks, just need two straight small wooden sticks and polish them smoothly.


    "Goooooooooooo..."


    The food in Tao Ding is constantly tumbling, some plant tubers, some small fish and shrimp, and some wild vegetables are cooked in it.


    When these plants were slowly cooked, the strong fragrance suddenly made the people guarding the fire no longer cry.


    "Are you ripe?"


    A teenager couldn''t wait to reach for the long-handled spoon to scoop up food, but a tall middle-aged man slapped his hand off.


    "Don''t move around, or you won''t even want to eat today."


    This middle-aged man was the strongest in the room, and Jiang Xuan gave him the power to distribute food to avoid chaos.


    In every room, there is such a person who temporarily acts as a manager.


    Of course, they don''t have any power other than distributing food, and they do the same work as everyone else.


    The teenager retracted his hand embarrassingly, and waited patiently.


    After the strong middle-aged man felt that the food in Tao Ding was cooked, he moved the firewood under Tao Ding aside and announced the meal.


    The strong middle-aged man picked up the spoon, scooped a full bowl for himself first, and then scooped the others one by one.


    The house was carrying pottery bowls and chopsticks, looking at him eagerly, hoping that he could scoop a little more for himself.


    It is a pity that the strong middle-aged man did not dare to scoop more food for anyone, because Jiang Xuan said that if he distributes it unevenly, everyone in the room can report to Jiang Xuan, and Jiang Xuan will deprive him of the right to distribute food.


    This is a relatively primitive monitoring system.


    Of course, he did not dare to reduce the amount of food, but a little more wild vegetables or a little more fish was within his control.


    People he likes will naturally scoop a little more fish and shrimp, and those he doesn''t like will scoop a little more wild vegetables.


    Because of this, the people in the room didn''t dare to offend him, and many people even flattered him.


    When it was Mallow''s turn, the strong middle-aged man smiled and scooped up some more fish and said, "Mallow, eat more fish to replenish your body."


    This strong middle-aged man liked Mallow and wanted to have a baby with her, but Mallow refused.


    If it is in other tribes, the strong middle-aged people will probably use the strong, but in the Vine tribe he dare not.


    Another rule Jiang Xuan set for them is that they cannot forcibly have relationships with others, let alone bully underage girls, otherwise they will be severely punished or even expelled from the tribe.


    Because of this, the strong middle-aged man had no choice but to please Mallow and let her agree.


    However, Mallow just smiled and ate all the food, but still refused to agree to him.


    Because Mallow looked down on him.


    After coming to the Vine tribe, Mallow really felt the goodness of this tribe, and she hoped to stay in this tribe for a long time.


    In order to stay in the Vine tribe, she thought about it for a long time, and finally came up with a way, that is to become a partner with the people of the Vine tribe.


    She looked around in the Vine tribe, and finally set her eyes on Jiang Xuan.


    If she can mate with the leader, she will definitely stay in the Vine Tribe!


    Because of this, in the face of strong middle-aged people or other people''s courtship, Mallow refused all of them, and she didn''t look down on these people at all.


    "call¡­¡­"


    Mallow blew on the food in the pottery bowl, and then took a sip of the soup, which not only had the taste of wild vegetables, fish, but also a light salty taste.


    It''s salt!


    Mallow is even more determined to stay in the Vine tribe, how can other small tribes live such a good life?


    Mallow cherishes this hard-won life.


    Mallow clumsily held the chopsticks and shoved all the food in the bowl into his mouth bit by bit, without even wasting the soup.


    After eating, she found that there was still a little oily flower in the pottery bowl, so she put half a bowl of water in the bowl, stirred it with chopsticks, and then drank all the water.


    After eating, they took a short rest and then went out to work.


    Jiang Xuan arranged for some people to open up wasteland, some to dig ditches, and some to build roads.


    The people in Mallow''s house are responsible for digging the ditches. It''s very hard, but everyone works hard, because they have experienced the days of dying at any time. What''s the point of being tired?


    ...


    On August 15th, Jiang Xuan moved to a house in Hsinchu. As the leader, he finally had his own house and didn''t need to crowd with other people.


    This bamboo house is located in the bamboo forest, next to the creek. It is similar in size to the bamboo house of Chishao, and it also has a yard.


    Jiang Xuan made some mud bricks, and then set up the Hsinchu bed, which was really off the ground.


    When he lay on the brand-new bamboo bed and looked at the spacious room, he only felt happy physically and mentally.


    This is his own space, free space.


    When he lived with everyone, he didn''t have any privacy, and he didn''t like that feeling.


    At night, Jiang Xuan sat leisurely by the fire pond and grilled meat, the meat was full of fragrance.


    "smell good."


    Just then, a voice sounded outside.


    "Who?"


    Jiang Xuan had heard the footsteps long ago, but he didn''t care, because there was a divine vine guarding him, who could come here could not be an enemy.


    He put down the kebab and opened the door.


    Outside the door is Mallow holding a torch, her face is a bit cramped.


    "Boss, can I go in?"


    "It''s Mallow Come in."


    Jiang Xuan sat by the fire pond again and asked casually, "Do you have anything to do with me?"


    As the leader, people often come to look for him, and Jiang Xuan is used to it.


    Mallow didn''t speak. She stared at the meat on the fire for a while, then secretly swallowed.


    Seeing this, Jiang Xuan handed a bunch to her and said, "Hungry? Eat it, but don''t tell other people when you go back after eating. It would be bad if everyone came to me to eat meat."


    Mallow nodded hurriedly, then took the skewer, ate it all quickly, and wiped the corners of his mouth.


    "Can we talk about it now?"


    Mallow put down the stick for skewering the meat, she looked at Jiang Xuan with burning eyes, and said, "Boss, I want to give birth to a child for you!"


    As soon as the voice fell, a fur coat slid directly to the ground.


    Under the hazy light of the fire, Jiang Xuan saw something that he shouldn''t be looking at.

 Chapter 100： giant horn

    Popular recommendation:


    Jiang Xuan finally let Mallow put on a grass skirt and pushed her out, instead of letting her stay overnight in his house.


    Mallow was obviously disappointed by this, but she had no choice but to return to the house where she lived with a torch.


    Jiang Xuan closed the door, his heart was still beating wildly, and there were a lot of messy thoughts in his mind.


    The reason why Mallow was rejected was not because of how noble he was, but because he did not want to sleep with others like an animal.


    The soul from the afterlife, the education he received, made him unable to do such a thing.


    You must know that under such rudimentary conditions, once you sleep, it is really possible to have a child.


    Impulsivity is the devil, especially for someone like Jiang Xuan who is more responsible, he can''t be impulsive easily.


    At least, you have to find someone you like, cultivate your relationship, and then move on to the next step, right?


    What''s more, his body is only fourteen years old. In his heart, he is still a child at this age!


    No matter what others did, he didn''t want to have a baby at such a young age, it was terrible.


    ...


    The next day, Jiang Xuan saw the mallow again. The tribe was so big that he couldn''t see it when he looked up and looked down.


    Jiang Xuan felt a little embarrassed, Mallow was okay, she was just a little disappointed.


    But she didn''t give up, she thought it was just that she was too hungry in the mosquito tribe, hungry and thin, and not good-looking.


    When she gets fatter and looks better, Jiang Xuan will definitely not reject her again.


    In the tribal people''s aesthetics, the kind of strong, fleshy woman is the most beautiful.


    Jiang Xuan didn''t know what she was thinking. In order to avoid embarrassment and to get more food, he took the hunting team into the mountain.


    Although the Vine tribe has carried out planting and breeding, and obtained some excellent food varieties, but after all, the time is short, and the food needs of the tribe cannot be met by planting and breeding.


    Hunting and gathering remains an important source of food.


    As the most powerful warrior of the tribe, Jiang Xuan often leads hunting teams into the mountains to find large prey and add meat to the tribe.


    Today, Jiang Xuan set his sights on a giant horned beast.


    The giant horned beast is a large herbivorous beast, but ordinary beasts dare not easily list it as a prey.


    Because the size of the giant horn is too large, the adult giant horn weighs more than 5,000 kilograms.


    It has rough skin and thick flesh, and has a huge horn on the top of its head. If it is accidentally hit by the horn, it will be seriously injured even if it does not die.


    When Jiang Xuan was away, the hunting team of the Veng tribe did not dare to make up their minds on such prey, because they could not deal with it.


    But Jiang Xuan is different. He is now a four-color warrior. In theory, his strength can hunt a giant tooth tiger alone!


    At this time, a giant horned beast was walking leisurely in a forest, looking for some tender leaves or weeds to eat from time to time.


    The giant horn looks a bit like a tapir, but it has a huge horn on the top of its head, occupying almost one-third of its head, and a long tail, which looks very weird.


    In the woods not far from the giant horn, Uncaria whispered to Jiang Xuan: "Boss, do you want to do it?"


    In the face of such a big guy, ordinary traps are useless. Even if you dig a pit, you have to dig a big one, which is time-consuming and labor-intensive.


    The only thing that the hunting team soldiers can rely on is the large number of people, plus the strength of the leader.


    Jiang Xuan looked around and said, "Go ahead and set up a few trip ropes, choose the strongest rope, and five people work together to pull one, and I will lead it over."


    "Also, prepare the largest rattan net, and if there is a chance, catch this giant horn."


    "Yes!"


    Uncaria waved his hand, and with the thirty-five warriors of the first hunting team, he quietly went around to the woods in front of the giant horn, took out the thickest bark rope, and began to set up tripwires.


    "It''s all tied up. The giant horn is very powerful. Five people will pull a rope later. Don''t be careless."


    Uncaria instructed the warriors to tie one end of the rope to the tree, while he took some of the strongest warriors to the last trip line and unrolled a large net.


    This kind of net is woven from tough rattan, which has high strength and can catch most of the prey.


    Once the prey is entangled in the net, they cannot run away.


    After everything was ready, a soldier quickly ran to Jiang Xuan''s side and told him that he was ready.


    "Okay, then get ready to do it."


    Jiang Xuan licked his dry lips, then grabbed the bone spear and quickly charged towards the giant horn.


    After the giant horn heard the movement, it immediately stopped eating and looked at Jiang Xuan vigilantly.


    For the giant horned beast, Jiang Xuan is not tall, but it instinctively feels a dangerous aura from Jiang Xuan.


    It turned around, lowered its head, and faced Jiang Xuan with its huge single horn. It let out a low roar, and its huge body was ready to go.


    Jiang Xuan did not fight recklessly. When he was halfway, he suddenly pulled out a short spear from his back and threw it at the giant horn.


    "Whoosh!"


    Under the blessing of enormous power, the short spear flew towards the shoulder of the giant horn in a parabola with a sound of breaking through the air.


    "puff!"


    The giant horned beast was too huge. Although it had great strength, its movements were not very flexible. The short spear pierced into its shoulder, dripping with blood.


    "Roar!"


    The giant horn was enraged, it lowered its head, ran towards Jiang Xuan, and killed Jiang Xuan with its huge unicorn.


    Once the giant horn starts running, the speed is not slow, and the impact force is terrible.


    But Jiang Xuan''s speed is faster than it.


    I saw Jiang Xuan immediately changed direction, ran to the side of the giant horn, and threw a short spear.


    "puff!"


    This short spear hit the giant horn again, which made the giant horn even more angry.


    Due to its rough skin and thick flesh and huge size, the two short spears are not serious injuries to it, and it has no idea of ??escaping.


    "Boom, boom, boom..."


    The giant horn continued to run after Jiang Xuan, but Jiang Xuan took it around, consuming its physical strength, and throwing a short spear from time to time, causing some damage to it.


    When four or five short spears were inserted into the giant horned beast, Jiang Xuan had no short spears, and the physical strength of the giant horned beast gradually decreased with running and injuries.


    "It''s now!"


    Jiang Xuan took the giant horned beast and ran into the forest where the hunting team was ambushed.


    When the giant horn was hesitant, Jiang Xuan turned around again, approached it, provoked it, and kept the giant horn in anger and continued to pursue.


    Finally, Jiang Xuan crossed the first trip wire, followed by the giant horn.


    When the giant horn approached the tripwire, the warrior beside him suddenly stood up and shouted, "Pull!"


    "Whoosh!"


    The thick rope hanging on the ground was suddenly pulled up by the five warriors.


    "Bang!"


    The giant horn fell heavily to the ground, and the short spear on its body was broken.


    But the giant horn immediately got up again, very fast, and at the same time, it did not continue to run forward, but turned and ran behind.


    No one expected that the giant horn would turn around and run Jiang Xuan was stunned for a moment, then immediately turned around and chased after him.


    "Chase!"


    Uncaria couldn''t care about the Tengwang that had already been unfolded. He immediately took the warriors and followed Jiang Xuan to continue chasing the giant horned beast.


    Jiang Xuan ran very fast, and his speed was relatively stable.


    The giant horn is also very fast, because it has felt the threat of death and wants to escape.


    But the stamina of the giant horn is not as good as Jiang Xuan''s after all. After it ran a certain distance, its speed slowed down little by little, and its nostrils were panting heavily.


    "puff!"


    Jiang Xuan found the opportunity, ran to the side of the giant horn, and stabbed it into its neck with a thick bone spear!


    The giant horn let out a whimper and picked up speed again, but its physical strength was already severely exhausted.


    "Lie down!"


    When the giant horn slowed down again, Jiang Xuan gave up the bone spear and suddenly punched the giant horn on the head.


    "Bang!"


    The giant horn was hit by a huge force, its head was smashed, and its huge body fell to the ground.


    Jiang Xuan ran over again and punched its head continuously.


    Under the terrifying power of his four-colored warrior, the giant horn wailed, and his eyes gradually lost their luster.


    When Uncaria and others ran over, the giant horn was out of breath.


    "The leader is too strong!"


    The soldiers of the hunting team looked at Jiang Xuan frantically, admiring the leader''s powerful personal strength.


    Jiang Xuan gasped and said, "Tie it up and carry it back, this giant horned beast will be enough for everyone to eat for a while."


    "Yes!"


    Uncine and others immediately ran back to find ropes and rattan nets, tied the huge giant beast, and carried it back to the tribe by more than 30 warriors in turn.

 Chapter 101： Young bird dumplings

    Popular recommendation:


    The hunting team carried the giant horn forward and captured a big guy. Everyone was in a good mood, and they were even discussing how much the horn, hide and bone of this giant horn could be made.


    Jiang Xuan''s mood is also very happy, because he really feels his current powerful strength, which is the guarantee of survival.


    "Leader, there is a bird in front of it, it can''t fly, it''s so big!"


    At this moment, a soldier who was exploring the road in front hurried back, his face full of excitement.


    "Can''t fly? Take me to see."


    Jiang Xuan followed the soldier and ran forward quickly.


    In the primitive jungle, there are all kinds of birds, some can fly, some can''t.


    Flying birds are more difficult to catch, but flightless birds, such as the plump unicorn, are a good hunting target for the people of the Vine tribe.


    They''ve already killed a giant horned beast, and they''ll be happier if they have another big flightless bird.


    Jiang Xuan moved fast in the various complex terrains of the jungle. From time to time, his feet stepped on some huge vines covered with moss and fallen dead trees, but he didn''t make much noise.


    The same is true for the soldiers of the hunting party. Except for those who carried the prey, everyone looked light when they advanced.


    This is the instinct of a hunter, because too much movement will scare the prey away.


    Not long after, they came to the foot of a high mountain and saw a strange looking bird.


    This big bird is about half the height of a human being and looks very plump. Jiang Xuan estimated based on his rich hunting experience that the bird weighs at least 70 to 80 catties, more than double the size of a unicorn.


    "Strange, how come I''ve never seen such a flightless bird?"


    Jiang Xuan stared at the big bird standing under the tree, feeling that something was wrong.


    Because it is too fat, or too fat, and its eyes are big, but it is not as sharp as those fierce birds, but it looks a little cute and moves very slowly.


    The vine tribe warriors who explored the path judged it to be a ferocious bird based on its eagle-like beak and strong and sharp claws, and did not dare to do it themselves.


    Jiang Xuan also relied on his own strength. After he felt that something was wrong with the big bird, he approached with the bone spear.


    When Jiang Xuan approached, the big bird spread its wings and made a threatening tweet at Jiang Xuan.


    "Baby bird?"


    Jiang Xuan was shocked to find that the wings of this big bird were fluffy, not the thick and sturdy feathers of an adult bird at all.


    Not only that, its cry is not sharp at all, and it is relatively immature.


    "What kind of bird is this, how come even the juveniles are bigger than other adults?"


    Jiang Xuan felt incredible. If this bird was an adult, how big would it be?


    The first thing Jiang Xuan thought of was the black giant eagle of the old witch.


    That giant eagle has a wingspan of more than twenty meters and is terrifyingly large, feeding on all kinds of ferocious beasts and even beasts.


    Secondly, the black-toothed birds of the Black-Toothed Tribe have a wingspan of more than ten meters. Although they are not as large as giant eagles, they have excellent endurance, can fly long distances, and have strong attack power.


    Could this chubby young bird also be a giant bird?


    Jiang Xuan was suddenly moved, because he was very eager to be like the old witch, like the expedition team of the Black Teeth Tribe, to have a large bird that could take him around the world.


    Although there are giant dragonflies in the Vine tribe now, but giant dragonflies have short lifespans, and it is difficult to cultivate feelings, let alone communicate with them.


    However, the life span of large giant birds is generally very long, and the IQ is relatively high. After being raised for a long time, they can understand some simple words and instructions.


    Thinking of this, Jiang Xuan stared at this huge young bird with gleaming eyes, which scared the young bird back and forth.


    "Eye...Eye..."


    The chick still keeps its wings outstretched, which makes it appear larger.


    When the animals confront each other, they will take various methods to make themselves look taller and more powerful, hoping to scare off their opponents.


    However, after Jiang Xuan discovered that it was a young bird, he knew that it did not have much attack power, so he directly ignored its behavior and rushed towards the young bird.


    Seeing that the threat was ineffective, the young bird was so frightened that it turned around and ran, but because it was too fat and had no running experience, it couldn''t run fast at all.


    After a while, Jiang Xuan caught up with the young bird, pressed it to the ground, and tied its two claws so that it could no longer escape.


    "Eye...Eye..."


    The young bird screamed loudly, but it was of no use, and its mother bird was obviously not in this area.


    Jiang Xuan finally felt relieved. He was really afraid that the cry of this young bird would attract a bird as big as a giant eagle, and they would all have to flee.


    "Bring a Tengnet over here!" Jiang Xuanchong shouted to the soldiers of the hunting team who had already arrived here.


    One of the warriors in charge of carrying the Teng Net immediately took off a Teng Net from his back, and together with Jiang Xuan, netted the young bird.


    Jiang Xuan tried it and found that the young bird was too big to mention, so he found a pole, hung Teng Wang on the pole, and let the two soldiers carry it away.


    Uncaria came to Jiang Xuan, looked at the young bird that was still calling, and said, "Boss, are you going to bring it back for domestication?"


    Jiang Xuan replied: "Yes, this is a young bird, take it back and see if it can be raised."


    "Baby bird?"


    Uncaria thought he heard it wrong. He stared at the large bird in the rattan net for a while, and said incredulously, "Such a young bird is really rare."


    "It''s not unusual that I don''t want to raise it yet."


    Jiang Xuan was already imagining what this young bird would look like when he grew up.


    Currently, the plumage of this young bird is gray and white, which is about the same color as most young birds.


    When they grow up, they will have more brightly colored feathers, which are completely different from when they were young.


    A day later, they returned to the Vine tribe.


    The huge giant horn aroused cheers from the Vine tribe and was quickly disposed of.


    The young bird was sent to the yard where Jiang Xuan lived, and Jiang Xuan tied it in the yard with a strong bark rope.


    Along the way, the young bird didn''t eat anything. After being tied up, it tried to struggle for a while, but couldn''t break free, so it squatted on the spot, closed its eyes, and cried from time to time.


    Jiang Xuan went to the breeding area and asked Dajiao for some bugs, then brought them back to the yard and tried to feed the young bird.


    However, after seeing the worms, the young birds turned their heads and didn''t eat them at all.


    Jiang Xuan changed several kinds of big bugs, and even brought some fish and shrimp.


    However, the young bird just glanced at it and still didn''t eat it.


    Jiang Xuan''s brows furrowed, if the young bird didn''t eat, it would starve to death in a few days.


    "What kind of food is this chick going to eat?"


    Jiang Xuan pondered carefully, guessing what food the mother bird of this young bird would feed it.


    "Do you want to eat animal meat?"


    Jiang Xuan''s eyes lit up, small birds might eat bugs, but large ominous birds like giant eagles obviously wouldn''t prey on small bugs!


    They obviously go for some larger prey, even when feeding young birds.


    Just at this time, the giant horn had been decomposed, and two warriors brought the giant horn, the heart of the giant horn, and a part of the animal meat.


    "Why don''t you try the meat of a giant horn."


    Jiang Xuan cut the meat of the giant horn into smaller strips and placed it in front of the young bird.


    This time, the young bird stared at the meat, obviously interested.


    But Jiang Xuan waited for a long time, but it still did not take the initiative to peck.


    "You eat, I teach you, like this, pecking and eating."


    Jiang Xuan held his hand into the shape of a bird''s beak, and then went to peck at the meat strips.


    The young bird lowered its head and tentatively pecked one, but it didn''t hold it firmly and fell to the ground again.


    Jiang Xuan was anxious to see it. He directly picked up the meat stick and hung it above the young bird, shaking constantly.


    This time, the young bird finally opened its mouth, grabbed the meat strip in one bite, and swallowed it in a few bites.


    Jiang Xuan let out a long sigh and said, "Finally eat."


    In the previous life, Jiang Xuan also dug out some birdhouses and caught some young birds, fantasizing about raising them.


    But at that time, he was young and impatient. Those young birds would not eat the worms by themselves, and they all starved to death.


    Later, he had some psychological shadows on raising birds, for fear that he would die from raising them again.


    If the young bird stopped eating just now, he planned to break open the bird''s beak and force it into its mouth.


    After eating some meat sticks, the young bird''s mental state was obviously better, and it began to call out "Eyer...Eyer...", and was always pecking at the rope tied to its claws, trying to break it.


    Jiang Xuan said to himself: "It''s not good to tie it like this. You can''t let it live in the house at night, right? Otherwise, let''s build a shed and lock it up."


    Jiang Xuan did what he said, immediately called a few soldiers, chopped some sturdy bamboos nearby, and then started to build a roofed shed in the yard.


    Everyone has experience in building a bamboo hut, not to mention that the soldiers are amazingly powerful. When the sky is dark, a brand new bamboo hut is built.


    Jiang Xuan spread some hay in the bamboo shed, then untied the rope from the young bird''s legs, locked it in the Hsinchu shed, and fed some meat strips.


    The young bird ran around in the bamboo shed, but did not find a chance to escape. After dark, it lay on the haystack and gradually became quiet.


    "Finally clean."


    Jiang Xuan breathed a sigh of relief, the young bird had been calling for a day, making him dizzy.


    He cooked something to eat, washed again, threw some stinky grass into the fire to repel mosquitoes, then lay down on the bamboo bed and fell asleep.


    That night, he had a sweet dream, dreaming that he rode a giant bird flying in the sky.


    "Eye...Eye..."


    The next day, as soon as it was dawn, Jiang Xuan was woken up by the soul-like cry of a young bird.


    Jiang Xuan got up, sat on the bamboo bed, and said helplessly, "Why do you like to be called so much?"


    But the baby bird that I caught, I have to continue to raise it with tears.


    He went to the bamboo shed to have a look, guessing that the young bird was hungry, so he cut some meat strips for it to eat.


    Sure enough, after the young bird devoured it, it finally stopped calling.


    Jiang Xuan looked at the lack of a large piece of animal meat, and muttered: "It''s too edible. Fortunately, the food is more abundant now, otherwise, it will be thrown into the pot if it is raised."


    After the sun rose, many warriors knew that Jiang Xuan had caught a large young bird from the mountain and brought it back to raise, and they ran over to see it.


    Chi Shao also came over, because her bamboo house was not far from Jiang Xuan''s place, and she could hear birds chirping.


    Jiang Xuan asked, "Sister, can you tell what kind of bird it is?"


    Chi Shao stared at the young bird for a long time, shook her head, and said, "I have never seen this kind of young bird. If it is an adult bird, I might be able to recognize it."


    Jiang Xuan nodded, but he didn''t care too much, he would know it naturally when he grew up.


    Chi Shao looked at it for a while, then said, "Did you give it a name?"


    "name?"


    Jiang Xuan scratched his head. He knew that Dajiao had given many names to the animals he raised, such as Xiaofei and Dahei.


    Tribal people are also accustomed to naming domesticated animals. For example, the Deer Tribe used to raise a lot of big-horned deer, each with a name.


    It''s also a little fun in hard life.


    Jiang Xuan stared at the young bird for a while, thought for a moment, and said, "It''s long and round, and it''s edible, or it''s called Tangyuan."


    "What are dumplings?"


    Chi Shao was a little puzzled, she had never heard of this word.


    Jiang Xuandao: "It''s a kind of food that the old man told me in the dream. It''s round like a ball. It can be cooked and eaten. It''s sweet."


    Chi Shao nodded and said, "Sweet food is delicious, so let''s call it tangyuan."


    Chishao didn''t know that the dumplings had a special meaning for Jiang Xuan, and they pinned a kind of nostalgia for the past life.


    In fact, this kind of miss gradually faded with the time he lived in this world. He was afraid that one day he would completely forget that world In this way, the name of this young bird was determined.


    Soon, the entire tribe knew that the leader had adopted a very large chick, and many warriors were very envious of this, and fantasized about being able to capture such a chick.


    Time passed by day by day, autumn came silently, and the hot summer became a thing of the past.


    This young bird named "Tangyuan" was also carefully raised by Jiang Xuan. It grew up and ate more and more every day.


    At the beginning, it was a little afraid of Jiang Xuan, but as it was fed for a long time, it gradually became less afraid of Jiang Xuan, and even showed closeness to Jiang Xuan.


    Slowly, Jiang Xuan tried to stop locking it up and let it wander around the yard.


    After a period of time, the dumplings lost their fluff and gradually grew hard purple and blue feathers, and became more intimate with Jiang Xuan.


    Jiang Xuan was sure that it would not escape, so he opened the door of the yard so that it could walk in the bamboo forest and look for some food.


    Until one day, the glutinous rice **** that had grown full of hard feathers came back from the bamboo forest with a snake, and held it in front of Jiang Xuan as if offering a treasure.


    Jiang Xuan, who was working in the yard, was stunned for a moment, and then said in surprise: "Tangyuan, you can actually catch snakes!"


    Tang Yuan raised his head arrogantly, with a look of complimenting me.


    "Tangyuan, you are so amazing!" Jiang Xuan let the tangyuan get his wish.


    The dumplings really happily opened their wings and fluttered a few times, kicking up a puff of dust.


    Jiang Xuan looked at the snake on the ground and said to Tang Yuan, "This is the first time you have searched for food by yourself. Eat it yourself."


    Tangyuan seemed to understand Jiang Xuan''s words, and it immediately pecking happily.

 Chapter 102： A year of hard work

    Popular recommendation:


    The glutinous rice **** grew so fast that they surprised everyone, almost the same every day.


    In just one month, its size has doubled, and it is already as tall as Jiang Xuan when standing up.


    This growth rate is terrifying.


    Along with its size, it also has its food intake. If it hadn''t slowly learned to hunt some small prey by itself, I''m afraid Jiang Xuan would not be able to support it.


    At the same time, almost all of its feathers turned purple, with only a circle of blue feathers on its neck, like wearing a blue scarf.


    Coupled with its sharp beak and sturdy claws, the glutinous rice ball has begun to have the temperament of a fierce bird.


    The snakes caught by the dumplings are also getting bigger and bigger.


    Even the poisonous snakes, which the tribespeople could not avoid, could only be reduced to food after encountering glutinous rice balls.


    Its running speed is also getting faster and faster. The only pity is that its wings are not yet full, and it cannot fly.


    On September 15, Jiang Xuan took Dajiao and a few soldiers to drain the water in the pond where the fry were grown.


    In the spring, Jiang Xuan put many female fish in the pond, which produced a large number of eggs and grew into fry.


    Half a year has passed, and these fry have grown to the size of a palm and are swimming happily in the pool.


    Jiang Xuan picked up all these palm-sized fish, put half of them into other ponds to continue raising, and carried the other half to the creek, ready to pour into the stream.


    The reason why the fry are placed now is because these fish usually only eat grass and grow slowly. If they are put into the water too early, they may be eaten by other carnivorous fish.


    Now that they have grown larger and have a certain self-protection ability, the survival rate will be higher when they enter the water.


    Dajiao looked at the lively fish in the rattan basket and said reluctantly, "Boss, do you really want to pour it in?"


    "Of course, didn''t I tell you? If we don''t put fish fry and keep fishing, the fish in the river will become less and less, and sooner or later, the fish in the river will be caught."


    Dajiao understands the truth, but he takes good care of these fishes and grows up little by little.


    "Crash..."


    Jiang Xuan took the lead in pouring a whole basket of fish into the creek, watching them quickly swim to the depths of the water until they disappeared.


    "Come on, these fish can''t be out of the water for too long or they''ll die."


    Under Jiang Xuan''s urging, Dajiao and the soldiers could only pour baskets of fish into the stream and watch them swim away eagerly.


    Some of these fish may live in the creek, some will swim into the wider lobster river, in short, from this moment on, they are free.


    Jiang Xuan patted Dajiao''s shoulder and said, "Don''t be reluctant, trust me, these fry will bring us more fish in the future."


    "Let''s go, go back."


    Jiang Xuan took the lead in picking up the empty rattan basket and walked back. Dajiao and the soldiers could only keep up and returned to the breeding area to continue working.


    But what they just dumped into the creek was seen by many people who were working nearby.


    They don''t understand it.


    In their eyes, those fish are edible meat, how can they pour the meat into the creek?


    Of course, it was the leader who took the lead in doing this, and they didn''t dare to raise any questions, so they could only say a few pity in private.


    After putting the rattan basket back, Jiang Xuan walked into the crops again to check the red crystal rice. Gan Song, the leader of the planting team who was working nearby, also ran over.


    With the advent of autumn, the end of the leaves of the red crystal rice plant gradually dried up, turned golden yellow, and gradually spread to the whole plant.


    The red crystal rice in the shape of ears of wheat has become full and crystal clear, like red crystals, very beautiful.


    Standing under the red crystal rice plant three or four meters high, Jiang Xuan looked at the heavy red ear, and only felt that his mood became more comfortable.


    Jiang Xuan said with satisfaction: "In seven or eight days, these red crystal rice should be mature."


    Jiang Xuan planted about fifty or sixty grains of red crystal rice. After these red crystal rice plants mature, each plant can condense hundreds of red crystal rice the size of pigeon eggs, and the yield is astonishingly high.


    If the harvested red crystal rice is planted again next year, it will only take a year for the Vine Tribe to emerge as a staple food that can truly be eaten by everyone!


    There was also a bright smile on Gan Song''s dark face. He has carefully taken care of these red crystal rice this year, fertilizing, watering, loosening the soil, and weeding.


    Jiang Xuan said again: "Let''s go to the other places where red crystal rice is grown."


    Because the Veng tribe did not know anything about these red crystal rice before, Jiang Xuan planted these red crystal rice in different fields to be on the safe side.


    Some are drier, some are wetter, some are well-lit, some are not so bright.


    Jiang Xuan and Gan Song walked through all the red crystal rice plantations.


    He found that the red crystal rice that grows best in the flat land with moist soil and full sun, and the red crystal rice that grows in the dry, shady mountain is the worst.


    Jiang Xuandao: "It seems that these red crystal rice are suitable for growing in the flat land with sufficient sunlight and moist soil. You should write this down and don''t plant red crystal rice in those mountains next year."


    "Okay, I''ll take it down."


    Gan Song nodded solemnly, because this matter is related to the production of red crystal rice, and the output of red crystal rice is related to whether everyone can fill their stomachs through planting.


    Such an important matter must be kept in his mind.


    The two went to the crop field to check the growth of other grains and vegetables. Some of them are almost mature, and some need to grow for a while.


    This year is a good year, the crops and vegetables are growing well, and it is another bumper year.


    On September 22, the red crystal rice finally fully matured, and the vine tribe also started the autumn harvest.


    After a year of hard work, the day of harvest finally arrived, and everyone was very excited.


    Jiang Xuan took a stone knife and chopped down the tallest tree of red crystal rice, then raised a bunch of heavy red ears over his head, and shouted in a loud voice, "Autumn harvest!"


    Under the sun, those red crystal rice shone like jewels, very beautiful and very festive.


    Gan Song cut off another bunch of red ears, and also shouted loudly: "Autumn harvest!"


    "Autumn harvest!"


    "Autumn harvest!"


    ...


    In the field of crops, the people of the Veng tribe burst into cheers like a tsunami, and the whole tribe was immersed in the joy of harvesting.


    The soldiers of the planting team took the lead in picking up all kinds of primitive agricultural tools and walked into the fields, with the scorching sun overhead, and started the busy autumn harvest.


    Those mature vegetables need to twist off the rhizomes one by one, and round potatoes and stone eggs also need to cut off all the vines first, and then dig up the soil, which is not an easy job.


    But even if the sweat is pouring down, everyone has a smile on their faces, because these are food!


    The tall red crystal rice was harvested by Jiang Xuan and Gan Song himself. Jiang Xuan plucked the red crystal rice from the ears one by one with his bare hands, and put them into the animal skin bag.


    When all the red crystal rice was collected, there were actually five big animal skin bags, and the output was quite astonishing.


    With such a high yield of food, even Jiang Xuan was shocked, followed by a burst of ecstasy.


    With such a high yield of food, are you afraid that there will be no food for the population in the future?


    Jiang Xuan carried all these red crystal rice back to the tribe.


    Afterwards, he weaved several large mats with reed poles, spread them on the open space, and spread the red crystal rice on the mats to dry.


    Jiang Xuan is very clear that if the water is not dried, these red crystal rice may be mildewed in animal skin bags.


    If the red crystal rice that has been planted so hard is broken, there is no place to cry.


    "Eye...Eye..."


    When Jiang Xuan was drying the red crystal rice, the dumplings also came over. It looked curiously at the red crystal rice on the ground, and would stretch its neck to peck one to taste it.


    "Hey, it''s not meat."


    Jiang Xuan hurriedly hugged the thick neck of the dumpling and pushed it aside.


    Tangyuan did not insist on making troubles in the past, because it likes eating meat, not vegetarian, and is just curious about red crystal rice.


    Jiang Xuan called the soldiers of the two guards and told them to take good care of these precious red crystal rice, and don''t be harmed by those animals raised in the tribe.


    The two soldiers of the guard team also knew that this thing was very important, so they stood guard beside these red crystal rice, not leaving an inch.


    Jiang Xuan returned to the crops and continued to work with everyone, harvesting the grain and vegetables bit by bit, and then transporting them back to the tribe.


    Thanks to the efforts of everyone in the Veng tribe, the food and vegetables of the Veng tribe soon piled up like a mountain.


    These grains and vegetables must be kept well and should not be left in disorder.


    Especially those leafy vegetables, if they are not kept well, they will rot very quickly.


    Jiang Xuan carefully recalled the experience of his previous life, and then fired a batch of sauerkraut jars, boiled some leafy vegetables, dried them, rubbed salt, and put them into jars to turn them into delicious sauerkraut.


    Some vegetables are boiled in water, then dried directly into dried vegetables, and stored in a relatively sealed animal skin bag.


    Some vegetables were eaten while they were fresh, and even the rotten leaves and roots were not wasted, and were thrown to the domesticated animals to eat.


    As for tuber grains such as round potatoes, stone eggs, sweet potatoes, and Huang Jing, they are relatively easy to store. After drying the soil on the epidermis, you can directly find a dry place to stack them.


    But Jiang Xuan soon found out that there was too much grain to harvest, so he couldn''t pile some in each room, right? In that case, I am afraid that some people will get up in the middle of the night to steal food.


    The tribal people are afraid of starvation have no resistance to food.


    In order to avoid this situation, Jiang Xuan could only build two granaries.


    The granary is all made of sturdy and dry wood, and unlike other houses, it is paved with stones and wooden boards to isolate the ground.


    These extremely thick wooden boards were cut bit by bit by the warriors of the Vine tribe with stone axes, which was time-consuming and labor-intensive.


    Moreover, the roof of the granary is fully covered with three layers of tough bark, which can effectively prevent water leakage.


    When the tall granary was built, all the processed grains and vegetables were put into the granary and piled up like a mountain.


    Many clansmen of the Teng tribe have another hobby, that is, to visit the granary every day, even if they cannot go in, as long as they know that it is full of food, they will have a sense of satisfaction in their hearts.


    Jiang Xuan asked the soldiers of the guard team to take turns on duty at the granary day and night to prevent accidents.


    After all, this place is so important.


    ...


    Vine tribe, farming area.


    This year, Bighorn has raised a new animal, a long-tailed rabbit brought back by the soldiers of the second hunting team.


    The biggest feature of this kind of rabbit is that they have a long hairy tail, which is completely different from other short-tailed rabbits.


    The size of the long-tailed rabbit is also much larger than that of ordinary rabbits. The adult long-tailed rabbit weighs more than one hundred pounds and is very fat.


    Not only that, except in winter, long-tailed rabbits can give birth every two months, and each time they can give birth to two to six rabbits, and the reproductive capacity is quite high.


    Therefore, after raising Dajiao for a few months, he was surprised to find that he already owned a group of long-tailed rabbits.


    He excitedly reported the results to Jiang Xuan, and led Jiang Xuan to see these long-tailed rabbits.

 Chapter 103： blue sheep tribe

    Popular recommendation:


    On September 28, the Teng tribe held an autumn sacrifice. Among the tribe''s warriors, many warriors of one color broke through to two colors.


    Because the mosquito-killing tribe had just sacrificed, the scale of this sacrifice was not large, but because of the just harvest, the sacrifices were still abundant.


    After the sacrifice, the time has come to the late autumn, the weather is getting colder day by day, and it will not be long before the cold winter will come again.


    In the yard under the stone mountain, Jiang Xuan and Chishao are harvesting herbs.


    Jiang Xuan dug a herb out of the soil and carefully shook the soil on it. Those roots are of great use.


    "Sister, I plan to take a hunting team to explore the forest behind Shishan."


    The Vine Tribes have already explored the south, north and east sides, but behind the stone mountain, that is, the west side, they know very little.


    One of the reasons is that the mountains in the west are relatively barren, and there are not many prey in the part near the Vine tribe.


    The second reason was that the Veng tribe was understaffed, and they couldn''t explore the forests on both sides of the north and south, and naturally they couldn''t take care of other places.


    Right now, the tribe''s food reserves are relatively sufficient, and Jiang Xuan intends to explore the western forest before winter comes.


    If there is something over there that can threaten the Vine tribe, it can also be discovered early.


    "Go, the tribe has me watching, but you must pay attention to safety."


    Jiang Xuan is now a four-color warrior, with great strength, and there is a hunting team to follow. As long as you are careful, Chishao is not very worried about safety.


    "it is good."


    Together, the two dug up all the annual herbs, washed them, and dried them in the sun.


    As for those perennial herbs that can survive the winter, only the fruit and leaves are picked, and some rhizomes are cut off when necessary.


    That afternoon, Jiang Xuan summoned the second hunting team and asked them to prepare and follow him to explore the western forest.


    The next day, just before dawn, they set off.


    "Whoosh..."


    In the early morning of late autumn, the wind was strong, and it felt cold on the body, and most of the grass on the ground was withered and yellowed.


    Jiang Xuan looked up at Shishan, and saw that thirty-six giant dragonflies were crawling on the ancient vine, and they were not foraging for food in the early morning as usual.


    Jiang Xuan felt a little emotional in his heart. Although these giant dragonflies are powerful in combat, they are insects after all, and their life is too short.


    When they are in the form of water flies, they can live in water for several years, but after they have transformed into giant dragonflies, they can only live for half a year.


    This is also a price.


    Although these giant dragonflies probably won''t survive this winter, Jiang Xuan knows that there are still a lot of water flies in the Feiyu River, and every year, a batch of them will transform into giant dragonflies.


    This is a lucky thing for the Vine tribe, after all, there are giant dragonflies that can help them fight every year, and as long as there is no major change, this situation will continue.


    Before long, they bypassed the tall stone mountain and came to the forest to the west.


    The terrain in the west starts from a rocky mountain and gradually becomes higher. Perhaps it is precisely because of the change of terrain that the further west you go, the sparser the vegetation and the less abundant water resources than other places.


    After they walked for a long time, most of the trees in the forest were no longer evergreen trees, but deciduous forests similar to the temperate zone, with red or yellow leaves that fell from time to time with the wind.


    The environment in this world is really strange, Jiang Xuan sighed inwardly.


    Could it be that the location of the Vine tribe is right on a certain climatic dividing line?


    Or is this area more special?


    Jiang Xuan pondered for a long time and couldn''t figure it out, so he just stopped thinking about it.


    In the evening, they built a temporary shelter next to a mountain stream for the night.


    "jijiji..."


    A couple of big squirrels were hopping up and down the trees, and every now and then, they climbed up the tall branches, looking for some nuts to move back into their holes.


    The animals and plants in this world are relatively large, and squirrels are no exception. Their fluffy hair makes them look extra large.


    But the warriors of the Vine tribe have no interest in these squirrels, because compared to other prey, squirrels are too small, have little meat, and the meat is relatively unpalatable.


    If it weren''t for a real lack of food, no one would have hunted these squirrels.


    Squirrel Hole is a good place, though.


    Some warriors usually write down the location of the squirrel hole. If there is a serious shortage of food in winter, they can go to the squirrel hole and get a lot of nuts like pine nuts.


    Of course, those squirrels will starve to death when the nuts are taken out.


    In order to prevent them from starving to death, when the tribesmen dig the squirrel holes, they will also catch the squirrels and bring them back to roast and eat them.


    "call out!"


    In the distance, there was the sound of an arrow breaking through the air, and there was a scream of an animal.


    Not long after, Shi Loach came back with a chubby muntjac on his back.


    The bark deer looks like a deer, but is smaller in size, with short, small horns on its head and a short tail.


    The weight of an adult red deer is about 150 jin, and the weight of an adult bighorn deer is usually more than 500 jin.


    After walking for a long time, everyone was hungry, and this red deer was just used to satisfy hunger.


    The loach was washed and peeled off the red deer in the mountain stream, the hide was put away, and the meat and internal organs were eaten directly.


    Some warriors used the method of drilling wood to make fire, starting a fire, cutting a lot of wooden sticks, and sharing it with everyone.


    Shi Loach dedicated the heart of the red deer to Jiang Xuan.


    It is a customary practice for tribal people to give the heart of the prey to the most distinguished person.


    Jiang Xuan was not polite either, he cut the heart directly, strung it with wooden sticks, and slowly roasted it on the fire.


    Shi Loach sat next to Jiang Xuan and said, "Boss, when I went hunting just now, I saw an old pit that was covered with moss. It must have been dug by people from other tribes a long time ago."


    This at least shows that people from other tribes have come to this area before.


    Jiang Xuandao: "It seems that there should also be a tribe here, but I don''t know if this tribe is still there, and how far it is from here."


    Jiang Xuan pondered for a moment and said, "Go ahead tomorrow. If you find other traps, tell me immediately."


    "Yes!"


    The crowd continued to roast the meat, and the smell of the meat wafted far away in the forest, attracting the attention of many predators.


    After nightfall, Jiang Xuan used his night vision ability to see a bear wandering near the shelter, but perhaps it was afraid of flames, or the hunting party was large, and it did not dare to approach.


    In the middle of the night, the sound of wolf howls and various animal roars could be heard in the distance, making it difficult to sleep well.


    The next morning, the crowd moved on.


    On this day, they really found several old traps.


    At the same time, Jiang Xuan clearly felt that as they continued to advance, the temperature in the morning was getting lower and lower.


    On the morning of the third day, the pathfinder fighters finally found a trap that was still usable, and the time to set it up should not be very long.


    At noon, they found more traps, including a noose trap that caught a bird, but the rope was tied to the neck and had been hanged.


    In the afternoon, they came to the foot of a big mountain and saw an unfamiliar totem pattern on a boulder.


    This totem pattern is painted with a red mineral raw material, and it looks like a kind of sheep, but it is more abstract.


    "It should be this tribe."


    Jiang Xuan stood in front of the boulder and watched the totem pattern carefully, feeling quite novel.


    "Woooooooo..."


    Suddenly, there was a whistling sound from the mountain, and more than a hundred tribal people with weapons appeared in the woods, and quickly surrounded them.


    The soldiers of the second hunting team immediately gathered together, put Jiang Xuanhu in the center, and prepared to fight nervously.


    In order to avoid conflict, Jiang Xuan pushed aside the soldiers in front, walked to the front, and immediately shouted: "I am Xuan, the leader of the Vine tribe, we are just passing by here, and there is no malicious intent."


    "Leader of the Vine tribe?"


    Among the more than 100 tribesmen, a man in his thirties walked out. There were three horizontal lines on his face, indicating that he was a three-color warrior.


    When he saw that Jiang Xuan was so young, but claimed to be the leader, and had four lines on his face, he obviously didn''t believe it.


    "This is the territory of the Blue Sheep Tribe. I am the hunting leader of the Blue Sheep Tribe, Black Bone."


    "Are you really the leader?"


    Facing the eyes of distrust, Jiang Xuan slowly bent down and picked up a blue-gray stone.


    When he bent down, the warriors of the blue sheep tribe were obviously nervous, but seeing that he was picking up a stone, they became curious again: what did he want to do?


    Jiang Xuandao: "Yes, I am the leader of the Vine tribe."


    With a smile on his face, he slowly exerted force on his hand, and he saw that the blue-gray stone made a "click" sound, which was actually torn apart by his bare hands.


    Wu Gu was shocked when he saw this scene, because this kind of stone is very hard, at least he couldn''t crush it with his bare hands.


    He finally believed that Jiang Xuan was a powerful four-color warrior, and the identity of the leader should also be true.


    Because in a small tribe, it is very good to have a four-color warrior, and such a person is often the leader.


    The warriors of the Yanyang tribe also showed surprised expressions, because Jiang Xuan was too young. At his age, ordinary tribesmen can only be a one-color warrior.


    Facing a leader, Wu Gu was a little restless, because he knew how strong the four-color fighters were, and regardless of how many they were, they might not be able to fight against the four-color fighters.


    He immediately instructed a soldier next to him: "Go and invite the leader over."


    "Yes!"


    The soldier hurried up the mountain, apparently to invite the leader of the Blue Sheep Tribe.


    While waiting, Jiang Xuan observed the warriors of the blue sheep tribe.


    He found that these warriors had red totem patterns painted on their faces, which were more similar to the totem patterns on boulders.


    Most of the clothes they wear are animal skins, which are relatively worn. The weapons used in their hands are mainly stone tools, and bone tools are relatively few.


    At the same time, they usually have a sheep''s horn hanging from their waists.


    This kind of horn is relatively straight, and it is not the same as the horn of the big horn sheep that Jiang Xuan has seen before.


    At the same time, he found that these warriors were very thin. Obviously, this was not a wealthy tribe, and they were still hungry and full.


    While waiting, Wu Gu didn''t talk to Jiang Xuan out of vigilance. The two sides were on guard against each other, staring at each other, and waited for about half an hour.


    More than half an hour later, hundreds of warriors of the blue sheep tribe ran down the mountain, led by a middle-aged man with a relatively old face with a goatee on his chin.


    Tribal people usually have some beards because of their tools, but they are messy, and a neat goatee like this middle-aged man is relatively rare.


    Apparently, his beard was deliberately trimmed.


    The middle-aged man with a goatee walked in front of Jiang Xuan. He was surprised at Jiang Xuan''s age as usual, and then introduced himself: "The leader of the Yanyang tribe, Hongyan."


    "Leader of the Vine tribe, Xuan."


    Hongyan touched his goatee and found that he had never heard of this rattan tribe, so he asked, "Where are you rattan tribes?"


    Jiang Xuandao: "Go to the place where the sun rises, walk for three days, and see a huge stone mountain and a sacred vine, there is our vine tribe."


    "Stone Mountain, God Vine..."


    Hongyan was not impressed by this, because the range of activities of the Yanyang tribe was not there.


    However, he still remembered Jiang Xuan''s words, and he might use it one day.


    Hongyan said again: "Boss Xuan, where are you going?"


    Of course Jiang Xuan couldn''t say that they came to investigate the threat.


    "Leader of Red Rock, winter is coming soon. Let''s try our luck to see if we can find other tribes and trade some things before it snows."


    "make a deal?"


    Hongyan''s eyes lit up, their Blue Sheep Tribe hadn''t traded with other tribes for a long time.


    Hongyan touched the goatee, thought for a moment, and said, "Boss Xuan, the sun is about to set. Since we are in the territory of our Yanyang tribe, why don''t we spend the night in our tribe first? Our Yanyang tribe is very hospitable. of."


    Jiang Xuan thought for a while, and felt that they didn''t carry any cargo, and they had no hatred with the Yanyang Tribe The Yanyang Tribe had no motive to hurt them.


    So, he nodded and said, "Then I will trouble the leader of Hongyan."


    "Hahaha, no trouble, walk around, I''ll take you there."


    Hongyan and Jiang Xuan walked side by side, followed by the warriors of the Veng tribe and the warriors of the Yanyang tribe, and went up the mountain together.


    The Yanyang tribe lives on the mountainside, where there is some flat land, but it is not very wide.


    When Jiang Xuan went up the mountain, whether it was on the big trees or on the boulders, a large number of totem patterns of the blue sheep tribe could be seen.


    In addition, there are many blue sheep that Jiang Xuan has not seen before, and they run freely on the steep hillside.


    When they came to the middle of the mountain, Jiang Xuan saw a lot of wooden houses built on the mountain.


    Among these wooden houses, there are many members of the Yanyang tribe. After seeing Jiang Xuan and others, they did not approach, but stood in the distance and stared at them curiously.


    Jiang Xuan also noticed that perhaps because the place is relatively dry, many earth caves have been dug in the residence of the Yanyang tribe, some of which are used to store things and some are used to raise blue sheep.


    Hongyan took Jiang Xuan into the largest wooden house. Next to the wooden house, there was a spring with a large flow of water. After flowing out, it turned into a mountain stream.


    On the outer and inner walls of the wooden house, more blue sheep tribal totem patterns are painted. In addition, many horned blue sheep skulls are hung, which looks very primitive tribal atmosphere.


    It was not until he was greeted by Hongyan to sit in front of the fire pond that Jiang Xuan finally withdrew his curious gaze and did not look around again.


    Hongyan enthusiastically brought some food to Jiang Xuan, including dried meat and some unknown wild fruits.


    As for the warriors Jiang Xuan brought, they were entertained by Wu Gu and others.

 Chapter 104： unexpected harvest

    Popular recommendation:


    Under the warm reception of Hongyan, Jiang Xuan ate something, and then was taken to visit the Yanyang tribe.


    It was almost evening, the sun was gradually sinking in the west, and the entire Yanyang tribe was shrouded in a faint red light.


    "Boss Xuan, when you were down the mountain just now, you said that your Vine tribe wanted to make deals with other tribes?" Hong Yan asked.


    "Yes, we do want to trade something with other tribes."


    "Boss Xuan, our Yanyang tribe also wants to make a deal!"


    Hongyan''s face was overjoyed, and he asked again, "I wonder what kind of goods your Veng tribe has?"


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "Do you need the finest animal bones, teeth, and skins?"


    "Is there anything else?" Hongyan was obviously not interested in things like animal bones and teeth.


    "Yes, I don''t know if you have heard of divine mushrooms? They are specially used for witches."


    "God Mushroom? The God Mushroom of the Mountain Turtle Tribe?" Hong Yan''s expression was a little excited, obviously he knew the Mountain Turtle Tribe.


    "That''s right, it''s the divine mushroom of the Mountain Turtle Tribe." Jiang Xuan gave a positive answer.


    "Let''s go, Chief Xuan, I''ll take you to see the witch of our tribe." Hongyan couldn''t wait to take Jiang Xuan to the top of the tribe''s residence.


    Jiang Xuan also wanted to meet the spiritual leader of the Yanyang tribe, so he followed him.


    After a while, they came to the highest point of the Blue Sheep Tribe''s residential area, where the witch of the Blue Sheep Tribe lived.


    Jiang Xuan discovered that the witch of the Yanyang tribe lived in a cave.


    There are several totem poles standing outside the cave, with a large number of totem patterns of the blue sheep tribe painted on them, which seem to be some years old.


    There were two soldiers guarding outside the cave. After seeing Jiang Xuan, the two soldiers stared at him vigilantly for a while.


    However, Jiang Xuan was brought by Hongyan, so they didn''t say much.


    Hong Yan said: "Boss Xuan, you wait here, I''ll go first and tell Wu about the situation."


    "Okay." Jiang Xuan nodded.


    Hongyan walked into the cave, whispered the situation to the Wu inside, and came to the cave after a while.


    "Boss Xuan, Wu Tong has come to see you, let''s go in."


    Under the leadership of Hongyan, Jiang Xuan walked into the cave.


    This is a large cave, almost entirely hewn out by hand.


    There are some polished stones on the walls of the cave, and a large number of original murals are painted.


    Jiang Xuan glanced roughly and found that most of the murals were related to sacrifices and hunting, and there were also some pictures. Because the paintings were too abstract, Jiang Xuan could not see the specific meaning.


    There are also some rough objects in the cave, including stone tools, bone tools, and several old pottery.


    In addition, there are a large number of horned blue sheep skulls, placed everywhere, looking a bit infiltrating.


    In the center of the cave, there is a fire pit, and the witch of the Yanyang tribe sits there.


    This is a strange old man, he is wearing a animal skin made of blue sheepskin, with two blue sheep horns on his head, and a goatee on his chin, looking quite funny.


    Hongyan said respectfully: "Witch, the leader of the Vine tribe brought it."


    The witch of the Yanyang tribe nodded. He looked at Jiang Xuan, and like the others, he felt Jiang Xuan''s youth.


    Then, the blue sheep tribe witch went straight to the theme.


    "I heard that the Vine tribe has divine mushrooms?"


    "Yes, we do have a divine mushroom." In fact, the Veng tribe has three divine mushrooms, but Jiang Xuan did not reveal all the details.


    The blue sheep tribe witch''s eyes lit up and said, "What do you want to trade with this divine mushroom?"


    Jiang Xuandao: "That depends on what your Yanyang tribe has."


    The witch of the Blue Sheep Tribe pondered for a moment.


    When winter is approaching, the food must not be taken out for trading, because the blue sheep tribe does not have enough to eat.


    There should be no shortage of things like animal skins and animal bones.


    In the end, the witch of the Yanyang tribe took out a wooden jar and put it in front of Jiang Xuan, saying, "Boss Xuan, what do you think of this thing?"


    Jiang Xuan picked up the jar and found a jar of white solid inside, so he asked curiously, "What is this?"


    The sorcerer of the Blue Sheep Tribe said, "This is insect wax. Among the tribes around here, only our Blue Sheep Tribe has it."


    "It can be used to make witchcraft to cure diseases, and it can also be used to light lamps. It is a very good thing."


    "Boss Xuan, look."


    The blue sheep tribe witch took out another stone pot, which was also filled with insect wax, but there was a small bark rope in the middle, and the tribe exposed outside was burnt to black.


    The blue sheep tribe witch took a small firewood from the fire, put it on the stone pot, and lit the bark rope.


    Soon, a little flame ignited, and the flame was very stable and continued to burn.


    At the same time, Jiang Xuan found that when the insect wax was burning, there was not only no smoke, but also a faint fragrance, which was refreshing and very comfortable.


    Hongyan said proudly from the side: "Boss Xuan, just such a small pot of insect wax can burn for several days."


    Jiang Xuan was very shocked, because this thing, in his opinion, was a large primitive candle!


    The shaman of the Blue Sheep Tribe took out another stone knife and said to Hongyan, "Swipe it on the arm."


    Hongyan took the stone knife, and she cut a wound on her arm without changing her face, and blood immediately oozes out.


    The blue sheep tribe witch scraped some powder from a solid piece of insect wax with a knife, and sprinkled it directly on the wound just scratched by Hongyan.


    A miraculous scene appeared.


    The insect wax powder quickly adhered to the wound and coagulated into a scab, and it didn''t take long for the bleeding to stop.


    The witch of the Yanyang Tribe said to Jiang Xuan: "The purpose of insect wax powder is not only to stop bleeding, but also to treat burns, scalds, and sores. will be better."


    "Boss Xuan, what do you think about exchanging insect wax for divine mushrooms?"


    After listening to the introduction of the shaman from the Blue Sheep Tribe, Jiang Xuan witnessed the hemostatic effect of insect wax with his own eyes, and knew that it was definitely a good thing.


    However, how much wax can be exchanged for a divine mushroom is a problem.


    Jiang Xuandao: "How much insect wax does Wu plan to exchange for our divine mushroom?"


    The blue sheep tribe witch asked back: "How much does the mysterious leader want?"


    Sure enough, anyone who can live for a long time in such a dangerous world is not an idiot, let alone a witch.


    Jiang Xuan thought for a while, pointed to the other jars in the cave, and said, "The Spirit Mushroom is too precious. We also got one by accident. I want to exchange all the insect wax here."


    Jiang Xuan made a rough count. There were dozens of jars on the ground, and he could be regarded as a lion.


    Sure enough, the shaman of the Blue Sheep Tribe said in embarrassment, "Boss Xuan, are you asking for too much?"


    Jiang Xuandao: "There is only one Divine Spirit Mushroom. After the transaction, our Vine Tribe will have no more, but your insect wax can be obtained continuously, so you can make more money."


    The blue sheep tribe witch shook his head, then took away half of the jar on the ground, and said, "I will use at most half of the insect wax here in exchange for your divine mushroom."


    Jiang Xuan frowned and said, "In this case, let''s talk about trading other things, such as pottery that can be used to cook food, which we also have in the Vine tribe."


    "There''s another commodity that you''re sure to like too, and that''s salt, good salt!"


    Hearing "pottery" and "salt", Wu and Hongyan''s eyes lit up, obviously they needed both goods.


    The Yanyang tribe witch was silent for a moment, then said: "If the leader Xuan can bring the pottery and salt to trade, I can add three jars of white wax when trading the divine mushroom."


    Jiang Xuanzhuang said embarrassedly: "That''s fine, but the weather is getting colder and colder. It must be too late when we go back and bring the goods."


    "Let''s see if you can do this. Your Blue Sheep Tribe dispatched some soldiers to take the goods to our Vine Tribe, so that the transaction should be completed before the snow falls."


    The shaman of the Yanyang tribe exchanged glances with the leader Hongyan, then nodded and agreed, because what Jiang Xuan said was the truth, it was indeed snowing soon.


    After talking about the matter, Jiang Xuan and Hongyan left the cave. At this time, it was already dark outside, and the cold moonlight was shining on the earth.


    Because of the moonlight, Hongyan did not have an ignition, so the two slowly walked towards the big wooden house in the center of the tribe.


    On the way, Jiang Xuan asked curiously: "Leader Hongyan, can I ask, what exactly is that bug wax?"


    Hongyan smiled and said, "It''s nothing to tell you."


    "Insect wax is actually spit out by a kind of insect on the tree. Every autumn, the insect will spit out a lot of wax on the branches. The clansmen of our tribe will cut down these branches and take them back to deal with them. Finally put it in a jar."


    Jiang Xuan moved in his heart and said, "Can this kind of bug be used for trading?"


    Since the insect wax is so good, Jiang Xuan gave birth to the idea of ??raising his own. If the vine tribe can also breed this kind of insect in large quantities, wouldn''t there be a steady stream of insect wax in the future?


    Hongyan guessed what Jiang Xuan was thinking: "Boss Xuan, at this time, those bugs are all dead, and there are only some eggs."


    "However, it''s useless even if you take the eggs back."


    "Why?" Jiang Xuan asked in confusion.


    Hongyan smiled and said: "Because of those insects, they must eat the leaves of the wax tree to spit out the wax, and the wax tree can only be grown alive in the territory of our blue sheep tribe."


    Hongyan pointed to a bare tree on the hillside not far away, and said, "Did you see it? That''s a wax tree."


    After listening to Hong Yan''s explanation, Jiang Xuan finally understood why he had spoken out about the insect wax without any scruples.


    Because wax worms and wax trees are indispensable, and wax trees grow in harsh environments, the Yanyang tribe is not afraid of the vine tribes bringing back the insects or wax trees.


    Jiang Xuan thought to himself that it was a pity, but he did not completely give up the idea of ????breeding wax worms by himself.


    If this wax worm can be farmed in large quantities, then the Goto tribe will have a good healing potion, as well as a large number of high-quality candles to use.


    Candles are a relatively stable light source. Other light sources, such as torches and fire pits, are too pulsating. When you want to do some delicate work at night, they are not suitable at all.


    The two returned to the wooden house, and Hongyan asked Jiang Xuan something about the Veng tribe.


    Because in his opinion, the tribe that can manufacture pottery and possess salt must be a relatively strong tribe.


    Hongyan was also a little worried, for fear of bringing the goods over, the Veng tribe would not do business with them, but rob them.


    This kind of thing hasn''t happened before.


    Before tribes and tribes, things like killing people and stealing goods were normal.


    But for the **** mushroom, for the pottery, for the salt, the Yanyang tribe had to take some risks.


    Jiang Xuan reassured Hongyan that the Veng tribe wanted to trade with the Yanyang tribe for a long time, and this kind of robbery would not happen.


    At the same time, Jiang Xuan also picked up some things about the Vine tribe and told Hongyan.


    This night, everyone had their own concerns, and they didn''t sleep well.


    The next day, the Yanyang tribe got up at dawn and prepared a lot of goods, including those insect waxes.


    Afterwards, Hongyan brought more than 200 warriors and went to the Veng tribe with Jiang Xuan and others.


    He and Jiang Xuan agreed that they would only trade outside the Veng tribe and not enter the tribe, so that in case of an accident, they could still be evacuated.


    To Jiang Xuan''s surprise, all the warriors of the blue sheep tribe were riding tall blue sheep.


    This is also the capital that Hongyan is confident that she can evacuate even if an accident occurs. These blue sheep are running too fast.


    In order not to waste time on the road, Hongyan invited Jiang Xuan and other Veng tribe warriors to sit on the back of the tall blue sheep.


    Hongyan and Jiang Xuan were sitting on the tallest ram, and the other Veng tribe warriors were also led by the warriors of the Yanyang tribe to sit on other sheep.


    "Set off!"


    With Hongyan''s order, more than 200 blue sheep ran down the mountain quickly, kicking up a cloud of dust, and the steep hillside was almost flat for them.


    The clansmen of the Blue Sheep Tribe watched them leave on the mountain, hoping that they would come back safely. It would be even better if they could trade some more things back.


    Jiang Xuan sat on the back of the blue sheep, and it felt like he was riding a horse, and the scenery on both sides quickly regressed.


    It would be nice if our Vine tribe could also have pets.


    Jiang Xuan thought so.


    Those tribes that use animals as totems, such as the mountain turtle tribe, the mosquito tribe, and the current blue sheep tribe, all have their own pets of war. Whether it is fighting, UU reading or traveling, it is very convenient.


    The Vine tribe is a plant tribe. Although there are some giant dragonflies, their lifespan is short. Even if they can ride, they will only have half a year.


    Jiang Xuan wondered if he could find a way to tame some animals suitable for war pets in the future to enhance the tribe''s fighting power and action ability.


    With everyone riding the blue sheep, Jiang Xuan and the others had traveled for three days, but arrived in just over a day.


    When the vine tribe warriors saw the huge stone mountain and the divine vine, everyone felt a sense of relief.


    Finally back to the tribe.


    And the warriors of the Blue Sheep Tribe were also shocked by the huge divine vine, and those giant dragonflies made them feel threatened.


    The arrival of these blue sheep caught the attention of the Veng tribe warriors, and Nan Xing immediately rushed over with the guards.


    He breathed a sigh of relief when he found out that it was the leader who came back.


    Nan Xing ran to Jiang Xuan and asked, "Boss, these are..."


    "They are warriors of the Blue Sheep Tribe, and they came to make a deal with our Vine Tribe."


    "So it is." Nan Xing nodded.


    Jiang Xuan said to Hongyan again: "Leader of Hongyan, since everyone has come, come and sit in our tribe?"


    Hongyan shook his head and said with a smile: "No, Chief Xuan, the weather is getting colder and colder, we will go back after completing the transaction as soon as possible."


    Jiang Xuan knew that he was afraid of the danger of entering the tribe to trade, so he did not force it. After explaining to Nan Xing, he brought other soldiers back to the tribe to prepare the materials for the trade.


    ¡­


    The double monthly pass has already started. In the last three days, I hope book friends can support it, thank you.

 Chapter 105： Chief Xuan is a good man

    Popular recommendation:


    After Jiang Xuan returned to the tribe, he first told Jiang Xuan, Uncaria and others about the Yanyang tribe, and then started to prepare the materials for trading.


    This time, the main thing is to exchange the mushrooms, pottery and salt for the insect wax of the blue sheep tribe.


    In addition to the divine mushroom, there is no shortage of pottery and salt rattan tribes, and it can even be said that there is a considerable surplus.


    Because the raw materials of these two kinds of things are very sufficient, the processing method is relatively simple, and it only consumes manpower and time.


    For tribal people, the most important thing is manpower and time.


    Jiang Xuan has already let some clansmen who are not strong in combat start to learn to burn pottery and boil salt.


    Soon, Jiang Xuan came to the forest next to the stone mountain with the prepared divine mushrooms, pottery, and salt.


    At this time, the warriors of the blue sheep tribe in the forest were waiting anxiously.


    They have been sitting on the back of the blue sheep, and they have not left half a step. As long as something is wrong, they will ride on the blue sheep and escape quickly.


    They are now carrying a large amount of insect wax, and they must guard against direct grabs by the vine tribe.


    Would rather not trade than take any risks.


    This is what the witch of the Blue Sheep Tribe told Hongyan, and Hongyan kept it in his heart.


    Although Hongyan was very curious about what the Veng tribe was like, he did not dare to venture in and could only wait here.


    If you can successfully trade several times, the two sides have gained initial trust, and with a certain understanding, you can enter the tribe to trade.


    "Leader of Hongyan, it''s been a long time!"


    Finally, Jiang Xuan came with the goods and hundreds of soldiers.


    Hongyan was stunned to find that the animal skins worn by the warriors of the Veng tribe were very good, and the weapons were also very good. Many people also wore pendants made of huge animal teeth.


    Compared with the warriors of the Veng tribe, the warriors of the blue sheep tribe appear to be more shabby, the animal hides they wear are more worn out, and the weapons are also more outdated.


    Hongyan reaffirmed that the Veng tribe was a prosperous tribe, and was a little envious in her heart.


    "Hahaha, Chief Xuan, have you brought the goods?"


    "Bring it here, please take a look at the leader of Hongyan."


    Jiang Xuan waved to the soldiers behind him.


    Shi Loach took a few soldiers and brought a lot of pottery and salt in a clay pot to Hongyan and showed him.


    Hongyan got down from the back of the ram, but the warriors of the other tribes of the ram were still sitting on the back of the ram, without letting their guard down.


    Hongyan first took a look at the pottery, including pots, pots, pots, bottles, pots, and the most important cooking utensils, pottery dings.


    All the pottery surfaces are painted with some exquisite patterns, some are simple flowers and plants, some are beasts, very beautiful.


    Hongyan turned a clay pot over, and saw a totem pattern of a vine tribe engraved on the bottom.


    Not only this pottery, but all pottery bottoms have the totem pattern of the rattan tribe, which is a mark to prove that this pottery is produced by the rattan tribe.


    At the same time, this is also a means of propaganda, and others who see the marks on the pottery can know that this is an artifact produced by the rattan tribe.


    Hongyan looked at the clay pot containing the salt again. He was surprised to find that the salt of the Veng tribe was very good in color and purity.


    In the past, the blue sheep tribe would trade some salt with other tribes, but the color was very dark, and there were often a lot of impurities.


    The salt of the Veng tribe is only a touch of red, and it is clean and free of other impurities.


    Hongyan squeezed some salt from the clay pot and put it in his mouth.


    Then, Hongyan''s eyes lit up immediately!


    He found that the salt mouth of the Vine tribe was a clean salty taste with almost no bitter taste.


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "Leader of Hongyan, how does the salt of our Vine tribe taste?"


    Hongyan gave a thumbs up and said, "Good salt!"


    Jiang Xuan pointed at the pottery again and said, "The pottery of our Teng tribe is no worse than that of other tribes, right?"


    Hongyan said honestly: "It''s really good. It''s even more beautiful than the pottery we used to trade with other tribes."


    Hongyan said again: "Boss Xuan, where is the divine mushroom?"


    The divine mushroom is one of the important factors for them to come to the Vine tribe to trade, because the witches of the blue sheep tribe urgently need the divine mushroom.


    Jiang Xuan took out a small animal skin bag from the animal skin bag at his waist and said, "Here!"


    He opened the small animal skin bag and took out a fist-sized red divine mushroom, which was completely dry.


    Hongyan had seen a divine mushroom once, so he was obviously excited when he saw this mushroom.


    "Boss Xuan, then let''s start trading."


    Hongyan glanced at the warriors behind him. Seven or eight warriors from the blue sheep tribe got off the blue sheep, and each took an animal skin bag.


    They opened the animal skin bag, and there were two bags of insect wax, as well as some good stones, animal bones, animal teeth, animal skins and the like.


    Hongyan pointed to one of the bags of insect wax and said, "Boss Xuan, this is the insect wax you have negotiated with our witch for trading the divine mushrooms."


    Jiang Xuan stepped forward and checked the whole bag of insect wax. No problems were found in terms of quantity and quality, so he nodded, handed the divine mushroom to Hongyan, and carried away the bag of insect wax.


    "Boss Xuan, wait..." Hongyan stopped Jiang Xuan.


    "What''s wrong?" Jiang Xuan looked back at him.


    Hongyan rubbed his hands together and said embarrassedly, "Can you... give us back that animal skin bag..."


    Such a big animal skin bag is not easy to make, and the value is relatively high, Hongyan is reluctant to give it to the rattan tribe.


    To put it bluntly, the Yanyang tribe is too poor.


    "no problem."


    Jiang Xuan didn''t want to take advantage of them, so he asked the Veng tribe warrior to go back and get several animal skin bags.


    He first poured the insect wax that had been traded into the Vine tribe''s animal skin bag, and then returned the blue sheep tribe''s animal skin bag to Hongyan.


    "Thank you, Chief Xuan."


    Hongyan breathed a sigh of relief, and his impression of Jiang Xuan and the Veng tribe was much better.


    Hongyan took the divine mushroom out of the small animal skin bag, carefully put it into his own animal skin bag, and stubbornly returned the small animal skin bag to Jiang Xuan.


    This can be regarded as the last bit of backbone of the poor tribe.


    Jiang Xuan took the animal skin bag and said, "Then let''s start trading other things."


    Jiang Xuan pointed to the jar of salt and said, "Boss Hongyan, this jar of salt, together with the jar, can be exchanged for another bag of insect wax, what do you think?"


    For most tribes, salt is a very precious thing. The jar of salt in the Teng tribe weighs about ten pounds, not to mention a beautiful clay pot.


    Therefore, Hongyan said in surprise: "Okay, it''s really refreshing to make a deal with the Xuan leader!"


    Jiang Xuan handed the jar of salt to Hongyan, then took the other bag of insect wax, and returned the animal skin bag containing the insect wax to Hongyan.


    Next, Hongyan used those good stone materials, animal skins, animal bones, and animal teeth to trade a pottery tripod, two pottery pots, and a pottery bowl from the Veng tribe.


    When the transaction was completed, both parties were satisfied, and Hongyan''s affection for Jiang Xuan even increased.


    "Leader of Hongyan, really don''t want our Vine tribe to sit down?"


    "No, next time."


    "Okay, then let''s not force the leader of Hongyan. These jerky are all smoked by our tribe. Let''s eat them on the road."


    Jiang Xuan stuffed a small bag of dried meat into Hongyan.


    "This... how good is this..."


    "Take it, welcome to come to our Vine tribe to do business next time."


    "Okay, UU Reading Thank you, Chief Xuan, we will definitely come again next time!"


    ¡­


    The people of the Yanyang tribe left, and the people of the Vine tribe also went back.


    On the way back, Hongyan took out a piece of jerky, put it in his mouth, and after chewing it for a while, his eyes suddenly widened.


    ¡°Salty¡­salty¡­¡±


    Only then did Hongyan know that the jerky Jiang Xuan gave him was all salted.


    Hongyan sighed with emotion: "Boss Xuan is really a good person, it''s so comfortable to deal with him!"


    The warriors of the other blue sheep tribes also nodded, because the people of the rattan tribe also stuffed them with some dried fruit, and everyone had it.


    A day later, Hongyan and others returned to the Yanyang tribe, and the people of the Yanyang tribe cheered because they finally had a pottery cauldron and pot to cook meat.


    What''s more, there is precious salt to eat.


    The witch of the Blue Sheep Tribe was even more excited. He cut open the divine mushroom, chewed it bit by bit, and swallowed it.


    It didn''t take long for his eyes to become blurred. He saw that the cave was covered with green grass, and he saw countless blue sheep happily running and grazing in the green grass.


    He also saw some magical plants and strange animals flying around in the sky.


    Finally, he saw a huge blue sheep.


    "Goat, I finally saw the **** of sheep again, woohoo..."


    The witch of the Blue Sheep Tribe burst into tears, tears streaming down her face.


    The totem **** of the Yanyang tribe has long since disappeared, and even the spirit of the totem has dissipated. As a witch, this is the most painful thing, because no matter how much he prays, he will not get a response from the gods.


    Now, with the help of Divine Spirit Mushroom, he finally saw the totem **** of the tribe, which was a great psychological comfort for him.

 Chapter 106： People have to have a bottom line

    Popular recommendation:


    The second year of the establishment of the rattan tribe, on October 11th, frost fell.


    The cold wind howled last night. After Jiang Xuan woke up in the early morning, he found that the outside had turned into a vast white scene.


    A layer of white frost had condensed on the ground and roof, and even the grass in the yard was frozen hard, and when my feet stepped on it, there was a crisp "chacha" sound, as if stepping on paper.


    In the forest, a layer of smog condensed on the trees, white and snow, very beautiful.


    Although the scenery is good, the weather is getting colder day by day, and even the glutinous rice **** are not as active as usual.


    Jiang Xuan returned to the bamboo house, found the calendar bamboo tube, and engraved the word "Frostfall" next to today''s date.


    He dug out the bamboo tube of last year''s calendar and found that the frost fell on September 12 last year, that is to say, it was a full month away.


    "It''s too different, it''s a headache."


    Jiang Xuan scratched his head, wondering what was going on. It seemed that there was a long way to go to make an accurate calendar.


    However, he was not discouraged. Anyway, he just recorded it every day, and it didn''t take much time.


    "Boss Xuan."


    At this moment, there was a knock on the door outside, and the dumplings in the bamboo shed also raised their heads and stood up with vigilance in their eyes.


    The dumplings are now covered with purple feathers, the beak is sharper, and the claws are stronger and stronger. The overall look is very fierce, and it already has the temperament of a fierce bird.


    Jiang Xuan walked into the yard, and Tang Yuan followed behind him step by step.


    After the door opened, Jiang Xuan saw Mallow.


    He had a headache and tried to close the door again, but Mallow quickly squeezed through the door and into the yard.


    "Boss, what are you doing, I won''t eat you again."


    There was a triumphant smile on Mallow''s face, but the next moment, a big head stuck out in front of her.


    "Soup...Tangyuan..."


    Mallow pretended to be calm, but when she met Tang Yuan''s sharp eyes, she felt a little guilty.


    "Tangyuan go to sleep."


    Jiang Xuan tore off the big head of the dumplings.


    Tang Yuan looked at the mallow, then swayed into the bamboo hut, and squatted down again to sleep.


    "looking for me?"


    "Boss, do you have a torn animal skin garment to sew? I just learned to sew animal skin garments, and I brought this!"


    Mallow pulled out a sharp bone needle from his body like a conjuring trick, and some threads made from the small intestines of beasts.


    The bone needle is relatively large, with a sharp front end and a hole drilled at the end for threading.


    The animal skins of the tribesmen are basically sewn with this kind of bone needle and gut thread.


    It is said that the tribal people who first sewed clothes were inspired by a tailor-made bird''s nest.


    Tailor bird is a very peculiar bird. It has superb sewing skills. It can use natural threads such as cobwebs and cotton to sew together several large leaves to build its own nest.


    After seeing this sewing method, the tribal people who are good at learning initially used sharp bone spurs to poke holes in the edge of the animal skin, and then sewed several pieces of animal skin together with a string, becoming the simplest animal. leather jacket.


    Later, some people felt that after poking the hole with a bone spur, it was very troublesome to thread the thread inside, and the hole drilled was relatively large, and the animal skin leaked air.


    So they came up with a way to drill a small hole at the end of the spur, turning the spur into a spicul.


    Bone needles can be used to pierce the holes while carrying the string, which not only makes sewing faster, but also eliminates the need to poke large holes, making the animal skin less leaky.


    Later, the tribal people found that whether it is a bark rope or a straw rope, it is easier to break after wearing it for a long time, and the rope is relatively rough, and it is difficult to pull it through the small hole when sewing.


    After continuous attempts, they unexpectedly found that the gut made from the small intestine of animals is not only smooth, slender, but also durable, which is very suitable for sewing animal skins.


    So they began to sew fur coats with gut, a method that has continued to this day.


    Jiang Xuan looked at the bone needles and gut thread in Mallow''s hand, and said helplessly: "Thank you, I don''t have any animal skins to sew."


    Mallow put away the bone needles and gut in disappointment, and then probed into the bamboo hut. She saw some semi-finished stone tools on the ground at a glance, so she added: "Then let me help you sharpen the stone tools, I am very patient. It''s sure to be polished."


    "Need not¡­¡­"


    Before Jiang Xuan finished speaking, Mallow had already entered the room and began to grind, without giving Jiang Xuan a chance to refuse.


    Faced with this situation, Jiang Xuan had no experience in dealing with it, so in desperation, he had to let Mallow slowly grind the stone tools inside.


    Grinding stone tools is a work that requires a lot of patience and strength.


    Because a good stone tool often needs to be polished for more than ten days, or even several months.


    From a stone of a suitable shape, it is polished into a rough blank, and then polished into a shape. Some stone tools even have to be drilled, which takes a very long time.


    Tribal people usually grind for a period of time every day on rainy days when they can''t go out, or when they have other leisure time, and grind slowly.


    However, Jiang Xuan heard that some tribes have professional stone tool masters, who don''t have to hunt every day or do anything else, they only specialize in polishing stone tools, and their skills are very superb.


    If there is a chance in the future, Jiang Xuan also wants to train a few stone tool masters in the Veng tribe, so that the tribe''s clansmen can use real good stone tools.


    Jiang Xuan washed briefly, and then started to prepare breakfast. He watched Mallow still sitting beside the fire pond and carefully polishing stone tools. He didn''t mean to leave, he sighed slightly, and silently cooked an extra portion.


    Jiang Xuan used a small three-legged round tripod with a lid and two tripod ears, which could be moved easily.


    He first moved the round tripod outside to wash it, then added a few scoops of water with a water scoop made of a gourd-shaped plant, and put some washed animal meat, round potatoes, stone eggs, and some pickles.


    Then it was moved back to the fire pit, and the burning firewood was placed under the three-legged round tripod.


    It didn''t take long for the water in the round tripod to start to steam.


    Jiang Xuan was not idle either. He found an animal tooth and slowly polished it into a tooth knife.


    While grinding, he asked Mallow, "Why do you always come to me?"


    Mallow raised her head and looked at Jiang Xuandao with burning eyes: "Because I want to live with you and have many children for you."


    Jiang Xuan said helplessly: "Tell the truth."


    "That''s the truth."


    Jiang Xuandao: "If you don''t tell the truth, I''ll kick you out."


    Mallow was silent for a moment, then slowly lowered her head and said, "Okay, I admit, I just want to be a real Vine tribe I don''t want to be driven away one day."


    "Who told you that you would be driven away?" Jiang Xuan looked at her helplessly.


    Mallow said: "Every tribe is like this. When there is a shortage of food in winter, those who are not important will be driven out, starved to death, or frozen to death."


    "It will even eat us as food, like the mosquito tribe."


    Jiang Xuan couldn''t help but said: "But our Teng tribe has plenty of food. As long as you don''t have any dissent and work hard, sooner or later, you will become a real Teng tribe!"


    Mallow retorted: "But what if the tribe encountered disaster before becoming a member of the Vine tribe?"


    Jiang Xuan was at a loss for words for a while, everyone has a distinction between close and distant, if the tribe really encounters a disaster, the priority must be the real clansmen.


    Mallow continued: "So, I want to give you a few children, so you won''t drive me out for the sake of the children."


    Jiang Xuan looked at Mallow''s face, she was not too old, she seemed a little immature, and her body was not fully developed.


    But maybe because of the difficult environment, her mentality has become a real adult, and she knows how to use her body in exchange for some benefits.


    To be honest, Jiang Xuan felt a little distressed about this, but it did not mean that he had to accept Mallow.


    He thinks, people, it is better to have some bottom line.


    Jiang Xuan''s bottom line is that he can''t do those indescribable things without feeling or understanding.


    Jiang Xuan wanted to say something, but was silent again in the end.


    Mallow continued to grind the stone tools with her head down, the firewood burning in the fire pond made a crackling sound from time to time, the water in the pottery cauldron was slowly boiled, and the food began to tumble...

 Chapter 107： The old witch is back

    Popular recommendation:


    After the frost fell, the soldiers of the hunting team hurry up to hunt, and the soldiers of the fishing team hurry up to fish.


    Even the soldiers of the planting team, because they did not work after the autumn harvest, all went to the nearby forest to collect various wild fruits and tubers.


    Jiang Xuan and Chishao re-boiled the two bags of insect wax traded from the Yanyang tribe, removed impurities, and poured them into the prepared bamboo tubes.


    Two-thirds of the insect wax is directly stored and kept by Chishao, and its medicinal properties and the effect of combining with different medicinal materials are studied.


    After one third of the insect wax is poured into the bamboo tube, a string with strong oil absorption capacity will be placed in the middle.


    After the insect wax is dry, you only need to break the bamboo tube to get a very thick candle.


    This candle burns with a refreshing scent and has a steady flame for nighttime lighting.


    After finishing all the insect wax, Jiang Xuan looked up at the giant dragonfly on the stone mountain.


    These giant dragonflies just crawled on the ancient vines, and haven''t moved for two days.


    Jiang Xuan knew that most of them had already been frozen to death, just like the giant dragonfly last year.


    These giant dragonflies went to the mosquito tribe with them, fought side by side, and delivered supplies. Now that their lives are over, Jiang Xuan is somewhat sad.


    "Wow!"


    Just as Jiang Xuan was about to return to his bamboo house, a familiar bird chirping suddenly sounded in the sky.


    "Huh? This is..."


    Jiang Xuan looked at the sky in surprise, holding some kind of expectation in his heart.


    Not long after, a huge black giant eagle appeared in the distant sky and approached quickly.


    Chi Shao also put down her work and said in surprise: "It''s the giant eagle of the old witch! The old witch is back!"


    Jiang Xuan was also a little excited. When the old witch left, he thought he would never see the old witch again.


    After all, the Southern Wilderness is so big and there are so many dangers, and the old witch is getting old again.


    No one thought that the giant eagle would return to the Vine tribe.


    "Let''s go and have a look."


    Jiang Xuan immediately walked to the bamboo house where the old witch lived, followed by Chi Shao.


    Although it is uncertain whether the old witch will come back, Jiang Xuan has always kept the bamboo house for the old witch, and no one else will live there, and Chishao often goes there to clean it.


    "Wow!"


    The black giant eagle circled in the sky, and then quickly landed on the ground.


    Those who had just joined the Vine Tribe and had never seen a giant eagle were so frightened that their legs were softened, and they all screamed and ran away.


    "Don''t be afraid, giant eagles don''t hurt people."


    The Vine Tribe warrior who was familiar with the giant eagle quickly explained, those who fled stopped suspiciously, but did not go back immediately.


    "Boom!"


    The giant eagle landed on the open space next to the bamboo house, and then squatted down, one broad wing extending diagonally toward the ground.


    On the back of the giant eagle, the old witch in thick animal skin slowly stood up. He took off two animal skin bags from the back of the eagle, and then walked to the ground along the giant eagle''s wings.


    When the old witch saw the familiar rattan tribe and the familiar bamboo house, a relaxed smile appeared on his face.


    I don''t know why, but he especially likes this energetic little tribe.


    "Old witch, I thought you weren''t coming back..."


    Jiang Xuan quickly ran to the bamboo house, very happy.


    The old witch looked at Jiang Xuan, and suddenly noticed that there were four horizontal lines on his face, and suddenly said in surprise: "Four-color warrior?"


    "Hahaha, I was lucky enough to break through the four colors."


    Jiang Xuan said fluke in his mouth, but there was a smug look in his eyes.


    The old witch glanced at the top of the stone mountain, and his face became even more surprised: "God vine broke through?"


    This divine vine made the old witch feel even more terrifying, its divine power was as vast as the sea, completely different from before.


    At this time, Chi Shao walked up to the old witch and said, "The Vine God has indeed broken through."


    The old witch nodded, glanced at Jiang Xuan again, and said, "No wonder, it seems that a lot of things happened after I left."


    Jiang Xuandao: "I''ll help you move things in first, light the fire, and then talk slowly."


    Jiang Xuan easily took the two animal skin bags from the old witch''s hand, opened the door of the bamboo house, put the animal skin bags away, went out again, climbed on the back of the giant eagle, and untied the remaining animal skin bags. Move into the house.


    That is to say, Jiang Xuan is bold, and because he is familiar with the old witch and the giant eagle, other people, even if they are also four-color warriors, dare not climb on the back of the giant eagle.


    When Jiang Xuan was moving things, Chi Shao brought fire from other bamboo houses and rekindled the fire in the old witch''s house.


    The roaring fire pond brings warmth to the bamboo house that has not been lived in for a long time, and makes people feel more comfortable.


    Nan Xing and others also came. Everyone was very happy to see the old witch. They helped him wash the dishes, make the bed, and quickly arranged the bamboo house so that he could live directly.


    After the busy work, everyone gathered around the fire pit, and Jiang Xuan told the old witch what happened after he left.


    Including the invasion of the mosquito tribe, the breakthrough of the vines, the great sacrifice, and the destruction of the mosquito tribe.


    "The mosquito tribe was wiped out?"


    The old witch was a little surprised, because a tribe as small as the Teng tribe could not be destroyed by other tribes. How could he dare to hope for anything else?


    Jiang Xuandao: "It''s all thanks to the Vine God and the giant dragonfly, we will be responsible for cheering."


    The old witch nodded and expressed his understanding. After all, the number of warriors in the Vine tribe was too small and their strength was not strong enough.


    Jiang Xuan asked again, "Old witch, where have you been since you left the Veng tribe?"


    The old witch said: "After I left the Veng tribe, I rode a giant eagle to travel in the Southern Wilderness and dealt with several tribes."


    Then, the old witch told about the tribes he met on the road and some interesting experiences.


    For example, he went to the fierce crocodile tribe, which breeds a large number of crocodiles, is fierce and warlike, and especially likes to eat raw meat.


    There is also the Bamboo Rat Tribe. The people of this tribe like to live in underground burrows and are very timid.


    In addition to these two tribes, the old witch has also been to several tribes. According to the old witch''s description, these tribes have their own characteristics and are very interesting.


    The old witch himself is very strong, and he has the skills of witch doctor, can cure diseases and save people, plus the terrifying giant eagle, and the background of the Eastern Desolate Eagle Tribe, no matter where he goes, no one dares to attack him easily.


    If they were ordinary warriors, these tribes would probably not be so polite.


    "By the way, I also brought back some things from other tribes for you."


    The old witch opened an animal skin bag and first took out a bunch of colorful small fruits, which were very beautiful.


    "What is this?" Jiang Xuan asked curiously.


    "This is a colorful fruit. I got it from a small tribe. It has a little poison, but people will only suffer for a long time after eating it. The poison will not kill people."


    "In that small tribe, the warriors would eat this colorful fruit in front of everyone in order to prove their courage."


    The old witch said with a smile: "Boss Xuan, do you want to prove your courage?"


    Jiang Xuan asked uncertainly, "Is this thing really poisonous?"


    The old witch said: "You are a four-color warrior now, this thing is nothing to you at all, do you want to try it?"


    Jiang Xuan looked at the fruit with various colors and the size of a small light bulb, and said, "Then, try it."


    Jiang Xuan took a thumb-sized colorful fruit, washed it first, then put it in his mouth, and tried to bite half of it without swallowing it.


    Soon, Jiang Xuan''s complexion changed. He directly spit out the half of the colorful fruit he bit down on the ground, sticking out his tongue and fanning constantly.


    "Spicy... it''s killing me..."


    "Water... water..."


    Jiang Xuan ran to the newly filled water tank, scooped a spoonful of cold water with a ladle, and rinsed his mouth constantly to relieve the irritation on the tip of his tongue.


    "Hahaha¡­¡­"


    Like an old child who had succeeded in mischief, the old witch laughed loudly and said, "Boss Xuan, the warrior of that small tribe, doesn''t change his face after eating the colorful fruit."


    Jiang Xuan continued to rinse his mouth for a long time before his tongue and lips felt a little better.


    He looked at the colorful fruits, and he was not afraid because of the discomfort just now, but his eyes showed excitement.


    Because he knew that the so-called colorful fruit should be a kind of pepper in this world!


    Having been in this world for so long, he has also tried many spicy plants, but the spiciness is not pure and often has other pungent smells, which are not delicious.


    And this kind of colorful fruit has a very pure spiciness and a high degree of spiciness. Eating it can make people feel like their mouths are on fire. It should be a rare boutique chili.


    In his previous life, Jiang Xuan also ate spicy food.


    But now this body has not been stimulated by chili peppers, and the color of the fruit is too spicy, so his reaction is so great.


    But it doesn''t matter, as long as he eats a few more times and gets used to it, he can continue to eat spicy food.


    Therefore, Jiang Xuan was very excited.


    "Old witch, can you give me a few of these things? I''ll keep the seeds and plant them in the ground next year."


    The old witch said in surprise, "Are you interested in colorful fruits?"


    Jiang Xuan nodded affirmatively and said, "I think eating colorful fruit is very exciting."


    The old witch couldn''t understand Jiang Xuan''s psychology of looking for stimulation, but he generously distributed half of the colorful fruits to Jiang Xuan and asked him to keep the seeds.


    Jiang Xuan took the Cai Guo, thanked the old witch, and said, "I think this thing is better called Cai Jiao."


    "Caijiao..." The old witch repeated it, and said, "This name is not bad, then let''s call it Caijiao."


    In this way, the Veng tribe has the first chili pepper with a high degree of spiciness, and named it color pepper.


    Of course, there are too few bell peppers now, so Jiang Xuan must plant it to increase the number before he can eat it with confidence.


    Soon, the old witch took out the second thing from the animal skin bag: a thick bean pod.


    "This is also what I brought back from a small tribe. It is an edible plant. I guess the leader of Xuan will like it."


    This is a dried bean pod, as long as the palm of an adult''s hand to the elbow, flat, slightly curved, and bulging section by section.


    The old witch peeled off the large bean pod, and seven or eight small black **** rolled out, which were caught by the old witch and placed one by one in the palm of his hand.


    These small **** were beans that Jiang Xuan had never seen before. Each was about the size of a quail egg, very round, with a black sheen.


    The old witch said: "This kind of fruit, the tribe''s people call it black beads, put it in a clay pot and cook it together with animal meat, it is very fragrant."


    "It can also be simmered in a charcoal fire, and it tastes very crispy."


    Jiang Xuandao: "Can you show it to me?"


    "sure."


    The old witch handed all the black beads in his hand to Jiang Xuan.


    Jiang Xuan took a closer look and found that these so-called black beads are beans, but they are much larger than ordinary soybeans.


    At this moment, Jiang Xuan felt that happiness came too suddenly.


    The old witch''s return brought not only peppers, but also large black beans, which are very important food crops!


    "Old witch, can you give me some more black beads? I can exchange some good things for you."


    The old witch waved his hand and said, "I was going to give it to you, no need to exchange it, just take it."


    "Old witch, thank you so much."


    Jiang Xuan excitedly took out the unpeeled pods, and sighed in his heart: The old witch is really a good person!


    Of course, he can''t really take it for nothing, so even if the old witch doesn''t say anything, the next time he encounters something good, he won''t be so active.


    He pondered that he would send some salt and a few worm waxes to the old witch later, which could be regarded as a courtesy exchange.


    Then, the old witch took out a few more plants, but they were rare herbs, which were given to Chishao.


    Jiang Xuan is not very interested in herbal medicines, and he is already very satisfied when he can get bell peppers and large black beans.


    After listening to the old witch telling the anecdotes on the road, Jiang Xuan returned to his yard with colored peppers and **** beans, and took some insect wax and salt, ready to send it to the old witch.


    However, when he was about to go out, he saw Tang Yuan swooshing over from the bamboo shed and gently grabbed his animal skin coat with the bird''s beak.


    "Tangyuan, what''s wrong?"


    Jiang Xuan obviously felt that the state of the dumplings was different from usual, and it seemed a little scared.


    Tang Yuan couldn''t speak, but it loosened Jiang Xuan''s animal skin coat and pointed to a direction outside the bamboo forest with the bird''s beak That direction was where the old witch lived.


    Jiang Xuan suddenly guessed why it was afraid, it must be because of the black giant eagle.


    As a bird, the sense of oppression brought by the black giant eagle is too strong, even if it is separated by a certain distance, the dumplings will still be afraid.


    Jiang Xuan thought for a while and said, "Tangyuan, don''t be afraid, come with me, I will take you to recognize a big brother, maybe I can cover you in the future."


    Jiang Xuan patted the tall dumpling, and then walked out of the bamboo forest with it.


    Although Tangyuan is very afraid, it also trusts Jiang Xuan very much, and it will have a sense of security around Jiang Xuan.


    Soon, Jiang Xuan brought the glutinous rice **** to the side of the bamboo house.


    When Tang Yuan saw the huge giant eagle, it became even more frightened. If Jiang Xuan dragged it away, it would have turned around and ran away.


    Jiang Xuan dragged the dumplings to the side of the black giant eagle. The black giant eagle looked at them with sharp eagle eyes, but did not move.


    Jiang Xuan pushed the dumplings in front of the giant eagle. He remembered that the giant eagle was raised by the old witch, that is to say, it was about the same age as the old witch.


    He thought about his seniority, and then shouted: "Master Giant Eagle, it is called Tangyuan, and it is also a member of our tribe. Please take care of it in the future, and teach it how to fly and hunt when you have time. Do you think it will work? "


    The giant eagle seemed to be able to understand what he said. It first looked at the dumplings, but did not refuse, and nodded directly.


    Jiang Xuan was overjoyed, patted the tangyuan''s sturdy feathers, and said, "Tangyuan, in the future, Uncle Giant Eagle will be your uncle, do you know? It''s okay to get closer to Uncle."


    Tang Yuan didn''t know if he understood it or not, but after staying here for a while, his eyes were no longer so frightened.

 Chapter 108： practice flight

    Popular recommendation:


    On October 18, after days of cold, it finally snowed.


    Jiang Xuan stood at the door, watching the snowflakes falling, but he didn''t feel the nervousness of last year in his heart.


    Because the food of the Vine tribe is very sufficient this year, there is no need to worry about the famine in winter.


    Tangyuan lay in the bamboo shed, shrunk into a big purple ball, opened his eyes, and when he saw Jiang Xuan, he stretched his neck and yawned, then hid his head in his feathers and went to sleep.


    Raptors also need to hunt in winter, otherwise they will starve to death because they do not hibernate.


    For example, the black giant eagle of the old witch, almost every day at noon, when the temperature is the highest, will go out and fly around to prey on those animals that also do not hibernate.


    Tangyuan is different. It is too young to learn to fly. If it runs on its claws, it is difficult for it to catch prey in such a cold winter.


    So it can only lie in the nest and sleep, and when the black giant eagle comes back from preying, it will "rub" a meal, and it will not feel embarrassed at all.


    That''s right, the dumplings have learned to "rub food".


    After overcoming the initial fear, it seems that it really regards the black giant eagle as a "pro-uncle", and often runs there to eat.


    Strangely, the black giant eagle didn''t mind either, and never drove it away, it seemed that it was really raised as a junior.


    "Wow!"


    A sharp chirping sound suddenly came from the sky above the Vine tribe.


    Then, the huge black giant eagle grabbed a prey and landed on the ground.


    Tangyuan, who was sleeping in the bamboo shed, pulled its head out of its feathers in an instant, and the whole bird was refreshed.


    It stood up immediately, flapped its wings, skillfully pushed open the wood supporting the gate, grabbed the crossbar on the door, and opened the courtyard gate.


    Afterwards, the dumplings quickly ran towards the black giant eagle, leaving only a line of deep bird claw prints on the snow on the ground.


    "Going to eat meat again?"


    Jiang Xuan looked at the distant dumplings quite helplessly, feeling that this guy was too shameless and skinless.


    However, after thinking about it, Tangyuan may not understand what "face skin" is at all, as long as it can fill his stomach.


    ...


    The dumplings swayed away from the bamboo forest, and then went straight to the place where the black giant eagle lived.


    Maybe it was winter, and the black giant eagle built a big nest next to the bamboo house with materials such as trees, branches, reeds, etc., and slept in the giant eagle''s nest at night.


    Wild eagles usually build their nests on mountain peaks or cliffs, but this black giant eagle has been accustomed to building its nest on the ground because he lived with people since he was a child.


    What the black giant eagle caught today was a wild boar. It placed the wild boar next to the eagle''s nest and kept pecking at it.


    Here comes the dumplings.


    "Yi''er yi''er..."


    Tang Yuan ran to the huge eagle''s nest and called out twice, the black giant eagle glanced at it, and then continued to eat meat.


    Seeing that the black giant eagle didn''t respond, Tang Yuan flapped its wings and jumped up from the edge of the eagle''s nest, then moved to the side of the wild boar and took a tentative sip.


    The giant eagle still did not object, and the dumplings immediately began to peck happily, and the speed of eating meat was very fast.


    When the giant eagle and the dumplings were full, only the remains of an adult wild boar weighing more than 1,000 catties were left.


    "Snapped!"


    The giant eagle picked up the skeleton of the wild boar and threw it outside the eagle''s nest. A lot of skeletons like this had accumulated beside the eagle''s nest.


    After it was full, the dumplings were ready to leave. It still wanted to jump down from the edge of the eagle''s nest, leaning against the extending trees, like jumping down stairs.


    However, when it was standing on the edge of the eagle''s nest, the black giant eagle suddenly pushed it with its head and pushed it directly outside the eagle''s nest.


    "Hey..."


    Tangyuan was startled, but the bird''s instinct made it flap its wings quickly, and it flew a short distance before landing on the ground.


    Tang Yuan turned back and looked at the black giant eagle at a loss, not understanding why it was pushed down.


    The black giant eagle stood up from the eagle''s nest, then suddenly flapped its wings and dived towards the dumplings.


    Tang Yuan was frightened and turned around to run away.


    Then, it ran a few steps, but was overtaken by the black giant eagle, and a terrifying and huge claws grabbed the whole dumpling.


    "Huhuhu..."


    The black giant eagle flew into the sky with the dumplings.


    "Eye...Eye..."


    The panic-stricken dumplings screamed loudly, the sound was very miserable.


    "Tangyuan, what happened?"


    After Jiang Xuan heard the sound of the dumplings, he immediately rushed out of the bamboo house, and then saw the black giant eagle grabbing the dumplings and flying into the sky.


    Jiang Xuan''s heart tightened, and then hurriedly ran towards the old witch.


    "Old witch, old witch..."


    When Jiang Xuan ran to the bamboo house where the old witch lived, he found that the old witch was standing at the door, watching the dumplings being grasped by the black giant eagle, circling upward in circles.


    "Old witch, how did the giant eagle capture the dumplings?"


    Jiang Xuan ran to the old witch and asked anxiously.


    The old witch smiled and said, "Don''t worry, the giant eagle won''t hurt the dumplings, its claws are not strong, otherwise, do you think the dumplings can still scream so loudly?"


    After the old witch''s reminder, the anxious Jiang Xuan immediately reacted.


    The claws of the black giant eagle can instantly pierce even large beasts, not to mention small dumplings.


    "Why did the giant eagle take the dumplings to the sky?" Jiang Xuan asked suspiciously.


    The old witch smiled and said, "The plumage of the glutinous rice **** is already plump and the wings are already strong, but because it has always lived on the ground, there is no mother bird to teach it to fly, so it can only walk on the ground."


    "Now, the giant eagle took it to the sky so that it could learn to fly as soon as possible."


    "So it is."


    After listening to the old witch''s explanation, Jiang Xuan suddenly realized.


    Then, the two looked up at the sky to see how the giant eagle taught the dumplings to fly.


    Not only them, but the rest of the Teng tribe were also noticed by the screams of the dumplings. After learning about the situation, they all looked up at the sky.


    In the sky, the giant eagle took the glutinous rice **** spirally to the sky. After flying to a certain height, the giant eagle suddenly released its claws, and the glutinous rice **** fell down screaming in the snow.


    "Fan flutter fan..."


    Instinct drives the dumplings to open their wings and flap them desperately to stop the falling tendency.


    It swayed in the air as if it were drunk, but its descent was noticeably slower.


    "Wow!"


    The black giant eagle folded its wings slightly and flew around the dumplings without leaving too far.


    After a while, the swaying dumplings finally landed, but not on the open space of the Vine tribe, but on the top of the big tree in the nearby forest.


    Just when the dumplings were a little relieved, the giant eagle swooped over, and the terrifying eagle claws caught it accurately and took it to the sky.


    "Eye...Eye..."


    The dumplings continued to scream, but they were of no use to the giant eagle.


    This time, the dumplings had a little bit of experience. As soon as they were thrown, they spread their wings and flew desperately, instead of falling like before.


    On the ground, Jiang Xuan watched the dumplings being thrown over and over by the giant eagle, and said with emotion, "Learning to fly is not easy."


    The old witch shook his head and said, "You are a pretty good bird, and there are giant eagles to help it. If it is in the wild, those chicks must exercise their wings on the edge of the cliff to be strong enough and learn to fly."


    "If they happen to fall out of the nest when the mother bird is out foraging, and can''t fly back to the nest on their own, they will be eaten by predatory beasts."


    After listening to the old witch''s words, Jiang Xuan suddenly remembered that the dumplings were found at the foot of a steep mountain. Could it be the unlucky egg that fell from the nest?


    The more Jiang Xuan thought about it, the more likely it was, but this matter could not be verified.


    The glutinous rice **** were also lucky, they were found by Jiang Xuan first, otherwise, they might also be eaten by predatory beasts.


    In the sky, after the dumplings were thrown several times in a row, they had mastered some flying skills, but they could not fly independently.


    It screamed pitifully from time to time, but it was useless and could only fly desperately.


    It wasn''t until after more than a dozen times that the black giant eagle brought it back to the ground of the Vine Tribe.


    As soon as the dumplings landed, they screamed and ran towards Jiang Xuan. After running to Jiang Xuan''s side, their big head rubbed directly on Jiang Xuan''s body. The aggrieved baba didn''t look like a bird of prey, but like a puppy.


    "Okay, okay, stop rubbing, learn to fly, you don''t have to run on your legs when you hunt, you know?"


    Jiang Xuan calmed down for a while, and then Tang Yuan''s mood gradually stabilized, but when he looked at the black giant eagle, he was already terrified.


    Jiang Xuan looked a little funny. When you eat meat, why don''t you know you''re afraid?


    The black giant eagle returned to the giant nest, bowing its head and combing its feathers.


    Jiang Xuan dragged the dumplings to the front of the Eagle''s Nest, and said to the giant eagle seriously, "Thank you, Uncle Eagle, for teaching dumplings to fly."


    The giant eagle seemed to understand Jiang Xuan''s words, it whispered at Jiang Xuan, and then looked at the dumplings with disgust.


    In the eyes of the giant eagle, the glutinous rice **** are so timid, it is a shame among the birds of prey.


    Jiang Xuan thanked the giant eagle, and then returned to his yard with the dumplings.


    Tangyuan ran straight to the bamboo shed and lay down in the bird''s nest. It was only then that it felt safe.


    Jiang Xuan also returned to the house and continued to work on his own business.


    He originally thought that after being tossed by the giant eagle so much, the dumplings would not dare to go to the giant eagle to eat it again.


    However, Jiang Xuan underestimated the appeal of food for dumplings.


    He never thought that after only two days, when the sound of eagle chirps sounded in the sky above the Teng tribe, the dumplings ran out of the yard again and continued to find the giant eagle to eat.


    "What a foodie!"


    Jiang Xuan shook his head, he didn''t care about the dumplings anymore, but was busy with his own business.


    In the following days, the sound of eagle chirps and the discordant screams of rice dumplings would be heard from time to time over the Veng tribe.


    But with the passage of time, the dumplings, which were thrown from the sky again and again, gradually mastered the skills of flying. The number of its screams gradually decreased, and it flew farther and farther.


    After more than a month, the dumplings have initially learned to fly. Even when the black giant eagle is not around, it will find a high place to jump down and fly a few laps at a low altitude.


    At the end of December, the weather became more and more cold, and the wind and snow were very strong. Even the giant eagle did not want to go out to hunt in such weather.


    The dumplings were huddled in their own nest all day long and fed by Jiang Xuan.


    The ice layer of the Feiyu River was also frozen very thick, and the Veng tribe conducted another winter fishing and harvested a large number of fish.


    Relying on these fish and a large amount of stored food, the people of the Veng tribe feel more at ease, and they just grind some stone tools and bone tools around the fire pit every day to prepare for the coming year.


    But other tribes are not as good as the Vine tribe.


    ...


    In the northern part of the Southern Wilderness, the crow tribe.


    Thick snow covered the entire crow tribe, and even the crows, who were usually very noisy, became quiet.


    In the center of the crow tribe, there is a huge tree that needs five people to hug. At the branch of the tree, there is a huge old crow''s nest, occupying almost half of the canopy.


    In this huge old crow''s nest, there lives the totem **** of the crow tribe, an old crow who has lived for an unknown number of years.


    Around this big tree, there are also a large number of towering ancient trees. There are countless crow dens built on these ancient trees, and there are not many crows living in them.


    These crows are very large, and the wingspan of each adult crow can reach about two meters. Although they cannot carry people, they are very powerful.


    Moreover, these crows follow the command of the crow tribe totem god, and once a battle occurs, they can often play a great role.


    It is because of these crows that the crow tribe can live very well in this area. The population has expanded to more than 3,000, and many small tribes nearby have been wiped out.


    However, as the population of the crow tribe continued to increase, the nearby prey became less and less.


    They don''t know how to plant, and even the method of domesticating beasts is very crude. The way to obtain food is too simple, and the food crisis gradually appeared.


    With a population of more than 3,000 people and a huge number of crows, the amount of food that needs to be eaten every day is very large.


    Once a food crisis occurs, the consequences are unimaginable.


    In the tallest wooden house of the Raven Tribe, the important figures of the Raven Tribe gathered around the fire, and the atmosphere was very depressing.


    The leader of the crow tribe is a middle-aged man of about thirty-five years old. His face is painted with red and black crow tribe totem patterns There are also four horizontal lines, which represent that he is a strong four-colored warrior.


    The leader of the crow tribe said solemnly:


    "The nearby tribes have all been robbed. There is still not enough food for this winter. The clansmen can only eat one meal a day. If this continues, I am afraid that the clansmen will starve to death."


    The crow tribe witch is an old woman, she said in a hoarse crow-like voice: "Maybe, it''s time for the tribe to migrate."


    When it comes to migration, there is a haze on many people''s faces, because leaving a familiar place and heading to an unfamiliar place is often scary.


    However, if the tribe wants to continue to survive and obtain more food, it must migrate, which is clear to everyone in the crow tribe.


    Only by migrating can they obtain hunting grounds with more prey, and only by migrating can they loot more tribes.


    A hunting party leader asked, "Wizard, where should we migrate?"


    The crow tribe witch stretched out a thin hand like a dry orange peel, pointed to the south, and said, "The Crow God has already guided us."


    Hearing this sentence, the people in the room did not dare to raise any other opinions.


    Because the crow tribe has a living totem god!


    Its will is the highest will of the entire tribe, and no one is allowed to refute it.


    Next, the members of the crow tribe began to discuss the migration.


    For a tribe of more than 3,000 people, it is very troublesome to migrate. There are too many things to bring, and there will be a lot of troubles on the way.


    Perhaps it was a coincidence that the direction pointed by the crow tribe witch happened to be the direction of the vine tribe.


    ...


    It''s the beginning of the month, monthly pass...

 Chapter 109： The Great Western Wilderness

    Popular recommendation:


    "Boom!"


    In the second year of the establishment of the Vine Tribe, at the beginning of the thirteenth month, the snow and ice still did not melt. However, the west side was covered with dark clouds and thunder and lightning for several days, which was very terrifying.


    This was a situation that had never happened before. For a time, all the tribes were panicking, not knowing what kind of fate would befall them.


    In the rattan tribe, the old witch stood in front of the bamboo house, looking at the gloomy sky in the west, and the lightning flashes from time to time, his face was very dignified.


    During this period of time, he always had a feeling of trepidation, as if something big was happening.


    "Could it be that something changed in Xihuang?"


    The old witch frowned and pondered for a long time, then said, "How about... go take a look?"


    The old witch was a little hesitant, because it was a cold winter, it was snowing everywhere, the weather was very cold, and there were still huge unknown dangers over there.


    The old witch walked into the bamboo house, sat by the fire pond, and pondered for a long time watching the beating flames, and finally, he stood up again and said: "Go and see, anyway, at this age, you are not afraid of death, and What''s so intimidating?"


    The old witch''s eyes gradually became firm, and a flame was burning in his heart.


    After making the decision, the old witch simply cleaned up, and then braved the heavy snow to walk towards the bamboo forest.


    The snow on the ground was deep, but the old witch didn''t care. He stepped out of Jiang Xuan''s courtyard and knocked on the door that was covered with a thin layer of ice.


    In the bamboo house, Jiang Xuan, who was drawing a map, shouted to the outside: "Tangyuan, go open the door!"


    In the bamboo shed, Tang Yuan stood up reluctantly, then swayed to the courtyard gate, took away the wood supporting the door with the bird''s beak, and then opened the gate with the bird''s beak.


    When it saw the old witch outside, it looked back subconsciously, but didn''t see the giant eagle.


    The old witch patted the hard wings of the dumplings and said with a smile, "The little guy is getting stronger as he grows."


    Tang Yuan rubbed the old witch with his head affectionately, then swayed back to sleep.


    "Squeak..."


    After Jiang Xuan heard the voice of the old witch, he hurriedly opened the door and greeted him from inside.


    "Old witch, why did you come in person in such a heavy snow. If there is something for the soldiers to tell me, I can just go over there."


    The old witch waved his hand and said, "I''m not old enough to walk, so it doesn''t matter."


    Jiang Xuan invited the old witch into the bamboo hut, let him sit by the fire pit and roast the fire, and then scooped him a bowl of hot soup from the pottery cauldron.


    "Come, have a bowl of soup and warm your body."


    The old witch was not polite. He picked up the bowl and blew it. After a long time, he drank the bowl of hot soup, and his body felt much warmer.


    The old witch put down the bowl and said to Jiang Xuan, "I''m going to go to Xihuang."


    Jiang Xuan was stunned: "Going to Xihuang? Now?"


    "Yes, something big must have happened in Xihuang, I want to take a look." The old witch''s tone was calm, but his eyes were firm.


    Jiang Xuan frowned and said, "But it''s still snowing now, it''s too cold, can you wait until the ice and snow melt before going?"


    The old witch shook his head and said, "By that time, everything may be over. I have the magic power to protect my body, and I have thick animal skins to keep me warm. It''s nothing to be cold."


    The old witch is a very assertive person, and other people''s opinions are difficult to shake when he decides.


    Jiang Xuan thought for a moment and said, "How about I go with you, I also want to go to Xihuang to see."


    The Veng tribe is located in the northwest of the Southern Wilderness. According to the climate and environment of the Yanyang tribe, it should not be very far from the Western Wilderness.


    If there is a huge change in Xihuang, then the Vine tribe will also be affected in the future.


    Go there in advance to see the situation, and you can respond as soon as possible.


    The old witch looked at Jiang Xuan and said, "I suggest you don''t go, it might be dangerous over there now."


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said: "Where is it not dangerous? Even if you stay in the tribe honestly, you can''t escape the disaster that should come."


    "What''s more, I am a four-color warrior now and have the ability to protect myself."


    In this dangerous and unusual primitive world, even if you do nothing, danger may come suddenly.


    All those who can survive, in addition to strength, also need a little luck.


    Jiang Xuan believes that his luck is still very good, not to mention that they are going to the West Desert by taking a giant eagle, which is quite safe.


    The old witch thought for a while, and felt that what Jiang Xuan said was reasonable, so he nodded and said, "Since you have decided, I will take you for a walk, so you can prepare."


    "it is good!"


    Jiang Xuan immediately packed up his things, such as dry food, water bottles, weapons, medicine powder and the like, which are all necessary.


    He also prepared a large and thick animal skin to wear on his body, which could withstand the cold wind and ice and snow.


    Afterwards, the two went to Chi Shao again and told her about it again.


    In fact, Chi Shao also wants to go together, but if she and Jiang Xuan are gone, who will manage the tribe?


    Therefore, the red peony can only stay in the tribe.


    However, she stuffed Jiang Xuan with a lot of medicinal powder for various purposes and asked him to take it with him in case of emergency.


    Jiang Xuan explained things in the tribe to Chi Shao, and then found Uncaria and others, and asked them to take care of the dumplings on their behalf.


    After everything was ready, Jiang Xuan and the old witch took the black giant eagle and flew to the West Wilderness.


    "Wow!"


    The black giant eagle let out a high-pitched eagle chirp, then flapped its huge wings and flew towards the West Wasteland.


    In the courtyard of the bamboo forest, Tangyuan watched the giant eagle fly away eagerly. It actually wanted to fly over, but unfortunately it hadn''t really grown up yet, so it couldn''t fly long distances, so it could only stay in the tribe.


    Chi Shao also stood beside the dumplings, and prayed in her heart that Jiang Xuan and the old witch would return safely.


    ...


    In the sky, the giant eagle will land on the mountain for a rest every half-day flight, and prey on some prey.


    Jiang Xuan and the old witch wore thick and large animal skins, sat on the back of the giant eagle, and endured the cold at high altitude.


    Fortunately, Jiang Xuan was already a four-color warrior. If he were a one-color warrior, he would really not be able to stand such cold.


    To Jiang Xuan''s surprise, the old witch seemed to be more resistant to freezing than him. It should be the mysterious witch power protecting him.


    Most of the time, they hid their whole bodies in the large animal skins, and from time to time they would lift the animal skins to see what was going on outside.


    The animal skin was frozen hard, and it was covered with a thick layer of ice and snow.


    This continued until the third day of their journey.


    When the giant eagle took them deep into the Western Wilderness, the heavy snow that was flying all over the sky suddenly disappeared, and there was no snow on the ground.


    The temperature in Xihuang was even higher than where the Veng tribe was located.


    At the same time, they often encountered a large number of thick clouds, which from time to time thundered, and lightning flashed like silver snakes.


    "What exactly is going on?"


    Jiang Xuan couldn''t figure out what was going on in Xihuang, why it was cold winter, but it didn''t snow, and there were a lot of dark clouds gathering, lightning and thunder, but it didn''t rain much.


    The old witch also frowned, this situation is really abnormal.


    According to the records of successive witches of the Eagle Tribe, as well as some legends, the Southern Wilderness is the warmest place, the Northern Wilderness is the coldest place, and the climates of the Eastern and Western Wilderness should be about the same.


    However, the climate in Xihuang is very warm now, which is obviously not right.


    On the fifth day of the journey, Jiang Xuan and the old witch had already gone very deep into the Western Wilderness.


    Just then, an accident happened.


    This morning, a large area of ??fish-scale clouds appeared in the sky, and at the same time, there was a seven-colored glow, which was very beautiful.


    However, at noon, they were resting on the top of a mountain, when the black giant eagle suddenly made a sharp cry and spread its wings, urging them to get on the eagle''s back immediately.


    When the old witch and Jiang Xuan hurriedly climbed onto the back of the eagle, the giant eagle flew up immediately, and instead of flying forward, it flew higher and higher.


    Not only giant eagles, but also a large number of birds left the forest on the ground at the same time and flew into the sky, and a large number of beasts ran wildly.


    "Boom!"


    At this moment, a muffled thunder-like sound suddenly came from the ground, continuous and terrifying.


    Jiang Xuan and the old witch sat on the back of the giant eagle and looked at the ground.


    They saw a very terrifying scene.


    I saw that the earth suddenly rose and fell like water waves, the mountains collapsed, and the rocks rolled on the ground, as if a fine piece of porcelain was suddenly shattered, and countless cracks appeared.


    The towering ancient trees collapsed, the houses on the ground collapsed instantly, the beasts on the ground wailed and ran, and the tribesmen in this area were also running and wailing.


    "Earth... an earthquake..."


    Jiang Xuan looked at the terrible scene on the ground, his face turned pale.


    The old witch''s face is also very pale. He has lived for most of his life and has never seen such a tragic situation. He has only heard some legends.


    Because of the place where the Eagle Tribe is located, there has never been an earthquake.


    The mountain where Jiang Xuan and the others were just collapsed. If they didn''t leave in time, they would be in great danger like those on the ground and those birds and beasts.


    The black giant eagle flew higher, obviously it was very frightened, and subconsciously wanted to stay away from the dangerous ground.


    In the face of this kind of power of heaven and earth, whether it is a human being, a bird or a beast, or even a bird of prey like a giant eagle, they do not have the ability to contend, and all they can do is stay away.


    The black giant eagle flew farther and farther, until it left the large earthquake area and was so tired that it landed on the top of a mountain in horror.


    Jiang Xuan and the old witch also felt a little terrified. After all, the scene of the earthquake just now had too great a visual impact on them.


    The land that had always been stable turned into a sea of ??fury at that moment, and countless creatures on the ground were killed in this disaster.


    Jiang Xuan and the old witch didn''t leave the ground, they just sat on the back of the giant eagle.


    "Eat... eat something."


    Jiang Xuan took out some dried meat and dried fruit and handed them to the old witch.


    The old witch didn''t ask for jerky because he had bad teeth. He took a piece of dried fruit and chewed it slowly, but it tasted like chewing wax.


    Jiang Xuan ate some jerky to satisfy his hunger, and then said to the old witch, "Old witch, is this what makes you uneasy?"


    The old witch pondered for a moment, then shook his head and said, "No, I feel that there is a bigger crisis, this is an intuition."


    A crisis bigger than an earthquake? What kind of crisis would that be?


    Jiang Xuan only felt bitterness in his heart, because manpower was really not enough when faced with such a crisis.


    Just like the tribes just now, in the earthquake, you can only rely on luck to survive.


    Fortunately, such a crisis did not occur in the Southern Wilderness. Jiang Xuan felt rejoicing in his heart.


    Soon after, Jiang Xuan looked at the scene on the ground, and the more he looked, the more he felt that something was wrong.


    I saw that the ground was dry and yellow, and there was almost no water to be seen, and even a small river in the distance was cut off.


    "Old witch, do you feel that it''s too dry here?"


    The old witch said, "Isn''t it always so dry in winter?"


    Jiang Xuan frowned, he subconsciously felt wrong, but he couldn''t say what was wrong.


    After resting for about an hour, the ground did not experience the same earthquake as before, which made Jiang Xuan and the old witch feel a little at ease.


    They took the black giant eagle and continued to fly westward, trying to find the "bigger crisis" in the old witch''s intuition.


    On the sixth day, Jiang Xuan obviously found that the vegetation on the ground was much sparser than before, and the water source became less and the air was drier.


    Because there is no data for reference, he does not know whether this is a feature of the Western Wilderness or a change in recent years.


    But Jiang Xuan took this situation to heart.


    The seventh day, the eighth day... As they continued to penetrate into the Western Wilderness, the vegetation on the ground became more and more sparse Rivers, lakes and other water sources became more scarce.


    At the same time, the temperature is gradually rising, and the sun is shining brightly in the sky, bringing a rolling heat wave.


    Jiang Xuan had already put away the thick and wide animal skin, and even took off the animal skin coat he was wearing.


    "Old witch, have the previous witches of your Eagle Tribe recorded this situation in the Western Wilderness?


    The old witch looked at the dry land, shook his head blankly, and said, "No, our Eagle Tribe knows very little about the Western Wilderness, but I remember that the Western Wilderness should be similar to the Eastern Wilderness. How could this be?"


    It was clearly winter, but the depths of the Western Wilderness were hot like summer, and the vegetation on the ground was sparse, water sources were scarce, and even birds and beasts were less, like a desert.


    When the giant eagle landed again, Jiang Xuan found that there were a lot of dead wood on the ground, some large and small, some were rotten, and some were relatively intact.


    Based on the dead tree stumps still on the ground and some dry riverbeds, Jiang Xuan judged that this place should have been rich in vegetation and water before.


    It shouldn''t be too long for it to become like this.


    If the time is very long, the ground will not be soil, but the yellow sand in the sky.


    "Earthquakes, droughts, is there any connection between them?"


    Jiang Xuan thought for a long time, but could not get an answer, but he vaguely felt that there must be some connection.


    Moreover, the changes in the Western Wilderness will have a huge impact on the Southern Wilderness, and even the entire primitive continent.


    Naturally, it is impossible for the Vine tribe to be alone in such a large environment.


    ...


    Congratulations to the book friend "Xinxuan Liangsheng" for becoming the first elder of this book.

 Chapter 110： 6 color warriors?

    After the giant eagle flew for ten days, Jiang Xuan and the old witch seemed to be in summer.


    The hot sun scorched the ground, making the old witch and Jiang Xuan, who were accustomed to living in the forest, extremely uncomfortable.


    The vegetation on the ground is sparser, and the soil even shows signs of desertification. When the wind blows, it often blows dust all over the sky.


    On the back of the giant eagle, Jiang Xuan looked at the shocking western wasteland, only to feel a heavy heart.


    Xihuang has become like this and is no longer livable, so the tribes living in these places will definitely migrate to other places.


    The West Wasteland area is relatively vast, so those tribes should still be fighting each other for survival in the West Wasteland.


    However, when the desertification situation becomes more and more serious and continues to spread to other places, the place for the survival of the Western Desert tribe will become smaller and smaller.


    By that time, they will surely migrate elsewhere.


    Thinking of this, Jiang Xuan has a shuddering feeling, because the location of the Teng tribe is too close to the West Wilderness!


    What should I do? Do you want to convince Shenteng to lead the tribe to migrate to other places?


    If so, the Vine tribe will have to start all over again.


    Just when Jiang Xuan was worried about the changes in the Western Wilderness, a forest appeared in front of him, there was a small lake in the woods, and a small tribe.


    Jiang Xuandao: "The giant eagle is tired after flying for so long. Let''s go to the tribe in front to rest, eat something and add some water."


    The old witch nodded, and let the giant eagle land outside the woods.


    "Huhuhu..."


    The giant eagle landed, and a gust of wind blew up the ground.


    "Woooooooo..."


    The small tribe in the woods had already discovered the giant eagle. When the giant eagle landed, there were two or three hundred tribesmen holding various primitive and primitive weapons, and Ulla Ulla surrounded them.


    On the back of the giant eagle, the old witch shouted to these tribesmen: "I am a member of the Eastern Desolate Eagle tribe. We just passed by here and wanted to add some water, no malice."


    Jiang Xuan also held the bone spear to prevent these people from attacking suddenly.


    "Donghuang, Eagle Tribe, seems to have heard of this tribe."


    Among the crowd, an unusually tall and sturdy tribesman walked out.


    His face is painted with black and cyan totem patterns, which is very strange, a bit like some kind of frog with big eyes.


    Behind him, there was also a giant frog with a mouth full of teeth, which was very scary.


    What''s even more frightening is that Jiang Xuan found six horizontal lines of different colors painted on his face!


    "Six-color warrior?"


    Jiang Xuan''s pupils contracted sharply, feeling a little unbelievable.


    It has been two or three years since Jiang Xuan came to this world, not to mention the six-colored warrior, he has never seen the five-colored warrior once.


    Even most people from small tribes have never heard of it, and there are six colors of warriors.


    The most outrageous thing is that this is basically a small tribe, and the clansmen are all skinny like monkeys. Is it so lucky that a six-color warrior appeared?


    At this moment, the old witch said in an inaudible voice, "It''s fake."


    "Fake?" Jiang Xuan looked at the old witch in amazement.


    The old witch nodded slightly, with a faint smile on his face.


    And this kind of operation? What about the simple tribal people?


    Jiang Xuan felt a little confused. It was the first time he saw someone use this method to bluff people.


    When they were in the Southern Wilderness, the warriors of each tribe were relatively honest. No matter how strong they were, they would have as many horizontal stripes as they wanted, and they would not cheat.


    Because these colored stripes are not only for the people of the outer tribe to see, but also for the people of the tribe to see, it is a symbol of glory.


    The stronger the strength and the more horizontal stripes, the heavier the voice in the tribe will be, the more resources will be occupied, and the more popular the tribe''s women will be.


    If you don''t have that strength, but draw a lot of horizontal lines, even in this tribe, you will be drowned by everyone''s spittle.


    Jiang Xuan did not turn his head, and asked in an inaudible voice, "Then what kind of warrior is he?"


    Jiang Xuan knew that the old witch possessed mysterious magic power, and it was not surprising that he could see through the true strength of a warrior.


    The old witch answered affirmatively, "Three colors at most."


    Jiang Xuan was speechless for a while, this guy really dared to draw, and he was not afraid of being killed directly after being seen through.


    At this moment, the tall tribal man with six horizontal stripes spoke.


    "Guests from Donghuang, hello, this is the territory of the frog tribe, I am the leader of the frog tribe, a six-color warrior, fierce."


    Without the old witch, at first glance this person was a six-colored warrior, Jiang Xuan might still be a little apprehensive, but after knowing his details, he only felt a little funny.


    Huo Meng continued: "If you want to add water, you can, but you need to exchange things."


    The old witch frowned slightly and said, "Do you need to exchange something to add a little water?"


    Whether it is in the Southern Wilderness or the Eastern Wasteland, there is no shortage of water, so that the old witch does not think that water is such a precious thing at all, let alone that it needs to be exchanged for things.


    Jiang Xuan can understand, after all, in the world of his previous life, many places have to pay for drinking water.


    Huo Meng said: "If you are unwilling to exchange, please leave the territory of our frog tribe and go to drink water elsewhere."


    "But I want to remind you that it hasn''t rained here for more than half a year, and the nearby rivers have dried up. Even if you ride this big bird, you may not be able to find water."


    Hearing Huo Meng''s words, the old witch''s brows furrowed even tighter. He even wanted the giant eagle to fly in directly, but he had to see if this little frog tribe could stop them.


    Lao Wu usually looks like a good guy, but that doesn''t mean he really has no temper.


    It really **** him off, and the consequences were terrible.


    At this moment, Jiang Xuan said to the old witch: "We are here to investigate the situation, and now is a good opportunity to give them a little something, not only to replenish water, but also to ask them what the situation is here. "


    After listening to Jiang Xuan''s words, the old witch felt that it made sense, especially Huo Meng said that it had not rained in the vicinity for more than half a year. This situation was obviously very abnormal.


    So, the old witch suppressed his anger and said, "Then just give them something."


    Jiang Xuan looked at what they were carrying, and finally took out a pottery bowl, held it up, and said, "Boss Huo Meng, how about we use this precious pottery bowl for your water?"


    Huo Meng stared at the bowl and took a closer look, and found that the pottery was much better than the pottery in their tribe, so he nodded with satisfaction and said, "Yes."


    Jiang Xuan said again: "You have to fill our water jugs and water bags, and you have to let the giant eagle drink enough water."


    "No problem!" Huo Meng agreed, because the Frog Tribe had a lake, and the lake would keep coming up with water.


    "Okay, then take us in to drink water. After drinking the water, fill up the water bag, and this precious pottery bowl will be given to you."


    Huo Meng looked at the giant eagle with dread, and did not want them to enter the tribe, so he said, "Bring the things you filled with water, and I will ask the soldiers to fill it for you."


    Jiang Xuan shook his head and said, "No, we don''t know each other well. What if you poison the water?"


    "How could our frog tribe do such a thing?" Huo Meng was very dissatisfied with Jiang Xuan''s suspicion.


    Jiang Xuan said again: "There are only two of us, so many of you, and you, the fiery leader, a six-color warrior, are you afraid that we will go into the tribe to drink water?"


    When Huo Meng heard the words "six-colored warrior", his face suddenly stiffened, he thought for a moment, and reluctantly agreed: "I am a dignified six-colored warrior who is afraid of you? If you want to go in and drink water, then come with me. "


    Huo waved his hand fiercely, and the clansmen of the frog tribe immediately gave way.


    Jiang Xuan and the old witch still did not get off the back of the giant eagle, and the two rode the giant eagle into the frog tribe.


    The forest where the frog tribe is located is not large, but it is a rare oasis in this severely desertified and arid land.


    Although it is winter, the leaves are still green because of the hot weather and water in this place.


    The giant eagle is too big. Fortunately, the woods are not dense and the trees are relatively tall, otherwise it would be really difficult to walk.


    After entering the woods, Jiang Xuan saw many strange frogs.


    Some of them are squatting on the ground, some are clinging to trees, and they are of different shapes and sizes.


    Among them, there are many frogs with highly poisonous, but they all jumped away after seeing the giant eagle.


    As Huo Meng walked, he looked back at the giant eagle and the two people on its back from time to time.


    This giant eagle gave him a very strong sense of threat, and the two people on the eagle''s back didn''t seem to be easy to mess with.


    But for the six lines on his face, he could only bite the bullet and pretend to be fearless.


    When they came to the lake, Jiang Xuan saw a large number of stone houses, located in the woods around the lake.


    The walls of these stone houses are made of stone, the roofs are made of wood and bark, and a lot of totem patterns are painted on the walls, which is very different from the architectural style of the Nanhuang tribe.


    In these stone houses, many Frog tribe clansmen stared at them vigilantly, especially afraid of the giant eagle. Except for the soldiers, they all hid in the house to observe secretly and did not dare to approach.


    When the giant eagle approached the shore of the lake, all kinds of frogs jumped away quickly, some big and some small, colorful, which was eye-opening.


    Jiang Xuan had never seen so many varieties of frogs in his life.


    The old witch also observed these frogs with great interest, and it is estimated that they will be recorded in the animal skin scroll in the future.


    This lake is not small, with a diameter of about 20 to 30 meters. If it can be filled with water, the amount of water is still considerable.


    However, due to long-term drought and little rainfall, the water level of the lake has dropped again and again, and now only one-third of the water remains.


    If the drought continues, the water level of this lake will even continue to drop, or even dry up.


    Huo Meng took them to the lake and said, "Okay, you can go drink water."


    "Thank you, Chief Huo Meng."


    The giant eagle walked to the place where there was water, then lowered his head, and began to drink the water in large gulps.


    After flying for so long, it was already thirsty.


    Jiang Xuan and the old witch also got off the back of the giant eagle. The two drank a full stomach of water, and then filled the water bottle and water bag they were carrying, and they were relieved.


    In this hot environment, lack of water is a very threatening thing. Even if they can endure much more than ordinary warriors, they cannot stand without water for a long time.


    Now with this water, they can last a while again.


    After the giant eagle drank enough water, Jiang Xuan walked to the shore of the lake and handed the pottery bowl to Huo Meng, and the two sides were considered to have completed the transaction.


    After Huo Meng got the pottery bowl, he looked over and over for a while, and then nodded in satisfaction.


    This pottery is much better than the worn-out pottery in their tribe.


    In addition, when Huo Meng looked at Jiang Xuan, he felt a lot more pleasing to the eye.


    Huo said again: "Do you need food? You can also use pottery in exchange."


    Jiang Xuan glanced at the old witch and saw that the old witch had nothing to say, so he asked, "Do you have any meat?"


    "Have!"


    "Okay, then do another transaction."


    Jiang Xuan took out a clay pot this time, and said, "This pot can at least be exchanged for a big beast, right?"


    There are many exquisite patterns on this clay pot, which are very beautiful.


    He hesitated for a moment and said, "I will exchange a twisted horn sheep with you."


    Jiang Xuandao: "Then let me see how big your twisted horn sheep are."


    Huo Meng gave an order to the two warriors behind him, and the two warriors immediately ran to the stone house. After a while, they came over with a twisted horn sheep that was struggling constantly.


    This kind of twisted-horn sheep Jiang Xuan has never seen in the Southern Wilderness, it should be a special species of the Western Wilderness.


    It weighs about a hundred pounds, a bit like a goat, its wool is shorter, it is tawny, and it has a pair of large twisted horns on its head.


    "Is this twisted-horned sheep big enough?" Huo Meng said confidently.


    Jiang Xuan deliberately asked him something about Xihuang, and the food here is indeed relatively scarce, which cannot be compared with Nanhuang.


    So he nodded and said, "If you can help us kill the twisted horn sheep and make a fire for us to roast mutton to eat, this deal can be done."


    "It''s simple."


    Huo Meng immediately asked the two warriors to kill the sheep, and brought fire from a stone house and lit a bonfire by the lake.


    The blood and internal organs of the twisted-horn sheep were fed to the giant eagle.


    The lamb is cut and roasted on a wooden stick.


    After the twisted horn sheep was killed, Huo Meng got the pot as he wished. He couldn''t put it down and stroked the pattern on it, and a flower appeared on his face with a smile.


    Jiang Xuan also generously invited Huo Meng to eat together.


    This made Huo Meng feel at ease, his impression of Jiang Xuan was better, and it also relieved some of his vigilance.


    Soon, the mutton of the twisted horn was roasted to a fragrant aroma.


    Huo Meng, Jiang Xuan, and Lao Wu, the three of them were surrounded by a bonfire by the lake, eating roast lamb and enjoying this rare and comfortable moment.


    Taking advantage of the fire, Jiang Xuan asked, "Boss Fire, I heard you say it hasn''t rained here for more than half a year, can you tell us what''s going on?"


    The old witch also looked at Huo Meng, which was also a matter of great concern to him.


    Speaking of this question, there was a hint of bitterness on Huo Meng''s face.


    He pointed to the lake next to him and said, "In the past, the water of Shenhu Lake was full, and there were several small streams flowing out. The nearby vegetation was very lush, and there were many prey."


    "At that time Our frog tribe was surrounded by forests, and several tribes lived in this area."


    "But I don''t know when it started, the weather has gradually become dry, and it often doesn''t rain for months or even half a year."


    "The stream stopped first, and the water in the lake became less and less. The forest gradually became smaller, and the prey became less. The tribes near our frog tribe have all migrated away."


    "If it weren''t for the lake of gods, our frog tribe might have left here long ago."


    These things are no secret, so Huo Meng said it directly. After speaking, his mood became a little low.


    Huo Meng also told Jiang Xuan and the old witch that it used to snow in this place, but in recent years, the winter has become hotter and hotter, and it doesn''t even snow.


    As for why this happened, he couldn''t figure it out.


    Jiang Xuan and Lao Wu both frowned because the question had not been answered.


    But at least they know some of the past events of Xihuang, as for why Xihuang became like this, they still need to find the answer.

 Chapter 111： Desert and the Great Rift

    The giant eagle left the frog tribe with Jiang Xuan and the old witch.


    By the lake, Huo Meng, the leader of the frog tribe, watched as the giant eagle became smaller and smaller. Thinking of the previous conversation with the two of them, he felt as if a big stone had been pressed in his heart.


    He touched his face, and there were six lines drawn on his face, but he knew very well that it was fake and could only be bluffing.


    "If, I am really a six-color warrior, how wonderful it would be!"


    Fire let out a sigh.


    Afterwards, he looked at the lake of the gods, where the water level was dropping, as well as the countless frogs by the lake, and hundreds of clansmen in the woods.


    "Maybe one day, the lake of the gods will dry up completely. At that time, where should our frog tribe go?"


    The frog tribe is not strong, it can even be said to be relatively weak, and there is no totem **** to protect it. Even if they migrate, they may not be able to grab a suitable place to live, and there is a danger of being destroyed on the road.


    Thinking of this, Huo Meng''s brows were wrinkled into the word "Chuan". This man who looked very tall and mighty felt as helpless as a child at this moment.


    ¡­


    In the sky of the Western Wilderness, the giant eagle continued to fly forward.


    The further you fly, the hotter the temperature, the sparser the vegetation on the ground, and the more severe the desertification.


    On the twelfth day of the giant eagle''s flight, Jiang Xuan and the old witch finally saw a real desert!


    This place is full of yellow sand, and once the strong wind blows, it will set off a terrible sandstorm and drown everything.


    In the evening, the giant eagle landed on a deserted tribal site.


    Jiang Xuan got off the back of the giant eagle, looked at the ruins that were half submerged in sand and dust, grabbed a handful of hot sand from the ground, and said, "This kind of place is no longer suitable for living."


    The old witch had never seen a desert before, and this desert had an even greater impact on him. He looked at the endless sand dunes and said absentmindedly, "How could it be like this..."


    Jiang Xuan noticed that there were a large number of dead trees in the sand, which were half buried by the sand, some of which were severely weathered, and some were relatively intact.


    This shows that this place was also a forest before, and the desertification time should not be particularly long.


    Jiang Xuan said to the old witch: "Judging from the current situation, this desert will expand rapidly, and I estimate that the frog tribe will become like this sooner or later.


    "This is a natural disaster that cannot be resisted by manpower."


    "The frog tribe''s territory will become like this in the future?" The old witch felt a little unbelievable.


    Jiang Xuan nodded affirmatively.


    "terrible."


    At this moment, the old witch could only be glad that the Eagle Tribe and the Vine Tribe were not in the Western Wilderness.


    When the sky was getting dark, Jiang Xuan picked up some dead trees and used the method of drilling wood to make fire, and a fire was raised.


    When night falls, the desert cools down rapidly, from hot to cold.


    "crack crackle crackle..."


    It was getting dark soon, Jiang Xuan circled around, but found nothing.


    Maybe it''s because there are no oases nearby, or maybe the desert has been around for too short a time, and animals that can adapt to this environment haven''t appeared.


    However, after nightfall, Jiang Xuan found some small bugs and a few lizards with the help of his night vision ability.


    These little creatures, in this newly emerging desert, worked hard to adapt and survive, and did not die because of the drastic changes in the environment.


    Jiang Xuan grabbed a lizard about 30 centimeters long, looked over and over for a while, and said, "If you are lucky, we still have dry food, so I won''t eat you today."


    Jiang Xuan released the lizard, and the lizard fled quickly, obviously frightened.


    "I didn''t expect animals to survive in such a place."


    The old witch looked at the lizard that had gone away, and was quite emotional.


    Jiang Xuan said with a smile: "There are always some animals with strong adaptability that can survive."


    The old witch nodded and said, "Yes, those with strong adaptability can survive anywhere."


    That night, Jiang Xuan and the old witch ate some dry food and drank some water, then spread a large animal skin beside the fire and slept.


    The next day, they continued their flight in giant eagles.


    In the next few days, they found two oases with water sources in the desert, where many wild beasts lived, and giant eagles also filled their stomachs in the oasis.


    On the eighteenth day they entered the Western Desert, they finally made a major discovery.


    It was a huge rift valley that stretched for an unknown number of kilometers. It stretched forward from the Great Western Wilderness Desert.


    "My God, the earth is cracked!"


    The old witch looked at this huge rift with no end in sight, and felt a huge shock in his heart. This was a scene he had never seen anywhere.


    Jiang Xuan had never seen such a Great Rift Valley, but he had heard in his previous life that there was a famous Great Rift Valley on one continent.


    But he couldn''t figure out whether the Great Rift Valley in front of him was the same as the Great Rift Valley he had heard of in his previous life.


    "Boom!"


    Suddenly, the ground below vibrated violently, setting off a sky of sand and dust.


    The huge rift was also shaking, and countless gravels rolled down and fell into the bottom of the bottomless rift.


    "Wow!"


    The black giant eagle instinctively sensed the danger, and then quickly turned around and flew back.


    Not long after the black giant eagle flew away, a mountain peak next to the Great Rift Valley suddenly cracked open, and billowing black smoke rose from it, like a thick dark cloud.


    The giant eagle was frightened and flew farther, but Jiang Xuan and the old witch turned their heads and stared at the cracked mountain.


    "boom!"


    Not long after, a terrifying magma, like a fountain, spewed out from the top of the mountain. The red magma splashed around like water splashes, and then rolled down the mountain.


    "Volcano eruption!"


    Only after Jiang Xuan saw this scene with his own eyes did he know how terrifying the violent volcanic eruption was.


    Fortunately, this is an uninhabited desert, otherwise it will cause a huge disaster, and countless lives will be lost as a result!


    The old witch was even more shocked and could not say anything. This world-destroying scene made him feel deep fear.


    "boom!"


    It didn''t take long for another volcano to erupt, and the sky over there had become pitch black. It wasn''t dark clouds, but volcanic ash that had not yet landed!


    The ground continued to vibrate, and the giant eagle fled back desperately, not daring to land at all.


    Jiang Xuan suddenly thought of something, so he said to the old witch: "Let the giant eagle fly in the direction of the cracked ground!"


    The old witch nodded, and then asked the giant eagle to do as Jiang Xuan said.


    Although the eagle was a little reluctant, it changed direction and flew forward along the Great Rift Valley.


    The farther the giant eagle flies, the smaller the width of the rift becomes, as if the river is upstream, and the source of the river is likely to be just a few puddles.


    Gradually, they moved away from the area where the volcano erupted, but the Great Rift Valley below continued to extend.


    Moreover, where the Great Rift Valley is located, earthquakes will occur from time to time. Every time the giant eagle lands to rest, it will dare to land far away from the Great Rift Valley.


    After flying like this for three days, they finally came to the end of the Great Rift Valley, where the crack on the ground was only a few tens of centimeters wide.


    "Boom!"


    However, after the ground shook for a while, the cracks in the ground continued to extend forward!


    If it goes on like this, this Great Rift Valley will only get longer and wider, and in the end, will it split the original continent in half, or more?


    At that time, what will happen to the Eastern Wilderness, the Western Wilderness, the Southern Wilderness, and the Northern Wilderness?


    Thinking of this, Jiang Xuan not only wanted to see the final result, but also felt heavy pressure.


    Because he is not sure what the Vine Tribe will be like in this drastic change, and whether it can withstand the upcoming tests.


    Jiang Xuan said to the old witch: "The change in the Western Wilderness should be related to the continuous cracking of the ground."


    The old witch looked at the ground that continued to split and nodded with a heavy heart.


    In addition to this reason, with his knowledge, he couldn''t think of any more reasons.


    The old witch looked at the endless rift and said, "It''s time to go back, and I don''t know where this rift will end up."


    Jiang Xuan said helplessly: "This can only depend on the will of God."


    "Yeah, I can only see God''s will." The old witch''s expression was a little complicated, because he didn''t think he would live for a few more years, and he didn''t know how many changes he could see.


    Jiang Xuan said again: "Since we can''t find anything more, I think we should go back."


    This time they came out for a long time. After returning, the ice and snow in the Southern Wilderness may have melted.


    Especially after knowing that the environment in Xihuang had been so bad, Jiang Xuan eagerly wanted to return to the tribe to make more preparations to meet future challenges.


    "Let''s go back."


    The old witch had no objection to this. He had seen too many things on this trip, and he decided to paint all his insights this time on animal skins and rock walls when he returned.


    The two climbed on the back of the giant eagle again, and then set out on the way back.


    "Wow!"


    The giant eagle circled in the sky, took a last look at the desert, and then flew in the direction of the Southern Wilderness.


    "Boom!"


    "Kakaka¡­"


    The ground still vibrated from time to time, and the huge rift continued to extend forward, and no one knew where its end point was.


    On the way back, Jiang Xuan and the others passed by the frog tribe again.


    They replenished food and water in the frog tribe.


    When parting, Jiang Xuan said fiercely to the leader of the frog tribe: "If one day your tribe migrates to the Southern Wilderness, you can come to the Teng tribe to find us."


    Huo Meng asked in astonishment, "Aren''t you from the Eastern Wild Eagle Tribe?"


    Jiang Xuan sat on the back of the giant eagle, showing his neat teeth, pointed at the old witch and said, "He is a member of the Eagle Tribe, I am not."


    "Officially introduce, my name is Xuan, the leader of the Southern Wild Vine Tribe. If you can go to the Southern Wilderness in the future, remember to find me, and I will treat you to something good."


    The giant eagle flew away quickly, but Huo Meng stood there, not moving for a long time.


    Jiang Xuan told him about the situation on the other side of Xihuang. Although he was reluctant to believe it, if the frog tribe wanted to continue to survive, they had to start thinking about tribal migration.


    However, can the frog tribe really migrate smoothly? Huo Meng has no confidence in this.

 Chapter 112： The dumplings will fly

    The third year of the establishment of the rattan tribe, on January 6th.


    When Jiang Xuan and Lao Wu returned to the Veng tribe, six days had passed since the ice and snow began to melt.


    The ice and snow have almost completely melted, and there are only some ice cubes left in the part of the forest that is always damp and does not shine in the sun.


    "Wow!"


    The giant eagle flew over the Vine tribe and made a loud eagle chirp. When it returned to the Vine tribe, it was obviously very excited.


    "The leader is back!"


    On the ground, the sharp-eyed warriors of the Vine tribe shouted excitedly after seeing Jiang Xuan on the back of the giant eagle.


    Afterwards, more people ran out of the bamboo house and burst into cheers.


    Jiang Xuan and Lao Wu left for a month, and many people were worried, afraid of what would happen to them.


    Now, Jiang Xuan and Lao Wu have returned safely, and everyone''s hanging hearts are relieved.


    "Xuan and the old witch are back."


    In the yard next to the altar, Chi Shao threw the herbs in her hands and ran out with a face full of joy.


    "Hey..."


    In Jiang Xuan''s yard, the sullen dumplings in the bamboo shed let out a surprise cry, and then ran into the yard, only to see its legs slammed, its wings flapping rapidly, and it actually flew straight up.


    The dumplings flew into the sky, and at a glance, they saw the landing giant eagle, as well as the old witch and Jiang Xuan on the back of the giant eagle.


    "Hey!"


    The dumplings screamed again, and then quickly flew towards the clearing where the giant eagle landed.


    Under the sun, the purple feathers of the dumplings shimmered, very beautiful.


    When the giant eagle landed, the dumplings landed almost at the same time, and it ran over excitedly and stood beside the giant eagle.


    "Tangyuan, you can fly!"


    On the back of the giant eagle, Jiang Xuan was pleasantly surprised to find that the size of the dumplings was bigger than before, and the flight was much smoother than before.


    "Hey!"


    Tang Yuan raised his head proudly, his eyes full of pride.


    "I''ll take things off first."


    Jiang Xuan untied the animal skin bag on the eagle''s back and carried it into the old witch''s bamboo house.


    Not long after, Chishao also came. Although she was very excited, she didn''t say much. She just helped Jiang Xuan move the animal skin bag and clean up the bamboo house.


    She has never been good at words, she just works silently.


    Soon, the leaders of Uncaria, Shiloh, Nanxing, and Nepeta all came. With everyone''s help, the fire in the old witch''s bamboo house was quickly set on fire again.


    After everything was done, everyone gathered around the fire pond and listened to Jiang Xuan tell about the experience and gains of this trip.


    Jiang Xuan briefly explained what happened along the way, and everyone listened attentively.


    People who have not seen the sights such as water shortage, earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, deserts, and the Great Rift Valley can hardly imagine the shock.


    They are more interested in the frog tribe, especially the various giant frogs in the frog tribe.


    At the end, Jiang Xuan said with a serious face: "The situation in Xihuang is more serious than we imagined. We must be ready to fight against the tribes that have migrated from Xihuang at any time."


    Migrating tribes, in order to scramble for a good place to live, often scramble for territory with the aborigines, and **** battles are unavoidable.


    The Vine tribe, now the aborigines of the Southern Wilderness, if they want to continue living here, they must fight against all the snatchers and win the final victory.


    This is a very big challenge for the vine tribe with a population of less than 300.


    Jing Ji said: "Leader, tell me, what should we do?"


    Others also nodded, they all believed that Jiang Xuanneng could lead the tribe through the crisis.


    Jiang Xuan has thought about this question countless times on the way back, and now he has said all the methods he thought of.


    "First, strengthen the defense on the back of the stone mountain. The **** team sent two soldiers to watch the situation over there. When people from other tribes were found approaching, they immediately reported to the tribe."


    "Second, we need to make more bamboo rafts and build a second residence on the other side of the Flying Fish River. If we encounter an irresistible enemy, the other side of the Flying Fish River will be our retreat."


    "Third, hold sacrifices to turn those people who were brought back from the Mosquito tribe last year into warriors and let them truly join the Vine tribe."


    "Fourth, set up a lot of traps around the tribe, and dig more tunnels at the same time. When encountering enemies that can''t be beaten, we can enter the tunnels and fight them with the help of favorable terrain."


    "Fifth, continue to reclaim wasteland, grow more food, recruit more tourists, and make more weapons..."


    Jiang Xuan told the things that the Veng tribe would do in the future, and tried his best to deal with future crises.


    Everyone took Jiang Xuan''s words in their hearts. Their thoughts were relatively simple, and they all listened to the leader anyway.


    Later, Jiang Xuan assigned the task in detail.


    The first hunting team and the **** team went to build the defense to the west, and the second hunting team and fishing team were responsible for making more bamboo rafts and building houses on the other side of the Flying Fish River.


    Planting and breeding teams continue to work hard to plant and breed to provide food for the tribe, and Mallow and others are responsible for digging tunnels.


    After receiving the task, the leaders dispersed one after another, each leading their own team to work.


    Soon, only Jiang Xuan, Chi Shao and the old witch were left in the room.


    The old witch looked at Jiang Xuan''s performance. Although Jiang Xuan looked young, he was very thoughtful and methodical in his work, which made him particularly appreciate it.


    The old witch said: "During this time, I will stay in the Vine Tribe temporarily. If you need any help, just say it."


    Jiang Xuan said gratefully: "Old witch, you are here to help the Vine tribe the most."


    Although the old witch has never made a move, there is no doubt about his strength. Even Jiang Xuan, a four-color warrior, has an unfathomable feeling when facing him.


    Coupled with that ferocious giant eagle, this is definitely a powerful force.


    As long as the old witch stays in the Vine tribe, it has a strong deterrent effect.


    The three talked about Xihuang for a while. Afterwards, Chi Shao asked the old witch about witch medicine. Jiang Xuan heard it, so he left the bamboo house.


    "Hey!"


    When Jiang Xuan walked outside, Tang Yuan immediately ran over and rubbed his head affectionately at him, expressing his happiness.


    Then, Tang Yuan squatted down and motioned him to sit on his back.


    "Tangyuan, do you want to fly with me?"


    Tang Yuan nodded, as if a child had learned a new skill and couldn''t wait to show it off.


    "Okay, then I''ll go up."


    Jiang Xuan climbed onto the back of the dumplings, and the dumplings stood up again.


    After a winter of feeding, the glutinous rice **** are much larger than before, with a wingspan of nearly eight meters, standing up much higher than Jiang Xuan.


    Everyone is amazed at the growth rate of the dumplings, and no one knows how huge it will be when it is an adult.


    "Hey!"


    Tang Yuan screamed excitedly, then kicked his legs, flapping his big purple wings, and flew directly with Jiang Xuan.


    It circled a few times over the Veng tribe, barking non-stop, very chattering.


    Jiang Xuan sat on the back of the dumplings, listening to the wind whistling in his ears, and watching the scenery passing by under his feet, he was very emotional.


    Who would have thought that a chick picked up in the forest at the beginning could take him to the sky after feeding it for less than a year.


    On the ground, many warriors were looking up, envious of the leader being able to fly in the sky on a bird.


    In the forest behind Shishan, Nan Xing, who was laying a trap, looked up for a while, and then took out a bone whistle in his arms.


    Nan Xing rubbed the bone whistle and said, "I hope one day, I can also have a mount!"


    This bone whistle He has blown it many times, and the surface has been rubbed with oil and water. Now he can use the bone whistle to make several vivid sounds.


    He hopes that one day the bone whistle will come in handy.


    ...


    Southern Wilderness, Crow Tribe.


    During the cold winter, due to insufficient food reserves, the crow tribe starved and froze to death more than 200 clansmen.


    Although this number of people is not too traumatic for the crow tribe, it has a negative impact on the entire tribe.


    Therefore, after the ice and snow melted, the crow tribe couldn''t wait to migrate to other places.


    They frantically search for all kinds of food, plunder all resources recklessly, and prepare for migration.


    After they have prepared enough food, the tribe of more than 3,000 people will start to migrate.


    At that time, these crows will surely set off a **** storm.

 Chapter 113： migratory waves

    Since the dumplings can be manned to fly, Jiang Xuan will take it with him when he goes out hunting.


    Tangyuan can not only help them drive away their prey, but also reconnaissance in the air to detect the danger around them in time.


    Soon, the dumplings were welcomed by everyone in the hunting party.


    At the same time, the busy spring ploughing of the Vine tribe has officially started.


    After two years of planting, the Vine Tribe already has a large amount of grain seeds. If all goes well, the grain output of the Vine Tribe this year will be several times higher than in previous years.


    This also means that the Vine tribe can feed more people and increase the population with confidence.


    On the breeding team''s side, the breeding of long-tailed rabbits, unicorns, colorful ducks, bamboo rats, colorful pheasants, etc. has achieved remarkable results, and the number of livestock has become more and more.


    These farmed livestock, which can provide a large amount of meat for the tribe, are much more stable than hunting.


    Everyone performs their respective duties, and the entire Vine tribe is a thriving scene.


    ...


    Southern Wilderness, Crow Tribe.


    In mid-February, the weather turned warmer.


    The crow tribe, which had been preparing for more than a month, finally began to migrate.


    "Dumb dumb..."


    Over the woods, countless crows were circling, and a large area was covered with darkness, like a swirling dark cloud, making a messy and harsh cry, which made people feel uncomfortable.


    In the giant old crow''s nest in the center of the crow tribe, a terrifying black giant crow opened its eyes, and two blood-colored rays of light emitted from its eyes, illuminating the entire old crow''s nest.


    Under the big tree, the crow tribe witch knelt on the ground and said, "Please ask the crow **** to lead the tribe people to find a new place to live!"


    Behind the witch of the crow tribe, more than 3,000 clan people of the crow clan knelt down in a large area, the scene was solemn and strange, and even the children did not dare to cry.


    Inside the old crow''s nest, the black giant crow slowly walked to the edge of the nest, first glanced at the crow tribe clansmen kneeling on the ground, and then fluttered its wings and flew into the sky.


    "Dumb dumb..."


    All the black crows boiled, and they swirled and danced around the giant crows, barking in hoarse voices.


    All the birds and beasts nearby were scared away, and not even the insects dared to chirp.


    The crow tribe witch got up and said to the crow tribe leader on the side: "Let''s go!"


    The leader of the crow tribe also stood up and shouted to all the clansmen: "Go!"


    More than 3,000 crow tribesmen got up immediately, took food and tools, followed the crows in the sky, and embarked on the migration road.


    ...


    At the same time, with the frequent occurrence of earthquakes, droughts, hail and other disasters, the tribes in Xihuang couldn¡¯t bear it anymore and started to migrate to other places one after another.


    The Eastern Wilderness and the Southern Wilderness are the first choices for migration. The Northern Wilderness is relatively cold and harsh, and most tribes in the Western Wilderness will not migrate there.


    With such a large-scale migration, the previous struggles of the various tribes were also extremely fierce. On the way of migration, I don''t know how much blood was shed.


    Among them, the one closest to the Southern Wilderness and with relatively strong combat power is the Jackal Tribe.


    There are more than 3,000 jackal tribes, and they are also the first tribe to migrate.


    "Ouch..."


    In the jackal tribe, a huge jackal let out a shocking howl, and then countless jackals also howled up to the sky, causing all the animals in the nearby mountains and forests to flee frantically.


    The jackals in the wild are relatively small, but the jackals of the jackal tribe are particularly large, they can carry warriors to fight, and they are very powerful.


    This is one of the reasons why the Jackal Tribe is so powerful.


    "Go, go to Nanhuang to grab a new territory!"


    The leader of the Jackal Tribe rode on the back of a tall jackal, only to hear him shout, and then took the thousands of warriors riding on the jackal and took the lead in opening the way.


    These primitive cavalry will loot all the tribes that can be beaten along the way, in order to supplement the amazing food consumption on the migration road.


    When the Jackal Tribe entered the Southern Wilderness, the first unlucky one was the Yanyang tribe at the junction of the Southern Wilderness and the Western Wilderness.


    At this time, the poor blue sheep tribe knew nothing of the danger, and their witch was still reminiscing about the scene they saw after eating the divine mushroom.


    ...


    Southern Wilderness, Vine Tribe.


    "Dig deeper and wider."


    On the other side of the Feiyu River, Jiang Xuan took the newly made bone **** and dug a tunnel in the mountain with the warriors of the tribe.


    There is a lot of rain in the southern wilderness, and it is more difficult to dig tunnels, because it is easy to dig and dig, and water will come out.


    Therefore, when digging a tunnel, it is best to find a place with higher terrain and a relatively dry place to dig, and at the same time, dig a drainage ditch and dig a good ventilation hole.


    Even so, except in winter, most of the time the tunnels are still wet and can only be used as temporary shelters, and cannot live in them for a long time.


    If it is in a relatively dry place, such as the high mountains of the Yanyang tribe, you can even dig a cave to live in without building a house.


    For example, the witches of the Yanyang tribe have always lived in cave dwellings on the mountain.


    In order to cope with the future situation, the Vine tribe has prepared three barriers.


    The first barrier is naturally the vine god, and it is also the most important barrier. If the vine **** can''t stand it, the people of the vine tribe can only run for their lives.


    The second barrier is the Flying Fish River.


    The people of the rattan tribe can make bamboo rafts to cross the river, but most tribes do not. If the situation is critical, they can use bamboo rafts to cross the river.


    The third and final barrier was the tunnel that Jiang Xuan and the others were digging.


    Originally, Jiang Xuan planned to dig more tunnels under the stone mountain, but then he thought about it, if the rattan gods couldn''t protect them, the tunnels could play a very limited role.


    Therefore, he simply found a mountain on the other side of the Flying Fish River, dug a lot of tunnels, and regarded it as the last barrier.


    In case the Vengshen can''t stop the enemy, and the Feiyu River can''t stop the enemy, then the Veng tribe can finally get into the tunnel of this mountain and fight the enemy with the help of the tunnel.


    Of course, at that time, the fish will die and the net will be broken. Even if they can survive, the Vine tribe will be severely damaged.


    If it is not a last resort, it is much better for the entire tribe to escape together than to die.


    "Boom!"


    A soldier was digging when suddenly a **** fell into the soil, and there was a muffled sound.


    The soldier pulled out the bone **** with all his strength, quickly dug out the surrounding soil, and exclaimed, "Boss, there''s a hole here!"


    I saw a pitch-black hole in front of him.


    Jiang Xuan and the nearby warriors ran over immediately.


    "Light a torch and throw it in and see."


    Soon, a soldier quickly made a torch, lit it in the cooking fire, and then ran to the hole and threw it inside.


    The fire light illuminated the scene inside the cave, which turned out to be a natural cave!


    There are a large number of natural caves in the rocky mountains in the Southern Wilderness, but not near the rocky mountains where the Teng tribe lived.


    Jiang Xuan did not expect that this mountain actually has a cave.


    "Dig it wider!"


    Jiang Xuan gave an order, and the soldiers stepped forward one after another and quickly widened the hole.


    When they dug out all the dirt and loose stones near the opening, the opening widened enough to accommodate an adult cat waist.


    "Make some flammable torches and go in and have a look."


    Jiang Xuan was a little excited. If the cave was deep enough, maybe they wouldn''t have to dig the tunnel.


    What tunnel compares to criss-crossing underground grottoes?


    Of course, this kind of undeveloped underground cave is very dangerous. People who enter it may get lost, or they may encounter unknown underground beasts.


    If Jiang Xuan didn''t rely on his current strength and night vision ability, he would definitely not dare to enter with just a few fires.


    Soon, the warriors of the rattan tribe made more than a dozen fire-resistant torches made of a mixture of bamboo and resin, lit four of them, and then followed Jiang Xuan into this strange underground cave.


    People are always full of fear of the unknown environment, those warriors are closely behind Jiang Xuan always vigilant around.


    Jiang Xuan asked them to use a stone to carve a mark on the wall every time they walked a short distance, so that they would not easily get lost.


    At first, the cave was relatively narrow, but after walking for a while, the cave became wider, and there were some forks.


    At the same time, they found a large number of stalagmites hanging from the top of the cave, which were very beautiful under the illumination of the fire.


    When the torch was half burned, the cave had not yet come to an end. Jiang Xuan did not continue to explore, but let the soldiers return the same way.


    After returning to the ground, those warriors breathed a sigh of relief. Although the cave was beautiful, there was always a feeling of trepidation when walking inside.


    Jiang Xuan said to the crowd, "Let''s not dig tunnels, you guys stay here, I''ll go back."


    Jiang Xuan hurried down the mountain, then crossed the river on a bamboo raft, entered the bamboo forest, and went to find Chishao.


    The soldiers who stayed in place looked at each other. They didn''t know what Jiang Xuan wanted to do, so they could only stand by the entrance of the cave and wait patiently.

 Chapter 114： Fujishen Cave

    After Jiang Xuan returned to the foot of Shishan, he immediately found Chishao, and then told her about the discovery of the cave on the mountain on the other side of the river.


    "What do you need me to do?" Chi Shao asked.


    "Sister, that cave is very deep. I''m afraid that there are underground beasts in it, so I didn''t dare to go to the bottom. See if you can ask Fujishen to come over and help explore the cave."


    Jiang Xuan pondered that it is too dangerous to explore a cave by himself, but for Shenteng, this is simply a piece of cake. If he encounters any beasts, Shenteng can supplement nutrition.


    Chi Shao said, "I''ll try it."


    Chishao faced Shishan and closed her eyes, there was a mysterious power surging in her body, apparently communicating with Shenteng.


    After a while, Chi Shao opened her eyes and said, "Vine God agrees, you can go now."


    "That''s great, thank you Fuji God!"


    Jiang Xuan''s face was full of surprise, this way, things would be much simpler!


    "Buzz!"


    On the stone mountain, the divine vines bloomed with green light, and then, two vines quickly extended to the side of the yard, gently wrapping around the waists of Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao.


    "What is this for?"


    "Whoosh..."


    Jiang Xuangang asked aloud, and then he was pulled up into the sky by the vines. This feeling was quite exciting.


    "Hey..."


    After Tang Yuan found Jiang Xuanfei flying into the sky, they thought he had encountered some danger, and immediately fluttered his wings and flew into the sky, following Jiang Xuan away.


    On the ground, many Veng tribe tribesmen were shocked and stunned when they saw this scene, because they didn''t know what happened, only that the leader and the witch were taken by Shenteng to fly in the sky.


    Even the old witch walked to the door, not knowing what they were doing.


    "Xiao Hei, let''s take a look."


    The old witch shouted, and the giant black eagle immediately walked up to him and stretched one of its wings to the ground.


    The witch climbed on the back of the eagle along the wings, and then flew across the river on the giant eagle, and went to watch the fun.


    With the help of Shenteng, Jiang Xuan and Chishao flew directly over the crops, over the river, and finally landed on the mountainside on the other side of the river.


    God Vine gently placed them on the ground, and then loosened the vines wrapped around his waist.


    "Thank you Fuji God."


    Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao sincerely thanked them, and Shen Teng shone slightly and seemed to respond to them.


    "It''s the Fuji God!"


    "Vine God sent the leader and the witch over here!"


    Those soldiers and ordinary people who stayed on the mountain were excited, and the fear in their hearts also disappeared at this moment.


    Because they firmly believe that as long as the Vine God is there, they will not encounter any danger.


    The power of faith is so powerful.


    It didn''t take long for the dumplings to land next to Jiang Xuan. Seeing that Jiang Xuan was all right, they wandered around the mountain curiously, catching some snakes and other prey to eat.


    The old witch also came over on a giant eagle. After the giant eagle landed, the old witch walked over to Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao and asked, "What happened?"


    Jiang Xuan told the story of discovering the cave and asking Shenteng to explore the cave.


    "So it is."


    The old witch suddenly realized, and then waited for Shenteng to show off his power with the two of them.


    At this time, the soldiers at the entrance of the cave had already retreated.


    Two thick divine vines drilled into the cave, and more vines grew in it, scattered into various forks, and explored the entire cave.


    "Fan flutter fan..."


    Soon, under a boulder on the mountain, a large group of bats flew out in a panic, apparently frightened by the vines exploring the cave.


    "Come and see, there must be a hole over there."


    Jiang Xuan quickly ran towards the position where the bat flew out, followed by Chi Shao and other warriors.


    Soon, they found a relatively spacious hole, about two meters high and one and a half meters wide. The hole was covered with shrubs. If it wasn''t for bats flying out, it would not be easy to find.


    "Clean up this place."


    Jiang Xuan was overjoyed, this is much better than the hole dug before, and it is also hidden and not easy to be discovered.


    The bushes at the entrance of the cave need to be cleaned up, otherwise people will not be able to enter.


    The accompanying soldiers immediately used tools such as stone axes to chop down those bushes.


    However, Jiang Xuan thought that these shrubs would help conceal the location of the hole, so he didn''t let them cut them all, just cut a passable road.


    Not long after, Jiang Xuan discovered another hole and was also flying bats out.


    But the hole is so small that even children can''t climb in it, so it''s not very useful.


    "Roar!"


    At this moment, a strange beast roar suddenly came from the cave.


    Jiang Xuan''s expression changed, and he said, "Sure enough, there are subterranean beasts."


    At this moment, he was very fortunate that he did not go too deep into this cave, but to find Shenteng to explore the cave.


    Otherwise, when encountering those terrifying underground creatures, it is uncertain whether he can beat the four-color warrior.


    Inside the cave, the divine vine suddenly glowed with green light, and the terrifying divine light could be seen even at the entrance of the cave.


    "Roar¡­¡­"


    The roar of beasts continued to come from the cave, and there was actually more than one underground beast!


    Hearing this strange and strange beast roar, the warriors of the vine tribe instinctively felt danger, but because of the existence of the vine, they were not afraid.


    At this time, in the underground cave, there were two strange-looking underground beasts, and they encountered Shenteng in different caves.


    Their bodies are more than ten meters long, and they look a bit like big lizards, with a mouth full of fangs.


    Their eyes are small, but their bodies are covered with thick scales, and there is a spherical sledgehammer at the tail. When they swing, they smash the rock wall with a "dong dong" sound, which is very terrifying.


    If the warriors of the Vine tribe encountered these two subterranean beasts, they would only have to escape.


    However, now facing these two underground beasts is the extremely powerful God Vine.


    "Whoosh whoosh..."


    I saw the glowing green vines quickly entangled towards the two underground beasts, the speed was unbelievable.


    The two underground beasts instinctively wanted to escape, but it was too late, and the vines quickly wrapped around them.


    "Roar!"


    A fierce beast opened its **** mouth and bit the vines, trying to bite them off.


    However, the green vines are extremely tough, even if you have sharp teeth, you can''t stop biting.


    "Kakkaka..."


    On the contrary, the vines bloomed with a stronger green light and began to slowly tighten the vines.


    The two underground beasts screamed, and their bones were deformed by the vines.


    Not only that, but there were actually many air roots growing on the vines.


    These tiny air roots penetrated into their flesh and blood along the scales and armor of the underground beasts, as well as their eyes, mouth, nose, and other places, quickly absorbing their blood essence.


    It didn''t take long for the two terrifying underground beasts to be sucked dry!


    The divine vine added a lot of nutrients, and the breath seemed to be stronger than before. It dragged two huge mummified corpses out of the underground cave and dragged them all the way to not far from the entrance of the cave.


    Because the entrance of the cave is relatively narrow, Shen Teng can''t directly drag the two mummified corpses out, and he doesn''t want to destroy the violent cave, so he can only drag it to that position.


    Shen Teng withdrew from the cave and stayed beside Chi Shao for a while, then quickly retracted above the mountain.


    Chi Shao said to Jiang Xuan, "Vine God said, there are good things in it, let us go in and move out."


    Jiang Xuan immediately summoned a few soldiers, let them light the torches, and entered the cave together.


    When Jiang Xuan walked into the cave and found the mummified corpses of the two huge underground beasts he took a breath.


    This kind of giant beast, just looking at it like this, gives people a feeling of extreme danger, and it is not something that ordinary warriors can deal with.


    But now, they are all trophies of the Vine tribe.


    "Good stuff!"


    Jiang Xuan held the torch and looked at the solid and generous scales, sharp fangs, and the sledgehammer of the tail bone, and was only surprised.


    Like this kind of beast, scale armor, animal teeth, animal bones, etc. are all treasures, and they can polish out good tools.


    "Break them down and ship them all out."


    With Jiang Xuan''s order, the warriors of the Teng tribe began to work hard to pry off the scales of the two subterranean beasts, cut their teeth, bones and tendons, and then carry them outside.


    Although this kind of work is tiring, everyone is happy because it is a great asset.


    Many people have begun to wonder what weapons and tools should be polished with these fine materials.

 Chapter 115： The blue sheep tribe is gone

    Southern Wilderness, Blue Sheep Tribe.


    A large group of blue sheep are walking on the high mountain, and even the steep rock wall cannot stop their footsteps.


    At this time, it is spring, the grass and trees have sprouted and grown, and the food of these blue sheep is very sufficient.


    The mount of the leader Hongyan, which is the tallest leader among the sheep, was standing on the high hillside at this time, constantly walking through the bushes, tasting the delicious and juicy young leaves at will.


    Suddenly, it seemed to hear some movement, only to see its ears moved, the sheep''s head lifted up, and it looked vigilantly in the direction from which the movement came.


    I saw the warrior riding a jackal, from another mountain, quickly approaching the blue sheep tribe.


    "Bah!"


    The leader pulled his neck and shouted, and then took the lead in running towards the tribe''s settlement.


    "What... what..."


    The whole flock of blue sheep screamed. They followed the leader and ran quickly on the steep hillside, but none of them fell behind.


    At the same time, the witch who lived on the high mountain changed his face when he heard the horn, and immediately picked up a horn and walked to the entrance of the cave.


    This is the horn left after the death of a twisted ram, with a small cut at the sharp end that can be blown.


    The witch of the blue sheep tribe put the end of the big sheep''s horn at the corner of his mouth, took a deep breath, and then blew it suddenly.


    "woo woo woo woo¡­"


    The loud and long sound of the sheep''s horn spread throughout the blue sheep tribe.


    Afterwards, all the clansmen of the Blue Sheep Tribe, no matter what they were doing or wherever, as long as they heard the sound of the horn, they would frantically run to the place with the house.


    They ran into the house, men, women and children, all took up their weapons, and then went outside to assemble.


    "What... what..."


    The blue sheep have returned, they have gathered in the tribe, and they are walking around restlessly.


    "Quick, ride on the back of the blue sheep!"


    Hongyan took the lead to climb onto the back of the leader, holding a stone spear, ready to meet the enemy.


    There are more than 600 tribesmen in the Yanyang tribe. There are more than 300 warriors who can fight, and more than 100 ordinary warriors. The rest are old, weak and sick.


    There are about 300 tribes of blue sheep in the middle-aged, and the rest are also old, weak, sick and disabled.


    The warriors who could fight all rode on the backs of the mature blue sheep.


    The rest of the weaker warriors, along with the old, the weak, the sick and the disabled, as well as the old and young blue sheep, all gathered to the cave where the witch was.


    "Ouch..."


    At this moment, the sound of wolf howling came from the foot of the mountain.


    Hongyan looked down the mountain, and saw countless fierce jackals, carrying the warriors of the jackal tribe, running quickly up the mountain, with a terrifying momentum.


    "So many enemies!"


    Hongyan''s face turned white with a "swipe", and there was a bad feeling in his heart.


    Especially when he saw a particularly tall jackal among the wolves, his heart froze even more.


    Because the jackal just glanced at him, it made him feel cold sweat behind his back, and there was a feeling of fear in his heart.


    He knew that it was the patron saint of a tribe!


    "No, the enemy is too strong!"


    Hongyan clenched his legs, and the leader quickly ran up the mountain, and the soldiers of the more than 300 Yanyang tribes hurriedly followed.


    The leader stopped in front of the cave where the witch lived. Hongyan turned over and got off the back of the blue sheep, and ran quickly into the cave.


    "Witch, there are too many enemies, let''s retreat from the path before they rush up."


    The witch of the Blue Sheep Tribe sat by the fire pond. He was silent for a moment, and said in a hoarse voice: "You go, I will stay."


    Hongyan was in a hurry and said, "Wu, you can''t stay!"


    "Let you go as soon as you go. I''m too old to run fast, and I don''t want to run anymore."


    Outside the cave, a group of old warriors said one after another, "Yes, we are not leaving either. If we die in the tribe, maybe we will still see the sheep god."


    Hongyan looked at the firm eyes of those old soldiers, and shouted anxiously and helplessly: "Witch!"


    The Wu of the Yanyang Tribe looked at Hongyan and said, "Let''s go with the clan. Go as far as you can. If you don''t go, it will be too late."


    "Ouch..."


    At this time, there was another wolf howling from the bottom of the mountain, and the jackals had already climbed halfway.


    "witch!"


    Hongyan shouted again, tears were about to fall.


    The Wu of the Blue Sheep Tribe shouted sharply: "Let''s go! Don''t you even listen to Wu''s words?"


    At this time, there was a scream of killing outside. As the leader, Hongyan must be responsible for the entire tribe, and there was no time for him to hesitate.


    "Walk!"


    Hongyan roared loudly, and then asked the warriors of the tribe to pull the ordinary warriors and young clansmen onto the back of the blue sheep.


    As for the old soldiers and the sick and disabled, no one was willing to leave.


    Some old blue sheep seemed to realize something, and they even stayed.


    More than 300 blue sheep, with the warriors of the blue sheep tribe, retreated from a path behind the cave, and the line was very long.


    When they left, the witch of the Blue Sheep Tribe stood up.


    He held the long twisted horn in his left hand, a bone spear in his right, straightened his waist, and strode toward the cave entrance.


    Those old blue sheep tribe warriors, as well as the sick blue sheep tribe warriors, took up simple weapons and followed in Wu''s footsteps.


    When the witch of the Blue Sheep Tribe walked outside the cave, the warriors of the Jackal Tribe had already rushed into the residential area of ??the Blue Sheep Tribe and continued to charge upwards.


    The shaman of the Blue Sheep Tribe shouted decisively, "Rolling Stone!"


    The warriors of the Blue Sheep Tribe who stayed behind searched for big rocks and pushed them down the steep hillside.


    "Boom!"


    A large number of stone mountains rolled down the hillside, and many jackals along the way were too late to escape and were directly hit.


    "Ugh..."


    "what¡­"


    The screams of the jackals and the warriors of the jackal tribe came one after another. Some unlucky jackals and warriors were smashed to death on the spot, and those who were not killed were also severely injured.


    The other jackals avoided one after another, not daring to continue rushing up.


    After all the big rocks were rolled, the leader of the Jackal Tribe said angrily, "Go up and kill them all!"


    "Ouch..."


    The alpha wolf howled again, and thousands of jackals continued to charge up.


    Because there was no preparation in advance, after throwing those big stones, the people of the Yanyang tribe had no more big stones to throw.


    The witch of the Blue Sheep Tribe looked around and said, "Old man, are you afraid?"


    "Don''t be afraid!"


    "It''s all old bones, what else is there to be afraid of!"


    "That''s right!"


    The old warriors shouted fearlessly, as if they were back in their youth.


    Even the old blue sheep stood up straighter, and there was a fierce light in their eyes.


    glutinous rice


    "Okay, since I''m not afraid, I will blow the sheep''s horn for a while, and everyone will accompany me to charge for the last time to buy some time for the evacuation of the clan."


    The witch of the Yanyang tribe stood in front of the cave, put the big horn to his mouth again, took a deep breath, and then blew it.


    "Woooooooo..."


    The desolate sheep horns echoed in the mountains, and the faces of those old soldiers became ruddy, and their hunched waists were straightened.


    They climbed onto the back of the old blue sheep one after another, holding up their weapons, they even rushed down to face the countless jackal cavalry.


    "What..."


    "For Sheep God!"


    "For the tribe!"


    "Come on!"


    The old soldiers roared, holding their weapons high, like moths to a flame, rushing towards the jackal cavalry all over the mountains and plains.


    "boom!"


    An old blue sheep, with an old warrior, knocked a jackal cavalry into the air, and blood splattered everywhere.


    However, the jackal cavalry next to him rushed over immediately, countless weapons fell, and the old blue sheep and the old warrior fell in a pool of blood.


    More old blue sheep and old warriors rushed down desperately. The fierce momentum frightened the jackal cavalry in front. Many jackals and old blue sheep collided head-on, and both sides came from the hillside. roll down.


    However, these old blue sheep and old warriors are too few after all, and the damage caused to thousands of wolf cavalry is negligible.


    When all the old blue sheep and the old warriors were dead, the jackal cavalry continued to climb up the mountain.


    In front of the cave, the shaman of the Yanyang Tribe finished playing the last note, and then put down the horns.


    At this time, the jackal cavalry was already rushing up.


    The witch of the Blue Sheep Tribe also has an old blue sheep. He started raising it when he was middle-aged, and now he is almost as old as him.


    The witch hung the sheep''s horn on his waist, then stroked the wool on the back of the old blue sheep''s neck, and said, "Old man, we are going to see the sheep god."


    The old Yanyang rubbed his head affectionately at him, as if he understood what he said.


    Wu took a bone spear and climbed onto the back of the old blue sheep.


    At this time, the sun was about to set, and an orange-red sunlight shone on them.


    Wu sorted out the fur coat, then raised his head, and finally glanced at the entire tribe.


    The old blue sheep led Wu slowly towards the front, and started the final run when going down the slope.


    "Goat God, here we come!"


    Wu shouted, then holding the bone spear, he and the old blue sheep rushed towards the wolves frantically. After rushing through a **** path, they were drowned by countless wolf riders...


    "Chase!"


    With an order from the leader of the Jackal Tribe, all the jackal cavalry again chased in the direction where the people of the Blue Sheep Tribe were retreating.


    Soon, the hillside was quiet again.


    The old witch on the hillside fell in a pool of blood, and he didn''t know how many wounds he had on his body. His eyes were still open, but at the last moment of his life, a smile appeared on his face.


    Because, in the orange-red sunset, he saw a huge blue sheep, walking towards him step by step.


    "Sheep...God..."


    The old witch said the last two words, and then completely lost the luster in his eyes, and lay on this hillside forever with the corpses of other old warriors and old blue sheep.


    The sun was setting little by little, and a large fiery cloud appeared on the horizon, as red as fire, and like hot blood...


    ¡­


    On the mountain trail, Hongyan heard the faint screams of killing behind her, and the long horns of sheep, her eyes were red, and hot tears slipped uncontrollably.


    He knew that Wu, and those old warriors, old blue sheep, and sick and disabled clansmen, none of them could survive.


    He actually wanted to turn his head and take the warriors to fight those **** jackals.


    But he can''t.


    Because he is the leader, he is responsible for the entire tribe and leads them to live as much as possible.


    Therefore, he could only shout: "Hurry up!"


    The clansmen of the blue sheep tribe are carried by many blue sheep and move fast on the rugged and steep mountain road.


    Behind them, the cavalry of the Jackal Tribe was in hot pursuit, wanting to wipe out all the people and sheep of the Blue Sheep Tribe and turn them into food.


    On this steep hillside, the advantages of the blue sheep are slowly revealed.


    Although carrying people, the speed of these blue sheep is not slow. They are very flexible in running and jumping on various terrains, while those jackal cavalry walk in fear.


    If the chase continues in this way, the jackal cavalry is likely to be lost, and the people of the Blue Sheep Tribe can use the responsible terrain to escape.


    However, the Jackal tribe has a living totem god.


    When the leader of the jackal tribe felt that it was difficult to catch up, he immediately stopped, raised his neck, and made a wolf howl-like sound.


    "Ouch..."


    At this time, in the residence of the Blue Sheep Tribe, many jackal tribesmen are frantically robbing all the materials that originally belonged to the Blue Sheep Tribe.


    A huge jackal squatted in front of the cave where the old witch once lived, looking at this tribe coldly.


    When it heard the howl from the leader of the jackal tribe, a fierce light flashed in its eyes.


    "Whoosh!"


    I saw it immediately got up and turned into a huge black shadow, like a gust of black wind, and disappeared in the blink of an eye.


    After a while, the huge jackal appeared behind the people of the Blue Sheep Tribe, and immediately charged up.


    The gigantic jackal caught up with the last blue sheep and took a bite.


    The poor blue sheep and the two people on the back of the blue sheep were swallowed by the huge jackal without even a single scream.


    "What..."


    The other blue sheep were in chaos, and their instinctive madness ran forward, trying to escape.


    But this huge jackal is too terrifying. It is the totem **** of the jackal tribe. Even if the sheep **** of the blue sheep tribe reappears, it may not be able to fight against it.


    The huge jackal swallowed several blue sheep one after another, as well as the members of the blue sheep tribe, scaring the blue sheep to run around, completely disrupting the retreat of the blue sheep tribe.


    Those jackal cavalry took the opportunity to catch up, they shouted "Wolf God" frantically, and then killed the team of the Yanyang tribe.


    In the team of the Yanyang Tribe, the leader Hongyan saw this scene and felt extremely angry at the same time, but also felt a sense of powerlessness in his heart.


    Hongyan gritted his teeth and said, "The warriors at the back stop these **** jackals with me, and the rest continue to run. The faster you run, the better."


    Hongyan rode the leader, UUkanshu led the soldiers in the second half of the team, turned around and rushed towards the fierce jackal cavalry, delaying the retreat of the other clansmen.


    As a leader, at this time, if he doesn''t want to surrender, he has no choice but to work hard.


    "Yes!"


    Hongyan roared and took the lead in fighting the wolf cavalry in front.


    "puff!"


    Hongyan''s stone spear pierced the chest of a jackal tribal warrior fiercely, and the leader also suddenly picked it up with its sharp horns, sending the jackal in front of him flying.


    After all, Hongyan is a four-color warrior. When he rode the leader and shot with all his strength, few of the wolf cavalry chasing after him could beat him.


    The wolf cavalry and the blue sheep cavalry clashed fiercely.


    Hongyan led the warriors and used his life to buy time for other clansmen to escape.


    When Hongyan killed three jackal tribe warriors, he finally got his eye on the giant jackal.

 Chapter 116： go to the vine tribe

    Popular recommendation:


    "Roar¡­¡­"


    The Jackal God stared at Hongyan, it let out a low roar in its throat, its pupils contracted slightly, and there was a terrifying divine power surging on its body.


    "Whoosh!"


    The Jackal God jumped, like a terrifying shadow, quickly shrouded the red rock.


    Hongyan, who was fighting, suddenly stood up, and a terrifying crisis shrouded his heart.


    At the critical moment, he instinctively stabbed the bone spear to the left.


    "Snapped!"


    A terrifying wolf claw appeared, instantly smashing the bone spear into several pieces.


    "what!"


    Hongyan looked at the broken bone spear in his hand, his face was full of unbelievable expressions, and his mind went blank for a moment.


    He is a four-colored warrior. Among the warriors of the small tribe, he is the strongest group. However, in front of the totem god, he is as weak as an ant.


    An ant may be very strong and brave, but it is an ant after all, and a jackal can trample it to death.


    Before Hongyan could react otherwise, a **** mouth had already bitten towards him.


    The scarlet tongue and sharp fangs made Hongyan''s breathing almost stagnate.


    "Bah!"


    At this moment, the leader that Hongyan sat down on suddenly jumped up. Between life and death, it burst out with a terrifying bouncing force, and even escaped from the wolf''s mouth!


    The frightened Hongyan''s heart was beating wildly, like a drum. The leader reacted a little slower just now, and they were dead.


    "Roar!"


    The Jackal God failed to eat Hongyan and the leader in one bite, and immediately became furious, it let out an angry roar, and immediately chased after it.


    "run!"


    Hongyan shouted, and the leader immediately ran wildly.


    Facing a great enemy like the Jackal God, it is no longer possible to hold back by fighting for his life.


    What Hongyan can think of is to lead the Jackal God away, so that the other warriors can hold on for a while longer and buy time for the evacuation of the clan.


    The leader runs very fast. After all, it runs and jumps on the mountain every day and is very familiar with the environment here.


    In contrast, although the Jackal God is very strong, it is completely unfamiliar with this place, has not broken through before the medium-sized tribal totem god, and does not have the ability to fly.


    Because of this, on the steep hillside, the Jackal God failed to catch up with the leader immediately, giving them a chance to continue to escape.


    The more this is the case, the angrier the Jackal God is, and he swears that after catching up with this **** leader, he will crush all its bones!


    In fact, in the back mountain of the Yanyang tribe, there is only one way down the mountain, and the road is very steep, and only the Yanyang can pass quickly.


    But the leader had no time to run down the mountain.


    It took the red rock and ran all the way, running along the steep hillside, and finally ran to the front of a cliff, and stopped abruptly.


    There is no road ahead.


    The Jackal God in the back obviously noticed this. After chasing in front of the cliff, it slowed down and stared at Hongyan and the leader, revealing terrifying fangs.


    It walked slowly on purpose, and looked at the man and the sheep playfully, hoping that they would struggle for a while to add a little more fun to this meal.


    Hongyan looked at the Jackal God who was constantly approaching, and then looked at the cliff behind him, knowing that he and the leader would not be able to survive today no matter what.


    Hongyan threw the broken bone spear at the Jackal God, but was easily avoided by the Jackal God.


    He lowered his head, patted the wool on the neck of the leader, and said, "Brother, it seems that we can''t escape today."


    Hongyan stared at the Jackal God again and whispered, "Even if we die, we can''t die in this **** jackal''s belly."


    "When I say jump, you jump down the cliff, understand?"


    The leader has some wisdom, and it even nodded.


    At this moment, the Jackal God had no patience to wait any longer, and it suddenly rushed towards the leader.


    "Jump!"


    Hongyan roared loudly, and the leader jumped and jumped off the cliff.


    At the last moment of life, Hongyan and the leader saw the most beautiful sunset, dazzling red.


    The Jackal God pounced, standing in front of the cliff, roaring angrily, but to no avail.


    This mountain is very high, at least the Jackal God would not dare to jump off it.


    At this time, the battle between the jackal cavalry and the blue sheep cavalry was basically over.


    Although the warriors of the Blue Sheep Tribe were very brave, they could not stop the thousands of jackal cavalry, and they could only fall into the pool of blood one by one.


    More than two hundred warriors, as well as the blue sheep, have not survived.


    However, their deaths were valuable because other members of the Blue Sheep Tribe had already ridden the blue sheep and ran down the steep **** of the back mountain.


    When the leader of the Jackal Tribe came to the front of the steep slope, because there were trees blocking it, even the shadow of the Blue Sheep Tribe could not be seen.


    "Damn, let these blue sheep run away!"


    Although they were very angry, these jackal cavalry did not dare to pursue them any longer.


    Because of such a steep hillside, the blue sheep dared to run down, but these jackals dared not. If they stepped on the air, they would be killed.


    "go back!"


    In desperation, the leader of the Jackal Tribe could only return to the residence of the Blue Sheep Tribe with the Jackal Cavalry.


    Those dead blue sheep have become their food.


    And the corpses of the warriors of the Blue Sheep Tribe were all eaten by those ferocious jackals!


    ...


    In the mountain forest, there were only more than 200 members of the Yanyang tribe left, riding more than a hundred blue sheep to escape.


    They ran for a long, long time, not daring to stop for a moment, for fear of being overtaken by the jackal cavalry.


    It was not until the blue sheep were so tired that they were out of breath that they could no longer run, and there was no trace of the chasing soldiers behind them, and they finally stopped.


    However, after stopping, the clansmen of these blue sheep tribes fell into confusion again.


    A soldier said sadly: "The witch is dead, the leader is dead, and the tribe has been occupied by those jackals, where should we go?"


    The most powerful warriors have all been killed.


    These people who escaped were mainly ordinary soldiers and children. The strongest were a few two-color warriors, not even three-color warriors.


    Lost the tribe and the leader, although they survived, they became a group of homeless tourists.


    Relying on these people, let alone rebuilding the tribe, can survive in the dangerous jungle is a big problem.


    The tribe is gone, everyone is very sad, but how to live is a reality that must be faced.


    At this time, the sky has gradually darkened.


    The forest at night is extremely dangerous, and these people are too hungry, so they can only find a place to spend the night.


    They found a forest, lit a bonfire by drilling wood to make a fire, and built a few simple sheds, barely enough for everyone to spend the night.


    Because they ran in a hurry, they had no time to bring any food. They could only find some wild vegetables, insects and small prey nearby to barely satisfy their hunger.


    "Boom..."


    In the middle of the night, there was lightning and thunder in the sky, and it started to rain.


    Because of the limited time, the shed they built was not enough for everyone to shelter from the rain, and they could only give priority to the bonfire and the children.


    As for the others, as well as those blue sheep, they could only be drenched in the rain in the dark night, and could not even sleep.


    "Woooo..."


    In the middle of the night, someone in the wet and cold environment finally couldn''t help crying.


    Then, one after another, the clansmen of the Blue Sheep Tribe began to cry.


    They thought of the tribe that they couldn''t go back to, thought of the dead relatives and friends, and thought of the unknown future, and every thing was enough to make people collapse uncomfortably.


    That night, everyone in the woods was in torment.


    Fortunately, the rain stopped just before dawn.


    The next morning, the clansmen of the blue sheep tribe ate some wild vegetables and insects, and then gathered around the bonfire to discuss what to do in the future.


    Whether they want to admit it or not, although they survived, they became tourists.


    Not every tourist can be as lucky as Jiang Xuan and the others, and have the opportunity to rebuild a tribe.


    Most of the tourists either joined other tribes or wandered in the forest, and someday they would be eaten by a sudden beast.


    The strongest two-color warriors of the Blue Sheep Tribe discussed for a while, but nothing came of it.


    It is not an easy task to feed so many people on their own.


    If you don''t want to die, the best option is to join other tribes.


    But which tribe to join is another problem.


    There are several small tribes near the blue sheep tribe, but they are all relatively weak. Once the jackal tribe comes, whether these small tribes can survive is a very serious problem.


    A two-color warrior hesitated for a while and said, "How about we go to the Vine tribe?"


    The blue sheep tribe has a very good impression of the Vine tribe, and in their impression, the Vine tribe has salt, pottery, and a very young four-color warrior leader, at least a medium-sized tribe.


    Threatened by the Jackal Tribe, perhaps only the Medium Tribe could keep them.


    "But the Vine Tribe is so far away, can we find the way to the Vine Tribe?" a soldier questioned.


    "Yes, last time we went to the Vine tribe to do business, remember how to go."


    "Then, let''s go to the Vine tribe and try, I don''t know if the Vine tribe will take us in."


    Instead of joining a relatively weak and unfamiliar small tribe, it is better to join a relatively familiar and strong vine tribe. This is the idea of ??these blue sheep tribesmen.


    After the decision was made, the clansmen of the blue sheep tribe set off on the blue sheep again.


    They don''t know what their fate will be, but walking on the road is better than staying where they are and waiting to die.


    ...


    Subsequent content is repeated, and you can refresh it later.


    ...


    In desperation, the leader of the Jackal Tribe could only return to the residence of the Blue Sheep Tribe with the Jackal Cavalry.


    Those dead blue sheep have become their food.


    And the corpses of the warriors of the Blue Sheep Tribe were all eaten by those ferocious jackals!


    ...


    In the mountain forest, there were only more than 200 members of the blue sheep tribe left, riding more than 100 blue sheep to escape.


    They ran for a long, long time, not daring to stop for a moment, for fear of being overtaken by the jackal cavalry.


    It was not until the blue sheep were so tired that they were out of breath that they could no longer run, and there was no trace of the chasing soldiers behind them, and they finally stopped.


    However, after stopping, the clansmen of these blue sheep tribes fell into confusion again.


    A soldier said sadly: "The witch is dead, the leader is dead, and the tribe has been occupied by those jackals, where should we go?"


    The most powerful warriors have all been killed.


    These people who escaped were mainly ordinary soldiers and children. The strongest were a few two-color warriors, not even three-color warriors.


    Lost the tribe and the leader, although they survived, they became a group of homeless tourists.


    Relying on these people, let alone rebuilding the tribe, can survive in the dangerous jungle is a big problem.


    The tribe is gone, everyone is very sad, but how to live is a reality that must be faced.


    At this time, the sky has gradually darkened.


    The forest at night is extremely dangerous, and these people are too hungry, so they can only find a place to spend the night.


    They found a forest, lit a bonfire by drilling wood to make a fire, and built a few simple sheds, barely enough for everyone to spend the night.


    Because they ran in a hurry, they had no time to bring any food. They could only find some wild vegetables, insects and small prey nearby to barely satisfy their hunger.


    "Boom..."


    In the middle of the night, there was lightning and thunder in the sky, and it started to rain.


    Because of the limited time, the shed they built was not enough for everyone to shelter from the rain, and they could only give priority to the bonfire and the children.


    As for the others, as well as those blue sheep, they could only be drenched in the rain in the dark night, and could not even sleep.


    "Woooo..."


    In the middle of the night, someone in the wet and cold environment finally couldn''t help crying.


    Then, one after another, the clansmen of the Blue Sheep Tribe began to cry.


    They thought of the tribe that they couldn''t go back to, thought of the dead relatives and friends, and thought of the unknown future, and every thing was enough to make people collapse uncomfortably.


    That night, everyone in the woods was in torment.


    Fortunately, the rain stopped just before dawn.


    The next morning, the clansmen of the blue sheep tribe ate some wild vegetables and insects, and then gathered around the bonfire to discuss what to do in the future.


    Whether they want to admit it or not, although they survived, they became tourists.


    Not every tourist can be as lucky as Jiang Xuan and the others have the opportunity to rebuild a tribe.


    Most of the tourists either joined other tribes or wandered in the forest, and someday they would be eaten by a sudden beast.


    The strongest two-color warriors of the Blue Sheep Tribe discussed for a while, but nothing came of it.


    It is not an easy task to feed so many people on their own.


    If you don''t want to die, the best option is to join other tribes.


    But which tribe to join is another problem.


    There are several small tribes near the blue sheep tribe, but they are all relatively weak. Once the jackal tribe comes, whether these small tribes can survive is a very serious problem.


    A two-color warrior hesitated for a while and said, "How about we go to the Vine tribe?"


    The blue sheep tribe has a very good impression of the Vine tribe, and in their impression, the Vine tribe has salt, pottery, and a very young four-color warrior leader, at least a medium-sized tribe.


    Threatened by the Jackal Tribe, perhaps only the Medium Tribe could keep them.


    "But the Vine Tribe is so far away, can we find the way to the Vine Tribe?" a soldier questioned.


    "Yes, last time we went to the Vine tribe to do business, remember how to go."


    "Then, let''s go to the Vine tribe and try, I don''t know if the Vine tribe will take us in."


    Instead of joining a relatively weak and unfamiliar small tribe, it is better to join a relatively familiar and strong vine tribe. This is the idea of ??these blue sheep tribesmen.


    After the decision was made, the clansmen of the blue sheep tribe set off on the blue sheep again.


    They don''t know what their fate will be, but walking on the road is better than staying where they are and waiting to die.

 Chapter 117： 1 The whip stuns the crow

    Popular recommendation:


    It takes three days to walk from the vine tribe to the blue sheep tribe, more than a day to ride the blue sheep, and only a few hours to ride the giant eagle.


    When the old witch and Jiang Xuan arrived at the Yanyang Tribe, they found that the Jackal Tribe had already left, and only the skeletons and burned houses were left in the Yanyang Tribe.


    When the giant eagle landed, Jiang Xuan frowned when he saw that there were many gnawed human bones on the ground.


    "What a brutal tribe!"


    The reason why Jiang Xuan wanted to see this jackal tribe in person was to know how strong they were in combat and how they behaved.


    Now, he probably knew that this was definitely a ferocious and fierce tribe, a tough opponent.


    Regardless of whether they accept or not accept members of the Blue Sheep Tribe, as long as they are targeted by this Jackal Tribe, there will definitely be trouble.


    This ferocious tribe, like the original mosquito tribe, will attack all tribes weaker than them in order to quickly obtain a large amount of resources.


    The old witch said, "Are you going to find them?"


    Jiang Xuan nodded.


    "Then look for it."


    The two climbed on the back of the giant eagle again, and the giant eagle spread its wings again.


    After they searched for more than an hour, they suddenly heard a terrible wolf howl.


    The giant eagle flew over following the howls of the wolf, and sure enough, it found the jackal tribe.


    At this time, the Jackal Tribe was attacking another small tribe, and defeated all the warriors of that small tribe.


    A huge jackal rushed into the small tribe with thousands of jackal cavalry, slaughtering and looting crazily.


    In the sky, the old witch said solemnly: "This jackal tribe has a living patron saint!"


    Jiang Xuan also saw the terrifying giant jackal, and he asked nervously, "Is this wolf as strong as the Vine God?"


    The old witch stared at the jackal **** for a while, and said, "There shouldn''t be any. The patron saint of your vine tribe is a bit special. Anyway, I can''t see it through."


    Jiang Xuan breathed a sigh of relief and said, "That''s good."


    Jiang Xuan was really afraid that this giant jackal was stronger than Shenteng, and that would be a big trouble.


    At this moment, the jackal on the ground glanced up at the sky as if he was aware of it.


    It still has blood on the corner of its mouth, and the wolf''s eyes are extremely cold, even if it is far away, it makes people palpitate.


    Jiang Xuan asked nervously, "Can it fly up?"


    The old witch shook his head and said: "The patron saint of the small tribe, except for those born with wings, can''t fly, and this jackal is the same."


    "Only when it breaks through to become the patron saint of medium-sized tribes will it have the ability to fly."


    "But even if it really breaks through, it''s far less than the giant eagle that is naturally good at flying!"


    Speaking of which, the old witch had a proud look on his face.


    "I can rest assured that."


    Jiang Xuan had a clever move, first poured some water from the kettle, rubbed the totem pattern on his face into a ball, then stared at the Jackal God fiercely, and shouted: "Look what, we are from the crow tribe, there are Plant you up!"


    "Roar!"


    The jackal **** on the ground was furious, it let out a terrifying roar at the sky, but it couldn''t jump into the sky to bite people.


    However, it remembered the three words "crow tribe" and hated it.


    In the sky, the old witch said speechlessly: "This crow tribe has a grudge against you?"


    "how do you know?"


    The old witch rolled his eyes, if you don''t have any grudges, would you go to cheat people like this?


    The giant eagle was constantly circling over this small tribe, and after getting a general understanding of the situation of the ground jackal tribe, it gradually went away.


    During this process, Jiang Xuan kept provoking the giant jackal, and emphasized that he belonged to the crow tribe, and the crow clan was much stronger than the jackal clan.


    As a result, not only was the Jackal God angry enough, but the warriors of the Jackal Tribe were also angry.


    If it weren''t for the eagle flying too high, they''d really like to shoot the eagle down with an arrow and tear the **** boy to shreds.


    At this time of excitement, no one thought about why the crow tribe would ride a giant eagle.


    Even if they thought about it, it was useless, because they didn''t know which tribe Jiang Xuan belonged to, and could only remember the crow tribe.


    The Crow Tribe would never have imagined that they had inexplicably carried a big and round black pot.


    What Jiang Xuan could not have imagined was that when he was busy taking the blame for the crow tribe, hoping that one day the jackal clan could fight with the crow clan, the crow clan had already appeared!


    Southern Wilderness, northeast of the Vine tribe.


    "Dumb dumb..."


    A large group of crows, like a large black cloud.


    These crows, each with a wingspan of about two meters, have jet-black feathers, red eyes, and sharp beaks and claws that look very intimidating.


    Although they cannot carry people, they are also ferocious birds with strong combat effectiveness.


    In addition to the crows in the sky, on the ground, more than 3,000 crow tribesmen are also slowly advancing.


    They have been walking for nearly ten days, but they have not found a suitable place to live, so they can only continue to search.


    Gradually, the big crows in the sky approached the Vine Tribe and discovered the Vine Tribe.


    "Hey!"


    Tangyuan, who was flying over the Vine Tribe, found these crows, it screamed, and then quickly landed in the tribe.


    "No, something happened!"


    At the same time, Chishao, who was making medicine powder, heard the nightmarish crows, and immediately put down the medicine pot, took a bone spear and a stone knife, and hurriedly ran outside.


    Not only Chishao, but also Uncaria, Shiloh, and Nanxing also heard the crow''s cry, and this voice suddenly evoked a nightmare in their hearts.


    It was in this hoarse and unpleasant voice that the deer tribe they used to live in was broken, and most of the clansmen were killed.


    Are you going to experience this again now?


    Do not! Never let this happen!


    "The crow tribe is here!"


    "All fighters gather, prepare to fight!"


    "Ready to fight!"


    Among the vine tribes, Chishao, Uncaria and others shouted one after another.


    For a time, all the soldiers, no matter what they were doing, temporarily abandoned their work and took up weapons to prepare for battle.


    In the woods next to the stone mountain, the clansmen of the blue sheep tribe also panicked.


    They finally came to the Vine tribe, do they have to run again?


    Someone asked: "It seems that the Vine tribe has encountered an enemy, what should I do?"


    The two-colored warriors looked at each other, and one of them gritted his teeth: "Let''s see the situation first, if the enemy is not very strong, we will help the Vine tribe to fight."


    Others nodded, they didn''t want to run away as soon as something happened, in that case, the Vine tribe would never accept them.


    But fighting for the Vine Tribe is different, and the Vine Tribe is likely to accept them directly.


    Of course, if the enemy is too strong to defeat, then they can only continue to run on the blue sheep.


    After all, they were not members of the Vine tribe, so it was impossible for them to stay and die.


    When the people of the Blue Sheep Tribe were discussing, a crow had already flown over the Vine Tribe and discovered the existence of the Vine Tribe on the ground.


    They circled over the Vine Tribe, then flew back a certain distance, and passed the news to the witch of the Raven Tribe through a special method.


    The Raven Tribe Witch gathered the chief of the Raven Tribe and several hunting chiefs.


    "There is a small tribe in front, just to add some food for us Tell the warriors of the tribe to follow the crow and rush over and destroy them!"


    "Yes!"


    The leader of the crow tribe was immediately excited. The crow clan did not have much food in storage. Most of the people could not get enough to eat by hunting and gathering along the way.


    Now is the time to finally have a chance to fill your stomach!


    "Follow the **** crow!"


    The leader of the crow tribe roared, and then ran forward excitedly.


    Behind him, more than a thousand crow tribe warriors charged together with great momentum.


    The crisis of the Veng tribe came suddenly, and they didn''t even wait for Jiang Xuan and the old witch to return.


    In the sky, the Crow God unhurriedly flew towards the Vine Tribe, surrounded by countless large crows, with bloodthirsty light in their eyes.


    Among the vine tribe, Chi Shao and others became nervous when they saw so many crows.


    Is the tragedy going to repeat itself?


    Finally, the huge Raven God flew over the vine tribe and looked at the huge divine vine.


    "Buzz!"


    Just as the Crow God was flying around to observe the divine vine, suddenly, the divine vine burst into a terrifying light.


    At the same time, a thick vine grew rapidly, like a huge whip, slashing towards the huge crow like lightning.


    "Snapped!"


    The terrifying Crow God was actually swept away by the thick vines, and fell heavily into the forest in the distance, breaking many trees.


    For a while, the Crow God was stunned, the crows were stunned, and the crow tribesmen who were charging were also stunned.


    Even the people of the Fuji tribe, who were ready to go all out, were at a loss. I can''t update it in the middle of the night. It''s too delayed. The author decided to go to bed early tonight and have two more chapters during the day tomorrow.

 Chapter 118： unlucky crow

    Popular recommendation:


    On the top of the stone mountain, the whole body of the divine vine emits bright green light, and all the leaves are as green as emeralds.


    The Crow God who was swept away was stunned for a moment, and then became furious.


    "Dumb dumb..."


    The Crow God got up and made a sharp and unpleasant chirping sound. At the same time, black mist appeared all over his body, and he frantically rushed towards the God Vine.


    It thinks that the reason why he was so embarrassed just now was because he was attacked by the **** vine, and now this **** old vine must look good.


    However, it was greeted by a dozen more terrifying vines, crackling like a lightning whip.


    "Dumb..."


    "Clap clap clap..."


    "Dumb dumb..."


    "Clap clap clap clap..."


    After the Crow God rushed over, he was instantly beaten, the bird''s beak was twisted, and the black feathers that fell off swirled and fell to the ground.


    The shrill screams of the Crow God echoed in the sky above the Vine Tribe, such a tragic situation that everyone who heard it was sad, and everyone who saw it wept.


    "Whoosh whoosh..."


    Shen Teng didn''t intend to let the old crow go, and saw countless vines wrapping around the Raven God overwhelmingly, like a net.


    "Crow God!"


    On the ground, the witch of the crow tribe shouted in panic. At this time, everyone could see that this divine vine was much stronger than the crow god.


    "dumb¡­¡­"


    At the critical moment, the Crow God also erupted, only to see the black mist on its body surging frantically, and then opened its mouth and spewed out a large black flame.


    Most plants are afraid of fire, and divine vines are no exception. Those vines instinctively avoid black divine fire.


    Taking advantage of this gap, the Crow God flew away with a "whoosh", away from the terrifying vine.


    This kind of terrifying divine fire, the Crow God can''t spray several times, and it is not sure that it can use the divine fire to injure the divine vine, so it can only escape.


    The Crow God ran away, but the big crows it brought were unlucky.


    "Whoosh whoosh..."


    "Dumb dumb..."


    Countless vines tied the crows one after another, strangled them to death, and absorbed the blood essence.


    In the blink of an eye, the more than 100 crows flying in the front were all killed by Shenteng.


    The green light of the divine vines was even brighter, and the other big crows ran for their lives frantically, not daring to turn their heads.


    Among the Vine Tribes, Jing Ji swallowed hard and said, "The Vine God is really... It''s really too fierce."


    The others nodded in agreement.


    In the woods next to the stone mountain, the members of the Yanyang tribe looked up at the sky, and someone reached out and caught a flying black crow feather.


    One of the two-color warriors said excitedly: "A living patron saint, the Vine tribe has a living patron saint!"


    Another added: "And so powerful!"


    The third person said: "We must join the Vine tribe!"


    Others clenched their fists excitedly. With the patron saint, there is a sense of security. Joining such a tribe can make people feel at ease.


    In the woods to the northeast of the Veng tribe, the warriors of the crow tribe who were charging, watched the crow gods and the big crows who flew back in embarrassment, stopped one by one, and looked at each other.


    After a long time, a soldier asked in a low voice, "Leader, are we still rushing?"


    "Snapped!"


    The leader of the crow tribe slapped him angrily and said angrily, "Are you rushing to die? Withdraw!"


    In the blink of an eye, the warriors of the Crow Tribe withdrew in a daze, and they didn''t even rush to the outer defensive area of ??the Vine Tribe.


    The Crow Tribe probably would not have thought that the terrifying Vine Tribe in front of them was actually established by five teenagers who escaped from the Deer Tribe, and the Deer Tribe was easily destroyed by them.


    When all the crows and crow tribe warriors withdrew, there was a tsunami of cheers from the Vine tribe.


    In this dangerous primitive world, it is very important to have the protection of a powerful totem god.


    The vine tribe warriors didn''t have to work hard, the vine **** solved the problem and avoided the loss of the tribe''s population due to the war.


    After half a day, Jiang Xuan and the old witch came back on a giant eagle.


    When they heard that the crow tribe was attacking, both of them were nervous for a while, and when they saw that the tribe was all right, they were relieved.


    The old witch also looked at Shishan for a long time, and sighed in his heart: This divine vine is a bit outrageous, and in a few words, the attack of the crow tribe was resolved.


    At the same time, when the old witch thought that Jiang Xuan had just cheated on the crow tribe not long ago, his face became strange again.


    This must be too coincidental, right?


    The old witch suddenly looked forward to what kind of sparks would be created between the two tribes when the crow tribe met the jackal tribe.


    After Jiang Xuan returned to the Vine tribe, he gathered all the leaders again.


    In the bamboo house, Jiang Xuan looked at everyone, and briefly explained the situation of the Jackal Tribe.


    "I want to remind everyone that the Jackal Tribe is an extremely ferocious tribe, and it is predatory. Such a tribe is very dangerous."


    "Even if we don''t have the slightest hatred with them, as long as they target the Vine tribe, they will definitely attack!"


    "What we can do is to grow the tribe as soon as possible, so that all tribes, including the Jackal tribe, dare not look down on them and dare not attack at will!"


    "So, I decided to accept all the members of the Blue Sheep Tribe. Is there any objection?"


    Everyone shook their heads one after another. Now that the leader has made up his mind, all they can do is to give full support.


    Jiang Xuan made a decisive decision and said: "Okay, then this matter is settled, Nanxing, you go and bring in the people of the Yanyang tribe."


    "Yes!"


    Nan Xing left in a hurry, and in a short while, he brought more than 200 soldiers of the Blue Sheep Tribe from the woods to the real residential area of ??the Teng Tribe.


    The neat rows of houses, as well as the many Veng tribe people working in the fields, greatly shocked the people of the Yanyang tribe.


    Although the Vine tribe is much smaller than they thought, but they witnessed the scene of Shenteng''s great power, what does it matter if the tribe is smaller? As long as the totem **** is strong enough.


    Jiang Xuan brought the leaders to the front of these members of the Yanyang tribe.


    He said to these people: "From today, you can stay in the Vine Tribe, and the Vine Tribe will take care of your food take care of your clothes and your living, but you also have to work for the Vine Tribe, no Those who work are not qualified to eat!"


    "Although you can stay in the Vine Tribe, it doesn''t mean that you have become the real members of the Vine Tribe."


    "Before the next spring, if someone makes an unforgivable mistake, I will expel him from the tribe, and even kill him!"


    "Of course, if you have performed well this whole year, then you will have the opportunity to participate in the sacrifice and become a real Vine tribe."


    "Do you understand everything?"


    After Jiang Xuan finished speaking, more than two hundred people nodded and took Jiang Xuan''s words in their hearts, because it was related to their life and death, and no one dared to care.


    "Okay, now that you all understand, Uncaria, Shiloh, and Nepeta, you can bring people to help them build houses."


    "Yes, chief!"


    The three of Uncaria took their respective teams, and together with more than two hundred people, they built a house in the open space on the left of the Vine tribe.


    It was getting late at this time, so they could only build some temporary shelters for the night, and then they could start building real solid houses tomorrow.


    With the addition of these two hundred people, the population of the Vine Tribe broke through five hundred and became a real small tribe.


    This is a huge improvement for the Vine tribe.


    On the other hand, the crow tribe had no success in attacking the vine tribe, but was beaten by the **** vine, so they could only give up the territory of the vine tribe and move on, looking for a more suitable place to live.


    The people of the crow tribe were all suffocated, and they urgently needed to find another target. While supplementing the food, they could also vent this qi through looting and killing.

 Chapter 119： Are you the crow tribe?

    Popular recommendation:


    After the crow tribe left the rattan tribe, they walked a long way to the northwest and found that the environment was dry and desolate, so they went southwest again.


    The crow tribe has no interest in the Western Wilderness. They hope to occupy a territory rich in materials in the Southern Wilderness and continue to grow the tribe.


    Today, the crow tribe has more than 3,000 people. As long as their population exceeds 5,000, it will become a medium-sized tribe, not a small tribe.


    At the same time, after the population exceeded 5,000, because of the sharp increase in the power of belief, the giant crow also had the opportunity to break through and become a medium-sized tribal totem god.


    This is the crow tribe''s dream.


    As for becoming a big tribe with a population of over 10,000, the dream is too far away, and they haven''t dared to think about it yet.


    After they had gone southwest for two days, the crows in front of them suddenly came back to report and found that there were people from other tribes ahead.


    The leader of the crow tribe licked his lips and said, "I''ve finally met another tribe. Let''s check it out to see how big this tribe is and how many people there are."


    "Yes!"


    Among the crow tribe, more than a dozen soldiers who were in charge of inquiring about the news left the team and followed a few big crows to the front.


    When they walked to the forest ahead, the crows found a large number of jackals, and the warriors of the jackal tribe.


    This forest is the place where the Jackal Tribe chose to live after careful selection.


    They will build houses in this forest and settle for a few years.


    If the resources near this forest can no longer meet their needs in the future, they will migrate to other places.


    When they reached the outskirts of the forest, the warriors of the crow tribe did not dare to move forward, and could only climb up the tree to observe.


    But those big crows can continue to explore the forest by taking advantage of flying.


    "Dumb dumb..."


    Several crows flew into the forest and remembered the situation on the ground. After returning, they could tell the witch of the crow tribe what they saw through a special communication method.


    However, not long after the crows flew into the forest, they encountered the leader of the jackal tribe.


    The leader of the Jackal Tribe was talking about life with the women in the tribe in a simple house. After hearing the crow''s cry, he immediately thought of the boy riding the giant eagle before, and his anger rose.


    He pushed the woman away, picked up a primitive bow, and walked outside angrily, seeing the crows flying overhead.


    "I hate crows!"


    The leader of the Jackal Tribe drew a bow and an arrow, and then shot an arrow at one of the big crows.


    As a tribal leader, his fighting power is very strong, and his archery skills are not weak.


    I just heard a screaming scream from a flying crow, the belly was shot through by an arrow, and it fluttered its wings and fell to the ground.


    Seeing this, the remaining crows screamed and ran for their lives.


    The jackal god, who was sleeping in the middle of the tribe, was awakened by the cries of these big crows. It also thought of the kid who called himself "the crow tribe" and suddenly became furious.


    "Roar!"


    The Jackal God turned into a black shadow, jumped up, killed a big crow like lightning, then landed on the ground, and devoured it bitterly.


    The remaining few big crows also fell one after another amid the intensive archery of the jackal tribe warriors, and not even a single one escaped.


    The leader of the Jackal Tribe ordered: "Pulling and roasting these crows for me, eat meat!"


    After speaking, the leader of the Jackal Tribe felt a sigh of anger, turned back to the house, and continued to discuss the true meaning of life with the women of the tribe.


    The warriors of the Jackal Tribe ran over immediately, picked up the big crows that had been hit by arrows, and after simple and rough plucking, they strung them together with wooden sticks and roasted them on a fire.


    In fact, crow meat is not delicious, and it is far worse than the meat of other birds.


    But the people of the Jackal Tribe had a deep resentment for the boy who rode the giant eagle, so they hated the house and the black, and when they roasted the big crow, they felt a kind of revenge-like pleasure, and even thought that the meat of the big crow was very fragrant.


    Outside the forest, the fighters of the Jackal Tribe who were in charge of the path-finding waited for a long time, but they did not see the big crow coming back, and even heard the screaming of the big crow.


    They suddenly understood that most of the crows who were exploring the road were shot and killed by people from this strange tribe.


    "Go back and report the witch and the leader!"


    The soldier in charge of exploring the path quickly ran back with anger.


    The big crow is sacred to the crow tribe, and it is also a close hunting and fighting partner. How can they not be angry when the big crow is shot?


    Soon after, both the leader of the crow tribe and the witch learned the news that the pathfinder crow had been shot.


    Previously, when they were in the Veng tribe, they had already lost more than a hundred big crows, and their hearts had long been full of anger.


    Now, a few more were shot and killed, and the people of the crow tribe were suddenly furious.


    "I want to see, which small tribe ate the guts of the giant tooth tiger and dared to kill our divine crow!"


    "Go, kill them!"


    More than a thousand warriors of the crow tribe followed the leader to take revenge, and the crow **** and the big crows also went together.


    The Crow God was slapped by Shenteng, just when he thought about it and became more angry, and now this kind of thing happened, how could it be indifferent?


    Soon, more than a thousand warriors of the crow tribe, as well as a large black crow, rushed towards the forest where the jackal tribe was located.


    With such a big battle, it is naturally impossible to hide the Jackal Tribe.


    "Ow!"


    After the Jackal God found a powerful breath approaching, he immediately raised his head and howled.


    For a time, all the warriors of the entire jackal tribe took their weapons and rode on tall jackals to prepare to defend against the enemy.


    "Dumb dumb..."


    The Crow God flew in the front just saw the Jackal God who just came out of the forest.


    Both sides felt the other''s surging divine power fluctuations, and did not dare to act directly for a while.


    At this time, the leader of the jackal tribe rushed out, and he shouted to the crow tribe: "Which tribe are you from, and dare to break into the territory of our jackal tribe?"


    The leader of the crow tribe stepped forward and shouted, "We belong to the crow clan..."


    The leader of the crow tribe did not finish a sentence, the leader of the jackal tribe heard the words "crow tribe", and his anger reached a peak in an instant.


    "Just call it the crow tribe, right? Call me!"


    The leader of the Jackal Tribe roared, and rode the tall jackal to charge forward, and the thousands of wolf cavalry behind him also charged at the same time.


    The leader of the crow tribe was stunned, shouldn''t they be the ones who should be angry?


    But since the other party has already rushed over, they can''t admit it.


    The leader of the crow tribe also rushed over with thousands of warriors and countless crows, and a battle broke out between the two sides in an instant.


    It stands to reason that the jackal cavalry of the jackal tribe actually has a great advantage over the infantry of the crow tribe.


    However, the crow tribe is not only the warriors of the ground, but also a large number of large crows.


    These fierce crows were constantly attacking in the sky, which made the jackal cavalry unable to launch an effective charge. They had to deal with the crows on their heads and the attacks from the crow tribe warriors in front at the same time.


    The Jackal God and the Crow God also fought. The strength of the two sides was relatively close, and the Jackal God was very resentful to the "Crow Tribe", and the fight was extremely fierce.


    They never thought that it was Jiang Xuan, the leader of the Vine tribe, who provoked the hatred and anger between the two sides.

 Chapter 120： Wax Trees and Wax Worms

    Popular recommendation:


    The Crow God and the Jackal God fought for a long time, and the Crow God''s feathers became thinner and looked a bit miserable.


    The Jackal God was not much better. The wolf hair on his body was burned a lot by the divine fire spit out by the Crow God, and the east was bald and the west was bald.


    The battle on the ground was also very intense. The jackal cavalry did not take advantage of the big crow''s attack, and both sides suffered casualties.


    "dumb¡­¡­"


    In the end, the Crow God didn''t want to continue this mutually-defeating style of play, so he evaded the Jackal God with a breath of divine fire, and then flew away with sparsely feathered wings.


    "withdraw!"


    The leader of the crow tribe shouted and ran with the crow god.


    The warriors of the crow tribe, as well as those big crows, retreated while fighting, and they ran clean after a while, leaving only hundreds of corpses on the ground.


    On the Jackal Tribe''s side, a warrior gasped and asked, "Leader, chase... chase?"


    "Fuck you, go back!"


    There are also many wounds on the head of the Jackal Tribe, not to mention that the Jackal God didn''t chase after him. Didn''t they seek death if they chased after him?


    This battle has ended so inexplicably, but the hatred between the two sides has been forged, and if they meet again in the future, they will definitely fight.


    ...


    Southern Wilderness, Vine Tribe, early morning.


    Ophiopogon hesitated for a few days, and finally decided to find Jiang Xuan.


    Ophiopogon japonicus is one of the four two-color warriors that the Blue Sheep Tribe joined the Vine Tribe. He is not tall, and his strength is not very strong, but he has one specialty, that is, raising wax worms.


    The wax worm is the most important thing in the blue sheep tribe besides the blue sheep, because they can produce a large amount of insect wax every year.


    Because wax worms are well-raised, Ophiopogon japonicus is very popular in the blue sheep tribe.


    But now, the Blue Sheep Tribe is gone, and after joining the Vine Tribe, he won''t have the opportunity to show his abilities, so he can only hunt with everyone.


    He was thinking about those wax worms every day, and he could dream of those wax worms in his dreams at night.


    So, after struggling for a few days, Ophiopogon decided to go to Jiang Xuan to see if he could take him back to the Yanyang tribe.


    In the yard among the bamboo forests, Jiang Xuan is planting some mosquito-repelling plants, such as stinky grass and fan grass, in front of and behind the house.


    As the weather warms up, the annoying mosquitoes are making a comeback.


    Whether living in the forest or in the bamboo forest, the mosquitoes are horribly numerous and very large.


    If you don''t want to drive or kill these mosquitoes, you will be bitten every day if you lie in the house and sleep.


    "Boom, boom, boom..."


    At the entrance of the courtyard, Ophiopogon japonicus knocked on the door first, according to the habit of the rattan tribe.


    Jiang Xuan said without turning his head: "Tangyuan, go open the door."


    Tangyuan, who was pacing in the yard, walked over lazily and skillfully opened the courtyard door.


    Although Ophiopogon knew that this purple ominous bird was raised by Jiang Xuan, but when he opened the door and saw a purple bird''s head, he was so frightened that he took two steps back.


    Tang Yuan felt bored, so he went back to his bamboo hut to sleep.


    Only then did Mai Dong dare to walk into the yard, and cautiously came to Jiang Xuan''s side, and said, "Leader."


    Jiang Xuan turned around and saw Ophiopogon japonicus, so he put down the bone **** in his hand and asked, "So it''s Ophiopogon japonicus, do you have anything to do with me?"


    Seeing that Jiang Xuan could remember his name, Ophiopogon felt a little closer in his heart.


    "Boss, I want to go back to the Blue Sheep Tribe."


    "Why are you going back?" Jiang Xuan asked in confusion.


    "Boss, the wax worms should have started laying eggs. I want to go back and make some worm bags for those worm eggs, so that they can grow up smoothly and spit wax insects in autumn."


    A worm bag is a nest made of hay and other things, in which worm eggs are placed, and then hung on a tree, which can prevent the larvae from being exposed to wind, sun and rain, and improve the survival rate of the larvae.


    If there is no artificial worm bag, it can hatch smoothly, and the number of wax worms that grow up will be greatly reduced.


    Ophiopogon continued: "Although the blue sheep tribe is no longer there, the wax trees are still there. As long as they are not damaged, we can still harvest insect wax in autumn."


    Jiang Xuan''s eyes lit up after listening to Ophiopogon''s explanation.


    He had already realized the benefits of insect wax.


    Whether it''s making candles for nighttime lighting, or grinding them into powder to heal wounds, it''s great.


    If the mountain forest of the blue sheep tribe can continue to produce insect wax, it is naturally the best, and the rattan tribe can continue to use the insect wax in the future.


    If you can''t use it up, you can also use insect wax as a precious commodity like the blue sheep tribe, and trade with other tribes to get some other things.


    "Okay, when I finish planting these plants, I will go to the old witch to borrow a giant eagle to accompany you."


    "Leader, let me help you plant it."


    Jiang Xuan and Ophiopogon quickly finished planting the remaining stinky grass and fan grass.


    Afterwards, the two went to the bamboo house where the old witch lived and borrowed a giant eagle from him.


    Although the glutinous rice **** have grown a lot, it will take some time before they reach adulthood. There is no problem in short-distance flying, but long-distance flying is very difficult.


    When the dumplings really grow up, you don''t have to borrow the giant eagle all the time.


    When Jiang Xuan told the old witch about the wax worm, the old witch was very interested in it and wanted to see it in person.


    So Jiang Xuan said hello to Chi Shao and others, and then went to the Yanyang tribe again with the old witch and Ophiopogon on a giant eagle.


    A few hours later, they landed at the former residence of the Blue Sheep Tribe. Looking at the burned-down residence and the white bones scattered on the ground, Ophiopogon couldn''t help but feel sad, kneeling on the ground and crying.


    Jiang Xuan patted him on the shoulder and said, "Ophiopogon, be strong. Although the Yanyang tribe is gone, there is still the rattan tribe."


    The old witch also comforted him for a long time before Ophiopogon finally came out of that sad mood.


    Ophiopogon held a remnant bone and said, "Boss, I want to dig a hole and bury them in the soil."


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "I''ll dig with you."


    This time they came out with a bone scorpion and a bone hoe. Jiang Xuan was going to use it to dig up the wax tree seedlings. He wanted to see if the wax tree could grow on the mountains near the Veng tribe.


    Now, they are just used for digging holes.


    Jiang Xuan and Mai Dong chose a good location, and then began to dig a pit, while the old witch helped collect the remnants of bones.


    Where the Yanyang tribe lives, although there are many stones, the soil is relatively loose, so digging is not particularly difficult.


    Under the vigorous digging of the two, soon, a very large and deep pit was dug.


    The old witch collected human bones and blue sheep bones into a pile, and then Ophiopogon put it into the big pit with his own hands.


    Ophiopogon bent over and cried again, and then filled the soil little by little.


    Soon after, a large solitary tomb appeared on the ruins of the Yanyang tribe, where the former clansmen of Ophiopogon and those blue sheep were buried.


    After doing this, the time has come to the afternoon, but there is still some time before the sun goes down.


    Ophiopogon took Jiang Xuan and Lao Wu to a large wax forest next to the residence of the Yanyang tribe.


    The wax tree in this world is a tree that grows on high mountains. Most of them are seven or eight meters high, with a very thick trunk and many branches.


    The leaves of the wax tree are rich in oil, which can be converted into insect wax after being eaten by wax worms.


    "The wax worms are indeed laying eggs."


    Ophiopogon japonicus stood under a wax tree and found that there were many dead female wax worms on the ground, and among the leaves on the tree, there were still many living female wax worms, but they did not move much.


    Male waxworms died last fall after mating.


    Female waxworms live longer, burrowing in the trunk or thick branches of wax trees and hiding there for the winter.


    After spring, these female waxworms crawl out of their holes, eat the young leaves of wax trees, lay eggs after eating for a period of time, and then die.


    Ophiopogon swiftly climbed up, searched for a while, and then picked two broad leaves from the wax tree and came down.


    "Leader, old witch, look, this is the egg of the wax worm."


    Ophiopogon japonicus turned over the wide wax tree leaves, and saw a large number of eggs on the back, sticking to the leaves.


    Ophiopogon japonicus continued: "I''m going to pluck off all the leaves that have worm eggs, and then make a lot of worm bags, and put these leaves into the worm bags."


    "When the tribe was still around, these worm bags would be placed in the house, and after the larvae hatched, they would be hung on trees and let them eat wax tree leaves."


    "But now, we don''t have time to wait for them to hatch, so we can only make worm bags and hang them directly on the tree."


    When he said this, Mai Dong''s eyes dimmed again, but he quickly adjusted his mood.


    "After the larvae hatch, they will shed their skin once, and then grow larger. In autumn, they will start to spit wax. At that time, many branches will be covered with a thick layer of white wax, like snow."


    Thinking of that scene, Ophiopogon''s eyes lit up.


    After Jiang Xuan and Lao Wu heard the introduction of Ophiopogon, they had a certain understanding of this strange-looking wax worm Jiang Xuan sighed in his heart: The world is full of wonders.


    "Okay, it''s getting late, I have to pluck off the leaves with worm eggs quickly."


    Ophiopogon japonicus tied an animal skin bag around his waist. He climbed up the tree again, and among the many leaves, accurately picked the leaves that had laid eggs, and put them into the animal skin bag.


    In this wax forest, there are hundreds of wax trees, big and small. It is not an easy job to pick all the leaves with insect eggs.


    "I''ll go help too."


    Jiang Xuan also hung an animal skin bag, and then climbed to a wax tree. With his extraordinary eyesight, he carefully searched for leaves with insect eggs and picked them.


    According to this workload, it is definitely impossible to go back today.


    The old witch asked the giant eagle to hunt two prey, and he himself built a fire beside the wax forest to build a temporary shelter for the night.


    When the old witch built the temporary shelter and lit the fire, the giant eagle also returned with a large prey.


    At this time, the sun was sinking, and night was gradually coming.


    Jiang Xuan and Ophiopogon, but only collected the eggs of half the forest, and it seems that they will continue to work tomorrow.


    When night really fell, Jiang Xuan and Ophiopogon got down from the tree, and the two walked into the temporary shelter. The old witch had already roasted a lot of meat.


    The two ate some meat, Ophiopogon japonicus pulled a lot of hay, and started weaving bug buns while they had nothing to do at night.


    In Jiang Xuan''s opinion, the insect bag woven by Ophiopogon japonicus is actually more like a bird''s nest, or a hornet''s nest woven from hay.


    The worm bag is oval in shape, the upper part is finely woven, airtight, the middle is empty, but a few holes are left at the bottom for the hatched larvae to enter and exit.

 Chapter 121： crow bites turtle

    Popular recommendation:


    Southern Wilderness, Mountain Turtle Tribe.


    In spring, large mushrooms grow in large numbers in the mushroom forest, including various magic mushrooms such as **** mushrooms and vigorous mushrooms.


    It''s harvest season for the Turtle tribe, and with these magic mushrooms, they can trade all kinds of goodies from other tribes.


    March 6, early morning.


    The mountain garrison walked back from the mushroom forest with more than a hundred warriors and two large mountain turtles.


    Everyone''s faces were full of joy, and it was obvious that last night''s harvest was quite good.


    "Boss, this time we picked a lot of Yeming mushrooms, can we trade some ice lotus root with the Rex tribe?"


    The otter tribe is also a small tribe in the Great Swamp, with a population of about 600. The otter is the totem god, and there are a large number of otters inhabiting the territory.


    The ice lotus root is a specialty of the Rex tribe.


    The ice lotus root was dug out by the big otter diving into the deep water. It is transparent like crystal, and it tastes sweet, cool, crisp and refreshing.


    In hot weather, if you can eat a slice of ice lotus root, the whole person will feel cool.


    The most important thing is that this ice lotus is good for the strength of the warriors, which is the main reason why the warriors have been thinking about it.


    For the tribal people who are usually bitter and haha, something that can not only improve their strength, but also make people feel happy, the attraction is too strong.


    Shan Jia was in a good mood, waved his hand, and said: "Okay, when the people of the Rex tribe come, I will trade ice lotus root with them."


    Those warriors are all silly, and some people have already begun to miss the taste of ice lotus root.


    "Dumb Dumb Dumb..."


    When they walked near the mountain turtle tribe, the mountain turtle suddenly heard a crow''s cry and chaotic fighting sounds.


    Shan Jia''s face changed, and he quickly climbed to the tallest tree nearby.


    Soon, he saw countless big crows and people from strange tribes attacking the mountain turtle tribe!


    "not good!"


    In a hurry, the mountain beetle jumped down from the canopy, nimbly like an ape, grabbed a few branches, and swung to the ground.


    "The tribe is under siege, go back!"


    After Shan Jia finished shouting, he took the lead in running towards the tribe.


    The expressions of the more than 100 warriors also changed greatly, and they immediately ran with the mountain armor.


    The most astonishing thing is that the two giant mountain tortoises ran so fast that they could even catch up with the mountain beetles when they were carrying a lot of mushrooms.


    When the mountain garrison rushed to the mountain turtle tribe with more than one hundred warriors, countless mountain turtles were already carrying the tribesmen of the turtle tribe and were fighting against the warriors of the crow tribe.


    "Dumb Dumb Dumb..."


    Countless big crows hovered above, and from time to time they would find an opportunity to dive down to take a bite, or give someone a paw.


    When the mountain beetle approached, a big crow immediately swooped towards him, and its sharp claws grabbed him fiercely!


    However, the big crow would never have thought that the mountain armor would squat down directly.


    The mountain carapace wears a thick tortoise shell, has a carapace, and has a breastplate, and usually looks quite comical.


    But now, this set of seemingly funny big turtle shells has played its real role!


    I saw that after the mountain armor squatted down, the whole person instantly indented into the big turtle shell, and he couldn''t even see his head, hands and feet.


    "Scratch¡­"


    The big crow''s claws directly caught the big tortoise shell. There were only a few inconspicuous scratches on the big tortoise shell, but the mountain beetle was not injured at all.


    Just when the big crow missed a hit and was about to fly away, the mountain armor suddenly stood up again. He held a spear and stabbed the big crow fiercely!


    "dumb¡­"


    The big crow let out a scream, the whole body was penetrated by the spear, and it was impossible to live.


    Golin withdrew his spear and continued to charge forward.


    At this time, the two big mountain turtles also came to him, like two hills, moving forward with the mountain beetle.


    The crow tribe warriors in front could not stand the charge of a four-color warrior and two big mountain turtles, and they were knocked over in an instant.


    With the leader and two big mountain tortoises clearing the way, the more than 100 warriors in the back are much more relaxed, they only need to follow the charge.


    Soon, they tore apart the encirclement abruptly and rushed into the mountain turtle tribe at the fastest speed.


    In fact, the mountain turtle tribe and the crow tribe had just started a war, and there were not too many casualties on both sides.


    The Mountain Turtle Tribe is relatively small, with only more than 800 clansmen, while the Crow Tribe has more than 3,000 clansmen. In this battle, the Crow Tribe is full of confidence and believes that it will definitely win.


    But after the real attack began, they realized that things were not as simple as they seemed.


    The reason is that among the mountain turtle tribes, there are a lot of mountain turtles that usually look lazy!


    The fighting power of these mountain turtles is far beyond the imagination of the crow tribe.


    Relying on the large and hard shell of the turtle, after the war, they unreasonably formed a large circle to protect the mountain turtle tribe inside.


    As long as someone dares to approach, they will collide wildly, bite the enemy, and the speed is fast and the bite force is amazing.


    And long-range attacks have no effect on them at all. As long as you shrink into the thick turtle shell, whether it is arrows or short spears, it is difficult to do anything about them.


    When those big crows faced these big mountain tortoises, they were even more helpless, and they didn''t know where to start their mouths if they wanted to peck.


    Even more perverted is the totem **** of the mountain turtle tribe. It is like an iron mountain standing in the center of the tribe, allowing the totem **** of the crow tribe to fly around, and even attack with fire, but the effect is negligible.


    The divine power of this old mountain tortoise formed a tortoise-like cyan protective cover, and its defense was terribly high.


    Because of this, even if the mountain armor took away more than 100 soldiers, the mountain turtle tribe still withstood the fierce attack of the crow tribe, and the crow tribe rushed for a long time without any effect.


    "Dumb Dumb Dumb..."


    The Crow God flew irritably in the sky, and when it fought the Jackal God, it had never worked so hard.


    "call¡­"


    The Crow God spit out a divine fire again, and the terrifying high temperature distorted the air, as if to roast the entire mountain turtle tribe.


    "Buzz!"


    However, the incomparably thick defensive mask on the Turtle God just rippled like water waves a few times, and the divine fire couldn''t burn down at all.


    Not only that, the Turtle God slowly stretched his head into a small stream next to him, and then quickly absorbed water.


    I saw that the water level of the stream dropped rapidly at a speed visible to the naked eye, and finally even dried up briefly, and even the water in the big swamp had no time to come over.


    "Puff puff¡­"


    The Turtle God raised his head, facing the fire-breathing crow in the sky, like a high-pressure water gun, spewing a water column, continuously outputting.


    "Dumb..."


    The Crow God never thought that this old mountain tortoise still had such a means. For a time, it was forced to fly around by the water column, and it was very embarrassing.


    The Crow God is strong, but he can hide for a while, but the big crows flying all over the sky are bad luck.


    Those who are sprayed by the water column will first be dizzy and washed into the sky, and then they will fall to the ground with their wet wings flapping.


    When Shanjia rushed into the tribe, he happened to see the turtle **** showing great power, and most of the clan members were safe and sound, and his nervous heart finally let go.


    "Boss, you are back."


    The Wu of the Mountain Turtle Tribe walked to the mountain, and saw that he was safe and sound, and suddenly heaved a sigh of relief.


    "Wu, what the **** is going on?"


    "Who knows, this crow tribe suddenly appeared, and then attacked, like crazy, if it weren''t for the turtle **** and those mountain turtles, we would be in danger."


    "What should I do now?" Shan Jia asked.


    "The meaning of the Turtle God is to rush into the big swamp to hide together after you come back. There are so many of them, we can''t waste them with them."


    The population of the Mountain Turtle Tribe is relatively small. Although they can hold it temporarily, it can only be passive defense. If the Crow Tribe is determined to keep attacking, they will definitely not be able to last for long.


    Shan Jia frowned: "Do you want to give up the territory?"


    Wu waved his hand and said, "The Turtle God said that when the clansmen are safe, it will come back and re-occupy the territory. This crow tribe wants to occupy our territory, but there is no door."


    "Okay, since the Turtle God has decided, let the clansmen pack up and prepare to rush into the big swamp."


    Shan Jia immediately ordered that all the clansmen who did not participate in the war immediately packed up everything they could take and prepared to withdraw into the swamp.


    For a time, the entire mountain turtle tribe was busy.


    They packed and took away all the food, weapons, tools, clothing and other things, and tried to hide those who could not take them away, so as not to take advantage of the crow tribe.


    A few hours later, the people of the Mountain Turtle Tribe who were cleaned up, all those who were not capable of fighting climbed onto the incomparably wide back of the Turtle God with their belongings, while those who were capable of fighting each rode the big mountain tortoises.


    "Roar!"


    The turtle **** gave a dull roar in his throat, and all the mountain tortoises immediately gathered the warriors to him.


    "dong dong dong..."


    When all the mountain tortoises gathered beside him, the tortoise **** opened his thick thighs and immediately ran towards the big swamp, followed by hundreds of giant tortoises, which was very spectacular.


    "Get out of the way!"


    When the crow tribe leader saw this scene, his scalp felt numb, and he immediately shouted at the warriors in front of the turtle god.


    In fact, without his shouting, the crow tribe warriors had already retreated when they saw the turtle **** running over.


    But the turtle **** ran too fast, and a dozen or so unlucky eggs were either knocked into the air by the turtle **** before they had time to run, or were trampled into a muddy flesh and died.


    "Dumb Dumb Dumb..."


    The Crow God chased after him, but it was of no use. The Turtle God''s defense was so perverted that he didn''t know where to attack.


    "Crash..."


    Soon, the turtle **** went into the water and entered the big swamp.


    Those big mountain tortoises followed closely behind with the soldiers, one by one into the water, and followed the tortoises to the depths of the swamp.


    The Crow God chased for a distance, but finally gave up reluctantly.


    And those crow tribe warriors couldn''t get into the water at all, they could only watch the people of the mountain turtle tribe leave and shoot a few arrows at their backs to vent their anger.


    The crow tribe witch stood next to the leader and said, "Although they didn''t kill them, they ran away, and this territory is ours."


    The leader of the crow tribe nodded, and the aggrieved mood felt a little better.


    That''s right, although attacking the Mountain Turtle Tribe is much more difficult than imagined, the Mountain Turtle Tribe has escaped after all, and their goal of occupying this territory has been achieved!


    "Walk!"


    The crow tribe leader waved his hand and brought nearly three thousand crow tribesmen to live in the mountain turtle tribe.


    With so many people living in, the mountain turtle tribe''s house is definitely not enough, so they quickly built some simple sheds for the tribe to live in temporarily, and then start construction tomorrow.


    Looking at this new territory, the leader of the crow tribe and the witch are still quite satisfied, this place is very suitable for living.


    On the other side, the turtle **** led many mountain tortoises and swam all the way to a small island deep in the Everglades.


    There are many swamp creatures living on this small island, including ferocious birds and water beasts, as well as various poisonous insects and snakes.


    But when the turtle **** came, these fierce birds and water animals, and even poisonous insects and snakes, all fled wildly, and did not dare to stay on this small island.


    The Turtle God stood beside the island and put all the members of the Turtle Tribe down.


    Those mountain tortoises also all climbed onto the island, temporarily sheltering here.


    The turtle **** raised his head, communicated with the witch of the mountain turtle tribe for a while, and then left again.


    After Shan Jia waited for the Turtle God to leave, he asked Wu: "What did the Turtle God say?"


    "The Turtle God said that it will go back to the tribe to drive away the crow tribe, and then pick us up to live when the crow tribe is gone."


    Shan Jia nodded, looked at the island again, and said, "Then let''s live here first."


    At the moment, Shanjia organized tribes to cut wood to build houses, put down things, and temporarily live on this small island.

 Chapter 122： Unbearable

    Popular recommendation:


    The next day, the people of the crow tribe were tired, repaired their houses, went out hunting, and worked hard for the tribe to take root here.


    They thought that the big turtle was just here to take revenge, and it should not appear in the future.


    However, they never imagined that the nightmare had just begun.


    At noon, the sun is very strong, and half of the crow tribe is hunting and gathering nearby to supply the terrible food consumption of three thousand people.


    However, just as they were cooking, a huge mountain tortoise suddenly appeared in the big swamp and rushed into the residential area at great speed.


    "The big turtle is here again!"


    The warriors of the crow tribe shouted wildly, and at the same time attacked the turtle **** with spears, short spears, bows and arrows, slings, etc.


    However, their attacks were useless against the Turtle God.


    "Dumb dumb..."


    The crow was so angry that it immediately flew down from the big tree, ready to attack this hateful old mountain tortoise.


    However, the ground is full of crow tribesmen. If the crow **** dared to breathe fire, those people would be the first to be burned to death.


    "Boom boom boom..."


    The Turtle God ignored the Crow God at all. His sense of smell was very sensitive, and he could accurately smell that the room was cooking, and then rushed directly over.


    "bang bang bang bang..."


    Houses were knocked down, pottery cauldrons that were cooking food were crushed into pieces by the turtle god, and even those who were grilling were not spared.


    "Food, our food..."


    The leader of the crow tribe, who was chasing after the turtle god, saw this scene, blood rushed to his forehead, and his eyes were red.


    Those hungry and sleepy crow tribe warriors are also in the same mood, all of them are frantically attacking the Turtle God, hoping it will stop this behavior.


    However, the Turtle God''s defense was terrifyingly high, forcibly resisting the attack of a large group of warriors, a large group of crows, and the Crow God, pushing the entire settlement horizontally, destroying the crow tribe''s cooking utensils and food.


    "Roar!"


    After doing all this, the Turtle God roared happily, and then quickly ran into the big swamp.


    "Crash..."


    The water splashed in the big swamp, and the Turtle God dived into the water, and soon disappeared without a trace, and even the Raven God couldn''t track where it went.


    "Dumb dumb..."


    The Crow God watched helplessly as the Turtle God disappeared, and he was so angry that his seven orifices smoked and flew over the Great Swamp.


    The Crow God is not stupid, it also thought of flying directly into the big swamp like the Turtle God and attacking the clansmen of the Mountain Turtle Tribe.


    But it was simply unable to determine where the Turtle God had gone.


    What if it just flew away and the Turtle God went ashore and wiped out the entire crow tribe? Even if it also wiped out the Mountain Turtle Tribe, it would be at best a loss for both sides, and the Crow Tribe had more clansmen.


    To deal with a tribe, the totem **** must be solved first, otherwise it will be a nightmare.


    What''s more terrifying is that a totem **** you can''t kill at all, like a turtle god, is a nightmare within a nightmare.


    The Raven God would rather fight the terrifying Jackal God than fight this old turtle with a perverted defense.


    Therefore, the Crow God flew around and ate a few water beasts to vent his anger, but he could only fly back to the tree helplessly.


    The crow tribe, on the other hand, had to face the collapsed houses, the food they could no longer eat, and the fear of not knowing when the old turtle would come back.


    This kind of torture can make people crazy.


    The crow tribe witch was busy treating the injured tribesmen and soothing the emotions of the tribesmen.


    The leader of the crow tribe reluctantly went to take the soldiers to find food. As long as they could eat, they would bring them back and let the tribesmen barely fill their stomachs.


    When he returned from hunting, looking at the pitiful prey, he couldn''t help but find the crow tribe witch, saying: "Witch, that big tortoise comes from time to time, this place can''t live anymore, or we...let''s find another one. place."


    After hearing this sentence, the nearby soldiers also nodded their heads one after another. This kind of day when they can''t eat enough, can''t sleep, and are always scared, every moment is a torment.


    However, the crow tribe witch said: "The crow **** will definitely find a way to deal with that big turtle, everyone will be patient."


    This place is very good, the nearby threats have been almost cleaned up by the Mountain Turtle Tribe, and the water source is also sufficient. It is an ideal place to live. The Crow Tribe witch doesn''t want to give up, and the Crow God doesn''t want to give up.


    The leader of the crow tribe was disappointed, but he had no choice but to hope that the crow **** could really deal with the big tortoise.


    In this way, the day passed in a hurry, until the sun went down, the big tortoise did not appear again, and everyone in the crow tribe felt a little relieved.


    After dark, the crow tribesmen, who finally found some food, cooked again.


    But because Tao Ding was gone, whether it was wild vegetables or animal meat, they could only eat it by roasting it.


    The aroma of the food gradually filled the air, and the hungry crow tribe couldn''t wait to eat.


    However, at this moment, the nightmare came again.


    "Crash..."


    In the big swamp, the familiar sound of water sounded, and a huge mountain tortoise rushed over quickly.


    "The big turtle is here again!"


    The grief-stricken crow tribe warrior roared angrily, and then charged towards the Turtle God with weapons.


    "Dumb dumb..."


    The Crow God responded very quickly this time. After hearing the sound of the water, he immediately flew down with a group of crows, frantically attacking the giant tortoise with his claws and beaks.


    However, the Turtle God is covered with a thick protective cover that all attacks cannot penetrate.


    "Boom..."


    The turtle **** moved forward like a tank, and once again crushed all the food collected by the crow tribe into pieces, and mixed it with the soil and gravel.


    Not only that, but it also opened its mouth and ate several warriors of the crow tribe from time to time.


    After a quick lap, he sneaked into the big swamp without hesitation. While the Crow Tribe was so angry that he vomited blood, there was nothing he could do about it.


    "what¡­¡­"


    The leader of the crow tribe punched a big tree, making a deep hole. The tree swayed and dropped a lot of dead branches and fallen leaves. If the tree was not big enough, he might have been interrupted by his midsection.


    However, this is of no use.


    The leader of the crow tribe found the witch with red eyes, and said, "Witch, if we stay in this place, our clan will be killed by that big tortoise. Talk to the crow **** and find another place to live."


    The crow tribe witch was also very helpless. He closed his eyes and communicated with the equally angry crow god.


    Although the anger was burning, the Crow God did not lose his mind, knowing that if he continued to die, the Crow Tribe would suffer heavy losses.


    Soon, the crow tribe witch opened his eyes and said, "Crow God agrees, we will leave at dawn."


    The leader of the crow tribe breathed a sigh of relief and said, "Then I will ask the people to prepare."


    The tired and hungry crow tribesmen burst into tears when they heard the news of the migration.


    In the past, they were afraid of migration, but now, they just want to leave this place quickly and avoid the old turtle.


    That night, the hungry crow tribesmen held torches all night and ate almost everything that could be eaten or obtained nearby, and most of them were not roasted, but were eaten raw.


    They were really scared by that old turtle.


    After barely filling their stomachs, the crow tribe fell asleep quickly in the dilapidated house.


    They were starved and sleepy by the torment of the turtle god, and they couldn''t bear it any longer.


    But they didn''t expect that in the middle of the night, the turtle **** came again!


    This time, the warriors of the crow tribe no longer tried desperately to find the turtle god, but instead avoided it, because the group of crow clan warriors they liked desperately had already been killed by the turtle god.


    Even the Crow God just made a symbolic attack, and then watched the Turtle God go away again.


    This night, the clansmen of the crow tribe did not sleep well, and as long as there was a little disturbance, they could be scared to jump out of their sleep.


    Especially the sound of water, they already have a psychological shadow on the sound of water.


    After finally getting up until dawn, the crow tribe immediately left this nightmarish place with the packed things.


    When he left, the Crow God looked back with resentment. He swore that if there is a chance in the future, he will definitely find a way to kill this old mountain tortoise!


    When the crow tribe left, the turtle **** who had been hiding in the water appeared again, but it did not go ashore, but continued to wait patiently.


    It was not until a day later that the people of the crow tribe were sure that they would not come back, and the turtle **** slowly swam to the middle of the big swamp and picked up the people of the mountain turtle tribe.


    When Shan Jia and others set foot on the tribe''s territory again, they were very excited.


    However, when they saw a large number of collapsed houses and the ground was full of mess, they angrily put the account on the head of the crow tribe.


    If they meet the crow tribe again in the future, the two sides will be mortal enemies that will never die!


    The Turtle God lay in the center of the tribe again, and the warriors of the Mountain Turtle Tribe began to rebuild the tribe and were very busy.


    ...


    As for the crow tribe, they attacked three places, but each time they failed unluckily. Not only did they fail to grab food supplies and territories, but they continued to lose soldiers and supplies.


    After leaving the Mountain Turtle Tribe, their population was only over 2,000, and they were all tired and hungry, and their condition was extremely poor.


    They followed the swamp and continued south, looking for a more suitable place to live.


    At this time, they no longer dream of capturing a small tribe and getting a lot of supplies and territories.


    In fact, if it fails a few more times, I am afraid it will be a question whether the crow tribe can continue to survive.


    After they had walked along the swamp for a few days, there was finally a place that looked more habitable ahead.


    Coincidentally, this place was the place where the Mosquito Tribe chose to live!


    The leader of the crow tribe entered the place where the Mosquito tribe once lived. Now this place is overgrown with tall weeds and vines. If you don''t look closely, you can''t even find the ruins.


    Because after the Vine tribe broke the mosquito tribe, most of the houses collapsed. Over time, the wood was emptied by various insects and ants, and it was easy to rot.


    "Looks like Tribes used to live here, but they moved."


    The crow tribe leader looked around and was quite satisfied with this place.


    He also noticed that a nearby mountain had partially collapsed, and there was still a deep hole, but it was nothing.


    He would never have thought that the collapsed mountain and the deep pit were left by the Vine God.


    After the crow tribe leader finished his inspection, he returned to the clan and found the witch.


    "Wu, this place used to be lived by tribes, but it''s been away for a long time. I think we can live here, why don''t you ask the Crow God?"


    The crow tribe witch nodded, and then immediately communicated with the crow god.


    After a while, the crow tribe witch opened her eyes and said, "Crow God agrees, let''s live here."


    The leader of the crow tribe breathed a sigh of relief, and finally no longer had to run around.


    "Work, work!"


    He immediately directed the warriors to clear weeds, cut down trees, and build houses.


    As usual, the Crow God found the tallest tree and chose a suitable branch to stand on, while the other big crows perched on the surrounding trees.


    These trees are the future homes of the crows.


    The crow tribe lived in this way temporarily. There were more birds and beasts nearby, and the food was abundant. Finally, they no longer had to suffer from hunger and fear.


    ...


    Southern Wilderness, Vine Tribe.


    "Build up the ridge, make it stronger, and don''t leak water."


    By the creek, Jiang Xuan was directing the planting team to transform a low-lying crop field into a paddy field.


    After discovering that crystal rice likes wet soil last year, Jiang Xuan came up with the idea of ??building a paddy field. This year, it was time to plant red crystal rice, and it was time to try it out.

 Chapter 123： Bell peppers and black beans

    Popular recommendation:


    Jiang Xuan observes the red crystal rice seeds hanging on the beams every day, hoping that they will germinate smoothly.


    The first day, the second day, the third day, the seed was silent.


    Jiang Xuan was a little anxious, is it not feasible to soak in water for germination?


    But the bubbles have already been soaked, and he has no choice but to continue to wait patiently.


    On the fifth day, Jiang Xuan woke up early in the morning, opened the animal skin bag and found that almost all the red crystal rice in the animal skin bag had sprouts, almost the same size and length.


    "It turned out that there was not enough time, I thought the bubble was broken."


    Jiang Xuan breathed a sigh of relief. He picked up a seed and observed it carefully for a moment, then put it back into the animal skin bag with satisfaction.


    Then, he took off the animal skin bag and walked out to the prepared paddy field.


    The red crystal rice in this small animal skin bag is used as a test product, which is then planted in the paddy field after germination.


    The other red crystal rice has been planted in the ground according to the original method, but has not yet sprout.


    "Boss, has the germination of red crystal rice been successful?"


    Not far away, Gan Song saw Jiang Xuan approaching and hurriedly stepped forward to ask. He was very concerned about those soaked seeds.


    "Success, you see."


    Jiang Xuan opened the animal skin bag, revealing the plump red crystal rice seeds inside, each of which grew a bud.


    Gan Song picked up a seed, looked at it happily for a long time, and said, "It really sprouted, it''s great."


    Jiang Xuandao: "It can be planted now."


    "Go plant it now."


    Jiang Xuan and Gan Song came to the paddy field.


    The paddy fields have been divided into rows, and a drainage ditch will be dug between the rows.


    Now, most of the water in the paddy fields has been drained, only a small amount of water remains in the drains, but the soil is very moist.


    Jiang Xuan went to the field barefoot, and together with Gan Song, planted the red crystal rice seeds in the animal skin bag one by one into the field.


    The red crystal rice plants are very tall and cannot be planted as densely as rice, and sufficient spacing must be maintained.


    Therefore, although there are not many red crystal rice in Jiang Xuan''s animal skin bag, after all of them are planted, more than half an mu of land has been planted.


    After planting, Jiang Xuan and Gan Song washed their hands and mud on their feet by the creek.


    Jiang Xuandao: "It''s just planted now. You can''t irrigate the fields. Just keep the ditch with water. When the red crystal rice takes root and grows steadily, you can start to irrigate."


    Jiang Xuan thought for a while, and then said: "It''s not safe to irrigate the whole field, so let''s wait for them to take root and stabilize, surround the two red crystal rice plants with mud, try to fill them with water first, and take a look at the red crystal rice. Will you be drowned?"


    "If the red crystal rice is drowned, it means that the water cannot drown its roots. If it is not drowned, it can continue to grow, which means that it is not afraid of water and can irrigate the whole field together."


    Gan Song nodded and said, "Leader, I have written it down."


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said: "Don''t be nervous, these red crystal rice is only a small part, even if the test fails, it doesn''t matter, we can still harvest a lot of red crystal rice in autumn."


    "Of course, success is the best, and it proves that our idea is correct. If the yield in the paddy field is higher than that in the field, it will be even better."


    After listening to Jiang Xuan''s words, Gan Song was already looking forward to the scene of a bumper harvest of red crystal rice in the paddy field.


    "Okay, I''ll go back first, please pay more attention to the paddy field."


    "Don''t worry, leader, I will take good care of these red crystal rice."


    Jiang Xuan washed his hands and feet and turned to leave, while Gan Song hoped that the sprouted red crystal rice would grow up soon, and hoped that the paddy field experiment would be successful.


    Jiang Xuan was not as nervous as Gan Song.


    The fruit of red crystal rice is in the shape of ears of wheat. One plant can bear several ears, and one plant can have hundreds of them. Each red crystal rice is as big as a red jujube, and the yield is incredible.


    As long as there are no natural or man-made disasters, the red crystal rice can grow and mature normally, and the harvest of the Veng tribe will be very large this year. It is estimated that the red crystal rice alone can fill the existing granary.


    If other grains are also harvested, the granary has to be added.


    Therefore, Jiang Xuan can accept the half mu of red crystal rice in the test field, whether it succeeds or fails.


    Back in the yard of the bamboo forest, Jiang Xuan walked into the house and took out two other important seeds, that is, colored peppers and black pearl beans.


    This is something that the old witch brought back from outside last year. The quantity is not large. After it was dried by Jiang Xuan, it was separately stored in a clay pot.


    He opened the first clay pot and took out a bunch of dried bell peppers from it.


    The peppers are colorful, almost every fruit is different, and the spiciness is extremely high. Jiang Xuan tried it himself last year.


    Jiang Xuan guessed that Caijiao is one of the local peppers in Nanhuang, but he does not know how its output is.


    People who like chili like it all like it, but those who don''t like it will avoid it.


    Jiang Xuan happens to be the type of person he likes, and he has missed this exciting taste for a long time.


    "Gaba..."


    Jiang Xuan broke off a thumb-sized dried bell pepper, and a pungent pungent smell spread out immediately, and at the same time, the seeds inside were also exposed.


    The pepper seeds were similar to the pepper seeds Jiang Xuan had seen in his previous life. They were very small. A single thumb-sized pepper could have dozens of seeds.


    Jiang Xuan gently scraped off the seeds, then broke apart another pepper, and continued to scrape the seeds.


    After scraping a bunch of dried bell peppers, Jiang Xuan got hundreds of seeds.


    He took these seeds to the vegetable field in the yard.


    This vegetable field has been cleaned up a long time ago, and the gravel, tree roots, bamboo roots, and grass roots are almost completely picked up.


    At the same time, Jiang Xuan dug up a lot of black fertile soil from the forest and covered the vegetable field with a layer.


    He squatted in the vegetable field, patiently planted dozens of colored pepper seeds one by one, and covered them with a thin layer of soil.


    As for the remaining bell pepper seeds, according to the principle that eggs cannot be put in one basket, he will plant them in different crops. Even if one place fails, there are other places to make up for it.


    After all, there are only so many bell pepper seeds, and if there is an accident when they are planted together, it will be too late to cry.


    After planting, he patiently covered the vegetable field with a layer of hay, which can keep warm and moisturizing, and make the pepper seeds germinate and grow faster.


    Afterwards, he went to other crops, planted colorful peppers in turn, and instructed the soldiers of the planting team to take care of them.


    He then went back into the yard and opened a second jar.


    This jar contains about fifty or sixty black pearl beans, each of which is the size of a quail egg, as round as black pearls, and black and translucent.


    Beans are also one of the important food crops. Although they cannot be used as staple food, they can provide people with high-quality protein, and eating them often is good for the body.


    The Veng tribe currently has no bean crops, so these black pearl beans carry Jiang Xuan''s hope.


    He even pondered that if the black pearl beans could be successfully planted, he would find a way to find a stone tool maker in the future to get the stone mill out, so he could grind soy milk to drink, or even try to make tofu.


    Thinking of fresh and tender tofu and sweet soy milk, Jiang Xuan couldn''t help licking his lips, thinking about the delicious taste in his heart.


    He went to the vegetable field in the yard and planted half of the black peas seriously, and the other half into the fertile crops.


    After planting bell peppers and black pearl beans, in order to prevent the dumplings from going in and causing damage, Jiang Xuan erected a tall fence to surround the vegetable field.


    After closing the fence gate, Jiang Xuan nodded with satisfaction, and said, "It''s much safer this way."


    "Hey..."


    At this moment, the glutinous rice **** that went out to hunt came back and landed in the yard.


    On its claws, it actually caught a big python!


    The boa constrictor is as thick as a small barrel, seven or eight meters long, and has complex patterns on its body, but its head has been pecked to pieces by the dumplings.


    "You really have a soft spot for catching snakes."


    Jiang Xuan looked at the big python and was a little dumbfounded.


    Tang Yuan has grown bigger and bigger, his height has far exceeded Jiang Xuan, and his wingspan is as long as eight meters.


    But it likes to catch snakes and the habit of eating snakes has not changed at all.


    "Hey..."


    Tang Yuan picked up the big python, put it in front of Jiang Xuan, and pecked the middle position.


    "Give me half?" Jiang Xuan asked.


    Tang Yuan nodded, this guy''s IQ is higher than expected, and he can already understand many people''s words.


    "Okay, thank you Tangyuan."


    Jiang Xuan took out a sharp stone knife and first peeled off the entire skin of the python.


    Snakeskin is a very good material for tribal people, it can be used to make real "snakeskin bags", and it can also be used to make clothing.


    Then, he cleaned the internal organs of the python, took out a stone axe, and cut the python in half, giving half of it to the dumplings and half to himself.


    As for those internal organs, Jiang Xuan buried them in the vegetable field, which can be used as fertilizer after they rot.


    Tang Yuan picked up half of the cleaned python meat, swayed into the bamboo hut, and squatted in the nest to peck.


    Jiang Xuan cleaned half of the python meat chopped a piece and threw it into the pottery cauldron, added some spices, salt, etc. to slowly boil, and the rest was hung on the fire, slowly Roasted.


    Stewed and roasted are two different flavors, and Jiang Xuan likes them both.


    After eating and drinking, Jiang Xuan found a few mushrooms growing on a piece of dead wood in the corner of the yard.


    Jiang Xuan said to himself: "The season of growing mushrooms is here, so there should be a lot of magical mushrooms growing in that mushroom forest, right?"


    Jiang Xuan pondered, and then went to the Mountain Turtle Tribe to make a deal in exchange for some magical mushrooms to improve the strength of the tribe''s warriors.


    As soon as he said it, Jiang Xuan immediately went to Chi Shao and expressed his thoughts.


    Chi Shao said: "It''s fine to trade some mushrooms, but pay attention to safety. The Crow Tribe doesn''t know where to go now. I''m worried that they will take action against the Vine Tribe."


    Jiang Xuandao: "If we don''t go to the forest, I will take a few people and ask the old witch to borrow a giant eagle to fly over. There will be no danger."


    Chi Shao nodded and said, "That''s fine, there are vine gods in the tribe, so don''t worry."


    "Okay, let''s pack up and go tomorrow."


    Jiang Xuan was about to leave when Chi Shao suddenly stopped him.


    "Xuan, wait."


    "Anything else?"


    Chi Shao hurried into the house, took out several small pottery pots with wooden stoppers, and put them into Jiang Xuan''s hands.


    "This is the healing medicine I made with magical plants. You can take it with you. Be careful on the road."


    Jiang Xuan looked at these small pottery vases and felt Chishao''s concern. He was moved silently in his heart, this sister was really kind to him.


    "Okay, thank you sister, I will be careful."


    Jiang Xuan put the small pottery bottle into the animal skin pouch he carried, and then left Chishao''s yard.

 Chapter 124： Otter tribe

    Popular recommendation:


    Not finished yet, please subscribe later.


    ...


    After entering the mountain turtle tribe, Jiang Xuan and others were warmly received.


    When eating, Shanjia specially made mushroom barbecue, which was very delicious.


    Shan Jia also noticed the old witch, because the totem patterns on his face were obviously different from those of the Vine tribe.


    "Which tribe is this old man from?"


    The old witch replied: "Donghuang, Eagle Tribe."


    "East... East Desolation... It''s so far away!"


    Shan Jia had no knowledge of the Eagle Tribe, and did not know that the Eagle Tribe was a big tribe. He just curiously asked the old witch about Donghuang, and the old witch also answered.


    After eating, Jiang Xuan asked, "Do you know where the crow tribe went last?"


    Shan Jia replied: "I sent soldiers to track them and found that they migrated to the place where the mosquito tribes used to live. It is estimated that the houses are now built."


    "Where did the mosquito tribe live?"


    Jiang Xuan was very surprised. He never thought that the two tribes who had hatred with the Teng tribe actually took a fancy to that site one after another. Perhaps, this was fate.


    Jiang Xuan pondered, waiting for the Vine Tribe to become stronger, to see if he could let the Vine God go again and completely wipe out the Crow Tribe, which would be considered revenge for the former Deer Tribe.


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "Leader of the mountain armor, maybe we can cooperate and attack the crow tribe together in the future."


    Shan Jia pondered for a moment and said, "No problem, our Shan turtle tribe will definitely contribute!"


    "Okay, then we look forward to that day coming soon!"


    After the two reached a simple consensus, the relationship seemed to be better, eating and drinking, chatting and laughing.


    After eating and drinking, it''s time to get down to business.


    "Leader of the mountain armor, this time is the same, we want to trade some magical mushrooms that can enhance the strength of the warriors."


    Shan Jia asked: "There is no problem with the transaction, but I want to see what goods Chief Xuan brought."


    Bartering between tribes is cumbersome and requires goods that both sides need each other.


    If one party brings goods that the other party does not want, the transaction cannot be concluded.


    Jiang Xuandao: "The leader of the mountain armor must like the goods we brought this time, but this transaction must be kept secret and not too many people know about it."


    "Oh? Keep it a secret?"


    "Yes, if the leader of the mountain armor can''t keep it secret, we can only give up this transaction."


    Shan Jia also wanted to see what good things Jiang Xuan brought, so he ordered all the other soldiers in the room to go out.


    Jiang Xuan also waved his hand, and everyone including the old witch left, leaving only him and Shan Jia in the room.


    The flames of the fire pond were beating "crackling", Jiang Xuan and Shan Jia sat by the fire pond, and the atmosphere was somewhat mysterious.


    "Boss Xuan, can we talk now?"


    Jiang Xuan nodded, took out a small pottery jar from the animal skin bag he was carrying, and handed it to Shan Jia, saying, "Let''s take a look at the leader of Shan Jia."


    "What is this?"


    With doubts, the mountain giraffe opened the jar, and saw a jar of red salt, with relatively large particles and beautiful crystals.


    Shan Jia''s eyes suddenly widened: "This... is this..."


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "The leader of the mountain armor can have a taste."


    In the mountain turtle tribe, the mountain turtle was not afraid of Jiang Xuan''s poisoning, so he nodded.


    With excitement, Yamagata squeezed a small piece of red salt and put it in his mouth.


    The salty taste filled his mouth, purer than any salt he had ever eaten before!


    "Salt, good salt!"


    Shan Jia looked at the small jar in surprise. He never thought that the Vine tribe actually had this kind of good salt.


    "Is there only this small jar?" Shan Jia asked again.


    Jiang Xuan shook his head and said, "No, we brought a big jar! That''s why I kept the leader of the mountain armor a secret. Salt is too precious."


    "Don''t worry, Chief Xuan, we must keep it a secret. Where is the salt? We can make a deal right away."


    "Don''t worry, leader of the mountain armor, besides salt, we also brought other goods."


    "What cargo?" Shan Jia expected more surprises.


    Jiang Xuan did not answer him directly, but instead asked, "Leader of the mountain armor, what do you think of this clay pot containing salt?"


    When Shan Jia heard Jiang Xuan''s words, he picked up the small pottery pot and observed it carefully, and found that there were a lot of patterns on it, which was very beautiful.


    Not only that, but the bottom of the small pottery pot also has the totem pattern of the rattan tribe.


    Shan Jia is not stupid, he immediately guessed that the pot was fired by the Vine tribe.


    "Boss Xuan, the goods you are talking about are not pottery, right?"


    Jiang Xuan nodded with a smile, and said, "Yes, it''s pottery."


    "Our rattan tribe has pottery tripods, pots, pots, bottles, plates, bowls, cups... There is always a pottery you like."


    Shan Jia was dumbfounded. He never imagined that the Veng tribe would actually produce so many pottery.


    "Boss Xuan, is your Vine tribe a medium-sized tribe?"


    In the cognition of the mountain, it is impossible for a small tribe to have so many things.


    Jiang Xuandao: "We are still a small tribe, but I believe we will become a medium-sized tribe in the future."


    If someone else said that, Shan Jia would definitely scoff, because he knew very well how difficult it was to become a medium-sized tribe.


    The Mountain Turtle Tribe has been entrenched here for so many years, and has all kinds of magical mushrooms, but at its peak, the population did not exceed one thousand.


    To become a medium-sized tribe, the population must be at least 5,000, which is really difficult.


    But I don''t know why, when Jiang Xuan said this, Shan Jia didn''t feel anything wrong, as if Jiang Xuan was just stating a fact.


    In the final analysis, it was because the Vine tribe gave him too much shock.


    Whether it''s forcing the crow tribe back, or taking out salt and exquisite pottery, and the two fierce birds riding, it doesn''t seem like a small tribe''s style.


    Shan Jia said: "Then let''s bring in all the goods and start trading. Leader Xuan, don''t worry, I will definitely keep the matter of salt a secret."


    Jiang Xuan nodded, then walked outside the door and asked Uncaria and others to bring in the goods.


    Shan Jia also brought a few warriors and brought in several bags of magic mushrooms.


    During the transaction, for confidentiality, only Jiang Xuan and Shan Jia were in the house, and the others remained outside.


    This time the transaction went very smoothly.


    The Mountain Turtle Tribe was given a large jar of salt, as well as two useful pots, several pots, and some tusks and bones.


    The Vine tribe has obtained a large number of magical mushrooms, such as strong wild mushrooms, Yeming wild mushrooms, and swift wild mushrooms.


    As for the goddess wild, which Shan Jia highly admired, Jiang Xuan did not want it, which made Shan Jia a little disappointed.


    After all, exchanging gods for a large amount of materials is an important way for the mountain turtle tribe to trade profitably.


    However, even if there is no transaction for the gods, the mountain turtle tribe''s harvest is also very good, and the mountain turtle is quite satisfied with this transaction.


    After the transaction, everyone relaxed, Shan Jia took Jiang Xuan and others to hang out in the mountain turtle tribe.


    "Crash..."


    At this moment, the sound of water waves suddenly came from the big swamp in the distance.


    Mountain Gourd immediately became nervous, and quickly ran towards the water with his weapon, together with the warriors of the Mountain Turtle Tribe.


    After a while, a group of people appeared in the big swamp. They rode dozens of strange water beasts and gradually approached the mountain turtle tribe.


    When Shan Jia saw these people, his nervousness dissipated immediately.


    Shan Jia laughed and said, "Hahaha, it turned out to be a friend of the Otter tribe."


    The dozens of strange water beasts climbed to the shore, and the hundreds of warriors on the backs of the water beasts jumped down.


    The person at the head has small eyes and a tall stature. He looks rather wretched, but he also has four horizontal lines on his face. He is obviously a powerful four-color warrior.


    This person''s name is Luzhu, the leader of the Rex tribe.


    "The mountain turtle leader, I thought your mountain turtle tribe didn''t welcome us."


    Shan Jia said: "How can it be, it''s not because of the **** crow tribe that made us too nervous."


    Lu Zhu walked to Shan Jia and agreed: "The crow tribe is really **** good."


    Shan Jia said in surprise: "Your otter tribe was also attacked by the crow tribe?"


    "Not really, but a few crows have taken our tribe''s prey."


    Living together on the edge of the big swamp, the distance is not particularly far, just like the previous mosquito tribe, conflicts with other tribes are inevitable.


    Shan Jia and Lu Zhu scolded the Crow Tribe again, as if they shared the same hatred.


    Then, the mountain garrison welcomed the warriors of the otter tribe into the mountain turtle tribe.


    The Otter Tribe was obviously quite familiar with the Mountain Turtle Tribe, and the warriors would greet each other with enthusiasm.


    ...


    Playing Plants vs. Zombies tonight, I wasted time, the follow-up content is repeated, replace it after writing, and refresh.


    ...


    With doubts, Shan Jia opened the jar, and saw a jar of red salt with relatively large particles and beautiful crystals.


    Shan Jia''s eyes suddenly widened: "This... is this..."


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "The leader of the mountain armor can have a taste."


    In the mountain turtle tribe, the mountain turtle was not afraid of Jiang Xuan''s poisoning, so he nodded.


    With excitement, Yamagata squeezed a small piece of red salt and put it in his mouth.


    The salty taste filled his mouth, purer than any salt he had ever eaten before!


    "Salt, good salt!"


    Shan Jia looked at the small jar in surprise. He never thought that the Vine tribe actually had this kind of good salt.


    "Is there only this small jar?" Shan Jia asked again.


    Jiang Xuan shook his head and said, "No, we brought a big jar! That''s why I kept the leader of the mountain armor a secret. Salt is too precious."


    "Don''t worry, Chief Xuan, we must keep it a secret. Where is the salt? We can make a deal right away."


    "Don''t worry, leader of the mountain armor, besides salt, we also brought other goods."


    "What cargo?" Shan Jia expected more surprises.


    Jiang Xuan did not answer him directly, but instead asked: "Leader of the mountain armor, what do you think of this clay pot containing salt?"


    When Shan Jia heard Jiang Xuan''s words, he picked up the small pottery pot and observed it carefully, and found that there were a lot of patterns on it, which was very beautiful.


    Not only that, but the bottom of the small pottery pot also has the totem pattern of the rattan tribe.


    Shan Jia is not stupid, he immediately guessed that the pot was fired by the Vine tribe.


    "Boss Xuan, the goods you are talking about are not pottery, right?"


    Jiang Xuan nodded with a smile, and said, "Yes, it''s pottery."


    "Our rattan tribe has pottery tripods, pots, pots, bottles, plates, bowls, cups... There is always a pottery you like."


    Shan Jia was dumbfounded. He never imagined that the Veng tribe would actually produce so many pottery.


    "Boss Xuan, is your Vine tribe a medium-sized tribe?"


    In the cognition of the mountain, it is impossible for a small tribe to have so many things.


    Jiang Xuandao: "We are still a small tribe, but I believe we will become a medium-sized tribe in the future."


    If someone else said that, Shan Jia would definitely scoff, because he knew very well how difficult it was to become a medium-sized tribe.


    The Mountain Turtle Tribe has been entrenched here for so many years, and has all kinds of magical mushrooms, but at its peak, the population did not exceed one thousand.


    To become a medium-sized tribe, the population must be at least 5,000, which is really difficult.


    But I don''t know why, when Jiang Xuan said this, Shan Jia didn''t feel anything wrong, as if Jiang Xuan was just stating a fact.


    In the final analysis, it was because the Vine tribe gave him too much shock.


    Whether it''s forcing the crow tribe back, or taking out salt and exquisite pottery, and the two fierce birds riding, it doesn''t seem like a small tribe''s style.


    Shan Jia said: "Then let''s bring in all the goods and start trading. Leader Xuan, don''t worry, I will definitely keep the matter of salt a secret."


    Jiang Xuan nodded, then walked outside the door and asked Uncaria and others to bring in the goods.


    Shan Jia also brought a few warriors and brought in several bags of magic mushrooms.


    During the transaction, for confidentiality, only Jiang Xuan and Shan Jia were in the house, and the others remained outside.


    This time the transaction went very smoothly.


    The Mountain Turtle Tribe was given a large jar of salt, as well as two useful pots, several pots, and some tusks and bones.


    The Vine tribe has obtained a large number of magical mushrooms, such as strong wild mushrooms, Yeming wild mushrooms, and swift wild mushrooms.


    As for the goddess wild, which Shan Jia highly admired, Jiang Xuan did not want it, which made Shan Jia a little disappointed.


    After all, exchanging gods for a large amount of materials is an important way for the mountain turtle tribe to trade profitably.


    However, even if there is no transaction for the gods, the mountain turtle tribe''s harvest is also very good, and the mountain turtle is quite satisfied with this transaction.


    After the transaction, everyone relaxed, Shan Jia took Jiang Xuan and others to hang out in the mountain turtle tribe.


    "Crash..."


    At this moment, the sound of water waves suddenly came from the big swamp in the distance.


    Mountain Gourd immediately became nervous, and quickly ran towards the water with his weapon, together with the warriors of the Mountain Turtle Tribe.


    After a while, a group of people appeared in the big swamp. They rode dozens of strange water beasts and gradually approached the mountain turtle tribe.


    When Shan Jia saw these people, his nervousness dissipated immediately.


    Shan Jia laughed and said, "Hahaha, it turned out to be a friend of the Otter tribe."


    The dozens of strange water beasts climbed to the shore, and the hundreds of warriors on the backs of the water beasts jumped down.


    The person at the head has small eyes and a tall stature. He looks rather wretched, but he also has four horizontal lines on his face. He is obviously a powerful four-color warrior.


    This person''s name is Luzhu, the leader of the Rex tribe.

 Chapter 125： Variation of the Vine Tribe

    Popular recommendation:


    It''s not finished yet, please subscribe again tomorrow.


    ...


    After returning from the mountain turtle tribe, Jiang Xuan dug a deep pond in the yard himself, dug a lot of fertile pond mud from the pond, and then planted the five ice lotus roots in the mud.


    In the end, Jiang Xuan connected a bamboo pipe with running water to the pool, so that the pool would have living water instead of a pool of stagnant water.


    After everything was done, Jiang Xuan washed his hands and said, "I hope to be able to grow."


    After planting the ice lotus root, Jiang Xuan rode the dumplings to a high mountain in the west of the tribe.


    This mountain is relatively close to the Veng tribe, but above the mountainside, the environment is closer to the place where the blue sheep tribe used to be.


    "Boom!"


    The dumplings landed on a gentle **** halfway up the mountain, and then, like a giant eagle, stretched out a wing and slanted against the ground.


    Jiang Xuan walked to the ground along its wings.


    Not far away, there is a wasteland that has just been opened up. The weeds and shrubs on the wasteland have been cleaned up, and now there are only some green grass buds.


    In the wasteland, six small saplings were planted, all of which were wax trees brought back from the blue sheep tribe.


    "Hey, it''s sprouting!"


    After Jiang Xuan approached, he found that there were several small buds growing on two wax tree saplings, which were in the shape of lumps and hadn''t stretched out yet.


    This means that the two wax tree seedlings are alive, and Jiang Xuan is very happy with this discovery.


    "Since these two saplings can be planted, the other saplings should also be able to grow. If more saplings are transplanted in the future, this place will become a wax forest."


    With wax forests, wax worms can be raised.


    That is to say, if all goes well, the Goto tribe can raise wax worms on this mountain, and they don''t have to venture so far to the blue sheep tribe.


    This makes Jiang Xuan very happy. If the Veng tribe can produce a large amount of insect wax in the future, whether it is used by himself or traded, it will be very good.


    Jiang Xuan squatted down and patiently pulled up the weeds that had just grown next to the saplings before returning to the tribe on the dumplings.


    When he returned to the tribe, he went to the breeding area again.


    In the current breeding area, there are already twenty or thirty shacks and a dozen caves for keeping various livestock in captivity. Because they have been breeding all the time, they have not eaten much, and the number has grown rapidly.


    Among them, the most numerous are not colorful ducks, colorful pheasants or unicorns, but bamboo rats and long-tailed rabbits!


    The bamboo rat can give birth to four litters a year, with three to five cubs in each litter.


    And the long-tailed rabbit can give birth to six litters in a year, with three to ten cubs per litter, and the reproductive capacity is terrifying.


    In just two years, the bamboo rat and the long-tailed rabbit have begun to take shape, occupying at least more than half of the pens of the breeding team.


    Standing in front of a shed, Jiang Xuan looked at the pile of chubby long-tailed rabbits through the sturdy fence gate, and said with emotion, "Our tribe''s meat can be considered guaranteed in the future."


    Dajiao stood beside Jiang Xuan, and said in a hearty manner: "The leader is not just meat eaters. The long-tailed rabbit''s skin is thicker and the fur is very warm. It can be made into animal skins in the future."


    Jiang Xuan applauded: "Yes, in this way, the clansmen of our Teng tribe not only have meat to eat, but also animal skins to wear. Your breeding team has made a great contribution!"


    Dajiao was overjoyed by Jiang Xuan''s words, and he was more motivated to work.


    Jiang Xuan checked the other livestock again and found that the colorful ducks laid a lot of eggs, and the female ducks were busy hatching.


    Not only colorful ducks, but also colorful pheasants and unicorns, almost all lay eggs and hatch young at about this time.


    Unlike the poultry that Jiang Xuan had seen in his previous life, these birds, which had not been fully domesticated, only lay eggs twice a year, once in spring and once in autumn.


    If you want them to lay eggs all year round, you don''t know how many generations you need to go through.


    After inspecting the breeding team, Jiang Xuan walked to the Feiyu River again.


    Fishing teams are trying to make wooden boats.


    Of course, it''s not a boat made of wooden boards. That''s a job that professional carpenters can do, and people like fishing teams can''t do it.


    What they made was a kind of boat similar to a canoe, but much more spacious than a canoe.


    "Crackling crackling..."


    On the beach, the soldiers of the fishing team lit a bonfire, and then set a piece of wood on the bonfire to burn.


    This piece of wood is about five meters long and one and a half meters in diameter, which is very thick.


    If it weren''t for the strength of the tribe''s warriors, and the wood was already dry, I''m afraid it would be a big problem to lift it back.


    This section of wood was found in the forest by Nepeta. After it died, it fell to the ground. Some of it had been corrupted. The section they brought back was relatively intact.


    After carrying it back, first cut it hard with a stone axe, cut off the outer skin, and cut the upper and lower sides into a flat surface.


    Beside the bonfire, Nepeta is holding a boat made of clay and is watching carefully.


    This is a model of a flat-bottomed fishing boat. The style is very simple. The middle is large, the two ends are small, and there are two oars.


    Even if the style is very simple, it is not so easy to make it.


    One is because of inexperience, and the other is because the tools are too primitive, and it is very laborious to cut the wood into shape.


    Nepeta can only follow the method provided by Jiang Xuan. After cutting the wood into a flat surface, turn it over, cover it with a thick layer of wet mud, and then set it on the fire and burn it. Click to burn out the inside of the wood.


    Because it is covered with wet mud, except for the middle, other places are not easy to be burned.


    When Jiang Xuan came over, five or six soldiers of the fishing team were busy removing the huge piece of wood from the fire and turning it over.


    The middle of the wood was still burning, and the soldiers of the fishing team sprinkled some water on it, put out the open fire, and then used a stone adze to scrape off the black charcoal little by little.


    This will burn more wood the next time you burn it.


    After Jiang Xuan came over, Jing Ji stood up immediately and said, "Leader."


    Jiang Xuan waved his hand and said, "I''m just here to have a look, don''t mind me."


    Nepeta said with a bitter face: "This wooden boat is too difficult to build. We have already burned a large log, and this is the second one."


    "What''s wrong?" Jiang Xuan asked.


    "The burn was too deep and the wood split, so this time we''re going to burn a little shallower."


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "The first time is always more difficult. Just do it a few times and sum up the experience."


    Nepeta hesitated for a while, and finally couldn''t help but ask: "Boss, why do we have to work hard to build wooden boats? I think the bamboo rafts are also very good, and the soldiers of the fishing team also use them easily."


    Jiang Xuandao: "You guys have been using bamboo rafts for so long, have you ever noticed that the bamboo rafts swayed violently when the water was flowing, and it was difficult to control the direction?"


    Nepeta nodded and said, "That''s true. Sometimes it rains heavily, and the river is in a hurry. When I support the bamboo raft, I feel like I can''t control it."


    "That''s because the draft of the bamboo raft is too shallow, and water will enter between the bamboos, and the buoyancy is not strong enough. It is difficult to control it with a bamboo pole."


    Jiang Xuan pointed to the wooden boat model in Jingjie''s hand again, and said, "But the wooden boat is different. After people sit on it, it has a deeper draught, is more stable than a bamboo raft, and can turn more easily, and its oars are wider than a bamboo raft. Better for paddling."


    "Let''s put it this way, if our rattan tribe has always only made bamboo rafts, then the scope of your fishing team''s activities is also the small section of the river in front of the tribe."


    "However, if you can manufacture wooden boats and keep improving them, your fishing team will be able to own the entire river in the future!"


    After listening to Jiang Xuan''s words, Jing Ji only felt that a fire in her heart was ignited.


    Jing Ji nodded solemnly and said, "Boss, I understand, we will definitely make a wooden boat!"


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "This is the first time I made a wooden boat. It doesn''t matter if it''s a little rough or rough, and it''s okay to improve it slowly, and it will always get better."


    After Jiang Xuan and Jing Ji finished chatting, he walked over in person and chopped down the giant tree with a stone axe, cutting it into the shape of a wooden boat.


    ...


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ...


    When he returned to the tribe, he went to the breeding area again.


    In the current breeding area, there are already twenty or thirty shacks and a dozen caves for keeping various livestock in captivity. Because they have been breeding all the time, they have not eaten much, and the number has grown rapidly.


    Among them, the most numerous are not colorful ducks, colorful pheasants or unicorns, but bamboo rats and long-tailed rabbits!


    The bamboo rat can give birth to four litters a year, with three to five cubs in each litter.


    And the long-tailed rabbit can give birth to six litters in a year, with three to ten cubs per litter, and the reproductive capacity is terrifying.


    In just two years, the bamboo rat and the long-tailed rabbit have begun to take shape, occupying at least more than half of the pens of the breeding team.


    Standing in front of a shed, Jiang Xuan looked at the pile of chubby long-tailed rabbits through the sturdy fence door, and said with emotion, "Our tribe''s meat will be guaranteed in the future."


    Dajiao stood beside Jiang Xuan, and said in a hearty manner: "The leader is not just meat eaters. The long-tailed rabbit''s skin is thicker and the fur is very warm. It can be made into animal skins in the future."


    Jiang Xuan applauded: "Yes, in this way, the clansmen of our Teng tribe not only have meat to eat, but also animal skins to wear. Your breeding team has made a great contribution!"


    Dajiao was overjoyed by Jiang Xuan''s words, and he was more motivated to work.


    Jiang Xuan checked the other livestock again and found that the colorful ducks laid a lot of eggs, and the female ducks were busy hatching.


    Not only colorful ducks, but also colorful pheasants and unicorns, almost all lay eggs and hatch young at about this time.


    Unlike the poultry that Jiang Xuan had seen in his previous life, these birds, which had not been fully domesticated, only lay eggs twice a year, once in spring and once in autumn.


    If you want them to lay eggs all year round, you don''t know how many generations you need to go through.


    After inspecting the breeding team, Jiang Xuan walked to the Feiyu River again.


    Fishing teams are trying to make wooden boats.


    Of course, it''s not a boat made of wooden boards. That''s a job that professional carpenters can do, and people like fishing teams can''t do it.


    What they made was a kind of boat similar to a canoe, but much more spacious than a canoe.


    "Crackling crackling..."


    On the beach, the soldiers of the fishing team lit a bonfire, and then set a piece of wood on the bonfire to burn.


    This piece of wood is about five meters long and one and a half meters in diameter, which is very thick.


    If it weren''t for the strength of the tribe''s warriors, and the wood was already dry, I''m afraid it would be a big problem to lift it back.


    This section of wood was found in the forest by Nepeta. After it died, it fell to the ground. Some of it had been corrupted. The section they brought back was relatively intact.


    After carrying it back, first cut it hard with a stone axe, cut off the outer skin, and cut the upper and lower sides into a flat surface.


    Beside the bonfire, Nepeta is holding a boat made of clay and is watching carefully.


    This is a model of a flat-bottomed fishing boat. The style is very simple. The middle is large, the two ends are small, and there are two oars.


    Even if the style is very simple, it is not so easy to make it.


    One is because of inexperience, and the other is because the tools are too primitive, and it is very laborious to cut the wood into shape.


    Nepeta can only follow the method provided by Jiang Xuan. After cutting the wood into a flat surface, turn it over, cover it with a thick layer of wet mud, and then set it on the fire and burn it. Click to burn out the inside of the wood.


    Because it is covered with wet mud, except for the middle, other places are not easy to be burned.


    When Jiang Xuan came over, five or six soldiers of the fishing team were busy removing the huge piece of wood from the fire and turning it over.


    The middle of the wood was still burning, and the soldiers of the fishing team sprinkled some water on it, put out the open fire, and then used a stone adze to scrape off the black charcoal little by little.


    This will burn more wood the next time you burn it.


    After Jiang Xuan came over Nepeta immediately stood up and said, "Leader."


    Jiang Xuan waved his hand and said, "I''m just here to have a look, don''t mind me."


    Nepeta said with a bitter face: "This wooden boat is too difficult to build. We have already burned a large log, and this is the second one."


    "What''s wrong?" Jiang Xuan asked.


    "The burn was too deep and the wood split, so this time we''re going to burn a little shallower."


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "The first time is always more difficult. Just do it a few times and sum up the experience."


    Nepeta hesitated for a while, and finally couldn''t help but ask: "Boss, why do we have to work hard to build wooden boats? I think the bamboo rafts are also very good, and the soldiers of the fishing team also use them easily."


    Jiang Xuandao: "You guys have been using bamboo rafts for so long, have you ever noticed that the bamboo rafts swayed violently when the water was flowing, and it was difficult to control the direction?"


    Nepeta nodded and said, "That''s true. Sometimes it rains heavily, and the river is in a hurry. When I support the bamboo raft, I feel like I can''t control it."


    "That''s because the draft of the bamboo raft is too shallow, and water will enter between the bamboos, and the buoyancy is not strong enough. It is difficult to control it with a bamboo pole."


    Jiang Xuan pointed to the wooden boat model in Jingjie''s hand again, and said, "But the wooden boat is different. After people sit on it, it has a deeper draught, is more stable than a bamboo raft, and can turn more easily, and its oars are wider than a bamboo raft. Better for paddling."


    "Let''s put it this way, if our rattan tribe has always only made bamboo rafts, then the scope of your fishing team''s activities is also the small section of the river in front of the tribe."


    "But if you can make wooden boats and keep improving, your fishing team can own the whole river in the future!"

 Chapter 126： mounts and sacrifices

    Popular recommendation:


    This chapter is not finished, please do not subscribe.


    ¡­


    When Jiang Xuan saw the two big-horned deer, he was actually very surprised, because he did not expect that Nan Xing really used a bone whistle to attract the big-horned deer.


    But soon he had another question.


    These two are adult big horned deer, how is it possible to tame them as mounts?


    If it is a cub of a big horned deer, it is still possible to raise it in the tribe since childhood and slowly cultivate feelings.


    But in that case, it takes a lot of time and effort.


    Just when Jiang Xuan was pondering how to tell Nan Xing euphemistically that these two big-horned deer were difficult to tame, one thing changed his mind.


    "Om..."


    On the top of the stone mountain, the divine vines glowed green, and thick vines quickly extended toward the river, eventually forming a vine bridge.


    "Crash..."


    In the Flying Fish River, many giant water worms quickly swam towards the cane bridge, and then climbed up along the cane bridge.


    The annual giant dragonfly metamorphosis is about to begin again!


    But compared to last year, this year''s giant dragonflies metamorphose a lot earlier, maybe it''s when these giant dragonflies lay eggs, sooner or later.


    When dozens of giant water cockroaches climbed onto the rattan bridge, the rattan bridge quickly recovered, and finally re-wrapped on the stone mountain.


    And those giant water flies will also complete their transformation on the stone mountain and become real giant dragonflies.


    When there is a giant dragonfly, the defense and attack power of the vine tribe will become stronger.


    Jiang Xuan thought of a question after watching Shenteng catch the giant water worm.


    That is these giant water flies, and even the transformed giant dragonflies, so listen to the words of Shenteng?


    You know, compared to animals, it is more difficult to tame insects, because their lifespan is too short, and it is likely that insects will die of old age just after a little success in training.


    But when they attacked the Mosquito tribe last year, the giant dragonflies cooperated very well, and later helped move things.


    At that time, he noticed a detail, that is, on the forehead of each giant dragonfly, there were looming totem patterns of the vine tribe.


    Could it be that Shenteng has the means to control animals?


    If this is the case, the two big-horned deer caught by Nanxing could really be tamed.


    Thinking of this, Jiang Xuan was quite excited, and immediately went to the yard under Shishan to find Chishao.


    After finding Chishao, he spoke out his thoughts.


    "Sister, Nan Xing caught two big-horned deer and wants to use them as mounts. Ask the Vine God if there is a way to tame these two big-horned deer quickly."


    "it is good."


    Chi Shao immediately closed her eyes and began to communicate with Shen Teng.


    After a while, Chi Shao opened her eyes again and said, "The Vine God asked you to bring those two big-horned deer to the altar."


    "I''ll go."


    Jiang Xuan was excited, Shen Teng actually had the magical power to make animals obey!


    Jiang Xuan immediately found Nan Xing and told him the good news.


    "Great, I''ll send the big horned deer there right away."


    Nan Xing was overjoyed, and immediately, together with the soldiers of the guard team, carried the two bundled big-horned deer to the clay altar at the foot of the stone mountain.


    Afterwards, Jiang Xuan, Chi Shao, Nan Xing and others all stood in front of the altar, waiting for the divine vine to use its magical powers.


    "Whoosh whoosh..."


    Above the stone mountain, the divine vine glowed again, and two vines with the thickness of two arms quickly fell to the altar.


    The two big-horned deer were struggling non-stop, but after the vines fell, they seemed to sense a terrible aura, and they didn''t dare to struggle any more, lying on the altar shivering.


    The two vines continued to grow, quickly wrapping the two big-horned deer completely, like two large green cocoons.


    These two big-horned deer won''t be eaten by the vines, right?


    Jiang Xuan was really worried about the two big-horned deer when he thought of the scenes during the sacrifice.


    Fortunately, this time things were different.


    Not long after, the green "big cocoon" broke open, the vines receded, and the two big-horned deer were still on the altar.


    The two big-horned deer were obviously not as panicked as before, but they calmed down.


    Not only that, when they looked at the Vine tribe warriors, their eyes were familiar and affectionate.


    Jiang Xuan asked Chi Shao, "Is this all right?"


    Chi Shao nodded affirmatively, and said, "Teng Shen told me that I can bring these two big-horned deer back."


    "Nan Xing, come with me and have a look."


    Jiang Xuan beckoned, and then took Nan Xing to the altar.


    If they saw someone approaching before, the two big-horned deer would definitely scream in fear and try to attack people.


    But now, after Jiang Xuan and Nan Xing approached, the two big-horned deer looked at them eagerly, without shouting or attacking.


    Not only that, Jiang Xuan also found that the two big-horned deer had looming vine tribe totem patterns on their foreheads, just like those giant dragonflies.


    "Try to untie the rope."


    Jiang Xuan untied the rope on the hoof of one of the big-horned deer, and then observed its movements.


    Unexpectedly, this big-horned deer actually did not run, but stood up and rubbed Jiang Xuan with his cheek affectionately.


    "Really tame!"


    Jiang Xuan''s mood at the moment is beyond words, this divine vine has given him too many surprises.


    Choosing Shenteng as the patron saint is the most correct thing Jiang Xuan thinks he has done.


    Nan Xing untied the rope of the other big-horned deer, and the big-horned deer also showed intimacy to Nan Xing, and even lost the consciousness of running away.


    "Thank you for the grace of Fuji God!"


    The two sincerely thanked the **** vine on the stone mountain, and then walked down from the altar with two big-horned deer.


    After entering the bamboo forest, Nan Xing couldn''t wait to turn over and climb onto the back of the big horned deer.


    "I have a mount!"


    Nan Xing''s excited voice echoed in the bamboo forest, and he rode a big-horned deer around the tribe, attracting many envious eyes.


    Jiang Xuan sat on the back of another big-horned deer, which was a novel experience, even more exciting than riding a horse.


    After riding for a while, Jiang Xuan and Nan Xing got off the back of the big horned deer.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Nan Xing, you can continue to catch the big-horned deer in the future. I will ask two hunting teams to help you. It''s better for all the warriors of the tribe to ride the big-horned deer."


    Nan Xing said energetically, "Don''t worry, leader, we will definitely catch enough bighorn deer so that all the warriors have mounts!"


    Jiang Xuan nodded, pondered for a moment, and then said: "I can''t just catch the big horned deer, but also catch some other prey to reward the rattan god."


    Since it is decided to let Shenteng help, it is also appropriate to catch some prey for sacrifice. Can''t let Shenteng help in vain every time?


    Jiang Xuan is very clear that only if both parties benefit, can the cooperation be pleasant and long-lasting.


    Just asking people to contribute, but not giving them the slightest benefit, one day the rattan **** is too annoying, and may not help to do this kind of thing.


    "In addition, the weather is warmer now, and the food has become more abundant. You should all prepare for the spring sacrifice."


    Sacrifice is the most important event of the tribe, because every sacrifice, not only the totem **** can get a lot of sacrifices, but also the warriors of the tribe will become more and more powerful!


    Nan Xing nodded solemnly and said, "Boss, we will hurry up to prepare the offerings."


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "Go get busy."


    "Yes!"


    Nan Xing rode the big-horned deer away. As the captain of the guard, he was also very busy, not to mention the task of catching the big-horned deer and offerings now.


    As for the other big-horned deer, Jiang Xuan gave it to Chishao, because he already had a glutinous bird like dumplings himself, and it was not suitable to raise another big-horned deer.


    From this day on, the warriors in the tribe have been eager to catch bighorn deer everywhere, because everyone wants to have a mount that runs fast and has strong attack power.


    The only exception is the people of the former blue sheep tribe.


    They have little interest in catching bighorn deer, because they are used to the mounts of blue sheep, and have raised a lot.


    If in other tribes, I am afraid that those blue sheep have been eaten. Fortunately, they joined the Vine tribe, and Jiang Xuan allowed them to raise those blue sheep by themselves.


    In addition to catching the big horned deer, because of the sacrifice, the entire tribe began to prepare nervously.


    No one dares to be sloppy about such a big event as a tribal sacrifice.


    Everyone wants to dedicate the best offerings to the Vine God, hoping that the Vine God will continue to protect the Vine tribe and add more warriors to the tribe.


    Especially the eighty-nine people who were brought back from the Mosquito Tribe, after this sacrifice, they can become the real Vine Tribe!


    Mallow is one of these eighty-nine people. In order to become a real Vine tribe, she even tried to give herself to Jiang Xuan, but it was unsuccessful.


    Now, she can realize her wish right away, which gives her a dreamlike feeling.


    ¡­


    Subsequent repetition, update later.


    ¡­


    Not long after, the green "big cocoon" broke open, the vines receded, and the two big-horned deer were still on the altar.


    The two big-horned deer were obviously not as panicked as before, but they calmed down.


    Not only that, when they looked at the vine tribe warrior, their eyes were familiar and affectionate.


    Jiang Xuan asked Chi Shao, "Is this all right?"


    Chi Shao nodded affirmatively, and said, "Teng Shen told me that I can bring these two big-horned deer back."


    "Nan Xing, come with me and have a look."


    Jiang Xuan beckoned, and then took Nan Xing to the altar.


    If they saw someone approaching before, the two big-horned deer would definitely scream in fear and try to attack people.


    But now, after Jiang Xuan and Nan Xing approached, the two big-horned deer looked at them eagerly, without shouting or attacking.


    Not only that, Jiang Xuan also found that the two big-horned deer had looming vine tribe totem patterns on their foreheads, just like those giant dragonflies.


    "Try to untie the rope."


    Jiang Xuan untied the rope on the hoof of one of the big-horned deer, and then observed its movements.


    Unexpectedly, this big-horned deer actually did not run, but stood up and rubbed Jiang Xuan with his cheek affectionately.


    "Really tame!"


    Jiang Xuan''s mood at the moment is beyond words, this divine vine has given him too many surprises.


    Choosing Shenteng as the patron saint is the most correct thing Jiang Xuan thinks he has done.


    Nan Xing untied the rope of the other big-horned deer, and the big-horned deer also showed intimacy to Nan Xing, and even lost the consciousness of running away.


    "Thank you for the grace of Fuji God!"


    The two sincerely thanked the **** vine on the stone mountain, and then walked down from the altar with two big-horned deer.


    After entering the bamboo forest, Nan Xing couldn''t wait to turn over and climb onto the back of the big horned deer.

 Chapter 127： Uncaria love

    This chapter is not finished, please subscribe later.


    ...


    After the sacrifice, Nan Xing finally became a three-color warrior, and he excitedly rode the big-horned deer for several laps in the tribe.


    Uncaria looked at Nanxing''s back and smiled, then turned and walked towards his house.


    The tribe now has more than 500 people and has built a lot of houses. If conditions permit, they naturally don''t need to squeeze another house.


    Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao have their own courtyards, and each of the leaders in the tribe has a house of their own, which is one of the benefits of being a leader.


    Uncaria used to be a more cheerful person, always with a smile on his face, and was also very good to the warriors of the tribe.


    Ever since he was out hunting with Jiang Xuan and was almost killed by a wild boar that rushed over, some shadows have been left in his heart.


    He became less talkative, the smile on his face became less, and his character became cautious and cautious, not seeking merit, but no fault.


    With such a leader, when the hunting team goes out, it is natural to seek stability, there are not many casualties, and there is no dazzling performance.


    Others thought that Uncaria had become calm because of age, but it wasn''t. The scene of the wild boar rushing over often became his nightmare, causing him to wake up in the middle of the night.


    Although Jiang Xuan guessed that there might be some problems with Uncaria''s psychological state, there is nothing wrong with it. After all, he is not a psychiatrist, and he doesn''t know how to eliminate the psychological shadow of Uncaria, so he can only adjust it by himself.


    "Squeak..."


    Uncaria returned to his house, untied the knot at the door, and pushed open the door.


    The fire in the fire pond was still burning. Uncaria added a whole section of wood to it. This kind of wood is very durable, and two can burn for a long time.


    Afterwards, he cleaned the Tao Ding, added some water, put it in the fire pit, and then added some diced stone eggs, bamboo shoots, animal meat and other foods to boil it.


    This is how tribal people eat, either grilled or stewed, there are not many choices, and they don''t have the time and energy to make complicated dishes.


    While cooking the food, Uncaria began to grind the stone spear patiently.


    Stone utensils are prone to wear and tear and require frequent grinding until they become unusable.


    Because of this, tribal people like those high-quality stones, and one piece can be used for a long time.


    "smell good!"


    While Uncaria was concentrating on polishing the stone spear, a woman walked in generously.


    The woman is about eighteen or nineteen years old, which is already a very mature adult for the tribal people.


    Her name is Poria, and she is one of the tourists rescued from the mosquito tribe.


    She has a round face that tribesmen love, and she shows two cute tiger teeth when she smiles.


    She has a very strong figure, her skin is wheat-colored, and her long hair is tied casually behind her head with a straw rope.


    Uncaria looked up, glanced at Poria, and then lowered his head to grind the stone spear again, but the movement was obviously not as natural as before.


    This woman is known to Uncaria, and she is particularly good at sewing animal skins, and the leaders have praised her sewing skills.


    "Head of Uncaria, am I ugly?"


    Poria sat beside Uncaria and helped him stir the food in the Tao Ding.


    "Not ugly..."


    For the tribal people''s aesthetics, a strong woman like Poria is the most beautiful, not to mention she is very capable, whether it is sewing animal skins or doing other work, it is very convenient.


    There were many warriors in the tribe who were thinking about Fuling, but they were all rejected by her.


    "Then why don''t you dare to look up at me?"


    "Who said I didn''t dare?"


    Being provoked by Fuling, Uncaria immediately raised its head and looked directly at Fuling.


    Fuling looked into his eyes and said, "Leader of Uncaria, you always seem to be unhappy, why?"


    Uncaria lowered his head again, continued to polish the stone spear, and said, "I''m not sullen."


    Fu Ling thought about it for a while, and did not ask any further questions, and did not stare at Uncaria any more, but looked at the beating flames in the fire pond.


    "Have I told you about me?" Fuling asked.


    "No." Uncaria shook his head.


    "I participated in the sacrifice today, became a real Teng tribe, and also became a one-colored warrior. I am very happy. Let me tell you about my past."


    Like a small talk, Poria sat next to Uncaria and told the stories that had happened to her.


    Talking about their former tribe, about her dead relatives, about the days when they were kept as livestock by the Mosquito tribe, and about the daze and overwhelm when they first came to the Veng tribe.


    The flames were burning slowly, Uncaria was also slowly grinding the bone spear, and Poria, like an old friend chatting, talked about herself little by little.


    Uncaria slowly relaxed, not as nervous as before.


    Sometimes he would reply a sentence or two, and he knew a little more about Poria.


    After Fuling said those things, she looked at Uncaria again and said, "When I first came to the Vine Tribe, I was actually very scared. I wonder if the Vine Tribe would treat us like the Mosquito Tribe."


    "It''s you who brought people to help us build our house, gave us food, and gave us clothes to wear, which made me feel warm."


    Uncaria looked up and retorted: "The leader asked us to do it."


    Fu Ling smiled and said, "But what I saw and remembered was you."


    Uncaria had nothing to say and continued to grind the stone spear.


    Fuling said: "Leader of Uncaria, if you want, I will tell the leader now that I want to live with you."


    "I''ve got the stick ready, you see."


    Poria took out a stick, which was about a foot long and as thick as the spear shaft. It could be seen that the stick had been carefully polished and had a very smooth appearance.


    Long ago, tribal people were not very particular.


    When a man falls in love with a woman, or a woman falls in love with a man, he will prepare a stick, knock him unconscious with a stick while the other party is not paying attention, and bring it into the cave to achieve good deeds.


    But doing so has big drawbacks.


    For example, some people are unwilling or look down on each other. After waking up, they often make a big noise. There are many people who are indiscreet, knocking people''s heads out, causing many casualties and causing headaches for the tribe''s witches.


    Later, with the development of the tribe, most people moved out of the cave, and many tribes derived a rule, that is, they can no longer use a stick to make a black hand, and they must obtain the consent of the other party.


    When the two sides reach a consensus, they will not hit people''s heads as desperately as before, until they are knocked unconscious.


    Gradually, the stick became a symbolic thing, often with a light tap, the other party cooperated and pretended to faint, and then good things could be accomplished.


    Uncaria is fifteen years old. At his age, many people have already given birth to children, so he naturally knows what this stick means.


    He didn''t know how to answer when Fuling said it so bluntly.


    Fu Ling did not force him, but instead spoke in a softer tone.


    "Uncaria, I know you may have some uncomfortable things in your heart. It doesn''t matter. As long as you agree, I can face it with you."


    Uncaria stopped the grindstone spear, but didn''t reply.


    A look of disappointment flashed across Fu Ling''s eyes.


    She put away the stick silently and said, "If you don''t want to, then forget it, and treat it like I haven''t been here."


    Fuling got up and walked out the door.


    "and many more¡­¡­"


    At this moment, Uncaria finally stopped her.


    "You agree?" Fuling turned her head in surprise.


    Uncaria hesitated for a moment, then said, "Can you give me some time to think about it..."


    Fuling nodded and said, "Yes, but don''t think about it for too long."


    "Okay." Uncaria nodded solemnly.


    "Then I''ll go first."


    Fu Ling turned around again, but her mood had improved, and her steps were much lighter.


    ...


    Subsequent repetition, update later.


    ...


    After Fuling said those things, she looked at Uncaria again and said, "When I first came to the Vine Tribe, I was actually very scared. I wonder if the Vine Tribe would treat us like the Mosquito Tribe."


    "It''s you who brought people to help us build our house, gave us food, and gave us clothes to wear, which made me feel warm."


    Uncaria looked up and retorted: "The leader asked us to do it."


    Fu Ling smiled and said, "But what I saw and remembered was you."


    Uncaria had nothing to say and continued to grind the stone spear.


    Fuling said: "Leader of Uncaria, if you want, I will tell the leader now that I want to live with you."


    "I''ve got the stick ready, you see."


    Poria took out a stick, which was about a foot long and as thick as the spear shaft. It could be seen that the stick had been carefully polished and had a very smooth appearance.


    Long ago, tribal people were not very particular.


    When a man falls in love with a woman, or a woman falls in love with a man, he will prepare a stick, knock him unconscious with a stick while the other party is not paying attention, and bring it into the cave to achieve good deeds.


    But doing so has big drawbacks.


    For example, some people are unwilling or look down on each other. After waking up, they often make a big noise. There are many people who are indiscreet, knocking people''s heads out, causing many casualties and causing headaches for the tribe''s witches.


    Later, with the development of the tribe, most people moved out of the cave Many tribes have derived a rule, that is, they can no longer use a stick to make a black hand, and they must obtain the consent of the other party.


    When the two sides reach a consensus, they will not hit people''s heads as desperately as before, until they are knocked unconscious.


    Gradually, the stick became a symbolic thing, often with a light tap, the other party cooperated and pretended to faint, and then good things could be accomplished.


    Uncaria is fifteen years old. At his age, many people have already given birth to children, so he naturally knows what this stick means.


    He didn''t know how to answer when Fuling said it so bluntly.


    Fu Ling did not force him, but instead spoke in a softer tone.


    "Uncaria, I know you may have some uncomfortable things in your heart. It doesn''t matter. As long as you agree, I can face it with you."


    Uncaria stopped the grindstone spear, but didn''t reply.


    A look of disappointment flashed across Fu Ling''s eyes.


    She put away the stick silently and said, "If you don''t want to, then forget it, and treat it like I haven''t been here."


    Fuling got up and walked out the door.


    "and many more¡­¡­"


    At this moment, Uncaria finally stopped her.


    "You agree?" Fuling turned her head in surprise.


    Uncaria hesitated for a moment, then said, "Can you give me some time to think about it..."


    Fuling nodded and said, "Yes, but don''t think about it for too long."


    "Okay." Uncaria nodded solemnly.


    "Then I''ll go first."


    Fu Ling turned around again, but her mood had improved, and her steps were much lighter. Click to download this site APP, massive novels, free to read!

 ~： Question about update

    During this time, the author fell into a vicious circle, that is, it was updated until late at night every time.


    The consequence of this is that I almost lost my attendance, so I can only update part of it first, and then make up for it. Book friends who read the book immediately after the update every day should find it.


    The same is true for the latest chapter. Book friends who have read it before can refresh and read it again, because a part of the content has been added later.


    This is wrong, and it affects the reading experience and enthusiasm of the part of book lovers who read it early.


    Although the overall word count will not be less, it will even show more words than when you paid, because the author is used to adding some content.


    However, this is a bad behavior after all, and I am embarrassed to ask for a monthly pass.


    There is a diary of Hu Shizhi circulating on the Internet, which I think is very appropriate:


    July 4


    I opened this new diary to urge myself to work harder next semester. Read Shakespeare''s Henry VIII first...


    ¡­


    July 13


    play cards.


    July 14


    play cards.


    ¡­


    July 16


    Hu Shizhi, Hu Shizhi! How can you be so depraved! Have you forgotten the study plan you made earlier?


    The Master said, "I examine my body three times a day." It cannot go on like this!


    July 17


    play cards.


    July 18


    play cards.


    ¡­


    The state is generally like this. In the final analysis, the author is not diligent enough, which has disappointed many book lovers.


    The author tries his best to correct his update habits, update more, and write more stories.


    Thank you for your support. Click to download this site APP, massive novels, free to read!

 Chapter 128： marriage

    Western Wilderness, Frog Tribe.


    Wu faced the water tank and prayed for five days in a row. Whenever the water in the water tank decreased, he would fill it up immediately.


    However, five days later, not to mention rain, not even a single dark cloud was seen in the sky.


    The totem **** of the frog tribe, as before, did not give him any response.


    He was utterly desperate.


    Wu walked out of the stone house and looked at the dry land, the dry lake of God, and the dry wind blowing, only to feel that the whole person was roasted dry.


    He slowly walked to the lake of the gods, sat under a big tree, and looked at the lake with eyes blank.


    "Ah..."


    Next to the lake of gods, a giant frog wailed, and then stretched its limbs straight, its body spasmed continuously, and it didn''t take long to die.


    Wu felt a pain in his heart, but he was no longer able to bury the giant frog.


    At some point, Huo Meng sat beside Wu, and he said in a low voice:


    "Witch, if you continue to stay here, the entire tribe will die. Only by migrating can you fight for the chance of survival."


    "When will we migrate?" Wu''s voice was exhausted.


    "Tomorrow morning."


    "Are you all ready?"


    "Ready."


    "Then... Migrate..."


    Saying this sentence seemed to exhaust his strength, Wu leaned against the big tree and slowly closed his eyes.


    Huo Meng had no time to feel sad anymore, he immediately got up and summoned all the clansmen of the frog tribe to make the final preparations before the migration.


    That night, everyone in the frog tribe didn''t sleep well, and they didn''t know what fate was waiting for them on the way to migrate.


    The next day, as soon as the sky was dawning, all the members of the frog tribe gathered together, packed everything they could, and were ready to go.


    Migrating with them, there are also one-fifth of the giant frogs, which are relatively drought tolerant and can travel long distances.


    As for the remaining giant frogs, they can only stay here.


    Huo Meng looked around the tribe for the last time, imprinting all the plants and trees here in his mind.


    Then, he turned around resolutely and shouted: "Go!"


    "Ah..."


    The accompanying giant frog made a loud chirping sound, and then followed the fire and jumped forward.


    Wu sat on the back of a giant cyan frog, resisting it and didn''t look back.


    The team of more than 500 people, plus more than 100 giant frogs, left the tribe that had lived for unknown years and went south.


    "Quack quack..."


    Behind them, the giant frogs who remained seemed to understand what their fate was waiting for, they were chirping wildly in the lake of gods, but they didn''t keep up.


    ...


    Southern Wilderness, Vine Tribe.


    Uncaria thought for three days, and finally decided to go to Jiang Xuan and listen to Jiang Xuan''s opinion.


    "Boss, do you think I should get married with Fuling?"


    In the yard, Uncaria told about herself and Poria, and then nervously waited for Jiang Xuan''s reply.


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "I ask you, do you like her?"


    "Maybe, I like it a little bit. She is very good-looking and capable."


    "Then how did you feel when you were with her?"


    "I can''t tell you either, I feel pretty good when chatting."


    "Then when you don''t see her, will you miss her?"


    Uncaria was silent for a moment, and finally nodded, and said, "I want to."


    "Then why do you have to hesitate? Anyway, you always have to get married. It''s a very lucky thing to be able to get married with someone you like."


    Tribal people matured earlier. If they were in other tribes, like Uncaria, they would have married long ago.


    Jiang Xuan would not stubbornly ask him to wait until he was eighteen, because the tribal people of this world have completely different physiques from those of the world in his previous life, and they cannot just imitate some things from the previous life.


    After receiving Jiang Xuan''s support, Uncaria seemed to have a lot of confidence all at once.


    "Since the leader has agreed, then I will let Fuling move in and live with me."


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "It''s a good thing to have a family. I will ask the tribe to send you some pottery, some clothes and food."


    "In addition, I will ask the witch to preside over a ceremony for you to tie the knot in front of the altar, under the witness of the Vine God."


    Lianli, which means two different plants whose branches are intertwined, has been considered a good omen since a long time ago.


    "Really...really?"


    When Uncaria heard that a ceremony could be held in front of the altar and a family could be married under the witness of the Vine God, the whole person was overwhelmed with excitement.


    "Of course it''s true. In the future, if the tribe has the ability, I will allow every couple to hold a ceremony in front of the altar."


    "Then...then I''ll go back and prepare..."


    After Gon Teng finished speaking, he ran away in a hurry. This incident meant too much to him.


    Jiang Xuan smiled, then went to Chi Shao to discuss the ceremony.


    The Vine Tribe was established by five of them at the beginning. Now that Uncaria is about to start a family, it is natural to not treat him badly.


    In addition, Jiang Xuan hopes that after getting married, Uncaria can gain motivation from Poria and get rid of the psychological shadow.


    When Jiang Xuan told Chi Shao about this, Chi Shao readily agreed.


    In her opinion, Uncaria, Shiloh, and Nanxing, like Jiang Xuan, are her younger brothers. Now that his younger brother is getting married, he is naturally very happy as an older sister.


    Chishao smiled again and asked, "Xuan, Uncaria is going to get married. When will you get married? As far as I know, there is a clan named Mallow who likes to run to you very much."


    "Ah? I... Now the tribe is not stable, I haven''t thought about this..."


    Jiang Xuan felt very embarrassed. He was obviously married to Uncaria, how could it be involved with him? Is it because they are the same age?


    But he doesn''t want to get married at fifteen!


    Chi Shao pursed her lips and smiled, but didn''t say anything more, she respected Jiang Xuan''s every choice.


    On the other hand, Uncaria immediately found Poria, who was working in the field, and called her to the woods on the side.


    "Why are you looking for me in such a hurry?"


    Poria was still breathing heavily. Working on the farm under the sun was very hard, and it was no easier than hunting.


    There were strands of black hair on her temples that were wet with sweat and stuck to her cheeks.


    Uncaria looked directly into her eyes and said, "I''ve made up my mind."


    Hearing what he said, Fu Ling also knew what was going on, and her mood also became nervous and uneasy.


    Poria looked into Uncaria''s eyes, waiting for his answer.


    Uncaria said seriously: "I want to set up a family with you."


    In an instant, Poria''s face gradually stretched out like a budding flower, and every eyelash was a smile.


    "Uncaria..."


    Poria hugged Uncaria and rested her head on his shoulder, feeling his surging heartbeat and hot body temperature.


    Uncaria''s breathing became fast, which was a feeling I had never experienced before, very wonderful.


    Gu Yan


    Of course, Uncaria did not forget the business.


    "The leader said that we should ask the witch to hold a ceremony for us, and all the clansmen in the tribe will participate."


    "We will be married under the witness of the Fuji God and all the people of the Fuji tribe."


    When Fuling heard these words, she said in disbelief, "I... I''m not dreaming, right?"


    "Of course not. The leader also said that the tribe will give us some pottery, clothing and food to congratulate us on starting a family."


    Fuling hugged Uncaria tightly, every word he said was something she never expected.


    This kind of happiness that seemed to fall from the sky made her feel dizzy, as if she was in the clouds.


    After a long time, Fu Ling let go of her hand and said, "I haven''t done the work in the field yet, so I''ll go to work first."


    Fu Ling felt that the tribe was so kind to them, she had nothing else to repay, she could only work hard and do more for the tribe.


    Uncaria looked at her back with a smile on her face.


    Soon after, he told the news to Shi Loach, Nan Xing and others.


    All congratulated Uncaria.


    In the morning of March 29, the marriage ceremony of Uncaria and Poria officially started in front of the altar.


    In order to make the ceremony more atmosphere, Jiang Xuan brought a lot of red flowers and placed them on both sides of the altar, which were very beautiful.


    Some offerings were also placed on the altar for the rattan **** to enjoy.


    All the clansmen of the Veng tribe came, and everyone gathered together in a lively manner.


    Soon, the well-dressed Uncaria and Poria walked to the front of the altar. The two were excited, nervous, and longing.


    "Come on, let''s all be quiet and get ready to start."


    Jiang Xuan stood beside the altar and waved his hand, and everyone slowly quieted down.


    Chi Shao walked slowly to the altar, first chanted the God-pleasing mantra, and let the Vine God enjoy the offerings on the altar, and then recited the blessing mantra.


    This time, God Vine specially lowered two intertwined vines for the two of them, and sprinkled some emerald green liquid into their bodies.


    Uncaria and Poria felt a lot of vitality pouring into their bodies, and the two of them became more radiant.


    "Thank you Fuji God."


    Chishao leaned over to thank him, then gave Jiang Xuan a wink.


    Jiang Xuan immediately walked to the front and said to everyone, "I have decided that in the future when the tribesmen get married, there will be an additional worship ceremony, and now it will start with Uncaria and Poria!"


    Jiang Xuan briefly explained to Uncaria and Fuling how to worship, and the two kept nodding nervously.


    "Okay, let''s go to church!"


    Jiang Xuan sang loudly: "One day to worship heaven and earth!"


    Uncaria and Poria followed Jiang Xuan''s instructions and bowed to the sky one after another.


    The Teng tribe people felt that this ceremony was very new, and everyone wrote down the process of the ceremony and prepared to do the same when they got married in the future.


    Jiang Xuan continued to sing: "Worship the God of Teng!"


    The two of them bowed to the stone mountain one after another, and the divine vines on the stone mountain glowed slightly, and the vines danced gently, obviously receiving this ceremony.


    "Bye husband and wife!"


    It is a very novel and sacred experience to worship Uncaria and Poria.


    "Send to the bridal chamber!"


    After Jiang Xuan finished singing, he immediately sent the newlyweds back to the house where they lived with the crowd.


    Afterwards, it was the feasting session that everyone loved.


    Now that the food is more abundant, Jiang Xuan asked people to cook more food than usual, so that everyone can eat happily and happily.


    This whole day, and even for a long time in the future, the people of the Teng tribe relished this kind of worship ceremony.


    Many people dream that they can hold such a ceremony when they get married.


    Especially those more emotional women, they are already looking forward to their own marriage ceremony.


    The next day, Jiang Xuan saw Uncaria again and found that there was something wrong with his walking posture and a little dark circles under his eyes, but he was in good spirits and swept away the previous decadence.


    So he patted Uncaria''s shoulder earnestly and said, "Young man, you must know how to control yourself."


    Uncaria blushed, not knowing how to answer.


    On the other hand, Fu Ling, who was behind Uncaria, replied sturdily, "Leader, we have to hurry up and have children to increase the population of the tribe."


    Jiang Xuan was speechless and could only watch Uncaria being taken away by Poria.


    Of course, the work that the two of them should do will still be done seriously and even better than other clansmen.


    Because the two are grateful to the tribe, they can only work more, have more babies, and repay the tribe.


    As for Jiang Xuan, he went back to his yard depressed and muttered, "Even if you want to hurry up and give birth to a baby, you have to be restrained..."


    The dumplings on the side couldn''t understand what he was saying, so they fluttered their wings and flew to the distant forest to hunt for food.


    ...


    Before you know it, the hot summer has arrived.


    The western wasteland is becoming increasingly dry, and the land is desertified, while the southern wasteland has frequent thunderstorms, and it is continuous, and gradually there is a trend of floods.


    "Boom!"


    "Crash..."


    In the sky, lightning flashes and thunder, and the pouring rain is continuous.


    Wearing a rain cape made of reed leaves, Jiang Xuan and Gan Song and others excavated earth and stones, and built a dam to prevent the river from flowing down the stream.


    "Everyone is working harder, we can''t let the flood wash our crops away!"


    In the Feiyu River, the water level is still rising rapidly, and the crops near the Feiyu River are already showing signs of being flooded.


    Because of this, Jiang Xuancai led everyone to build embankments in the rain, hoping to stop the river water and save this part of the crops.


    This is one of the disadvantages of living by the river. Although most of the fields cannot be submerged, submerging some of them is enough to make the people of the Vine tribe feel sad.


    After all, these crops are their hard work.


    With the efforts of more than 500 people in the heavy rain, soon, a long dam appeared on the edge of the crop field, isolating the flooding river and stream.


    Fearing that the river water would continue to rise, they kept raising and reinforcing the dams, and they were busy all day.


    In the evening, the rain finally subsided. When everyone dragged their tired bodies back to their place of residence, they could finally take off their soaked clothes and go to the fire to bake.


    Fortunately, the tribesmen are used to the rain, and their physique is strong, so they won''t easily catch a cold.


    "Roar¡­¡­"


    Just when Jiang Xuan was about to cook something to eat, an astonishing beast roar suddenly came from the Feiyu River.


    This kind of animal roar is like a dull thunder I have never heard it before.


    Jiang Xuan immediately ran out again nervously, came outside the bamboo forest, stood on a boulder, and looked at the Feiyu River from a distance.


    I saw two huge water beasts appearing on the river, some of which were out of the water, but it was dark, and I couldn''t see what it was.


    But after the appearance of these two water beasts, Jiang Xuan felt a palpitations, obviously their fighting power far surpassed Jiang Xuan.


    "No wonder most tribes are afraid of water. It seems that the danger in the water is no less than that in the forest."


    Fortunately, the two huge water beasts did not come ashore, and they went downstream along the Feiyu River, and disappeared from Jiang Xuan''s field of vision after a while.


    Jiang Xuan returned to the house and cooked some food to eat.


    Because of the heavy rain for days, many bugs are looking for high places to hide, and there are also many bugs climbing up the outer wall of Jiang Xuan''s house.


    Jiang Xuan didn''t dislike it either. He caught some big bugs that could be eaten and baked them directly, which was considered a benefit on rainy days.

 Chapter 129： Jackal Invasion

    To the southwest of the Veng tribe, in a virgin forest, the loach is taking the second hunting team to capture the young buffalo.


    The chief said that the cubs of bison are very important to the tribe. If they can be caught and tamed, the tribe will be able to cultivate more fields and obtain more food in the future.


    When it comes to the issue of food, no one dares to be careless. Therefore, the loach is a must for the buffalo cubs.


    They set their sights on a herd of bison, about twenty, of which five were cubs.


    After the spring sacrifice, the second hunting team now has fifty warriors and hunts twenty wild oxen, which is obviously far beyond their ability.


    However, it is not impossible.


    If they can figure out a way to frighten the bison herd and run away, the slow-running bison cubs have a chance.


    This is also a common tactic used by many predators.


    The loach called everyone together.


    "Wait, set up traps and tripwires on the route of the bison, and then divide ten people around the bison to scare them."


    "When the bison herds run, they will definitely be entangled in traps and tripwires. Then we will use rattan nets to find opportunities to catch those cubs!"


    "Do you understand everything?"


    Everyone nodded.


    "Okay, let''s start laying traps and tripwires."


    Shi Loach gave an order, and everyone immediately circled in front of the bison herd and began to arrange a large number of tripwires and traps.


    Although tripwires and traps cannot leave these buffaloes, and it is difficult to cause them any harm, they can slow down some buffaloes to escape and eventually leave the herd.


    After the traps and tripwires were arranged, the ten soldiers of the second hunting team quietly ran to the left and right sides of the bison herd, as well as to the rear, and climbed into the thick trees.


    Then, three of the warriors took out the hollow horns that had been cut, put them at the corners of their mouths, and blew them suddenly.


    "Woooo..."


    The sound of the beast''s horns is very loud, it sounds like the sound of a giant beast, which is very terrifying.


    The other warriors made the usual hunting whistles, which sounded like there were many people.


    "Moo..."


    When the bison herd heard these sounds, they thought that the herd of beasts was coming, and they were immediately frightened and began to run frantically.


    "Quick, quick, ready to catch the cub."


    The loach roared, then climbed to a tree with a good view, drew a bow and arrow, and aimed at the trap area.


    "Whoosh!"


    A bison set off the trap, and a large log hanging in the air immediately rammed into it.


    "Boom!"


    The wood hit the bison''s head, and the bison was dizzy.


    "call out!"


    At this moment, a sharp arrow flew past like lightning and stabbed at the buttocks of this big bison.


    "Moo!"


    The big bison screamed, and then rushed forward frantically, but was tripped directly by the trip wire.


    The other bison also set off a lot of traps and tripwires, and the whole herd panicked and ran faster.


    Normally, the herd will protect the cubs in the middle from predators.


    But at this time, all the adult buffaloes just ran for their lives and couldn''t control the cubs at all.


    Cubs can''t run as fast as adults, and are more likely to get caught by traps when passing through trap areas.


    "Whoosh!"


    A cub stepped on a lasso trap, caught a cow''s hoof and pulled it up a tree.


    "Quick, quick, grab it."


    The nearby warriors were excited, they jumped forward flexibly on the tree, then fell next to the bison, and directly netted it with a rattan net.


    "Ummm..."


    The buffalo cub struggled in a panic in the vine net, but it was useless and could not break free.


    The two warriors pushed the buffalo cub to the ground and tied its four hooves together. With the restraint of the rattan net, it was impossible for it to escape anyway.


    In addition to this buffalo cub, two other buffalo cubs were also thrown down and caught by the fighters of the hunting party who had been prepared.


    Five bison cubs, caught three and ran two, the hunting results are quite good.


    In addition to the cubs, the big bison that was shot by the loach was also caught, it was a cow.


    When the capture operation was over, the loach came down from the tree and joined the soldiers of the second hunting team.


    He first checked the condition of the adult big buffalo and then the three cubs, then nodded with satisfaction, and said, "Go, take these four buffalo back to the tribe."


    This time the arrest was unexpectedly smooth, which made Shi Loach in a good mood.


    The soldiers of the second hunting team were also very happy, because they had all heard that these buffalo cubs could play a big role after they were brought back to the tribe.


    According to the chief, these buffalo cubs can plough the fields.


    Although they don''t know what ploughing is, in short, it''s good for the tribe.


    The soldiers made four racks, placed the bison bound with rattan nets on the racks, and carried them away.


    Because of the large number of people, most of the common predators and beasts in the forest would avoid them after encountering them, and would not attack them.


    However, the fact that ordinary predatory beasts will not attack them does not mean that people from other tribes will not attack them.


    The jackal tribe, which has just migrated here this year, is expanding dramatically, incorporating many forests into their hunting grounds.


    The forest where the loach and the others hunted bison are also within the scope of the jackal tribe''s activities.


    A jackal tribe hunting team of more than 200 warriors happened to be in the nearby forest.


    When they heard the hunting movement here, they rushed over immediately and chased the second hunting team of the Vine Tribe who were going back.


    Because they were carrying the bison, the second hunting team traveled relatively slowly, and they were easily caught up by the hunting team of the Jackal Tribe.


    The Jackal Tribe is not stupid. After catching up, they did not immediately attack, because there are not only small tribes, but also medium-sized tribes and large tribes in the Southern Wilderness. If they provoke an enemy that should not be provoked, even if they are stronger than the Jackal Tribe, they will not be able to bear it.


    When they found out that the hunting team of the Vine tribe was only fifty people, and the strength was weak, they decided that it was a small tribe, so they stopped hiding their fangs.


    "Ouch..."


    A jackal howled, signaling a charge.


    "Woooooooo..."


    Afterwards, more than two hundred warriors from the Jackal Tribe, either riding on jackals or running fast, made strange whistling noises, and whistled towards Shi Loach and others.


    "No, let''s go!"


    Shi Loh shouted, and the soldiers of the second hunting team also heard the wolf howl, and they also trembled in their hearts, and immediately accelerated their pace.


    But those jackals were running too fast, how could they be able to escape while carrying the bison?


    Although Shi Loach was very reluctant, he shouted decisively: "Throw away the prey!"


    The soldiers of the second hunting team also knew that the situation was critical. They immediately dropped the four bison and ran with all their strength, trying to get rid of the Jackal Tribe hunting team behind.


    Gu whistle


    After dropping the bison, their speed increased a lot, but if the jackals were determined to chase them, they would still have a hard time getting away.


    Fortunately, after the Jackal Tribe''s hunting team found the four big bison, they stopped temporarily and happily picked up the four bison.


    "Their prey is here, stop chasing!"


    The leader of the hunting team of the Jackal Tribe gave an order, and the running jackals stopped one after another and did not continue chasing.


    The leader of the hunting team shouted to the forest in front: "No matter which tribe you are from, this forest will be the hunting ground of the Jackal tribe in the future. If you dare to come over, kill you all!"


    Before leaving, the witch of the Jackal Tribe had specially instructed him that the Jackal Tribe had just arrived in the Southern Wilderness, and it was best not to set up too many enemies, this leader did not dare to disobey the witch''s order.


    Otherwise, with the bloodthirsty fighters of the Jackal Tribe, they would definitely catch up until they were all killed.


    "Bai picked up four prey, go, go back!"


    The leader of the hunting team was in a good mood, and rode back on the tall jackal. Those jackal tribe warriors divided some of them and lifted the four bison to follow.


    On the other hand, the warriors of the second team of the Vine tribe hunting were not so happy.


    Shi Loach stood on a tall tree and watched the people of the Jackal Tribe leave, and his face became ashen.


    He descended from the tree and joined the fighters of the hunting party.


    A warrior asked angrily: "Leader, the people of the Jackal Tribe took our prey, what should we do?"


    The other soldiers were also very angry.


    They managed to catch a calf cub and even an adult cow. They were about to take it back, but they were robbed.


    They all know how important these buffalo cubs are to the Vine tribe, and the loach is naturally clearer.


    However, although Shi Loach was angry, he did not lose his mind.


    Shi Loh said expressionlessly: "Go back!"


    "Just went back like this?" A soldier was unwilling.


    "With people like us, even if we all die, we can''t beat them."


    Shi Loh continued: "Go back and tell the leader about this, and let the leader decide."


    In desperation, the soldiers of the second hunting team could only go back, and everyone''s mood was very low.


    When they returned to the tribe, Shi Loach immediately told Jiang Xuan about it.


    "The Jackal Tribe robbed your bison?"


    After Jiang Xuan heard this, his brows suddenly wrinkled.


    He had long guessed that the Veng tribe was in a bad position, and the future would not be too calm, but he did not expect that the storms would come one after another, giving people no chance to breathe.


    Jiang Xuan had seen the power of the Jackal Tribe.


    They killed the blue sheep tribe, and they also killed several small tribes near the blue sheep tribe.


    Whether it is population, combat power, or even totem gods, this jackal tribe is very powerful.


    Now that the Jackal Tribe has appeared in the southwest of the Vine Tribe, and there is friction, it is completely impossible for the Vine Tribe to develop peacefully.


    "Leader, what should we do now?" Shi Loh couldn''t swallow this breath.


    Jiang Xuan thought for a moment and said, "Go back first to appease the soldiers of the hunting team. I need to discuss this with the witch."


    "All right."


    Shi Loh was helpless and could only go back temporarily and wait for news.


    Jiang Xuan found Chishao and told her what happened to the second hunting team.


    "What do you need me to do?" Chi Shao asked.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Sister, is there any way for you to let me communicate with Fujishen directly?"


    Chi Shao thought for a while and said, "I''ll ask the Vine God for instructions."


    After speaking, Chi Shao closed her eyes and began to communicate with Fujishen.


    After a while, Chi Shao opened her eyes again and said, "Vine God agrees."


    "Then how should I communicate with Fujishen?" Jiang Xuan asked.


    Chi Shao pointed at Shishan and said, "Look, the Vine God is here."


    Above the stone mountain, I saw a vine rapidly extending towards Jiang Xuan, falling on the top of his head, casting a divine light.


    Chi Shao guided: "Close your eyes, relax, it''s alright."


    Jiang Xuan Yiyan closed his eyes, and it didn''t take long before a grand voice sounded in his mind, and at the same time there was a cloud of green divine light wrapped around a miniature version of the divine vine.


    "Xuan, what are you looking for from me?"


    Fujishen''s voice is neutral, and it doesn''t look like a human voice. It''s even more difficult to distinguish between male and female, but it can be heard clearly.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Vine God, a jackal tribe has appeared in the southwest of the tribe, which is even more ferocious than the mosquito tribe..."


    Jiang Xuan recounted what happened in the Yanyang tribe before, what he saw, and the prey being robbed by the hunting team today.


    "What do you want to do?" Teng Shen asked.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Since they have all bullied them to the end, we must not swallow our anger, but we can''t fight them directly. After all, our soldiers are still a little less."


    Jiang Xuan pondered for a moment and said, "My plan is to provoke their relationship with the crow tribe, it is best to let them fight directly, so that we will not be concerned about our side."


    "However, doing this is also risky. Once the matter is exposed, the Jackal Tribe and the Crow Tribe may both attack the Vine Tribe."


    Jiang Xuan said cautiously: "So, I want to ask, can the Vine God block the patron saints of the Jackal Tribe and the Crow Tribe at the same time?"


    In the light group, Vine God said in a flat tone: "Don''t worry, it''s just two small tribes, let them come."


    After getting the reply from Fujishen, Jiang Xuan was very pleasantly surprised, because from the simple words of Fujishen, he could hear extremely powerful self-confidence, and it was a confidence derived from strength.


    "Since the Fuji God said so, then I will let it go."


    "Any other questions?"


    "No, thank you Fujishen."


    After the conversation, the divine vine in the light group was in Jiang Xuan''s mind, and Jiang Xuan also slowly opened his eyes.


    Chi Shao, who was waiting on the side, looked at Jiang Xuan and asked, "Is there an answer?"


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "Vine God gave me the answer."


    "That''s good, just tell me what you need me to do in the future."


    "it is good!"


    Chi Shao didn''t ask what Jiang Xuan had talked about with Fujishen because she absolutely trusted Jiang Xuan.


    Jiang Xuan chatted with Chi Shao about his thoughts, then left Chi Shao''s yard, found the soldiers of the second hunting team, comforted them, and promised them that the Jackal Tribe would pay the price.


    Later, Jiang Xuan began to think about how to make the crow tribe and the jackal tribe fight directly.


    At this time, Jiang Xuan did not know that the crow tribe and the jackal tribe had already fought a battle, and the two sides had already forged a grudge.


    After thinking about it all night, Jiang Xuan still planned to observe the situation of the crow tribe and the jackal tribe first, and then find an opportunity to provoke them.


    This time, instead of asking the old witch to borrow the giant eagle, he set off on a dumpling alone.


    The last time I went to the Mountain Turtle Tribe, Tang Yuan had already proved that he had the ability to fly long distances. In this case, Jiang Xuan didn''t want to always trouble the old witch and rely on the old witch.


    Many times, people are better off on their own after all.

 Chapter 130： frame the blame

    This chapter is not finished, please do not subscribe.


    ¡­¡­


    "Hey..."


    In the sky in the southwest of the Teng tribe, the dumplings chirped excitedly and flew very fast.


    Under the sun, the purple feathers of the dumplings are shining brightly, very beautiful.


    On the back of the dumplings, Jiang Xuan felt the wind whistling in his ears, and was surprised to find that the speed of the dumplings was not weaker than that of the giant eagle.


    What kind of raptor is this? You can fly so fast when you are not an adult. Once you are an adult, can you surpass most birds in flight speed?


    Thinking of this, Jiang Xuan felt like he had found a treasure.


    After a long time, after a period of searching, Jiang Xuan finally found the new residence of the Jackal Tribe.


    He let the glutinous rice **** fall on the top of the mountain near the forest, then went down the mountain alone, and hid near the jackal tribe, observing them from a distance.


    Jiang Xuan discovered that the jackal tribe cut down a lot of trees and built hundreds of simple wooden houses for the tribe and the jackals to live in.


    There is a huge wooden house in the center, which should be for the Jackal God.


    At the same time, the Jackal Tribe is building a fence to enclose the entire tribe to protect the tribe.


    The structure of the fence wall is very simple, it is like a large fence, and it is easy to build.


    Of course, only the stronger tribes are qualified to build the fence. The weaker tribes simply can''t spare so much manpower and time to build the fence.


    "Hey, there''s a totem pattern here."


    Jiang Xuan observed the Jackal Tribe for a while, and found a tree with the totem pattern of the Jackal Tribe engraved on it.


    The totem pattern of the jackal tribe is red, and it looks like a more abstract jackal, with two fangs and eyes that are particularly prominent.


    "Write it down first, you might be able to use it later."


    Jiang Xuan took this totem pattern seriously, and even took out a piece of black charcoal from the animal skin bag he carried, and copied the totem pattern on a piece of animal skin.


    After writing down the totem pattern, Jiang Xuan crouched on a different tree, carefully observed the situation of the Jackal Tribe, and finally left quietly.


    After returning to the top of the mountain, Jiang Xuan first ate a little something, and then set off again on the dumplings.


    The crow tribe is easier to find, because their new residence is where the mosquito tribe used to live.


    Jiang Xuan rode the glutinous rice **** to the Great Swamp. When he was still a long way from the crow tribe, Jiang Xuan let the glutinous rice **** land on the top of a mountain and chose to walk.


    Because there are a large number of crows flying around in the crow tribe, if they fly over with a swagger, they will definitely be found.


    Jiang Xuandao: "You can wait for me here, and you can catch some prey by yourself, but don''t run far, you know?"


    Tang Yuan nodded, expressing understanding.


    Holding the bone spear, Jiang Xuan turned to go down the mountain, and soon merged into the vast virgin forest.


    Tang Yuan tilted his head and thought for a while, then fluttered his wings and flew into the sky, looking for food nearby.


    Jiang Xuan walked through the forest quickly, his footsteps were very light, leaving few traces on the ground.


    "Dumb Dumb Dumb..."


    After approaching the crow tribe, big crows began to fly across the sky from time to time, making unpleasant sounds.


    Jiang Xuan paid more attention to hiding. Instead of walking from the ground, he climbed up a tree, like a monkey, swinging to another tree from time to time with the help of a branch.


    Because of the occlusion of dense foliage, although this method will make some noises, it will not attract people''s attention.


    Because there are too many animals crawling up and down the trees, most warriors are used to it.


    Finally, Jiang Xuan came to a low mountain next to the crow tribe and saw the entire settlement of the crow clan.


    The jackal tribe likes to cut down trees to build houses, and the crow tribe also cuts down trees, but they don''t cut down trees intensively, because they need to leave enough big trees for the big crows so that they can build bird nests on them.


    At the same time, the crow tribe will also build some tree houses on the thick branches of the big trees, where they can sleep at night.


    "It was built quite quickly."


    Jiang Xuan hid in a big tree, carefully observed the situation of the entire crow tribe, and then wondered what method to use if they attacked the crow clan.


    The first thing he thought of was fire attack.


    Like those wooden houses and tree houses, they will become dry over time. You just need to sneak in and light a few fires. It won''t take long for a huge fire to burst into the sky, burning the entire crow tribe to ashes.


    But there are dense forests nearby. Once a fire breaks out, more than one crow tribe will suffer. Who knows how wide the fire will spread?


    Once the fire starts, unless it encounters a river or rain, it will continue to spread, and it may cause several or even dozens of tribes to suffer.


    Because of this, in the war between tribes, there is almost no fire attack, because they dare not, and neither does Jiang Xuan.


    In addition to fire attacks, they can only rely on combat methods such as sneak attacks.


    "Let the Jackal Tribe fight."


    Jiang Xuan searched for a while outside the Crow Tribe and found a carved image of the Crow Tribe''s totem pattern.


    Many tribes like to engrave totem patterns everywhere where they live, declaring the tribe''s ownership of this territory.


    Therefore, Jiang Xuan easily obtained the totem pattern of the crow tribe.


    He still used a charcoal pen to copy the crow tribe totem pattern on the animal skin.


    Then, he started his own series of operations.


    "Scratch, scratch..."


    Jiang Xuan took out the stone knife and scratched randomly on the totem pattern of the crow tribe, scratching the totem pattern.


    Next, he unfolded the animal skin and painted the totem pattern of the Jackal Tribe that he copied before, next to the totem pattern of the Crow Tribe.


    He searched many places and performed the same operation, making people mistakenly believe that the Jackal Tribe had come.


    You know, totem patterns are very sacred to tribal people.


    Someone scratched the totem pattern of this tribe on the territory of this tribe, but engraved the totem pattern of other tribes, who can bear this?


    However, in order to ensure that the two tribes can fight, Jiang Xuan also needs to make the crow tribe even more angry.


    It took him some time to find two crow tribe warriors who were gathering wild vegetables in the forest, and then, holding a stone knife, he quietly approached from the tree.


    When he came to the top of one of them, Jiang Xuan slowly climbed down from the tree without making any sound.


    Then, holding the stone knife, he quietly came behind the crow tribe warrior.


    Jiang Xuan covered his mouth with one hand, and then the stone knife cut his throat instantly.


    "Pfft!"


    Blood spurted out instantly, this time, Jiang Xuan did not show any discomfort.


    The crow tribe warrior widened his eyes, struggled frantically for a moment, and then gradually lost his strength.


    Jiang Xuan gently put the warrior down and walked towards the other person.


    The two warriors dug wild vegetables together, not far from each other.


    "Why does it smell like blood?"


    The crow tribe warrior''s nose is very sensitive. He was digging wild vegetables, but he smelled a strong smell of blood. He instinctively felt that something was wrong, so he looked back.


    However, when he turned back, it was already too late. Jiang Xuan happened to come behind him. Seeing him turning back, he rushed over, pressed him to the ground, covered his mouth, and cut open his neck. .


    "Grumbling..."


    This crow tribe warrior never thought that he would be killed around a safer tribe.


    After killing two people in a row, Jiang Xuan was able to keep his face intact. This was something he had never thought of before.


    Perhaps, this is the change that the environment brings to people.


    Later, Jiang Xuan painted two totem patterns of the Jackal Tribe on the tree next to the place where the two were killed, stained with their blood.


    "In this way, it should make the crow tribe angry enough?"


    After Jiang Xuan finished drawing the totem pattern, he wiped off the blood on his fingers, and then disappeared quickly.


    Not long after, a team of crow tribal soldiers on patrol found the scratched totem pattern on the tree, as well as the totem pattern of the jackal tribe painted on the side.


    "Damn, someone from the Jackal Tribe has come, find him!"


    These crow tribe warriors gritted their teeth and searched for the jackal tribe in the forest.


    However, they did not have any members of the Jackal Tribe, but they found the bodies of two tribesmen, as well as the totem pattern of the Jackal Tribe painted with blood on the tree.


    "Quick, go and report to the leader!"


    The tribesmen were killed, and they were killed around the tribe. This is an extremely serious matter.


    The warriors of the crow tribe were not only very angry, but also felt an unspeakable fear, because no one knew how many people came from the jackal tribe.


    Soon, the leader of the crow tribe rushed into the forest with a large number of warriors, and saw the corpse on the ground.


    "Damn Jackal Tribe!"


    The leader of the crow tribe was extremely angry, and he shouted: "Take the giant crow and find the people, I will chop them up, roast them and eat them!"


    "Dumb Dumb Dumb..."


    Among the crow tribes, countless big crows were dispatched. They took the crow tribe warriors to search desperately in the nearby forest, but they were doomed to no avail.


    Because Jiang Xuan had already flown far away on a glutinous rice ball but he did not return to the Vine tribe, but went to the Jackal tribe again, and almost copied the operation in the crow tribe.


    Moreover, this time he also slaughtered two ferocious jackals.


    After he painted the totem pattern of the crow tribe with blood, he muttered, "The two tribes shouldn''t be able to verify the truth of this matter, right?"


    Jiang Xuan thought about it for a while and thought it was unlikely, because if something like this happened, the two sides must be very angry. How could they sit down and discuss calmly after meeting, and it must have been a fight!


    "Let''s go, go home."


    After Jiang Xuan finished all this, it was almost dark, and he rode on the dumplings and disappeared into the vast darkness.


    He is gone, but the Jackal Tribe is fried.


    When the Jackal Tribe was in the Western Wilderness, they were the most famous among the small tribes. They have always been the only ones who bullied other small tribes. Where have they been bullied by the small tribes?


    What''s more, the crow tribe had fought with them before, and the two sides had already had grievances, and this time the grievances deepened.


    The leader of the Jackal Tribe shouted, "You must kill all these **** crows!"


    The Jackal Tribe was so excited that they could not wait to kill the Crow Tribe overnight.


    However, there are a lot of sober people from the Jackal Tribe. They know that the Raven Tribe is not much weaker than them, and it is impossible to attack quickly.


    But this revenge must be avenged, otherwise there is no way to explain to the tribe and the Jackal God.


    Therefore, the Jackal Tribe needs to make adequate preparations to fight the Crow Tribe.


    They don''t know, the crow tribe thinks the same way.

 Chapter 131： Daily life of the rattan tribe

    On April 6th, Jiang Xuan woke up early in the morning and unexpectedly found that the ice lotus root planted in the yard pool actually grew a leaf that curled into a cylinder.


    It won''t take long for it to grow from the water to the surface, and finally stretch out into a large lotus leaf.


    "I didn''t expect the real seed to live. It seems that this thing is not only able to grow in the big swamp, but I don''t know how the ice lotus grown here is different from the ice lotus of the Rex tribe."


    Jiang Xuan knows that many plants choose their origin.


    As the so-called orange is born in Huainan, it is orange, and when orange is born in Huaibei, it is orange. Many plants are the same.


    However, it is already very good to be able to grow and live. If the effect of planting is really bad, I will try to improve the planting environment in the future.


    For example, dig a deep lake to simulate the environment on the other side of the big swamp.


    If that doesn''t work, then I can only trade ice lotus with the Otter tribe.


    In addition to the ice lotus root, most of the bell peppers and black pearl beans have also sprouted and grown into small seedlings.


    If they can bloom and bear fruit, within a few years, the people of the Veng tribe will be able to eat colored peppers and black pearl beans.


    Of course, people in the tribe may not like chili. It takes a long time to get used to this unique taste.


    Just when Jiang Xuan was in a good mood for the growth of the plants in the yard, Gan Song hurried in.


    "Boss, it''s not good."


    "What happened?"


    "The red crystal rice soaked in water in the paddy field withered."


    "Go and have a look."


    Jiang Xuan followed Gan Song to the paddy field in the crops.


    When he walked to the edge of the field, he saw that two red crystal rice plants with a height of more than half a meter had withered, and the leaves were drooping when the sun shone.


    Before, Jiang Xuan soaked red crystal rice with water to induce germination, and it was successful. It happened that red crystal rice likes wetness, so Jiang Xuan asked Gan Song to try to open up a paddy field and plant it like rice.


    In order to be safe, Gan Song built an embankment with mud after the red crystal rice grew, surrounded two red crystal rice plants, and flooded its roots with water.


    In the first two days, there was no abnormality in the red crystal rice, which made Gan Song very happy, thinking that this method would be successful.


    Unexpectedly, after five days, the red crystal rice withered quickly, and it seemed that it could not be saved.


    Jiang Xuan checked the two withered red crystal rice plants, and then uprooted one of them, carefully observing its root system.


    Jiang Xuan found that many of the young roots of this red crystal rice were black and rotten.


    This shows that although red crystal rice likes wetness, it is not acceptable to grow it in paddy fields like rice.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Since this method fails, then raise the soil and dig the drainage ditches, and plant it like other fields."


    "It''s impossible to always succeed in experiments, and failures are common. Fortunately, only two plants were lost, it doesn''t matter."


    Although Jiang Xuan said this, Gan Song was still a little uncomfortable. He silently pulled up another red crystal rice plant and said, "There are no extra seeds to replant, so I can only plant something else."


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said: "Don''t worry, with the production of red crystal rice, as long as this year''s harvest is good, we will not only have enough seeds next year, but everyone can also eat red crystal rice."


    "The leader is right, I will try my best to take good care of the other red crystal rice!"


    Jiang Xuandao: "Come on, let''s remodel this paddy field together to prevent it from accumulating water."


    Gan Song hurriedly said: "Boss, we can do this by ourselves."


    "It''s okay, there''s nothing important to do now anyway."


    Jiang Xuan took the tools and immediately got busy with Gan Song and others, raising ridges, cultivating soil, and digging trenches.


    Jiang Xuan has always been like this. As long as he is free, no matter what he does, he is willing to do it with everyone, instead of giving a cold order and being a mouthpiece.


    As the leader, he didn''t use his privilege to bully men and women, and he didn''t have any airs. When there were some mistakes, he would generously admit them and correct them.


    Because of this, the people of the Teng tribe support Jiang Xuan very much. Although he is young, no one will despise him because of this.


    After finishing the paddy field, Jiang Xuan went to the Feiyu River again.


    After untold hardships and many failures, the fishing team''s first wooden boat was finally built!


    This wooden boat is made of a whole piece of giant wood. The front end is relatively sharp, the rear end is relatively flat, the bottom has a certain curvature and edge, the cracks and insect eyes are filled with swim bladder glue, and there are two oars.


    The wooden boat is not big and can only take three people at the same time, which is much worse than the big bamboo raft in terms of loading capacity.


    But its flexibility and speed in the river far exceed the bamboo raft, and its performance is superior.


    In the Feiyu River, in the gentle river bay, Nepeta is working hard with a fishing team to practice rowing.


    The soldier said, "Leader, why is our ship spinning all the time?"


    Nepeta sat on the bow, looked at the oar in his hand, and said angrily, "This thing is not as easy to use as a bamboo pole."


    Although there were two oars on the boat, because he was accustomed to rowing a bamboo raft, Nepeta still picked up one oar and paddled the water, while the other two warriors watched.


    When Jiang Xuan walked to the river, he happened to see Jing Ji rowing hard, but the wooden boat was spinning in place.


    The soldiers on the boat shouted, "Here comes the chief!"


    Nepeta is anxious, the leaders are here, but they can''t control the wooden boat. Isn''t this a joke for the leader?


    So he rowed as hard as he could, but the harder he rowed, the faster the wooden boat spun and didn''t advance much at all.


    Jing Ji scratched for a while, looked at Jiang Xuan with shame, and said, "Boss, I''m so useless."


    Jiang Xuan stood on the beach and said with a smile: "It''s so difficult to build a boat, can''t you even learn how to row a boat?"


    Jiang Xuan pointed to the other oar and said, "You each take an oar and sit side by side in the middle of the boat."


    The soldiers on the boat immediately picked up the oars and sat in the middle of the boat side by side with Nepeta, and then waited for Jiang Xuan''s next instructions.


    "Put the oar well, just like this palm, it''s definitely not okay to row the water vertically, but it''s powerful to row the water horizontally, understand?"


    Jiang Xuan squatted down and paddled the water with his palm. Through this simple and easy-to-understand demonstration, let them understand how to use the paddle,


    Jing Ji and the warrior immediately adjusted the oars in their hands, and then continued to stare at Jiang Xuan.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Now, the two of you are paddling together, and your movements must be consistent. The two oars must enter the water almost at the same time, and one cannot be faster than the other."


    "Okay, start paddling!"


    After Jiang Xuan gave an order, Jing Ji and the warrior immediately started paddling at the same time.


    When the warriors are hunting, they also need to cooperate frequently, so it is easier for them to develop a tacit understanding.


    At the beginning, the speed of the two oars entering the water was different, but it didn''t take long for the two to paddle very well, and their movements were almost the same.


    Later, they were surprised to find that the wooden boat that had been spinning in place just now was moving straight forward!


    "Great!"


    The soldiers on the boat cheered excitedly. Just now, Nepeta was sweating profusely, and he was also turned dizzy. Now he finally doesn''t need to spin anymore.


    However, it was not enough for the Optical Society to move forward. Next, Jiang Xuan told them how to turn the wooden boat.


    "Think about how you were spinning in place just now. When you want to turn, one oar is faster and the other is slower, and the boat will turn."


    According to Jiang Xuan''s instructions, the two people on the boat tried many times, and finally mastered the skills of turning the wooden boat.


    Nepeta finally rowed the wooden boat back to shore and dragged it to shore.


    If he kept spinning in place like he did just now, I''m afraid he could only shout the bamboo raft in shame and tie a rope to drag the wooden boat back.


    Fortunately, they finally learned how to row under Jiang Xuan''s guidance.


    Jing Ji walked in front of Jiang Xuan, bowed her head in shame, and said, "If the leader hadn''t come here, I don''t know how long I''d be in the river."


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said: "Everything needs experience, just practice more."


    "Now you are training small wooden boats. When the tribe becomes stronger, they will build bigger wooden boats. There is still a lot to learn."


    After all, the small wooden boat has a limited capacity. Jiang Xuan''s goal is to make a big sailboat.


    Only true galleons can sail long distances in the river and bring great benefits to the tribe.


    Of course, making a large sailboat is a very big project, but it is much more difficult than this simple little wooden boat.


    Only when the tribe grows and has enough manpower and materials, as well as various technical talents, can they try to manufacture relatively large sailboats.


    Jiang Xuan took Jingjie to imagine the spectacular scene of the tribe owning a large fleet and driving on the river in the future.


    Jingjie was moved by the future depicted by Jiang Xuan, and looked at the small wooden boat differently. He tried to imagine what it would be like to add a sail to the boat.


    Of course, with the current strength of the Teng tribe, this kind of depiction is similar to painting a pie. Even if the tribe can grow smoothly, it will take a long time.


    After painting the cake, Jiang Xuan left the Feiyu River and came to a special bamboo house on the edge of the residence, beside the creek.


    This bamboo house is not for people to live in, but for making clothes, shoes and hats.


    At present, the clothing of the rattan tribe is mainly based on animal skins and bark.


    Animal leather jackets are particularly good at keeping warm, and are mainly worn when the weather is relatively cold.


    The bark coat is made of a tough bark that has been repeatedly beaten and woven. It is cooler to wear, mainly when the weather is hot.


    At first, the rattan tribe did not have bark clothes, only simple grass skirts.


    But among the group of tourists brought by Nepeta, some of the original tribes mastered this technique of making bark clothing.


    Jiang Xuan found that their homemade bark clothes were very good, and later sent some people to help them to make bark clothes in large quantities, so that the clansmen of the Teng tribe could wear such cool clothes in hot weather.


    "Clap clap clap..."


    When Jiang Xuan walked to the bamboo house, several female clansmen were pounding a few pieces of bark with sticks.


    This bark is not only tough, but also becomes softer after being beaten, making it especially suitable for making bark coats.


    "Good leader."


    After Jiang Xuan walked over, the women immediately greeted Jiang Xuan.


    "You''ve worked hard, is Poria there?"


    "Poria is in it."


    Poria is the current wife of Uncaria. Because she is very good at making animal skins and has certain leadership skills, Jiang Xuan asked her to manage this small primitive workshop.


    ...


    Subsequent repetition, update later.


    ...


    Jiang Xuan stood on the beach and said with a smile: "It''s so difficult to build a boat, can''t you even learn how to row a boat?"


    Jiang Xuan pointed to the other oar and said, "You each take an oar and sit side by side in the middle of the boat."


    The soldiers on the boat immediately picked up the oars and sat in the middle of the boat side by side with Nepeta, and then waited for Jiang Xuan''s next instructions.


    "Put the oar well, just like this palm, it''s definitely not okay to row the water vertically, but it''s powerful to row the water horizontally, understand?"


    Jiang Xuan squatted down and paddled the water with his palm. Through this simple and easy-to-understand demonstration, let them understand how to use the paddle,


    Jing Ji and the warrior immediately adjusted the oars in their hands, and then continued to stare at Jiang Xuan.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Now, the two of you are paddling together, and your movements must be consistent. The two oars must enter the water almost at the same time, and one cannot be faster than the other."


    "Okay, start paddling!"


    After Jiang Xuan gave an order, Jing Ji and the warrior immediately started paddling at the same time.


    When the warriors are hunting, they also need to cooperate frequently, so it is easier for them to develop a tacit understanding.


    At the beginning, the speed of the two oars entering the water was different, but it didn''t take long for the two to paddle very well, and their movements were almost the same.


    Later, they were surprised to find that the wooden boat that had been spinning in place just now was moving straight forward!


    "Great!"


    The soldiers on the boat cheered excitedly. Just now, Nepeta was sweating profusely, and he was also turned dizzy. Now he finally doesn''t need to spin anymore.


    However, it was not enough for the Optical Society to move forward. Next, Jiang Xuan told them how to turn the wooden boat.


    "Think about how you were spinning in place just now. When you want to turn, one oar is faster and the other is slower, and the boat will turn."


    According to Jiang Xuan''s instructions, the two people on the boat tried many times, and finally mastered the skills of turning the wooden boat.


    Nepeta finally rowed the wooden boat back to shore and dragged it to shore.


    If he kept spinning in place like he did just now I''m afraid he would have to call the bamboo raft over in shame, tie a rope and drag the wooden boat back.


    Fortunately, they finally learned how to row under Jiang Xuan''s guidance.


    Jing Ji walked in front of Jiang Xuan, bowed her head in shame, and said, "If the leader hadn''t come here, I don''t know how long I''d be in the river."


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said: "Everything needs experience, just practice more."


    "Now you are training small wooden boats. When the tribe becomes stronger, they will build bigger wooden boats. There is still a lot to learn."


    After all, the small wooden boat has a limited capacity. Jiang Xuan''s goal is to make a big sailboat.


    Only true galleons can sail long distances in the river and bring great benefits to the tribe.


    Of course, making a large sailboat is a very big project, but it is much more difficult than this simple little wooden boat.


    Only when the tribe grows and has enough manpower and materials, as well as various technical talents, can they try to manufacture relatively large sailboats.


    Jiang Xuan took Jingjie to imagine the spectacular scene of the tribe owning a large fleet and driving on the river in the future.


    Jingjie was moved by the future depicted by Jiang Xuan, and looked at the small wooden boat differently. He tried to imagine what it would be like to add a sail to the boat.


    Of course, with the current strength of the Teng tribe, this kind of depiction is similar to painting a pie. Even if the tribe can grow smoothly, it will take a long time.


    After painting the cake, Jiang Xuan left the Feiyu River and came to a special bamboo house on the edge of the residence, beside the creek.


    This bamboo house is not for people to live in, but for making clothes, shoes and hats. Click to download this site APP, massive novels, free to read!

 Chapter 132： Jackal vs Crow

    On the 18th day of the fourth month, the crow tribe and the jackal tribe dispatched most of their warriors to compete for a forest. In one day, several battles took place.


    On April 19, the two sides came out at the same time, and even the totem gods were dispatched together.


    Such a big movement naturally attracted the attention of the surrounding tribes, and the Mountain Turtle tribe was even more eager for them to die together.


    As for the Veng tribe that was far away, because Jiang Xuan had been paying attention to the situation here, he was naturally aware of the actions of the two tribes.


    "Great opportunity, great opportunity!"


    Jiang Xuan rode on the dumplings and saw that the two tribes were gathering on a large scale.


    He thought about it for a moment, and then immediately rode back to the tribe on the dumplings, he needed help.


    After returning to the tribe, he first found the old witch, borrowed a giant eagle from him again, and transported some warriors of the Vine tribe there.


    "The crow tribe and the jackal tribe are going to fight? I''ll go see too."


    When the old witch heard the news of Jiang Xuan, he immediately came to his senses. He liked to watch the excitement, not to mention the excitement of the tribal war.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Okay, but then we won''t be able to care about your old man."


    The old witch waved his hand and said, "Don''t worry, I''ll just stay away when the time comes."


    Jiang Xuan knew that the old witch looked old and seemed to be going to the ground at any time, but he had a lot of methods, so he didn''t say anything more.


    Later, Jiang Xuan found Shi Loach again and asked him to take a strong warrior with him.


    Shi Loh didn''t ask any more questions. He picked five of the strongest warriors from the second hunting team, brought their weapons, and followed Jiang Xuan.


    Jiang Xuan explained what happened in the tribe, and then took Shi Loach and others to the battlefield of the crow tribe and the jackal tribe.


    "Wow!"


    Soon, among the Vine tribe, the giant eagle took off with the old witch and the loach.


    Jiang Xuan was still riding the dumplings and rushed towards the battlefield with the giant eagle.


    When they rushed out of the forest, the crow tribe and the jackal tribe were confronting each other.


    The Crow God and the Jackal God also came, and the two totem gods were facing each other from a distance, and their imposing manner was threatening.


    The giant eagle and the dumplings fell on the hill near the forest. Jiang Xuan got off the back of the dumplings and saw countless crows hovering over the forest, the biggest one being the totem **** of the crow tribe.


    Jiang Xuan said to the old witch: "Old witch, you are here to watch the fun, we have passed."


    "Go, be safe."


    The old witch waved his hand and watched Jiang Xuan and the others sneak into the jungle.


    Jiang Xuan brought Shi Loach and the others to the edge of the battlefield, and then climbed to the dense trees to observe the situation.


    Jiang Xuan watched for a while, and said to Shi Loach: "Although they are confronting, they may not want to fight, they may want to talk and divide the territory clearly."


    Two tribes with similar strengths, once a full-scale war, is likely to be the result of losing both sides, not to mention that the crow tribe and the jackal tribe have already fought several battles, so naturally they understand this better.


    Chen Bing on the two sides confronted each other, put pressure on the other side, and then negotiated to clearly divide the territory and avoid frequent frictions in the future. This is the best choice.


    "Leader, what should we do?" Shi Loh was limited by his knowledge and did not understand why Jiang Xuan said this, but he believed in Jiang Xuan''s judgment.


    Jiang Xuan said with a smile: "If they really have a clear division, they should deal with our Vine tribe, so they must fight!"


    Only when two enemies are busy at war can the Vine tribe have time to develop, and it may even be possible to make some profits.


    Jiang Xuan pondered for a moment, and said, "Everyone painted the totem pattern of the crow tribe."


    Jiang Xuan took out the paint and animal fur that he had prepared long ago from the animal skin bag, as well as a piece of animal skin. The animal skin had the totem patterns of the crow tribe and the jackal tribe copied by Jiang Xuan.


    Jiang Xuan adjusted the paint, then dipped the paint with an animal brush, and painted it on the faces of the loach and the five warriors according to the totem pattern of the crow tribe on the animal skin.


    Later, he asked Shi Loach to paint it for him.


    After painting, Jiang Xuan put away his things and said, "Come with me, we will join the crow tribe''s team."


    The seven people sneakily approached the crow tribe''s team, and appeared on the side of the crow tribe, temporarily hiding.


    At this time, the situation of the two tribes was indeed similar to Jiang Xuan''s guess. The two sides faced each other for a long time, but they did not start a war. Instead, the leaders of the two tribes stepped forward and threatened each other.


    "I repeat, this is a hunting ground that is closer to our crow tribe and belongs to our crow clan!"


    The Jackal Tribe leader retorted: "Fart, you crow tribe have only been here for a few days? This is obviously the hunting ground of our Jackal Tribe!"


    Afterwards, the two sides greeted each other with various foul language, and tried to occupy more forests as hunting grounds for the tribe.


    The words of the two sides were very fierce, as if they were about to fight in the next moment.


    But the strange thing is that the witches of the two tribes remained silent, and the two totem gods were just guarding each other, but did not take any action.


    Jiang Xuan, who was hiding on the flank of the Crow Tribe, saw this scene and thought to himself: If they keep scolding like this, when their emotions are almost vented, it is time for a real negotiation.


    Jiang Xuan whispered to Shi Loach beside him: "The opportunity for revenge is here, you find a good position, aim at the leader of the Jackal Tribe, and shoot him!"


    The loach nodded, then climbed to a higher place, looking for the location of the archery.


    When he found a good position, he immediately squatted down, took a deep breath, drew his bow and arrow, and began to aim at the leader of the jackal tribe.


    He never forgot that the bison cows and cubs that the second hunting team finally caught some time ago were snatched by the jackal tribe.


    Now comes the chance for revenge.


    Shi Loach began to slowly draw the bow. In order to avoid being discovered, he moved very slowly, trying not to make any noise.


    Because of the distance, he could only aim at the chest of the head of the Jackal Tribe, and then shoot the arrow without hesitation.


    "stop!"


    The feather arrow cut through the sky and shot at the leader of the Jackal Tribe with lightning speed.


    The leader of the Jackal Tribe is also a four-color warrior, and his six senses are extremely sensitive. Even if his attention was on the leader of the Raven tribe, when the feather arrow flew over, he felt the danger coming.


    But when he wanted to dodge, it was too late, and he only had time to turn sideways.


    "puff!"


    The arrow hit the jackal tribe leader. Although he missed the key point because of his sideways, the half of the arrow still pierced into his chest.


    This change was unexpected by everyone, including the leader of the crow tribe, who also felt confused.


    At this moment, Jiang Xuan took the opportunity to shout: "This forest was originally our hunting ground. The Jackal Tribe is too bullying, kill it!"


    This arrow, coupled with Jiang Xuan''s cry, in an instant, the two tribes were completely in chaos!


    ...


    Subsequent content is repeated.


    ...


    On the 18th day of the fourth month, the crow tribe and the jackal tribe dispatched most of their warriors to compete for a forest. In one day, several battles took place.


    On April 19, the two sides came out at the same time, and even the totem gods were dispatched together.


    Such a big movement naturally attracted the attention of the surrounding tribes, and the Mountain Turtle tribe was even more eager for them to die together.


    As for the Veng tribe that was far away, because Jiang Xuan had been paying attention to the situation here, he was naturally aware of the actions of the two tribes.


    "Great opportunity, great opportunity!"


    Jiang Xuan rode on the dumplings and saw that the two tribes were gathering on a large scale.


    He thought about it for a moment, and then immediately rode back to the tribe on the dumplings, he needed help.


    After returning to the tribe, he first found the old witch, borrowed a giant eagle from him again, and transported some warriors of the Vine tribe there.


    "The crow tribe and the jackal tribe are going to fight? I''ll go see too."


    When the old witch heard the news of Jiang Xuan, he immediately came to his senses. He liked to watch the excitement, not to mention the excitement of the tribal war.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Okay, but then we won''t be able to care about your old man."


    The old witch waved his hand and said, "Don''t worry, I''ll just stay away when the time comes."


    Jiang Xuan knew that the old witch looked old and seemed to be going to the ground at any time, but he had a lot of methods, so he didn''t say anything more.


    Later, Jiang Xuan found Shi Loach again and asked him to take a strong warrior with him.


    Shi Loh didn''t ask any more questions. He picked five of the strongest warriors from the second hunting team, brought their weapons, and followed Jiang Xuan.


    Jiang Xuan explained what happened in the tribe, and then took Shi Loach and others to the battlefield of the crow tribe and the jackal tribe.


    "Wow!"


    Soon, among the Vine tribe, the giant eagle took off with the old witch and the loach.


    Jiang Xuan was still riding the dumplings and rushed towards the battlefield with the giant eagle.


    When they rushed out of the forest, the crow tribe and the jackal tribe were confronting each other.


    The Crow God and the Jackal God also came, and the two totem gods were facing each other from a distance, and their imposing manner was threatening.


    The giant eagle and the dumplings fell on the hill near the forest. Jiang Xuan got off the back of the dumplings and saw countless crows hovering over the forest, the biggest one being the totem **** of the crow tribe.


    Jiang Xuan said to the old witch: "Old witch, you are here to watch the fun, we have passed."


    "Go, be safe."


    The old witch waved his hand and watched Jiang Xuan and the others sneak into the jungle.


    Jiang Xuan brought Shi Loach and the others to the edge of the battlefield, and then climbed to the dense trees to observe the situation.


    Jiang Xuan watched for a while and said to Shi Loach: "Although they are confronting, they may not want to fight, they may want to talk and divide the territory clearly."


    Two tribes with similar strengths, once a full-scale war, is likely to be the result of losing both sides, not to mention that the crow tribe and the jackal tribe have already fought several battles, so naturally they understand this better.


    Chen Bing on the two sides confronted each other, put pressure on the other side, and then negotiated to clearly divide the territory and avoid frequent frictions in the future. This is the best choice.


    "Leader, what should we do?" Shi Loh was limited by his knowledge and did not understand why Jiang Xuan said this, but he believed in Jiang Xuan''s judgment.


    Jiang Xuan said with a smile: "If they really have a clear division, they should deal with our Vine tribe, so they must fight!"


    Only when two enemies are busy at war can the Vine tribe have time to develop, and it may even be possible to make some profits.


    Jiang Xuan pondered for a moment, and said, "Everyone painted the totem pattern of the crow tribe."


    Jiang Xuan took out the paint and animal fur that he had prepared long ago from the animal skin bag, as well as a piece of animal skin. The animal skin had the totem patterns of the crow tribe and the jackal tribe copied by Jiang Xuan.


    Jiang Xuan adjusted the paint, then dipped the paint with an animal brush, and painted it on the faces of the loach and the five warriors according to the totem pattern of the crow tribe on the animal skin.


    Later, he asked Shi Loach to paint it for him.


    After painting, Jiang Xuan put away his things and said, "Come with me, we will join the crow tribe''s team."


    The seven people sneakily approached the crow tribe''s team, and appeared on the side of the crow tribe, temporarily hiding.


    At this time, the situation of the two tribes was indeed similar to Jiang Xuan''s guess. The two sides faced each other for a long time, but they did not start a war. Instead, the leaders of the two tribes stepped forward and threatened each other.


    "I repeat, this is a hunting ground that is closer to our crow tribe and belongs to our crow clan!"


    The Jackal Tribe leader retorted: "Fart, you crow tribe have only been here for a few days? This is obviously the hunting ground of our Jackal Tribe!"


    Afterwards, the two sides greeted each other with various foul language, and tried to occupy more forests as hunting grounds for the tribe.


    The words of the two sides were very fierce, as if they were about to fight in the next moment.


    But the strange thing is that the witches of the two tribes remained silent, and the two totem gods were just guarding each other, but did not take any action.


    Jiang Xuan, who was hiding on the flank of the Crow Tribe, saw this scene and thought to himself: If they keep scolding like this, when their emotions are almost vented, it is time for a real negotiation.


    Jiang Xuan whispered to Shi Loach beside him: "The opportunity for revenge is here Find a good position, aim at the leader of the Jackal Tribe and shoot him!"


    The loach nodded, then climbed to a higher place, looking for the location of the archery.


    When he found a good position, he immediately squatted down, took a deep breath, drew his bow and arrow, and began to aim at the leader of the jackal tribe.


    He never forgot that the bison cows and cubs that the second hunting team finally caught some time ago were snatched by the jackal tribe.


    Now comes the chance for revenge.


    Shi Loach began to slowly draw the bow. In order to avoid being discovered, he moved very slowly, trying not to make any noise.


    Because of the distance, he could only aim at the chest of the head of the Jackal Tribe, and then shoot the arrow without hesitation.


    "stop!"


    The feather arrow cut through the sky and shot at the leader of the Jackal Tribe with lightning speed.


    The leader of the Jackal Tribe is also a four-color warrior, and his six senses are extremely sensitive. Even if his attention was on the leader of the Raven tribe, when the feather arrow flew over, he felt the danger coming.


    But when he wanted to dodge, it was too late, and he only had time to turn sideways.


    "puff!"


    The arrow hit the jackal tribe leader. Although he missed the key point because of his sideways, the half of the arrow still pierced into his chest.


    This change was unexpected by everyone, including the leader of the crow tribe, who also felt confused.


    At this moment, Jiang Xuan took the opportunity to shout: "This forest was originally our hunting ground. The Jackal Tribe is too bullying, kill it!"


    This arrow, coupled with Jiang Xuan''s cry, in an instant, the two tribes were completely in chaos! Click to download this site APP, massive novels, free to read!

 Chapter 133： stoner

    This chapter is not finished, please do not subscribe.


    If you have subscribed, please refresh tomorrow to see the latest content.


    ¡­


    In the forest south of the Veng tribe, six young people are walking cautiously while protecting an old man.


    The old man''s beard and hair are all white, but he is in good spirits, and there is a line on his face, showing that he is a one-colored warrior.


    Not many tribesmen can live to old age.


    Because the living environment is too bad, not only lack of food and clothing, but also after old age, because of the decline in body function, the chance of contracting diseases will also be high.


    In such a harsh environment, once contracted a disease, if the witch in the tribe had mastered the skill of witch doctor, he might be able to survive.


    There is also a problem, that is, after the soldiers get old, their strength will gradually decline.


    Even if you are a powerful five-color warrior, when you are old and weak, you may become a two-color warrior, or even a one-color warrior.


    If you get older and weaker, you won''t be able to draw even a single line on your face.


    This old man is so old, and he can still maintain the strength of a fighter of the same color, which shows that he used to be a strong fighter.


    From the careful protection of the six young men, it can be seen that this old man has a very high status.


    When they walked in front of the Thunder Mountain of the Vine Tribe, they saw a huge stone on which a totem pattern was painted with mineral pigments.


    At the same time, a pair of eyes stared at their every move among the thorns.


    One of the young people said excitedly: "It''s the totem pattern, we really found a tribe."


    The emotions of the others were also very excited, because it was not easy for them to get here. Many people died on the way, and if they went on, they would all have to die.


    This is the sadness of tourists. After losing the protection of the tribe, it is too difficult to survive in the dangerous jungle.


    The six young men were about to move forward immediately, but at this moment, the old man stopped them.


    "Don''t go in!"


    The six youths looked back at the old man, obviously not understanding why he prevented them from entering.


    The old man said: "Many tribes will set up a large number of traps around for safety. If they break in rashly, they will die without knowing how to die."


    "Then...then what should we do?"


    Those young people suddenly realized, and then they all looked at the old man, hoping that he could come up with an idea.


    The old man said: "Shout, call out the people from this tribe. If they are willing to accept it, they will naturally bring us in. If they are not willing to accept it, we can only bypass the territory of this tribe."


    One of the young people immediately shouted: "Is there anyone? We are tourists who came to defect..."


    When the youth finished shouting, looking at the empty forest, it felt unlikely that anyone would respond.


    However, at this moment, a voice suddenly sounded not far away: "Wait in place first!"


    The six young people looked at the still empty forest and felt horrified because they didn''t even know where people were hiding.


    At this time, they were extremely fortunate that they obeyed the old man''s words and didn''t rush into it rashly.


    In the forest, the one who answered was the dark whistle of the Vine tribe.


    He hid in the pit of thorns, and after shouting, he quickly walked through the tunnel beside the pit for a while, and then he got out from behind a very hidden big rock and passed the message to the next person, the next person The people then pass the news back to the tribe.


    It didn''t take long for Jiang Xuan to learn of the arrival of tourists.


    "Go and have a look."


    Today''s vine tribes have no shortage of food, and it is more than enough to accommodate a few tourists.


    Jiang Xuan went out, and Nan Xing immediately accompanied twenty soldiers of the guard team, which could not only protect the leader, but also show the power of the tribe to those tourists.


    When Jiang Xuan came to Leiming Mountain, those tourists were already anxiously waiting.


    The only exception was the old man, who seemed calm.


    Jiang Xuan walked in front of these tourists and said, "This is the rattan tribe, and I am the leader of the rattan tribe, Xuan."


    Nan Xing and the others stood behind Jiang Xuan, holding weapons, watching the tourists vigilantly.


    After hearing Jiang Xuan''s words, those tourists were a little surprised, because Jiang Xuan was too young, even younger than their age.


    What''s more outrageous is that there are four horizontal lines painted on his face, which means that he is a powerful four-color warrior at such a young age.


    Even the old man was very surprised by this. He had lived for so many years and had never seen such a young four-colored warrior.


    Jiang Xuan was used to the reactions of others when they heard that he was the leader, and he continued: "Do you want to join our Vine tribe?"


    When he said this, Jiang Xuan deliberately looked at the old man.


    Although he still has a horizontal stripe on his face, he is too old, and if he were another tribe, he would definitely refuse to join the old man.


    The old man said: "We really want to join the Vine tribe and ask the leader of Xuan to take him in."


    Jiang Xuan pointed at the young tourists and said, "Of course there is nothing wrong with them, but you need to give me a reason to take them in."


    It''s not Jiang Xuan''s heart. If he randomly recruits an old tourist back to the tribe, I''m afraid the clansmen in the tribe will have opinions.


    After all, the older you are, the less you can do. If you don''t have special skills, it will be a burden to the tribe.


    If it is the old man of this tribe, that''s all, after all, he once contributed to the tribe.


    But he is a tourist and has nothing to do with the Vine tribe for the time being.


    Those young tourists were in a hurry, and they all wanted to ask for mercy and let Jiang Xuan leave the old man behind.


    The old man reached out his hand to stop them again, walked to Jiang Xuan himself, and said, "Boss Xuan, I can hit stone tools, and I won''t eat for nothing."


    "Yes, yes, Chief Xuan, Grandpa Blackstone''s stone tools are very beautiful."


    "That''s right."


    Those young tourists agreed one after another, trying their best to tell Jiang Xuan how good and durable the old man named "Black Stone" was at hitting stone tools.


    Jiang Xuan asked in surprise, "Are you a stone tool master?"


    "That''s right."


    The old man Heishi asked the young tourists to put down the two animal skin bags and untied the bags, revealing a large number of tools for grinding stone tools inside.


    There are stone hammers, stone nails, stone chisels, stone diamonds¡­


    Jiang Xuan only felt that it was an eye-opener. It was the first time he had seen so many professional stone tools.


    The rattan tribe grinds stone tools by simply rudely smashing, knocking, and then grinding hard.


    It''s very rare to have a lot of tools like an old man.


    Jiang Xuan suddenly realized that the tribesmen in this world have existed for a very long time. Although they are still in primitive times, they have accumulated a lot of technology and experience.


    For example, witch medicine, such as the technology of grinding stone tools and bone tools, is far more sophisticated than he imagined.


    The Vine tribe is now short of these professionals.


    Jiang Xuan saw the pile of professional tools and noticed the thick calluses on the hands of the old man Heishi, and immediately said: "The Vine tribe can temporarily take you in, but whether you can join or not depends on your performance."


    "Thank you, Chief Xuan for taking him in."


    Jiang Xuan''s words made those young tourists heave a sigh of relief. The expression of the old man was relatively calm. Obviously, he had experienced a lot and had become very calm.


    "Come on, come with me."


    Jiang Xuan took the seven tourists into the woods and followed a specific route. When passing through the cage vine area, he also drilled a tunnel.


    Along the way, after Jiang Xuan''s random instructions, these tourists saw a lot of terrifying traps and terrifying plants.


    This makes them very grateful that they did not rush in rashly.


    When they walked out of the forest, they saw a large open crop field, and many Vine tribesmen worked during the period.


    There are also hundreds of large and small houses, neatly arranged.


    The most shocking thing is the huge divine vine that entangles the stone mountain, and the giant dragonfly that flies through the sky from time to time, setting off a gust of wind.


    They were shocked to find that this small tribe was different from other tribes everywhere and felt very powerful.


    After seeing the Vine tribe, the old man Heishi was finally moved. Although the Vine tribe was not large, it was definitely the most special one among the tribes he had ever seen.


    Jiang Xuan took them to a newly built empty house on the right side of the tribe, and said to them: "You guys will live here first, take a rest today, and the food will be delivered. From tomorrow, you will have to work."


    "In addition, above the stone mountain is the patron saint of our Vine tribe. Remember, you must not offend the gods, or you will be expelled from the tribe."


    Those tourists nodded, indicating that they remembered.


    ¡­


    Subsequent repetition, update later.


    ¡­


    In the forest south of the Veng tribe, six young people are walking cautiously while protecting an old man.


    The old man''s beard and hair were all white, but he was in good spirits, and there was a line on his face, showing that he was a one-colored warrior.


    Not many tribesmen can live to old age.


    Because the living environment is too bad, not only lack of food and clothing, but also after old age, because of the decline in body function, the chance of contracting diseases will also be high.


    In such a harsh environment, once contracted a disease, if the witch in the tribe mastered the skill of a powerful witch doctor, he might be able to survive.


    There is also a problem, that is, after the soldiers get old, their strength will gradually decline.


    Even if you are a powerful five-color warrior, when you are old and weak, you may become a two-color warrior, or even a one-color warrior.


    If you age a little more, UU reading www.uukanshu. Com is weak and unable to draw even a single line on his face.


    This old man is so old, and he can still maintain the strength of a fighter of the same color, which shows that he used to be a strong fighter.


    From the careful protection of the six young men, it can be seen that this old man has a very high status.


    When they walked in front of the Thunder Mountain of the Vine Tribe, they saw a huge stone on which a totem pattern was painted with mineral pigments.


    At the same time, a pair of eyes stared at their every move in the thorns.


    One of the young people said excitedly: "It''s the totem pattern, we really found a tribe."


    The emotions of the others were also very excited, because it was not easy for them to get here. Many people died on the road, and if they went on, they would all have to die.


    This is the sadness of tourists. After losing the protection of the tribe, it is too difficult to survive in the dangerous jungle.


    The six young men were about to move forward immediately, but at this moment, the old man stopped them.


    "Don''t go in!"


    The six youths looked back at the old man, obviously not understanding why he prevented them from entering.


    The old man said: "Many tribes will set up a large number of traps around for safety. If they break in rashly, they will die without knowing how to die."


    "Then...then what should we do?"


    Those young people suddenly realized, and then they all looked at the old man, hoping that he could come up with an idea.


    The old man said: "Shout, call out the people of this tribe. If they are willing to accept it, they will naturally bring us in. If they are not willing to accept it, we can only bypass the territory of this tribe." Click to download this site APP, massive novels, free to read!

 Chapter 134： mud brick thatched cottage

    This chapter is not finished, please subscribe later.


    ...


    The crow tribe and the jackal tribe were busy pinching each other, but neither could destroy the other.


    As a result, the Vine Tribe got a relatively stable period of development, building a tribe with peace of mind and enhancing its strength.


    Peaceful days always passed quickly, and months passed in the blink of an eye.


    The fifth day of September.


    Vine tribe, altar.


    "Moo..."


    The five buffalo buffaloes were **** and placed on the altar, howling in panic.


    Chishao stood in the middle of the altar and prayed to the rattan **** with a dry and incomprehensible incantation to domesticate these little bison.


    "Buzz!"


    Above the stone mountain, the divine vines bloomed with green light, and there were vines hanging down from the stone mountain, quickly wrapping the little bison.


    After a while, the little bison stopped howling in panic.


    When the vines retracted, the five little bison struggled a few times, and then looked at the crowd under the altar with big innocent eyes.


    On their foreheads, there are dandan vine tribe totem marks.


    Jiang Xuandao below the altar: "Go up and lift it down."


    "Yes!"


    Shi Loach and other soldiers walked up to the altar excitedly, and then lifted the five buffaloes to the open space in front of the altar.


    Jiang Xuan said again: "Untie the rope."


    Shi Loach and others untied the ropes according to the words, and the five little bison stood up immediately, looking around curiously, and there was no fear in their eyes.


    Jiang Xuan sighed in his heart: The domestication speed is too fast. If it is artificially domesticated, I don''t know how many years it will take to reach this level.


    These buffaloes were captured by the second hunting team. This time, there were no accidents. They were successfully brought back to the tribe and domesticated by the rattan god.


    Of course, the Vine tribe can''t always let the totem gods do this kind of work. After the first generation of bison grows up, they will give birth to cubs and become the second generation of bison.


    How to tame the second-generation bison into a working cattle depends on the efforts of the Teng tribe.


    In addition to the five young bison, there are also six adult big-horned deer, which were also sent to the altar and domesticated into mounts by the rattan god.


    There are hundreds of big-horned deer like this in the Vine tribe.


    These bighorn deer will become the powerful mounts of the Vine tribe, hunting and charging together with the Vine tribe warriors.


    After the domestication of the buffalo and the big horned deer was completed, Jiang Xuan and the others sent some sacrifices to thank the Vine God for their help.


    "Okay, take these little bison to the breeding team, and you can bring the big horned deer back by yourself."


    "Yes!"


    The loach and the warriors of the second hunting team took away the buffalo and the big horned deer, and they expected these little buffalo and big horned deer to bring new changes to the tribe.


    Chi Shao and Jiang Xuan cleaned the altar together, because there were some leftovers from the offerings that had been eaten by Shenteng.


    After finishing, Chi Shao returned to his yard to continue working, while Jiang Xuan walked into the crops.


    After half a year of hard work, Hongjing Rice is finally about to mature!


    Looking around, the red crystal rice that is three or four meters high is continuous, the thick purple-red stems and leaves are very conspicuous, and bunches of plump red ears are hanging down, which is very gratifying.


    Because of the accumulated planting experience, as well as the extensive use of compost, pond mud, and smashed animal bones, the output of each of these red crystal rice plants is higher than last year.


    After the harvest this year, the Veng tribe no longer needs to save all the red crystal rice, and can use more than half of it for food.


    If there is still a bumper harvest next year, the Veng tribe can support half of their clansmen just by relying on the red crystal rice.


    In addition to red crystal rice, tuber crops such as round potatoes, stone eggs, and yellow essence are also growing quite well, and a real bumper harvest is expected.


    Gan Song and Jiang Xuan were walking on the small road of the crops, and said with high spirits: "Boss, this year''s planting team has increased the number of people and the harvest has also increased. I don''t think the two granaries will be able to hold it!"


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "What do you mean, you want me to build a granary?"


    Gan Song said confidently: "Yes, the granary must be covered!"


    Jiang Xuan looked at the crops that were about to mature, and said cheerfully: "Okay, then build a granary, build a big granary!"


    "Boss, our food will definitely fill the new granary!"


    "Then I''ll wait and see."


    Jiang Xuan was not trying to perfunctory Gan Song. After leaving the crops, he immediately started to prepare for the construction of the granary.


    In the past, the houses of the rattan tribe were made of bamboo and wood as building materials.


    Because these two materials are easy to obtain, the house can be built quickly.


    But the shortcomings of this kind of house are equally obvious.


    They will quickly decay under the influence of wind and sun, rain and snow, and the erosion of a large number of borers.


    The bamboo house built by Jiang Xuan and his five people has been reinforced several times now, and it may collapse one day.


    Bamboo-wood-structured houses can last for a long time unless they are brushed with several layers of tung oil to prevent moths and cracks, and covered with tiles to shade and protect from rain.


    But with the conditions that the Teng tribe is still struggling with food and clothing, it is obviously impossible to build such a house.


    Therefore, Jiang Xuan has been pondering how to build a house that is strong enough and durable, does not require any skills, and the raw materials are very easy to obtain.


    The first thing he thought of was a rammed-earth wall. This kind of wall is made of soil, with sturdy wooden strips added to it as "ribs", which can be smashed tightly with a heavy hammer. After drying, it is very strong and resistant to weathering.


    But here comes the problem. The rammed earth wall requires tools. Even the simplest mortise and tenon structure plywood cannot be built by the rattan tribe.


    Now, let''s talk about tiles.


    Jiang Xuan can burn pottery, and burning tiles is naturally not a problem.


    But the number of tiles needed for a house is very large, and it will take a very long time to burn enough tiles for a house by relying on the small earthen kilns of the Teng tribe.


    At present, there are at least hundreds of houses in the Vine tribe, and the number of tiles required is extremely large.


    Therefore, the idea of ??rammed earth tile house was temporarily declared shattered, and when the Vine tribe became stronger in the future, it could be tried.


    However, Jiang Xuan remembered another kind of house. The manufacturing process is much simpler than that of rammed earth tile houses, and the strength is not bad.


    That''s the mud brick thatched cottage.


    Mud bricks are made of soil and plant straws. After mixing with the mud, they are made into long square bricks. After drying, they are very strong and can be directly used for building walls.


    And thatched roof, the production process is not complicated, only need to set up beams, and then tie wide bamboo pieces to form a grid, and then bundle the thatch layer by layer to make a thatched roof.


    If you can, you can also lay several layers of bark on the roof, which will be much better waterproof than thatch alone.


    The rattan tribe is not short of soil, plant straw, thatch, or bark, and is fully equipped to build mud-brick thatched houses.


    Even for simple molds for making mud bricks, Jiang Xuan can also use clay to fire several thick clay molds instead of wooden boards.


    For example, the painstaking planing of wooden boards and mortise and tenon joints, for Jiang Xuan, it is easier to burn pottery molds.


    After thinking about it, Jiang Xuan immediately began to prepare to build a sturdy and spacious mud-brick thatched cottage as a new warehouse for the rattan tribe!


    ...


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ...


    The crow tribe and the jackal tribe were busy pinching each other, but neither could destroy the other.


    As a result, the Vine Tribe got a relatively stable period of development, building a tribe with peace of mind and enhancing its strength.


    Peaceful days always passed quickly, and months passed in the blink of an eye.


    The fifth day of September.


    Vine tribe, altar.


    "Moo..."


    The five buffalo buffaloes were **** and placed on the altar, howling in panic.


    Chishao stood in the middle of the altar and prayed to the rattan **** with a dry and incomprehensible incantation to domesticate these little bison.


    "Buzz!"


    Above the stone mountain, the divine vines bloomed with green light, and there were vines hanging down from the stone mountain, quickly wrapping the little bison.


    After a while, the little bison stopped howling in panic.


    When the vines retracted, the five little bison struggled a few times, and then looked at the crowd under the altar with big innocent eyes.


    On their foreheads, there are dandan vine tribe totem marks.


    Jiang Xuandao below the altar: "Go up and lift it down."


    "Yes!"


    Shi Loach and other soldiers walked up to the altar excitedly, and then lifted the five buffaloes to the open space in front of the altar.


    Jiang Xuan said again: "Untie the rope."


    Shi Loach and others untied the ropes according to the words, and the five little bison stood up immediately, looking around curiously, and there was no fear in their eyes.


    Jiang Xuan sighed in his heart: The domestication speed is too fast. If it is artificially domesticated, I don''t know how many years it will take to reach this level.


    These buffaloes were captured by the second hunting team. This time, there were no accidents. They were successfully brought back to the tribe and domesticated by the rattan god.


    Of course, the Vine tribe can''t always let the totem gods do this kind of work. After the first generation of bison grows up, they will give birth to cubs and become the second generation of bison.


    How to tame the second-generation bison into a working cattle depends on the efforts of the Teng tribe.


    In addition to the five young bison, there are also six adult big-horned deer, which were also sent to the altar and domesticated into mounts by the rattan god.


    There are hundreds of big-horned deer like this in the Vine tribe.


    These big horned deer will become the powerful mounts of the Vine tribe along with the Vine tribe warriors to hunt and charge together.


    After the domestication of the buffalo and the big horned deer was completed, Jiang Xuan and the others sent some sacrifices to thank the Vine God for their help.


    "Okay, take these little bison to the breeding team, and you can bring the big horned deer back by yourself."


    "Yes!"


    The loach and the warriors of the second hunting team took away the buffalo and the big horned deer, and they expected these little buffalo and big horned deer to bring new changes to the tribe.


    Chi Shao and Jiang Xuan cleaned the altar together, because there were some leftovers from the offerings that had been eaten by Shenteng.


    After finishing, Chi Shao returned to his yard to continue working, while Jiang Xuan walked into the crops.


    After half a year of hard work, Hongjing Rice is finally about to mature!


    Looking around, the red crystal rice that is three or four meters high is continuous, the thick purple-red stems and leaves are very conspicuous, and bunches of plump red ears are hanging down, which is very gratifying.


    Because of the accumulated planting experience, as well as the extensive use of compost, pond mud, and smashed animal bones, the output of each of these red crystal rice plants is higher than last year.


    After the harvest this year, the Veng tribe no longer needs to save all the red crystal rice, and can use more than half of it for food.


    If there is still a bumper harvest next year, the Veng tribe can support half of their clansmen just by relying on the red crystal rice.


    In addition to red crystal rice, tuber crops such as round potatoes, stone eggs, and yellow essence are also growing quite well, and a real bumper harvest is expected.


    Gan Song and Jiang Xuan were walking on the small road of the crops, and said with high spirits: "Boss, the number of people in the planting team has increased this year, and the harvest has also increased. I don''t think the two granaries can hold it!" Click to download this site APP, massive novels, free to read!

 Chapter 135： united attack crow tribe

    After the autumn harvest, the Vine tribe got a lot of food, and together with the edible tubers and wild fruits collected, three large granaries were piled up.


    If coupled with a large number of livestock, as well as fishing and hunting, the food of the Vine tribe can be said to be very sufficient.


    At the beginning of October, the Veng tribe held a grand sacrifice. In order to enhance the strength of the tribe, all the more than 200 people of the Yanyang tribe participated in the sacrifice. Not only did they become real members of the Veng tribe, but many people became warriors.


    After the sacrifice, the weather gradually turned cold, and it won''t be long before winter will come.


    It was at this time that Jiang Xuan made a major decision, that is, to attack the crow tribe!


    In more than half a year, the crow tribe and the jackal tribe have fought countless times, and their strength has been weakened a lot.


    After the fall, the two sides suddenly ceased fighting.


    Because they all need to hoard food and supplies for the winter, if they continue to fight like this, I am afraid that no one will survive the cold winter.


    Therefore, the crow tribe and the jackal tribe agreed to a temporary truce and made every effort to prepare supplies for the winter.


    After the armistice, the two tribes frantically plundered nearby resources, and wiped out several small tribes without the protection of the totem god.


    If they continue to plunder like this, it won''t take long before they can regain their strength, even stronger than before.


    When winter is over, even if the rattan tribe is guarded by the rattan god, they will not be able to keep those hunting grounds, and the living space will be severely compressed.


    Therefore, the Vine tribe must fight back, and it is when the two tribes have not recovered.


    "Why not attack the jackal tribe that is closer to us?"


    In the courtyard of the bamboo forest, Chi Shao asked Jiang Xuan in confusion.


    "There are more tribes offended by attacking the crow tribe."


    Jiang Xuan explained: "If we attack the Jackal Tribe, we can only rely on our own hundreds of warriors, but if we attack the Crow Tribe, we can pull the Mountain Turtle Tribe and the Rex Tribe to attack together."


    "At that time, maybe the Jackal Tribe will also step on the Crow Tribe. With so many tribes attacking together, it will be difficult for the Crow Tribe not to be destroyed."


    "After the crow tribe is wiped out, it''s not too late for us to deal with the jackal tribe slowly."


    Jiang Xuan''s words made Chi Shao suddenly realize that there were indeed too many tribes offended by the crow tribe.


    "After it snows, giant dragonflies will also freeze to death, so we have to hurry up."


    In fact, there is one more sentence Jiang Xuan did not say.


    That is, after the snow, the strength of Shenteng may be weakened, and even fall into a deep sleep.


    Although the vine is outrageously strong, it is a plant after all, and it cannot get rid of the influence of seasons and weather for the time being.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Sister, I will go to the Mountain Turtle Tribe and the Rex Tribe. You organize the warriors in the tribe to prepare for the war. Weapons, dry food, clothing, and medicine are all indispensable."


    Chi Shao nodded solemnly: "Okay, I will prepare the soldiers with me."


    "I can rest assured that."


    Jiang Xuan hurriedly left Chishao''s yard, returned to his yard, prepared some gifts, and immediately flew to the mountain turtle tribe on a glutinous rice ball.


    Last summer, they wiped out the mosquito tribe. This year, Jiang Xuan hopes to wipe out the crow tribe as well.


    After Jiang Xuan left, Chi Shao immediately organized all members of the Teng tribe to prepare for the war.


    Weapons, dry food, clothes, medicines and other things must be prepared.


    In addition, in order to prevent someone from attacking after the battle, all the materials of the Teng tribe were quietly transferred to the other side of the Flying Fish River and hidden in the cave of the big mountain.


    Including those ordinary clansmen who are weak in combat, as well as the old, the weak, the sick and the disabled, will enter the cave to temporarily hide.


    In this way, after the warriors of the Vine tribe set off, even if someone came to do a sneak attack, there would be no benefit.


    The entire Vine Tribe entered a tense atmosphere, and all the warriors were hurrying to make more tools.


    At this time, the stone tool master Black Stone became the most popular person.


    Because the arrowheads, stone knives, stone spears and other weapons he polished are very easy to use, much better than those soldiers polished themselves.


    Therefore, many fighters have sent things to Blackstone, hoping that he can build more weapons for him.


    The most leisurely person is the old witch.


    The old man kept saying that he was about to go into the ground, and he even prepared the big animal skin for the corpse.


    But two years later, he is still full of energy, his face is red, and he can''t see the slightest sign of going to the ground.


    After the arrival of the Black Stone, the old witch often went over to look for him to watch him polish various stone tools and bone tools, and sometimes chat and eat meat together.


    ...


    Southern Wilderness, Mountain Turtle Tribe.


    "Il..."


    Purple dumplings fell from the sky and landed outside the mountain turtle tribe.


    Those giant mountain tortoises had seen the dumplings before, so they just looked up and slowly crawled on the ground or basked in the sun.


    When there is nothing to do, these giant tortoises always appear slow, but when they are in danger or fighting, they can run very fast.


    Jiang Xuan got off the back of the dumplings, let it wait outside, and then entered the mountain turtle tribe alone.


    When he came to the gate of the fence, Jiang Xuan said to the soldiers guarding the gate: "I want to see your leader."


    The soldiers guarding the gate knew Jiang Xuan, and one of them immediately went in and reported to Shan Jia.


    After a while, the mountain armor wearing a fur coat came out, and greeted Jiang Xuan warmly from a distance.


    "Boss Xuan, welcome to the mountain turtle tribe."


    Jiang Xuan looked at the mountain armor and said with a smile, "Leader of the mountain armor, why don''t you wear tortoise armor today?"


    The first few times we met, the mountain gecko was wearing a thick tortoise shell, which looked like a big human-shaped tortoise, which was quite funny.


    But today he was only wearing animal skins.


    "The tortoise shell is very heavy. When you''re not going out, it''s better to wear animal skins to be more comfortable."


    "That''s true."


    The two entered the mountain turtle tribe talking and laughing, and came to the big house where the mountain turtle lived.


    "Boss Xuan, the weather is getting colder, and the mushrooms are not growing anymore. Today, we won''t be able to eat bone-grinding pork skewers, but it doesn''t matter, we can eat dried mushrooms stewed meat."


    Shan Jia washed a pottery ding, which was traded from the Veng tribe.


    Afterwards, he put animal meat, dried mushrooms in the pot, added water, covered the pot and let it simmer slowly.


    After all this was done, Shan Jia asked, "Why is the leader Xuan free to come to our Shan turtle tribe today?"


    Jiang Xuan came alone and did not bring any goods. Obviously, he did not come to do business.


    Jiang Xuan unhurriedly took out a small bag of salt from the animal skin bag, handed it to Shan Jia, and said, "New salt, give it to you to taste."


    Shan Jia opened the bag and saw that it was filled with salt. He was surprised: "This... this is too precious."


    "It''s okay, we are friends, let''s accept it."


    Shan Jia wanted to refuse, but Jiang Xuan gave too much salt, and he put it away subconsciously, unable to refuse at all.


    "Then...Thank you, Chief Xuan."


    Yamagata accepted the salt, and the smile on his face became more sincere.


    After giving gifts, Jiang Xuan finally entered the theme.


    "Actually, I came here this time because I have something very important to discuss with the leader of the mountain gills."


    "Leader Xuan said, if I can help, I will definitely help."


    Shan Jia is also not stupid, and did not agree to accept the gift.


    Jiang Xuan didn''t sell off, and said directly: "I wonder if the leader of the mountain armor is interested in attacking the crow tribe?"


    "What? Attack the crow tribe?"


    Shan Jia was taken aback, and even thought he had heard it wrong.


    "Yes, the Crow Tribe and the Jackal Tribe have been fighting for so long, and now is the time of weakness. The Vine Tribe, the Mountain Turtle Tribe, and perhaps the Otter Tribe, if we join forces to attack, we will definitely be able to defeat the Crow Tribe!"


    Shan Jia didn''t talk to him right away. He was cautious by nature, and something so important must be considered carefully.


    Jiang Xuan continued: "If you don''t fight now, after the winter, the crow tribe will become stronger again, even stronger than before. At that time, whether it is the vine tribe or the tribes around the Great Swamp, they may be attacked by them. attack again."


    Shan Jia was silent for a moment, then said: "Boss Xuan, this matter is too big, I need to discuss it with Wu."


    "It should be." Jiang Xuan expressed his understanding.


    Shan Jia asked Jiang Xuan to sit for a while, while he hurriedly went to the witch of the mountain turtle tribe, and asked the witch to ask the totem **** for advice.


    After a long time, Shan Jia returned to Jiang Xuan again.


    He said solemnly: "Boss Xuan, it is okay to jointly attack the crow tribe, but our mountain turtle tribe is only responsible for assisting, and will not take the lead in charging."


    Yamagata added: "This is the meaning of the turtle god."


    Jiang Xuan thought for a moment and said, "Yes, but after the battle starts, you can''t watch the battle by the side, you must attack together."


    "That''s natural, our Mountain Turtle Tribe will not sit back and watch the Vine Tribe''s warriors desperately Well, that''s it, three days later, we will join forces to attack the Crow Tribe!"


    The two settled the matter and made a verbal contract.


    Jiang Xuan said again: "By the way, I remember that there are also many feuds between the Rex tribe and the Crow tribe. I want to go there and invite them to attack the Crow tribe together. Can the leader of the mountain armor take me there?"


    ...


    Subsequent repetition, update later.


    ...


    Jiang Xuan continued: "If you don''t fight now, after the winter, the crow tribe will become stronger again, even stronger than before. At that time, whether it is the vine tribe or the tribes around the Great Swamp, they may be attacked by them. attack again."


    Shan Jia was silent for a moment, then said: "Boss Xuan, this matter is too big, I need to discuss it with Wu."


    "It should be." Jiang Xuan expressed his understanding.


    Shan Jia asked Jiang Xuan to sit for a while, while he hurriedly went to the witch of the mountain turtle tribe, and asked the witch to ask the totem **** for advice.


    After a long time, Shan Jia returned to Jiang Xuan again.


    He said solemnly: "Boss Xuan, it is possible to jointly attack the crow tribe, but our mountain turtle tribe is only responsible for assisting and will not take the lead in charging."


    Yamagata added: "This is the meaning of the turtle god."


    Jiang Xuan thought for a moment and said, "Yes, but after the battle starts, you can''t watch the battle by the side, you must attack together."


    "That''s natural, our Mountain Turtle Tribe will not sit back and watch the soldiers of the Vine Tribe desperately."


    "Okay, then it''s settled. After three days, we will join forces to attack the crow tribe!"


    The two settled the matter and made a verbal contract. Click to download this site APP, massive novels, free to read!

 Chapter 136： Attack, attack!

    This chapter is not over, please subscribe later.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh later to watch the latest content.


    ¡­


    After returning to the Shangui tribe, Jiang Xuan said to Shanjia: "The Rex tribe will not fight, we will fight by ourselves, and the resources we will fight can be divided into half."


    Shan Jia hesitated for a moment, and couldn''t help but ask, "Boss Xuan, are you sure of the Vine tribe?"


    Jiang Xuandan smiled and said: "If the leader of the mountain armor is really worried, our Vine tribe can also fight by ourselves, but when the time comes, all the materials of the crow tribe will be ours."


    "Don''t be angry, Chief Xuan, I''m not sure."


    "Although the leader of the mountain gill puts his heart in his stomach, our Vine tribe never does anything that we are not sure about."


    "Then I can rest assured, Chief Xuan, then three days later, we will attack the crow tribe together and kill these crows!"


    "Okay, promise to kill these crows!"


    The two sides agreed on some details of the attack three days later, including the location of the joint.


    Jiang Xuan glanced at the sky, it was almost dark at this time, he turned over and jumped on the back of the dumplings.


    "Leader of the mountain armor, then it''s settled. It''s getting late, so I''ll go back first."


    "Dangerous at night, how about Chief Xuan staying one night in our Mountain Turtle Tribe?"


    Shan Jia winked and said, "I''ll find some female warriors to accompany you."


    Jiang Xuan''s eyes widened. He thought of the powerful and muscular tribe women, and hurriedly waved his hand: "No, no, there are still a lot of things in the tribe that need to be prepared, so I''d better go back early."


    "That''s right, then pay attention to safety on the road."


    Shan Jia did not force it. After all, there was a lot of preparation to be done to attack the crow tribe.


    "Il..."


    Tang Yuan slammed his legs, then quickly flapped his wings, flew into the sky, and gradually disappeared.


    Shan Jia looked at the back of Tang Yuan and said enviously, "It''s nice to have a flying pet."


    Shan Jia took another look at the giant tortoise beside him and said, "But the giant tortoises of our turtle tribe are not bad, and their defense is much stronger than that of birds."


    The mountain turtle patted the thick shell of the giant mountain tortoise, and then walked slowly into the tribe.


    ¡­


    On the seventh day of the tenth lunar month, all the soldiers of the Vine tribe were ready to go out except those who could not participate in the battle.


    In front of the altar, Jiang Xuan and six leaders stood in a row, and Chishao personally painted totem patterns for them.


    Chi Shao stood in front of Jiang Xuan, holding an animal brush in his right hand and a pottery plate with paint in his left hand, and he was the first to paint totem patterns for him.


    Chishao''s hand was very steady, and she drew slowly and slowly. After a while, she drew a simplified divine vine on Jiang Xuan''s cheek.


    Finally, she painted four horizontal lines on Jiang Xuan''s face with green, red, yellow, and blue pigments.


    After the painting, Chi Shao whispered, "May the Vine God bless you with peace."


    "Thank you Wu for your blessing."


    Jiang Xuan opened his eyes, and the totem pattern made the whole person''s temperament a bit wilder.


    Then, Chishao also painted totem patterns and warrior-level horizontal patterns for Uncaria, Shiloh, Nanxing, Nepeta, Gansong, and Dajiao respectively.


    As for the other warriors, they had already drawn each other''s totem patterns, and hundreds of people stood in front of the altar in a dark crowd.


    Chishao put down the animal brush and paint tray, walked up to the altar barefoot, and began to recite the mantra.


    "¨É¨Ê¨ÎÁ¦¨É, ¨Þ¨Ó¨Ø¨âÈÕ..."


    Chi Shao''s chanting voice became louder and louder, and the mysterious tune made the blood of all the warriors gradually boil.


    "Boom!"


    On the top of the stone mountain, the whole plant of Shenteng burst out with a strong divine light, and at the same time, its root system was gradually pulled away from the ground.


    The **** vine untwisted in circles, broke away from the tall stone mountain, and then floated into the sky with its roots.


    When the whole plant of Shenteng floated into the sky, the divine light was so strong that people dared not look directly at it.


    After Chishao finished reciting the mantra, she bowed to the vine, then turned to face all the warriors of the vine tribe, and said loudly: "The warriors of the tribe, please follow the steps of the vine and destroy our enemies!"


    Jiang Xuan also raised his bone spear and shouted loudly, "For the Vine Tribe!"


    "For the Vine tribe!"


    "Kill kill kill!"


    In the bamboo forest, more than 400 warriors of the Vine tribe raised their weapons one after another, and the screams of killing shook the sky.


    "Buzz!"


    In the sky, the huge divine vine began to move slowly.


    "Huhuhu..."


    Dozens of giant dragonflies were constantly flying around the vine, setting off gusts of wind.


    Jiang Xuan walked outside the bamboo forest, climbed onto the back of the dumplings, and shouted, "Let''s go!"


    "Il..."


    The dumplings fluttered into the sky and hovered constantly.


    Chi Shao also rode a big-horned deer, holding a stone spear, surrounded by many warriors, slowly advancing.


    "What..."


    "Young..."


    All the warriors of the Vine tribe moved. Some of them rode big horned deer, some rode blue sheep, following the guidance of Vengshen and Jiang Xuan in the sky, and headed to the crow tribe.


    On the mountainside of the big mountain on the other side of the Feiyu River, the old witch sat in front of the cave, the giant squatting beside him, and the old man Heishi.


    Inside the cave are the old, weak, sick and disabled of the Vine tribe, as well as a large amount of food and supplies.


    Before leaving, Jiang Xuan specially asked the old witch to help take care of these people.


    "Tribal Wars, I really want to go see it." The old witch looked at Shenteng and the Veng tribe warriors who were gradually moving away, and was very yearning in his heart.


    The old man Heishi, who was on the side, sighed while polishing the stone tools: "Unfortunately, I am too old to have much fighting power left, otherwise I can go to war."


    The old witch comforted: "Don''t be discouraged, the weapon you polished will go to war instead of you."


    "That''s right."


    Thinking of this, Hei Shi became happy again, and became more serious when he polished the stone tools.


    ¡­


    Southern Wilderness, Mountain Turtle Tribe.


    After three days of preparation, the mountain turtle tribe also set off.


    Like the Vine Tribe, the incompetent clansmen of the Mountain Turtle Tribe also hid, but they hid in the Mushroom Forest.


    The clansmen with fighting ability all sat on the backs of the mountain tortoises and were ready to set off.


    "Roar!"


    After the sacrifice, the incomparably huge turtle **** roared in filial piety, and then brought a large number of people into the water first.


    "Crash..."


    Immediately afterwards, giant mountain tortoises carried the soldiers into the water, and followed the turtle **** into the swamp.


    Unlike the Vine Tribe, the Mountain Turtle Tribe prefers to walk by water. They will land on the side of the Raven Tribe that is close to the Great Swamp, and the Killing Raven Tribe will be caught off guard.


    The mountain turtle was still wearing the thick tortoise shell, standing on the back of a giant mountain turtle. He was very nervous and excited.


    There is a deep hatred between the Turtle Tribe and the Raven Tribe, because they were forced to leave the tribe by the Raven Tribe and hide on an island in the Great Swamp.


    Devour Novel Network


    "I hope the Vine tribe is really strong and can join us in killing all those **** crows!"


    Shan Jia clenched his fists, and there was a fierce light in his eyes that was hard to see at ordinary times.


    ¡­


    The ninth day of October, early morning.


    After the vine tribe entered the forest, the vines became smaller, and only giant dragonflies and glutinous rice **** flew above.


    Yesterday afternoon, they came outside the territory of the crow tribe.


    However, because the time agreed with the Mountain Turtle Tribe did not arrive, they temporarily hid and spent the night in the forest. At the same time, they sent many soldiers to inquire about the information of the Crow Tribe.


    When the first beam of sunlight penetrated the clouds and shone on the ground, the soldiers of the two mountain turtle tribes quietly went ashore and came to the agreed place to connect with the people of the Vine tribe.


    Jiang Xuan said to the warriors of the mountain turtle tribe: "Go back and tell your mountain armor leader that after the sun rises, we will attack the crow tribe immediately!"


    "Okay, let''s go back now."


    The two warriors of the Mountain Turtle Tribe returned quickly to report.


    Jiang Xuan called all the Veng tribe warriors together and said loudly: "The people of the Shangui tribe have arrived, and everyone is in place according to the plan!"


    Before leaving, Jiang Xuan had already formulated a battle plan, and those leaders knew it well.


    "Hunting team, follow me!"


    Uncaria rode a big-horned deer and took the lead in hunting a team and ran to the left of the crow tribe.


    "The second hunting team, follow me!"


    Shi Loach led the second hunting team to the right side of the crow tribe.


    The other teams also headed to the predetermined battle positions.


    In the end, the guards remained, following Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao.


    When the sun rose, the sun pierced the clouds, and the vines in the forest immediately floated up, and from a few meters high, they quickly became taller and larger, until they were as huge as a winding dragon.


    "Buzzing..."


    Dozens of giant dragonflies perched on the big trees also took off one after another and followed Shenteng forward.


    In the forest, Jiang Xuan sat on the back of the dumplings and shouted, "Come on!"


    "Il!"


    Tangyuan quickly ran to the open space, then spread its wings and flew into the sky, following Shenteng far away.


    Chishao and the soldiers of the guard team also rushed towards the crow tribe on the big horned deer.


    ¡­


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ¡­


    In the bamboo forest, more than 400 warriors of the Vine tribe raised their weapons one after another, and the screams of killing shook the sky.


    "Buzz!"


    In the sky, the huge divine vine began to move slowly.


    "Huhuhu..."


    Dozens of giant dragonflies were constantly flying around the vine, setting off gusts of wind.


    Jiang Xuan walked outside the bamboo forest, climbed onto the back of the dumplings, and shouted, "Let''s go!"


    "Il..."


    The dumplings fluttered into the sky and hovered constantly.


    Chi Shao also rode a big-horned deer, holding a stone spear, surrounded by many warriors, slowly advancing.


    "What..."


    "Young..."


    All the warriors of the Vine tribe moved. Some of them rode big horned deer, some rode blue sheep, following the guidance of Vengshen and Jiang Xuan in the sky, and headed to the crow tribe.


    On the mountainside of the big mountain on the other side of the Feiyu River, the old witch sat in front of the cave, the giant squatting beside him, and the old man Heishi.


    Inside the cave are the old, weak, sick and disabled of the Vine tribe, as well as a large amount of food and supplies.


    Before leaving, Jiang Xuan specially asked the old witch to help take care of these people.


    "The tribal war, I really want to go and see it." The old witch looked at the gods and the vine tribe warriors who were gradually moving away, and UU reading was very longing in his heart.


    The old man Heishi, who was on the side, sighed while polishing the stone tools: "Unfortunately, I am too old to have much fighting power left, otherwise I can go to war."


    The old witch comforted: "Don''t be discouraged, the weapon you polished will go to war instead of you."


    "That''s right."


    Thinking of this, Hei Shi became happy again, and became more serious when he polished the stone tools.


    ¡­


    Southern Wilderness, Mountain Turtle Tribe.


    After three days of preparation, the mountain turtle tribe also set off.


    Like the Vine Tribe, the incompetent clansmen of the Mountain Turtle Tribe also hid, but they hid in the Mushroom Forest.


    The clansmen with fighting ability all sat on the backs of the mountain tortoises and were ready to set off.


    "Roar!"


    After the sacrifice, the incomparably huge turtle **** roared in filial piety, and then brought a large number of people into the water first.


    "Crash..."


    Immediately afterwards, giant mountain tortoises carried the soldiers into the water, and followed the turtle **** into the swamp.


    Unlike the Vine Tribe, the Mountain Turtle Tribe prefers to walk by water. They will land on the side of the Raven Tribe that is close to the Great Swamp, and the Killing Raven Tribe will be caught off guard.


    The mountain turtle was still wearing the thick tortoise shell, standing on the back of a giant mountain turtle. He was very nervous and excited.


    There is a deep hatred between the Turtle Tribe and the Raven Tribe, because they were forced to leave the tribe by the Raven Tribe and hide on an island in the Great Swamp.


    "I hope the Vine tribe is really strong and can join us in killing all those **** crows!"


    Shan Jia clenched his fists, and there was a fierce light in his eyes that was hard to see at ordinary times. Click to download this site APP, massive novels, free to read!

 Chapter 137： Crow Tribe Extinct

    Southern Wilderness, Crow Tribe.


    "Stand up, stand up for me, the hunting warriors will come back soon!"


    The crow tribe witch was devastated and shouted hoarsely, but with little success.


    In the sky, dozens of giant dragonflies and a big purple bird are frantically slaughtering big crows.


    That terrifying divine vine even made the Crow God lose his temper, and also separated a large number of vines, strangling the crow tribe warriors on the ground.


    After the arrival of the turtle tribe, it was a devastating blow to the crow tribe.


    Because the Crow God has been restrained by the Vine God, the Turtle God can take the large group of giant mountain tortoises to slaughter frantically without any hesitation, as if entering a land of no one.


    If it goes on like this, the crow tribe will be exterminated before the warriors who go out to hunt come back.


    The crow tribe witch saw it in her eyes and was anxious in her heart, but even the crow **** couldn''t do anything, what could she do?


    "Boom..."


    At this moment, the turtle **** had already rushed over, and all the people and buildings were crushed along the way.


    "Wu, hurry up..."


    The leader of the crow tribe ran over covered in blood, his eyes were very frightened, because more than half of the soldiers he led just now were killed by those terrifying giant tortoises, and the others could only flee.


    "Go... go..."


    The crow tribe witch was also panicked. Although she was relatively old, she did not want to die, and was very afraid of death. Seeing that the tribe could no longer hold back, her first thought was to run.


    The leader of the crow tribe and the witch ran to the right of the tribe, hoping to escape into the forest and find a way to survive.


    However, they did not expect that this is a dead end.


    On the right side of the crow tribe, the second hunting team blocked the fleeing crow clan warriors to kill, and the loach climbed to a big tree, found a position with a wide field of vision, and kept shooting arrows.


    His arrows are unbelievable, and every arrow shot, a warrior of the crow tribe must fall.


    When the leader of the crow tribe and the witch came here, their costumes that were different from the ordinary people immediately caught the attention of Shi Loach.


    "The witch and leader of the crow tribe!"


    Shi Loh''s eyes narrowed slightly, he remembered that when the deer tribe was destroyed, it was these two people who led the warriors of the crow tribe to slaughter.


    "Use your lives today to pay homage to the former clansmen."


    Shi Loach took a deep breath, then solemnly took out a different feather arrow, put it on the bowstring, and slowly pulled it away.


    The arrowhead of this feather arrow was personally polished by the old man Heishi. Not only was the stone good, but it was also polished very sharply, with a well-proportioned shape and smooth lines.


    At this moment, he was extremely focused, the screams of killing in his ears seemed to disappear, and the melee on the ground was ignored by him. In his eyes, only the crow tribe witch and the leader remained.


    The leader of the crow tribe is strong and quick to respond, so he may not be able to kill with one arrow, so he targeted the witch of the crow tribe.


    The crow tribe witch was still running for her life in a hurry, and the arrow of the loach slowly followed her.


    When Shi Loach felt that he could hit it, he immediately loosened the bowstring without hesitation.


    "stop!"


    With the sound of breaking the air, Feather Arrow flew towards the crow tribe witch like lightning.


    The crow tribe witch who was running for her life suddenly stood upright, feeling the terrifying danger coming, but when she turned her head, it was too late to escape.


    Beidi Pavilion


    "puff!"


    This feather arrow directly penetrated her neck, cutting off her hope of life.


    "Ho...ho..."


    The crow tribe witch desperately grabbed her neck with both hands, trying to make a sound, but blood blocked her throat.


    Her eyes were very frightened, and she wanted to ask the Crow God in the sky for help, but it was too late.


    "witch¡­¡­"


    The leader of the crow tribe never expected such a change, he roared in grief and indignation, but could only watch Wu fall.


    The leader of the crow tribe glanced around, but the chaotic scene made him unable to judge where the arrow came from.


    "Boom..."


    The turtle **** as huge as a hill continued to rampage in the Crow Tribe, both houses and trees collapsed one after another, and a large number of Crow Tribe soldiers were killed by it.


    The leader of the crow tribe had no choice but to give up the witch who could not be saved and run away alone.


    "stop!"


    Another feather arrow came through the air, but the leader of the crow tribe had been on guard for a long time. The moment the feather arrow came, he immediately rolled forward and avoided the arrow.


    Then, he ran for his life in a hurry.


    Shi Loh didn''t want him to escape, but he wasn''t sure to kill him, so he immediately thought to the sky and shouted: "Leader, don''t let him run away!"


    Jiang Xuan, who was riding a dumpling to kill a crow, immediately looked to the ground after hearing the sound of the loach.


    He has eaten a lot of eagle-eyed orphans, and he has also eaten Ye Minggu, whose eyesight far exceeds that of ordinary warriors.


    Therefore, he soon found the leader of the crow tribe who was fleeing.


    "Tangyuan, get down!"


    Jiang Xuan patted the dumplings on the neck, and then pointed in the direction where the leader of the crow tribe fled.


    "Il..."


    The dumplings let out a sharp chirping, then turned around immediately, their wings folded back a little, and quickly glide toward the ground.


    No matter how fast the leader of the crow tribe runs, after all, he only has two legs, how can he be faster than the dumplings?


    He didn''t run very far when suddenly he heard the bad wind above his head, and when he looked up, he saw a pair of big sharp claws catching him.


    If he is caught, he will lose half his life if he doesn''t die.


    The leader of the crow tribe didn''t care about his face, and rolled forward again, dodging the claws.


    However, what he didn''t expect was that Jiang Xuan, who was on the back of the dumplings, jumped straight down.


    "winter!"


    Jiang Xuan fell to the ground, rushed to the front of the crow tribe leader in a few steps, and stabbed the bone spear forward fiercely.


    The leader of the crow tribe didn''t have time to dodge, the bone spear stabbed him in the back directly from behind, and the huge force directly pierced his chest.


    "what¡­¡­"


    The leader of the crow tribe screamed and stabbed the spear behind him.


    Jiang Xuan reacted very quickly, he immediately pulled back the bone spear and avoided the stab.


    "puff!"


    The leader of the crow tribe spat out a mouthful of blood, and Jiang Xuan''s spear just now penetrated into his heart, and he felt that it was difficult to breathe.


    But he was a four-color warrior, and his vitality was much stronger than that of ordinary people. He turned around and stared at Jiang Xuan angrily, and then rushed towards him fiercely.


    The two tribal leaders fought, but because the leader of the crow tribe had already been hit hard, he couldn''t hold it after a few fights.


    "Il..."


    At this moment, the dumplings went back and forth, and the big sharp claws grabbed the leader of the crow tribe fiercely.


    This time, the leader of the crow tribe couldn''t avoid it any longer. Tang Yuan''s claws penetrated his body and flew him into the air, releasing his claws and letting him fall.


    At the last moment of his life, the Raven Tribe leader saw that the entire Raven Tribe had been destroyed, and the remaining warriors were fleeing for their lives.


    "Peng..."


    The leader of the crow tribe fell to the ground, all the bones in his body fell apart, and he died unexpectedly.


    Tang Yuan flew back to Jiang Xuan and looked at Jiang Xuan proudly.


    "The dumplings are good!"


    Jiang Xuan boasted, and then chased down the crow tribe with the warriors of the rattan tribe, but did not chase the big crows anymore.


    Under the joint strangulation of the Vine Tribe and the Mountain Turtle Tribe, most of the Crow Tribe were killed except for a few who escaped.


    In the sky, the Crow God, who had been passively beaten, suddenly found that the tribe was gone, and even those big crows were killed.


    "dumb¡­¡­"


    The Crow God cried out in grief and anger, and then prepared to escape.


    The tribe is gone, it must consider the issue of its own escape.


    However, it wanted to run, but Shen Teng didn''t want to let it go.


    To destroy a tribe, the totem **** of the tribe must be killed, otherwise it will be a great hidden danger.


    Just like when the Crow Tribe attacked the Mountain Turtle Tribe, the Crow God could not kill the Turtle God, and then the entire Crow Tribe suffered, and was repeatedly attacked by the Turtle God, and finally had no choice but to leave the territory of the Mountain Turtle Tribe.


    "Buzz!"


    In the sky, the divine vines burst out with incomparably dazzling rays of light, and the terrifying divine power surged like waves.


    "Whoosh whoosh..."


    Immediately afterwards, countless vines grew rapidly, like a net of heaven and earth, wrapping the sky and covering the earth towards the Raven God.


    The Crow God can fly, and the Vine God can also fly, and the speed of those vines is astonishingly fast, and the Crow God cannot run at all.


    "dumb¡­¡­"


    In desperation, the Crow God had no choice but to turn his head and spewed out a terrifying divine fire that burned the void into a twist.


    Last time, the Crow God escaped the **** of the divine vine by virtue of the divine fire. This time, the Vine God is stronger than before, how can he let it escape again?


    I saw the vines all over the sky, instantly wrapped with a thick layer of light quality protection. After all, the Crow God is not a flamethrower, and the divine fire cannot continue to burn, as long as it is carried over it.


    In the blink of an eye, countless vines penetrated the divine fire and directly wrapped around the Raven God.


    There are more and more vines, and the Crow God is getting more and more tightly wrapped. This time, it is useless to spray God Fire.


    To put it bluntly, the gap between the strengths of the two sides is relatively large. Once the Vine God tries his best, the Crow God cannot fight at all.


    "dumb¡­¡­"


    More and more vines entangled the Crow God, and eventually, the glowing vines completely wrapped it, and its screams became weaker and weaker, and finally disappeared completely.


    In the sky Countless vines wrap around the Crow God, like spider silk wrapping around the prey, slowly extracting its vitality.


    On the ground, the turtle **** raised his head and looked at the divine vine in the sky, and Tong Kong shrank sharply.


    When it first came here, it knew that the **** vine was very strong, because the **** vine, as a plant, could fly in the air, proving that its true strength was at least a medium-sized tribal totem god.


    However, it did not expect that the Crow God would have no room to fight back in front of Shen Veng.


    At this moment, it is very fortunate that the Mountain Turtle Tribe is not the enemy of the Vine Tribe.


    Otherwise, such a powerful divine vine, it really does not have the confidence to rely on its powerful defense to win like it did against the Crow God.


    When the strength gap between the two sides is too large, no matter how strong the defense can stand.


    ...


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ...


    He has eaten a lot of eagle-eyed orphans, and he has also eaten Ye Minggu, whose eyesight far exceeds that of ordinary warriors.


    Therefore, he soon found the leader of the crow tribe who was fleeing.


    "Tangyuan, get down!"


    Jiang Xuan patted the dumplings on the neck, and then pointed in the direction where the leader of the crow tribe fled.


    "Il..."


    The dumplings let out a sharp chirping, then turned around immediately, their wings folded back a little, and quickly glide toward the ground.


    No matter how fast the leader of the crow tribe runs, after all, he only has two legs, how can he be faster than the dumplings?


    He didn''t run very far when suddenly he heard the bad wind above his head, and when he looked up, he saw a pair of big sharp claws catching him.


    If he is caught, he will lose half his life if he doesn''t die.


    The leader of the crow tribe didn''t care about his face, and rolled forward again, dodging the claws. Click to download this site APP, massive novels, free to read!

 Chapter 138： winter is coming

    This chapter is not over, please subscribe again tomorrow.


    ...


    Nanhuang, the ruins of the crow tribe.


    "No, the crow tribe is gone."


    Dozens of warriors from the Jackal Tribe looked at the dilapidated Crow Tribe in front of them and felt their scalps go numb.


    The crow tribe and the jackal tribe have been fighting for so long, no one can do anything about it.


    Who would have thought that the crow tribe would be wiped out all of a sudden?


    If it wasn''t for the Jackal God finding the anomaly and sending them over to check, they wouldn''t know that the crow tribe was gone.


    A soldier asked suspiciously: "Which tribe was it that could wipe out the crow tribe in such a short period of time?"


    "Probably a medium-sized tribe."


    "Yes, it must be a medium-sized tribe."


    "Go back and tell the leader and the witch first."


    The destruction of the crow tribe made the warriors of the jackal tribe feel a sense of crisis, because the strength of their jackal clan was similar to that of the crow clan. Since the other party could destroy the crow clan, they could also destroy the jackal clan.


    These warriors immediately rode the jackal back to the tribe, and brought back the news of the extermination of the crow tribe.


    When the leader of the jackal tribe and the witch got the news, they were first shocked, and then made the same judgment as those warriors, thinking that the crow tribe must have been destroyed by the medium-sized tribe.


    For a time, the entire Jackal Tribe became nervous, because they had no idea where this medium-sized tribe was and whether it would pose a threat to the Jackal Tribe.


    In any case, they would never have thought that the crow tribe that was destroyed was actually two small tribes with a population of less than 1,000.


    ...


    Southern Wilderness, Vine Tribe.


    After Jiang Xuan led the soldiers of the Teng tribe back, he brought the tribesmen hidden in the cave on the other side of the Feiyu River back to the tribe, and moved the hidden materials back to the granary.


    Coupled with the large amount of loot seized this time, the warehouses of the Vine tribe are full.


    This winter, even if there is no more hunting or fishing, the Vine tribe can live without worries.


    There are joys and sorrows in everything. This time, the Vine tribe killed 65 soldiers, 17 were disabled, and countless wounded.


    Disabled warriors, Jiang Xuan will not abandon them, he will arrange for these people what they can do and let them continue to live in the tribe.


    As for the dead soldiers, Jiang Xuan, according to the habit of the tribesmen, wrapped each body with an animal skin, and then buried it on the sunny hillside in the north of the Teng tribe.


    After everyone left, Jiang Xuan sat in front of the sixty-five graves and whispered, "Actually, I hate parting ways. I hope everyone in the tribe can live to the end of their lives."


    "But living in this dangerous and wild world, if you want more people to live, someone has to work hard and sacrifice. There''s no way."


    "Rest in peace, soldiers, the tribe will take good care of your relatives, and your achievements will always be remembered in the history of the tribe. As long as the tribe is not destroyed, there will be people to pay tribute to you every year."


    Jiang Xuan stayed in front of the cemetery for a long time, talking a lot, until the sun slanted west, and he walked down the hillside step by step.


    The setting sun shone on the graveyards on the hillside, as if shrouding them in a red veil.


    On the south side of the rattan tribe, the old witch stood outside the bamboo house and looked at Jiang Xuan''s figure descending from the hillside. He nodded with a smile, and said, "It''s a kind and righteous little guy."


    Perhaps living in a cruel environment, cold-blooded people see a lot, but the old witch is more appreciative of people who are affectionate.


    Perhaps cold-blooded people can make choices that maximize their benefits, but they cannot gain the true trust of others.


    ...


    On October 13, the weather became more and more cold. In the early morning, a layer of snow-white frost condensed on the ground.


    This means that autumn is over and the cold winter is coming.


    In the bamboo house, Jiang Xuan used a stone knife to peel off the outer skin of the dried red crystal rice, and then threw them into the pottery cauldron.


    The red crystal rice is about the size of a red date, with a thin red skin.


    It can be cooked without peeling, but it is not as comfortable to eat.


    After peeling off dozens of red crystal rice, Jiang Xuan added water to the pottery cauldron, added some dried animal meat and salt, then covered the cauldron, moved the pottery cauldron into the fire pit, and slowly boiled it.


    Red crystal rice is a grain-like food that, if boiled long enough, will turn into a pot of porridge.


    Of course, Jiang Xuan can''t wait that long, he just needs to cook it thoroughly.


    Slowly, the Tao Ding exudes an aroma that belongs to the mixture of grains and animal meat, which is very pleasant.


    "It''s delicious!"


    After cooking, Jiang Xuan picked up a pottery bowl, scooped the red crystal rice and animal meat into the bowl with a large pottery spoon, and then slowly ate it.


    Red crystal rice tastes like glutinous rice, soft and glutinous.


    Coupled with the salty and fragrant animal jerky, Jiang Xuan can eat five bowls.


    "Dong Dongdong..."


    Outside the yard, there was a sudden knock on the door.


    "Who is it?" Jiang Xuan asked.


    "Leader, it''s me, Ophiopogon."


    "Tangyuan go to open the door."


    Ophiopogon, who used to be a two-color warrior of the Blue Sheep Tribe, has now become a warrior of the Vine Tribe.


    Tang Yuan reluctantly came out of the bamboo shed, then swayed to the door of the courtyard, took the wooden stick supporting the door to one side, and immediately went back to the bamboo shed to sleep.


    Because of the growth in body size, the bamboo shed of the dumplings has been widened and taller, otherwise it really can''t hold it.


    Ophiopogon pushed the door open and walked into Jiang Xuan''s house.


    "Have you eaten?"


    "Ate."


    "looking for me?"


    Jiang Xuan asked Ophiopogon as he put the red crystal rice in his mouth.


    "Leader, the weather is getting colder now, and the tribe doesn''t have much to do now. I want to start boiling insect wax."


    In the spring, Ophiopogon, Jiang Xuan and Lao Wu went to the Blue Sheep Tribe to manage the wax worms and make worm bags for them.


    In September, after the wax worm spit out the wax, Jiang Xuan once took Ophiopogon japonicus to the wax forest again to collect the wax on the branches.


    Wax worms spit wax in August and September. They eat the leaves of wax trees and spit out a large amount of white wax that wraps the branches.


    The branches covered with insect wax are as white as snow when it snows heavily.


    After these insect waxes were brought back to the Vine tribe, because they were busy with the autumn harvest, they had no time to deal with them, so they were all put into the warehouse.


    Now, the busy autumn harvest is over, and the crow tribe has also finished. Ophiopogon has been thinking about those insect waxes, so he came to Jiang Xuan.


    After the insect wax is collected, it is in a fluffy state similar to snowflakes and cannot be used directly.


    It needs to be boiled with a pottery cauldron. After melting, the dirt and some dead wax worm carcasses are removed. After cooling, the insect wax will condense into blocks.


    Afterwards, these condensed insect waxes are boiled, melted again, and poured into bamboo tubes or other containers, which can be made into candles or used for medicinal purposes.


    Jiang Xuan quickly finished the food in the bowl and said, "If you don''t tell me, I almost forgot about the insect wax. Let''s go, I''ll take you to get it."


    Jiang Xuan put down the bowl, wiped his mouth, and walked to the warehouse where the insect wax was placed with Ophiopogon japonicus.


    All warehouses of the Vine Tribe are guarded by warriors. If there is no order from the leader or the witch, ordinary people cannot enter.


    ...


    The follow-up content is repeated, please refresh tomorrow morning to watch the latest content.


    ...


    On October 13, the weather became more and more cold. In the early morning, a layer of snow-white frost condensed on the ground.


    This means that autumn is over and the cold winter is coming.


    In the bamboo house, Jiang Xuan used a stone knife to peel off the outer skin of the dried red crystal rice, and then threw them into the pottery cauldron.


    The red crystal rice is about the size of a red date, with a thin red skin.


    It can be cooked without peeling, but it is not as comfortable to eat.


    After peeling off dozens of red crystal rice, Jiang Xuan added water to the pottery cauldron, added some dried animal meat and salt, then covered the cauldron, moved the pottery cauldron into the fire pit, and slowly boiled it.


    Red crystal rice is a grain-like food that, if boiled long enough, will turn into a pot of porridge.


    Of course, Jiang Xuan can''t wait that long, he just needs to cook it thoroughly.


    Slowly, the Tao Ding exudes an aroma that belongs to the mixture of grains and animal meat, which is very pleasant.


    "It''s delicious!"


    After cooking, Jiang Xuan picked up a pottery bowl, scooped the red crystal rice and animal meat into the bowl with a large pottery spoon, and then slowly ate it.


    Red crystal rice tastes like glutinous rice, soft and glutinous.


    Coupled with the salty and fragrant animal jerky, Jiang Xuan can eat five bowls.


    "Dong Dongdong..."


    Outside the yard, there was a sudden knock on the door.


    "Who is it?" Jiang Xuan asked.


    "Leader, it''s me, Ophiopogon."


    "Oh, Tang Yuan, go and open the door."


    Ophiopogon, who used to be a two-color warrior of the Blue Sheep Tribe, has now become a warrior of the Vine Tribe.


    Tang Yuan reluctantly came out of the bamboo shed, then swayed to the door of the courtyard, took the wooden stick supporting the door to one side, and immediately went back to the bamboo shed to sleep.


    Because of the growth in body size, the bamboo shed of the dumplings has been widened and taller, otherwise it really can''t hold it.


    Ophiopogon pushed the door open and walked into Jiang Xuan''s house.


    "Have you eaten?"


    "Ate."


    "Oh, what''s the matter with me?"


    Jiang Xuan asked Ophiopogon as he put the red crystal rice in his mouth.


    "Leader The weather is getting colder now, and the tribe doesn''t have much to do right now. I want to start boiling insect wax."


    In the spring, Ophiopogon, Jiang Xuan and Lao Wu went to the Blue Sheep Tribe to manage the wax worms and make worm bags for them.


    In September, after the wax worm spit out the wax, Jiang Xuan once took Ophiopogon japonicus to the wax forest again to collect the wax on the branches.


    Wax worms spit wax in August and September. They eat the leaves of wax trees and spit out a large amount of white wax that wraps the branches.


    The branches covered with insect wax are as white as snow when it snows heavily.


    After these insect waxes were brought back to the Vine tribe, because they were busy with the autumn harvest, they had no time to deal with them, so they were all put into the warehouse.


    Now, the busy autumn harvest is over, and the crow tribe has also finished. Ophiopogon has been thinking about those insect waxes, so he came to Jiang Xuan.


    After the insect wax is collected, it is in a fluffy state similar to snowflakes and cannot be used directly.


    It needs to be boiled with a pottery cauldron. After melting, the dirt and some dead wax worm carcasses are removed. After cooling, the insect wax will condense into blocks.


    Afterwards, these condensed insect waxes are boiled, melted again, and poured into bamboo tubes or other containers, which can be made into candles or used for medicinal purposes.


    Jiang Xuan quickly finished the food in the bowl and said, "If you don''t tell me, I almost forgot about the insect wax. Let''s go, I''ll take you to get it."


    Jiang Xuan put down the bowl, wiped his mouth, and walked to the warehouse where the insect wax was placed with Ophiopogon japonicus.


    All warehouses of the Vine Tribe are guarded by warriors. If there is no order from the leader or the witch, ordinary people cannot enter. Click to download this site APP, massive novels, free to read!

 Chapter 139： children of the vine tribe

    West Wilderness, in an unnamed forest.


    The frog tribe finally found a stream with water, and they took a short rest beside the stream.


    "Quack quack..."


    The giant frogs happily jumped into the stream, moisturizing their dry skin with the water.


    Although the Southern Wilderness has already fallen heavily, the Western Wilderness is still hot. Only the place close to the Southern Wilderness will be cold, and the further west, the hotter.


    The Western Wilderness is too big, and it took the frog tribe more than half a year to get here from the hinterland of the Western Wilderness.


    No one knows how long it will take to reach the Southern Wilderness.


    But one thing is certain.


    That is, the further south they go, the denser the forests and the more water they have.


    This discovery is the biggest comfort for the tribesmen of the frog tribe during their migration. They told themselves that they would definitely be able to reach a place where there is no shortage of water, sufficient prey, and suitable for survival.


    Huo Meng, the leader of the frog tribe, walked to the water''s edge. He saw his own reflection through the stream, and saw that the totem lines and warrior lines on his face had been covered with sweat.


    Huo Meng simply took the water, washed his face, and enjoyed the comfortable feeling of the water flowing over his cheeks.


    Then, he found Wu.


    "Witch, help me draw a new totem pattern."


    "it is good."


    The frog tribe witch found the paint from the animal skin bag that he carried with him, first stirred it with water, then dipped the paint with his fingers, and painted on Huomeng''s face little by little.


    The totem pattern of the frog tribe is not complicated. It is a round giant frog with long legs. It is very abstract and even looks a little funny.


    In fact, the totem patterns of all tribes are similar, and there are only a few tribes with good-looking totem patterns.


    Because you can''t expect every tribe''s first shaman to be a painting genius.


    Perhaps a certain witch was more talented in painting, but he could only draw the lines to look better, but he did not dare to change the totem pattern.


    Only some large tribes with a relatively long heritage can make the totem pattern look better through the continuous fine-tuning of generations of witches.


    After the frog tribe shaman painted the totem pattern, Huo Meng said again: "Remember to draw the six-color warrior pattern, and make it thicker."


    The frog tribe witch nodded, then took out six kinds of paints, mixed them, and painted them on Huomeng''s face one by one.


    "All right."


    After the frog tribe witch finished painting, they put away all the paints. These paints are very important to the witches.


    Huo Meng took a photo on the calmer water, then nodded in satisfaction.


    Although his strength is only three colors, as long as he has six colors painted on his face, and he looks tall and majestic, he can still be quite bluffing.


    "Are we really going to the Southern Wilderness? I think that if we go further, the environment is already very good, with forests, water, and prey."


    Wu Da of the Frog Tribe migrated all the way to the Southern Wilderness, and was not very enthusiastic, because the Frog Tribe''s understanding of the Southern Wilderness was limited to the descriptions of the two people from the Teng tribe.


    Huo Meng asked, "Witch, what season is it now?"


    "winter."


    "Yes, winter, but now let''s not talk about snow here, we don''t even need to wear thick animal skins. I remember it was not like this before."


    The frog tribe witch frowned slightly, but did not speak.


    "The place where our frog tribe has lived for generations used to be a big forest. The water in the lake of God is always very sufficient. Every winter, it will snow, and our giant frogs will hibernate in caves."


    "But what happened later? In just over ten years, everything has changed."


    "It doesn''t rain often in the sky anymore, it doesn''t snow in winter, the big forest is gone, the lake of the gods is dry, and the giant frog doesn''t hibernate anymore."


    Huo Meng pointed to the ground and continued: "Now this place is equally hot and rains less. If we stay here, who knows if it will become like the place we used to live?"


    "Since we have already embarked on the road of migration and have traveled for so long, why not directly migrate to the Southern Wilderness?"


    "Even if it is close to the Southern Wilderness, there will be no need for such long-distance migration in the future."


    After the frog tribe witch heard Huo Meng''s words, he sighed slightly and said, "You are right, but the road is too long. Haven''t we encountered enough dangers along the way?"


    "Witch, even if we find a place nearby to settle down, can we guarantee that there is no danger? Impossible."


    The frog tribe witch nodded helplessly, believing Huo Meng''s statement.


    "I''ll take the warriors to hunt first."


    Huo Meng left the creek, followed by a giant frog.


    In fact, most of the frog tribe''s clansmen have the same idea as the witch. The Southern Wilderness is too far away. They just want to find a good place and settle down.


    If it wasn''t for Huo Meng''s persistence, the frog tribe wouldn''t even be able to get here.


    Huo Meng was also very tired, especially when everyone didn''t understand him, the feeling of exhaustion was even more frustrating.


    But for the continuation and even growth of the frog tribe, he must persevere.


    As he said, there is no absolutely safe place in this land. Even if you settle down, you may be invaded by other tribes or even destroyed.


    If that''s the case, why do you want to live?


    Only by migrating to a place that is really suitable for the survival of the frog tribe can the frog tribe have a chance to grow. Otherwise, in the absence of totem gods, insufficient population, and unsatisfactory living places, the frog tribe may die at any time.


    "Follow me and go hunting!"


    Huo Meng straightened his waist, raised his head, and walked towards the forest ahead.


    By the creek, the warriors of the frog tribe looked at each other, then whistled, and followed Huomeng''s pace with the giant frog with its wet skin.


    ...


    Southern Wilderness, Vine Tribe.


    "Leader, leader..."


    Jiang Xuan was trying to make some bamboo slips, but someone shouted loudly outside.


    Tangyuan went out hunting with the giant eagle, Jiang Xuan could only put down the bamboo slices that were being baked, and went to open the door himself.


    "coming."


    Jiang Xuan walked into the yard, stepped on the thick snow, walked to the yard door, removed the wood that had been frozen on the surface, and then opened the yard door.


    "Pregnant, pregnant!"


    Outside the door is Uncaria, his expression is very excited, and his eyes are full of light.


    "Pregnant with what?"


    Jiang Xuan felt a little inexplicable.


    "Poria, Poria is pregnant with my child!"


    When Gokuteng said this, he was so excited that he could not wait to jump up.


    "real?"


    "Really, what Fuling told me, Wu also went to see it."


    "That''s great, congratulations, Uncaria, you''re going to be a father."


    Jiang Xuan felt very pleasantly surprised that Uncaria was about to become a father, which gave him an indescribable feeling. In short, his mood was complicated, and his happiness for Uncaria was the most obvious.


    "Chief, do you think Poria is pregnant with a boy or a girl? Should I name the children? I have to prepare food for them."


    "By the way, there is no shortage of thick animal skins. Children can''t be frozen in such a cold day."


    Uncaria said a lot, even a little incoherent, obviously overexcited.


    Jiang Xuan said helplessly: "Is it a little early to say this? It will take at least half a year to be pregnant, and the weather may be very hot by then."


    "exactly¡­¡­"


    Uncaria scratched his head in embarrassment, and said again: "It''s alright to choose a name first? Chief, why don''t you think of a name for me."


    "I can''t help you with this kind of thing. It''s still so long anyway. Think about it for yourself. It''s best to ask Fuling''s opinion."


    Thinking about names is a very troublesome thing, and Jiang Xuan felt that it would be better for the Uncaria couple to deal with the headaches themselves.


    "Okay, then I''ll go back and ask Poria."


    The sky began to snow again, and the two entered the house.


    Uncaria was still very excited to tell Jiang Xuan something about the child, and he was even thinking about how to teach the child to hunt.


    Jiang Xuan was baking bamboo slices, listening to Uncaria''s imagination about the future, and discussing with Uncaria from time to time.


    This feeling is very strange.


    The Vine tribe has not been established for a long time, and its members are mixed from various tribes. Because of their different living habits and different thinking, they are not particularly harmonious.


    But now, the second generation of the Vine tribe is about to be born.


    In fact, since the establishment of the Vine Tribe, hundreds of children have been born. With the sufficient food and resources of the Vine Tribe, most of the children have survived, and of course a small number of them have died due to various reasons.


    These children are the hope for the future of the Vine tribe.


    If the Vine tribe can survive forever, these children will live, grow and learn various skills in the tribe.


    When the second and even third generation children of the Vine tribe grow up, everything in their memory will be about the Vine tribe.


    They will have a strong sense of identity with the Vine tribe, and as long as the tribe treats them well, most of them will protect the tribe from the bottom of their hearts.


    Moreover, the friendships among these children will, in turn, affect their parents.


    These people from different tribes may have conflicts with each other because of differences, but children will not stop playing with their friends because of the conflicts between adults.


    The children have a good relationship, and the adults will ease the relationship a lot for the sake of the children.


    Therefore, the Vine tribe has many children, which is a good thing for the tribe.


    How far the tribe can go in the future depends on the performance of these children when they grow up.


    With everything the Teng tribe has now, and the knowledge Jiang Xuan has mastered, he is very confident that the children of the Teng tribe can be stronger than the children of other tribes, have more knowledge, and better display their talents.


    Regarding this point, Jiang Xuan is very confident!


    ...


    Subsequent content is repeated, and you can refresh it later.


    ...


    Southern Wilderness, Vine Tribe.


    "Leader, leader..."


    Jiang Xuan was trying to make some bamboo slips, but someone shouted loudly outside.


    Tangyuan went out hunting with the giant eagle, Jiang Xuan could only put down the bamboo slices that were being baked, and went to open the door himself.


    "coming."


    Jiang Xuan walked into the yard, stepped on the thick snow, walked to the yard door, removed the wood that had been frozen on the surface, and then opened the yard door.


    "Pregnant, pregnant!"


    Outside the door is Uncaria, his expression is very excited, and his eyes are full of light.


    "Pregnant with what?"


    Jiang Xuan felt a little inexplicable.


    "Poria, Poria is pregnant with my child!"


    When Gokuteng said this, he was so excited that he could not wait to jump up.


    "real?"


    "Really, what Fuling told me, Wu also went to see it."


    "That''s great, congratulations, Uncaria, you''re going to be a father."


    Jiang Xuan felt very pleasantly surprised that Uncaria was about to become a father, which gave him an indescribable feeling. In short, his mood was complicated, and his happiness for Uncaria was the most obvious.


    "Chief, do you think Poria is pregnant with a boy or a girl? Should I name the children? I have to prepare food for them."


    "By the way, there is no shortage of thick animal skins. Children can''t be frozen in such a cold day."


    Uncaria said a lot, even a little incoherent, obviously overexcited.


    Jiang Xuan said helplessly: "Is it a little early to say this? It will take at least half a year to be pregnant, and the weather may be very hot by then."


    "exactly¡­¡­"


    Uncaria scratched his head in embarrassment, and said again: "It''s alright to choose a name first? Chief, why don''t you think of a name for me."


    "I can''t help you with this kind of thing. It''s still so long anyway. Think about it for yourself. It''s best to ask Fuling''s opinion."


    Thinking about names is a very troublesome thing, and Jiang Xuan felt that it would be better for the Uncaria couple to deal with the headaches themselves.


    "Okay, then I''ll go back and ask Poria."


    The sky began to snow again, and the two entered the house.


    Uncaria was still very excited to tell Jiang Xuan something about the child, and he was even thinking about how to teach the child to hunt.


    Jiang Xuan was baking bamboo slices, listening to Uncaria''s imagination about the future, and discussing with Uncaria from time to time.


    This feeling is very strange.


    The Vine tribe has not been established for a long time The members are mixed from various tribes. Because of their different living habits and different thinking, they are not particularly harmonious.


    But now, the second generation of the Vine tribe is about to be born.


    In fact, since the establishment of the Vine Tribe, hundreds of children have been born. With the sufficient food and resources of the Vine Tribe, most of the children have survived, and of course a small number of them have died due to various reasons.


    These children are the hope for the future of the Vine tribe.


    If the Vine tribe can survive forever, these children will live, grow and learn various skills in the tribe.


    When the second and even third generation children of the Vine tribe grow up, everything in their memory will be about the Vine tribe.


    They will have a strong sense of identity with the Vine tribe, and as long as the tribe treats them well, most of them will protect the tribe from the bottom of their hearts.


    Moreover, the friendships among these children will, in turn, affect their parents.


    These people from different tribes may have conflicts with each other because of differences, but children will not stop playing with their friends because of the conflicts between adults.


    The children have a good relationship, and the adults will ease the relationship a lot for the sake of the children.


    Therefore, the Vine tribe has many children, which is a good thing for the tribe.


    How far the tribe can go in the future depends on the performance of these children when they grow up.


    With everything the Teng tribe has now, and the knowledge Jiang Xuan has mastered, he is very confident that the children of the Teng tribe can be stronger than the children of other tribes, have more knowledge, and better display their talents.


    Regarding this point, Jiang Xuan is very confident! Click to download this site APP, massive novels, free to read!

 Chapter 140： black wind rhino

    This chapter is not over, please subscribe later.


    ...


    "Boom..."


    On the edge of the Western Wilderness, the Grand Canyon is still active, becoming deeper and longer.


    At the same time, a large amount of groundwater gathered in the Grand Canyon, turning the first half of the Grand Canyon into a deep river. However, there are no fish or aquatic animals living in this river for the time being.


    Because of the continuous splitting of the Grand Canyon, geological activities such as volcanic eruptions and earthquakes occur from time to time, and the environment of Xihuang is also constantly changing.


    Tribes living on both sides of the Great Rift Valley, as well as those affected by environmental changes, have migrated.


    These migrating tribes competed with the aborigines on the migration road for various resources, many tribes perished because of this, and some tribes took the opportunity to rise.


    The wave of great migration has spread throughout the Western Wilderness, as well as the Northern Wilderness on the other side of the Grand Canyon.


    At first, because the Western Wilderness was very vast, the battles of those tribes were only carried out in the Western Wilderness.


    But as time went by, this wave of migration finally began to spread to the Southern Wilderness and the Eastern Wilderness.


    The Jackal tribe''s entry into the Eastern Wasteland is just the beginning, and more tribes are still moving towards this direction.


    Among these tribes, there are small tribes, medium-sized tribes, and even large tribes. They have traveled far and near to the Southern Wilderness, and the time of arrival is different.


    What is certain is that the living environment in the Southern Wilderness will become even worse. For territory and resources, whether it is the aborigines tribes in the Southern Wilderness or the tribes that have migrated, they will do their best to fight for it.


    If the tribe wants to survive in such an environment, there is only one option left, and that is to keep getting stronger!


    ...


    "Huhuhu..."


    In the cold winter season, Jiang Xuan was flying in the sky on a glutinous rice ball, and the howling cold wind slapped his face constantly.


    If the physique of the four-color warrior is not strong enough, and the body releases heat like a furnace to warm the body surface, it really can''t stand the cold.


    The dumplings came out for food, and Jiang Xuan always felt bored staying in the tribe, so they came out together.


    The wingspan of the dumplings is nearly ten meters, and it is still growing.


    Due to its huge size, it needs to eat a lot of food every day.


    Therefore, it goes out foraging almost every day, whether it is winter or summer.


    At this time, the land is white and the animals are either hibernating or only active near their nests. It is very difficult to hunt.


    Today, the glutinous rice **** have been flying for several hours, but still nothing.


    But the dumplings did not give up. After a short rest, it continued to fly further afield to find suitable prey.


    "Il..."


    When the dumplings flew over a forest, it finally made a new discovery.


    In the forest, dozens of large animals were walking slowly. They were very large and covered with thick black long hair.


    Tangyuan immediately lowered its flight height to better observe these animals.


    On the back of the dumplings, Jiang Xuan also took the opportunity to observe these animals.


    "Huh? This is... a rhino?"


    Although a lot of snowflakes fell on these animals because of the heavy snow, the thick and long horns on their heads were very obvious.


    Jiang Xuan had never hunted rhinos because there were no rhinos in the forest near the Veng tribe.


    However, when he was chatting with the old witch once, he heard that he had seen a black wind rhinoceros in the Southern Wilderness.


    The black wind rhino is larger than the bison, with rough skin and thick flesh, and its defense is terrifying.


    The black wind rhino has obvious characteristics.


    It has a high back, a sharp rhinoceros horn on its head, a short tail and, in winter, a thick coat of long black hair.


    In spring, all the long black hairs on the black wind rhino will fall off. In summer, the new hair grows slowly, and it does not grow rapidly until autumn, covering the whole body when the cold winter comes.


    It is worth noting that the black wind rhino is extremely aggressive and has terrifying fighting power.


    Ordinary predators don''t dare to provoke them at all. If they are hit by the black wind rhino head-on, even the fierce Megalodon may be seriously injured and die.


    However, the fact that predators dare not provoke them does not mean that tribesmen dare not hunt.


    No matter how powerful the Black Wind Rhino is, it cannot win against a large number of tribesmen who are good at setting traps and using various poisoned weapons.


    For tribal people, the black wind rhino is a treasure all over the body.


    Their extremely tough hides, hard and huge bones, thick and hard horns, and a lot of meat are all very attractive to tribal people.


    As long as there are capable hunting teams, they like to hunt black wind rhinos, and as long as they successfully hunt one, they can bring rich rewards.


    The black wind rhino, which had no natural enemies at first, was targeted by tribesmen, and the population was greatly reduced.


    Of course, because the black wind rhinoceros itself is extremely powerful, there are not many tribes capable of hunting them. Although the population has decreased, it cannot be easily wiped out.


    "Tangyuan, fly a little lower."


    In order to better observe the group of black wind rhinos, Jiang Xuan made the dumplings fly lower.


    The glutinous rice **** fell again and circled over the black wind rhino group.


    With such a big bird in the sky, the black wind rhinos suddenly became vigilant, they gathered more closely, and stared at the glutinous rice dumplings in the sky, guarding against the sudden attack of the glutinous rice balls.


    Jiang Xuan observed for a while and was very interested in these black wind rhinos.


    "It would be great if you could take them back and use them as mounts!"


    For some reason, such an idea suddenly popped into Jiang Xuan''s heart.


    The current mounts of the Veng tribe are mainly blue sheep and big horned deer. Although they run fast and have a certain attack power, these two animals have a fatal disadvantage, that is, they are relatively timid.


    They have been used as prey by various predators for a long time, and they have developed the ability to run fast.


    But because of this, in addition to running fast, their combat effectiveness is not strong.


    In contrast to the jackal tribe, their jackals themselves are predators, very ferocious, extremely powerful in combat, and naturally possess the ability to fight cooperatively.


    If the vine tribe and the jackal tribe fight against each other, can those blue sheep and bighorn deer really show their true strength?


    Jiang Xuan is not optimistic about this.


    Therefore, he has been pondering whether he can find a stronger mount, so that the warriors of the Vine tribe can become powerful cavalry.


    He looked for many kinds of animals, but he was not satisfied.


    Until today, he encountered these black wind rhinos!


    Black Wind Rhino''s defense is abnormal, its running speed is not slow, and its combat effectiveness is extremely strong. If it can be tamed and used as a mount, the strength of the Vine tribe will be greatly improved.


    burning text


    "That''s a lot tougher than a jackal."


    The more Jiang Xuan thought about it, the more excited he became, watching the eyes of these black wind rhinoceros light up.


    The only problem is how to capture these powerful and huge black wind rhinos.


    It''s not too far from the Vine tribe.


    ...


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ...


    "Boom..."


    On the edge of the Western Wilderness, the Grand Canyon is still active, becoming deeper and longer.


    At the same time, a large amount of groundwater gathered in the Grand Canyon, turning the first half of the Grand Canyon into a deep river. However, there are no fish or aquatic animals living in this river for the time being.


    Because of the continuous splitting of the Grand Canyon, geological activities such as volcanic eruptions and earthquakes occur from time to time, and the environment of Xihuang is also constantly changing.


    Tribes living on both sides of the Great Rift Valley, as well as those affected by environmental changes, have migrated.


    These migrating tribes competed for various resources with the aborigines on the migration road. Many tribes perished because of this, and some tribes took the opportunity to rise.


    The wave of great migration has spread throughout the Western Wilderness, as well as the Northern Wilderness on the other side of the Grand Canyon.


    At first, because the Western Wilderness was very vast, the battles of those tribes were only carried out in the Western Wilderness.


    But as time went by, this wave of migration finally began to spread to the Southern Wilderness and the Eastern Wilderness.


    The Jackal tribe''s entry into the Eastern Wasteland is just the beginning, and more tribes are still moving towards this direction.


    Among these tribes, there are small tribes, medium-sized tribes, and even large tribes. They have traveled far and near to the Southern Wilderness, and the time of arrival is different.


    What is certain is that the living environment in the Southern Wilderness will become even worse. For the territory and resources, whether it is the aborigines tribes in the Southern Wilderness or the tribes who have migrated, they will do their best to fight for it.


    If the tribe wants to survive in such an environment, there is only one option left, and that is to keep getting stronger!


    ...


    "Huhuhu..."


    In the cold winter season, Jiang Xuan was flying in the sky on a tangyuan, and the howling cold wind kept slapping his face.


    If the physique of the four-color warrior is not strong enough, and the body releases heat like a furnace to warm the body surface, it really can''t stand the cold.


    The dumplings came out for food, and Jiang Xuan always felt bored staying in the tribe, so they came out together.


    The wingspan of the dumplings is nearly ten meters, and it is still growing.


    Due to its huge size, it needs to eat a lot of food every day.


    Therefore, it goes out foraging almost every day, whether it is winter or summer.


    At this time, the land is white and the animals are either hibernating or only active near their nests. It is very difficult to hunt.


    Today, the dumplings have been flying for several hours and still nothing.


    But the dumplings didn''t give up. After a short rest, it continued to fly further afield, looking for prey suitable for capture.


    "Il..."


    When the dumpling flew over a forest, it finally made a new discovery.


    In the forest, dozens of large animals were walking slowly. They were very large and covered with thick black long hair.


    Tangyuan immediately lowered its flight height to better observe these animals.


    On the back of the dumplings, Jiang Xuan also took the opportunity to observe these animals.


    "Huh? This is... a rhino?"


    Although a lot of snowflakes fell on these animals because of the heavy snow, the thick and long horns on their heads were very obvious.


    Jiang Xuan had never hunted rhinos because there were no rhinos in the forest near the Veng tribe.


    However, when he was chatting with the old witch once, he heard that he had seen a black wind rhinoceros in the Southern Wilderness.


    The black wind rhino is larger than the bison, with rough skin and thick flesh, and its defense is terrifying.


    The black wind rhino has obvious characteristics.


    It has a high back, a sharp rhinoceros horn on its head, a short tail and, in winter, a thick coat of long black hair.


    In spring, all the long black hairs on the black wind rhino will fall off. In summer, the new hair grows slowly, and it does not grow rapidly until autumn, covering the whole body when the cold winter comes.


    It is worth noting that the black wind rhino is extremely aggressive and has terrifying fighting power.


    Ordinary predators don''t dare to provoke them at all. If they are hit by the black wind rhino head-on, even the fierce Megalodon may be seriously injured and die. Click to download this site APP, massive novels, free to read!

 Chapter 141： heavy cavalry

    The rhinos climbed over the mountains, and it took two or three days to return to the Veng tribe.


    In the past two or three days, the people of the Teng tribe felt very uneasy every time they saw the empty stone mountain.


    Fortunately, this is winter, and there is little danger other than the cold.


    "Boom..."


    After Shenteng returned to the Vine tribe, it grew bigger again, and then re-wrapped Shishan again, falling into a deep sleep again.


    Although Shenteng''s strength is already very strong, but he can''t get rid of his nature. In winter, he still likes to sleep.


    Jiang Xuan brought the large group of rhinos to the breeding area and asked Dajiao to pack up a few empty pens for them to live in.


    When winter came, the Vine tribe slaughtered a lot of livestock, because most of the plants were covered with snow in winter, and if there were too many livestock, they would not be able to feed them enough.


    In addition, those livestock that have been raised will not gain much weight if they continue to be raised, and they are meant to be slaughtered.


    Because of this, a large number of pens have been vacated in the breeding area, which will not be refilled until tomorrow spring, when the surviving livestock and poultry are bred in large numbers.


    Now, these empty pens are just right for these rhinos to live in.


    The leader and Vengshen went out and brought back a large group of black wind rhinos. The news quickly spread throughout the tribe, and everyone rushed to the breeding area to see it.


    "My God, is this the Black Wind Rhino? So tall, so big!"


    "Yeah, look at their horns, they''re really sharp!"


    "The fur is so thick..."


    The clansmen talked a lot around these black wind rhinos.


    Those black wind rhinos lie in the hay-covered pens, and they are not panicked at all, and they will not attack the people of the Vine tribe, and even leisurely chew the grass fed to them by the breeding team.


    Uncaria stood beside Jiang Xuan and asked curiously, "Boss, are these black wind rhinoceros also used for work?"


    The vine tribe has raised some bison cubs, which have also been domesticated by the **** vine. It is said that they can help the planting team in the future and can also be used to transport things.


    Thinker


    He looked at the black wind rhino so tall and strong, and thought it was also used for work.


    "No, I''m going to use these black wind rhinos to form a heavy cavalry."


    "Leader, what is a ''heavy cavalry''?"


    Uncaria had never heard of this word, and Shi Loach and others around also looked at Jiang Xuan, hoping that he could explain it to everyone.


    "It''s very simple. The bighorned deer and blue sheep we are riding now are relatively small and their attack power is not strong enough, but they run very fast and are very flexible on the battlefield. I call them light cavalry."


    "And the black wind rhinoceros has a huge size and strong defense. Although it is not so flexible, once it launches a charge, it can directly disperse the enemy''s formation, and its lethality is terrible, so it is called a heavy cavalry."


    After everyone listened to it, the concepts of "light cavalry" and "heavy cavalry" came to mind for the first time. Although they could not fully understand it for a while, but at least they had a general idea.


    Shi Loach said: "That is to say, in the future, our soldiers can ride the black wind rhino to hunt and fight?"


    "Yes, at least some soldiers are like this." Jiang Xuan gave him a positive answer.


    "That''s great. These black wind rhinos are big and strong. They can carry a lot of prey, right? We don''t have to worry about the big prey being transported back in the future."


    Jiang Xuandao: "Not only can it help to carry the prey, but with the black wind rhino accompany, ordinary beasts will not dare to attack you."


    Every year, there are quite a few soldiers killed by Meng beasts in the hunting team, and the black wind rhino is strong enough to deter those Meng beasts who like to sneak attacks.


    After listening to Jiang Xuan''s words, everyone was very jealous of the black wind rhinoceros, wishing they could have one too.


    Jiang Xuan said again, "Don''t be too happy too soon."


    "Black wind rhinos are indeed very powerful, and after they are formed into heavy cavalry, they are indeed very powerful, but when they charge, they often fall into the siege of the enemy, which is very dangerous."


    "Therefore, only the most powerful warriors in the tribe are eligible to ride the Black Wind Rhino."


    Jiang Xuan''s words were like a basin of cold water, calming the excited warriors.


    As Jiang Xuan said, there is a price to be paid to become a heavy cavalry. If the strength is not strong enough, it is likely to die on the way to charge.


    Uncaria asked: "Boss, how should these black wind rhinos be divided?"


    Jiang Xuandao: "There are thirty adult Heifeng rhinos. For the time being, the first hunting team and the second hunting team will be divided into fifteen heads."


    "Six cubs, temporarily raised by the breeding team."


    "In the future, if the number of Black Wind Rhinoceros increases and the tribe becomes stronger, I will consider setting up a special heavy cavalry to fight for the tribe."


    The reason why the black wind rhino was assigned to two hunting teams was because they were out hunting for a long time, which was very dangerous.


    And like the fishing team and the guard team, they basically never leave the tribe and don''t need the black wind rhinoceros.


    Everyone had no opinion on Jiang Xuan''s decision.


    In this way, Uncaria and Shiloh happily divided the thirty rhinos, and then sent the most powerful warriors in the team to take care of these black wind rhinos and familiarize themselves with their temperaments.


    When Jiang Xuan walked back, he accidentally discovered that a little rhino was following him.


    This little rhino has a bunch of white hair on the top of its head, which is curved like a crescent moon, which is different from other rhinos.


    "I remember you, little one."


    When Fujishen had just domesticated these rhinos, the little rhino ran to Jiang Xuan''s side, rubbed his head against him, and was very fond of Jiang Xuan.


    Jiang Xuan touched the little rhino''s head, and the little rhino closed his eyes comfortably, apparently enjoying it.


    When Jiang Xuan was about to leave, it immediately followed, as if it recognized Jiang Xuan.


    Dajiao couldn''t help but said, "Leader, otherwise, let him go back with you."


    Jiang Xuan thought for a while and said, "Okay, I just need a mount that can run, so let this little rhino follow me in the future."


    Jiang Xuan touched the little rhino''s head again and said, "Come with me, little guy."


    Jiang Xuan walked to his yard, and the little rhino followed behind him, and he really recognized Jiang Xuan.


    When they returned to the yard in the bamboo forest, Jiang Xuan piled some hay in the corner of the bamboo shed where the rice **** lived and built a nest for the little rhino.


    "Tangyuan, this little rhino lives with you temporarily. I will build a new shed for it when the ice melts. You are not allowed to bully it, you know?"


    Tang Yuan squatted in his own nest, looked at the little rhino curiously, and nodded.


    The dumplings are a bird, and their size is very large. The little rhino is a little afraid of it, but after Jiang Xuan appeases it, it reluctantly lies in its new nest.


    Not long after, Dajiao personally brought some plant straws and fodder to Jiang Xuan for the little rhino to eat.


    "Boss, have you given this little rhino a name?"


    Jiang Xuan stared at the crescent-shaped white hair on the little rhino''s forehead for a while, and said, "Let''s call it a crescent moon."


    Dajiao praised: "Crescent Moon, this name sounds nice."


    From this day onwards, Jiang Xuan''s yard has a beast and a beast.


    Menggu is called Tangyuan, Meng beast is called Crescent Moon, they are all cute names.


    ...


    This winter, the Veng tribe has enough food and clothing, and also harvested a group of black wind rhinos, and they lived a very comfortable life.


    But some tribes are not so comfortable.


    For example, the Jackal Tribe had a very difficult time.


    The Jackal Tribe and the Crow Tribe fought for more than half a year, resulting in no time to collect enough food and supplies for the winter.


    Later, although the crow tribe was wiped out, but winter also came, and their preparations were very inadequate.


    ...


    Subsequent repetition, update later.


    ...


    As Jiang Xuan said, there is a price to be paid to become a heavy cavalry. If the strength is not strong enough, it is likely to die on the way to charge.


    Uncaria asked: "Boss, how should these black wind rhinos be divided?"


    Jiang Xuandao: "There are thirty adult Heifeng rhinos. For the time being, the first hunting team and the second hunting team will be divided into fifteen heads."


    "Six cubs, temporarily raised by the breeding team."


    "In the future, if the number of Black Wind Rhinoceros increases and the tribe becomes stronger, I will consider setting up a special heavy cavalry to fight for the tribe."


    The reason why the black wind rhino was assigned to two hunting teams was because they were out hunting for a long time, which was very dangerous.


    And like the fishing team and the guard team, they basically never leave the tribe and don''t need the black wind rhinoceros.


    Everyone had no opinion on Jiang Xuan''s decision.


    In this way, Uncaria and Shiloh happily divided the thirty rhinos, and then sent the most powerful warriors in the team to take care of these black wind rhinos and familiarize themselves with their temperaments.


    When Jiang Xuan walked back, he unexpectedly discovered that a little rhino was following him.


    This little rhino has a bunch of white hair on the top of its head, which is curved like a crescent moon, which is different from other rhinos.


    "I remember you, little one."


    When Fujishen had just domesticated these rhinos, the little rhino ran to Jiang Xuan''s side and rubbed his head against him, feeling very fond of Jiang Xuan.


    Jiang Xuan touched the little rhino''s head, and the little rhino closed his eyes comfortably, apparently enjoying it.


    When Jiang Xuan was about to leave, it immediately followed, as if it recognized Jiang Xuan.


    Dajiao couldn''t help but said, "Leader, otherwise, let him go back with you."


    Jiang Xuan thought for a while and said, "Okay, I just need a mount that can run, so let this little rhino follow me in the future."


    Jiang Xuan touched the little rhino''s head again and said, "Come with me, little guy."


    Jiang Xuan walked to his yard The little rhino followed behind him, and he really recognized Jiang Xuan.


    When they returned to the yard in the bamboo forest, Jiang Xuan piled some hay in the corner of the bamboo shed where the rice **** lived and built a nest for the little rhino.


    "Tangyuan, this little rhino lives with you temporarily. I will build a new shed for it when the ice melts. You are not allowed to bully it, you know?"


    Tang Yuan squatted in his own nest, looked at the little rhino curiously, and nodded.


    The dumplings are a bird, and their size is very large. The little rhino is a little afraid of it, but after Jiang Xuan appeases it, it reluctantly lies in its new nest.


    Not long after, Dajiao personally brought some plant straws and fodder to Jiang Xuan for the little rhino to eat.


    "Boss, have you given this little rhino a name?"


    Jiang Xuan stared at the crescent-shaped white hair on the little rhino''s forehead for a while, and said, "Let''s call it a crescent moon."


    Dajiao praised: "Crescent Moon, this name sounds nice."


    From this day onwards, Jiang Xuan''s yard has a beast and a beast.


    Menggu is called Tangyuan, Meng beast is called Crescent Moon, they are all cute names.


    ...


    This winter, the Veng tribe has enough food and clothing, and also harvested a group of black wind rhinos, and they lived a very comfortable life.


    But some tribes are not so comfortable.


    For example, the Jackal Tribe had a very difficult time.


    The Jackal Tribe and the Crow Tribe fought for more than half a year, resulting in no time to collect enough food and supplies for the winter.


    Later, although the crow tribe was wiped out, but winter also came, and their preparations were very inadequate. Click to download this site APP, massive novels, free to read!

 Chapter 142： Mountain Turtle Tribe Waited Years for Opportunity

    "Il..."


    The purple glutinous rice **** fell on the periphery of the mountain turtle tribe. The giant mountain turtles looked up, and then slowly continued to climb forward.


    Jiang Xuan got off the back of the glutinous rice ball, instructed it to wait in place, and then walked to the gate of the mountain turtle tribe''s fence.


    "The mysterious leader of the Vine tribe is here."


    "Go and report to the leader."


    When the soldier in charge of the gate saw the dumplings fall, he immediately assigned a person to report to Shan Jia.


    When Jiang Xuan walked to the gate, Shan Jia also happened to greet him.


    "Hahaha, Chief Xuan, I haven''t seen you for a winter, and the longer you grow up, the bigger you get."


    Shan Jia smiled brightly and gave Jiang Xuan a bear hug.


    Jiang Xuan''s body in this life is only sixteen years old this year, and he is still growing taller. His body is not as thin as before, and he is getting stronger and stronger.


    "The leader of the mountain armor is also looking good." Jiang Xuan responded with a smile.


    "Let''s not hide the fact that the leader of Xuan said that the food and supplies we got from fighting the crow tribe last year allowed our mountain turtle tribe to survive the entire winter without starvation or freezing, hahaha..."


    There was a smug look on Shan Jia''s face. Obviously, no one died of starvation or frozen to death throughout the winter. It was a very proud thing in his heart.


    In fact, it is indeed something to be proud of.


    Most tribes are in a state of starvation for a long time, there is never enough food, and there is never enough animal skins to wear.


    Not being starved to death is the greatest hope of many tribal people. It would be even better if they could wear warm animal skins and live in a house that does not leak.


    Jiang Xuan said with a smile: "The Daja tribe has indeed harvested a lot, but our Veng tribe has basically eaten up all the food, so we are worried."


    "Our mountain turtle tribe is similar. It''s a good thing if it doesn''t pass through the winter. Dig wild vegetables, hunt more, and always get food."


    "Let''s go, come in and say."


    Shan Jia enthusiastically brought Jiang Xuan into the tribe and walked into the more spacious wooden house.


    "The snow has just melted, and the mushrooms in the mushroom forest have not grown yet. Otherwise, I can treat you to eat mushroom barbecue and mushroom stew."


    The mountain beetle put some plant tubers and some animal meat into the pottery cauldron, and said, "I can only eat these now. I just came back today."


    "At a time like this, it''s good to have something to eat. Who dares to pick and choose?"


    "That''s true."


    Shan Jia was happy again, took out a small pot of salt, carefully sprinkled a little into the pot, and then cherished it again.


    After finishing, waiting for the time for the food to be cooked, the two finally began to talk about business.


    "Actually, I came here this time to discuss with the leader of the mountain armor on a major matter."


    "Leader Xuan, just say it."


    "I wonder if the leader of the mountain armor is interested in doing a big job and grabbing some food supplies for the clan?"


    Shan Jia''s heart moved, his sitting posture became straight, and his eyes stared straight at Jiang Xuan.


    "Snatch who?"


    "The Jackal Tribe."


    "Is that the Jackal Tribe that fought with the Crow Tribe for a long time?"


    "Yes, what does the leader of the mountain armor think of this goal?"


    Shan Jia did not reply immediately, his small eyes narrowed slightly, obviously weighing the pros and cons of this matter.


    Jiang Xuan fiddled with the burning firewood with a wooden stick to make the flames burn more vigorously.


    "The leader of the mountain armor, the Jackal Tribe and the Crow Tribe have fought for so long, and have endured another winter. Now is the weakest time. If you miss this opportunity, it will be difficult to fight them again in the future."


    "What''s more, the Jackal Tribe is more ferocious than the Crow Tribe. The tribes near them are almost wiped out. When they become strong again, they will definitely attack the tribes farther away. Neither our Vine Tribe nor your Mountain Turtle Tribe will be spared. "


    "Now is the best time. You know the strength of our Vine Tribe. Together with your Mountain Turtle Tribe, we will definitely be able to take down the Jackal Tribe in one fell swoop, and never have future troubles!"


    Shan Jia still did not speak.


    If it was before, he would even reject Jiang Xuan directly, because the Mountain Turtle Tribe did not like adventure, and never liked it. They preferred to stick to their own one-acre and three-point land.


    But the attack on the crow tribe last year gave them a taste.


    In just one day, they got a lot of food and supplies.


    Looting is addictive, because resources come too fast.


    Shan Jia pondered for a long time, and said, "I need to discuss with Wu, Chief Xuan wait a moment."


    "Okay, I''ll wait for you here."


    Jiang Xuan knew that as long as the mountain armor went to find the witch, it would be half the battle.


    He believed that as a tribe with the most information and the smartest person, he must know how to choose the most beneficial.


    Shan Jia left the house and went straight to the center of the tribe.


    The totem **** of the mountain turtle tribe lives in the center of the tribe, and the witch of the mountain turtle tribe naturally lives not far from the totem god, guarding the **** day and night.


    When Shan Jia found Wu and told him what Jiang Xuan said, Wu pondered silently for a moment, and then said, "Promise him!"


    "Are we really going to attack the Jackal Tribe?"


    Shan Jia asked carefully, wanting to get a positive answer.


    "That''s right, as he said, the Vine Tribe plus the Mountain Turtle Tribe will definitely be able to take down the Jackal Tribe. In that case, why don''t we go?"


    The mountain turtle tribe witch said with hot eyes: "Our mountain turtle tribe has lived here for many years. Although we rely on the Mushroom Gu Forest, our life is not bad, but it has not developed much."


    "Now is a great opportunity. I have a hunch that the Vine Tribe will rise, and we can rise with them!"


    "If we miss this opportunity, we won''t know when our Mountain Turtle Tribe wants to rise again in the future."


    Shan Jia was taken aback and said, "Witch, is the Vine tribe really that powerful?"


    Wu looked at the mountain armor and said, "Their warriors are nothing, but do you know how powerful their totem gods are? Even the turtle gods feel terrible!"


    "That''s only a medium-sized tribe can have a totem god!"


    At this moment, Shan Jia was completely shocked. He never thought that the Vine tribe would have such a powerful totem god.


    "So, we will win this battle?"


    The mountain turtle tribe witch nodded and said, "Yes, that crow can''t beat that vine, and the jackal can''t beat that vine, plus our powerful turtle god, what can the jackal tribe use to resist?"


    "Okay, if that''s the case, then go and reply to him immediately."


    Shan Jia walked out of Wu''s house with a face full of excitement. The words Wu said just now kept reverberating in his heart, leaving him in a state of excitement.


    The witch of the Mountain Tortoise Tribe walked outside the house, looked at the huge turtle god, and whispered: "The opportunity that our Mountain Tortoise Tribe has been waiting for for many years is coming soon!"


    The sleeping turtle **** suddenly opened his eyes and looked in the direction of the jackal tribe.


    ¡­


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ¡­


    "Is that the Jackal Tribe that fought with the Crow Tribe for a long time?"


    "Yes, what does the leader of the mountain armor think of this goal?"


    Shan Jia did not reply immediately, his small eyes narrowed slightly, obviously weighing the pros and cons of this matter.


    Jiang Xuan fiddled with the burning firewood with a wooden stick to make the flames burn more vigorously.


    "The leader of the mountain armor, the Jackal Tribe and the Crow Tribe have fought for so long, and have endured another winter. Now is the weakest time. If you miss this opportunity, it will be difficult to fight them again in the future."


    "What''s more, the Jackal Tribe is more ferocious than the Crow Tribe. The tribes near them are almost wiped out. When they become strong again, they will definitely attack the tribes farther away. Neither our Vine Tribe nor your Mountain Turtle Tribe will be spared. "


    "Now is the best time. You know the strength of our Vine Tribe. Together with your Mountain Turtle Tribe, we will definitely be able to take down the Jackal Tribe in one fell swoop, and never have future troubles!"


    Shan Jia still did not speak.


    If it was before, he would even reject Jiang Xuan directly, because the Mountain Turtle Tribe did not like adventure, and never liked it. They preferred to stick to their own one-acre and three-point land.


    But the attack on the crow tribe last year allowed them to taste the sweetness.


    In just one day, they got a lot of food and supplies.


    Looting is addictive, because resources come too fast.


    Shan Jia pondered for a long time, and said, "I need to discuss with Wu, Chief Xuan wait a moment."


    "Okay, I''ll wait for you here."


    Jiang Xuan knew that as long as the mountain armor went to find the witch, it would be half the battle.


    He believed that as a tribe with the most information and the smartest person, he must know how to choose the most beneficial.


    Shan Jia left the house and went straight to the center of the tribe.


    The totem **** of the mountain turtle tribe lives in the center of the tribe, and the witch of the mountain turtle tribe naturally lives not far from the totem god, guarding the **** day and night.


    When Shan Jia found Wu and told him what Jiang Xuan said, Wu pondered silently for a moment, and then said, "Promise him!"


    "Are we really going to attack the Jackal Tribe?"


    Shan Jia asked carefully, wanting to get a positive answer.


    "That''s right, as he said, the Vine Tribe plus the Mountain Turtle Tribe will definitely be able to take down the Jackal Tribe. In that case, why don''t we go?"


    The mountain turtle tribe witch said with hot eyes: "Our mountain turtle tribe has lived here for many years. Although UUkanshu relies on the mushroom forest, life is not bad, but it has not developed much."


    "Now is a great opportunity. I have a hunch that the Vine Tribe will rise up, and we can rise with them!"


    "If we miss this opportunity, we won''t know when our Mountain Turtle Tribe wants to rise again in the future."


    Small Book Pavilion


    Shan Jia was taken aback and said, "Witch, is the Vine tribe really that powerful?"


    Wu looked at the mountain armor and said, "Their warriors are nothing, but do you know how powerful their totem gods are? Even the turtle gods feel terrible!"


    "That''s the totem **** that only medium-sized tribes can have!"


    At this moment, Shan Jia was completely shocked. He never thought that the Vine tribe would have such a powerful totem god.


    "So, we will win this battle?"


    The mountain turtle tribe witch nodded and said, "Yes, that crow can''t beat that vine, and the jackal can''t beat that vine, plus our powerful turtle god, what can the jackal tribe use to resist?"


    "Okay, if that''s the case, then go and reply to him immediately."


    Shan Jia walked out of Wu''s house with a face full of excitement. The words Wu said just now kept reverberating in his heart, leaving him in a state of excitement.


    The witch of the Mountain Tortoise Tribe walked outside the house, looked at the huge turtle god, and whispered: "The opportunity that our Mountain Tortoise Tribe has been waiting for for many years is coming soon!"


    The sleeping turtle **** suddenly opened his eyes and looked in the direction of the jackal tribe. Click to download this site APP, massive novels, free to read!

 Chapter 143： The Magical Uses of Purple Blood Sap

    This chapter is not over, please subscribe later.


    ...


    A wolf tribe warrior was trapped by the cage vines. After the other two heard the movement, they first looked around and found that there were no people from the vine tribe, so they hurried over to rescue.


    One of them chopped with a stone knife for a while, but found that the vines were not damaged, and his expression finally changed.


    "Damn, what kind of vine is this, why is it so hard."


    The Jackal Tribe migrated from the Western Wilderness, and had never heard of the terrifying plant such as cage vine.


    "Save me... save me..."


    The wolf tribe warrior who was trapped in the vines in the cage cried out for help in a low voice. He was paralyzed on the ground, his consciousness was like a lake, but he still had the instinct to survive.


    "It can''t be cut at all. If there is a torch, you can try to burn it."


    The two rescued warriors were very discouraged, and they were near the Vine tribe. They were very nervous, for fear of attracting people from the Vine tribe.


    "I want torches, we have them!"


    At this moment, a young man''s voice sounded in the forest.


    "Who?"


    The two warriors of the Jackal Tribe immediately held their weapons nervously and looked around.


    Soon, they saw a young man emerge from the ground, with the totem pattern of the Vine Tribe and three-color horizontal stripes painted on his face.


    The young man is the leader of the Vine tribe''s guard team, Nanxing.


    After Nanxing came out, dozens of Vine tribe warriors came out one after another from the tunnel, looking at the two Jackal tribe warriors.


    "Walk!"


    The faces of the two jackal tribe warriors changed greatly, and they ran away on the jackal.


    "Can you run away?"


    Nan Xing rolled over and sat on the back of a big-horned deer, and the big-horned deer immediately chased after the two jackals.


    The soldiers of the guard team also chased after them riding big horned deer.


    The big horned deer ran extremely fast and had strong stamina. It didn''t take long for it to catch up with the two jackals.


    "Come down you!"


    After Nan Xing caught up, he used his spear as a club and smashed it on the back of one of the Jackal Tribe warriors.


    "what¡­¡­"


    The jackal tribe warrior let out a scream and rolled down the jackal''s back like a gourd, obviously suffering serious injuries.


    The jackal looked back, then continued to run forward in panic.


    "Whoosh!"


    Nan Xing pulled out the short spear and the spear thrower, aimed at the running jackal, and threw the short spear out through the spear thrower.


    "Ow..."


    The short spear pierced the jackal accurately, and the terrifying force pierced the jackal''s back.


    The jackal fell to the ground and lost the ability to continue to escape.


    Another fighter from the Jackal Tribe was unable to escape, and was overtaken by a group of guards, then beat him severely, and tied both the man and the jackal.


    After holding the two and the two jackals, Nan Xing returned to the cage vine.


    He got off the back of the bighorn deer, then pulled out a bone knife and stabbed the main stem of the cage vine against the ground.


    This position is the most sensitive place of the cage vine. After being stabbed, all the vines of the cage vine trembled slightly, and then fell softly to the ground.


    Nan Xing took out the unconscious man and the wolf, and shouted to the guard soldiers beside him, "Tie it up."


    "Yes!"


    The two warriors immediately took out ropes and tied one man and one wolf firmly.


    "Take them all back and hand them over to the leader."


    With a wave of Nanxing''s hand, the soldiers of the guard team immediately took the three unlucky **** and the three wolves back to the tribe through the tunnel.


    Nan Xing walked to the dark post and said to Ophiopogon in the pit: "Thank you for finding out early, otherwise these three wolf cubs would break in. I will tell the leader truthfully about this matter, and the tribe will not treat you badly. ."


    "Thank you, Chief Nanxing."


    Nan Xing took out a small bag of jerky, stuffed it from the thorns, and said, "Keep watching, this bag of jerky is for you to eat."


    After handing things over, Nan Xing also went back.


    Ophiopogon sat in the pit, opened the animal skin bag, and saw some strips of animal meat jerky inside.


    Not long after, the soldier in charge of delivering the letter also got into the pit through the tunnel and sat side by side with Ophiopogon.


    "what is this?"


    "What the leader gave us to eat, animal jerky."


    "The chief was really nice to us."


    "Yeah, so we have to keep an eye on this forest, and we must not let people from other tribes come in."


    The two shared the dried animal meat, and they were full of gratitude to the tribe in their hearts.


    On the other side, the soldiers of the guard team escorted the man and the wolf to Jiang Xuan''s yard and handed it over to Jiang Xuan to send it to him.


    Jiang Xuan encountered such a thing not long after he returned from the Mountain Turtle Tribe, and can only say that it was a coincidence.


    "Leader, what should I do with the three Jackal Tribes? Are they killed?"


    "No, I want to get the information of the Jackal Tribe from their mouths, just kill the three wolves, and peel the wolf skins completely."


    "Yes!"


    Nan Xing ordered several soldiers to kill the three jackals.


    Afterwards, Jiang Xuan had the unconscious Jackal Tribe fighters woken up, and then began to interrogate them.


    "What are you doing in the Vine Tribe?"


    "Who sent you here?"


    Jiang Xuan asked two questions one after another, and then the three warriors of the Jackal Tribe just glared at him and did not speak.


    "The leader asked you, are you all deaf?"


    The soldiers next to them punched and kicked these three people, causing them to scream again and again, but it didn''t have much effect, and they still didn''t say anything after the fight.


    "It''s tough, but I want to see if you can keep being tough."


    Jiang Xuan pondered for a moment, thinking about what could pry their mouths open.


    Suddenly, he remembered something, that is the sap of the purple blood tree.


    Jiang Xuan said to Nan Xing, "Take a pottery bowl and go get some juice from the Purple Blood Tree."


    "Yes!"


    Nanxing immediately went to the house to get a pottery bowl, then ran to the forest north of the tribe and found a large purple-blooded tree.


    This purple-blooded tree has been growing for an unknown number of years, and it takes three adults to hug it.


    Nan Xing used a stone knife to cut the bark of the Purple Blood Tree, and the red sap flowed down immediately.


    Nanxing used a bowl against the bark to catch the sap.


    The purple blood tree has a lot of sap. He took a small half bowl, and the wound on the tree gradually solidified, and the sap no longer continued to flow.


    Nan Xing was careful not to touch the juice, and then returned to the yard with the bowl.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Take off their clothes and pour the juice of the purple blood tree onto the wound."


    The soldier next to him shuddered when he heard these words.


    Purple-blooded tree is a material commonly used by warriors of the Vine tribe to make spears.


    Because it has a hard texture and is relatively straight, it is not easy to deform.


    But its sap is poisonous, and if it accidentally gets on the skin, the skin will quickly turn red and sting for a long time.


    Now Jiang Xuan is going to pour the juice of the purple blood tree on the wounds of these three unlucky bastards, one can imagine what kind of torture it was.


    ...


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ...


    A wolf tribe warrior was trapped by the cage vines. After the other two heard the movement, they first looked around and found that there were no people from the vine tribe, so they hurried over to rescue.


    One of them chopped with a stone knife for a while, but found that the vines were not damaged, and his expression finally changed.


    "Damn, what kind of vine is this, why is it so hard."


    The Jackal Tribe migrated from the Western Wilderness, and had never heard of the terrifying plant such as cage vine.


    "Save me... save me..."


    The wolf tribe warrior who was trapped in the vines in the cage cried out for help in a low voice. He was paralyzed on the ground, his consciousness was like a lake, but he still had the instinct to survive.


    "It can''t be cut at all. If there is a torch, you can try to burn it."


    The two rescued warriors were very discouraged, and they were near the Vine tribe. They were very nervous, for fear of attracting people from the Vine tribe.


    "I want torches, we have them!"


    At this moment, a young man''s voice sounded in the forest.


    "Who?"


    The two warriors of the Jackal Tribe immediately held their weapons nervously and looked around.


    Soon, they saw a young man emerge from the ground, with the totem pattern of the Vine Tribe and three-color horizontal stripes painted on his face.


    The young man is the leader of the Vine tribe''s guard team, Nanxing.


    After Nanxing came out, dozens of Vine tribe warriors came out one after another from the tunnel, looking at the two Jackal tribe warriors.


    "Walk!"


    The faces of the two jackal tribe warriors changed greatly, and they ran away on the jackal.


    "Can you run away?"


    Nan Xing rolled over and sat on the back of a big-horned deer, and the big-horned deer immediately chased after the two jackals.


    The soldiers of the guard team also chased after them riding big horned deer.


    The big horned deer ran extremely fast and had strong stamina. It didn''t take long for it to catch up with the two jackals.


    "Come down you!"


    After Nan Xing caught up, he used his spear as a club and smashed it on the back of one of the Jackal Tribe warriors.


    "what¡­¡­"


    The jackal tribe warrior let out a scream and rolled down the jackal''s back like a gourd, obviously suffering serious injuries.


    The jackal looked back, then continued to run forward in panic.


    "Whoosh!"


    Nan Xing pulled out the short spear and the spear thrower, aimed at the running jackal, and threw the short spear out through the spear thrower.


    "Ow..."


    The short spear pierced the jackal accurately, and the terrifying force pierced the jackal''s back.


    The jackal fell to the ground and lost the ability to continue to escape.


    Another fighter from the Jackal Tribe was unable to escape, and was overtaken by a group of guards, then beat him severely, and tied both the man and the jackal.


    After holding the two and the two jackals Nan Xing returned to the cage vine.


    He got off the back of the bighorn deer, then pulled out a bone knife and stabbed the main stem of the cage vine against the ground.


    This position is the most sensitive place of the cage vine. After being stabbed, all the vines of the cage vine trembled slightly, and then fell softly to the ground.


    Nan Xing took out the unconscious man and the wolf, and shouted to the guard soldiers beside him, "Tie it up."


    "Yes!"


    The two warriors immediately took out ropes and tied one man and one wolf firmly.


    "Take them all back and hand them over to the leader."


    With a wave of Nanxing''s hand, the soldiers of the guard team immediately took the three unlucky **** and the three wolves back to the tribe through the tunnel.


    Nan Xing walked to the dark post and said to Ophiopogon in the pit: "Thank you for finding out early, otherwise these three wolf cubs would break in. I will tell the leader truthfully about this matter, and the tribe will not treat you badly. ."


    "Thank you, Chief Nanxing."


    Nan Xing took out a small bag of jerky, stuffed it from the thorns, and said, "Keep watching, this bag of jerky is for you to eat."


    After handing things over, Nan Xing also went back.

 Chapter 144： Attack the Jackal Tribe

    This chapter is not over, subscribe later.


    ...


    Southern Wilderness, Jackal Tribe.


    "Don''t touch me, don''t..."


    From the wooden hut in the center of the Jackal Tribe, there were bursts of piercing screams from women.


    Soon after, the leader of the Jackal Tribe came out of the wooden house in a good mood, and his opponent said, "Send some food to the house, don''t let that woman starve to death."


    "Yes!"


    The warriors of the Jackal Tribe, envious of the leader''s beauty, took some edible plant tubers and sent them to the house.


    In the wooden house, a woman squatted in the corner, wearing a tattered animal skin coat, with a deep hatred in her eyes.


    The woman''s name was Fengcao, and she was one of the women who looted after the Jackal Tribe destroyed a small tribe.


    Fengcao is very beautiful, with a delicate face, long black hair like a waterfall, a good figure and powerful, and is also a one-colored warrior.


    Because of this, after she was captured, the leader of the jackal tribe took a fancy to her and forcibly took her back to his wooden house to ravage her.


    "Let''s eat."


    The soldier who delivered the food looked at Feng Cao a few more times and swallowed secretly, but this was the leader''s woman, and he didn''t dare to touch it.


    Feng Cao suddenly raised his head, looked at him, and said, "Help me kill him!"


    The soldier was taken aback and said, "Are you crazy? How could I kill the leader?"


    Feng Cao suddenly lifted the animal skin coat and said, "Kill him and I will be yours."


    The soldier''s eyes were straight, and he swallowed faster, but he took a few steps back and said, "Crazy, I think you are crazy."


    The soldier fled, although Fengcao was very charming, but he would never dare to let him kill the leader.


    After the soldier left, Feng Cao put on the animal skin again, and his eyes were very disappointed.


    "Can''t anyone kill him?"


    Feng Cao buried her head between her knees, her voice very suppressed.


    She buried her head between her knees, and after a long time, she looked up and seemed to figure it out.


    "Live and kill him..."


    Feng Cao grabbed the food and quickly stuffed it into his mouth, his eyes full of hatred.


    ...


    Outside the territory of the Jackal Tribe, there was a sudden sound of heavy footsteps in the woods.


    A huge rhino ran out of the woods first, followed by the second, third...


    Soon, all the warriors of the Vine tribe appeared. They clenched their weapons and stared vigilantly around.


    "winter!"


    The dumplings fell to the ground, stretched out one wing diagonally, and Jiang Xuan walked along the wings to the ground.


    Jiang Xuan walked to a big tree and saw a totem pattern carved on the bark, which looked like a jackal.


    "We are in the territory of the Jackal Tribe."


    Jiang Xuan returned to the front of the team, and the Vine God had shrunk to a height of more than one meter, suspended above the heads of everyone.


    "I''m going to see if the Mountain Turtle Tribe has arrived. You should hide here first, and don''t let the Jackal Tribe find out too soon."


    Chi Shao said: "Be careful."


    Jiang Xuan nodded, and then quickly ran towards the forest agreed with the Mountain Turtle Tribe.


    His speed was fast, but the movement he made was very small, and even the animals in the forest were not disturbed.


    Jiang Xuan and Shan Jia agreed to meet in a pine forest outside the Jackal Tribe.


    The pine forest is very large, almost entirely filled with pine trees, and is easily recognizable.


    After Jiang Xuan entered the pine forest, his eyes searched everywhere, but he did not see the mountain beetle.


    Is it early? Jiang Xuan was very depressed, he didn''t like waiting for others.


    "Boss Xuan, I''m here."


    Just when Jiang Xuan was disappointed, a voice startled him.


    He followed the sound, and saw that the thick layer of pine needles on the ground suddenly bulged, and then a person emerged from the pine needles, which was a gondola wearing a thick tortoise shell.


    "Leader of the mountain armor, why are you hiding here?"


    Jiang Xuan didn''t know whether to laugh or cry. He thought that the mountain armor didn''t come. It turned out that he was hiding.


    "Hey, isn''t this afraid of being discovered by the Jackal Tribe? It''s safer to hide."


    The warriors of the mountain turtle tribe are very good at hiding, because they wear turtle shells and hide on the ground. Even if someone steps on them or pokes them with a spear, they may not be able to find them.


    "The leader of the mountain armor, the turtle **** and the warriors of your tribe have all arrived?"


    "It''s here, the Turtle God took them to hide in the woods, waiting to attack."


    "Okay, if you hear the horn sound, it means that our Vine tribe has started to attack, and your mountain turtle tribe will also attack immediately!"


    "Don''t worry, Chief Xuan, we will definitely attack immediately when we hear the sound of the horn."


    "Okay, then it''s settled."


    After Jiang Xuan and Shan Jia agreed, he immediately returned along the original road and joined the warriors of the Fuji tribe.


    The mountain beetle carried a thick tortoise shell on its back and quickly ran back to the place where the mountain turtle tribe was hiding.


    After Jiang Xuan returned to the forest, he said to the warriors of the Vine tribe: "The mountain turtle tribe has arrived, everyone check the weapons and prepare to attack!"


    The warriors of the Vine tribe have checked their weapons to ensure that they will not lose their lives because the weapons are not properly prepared during the battle.


    After watching everyone check the weapons, Jiang Xuan waved his hand and said, "Follow me!"


    Jiang Xuan did not ride the dumplings, because the dumplings were too conspicuous in the sky.


    He quickly shuttled through the forest, followed by the warriors of the Vine tribe, and the dumplings jumped forward.


    They sneak all the way into the territory of the Jackal tribe.


    Among the jackal tribe, the terrifying jackal **** suddenly stood up, its ears moved, and it seemed to be carefully discerning the sounds in the woods.


    Soon, it heard a messy sound of footclothing, and was approaching the place where the jackal tribe lived.


    "Ouch..."


    The Jackal God raised his head to the sky and let out a long roar, warning the people of the Jackal Tribe.


    The witch of the Jackal Tribe immediately ran out of his wooden house and shouted loudly: "Enemy attack, enemy attack..."


    Soon, the entire jackal tribe moved, and they took up arms and prepared to meet the enemy.


    Those jackals also gathered together, grinning and ready to bite, very fierce.


    The leader of the jackal tribe didn''t care about the woman, he picked up his weapon and ran away, and even the belt of the animal skin coat was just casually fastened.


    In the wooden house, Feng Cao heard the movement outside, and there was a light in his eyes immediately.


    She looked around in the wooden house, then picked up a bent animal bone, used it as a weapon, and held it tightly.


    But she did not run out immediately, but waited patiently for the opportunity.


    ...


    Outside the place where the Jackal Tribe lived, when Jiang Xuan heard the wolf howling, he knew that he had been discovered.


    He immediately shouted to one of the warriors: "Blow the horn, blow the horn!"


    The warrior hurriedly took a large twisted horn from his waist, then raised his hands, took a deep breath, and puffed out his cheeks.


    "Woooo..."


    The sound of the horn is not only loud, but also very penetrating and can be heard from far away.


    Jiang Xuan held the bone spear, jumped on the back of the dumplings, and shouted, "Come on!"


    "Il..."


    Tangyuan quickly ran to the spacious place, then jumped and flew into the sky.


    "Om..."


    The vine magic body glowed green light, it first flew over the woods, and then quickly became larger, the divine power surged like a wave.


    "Kill..."


    The warriors riding on the rhino were the first to charge forward, with spears thicker and longer than the others, their fighting spirit boiled over.


    "What..."


    A group of tall blue sheep followed, charging with the warriors of the Vine tribe.


    There was also a large herd of big-horned deer, also unwilling to lag behind, running very fast.


    When they rushed to the place where the Jackal tribe lived, the battle began immediately.


    "Come on, wolves!"


    Nepeta also rode a rhinoceros. He wielded a terrifying wooden mace, and when he went down, he smashed a rushing jackal and even the wolf and man into the air.


    "Hahaha, come again!"


    Nepeta rode a rhino, crashed into the crowd, and slaughtered.


    ...


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ...


    Southern Wilderness, Jackal Tribe.


    "Don''t touch me, don''t..."


    From the wooden hut in the center of the Jackal Tribe, there were bursts of piercing screams from women.


    Soon after, the leader of the Jackal Tribe came out of the wooden house in a good mood, and his opponent said, "Send some food to the house, don''t let that woman starve to death."


    "Yes!"


    The warriors of the Jackal Tribe, envious of the leader''s beauty, took some edible plant tubers and sent them to the house.


    In the wooden house, a woman squatted in the corner, wearing a tattered animal skin coat, with a deep hatred in her eyes.


    The woman''s name was Fengcao, and she was one of the women who looted after the Jackal Tribe destroyed a small tribe.


    Fengcao is very beautiful, with a delicate face, long black hair like a waterfall, a good figure and powerful, and is also a one-colored warrior.


    Because of this, after she was captured, the leader of the jackal tribe took a fancy to her and forcibly took her back to his wooden house to ravage her.


    "Let''s eat."


    The soldier who delivered the food looked at Feng Cao a few more times and swallowed secretly, but this was the leader''s woman, and he didn''t dare to touch it.


    Feng Cao suddenly raised his head, looked at him, and said, "Help me kill him!"


    The soldier was taken aback and said, "Are you crazy? How could I kill the leader?"


    Feng Cao suddenly lifted the animal skin coat and said, "Kill him and I will be yours."


    The soldier''s eyes were straight, and he swallowed faster, but he took a few steps back and said, "Crazy, I think you are crazy."


    The soldier fled, although Fengcao was very charming, but he would never dare to let him kill the leader.


    After the soldier left, Feng Cao put on the animal skin again, and his eyes were very disappointed.


    "Can''t anyone kill him?"


    Feng Cao buried her head between her knees, her voice very suppressed.


    She buried her head between her knees, and after a long time, she looked up and seemed to figure it out.


    "Live and kill him..."


    Feng Cao grabbed the food and quickly stuffed it into his mouth, his eyes full of hatred.


    ...


    Outside the territory of the Jackal Tribe, there was a sudden sound of heavy footsteps in the woods.


    A huge rhino ran out of the woods first, followed by the second, third...


    Soon all the warriors of the Vine Tribe appeared. They clenched their weapons and stared vigilantly around.


    "winter!"


    The dumplings fell to the ground, stretched out one wing diagonally, and Jiang Xuan walked along the wings to the ground.


    Jiang Xuan walked to a big tree and saw a totem pattern carved on the bark, which looked like a jackal.


    "We are in the territory of the Jackal Tribe."


    Jiang Xuan returned to the front of the team, and the Vine God had shrunk to a height of more than one meter, suspended above the heads of everyone.


    "I''m going to see if the Mountain Turtle Tribe has arrived. You should hide here first, and don''t let the Jackal Tribe find out too soon."


    Chi Shao said: "Be careful."


    Jiang Xuan nodded, and then quickly ran towards the forest agreed with the Mountain Turtle Tribe.


    His speed was fast, but the movement he made was very small, and even the animals in the forest were not disturbed.


    Jiang Xuan and Shan Jia agreed to meet in a pine forest outside the Jackal Tribe.


    The pine forest is very large, almost entirely filled with pine trees, and is easily recognizable.


    After Jiang Xuan entered the pine forest, his eyes searched everywhere, but he did not see the mountain beetle.


    Is it early? Jiang Xuan was very depressed, he didn''t like waiting for others.


    "Boss Xuan, I''m here."


    Just when Jiang Xuan was disappointed, a voice startled him.


    He followed the sound, and saw that the thick layer of pine needles on the ground suddenly bulged, and then a person emerged from the pine needles, which was a gondola wearing a thick tortoise shell.


    "Leader of the mountain armor, why are you hiding here?"


    Jiang Xuan didn''t know whether to laugh or cry. He thought that the mountain armor didn''t come. It turned out that he was hiding. Click to download this site APP, massive novels, free to read!

 Chapter 145： Jackal Tribe Extinct

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    Book friends who can''t accept it, you can wait to read it tomorrow, don''t force it.


    ...


    "Wu, hurry up."


    Under the protection of the warriors, the witch of the Jackal Tribe hurriedly ran into the forest.


    However, not long after running, a group of warriors from the Vine tribe appeared in front.


    This team of soldiers, all riding on big horned deer, is headed by a woman.


    She is the witch of the Vine tribe, Chi Shao.


    "Give up the struggle, you can''t escape."


    Chi Shao''s expression was very calm, as if she was doing something trivial.


    "Are you a witch too?"


    The Jackal Tribe Wu keenly felt that Chi Shao was different from other warriors. She had an aura that belonged to a witch.


    "Yes, I am the witch of the Vine Tribe."


    Chishao admitted it generously.


    The Jackal Tribe witch gritted his teeth: "Since we are all witches, let''s see whose witchcraft is stronger!"


    The Jackal Tribe witch immediately began to recite incomprehensible witchcraft.


    As he chanted, the eyes of the warriors of the Jackal Tribe next to him turned red slowly, and a violent aura filled the air.


    Chi Shao did not recite the witchcraft, she pulled out a short spear, held her breath, and threw it at the witch of the Jackal Tribe.


    "Whoosh!"


    The short spear was imbued with terrifying power, and the speed of flight was extremely fast.


    A jackal tribe warrior saw the short spear flying over, and immediately wanted to knock the short spear down with the long spear in his hand.


    However, the speed of the short spear flying far exceeded his imagination, and the interception failed!


    "puff!"


    The Jackal Tribe Witch''s chest was pierced, and his chanting voice stopped.


    "you you¡­¡­"


    The jackal tribe witch looked at Chi Shao in disbelief, as if she wanted to accuse her of not using witchcraft.


    Chi Shao said calmly: "I forgot to tell you, in addition to being a witch of the Vine Tribe, I''m also a three-color warrior."


    "puff¡­¡­"


    The jackal tribe witch spit out a mouthful of blood, and then fell to the ground unwillingly.


    He originally wanted to use witchcraft to defeat Chi Shao, but he didn''t expect Chi Shao to kill him with the method of a warrior, and he couldn''t rest his eyes.


    "rush!"


    Chishao raised the stone spear, and the big-horned deer ran forward immediately, followed by the warriors of the Vine tribe.


    Soon, the warriors who protected the Jackal Tribe were also killed.


    Chi Shao walked to the Jackal Tribe witch, pulled out the short spear, wiped off the blood, and put it away.


    It is not easy to polish a stone spearhead, and it is not easy to make a short spear. Chishao does not want to use it once and then waste it.


    The Jackal Tribe witch also carried two animal skin bags, and Chi Shao also picked them up.


    She opened the first animal skin bag, which contained all kinds of medicinal powder and the like, as well as some strange things.


    She opened the second animal skin bag, which contained many animal skin scrolls. Chi Shao opened one of the animal skin scrolls at will, and saw some witch characters and pictures.


    The battle was not over yet, and Chishao didn''t have time to take a closer look. She quickly tied the two animal skin bags together, put them on the back of the big horned deer, and continued to lead the warriors to fight.


    After the Jackal Tribe witch and leader were killed in battle, the battlefield was already one-sided, and there was basically no suspense.


    The Jackal God, at this time, was besieged by the Vine God and the Turtle God, and was beaten to the point of being unable to fight back.


    The last time it attacked the Crow Tribe, because the Crow God could fly and the Turtle God couldn''t, it could only lead the giant mountain tortoises to run rampant on the ground, and the battle in the sky couldn''t help at all.


    This time, when attacking the Jackal Tribe, the Jackal God can''t fly, so it can finally help.


    "winter!"


    The huge turtle **** was like a hill, slamming into the jackal **** bound by the vines at an extremely fast speed.


    There are many sharp prism-shaped spikes on the back of the turtle god, which is very lethal.


    "Ow..."


    The Jackal God wanted to run, but he couldn''t, so he was knocked upside down and flew out. There were several blood holes on his body, all of which were pierced by the prismatic spikes of the Turtle God.


    "Hurry up..."


    When the Jackal God fell to the ground, before he could run, countless vines entangled in it again, tying it tightly, unable to move.


    "Dong Dongdong..."


    The Turtle God ran over again, but this time, it stretched its neck, opened its **** mouth, and bit the Jackal God''s neck fiercely.


    Jackal God''s eyes bulged, it desperately wanted to struggle, but after being bound by the divine vine, it couldn''t break free at all.


    "Katha!"


    The Jackal God''s neck was actually bitten off by the Turtle God, and blood gushed wildly.


    "Zizzizi..."


    The blood was not wasted, and the vine quickly absorbed the blood.


    The turtle **** also leaned over and gulps down the blood that spewed out.


    Although the Jackal God had his head broken, he was a **** after all, and he was not completely dead, so he could only watch himself being sucked blood. This feeling was really torture.


    After almost sucking blood, a terrifying vine became straight, like a sharp spear, piercing the jackal''s eyebrows.


    This time, the Jackal God''s eyes stiffened, his tongue stuck out, and he couldn''t die any longer.


    After killing the Jackal God, the Turtle God began to pick up the corpse.


    It stretched out a large paw, placed it on the body of the Jackal God, and then looked at the Vine God, as if asking for its opinion.


    The Vine God emitted a green light and used the vines to roll away the head of the Jackal God, but did not care about the headless body of the Jackal God on the ground.


    The turtle **** was overjoyed, and his two claws immediately grabbed the headless corpse of the jackal god, opening his mouth and biting it.


    The last time the Crow God was beaten by the Crow God, the Crow God was directly beaten by the Vine God, and then swept away. The Turtle God didn''t get anything.


    This time, in addition to strength, the Turtle God also gained a lot of benefits after killing the Jackal God.


    Of course, the biggest benefit is the jackal head, because there is the spirit of the jackal **** in it.


    But a turtle **** didn''t dare to fight, and it was already very satisfied to get a headless **** corpse.


    After all, the strength of that divine vine is too terrifying, and the Turtle God has no confidence at all in front of it.


    The Jackal God died, and the leaders of the Jackal Tribe, the witches, and the more powerful warriors all died.


    The Jackal Tribe was wiped out and completely became history.


    ...


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ...


    However, it was greeted by more than a dozen thick vines that covered their faces, and the Jackal God screamed, slanted out, and fell heavily on the ground, breaking more than a dozen trees.


    After eating this whip, the Jackal God suddenly understood that the strength of this divine vine is far beyond it!


    But this is the territory of the Jackal Tribe, and if it runs now, the Jackal Tribe will be finished.


    The Jackal God didn¡¯t want to give up the tribe, so it bit the bullet, and while fighting the Vine God, it called a few times in the direction of the tribe, letting the people of the Jackal tribe run.


    After hearing the instructions of God, the witch of the Jackal Tribe couldn''t believe his ears. When did the Jackal Tribe run away?


    However, just when he hesitated, there was another scream of killing from the other side of the Jackal Tribe.


    "Boom..."


    Like a bulldozer, the turtle **** rushed out with a large number of giant tortoises, rampaging all the way, more unreasonable than those rhinos.


    Under the two buns, even if the Jackal Tribe wanted to run, it would be very difficult for them to escape.


    The mountain armor was wearing thick tortoise shells and riding on the back of the giant tortoise, and rushed directly into the battlefield. When he saw the swooping dumplings, he shouted excitedly: "Leader Vine, here I come!"


    Jiang Xuan, who was on the back of the dumplings, turned his head and laughed: "The leader of the mountain armor really keeps his promise, so let''s fight together!"


    When the glutinous rice **** flew to a low altitude, Jiang Xuan jumped directly from the back of the glutinous rice balls, then quickly rushed to the mountain gill and jumped onto the back of the giant mountain tortoise.


    The two tribal leaders, plus a giant mountain tortoise with a perverted defense, rushed directly into the center of the Jackal Tribe.


    Standing on the back of the giant mountain tortoise, Jiang Xuan searched the battlefield for a while and found the location of the leader of the Jackal Tribe.


    The leader of the Jackal Tribe is very conspicuous because he rides the tallest red jackal and frantically commands other people in the crowd.


    He himself did not rush forward. Although he was a powerful four-color warrior, he was also afraid of death.


    After Jiang Xuan stared at the leader of the Jackal Tribe, he immediately said to Shan Jia: "The leader of the Jackal Tribe is over there, let''s go and kill him together."


    "it is good!"


    The mountain armor immediately let the giant mountain tortoise rush there, bumping into countless jackal cavalry along the way.


    When the giant mountain tortoise rushed in front of the leader of the jackal tribe, Jiang Xuan and the mountain armor shot at the same time, and the two spears stabbed at the leader of the jackal tribe one by one.


    The leader of the Jackal Tribe responded quickly, and he immediately rolled down from the Jackal''s back to avoid it.


    But Jiang Xuan did not intend to let him go.


    Jiang Xuan jumped off the back of the mountain tortoise, and then rushed straight towards the leader of the Jackal Tribe.


    "Hey, Chief Xuan..."


    Shan Jia didn''t really want to get away from the giant tortoise, but Jiang Xuan rushed over. He couldn''t stay on the back of the giant tortoise all the time, could he?


    In desperation, the mountain beetle could only jump off the back of the turtle, gritted his teeth and chased over there.


    "Clap clap clap..."


    Many jackal tribe warriors attacked the mountain gills, but the mountain gills still rushed forward. In case of emergency, they squatted on the ground, retracted their heads and limbs, and temporarily protected themselves with their tortoise shells.


    All kinds of weapons were blocked by the thick tortoise shell, but they were of no use.


    On the other hand, Jiang Xuan''s fighting style was much simpler and cruder.


    He swung the thick bone spear so violently that no one could get close to him at all.


    Soon, Jiang Xuan approached the leader of the Jackal Tribe.


    He quickly pulled out a short spear on his back and hurled it at the Jackal Tribe leader.


    "Whoosh!"


    Imbued with great power, this short spear flew towards the head of the Jackal Tribe leader like lightning.


    The leader of the Jackal Tribe had already noticed the movement here, so when Jiang Xuan threw the spear, he immediately fell on the Jackal''s back and was able to dodge the spear.


    He dodged, but the warrior behind him let out a scream and was pierced through the head by a short spear.


    The leader of the Jackal Tribe was furious: "Little brat, you dare to attack me!"


    He noticed the horizontal lines of the four warriors on Jiang Xuan''s face, but he didn''t believe that Jiang Xuan would be a four-color warrior at such a young age, and he didn''t even know that Jiang Xuan was the leader of the Teng tribe.


    He thought Jiang Xuan was bluffing.


    The leader of the Jackal Tribe clipped the jackal under his legs and charged towards Jiang Xuan.


    "Il..."


    Just at this moment, a terrifying purple scorpion suddenly flew down, causing a gust of wind, and its sharp claws fiercely grabbed the leader of the Jackal Tribe.


    "oops¡­¡­"


    The leader of the Jackal Tribe who was rushing towards Jiang Xuan screamed. He knew that the Jackal could not avoid it, so he rolled off the Jackal''s back.


    "Ow..."


    The jackal was penetrated by the sharp claws of the dumplings, and then took it up into the sky, making bursts of screams.


    "Hey, there are no mounts now, come on!"


    Jiang Xuan sneered and rushed to the leader of the Jackal Tribe again.


    "Little brat, I want your life!"


    The Jackal Tribe leader held a spear in his hand, avoiding the bone spear that came over, and then stabbed Jiang Xuan in the abdomen fiercely.


    However, Jiang Xuan did not dodge when he saw this spear stabbed towards him, as if he really had no combat experience.


    The leader of the Jackal Tribe was overjoyed, as long as he was stabbed with a spear, the kid would be dead.


    "Boss Xuan, be careful!"


    The mountain gill, who had just rushed over, saw this scene and exclaimed, but it was too late to rescue him.


    The face of the Jackal Tribe leader showed a hideous smile, as if he had seen Jiang Xuan lying in a pool of blood.


    The stone spear finally stabbed Jiang Xuan in the abdomen, however, the situation was not what the Jackal tribe leader imagined.


    The spear can''t get in!


    At this time, the leader of the Jackal Tribe saw the bright smile on Jiang Xuan''s face.


    Jiang Xuan grabbed the spear in his left hand, and the bone spear in his right stabbed the head of the Jackal Tribe in the chest.


    "puff!"


    The bone spear pierced the chest of the jackal tribal leader, and blood splattered everywhere.


    "This...how is this possible..."


    The eyes of the Jackal Tribe leader were full of disbelief He never imagined that he would die in Jiang Xuan''s hands, and in this way.


    After Jiang Xuan stabbed a spear, he gave up the bone spear, pulled out a sharp stone knife, approached the head of the Jackal Tribe, and slashed his neck fiercely.


    This knife completely cut off his vitality.


    Jiang Xuan said in a low voice, "Forgot to tell you, I''m wearing a spider silk garment, and the tip of the knife can''t penetrate it."


    "boom!"


    The leader of the Jackal Tribe fell, and he didn''t understand until his death what the spider silk clothes were.


    The mountain armor that rushed over even had a ghostly expression on his face. He never expected that the situation would reverse so quickly. Just now, he was still worried about Jiang Xuan, and the next moment he saw the leader of the Jackal Tribe dead.


    "sweet dumpling!"


    Jiang Xuan shouted, and the huge dumplings flew down immediately, and the nearby Jackal tribe warriors fled.


    Jiang Xuan climbed onto the back of the dumplings, then let the dumplings grab the corpse of the Jackal Tribe leader and flew into the air for everyone to see.


    "Your leader has been killed by me, put down your weapons immediately, the Vine Tribe promises not to kill those who put down their weapons!"


    Jiang Xuan kept shouting on the back of the dumplings, and the warriors of the Jackal Tribe on the ground looked up one after another. When they saw that their leader was dead, most of their will to fight was immediately disintegrated.


    On the ground, Feng Cao heard the shout, walked to the door of the wooden house, and saw a scene that she will never forget.


    A young man, riding a huge purple maw bird, grabbed a corpse and flew around in the sky.


    That corpse was the leader of the Jackal Tribe she hated so much.


    "Snapped!"


    Feng Cao threw away the animal bone that was used as a weapon in her hand and squatted down. At this moment, she burst into tears.

 Chapter 146： The vine tribe cant be that strong

    "dinner''s ready!"


    On the other side of the Feiyu River, with the cry of the Veng tribe warriors, more than 500 prisoners who were working put down their tools and ran to the place to eat.


    These captives were assigned various tasks: chopping down trees to build houses, reclaiming wasteland to grow food and vegetables, digging ditches, making roads, gathering wild vegetables...


    These jobs are not easy, although they don¡¯t need to be life-threatening, they are more difficult than hunting.


    Originally, these prisoners had various thoughts in their hearts.


    But after a day of hard work, my stomach is empty and my mind is empty. I just want to fill my stomach quickly and take a good rest.


    "Every person has a bowl and a pair of kuaizi. You are not allowed to grab it, and you are not allowed to eat with your hands, otherwise you will not want to eat tonight."


    Nepeta stood in front of these captives and used a relatively rough way to make them line up, then handed out bowls and kuaizi, and personally served them meals.


    Most of the meals in Tao Dingli are wild vegetables and tubers. There is no meat, and the weight is not very sufficient, so these captives can only eat half full.


    Winter has just passed, and even if the Veng tribe has sufficient food, it is not an easy task to feed five hundred more people at once.


    Therefore, it is already very good for these captives to be able to eat half full and have the strength to work the next day.


    After the meal, the prisoners were dumbfounded when they saw the Kuaizi in their hands. They didn''t know how to use these two sticks.


    Nepeta also picked up a pair of kuaizi, which he skillfully held in his hand, and opened and closed to demonstrate to the prisoners: "You can see clearly, this is called kuaizi, it is used to eat with vegetables, it is used like this of."


    Nepeta took a mouthful of wild vegetables from the pottery bowl, showed it to the captives, and put it in his mouth.


    "Of course, you all just came to the Vine Tribe, and it is impossible for you to use tachyon soon."


    "It doesn''t matter, you can do this first, catch Kuaizi together, bring the bowl to your mouth, and pick up vegetables in your mouth. Isn''t this method simple enough?"


    Nepeta demonstrated to the prisoners again, grabbing the two tachyons together, so that there is no need to open and close the tachyons, which is relatively simple.


    "Remember, don''t grab it with your hands, otherwise, you won''t want to eat tonight."


    When you come to the Vine Tribe, you must learn to use the fast son. This is Jiang Xuan''s rule for all new members of the Vine Tribe.


    Soon, the prisoners began to face bitter faces and learned to use the tachyon clumsily, but these little two sticks were not so easy to master.


    In the end, most of the captives used the simplest method, holding two taikos together and using them as wooden sticks to shovel food from bowls to their mouths.


    Learning to use tachyon is only the first rule of the Veng tribe.


    There are also rules such as not being allowed to defecate anywhere, washing hands frequently, bathing frequently, and drinking boiled water, all of which need these prisoners to adapt to and strictly abide by.


    After they get used to these rules, they will naturally bear the brand of the Vine tribe, which is obviously different from the people of other tribes.


    These rules are not only beneficial to physical health, but also subtly affect everyone in the Vine Tribe.


    After the awkward meal, the prisoners were divided into men and women and forced to take a bath.


    The warriors of the Vine tribe brushed every one of them with a rough bristle brush, and the water washed down was black, showing how dirty they were.


    After taking a bath, the prisoners could finally go to sleep in the wooden house.


    Because there are too many people, there are not so many beds in the wooden house, only hay is spread on the ground.


    The captives didn''t have much to ask for, lying on the hay quickly fell asleep.


    However, because of the terrible recent experience, almost all of them had nightmares, and many people cried in their dreams.


    After a night''s sleep, the prisoners had to resume their work the next morning whether they wanted to or not.


    Such days will last for a long time until they really join the Vine Tribe and become members of the Vine Tribe.


    In the first few days, several prisoners also tried to escape.


    These people were all killed without exception, and the corpses were hung in the woods to serve as a warning to the other captives.


    Maybe the means are a bit cruel, but if you don''t do this, it will be difficult to deter these prisoners, and there will be more troubles in the future.


    Only with kindness and a big stick can these people slowly return to their hearts.


    This is a long process that requires patience and time.


    ...


    The fourth year of the establishment of the rattan tribe, January 20th.


    The weather is getting warmer day by day, and the spring ploughing of the Vine tribe has begun.


    Jiang Xuan found the old man Heishi and asked him if he could make a stone plowshare.


    "The plow looks like this, you see."


    Jiang Xuan unfolded a scroll of animal skins, on which was painted the simplest curved plow.


    The structure of the wooden part of the curved plough is actually very simple. As long as the suitable wood is found, it can also be made with the current technology, which is a little more complicated and takes a little more time.


    But the plowshare part is the most important. If it is not done well, then a curved plow will have no effect.


    The old man Heishi carefully looked at the overall structure of the Quyuan Plow, and then stared at the part of the plowshare for a long time.


    "It can be done, but it is curved, and it takes a lot of time to do it well."


    The plowshare of the curved plough is curved, and the production process is much more difficult than the straight one.


    If the tools for making stone tools were not superb enough, he would not dare to take on this kind of work.


    "It doesn''t matter if it''s a long time, don''t worry, our cattle haven''t grown up anyway, you can polish it when you have time."


    Jiang Xuan paused and asked again, "Can this plow handle do it?"


    The plow handle is the work of a carpenter, but Jiang Xuan has seen the old man Heishi make a wooden handle for a weapon, and thinks that he should also be a carpenter.


    Sure enough, the old man Heishi nodded and said, "No problem."


    "That''s great!"


    Jiang Xuanxi smiled, feeling that he had picked up a treasure.


    "I''ll ask Dajiao to send you a killed one-horned bird later, and try it out."


    Jiang Xuan is very clear that it is necessary to give more preferential treatment to such a skilled stone tool master.


    The old man Heishi did not refuse. He worked according to his own abilities. He would eat whatever the tribe gave him, and he would not ask for much, nor was he selective.


    "correct."


    Jiang Xuan sat down next to the old man Heishi, and said, "Does your old man plan to accept apprentices? It would be a pity if no one inherits such a superb craftsmanship."


    The old man Heishi was silent for a moment, and said, "I had two apprentices before, and when the tribe was destroyed, they died in battle."


    Speaking of these two apprentices, the old man''s eyes were a little dark, a little sad, and his feelings were obviously deeper.


    Jiang Xuan comforted: "They are going to accompany your former totem gods."


    The old man Heishi nodded, and then sharpened the stone tool in his hand, making a "chacha" sound.


    "You can accept apprentices, but I have to choose them myself."


    "No problem, feel free to choose the old man. When you find a suitable one, I will definitely let him be your apprentice. It''s better to charge a few more. There are more and more people in our tribe, and there are not enough stone tools."


    "Can."


    After the old man Heishi agreed, he stopped talking and polished the stone tools.


    He is not a talkative person.


    Jiang Xuan resolved two matters on his mind and did not stay much longer. After leaving, he left the old man Heishi''s house.


    He first went to the breeding area and instructed Dajiao to choose a fatter unicorn, wash and peel it, and send it to the old man of Heishi.


    Then, he checked the growth of the several bison calves.


    The shoulder height of the bison calf is already about one meter high, and the horns have grown to about 30 centimeters long. The overall appearance is very thick.


    These buffalo calves, domesticated by the rattan god, are very docile and obedient without wearing nose rings.


    But when the next generation of calves, they need to wear nose rings, because it is impossible to always let the Fuji God do this kind of thing, after all, it is up to them to solve it by themselves.


    A calf without a nose ring is hard to control and has a bad temper. Once grown up, ordinary warriors can''t control it.


    "When these calves grow up, the curved plow should be almost finished, and they can be used to plow the ground."


    Jiang Xuan felt very relieved that farming without cattle would be incomplete and inefficient.


    With the addition of cattle, the productivity of the rattan tribe will be greatly improved, and more people can be supported by planting.


    "Wow..."


    Just when Jiang Xuan inspected the breeding area, suddenly, there were several sharp bird calls in the sky.


    Jiang Xuan looked up and saw twelve **** birds flying towards the Vine tribe from a distance.


    The dumplings, who were foraging in the distance, saw this situation and flew back immediately. Next to the stone mountain, they stared vigilantly at these **** birds.


    The giant eagle was relatively calm, still lying in the giant eagle''s nest with his eyes closed.


    Those warriors who newly joined the Vine tribe thought it was another tribe''s invasion, and held their weapons nervously.


    "Don''t be nervous, it''s not the enemy, it''s the expedition of the Black Teeth tribe."


    Jiang Xuan asked everyone to put down their weapons, so as not to make the people of the Black Teeth tribe laugh.


    The expedition team of the Black Teeth Tribe is a team specially responsible for trading. They ride huge black-toothed birds and shuttle around the Southern Wilderness, buying and selling items, and become the most primitive merchants.


    After a while, twelve black-toothed birds landed one after another.


    Because the field has not yet started planting, these black-toothed birds have landed in the spacious cultivated field.


    "This is the Vine tribe? We''re not going to the wrong place, are we?"


    The leader of the expedition, Wu Yu, got off the back of the black-toothed bird. He looked at the neat houses, ponds, cultivated fields, and a large number of people from the Vine tribe, feeling unbelievable.


    He opened a scroll of animal skins, and there were some lines on it, as well as the totem patterns of various tribes.


    The totem pattern of the rattan tribe is also drawn on it, but the drawing is relatively small.


    This animal skin scroll is the most primitive map of the Black Tooth Tribe.


    Of course, this kind of map does not have any mountains and lakes. It just uses a few lines to connect the tribes on the ground and draw totem patterns to distinguish them.


    The Black Teeth Tribe came in the spring of the second year of the Vine Tribe, and now it is the fourth spring of the Vine Tribe, and only two years have passed.


    In his impression, the Vine Tribe is a very small tribe, with a population of just over 100 and not many rooms.


    If it were other tribes, let alone two years, even a few more years would not have changed much.


    However, the Vine tribe has grown several times, how can it not be shocking?


    "Leader Wu Yu, long time no see."


    Jiang Xuan took some Veng tribe warriors and walked to Wu Yu calmly.


    "You are... the leader of the Vine tribe?"


    "Yes, I am the leader of the Vine tribe, Xuan."


    After Wu Yu saw Jiang Xuan, he even had a ghostly expression on his face.


    After not seeing him for two years, Jiang Xuan has grown taller and stronger. The most striking thing is the four warrior lines on his face!


    Wu Yu was deeply impressed by the Vine Tribe, because at the beginning, two spider silk clothes were sold in this small Vine Tribe.


    If he remembered correctly, Jiang Xuan was just a two-color warrior two years ago.


    Now, Wu Yu is still a three-color warrior, but Jiang Xuan has become a four-color warrior, which makes Wu Yu unacceptable.


    You know, he rode the black-toothed bird around all day to trade and ate a lot of exotic fruits, but his strength did not increase much.


    How could a boy from a small tribe be stronger than him?


    Wu Yu felt his mind collapsed.


    Wu Yu couldn''t help but ask: "Boss Xuan, I think your Vine tribe has changed a lot."


    Jiang Xuan wrote lightly: "In the past two years, other tribes have often come to invade. We had to fight with them, but we all won."


    Wu Yu knew that things were definitely not that simple. It wasn''t that it belonged to the Vine tribe''s secret. He was very smart and didn''t ask more.


    As a primitive businessman, he has learned not to ask what should not be asked, which can save a lot of trouble.


    "Leader Wu Yu should have brought a lot of goods this time, right? Let''s take a walk and rest in my yard first."


    Jiang Xuan warmly greeted Wu Yu to his yard, because the Teng tribe did not have a house dedicated to entertaining other tribes.


    After arriving in the bamboo forest, Wu Yu first looked up at the divine vine on the stone mountain.


    I don''t know if it was an illusion, but when he looked at Shenteng, there was a feeling of trembling and an unspeakable fear.


    This divine vine is even more terrifying. This is Wu Yu''s intuition He didn''t dare to look blindly, and followed Jiang Xuan honestly.


    After walking into Jiang Xuan''s yard, Wu Yu saw a purple scorpion, squatting in a tall bamboo shed, staring at them vigilantly.


    Because the size of the dumplings has continued to grow, the bamboo shed has been rebuilt several times.


    Wu Yu stared at the dumplings for a while, then said in surprise: "Is this... a rare purple snake wither?"


    Jiang Xuan asked, "Leader Wu Yu has seen this kind of bird?"


    Jiang Xuan never knew what kind of tangyuan the dumplings belonged to. It would be great if Wu Yu could solve his confusion.


    "I''ve seen snakes of other colors, which are similar to it. This kind of plumage is purple. It''s the first time I''ve seen it."


    "But I once heard an old man in the tribe say that there is a purple snake, which is not only bigger and fiercer than ordinary snakes, but I''ve never seen it before. I didn''t expect to see it in your Vine tribe today."


    Wu Yu was very emotional, a small vine tribe gave him too many surprises.


    Jiang Xuan suddenly realized, no wonder Tangyuan has been good at catching snakes since childhood and likes to eat snakes. It turns out that this is its nature.


    Wu Yu asked again: "Boss Xuan, where did this purple snake wither come from? If there are other young purple snakes, I can trade them for precious items."


    Jiang Xuandao: "When I went hunting, I picked it up by chance. I didn''t find any other young birds."


    "That''s such a pity."


    Wu Yu is very sorry, if you can find a few more of these young birds and sell them to those big tribes, you can exchange for a lot of precious goods and earn high profits. Click to download this site APP, massive novels, free to read!

 Chapter 147： new staple food

    Jiang Xuan and Wu Yu entered the bamboo house and sat down by the fire.


    There are some tree stumps in Jiang Xuan''s bamboo house, which are used as tables and stools, and are very large.


    Like Jiang Xuan, Wu Yu sat on the stump stool padded with animal skins, feeling unnatural.


    Most of the tribesmen are still without tables and stools.


    They would put something on the ground and sit on it.


    Only the witch of the tribe is another.


    Because Wu wanted to write and draw, it was obviously not easy to do it while lying on the ground, so they used to use a tree stump or a relatively flat piece of wood as a table.


    In Jiang Xuan''s house, however, there is a complete set of tables and stools, which is very unique and different from other tribes. "Come on, Chief Wu Yu, eat some dried fruit first."


    Jiang Xuan took out some fried wild dried fruits and put them on the table


    These dried fruits are the seeds of various wild fruits. After frying, they can be peeled off and eaten, and the taste is not bad.


    Wu Yu looked at Jiang Xuan''s house, his eyes stayed on the patterned pottery cauldron and various pottery, and he said with a little surprise: "Boss Xuan, the pottery of your Teng tribe is getting more and more beautiful."


    "Haha, the clansmen of our tribe love to make these things when they have nothing to do. If you make more, you will naturally have experience, and it will look good when you burn them."


    Wu Yu complimented again.


    The two ate some dried fruit and some cooked animal meat, and then entered the theme.


    "Leader Wu Yu, I wonder if you have brought anything good this time?"


    When it comes to the goods, Wu Yu''s face is suddenly full of confidence.


    "Of course there is, our Black Teeth tribe is a lot of good stuff."


    "Did you bring seeds like red crystal rice?"


    Jiang Xuan is most interested in seeds, and he knows that only a team like the expedition team of the Black Teeth Tribe that flies around all day can collect seeds from all over the world.


    "Really."


    Wu Yu said: "We brought some good seeds this time."


    In fact, Blacktooth''s expeditions had little interest in seeds before, as few tribes had such a need. Merchants seek profit, and so do primitive merchants. They certainly don''t bring things that no one wants.


    But since Jiang Xuan traded red crystal rice with them, Wu Yu will collect some better seeds when he encounters them, but not many.


    When encountering some medium-sized or large tribes with a planting foundation, Wu Yu will also sell the seeds they collect, and occasionally sell some.


    "Take me to see."


    "No, I can just let the soldiers move here."


    Wu Yu has the potential to be a businessman, and he even has the advanced thought of service consciousness.


    You must know that when other tribes trade, they still have the mindset that if they don''t change their love, they''ll grab it if they don''t.


    Jiang Xuan sighed inwardly: Talent!


    If it wasn''t for the fact that the Black Teeth tribe was very large and wealthy, Jiang Xuan would have wanted to dig Wu Yu over.


    Unfortunately, in this world, because of the existence of the totem god, the beliefs of tribal people are generally very firm. Unless the tribe is broken, or for various extreme reasons, ordinary tribal people will not change their beliefs and join other tribes.


    Soon, the warriors of the Black Teeth tribe carried eight animal skin bags.


    These hide bags contained not just plant seeds, but something they thought the Vine tribe might like.


    The eight animal skin bags were lined up in Jiang Xuan''s yard, and the bag was opened to reveal the various goods inside.


    There are unknown seeds, there are spider silk clothing, salt, sugar, weapons and so on.


    Wu Yu grabbed a handful of green, rice-like seeds from a hide bag.


    "Boss Xuan, you must like this seed. It''s called Zhumai. We traded it from a big tribe. It''s delicious when cooked."


    Jiang Xuan pinched a bamboo-wheat seed. Although it was in the shape of a grain of rice, it was several times larger than a grain of rice, and had a green shell on its outer skin. Even in the dry state, it is green.


    "Can I try one?"


    "Of course." Wu Yu generously allowed.


    Jiang Xuan peeled off the shell of the bamboo wheat, and found that the inside was actually emerald green, translucent, a bit like rice.


    Jiang Xuan put the bamboo wheat into his mouth again, and crunched it with a bang. The sound was very clear, which showed that the seeds were very dry and had no moisture.


    Jiang Xuan chewed, and soon after, he felt a slight sweet taste.


    This shows that this thing is rich in starch and can be used as a staple food.


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "Not bad."


    Wu Yu said with a smile: "Does Chief Xuan want to trade this bamboo and wheat?"


    "Look at the others."


    Jiang Xuan did not agree immediately, because he knew very well that if he showed a state of eagerness to Zhumai, Wu Yu, a profiteer, would definitely take the opportunity to increase his price.


    On the contrary, if his performance was dispensable, then Wu Yu would not dare to call for a too high price, lest Jiang Xuan give up the transaction.


    Although Wu Yu has a talent for doing business, it is still relatively difficult to take advantage of Jiang Xuan, a soul swept away by the shopping wave.


    Wu Yu was a little stunned, obviously not expecting Jiang Xuan to react this way.


    However, he was not discouraged, and immediately introduced other seeds to Jiang Xuan.


    Wu Yu picked up a small bag of granular brown-red seeds and said to Jiang Xuan, "These are the seeds of red cabbage."


    "When the red cabbage grows up, it is more than half the height of a person, and it is like a small tree. The leaves, roots, stems, and flowers are all edible and taste a little sweet."


    Jiang Xuan looked at these red cabbage seeds and did not make any comments on them.


    Because he has not seen the real red cabbage, it is difficult for him to judge its value by describing it.


    Then, Wu Yu introduced a kind of melon to Jiang Xuan, called snake melon, because it is very long and curved, and it looks like a snake from a distance.


    Wu Yu brought two snake gourds, which were naturally aged and sun-dried, and contained a lot of seeds.


    Jiang Xuan is quite interested in this thing, because it is relatively large, and according to Wu Yu, each plant of this kind of snake gourd can produce dozens of pieces, and the yield is very high.


    "Boss Xuan, how are you? Bamboo wheat seeds, red cabbage seeds, and snake gourd seeds, do you want to trade?"


    Jiang Xuan pretended to think for a while, and said: "The seeds are good seeds, but I don''t know if we can plant and live here in the Vine tribe, and whether they can blossom and bear fruit after planting."


    "Forget it, since the leader of Wu Yu has come all the way, we can''t let you go for nothing. We can trade some animal teeth and animal skins for these seeds, all as an attempt."


    After Jiang Xuan said this, Wu Yu was embarrassed to say how precious and rare these seeds are.


    Of course, in fact, most of the seeds are not valued by various tribes. Wu Yu collected these seeds at no cost and even gave them to them after trading.


    Therefore, when Jiang Xuan took out some jackal skins and jackal teeth, Wu Yu raised the price symbolically, and then successfully completed the transaction.


    Jiang Xuan was very happy in his heart, red cabbage and snake gourd were nothing, for the Veng tribe, they were just two new vegetables.


    But that bamboo and wheat is a real food. If it can be planted well, the later Teng tribe will have another staple food, which will solve the problem of food for more people.


    Of course, he had to pretend to be indifferent on the surface, throw these seeds into the bamboo hut at will, and then continue to trade other goods with the Black Teeth tribe.


    Jiang Xuan is not particularly interested in things such as salt and weapons, but the spider silk clothing is such a life-saving thing, he can''t wait to get a set for each of the warriors of the Vine tribe.


    However, the seeds are easy to trade, but the spider silk clothes are not easy to trade, because the Black Teeth Tribe is very aware of its value and would rather not trade it, nor will it lower the price.


    "Boss Xuan, if you want to trade spider silk clothes, you can get some really good things from the Vine tribe, such as beast-level animal teeth and bones, or animal skins."


    Wu Yu glanced at the place where the old witch lived, obviously he wanted Jiang Xuan to go to the old witch to get some good things and trade spider silk clothes with them.


    But Jiang Xuan was unwilling to do so.


    The Veng tribe has already obtained a lot of things from the old witch, and it is impossible for them to be regarded as a sheep, and they are trying to lick their wool.


    Jiang Xuan pondered for a moment and said, "We don''t have animal teeth and bones at the level of beasts. However, our Vine tribe has other good things. Chief Wuyu wait a moment."


    Jiang Xuan walked into the bamboo house and took out two thick candles made of insect wax from an animal skin bag.


    There are not many such candles in the rattan tribe, because last year''s insect wax production was not very high.


    If it weren''t for trading spider silk clothes, Jiang Xuan would never take out the candle made of insect wax.


    "Does Chief Wu Yu know this thing?"


    Jiang Xuan brought the thick candle to Wu Yu.


    Wu Yu took an arm-sized candle, and at the same time smelled a faint fragrance, he said in surprise: "The insect wax of the Yanyang tribe!"


    "Yes, it is the insect wax of the blue sheep tribe, but now I call it a candle, because it can be illuminated at night, and the fire is very stable.


    Jiang Xuan returned to the bamboo house, lit a piece of insect wax, and walked to Wu Yu again.


    "Leader Wu Yu, look.


    Wu Yu stared at the huge candle for a while, and found that it was burning very steadily as Jiang Xuan said.


    "call


    Jiang Xuan blew out the candle and said, "Leader Wu Yu, I don''t need to say more about the value of insect wax? It can illuminate and heal wounds, which is really good.


    .


    thing. ¡¯


    "One candle, two spider silk clothes!"


    Wu Yu hurriedly waved his hand and said, "No, no, one candle is not worth two spider silk clothes.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Leader Wu Yu, look, a candle as thick as this can be lit for many nights, so it''s not a loss to change for two spider silk clothes."


    "If you bring candles made of insect wax to other tribes, those witches will definitely like it very much."


    However, Wu Yu still shook his head and said, "That''s not possible either, a candle, at most one spider silk garment."


    The two chatted for a long time, but Wu Yu still killed a candle and replaced it with a spider silk garment.


    Obviously, things like spider silk clothing are also very rare and very valuable, no worse than insect wax.


    In desperation, Jiang Xuan said: "It''s still too little to exchange a candle for a spider silk garment, so let''s add some other goods, it''s alright?"


    Wu Yu asked, "What kind of goods do you want to add to the leader Xuan?"


    Jiang Xuan pointed to the sugar that hit the ground in the small animal skin bags, UU reading www.uukanshu. com said: "Add two bags of sugar."


    The sugars were white, lumpy and, according to Wu Yu, were traded from a medium-sized tribe.


    The medium-sized tribe kept a kind of honey worms. Every certain season, these honey worms would spit out a lot of sugar, which would be condensed into lumps, which could be eaten and traded by the tribe''s clansmen.


    In this wild world, sugar and salt are the two favorite things of tribal people.


    Especially sugar, after eating, can make people feel happy, and tribe people especially like it.


    But getting sugar is not an easy task.


    The easiest and most dangerous method is to find a honeycomb and take honey by force.


    The bees in this world are not easy to mess with. They are big, powerful, and poisonous.


    If you are not careful, you can sting people to death.


    In addition to honey, most tribal people can only eat some ripe wild fruits if they want to get the feeling of eating sugar.


    Of course, there are always exceptions.


    For example, the medium-sized tribe Wu Yu mentioned can obtain sugar by raising honey bugs.


    Wu Yu pondered for a while, and felt that things like insect wax were indeed of high value, and the insect wax that Jiang Xuan brought was relatively large and traded with those big tribes, so he could get a lot of good things.


    Thinking of this, Wu Yu gritted his teeth and said, "A piece of insect wax, a piece of spider silk clothing, and a bag of sugar. If it still can''t be traded, forget it."


    Jiang Xuan felt that this was indeed Wu Yu''s bottom line, so he nodded and said, "Okay, just trade as you said."


    Jiang Xuan handed two pieces of insect wax to Wu Yu, then took two pieces of spider silk clothing and two bags of sugar.


    Both sides breathed a sigh of relief when the deal went through smoothly.


    .

 Chapter 148： Want to learn? I teach you

    West Wilderness, by a small river.


    "Hu... hu... hu..."


    Huo sat on the ground violently, panting heavily. There were two wounds on his body, still bleeding.


    On the ground, dozens of corpses lay scattered, blood stained the dry soil.


    "Leader, take off the fur coat, and I''ll treat the wound for you."


    The frog tribe witch squatted beside Huo Meng, helped him untie the animal skin coat, and then sprinkled some gray powder on the wound.


    "hiss¡­¡­"


    After the powder came into contact with the wound, there was a brief sharp pain, which made Huo Meng clench his fists and take a deep breath.


    "Be patient, it will be fine in a while."


    After the frog tribe witch finished pouring the medicinal powder, he wrapped the wound with a soft bark that had been peeled off to prevent the blood from continuing to flow.


    The powder was very effective, the fiery body was strong, and the blood stopped quickly.


    Huo Meng looked towards the small river, where a giant black frog fell to its limbs with stiff limbs.


    Huo Meng''s eyes darkened for a while, that was the giant frog who had been with him for a long time, but died today because of fighting with other tribes.


    When the frog tribe migrated, there were more than 500 people, but now, they only have more than 200 people left, and half of them have died.


    The giant frogs that followed them were also mostly dead, and because they had been migrating, these giant frogs remained in the waters on the road even if they lay eggs.


    That is to say, if a giant frog dies, there will be one less, and there is no way to replenish it for the time being.


    "Leader, do you want to continue to migrate?"


    The voice of the frog tribe witch was very low. After all, he was old, and after migrating for a year, he was already very tired.


    He even pessimistically believed that he might not wait for the day when the tribe settled down, and he would die on the road like the other frog tribes.


    "move!"


    Although Huo Meng''s voice was tired, it was still firm, even stubborn.


    The frog tribe witch lowered his head. He really didn''t want to go any further. He felt that the environment here was already good, and finding a place to settle might be a better choice than migration.


    But he couldn''t refute Huo Meng, because the warriors of the frog tribe all listened to Huo Meng''s words.


    At this time, a cool breeze blew.


    Huo Meng said: "Wu, hold on a little longer, we are about to reach the Southern Wilderness."


    The further south they went, the lower the temperature, the more rivers and lakes, the thicker the forests, and the rain they encountered several times.


    Huo Meng even caught a few tourists. Although these tourists have never been to the Southern Wilderness, they have heard some things about the Southern Wilderness.


    All this shows that they are getting closer and closer to the Southern Wilderness.


    Going to the Southern Wilderness, and then finding a place with rich water sources to settle down, so that the giant frogs of the tribe can reproduce again, and the frog tribe can grow. This is the belief of Huo Meng, which has supported him until today.


    The frog tribe witch did not speak. In fact, such a dialogue has appeared countless times on the road, and Huo Meng has never wavered.


    The frog tribe witch silently healed the wounds of the other warriors, and that''s all he can do now.


    After dealing with all the wounded, Huo Meng took the clansmen and threw the dead frog tribe warriors and giant frogs into the river, and then the witch recited the blessing spell, hoping that their souls could fly to the river. Around the frog god.


    This is the most traditional water burial of the frog tribe.


    That night, they found a safer place nearby, rested overnight, and supplemented their food by hunting and gathering.


    The next day, they identified their direction by the rising sun and continued their journey to the south.


    No one knows how long it will take, and how far it will go.


    Only Huo Meng has been comforting them, and it will be here soon, and depicts to them the scene of the frog tribe developing and growing after settling in Nanhuang.


    Sometimes, Huo Meng also thinks of the Veng tribe and Jiang Xuan.


    Because Jiang Xuan said that if the frog tribe can move to the Southern Wilderness, they can go to him for help.


    But Huo Meng did not pin his hopes on Jiang Xuan, because the Southern Wilderness was too big, and even if they migrated to the Southern Wilderness, they would not necessarily meet the Teng tribe.


    In addition, Huo Meng firmly believes in a simple belief: relying on people is worse than relying on yourself.


    Southern Wilderness, Vine Tribe.


    "Chichichi..."


    The old man Heishi put a hot stone into the water. With a burst of white smoke, the stone cracked with a "click" sound.


    Many stones, after being burned for a long time and soaked in cold water, will naturally crack along the lines, and then they can be processed into various stone tools.


    If you don''t burn it and smash it directly, it will not only be difficult to break open, but it may be smashed into pieces and become waste rock.


    "Ding ding ding...


    The old man of Black Stone picked up the cooled stone, and then used a stone hammer to continue to strike along its lines to break it into more stone pieces.


    "Goooooooooooo..."


    In the fire pond, the food in Tao Ding has been cooked and exudes a tempting fragrance, but the old man Heishi still meticulously finished the stone.


    After he knocked all the stones into pieces, he finally straightened up, passed the wooden stick through the ears of the three-legged Tao Ding, then held one end of the wooden stick in each hand and lifted the Tao Ding aside.


    Tao Ding was heated up, and would it cool down for a while, the food in the Ding continued to tumble.


    The old man Heishi washed his hands, then took out a pottery bowl and a pair of chopsticks, scooped a bowl of food, and put it to his mouth to cool it.


    At this moment, he saw a 12- or 13-year-old boy walking by the door several times, his eyes fixed on the room.


    The old man said: "If you want to see it, come in and have a look."


    Hearing this, the young man had a look of joy on his face, and then he gathered up his courage and walked into the room, looking at the large and small stones on the ground, as well as those semi-finished or finished stone tools, his eyes lit up.


    "call¡­¡­¡­"


    The old man Heishi blew on the food in the bowl, then took a sip of the soup and asked, "Do you like stone tools?"


    "I like it." The boy nodded sharply.


    "Have you ever made stone tools?"


    "I did, but not very well."


    "Show me your stone tools."


    The boy hesitated for a moment, then summoned up his courage, took out a short stone knife from the animal skin bag he was carrying, and handed it to the old man Heishi.


    The old man Heishi put down the bowl and took the small stone knife. After starting, the expression on the old man''s face was obviously a little surprised.


    This small stone knife is unexpectedly good, it is very smooth, and the edge is relatively sharp, but the stone is relatively ordinary, and it is easy to break and collapse.


    "You did it alone?"


    The boy nodded, his face a little nervous, because the one in front of him was the most powerful stone tool master in the tribe.


    "good."


    The old man Heishi looked at it for a while, pointed to the middle of the small stone knife, and said, "However, this place is more polished and it is easy to break."


    The boy lowered his head again, a little helpless.


    The old man Heishi returned the small stone knife to him, and said calmly: "Don''t be discouraged, you have done a good job compared to other children as big as you."


    The young man breathed a sigh of relief.


    "What''s your name?"


    "My name is Shanwen."


    "Shanwen, do you want to learn to polish stone tools?"


    "Yes¡­¡­"


    "Come and try it tomorrow, I''ll teach you."


    Shanwen raised his head in amazement, thinking he had heard it wrong.


    "Why... not willing?"


    "No... No, I have to work tomorrow..."


    "It doesn''t matter, when you''re not working, come and learn from me, but I want to remind you that learning to polish stone tools is very tiring, and it requires patience and perseverance."


    Shanwen hurriedly said, "I''m not afraid of being tired!"


    The old man Heishi nodded and said, "Go back first, and come back tomorrow."


    "it is good."


    When Shanwen walked to the door, it felt like a dream. He could actually learn to polish stone tools with the most powerful stone tool master of the Veng tribe!


    "Great!"


    He walked and walked, couldn''t help but jumped up happily, and the whole person was in a very excited state.


    And the black stone old man in the room also showed a smile on his face.


    This young man named Shanwen has been dangling around his door for some days, and he should really like to polish stone tools.


    Moreover, to the surprise of the old man Heishi, this young man''s talent for grinding stone tools is not bad.


    When it comes to grinding stone tools, interest is very important, because grinding stone tools is very boring, and it is difficult to persevere without interest.


    Talent is equally important. People without talent may be able to learn some skills, but it is difficult to polish a real high-quality stone tool.


    Some things can only be understood and cannot be described in words, just like painting. People without talent, even if they learn the skills, will draw things that lack spirituality.


    The old man Heishi was happy to have found a suitable apprentice. As for what Shanwen can learn, we will know later.


    The next day, after Shanwen had a meal, he took advantage of the rest time to go to the old man''s house and began to learn to polish stone tools.


    He is a member of the breeding team, and he usually takes care of the livestock, cleaning the pens, feeding grass and other activities.


    Only after a short period of rest after eating, and at night, did he have time to study with old man Heishi.


    Even so, under the guidance of the old black stone, he quickly learned a lot of skills about grinding stone tools, as well as the knowledge of identifying various kinds of stones.


    Even the old man Heishi had to admit that Shanwen did have a high talent for polishing stone tools.


    Day by day, the temperature in the Southern Wilderness is getting higher and higher, and the cold winter has completely passed.


    As the temperature rises, the animals in the forest are all active.


    Just as active as the animals, there are those tribes in the Western Wilderness who are migrating.


    In early February, a medium-sized tribe of more than 5,000 people migrated from the Western Wilderness and entered the Southern Wilderness.


    This tribe is called the Bird Tribe.


    Raptor is a flightless bird of prey.


    They are very sturdy, about two meters high, and their long legs can carry a person to run fast in the forest.


    At the same time, they have a hard and sharp beak, which is extremely powerful and can easily peck a hole in the skull of ordinary prey.


    It is by relying on this ferocious raptor that the raptor tribe can become a medium-sized tribe that dominates the mountains and forests.


    However, with the great changes in the Western Wilderness, the place where the Bird Tribe lived before also experienced an earthquake, and was impacted by the tribes that migrated from the deeper part of the Western Wilderness.


    In order to survive better, the Bird Tribe could only migrate to the Southern Wilderness, becoming the first medium-sized tribe to enter the Southern Wilderness.


    However, a medium-sized tribe needs to occupy a wide area, and to occupy a good place.


    Will the tribes in the Southern Wilderness be willing to be compressed by them?


    the answer is negative. A new storm is coming.

 Chapter 149： Bird Tribe

    This chapter is not over, please subscribe later.


    ...


    The edge of the Southern Wilderness.


    "What a lush forest, what an abundance of water..."


    In the forest, a bird more than two meters high, carrying a man whose face and body were covered with totem lines, walked slowly.


    That''s right, the totem lines on his body and face were not painted, but stabbed with bone needles and special paints. It hurts to think about it.


    This man, about thirty years old, was the youngest witch of the Mengniao tribe.


    Wanting to become a witch is actually a very difficult thing, because there is so much knowledge that a witch needs to master.


    Usually, it takes decades for a tribal person to learn all kinds of knowledge and become a witch.


    Because of this, most tribal witches are relatively old.


    However, there are always exceptions.


    If the witch in the tribe suddenly had an accident, or if the inheritor of the witch was gifted with extraordinary talent and learned all the things that the witch should master early, young people could also become witches.


    The young witch of the Mengniao tribe belongs to the type of people with extraordinary talent.


    Before the old witch died, he took the initiative to give way to him.


    The reason why the Mengniao tribe became the first tribe to migrate to the Southern Wilderness, this young witch played a big role in it.


    He is more confident and decisive than the old witch.


    When he concluded that the Mengniao tribe would continue to stay there and the living environment would continue to deteriorate, he began to persuade the old witches and totem gods of the Mengniao tribe to persuade them to move the tribe to the Southern Wilderness.


    As a result, the totem **** and the old witch of the Mengniao tribe were persuaded by him and agreed to move the tribe to the Southern Wilderness.


    The totem **** and the old witch both agreed, and there is no room for others to object at all. This is the cleverness of this new witch.


    Beside the new witch of the Mengniao tribe, there is a huge Mengniao, exuding terrifying fluctuations of divine power.


    It is the totem **** of the Mengniao tribe.


    Around the new witch and the totem god, more than 5,000 people from the Mengniao tribe, either riding on tall Mengniao, or walking, slowly marched forward with great momentum.


    "Da da da¡­¡­"


    A scorpion bird, carrying a tall warrior, ran back from the front quickly and ran to Xin Wu''s side.


    This warrior has five warrior patterns drawn on his face!


    This is a powerful five-color warrior and the leader of the Mengniao tribe.


    "Wizard, I found a flat forest ahead."


    "Go and see."


    The Mengniao tribe has been migrating for a long time. Now that they have arrived in the southern wilderness with dense forests and abundant water resources, it is time to find a place to settle down.


    After entering the Southern Wilderness, they have been looking for a suitable place to live.


    But such a large tribe can not live anywhere. Spacious living places, water sources, hunting grounds, and even places that can be used for planting and breeding must be considered.


    As a medium-sized tribe of more than 5,000 people, it is difficult to feed so many people by hunting alone.


    Therefore, both medium-sized tribes and large-scale tribes will carry out planting and breeding.


    In the planting industry, most tribes are still in the stage of slash-and-burn cultivation, and the harvest is not much, at best it is better than gathering.


    But farming, these medium and large tribes have accumulated a lot of experience, and the output is much greater than planting.


    Because of this, as a medium-sized tribe, it is definitely not an easy task to find a suitable place to live.


    Mengniao tribe witch and leader walked to the forest in front.


    This forest is very dense and spacious, and all kinds of animals flee after seeing a large number of Meng birds.


    Moreover, there is a small river flowing through this forest, and the water source is basically not to worry about.


    The young witch rode a Mengniao, accompanied by the leader, and walked around the forest, frowning: "The environment is good, but the flat ground is a bit small, only suitable for small tribes to live in."


    "Then... let''s look elsewhere."


    The leader was a little disappointed. He felt that the place was already very good, but Wu said it was not possible, and he couldn''t do anything about it.


    In fact, after migrating for so long and traveling so far, the people of the Mengniao tribe are exhausted, and they are eager to find a place to settle down instead of rushing every day.


    "Keep going!"


    The leader rode a Mengniao and ran around the huge team, shouting as he ran.


    Those Mengniao tribe clansmen who thought they could stay, could only drag their tired bodies and continue to move forward. There were many complaints in their hearts, but they dared not speak out.


    After walking like this for a few days, they walked around and came to the vicinity of the Great Swamp.


    But they took a different route from the Jackal Tribe and the Crow Tribe. They went to the other side of the Great Swamp and chose a large forest with relatively flat terrain.


    Although there are no rivers in this forest, there are five or six small streams that flow into the swamp, and the water supply is very abundant.


    The witch and leader of the Mengniao tribe spent most of the day exploring the forest on a Mengniao, and even went to see the mighty swamp.


    This time, the Mengniao tribe witch was finally satisfied.


    "This is a good place to live. In the future, this will be the new territory of our Mengniao tribe!"


    Hearing Wu''s words, the leader finally breathed a sigh of relief. He really didn''t want to go any further, and the tribe''s people were exhausted.


    Can finally settle down.


    The leader rode a tall bird back and shouted to the clan: "Witch said, this will be our new territory in the future!"


    "Great!"


    The people of the Mengniao tribe cheered and even jumped in place to express their joy.


    "quack¡­¡­"


    The huge Meng Bird God stretched his neck and chirped twice towards the sky to announce his existence.


    It was so loud that it could be heard far away from this forest.


    "Quack quack..."


    All the monkeys chirped together, causing the forest and even the nearby forest animals to flee or hide in fright.


    Afterwards, Meng Bird God found a good position in the middle of the forest and squatted down.


    In the future, this place will be its nest and the most sacred place for the Mengniao tribe.


    The leader of the Mengniao tribe also began to assign tasks.


    He sent half of the warriors to hunt nearby on horseback, and half of the warriors were responsible for logging and building houses, as well as clearing the forest for potential dangers.


    Those ordinary clansmen are responsible for collecting wild vegetables nearby, catching bugs, and using them as food.


    The Mengniao tribe is in full swing to build a new settlement, but a small tribe in the southeast has lost its stable life since then.


    This tribe is the Otter tribe.


    The residence chosen by the Mengniao tribe is only half a day away from the Otter tribe.


    The chirping of the Mengniao God naturally also reached the sensitive ears of the Totem God of the Rex tribe.


    The huge otter, after hearing the sound, came straight out of the deep underground cave and looked in horror at the direction of the Mengniao tribe.


    "God, what happened?"


    The witch of the Otter tribe hurried out of the nest-like house and anxiously asked the Otter God.


    The voice of the otter **** resounded in Wu''s mind: "I heard a terrifying bird call, you immediately send someone in that direction to inquire about the situation."


    The otter **** stretched out a sharp claw and pointed in the direction of the Mengniao tribe.


    "Okay, I''ll send someone there right away."


    The otter tribe witch did not dare to delay, and immediately found the leader and asked him to personally lead someone to inquire about the news.


    Soon, the leader of the Otter Tribe led ten stronger warriors, sitting on the Big Otter, and headed in that direction by water.


    One day later, the leader of the Rex tribe hid in the water and grass in the big swamp, and saw the Mengniao tribe in the forest from a distance, saw countless Mengniao tribesmen, and the fierce big Mengniao.


    "This... is this... a medium-sized tribe..."


    The leader of the Rex tribe was still unwilling to believe this fact, so he went ashore from various locations and even ventured ashore to observe the Mengniao tribe secretly.


    The more he saw, the colder his heart felt, because there were indications that this was a medium-sized tribe.


    A strange medium-sized tribe, migrating to the vicinity of the Otter tribe, how big a threat is this?


    The leader of the Otter tribe did not dare to think about it.


    The leader of the Rex tribe scratched his messy hair and said with a frown, "I''m afraid it will be difficult in the future."


    The accompanying soldier asked, "Leader, what should we do now?"


    "What else can I do? Of course I''m going back."


    The leader of the Otter tribe gave a gloomy look at the Mengniao tribe, then took the warriors and rode the big otter back to the tribe by water.


    After the news came back to the Rex tribe, the entire Rex tribe panicked.


    Up to the totem god, down to the ordinary clansmen, they all fell into a state of panic.


    They were afraid that the Otter tribe would be attacked by the Mengniao tribe, and they were even more afraid that the hunting grounds would be taken away by the Mengniao tribe in the future.


    Small Book Pavilion


    The timid otter **** even wanted to migrate tribes and avoid this medium-sized tribe.


    However, it is reluctant to bear the territory that has been operating for many years, as well as those ice lotus roots.


    In the extreme entanglement, the Otter tribe can only take one step at a time, and is psychologically prepared for migration The follow-up content is repeated and will be updated later.


    ...


    The leader was a little disappointed. He felt that the place was already very good, but Wu said it was not possible, and he couldn''t do anything about it.


    In fact, after migrating for so long and traveling so far, the people of the Mengniao tribe are exhausted, and they are eager to find a place to settle down instead of rushing every day.


    "Keep going!"


    The leader rode a Mengniao and ran around the huge team, shouting as he ran.


    Those Mengniao tribe clansmen who thought they could stay, could only drag their tired bodies and continue to move forward. There were many complaints in their hearts, but they dared not speak out.


    After walking like this for a few days, they walked around and came to the vicinity of the Great Swamp.


    But they took a different route from the Jackal Tribe and the Crow Tribe. They went to the other side of the Great Swamp and chose a large forest with relatively flat terrain.


    Although there are no rivers in this forest, there are five or six small streams that flow into the swamp, and the water supply is very abundant.


    The witch and leader of the Mengniao tribe spent most of the day exploring the forest on a Mengniao, and even went to see the mighty swamp.


    This time, the Mengniao tribe witch was finally satisfied.


    "This is a good place to live. In the future, this will be the new territory of our Mengniao tribe!"


    Hearing Wu''s words, the leader finally breathed a sigh of relief. He really didn''t want to go any further, and the tribe''s people were exhausted.


    Can finally settle down.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thanks to the book friend "Shark Pepper No. 9," for the reward. Click to download this site APP, massive novels, free to read!

 Chapter 150： Do you have salt?

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    ...


    To the east of the Vine tribe, on the other side of the Flying Fish River.


    "There seems to be a tribe here."


    Thirty tribal people hid in the dense virgin forest, carefully observing the second residence of the Vine tribe.


    The totem patterns on the faces of these tribesmen are very strange. They are actually... rabbit faces. The mouth and nose are drawn like a rabbit''s three-petaled mouth, which looks quite funny.


    Each of them has a giant rabbit around them. These giant rabbits are more than one meter tall, with long ears and gray and black rabbit fur.


    Unlike the long-tailed rabbits domesticated by the Vine tribe, these rabbits have very short tails, and their hind legs are very sturdy and have amazing bouncing ability.


    They are members of the Rabbit Tribe, from the east of the Vine Tribe, about five days away from the second residence of the Vine Tribe.


    The warriors of the Rabbit tribe are very cautious and alert, and they don''t usually get too far from the tribe.


    This time, there was nothing they could do about the reason why they had run so far to get here.


    The Rabbit tribe ran out of salt, and a medium-sized tribe they used to trade salt with migrated elsewhere.


    So they can only take the risk and go to other tribes to see if they can trade salt.


    The thirty-person team was assigned to the direction of the Vine tribe.


    They need to find tribes with enough salt, and then trade with them for salt.


    Before they found the Vine tribe, they had already found several small tribes, but unfortunately, those small tribes did not have enough salt, and many people still supplemented their salt by drinking animal blood.


    If the Vine tribe also doesn''t have enough salt, they can only go back the same way and find another way.


    Because the front is the Flying Fish River, the people of the Rabbit tribe can''t get through.


    "Let''s go, say hello from a distance, and if they''re not welcome, we''ll run."


    These rabbit tribe warriors may not be particularly strong in combat, but because of the existence of those giant rabbits, their escape ability is a must.


    Once the giant rabbit runs, even the beasts in the forest can''t easily catch up.


    Thirty people rode on the back of the giant rabbit and hugged the giant rabbit''s neck.


    The hind legs of giant rabbits are thick and long, while the front legs are short. When walking, the front legs land first, and the hind legs follow. Even if they don''t run, they look like they are jumping.


    "who?"


    The approach of the Rabbit Tribe fighters immediately caught the attention of the Vine Tribe guards, and one of them shouted.


    Soon, the soldiers of the second guard team of the Vine tribe ran towards this side, holding weapons and staring at the forest.


    "What happened?"


    The new leader of the second guard team, Xan Er, also came over.


    "Boss, there are people from outside tribes approaching."


    Xanthium looked into the forest, and sure enough, he saw a group of people riding giant rabbits, looking this way.


    At this moment, the warriors of the Rabbit Tribe began to shout.


    "Don''t attack, we are members of the Rabbit tribe, and we are here to make a deal with your tribe."


    "Rabbit tribe? Make a deal?"


    Xanthium observed for a while, but didn''t find anyone else, and didn''t find that they had any intention to attack, and then he was a little relieved.


    "Since it''s a deal, come here."


    Xanthium did not let the soldiers of the guards lay down their weapons, and remained vigilant to avoid accidents.


    "Then...then don''t attack."


    The warriors of the Rabbit Tribe walked slowly towards the Vine Tribe, but they did not walk in front of the cocklebur, and still kept a relatively safe distance.


    If something is not right, they will run away immediately.


    Xanthium didn''t care either. Unfamiliar tribesmen should be vigilant. If these people walked up to him without any scruples, he would doubt their purpose.


    "This is the territory of the Vine Tribe. I am the leader of the second guard team of the Vine Tribe, Xanthium."


    A Rabbit Tribe warrior said: "I am the leader of the Rabbit Tribe''s third hunting team, Giant Fang."


    Giant Fang is a two-color warrior with two front teeth, which are very conspicuous.


    Xanthium continued to ask: "What do you want to trade with our Vine tribe?"


    "Salt, do you have any in the Vine tribe?"


    Jufang stared at Xanthium nervously. He has been disappointed many times. If he is disappointed again, he can only return to the tribe.


    However, Xanthium did not reply to him immediately. Salt was a very important material, and Xanthium did not dare to make decisions without authorization.


    He pondered for a moment and said, "I can''t take charge of this matter. You guys wait here for a while, and I''ll ask the leader to come over."


    When Ju Ya heard this, he nodded hurriedly and said, "Go quickly, we will wait here."


    Xanthium immediately sent a soldier to cross the river to find the leader.


    When Jiang Xuan heard that a tribe was coming to trade salt, he was quite surprised.


    The Teng tribe mastered the method of making salt, but they only traded salt with two tribes, one is the blue sheep tribe, which is now gone, and the other is the mountain turtle tribe.


    It can be said that the Vine tribe did not get a lot of benefits from salt, and mainly ate it by themselves.


    Now, a tribe has come over and wants to trade salt with them. Maybe this is a good opportunity to make a profit with salt.


    "Let''s go and have a look."


    Jiang Xuan did not walk because it was too slow.


    He directly let the glutinous rice **** carry him there, without having to cross the river by boat.


    "Il..."


    Soon, the dumplings landed on the ground of the second residence.


    When those rabbit tribe warriors saw the huge dumplings, they were terrified by this kind of fowl, and the giant rabbits turned around and wanted to run.


    Xanthium shouted in time: "Don''t be afraid, our leader is here and won''t hurt you."


    Hearing Xanthium''s words, those rabbit tribe warriors who were about to run away hurriedly appease the giant rabbits and did not flee directly.


    One of the natural enemies of rabbits is the birds from the sky.


    Although they were appeased by the warriors of the Rabbit Tribe, those giant rabbits were still very scared. As long as the glutinous rice **** approached, they would definitely run.


    Jiang Xuan got down from the back of the dumplings and looked at the trembling rabbit tribe warriors, so he made the dumplings stand farther away and went up to him.


    "Friends of the Rabbit Tribe, don''t be nervous, I am the leader of the Vine Tribe, Xuan, I heard that you want to trade salt with our Vine Tribe?"


    When it comes to business, Ju Tooth can''t be afraid anymore, he immediately nodded and said, "Yes, we want to trade some salt with you, do you have any in the Vine tribe?"


    "We must have some salt, but before that, I want to know about your rabbit tribe, otherwise I wouldn''t dare to trade casually."


    As the so-called wealth and silk move people''s hearts, salt is very valuable to tribal people.


    If you don''t understand the rabbit tribe and trade rashly, it is likely to bring disaster to the vine tribe.


    For the safety of the Teng tribe, Jiang Xuan had to be cautious.


    Ju Tooth nodded understandingly, and then began to introduce the situation of the Rabbit Tribe to Jiang Xuan.


    The Rabbit Tribe is a small tribe with a population of about 800. They live in several large mountains and have little contact with other tribes.


    ...


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ...


    The warriors of the Rabbit Tribe walked slowly towards the Vine Tribe, but they did not walk in front of the cocklebur, and still kept a relatively safe distance.


    If something is not right, they will run away immediately.


    Xanthium didn''t care either. Unfamiliar tribesmen should be vigilant. If these people walked up to him without any scruples, he would doubt their purpose.


    "This is the territory of the Vine Tribe. I am the leader of the second guard team of the Vine Tribe, Xanthium."


    A Rabbit Tribe warrior said: "I am the leader of the Rabbit Tribe''s third hunting team, Giant Fang."


    Giant Fang is a two-color warrior with two front teeth, which are very conspicuous.


    Xanthium continued to ask: "What do you want to trade with our Vine tribe?"


    "Salt, do you have any in the Vine tribe?"


    Jufang stared at Xanthium nervously. He has been disappointed many times. If he is disappointed again, he can only return to the tribe.


    However, Xanthium did not reply to him immediately. Salt was a very important material, and Xanthium did not dare to make decisions without authorization.


    He pondered for a moment and said, "I can''t take charge of this matter. You guys wait here for a while, and I''ll ask the leader to come over."


    When Ju Ya heard this, he nodded hurriedly and said, "Go quickly, we will wait here."


    Xanthium immediately sent a soldier to cross the river to find the leader.


    When Jiang Xuan heard that a tribe was coming to trade salt, he was quite surprised.


    The Teng tribe mastered the method of making salt, but they only traded salt with two tribes, one is the blue sheep tribe, which is now gone, and the other is the mountain turtle tribe. Click to download this site APP, massive novels, free to read!

 Chapter 151： Rabbit tribe

    "If your Rabbit tribe wants to continue trading salt, then bring more fine stone or other goods here."


    "In addition, in addition to salt, our Vine tribe also has pottery. If you need it, you can also trade it together."


    The Rabbit Tribe was too far away, and the Vine Tribe on that side was completely unfamiliar, Jiang Xuan did not want the warriors of the tribe to take risks.


    Let the Rabbit tribe bring their own things to trade, and the Vine tribe will not have to take any risks.


    Ju Tooth nodded, took Jiang Xuan''s words in his heart, and then put the small bag of salt away.


    "Boss Xuan, let''s go back first."


    "Okay, the Vine Tribe welcomes you again next time."


    Thirty giant rabbits turned around, hopped off, and soon disappeared into the forest.


    Maybe there will be more giant rabbits coming over next time.


    Jiang Xuan took these two high-quality stones, rode the dumplings back to the tribe, and then handed them over to the old man Heishi, and asked him to sharpen a stone spear and a stone knife.


    "These two stones are so beautiful."


    The old man Heishi was in love with these two high-quality stones, watching and rubbing them over and over.


    For a stone tool maker, high-quality stone is a treasure, and they can polish stone tools that they are proud of.


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "This was traded from the Rabbit Tribe, and more high-quality stones will be traded in the future."


    "That''s great, boss, don''t worry, I''ll make them into the best stone spears and knives."


    The old man of Blackstone is full of confidence in this.


    Jiang Xuan of course believed in the craftsmanship of the old man Heishi. He explained his requirements for the stone spear and the stone knife, and then turned to leave, because he knew that the old man Heishi couldn''t wait to work.


    ...


    Southern Wilderness, Rabbit Tribe.


    Returning from the Vine Tribe to the Rabbit Tribe, it took them five full days.


    Although they have giant rabbits, theoretically they can get there in two or three days if they run fast.


    But there were dangers to avoid and sometimes detours on the way, so they took five days to arrive.


    The place where the Rabbit Tribe lives, called Rabbit Ridge, is a continuous mountain range.


    The people of the Rabbit tribe live on the main peak of Rabbit Ridge.


    From a distance, there is nothing special about the place where the Rabbit Tribe lives. The large forest is lush and green, blocking the sight of the outside world.


    But when you actually climb the mountain, you will find that Rabbit Ridge is full of caves dug by giant rabbits.


    Not to mention people from the outside world, even the clansmen of the Rabbit Tribe and people with a bad sense of direction occasionally get dizzy.


    When the giant teeth and the others rode the giant rabbit, when they walked to the foot of the mountain, everyone''s mood was relieved.


    One of the warriors shouted to the mountain: "We are back!"


    The Rabbit Ridge, which was calm just now, suddenly became lively.


    In an instant, giant rabbits emerged from the cave, their big eyes looking around, and their big ears flapping slightly.


    Hundreds of people from the Rabbit Tribe came out of the caves or wooden houses to welcome their people.


    The giant rabbits they were riding were also excited, and they ran up the mountain at a very fast speed.


    Along the way, the giant rabbits emerging from many caves also came out and ran with them.


    The scene of a lot of giant rabbits running up the mountain is very spectacular.


    When they were halfway up the mountain, the leader of the Rabbit Tribe, Wu and the others had already come out and were looking at them with anticipation.


    The leader of the rabbit tribe has a hare-lip, and after painting the totem pattern, it is very similar to the rabbit''s face.


    Harelips, in other tribes, may be discriminated against.


    But in the Rabbit tribe, people with hare lips will be considered to be favored by the Rabbit God and are very popular.


    "Giant tooth, have you found it?"


    The leader of the Rabbit Tribe looked at Giant Fang with hope. The first two hunting teams had already returned, but there was no harvest. Now all hope is placed on the third returning hunting team.


    Giant Fang got off the back of the giant rabbit, and then took off the small animal skin bag tied to him.


    "Boss, what do you think this is?"


    The leader of the rabbit tribe seemed to have guessed what it was. With an excited heart and trembling hands, he took the small animal skin bag and slowly opened it.


    "Salt!"


    Although the leader of the rabbit tribe had already guessed it, he was still very excited after seeing the salt with his own eyes.


    The witch of the Rabbit Tribe stepped forward, squeezed a few grains of salt, put it in his mouth, then opened his eyes with a smile on his face, and said, "Good salt, much better than the salt of the Wasp Tribe!"


    "Great, we''ve got salt!"


    The clansmen of the Rabbit Tribe cheered, and even the giant rabbits flapped their ears happily, shrank their front legs, and stood up like kangaroos.


    "Which tribe are these salts traded from?"


    What matters most to the Rabbit Tribe is where the salt comes from, because it is too little.


    "It was traded from the Vine tribe."


    "Vine tribe? Is it far?"


    The Rabbit Tribe had never heard of the Vine Tribe, but he didn''t care either. The Rabbit Tribe''s range of activities was not very large, and the tribes farther away did not know it.


    "The Vine tribe lives by a river. When we came back, we walked for five days."


    Giant Tooth recounted the situation of the Vine tribe and what Jiang Xuan said to him.


    After hearing this, the leader of the rabbit tribe and Wu looked at each other and saw the hesitation in each other''s eyes.


    The five-day journey is indeed quite far, and the Rabbit Tribe rarely goes that far, because it is too dangerous.


    But now, in order to eat salt, there is no better way than going to the Vine tribe to trade.


    The Rabbit Tribe said: "Two small pieces of high-quality stone, replaced by these salts, is not bad, much better than when we traded with the Wasp Tribe."


    High-quality stone is relatively rare, and most of them are buried deep underground. Even if there are some scattered on the ground, most of them are picked up by tribesmen to polish stone tools.


    And the rabbit tribe, because of the existence of giant rabbits, which are especially good at burrowing, they can easily obtain the high-quality stones buried deep in the ground.


    In the past, they used high-quality stone to trade salt with the Wasp tribe, and they were often pitted, but they couldn''t do anything about it. Who let only the Wasp tribe be able to trade salt nearby?


    Now, the Wasp Tribe ran away, but they found the Vine Tribe, and from the process of the first transaction, the Vine Tribe was much more generous than the Wasp Tribe.


    Giant Tooth asked, "Witch, shall we bring more high-quality stones to the Vine Tribe to trade salt?"


    The rabbit tribe witch said without hesitation: "Go, go and trade some salt as soon as possible. The tribesmen have not eaten salt for a long time, so it is impossible to continue like this."


    The leader of the Rabbit Tribe said: "Giant tooth said just now that in addition to salt, the Vine Tribe also has pottery. It is best to trade a few back. The pottery of our tribe is no longer available."


    Pottery is not like iron. It is relatively brittle. During long-term use, bumps and bumps are always inevitable. If it cracks too much, it cannot be used.


    The Rabbit Tribe had not obtained pottery for a long time, and taking advantage of this opportunity, they wanted to trade some new pottery back.


    The leader and the witch discussed and discussed with each other, and decided what to pay attention to when going to the Vine tribe and what to trade.


    Early the next morning, the leader of the Rabbit Tribe led more than 80 warriors, including Giant Tooth, carrying high-quality stones, and rode the giant rabbit to the Vine Tribe to trade.


    Along the way, it is inevitable to live in the wind and sleep, and encounter various dangers.


    Fortunately, those giant rabbits have strong hearing and can run fast. In addition, there are many warriors in the rabbit tribe.


    After five days, they finally came to the periphery of the second settlement of the Vine tribe.


    "This is the Vine tribe? It doesn''t seem like there are many people."


    The leader of the Rabbit Tribe observed from a distance and found that the Vine Tribe was not as powerful as he thought.


    Giant Tooth said, "Leader, go up to the tree and look across the river."


    The leader of the Rabbit Tribe climbed to the top of the tree, and then he saw the real Vine Tribe!


    A huge rocky mountain is entwined with a thick and terrifying divine vine, with luxuriant branches and leaves shining brightly in the sun.


    In front of the stone mountain, neat rows of houses are densely scattered, and large fields and ponds can be clearly seen, which is very spectacular.


    The leader of the Rabbit Tribe was stunned, because the territory of the Vine Tribe actually crossed a river!


    In his view, this is an incredible thing.


    He finally believed that the Vine tribe was very powerful and could produce two good things, salt and pottery.


    The leader of the Rabbit Tribe watched for a while before climbing down from the tree again. At this time, his mentality had undergone some changes, and he even subconsciously regarded the Vine Tribe as a medium-sized tribe.


    Because he had never seen such a small tribe.


    The leader of the Rabbit Tribe continued to walk forward, and was soon discovered by the guards of the Vine Tribe.


    Giant Fang was afraid of causing misunderstanding, so he stepped forward and shouted: "We are from the Rabbit Tribe, and we traded with you a few days ago!"


    Sure enough, after the giant teeth shouted, the guards of the Vine tribe were not so nervous.


    Xanthium rode a big horned deer and walked to the front, first looked at the team of the rabbit tribe, and then said to the giant tooth: "Are you guys here to do business this time?"


    Giant Tooth nodded and said, "That''s right, we came here specifically to do business."


    Giant Fang pointed at the leader again and said, "This is the leader of our tribe."


    "Okay, just wait a moment."


    Xang Er immediately sent someone to the tribe to invite Jiang Xuan to come over, and at the same time he had to be wary of the people from the rabbit tribe, because they were more numerous than the people guarding the second team.


    At this time, Jiang Xuan was observing the new crops traded from the expedition team of the Black Teeth Tribe in the crop field.


    In this year''s deal with the Black Teeth Tribe, Jiang Xuan obtained three new crops, namely bamboo wheat, red cabbage, and snake gourd.


    At this time, because the weather is getting warmer, the bamboo wheat has been planted first, and it has taken root and sprouts and grows seedlings.


    "It''s really like bamboo."


    Jiang Xuan squatted on the ground and looked at the newly grown bamboo and wheat seedlings, and found that its leaves were very similar to bamboo leaves, and its stems were similar to bamboo, but smaller.


    He even doubted nervously, could the so-called bamboo wheat be fake seeds?


    However, he quickly overturned this idea. The Black Teeth Tribe''s expedition was indeed asking for a bit darker price, but it had never sold fakes.


    There should be no such thing as shoddy use of fake seeds, after all, the profit of selling seeds is not high.


    If, in the future, all tribes develop planting, the demand for seeds will surge, and the value will continue to rise, then there may be such a thing as selling fake seeds.


    "The leader, the leader, the people of the rabbit tribe are here, and there are many people."


    Just then, a soldier shouted while running.


    "Oh? The Rabbit Tribe is here so soon, let''s go and have a look."


    Jiang Xuan''s spirit was lifted, he immediately stood up, and walked towards Feiyu River.


    Tangyuan went out for food today, and he didn''t want to scare the people of the rabbit tribe again After arriving at the Feiyu River, the soldiers of the fishing team used a boat to send him across the river, and then to the second residence, go to Meet those Rabbit Tribes.


    When Jiang Xuan walked over there, Ju Tooth greeted him from a distance.


    "Boss Xuan, here we come."


    "Haha, welcome and welcome."


    Jiang Xuan walked in front of the Rabbit Tribe warriors, and immediately noticed the Rabbit Tribe leader with four warrior lines on his face.


    "Leader of the Vine tribe, Xuan."


    "Leader of the Rabbit Tribe, Shanfeng."


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "Leader of Shanfeng, I didn''t expect you to come so soon."


    "No sooner than later, there''s not much salt in the tribe."


    Shanfeng smiled bitterly. In fact, the salt of the Rabbit tribe was not much, but was gone.


    "Haha, the matter of salt is easy to talk about. You must have worked hard for you to come from afar. Why don''t you come to our Vine tribe to sit first, take a rest, and have something to eat."


    Jiang Xuan warmly greeted them to the house of the Veng tribe.


    However, out of vigilance, Shanfeng refused the invitation.


    "Boss Xuan, don''t bother, the people in the tribe are still waiting for us, we will rush back after the transaction."


    Jiang Xuan is not reluctant: "Well, I will arrange the goods for the transaction immediately."


    Under Jiang Xuan''s instructions, Xanthium immediately took people to find Chishao, and brought some salt and pottery to the warehouse on the other side.


    Jiang Xuan took the opportunity to chat with Shanfeng to eliminate the strangeness and facilitate future transactions.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thanks to "Book Friend 20200229101442805" for the reward.


    Thanks to the book friend "Master 9" for the reward. Click to download this site APP, massive novels, free to read!

 Chapter 152： Otter tribe in the cave

    "Too beautiful!"


    Shanfeng looked at the pottery of the Teng tribe and made a sound of amazement.


    He had already tasted the salt of the Veng tribe, and the taste was many times better than the salt he had eaten before.


    The pottery of the rattan tribe is also unexpectedly beautiful.


    The pottery fired by other tribes is not only not round enough in shape, but also very monotonous in pattern and color.


    The pottery of the rattan tribe is different. In addition to the iconic totem pattern of the rattan tribe at the bottom, the surface of the pottery is painted with various flowers, birds, insects, fish, fierce birds and beasts. The colors are also rich and very beautiful.


    Everyone likes beautiful things, and the mountain breeze is no exception. He especially likes the pictures of those beasts, which look fierce.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Leader of Shanfeng, where are your goods?"


    "Bring it all."


    Shanfeng waved at the rabbit tribe warriors.


    The Rabbit Tribe warrior immediately came over with eight animal skin bags, placed them in front of Jiang Xuan and Shanfeng, and opened the bag.


    These animal skin bags are all filled with high-quality stones!


    There are black, red, green, purple... all kinds of colors, transparent or opaque, large and small fine stone.


    The warriors of the Vine tribe saw their eyes straight.


    They had never seen so many fine stones in their lives.


    Jiang Xuan whispered to Nan Xing: "Go, invite the stone tool master over."


    "Yes!"


    Nan Xing hurried back to the tribe and invited the old man Heishi, who was grinding stone tools, to the second residence.


    When the black stone old man saw those high-quality stones, his breath was short.


    He stepped forward, picked up pieces of high-quality stone, and kept stroking, his eyes were very frenzied.


    "Good stone...all good stone..."


    Since the old black stone said that it is a good stone, then these high-quality stones must be no problem, and the two sides officially began to trade.


    The first trade is salt.


    After some haggling, Shanfeng exchanged six bags of fine stone for two bags of salt.


    That''s it, the smile on Shanfeng''s face is still very bright, which shows how miserable they were when they traded with the Wasp tribe in the past.


    Then, Shanfeng exchanged the remaining two bags of high-quality stones for two pottery tripods and six pots, and Jiang Xuan gave him two pots.


    This made Shanfeng very moved.


    "Boss Xuan, if you have the opportunity, you must visit our rabbit tribe. I will treat you with the best animal meat."


    "Haha, I must go when I get a chance."


    After the transaction, Shanfeng took the salt and pottery, surrounded by the warriors of the rabbit tribe, and couldn''t wait to go back.


    Only when these things are in the Rabbit Tribe can they feel at ease, otherwise they are always worried that they will be taken away.


    After the people from the Rabbit tribe left, on the side of the Vine tribe, everyone stared at the high-quality stones, and their eyes were not the same as usual.


    Nan Xing approached Jiang Xuan and said hesitantly, "Boss, I... I want a stone knife..."


    "Boss, I want to..."


    "I also want¡­¡­"


    Everyone shouted, and everyone longed for a weapon made of high-quality stone.


    In this way, although there are many high-quality stones, they are not enough.


    "Don''t be noisy!"


    Everyone immediately closed their mouths and looked at Jiang Xuan eagerly.


    Jiang Xuan thought for a while and said, "I know that everyone wants it, but the limited number of high-quality stones is definitely not enough."


    "Well, two-color warriors and three-color warriors, each can get a piece of high-quality stone. As for what kind of weapon to polish, you decide for yourself."


    "As for the warriors of one color, don''t be discouraged. We will trade more high-quality stones in the future. As long as you have made contributions to the tribe, you will have the opportunity to get stone tools polished by high-quality stones!"


    The Vine tribe was established for a short time, and the number of two-color warriors and three-color warriors was not large. The high-quality stones in this transaction were completely enough, and there were even leftovers.


    As for those warriors of one color, Jiang Xuan also gave them the opportunity to obtain high-quality stone tools. In addition, the tribe originally advocated the strong, and they would be more motivated to work hard to improve their strength.


    "Okay, let''s move these first-class stones back to the tribe."


    Jiang Xuan gave an order, and all the high-quality stones in the eight animal skin bags were moved back to the tribe.


    The happiest person in this transaction is the old man Black Stone. He has enough high-quality stone for him to make stone tools. This is a very lucky thing for the stone tool master.


    ...


    Southern Wilderness, Otter Tribe.


    Since the Mengniao tribe migrated over, the Otter tribe has been living a life of anxiety.


    They were worried that the Mengniao tribe would attack the Otter tribe and plunder everything from them.


    And this worry, one day, will come true!


    After the Mengniao tribe came here, they frantically opened up hunting grounds and frantically plundered all resources.


    A medium-sized tribe with more than 5,000 people consumes terrifying food every day. All the edible animals and plants in a forest will be eaten up in a short time.


    And they just came here, and they haven''t had time to start planting and breeding, so they can only hunt wildly and plunder other tribes.


    The Rex tribe, which is only a day''s journey away from the Mengniao tribe''s new residence, is naturally not immune.


    In fact, after the arrival of the Mengniao tribe, the Otter tribe was discovered within a few days, eyeing the plump giant otters.


    On February 15th, the Mengniao tribe finally attacked the Otter tribe.


    "Quack quack..."


    Thousands of warriors riding on Mengbirds ran fast in the forest and approached the Otter tribe.


    Although these birds can''t fly, they run extremely fast, and they even grabbed the big bugs they encountered on the road, swallowed them, and continued to run with their necks stretched out.


    Soon, they approached the territory of the Otter tribe.


    These monkeys slowed their pace and stopped chirping, quietly approaching the huge water building of the Otter tribe.


    However, they didn''t know that the Otter tribe had been prepared.


    "The Mengniao tribe is here!"


    At the edge of the forest, there were Otter tribe warriors hiding in the grass. When they saw a large number of scorpion birds, they immediately shouted loudly.


    "Crash..."


    In an instant, in the huge building complex of the Otter Tribe, those giant otters lazily basking in the sun rolled over into the water one after another, and soon disappeared into the water.


    The people of the Otter tribe also entered the water and ran with the giant otters.


    It didn''t take long before no one in the Otter Tribe could see it.


    In the forest, the Mengniao tribe warriors who were ready to fight immediately rushed to the Otter tribe when they heard the call.


    "Where are the people? Where are the fat otters?"


    The leader of the Mengniao tribe walked into the giant building built by the Otter tribe with a lot of trees, walked around for a few times, and didn''t even see a ghost.


    Those big otters, otter tribes, including their food and supplies, all disappeared.


    Those big otters, otter tribes, including their food and supplies, all disappeared.


    "Snapped!"


    The leader kicked the wall fiercely, and several logs on the wall were broken by him.


    The soldiers of the Mengniao tribe also peeped at each other, and no one knew where the people of the Otter tribe and the big otter went.


    "Tear down these houses for me, I can''t believe I can''t find them!"


    The leader of the Mengniao tribe let out an exasperated roar of filial piety, and then led the soldiers of the Mengniao tribe to frantically destroy the giant wooden buildings of the Otter tribe.


    In fact, for a building like this, it is the fastest to burn a fire, and the destruction is also the most thorough.


    But the Mengniao tribe didn''t dare, because these buildings were connected to the forest on the shore. Once they caught fire, I''m afraid the forest would also catch fire. At that time, it would not only be the Otter tribe who were unlucky, but also themselves.


    "boom!"


    Under the destruction of Mengniao warriors, the giant buildings of the Otter tribe collapsed little by little, and countless broken logs floated on the water.


    However, despite their great efforts to demolish the Otter Tribe buildings, the Otter Tribe people, as well as the big otters, were still missing.


    The leader of the Mengniao tribe sat depressed on the bank, looked at the mighty swamp, and said, "Did they all go to the bottom of the water?"


    If this is the case, the Mengniao tribe really has nothing to do.


    They can be domineering in the forest, but not in the water, and they can''t even swim at all.


    Seeing that this time, the mobilization of the people, but nothing was gained, the leader of the Mengniao tribe was so depressed that he wanted to vomit blood.


    After tossing for a long time and finding nothing, the leader of the Mengniao tribe could only announce their retreat.


    After all, the Mengniao tribe needs a lot of food every day, and they simply cannot afford it.


    After more than 1,000 Mengniao tribe soldiers left, there was only a piece of ruins left on the water, except for the sound of water, almost no sound could be heard.


    Not long after, the leader of the Mengniao tribe actually took someone to kill a carbine and returned to this place again.


    However, after they searched, they still found nothing, and the otter tribe seemed to evaporate.


    The Mengniao tribe leader was finally completely disappointed. He kicked a small tree and roared, "Go hunting!"


    The more than 1,000 warriors ran away again riding on the birds, but this time, they did not come back.


    With so many people coming out, it is definitely impossible to go back empty-handed. Since they couldn''t grab anything from the Otter tribe, they could only go hunting, grab some prey and go back to supplement the tribe''s food.


    The territory of the Otter tribe has returned to peace.


    It wasn''t until the sky was dark that a giant otter head carefully swam up from the water. An Otter tribe warrior was on its back, carefully observing the surroundings to make sure that the Mengniao tribe had left.


    Afterwards, the giant otter took him to re-dive into the water, and went downstream for about five or six meters, found a huge underwater hole, and swam in.


    "Whoa..."


    Not long after, the giant otter took the warrior to the surface again.


    But not outside, but in a giant cave underground.


    All the clansmen, materials, and those big otters of the Otter tribe are hidden in this cave.


    The cave was dug by the totem **** of the Otter tribe, and I don¡¯t know how many years it took. The cave is very large and connected with some natural rock crevices, which can be ventilated.


    The most important thing is that, except for those narrow and hidden rock crevices, all the entrances to this cave are located underwater, which is very concealed.


    It''s very hard to find them unless you come across a tribe that''s also excellent in water.


    Relying on this cave, although the Otter tribe is not strong, it can escape the crisis time and time again and survive on the edge of the swamp.


    "Crackling crackling..."


    In the cave, there are many fires burning vigorously, and the clansmen of the Otter tribe are all around the fire, and their expressions are very nervous.


    The Otter tribe warrior who went out to check the situation immediately ran to the center of the cave after landing, and reported the situation to the shaman and the leader of the Otter tribe.


    "Leader, Wu, those who rode the big bird are gone."


    "Have you seen it clearly?" Lu Zhu, the leader of the Rex tribe, asked worriedly.


    "See clearly."


    The soldier answered in the affirmative.


    "Huh...it''s gone."


    Luzhu breathed a sigh of relief, so did the Rex Tribe witch, and the nervous expressions of the Rex Tribe people beside him eased a little.


    "but¡­¡­"


    The soldier said cautiously: "Our house was demolished by them."


    Although Lu Zhu had expected this for a long time, he was still very angry.


    He said bitterly: "Sooner or later let them pay the price!"


    However, he is only addicted to his mouth. With the strength of the Rex tribe, it is too difficult for the Mengniao tribe to pay the price.


    Someone next to him asked, "Boss, when are we going out?"


    "Don''t worry, stay here for two days, and then go out when it''s safe."


    Lu Zhu is a very cautious, even rude person, and he does not dare to take a little risk.


    Anyway, this cave is very hidden, and those big otters can also take the otter tribe warriors to fish in the big swamp, collect some edible water plants, and support them for a few days.


    In this way, the Otter tribe hid in the cave for three full days before returning to the ground cautiously.


    However, problems also followed.


    The Mengniao tribe had already designated the nearby forest as their hunting ground, and they would come here from time to time. The Otter tribe could no longer live on the shore.


    Have you been living in a dark underground cave all the time?


    After a long time, let alone people, even those big otters can''t stand it.


    In the end, the helpless Otter tribe had to think about migration.


    They have lived in this place for a long time, but in order not to be disturbed by the Mengniao tribe day and night, they can only give up.


    "Witch, where should we migrate to?"


    Luzhu sat on the ruined building and discussed the migration with the Rex tribe witch.


    The otter tribe said: "Don''t worry, the swamp is vast and boundless, and the otter will lead us to find a new place to live."


    The big swamp in the Southern Wilderness is very large. The otter tribe, the mountain turtle tribe, and the former mosquito tribe only live in one corner of the big swamp.


    Lu Zhu said again: "What about the ice lotus root?"


    Ice lotus root is a special product of the Rex tribe. I don''t know if there are them in other places The Rex tribe witch thought for a while, and said: "Dig up all the ice lotus root that can be dug, wrap it in silt, and arrive. The new habitat should be replanted, and it should be able to grow."


    "we can only do this."


    Luzhu immediately arranged for the soldiers of the Otter tribe to dig ice lotus root, and at the same time rode a big otter to fish and collect edible aquatic wild vegetables.


    This process lasted about ten days.


    During this period, the Mengniao tribe found the movement here, and came over several times, but every time they came, the Rex tribe would hide in the underground cave and let them be empty.


    After a few times, the Mengniao tribe was also annoyed and didn''t want to waste any more time.


    Ten days later, the properly prepared Otter tribe, with a large amount of food and ice lotus root, embarked on the migration road under the leadership of the Otter God.


    "Roar¡­¡­"


    The huge otter **** let out a roar, and then swam into the vast swamp.


    "Crash..."


    A giant otter, carrying the tribe of the otter tribe, followed behind the otter **** to find their new place of residence.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thanks to the book friend "Jiu Mu" for the reward.

 Chapter 153： The once-widened mountain turtle tribe

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh and watch again tomorrow morning.


    ¡­


    Jiang Xuan heard the news of the relocation of the Rex Tribe when he went to the Mountain Turtle Tribe to trade.


    "Now, the Mengniao tribe has occupied that large area, and many small tribes have been wiped out. If the Rex tribe doesn''t leave, it will end up being wiped out sooner or later."


    Shan Jia is a little melancholy. Although the Mountain Turtle Tribe is far away from the Mengniao tribe, the Mengniao tribe is expanding too fast, and maybe it will come here someday.


    At that time, what should the Mountain Turtle Tribe do?


    When the small tribes attacked, they could still rely on the strong defensive turtle **** to carry it, but when the middle tribes attacked, they really couldn''t carry it.


    Jiang Xuan sat in Shanjia''s house, while eating mushroom kebabs, he asked, "Where are the medium-sized tribes and the big tribes here in the Southern Wilderness?"


    "Let''s go here, on the edge of the Southern Wilderness. Those medium-sized tribes and big tribes don''t want to come here at all."


    "Because of what? Because there is little flat land, and they are all steep mountains or dangerous swamps, which are far worse than other places in the Southern Wilderness."


    Shan Jia said that he was quite sighed, and he was obviously very dissatisfied with the harsh living environment.


    Jiang Xuan asked in surprise: "Have you been to other places in the Southern Wilderness?"


    "We are old friends, so let me tell you a secret."


    Shan Jia paused and said: "Actually, the Shan Gui tribe was once powerful before. It is said that when it was the most powerful, the population was more than 8,000."


    "This is what Wu told me." Shan Jia added.


    Jiang Xuan said in shock: "Isn''t that about to become a big tribe?"


    "That''s not true. It''s too difficult to become a big tribe, but in a medium-sized tribe, it is relatively powerful."


    "It is said that at that time, our mountain turtle tribe lived in the middle of the Southern Wilderness, where there were big rivers, big lakes, flat land everywhere, a lot of prey, and it rarely snowed."


    When Shan Jia said this, there was light in his eyes, obviously yearning for that fertile land.


    "Then how did you end up here?"


    Jiang Xuan took a bite of Mushroom Gu and listened to Shan Jia continue to speak.


    "Later, it was said that a big tribe was offended, and a war broke out. The old turtle **** desperately blocked the totem **** of the big tribe. The rest of the clansmen rode the giant mountain tortoise up the river and finally came here."


    "However, the old turtle **** stayed there forever."


    When Shan Jia said this, his eyes were a little dark.


    Although he has never seen the old turtle god, but even if he has only heard the story, he still worships the old turtle **** very much.


    Jiang Xuan said stunned: "That is to say, your current turtle god...isn''t the previous one?"


    Shan Jia nodded calmly and said, "Yes, the current turtle **** is the child of the old turtle god."


    "So it is."


    Jiang Xuan probably understood what was going on.


    The Mountain Turtle Tribe used to be a powerful medium-sized tribe, living in the middle of the fertile Southern Wilderness. Later, they offended a large tribe. After the tribe was overrun, some of the tribe went upstream along the river and finally settled in the Great Marsh on the edge of the Southern Wilderness.


    Fortunately, their old turtle **** left behind a heir, the current turtle god. Although the strength is not as strong as the old turtle god, it is still no problem to shelter a small tribe.


    The mountain turtle tribe has continued in this way, but according to their development, it is not easy to become a medium-sized tribe again.


    Therefore, they can only pass on the past glory from generation to generation, but they are unable to return to the fertile land in the middle of the Southern Wilderness.


    The Mountain Turtle Tribe is actually lucky. An old turtle **** was killed in battle, and a little turtle **** was left behind, and the fire was kept.


    More tribes, after the death of the totem god, fell apart directly, and there was no chance to pass it on.


    "The middle of the Southern Wilderness..."


    Jiang Xuan muttered a word, ate the last piece of mushroom, and said, "Looking for a chance, I want to see and see."


    The Eastern Wilderness, the Western Wilderness, the Southern Wilderness, and the Northern Wilderness are the four major domains of the primitive continent.


    Jiang Xuan has been to Xihuang, but because of the drastic changes in the world, one-third of Xihuang has become a desert, and the environment in other places has also become worse, which is far worse than before.


    But the Southern Wilderness is different. The environment of the Southern Wilderness is still suitable for living. What kind of scene should the central area be like?


    Just listening to the description of the mountain gills, I know that it is a really good place to live, and only such a place has the conditions for the birth of a large tribe.


    As for the edge of the Southern Wilderness, it would be good to be able to survive a few weaker medium-sized tribes.


    Jiang Xuan suspected that the Wasp Tribe, which once traded with the Rabbit Tribe, just couldn''t stand the barrenness here, and when they were able, they moved further south.


    Shan Jia said: "Boss Xuan, I really envy you. You can have a flying mount and go to many places."


    "The leader of the mountain gill can also try to raise one."


    Shan Jia shook his head in frustration and said, "I caught some young birds and raised them, and some died. I finally raised one or two, and because they are not big enough, they can''t carry people."


    Jiang Xuan comforted Shan Jia, and then started to do business.


    He didn''t come to eat, drink and listen to stories, but to trade magical mushrooms. These mushrooms can help the relatively low-strength warriors of the Vine tribe to improve their strength as soon as possible.


    Both parties are old acquaintances, and the transaction process is very smooth.


    The vine tribe got several big bags of magic mushrooms with various functions, and the mountain turtle tribe got salt and pottery, and both sides got what they wanted.


    After the transaction was completed, Jiang Xuan should also go back.


    "Wow..."


    The dumplings spread their wings and made a sharp cry.


    Jiang Xuan climbed onto the back of the dumplings, and two vine tribe warriors also climbed up.


    Shan Jia went outside the tribe to send Jiang Xuan.


    Before leaving, Shan Jia said to Jiang Xuan, "Boss Xuan, if you really go to the central part, please help to find out if the slough of our old turtle **** is still there."


    It stands to reason that the shell of the old tortoise is extremely huge and extremely hard, and it should be difficult to spoil.


    Although the Mountain Turtle Tribe is no longer strong, it still remembers that one day, the slaughter of the old turtle **** can be brought back to the tribe for worship.


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "Okay, if there is a chance, I will help you find out."


    "Thank you, Chief Xuan."


    Shan Jia waved his hand, and then watched the dumplings flap their huge wings, fly into the sky, and gradually go away.


    There was a look of envy in his eyes.


    ¡­


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ¡­


    Jiang Xuan heard the news of the relocation of the Rex Tribe when he went to the Mountain Turtle Tribe to trade.


    "Now, the Mengniao tribe has occupied that large area, and many small tribes have been wiped out. If the Rex tribe doesn''t leave, it will end up being wiped out sooner or later."


    Shan Jia is a little melancholy. Although the Mountain Turtle Tribe is far away from the Mengniao tribe, the Mengniao tribe is expanding too fast, and maybe it will come here one day.


    At that time, what should the Mountain Turtle Tribe do?


    When the small tribes attacked, they could still rely on the strong defensive turtle **** to carry it, but when the middle tribes attacked, they really couldn''t carry it.


    Jiang Xuan sat in Shanjia''s house, while eating mushroom kebabs, he asked, "Where are the medium-sized tribes and the big tribes here in the Southern Wilderness?"


    "Let''s go here, on the edge of the Southern Wilderness. Those medium-sized tribes and big tribes don''t want to come here at all."


    "Because of what? Because there is little flat land, and they are all steep mountains or dangerous swamps, which are far worse than other places in the Southern Wilderness."


    Shan Jia said that he was quite sighed, and he was obviously very dissatisfied with the harsh living environment.


    Jiang Xuan asked in surprise: "Have you been to other places in the Southern Wilderness?"


    "We are old friends, so let me tell you a secret."


    Shan Jia paused and said: "Actually, the Shan Gui tribe was once powerful before. It is said that when it was the most powerful, the population was more than 8,000."


    "This is what Wu told me." Shan Jia added.


    Jiang Xuan said in shock: "Isn''t that about to become a big tribe?"


    "That''s not true. It''s too difficult to become a big tribe, but in a medium-sized tribe, it is relatively powerful."


    "It is said that at that time, our mountain turtle tribe lived in the middle of the Southern Wilderness, where there were big rivers, big lakes, flat land everywhere, a lot of prey, and it rarely snowed."


    When Shan Jia said this, there was light in his eyes, obviously yearning for that fertile land.


    "Then how did you end up here?"


    Jiang Xuan took a bite of Mushroom Gu and listened to Shan Jia continue to speak.


    "Later, it was said that a big tribe was offended, and a war broke out. The old turtle **** desperately blocked the totem **** of the big tribe. The rest of the clansmen rode the giant mountain tortoise up the river and finally came here."


    "However, the old turtle **** stayed there forever."


    When Shan Jia said this, his eyes were a little dark.


    Although he has never seen the old turtle god, but even if he has only heard the story, he still worships the old turtle **** very much.


    Jiang Xuan said stunned: "That is to say, your current turtle god...isn''t the previous one?"


    Shan Jia nodded calmly and said, "Yes, the current turtle **** is the child of the old turtle god."


    "So it is."


    Jiang Xuan probably understood what was going on.


    The Mountain Turtle Tribe used to be a powerful medium-sized tribe, living in the middle of the fertile Southern Wilderness. Later, they offended a large tribe. After the tribe was overrun, some of the tribe went upstream along the river and finally settled in the Great Marsh on the edge of the Southern Wilderness.


    Fortunately, their old turtle **** left behind a heir, the current turtle god. Although the strength is not as strong as the old turtle god, it is still no problem to shelter a small tribe.


    The mountain turtle tribe has continued in this way, but according to their development, it is not easy to become a medium-sized tribe again.


    Therefore, they can only pass on the past glory from generation to generation, but they are unable to return to the fertile land in the middle of the Southern Wilderness.


    The Mountain Turtle Tribe is actually lucky. An old turtle **** was killed in battle, and a little turtle **** was left behind, and the fire was kept.


    More tribes, after the death of the totem god, fell apart directly, and there was no chance to pass it on.


    "The middle of the Southern Wilderness..."


    Jiang Xuan muttered a word, ate the last piece of mushroom, and said, "Looking for a chance to see and see. UU Reading "


    The Eastern Wilderness, the Western Wilderness, the Southern Wilderness, and the Northern Wilderness are the four major domains of the primitive continent.


    Jiang Xuan has been to Xihuang, but because of the drastic changes in the world, one-third of Xihuang has become a desert, and the environment in other places has also become worse, which is far worse than before.


    But the Southern Wilderness is different. The environment of the Southern Wilderness is still suitable for living. What kind of scene should the central area be like?


    Just listening to the description of the mountain gills, I know that it is a really good place to live, and only such a place has the conditions for the birth of a large tribe.


    As for the edge of the Southern Wilderness, it would be good to be able to survive a few weaker medium-sized tribes.


    Jiang Xuan suspected that the Wasp Tribe, which once traded with the Rabbit Tribe, just couldn''t stand the barrenness here, and when they were able, they moved further south.


    Shan Jia said: "Boss Xuan, I really envy you. You can have a flying mount and go to many places."


    "The leader of the mountain gill can also try to raise one."


    Shan Jia shook his head in frustration and said, "I caught some young birds and raised them, and some died. I finally raised one or two, and because they are not big enough, they can''t carry people."


    Jiang Xuan comforted Shan Jia, and then started to do business.

 Chapter 154： assimilated captive

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh and watch again tomorrow morning.


    ...


    The second residence of the Vine tribe.


    A group of prisoners are working hard in the field, and there are warriors of the Vine tribe watching, no one dares to steal and play tricks.


    After passing through the hatred and uncomfortable emotions in the early stage, most of the prisoners have now given up the idea of ??running away, and even some people''s mentality has undergone obvious changes.


    Because they were surprised to find that the situation where they imagined that there was no light and that they could be killed at any time did not appear.


    As long as they don''t run away and don''t slack off, the Vine Tribe will not do anything to them.


    On the contrary, they are now even a little better than in the Jackal tribe.


    Here, they have a house to live in and food to eat, and the Vine tribe warriors do not abuse them, and sometimes even get some rewards for doing well.


    "dinner''s ready!"


    The Vine tribe warrior shouted, and the prisoners walked back with their tools.


    Unlike the mess at the beginning, now they have learned to line up, and when they go to eat, they will also bring their tools and put them neatly away.


    They took bowls and taikos, prepared meals one by one, and then gathered together in small groups to eat.


    While eating, several prisoners communicated in a low voice.


    "My God, there is actually meat in the dishes today."


    A prisoner picked up a small piece of meat, and the whole person was very excited.


    "I also have it."


    "I also have it."


    After the prisoners found that there was meat in the dishes, they were very happy, put them in their mouths and chewed slowly, tasting the taste of the meat.


    After one of the captives finished eating, he licked his tongue and whispered, "Have you noticed that there is salt in the dishes we eat every day?"


    These slaves do heavy physical work and sweat a lot. If they don''t eat salt, they can''t stand it in a few days.


    Therefore, Jiang Xuan specially instructed that when cooking for them, be sure to put salt.


    Of course, the less you put it, the less flavorful it tastes.


    "There is indeed salt. After eating it, you will have the strength to work."


    The prisoners nodded, feeling a little surprised in their hearts.


    A prisoner said cautiously: "Actually... the Vine tribe is also good to us..."


    Another captive retorted angrily: "Have you forgotten the hatred of the tribe being wiped out?"


    After his reminder, the expressions of several prisoners became unnatural, but more prisoners chose to remain silent.


    The angry prisoner''s face changed because he realized that the people around him had different ideas from him.


    The reason why the tribal people are firm is that the totem **** of the tribe protects the tribe, enhances their strength, and allows them to survive in a dangerous environment.


    But once the totem **** is gone, the tribe is gone, and their faith will collapse, because they know how to pray, the totem **** will not appear.


    And those who have lost their faith will be eager to find a new faith, a place where they can live.


    The Vine tribe gave them a chance to continue to live.


    Especially when the captives who were completely loyal to the Jackal tribe tried to escape and were killed, the remaining people were not so firm.


    The hatred in their hearts will fade over time, and after putting aside their prejudice, they will gradually discover the benefits of the Vine tribe.


    After a long time, no matter what they thought before, in order to survive and live a better life, they will stay in the Vine tribe and work hard for the Vine tribe.


    After all, for most people, being able to survive and live a better life is the most practical thing.


    After the captives finished eating, they could rest for about an hour, and then continue to work in the fields to contribute to the construction of the second settlement of the Teng tribe.


    ...


    "Finally done!"


    It took Feng Cao ten days to turn Jiang Xuan''s drawing on the animal skin into reality.


    A brand-new animal skin coat and an animal skin backpack appeared in front of her.


    On this animal skin coat, there are four large pockets, two on the left and right, one up and one down. The pockets are very large and deep, and can hold a lot of things.


    In addition to the pockets, there are also nine long strip buttons sewed on the animal skin, which can be directly buttoned on the clothes, which is very convenient.


    This animal leather jacket even has a collar, which greatly improves the comfort of wearing.


    In addition to the animal skin coat, the animal skin backpack also took Fengcao a lot of thought.


    The shoulder straps of the backpack are wider so that the shoulders will not be strained.


    The inside of the backpack is divided into two layers, which can separate different things without messing up.


    At the opening of the backpack, there is an animal skin rope, which is sewn into the animal skin and wraps around the backpack. As long as the animal skin ropes on both sides are tightened, the backpack mouth will be tightened, and the animal skin rope will be loosened. It is very convenient to open the backpack.


    Although the craftsmanship is not complicated, because it has never done anything like this before, Fengcao has tried many times to make it successfully.


    In order to do these two things, Fengcao stayed up by the fire for many nights and spent a lot of thought.


    Fortunately, things are done, and it''s all worth it.


    Feng Cao picked up the new animal skin coat and animal skin backpack, and went to Jiang Xuan in the evening after dinner.


    When she came outside Jiang Xuan''s yard, she felt her heart beating so fast, she even panicked.


    But she was a decisive person after all, gritted her teeth, raised her head, and knocked on the gate of the yard.


    "Dong Dongdong..."


    "Who?"


    "Leader, it''s me, Feng Cao."


    "The soup dumplings are open."


    Tang Yuan swayed to the side of the courtyard gate, its body was already huge, standing taller than the courtyard gate.


    Feng Cao was glanced at by the tangyuan probe, only to feel that her heart trembled a little. Facing such a huge bird, she was still a little flustered.


    Tang Yuan took the wood from the hospital door, threw it aside, and went back to the nest to continue sleeping.


    Feng Cao watched Tang Yuan return to the nest, and then walked into the door, and even closed the door carefully, and then walked into the house with the things in her arms.


    Inside the room, Jiang Xuan was holding a beast brush, drawing some pictures that Feng Cao couldn''t understand.


    ...


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ...


    The second residence of the Vine tribe.


    A group of prisoners are working hard in the field, and there are warriors of the Vine tribe watching, no one dares to steal and play tricks.


    After passing through the hatred and uncomfortable emotions in the early stage, most of the prisoners have now given up the idea of ??running away, and even some people''s mentality has undergone obvious changes.


    Because they were surprised to find that the situation where they imagined that there was no light and that they could be killed at any time did not appear.


    As long as they don''t run away and don''t slack off, the Vine Tribe will not do anything to them.


    On the contrary, they are now even a little better than in the Jackal tribe.


    Here, they have a house to live in and food to eat, and the Vine tribe warriors do not abuse them, and sometimes even get some rewards for doing well.


    "dinner''s ready!"


    The Vine tribe warrior shouted, and the prisoners walked back with their tools.


    Unlike the mess at the beginning, now they have learned to line up, and when they go to eat, they will also bring their tools and put them neatly away.


    They took bowls and taikos, prepared meals one by one, and then gathered together in small groups to eat.


    While eating, several prisoners communicated in a low voice.


    "My God, there is actually meat in the dishes today."


    A prisoner picked up a small piece of meat, and the whole person was very excited.


    "I also have it."


    "I have that too."


    After the prisoners found that there was meat in the dishes, they were very happy, put them in their mouths and chewed slowly, tasting the taste of the meat.


    After one of the captives finished eating, he licked his tongue and whispered, "Have you noticed that there is salt in the dishes we eat every day?"


    These slaves do heavy physical work and sweat a lot. If they don''t eat salt, they can''t stand it in a few days.


    Therefore, Jiang Xuan specially instructed that when cooking for them, be sure to put salt.


    Of course, the less you put it, the less flavorful it tastes.


    "There is indeed salt. After eating it, you will have the strength to work."


    The prisoners nodded, feeling a little surprised in their hearts.


    A prisoner said cautiously: "Actually... the Vine tribe is also good to us..."


    Another captive retorted angrily: "Have you forgotten the hatred of the tribe being wiped out?"


    After his reminder, the expressions of several prisoners became unnatural, but more prisoners chose to remain silent.


    The angry prisoner''s face changed because he realized that the people around him had different ideas from him.


    The reason why the tribal people are firm is that the totem **** of the tribe protects the tribe, enhances their strength, and allows them to survive in a dangerous environment.


    But once the totem **** is gone, the tribe is gone, and their faith will collapse, because they know how to pray, the totem **** will not appear.


    And those who have lost their faith will be eager to find a new faith, a place where they can live.


    The Vine tribe gave them a chance to continue to live.


    Especially when the captives who were completely loyal to the Jackal tribe tried to escape and were killed, the remaining people were not so firm.


    The hatred in their hearts will fade over time, and after putting aside their prejudice, they will gradually discover the benefits of the Vine tribe.


    Over time No matter what they thought before, in order to survive and live a better life, they will stay in the Vine Tribe and work hard for the Vine Tribe.


    After all, for most people, being able to survive and live a better life is the most practical thing.


    After the captives finished eating, they could rest for about an hour, and then continue to work in the fields to contribute to the construction of the second settlement of the Teng tribe.


    ...


    "Finally done!"


    It took Feng Cao ten days to turn Jiang Xuan''s drawing on the animal skin into reality.


    A brand-new animal skin coat and an animal skin backpack appeared in front of her.


    On this animal skin coat, there are four large pockets, two on the left and right, one up and one down. The pockets are very large and deep, and can hold a lot of things.


    In addition to the pockets, there are also nine long strip buttons sewed on the animal skin, which can be directly buttoned on the clothes, which is very convenient.


    This animal leather jacket even has a collar, which greatly improves the comfort of wearing.


    In addition to the animal skin coat, the animal skin backpack also took Fengcao a lot of thought.


    The shoulder straps of the backpack are wider so that the shoulders will not be strained.

 Chapter 155： migratory waves

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh tomorrow morning to see the latest content.


    ...


    Vine tribe, high mountains in the northwest.


    "Boss, these transplanted wax trees are growing very well, and they should be able to put wax worms on them in two years."


    In the new wax grove near the Vine tribe, Ophiopogon looked at the hundreds of lush wax saplings with a smile on his face.


    After the successful attempt to transplant wax tree seedlings last year, Jiang Xuan deliberately took a group of people to the site of the Yanyang tribe this spring, and dug back almost all those small wax trees, there were hundreds of them in total.


    Except for a few saplings whose roots were dug up, most of the wax saplings were transplanted and survived, and a large number of leaves grew.


    Wax trees grow very fast, it only takes two years for them to grow a lot taller, and then they are ready for wax worms.


    In this way, insect wax can be produced in the territory of the Veng tribe, and there is no need to venture to the site of the Yanyang tribe, and there is no need to worry about the insect wax being destroyed or picked in advance.


    Jiang Xuan stood on a stone and pointed to the surrounding mountains: "We can plant all these mountains with wax trees in the future, and our wax wax will be too much to use up!"


    Listening to Jiang Xuan''s rhetoric, Ophiopogon said excitedly, "I really hope that day will come soon!"


    "That day will come, work!"


    Jiang Xuan jumped off the stone, and he was full of confidence in the future of the Vine tribe.


    Jiang Xuan and Ophiopogon took stone hoes to shovel out all the weeds in the wax forest, which is conducive to the growth of wax tree seedlings.


    When these wax trees grow lush and leafy, there is no need to weed so much trouble, they will block the sun by themselves, so that the weeds under the trees will not grow.


    "Il..."


    Just when they were about to finish weeding, the dumplings suddenly flew back from a distance and landed outside the wax forest, calling Jiang Xuan a few times in a low voice.


    "problem occurs!"


    Jiang Xuan gets along with Tangyuan day and night, and has some understanding of the different sounds of Tangyuan.


    Ophiopogon hurriedly asked, "Boss, what happened?"


    "I don''t know, don''t weed first, come with me."


    Jiang Xuan hurried to the side of the dumplings, Ophiopogon carrying the hoe, and hurriedly followed.


    "Il..."


    Tangyuan stretched out a wing and motioned Jiang Xuan to go up.


    Jiang Xuan climbed directly onto the back of the dumplings, and then let Ophiopogon go up too.


    "Whoosh..."


    Tangyuan directly flapped its wings and flew into the sky.


    "Boss, where are the dumplings taking us?"


    "We''ll find out later."


    Jiang Xuan knew that something must have happened, otherwise the dumplings would not have made such an abnormal behavior.


    You know, Tangyuan''s intelligence is not low, but it can''t speak.


    The dumplings flew all the way to the northwest. After flying for about ten minutes, they stopped flying forward, but lowered their altitude slightly and hovered in the air.


    Jiang Xuan looked at the ground, and after only a while, he understood what was going on.


    "Migrating tribes!"


    On the ground, through the sparse forest, it is obvious that a large group of people are walking forward. Among the group of people, there is an unusually tall beast, exuding a terrifying aura, which is obviously their totem god.


    "Boss, look, there are also over there." Ophiopogon pointed to the distance.


    Jiang Xuan looked in the direction pointed by Ophiopogon again, and saw another tribe, also migrating in the direction of the Southern Wilderness, with a large number of people.


    Jiang Xuan''s face became serious: "Tangyuan, continue to fly forward."


    The dumplings flew forward, and along the way, Jiang Xuan saw more tribes, and they were all moving towards the Southern Wilderness.


    The more tribes he saw, the more Jiang Xuan''s heart sank.


    So many tribes, once all flooded into the Southern Wilderness, will have an inestimable impact.


    With so many tribes, how many forests must be occupied to feed them?


    Can the tribes who originally lived in the Southern Wild Forest allow them to occupy their own territory?


    Anyway, the Vine tribe absolutely cannot tolerate other tribes occupying the territory they have finally established.


    Since it cannot be tolerated, it can only be fought.


    It is foreseeable that in the future, if you want to survive in the Southern Wilderness, the competition will be fierce and difficult.


    "Go, go back!"


    Jiang Xuan rode the dumplings for a while, and then stopped moving forward, because it was meaningless.


    A great migration wave has swept over.


    The vine tribe must prepare early. If it can withstand the tide, the vine tribe will be even stronger.


    If they can''t stand it, they will either follow the current and migrate further south, or they will simply be wiped out.


    The dumplings circled in the sky for half a circle, and then flew in the direction of the Vine tribe.


    Along the way, Jiang Xuan frowned, looking at the scenery passing by on the ground and the migrating tribes.


    Seeing that Jiang Xuan was in a bad mood, Mai Dong wisely closed his mouth, but his eyes were very worried.


    After returning to the tribe, Jiang Xuan immediately summoned all the important personnel and told them what he had seen.


    In the bamboo house, Jiang Xuan said solemnly: "When the Jackal Tribe appeared, I knew that day would come sooner or later, but I didn''t expect it to come so quickly."


    "We must be ready to fight other tribes at any time!"


    "Starting tomorrow, the two hunting teams will take turns to hunt, and the tribe must have enough warriors to guard it at all times."


    "Yes, chief."


    Uncaria and Loach agreed one after another.


    "Nan Xing, I will add thirty soldiers to the guard team. Keep the dark post farther away and focus on the movement in the west. Once you find a tribe migrating over, you will immediately warn the tribe."


    "Yes!"


    Nan Xing nodded solemnly, feeling the heavy pressure, but he didn''t say much.


    Jiang Xuan said to Chi Shao again: "Witch, I will send two people over to help you. During this time, you will work hard to make more healing medicines. In case of a fight with other tribes, many people will be injured."


    "give it to me."


    Chi Shao''s expression was much calmer than the others.


    "Old Blackstone''s side, add ten more people and make more weapons."


    "In the clothing workshop, ten more people will be added to produce more clothing and animal skin backpacks as soon as possible."


    "The breeding team and the planting team will divide one-third of the staff to the other side of the Flying Fish River to develop planting and breeding. With the natural danger of the Flying Fish River, it will be much safer there than here in the future."


    "The fishing team is responsible for building more wooden boats and bamboo rafts. In the event of an accident, we must ensure that all members of the tribe can cross the river quickly."


    ...


    Under a series of orders from Jiang Xuan, the entire Vine tribe started to speed up, and everyone felt a sense of urgency.


    When everyone left, Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao were left in the house.


    ...


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ...


    Vine tribe, high mountains in the northwest.


    "Boss, these transplanted wax trees are growing very well, and they should be able to put wax worms on them in two years."


    In the new wax grove near the Vine tribe, Ophiopogon looked at the hundreds of lush wax saplings with a smile on his face.


    After the successful attempt to transplant wax tree seedlings last year, Jiang Xuan deliberately took a group of people to the site of the Yanyang tribe this spring, and dug back almost all those small wax trees, there were hundreds of them in total.


    Except for a few saplings whose roots were dug up, most of the wax saplings were transplanted and survived, and a large number of leaves grew.


    Wax trees grow very fast, it only takes two years for them to grow a lot taller, and then they are ready for wax worms.


    In this way, insect wax can be produced in the territory of the Veng tribe, and there is no need to venture to the site of the Yanyang tribe, and there is no need to worry about the insect wax being destroyed or picked in advance.


    Jiang Xuan stood on a stone and pointed to the surrounding mountains: "We can plant all these mountains with wax trees in the future, and our wax wax will be too much to use up!"


    Listening to Jiang Xuan''s rhetoric, Ophiopogon said excitedly, "I really hope that day will come soon!"


    "The day will come, work!"


    Jiang Xuan jumped off the stone, and he was full of confidence in the future of the Vine tribe.


    Jiang Xuan and Ophiopogon took stone hoes to shovel out all the weeds in the wax forest, which is conducive to the growth of wax tree seedlings.


    When these wax trees grow lush and leafy, there is no need to weed so much trouble, they will block the sun by themselves, so that the weeds under the trees will not grow.


    "Il..."


    Just when they were about to finish weeding, the dumplings suddenly flew back from a distance and landed outside the wax forest, calling Jiang Xuan a few times in a low voice.


    "Fairy Wood"


    "problem occurs!"


    Jiang Xuan gets along with Tangyuan day and night, and has some understanding of the different sounds of Tangyuan.


    Ophiopogon hurriedly asked, "Boss, what happened?"


    "I don''t know, don''t weed first, come with me."


    Jiang Xuan hurried to the side of the dumplings, Ophiopogon carrying the hoe, and hurriedly followed.


    "Il..."


    Tangyuan stretched out a wing and motioned Jiang Xuan to go up.


    Jiang Xuan climbed directly onto the back of the dumplings, and then let Ophiopogon go up too.


    "Whoosh..."


    Tangyuan directly flapped its wings and flew into the sky.


    "Boss, where are the dumplings taking us?"


    "We''ll find out later."


    Jiang Xuan knew that something must have happened, otherwise the dumplings would not have made such an abnormal behavior.


    You know, Tangyuan''s intelligence is not low, but it can''t speak.


    The dumplings flew all the way to the northwest. After flying for about ten minutes, they stopped flying forward, but lowered their altitude slightly and hovered in the air.


    Jiang Xuan looked at the ground, and after only a while, he understood what was going on.


    "Migrating tribes!"


    On the ground, through the sparse forest, it is obvious that a large group of people are walking forward. Among the group of people, there is an unusually tall beast, exuding a terrifying aura, which is obviously their totem god.


    "Boss, look, there are also over there." Ophiopogon pointed to the distance.


    Jiang Xuan looked in the direction pointed by Ophiopogon again, and saw that another tribe was also migrating in the direction of the Southern Wilderness, with a large number of people.


    Jiang Xuan''s face became serious: "Tangyuan, continue to fly forward."


    The dumplings flew forward, and along the way, Jiang Xuan saw more tribes, and they were all moving towards the Southern Wilderness.


    The more tribes he saw, the more Jiang Xuan''s heart sank.


    So many tribes, once all flooded into the Southern Wilderness, will have an inestimable impact.


    With so many tribes, how many forests must be occupied to feed them?


    Can the tribes who originally lived in the Southern Wild Forest allow them to occupy their own territory?


    Anyway, the Vine tribe absolutely cannot tolerate other tribes occupying the territory they have finally established.


    Since it cannot be tolerated, it can only be fought.


    It is foreseeable that in the future, if you want to survive in the Southern Wilderness, the competition will be fierce and difficult.


    "Go, go back!"


    Jiang Xuan rode the dumplings for a while, and then stopped moving forward, because it was meaningless.


    A great migration wave has swept over.


    The vine tribe must prepare early. If it can withstand the tide, the vine tribe will be even stronger.


    If they can''t stand it, they will either follow the current and migrate further south, or they will simply be wiped out.


    The dumplings circled in the sky for half a circle, and then flew in the direction of the Vine tribe.


    Along the way, Jiang Xuan frowned, looking at the scenery passing by on the ground and the migrating tribes.


    Seeing that Jiang Xuan was in a bad mood, Mai Dong wisely closed his mouth, but his eyes were very worried.


    After returning to the tribe, Jiang Xuan immediately summoned all the important personnel and told them what he had seen. Click to download this site APP, massive novels, free to read!

 Chapter 156： mighty vine tribe

    This chapter is not over, please subscribe later.


    ...


    In the bamboo house, the old witch looked at the animal skins and said, "The animal skins are animal skins after all, and they cannot be preserved for a long time, so I decided to engrave the hundred sketches of the Great Wilderness in the finest stone."


    Stone carving is a recording method older than animal skin scrolls.


    Animal skin rolls will be damaged due to moisture, fire, weathering, etc., but it is more difficult to damage the stone carvings unless someone smashes the stone carvings or chisels them off.


    However, compared with the animal skin scroll, the stone carving takes longer, especially the high-quality stone, the texture is hard, it is not easy to engrave the Wu script on it.


    The old witch looked at Chi Shao again and said, "I''m getting old, and it''s very difficult for me to complete a hundred drafts of the Great Wilderness. If I leave one day, I hope you can continue to complete it, which will also benefit your Vine tribe."


    Chi Shao nodded solemnly and agreed to this matter.


    "I have another request." The old witch looked at Chi Shao sincerely.


    "you say."


    "If there is a chance in the future, I hope you can use the animal skin scroll to transcribe a sketch of the Great Wilderness and send it to the Eagle Tribe in the Eastern Wasteland."


    Chi Shao said without hesitation: "Okay, I promise you."


    "In this case, even if I suddenly go to see the Eagle God one day, I will have no regrets."


    The old witch showed a gratified smile, and he could devote all his energy to finding medicinal herbs, identifying medicinal herbs, and carving sketches of the great wasteland in the future.


    The old witch looked at Jiang Xuan again and said, "Xuan, you need a large piece of high-quality stone to carve a hundred sketches of the great wasteland. I want to go to the Rabbit Tribe and see if I can find such a high-quality stone. The tribe is relatively familiar, can you accompany me on a trip?"


    Jiang Xuan said in embarrassment: "Old witch, I''m afraid it won''t work these days."


    "What''s wrong?"


    Jiang Xuan talked about the large-scale migration of the Xihuang tribe.


    "So it is."


    The old witch nodded and said, "Anyway, I can''t be in a hurry to engrave a hundred sketches of the Great Wilderness, so let''s wait until you get through this crisis."


    The old witch thought for a while, and then added: "I will stay in the Vine tribe during this time. Although I am old, there is Xiao Hei who should be able to help a little."


    Xiao Hei is that terrifying giant eagle.


    Jiang Xuan was already a four-color warrior, but he still felt enormous pressure when facing the giant eagle.


    How strong this giant eagle is, I am afraid only the old witch knows.


    The old witch asked the giant eagle to help the vine tribe to fight, which was a great thing for the vine tribe.


    "Old witch, don''t worry, when this crisis is over, I will definitely help you find a large piece of high-quality stone."


    The old witch nodded and said, "Okay, I know you are very busy, so go ahead and do your work, don''t accompany me, this bad old man."


    "Old witch, then you pay attention to rest, don''t be too tired."


    Jiang Xuan instructed, and then left the bamboo house with Chi Shao.


    The old witch ate a bit of food, then continued to pick up the animal writing brush, and drew one after another magical witch script on the animal skin scroll.


    ...


    On April 16, the annual giant dragonfly larvae metamorphosis began again.


    "Om..."


    Above the stone mountain, the huge divine vines bloomed green light, and the terrifying vines grew rapidly, intertwined, and then turned into a huge vine bridge, extending into the Flying Fish River.


    "God, what happened?"


    "I don''t know, what a big vine..."


    On the other side of the Flying Fish River, more than 500 prisoners of the Jackal Tribe looked at the huge rattan bridge and talked a lot.


    The soldiers of the Second Guard also focused their attention on the Fuji Bridge, and they did not even urge the prisoners to continue their work.


    "The giant dragonfly is about to appear again!"


    Xan Er, the leader of the second guard team, looked at the surface of the Feiyu River and was very excited.


    "Crash..."


    In the Flying Fish River, a dark green giant water cockroach appeared, and this time the number of water cockroaches that were about to emerge into giant dragonflies turned out to be more than in previous years.


    The number of giant dragonflies, as well as the time of metamorphosis, varies from year to year.


    In some years, the number of giant dragonflies will be small, such as the first year of the Vine tribe, there is only one giant dragonfly.


    That year, Shen Teng didn''t even use the vine bridge to pick him up. The giant water bug climbed to the shore and transformed into a giant dragonfly.


    In the second year of the Veng tribe and the third year of the Veng tribe, the number of giant water cockroaches is similar, there are thirty or forty per year.


    This year, there are significantly more giant dragonflies that have reached the metamorphosis stage than in the previous two years.


    The entire Vine Tribe, all the clansmen in the tribe, stared at the giant water flies in the Flying Fish River, wondering how many would just climb up and transform into giant dragonflies.


    Although the lifespan of giant dragonflies is only half a year, their fighting power is very strong, helping the Vine tribe to win several wars.


    The situation of the Vine tribe is not optimistic this year. The emergence of giant dragonflies can relieve the pressure faced by the Vine tribe.


    Jiang Xuan stood by the river and watched the giant water dragon climb the vine bridge up close together with the soldiers of the fishing team.


    "It''s starting." Jiang Xuan whispered.


    The first giant water cockroach, after swimming around the cane bridge for a few laps, climbed up first.


    Then came the second, the third...


    Many giant water cockroaches rely on their powerful claws to climb up the vine bridge one after another.


    Those giant water cockroaches that have not reached the metamorphosis stage are also swimming around the Fuji Bridge, and the water seems to be boiling.


    "Tenth, eleventh..."


    "Twenty-two, twenty-three..."


    Jiang Xuan counted one by one, and when all the giant water worms in the metamorphosis stage climbed onto the vine bridge, he also ended the count.


    "There are sixty-five in total!"


    Jiang Xuan clenched his fists excitedly. The number of giant water cockroaches this year far exceeded the previous two years, which also means that the Teng tribe has a group of powerful help.


    When there were no giant water cockroaches to climb up, the divine vine emitted a soft green light, then began to recover, and wrapped around the stone mountain in circles.


    Under the protection of green light, these giant water cockroaches stopped moving, but entered a state similar to hibernation.


    After a few days, they will shed a layer of shell and emerge into true giant dragonflies.


    After everything was over, the people of the Vine tribe withdrew their gazes and resumed their work.


    And the more than 500 captives from the Jackal Tribe were deeply shocked by the scene of Shenteng''s miracle.


    "The patron saint of the Vine tribe is so powerful."


    "Yeah, so strong."


    "What is it that climbed up in the water?"


    "do not know."


    These captives whispered, and there was something called "awe" in everyone''s eyes.


    "Don''t stand still, keep working, don''t you want to eat?"


    The soldiers guarding the second team did not explain to them, but urged them to work.


    The leader said that you can''t be too good to these captives, and you can''t be too bad to them, and you can use both kindness and power to make them return to their hearts faster.


    In fact, no explanation is needed, because within a few days, the captives will see those giant dragonflies with their own eyes.


    Time passed quickly, and in the early morning three days later, when the sun rose, the first giant dragonfly that had finished feathering began to struggle in the old shell.


    The old shell has become translucent, and the giant dragonfly is struggling desperately inside.


    Soon, a crack appeared on the head of the old shell, and the head of the giant dragonfly came out first, followed by the legs, wings, tail...


    When it was completely free of the old shell, it first separated its six barbed legs, clawed it firmly on the old shell, and then began to straighten its crooked tail little by little, and stretched its wrinkled wings little by little. Expand.


    This process will last for several hours and is very tormenting.


    At the same time, other giant dragonflies that have completed their feathering also began to break free from their old shells.


    In the end, all sixty-five giant dragonflies completed their transformation and appeared on the stone mountain.


    Their huge, transparent wings gleam in the sunlight.


    In the evening, after breaking free from the old shell and resting for a long time, the giant dragonflies that recovered their stamina spread their wings and flew.


    "Buzzing..."


    Sixty-five giant dragonflies with a wingspan of six meters and a body length of nearly four meters are constantly flying over the Vine Tribe. The scene is extremely spectacular.


    Opposite the Feiyu River, the more than 500 prisoners who had just finished their day''s work and were ready to eat saw the giant dragonflies flying in the sky, and their mouths could not be closed in shock.


    "Okay... what a big dragonfly..."


    "Oh my God, is this raised by the Vine tribe?"


    "terrible."


    Those prisoners felt the power of the Vine Tribe again, and the idea of ??revenge in their hearts became even more tempered.


    The greatest wish of most people is to have a strong tribe to protect their safety, so that they have food to eat, clothes to wear, and a house to live in.


    For now, the vine tribes seem to fit these conditions better than the jackal tribes.


    ...


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ...


    Above the stone mountain, the huge divine vines bloomed green light, and the terrifying vines grew rapidly, intertwined, and then turned into a huge vine bridge, extending into the Flying Fish River.


    "God, what happened?"


    "I don''t know, what a big vine..."


    On the other side of the Flying Fish River, more than 500 prisoners of the Jackal Tribe looked at the huge rattan bridge and talked a lot.


    The soldiers of the Second Guard also focused their attention on the Fuji Bridge, and they did not even urge the prisoners to continue their work.


    "The giant dragonfly is about to appear again!"


    Xan Er, the leader of the second guard team, looked at the surface of the Feiyu River and was very excited.


    "Crash..."


    In the Flying Fish River, a dark green giant water cockroach appeared, and this time the number of water cockroaches that were about to emerge into giant dragonflies turned out to be more than in previous years.


    The number of giant dragonflies, as well as the time of metamorphosis, varies from year to year.


    In some years, the number of giant dragonflies will be very small, such as the first year of the Vine tribe only one giant dragonfly.


    That year, Shen Teng didn''t even use the vine bridge to pick him up. The giant water bug climbed to the shore and transformed into a giant dragonfly.


    In the second year of the Veng tribe and the third year of the Veng tribe, the number of giant water cockroaches is similar, there are thirty or forty per year.


    This year, there are significantly more giant dragonflies that have reached the metamorphosis stage than in the previous two years.


    The entire Vine Tribe, all the clansmen in the tribe, stared at the giant water flies in the Flying Fish River, wondering how many would just climb up and transform into giant dragonflies.


    Although the lifespan of giant dragonflies is only half a year, their fighting power is very strong, helping the Vine tribe to win several wars.


    The situation of the Vine tribe is not optimistic this year. The emergence of giant dragonflies can relieve the pressure faced by the Vine tribe.


    Jiang Xuan stood by the river and watched the giant water dragon climb the vine bridge up close together with the soldiers of the fishing team.


    "It''s starting." Jiang Xuan whispered.


    The first giant water cockroach, after swimming around the cane bridge for a few laps, climbed up first.


    Then came the second, the third...


    Many giant water cockroaches rely on their powerful claws to climb up the vine bridge one after another.


    Those giant water cockroaches that have not reached the metamorphosis stage are also swimming around the Fuji Bridge, and the water seems to be boiling.


    "Tenth, eleventh..."


    "Twenty-two, twenty-three..."


    Jiang Xuan counted one by one, and when all the giant water worms in the metamorphosis stage climbed onto the vine bridge, he also ended the count.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thanks to the helm master "Hao Qingtian" for the reward of 1500 book coins.


    Thanks to the book friends for the reward of "The Years as Appointed". Click to download this site APP, massive novels, free to read!

 Chapter 157： crazy monitor lizard

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    ...


    To the west of the Vine Tribe, dozens of monitor lizards entered the Veng Tribe''s territory from different directions, trying to find out the truth of the Vine Tribe.


    However, as soon as they entered, they felt the ground vibrate, and the monitor lizards stopped in an instant, like snakes, "hissing" their tongues, and their eyes became vigilant.


    "What happened?"


    The warriors on the backs of the monitor lizards looked at each other, and instinctively felt the danger.


    "Il..."


    At this moment, a ferocious bird with purple feathers appeared over the forest, with a wingspan of more than ten meters. It was frightening just by looking at it.


    "Roar!"


    Immediately afterwards, a black wind rhino appeared, running and roaring filial piety.


    On the back of the black wind rhinoceros, Jiang Xuan held a bone spear and stared coldly at the monitor lizards.


    "Who dares to trespass the territory of the Vine Tribe?"


    The warriors of the monitor lizard tribe looked behind Jiang Xuan, and saw a large number of warriors from the Vine tribe rushing over with murderous intent, their faces turned pale with fright, how could they dare to advance?


    "Go, go!"


    The monitor lizards turned around immediately, spread their four legs, and ran as fast as ordinary lizards.


    In the blink of an eye, dozens of monitor lizards ran cleanly at an astonishing speed.


    "Leader, chase or not?" Uncaria rode an adult black wind rhinoceros, eager to try.


    "Chase!"


    Jiang Xuan made a decisive decision and immediately chased after him with someone.


    Whether the monitor lizard tribe is stronger or weaker than the vine tribe, they have in fact invaded the territory of the vine tribe.


    If the Vine Tribe has no indication, it will send a weak signal to others, and the Monitor Lizard Tribe will definitely attack without hesitation.


    Therefore, when it is time to be tough, you must be tough, and you must not hesitate.


    The four hundred cavalry of the Veng tribe quickly chased after them, and the animals in the forest were frightened and fled wildly by this battle.


    Soon, they chased the border of the Vine tribe''s territory, that is, near the stone tablet engraved with the totem pattern.


    Jiang Xuan saw a dark crowd on the opposite side, and the dozens of monitor lizards fled back into the crowd.


    "What a big lizard."


    Jiang Xuan saw the totem **** of the monitor lizard tribe at a glance, because it was so huge and conspicuous.


    The monitor lizard is a very powerful species.


    They have powerful bodies, tough scales, sharp claws, powerful tails, and deadly fangs.


    Of course, the beasts on this primitive continent are too perverted, and there are many more powerful creatures than monitor lizards.


    For example, the black wind rhino of the Vine tribe can kill these monitor lizards by rampaging on the advantage of size.


    There are also glutinous rice balls, which are the most ferocious among the snakes. In its eyes, these monitor lizards are just snakes with long legs, and they are all food.


    Jiang Xuan glanced roughly and found that the number of the monitor lizard tribe was at least twice as large as that of the vine tribe.


    However, he did not hesitate. The enemies that the Vine Tribe encountered before, each of which was larger than their number, had long been used to it.


    At this time, the monitor lizard tribe on the opposite side felt a little confused when they saw so many people rushing out.


    "What''s the matter, didn''t you ask you to inquire about the situation first? Who told you to provoke all the people?"


    The leader of the monitor lizard tribe grabbed a soldier who had escaped and asked angrily.


    "No... I don''t know. As soon as we entered, we encountered a large group of people rushing over and we had to run back."


    The soldier was sobbing, and he felt quite innocent.


    "waste!"


    The leader of the monitor lizard tribe pushed the warrior away, and then stared at the people of the Vine tribe on the opposite side, his face uncertain.


    Beidi Pavilion


    At this moment, the monitor lizard tribe said: "This tribe has not as many warriors as us, and its strength is not as strong as ours."


    The leader carefully observed it and found that it was indeed the case.


    However, the possibility that the opponent''s fighters are gathering cannot be ruled out.


    The leader asked, "Witch, are we going to attack?"


    The Totem God was by his side, and the leader did not dare to make an assertion, so he could only ask the witch, because the witch could communicate with the Totem God and convey the will of the Totem God.


    The monitor lizard tribe witch did not answer immediately, but closed his eyes, apparently communicating with the monitor lizard god.


    After a while, Wu opened his eyes and said, "Try to attack first and see the result."


    "Yes!"


    The leader of the monitor lizard tribe tugged at the animal skin on his body, then raised the spear in his hand, and shouted: "The warriors of the monitor lizard tribe, rush with me!"


    "hiss¡­¡­"


    The black monitor lizard under his crotch rushed forward first, very fast.


    "Kill!"


    More than a thousand warriors of the monitor lizard tribe immediately followed, screaming frantically, with a terrifying momentum.


    The monitor lizard tribe is very aggressive and ferocious, and those warriors and monitor lizards fight very crazy.


    On the Vine tribe''s side, Jiang Xuan didn''t expect such a situation at all. The two sides just met, and they actually fought directly?


    This tribe is too crazy, right?


    However, since the opposite side had already rushed over, Jiang Xuan could only bite the bullet and fight.


    "kill!"


    Suddenly, Jiang Xuan could no longer care that Crescent Moon was still a minor at this time, so he could only ride it to fight against the opposite side.


    "Dong Dongdong..."


    All the black wind rhinos gathered together and rushed forward with Jiang Xuan, and the warriors riding the blue sheep and the bighorn deer hurriedly followed.


    Soon, the warriors of the two tribes collided and started a fierce fight.


    There are more than 400 warriors of the Vine tribe, and facing the warriors of the more than 1,000 monitor lizard tribes, they are obviously at a disadvantage in terms of numbers.


    Fortunately, the black wind rhino heavy cavalry led by Jiang Xuan was brave enough to rampage on the battlefield, breaking the formation of the monitor lizard tribe.


    "boom!"


    A monitor lizard was knocked out by Crescent Moon with its head lowered, and then stepped on both hooves.


    The monitor lizard let out a shrill scream and was trampled to death.


    The warrior on its back was not spared either. After it flew out, before it could get up, it was trampled to death by more than 30 black wind rhinos that rushed over.


    Jiang Xuan was very shocked. Although Crescent Moon was not yet an adult, his fighting power was far beyond his expectations.


    ...


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ...


    To the west of the Vine Tribe, dozens of monitor lizards entered the Veng Tribe''s territory from different directions, trying to find out the truth of the Vine Tribe.


    However, as soon as they entered, they felt the ground vibrate, and the monitor lizards stopped in an instant, like snakes, "hissing" their tongues, and their eyes became vigilant.


    "What happened?"


    The warriors on the backs of the monitor lizards looked at each other, and instinctively felt the danger.


    "Il..."


    At this moment, a ferocious bird with purple feathers appeared over the forest, with a wingspan of more than ten meters. It was frightening just by looking at it.


    "Roar!"


    Immediately afterwards, a black wind rhino appeared, running and roaring filial piety.


    On the back of the black wind rhinoceros, Jiang Xuan held a bone spear and stared coldly at the monitor lizards.


    "Who dares to trespass the territory of the Vine Tribe?"


    The warriors of the monitor lizard tribe looked behind Jiang Xuan, and saw a large number of warriors from the Vine tribe rushing over with murderous intent, their faces turned pale with fright, how could they dare to advance?


    "Go, go!"


    The monitor lizards turned around immediately, spread their four legs, and ran as fast as ordinary lizards.


    In the blink of an eye, dozens of monitor lizards ran cleanly at an astonishing speed.


    "Leader, chase or not?" Uncaria rode an adult black wind rhinoceros, eager to try.


    "Chase!"


    Jiang Xuan made a decisive decision and immediately chased after him with someone.


    Whether the monitor lizard tribe is stronger or weaker than the vine tribe, they have in fact invaded the territory of the vine tribe.


    If the Vine Tribe has no indication, it will send a weak signal to others, and the Monitor Lizard Tribe will definitely attack without hesitation.


    Therefore, when it is time to be tough, you must be tough, and you must not hesitate.


    The four hundred cavalry of the Veng tribe quickly chased after them, and the animals in the forest were frightened and fled wildly by this battle.


    Soon, they chased the border of the Vine tribe''s territory, that is, near the stone tablet engraved with the totem pattern.


    Jiang Xuan saw a dark crowd on the opposite side, and the dozens of monitor lizards fled back into the crowd.


    "What a big lizard."


    Jiang Xuan saw the totem **** of the monitor lizard tribe at a glance, because it was so huge and conspicuous.


    The monitor lizard is a very powerful species.


    They have powerful bodies, tough scales, sharp claws, powerful tails, and deadly fangs.


    Of course, the beasts on this primitive continent are too perverted, and there are many more powerful creatures than monitor lizards.


    For example, the black wind rhino of the Vine tribe can kill these monitor lizards by rampaging on the advantage of size.


    There are also glutinous rice balls, which are the most ferocious among the snakes. In its eyes, these monitor lizards are just snakes with long legs, and they are all food.


    Jiang Xuan glanced roughly and found that the number of the monitor lizard tribe was at least twice as large as that of the vine tribe.


    However, he did not hesitate. The enemies that the Vine Tribe encountered before, each of which was larger than their number, had long been used to it.


    At this time, the monitor lizard tribe on the opposite side felt a little confused when they saw so many people rushing out.


    "What''s the matter, didn''t you ask you to inquire about the situation first? Who told you to provoke all the people?"


    The leader of the monitor lizard tribe grabbed a soldier who had escaped and asked angrily.


    "No... I don''t know As soon as we entered, we encountered a large group of people rushing over and we had to run back."


    The soldier was sobbing, and he felt quite innocent.


    "waste!"


    The leader of the monitor lizard tribe pushed the warrior away, and then stared at the people of the Vine tribe on the opposite side, his face uncertain.


    At this moment, the monitor lizard tribe said: "This tribe has not as many warriors as us, and its strength is not as strong as ours."


    The leader carefully observed it and found that it was indeed the case.


    However, the possibility that the opponent''s fighters are gathering cannot be ruled out.


    The leader asked, "Witch, are we going to attack?"


    The Totem God was by his side, and the leader did not dare to make an assertion, so he could only ask the witch, because the witch could communicate with the Totem God and convey the will of the Totem God.


    The monitor lizard tribe witch did not answer immediately, but closed his eyes, apparently communicating with the monitor lizard god.


    After a while, Wu opened his eyes and said, "Try to attack first and see the result."


    "Yes!"


    The leader of the monitor lizard tribe tugged at the animal skin on his body, then raised the spear in his hand, and shouted: "The warriors of the monitor lizard tribe, rush with me!"


    "hiss¡­¡­"


    The black monitor lizard under his crotch rushed forward first, very fast.


    "Kill!"


    More than a thousand warriors of the monitor lizard tribe immediately followed, screaming frantically, with a terrifying momentum.


    The monitor lizard tribe is very aggressive and ferocious, and those warriors and monitor lizards fight very crazy.


    On the Vine tribe''s side, Jiang Xuan didn''t expect such a situation at all. The two sides just met, and they actually fought directly?


    This tribe is too crazy, right? Click to download this site APP, massive novels, free to read!

 Chapter 158： pit god

    "Stop, stop!"


    Seeing that the more than 200 warriors and monitor lizards in front were trapped, the other monitor lizards stopped and slowly retreated.


    They looked at the cage vines in horror, not knowing what to do for a while.


    Some warriors from the monitor lizard tribe tried to rescue the people trapped in front of them, but after slashing them with a stone knife a few times, the cage vines remained motionless, and their expressions finally changed.


    "Witch, the leader and the others are trapped, what should we do now?"


    The little leaders of the monitor lizard tribe gathered around Wu. At this time, Wu could only make up his mind.


    "Don''t panic, God will save them."


    Wu Xian appeased the little leaders, and then asked the monitor lizard to take action.


    "Hiss..."


    The monitor lizard took a few steps forward, and the scarlet tongue was constantly swallowing.


    It stared at the divine vine on the stone mountain, but did not act rashly.


    Animals that can become gods are all slaughtered from thousands of the same kind, and naturally they cannot be idiots.


    It guessed that the situation in front of it was related to the divine vine.


    However, its descendants of monitor lizards are still wailing, and the warriors of the monitor lizard tribe are constantly calling for help. As a totem god, it is impossible for it to stand idly by.


    The monitor lizard climbed forward cautiously, and the monitor lizards in front gave way.


    Soon, it came to the front of the outermost cage vines.


    "Crack!"


    The monitor lizard **** stretched out a sharp claws and slammed into the ground ruthlessly, even digging up the entire cage vine by the roots.


    The cage vine was hit hard, the tough vines lost their strength, and the monitor lizards and people inside fell out.


    The monitor lizard **** saw that this trick was effective, so he quickly dug up the other three cage vines.


    In the back, the witches of the monitor lizard tribe and the little leaders were relieved.


    The monitor lizard continued to dig those cage vines, trying to save all the people and the monitor lizards.


    However, at this moment, a dozen vines suddenly drilled out of the ground and wrapped around the feet of the monitor lizard god.


    "hiss!"


    The monitor lizard **** had been prepared for a long time. It raised a entangled foot, opened its **** mouth, and bit it fiercely.


    "Katha..."


    The vines snapped, spilling green juice all over the place.


    The monitor lizard raised another foot that was entangled by the vine, and also bit the vine.


    "Whoosh whoosh..."


    On the stone mountain, dozens of vines grew rapidly, and then wrapped around the monitor lizard god.


    "puff!"


    The monitor lizard **** actually opened his mouth and spat out a cloud of poisonous mist.


    After those vines came into contact with the poisonous mist, they quickly withered, and the remaining part retracted into the stone mountain.


    The monitor lizard **** opened his mouth and sucked back the poisonous mist. Except for some tall trees, the monitor lizards and warriors who were still trapped on the ground were not affected.


    The two fights made the fierce light in the eyes of the monitor lizard even stronger.


    This divine vine does not feel very strong, and the monitor lizard thinks that he is completely able to deal with it.


    It accelerated the digging speed, and its terrible claws dug up the cage vines and rescued the people and monitor lizards inside.


    During this process, the divine vine kept attacking it, but it was easily resolved by it, which made the monitor lizard even more confident, thinking that this divine vine was definitely not its opponent.


    After it dug all the cage vines, it didn''t stop, but strode towards the stone mountain.


    "Kill!"


    Behind the monitor lizard, more than 800 warriors charged again. With the monitor lizard leading the way, they no longer had to worry about the various traps on the road.


    Next to Shishan, Jiang Xuan and the others watched the monitor lizard come running over, and the expressions of many soldiers changed.


    A soldier asked with a pale face: "Boss, what should we do now?"


    Jiang Xuan replied affirmatively: "Wait."


    "Wait?"


    The soldier felt a little confused. At this time, he had to fight or run. What are you waiting for?


    If the leader didn''t go, they couldn''t go either, so they had to grit their teeth and prepare to fight again.


    They didn''t know that at this time, Jiang Xuan was communicating with Fujishen in his mind.


    "Vine God, this monitor lizard is so fierce, there won''t be a problem, right?"


    "With me there, there will be no problems."


    "It''s running so fast, it''s coming soon."


    "Don''t panic, stay where you are."


    ...


    Jiang Xuan looked at the monitor lizard **** who was getting closer and closer, and the crazy monitor lizard tribe warrior behind him. It was impossible to say in his heart that he would not panic at all.


    If this is rushed into the Vine tribe by them, I am afraid that the tribe that has been built with great difficulty will be destroyed in a blink of an eye.


    At this time, no one noticed that there were countless plant roots growing rapidly in the soil.


    "Dong Dongdong..."


    The huge monitor lizard finally rushed under the stone mountain. In its eyes, the Vine tribe warriors who were standing in the same place stupidly were all delicious food.


    The monitor lizard tribe warriors behind it even showed greedy expressions, and they couldn''t wait to occupy the Vine tribe.


    "Buzz!"


    At this moment, the divine vine on the stone mountain suddenly burst into a dazzling green light, and the terrifying divine power was like the roaring waves of the filial piety, one wave after another.


    "Kacha Kacha..."


    In the periphery of the vine tribe''s territory, the ground suddenly cracked, and countless thick vines drilled out from the ground. They intertwined with each other and grew rapidly.


    These intertwined vines turned into a high wall, blocking the retreat of all the monitor lizard tribe!


    The vine wall shone with green light, growing wildly, like a living siege wall, rapidly extending to both sides.


    In the sky, the old witch was riding a giant eagle and could see all this clearly.


    The high vine wall is .asxs. to the west of the stone mountain, extending in an arc to the north and south, straight to the Flying Fish River, and enclosing the entire vine tribe''s first residence and crops!


    "This...this...this..."


    The old witch sucked in a breath of cold air and said nothing.


    He guessed that Shenteng was going to trap the monitor lizard tribe, but he didn''t expect it to be in this way.


    "The patron saint of medium-sized tribes can never have such a means. What is the origin of this divine vine?"


    The old witch is very fortunate that when he discovered the Vine tribe, he chose a very friendly way to communicate with it.


    Otherwise, even if he has a giant eagle, I am afraid he will die without a place to be buried.


    "It''s terrible, terrible, I''m afraid this tribe of monitor lizards can''t escape alone."


    The witch felt a chill on the back of his spine, so he quickly let the giant eagle fly farther away, otherwise he would always be afraid that the divine vine would rise up and a vine would pull the giant eagle down.


    At this time, the clansmen of the monitor lizard tribe on the ground also turned into a pot of porridge.


    After the monitor lizard rushed into the Vine tribe''s territory, the warriors followed.


    The witches of the monitor lizard tribe saw that their **** was so powerful, so they followed all their clansmen into the Vine tribe''s territory, wanting to wait for the monitor lizard **** to destroy the Vine tribe and take over everything from the Vine tribe.


    No one expected that the situation would suddenly change so much.


    In the territory of the Vine Tribe, it is easy to come in, but it is difficult to get out!


    At the same time, the monitor lizard god, who had just rushed to the stone mountain, was suddenly entangled by countless roots of **** vines.


    It wanted to bite off these roots directly as before, however, the speed of the roots was too fast, and in the blink of an eye, its whole body was firmly locked on the ground, unable to move at all.


    Even its mouth was entangled by countless roots, and finally closed abruptly.


    The monitor lizard god''s eyes showed a look of horror, and it twisted its body frantically, but to no avail.


    It was like a worm stuck by a spider web, entangled with spider silk layer by layer, until it turned into a white cocoon, which completely bound it and could no longer move.


    Only at this time did the monitor lizard know that this divine vine was not as weak as it had shown before, it was all pretentious before!


    Got scammed!


    After the monitor lizard **** thought of this, he was both angry and helpless, because it was powerless to break free.


    "puff!"


    A root first drilled through the gap in the scales of the monitor lizard and plunged into its flesh and blood.


    Afterwards, more roots drilled into its body along the scales and other weak points of the monitor lizard god, and began to frantically absorb its flesh and blood essence and divine power.


    "hiss¡­¡­"


    The monitor lizard wiggled frantically, but he could only struggle to the death, unable to escape at all, he could only watch himself being sucked up by the divine vine little by little.


    In addition to the monitor lizard god, the tribe of monitor lizards and thousands of monitor lizards are not much better.


    To deal with them, it is the various magical plants that the Vine Tribe planted before.


    When the vine wall rose, all the magical plants, including the cage vine, began to grow wildly and gained the ability to move.


    After they grew up, they pulled their roots out of the ground and scrambled towards the monitor lizards and the tribesmen of the monitor lizard tribe as fast as octopuses.


    After the whip tree grows, it is more than ten meters high, and the branches like wicker become extremely tough.


    They moved among a group of monitor lizard tribal warriors, and then took root in the ground, and all the branches began to twitch wildly.


    "Clap clap clap..."


    "Ah ah ah..."


    The terrifying whip tree whipped those monitor lizard tribe warriors into screaming screams, and the monitor lizards under their crotch were not spared, and were whipped to flee frantically.


    "The Age of Rebirth"


    However, there are more than whip trees in the Vine tribe''s territory.


    A monitor lizard was fleeing in a hurry. When it passed by a huge flower, it suddenly smelled a strange strong fragrance.


    This scent has a hallucinogenic effect on animals.


    The pace of the monitor lizard slowed down, and at the same time, it raised its head blankly and looked at the huge flower.


    "Katha..."


    All of a sudden the huge flower, like a beast, opened its **** mouth and bit the monitor lizard''s raised head.


    The monitor lizard finally came to a clear understanding. It struggled frantically, but it was unable to break free. After a while, its limbs softened and stopped moving.


    The giant flower, called the head-biting flower, is designed to lure passing animals to look up and bite until they die.


    Dozens of warriors of the monitor lizard tribe were running desperately along the vine wall, trying to find a gap and escape.


    When they ran to the bottom of a big tree, a round fruit fell quickly from the tree.


    "boom!"


    Suddenly, the fruit exploded, making a loud noise like thunder.


    "what¡­¡­"


    Dozens of warriors of the monitor lizard tribe, as well as those monitor lizards, were unprepared, and several people were killed on the spot, and those who were not killed were also severely injured, screaming on the ground.


    However, their screams brought a more deadly blow.


    "Boom boom boom..."


    Several thunder fruits fell from the tree one after another, killing all the soldiers of the dozens of monitor lizard tribes and those monitor lizards.


    Under the siege of various magical plants, the monitor lizard tribe suffered heavy casualties, and the formation was even more chaotic.


    The vine tribe warriors at the foot of the stone mountain, watching this scene, only felt as if they were dreaming.


    Even Jiang Xuan subconsciously pinched his thighs, looking at the magical plants scurrying around.


    "Hey...it hurts!"


    Jiang Xuan finally determined that everything that happened in his eyes was true. The magical plants he planted at the beginning were far more vicious than he had expected, thanks to the divine power of the divine vine. Click to download this site APP, massive novels, free to read!

 Chapter 159： Whats New in Vine Tribe

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh and watch again tomorrow morning.


    ¡­


    "What a tall wall."


    In the territory of the vine tribe, Jiang Xuan rode a crescent moon, and Chishao rode a big-horned deer, walking side by side beside the ten-meter-high vine wall, looking at the thick and intertwined vines.


    These vines are not branches of the **** vine, but ordinary vines that the **** vine controls with divine power and catalyzes the growth.


    There are thorn-type vines, as well as various vines commonly found in the jungle.


    After being catalyzed by divine power, they seem to be different from ordinary plants, with a little more agility.


    Chi Shao said: "With these walls, it will not be so easy for people from other tribes to enter our Vine tribe in the future."


    Jiang Xuan nodded. If the wall was built artificially, it would take so much manpower, material resources and years to build such a tall and long wall.


    If the wall is damaged in the future, it will be extremely troublesome to repair.


    And this vine wall not only does not require the efforts of the vine tribe''s clansmen, but they are alive and can continue to grow.


    If there is no accident, this wall will protect the vine tribe for many years, after all, the lifespan of plants is very long.


    "What do you plan to do with those prisoners? In addition to the prisoners captured from the Jackal Tribe, our tribe now has more than 2,000 prisoners." Chi Shao asked as she walked.


    With more than 2,000 prisoners, this number is already too large. After all, there are only more than 500 real members of the Teng tribe, plus the old, the weak, the sick and the disabled.


    Whether it is other tribes, I am afraid that they will either kill all these captives or exile them, and they will not consider staying in the tribe at all, and they will not be able to support them at all.


    Jiang Xuan pondered for a moment and said, "Actually, the situation is not that bad."


    "More than half of the captives of the Jackal Tribe are no longer opposed to joining the Vine Tribe. If they perform well in the follow-up, we can admit these five hundred people."


    "In the second place of residence, a lot of fields have been opened, a lot of crops have been planted, and farming has also been carried out. In terms of food, it is a little tight now, and I believe it will get better after the crops are harvested."


    "What''s more, now this wall has protected the tribe''s territory, and we are not under so much pressure from other tribes."


    "As long as this period of time is passed, these captives will become the main productive forces of the Vine tribe in the future, and we will no longer have to worry about the shortage of manpower!"


    If these captives are all converted into the tribe of the Vine Tribe, plus the follow-up newborns, it will only take a year for the population of the Vine Tribe to exceed 3,000!


    This is an opportunity for the Vine tribe to take off quickly.


    Jiang Xuan did not want to give up such an opportunity.


    Chi Shao said: "You are the leader, since you have decided, then keep these prisoners."


    Jiang Xuan is not only the leader, but also the younger brother of Chishao.


    No matter what decision Jiang Xuan makes, Chi Shao will support him.


    What''s more, most of the decisions Jiang Xuan has made for so long have proved to be beneficial to the Vine tribe afterwards.


    It doesn''t hurt if some decisions aren''t quite right.


    After all, who doesn''t make mistakes?


    "Where do you plan to arrange these prisoners? Or send them to the other side of the river?"


    "No, there are too many prisoners. If they are sent to the other side of the river, we need to send a large number of soldiers to guard them."


    "Let them stay here, with the rattan wall, they can''t run away, not to mention the rattan **** is here, they can''t make any big moves."


    "I plan to let them open up the forest near the place where they live and plant wild vegetables with fast growth, so that the food shortage can be relieved as soon as possible."


    Chi Shao nodded and said, "Then let''s decide."


    The two rode their mounts and patrolled along the vine wall.


    The vine walls are semi-circular, they are not completely closed, and there are door openings on the west, north and south sides for entry and exit.


    The warriors of the Vine Tribe Guard Team do not need to squat in the pit as a secret whistle as before, they only need to guard the three door openings.


    Jiang Xuan also planned to build several tall sentry towers against the vine walls. The soldiers of the vine tribe only needed to sit in the sentry towers, and they could see the situation around them, which was very convenient.


    In addition, Jiang Xuan was also thinking about asking Shenteng to extend the vine wall to the east, cross the Feiyu River, and surround the second residence.


    In this way, the Vine tribe can develop at ease within the high wall, without always worrying about being attacked.


    Of course, the vine wall is not omnipotent. If the strength of the hostile tribe is far greater than that of the vine tribe, any wall is useless.


    A powerful totem **** can easily destroy the vine wall, and then the enemy tribe warriors can drive straight in.


    Therefore, it is the most important thing to continuously improve the overall strength of the tribe.


    After inspecting the vine wall, Jiang Xuan was satisfied with the state of defense, so he went back with Chi Shao.


    The first thing is to place those prisoners.


    The placement of more than 1,500 prisoners is not an easy task.


    Jiang Xuan thought about it, and finally decided to place them in the forest on the south side of the Veng tribe, where he could see the location of the giant eagle''s nest at a glance.


    The giant eagle, plus the divine vine, should be able to create enough deterrence for them, so that they don''t dare to mess around.


    As for the safety of the old witch, Jiang Xuan was not worried.


    Although this mysterious old man always said that his life was not long, his strength was unfathomable. Even Jiang Xuan himself would not dare to say that he could beat him.


    In general, the older you get, the weaker your strength will be.


    For example, the old man of Black Stone was once a powerful warrior, but now he can''t even beat the more powerful Ishiki warriors. Fortunately, in addition to being a warrior, he is also a skilled stone tool master, relying on this skill, he has no worries about food and clothing.


    A witch is different from a warrior.


    With the exception of the gifted, most tribal witches tend to get better with age.


    The same is true of the old witch, his strength is unfathomable, otherwise it would be impossible to fly across the continent on a giant eagle and still be safe and sound.


    ¡­


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ¡­


    "What a tall wall."


    In the territory of the vine tribe, Jiang Xuan rode a crescent moon, and Chishao rode a big-horned deer, walking side by side beside the ten-meter-high vine wall, looking at the thick and intertwined vines.


    These vines are not branches of the **** vine, but ordinary vines that the **** vine controls with divine power and catalyzes the growth.


    There are thorn-type vines, as well as various vines commonly found in the jungle.


    After being catalyzed by divine power, they seem to be different from ordinary plants, with a little more agility.


    Chi Shao said: "With these walls, it will not be so easy for people from other tribes to enter our Vine tribe in the future."


    Jiang Xuan nodded. If the wall was built artificially, he didn''t know how much manpower, material resources, and how many years it would take to build such a tall and long wall.


    "First Clan"


    If the wall is damaged in the future, it will be extremely troublesome to repair.


    And this vine wall not only does not require the efforts of the vine tribe''s clansmen, but they are alive and can continue to grow.


    If there is no accident, this wall will protect the vine tribe for many years, after all, the lifespan of plants is very long.


    "What do you plan to do with those prisoners? In addition to the prisoners captured from the Jackal Tribe, our tribe now has more than 2,000 prisoners." Chi Shao asked as she walked.


    With more than 2,000 prisoners, this number is already too large. After all, there are only more than 500 real members of the Teng tribe, plus the old, the weak, the sick and the disabled.


    Whether it is other tribes, I am afraid that they will either kill all these captives or exile them, and they will not consider staying in the tribe at all, and they will not be able to support them at all.


    Jiang Xuan pondered for a moment and said, "Actually, the situation is not that bad."


    "More than half of the captives of the Jackal Tribe are no longer opposed to joining the Vine Tribe. If they perform well in the follow-up, we can admit these five hundred people."


    "In the second place of residence, a lot of fields have been opened, a lot of crops have been planted, and farming has also been carried out. In terms of food, it is a little tight now, and I believe it will get better after the crops are harvested."


    "What''s more, now this wall has protected the tribe''s territory, and we are not under so much pressure from other tribes."


    "As long as this period of time is passed, these captives will become the main productive forces of the Vine tribe in the future, and we will no longer have to worry about the shortage of manpower!"


    If these captives are all converted into the tribe of the Vine Tribe, plus the follow-up newborns, it will only take a year for the population of the Vine Tribe to exceed 3,000!


    This is an opportunity for the Vine tribe to take off quickly.


    Jiang Xuan did not want to give up such an opportunity.


    Chi Shao said: "You are the leader, since you have decided, then keep these prisoners."


    Jiang Xuan is not only the leader, but also the younger brother of Chishao.


    No matter what decision Jiang Xuan makes, Chi Shao will support him.


    What''s more, most of the decisions Jiang Xuan has made for so long have proved to be beneficial to the Vine tribe afterwards.


    It doesn''t hurt if some decisions aren''t quite right.


    After all, who doesn''t make mistakes?


    "Where do you plan to arrange these prisoners? Or send them to the other side of the river?"


    "No, there are too many prisoners. If they are sent to the other side of the river, we need to send a large number of soldiers to guard them."


    "Let them stay here, with the rattan wall, they can''t run away, not to mention the rattan **** is here, they can''t make any big moves."


    "I plan to let them open up the forest near the place where they live and plant wild vegetables with fast growth, so that the food shortage can be relieved as soon as possible."


    Chi Shao nodded and said, "Then let''s decide."


    The two rode their mounts and patrolled along the vine wall.


    The vine walls are semi-circular, they are not completely closed, and there are door openings on the west, north and south sides for entry and exit.


    The warriors of the Vine Tribe Guard Team do not need to squat in the pit as a secret whistle as before, they only need to guard the three door openings.


    Jiang Xuan also planned to build several tall sentry towers against the vine walls. The soldiers of the vine tribe only needed to sit in the sentry towers, and they could see the situation around them, which was very convenient.


    In addition, Jiang Xuan was also thinking about asking Shenteng to extend the vine wall to the east, cross the Feiyu River, and surround the second residence.


    In this way, the Vine tribe can develop at ease within the high wall, without always worrying about being attacked.


    Of course, the vine wall is not omnipotent. If the strength of the hostile tribe is far greater than that of the vine tribe, any wall is useless.


    A strong enough totem **** can easily destroy the vine wall, and then the warriors of the hostile tribe can drive straight in.


    Therefore, it is the most important thing to continuously improve the overall strength of the tribe.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thanks to the book friend "Citrus Flavored Tea Treasure" for the reward. Click to download this site APP, massive novels, free to read!

 Chapter 160： Finally to the South Wilderness!

    After half a month, the Vine tribe finally settled all the more than 1,500 captives.


    Although they are nervous about food, at least they can eat half full and have the strength to work.


    Rows of neat wooden houses appeared in the forest to the south of the Veng tribe. Although they were relatively rough, because they were all built with big trees, they were very strong and spacious.


    The next step is to cultivate more fields.


    The Vine tribe urgently produced a large number of farm implements for these captives to use to open up wasteland.


    In the process of land reclamation, whether it is wild vegetables, insects, or edible plant roots, they will be collected and become food for these captives.


    Afterwards, batches of fast-growing vegetable seeds were scattered on the newly opened wasteland.


    Before long, these wastelands will be overgrown with vegetables to supplement the captives.


    If it is planted in other places, also worry about the problem of insect pests.


    Because there are many insects in summer, ordinary leafy vegetables will be bitten by insects when they grow up.


    But these newly created wastelands are not afraid of insects, and the captives are even eager for more insects to come, so that they will have meat to eat.


    Insects, in the eyes of tribal people, have always been meat, and few people would dislike them.


    "Boom..."


    "Crash..."


    In the sky, there was sudden lightning and thunder, strong winds, and it started to rain in a short time.


    "Go back to the house!"


    Because of the heavy rain, the Vine tribe warriors guarding these captives could only let them go back to take shelter from the rain.


    The prisoners hurried back with their tools, because the big raindrops had hit them so hard they couldn''t keep their eyes open.


    After returning to the wooden house, all the prisoners put their tools against the wall according to regulations, and then took off their wet clothes and hung them next to the fire to dry.


    Wet clothes are not only uncomfortable, but also easy to get sick after a long time. This is the experience obtained by the tribesmen after frequent rain.


    After hanging up their clothes, the prisoners either squatted or sat, watching the heavy rain outside in a trance.


    The house is newly built, the roof is covered with several layers of bark, and it is covered with thatch, and it does not leak.


    These captives feel a little uncomfortable, because this house is better than the house they used to live in the Jackal Tribe.


    Not to mention the wind and sleep on the migration road, starvation, freezing, sun and rain are also common things.


    A young captive walked to the door, stretched out his hand, let the rain dripping from the eaves hit the palm of his hand, and then slid along the edge of the palm over the back of his hand, and finally landed on the ground.


    He enjoyed this feeling very much, and at the same time, he also felt a little dazed.


    I don''t know since when, the hostility to the Vine tribe in his heart slowly changed.


    However, he did not dare to say such words, and could only hide them in his heart.


    Maybe it''s because the Vine tribe treats them better than expected.


    When they were just captured, most of them were desperate.


    They thought they would either be killed by the vine tribe or eaten by the vine tribe as food.


    But no one thought that the Vine tribe just let them work, gave them houses to live in, and gave them food to eat. Some people were sick, injured, and even healed.


    It was like a dream, unbelievable.


    The rain in summer comes and goes quickly.


    They rested for about an hour, and the rain gradually stopped.


    Outside, the warriors of the Vine tribe shouted: "The rain has stopped, everyone comes out to work!"


    These prisoners took off the clothes that had been almost dry hanging by the fire, put them on their bodies, picked up their tools, and walked outside one after another.


    Soon, the forest was filled with busy figures again.


    ...


    In May and June, the Vine tribes are working hard for food, supplementing their food consumption by hunting, fishing, gathering wild vegetables and wild fruits.


    The breeding and planting areas also provided a lot of food, barely enough to feed more than 2,500 people.


    During these two months, several small tribes from the Western Wilderness migrated here.


    The incomparably tall vine walls and the increasingly unfathomable divine vines made these small tribes give up the idea of ??attacking the vine tribes and turned to other places to find suitable places to live.


    At the end of June, many vegetables in the crops began to ripen, and there were more wild fruits on the hills.


    Until this time, the food pressure of the Vine tribe was relieved.


    The food crops planted by the rattan tribe are growing very gratifyingly, such as red crystal rice, black peas, round potatoes, bamboo wheat, etc., all of which have already begun to bear fruit.


    As long as it boils for another month or two, and when those food crops mature, the food crisis of the Vine tribe can be truly resolved.


    ...


    July fifteen.


    A group of tribal people with ragged clothes, yellow faces, thin skin and scars, came from the Western Wilderness and stepped into the lush forests of the Southern Wilderness.


    "Finally arrived at the Southern Wilderness!"


    "Ah..."


    Huo Meng knelt on the wet ground, breathed the moist air, and looked at the gushing spring water not far away, and burst into tears instantly.


    Behind him, more than 150 frog tribesmen were also excited.


    Many people even hugged their clansmen or giant frogs and cried.


    They started from the hinterland of the West Wasteland and went all the way south, which took a year and a half.


    When they set off, they had more than 500 clansmen and a large number of giant frogs.


    But now, they only have more than 150 people left, and more than 20 giant frogs, what a terrible word.


    Several times, even Huo Meng felt that he might not be able to go on, let alone other people.


    Fortunately, they were lucky, and with those terrifying frog poisons, Huo Meng led them to escape from danger again and again, and finally came to the Southern Wilderness.


    After crying for a while, Huo Meng raised his head and wiped his tears.


    Because he knew very well that although the hardest road had come, it was another huge challenge for the frog tribe to survive in the Southern Wilderness.


    The frog tribe witch looks even older, but his mentality is better than before, at least not so pessimistic.


    "Boss, where should we go now?"


    Huo Meng got up and said to Wu: "The good places should be occupied by other tribes. Let''s find a relatively remote place that is suitable for giant frogs to live in. Let''s settle down first and take a while."


    Huo Meng paused for a while, and then said: "You can also inquire about the location of the Vine Tribe. If you can get their help, it should be much easier for the Frog Tribe to gain a foothold in the Southern Wilderness."


    Wu nodded and said, "That''s the only way it can be."


    The frog tribe rested for a while in the forest, drank some water, and then continued on their way.


    This time, they are looking for a suitable place to live.


    Before, they caught a few tourists, and through inquiries, they knew that this was the boundary of the Southern Wilderness.


    After continuing to go south for a while, they were even more sure of this.


    Xihuang''s current environment is generally dry, even the wind is dry.


    The Southern Wilderness is different. The soil in the forest is moist, and even the air is moist. Even the stones in the forest are covered with thick moss, which can be squeezed out of water.


    There are small streams and springs, and you can come across one after a short walk. The water resources are very rich.


    Those giant frogs were all overjoyed and their calls were louder. They liked such a humid environment.


    The frog tribe people are also in a good mood, but the long migration journey has taught them a lot.


    Facing the unfamiliar Southern Wilderness, they did not relax their vigilance, but walked cautiously, always guarding against possible dangers.


    Along the way, they also met some people from other tribes, but they were all under the leadership of Huo Meng, trying to avoid them and not conflict with them.


    There are only so many people left in the frog tribe, and they must preserve their strength.


    Just stop and go like this, bypassing the places that other tribes have occupied, it took the frog tribe seven or eight days to finally find an unowned forest.


    This forest is relatively remote and the ground is uneven. The only advantage is that there is a pond overgrown with weeds that is not even a lake.


    In places like this, the slightly larger tribes simply don''t like it.


    But Huomeng is more satisfied with this place.


    A place with a good environment is suitable for living, but there is also a lot of competition. With the current strength of the frog tribe, what can they use to compete with other tribes?


    Living in a place with such poor conditions, you can try your best to avoid conflicts with other tribes and cultivate your life.


    That wild pond is useless to other tribes, but it can allow the remaining twenty or so giant frogs of the frog tribe to have a place to live, where they can survive and multiply.


    Huo Meng stood beside the fire pond, looked at the giant frogs that jumped into the pond, and said to Wu: "This place is very suitable for the current frog tribe to live in. If the frog tribe can grow in the future, we will go to grab a better place. "


    The frog tribe witch nodded in agreement.


    Afterwards, Huo Meng led the frog tribe to choose a relatively flat land, and began to clear weeds and thorns, cut down trees, and build houses.


    ...


    Southern Wilderness, Vine Tribe.


    After a few months of getting along, most of the more than 1,500 captives obtained from the monitor lizard tribe have accepted the reality stay at ease and work in the Vine tribe.


    Some of them even had a favorable impression of the Vine Tribe and wanted to join the Vine Tribe and become a real Vine Tribe.


    In the second residence, the vast majority of the more than 500 captives captured from the Jackal Tribe have begun to regard the Vine Tribe as their home, because the Vine Tribe has given them the stable life they dream of.


    The tribes that migrated from the Western Wilderness, except for the Mengniao tribe, are all small tribes.


    With the existence of the vine wall and the vine god, these small tribes did not dare to provoke the vine tribe rashly.


    The Vine tribe entered a period of relative stability both inside and outside.


    Jiang Xuan can finally fulfill his promise.


    Before the arrival of the monitor lizard tribe, the old witch wanted a relatively large piece of high-quality stone for engraving the sketches of the Great Wilderness.


    It''s just that at that time, Jiang Xuan couldn''t find time to accompany the old witch to the rabbit tribe.


    Now, he finally had time, so he planned to accompany the old witch.


    Jiang Xuan explained things in the tribe to Chi Shao and others.


    Then I prepared goods such as salt and pottery.


    Because the high-quality stone is very heavy, Jiang Xuan did not ride the dumplings, but took the giant eagle to the rabbit tribe with the old witch.


    "Wow!"


    The giant eagle carried Lao Wu and Jiang Xuan, fluttered its wings and flew into the sky, and then flew in the direction of the rabbit tribe.


    From the Vine Tribe to the Rabbit Tribe, if you walk, it will take six or seven days even if you walk faster, but riding a giant eagle can fly in a straight line in the sky, and the speed is much faster.


    But because they had never been to the Rabbit Tribe before, it took three days to go around and finally found the Rabbit Tribe. Click to download this site APP, massive novels, free to read!

 Chapter 161： hungry tribal people

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh and watch again tomorrow morning.


    ¡­


    Jiang Xuan walked all the way and looked all the way, he found that there were really too many caves of the Rabbit Tribe.


    It is said that the cunning rabbit has three caves. A cunning rabbit digs three caves for itself. How many caves must this giant rabbit dig in the mountains?


    Even walking on the road, sometimes you need to go around, because there are caves in the middle of the road, and some branches and weeds are spread on them, making them traps.


    If there is a tribe coming to attack, facing this cave full of mountains, it is estimated that even the people of the rabbit tribe will not be found anywhere.


    The fighting ability is not particularly strong tribe, if it can exist for a long time, the ability to save life must be very strong.


    The Rabbit Tribe is a typical example.


    When they got to the middle of the mountain, they finally saw the house of the Rabbit Tribe.


    The houses of the Rabbit Tribe are different from the houses in other places. Half of their houses are underground and half are on the ground, and they are also connected to caves.


    The way to obtain these woods is also different from other tribes.


    It is very hard for other tribes to chop down trees. Small trees can only be chopped down bit by bit with a stone axe, while large trees need to be burned with the help of fire.


    The rabbit tribe is different, they don''t have to cut down the tree by themselves, those giant rabbits will help them gnaw down the tree!


    When Jiang Xuan walked to the Rabbit Tribe''s residential area, he saw a giant rabbit with his own eyes. The "Katsaka" gnawed off a tree, which was very outrageous.


    Their two front teeth are as sharp as steel knives.


    Shanfeng invited Jiang Xuan and the old witch into the center of the tribe, the tallest wooden house, where he lived.


    After entering the gate, there is a downward soil staircase, and you can enter this strange building by following the stairs.


    Jiang Xuan also noticed that deep drainage ditches were dug around the house, apparently to prevent rainwater from pouring into the house.


    In addition, there are two smaller holes in the corner of the house, and I don''t know where they are connected.


    In the center of the house, just like other tribes, there is a fire pit that can be used day and night for them to heat and cook food.


    "Boss Xuan, sit down and sit down."


    Shanfeng greeted Jiang Xuan and the old witch warmly and sat on the floor next to the fire pond. The floor was covered with wood and a layer of animal skins. It was not uncomfortable to sit.


    Shanfeng''s women were in charge of entertaining them, while Shanfeng''s seven or eight children were relatively timid and hid in caves when they saw strangers coming in.


    The women brought out a lot of food to entertain Jiang Xuan and the old witch.


    There are fresh animal meat, animal bones, and various wild fruits, which are quite abundant.


    Animal meat and bones are thrown into clay pots and boiled, and wild fruits can be eaten directly.


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "Leader of Shanfeng, your wooden house is quite special."


    Shanfeng proudly said: "Our wooden house can withstand the cold wind in winter, and enjoy the coolness in summer, which is very comfortable."


    This kind of half-ground, half-underground building has good drainage, and a firepit is baked day and night to remove moisture. It can be described as warm in winter and cool in summer, and it is indeed more comfortable to live in.


    But the premise is that the rabbit tribe lives on the mountainside, and those giant rabbits have hollowed out the ground.


    Otherwise, in the humid and rainy climate of the Southern Wilderness, I am afraid that these houses have long been turned into fish ponds, and no one can live at all.


    This is also the reason why each building cannot be the same. Only buildings that adapt to local conditions can play their due role.


    After simply eating some wild fruits, the two sides entered the topic.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Leader of the mountain wind, we came here this time to find a relatively large piece of high-quality stone. If there is one, we can trade it with salt and pottery."


    The old witch didn''t speak, but there was obviously anticipation in his eyes.


    Shanfeng smiled confidently: "The Xuan leader has really come to the right place. The large pieces of high-quality stone, except for our rabbit tribe, are really hard to find in other places."


    When Jiang Xuan heard Shanfeng''s words, he knew there was a show, so he asked, "Can you go and see it?"


    "Okay, you sit down, I''ll find someone to move the stone."


    Shan Feng got up, went straight into a cave on the side of the house, and disappeared in a blink of an eye.


    Jiang Xuan and the old witch could only sit and wait.


    The animal meat in the clay pot was cooked, and the women of Shanfeng picked out the animal meat with wooden sticks and put it into a clay bowl. They sprinkled some salt on the hot animal meat with heartache, and then brought it to Jiang Xuan. Eat with the old witch.


    Those animal bones were not wasted either. After they were cooked, the women fished out the animal bones, lifted stones, and smashed the animal bones to reveal the marrow inside, which they also gave to Jiang Xuan and the old witch to eat.


    "Why don''t you eat?"


    Jiang Xuan took a few bites and found that the women were just watching them eat, but he didn''t do anything.


    One of the older women said: "We have eaten, and this is for the guests."


    Since they said so, Jiang Xuan and the old witch could only continue to eat.


    However, out of the corner of his eyes, he clearly saw the women secretly swallowing.


    The children in the cave, poking their brains, are also drooling.


    Jiang Xuan suddenly understood what was going on.


    They are not already full, but take out all the good things to entertain the guests, forcing them not to eat.


    As a small tribe that is not very strong, it is a luxury to want to be full, not to mention eating meat often.


    Although each tribe often goes hunting, the food obtained from hunting is not stable. If you are lucky, you can have a full meal, but if you are not lucky, you will be hungry.


    Because of this, what tribesmen usually eat the most is all kinds of wild vegetables and wild fruits, plus a large number of bugs that are easier to catch.


    The living environment of the tribal people is so difficult. They have to hunt every day, but it is impossible to eat meat every day, and even wild vegetables cannot be eaten every meal.


    This is impossible.


    Jiang Xuan thought of this, after eating a few pieces of animal meat, after sucking the marrow of a bone, he didn''t eat any more, so that after they left, women and children could still eat some meat.


    In order to avoid making those women feel that they were not treated well, Jiang Xuan picked up a wild fruit and nibbled slowly, lying that he liked it.


    The old witch saw Jiang Xuan''s actions, he still did not speak, but his eyes became softer and softer.


    A leader who is too kind-hearted is actually unqualified.


    However, if he can be decisive in the face of right and wrong, and show more compassion for the weak in peacetime, it will obviously be easier for people to like.


    ¡­


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ¡­


    Jiang Xuan walked all the way and looked all the way, he found that there were really too many caves of the Rabbit Tribe.


    It is said that the cunning rabbit has three caves. A cunning rabbit digs three caves for itself. How many caves must this giant rabbit dig in the mountains?


    Even walking on the road, sometimes you need to go around, because there are caves in the middle of the road, and some branches and weeds are spread on them, making them traps.


    If there is a tribe coming to attack, facing this cave full of mountains, it is estimated that even the people of the rabbit tribe will not be found anywhere.


    The fighting ability is not particularly strong tribe, if it can exist for a long time, the ability to save life must be very strong.


    The Rabbit Tribe is a typical example.


    When they got to the middle of the mountain, they finally saw the house of the Rabbit Tribe.


    The houses of the Rabbit Tribe are different from the houses in other places. Half of their houses are underground and half are on the ground, and they are also connected to caves.


    The way to obtain these woods is also different from other tribes.


    It is very hard for other tribes to chop down trees. Small trees can only be chopped down bit by bit with a stone axe, while large trees need to be burned with the help of fire.


    The rabbit tribe is different, they don''t have to cut down the tree by themselves, those giant rabbits will help them gnaw down the tree!


    When Jiang Xuan walked to the Rabbit Tribe''s residential area, he saw a giant rabbit with his own eyes. The "Katsaka" gnawed off a tree, which was very outrageous.


    Their two front teeth are as sharp as steel knives.


    Shanfeng invited Jiang Xuan and the old witch into the center of the tribe, the tallest wooden house, where he lived.


    After entering the gate, there is a downward soil staircase, and you can enter this strange building by following the stairs.


    Jiang Xuan also noticed that deep drainage ditches were dug around the house, apparently to prevent rainwater from pouring into the house.


    In addition, there are two smaller holes in the corner of the house, and I don''t know where they are connected.


    In the center of the house, just like other tribes, there is a fire pit that can be used day and night for them to heat and cook food.


    "Boss Xuan, sit down and sit down."


    Shanfeng greeted Jiang Xuan and the old witch warmly and sat on the floor next to the fire pond. The floor was covered with wood and a layer of animal skins. It was not uncomfortable to sit.


    Shanfeng''s women were in charge of entertaining them, while Shanfeng''s seven or eight children were relatively timid and hid in caves when they saw strangers coming in.


    The women brought out a lot of food to entertain Jiang Xuan and the old witch.


    There are fresh animal meat, animal bones, and various wild fruits, which are quite abundant.


    Animal meat and bones are thrown into clay pots and boiled, and wild fruits can be eaten directly.


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "Leader of Shanfeng, your wooden house is quite special."


    Shanfeng proudly said: "Our wooden house can withstand the cold wind in winter, and enjoy the coolness in summer, which is very comfortable."


    Small Book Pavilion


    This kind of half-ground, half-underground building has good drainage, and a firepit is baked day and night to remove moisture. It can be described as warm in winter and cool in summer, and it is indeed more comfortable to live in.


    But the premise is that the rabbit tribe lives on the mountainside, and those giant rabbits have hollowed out the ground.


    Otherwise, with the humid and rainy climate in the south, I am afraid that these houses have long since become fish ponds, and no one can live there at all.


    This is also the reason why each building cannot be the same. Only buildings that adapt to local conditions can play their due role.


    After simply eating some wild fruits, the two sides entered the topic.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Leader of the mountain wind, we came here this time to find a relatively large piece of high-quality stone. If there is one, we can trade it with salt and pottery."


    The old witch didn''t speak, but there was obviously anticipation in his eyes.


    Shanfeng smiled confidently: "The Xuan leader has really come to the right place. The large pieces of high-quality stone, except for our rabbit tribe, are really hard to find in other places."


    When Jiang Xuan heard Shanfeng''s words, he knew there was a show, so he asked, "Can you go and see it?"


    "Okay, you sit down, I''ll find someone to move the stone."


    Shan Feng got up, went straight into a cave on the side of the house, and disappeared in a blink of an eye.


    Jiang Xuan and the old witch could only sit and wait.


    The animal meat in the clay pot was cooked, and the women of Shanfeng picked out the animal meat with wooden sticks and put it into a clay bowl. They sprinkled some salt on the hot animal meat with heartache, and then brought it to Jiang Xuan. Eat with the old witch.


    Those animal bones were not wasted either. After they were cooked, the women fished out the animal bones, lifted stones, and smashed the animal bones to reveal the marrow inside, which they also gave to Jiang Xuan and the old witch to eat.


    "Why don''t you eat?"


    Jiang Xuan took a few bites and found that the women were just watching them eat, but he didn''t do anything.


    One of the older women said: "We have eaten, and this is for the guests."


    Since they said so, Jiang Xuan and the old witch could only continue to eat. Click to download this site APP, massive novels, free to read!

 Chapter 162： Tribes Hope

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh and watch again tomorrow morning.


    ...


    Peaceful days always pass quickly, and in the blink of an eye, autumn arrives.


    end of August.


    Jiang Xuan walked in the vast field of crops, and he felt a sense of satisfaction and pride in his heart when he saw the crops that were ripe or about to be ripe.


    With the growth of the population, the planting team has become larger and larger, and more and more wasteland has been opened up. Because there is no measuring tool, Jiang Xuan has no idea how many crops the Teng tribe has.


    Bamboo wheat, a new variety traded from the Blacktooth tribe this year.


    This wheat looks like a small bamboo, but the leaves are much wider, and after the ear is set, it looks a bit like sorghum.


    Jiang Xuan picked a green-colored bamboo wheat from a bunch of full wheat ears, put it in his mouth and bit it, only to hear a "cracking" sound, the wheat grain was crushed.


    Jiang Xuan chewed, nodded and said, "It seems that this bamboo wheat is cyan, it won''t turn yellow, and it can be harvested."


    Gan Song stood beside Jiang Xuan and said with a smile, "I also feel mature, so I will bring someone to harvest in the afternoon."


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "I will have people weaving reed mats more quickly. If the weather is good, the harvested bamboo and wheat will be dried and moved into the granary."


    Grain-like food is more troublesome in this regard, and it takes a lot of effort to dry it, otherwise it cannot be stored for a long time and it will become moldy.


    Tuber foods like round potatoes and stone eggs do not have this trouble. At most, let the mud on it dry, and then find a warehouse or cellar to store it.


    A month ago, the Teng tribe built two more large granaries, and now they are waiting for these new grains to enter the warehouse.


    Jiang Xuan was about to leave when he suddenly thought of something, so he turned around and said, "By the way, choose the best and fullest of every kind of grain and vegetable and save it. After the autumn harvest, the tribe will hold a big sacrifice."


    As soon as he heard the words "big sacrifice", Gan Song''s eyes lit up.


    For the tribal people, the big sacrifice is the most important day of the year, even more important than the Chinese New Year in Jiang Xuan''s previous life.


    On the day of the big sacrifice, the entire tribe will dress up and prepare rich offerings to worship the totem god.


    After the totem gods enjoy the sacrifices, they often turn more ordinary people into warriors, enhancing the overall strength of the tribe.


    Tribal people provide sacrifices and devout beliefs to totem gods, and totem gods provide shelter to tribal people and enhance their overall strength, which is beneficial to both sides.


    "Don''t worry, chief, I will definitely choose the best food and vegetables as sacrifices to satisfy the rattan god."


    Jiang Xuan nodded, then walked towards the new granary.


    There is a large flat outside the new granary, which is specially set aside for drying.


    Now, the flat ground is full of reeds.


    The women in the garment workshop, as well as the men who Jiang Xuan transferred from other places, were all working hard to weave large reed mats.


    The Southern Wilderness is humid and rainy, and it is impossible to dry food directly on the ground.


    Since there is no cement, there is no way to harden the ground, so a large number of reed mats are woven to dry the grain.


    The reed mats are dried, one is relatively clean, and the moisture on the ground is isolated, and the other is that once it rains, the harvesting time is faster.


    It is rainy in the Southern Wilderness, and it is quite troublesome to dry the food. I often dry it for a long time. When I see that it is about to rain, I have to put it away again, which is very hard.


    Fortunately, the harvesting time is not very long every year, and it is hard for the autumn harvest for a while. After the autumn harvest, the planting team is basically more leisurely.


    Since Poria is about to give birth, now the clothing workshop is managed by Fengcao, and the person who weaves the reed mat is naturally under her control.


    Jiang Xuan walked to Feng Cao and asked, "How many reed mats are woven now?"


    Feng Cao raised his head, wiped the sweat that was about to flow into his eyes, and said, "Go back to the leader, now more than fifty reed mats have been woven."


    "Okay, the planting team has already started to prepare for the autumn harvest, and the reed mats must be sufficient, otherwise the grain will not dry out, and it will be troublesome at that time."


    Feng Cao said with firm eyes: "Don''t worry, chief, we will definitely be able to weave enough reed mats to dry all the grain."


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said: "Everyone, work hard. After the autumn harvest is completed, I will give each of you some rewards."


    "Thank you chief."


    After Fengcao finished speaking, he continued to weave the reed mat, which was a very time-consuming job, and we had to hurry up.


    Jiang Xuan looked at the semi-finished reed mats and the finished reed mats, and found no problems.


    He is quite satisfied with this. Fengcao''s ability is indeed very good. He can manage so many people obediently, and the quality is also very well controlled.


    Jiang Xuan went to the breeding area again, and asked Dajiao to select suitable livestock and poultry as sacrifices in advance and raise them well.


    Dajiao was already familiar with this kind of thing, and he agreed with confidence.


    Afterwards, Jiang Xuan went to the hunting team and the fishing team respectively, and explained that they were looking for suitable sacrifices.


    These teams all took action one after another, working hard for the great sacrifice of the tribe.


    In the afternoon of that day, the autumn harvest of the Veng tribe officially began.


    Whether it is the tribesmen or the captives, they all participated in this busy autumn harvest.


    Everyone divides the labor and cooperates. Some people are responsible for harvesting, some people are responsible for pulling the grain from the straw, some people are responsible for transporting, and some people are responsible for drying.


    Although the autumn harvest is very tiring, everyone''s faces are filled with joyful smiles.


    Food, for tribal people, is always the most important thing.


    This year''s bumper harvest means that the people of the Teng tribe don''t have to worry about going hungry again.


    Even the captives worked even harder after discovering that the Veng tribe''s food was piled up like a mountain.


    At the same time, more people are eager to get rid of their captive status and truly join the Vine tribe.


    Because in the Vine tribe, they see hope to live and live better!


    For the tribesmen, hope is not those illusory dreams, but food, clothing, houses, and a powerful tribe that can protect them.


    With these things, there is no need to live a precarious life, and there is hope and hope for the future.


    ...


    On the sixth day of September, after nearly ten months of pregnancy, the child of Poria and Uncaria was finally born.


    One night, Poria was asleep when she suddenly screamed, awakening Uncaria from her sleep.


    "What happened?"


    With the help of the firelight, Uncaria saw Poria''s painful face.


    "Quick, go and invite the witch, our child seems to be born."


    "Okay, hold on, I''ll go to invite the witch right away."


    Uncaria grabbed the clothes at random, then picked up a torch in the corner of the room and lit it, while running outside, he casually put the clothes on his body.


    He hurriedly ran towards the bamboo forest, but as soon as he ran in, he was stopped by the guards.


    In the bamboo forest of the rattan tribe, there are not only altars, but also leaders and witches, and the guards are very strict, especially at night.


    "Captain Uncaria, where are you going so late?"


    "Fu Ling is about to give birth to a child, I''ll ask Wu for help."


    When the soldiers of the guard heard this situation, they didn''t dare to delay, and immediately let the two soldiers accompany Uncaria to run into the bamboo forest and came to the outside of Chishao''s yard.


    "Dong Dongdong..."


    "Witch, witch..."


    Uncaria knocked on the door and shouted anxiously.


    "right away."


    Inside the room, Chi Shao immediately got up from the bed and opened the door.


    Tribal warriors knocked on the door in the middle of the night, most likely because something urgent happened.


    "Squeak..."


    After the gate of the yard opened, Uncaria immediately explained the situation.


    "Wait a minute, I''ll go in and get something."


    Chi Shao hurriedly returned to the bamboo house, lit a large candle, took some medicine, and then, under the protection of the soldiers of the guard, left the bamboo forest and ran to the house where Uncaria lived.


    In another yard, Jiang Xuan got up immediately after hearing such a big movement, and followed him.


    ...


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ...


    Peaceful days always pass quickly, and in the blink of an eye, autumn arrives.


    end of August.


    Jiang Xuan walked in the vast field of crops, and he felt a sense of satisfaction and pride in his heart when he saw the crops that were ripe or about to be ripe.


    With the growth of the population, the planting team has become larger and larger, and more and more wasteland has been opened up. Because there is no measuring tool, Jiang Xuan has no idea how many crops the Teng tribe has.


    Bamboo wheat, a new variety traded from the Blacktooth tribe this year.


    This wheat looks like a small bamboo, but the leaves are much wider, and after the ear is set, it looks a bit like sorghum.


    Jiang Xuan picked a green-colored bamboo wheat from a bunch of full wheat ears, put it in his mouth and bit it, only to hear a "crack", the wheat grain was crushed Jiang Xuan chewed, nodded and said, "It seems that this bamboo wheat is cyan, it won''t turn yellow, and it can be harvested."


    Gan Song stood beside Jiang Xuan and said with a smile, "I also feel mature, so I will bring someone to harvest in the afternoon."


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "I will have people weaving reed mats more quickly. If the weather is good, the harvested bamboo and wheat will be dried and moved into the granary."


    Grain-like food is more troublesome in this regard, and it takes a lot of effort to dry it, otherwise it cannot be stored for a long time and it will become moldy.


    Tuber foods like round potatoes and stone eggs do not have this trouble. At most, let the mud on it dry, and then find a warehouse or cellar to store it.


    A month ago, the Teng tribe built two more large granaries, and now they are waiting for these new grains to enter the warehouse.


    Jiang Xuan was about to leave when he suddenly thought of something, so he turned around and said, "By the way, choose the best and fullest of every kind of grain and vegetable and save it. After the autumn harvest, the tribe will hold a big sacrifice."


    As soon as he heard the words "big sacrifice", Gan Song''s eyes lit up.


    For the tribal people, the big sacrifice is the most important day of the year, even more important than the Chinese New Year in Jiang Xuan''s previous life.


    On the day of the big sacrifice, the entire tribe will dress up and prepare rich offerings to worship the totem god.


    After the totem gods enjoy the sacrifices, they often turn more ordinary people into warriors, enhancing the overall strength of the tribe.


    "Gene Era"


    Tribal people provide sacrifices and devout beliefs to totem gods, and totem gods provide shelter to tribal people and enhance their overall strength, which is beneficial to both sides. Click to download this site APP, massive novels, free to read!

 Chapter 163： vine wall crossing the river

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh and watch again tomorrow morning.


    ...


    Sept. 17.


    After more than half a month of hard work, the busy autumn harvest finally ended. After drying, all the grains were piled into the granary.


    The food in the full warehouse gives people a particularly solid feeling, and the people of the Fuji tribe can finally let go of the hanging heart.


    At the same time, the sacrificial offerings needed for the big sacrifice were basically prepared, and there were various grains and vegetables, big fish, livestock, poultry, beasts, etc., which were very rich.


    On September 18, the day of the great sacrifice finally arrived.


    Early in the morning, when the sky was just dawn, the entire Vine tribe was busy.


    "Smooth out the uneven ground. The big sacrifice will be held at noon. Everyone moves faster."


    Next to the altar, the warriors of the Vine tribe were busy busy.


    Since all the clansmen had to stand in front of the altar during the big sacrifice, they could only chop off the bamboo in the middle part of the bamboo forest to clear a large open space.


    This work, the warriors of the Vine tribe have been doing for several days, and now it has basically been completed.


    Beside the altar, Chi Shao is using fresh animal blood to draw totem patterns on the totem pole.


    Because animal blood is easy to coagulate and change color, it is necessary to paint with fresh animal blood on the day of sacrifice.


    Chishao also, according to Jiang Xuan''s suggestion, kept stirring with a bamboo brush when the animal blood first flowed into the pot, and added a small amount of salt water to the animal blood.


    In this way, the animal blood will not be so easily coagulated, and it can be painted for a long time.


    Jiang Xuan is also helping, not only the totem pole needs to be painted with totem patterns, but also the totem patterns on the altar, because the time is tight, the two must speed up.


    After Jiang Xuan finished drawing a pair of totem patterns, he studied it carefully for a moment, and nodded with satisfaction: "As expected, practice makes perfect, and it looks much better than before."


    After appreciating himself for a while, Jiang Xuan continued to draw again. He needed to draw totem patterns all around the altar.


    When Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao completed all the totem patterns, the sun was already hanging high in the sky.


    Those warriors have also shoveled the ground level.


    At this time, Gan Song from the planting team brought the food and vegetables prepared in advance and put them in the big cauldron above the altar, placing them neatly.


    The breeding team also brought all kinds of livestock and poultry prepared, tied their feet, and placed them in front of the altar.


    The hunting team and the fishing team also came and brought the offerings they prepared.


    In order to prevent those prisoners from making trouble or escaping during the sacrifice, they were all escorted to the crops in front of the Vine tribe.


    There are about one hundred prisoners captured from the Jackal Tribe. Because of their good behavior in the past six months, they were allowed to participate in the sacrifice and became the real members of the Vine Tribe.


    This part of the captives also set an example for other captives, letting them know that as long as they work hard, they can get rid of their captive status, join the Vine tribe, and live a good life.


    After everything was ready, the people of the Veng tribe packed their things and went back to make the final preparations before the sacrifice.


    They need to wash their bodies clean, and then put on the best-looking animal skins, the largest and best-looking animal tooth necklaces, animal horns, etc., and draw totem patterns on their faces.


    Both adults and children need to do this.


    When the sun rose to the sky, the fourth year of the establishment of the Vine tribe, the autumn sacrifice, officially began.


    Above the stone mountain, the mist that had always enveloped the stone mountain gradually dissipated, and the divine vine began to bloom with green divine light.


    "Smack smack..."


    Under the control of Shenteng, the tall vine wall moved again, and countless vines grew and intertwined, sealing the three entrances and exits to prevent anyone from taking the opportunity to come in and make trouble.


    Groups of vine tribesmen, wearing all kinds of animal skins and accessories, came to the open space in front of the altar in groups.


    Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao also came.


    Jiang Xuan was wearing the latest animal skin coat this year, the one with large pockets.


    There was also a large horn hanging from his waist, which was taken from the body of the giant horn.


    Giant horned beasts are huge in size and powerful in attack, not weaker than Meng beasts.


    Being able to hang the horn of a giant beast is a manifestation of Jiang Xuan''s strength.


    After the witch and the leader appeared, those tribesmen stopped talking and waited for the sacrificial ceremony to begin.


    Jiang Xuan walked to the altar and looked at the sky, feeling that the time was almost up, so he nodded to a soldier next to him.


    "Eternal God Emperor"


    The soldier held a horn made of bison horn in both hands, put it to his mouth, and blew it forcefully.


    "Woooo..."


    Another warrior shouted: "The sacrificial ceremony officially begins!"


    ...


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ...


    Sept. 17.


    After more than half a month of hard work, the busy autumn harvest finally ended. After drying, all the grains were piled into the granary.


    The food in the full warehouse gives people a particularly solid feeling, and the people of the Fuji tribe can finally let go of the hanging heart.


    At the same time, the sacrificial offerings needed for the big sacrifice were basically prepared, and there were various grains and vegetables, big fish, livestock, poultry, beasts, etc., which were very rich.


    On September 18, the day of the great sacrifice finally arrived.


    Early in the morning, when the sky was just dawn, the entire Vine tribe was busy.


    "Smooth out the uneven ground. The big sacrifice will be held at noon. Everyone moves faster."


    Next to the altar, the warriors of the Vine tribe were busy busy.


    Since all the clansmen had to stand in front of the altar during the big sacrifice, they could only chop off the bamboo in the middle part of the bamboo forest to clear a large open space.


    This work, the warriors of the Vine tribe have been doing for several days, and now it has basically been completed.


    Beside the altar, Chi Shao is using fresh animal blood to draw totem patterns on the totem pole.


    Because animal blood is easy to coagulate and change color, it must be painted with fresh animal blood on the day of sacrifice.


    Chishao also, according to Jiang Xuan''s suggestion, used a bamboo brush to stir constantly when the animal blood first flowed into the pottery pot, and added a small amount of salt water to the animal blood.


    In this way, the animal blood will not be so easily coagulated, and it can be painted for a long time.


    Jiang Xuan is also helping, not only the totem pole needs to be painted with totem patterns, but also the totem patterns on the altar, because the time is tight, the two must speed up.


    After Jiang Xuan finished drawing a pair of totem patterns, he studied it carefully for a moment, and nodded with satisfaction: "As expected, practice makes perfect, and it looks much better than before."


    After appreciating himself for a while, Jiang Xuan continued to draw again. He needed to draw totem patterns all around the altar.


    When Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao completed all the totem patterns, the sun was already hanging high in the sky.


    Those warriors have also shoveled the ground level.


    At this time, Gan Song from the planting team brought the food and vegetables prepared in advance and put them in the big tripod above the altar, placing them neatly.


    The breeding team also brought all kinds of livestock and poultry prepared, tied their feet, and placed them in front of the altar.


    The hunting team and the fishing team also came and brought the offerings they prepared.


    In order to prevent those prisoners from making trouble or escaping during the sacrifice, they were all escorted to the crops in front of the Vine tribe.


    There are about one hundred prisoners captured from the Jackal Tribe. Because of their good behavior in the past six months, they were allowed to participate in the sacrifice and became the real members of the Vine Tribe.


    This part of the captives also set an example for other captives, letting them know that as long as they work hard, they can get rid of their captive status, join the Vine tribe, and live a good life.


    After everything was ready, the people of the Veng tribe packed their things and went back to make the final preparations before the sacrifice.


    They need to wash their bodies clean, and then put on the best-looking animal skins, the largest and best-looking animal tooth necklaces, animal horns, etc., and draw totem patterns on their faces.


    Both adults and children need to do this.


    When the sun rose to the sky, the fourth year of the establishment of the Vine tribe, the autumn sacrifice, officially began.


    Above the stone mountain, the mist that had always enveloped the stone mountain gradually dissipated, and the divine vine began to bloom with green divine light.


    "Smack smack..."


    Under the control of Shenteng, the tall vine wall moved again, and countless vines grew and intertwined, sealing the three entrances and exits to prevent anyone from taking the opportunity to come in and make trouble.


    Groups of vine tribesmen, wearing all kinds of animal skins and accessories, came to the open space in front of the altar in groups.


    Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao also came.


    Jiang Xuan was wearing the latest animal skin coat this year, the one with large pockets.


    There was also a large horn hanging from his waist, which was taken from the body of the giant horn.


    Giant horned beasts are huge in size and powerful in attack, not weaker than Meng beasts.


    Being able to hang the horn of a giant beast is a manifestation of Jiang Xuan''s strength.


    After the witch and the leader appeared, those tribesmen stopped talking and waited for the sacrificial ceremony to begin.


    Jiang Xuan walked to the altar and looked at the sky, feeling that the time was almost up, so he nodded to a soldier next to him.


    That soldier held a horn made of bison horn in both hands, put it to his mouth, and blew it forcefully woo woo..."


    Another warrior shouted: "The sacrificial ceremony officially begins!"


    ...


    Beside the altar, Chi Shao is using fresh animal blood to draw totem patterns on the totem pole.


    Because animal blood is easy to coagulate and change color, it is necessary to paint with fresh animal blood on the day of sacrifice.


    Chishao also, according to Jiang Xuan''s suggestion, kept stirring with a bamboo brush when the animal blood first flowed into the pot, and added a small amount of salt water to the animal blood.


    In this way, the animal blood will not be so easily coagulated, and it can be painted for a long time.


    Jiang Xuan is also helping, not only the totem pole needs to be painted with totem patterns, but also the totem patterns on the altar, because the time is tight, the two must speed up.


    After Jiang Xuan finished drawing a pair of totem patterns, he studied it carefully for a moment, and nodded with satisfaction: "As expected, practice makes perfect, and it looks much better than before."


    After appreciating himself for a while, Jiang Xuan continued to draw again. He needed to draw totem patterns all around the altar.


    When Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao completed all the totem patterns, the sun was already hanging high in the sky.


    Those warriors have also shoveled the ground level.


    At this time, Gan Song from the planting team brought the food and vegetables prepared in advance and put them in the big cauldron above the altar, placing them neatly.


    The breeding team also brought all kinds of livestock and poultry prepared, tied their feet, and placed them in front of the altar.


    The hunting team and the fishing team also came and brought the offerings they prepared.


    In order to prevent those prisoners from making trouble or escaping during the sacrifice, they were all escorted to the crops in front of the Vine tribe. Click to download this site APP, massive novels, free to read!

 Chapter 164： conflict

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh and watch again tomorrow morning.


    ...


    After several clashes with hunting groups from other tribes, some warriors were killed or wounded.


    Jiang Xuan decided to personally take two hunting teams to hunt together, and if he encounters other tribes, he will not suffer.


    In the dense forest, Jiang Xuan rode on the crescent moon and walked slowly.


    It was late autumn now, and from time to time the withered leaves on the trees were swirling down.


    Behind him, more than two hundred Vine tribe warriors, riding various mounts, followed closely.


    There are also more than a dozen vine tribe warriors, responsible for exploring the road ahead and looking for prey.


    "Swish..."


    Not long after, a soldier ran back quickly and reported to Jiang Xuan.


    "Chief, I found a herd of bison ahead."


    Jiang Xuan''s spirit was shocked, he waved his hand behind him, and said, "Spread away and surround it from both sides."


    Uncaria and Shiloh in the back nodded, and then each ran to the left and right with a group of soldiers.


    Jiang Xuan was still riding on the crescent moon, and walked slowly forward with thirty heavy cavalry riding on the black wind rhinoceros.


    The black wind rhinoceros is large and moves a lot, so it can''t go too far ahead, otherwise, the prey will flee before it can get there.


    Therefore, after getting close to the location of the prey, Jiang Xuan and the warriors who followed him got off the back of the Black Wind Rhino, and let the Black Wind Rhino wait in place.


    They each took their weapons, and then silently surrounded the herd of bison.


    Those wild buffaloes were very vigilant. While grazing, they perked up their ears to listen to the movements around them. From time to time, they raised their heads to look around to see if there was anything unusual.


    "Moo!"


    Suddenly, a bison noticed something abnormal and raised its neck and let out a cry.


    "Dong Dongdong..."


    The herd of bison suddenly stopped grazing and ran forward one after another.


    "Woooooooo..."


    In the forests on both sides, two hunting teams of the Vine tribe rushed out immediately, some shooting arrows, some throwing spears, and five bison fell to the ground in the blink of an eye.


    Under the siege of more than 200 soldiers, these wild buffaloes could not escape at all, and fell to the ground one by one.


    "boom!"


    Jiang Xuan rushed to the front of a buffalo, unexpectedly knocked down the huge buffalo directly, then pressed the bull''s head, and a stone knife made of high-quality stone stabbed into the buffalo''s neck.


    The bison struggled frantically, but was unable to break free from Jiang Xuan''s suppression, and eventually lost his life.


    "call¡­¡­"


    Jiang Xuan got up, wiped the blood on his body, and said to the other warriors, "Tie all these wild bulls, and let the black wind rhinos carry them back."


    The road in the forest is not easy to walk. If you rely on the soldiers to carry it, the traveling speed will be very slow. With the help of the Black Wind Rhino, it will be much faster.


    "Yes!"


    Uncaria and others immediately took out the ropes, ready to tie up these bison.


    "Il!"


    At this moment, there was a loud chirping of birds in the sky. It was the dumplings that came out with Jiang Xuan, warning him.


    "stop!"


    Before Jiang Xuan could warn the others, an arrow cut through the sky and shot at Jiang Xuan.


    Jiang Xuan reacted very quickly, he immediately turned sideways, dodged the arrow, and shouted at the same time.


    "Dodge!"


    The warriors of the Vine tribe heard the shouts and sought places to hide.


    "Hurry up..."


    Sure enough, dozens of arrows flew towards this direction soon. Even if the warriors of the Fuji tribe hurriedly avoided, several people were still injured by the arrows.


    "Come on, grab their prey!"


    In the opposite forest, someone shouted, and then hundreds of tribal people "Ula Ulla" rushed out, targeting the bison that the Vine tribe had just captured.


    However, the bison is relatively large and heavy. If you want to take the bison away, you must first defeat the warriors of the Vine tribe, or at least drive them away.


    "Pop puff..."


    A group of big green mantises spread their wings, flew over the heads of these tribesmen, and rushed in front of them.


    These big mantises are more than one meter long, and their forelimbs are like two serrated sickles, which are very scary.


    Although these big mantises cannot be used as mounts, their combat prowess is beyond doubt.


    "Katha..."


    A branch stood in front of a large praying mantis, only to see its sickle-like forelimbs flash past, the branch snapped and fell to the ground.


    Soon, these big mantises rushed to the top of the soldiers of the Vine tribe and launched an attack.


    "what¡­¡­"


    A soldier''s shoulder was cut with a deep bone-deep wound by the forelimb of the big mantis, and blood suddenly gushed out.


    If it weren''t for the hard animal skin on his body blocking it, even his arms might have been removed.


    Other Vine tribe warriors were also attacked, and many were injured.


    The Mantis Tribe is one of the tribes that migrated from the Western Wilderness.


    These big mantises migrated with the mantis tribe.


    Their lifespan is actually similar to that of giant dragonflies. After snowfall in winter, they will all die.


    But before they die, the fighting power is still very strong.


    "Snapped!"


    Jiang Xuan used the spear as a stick and smashed a big mantis to the ground.


    But more big mantises have already flown over. Although Jiang Xuan is very strong, it is impossible to destroy all these big mantises at once.


    What''s more, the mantis tribe warriors have already rushed over, and they will have to deal with the flanking attacks of these big mantis and the mantis tribe warriors at the same time.


    "sweet dumpling!"


    Jiang Xuan shouted at the sky.


    "Il..."


    The glutinous rice **** fell from the sky, and the huge wings set off a gust of wind, which blew many big mantises upside down.


    I saw the dumplings rush past, not only swept away a group of big mantises, but also took advantage of the situation to hold a big mantis in his mouth, threw it a few times, and swallowed it directly.


    With the appearance of glutinous rice balls, it is not so easy for those big mantises to attack the warriors of the Vine tribe again.


    At this time, the warriors of the Vine Tribe in front had already fought with the warriors of the Mantis Tribe.


    "Chirp..."


    Jiang Xuan blew a whistle, waiting for the crescent moon in the forest to immediately run towards the place where the sound came from.


    "Dong Dongdong..."


    The thirty adult black wind rhinos also ran along with them. Their huge size stepped on the ground, and even the ground shook.


    When Crescent Moon ran to Jiang Xuan''s side, he jumped up, landed on Crescent Moon''s back, and then shouted, "Heavy cavalry soldier, come with me!"


    In the crowd, there were more than thirty heavy cavalry soldiers of two colors and ran towards the black wind rhinos and climbed onto the backs of these black wind rhinos.


    "kill!"


    Holding a bone spear, Jiang Xuan rode the crescent moon to the warriors of the praying mantis tribe, killing several big mantises along the way.


    Thirty-one black wind rhinos charged at the same time, and the momentum was very loud. The Vine tribe warriors along the way avoided in advance, and the mantis tribe warriors were scared to death.


    "boom!"


    As soon as the crescent moon rushed past, a mantis tribe warrior could not avoid it, was pierced by the single horn of the crescent moon, and then flew out, seeing that he could not survive.


    "puff!"


    A two-colored warrior of the Mantis Tribe was pierced by Jiang Xuan''s spear and dragged forward a short distance, blood splashing everywhere.


    Many warriors of the Mantis tribe were either hit by the rhinos, trampled, or stabbed to death by spears, and no one could stop these terrifying black wind rhinos.


    The screams sounded one after another. Where did the warriors of the Mantis tribe encounter such a powerful heavy cavalry?


    It didn''t take long for them to be washed away.


    "Retreat! Retreat!"


    The leader of the Mantis Tribe shouted in horror and ran away first.


    The leaders have all run away, how can the warriors of the Mantis tribe still have fighting spirit? They turned around and ran.


    Those big mantises were eaten a lot by the dumplings, and the rest flapped their wings and fled with the warriors of the mantis tribe.


    The warriors of the Vine tribe were about to chase when Jiang Xuan stopped them.


    "Stop chasing, save people first!"


    The soldiers of the Vine tribe had no choice but to stop, and then applied medicine and bandages to the wounded.


    In this battle, the Vine Tribe killed eight soldiers, seriously injured more than a dozen, and injured countless others.


    Of course, the mantis tribe died more, but they had already run away.


    When the vine tribe warriors went out to hunt, they would carry some healing medicine with them, which came in handy at this time.


    Under Jiang Xuan''s command, the seriously wounded were treated first, and then carried back on a simple stretcher made of ropes and wooden sticks.


    All prey are tied to the back of the black wind rhinoceros and carried by the powerful black wind rhinoceros.


    The dead Vine tribe warriors, the bodies were not abandoned, all carried back to the tribe.


    Under the leadership of Jiang Xuan, they began to walk back.


    Although a lot of prey was captured this time, so many people were killed and injured, and everyone felt uncomfortable, and the atmosphere on the road was very depressing.


    ...


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ...


    After several clashes with hunting groups from other tribes, some warriors were killed or wounded.


    Jiang Xuan decided to personally take two hunting teams to hunt together, and if he encounters other tribes, he will not suffer.


    In the dense forest, Jiang Xuan rode on the crescent moon and walked slowly.


    It was late autumn now, and from time to time the withered leaves on the trees were swirling down.


    Behind him, more than two hundred Vine tribe warriors, riding various mounts, followed closely.


    There are also more than a dozen vine tribe warriors, responsible for exploring the road ahead and looking for prey.


    "Swish..."


    Not long after, a soldier ran back quickly and reported to Jiang Xuan.


    "Chief, I found a herd of bison ahead."


    Jiang Xuan''s spirit was shocked, he waved his hand behind him, and said, "Spread away and surround it from both sides."


    Uncaria and Shiloh in the back nodded, and then each ran to the left and right with a group of soldiers.


    Jiang Xuan was still riding on the crescent moon, and walked slowly forward with thirty heavy cavalry riding on the black wind rhinoceros.


    The black wind rhinoceros is large and moves a lot, so it can''t go too far ahead, otherwise, the prey will flee before it can get there.


    Therefore, after getting close to the location of the prey, Jiang Xuan and the warriors who followed him got off the back of the Black Wind Rhino, and let the Black Wind Rhino wait in place.


    They each took their weapons, and then silently surrounded the herd of bison.


    Those wild buffaloes were very vigilant. While grazing, they perked up their ears to listen to the movements around them. From time to time, they raised their heads to look around to see if there was anything unusual.


    "Moo!"


    Suddenly, a bison noticed something abnormal and raised its neck and let out a cry.


    "Dong Dongdong..."


    The herd of bison suddenly stopped grazing and ran forward one after another.


    "Woooooooo..."


    In the forests on both sides, two hunting teams of the Vine tribe rushed out immediately, some shooting arrows, some throwing spears, and five bison fell to the ground in the blink of an eye.


    Under the siege of more than 200 soldiers, these wild buffaloes could not escape at all, and fell to the ground one by one.


    "boom!"


    Jiang Xuan rushed to the front of a buffalo, unexpectedly knocked down the huge buffalo directly, then pressed the bull''s head, and a stone knife made of high-quality stone stabbed into the buffalo''s neck.


    The bison struggled frantically, but was unable to break free from Jiang Xuan''s suppression, and eventually lost his life.


    "call¡­¡­"


    Jiang Xuan got up, wiped the blood on his body, and said to the other warriors, "Tie all these wild bulls, and let the black wind rhinos carry them back."


    The road in the forest is not easy to walk. If you rely on the soldiers to carry it, the traveling speed will be very slow. With the help of the Black Wind Rhino, it will be much faster. Click to download this site APP, massive novels, free to read!

 Chapter 165： was discovered

    To the north of the Veng tribe, in a virgin forest.


    "Pump puff


    - A big mantis spread its wings, flew around the forest, and finally found a big spider.


    It landed on the branch, and then from the back of the branch, bit by bit, it crawled towards the big spider.


    When it climbed under the big spider, it silently climbed to the side again, and then suddenly attacked, the two jagged front limbs instantly grabbed the big spider.


    The big spider struggled desperately, but it was in vain, the forelimbs of the big mantis had already cut its body open.


    The mouthparts of the big mantis opened, and began to feast.


    "Yeah


    At this moment, there was a chirping of birds of prey in the distance, and the big mantis shivered with fright.


    This big mantis participated in the battle yesterday, and the sound of tangyuan was a nightmare for the big mantis who participated in that battle.


    In the distance, over the forest, dumplings are flying fast.


    On the back of the dumplings, Jiang Xuan asked the tourist, "Do you know where the mantis tribe is?"


    In fact, Tang Yuan has been wandering around twice, but has not found the mantis tribe.


    Because the forest is too dense, the Mantis Tribe does not open up wasteland like the Vine Tribe, and the dense virgin forest shades their houses, making it difficult to see from above.


    "Yes, it should be near here."


    Tourists used to walk, but after being taken to the sky by the glutinous rice balls, he could only judge the direction by his senses, but he could not directly find the mantis tribe as he was on the ground.


    Moreover, he was afraid of heights and did not dare to keep looking at the ground.


    Feng Cao said: "Leader, give him a little more time, if it really doesn''t work, let''s go to the ground.


    Jiang Xuan nodded helplessly and let the dumplings continue to fly forward.


    It didn''t take long for the visitor to suddenly see a mountain in front of him. Near the top of the mountain, there was a huge rock with a relatively flat section.


    The visitor''s eyes lit up and said, "I know that mountain, and the Mantis Tribe is in the forest next to that mountain."


    "Go and have a look."


    Jiang Xuan was refreshed, but he did not let the dumplings fly directly over the Mantis Tribe, but landed on the ground when he was about to approach the Mantis Tribe''s territory.


    The totem **** of the Mantis Tribe can fly. If the dumplings fly directly over the Mantis Tribe, they may encounter danger. Standing on the ground again, the tourist''s legs were still shaking, apparently not recovering from the fear of heights.


    Seeing the tourists like that, Jiang Xuan also knew that they were unreliable, so he let the tourists stay where they were and walked to the place where the Mantis Tribe lived with the wind grass.


    The vast virgin forest, towering old trees and old vines everywhere.


    It was late autumn at this time, and many insects were almost at the end of their lives, but they were still chirping loudly.


    Not long after Jiang Xuan and Fengcao walked, they saw the totem pattern of the Mantis Tribe engraved on the bark of a big tree.


    This is the image of a big mantis with its teeth and claws.


    The triangular head, huge eyes, sickle-like forelimbs, and a pair of wings are very distinctive.


    "Sure, it''s here."


    Jiang Xuan continued to walk forward, walking lightly and cautiously.


    Suddenly, on the big tree ahead, a big mantis hidden in the leaves found them.


    "Squeak


    The wings of the big mantis vibrated rapidly, making a special sound.


    This was the signal from the big mantis, and soon, all the big mantises nearby began to vibrate their wings.


    "Squeaky:


    "Squeaky:


    This kind of special sound was connected together, and the movement was very loud.


    "Enemy attack, enemy attack!"


    Among the mantis tribe, some warriors shouted loudly, and then the whole mantis tribe exploded, and many warriors rushed out with weapons.


    "Boss, we have been discovered!"


    Feng Cao nervously looked at the big mantises ahead.


    Jiang Xuan''s expression also changed. He didn''t expect these big mantises to be able to warn them.


    "run!''


    Jiang Xuan turned around and ran with Feng Cao, and if he didn''t run for a while, he would be surrounded.


    "Pump puff


    Hundreds of big mantises immediately spread their wings and chased after them. The scene was terrifying.


    "Whoosh!"


    Jiang Xuan pulled out a short spear on his back, turned around and threw it out.


    "Puff puff


    The short spear carried a terrifying strength, and even penetrated two big mantises one after another, and the big mantises behind them avoided one after another.


    But there are too many big mantises, and this spear can only slightly delay their pursuit speed.


    Jiang Xuan ran very fast, but Feng Cao was not as strong as him after all. After running with all his strength for a while, the speed became slower.


    Seeing this, Jiang Xuan immediately took her hand and continued to run with her.


    Not long after, the two finally returned to where the dumplings were.


    "Quick, go up."


    Jiang Xuan first let Fengcao climb on the back of the dumplings, and then pushed the tourist up, jumped up and jumped onto the back of the dumplings.


    At this time, the overwhelming big mantis has already chased over, and the forest not far away is also full of people.


    Jiang Xuan urged: "Tangyuan, hurry up!"


    "Yeah


    The strong legs of the dumplings first contracted quickly, then slammed to the ground, spreading their wings and flying into the sky.


    Jiang Xuan looked back and saw those big mantises flying around on the ground, but he didn''t dare to chase after the dumplings.


    In the forest, the people of the Mantis tribe also rushed out, but they could only watch the dumplings leave.


    "It''s the big bird!"


    "It''s the tribe from yesterday, they came here!"


    "What do they want to do?"


    The warriors of the Mantis tribe were discussing at length.


    "Stop arguing!"


    The leader of the Mantis tribe roared and quelled the warriors.


    "Go back and strengthen your guard. With the mantis god, they dare to come to court death!"


    After finishing speaking, the leader of the Mantis Tribe took the lead and walked back.


    In fact, he had a bad premonition in his heart that the heavy cavalry of the Teng tribe had left a deep impression on him, and even faintly regretted going to grab the prey of the Teng tribe.


    But now, there is no other way but to prepare for battle.


    "Boss, we have been discovered, what should we do now, should we go back?"


    In the sky, Feng Cao asked Jiang Xuan.


    Jiang Xuan pondered for a moment, and said, "The situation of the Mantis Tribe has not been investigated clearly, so it would be a waste to go back now." "Although the forest can''t be entered, they have to go out hunting and find a chance to catch a few people, still the same. Can figure out the situation of the Mantis tribe.''


    Feng Cao''s eyes lit up and said, "Yeah, why didn''t I think of that.


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "Find a safe place to land, and then arrest someone."


    The dumplings flew around in a circle, and finally landed on the halfway of a mountain.


    Jiang Xuan still left the tourist behind, and then took Fengcao to arrest him


    Winter is approaching, no matter which tribe is frantically hoarding food, the same is true for the Mantis tribe.


    They had to send most of the tribe out, and the weaker ones would find wild fruits and dig edible plants near the tribe. The stronger ones form hunting teams to hunt all kinds of beasts to obtain fur, meat and bones for making tools necessary for winter.


    Jiang Xuan''s target was these hunting teams that ran farther.


    As long as you catch two and bring them back to the Vine tribe, there are ways to get them to speak.


    The place where the dumplings landed was not too far or too close to the Mantis Tribe, and there would definitely be a hunting team coming over.


    After Jiang Xuan and Fengcao entered the forest, they began to look for various clues.


    After half a day, they tracked down a hunting party of the Mantis Tribe and followed them quietly.


    The hunting party was hunting a few wild boars, with dozens of large mantises flying around to help.


    Taking advantage of everyone''s attention on the wild boar, Jiang Xuan prepared a piece of animal skin and poured some medicinal powder on the animal skin.


    This medicinal powder was given to him by Chishao. It was made of some special herbs. After inhaling it, people would immediately fall into a coma.


    Jiang Xuan quietly walked to the back of a mantis tribe warrior standing on the periphery, and then suddenly covered his mouth and nose with the animal skin stained with medicinal powder.


    "Woooooooo.


    The mantis tribe warrior''s eyes widened, and after struggling a few times, he inhaled a lot of medicinal powder, rolled his eyes, and passed out.


    After Jiang Xuan brought down a person, Feng Cao on the side immediately carried the person away, took him to a farther place, and tied it with ropes. Afterwards, Jiang Xuan followed suit and found an opportunity to bring down another warrior of the Mantis Tribe and carry it into the woods to join the wind grass.


    "Go, go back to the tribe."


    Jiang Xuan tied the man up, and then together with Feng Cao carried a comatose mantis tribal warrior, and quickly left the forest. Although Feng Cao is a woman, but she is also a two-color warrior now, it is nothing to carry a person and run away


    After they left, the mantis tribe''s hunting team worked hard and killed five big wild boars, and some wild boars were run away.


    When they tied the wild boar and were about to carry it back, they found that two people were missing.


    "What about people?"


    The hunting chief was stunned, not sure what was going on.


    "What are you doing, hurry up and find it!"


    Under the roar of the hunting captain, the hunting team of the Mantis Tribe dispersed immediately, looking for the two missing people.


    It didn''t take long before someone found two stone spears that had fallen to the ground.


    "Chief, here are their spears."


    The hunting chief looked at the two stone spears in front of him, and frowned deeply.


    Tribes never drop their weapons unless in danger of being overwhelmed.


    Now that the spears have been dropped, the people are estimated to be more fortunate than others.


    "Keep looking for someone!"


    The hunting leader led someone to search for a while but found nothing, not even blood.


    Going out to hunt is a very dangerous thing, whether it is encountering beasts, or encountering various dangerous plants, poisonous snakes and poisonous insects, you may die.


    Since no one could be found, we had to acquiesce that they were dead.


    "go back!"


    The hunting chief walked back in a bad mood, and the others could only follow with their prey.


    On the other side, Feng Cao and Jiang Xuan had returned to the mountain with the two unconscious captives.


    "Go, go back to the tribe."


    It was already evening, and the glutinous rice **** were bathed in the orange-red sunlight, and they flew to the Veng tribe with five people on their backs.


    Dear, click in and give a good review, the higher the score, the faster the update, it is said that those who give full marks to the new ones finally found a beautiful wife!


    The new revision and upgrade address of the mobile station: https://, data and bookmarks are synchronized with the computer station, no ads and fresh reading!

 Chapter 166： Name this battle

    When Jiang Xuan and the others returned to the tribe, it was already night, and the two unconscious Mantis tribe warriors also woke up.


    Jiang Xuan asked the Veng tribe warriors to find a room to lock them up, and temporarily accommodated the tourist who made a contribution, and then went back to sleep.


    In the early morning of the next day, the sky was just dawn, and the tourist tree roots woke up from their sleep.


    He watched the Vine tribe warrior in the same room get up, took a strange animal hair brush, sprinkled some charcoal powder on it, then picked up a ceramic cup, filled it with water, and went to the door to brush his teeth.


    There are also soldiers slowly eating baked stone eggs.


    All of this was very new to the tree roots, and it made him sure that Jiang Xuan really fulfilled his promise and let him join the Vine tribe after he found the Mantis tribe.


    "Want to eat some?"


    The soldier who ate the stone egg broke off a large piece and handed it to the root.


    "I... can I eat?"


    The roots are really hungry, but they are not used to the change of identity for a while.


    "Of course, the leader said, you are already a member of the Vine tribe."


    Hearing the soldier''s affirmative answer, Tree Root took the piece of baked stone egg with excitement and took a careful bite.


    "Sweet." A happy smile appeared on the root''s face.


    The soldier smiled and continued to eat, because they were going to go out hunting in a while, and they had to eat enough to have strength.


    After a few bites, the root asked again, "Why do they use that thing to brush their teeth?"


    The soldier replied: "Every day when the people of the Vine tribe get up, they have to wash their faces and brush their teeth. This is the rule set by the leader."


    "In addition to brushing your teeth and washing your face, the Veng tribe has a lot of rules. You will know it after a few more days."


    "Oh, I see."


    Tree Root wrote down all the tactics, because he is also a member of the Vine tribe, and he also needs to abide by these rules.


    At this time, the warriors who had finished brushing their teeth also came back. They took out the baked stone eggs from the ashes, ate them quickly, drank some water, and then took up their weapons and prepared to go out hunting.


    After the soldiers left, Root stayed in the house, a little overwhelmed because he didn''t know what to do.


    Fortunately, he didn''t stay long when Dajiao, the leader of the breeding team, came over.


    "Your name is Root?"


    "Yes."


    "Come with me, the leader will arrange for you to work in our breeding team."


    "it is good."


    In this way, the tree root entered the breeding team and became an ordinary member of the breeding team, working for the Vine tribe.


    ...


    On the other side, Jiang Xuan began to interrogate the warriors of the two mantis tribes.


    "Tell me all you know about the Mantis tribe."


    In the face of Jiang Xuan''s questioning, the two warriors of the mantis tribe turned their heads and ignored him at all.


    "Very good, I admire people with backbone, I hope you can stick with it a little longer!"


    After Jiang Xuan finished speaking, he nodded to the Veng tribe warrior next to him, then turned and left the room.


    Not long after, there were shrill screams from the house, and it was obvious that the soldiers of the Vine tribe had begun to use torture.


    Jiang Xuan stood outside the house, listening to the screams in his ears, but looking at the entire Vine tribe in his eyes.


    He is not a ruthless person, on the contrary, he is soft-hearted and never likes cruelty.


    But as the tribe grows and encounters more and more enemies, he must learn to be cruel when necessary, otherwise he will not only harm himself, but also the whole tribe.


    Growing up is not always beautiful. Many times, you often need to adapt to some things you don''t like.


    If you don''t adapt, you will be eliminated. The reality is that simple and rude.


    I don''t know how long it took, the screams inside stopped, and a vine tribe warrior with blood on his hands came out and said to Jiang Xuan, "Boss, they are willing to speak."


    Jiang Xuan nodded, then walked into the **** room and got the information he wanted from the two mantis tribe warriors.


    Afterwards, Jiang Xuan called all the important figures of the Vine tribe to his yard for a meeting.


    He first explained the situation of the Mantis Tribe, then looked at the crowd and said, "This Mantis Tribe must be fought. We can''t let other tribes feel that the Vine Tribe is weak!"


    "Only by quickly destroying the mantis tribe can we deter other tribes."


    Jiang Xuan''s eyes became sharp: "In this battle, we have to kill a fierce name!"


    "Kill a splendid name!"


    "Kill a splendid name!"


    After listening to Jiang Xuan''s words, everyone shouted, and they only felt their blood boiled and their fighting spirit was high.


    "Everyone, go back and prepare, leave tomorrow, and kill the mantis tribe before it snows!"


    Everyone in the room got up one after another, and then went back to prepare for the battle.


    Only Chi Shao stayed, and after everyone left, she asked Jiang Xuan worriedly, "Xuan, I have no problem with going to war, but what about the prisoners?"


    The number of captives of the Vine Tribe is too many. Once the Vine Tribe goes to war, the Vine God will accompany him. With so many prisoners, they will definitely not stay honest.


    In case they take the opportunity to make any trouble, it is also a troublesome thing.


    Jiang Xuandao: "I have already thought about this."


    "In the afternoon, all the prisoners were transported to the second residence by bamboo rafts and wooden boats, and they were left with food rations for a few days, and then all the bamboo rafts and wooden boats were taken away so that they could not cross the river."


    "Our food and various materials are all here. Even if someone makes trouble, it won''t cause much loss."


    Chi Shao asked again, "What if they escape?"


    Although the vine wall is tall, it is not difficult for the tribesmen to stretch their hands quickly and climb out along the vine wall.


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "Winter is coming soon. As long as you''re not an idiot, you should be able to think that escaping now to be a tourist would be killing yourself."


    "If anyone really escapes, don''t worry about that idiot."


    Chi Shao nodded, since Jiang Xuan had already considered these situations, she had nothing to worry about.


    "Then I''ll go back and prepare something."


    Chi Shao left Jiang Xuan''s yard. As a witch, she had to prepare a lot of things for such a big event as a tribal expedition.


    Jiang Xuan sat alone by the fire pond, watching the beating flames, carefully calculating various possible situations, and trying to deal with it.


    At noon, all the soldiers of the Teng tribe were dispatched to **** more than 1,500 prisoners across the river.


    Fortunately, the Teng tribe has had the experience of crossing the river in large numbers several times, and made a large number of bamboo rafts and wooden boats. Otherwise, so many people would not know when they would be transported.


    There were more than 300 prisoners in the second residence of the Veng tribe. There were more than 500 in the past. Later, more than 100 people performed well. They joined the Veng tribe during the autumn sacrifice.


    Afterwards, Jiang Xuan selected 18 two-color warriors with relatively strong strength and good performances from among the more than 1,800 prisoners, and asked them to manage more than 100 people each, while promising them benefits.


    "As long as you take care of everyone, don''t make trouble, don''t make trouble, when we come back, we can give each of you a separate wooden house, a pound of salt, and let you join the Vine Tribe and become a real Vine Tribe warrior!"


    "However, if one of you takes the lead in making trouble, or encourages others to make trouble, I guarantee that you will all die miserably!"


    "Did you hear everything clearly?"


    "Listen clearly."


    These people nodded, no matter what they thought at least they acted honestly.


    Jiang Xuan gave them the power to distribute food again, so that they could establish a higher prestige among the captives.


    Later, Jiang Xuan took the vine tribe warriors, as well as all the bamboo rafts and wooden boats across the river, isolating all the captives on the other side of the river.


    "Kakaka..."


    Above the stone mountain, the vines glowed slightly, and the vine wall on the second residence became active again. The thorn vines grew rapidly, covering the surface of the vine wall, and the door for entry and exit was also closed.


    In this way, even if someone wants to run, it is not so easy.


    In the evening, the soldiers of the entire Vine tribe were nervously preparing various weapons, dry food, healing medicine and other things.


    Devour Novel Network


    In the early morning of the next day, the Vine tribe finally set off.


    "Buzzing..."


    Above the stone mountain, more than 60 giant dragonflies were shrouded in divine light. They had been sluggish because of the cold weather, but they regained their vitality and resumed their previous flight speed.


    "Boom..."


    Afterwards, the huge divine vine pulled out its roots, broke away from the stone mountain, and floated in the sky again, with divine power surging like an ocean.


    "Woooo..."


    "Set off!"


    A soldier blew the horn, and then, all the soldiers of the Veng tribe stepped on their mounts, and under Jiang Xuan''s order, they marched in the direction of the Mantis tribe.


    "Kakaka..."


    After they left, all the door openings in the vine wall were closed under the control of Shenteng, and people outside could not get in, and people inside could not get out.


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Thanks to the book friend "Mo Xue Yifan" for the reward. Click to download this site APP, massive novels, free to read!

 Chapter 167： 1 hit

    Southern Wilderness, Mantis Tribe.


    ??


    The temperature in the morning was already very low, and the big mantises were crawling on the trees, motionless.


    ??


    In a few days, these big mantises will die one after another.


    ??


    Of course, they left a large number of mantis eggs, and the big mantis will appear until next year.


    ??


    In the tribe, the ordinary people of the Mantis tribe are repairing their houses to cope with the cold winter.


    ??


    In fact, they haven''t done anything like repairing houses before winter comes. Because of climate change, it has not snowed in winter in Xihuang in recent years.


    ??


    But there is a witch from the tribe, and he will instruct the tribesmen of the tribe based on their experience and what to do when.


    ??


    This is also one of the values ??of Wu''s existence.


    ??


    In the wooden house, the witch and the leader were sitting by the fire.


    ??


    "Continue to send soldiers out to loot as much as we can. This is our first winter in the Southern Wilderness, so we must prepare more food."


    ??


    The witch of the Mantis Tribe is a thin old woman who looks weak, but the leader of the Mantis Tribe behaves respectfully in front of her.


    ??


    "Wu, but I''m worried that the tribe I met two days ago will still appear. Will there be more soldiers left to guard the tribe?" The witch of the Mantis tribe shook his head and said, "It will snow soon, and they will also Reserve food for the winter, and never dare to attack our mantis tribe.''


    ??


    "Besides, with the Mantis God, even if they come, they won''t be able to take advantage of it."


    ??


    She has enough confidence in the Mantis God, because for a long time, the Mantis Tribe has won the battle against various tribes.


    ??


    The leader was also very confident in the Mantis God, and he believed in the witch''s judgment, so he left the wooden house and immediately arranged for the warriors of the Mantis tribe to go out hunting and looting.


    ??


    noon.


    ??


    "Buzzing


    ??


    The Mantis tribesmen who were repairing their houses suddenly heard a strange roar, and the sound was getting closer. Someone climbed to the tallest tree nearby and stood in the canopy to see further.


    ??


    "My God, what is that?"


    ??


    The mantis tribesman saw an extremely shocking scene, and his mouth widened in horror.


    ??


    In the sky in the distance, dozens of giant dragonflies were flying fast towards the praying mantis tribe, and the birds along the way were frightened and fled everywhere. Before the people of the mantis tribe had time to climb down from the tree, the group of giant dragonflies had already flown over.


    ??


    "Whoosh


    ??


    One of the giant dragonflies rushed past, and six barbed claws grabbed him instantly and took him into the sky.


    ??


    "what,


    ??


    . Help.


    ??


    The mantis tribesman screamed in horror and pain.


    ??


    "quack"


    ??


    The giant dragonfly bowed its head, and the terrifying jaws bit his head to pieces.


    ??


    "Pump puff.


    ??


    On the ground, many big mantises took off one after another. Although there was not much life left, their fighting power should not be underestimated.


    ??


    However, the great mantis'' strength is not flight.


    ??


    They can have a great advantage when facing people who can''t fly or other beasts, but in front of giant dragonflies, whether it is size, flight speed, or even combat power, they are not of the same level.


    ??


    "Whoosh whoosh...


    ??


    The giant dragonflies are constantly interspersed in the sky, and every time they dive, they must hug a big mantis, and then bite off their heads, spilling a piece of green juice.


    ??


    "What the hell? What the **** is this!"


    ??


    On the ground, the leader of the mantis tribe jumped with anger. He never thought that the big mantis, who had no advantage in the Western Wilderness, was being slaughtered.


    ??


    That''s right, slaughter, these big mantises have no ability to fight back in front of giant dragonflies, even if their numbers far exceed those of giant dragonflies.


    ??


    In front of giant dragonflies, these big mantises are no different from a group of mosquitoes, they are completely crushed.


    ??


    "Wizard, please God destroy these **** dragonflies!"


    ??


    The leader shouted, obviously feeling sorry for those big mantises who kept dying


    ??


    The witch of the Mantis Tribe nodded, his eyes were very fierce.


    ??


    She walked to the altar and finished chanting the ancient witchcraft.


    ??


    "Boom!"


    ??


    Behind the altar, in a nest made of various trees, a terrifying giant praying mantis climbed up from it. Unlike other big mantises, this giant mantis has blood-red eyes and blood-red wings, which looks very weird and scary.


    ??


    The witch in front of the altar became excited, and she shouted loudly, "God!"


    ??


    "God, god, god!"


    ??


    In the Mantis Tribe, all the clansmen cheered, very frenzied.


    ??


    "Om


    ??


    The praying mantis spread its wings and flew into the sky in an instant. The speed was many times faster than the special big mantis.


    ??


    "Crack!"


    ??


    The speed of the praying mantis was so fast that its terrifying forelimbs were like a giant sickle, instantly cutting a giant dragonfly in half.


    ??


    "it is good!"


    ??


    The mantis tribe clansmen on the ground cheered, God is indeed the weakest.


    ??


    Their attention was all in the sky, but they didn''t notice that in the forest on the ground, a large number of warriors from the Vine tribe had come to the edge of the Mantis tribe.


    ??


    "rush!''


    ??


    Jiang Xuan rode on the back of the crescent moon, held up the bone spear, and let out a low growl.


    ??


    "Dong dong dong


    ??


    Just now, in order to hide, the Heifeng rhino, which was walking very slowly, was finally able to run. More than 30 Heifeng rhinos rushed towards the Mantis Tribe with great momentum.


    ??


    Behind the black wind rhinoceros, countless big-horned deer, blue sheep, and warriors from the Vine tribe rushed forward with their heads down, very fast.


    ??


    Among the praying mantis tribe, several warriors in charge of guarding the periphery are looking up, looking up at the mantis **** to show his might through the gap in the tree canopy.


    ??


    Suddenly, they heard an unusual big movement in the forest.


    ??


    Someone turned around and saw the big rhino running and the vine tribe warrior on the back of the big rhino.


    ??


    "The enemy... the enemy attacked


    ??


    This person just shouted, and only heard a "whoosh" sound, a short spear flew over, pierced his chest instantly, and terrifying force took him backwards.


    ??


    "boom!"


    ??


    The mantis tribe warrior fell to the ground, blood gushing from his throat, so that he could not say a word, but his mouth was still open and closed, as if he wanted to say something.


    ??


    At this time, the warriors of the other Mantis tribes finally reacted.


    ??


    But when they turned around and picked up their weapons to fight back, the Black Wind Rhino had already rushed over.


    ??


    "Bang!"


    ??


    The crescent moon knocked a mantis tribe warrior into the air. The terrifying force caused the warrior to break his bones and muscles, his internal organs were intact, and he had no chance of surviving.


    ??


    "Whoosh whoosh..


    ??


    The warriors of the Vine tribe rushed forward while riding their mounts, while throwing short spears or archery, and almost rushed past without giving the warriors of the Mantis tribe a chance to counterattack.


    ??


    The successive screams and the sound of heavy hoofs hitting the ground finally pulled the clansmen of the Mantis Tribe back from the state of fanatical worship of the totem god.


    ??


    "Enemy attack, prepare for battle!"


    ??


    The mantis tribe leader roared, and then hurriedly organized warriors to meet the enemy.


    ??


    However, the speed of the cavalry was too fast. When they were temporarily organized, those huge black wind rhinos had already rushed over.


    ??


    "Boom!"


    ??


    A wooden house fell apart under the impact of the black wind rhino, turning into pieces of wood all over the place


    ??


    The mantis tribe warrior who was preparing to attack in the wooden house was also stepped on by the huge hoof of the black wind rhinoceros and died unwillingly. "kill!''


    ??


    Jiang Xuan shouted loudly, then stared at the leader of the Mantis Tribe and rushed over.


    ??


    He was riding a black wind rhinoceros, but the leader of the mantis tribe was standing on the ground, and he didn''t dare to take it hard, he could only avoid it.


    ??


    However, he was hiding, but the warriors of the Mantis tribe around him were in bad luck.


    ??


    "Pfft!"


    ??


    One of the mantis tribe warriors was pierced by Jiang Xuan''s bone spear, and the other was also killed by the crescent moon. The others were frightened and fled, not daring to face the enemy head-on.


    ??


    Not only Jiang Xuan, but other Veng tribe warriors also fought very young, because they have mounts, this advantage is too great. They even felt that the Mantis tribe was very weak, and they often collapsed at the touch of a button, and they did not even make a decent counterattack.


    ??


    But they didn''t know that because of the confidence of the mantis tribe witch, two-thirds of the warriors in the tribe were sent out to find food. The warriors left in the Mantis Tribe, including the Big Mantis, are relatively weak and not many in number.


    ??


    Coupled with the entire cavalry of the Vine Tribe, how could these warriors and Nian people in the Mantis Tribe be able to fight?


    ??


    It''s tedious to say, but in fact, all this happened very fast. When the Mantis God reacted, the cavalry of the Vine tribe had already rushed into the tribe and ended the killing.


    ??


    At this time, in the sky, the Mantis God had already cut off three giant dragonflies, and the other giant dragonflies did not charge hard, but spread out in all directions to avoid the Mantis God.


    ??


    When the Mantis God wanted to cut to death the fourth giant dragonfly and go down to rescue the people of the Mantis tribe, an accident happened. "Whoosh!''


    ??


    An incomparably thick vine, flashing green light, appeared abruptly, wrapping around towards the Mantis God.


    ??


    "Crack!"


    ??


    The Mantis God responded quickly enough Before the vines entangled it, its terrifying forelimbs cut off the vines in an instant. Creatures that can become gods are naturally not good, they have their own unique abilities.


    ??


    The terrifying pair of forelimbs of the praying mantis **** is one of its strongest means, and it can even cut off a big tree.


    ??


    "Whoosh whoosh....


    ??


    More vines appeared, entangling towards the Mantis God.


    ??


    Moreover, these vines are covered with a layer of light-quality protective cover, and the Mantis God cut it again, but it was not able to cut it off.


    ??


    "Om


    ??


    The Vine God finally appeared. It floated into the air from the woods below, and countless vines entangled towards the Mantis God. "hiss


    ??


    The Mantis God made a sharp cry, his forelimbs turned blood red, and his attack power increased again.


    ??


    The vines near it were cut off again.


    ??


    But the Vine God is much stronger than it. Although the Mantis God has not been trapped by the vines and trapped to death for the time being, he cannot go down to rescue the people of the Mantis Tribe.


    ??


    At this time, the giant dragonflies were all liberated. They kept flying up and down, grabbing and biting the giant mantises to death, and repeating the process.


    ??


    In the Mantis Tribe, countless wooden houses collapsed, and the warriors and Nian people of the Mantis Tribe were beaten to the point of being unable to fight back.


    ??

 Chapter 168： Iron worm king

    "hiss!"


    ??


    The Mantis God roared up to the sky again. Seeing that the tribe was about to be wiped out, it was obviously extremely angry.


    ??


    In fact, most mantises have no vocal cords, and they can only make sounds by rubbing their wings.


    ??


    The mantis **** is different. It has evolved to make a simple roar.


    ??


    If it continues to evolve, it may one day be able to make real sounds like other animals.


    ??


    It''s a pity that it encountered Shenteng, so it''s not certain whether it can survive today or not.


    ??


    "Whoosh whoosh


    ??


    The vines intertwined with each other and turned into a large circular net, trapping the praying mantis in it.


    ??


    These vines are as crystal clear as emeralds, and the vast divine power has turned into a green light-quality protective layer, making it impossible for the Mantis God to cut off the vines as before.


    ??


    The vine net slowly shrinks, so that the Mantis God can no longer move. If this continues, the Mantis God will surely die.


    ??


    The **** vine is too strong, and it is almost unrealistic for the totem **** of the small tribe to defeat it.


    ??


    "You should give up struggling."


    ??


    The incomparably huge divine vine looked down at the trapped mantis god, and the vast fluctuation of divine power conveyed its voice.


    ??


    However, at this moment, the eyes of the mantis **** became even redder, and in the narrow space, it roared again!


    ??


    At the same time, there was actually a "line" shining with black light, slowly drilling out from its tail.


    ??


    This line is like a black python, but it is much longer than the black python, and it is extremely hard and terrifying.


    ??


    When it came out completely, the mantis god''s abdomen shrunk, and his breath became weak, but his eyes became even more crazy.


    ??


    Jiang Xuan just finished a round of rush kills. When he saw the mantis **** and the black line, he cried out: "Iron nematode!" Iron nematode is a very scary parasite, especially for praying mantises .


    ??


    Once this parasite grows in the mantis, it will control the mantis'' consciousness and turn the mantis into a "walking dead". The iron worm will control the mantis, let the mantis find a water source, and jump down to drown.


    ??


    Afterwards, the iron nematodes will burrow out of the mantis stomach and enter the water to breed more iron nematodes.


    ??


    Jiang Xuan never thought that such a terrifying creature would appear in the body of the Mantis God.


    ??


    Could it be that the mantis **** was also controlled by the iron worm?


    ??


    But the next moment, he knew he was wrong.


    ??


    "Hush!"


    ??


    The mantis **** let out a roar, and then the huge iron worm moved and drilled out through the gap in the vine net. The iron nematode is extremely hard, especially this kind of iron nematode that has been nurtured by the Totem God for an unknown period of time. It is simply a worm-shaped weapon.


    ??


    It got into the crevice of the vine net, twisted hard, its still hard body, forcibly squeezed the vine net out of a large gap. Afterwards, the iron worm drilled through the gap to the outside of the vine net and flew straight towards the body of the **** vine.


    ??


    Shen Teng did not expect this to happen, so he could only separate some vines to stop the iron nematodes.


    ??


    But the iron worm is so slippery that it can twist into any shape and escape through all kinds of cracks.


    ??


    For the first time, the vine entanglement cast by Shenteng lost its effect.


    ??


    In the sky, I saw a flash of black light, and the iron worm approached the main stem of the divine vine and entangled it, trying to forcibly break the main stem of the divine vine.


    ??


    "Kakkaka


    ??


    The iron nematode is extremely hard and powerful, and the main stem of the **** vine was strangled by it.


    ??


    Shen Teng had to use part of his divine power to deal with this strange iron nematode.


    ??


    "His


    ??


    The Mantis God took the opportunity to wave his forelimbs frantically, cut a gap in the vine net, and flew out.


    ??


    After flying out, it stared coldly at the divine vine, wishing to cut the divine vine immediately.


    ??


    Jiang Xuan on the ground became nervous after seeing this scene.


    ??


    In his previous life, Jiang Xuan had heard some terrifying legends about iron nematodes.


    ??


    It is said that the iron nematode can twist the tail of a cow.


    ??


    When he grew up, he knew that it was all to scare people, and the iron worm does not have such exaggerated power.


    ??


    But now, the Heavenly King Xiang Jia encountered by Shenteng is unimaginably powerful and soft. For the first time, Shen Teng encountered trouble when facing the totem **** of the small tribe.


    ??


    At the same time, part of the hunting team in the Zhizi Forest of the Mantis Tribe has returned.


    ??


    Xiang Jia didn''t care about the battle in the air, and led the soldiers of the Teng tribe to charge again.


    ??


    Among the Vine tribe, Chi Shao rode a big-horned deer, and after rushing to kill for a while, finished trying her latest witchcraft.


    ??


    "Growing fast!"


    ??


    Chishao grabbed a vine from the ground, and the magic power in her body was frantically poured into the vine.


    I saw that the vine grew rapidly, visible to the naked eye, and wrapped around the nearby Mantis tribe warriors.


    ??


    A warrior of the Mantis Tribe was charging forward when he was suddenly entangled by the vines and fell directly to the ground.


    ??


    When he wanted to get up again, it was too late.


    ??


    Several blue sheep trampled over him, directly trampling him to the point of breaking bones and tendons, and dying.


    ??


    Almost at the same time, several warriors of the Mantis tribe were entangled by vines and then killed by the warriors of the vine tribe.


    ??


    "The witchcraft taught by Fuji God is really powerful!"


    ??


    Chishao is a very acquainted child, because this is the first time she has used witchcraft against the enemy, and it has been successful.


    ??


    And above the sky, the piece of Xiang Jiatian is still entangling the divine vine, and the Mantis God is also looking for opportunities to defeat the divine vine, and even kill the divine vine.


    ??


    Most plants are afraid of bugs, and vines are no exception.


    ??


    Under the same strength, the plant totem **** is almost naturally restrained by the insect totem god.


    ??


    However, God Vine is much weaker than Mantis God.


    ??


    Shen Teng can live to this day, and his experience in dealing with various insects is also extremely rich.


    ??


    "Om


    ??


    Shenteng finally ended the counterattack, and the terrifying divine power was surging like the waves of the ocean.


    ??


    A giant dragonfly not far away, the vine tribe mark on its forehead suddenly burst into a strong light.


    ??


    Then, it quickly flew to the distance of the divine vine.


    ??


    The Mantis God had a premonition that something was wrong, so he immediately fanned his wings to stop the giant dragonfly from approaching.


    ??


    "Clap clap clap


    ??


    More than a dozen vines turned into terrifying whips, and at the same time, they lashed towards the Mantis God.


    ??


    The mantis **** was hit, and his wings were crooked. He was so frightened that he quickly retreated.


    ??


    The giant dragonfly finally flew over the divine vine, and a few vines gently entangled it.


    ??


    Then, a massive amount of divine power poured into the giant dragonfly.


    ??


    "Bang bang bang


    ??


    The size of the giant dragonfly has grown rapidly with the naked eye, and its strength has also increased rapidly.


    ??


    Soon, this giant dragonfly had a body length of over thirty meters and a wingspan of over fifty meters, turning it into a terrifying behemoth.


    ??


    The vines wrapped around the giant dragonfly loosened, and then the giant dragonfly flapped its wings and flew to the side of the giant iron nematode.


    ??


    The giant dragonfly opened its terrifying jaws and bit on the iron nematode that was holding the vine.


    ??


    "crunch


    ??


    "Boom


    ??


    The iron nematode king, which the vines could not deal with, was bitten off by the giant dragonfly''s jaws after only holding on for a while.


    ??


    This is not over yet, this huge giant dragonfly continued to bite frantically, and finally bit the iron nematode king into a dozen segments, which could no longer function.


    ??


    "Pfft


    ??


    At the moment when Xiang Jia Tianwang was bitten off, the mantis **** also spit out a mouthful of green juice, as if a human vomited blood.


    ??


    This iron nematode king was originally parasitic on the mantis **** who had not yet become a god. Like other iron nematodes, it absorbed the nutrients in its body and wanted to control its consciousness.


    ??


    But I didn''t expect that this big mantis finally became a god, and in turn controlled the consciousness of the iron worm king, and continued to nurture it in the body, as a big killer.


    ??


    The connection between the two is very close, and UU reading can be said to be both prosperous and detrimental.


    ??


    Because of this, the Iron Worm King was bitten into more than a dozen pieces, and the Mantis God was also severely injured.


    ??


    "Om


    ??


    The giant dragonfly fluttered its wings again, and the flight speed was extremely fast.


    ??


    Almost in the blink of an eye, it rushed to the back of the mantis god, and then grabbed the mantis **** with six large claws with barbs.


    ??


    "Crack!"


    ??


    The giant dragonfly bit on the neck of the praying mantis god, only to see a terrible wound appeared on the neck of the praying mantis god, and green juice splashed.


    ??


    "Whoosh whoosh


    ??


    Countless vines were entangled, this time, the Mantis God no longer had the ability to fight back, and was tightly entangled by the vines, "Zizzizi.


    ??


    The divine vine finished extracting the divine power of the mantis god, as well as the essence of flesh and blood.


    ??


    The mantis **** roared again and again, but there was no way to escape the fate of being sucked up by the **** vine.


    ??


    And the giant dragonfly, after finishing its use, slowly landed on a big tree.


    ??


    At this time, the divine power receded, and the life of the giant dragonfly came to an end.


    ??


    Massive divine power infusion, in exchange for short-term weakness, but all of this has a price after all.


    ??


    The last two days have passed. Book friends who have a monthly ticket can help you vote. Thank you.


    ??

 Chapter 169： Scarlet Totem Pattern

    After the death of the mantis god, those big mantis, including the people of the mantis tribe, were not spared.


    ??


    After killing the people in the tribe, the Vine tribe stayed where they were, killing all the hunting teams that came back from outside.


    ??


    The Teng tribe no longer needs prisoners. Moreover, this battle is aimed at killing a splendid and fierce name, and there is no room for survival.


    ??


    The entire territory of the Mantis Tribe is filled with a strong smell of blood.


    ??


    "Boom boom...


    ??


    On the one hand, the **** vine wrapped the dead mantis **** with some vines, and slowly absorbed the divine power.


    ??


    Shenteng has become more mysterious and unpredictable, and no one knows how strong it is in all its strength. The other soldiers are still waiting, and Jiang Xuan has already taken people to collect the spoils. First is the variety of food.


    ??


    Although the Teng tribe said they had a bumper harvest this year, the pressure on food has been great due to the surge in population.


    ??


    In order to survive the winter, the mantis tribe looted everywhere and accumulated a large amount of food.


    ??


    Now, these foods are cheap for the Vine tribe.


    ??


    Secondly, it is the animal skin used to keep warm


    ??


    The animal skins of the Vine Tribe have a very large gap. Therefore, in addition to the animal skins reserved by the Mantis Tribe, even the animal skins worn by the warriors of the Mantis Tribe were removed.


    ??


    After these animal skins were transported back to the rattan tribe, they could be washed and re-tanned, and then sent to the captives to keep out the cold.


    ??


    Once again, all kinds of animal bones, animal teeth, medicinal herbs, stones and other things collected by the Mantis Tribe were packed up and moved back.


    ??


    As for some stone basins, stone pots, stone bowls, and worn-out pottery left by the Mantis tribe, they are cumbersome and ugly. Jiang Xuan doesn''t want any of them.


    ??


    The current pottery manufacturing process of the Teng tribe is relatively mature, and these pieces of junk can''t get into Jiang Xuan''s eyes at all.


    ??


    "Huh? Salt?"


    ??


    When Jiang Xuan searched the house where the witch of the Mantis tribe lived, he found a jar of salt


    ??


    However, these salts are not pure white, have some other colors, and stick together into a large piece, which is of poor quality.


    ??


    I don''t know where the mantis tribe got it from, but Jiang Xuan is very clear that if you eat this kind of salt for a long time, your body will have problems.


    ??


    Of course, for tribal people, it''s good to have something to eat. Quality is something that you will only think about when you are full.


    ??


    "Take it back and purify it again.


    ??


    Jiang Xuan poured the jar of salt into the animal skin bag and took it with him.


    ??


    As for the broken jar, Jiang Xuan threw it away without looking at it.


    ??


    Chi Shao was more interested in the animal skin scrolls left by the witches of the Mantis Tribe.


    ??


    In these animal skin scrolls, the history of the Mantis Tribe, some experiences of the Mantis Tribe witch, and things about the West Desert Tribe were recorded in Wushu.


    ??


    This thing is worthless in the eyes of ordinary tribal people, but to Chishao, it is a treasure.


    ??


    The warriors of the Vine tribe stayed here for a day and a night. In addition to packing the spoils, they killed those warriors of the Mantis tribe who went out to hunt.


    ??


    At noon the next day, except for a few fish that slipped through the net, most of the people of the Mantis Tribe had already gone to accompany their god.


    ??


    Shen Teng also sucked the mantis **** clean, leaving only an empty shell.


    ??


    "Boom


    ??


    Shenteng dropped the empty shell and pulled the root system out of the residence of the Mantis Tribe.


    ??


    This time, when the mantis tribe was destroyed, the benefits of the **** vine were huge, it absorbed a huge amount of nutrients.


    ??


    Perhaps, given time, it will break through again, and its strength will be comparable to that of the totem gods of the great tribes.


    ??


    Shenteng floated into the air again, and the vast divine power made all the creatures nearby feel uneasy. The loot is all loaded, it''s time to go back


    ??


    However, before going back, Jiang Xuan plans to leave something for the nearby tribes.


    ??


    "Boom.


    ??


    Jiang Xuan moved a relatively flat boulder from nearby and erected it in the center of the Mantis tribe.


    ??


    Afterwards, Chishao painted the totem pattern of the rattan tribe on the boulder with fresh blood, and wrote a line in shaman script: Those who violate our rattan tribe will be punished even if they are far away!


    ??


    "Hey!"


    ??


    Shenteng blessed the boulder with a divine power.


    ??


    The blood-colored totem pattern seemed to come alive, twisting slightly on the boulder.


    ??


    With the blessing of this divine power, the blood-colored totem pattern, including the witch script, can remain as it is for a long time.


    ??


    The warriors of the vine tribe piled up the bones that had been sucked up by the vines, forming a hill behind the boulder.


    ??


    After doing all this, the Vine tribe finally started to return.


    "Let''s go!"


    ??


    "Il!"


    ??


    Jiang Xuan rode on the dumplings and flew into the sky with some of the spoils, and flew in the direction of the Vine tribe first.


    ??


    As for the black wind rhino Crescent Moon, it carried a lot of trophies and walked with other black wind rhinos that also carried trophies.


    ??


    With the vines accompanying them, no beasts or warriors from other tribes dared to provoke them along the way.


    ??


    Three days later, the warriors of the vine tribe returned triumphantly, and under the control of the divine vine, the doorway of the high vine wall opened again.


    ?


    "Finally home!"


    ?


    Jiang Xuan rode on the dumplings, flew around the rattan tribe, and then landed in his yard.


    ?


    "Boom


    ?


    Shenteng returned to its original position, took root in the earth, and wrapped around the stone mountain.


    ?


    Those giant dragonflies flew excitedly around the stone mountain for a few times, and then landed on the huge vine again.


    ?


    The vine tribe warriors filed in from the northern doorway of the vine high wall, and the whole vine tribe became lively again.


    ?


    The old witch, who had been in the tribe to carve the sketches of the Great Wilderness, walked out of the house. He looked at the large amount of loot brought back by the Vine Tribe, and knew that the Vine Tribe had won the battle again.


    ?


    "If it continues like this, I''m afraid it won''t be long before the Vine tribe will become a medium-sized tribe.


    ?


    The old witch was very emotional, this kind of development speed is really too fast.


    ?


    The most important thing is that the Vine Tribe is not blindly expanding, it has developed in a relatively balanced manner in all aspects, and its foundation is even stronger than that of other tribes.


    ?


    This is what shocked the old witch the most, and even felt a little scary.


    ?


    He used to think that a tribe that can develop into a large tribe is the pinnacle of achievement.


    ?


    But now, after witnessing the growth of the Vine Tribe, he suddenly felt that perhaps the large-scale tribe was not the end of the Vine Tribe.


    ?


    As for what the Vine tribe will develop into, he can no longer imagine it due to his knowledge.


    ?


    "Oh, I''m old, I can''t see through,


    ?


    The old witch shook his head and returned to the house to continue carving the sketches of the Great Wilderness.


    ?


    After Jiang Xuan came back, the first thing he did was to take a group of soldiers across the river by boat to check the situation of the prisoners.


    ?


    More than 1,800 prisoners were left unattended for seven or eight days, and no one knew what would happen.


    ?


    However, when he entered the second residence, he found that the situation was much better than he expected


    ?


    Those prisoners not only did not escape, but continued to cultivate the land under the leadership of the eighteen little leaders he had elected before.


    ?


    He found a little leader and asked about the situation.


    ?


    The little head said: "In the first two days, some people wanted to escape, but they were all killed by us.


    ?


    "Later, I discussed it with the other leaders. With so many people, we can''t be idle. If we are idle, problems will arise, so I took everyone to continue to open up wasteland."


    ?


    "As long as you are exhausted and exhausted every day and you have enough food, no one will cause trouble.


    ?


    Jiang Xuan was surprised by the performance of this little leader. This guy has a talent for managing people! "What''s your name?"


    ?


    "Boss, my name is Bai Zhu."


    ?


    "You guys did a great job Promise your reward, and it will be given to you at night."


    ?


    "Thank you, Chief."


    ?


    Bai Zhu was very happy, because according to Jiang Xuan''s promise, he and the other little leaders could each get a separate wooden house and a small jar of salt.


    ?


    A wooden house and a small pot of salt are a great wealth for the tribesmen.


    ?


    And Jiang Xuan also remembered the name Bai Zhu, this guy is a talent, maybe he can come in handy.


    ?


    On the other hand, the news of the extermination of the Mantis tribe was soon known by several nearby tribes. When they rushed to the Mantis Tribe and wanted to pick up a little leak, they saw the blood-colored totem pattern on the boulder and a corpse mountain behind.


    ?


    The terrifying scene made the warriors of these small tribes calm down. They remembered the totem patterns on the boulders. When they encounter warriors with such totem patterns in the future, they can hide if they can, or be polite if they can''t.


    ?


    Then, they carefully picked up the leaks.


    ?


    "Hey, here''s a clay pot!"


    ?


    A little tribal warrior picked up a broken pottery pot and almost jumped up with excitement. This thing is not worth mentioning for the Vine tribe, but it is a treasure for other small tribes.


    ?


    Soon, some people found stone bowls, stone basins, and other worn-out pottery. The warriors of several small tribes went crazy with joy, and even fought again for robbing things.


    ?

 Chapter 170： Niu ploughing the fields

    After dealing with the Mantis tribe, winter has come quietly.


    ??


    After the snow closed the mountains, the Vine tribe was still like every winter before. The ordinary people worked hard to make various tools, and the warriors went fishing and hunting in winter to add some food to the tribe.


    ??


    It is worth mentioning that, because the food is relatively abundant, Jiang Xuan selected some skilled tourists outside the vine wall, and asked them to join the vine tribe to polish stone tools, make weapons, and sew animal skins for the tribe.


    ??


    As for the unskilled tourists, Jiang Xuan also gave them a way to survive, and that is to work for the Vine tribe.


    ??


    The grinding of stone tools and bone tools is a very time-consuming job, and it takes a lot of time to make tools that are enough for the entire tribe.


    ??


    Therefore, Jiang Xuan distributed some stones and bones, and let the tourists polish them day and night, and then exchanged for a little food or animal skins, so that they would not starve or freeze to death.


    ??


    At the same time, Jiang Xuan allowed these tourists to trade with the Fuji tribe.


    ??


    For example, some tourists are lucky and find better stones or animal bones in the forest.


    ??


    Then they can take out these stones and animal bones and exchange them with the Vine tribe for food, animal skins, and even salt.


    ??


    By being hired and traded, some strong and lucky tourists can survive this winter.


    ??


    As for those tourists with weak strength and bad luck, they can only be eliminated by nature.


    ??


    Because even if they work hard and obtain a little survival resources, they are likely to be snatched away by stronger people.


    ??


    This is the sadness of being weak.


    ??


    No matter how good or bad people are, time always passes at its own pace, little by little.


    ??


    In the blink of an eye, the cold and torturous winter passed.


    ??


    There are many people who sleep in the winter forever, and there are many people who have survived the winter and ushered in the spring.


    ??


    ¡­¡­


    ??


    The fifth year of the establishment of the Vine Tribe, in early January.


    ??


    "The sun is coming out!"


    ??


    "We finally made it through!"


    ??


    When the long-lost sun warmed the earth again, the ice and snow began to melt, and the tourists outside the vine wall jumped up with excitement.


    ??


    Winter is desperate. Under the heavy snow, it is very difficult to find some food.


    ??


    Spring is different. Even if we eat grass roots, wild vegetables, and insects, there is always a way to survive.


    ??


    In the rattan tribe, Jiang Xuan engraved a line on the Hsinchu bamboo slips made in winter: Five years from the rattan tribe, January 1, sunny.


    ??


    "It''s the fifth year!"


    ??


    After Jiang Xuan finished carving, he was very emotional.


    ??


    When he first came to this world, facing all kinds of traps, he didn''t know how to survive.


    ??


    But in the blink of an eye, four or five years passed.


    ??


    Although he encountered all kinds of difficulties and dangers, he survived all of them.


    ??


    The Vine tribe has also grown from five people at the beginning to more than 2,000 people now, and even continues to grow.


    ??


    "Squeak..."


    ??


    Jiang Xuan opened the door of the house and looked at the sunshine in the yard, feeling relaxed and happy.


    ??


    "Hey..."


    ??


    Tang Yuan came out of the giant bird''s nest in the bamboo shed, and excitedly flapped its wings a few times, but fanned the snow in the yard all over the place.


    ??


    In another bamboo shed, the black wind rhino Crescent Moon was lying in his nest, flicking the snowflakes that flew to his head, he snorted helplessly, and exhaled two hot breaths from his nostrils.


    ??


    In terms of body shape, it is no better than Tangyuan, and in terms of combat power, it is even more incomparable to Tangyuan, so even if you are dissatisfied, you can only endure it.


    ??


    Tang Yuan held her head up, not looking at the crescent moon at all.


    ??


    It skillfully opened the courtyard door, then went out from the door that had been widened several times, trotted all the way to the open space in front of the altar, and took off directly.


    ??


    It can''t wait to find fresh prey.


    ??


    "Crescent Moon, let''s go, let''s go out too."


    ??


    Jiang Xuan greeted him, and Crescent Moon immediately stood up from the nest, shook the fur on his body, then walked to Jiang Xuan''s side, and knelt down on his knees so that Jiang Xuan could sit on it.


    ??


    After Jiang Xuan sat up, Crescent Moon stood up again, and then walked outside with Jiang Xuan.


    ??


    At this time, although the sun has risen, only a small part of the ice and snow has melted, and many bamboos bent and broken by the heavy snow can be seen everywhere.


    ??


    Fortunately, the rattan tribe had already cleared a very wide road in the middle of the bamboo forest, otherwise it would be really difficult to get out.


    ??


    Outside the bamboo forest, most of the people of the rattan tribe came out to bask in the sun.


    ??


    Jiang Xuan walked to the house on the left of the tribe and saw Uncaria and Fuling, Fuling was still holding their child in her arms.


    ??


    Jiang Xuan jumped off the back of Crescent Moon, walked to Fuling, and looked at the child she was holding.


    ??


    "Yo, Tiny Tiandong is growing very fast!"


    ??


    In just over four months, Asparagus has grown from a wrinkled baby to a plump, plump baby.


    ??


    Round face, long eyelashes, big eyes, cute little nose, ruddy little mouth, fat lotus root-like little hands, very cute.


    ??


    Fuling smiled and said, "Thanks to the tribe''s abundant food, they eat well."


    ??


    The Fuji tribe treats pregnant women, breastfeeding mothers and babies preferentially. Even in winter, they try to let them eat as much winter-caught fish and fresh animal meat as possible.


    ??


    Jiang Xuan shook Tiandong''s little hand and said, "Grow up quickly and become a brave and powerful warrior in the future!"


    ??


    At this moment, Xiao Tiandong grinned, a pure smile that made people feel better.


    ??


    On the side, Uncaria also laughed. Since becoming a father, he has matured a lot and has become more stable in his work.


    ??


    Jiang Xuan teased the child again, and then rode on the crescent moon to continue patrolling the tribe.


    ??


    When he walked outside the stone tool workshop, he unexpectedly found that many members of the planting team were here, and everyone''s expressions were quite excited.


    ??


    What is this doing?


    ??


    Jiang Xuan was puzzled, so he got off the back of the crescent moon and prepared to go in and have a look.


    ??


    At this moment, the people inside ran out one after another.


    ??


    "Come out, come out!"


    ??


    The crowd surrounded the old man Heishi, and their eyes were all focused on a piece of equipment in his hand.


    ??


    Jiang Xuan only glanced at the appliance, and couldn''t move his eyes away.


    ??


    "Quyuan plow! It''s really made!"


    ??


    The old man Heishi was holding a curved plow made of wood and stone.


    ??


    The plow shaft is made of natural curved wood, and the plow tip and plow bed are also made of high-quality wood.


    ??


    The plow shovel and plow wall are made of high-quality stone.


    ??


    Among them, the most important plough shovel is made of high-quality stone, which is extremely hard and not easy to damage.


    ??


    Although this curved plough looks simple, it has actually been made for a long time and has been improved countless times.


    ??


    If it can really work, the productivity that will happen with the current production method of the Vine tribe will be greatly improved!


    ??


    After Jiang Xuan arrived, the onlookers gave way and let Jiang Xuan in.


    ??


    Everyone respects the leader very much.


    ??


    After Jiang Xuan entered, he saw Gan Song squatting on the ground, stroking the Quyuan plow like a baby, and his movements were very gentle.


    ??


    "Manufactured?" Jiang Xuan looked at the old man Heishi.


    ??


    "It''s done." Old Man Blackstone nodded affirmatively.


    ??


    "However, whether it can be used or not will only be known after the snow melts and the cows are led into the field to try it out."


    ??


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "Then let''s try it when the snow melts. If it can be used, your stone tool workshop has done a great job, and the rewards you deserve are not small at all."


    ??


    The old man Heishi said humbly, "Thank you, Chief."


    ??


    On the ground, Gan Song didn''t even want to say a word, all he saw was Qu Yuanli.


    ??


    He is looking forward to whether this thing can bring about huge changes to the planting team as the leader said.


    ??


    The people in the planting team, including other people watching the fun, also talked excitedly, everyone wanted to know what kind of effect this thing could play.


    ??


    ¡­¡­


    ??


    After five days, the temperature gradually increased, and most of the thick snow on the ground was melted.


    ??


    "Crash..."


    ??


    In the Feiyu River, the river water began to surge again. Because a lot of ice and snow melted, the water level even rose a lot.


    ??


    In the crop field, with the sun shining, the soil has become moist and soft, and the experiment of cultivating the field with cattle can be carried out.


    ??


    "Moo..."


    ??


    Big Horn personally pulled the most obedient ox, and the old man Heishi brought the curved plough with ropes attached to it and put it on the ox.


    ??


    The planting team sent a soldier with the most experience in farming, holding a bamboo whip in his hand, and excitedly walked behind the cow.


    ??


    Jiang Xuan, Chi Shao, and many members of the Teng tribe gathered next to the crops to watch this historic scene.


    ??


    "It must be successful, it must be successful!"


    ??


    Gan Song stood nervously by the side, if he hadn''t only had one hand, he would have carried out this test himself.


    ??


    Jiang Xuan walked up to the soldier who was in charge of ploughing the field and taught him how to use the curved plough.


    ??


    "He''s holding the plow in his left hand, the bamboo whip in his right hand, and the ox rope. Yes, it''s ready."


    ??


    Under the guidance of Jiang Xuan, the soldier of the planting team nervously supported the plow, holding the bamboo whip and the ox rope.


    ??


    "Okay, now drive the cow and let it go forward."


    ??


    "Hey, let''s go!"


    ??


    Under Jiang Xuan''s instructions, the warrior waved the bamboo whip, but it didn''t land on the ox''s butt.


    ??


    Because this cow was domesticated by divine vines, it was very obedient and didn''t need to wear a nose or be whipped vigorously.


    ??


    "Moo!"


    ??


    The tall ox let out a low growl, then lowered its head and dragged the curved plough forward.


    ??


    At the shoulder of the ox, there is a curved log with strong ropes tied at both ends, connecting the curved plough.


    ??


    When the ox moves forward, the curved plough will also be dragged by it.


    ??


    "Chichi..."


    ??


    After the ox had taken two steps, the plow shovel was brought into the soil and continued to move forward.


    ??


    The soil was first dug up by the plow shovel, and when it hit the curved mold wall, it immediately fell to the left.


    ??


    As the cattle continued to move forward, a row of opened soil was left in the crop field, which not only dug deeply, but also very evenly.


    ??


    When the ox came to the edge of the crop field, Jiang Xuan walked over again and instructed the soldier to swing the tail of the plow over, then pull the rope to make the ox turn.


    ??


    This step is a little more difficult. The warrior and the cow cooperated four or five times before finally learning to turn.


    ??


    Time passed little by little.


    ??


    The cooperation between the warrior and the ox, from the initial stumbling and stumbling, became a little tacit understanding later, the speed of plowing continued to increase, and the lines of soil quickly turned over.


    ??


    When the crop field was completely turned over and the ox dragged the curved plough ashore, everyone at the scene cheered.


    ??


    "Successful, successful!"


    ??


    Gan Song waved his fists excitedly, his face flushed from being too excited.


    ??


    Jiang Xuan was also very happy that he finally no longer had to rely on manpower to plough the fields.


    ??


    The old man Heishi breathed a sigh of relief. The Quyuan plow has been made for a long time, and now it has been successful. Finally, the hard work has not been in vain. The land just feels like a dream.


    ??


    He squatted on the ground, grabbed a piece of dirt, and said incredulously, "It''s really fast, it''s really fast, it''s much faster than digging with a bone stalk."


    ??


    Jiang Xuan said with a smile: "Of course, the cooperation between Quyuanli and cattle is much faster than a few people digging together."


    ??


    "In the future, we will make more curved ploughs and domesticate more cattle, so that we can cultivate more fields and produce more grain."


    ??


    Jiang Xuan''s words made everyone excited again, and they looked forward to that day.


    ??


    "Continue plowing."


    ??


    The soldier in charge of helping the plow cleared his mind and drove the cattle to another field.


    ??


    If you want to master the skill of ploughing with oxen, there is no shortcut, you just need to spend a lot of time and effort to practice.


    ??


    Soon, there were people standing next to another crop field.


    ??


    Everyone watched the magical ox pulling the plow with relish, watching the soil turn over quickly.


    ??


    Naturally, Gan Song couldn''t just let one person learn. He arranged for several fighters to take turns to learn.


    ??


    In the future, more curved ploughs will be manufactured, and more oxen capable of pulling ploughs will be cultivated, so that the planting team will be able to cultivate wider fields and produce more grain.


    ??

 Chapter 171： Create a trading area

    Jiang Xuan didn''t know what happened in the frog tribe. At this time, he was busy with an important thing.


    ??


    That is to establish a trading area.


    ??


    This is something Jiang Xuan has always wanted to do, but was unable to do before.


    ??


    Doing transactions, especially with people from primitive tribes, is very profitable, and the risks are much smaller than direct wars.


    ??


    Like the Blacktooth tribe.


    ??


    They have long wandered among the various tribes in the Southern Wilderness to make transactions, buying at a low price and selling at a high price.


    ??


    Because of this, the Black Tooth Tribe made a lot of money every year and became a well-known and prosperous tribe in the Southern Wilderness.


    ??


    The resources earned by doing transactions will promote the continuous growth of the tribe. After the tribe grows, it can trade with more tribes. This is a virtuous circle.


    ??


    Of course, if you want to earn all kinds of resources by doing transactions, the strength of the tribe itself must be strong enough, otherwise others will not be obedient to make transactions with you, but will directly grab it.


    ??


    In the past, although the Vine tribes also traded, they were relatively passive and did not earn much because of their lack of strength.


    ??


    Now, Jiang Xuan feels that the time is ripe, and is ready to turn passive into active, and establish a trading area on the periphery of the Veng tribe for people from outside tribes and nearby tourists to come and trade.


    ??


    The first step is to choose an address.


    ??


    Jiang Xuan chose to build a trading area in the south of the Veng tribe, because there are the most tourists and many tribes that have migrated here.


    ??


    The second step is to build a house.


    ??


    A wooden house is definitely not acceptable. It has a short lifespan and looks a little too rudimentary.


    ??


    Jiang Xuan plans to build several sturdy and durable mud-brick houses, which not only have a long service life, but are also very tall and sturdy at first glance, which is obviously different from the buildings of other tribes.


    ??


    After thinking about it, Jiang Xuan immediately began to gather people to work.


    ??


    He found more than 30 prisoners with strong strength and quick work, as well as people in the Veng tribe who used to be responsible for building houses, and asked them to dig the foundation first.


    ??


    The mud brick houses originally built by the Veng tribe had no foundation.


    ??


    Once it rains heavily, the mud bricks next to the ground will be partially melted by the rainwater, which often requires repairs and digging a large number of drainage ditches to drain the rainwater in time.


    ??


    After the first lesson, all the mud-brick houses built by the Teng tribe would dig the foundation, and then use a piece of stone to inlay the base of the wall, then spread the reconciled mud on it, and then build a mud-brick wall.


    ??


    In this way, the mud bricks will not be easily eroded by the rain, and the house will become stronger and more durable.


    ??


    At the southern gate of the Vine tribe, inside the vine wall, Jiang Xuan directed everyone to work.


    ??


    "Come on, pull the rope first."


    ??


    Jiang Xuan took several bundles of very long ropes and a large bag of lime to draw lines for the foundation.


    ??


    He first fixed two ropes, one long and one short, on the ground to form an angle.


    ??


    To ensure that the angle is right, he uses the simplest Pythagorean theorem.


    ??


    A triangle must be a right triangle if the length of the first side is three, the length of the second side is four, and the length of the hypotenuse is five.


    ??


    "Tick three..."


    ??


    Jiang Xuan gestured three times with a small straight stick on a fixed rope, and drew a mark on a place equivalent to the length of three small sticks.


    ??


    "Stock Four..."


    ??


    He still used this small stick to draw a mark on the other fixed rope four times.


    ??


    "String five!"


    ??


    In the end, he took a new rope, made five gestures with a small stick, and made a mark again.


    ??


    Afterwards, he put the new rope on the marks of the two fixed ropes, and asked people to adjust the positions of the two ropes until the three marks were completely coincident.


    ??


    After this simple operation, a relatively standard right angle came out.


    ??


    Then, using the same method, he determined another right angle and fixed the rope.


    ??


    In this way, as long as the corresponding ropes are of the same length, the four corners of the house can be guaranteed to be right angles.


    ??


    After the outer ring was fixed, Jiang Xuan used four other ropes to fix the inner ring of the foundation.


    ??


    "Sprinkle lime!"


    ??


    After finishing the rope, the two prisoners followed Jiang Xuan''s order and began to sprinkle lime along the rope.


    ??


    When digging the foundation, it is impossible to move those ropes, so it is very important to spread the lime line.


    After the lime line is spread, even if the rope is removed, as long as you dig along the lime line, you can dig out a relatively standard foundation.


    ??


    Jiang Xuan saw that the lines were relatively straight after they had sprinkled lime, so he nodded in satisfaction.


    ??


    "Excavation!"


    ??


    Jiang Xuan personally took a handful of bone stalks, followed the lime line, and dug a corner first.


    ??


    Others also took tools and dug hard.


    ??


    Because there are more houses built, more spacious, and the tools are relatively backward, the work of digging the foundation lasted three days to complete.


    ??


    After the foundation was dug, Jiang Xuan didn''t need to keep an eye on it, because some members of the Teng tribe had already learned to make this kind of mud-brick house.


    ??


    Use stones to build foundations, mix mud, add grass blades and straws, use molds to make mud bricks, and then build walls, columns, and roofs...


    ??


    This series of craftsmanship, the clansmen of the rattan tribe have been relatively proficient in mastering, and sometimes they can sum up experience and continue to improve.


    ??


    Having lived in this world for a long time, Jiang Xuan summed up an experience, that is, do not underestimate the wisdom and learning ability of tribal people.


    ??


    Being poor and backward doesn''t mean they are stupid, it''s just that they don''t have the opportunity to learn.


    ??


    When the Vine tribe built the house in the trading area, the external trade did not stop.


    ??


    Outside the vine wall on the south side of the Vine Tribe, there is a flat area near the doorway. There are several sheds on the flat ground. Inside the shed are a few reed mats and some goods. It is a simple trading area.


    ??


    Tourists near the Veng tribe like to come here to do business.


    ??


    Because Jiang Xuan strictly restrains the warriors in the tribe, he must not commit robbery in the trading area, otherwise he will be severely punished.


    ??


    When tourists come to trade here, they don''t have to worry about their belongings being robbed, and they can exchange for what they need.


    ??


    As time goes by, it will be passed on from ten to ten, and if any good things are picked up by nearby tourists, they will take them for trading.


    ??


    In one of the sheds, a tourist walked in hesitantly, and took out a herb.


    ??


    "How much food can this herb be exchanged for?"


    ??


    In the shed, the vine tribe warrior sitting on the reed mat picked up the herbal medicine, looked at it, and then picked up two bowl-sized round potatoes from the ground, saying: "This herb can only be exchanged for two round potatoes, you can change it Not to change?"


    ??


    The tourist''s eyes lit up and he said in surprise, "Change, change..."


    ??


    "Okay, I''ll take the herbs, and I''ll give you the round potatoes."


    ??


    The vine tribe warrior stuffed the round potatoes to the tourists, and then put away the herbs.


    ??


    The tourist was holding the round potato, smiling happily. It was the first time he went to the Veng tribe to do business, and he didn''t expect it to go so smoothly.


    ??


    "and many more¡­¡­"


    ??


    Just when the tourist was about to leave, the soldier stopped him.


    ??


    The smile on the tourist''s face froze, and the movement of walking out stopped.


    ??


    Could it be that the people of the Vine tribe regretted it and wanted to **** it back?


    ??


    The tourist turned his head with difficulty, stuffed the two round potatoes into the tattered animal skins and hugged them tightly, stammering, "Is there anything else?"


    ??


    The vine tribe warrior could see at a glance what he was thinking, so he showed his teeth and smiled kindly.


    ??


    "Don''t be nervous, I just want to tell you that it won''t be long before the Vine tribe will establish a real trading area, a big one."


    ??


    "Food, salt, animal skins, weapons, pottery, tools, everything can be traded. If you or your friends can find good things at that time, you are welcome to come and trade."


    ??


    After listening to the words of the warrior of the Vine tribe, the tourist breathed a sigh of relief, then nodded like a chicken pecking at rice, and then left as if escaping.


    ??


    The warriors of the Vine tribe didn''t care either. He had seen many tourists like this. He was very timid and would be frightened by the slightest movement.


    ??


    But there are a lot of tourists, and they can often find some good things in the forest, and bring them here in exchange for some food or animal skins.


    ??


    The promotion of the new trading area was specially explained by Jiang Xuan. Recently, all tourists who come to trade will be informed.


    ??


    In this way, when the new trading area is completed, there is no need to worry about no customers coming.


    ??


    The vine tribe warrior sat on the reed mat and continued to wait patiently for the next person to come to trade.


    ??

 Chapter 172： Opening of the trading area

    More than a month later, the Veng tribe trading area was officially completed.


    ?


    The trading area is within the vine wall, and five shops have been initially established.


    ?


    The first store sells food and salt, the second store sells animal skins and accessories, the third store sells various tools, the fourth store sells healing and healing medicines, and the fifth store sells pottery.


    ?


    Although it looks relatively simple, the five shops basically cover most of the items needed by the tribesmen.


    ?


    In the future, the trading area will continue to be built until it becomes a real big market.


    ?


    "Pull this way a little further!"


    ?


    In front of the new trading area, Jiang Xuan commanded more than a dozen warriors with a huge skull.


    ?


    This skull was moved from the foot of Shishan after Jiang Xuan communicated with Shenteng.


    ?


    Back then, after the Jackal Tribe was destroyed, the Jackal God''s body was brought back by the divine vine, and the essence of the flesh and blood, including the essence in the bones, was completely absorbed, leaving only a skeleton that had lost its luster.


    ?


    The texture of such skeletons has become loose and fragile, and it is no longer possible to polish weapons.


    ?


    But it''s still very intimidating as a decoration.


    ?


    It happened that the Teng tribe was going to establish a trading area. In order to deter those outsiders and tourists who came to do business, Jiang Xuan brought the skull of the Jackal God.


    ?


    The skull of the Jackal God is very huge. It is four or five meters high when placed on the ground, and it is very heavy. It takes a dozen warriors to lift it.


    ?


    Jiang Xuan asked these warriors to place the Jackal God skull in front of the trading area and align it with the gate, so that when others entered the gate, they could see it, making it very conspicuous.


    ?


    "Okay, that''s it, let it go."


    ?


    After setting the position, Jiang Xuan asked the soldiers to put the skull down.


    ?


    After the soldiers put them down, they were all gasping for breath, obviously very tired.


    ?


    Jiang Xuan looked at the skull and felt that the wolf''s mouth was closed, not domineering enough.


    ?


    So he found two more sticks and propped up the upper jaw of the Jackal God''s skull.


    ?


    In this way, the wolf''s mouth is open, and the terrible fangs can be seen very clearly.


    ?


    "Well, it looks much better this way."


    ?


    Jiang Xuan circled the skull twice, then went to the doorway to observe, and nodded in satisfaction.


    ?


    "Okay, let''s work hard and bring the goods over. Tomorrow morning, the trading area will open on time!"


    ?


    The soldiers ran over to carry the cargo again.


    ?


    Although it was quite tiring, everyone was very excited because the leader said that in the future, not only people from outside tribes and tourists can come to do business, but also people from Veng tribe can come to do business.


    ?


    They can take the things they don''t need to the trading area in exchange for the things they need.


    ?


    In this way, it not only promotes the circulation of goods among the tribes, but also brings benefits to the tribe. It can be said to kill two birds with one stone.


    ?


    All kinds of goods have been continuously moved from the various workshops of the tribe into the shops in the trading area to prepare for the opening tomorrow.


    ?


    Jiang Xuan also selected four soldiers who were more talented in business from among the soldiers who were in charge of trading with tourists before, and let them be in charge of the four shops except the grain and salt shops.


    ?


    Grain and salt are the most important goods, and the most trustworthy and capable people must be used.


    ?


    It is impossible to have loyalty but not enough ability, and you will lose money in the process of trading.


    ?


    Empty ability, but lack of loyalty, that is not enough, sitting on such important materials, if you have evil thoughts in your heart, and unite with the people of the outside tribe to pit the Vine tribe, it will cause the Vine tribe to suffer huge losses.


    ?


    Jiang Xuan thought about it, and finally came up with a candidate: Mallow.


    ?


    Mallow''s arithmetic talent is the strongest in the entire vine tribe, except for the red peony.


    ?


    Since the fall of last year, Jiang Xuan tried to let Mallow be responsible for managing the food and animal skins of the Vine tribe.


    You must know that the Vine tribe now has a large population, and the quantity of various materials is also very huge. When ordinary soldiers see so many materials, their eyes will be dizzy.


    ?


    Mallow did not complain or refuse.


    ?


    She took an animal skin roll and an animal writing brush, and under Jiang Xuan''s guidance, she sorted out all the materials and recorded them on the animal skin roll.


    ?


    Every time a material enters or leaves the warehouse, it needs to be recorded, and the quantity of materials in the warehouse needs to be continuously updated.


    ?


    It wasn''t an easy job, but Mallow did a great job, and nothing went wrong.


    ?


    Because of this, after the establishment of the trading area, Jiang Xuan immediately thought of Mallow.


    ?


    Once the trading area opens, all kinds of goods will be bought and sold frequently. Jiang Xuan believes that only Mallow can do this job in the current rattan tribe.


    ?


    He found Mallow and told her about the trading area.


    ?


    "The grain and salt shop is the place with the largest trading volume, and it is also the most important place in the trading area. I hope you will manage it. What do you think?"


    ?


    There is one more sentence Jiang Xuan did not say, that is, the person in charge of the grain and salt shop will be responsible for the operation of the entire trading area in the future.


    ??


    After listening to Jiang Xuan''s words, Mallow thought for a moment, and said, "Since the leader believes in me, then I will try."


    ??


    "Okay, from tomorrow onwards, you will go to the trading area and be in charge of the grain and salt shop, while the warehouse side will be handed over to Ziye for the time being."


    ??


    Ziye, also a female warrior, is Mallow''s assistant in managing the warehouse, and she is also very talented in arithmetic.


    ??


    Mallow nodded and had no objection to Jiang Xuan''s arrangement.


    ??


    "Then get ready."


    ??


    Jiang Xuan turned and left the warehouse.


    ??


    Mallow handed over all the work in the warehouse, as well as the animal skin rolls that recorded the quantity of materials, to Ziye.


    ??


    "Mallow, I... I''m a little scared..."


    ??


    "afraid of what?"


    ??


    "I''m afraid of not doing well."


    ??


    Ziye was very nervous in her heart. After all, she only needed to assist Mallow before, but now she needs to be in charge of such a large warehouse by herself.


    ??


    Mallow smiled and said, "The leader believes in you, and I also believe in you. What else do you have to be afraid of? Do it boldly, and you will definitely be able to do it well."


    ??


    Zi Ye took a deep breath and nodded heavily.


    ??


    "What else is unclear let me know, I''ll tell you."


    ??


    "it is good."


    ??


    In the warehouse, Mallow patiently answered all kinds of questions raised by Ziye, trying to make her go more smoothly after taking over the management of the warehouse.


    ??


    ¡­¡­


    ??


    In the early morning of the next day, the new trading area of ??the Fuji tribe finally opened!


    ??


    "Good news, great news!"


    ??


    "The new trading area of ??the Teng tribe has opened. All guests who enter the trading area today will receive a free round potato!"


    ??


    "It''s a rare opportunity, don''t miss it!"


    ??


    Outside the Vine Tribe, dozens of Vine Tribe warriors, riding big horned deer or blue sheep, ran and shouted in the forest, making sure that all nearby tourists heard the good news.


    ??


    These words were taught to them by Jiang Xuan, the key points were clear, Lang Lang was catchy, and they were very brainwashed.


    ??


    If it wasn''t for the identity of the leader, Jiang Xuan originally planned to bring someone to call.


    ??


    Soon, the news of the opening of the new trading area of ??the Teng tribe and the free delivery of sweet potatoes spread among the nearby tourists.


    ??


    Is there such a good thing?


    ??


    Those tourists were all excited, and they all gathered towards the new trading area of ??the Veng tribe. There was only one simple idea in their minds: If you don''t take anything for free, you won''t take it for nothing!


    ??

 Chapter 173： havent seen you for a long time

    After the opening of the Veng tribe trading area, because of the reason of giving a potato for free on the first day, it quickly spread among the nearby tourists and several small tribes nearby.


    ?


    In addition, the clansmen of the Vine tribe can also trade with their own things. For a time, the business in the trading area was very hot.


    ?


    It happened that at this time, Huo Meng, the leader of the frog tribe, had already found this place and caught a tourist.


    ?


    "Don''t kill me, don''t kill me..."


    ?


    The tourist shouted in horror and struggled constantly.


    ?


    "Don''t move, and I''ll break your neck again!"


    ?


    Tall Huo grabbed the tourist like a chicken, and the six warrior patterns on his face frightened the tourist even more.


    ?


    The tourists didn''t dare to struggle any more, they could only pleadingly look at Huo Meng, trembling all over.


    ?


    "Do you know where the Vine tribe is?"


    ?


    "Know... know..."


    ?


    Knowing that the other party wasn''t specifically looking for trouble, the tourist secretly breathed a sigh of relief, and then quickly said, "As long as you don''t kill me, I can take you there."


    ?


    Huo Meng''s eyes lit up and said, "Okay, as long as you take us there, I won''t kill you!"


    ?


    "But...if you dare to play tricks, I can guarantee that you will die miserably!"


    ?


    The tourist hurriedly agreed: "I will definitely not play tricks, I will definitely be honest."


    ?


    "Lead the way!"


    ?


    Huo Meng released the downstream and asked him to lead the way in front, while he himself followed behind with a dozen frog tribe warriors, holding a spear and watching the surroundings vigilantly as he walked.


    ?


    The tourist also went to the Veng tribe trading area to pick up sweet potatoes two days ago, but after picking them up, he left the Veng tribe because there were too many tourists there and the pressure to survive was too great.


    ?


    Unexpectedly, he was just far away from the place where the tourists gathered, and now he is forced to go back.


    ?


    He was very bitter in his heart, but he couldn''t say it.


    ?


    He can only hope that when these people speak their minds, they will spare his life after they are brought to the Vine tribe.


    ?


    Tourists take the people from the frog tribe to shuttle through the dense virgin jungle. The closer they get to the vine tribe, the more tourists they meet on the road.


    ?


    However, when these tourists saw Huo Meng and others, they all avoided them and did not dare to approach.


    ?


    A day later, the tourist successfully brought Huo Meng and others to the territory of the Vine tribe.


    ?


    When Huo Meng saw the towering stone mountains and the looming vines shrouded in mist from afar, he became excited.


    ?


    Because Jiang Xuan told him that the most conspicuous places of the Vine Tribe are Shishan and Shenteng.


    ?


    When he saw the totem pattern on the periphery of the Vine Tribe''s territory, he immediately determined that this was the Vine Tribe.


    ?


    At this moment, he had an inexplicable feeling of wanting to cry.


    ?


    After more than a year, the Frog Tribe migrated to the Southern Wilderness and survived the cold winter and the early spring when food was lacking, and finally found the Teng Tribe!


    ?


    When they came to the front of the incomparably huge vine wall, the tourist turned around and said cautiously, "I have brought you to the vine tribe, can you go now?"


    ?


    The tourist couldn''t wait to get away, because he didn''t know what these people were doing with the Veng tribe. What if it was to seek revenge? Isn''t it dangerous then?


    ?


    "and many more!"


    ?


    Huo fiercely yelled at the tourists who were about to slip away, and the tourists'' faces suddenly collapsed and their bodies froze.


    ?


    "Also...Is there anything else?" The tourist turned back and was about to cry. He was really afraid of death.


    ?


    Huo Meng pointed to the doorway in the vine wall and asked, "Why are so many people coming in and out of that place?"


    ?


    "That''s the gate of the Vine Tribe. After entering there, you can go to the Vine Tribe''s new trading area to do business, and you can get a potato for free when you enter two days ago."


    ?


    Thinking of the round potato that has been eaten, the tourist''s eyes are filled with aftertaste.


    ?


    "Trading area? Round potato?"


    ?


    Huo murmured for a while, he knew in the trading area, but he didn''t know what a round potato was, because there was no such plant in Xihuang.


    ?


    "I... can I go?"


    ?


    The tourist asked cautiously again.


    ?


    "let''s go¡­"


    ?


    Huo waved his hand fiercely, and the tourist ran into the forest as if he had been granted amnesty, and disappeared soon after.


    ?


    "Boss, do we want to go in?"


    ?


    The frog tribe warriors behind Huomeng were eager to try it out. For tribesmen, it was a very rare thing to be able to go to the trading area.


    ?


    Huo Meng thought about it and said, "It''s better to go in and have a look."


    ?


    Before becoming a subsidiary tribe of the Vine Tribe, Huomeng thought it necessary to learn about the Vine Tribe to see if it was as powerful as he thought.


    ?


    Huo waved his hand fiercely, and led a dozen frog tribe warriors to the front of the door.


    ?


    As soon as they approached, the warriors of the Vine tribe who were in charge of guarding became nervous, because the six warrior patterns on Huo Meng''s face were really scary.


    ?


    Six-color warriors, most people in the small tribe have never heard of them.


    ?


    "Which tribe are you from?"


    ?


    The Vine tribe warrior who was in charge of guarding the gate stopped Huo Meng and the others.


    ?


    Huo Meng replied: "We belong to the Frog Tribe. I heard that there is a trading area inside, and I want to go in and have a look."


    ?


    One of the Vine tribe warriors took out a large animal skin scroll and said, "The tribe who came to the trading area for the first time should leave a totem pattern here."


    ?


    This rule was also formulated by Jiang Xuan.


    ?


    The advantage of this is that the Goto tribe can take the opportunity to know which tribes are nearby.


    ?


    Huo Meng looked at the animal skin scroll, and he saw that the totem pattern of the Vine tribe was drawn in the center of the animal skin scroll, and the totem patterns of several other tribes had already been drawn around.


    ?


    He thought about it for a while and asked, "Did you paint there casually?"


    ?


    The Vine tribe warrior replied, "Where did you come from? How long have you been gone?"


    ?


    Huo Meng pointed to the northwest and said, "We came from there. We didn''t know the way. We walked around for a long time to find this place."


    ?


    The vine tribe warrior pointed to the upper left corner of the animal skin scroll and said, "Then you can draw it here, don''t draw too much, other tribes have to draw it."


    Huo nodded fiercely, instead of using an animal brush, he directly dipped some green paint with his fingers, and then drew a small frog tribe totem pattern on the animal skin scroll.


    ?


    "Can we go in now?"


    ?


    "Okay, please come in!"


    ?


    The Vine tribe fighters retreated to both sides of the gate, allowing Huo Meng and Frog tribe fighters to enter.


    ?


    Although Huo Meng had six warrior patterns painted on his face, the Fuji tribe warriors were only a little nervous, but not afraid.


    ?


    Because this is the territory of the vine tribe, and it is guarded by divine vines. Even if it is a true six-color warrior, as long as it enters the vine wall, there will be no waves.


    ?


    However, just to be on the safe side, after Huo Meng and the others entered, a soldier immediately ran to report to Jiang Xuan.


    ?


    "Frog tribe? Six-color warriors?"


    ?


    Jiang Xuan, who was turning the ground in the yard, heard the news, his face was full of astonishment.


    ?


    Could it be that the frog tribe from the Western Wilderness really migrated here?


    ?


    He has an unbelievable feeling, because the frog tribe is so far away from the Southern Wilderness.


    ?


    He even wondered if there was another tribe with the same name.


    ?


    However, the soldier who reported the message also mentioned the "six-colored soldier".


    ?


    In Jiang Xuan''s impression, only "Huo Meng" likes to pretend to be a six-color warrior.


    ?


    In other tribes, Jiang Xuan has never seen a real six-color warrior.


    ?


    "Let''s go and have a look."


    ?


    Jiang Xuan couldn''t care less about turning over the ground. If it was the frog tribe in the Western Wilderness, it would not be easy to find this place from such a long distance, so he had to receive it properly.


    ?


    ¡­


    ?


    Inside the Vine tribe trading area.


    ?


    Huo Meng led a dozen frog tribe warriors and walked on the level ground.


    ?


    When they entered the door, the first thing they saw was the huge skull of the Jackal God, and they were shocked.


    ?


    Afterwards, they saw a row of neat and tall shops, various commodities in the shops, and people who came and went to do transactions, and they were shocked again.


    ?


    "Boss, the house of the Vine Tribe is so tall, so big, and it looks so solid!"


    ?


    A frog tribe warrior exclaimed, and the other warriors nodded.


    ?


    They had never seen such a neat, tall and sturdy house like the Vine Tribe anywhere.


    ?


    Most tribes live in low wooden or stone houses, which are not only sturdy, but also have serious air leakage and are very cold in winter.


    ?


    In Jiang Xuan''s eyes, the mud-brick house is very simple, but in the eyes of the tribesmen, it is a luxurious house that they dare not even dream of.


    ?


    Huo nodded fiercely, resisting the urge to go up and touch the wall, because the wall looked too flat.


    ?


    The various goods in the shop also brought Huo Meng a very strong psychological impact.


    ?


    He guessed that the Vine tribe was very strong, but he didn''t expect it to be so strong.


    ?


    Food, salt, pottery, witch medicine, animal skins, tools and other things are not enough for other tribes themselves, but the Vine tribe can use them for trade.


    ?


    Before the weather in the Western Wilderness became severe, the frog tribe would occasionally trade with other tribes, but there were very few things that could be traded.


    ?


    He has never seen such a complete set of goods as the Vine tribe.


    ?


    A tribe with rich materials will also be very strong, otherwise it will not be able to keep these things at all.


    ?


    At this moment, Huo Meng''s worries about the strength of the Vine tribe disappeared.


    ?


    Instead, he should now worry about whether the Vine Tribe will accept the Frog Tribe as their sub-tribe.


    ?


    After all, the current frog tribe is too weak, and the benefits it can bring to the vine tribe are very limited.


    ?


    As the leader, Huo Meng is very clear that if you can bring enough benefits to others, others will value you.


    ?


    If you can''t bring benefits to others, and you want to seek help from others, you can only look at their mood.


    ?


    Huo Meng looked at the vast area opposite the trading area.


    ?


    I saw that the crops were arranged one after another, and countless people worked during the period.


    ?


    This kind of farming scene has never been seen in other tribes.


    ?


    Some tribes also cultivate, but the method is still extremely old and the scale is small, and even the weeds on the ground are not cleaned very much.


    ?


    But the Vine tribe is different. Because of Jiang Xuan''s existence, the farming method of the Vine tribe far exceeds that of any tribe in this world.


    ?


    Just as Huo Meng was looking around in a complicated mood, a group of Vine tribe warriors surrounded Jiang Xuan and walked over.


    ?


    When Jiang Xuan saw the fire, he was very surprised.


    ?


    "The fiery leader, UU Reading is really you!"


    ?


    Jiang Xuan walked over to Huomeng and gave him a bear hug.


    ?


    "Boss Xuan, long time no see."


    ?


    Huo Meng showed a complicated smile, because he found that Jiang Xuan''s strength had already surpassed him, and he had become a powerful four-color warrior.


    ?


    He didn''t know that Jiang Xuan''s strength was very close to that of a five-colored warrior. If he knew, his heart would definitely be more bitter.


    ?


    "Hahaha, when I heard the news from the tribesmen in the tribe, I didn''t quite believe it. I didn''t expect to see you here."


    ?


    Jiang Xuan was really happy, with a sincere smile on his face.


    ?


    Because Huo Meng can appear here, it''s really not easy, you don''t need to guess to know that they have suffered a lot along the way.


    ?


    Huo Meng said: "I didn''t expect to find the Vine tribe."


    ?


    "By the way, what about your giant frog?"


    ?


    Jiang Xuan looked behind Huomeng, but did not see the iconic giant frog of the frog tribe.


    ?


    Huo Meng replied: "The giant frog is still hibernating, and will not wake up until the weather is a little warmer."


    ?


    "It turned out to be like this... Let''s walk around, the fiery leader, go to where I live, and eat and drink first."


    ?


    Jiang Xuan couldn''t help but drag the fire away, and those frog tribe warriors hurriedly followed.


    ?

 Chapter 174： 1st affiliated tribe

    Genius to remember the address of this site in one second: [New] https://The fastest update! No ads!


    , this is my primitive tribe


    After eating the two large skewers of mushrooms, the fire is still a bit unfinished, and we can only wait for the new mushroom skewers to be cooked.


    Jiang Xuan also quickly finished the mushroom kebabs in his hand. He continued to grill new mushroom kebabs and asked, "Boss Huo Meng, your frog tribe has just migrated here, have you encountered any difficulties?"


    Huo Meng hesitated for a moment, then finally gritted his teeth and said, "I did encounter some difficulties."


    Then, after Huo Meng migrated the frog tribe, the population was less than 200, and there were only 20 or 30 giant frogs left, and they could only live in remote places.


    Huo Meng said with a bitter face: "Although the frog tribe migrated to the Southern Wilderness, it has also paid a great price. The current frog tribe is already very weak."


    After Jiang Xuan heard this, he asked calmly, "Then what are you going to do?"


    Huo Meng looked at Jiang Xuan and finally expressed his true thoughts.


    "Boss Xuan, too many tribes have migrated from Xihuang, and it is difficult for the frog tribe to survive in the battle of these tribes."


    "So..." Huo Meng took a deep breath and said, "I request the leader Xuan to accept the Frog Tribe and become a subsidiary tribe of the Vine Tribe, so that the Frog Tribe can continue to survive under the protection of the Vine Tribe."


    After he finished speaking, Huo Meng calmed down. He looked at Jiang Xuan, hoping to get a positive answer from Jiang Xuan''s mouth.


    The Frog Tribe wants to be a subsidiary tribe of the Vine Tribe?


    Jiang Xuan did not expect that Huo Meng came to him for this reason.


    He had heard of the affiliated tribes, but he had not seen them with his own eyes, because at least the relatively powerful medium-sized tribes were qualified to provide shelter to some weaker tribes and make the small tribes their affiliated tribes.


    Moreover, not every small tribe is willing to become an affiliated tribe.


    Because becoming an affiliated tribe requires a great price and also loses independence.


    First of all, the affiliated tribes need to pay at least 10% of the harvest to the suzerain tribe, which is equivalent to paying protection fees.


    You must know that the primitive tribes are generally very poor, and the people of this tribe are not hungry enough to eat and wear warm clothes, and then pay more than 10% of the harvest to the suzerain tribe. The consequences can be imagined.


    Secondly, once the suzerain tribe goes to war with other tribes, as a subordinate tribe, they must fight together, and they are likely to be used as cannon fodder.


    Finally, there is the issue of independence.


    Becoming a subordinate tribe means that many things must be decided by the suzerain tribe. The leader and witch of this tribe may even become puppets and lose real power.


    This is also the most unacceptable thing.


    Therefore, if it wasn''t for the helpless and desperate tribes, they would definitely not be willing to become affiliated tribes.


    In the case of the frog tribe, there is no way out.


    If there is no relatively powerful tribe to provide them with shelter, any small tribe can destroy them.


    What''s more, as more and more tribes migrate to the Southern Wilderness, the place where the frog tribe lives now will be targeted sooner or later.


    Once targeted by other tribes, the frog tribe may be wiped out at any time.


    Jiang Xuan thought for a while and said, "This matter is too big, I need to discuss it with the clansmen in the tribe first, Huo Meng leader, you sit here first."


    Huo Meng nodded, then watched Jiang Xuan go out, and found a soldier to accompany him.


    Huo Meng has no other choice but to wait patiently.


    The other warriors of the frog tribe, in the residential area outside the bamboo forest, as ordinary warriors, they did not know that the frog tribe was about to become a subsidiary tribe.


    While eating the food provided by the Vine Tribe, they sighed at the strength of the Vine Tribe, and they were in a relatively happy mood.


    ...


    In Chishao''s yard, Jiang Xuan gathered all the leaders of the Teng tribe to discuss the frog tribe together.


    Jiang Xuan first told everyone about the situation of the frog tribe, and then expressed his opinion.


    "The Frog Tribe has no patron saints, no powerful warriors, and no enemies in the Southern Wilderness. I think it''s a good thing to accept them as affiliated tribes."


    "If you have any opinions, you can also say it."


    Everyone looked at each other, and finally Jing Ji stood up and asked, "Boss, since the frog tribe is already so weak, why don''t we just swallow them up?"


    "That''s a good question."


    Jiang Xuan knew that someone would ask such a question, and he had already figured out how to answer it.


    "It is indeed possible to directly annex it, but it will bring a lot of trouble in the future."


    Jiang Xuan looked at the crowd and said, "Our Vine Tribe has no shortage of population now, and there are still a large number of captives who have not been converted into real Vine Tribes."


    "If at this time, if we annex the frog tribe again, then we will face more captives who are hostile to us."


    "We need a lot of food to feed them, feed them, clothe them, build houses for them to live in, and send people to guard them all day long to prevent them from doing things that are unfavorable to the tribe."


    When Jiang Xuan said this, he paused for a while, everyone looked thoughtful, obviously they knew that what Jiang Xuan said was the truth.


    Jiang Xuan continued: "On the contrary, if they become affiliated tribes, there will be no such problem."


    "We don''t need to care about their food, clothing, and housing. We just need to provide them with some protection, and they will give us 10% of the harvest, whether it''s food or other things, in short, we are guaranteed to make a profit."


    "Moreover, in the future, we can ask them to do things that are inconvenient for our Vine tribe to come forward to do. If it is inconvenient to say, we can also use their mouths to say it. There are many benefits."


    After Jiang Xuan finished speaking, everyone showed an expression of sudden realization, obviously having a certain understanding of the advantages and disadvantages of the frog tribe becoming a subsidiary tribe.


    At this time, Chi Shao stood up and said: "The leader is right, annexing the frog tribe will leave a lot of trouble, making the frog tribe a subsidiary tribe, there is no harm to us, only benefits, I agree with the leader''s opinion. "


    The opinions of the witch and the leader were unified, and the others were also persuaded by Jiang Xuan, so they all agreed that the Frog Tribe would become a subsidiary tribe of the Vine Tribe.


    "Okay, since everyone agrees, it''s decided like this. Let''s go back to work first."


    After Jiang Xuan finished speaking, everyone got up and left, and walked out in twos and threes, with excitement on their faces, because the Teng tribe was about to have its first affiliated tribe!


    Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao discussed the specific matters of accepting the frog tribe again, and then walked towards their yard.


    Inside the house, Huo Meng was still waiting anxiously.


    He was in a very uneasy mood, not even in the mood to eat grilled mushroom skewers.


    He was worried that the Vine Tribe would refuse, after all, the Frog Tribe was too weak now.


    Finally, Jiang Xuan came back.


    "Boss Xuan..."


    Huo Meng stood up to greet him, and looked at Jiang Xuan anxiously, waiting for the final answer.


    Jiang Xuan didn''t even bother him, he smiled and said to him directly: "Boss Huo Meng, after deliberation, the Vine Tribe has decided to agree to the request of the Frog Tribe, allowing the Frog Tribe to become a subsidiary tribe of the Vine Tribe, and provide you with necessary protection! "


    "Great, great..."


    Huo Meng''s heart was finally put down, and there was a smile on his face, but there was also an unspeakable bitterness in his heart, and his mood was very complicated. If there was a choice, who would be willing to become an affiliated tribe?


    Jiang Xuan continued: "I have discussed with Wu, and we can send some of the Vine tribe warriors to help you move your residence here. You can choose a place to build a new residence in the south of the Veng tribe."


    To the south of the Vine tribe, there are vast forests and abundant water sources, which can accommodate a small frog tribe without any problems.


    "Thank you, Chief Xuan."


    Huo Meng breathed a sigh of relief, because Jiang Xuan had resolved all his worries.


    After the frog tribe becomes a subsidiary tribe of the rattan tribe, it must migrate over, so that the safety is more guaranteed.


    With warriors from the Vine tribe escorted, the frog tribe will be much safer when migrating over.


    "Look, do we go directly to the frog tribe, or do you go back and prepare first, and the warriors of our vine tribe will go there after a while?"


    Huo Meng said: "The soldiers of the troublesome Vine tribe will come with us now."


    Huo Meng is a very decisive person. Now that he has decided to become a subsidiary tribe of the Vine Tribe, he will not be dragging his feet.


    Directly bring the warriors of the Vine tribe over, even if there are some opposing voices within the frog tribe, it can be suppressed.


    "Okay, then I''ll assemble the team now and go to the frog tribe with you."


    Jiang Xuan first brought Huo Meng to the residential area, together with other frog tribe warriors, and then gathered two hunting teams, a total of more than 200 warriors, to go to the frog tribe.


    More than 200 warriors rode 36 black wind rhinos, plus blue sheep and bighorn deer.


    In order to ensure safety, Jiang Xuan went to the altar again and asked Fujishen to give some life-saving means.


    The divine vine gave him a section of emerald vines, which, after shrinking, wrapped around his right arm, saying that it could save his life at a critical moment.


    Jiang Xuan thanked the Vine God, then rode on the crescent moon, led two hunting teams, brought more than a dozen warriors from the Huo Meng and the Frog tribe, and walked in the direction of the Frog tribe.


    "Hey..."


    Tangyuan follows the team and hovers in the sky. It is in charge of reconnaissance in the sky. Even if it encounters danger on the road, it can warn in advance and play a security role.


    It was not until after walking for a long time and taking a break in the middle that Huo Meng told the dozen or so frog tribe warriors that the Frog Tribe would become a subsidiary tribe of the Vine Tribe.


    After the dozen or so frog tribe warriors learned the news, they were not as resistant as they thought.


    Because they have seen the strength of the Vine Tribe, and at the same time know the current dangerous situation of the Frog Tribe.


    In this case, it is not particularly difficult for them to become a subsidiary tribe of the Vine tribe.


    After the break, the group continued on their way.


    On the way, they also encountered several small tribes, but when these small tribes saw the totem pattern of the Vine tribe clearly, they all avoided them, and no one dared to trouble them.


    Because at the end of last autumn, the Vine tribe killed the mantis tribe, piled it into a mountain of corpses, and left totem patterns on the boulder, which really calmed the small tribes nearby.


    Unless there is enough confidence, no one is willing to provoke the Vine tribe, so as not to lead to the disaster.


    Riding a horse is much faster than walking.


    Five days later, Jiang Xuan and others rushed to the forest where the frog tribe was located.


    The appearance of such powerful warriors together really terrified the frog tribe. If Huo Meng had not appeared in time, the frog tribe would have run away.


    Huo Meng personally led the way and brought the warriors of the Vine tribe to the residence of the frog tribe.


    "Boss Xuan, I''ll go to Wu first, you wait a moment."


    "it is good."


    Huo Meng hurried to find the witch of the frog tribe, Jiang Xuan was not in a hurry, but watched the nearby scenery with great interest.


    In the wooden house next to the big pond, Huo Meng told Wu what happened.


    Wu frowned and said, "Why did you bring them here directly?"


    Huo Meng asked back: "Then there are other good ways to let the frog tribe live safely here?"


    "This¡­¡­"


    Wu was blocked by Huo Meng''s words. He was angry and anxious, but he didn''t know how to refute.


    Huo Meng smiled bitterly and said, "Witch, give up your illusions. If you migrate there one day earlier, you will be able to get the protection of the Vine tribe earlier. If you stay here, we can''t survive at all."


    Wu closed his eyes, took a long time, let out a long breath, and said tiredly, "You are right."


    "I''m old and useless. In the future, everything in the tribe will be decided by you."


    "Wu, don''t do this..."


    Huo Meng felt very uncomfortable. He didn''t want to refute the witch or compete for control of the tribe. He just hoped that the frog tribe could continue to survive.


    Wu waved his hand and said, "Needless to say, in the days to come, I will try my best to train the next witch."


    "I''ll pack my things and prepare to migrate."


    After Wu finished speaking, he turned around to clean up the things in the room, his waist was extremely bent, and his movements were very slow.


    Huo Meng looked at the back of this thin old man, his eyes were very sour, but he rubbed his eyes and told himself that now was not the time to be sad.


    Huo Meng took a deep breath, then straightened his back and walked out of the wooden house.


    The more this is the case, the less he can show any weakness, he can only hold on.


    Huo Meng summoned all the clansmen of the Frog Tribe, announced that the Frog Tribe became a subsidiary tribe of the Vine Tribe, and immediately moved.


    After the frog tribe people heard this, there was an uproar, and many people felt unacceptable.


    "Quiet!"


    Huo roared loudly, quelling the noisy crowd.


    "Becoming a subordinate tribe of the Vine Tribe is our only choice. After the past, we will be sheltered, and we can find food with confidence and courage, without being so timid as we are now."


    "You can ask the warriors who have been to the Vine tribe. The power of the Vine tribe is far beyond your imagination. It is a good thing for the frog tribe to migrate to the Vine tribe."


    The crowd became noisy again. The dozen or so warriors who followed Huo Meng to the Vine tribe were surrounded, and everyone asked them about the situation of the Vine tribe.


    After they had almost discussed, Huo Meng shouted again to quiet the crowd.


    "Now, everyone should pack up immediately and go to the Vine Tribe together. If anyone is unwilling to go, they will immediately be expelled from the Frog Tribe. Whether they live or die in the future has nothing to do with the Frog Tribe!"


    The fierce and tough statement made the clansmen of the frog tribe dare not speak any more.


    Although it is more difficult for them to accept the fact that they are affiliated tribes, it is better than being expelled from the tribe.


    Whether they liked it or not, everyone dispersed, and then went back to pack everything they could take away, ready to migrate with the tribe.


    In fact, the frog tribe didn''t have much to pack. An hour later, everyone stood by the big pond with big bags and small bags, waiting to set off.


    The frog tribe witch also came out. He went to the place where the giant frogs hibernated and recited the awakening witch spell.


    In fact, because the frog **** had fallen, these giant frogs did not respond much after hearing the witchcraft.


    This made the frog tribe witch even more disappointed Huo Meng didn''t care about this. He led people to dig the hole where the giant frog was sleeping, and woke the giant frogs one by one.


    "Ah..."


    The giant frog that hibernated for a whole winter, made a lazy croak, and then migrated with the frog tribe.


    "Set off!"


    Outside the frog tribe, Jiang Xuan sat on the back of the crescent moon, shouted, and then took the lead with more than 200 soldiers of the rattan tribe to open the way.


    The more than 100 people of the frog tribe followed closely, and many people were very confused, not knowing what kind of fate was waiting for them in the future.

 Chapter 175： Frog tribe settled, malachite

    Under the protection of the Veng tribe warriors, the frog tribe clansmen took all their belongings and giant frogs and slowly walked towards the direction of the Veng tribe.


    Because the frog tribesmen can only rely on walking and walk relatively slowly, the vine tribe warriors can only make their mounts slow down.


    On the third day, they were targeted by a tribe that had just migrated from the Western Wilderness.


    This is a relatively powerful tribe with about 3,000 people, and the totem **** is a big scorpion.


    They planned to loot the warriors of the vine tribe and the tribe of frogs.


    "Yi''er, Ei''er..."


    Before the scorpion tribe approached, it was discovered by the tangyuan hovering in the sky, and the tangyuan made a continuous, sharp chirping sound.


    "No, prepare to meet the enemy!"


    Jiang Xuan, who was walking at the front of the team, shouted, and everyone immediately went into a state of alert, looking around nervously.


    "Roar!"


    Crescent Moon, who has grown very tall, let out a low roar, and a faint vine tribe totem pattern appeared on his forehead, obviously ready for battle.


    "Swish..."


    There were dense voices from the surrounding forest, and then, a red scorpion the size of a grinding disc came out first.


    Immediately afterwards, countless black or red or brown big scorpions emerged, two large claws opened, and the highly poisonous tail needles hung upside down, looking at the people of the Vine Tribe and Frog Tribe indifferently.


    "Woooooooo..."


    After the big scorpion appeared, thousands of scorpion tribe warriors also appeared.


    With hunting whistles in their mouths, and with various weapons in their hands, they surrounded the Vine and Frog tribes.


    "Kakkaka..."


    A huge black scorpion also appeared. Its body was twenty or thirty meters long, and its pincers could easily cut off the tree, exuding terrifying fluctuations of divine power.


    It is the totem **** of the scorpion tribe.


    Among the scorpion tribe, one person shouted loudly: "Hand over everything, or you will be killed!"


    "Woooooooo..."


    The soldiers of the scorpion tribe all shouted excitedly, and the big scorpions were eager to kill.


    "Boss, what should I do?"


    Everyone panicked. If it was just the soldiers of the Scorpion tribe, they could still kill them directly by relying on the speed of the cavalry.


    But in the face of a tribe''s totem god, it is impossible for them to fight.


    The clansmen of the frog tribe were even more panicked. Huo Meng even felt a sense of despair. They had come so far in such a big western wasteland. Are they going to be destroyed here today?


    Huo Meng also walked to Jiang Xuan''s side, and now the only one he could rely on was the Teng tribe.


    Compared with other warriors, Jiang Xuan is obviously much calmer.


    Because he had long anticipated that such a situation might occur on the road, and asked Shenteng for a life-saving means in advance.


    This life-saving means can not only save his own life, but also the lives of everyone accompanying him.


    Jiang Xuan raised his right hand high and shouted, "Don''t panic, the Fujishen is here!"


    Everyone looked at Jiang Xuan''s right arm, and saw a green vine wrapped around his arm. It was not conspicuous before, but now it began to bloom with green light.


    "Buzz!"


    The vines unscrewed from Jiang Xuan''s right arm in a circle, and then rose above the heads of everyone, and became larger and larger, like a green dragon twisting in the air.


    At the same time, among the vine tribes far away by the Feiyu River, the divine vines on the stone mountain suddenly burst into a terrifying breath, making all the creatures in the territory feel the fear from their hearts.


    There is a mysterious connection across space between the vines on the stone mountain and the vines in the distance.


    In the distant forest, the scorpion tribe warriors who were shouting excitedly saw the sudden appearance of the huge vines, realized that things had changed, and stopped shouting.


    "Kakkaka..."


    Even the giant scorpion **** stared at the huge vine and felt a lot of pressure.


    "It''s the Vine God, the Vine God is protecting us!"


    The warriors of the Vine tribe cheered one after another. After seeing the Totem God, the fear in their hearts disappeared, and their state became very excited.


    "This is the patron saint of the Vine tribe!"


    Huo Meng''s mood is also a little excited. The totem **** of the Vine tribe looks very powerful and can definitely protect them.


    Just then, the vines in the sky moved.


    It tensed up instantly, and then fiercely pulled towards the giant scorpion god.


    "Snapped!"


    The speed of the vines is too fast, like a green lightning, when the giant scorpion **** reacts, he has been drawn.


    "Crack clap..."


    The giant scorpion **** was directly pulled out, breaking several trees, and then fell heavily on the ground.


    Fortunately, its shell is hard enough, otherwise it would have been seriously injured.


    "Clap clap clap..."


    Afterwards, the huge vines twitched wildly, and the large trees broke off at the waist. The big scorpion and the scorpion tribe warriors were pumped and fled in all directions. Where is the prestige just now?


    "Kakkaka..."


    The giant scorpion **** climbed up and suffered such a big loss. It was very angry. The giant claws kept opening and closing, trying to kill all the warriors of the Vine tribe to vent their anger.


    However, at this moment, it sensed the direction of the Vine tribe, and a terrible presence locked it.


    As long as it dares to kill, that existence will definitely


    Dear, this chapter is not over, there is another page ^0^ Just kill it.


    The giant scorpion **** looked at the vines in the air, and then looked at the warriors of the vine tribe. In the end, he held back and did not shoot, but turned and left.


    "Retreat, retreat!"


    As soon as the giant scorpion **** left, the leader of the scorpion tribe shouted, and those warriors and big scorpions fled in confusion, and they ran clean in a blink of an eye.


    The Frog Tribe, who was still desperate just now, suddenly found that all the enemies had withdrawn, and they were at a loss for a while.


    The frog tribe witch looked up at the huge vine and muttered to herself: "What a powerful patron saint, maybe, Huo Meng''s choice is right..."


    Witnessing the power of the totem **** of the Vine tribe, the idea of ??the witch of the frog tribe finally changed.


    After the people of the Scorpion tribe retreated, the huge vine in the sky shrank again, and then wrapped around Jiang Xuan''s right arm again.


    The eyes of everyone looking at Jiang Xuan became even more awe-inspiring, after all, even the totem **** was hanging on him.


    Jiang Xuan did not expect a vine to have such terrifying power.


    He realized that after devouring the totem gods of several small tribes and the massive sacrifices of flesh and blood, the strength of Shenteng was unfathomable, far exceeding the totem gods of ordinary small tribes.


    Thinking of this, Jiang Xuan felt more confident.


    "Keep going!"


    Jiang Xuan took the lead in riding the crescent moon and walked forward, and the warriors of the rattan tribe and the clansmen of the frog tribe hurriedly followed, leaving only a forest that had been devastated by the vines.


    The **** vine, which was far away in the vine tribe, also fell silent again, the rays of light were all restrained, and the mist shrouded Shishan.


    In the follow-up journey, Jiang Xuan and others did not encounter any danger. Ten days later, they successfully brought the clansmen of the Frog Tribe outside the tall vine wall of the Vine Tribe.


    Returning to the territory of the Vine Tribe, everyone breathed a sigh of relief.


    Next is the question of relocating the frog tribe.


    According to the previous agreement, the Frog Tribe could choose a place to live in the forest to the south of the Vine Tribe.


    Of course, this place of residence cannot be too far from the Vine tribe, otherwise it will be difficult to get the protection of the Vine tribe.


    Huo Meng and Frog Tribe Witch walked for two days in the forest south of the Vine Tribe, and finally decided to settle in the lower reaches of the Flying Fish River, next to the Veng Tribe''s territory.


    After choosing the location, the tribe of the frog tribe immediately began to build houses.


    Because the frog tribe is the first affiliated tribe of the rattan tribe, Jiang Xuan is more concerned about it.


    So a group of soldiers with construction experience were sent over to help them cut down trees and build houses, so that they could settle down early.


    At the same time, Chishao also went to the new residence of the frog tribe, and painted the totem pattern of the rattan tribe with mineral pigments in several conspicuous places outside their residence.


    The purpose of these totem patterns is to announce to other tribes that the Frog Tribe is under the protection of the Vine Tribe. If you want to do something to the Frog Tribe, it is best to first consider whether you can withstand the anger of the Vine Tribe.


    Soon, with the help of the Vine tribe, the frog tribe settled in their new settlement.


    There are more prey and various edible plants near the new settlement, and the population of the frog tribe is relatively small, so they no longer have to go hungry.


    Not only that, but they can also go to the Vine Tribe''s trading area to get what they need through trading.


    Soon, the tribesmen of the frog tribe no longer resisted becoming an affiliated tribe, because after their tribe migrated over, they obtained tangible benefits.


    The giant frogs of the frog tribe have also regained an environment suitable for their survival. As long as everything develops normally, with the reproductive ability of giant frogs, within two years, the frog tribe will once again have a large number of giant frogs that can help hunting and fighting.


    ...


    In March, the weather is getting warmer, the plants in the forest are growing like crazy, and all kinds of animals have entered the breeding season.


    Whether it is the clansmen of various tribes or the tourists, there is no need to worry about starvation to death.


    On March 5th, a tourist wrapped a special item with some vines and leaves and walked into the trading area of ??the vine tribe.


    He went straight to the shop where grain and salt were traded, looked around carefully, and put the things on the table made of giant wood.


    Mallow is in charge of the grain and salt shop. After a period of hard work, she has become more capable.


    Mallow looked at the tightly wrapped things on the table and acted calmer, because she had experienced this kind of thing a lot.


    Tourists are less timid and do not have much self-defense ability.


    So every time they find some items that can be used for trading, they will be wrapped tightly like this, so as not to be seen and robbed.


    According to Jiang Xuan''s request, Mallow asked politely, "Hello, can you open it and see what''s inside?"


    The tourist nodded nervously, looked outside again, made sure no one came in, and then opened the vines and leaves that wrapped the items layer by layer, revealing a stone about the size of a palm, with beautiful green spots in circles. .


    These green circular markings are very similar to the patterns on the tail feathers of some birds, very beautiful.


    "How much animal meat can be exchanged for this stone?" The visitor looked at Mallow with anticipation.


    Mallow picked up this stone and observed it carefully for a while, only to think it was very beautiful, but I had never seen it before, so it is not easy to estimate it.


    It happened that at this time, Jiang Xuan visited the trading area, Mallow hurried to the door and invited Jiang Xuan in.


    "What''s wrong?"


    Jiang Xuan entered the door, first


    Dear, this chapter is not over, there is another page ^0^ I looked at the tourist, and then looked at the mallow.


    Mallow said: "Boss, there is a beautiful stone here. This tourist wants to exchange it for animal meat, but I have never seen this kind of stone before, and I don''t know if it is useful."


    "Oh? Let me see."


    Jiang Xuan walked to the table, and under the nervous gaze of the tourist, he picked up the beautiful green stone.


    He just glanced at it and couldn''t look away.


    "Huh? This is... malachite!"


    Jiang Xuan was taken aback. He turned the stone over and over several times, feeling a little excited.


    "Yes, this is malachite!"


    In the previous life, Jiang Xuan bought a relatively large malachite pendant, and for this reason, he also learned a lot about malachite.


    The color of malachite resembles the green spots on peacock feathers, so it is called malachite.


    Malachite is highly recognizable The reason is that its color and pattern are relatively special, and it is not easy to be mistaken.


    In the world of Jiang Xuan''s previous life, malachite was mostly sold as an ornamental gem.


    But Jiang Xuan was not excited because of this.


    In fact, the texture of malachite is relatively brittle, and it is not suitable for stone tools, but only as decorations.


    Among the primitive tribes, the stones that can be used as stone tools are good stones, and the stones that can only be used for decoration are not of high value.


    Jiang Xuan is excited because malachite is actually a type of copper ore, and it is often associated with other copper ore!


    In other words, as long as the origin of this piece of malachite is found, there is a high probability that other copper ores can also be found.


    Jiang Xuan has long wanted to make copper utensils, but no copper ore has been found.


    In the current situation, there is nowhere to find a place to break through the iron shoes, and it takes no effort to get it!


    Dear, this chapter is over, I wish you a happy reading! ^0^

 Chapter 176： Copper-tin symbiotic ore

    Next to a small stream, Jiang Xuan led thirty soldiers and tourists who were guiding the way, riding a black wind rhinoceros along the stream, looking for malachite.


    This forest, in the northwest of the Vine Tribe, is about a day''s journey away from the Vine Tribe. Because of the sparse vegetation, the hunting routes of the Vine Tribe''s warriors do not pass here.


    "Are you sure it''s here?" Jiang Xuan asked after walking for a long time.


    The tourist was sitting on the back of another black wind rhino with a vine tribe warrior. He heard Jiang Xuan''s question and replied, "It must be here, I will not remember it wrong."


    "Okay, then go ahead and find where you picked up the rocks."


    The group continued to move forward and walked for about half an hour when a loud sound of running water suddenly came from the front.


    They walked over and saw a cliff in front of them. A small waterfall fell from a height of seven or eight meters and crashed into the small pool below, making a roaring sound.


    The tourist''s eyes lit up, pointed at the pool, and said, "That stone was picked up here, I remember it clearly!"


    Jiang Xuan was refreshed and said, "Go and have a look."


    Jiang Xuan and others got off the back of the black wind rhinoceros.


    The tourist took Jiang Xuan to the edge of the pool, then pointed to the shallow water, and said, "That stone was picked up here."


    From the big pocket of Jiang Xuan''s animal leather jacket, he took out the piece of malachite the size of a palm.


    This piece of malachite is the one that tourists take to trade in the trading area. It is oval in shape and has a very smooth surface, like a pebble.


    This is more in line with what the tourists say.


    In addition to manual grinding, such smooth stones may only appear in places washed by running water for a long time.


    Jiang Xuan lifted the piece of malachite and said to the soldiers, "Everyone spread out and look for this green stone."


    "Yes!"


    The Vine tribe warriors agreed, and then went to the water pool and near the water pool to look for malachite.


    Jiang Xuan and the tourist also went to the water to search carefully, hoping to find more malachite in the same place.


    The water of the stream is very clear, and you can see the bottom at a glance. There are some small fish swimming in the water, but the big fish cannot see it.


    Not long after, Jiang Xuan suddenly saw a little green in the rocks underwater, and he was overjoyed.


    He stretched out his hand, crossed the icy stream, turned over the rubble, and found a green stone bigger than a palm.


    "Crash..."


    Jiang Xuan picked up the stone and looked at it, and immediately became happy.


    "It''s malachite, this place really has malachite!"


    This piece of malachite is bigger than the piece that tourists picked up, but it is broken and not round, but the pattern on it is equally beautiful.


    Seeing that Jiang Xuan had found a piece, the soldiers speeded up their search, hoping that they could find this beautiful stone soon.


    One of the warriors was rummaging through the water when suddenly, he found a stone that was not quite the same, so he quickly took it out of the water.


    However, after picking it up, he was greatly disappointed by the appearance of the stone.


    The stone is pitted, uneven, and in poor condition. The surface is mostly dark brown with only a little green on it, and it is completely different from the green of malachite.


    "Bai is happy."


    Disappointed, the warrior was about to throw the stone away.


    At this moment, Jiang Xuan happened to see the ugly stone and was attracted by it.


    "and many more¡­¡­"


    The soldier was throwing the stone, but found the leader walking over quickly, so he stopped and looked at him suspiciously.


    "let me see."


    Jiang Xuan stretched out his hand, and the soldier had no choice but to hand him the stone.


    Jiang Xuan took this ugly stone, turned it over and over for a while, and then held it with both hands and broke it with force.


    Jiang Xuan is a four-color warrior, so powerful that he can directly break ordinary stones.


    However, this unsightly stone did not make the brittle sound of a broken stone. Instead, it became bent, and where the skin was cracked, it showed a purple-red metallic luster.


    "Natural copper, this is natural copper!"


    Jiang Xuan was excited, with a surprised expression on his face, even more excited than when he saw malachite.


    The biggest difference between copper and iron is that there is relatively high-purity copper in nature, that is, elemental copper. After picking it up, it can be directly forged into appliances without smelting.


    But there is no elemental iron in nature, only iron ore can be smelted first, and then forged into iron.


    Because of this, Jiang Xuan was so excited.


    He had never tried copper smelting with his own hands, and he was actually a little murmured in his heart, not sure if he could make it.


    But if you pick up enough natural copper, you can make all kinds of copper wares directly.


    Of course, although pure copper utensils have good ductility, their hardness is too low, and they can only be made into utensils such as copper bowls and pots, but cannot be used as weapons.


    The soldier who picked up the natural copper and almost lost it, looked at Jiang Xuan''s ecstatic appearance, and felt a little overwhelmed for a while.


    He asked cautiously: "Boss, is this stone also a treasure?"


    "Of course it is a treasure. In my eyes, it is even more valuable than these two pieces of malachite!"


    The soldier said embarrassedly, "I almost threw away the treasure as a broken stone."


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "It doesn''t matter, you don''t recognize it.


    Dear, this chapter is not over, there is another page ^0^ Knowing natural copper, it is normal to treat it as a broken stone, keep looking for it. "


    "it is good."


    The soldier looked down again, even harder than before.


    Jiang Xuan shouted to the other soldiers again: "If you encounter a strange stone, pick it up and pile it up on the shore."


    "Yes!"


    The soldiers agreed and continued to search.


    After searching for a while, another warrior found a piece of malachite and raised it excitedly.


    Another soldier found a blue stone. Jiang Xuan felt it was like azurite, but he couldn''t be sure, because he had only seen pictures of azurite in his previous life, but not the real thing.


    In the next half-day, malachite, natural copper, and stones suspected of azurite were discovered one after another.


    Based on these ores, Jiang Xuan concluded that there must be copper mines in this place!


    Because these malachite, natural copper, and suspected azurite stones cannot appear here out of thin air.


    The biggest possibility is that there is a copper mine nearby, and some of the ore fell into the water and was washed into the pool by the flood.


    As they struggled to find copper ore, the sky gradually darkened.


    Jiang Xuan could only give up the search first and build a temporary shelter with the soldiers to spend the night.


    With thirty black wind rhinos around and a bonfire lit, they were relatively safe to spend the night in the wild.


    Many Vine tribe warriors eat night mushrooms and have certain night vision capabilities.


    When it was getting dark, all kinds of animals in the forest came out.


    The warriors hunted a few beasts and some big bugs nearby with weapons for dinner.


    This night, Jiang Xuan has been in a state of excitement. He was guarding the pile of stones, feeling like he was guarding the future of the Vine tribe.


    Metal utensils are so important that many jobs cannot be carried out without them.


    With metal utensils, the Vine tribe will enter a stage of rapid development, leaving the tribes with similar strengths far behind.


    That night, the soldiers took turns to keep vigil. This place is relatively desolate, with few large beasts, and the night was relatively peaceful.


    Early the next morning, Jiang Xuan and the soldiers searched around the water pool again, hoping to find the exact location of the copper mine.


    Only by finding copper mines can we smelt copper on a large scale and make copper utensils. The few pieces of malachite and natural copper we have picked up are far from enough.


    However, the copper mine was buried underground, and the ore they picked up now was washed by the water from somewhere, so finding the location of the copper mine was not an easy task.


    Jiang Xuan and the others searched for a long time near the water pool, and then climbed from the side of the hill to the top of the waterfall, and went upstream along the stream. After searching for a while, they still found nothing.


    Jiang Xuan realized that there was no way to find it this way, because they had a little manpower, and they only brought two digging tools, which was too inefficient.


    "Go back first and find someone."


    Jiang Xuan made a decisive decision. After searching for a long time, he returned to the Veng tribe with the soldiers.


    After returning to the Veng tribe, Jiang Xuan first put the copper ore he found in a safe place, then went to the planting team to find more than a dozen soldiers who were good at digging soil, and brought more than a hundred soldiers from the hunting team, and rode a mount to go again. Where copper ore is found.


    This time, the tourist no longer has to follow, Jiang Xuan fulfilled his promise and let him join the Vine tribe and become a clansman outside the Vine tribe.


    One after another, tourists made an exception to join the Vine tribe because of their meritorious deeds, which made the surrounding tourists envious.


    The minds of many tourists became active, and they also wanted to find an opportunity to make a great contribution, join the Vine tribe, and get rid of the wandering state, just like those tourists before.


    On the other hand, Jiang Xuan returned to the place where the copper ore was found with the soldiers of the hunting team and the planting team.


    This time, they brought enough digging tools, and the number was several times larger.


    Even so, after so many people searched for three days in a row, they dug holes everywhere near the waterfall, but still could not find any copper mine.


    But Jiang Xuan was unwilling to give up, and was determined to find a copper mine.


    It wasn''t until the fifth day of the search that things turned around.


    At noon on the fifth day, when Uncaria and a few warriors were planning to hunt some wild beasts for food, they accidentally discovered a cave dug by a giant claw beast.


    The giant claw is a beast that is very good at digging holes. Their limbs are very thick and their claws are very sharp, which are very suitable for digging soil.


    In addition, the caves dug by giant claw beasts are often very deep. Usually, warriors can only rely on traps to catch giant claw beasts, or they happen to encounter them on the ground.


    Originally, after discovering that it was the cave of the giant claw beast, Unclaw had planned to turn around and leave, because the giant claw beast was too difficult to catch.


    But at this moment, he accidentally discovered some finely divided malachite and azurite ore from a large pile of soil dug by the giant claw beast!


    "I found it, I found it! The stone the leader wants to find must be here!"


    Uncaria grabbed a few very small malachites and cried out excitedly.


    Afterwards, he immediately brought these finely broken malachite over to find Jiang Xuan.


    Jiang Xuan was beside the bonfire, looking at the sky gloomily.


    After he saw the few small malachite stones, he immediately regained his energy, and his depressed mood was swept away.


    "Come on, take me there."


    Jiang Xuan hurriedly followed the Unclaw to the cave of the giant claw beast.


    Go to the cave of the giant claw


    Dear, this chapter is not over, and there is a next page. At the entrance of the ^0^ cave, Jiang Xuan first scratched the fresh soil, and found some finely broken malachite from it, and even found a piece of natural copper the size of a thumb.


    Jiang Xuan said excitedly: "This giant-clawed beast must have dug up the veins of the copper mine, dig, dig along the cave!"


    After Jiang Xuan finished speaking, Uncaria and a strong warrior immediately took a bone scorpion and a stone **** and stepped forward to dig hard.


    The other fighters cleared the nearby vegetation and then dug up as well.


    Because their purpose is not to catch giant claw beasts, but to find the veins of copper mines, the wider the dig, the greater the chance of finding them.


    The giant claw beast in the ground never thought that his home was suddenly dug up.


    After it heard the movement, it also quickly dug underground. It had to dig another exit before the Vine tribe warriors dug all the caves, and escaped, so as not to become food.


    "Ahhhhhh..."


    On the ground, the vine tribe warriors took turns digging. Although they didn''t know what the stones were for, the leader said it was very important, and everyone''s enthusiasm was very high.


    "Scratch scrape..."


    In the underground cave, the giant claw beast was also digging desperately. It was frightened by the movement above and desperately wanted to dig a hole to escape.


    In this way, the vine tribe warriors were digging above, and the giant claw beast was digging below, and both sides worked hard.


    Although the digging tools of the Veng tribe warriors are relatively simple, they are all warriors with great strength.


    After half a day, a deep hole has been dug in the ground.


    As the sky darkened, Jiang Xuan asked the soldiers to stop digging temporarily and go hunting some beasts to fill their stomachs.


    After all, digging soil is heavy physical work, and if the stomach is not full, there is no strength.


    They hunted some game nearby, dug up some wild vegetables, and caught a lot of prawns in the creek.


    After dark, the warriors of the Vine tribe gathered around the fire, excitedly discussing how long it would take to dig the stone the leader wanted.


    Jiang Xuan did not tell them what these stones could be used for and how much they could play a role.


    Because things like bronze ware are epoch-making products, when the tribe is not strong enough to fear everything, it is best not to let too many people know about it.


    After an exciting discussion, the soldiers who had worked all day filled their stomachs, and then most of them fell asleep, leaving only a few to keep watch.


    In the middle of the night, Jiang Xuan heard the digging sound of "scraping, scraping, scraping" again. At a certain moment, the giant claw beast finally dug out another exit, and ran away with a "swoosh".


    Jiang Xuan didn''t care either, and even had a smile on his face.


    This giant-clawed beast helped them find the location of the ore vein, and it was useful to the Vine tribe. Jiang Xuan had no idea of ??killing it, just ran away.


    The next day, the Vine tribe warriors continued to dig.


    By noon, they finally dug a vein of copper.


    A thick, banded, colorful vein emerged from the ground, like a giant metal dragon lurking in the ground.


    Jiang Xuan looked at the large pieces of malachite, azurite, and the small pieces of natural copper, and his eyes narrowed with laughter.


    At this moment, a soldier dug out another silver-white ore on the vein of the copper mine.


    Jiang Xuan walked over to see and was immediately ecstatic.


    "Tin ore, it turned out to be tin ore, this is a copper-tin symbiotic ore, hahaha, this is God''s help for the rise of our Vine tribe!"


    The discovery of copper-tin symbiotic ore means that the Vine tribe will have the opportunity to smelt bronze that is harder than pure copper and more suitable for weapons and tools!


    ...


    It is said that every additional monthly ticket voted by book lovers can increase the probability of successful bronze smelting by one point. It is up to everyone to help...


    £­£­£­£­£­£­off topic£­£­£­£­£­


    Congratulations to "Hao Qingtian" for becoming the hall owner of this book, and thanks to the hall owner "Hao Qingtian" for the reward of 4,500 book coins.


    Thanks to the book friend "Left Way" for the reward.


    Thanks to the book friend "Mochizuki Sinking" for the reward.


    Thanks to the book friend "It''s too difficult to name" for the reward.


    Dear, this chapter is over, I wish you a happy reading! ^0^

 Chapter 177： Smelting bronze

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh tomorrow morning to watch the latest content.


    ...


    Southern Wilderness, Vine Tribe.


    "Finally finished carving the herbs that I used before."


    Inside the bamboo hut, the old witch put down the stone chisel and hammer, stood up from a large round stone, and beat his old waist.


    The large stone was oval in shape, like a rounded egg, and the surface was polished so smoothly that it stood up.


    On the right side of the big stone, there are several ancient Wushu inscriptions: The Great Wilderness White Sketch.


    Afterwards, rows and rows of smaller fonts were lined up neatly.


    Some of these shamanistic characters are like strangely shaped grass, some are like flowers, some are like birds, and some are like parts of animals...


    This is a text belonging to witches. In the eyes of ordinary people, these witch words are disorganized and it is difficult to understand what it means.


    But in the eyes of the witch who possesses the power of witchcraft, every word of witchcraft contains a lot of information.


    There are two kinds of Witchcraft, one is ordinary Witchcraft, which can be understood by anyone who has studied it specially.


    For example, those tribes that have lost their totem gods, although their witches have no witch power, they still inherit part of the witch script. They can use the script and pictures to record the major events that happened in the tribe.


    The other is this kind of Wushu carved by the old witch. This kind of Wushu is more mysterious, and it is absolutely incomprehensible to people without magic power.


    Because it is not just as simple as connecting words into sentences, each mysterious Wushu contains a lot of information, and it is necessary to activate these Wushu with magic power, in order to see what the writer really wants to express.


    The Great Wilderness Hundred Herbs Sutra requires a lot of herbs to be recorded. If you want to record all of them in ordinary Wushu, you don¡¯t know how many animal skins and how many stones to carve.


    Moreover, because there are too many carriers of records, it is inevitable that there will be defects in the process of inheritance due to various reasons.


    But it is different when using mysterious witch script. Every witch script can record a type of herbal medicine, which can save a lot of materials, and is also conducive to the complete inheritance.


    The old witch walked around the egg-shaped boulder twice, observing the witch inscriptions, and was quite satisfied with the sketches of the Great Wilderness that had been engraved in part.


    The old witch said to himself: "The herbs that I used before have been withered, and it''s time to look for new herbs."


    The reason why the old witch named the Great Wilderness Hundred Sketches instead of the Eastern Desolation Hundred Sketches was because he wanted to record as many herbs as possible on this continent.


    He knew more about the herbs of the Eastern Wilderness, but the old witch knew less about the herbs of the three great deserts, the Southern Wilderness, the Western Wilderness, and the Northern Wilderness.


    Because of this, the old witch plans to continue riding the giant eagle to search for more herbs, learn about their efficacy and growth habits, and record them in the wild sketches.


    This is bound to be a difficult and time-consuming job.


    The old witch rested for a while, ate something, then walked out of the bamboo house, went to the bamboo forest under the stone mountain, found the red peony, and explained to her that she wanted to continue traveling and search for herbs.


    Chi Shao couldn''t help but said: "Old witch, why don''t you stay here, I will let the Veng tribe warriors pay attention to all kinds of herbs when they go out, and bring them back to you."


    The old witch knew that Chi Shao was worried about his safety, and a smile appeared on his old face.


    "Although I''m old, but before I can''t walk, I want to take the giant eagle to more places and find more herbs."


    "Every herb, I want to see with my own eyes what it looks like, where it grows, what effect it has, and then record it."


    "The Great Wilderness Hundred Sketches are all my pursuits for the rest of my life, and I hope I can do them myself."


    The old witch paused for a while, and then said, "In case something happens to me outside, I believe you will help me complete it in the future."


    Chi Shao nodded and said, "Don''t worry, old witch, I will do my best."


    The old witch smiled and nodded. He believed that Chi Shao was a trustworthy person and a gifted witch. Even if he died outside, Chi Shao would still be able to complete a hundred sketches of the Great Wilderness.


    The old witch asked again, "Where''s Xuan? Why haven''t I seen him these days?"


    Chi Shao said: "I went out with the hunting team, and I didn''t say that I would be back in a few days."


    "Then don''t wait for him. I will leave tomorrow on a giant eagle. If all goes well and find enough new herbs, I will come back."


    After the old witch finished speaking, he left Chi Shao''s yard. He needed to make some preparations for this trip.


    The next day, the old witch brought his own salute, closed the door of the bamboo house, and then left the rattan tribe on the giant eagle.


    "Wow..."


    The giant eagle circled and lifted into the sky, and then flew into the distance, gradually disappearing.


    In the courtyard of the bamboo forest, Chi Shao looked at the direction of the giant eagle and silently prayed that the old witch would return safely.


    ...


    On the barren hills in the northwest of the Teng tribe, Jiang Xuan led the hunting team to dig for two days in a row, and dug up a large amount of copper and tin ore.


    "Almost there, bury the mines first."


    Jiang Xuan felt that enough ore had been dug up, and any more would affect the speed of the soldiers, so he ordered a part of the soil to be backfilled.


    The purpose of backfilling the soil is to cover up the ore veins so as not to be excavated.


    After all, even if people from other tribes don''t know how to smelt metals, they still like beautiful stones like malachite, and they are likely to dig it when they see it.


    The fighters of the hunting team backfilled some dirt, and then pulled some dead branches from nearby, covered with weeds, and simply made some camouflage.


    After everything was done, Uncaria said to Jiang Xuan, "Boss, it''s alright."


    "Okay, take all the stones and go back to the tribe!"


    Jiang Xuan thought for a while, and then said: "After returning to the tribe, everyone is not allowed to disclose our whereabouts and gains this time to others, otherwise we will be expelled from the tribe!"


    Jiang Xuan''s words made everyone in the hunting team shudder, and expulsion from the tribe was the most severe punishment for them.


    Everyone secretly warned themselves that they must keep their mouths shut.


    Uncaria asked: "Boss, what if someone asks?"


    Jiang Xuandao: "Let''s just say we found some good stones and dug them back to make stone tools."


    Uncaria nodded, and then shouted to the hunting party: "Have you heard clearly? If anyone asks, they will say that we are digging for stone."


    The hunting team soldiers nodded.


    In fact, Jiang Xuan did not tell them what stones these ores were or what they were used for.


    The saying of digging stones, the soldiers of the hunting team felt that there was no problem, and it was not a lie.


    "Okay, go back!"


    Jiang Xuan tied the two large bags of ore together, put it on the back of Crescent Moon, and sat on it himself.


    The black wind rhinoceros is extremely powerful. It can bear two heavy bags of ore and sit alone.


    The soldiers of the hunting team also put big bags of ore on the backs of their mounts, and then returned to the tribe with Jiang Xuan.


    A day later, they successfully returned to the Vine tribe with all the ores.


    In order to keep it secret, all these ores were put into the cave of the big mountain on the other side of the Flying Fish River, and the place was designated as a restricted area, and soldiers were on duty every day.


    In fact, if it wasn''t for the fact that Shenteng didn''t like flames, Jiang Xuan would have wanted to put these ores at the foot of the stone mountain. It was the safest place for the entire tribe, and no one dared to intrude.


    Next, it''s time to consider how to smelt these copper and tin ores into bronze.


    ...


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ...


    Southern Wilderness, Vine Tribe.


    "Finally finished carving the herbs that I used before."


    Inside the bamboo hut, the old witch put down the stone chisel and hammer, stood up from a large round stone, and beat his old waist.


    The large stone was oval in shape, like a rounded egg, and the surface was polished so smoothly that it stood up.


    On the right side of the big stone, there are several ancient Wushu inscriptions: The Great Wilderness White Sketch.


    Afterwards, rows and rows of smaller fonts were lined up neatly.


    Some of these shamanistic characters are like strangely shaped grass, some are like flowers, some are like birds, and some are like parts of animals...


    This is a text belonging to witches. In the eyes of ordinary people, these witch words are disorganized and it is difficult to understand what it means.


    But in the eyes of the witch who possesses the power of witchcraft, every word of witchcraft contains a lot of information.


    There are two kinds of Witchcraft, one is ordinary Witchcraft, which can be understood by anyone who has studied it specially.


    For example, those tribes that have lost their totem gods, although their witches have no witch power, they still inherit part of the witch script. They can use the script and pictures to record the major events that happened in the tribe.


    The other is this kind of Wushu carved by the old witch. This kind of Wushu is more mysterious, and it is absolutely incomprehensible to people without magic power.


    Because it is not just as simple as connecting words into sentences, each mysterious Wushu contains a lot of information, and it is necessary to activate these Wushu with magic power, in order to see what the writer really wants to express.


    The Great Wilderness Hundred Herbs Sutra requires a lot of herbs to be recorded. If you want to record all of them in ordinary Wushu, you don¡¯t know how many animal skins and how many stones you need to carve Moreover, because there are too many carriers to record, In the process of inheritance, there will inevitably be defects due to various reasons.


    But it is different when using mysterious witch script. Every witch script can record a type of herbal medicine, which can save a lot of materials, and is also conducive to the complete inheritance.


    The old witch walked around the egg-shaped boulder twice, observing the witch inscriptions, and was quite satisfied with the sketches of the Great Wilderness that had been engraved in part.


    The old witch said to himself: "The herbs that I used before have been withered, and it''s time to look for new herbs."


    The reason why the old witch named the Great Wilderness Hundred Sketches instead of the Eastern Desolation Hundred Sketches was because he wanted to record as many herbs as possible on this continent.


    He knew more about the herbs of the Eastern Wilderness, but the old witch knew less about the herbs of the three great deserts, the Southern Wilderness, the Western Wilderness, and the Northern Wilderness.


    Because of this, the old witch plans to continue riding the giant eagle to search for more herbs, learn about their efficacy and growth habits, and record them in the wild sketches.


    This is bound to be a difficult and time-consuming job.


    The old witch rested for a while, ate something, then walked out of the bamboo house, went to the bamboo forest under the stone mountain, found the red peony, and explained to her that she wanted to continue traveling and search for herbs.

 Chapter 178： 1st bronze hammer

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh tomorrow morning to watch the latest content.


    ...


    On the day when the furnace was opened to smelt bronze, Chishao also came, and together with Uncaria, Shiloach, Nanxing, and two warriors who were in charge of assisting, they witnessed the birth of the bronze wares of the rattan tribe.


    "Crash..."


    Jiang Xuan poured half a bag of broken charcoal into the smelting furnace, and then spread a layer of broken malachite and azurite.


    In this way, a layer of copper ore and a layer of charcoal are slowly stacked until the entire smelting furnace is filled.


    He then followed suit, filling another smelting furnace with charcoal and tin ore.


    After doing all this, Jiang Xuan rubbed his hands excitedly and said, "Okay, fire it up!"


    Jiang Xuan put some dry wood at the air inlet of the smelting furnace, and then lit it with a torch.


    After the dry wood is burned, it is easy to ignite the charcoal at the bottom of the smelting furnace, and the more it burns, the more prosperous it is.


    The two soldiers each took a fan made of palm leaves and were responsible for fanning the air into the air inlet.


    "Huhuhu..."


    The continuous wind quickly ignited the charcoal in the entire smelting furnace, and jumping flames appeared above the smelting furnace.


    Nan Xing curiously looked at the smelting furnace with a hot wave, and asked Jiang Xuan, "Boss, these broken stones can really be burned into that... metal?"


    The others also looked at Jiang Xuan, apparently thinking this was too incredible.


    Because of their limited knowledge, they had never heard that broken stones could stick together to make large tools.


    This goes against their common sense.


    For example, when grinding stone tools, if you are not careful, you will knock down a good stone, and you can only get a defective product in the end.


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "Will you know when it''s done burning?"


    Everyone had to wait patiently. From time to time, they went to take a look at the smelting furnace, but they could only see the white fire.


    Because of the long time, Chishao, Uncaria and others went to work separately.


    Time passed quickly.


    Under the fanning of the two warriors, the charcoal in the two smelting furnaces became less and less, and all the ore inside melted.


    After half a day, the charcoal was burned into a pile of white ashes, and the ore in the smelting furnace also condensed into a large mass, bright red, still exuding high temperature.


    Until evening, Chi Shao and others received a notice and came to the wooden house again.


    Jiang Xuan used the bottom inlets of the two smelting furnaces to dig wide, and then pulled out a large lump of copper and a large lump of tin from the inside.


    "Boss, this is... metal?"


    Nan Xing''s face was full of astonishment. He really couldn''t connect the two big unruly and dirty things on the ground with what Jiang Xuan said, the metal that can be used to make sharp weapons and tools.


    Uncaria and loach, as well as the two warriors who fanned the wind for a long time, also felt that this thing did not look like a treasure.


    Only Chi Shao''s face remained calm, and she still knew that Jiang Xuan would give them a reasonable explanation.


    Jiang Xuan fiddled with the lump of slag-like copper and said, "These two lumps are indeed metal, but they are now stuck together with soot and soil, and they look rather ugly."


    "When I wash them, then go back to the furnace again to remove excess impurities, and you''ll see strong, beautiful metal."


    Jiang Xuan asked the two warriors to pour a few jugs of water with a large clay pot, and then knocked off some ash and dirt on the surface of the copper and tin, and washed them with water.


    Then, he took out a stone axe made of high-quality stone.


    Tin is relatively soft, and a stone axe made of fine stone can easily chop it into pieces.


    Jiang Xuan chopped the ball of tin into seven or eight pieces, and put it into a large amphora.


    Then, he took the amphorae filled with tin blocks to another house.


    There is also a smelting furnace in this room, but this smelting furnace has a wider diameter than the previous smelting furnace, and can easily fit the amphora.


    Jiang Xuan also poured a large amount of charcoal into the smelting furnace, then placed the amphora on top of the charcoal, and then set it on fire.


    The two soldiers squatted next to the inlet wind of the smelting furnace, and started to fan the wind desperately with their fans.


    Chi Shao and the others watched Jiang Xuan''s actions intently. They wanted to know if these ugly "metals" could surprise them.


    Soon, all the charcoal in the smelting furnace was ignited, the temperature rose sharply, and even the bottom of the pot was gradually burning red.


    The tin in the pot began to slowly melt into tin water.


    When all the tin in the pot was melted, Jiang Xuan took out a pottery fan with many rectangular grooves.


    Then, he hooked the ears of the pot with two hooked wooden sticks, quickly lifted it, put it on the ground, and then dumped the pot so that the tin water inside would flow into the groove of the pot. .


    When he filled the three rectangular grooves, there was only a small amount of tin water and some impurities left in the pot.


    "Wait patiently for a while until it cools down."


    After waiting for a long time, everyone was hungry, and a soldier brought food, and everyone ate first.


    After they had eaten and drank enough, the tin in Tao Fanli had solidified from tin water into tin lumps.


    Jiang Xuan turned Tao Fan over and threw the rectangular tin block on the ground.


    Jiang Xuan put down Tao Fan, picked up the still warm tin nugget, and tapped it in his hand.


    "Ding ding ding..."


    The tin mines collided, making a crisp metal collision sound.


    "Come, let''s all see, this is a kind of metal, tin."


    Jiang Xuan handed a piece of tin to Chishao, another piece to Uncaria, and another piece to Nanxing.


    The tin block was silver-white, and after being reworked and removed impurities, it became very beautiful, shining under the light of the fire.


    "This...this is metal!"


    Nan Xing looked over and over with the tin block, feeling the unique charm of metal, and the doubts in his heart immediately disappeared.


    Others were also shocked, because this thing was originally a broken stone, and then turned into a big mess of dirty things, but now it has a smooth surface, with a silvery-white metallic luster, very beautiful. .


    The two fighters in charge of the fan were even more excited because they participated in the metal smelting process and witnessed the transformation of the metal with their own eyes.


    This is an honor for them.


    Chi Shao was very interested in this miraculous change, and she really wanted to figure out what was going on.


    As a witch, the thirst for knowledge is very strong.


    However, Jiang Xuan couldn''t explain it clearly to her, because he himself only knew what it was and didn''t know why.


    Uncaria took a tin block and asked, "Boss, you said before that metal can be used for sharp weapons and work. Can this... tin be used as a spearhead?"


    Jiang Xuan shook his head and said, "No, because the tin is too soft, look..."


    Jiang Xuan picked up a tin block, and when he used his hands hard, the rectangular tin block suddenly became bent.


    Uncaria was a little disappointed, and pointed to the lump of copper on the ground, and said, "Can this be used as a spearhead?"


    "No, copper is a little harder than tin, but it''s still too soft for weapons, not as good as ordinary stone."


    Several people were suddenly disappointed. Since copper cannot be used as a weapon, and tin cannot be used as a weapon, what is the use of smelting them with so much effort?


    Seeing everyone''s disappointed expressions, Jiang Xuan decided not to sell off.


    "Pure copper and pure tin are relatively soft, so they are really not suitable for weapons."


    "However, when they are fused together, it can be turned into a very hard bronze, which can be made into weapons and various tools, which are much sharper and stronger than the stone tools we use today."


    After listening to Jiang Xuan''s words, everyone''s eyes lit up, and they were looking forward to the appearance of bronze.


    "Meat must be eaten bit by bit, and things must be done one by one. Come here first today, and tomorrow, we will strive to smelt a bronze hammer."


    At this point, the sky was completely dark and the moon was rising.


    Jiang Xuan and others left the wooden house, crossed the river by boat with torches, and then went back to their house to sleep.


    Because entertainment activities are relatively expensive, and because they can only rely on fire lighting at night, tribesmen are used to going to bed early.


    The next morning, Jiang Xuan washed briefly, ate breakfast, and then crossed the river by boat to the other side, came to the wooden house outside the cave, and began to re-smelt the mass of copper.


    He also made the lump of copper into smaller lumps, put it in another clay pot, and put it into the smelting furnace to re-smelt it.


    The melting point of copper is much higher than that of tin, so the smelting time is also longer.


    ...


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ...


    Jiang Xuan fiddled with the lump of slag-like copper and said, "These two lumps are indeed metal, but they are now stuck together with soot and soil, and they look rather ugly."


    "When I wash them, then go back to the furnace again to remove excess impurities, and you''ll see strong, beautiful metal."


    Jiang Xuan asked the two warriors to pour a few jugs of water with a large clay pot, and then knocked off some ash and dirt on the surface of the copper and tin, and washed them with water.


    Then, he took out a stone axe made of high-quality stone.


    Tin is relatively soft, and a stone axe made of fine stone can easily chop it into pieces.


    Jiang Xuan chopped the ball of tin into seven or eight pieces, and put it into a large amphora.


    Then, he took the amphorae filled with tin blocks to another house.


    There is also a smelting furnace in this room, but this smelting furnace has a wider diameter than the previous smelting furnace, and can easily fit the amphora.


    Jiang Xuan also poured a large amount of charcoal into the smelting furnace, then placed the amphora on top of the charcoal, and then set it on fire The two warriors crouched down beside the inlet wind of the smelting furnace, desperately using fans start fanning.


    Chi Shao and the others watched Jiang Xuan''s actions intently. They wanted to know if these ugly "metals" could surprise them.


    Soon, all the charcoal in the smelting furnace was ignited, the temperature rose sharply, and even the bottom of the pot was gradually burning red.


    The tin in the pot began to slowly melt into tin water.


    When all the tin in the pot was melted, Jiang Xuan took out a pottery fan with many rectangular grooves.


    Then, he hooked the ears of the pot with two hooked wooden sticks, quickly lifted it, put it on the ground, and then dumped the pot so that the tin water inside would flow into the groove of the pot. .


    When he filled the three rectangular grooves, there was only a small amount of tin water and some impurities left in the pot.


    "Wait patiently for a while until it cools down."


    After waiting for a long time, everyone was hungry, and a soldier brought food, and everyone ate first.


    After they had eaten and drank enough, the tin in Tao Fanli had solidified from tin water into tin lumps.


    Jiang Xuan turned Tao Fan over and threw the rectangular tin block on the ground.

 Chapter 179： copper tin ratio

    After making the first bronze hammer, Jiang Xuan first smelted a large pile of copper ore and tin ore twice, and cast it into copper and tin blocks with Tao Fan.


    Then, he first poured a short bronze knife about thirty centimeters long, and sharpened the blade very thinly on the stone.


    However, when he tried the bronze short knife, there was a serious problem, that is, the cutting edge was too soft, and when he cut two knives on the tree, the blade was rolled directly.


    "how so?"


    Jiang Xuan held the bronze short knife and scratched his head, feeling that something must have gone wrong.


    The bronze hammer made before is very easy to use, why can''t the same bronze liquid be used to build a bronze knife?


    Bronze can definitely be used to make weapons, he was very clear about this, because he had seen an imitation bronze knife in a previous life, and the sharpness was quite good.


    "Could it be that bronze needs to be quenched like iron?"


    Jiang Xuan frowned and pondered for a long time before deciding to give it a try.


    He first put the bronze short knife into the stove and burned it red, then took the knife out with a wooden stick and dipped half of the blade in cold water.


    "Chichichi..."


    The water surface that was in contact with the bronze dagger instantly boiled, and a large amount of water vapor came out.


    Then, Jiang Xuan put the short knife on the ground and let it cool down slowly.


    "try again."


    After the bronze dagger cooled down, Jiang Xuan picked up a branch as thick as a thumb, placed it on the ground, and cut it with the bronze dagger, trying to cut off the branch.


    "Dole!"


    The bronze dagger slashed on the branch, and the branch was broken, but not neatly, but because Jiang Xuan''s strength was too great, the branch could not bear it and broke, and the fracture was irregular.


    Jiang Xuan picked up the bronze dagger and looked at it, good guy, the blade has been rolled again.


    "It seems that the method of quenching is useless for bronze."


    Jiang Xuan felt a little frustrated. He sat beside the smelting furnace, looked at the bronze short knife, and the bronze hammer on the side, thinking about the key to the problem.


    The two warriors also stood aside, but they didn''t know anything about the new things like bronze, and they didn''t dare to talk nonsense. They could only stare at the leader, hoping that the leader could come up with a solution.


    Jiang Xuan sat for a while, and then looked at the smelted copper and tin blocks on the other side of the room. A flash of light suddenly flashed in his mind.


    "Could it be that there is a problem with the copper-tin ratio?"


    He walked over, picked up a piece of copper, a piece of tin, and tapped it. The copper was slightly harder than tin, and a small dent appeared on the tin block, but the copper block didn''t change.


    "Try to increase the ratio of copper!"


    Jiang Xuan did what he said, and immediately opened the furnace to smelt the second bronze short knife. This time, he put three pieces of copper and one piece of tin.


    In the evening, the second bronze dagger was cast.


    He also spent the middle of the night grinding the edge of this short bronze knife to be thinner, making it look sharp.


    The next day, he tried again with a branch.


    "It took so much effort, don''t let me down!"


    Jiang Xuan held the bronze dagger, and as expected, chopped down the thumb-thick branch.


    "Gaba..."


    The branches were shortened again, but the fractures were still not neat. However, when Jiang Xuan picked up the bronze short knife to observe, he found that the cutting edge was not as rolled up as the previous knife.


    "First Evolution"


    "It seems that my idea is right, and the hardness has indeed improved a lot."


    "Keep trying!"


    Jiang Xuan took the two warriors and spent a long time trying again and again.


    When the proportion of copper is low, the bronze knife will roll the blade when cutting slightly harder things, which is obviously unusable.


    When the proportion of copper is too high, the bronze knife will not roll the blade, but it will directly collapse or even break, which is even more useless.


    He can only change the copper-tin ratio little by little, and at the same time, increase the thickness of the blade so that it will not break so easily.


    Until the tenth day, Jiang Xuan made a bronze knife again, this time, he put five pieces of copper and one piece of tin.


    "It must be successful!"


    Jiang Xuan held the bronze saber, took a deep breath, and then decisively chopped towards the branch.


    "Katha!"


    This time, the branch was cut off directly, and the fracture was very smooth.


    Jiang Xuan looked at the blade of the bronze knife again, and saw that the blade was not curled or broken, and it was still intact!


    "Great, finally succeeded!"


    Jiang Xuan held the bronze knife and was very excited.


    "Finally successful!"


    "The leader is amazing!"


    The two soldiers were also very happy, so many days of hard work was finally in vain.


    "I''ll go back first, you guys continue to practice here."


    "Yes, chief."


    Jiang Xuan wrapped the bronze short knife in animal skin, then left the casting workshop, crossed the river by boat, and returned to his house.


    He unfolded an animal skin scroll, which recorded the process and results of his attempts for so many days.


    For example, in the first line, it is written: two parts of copper and one part of tin, and a bronze hammer can be cast.


    What follows is a series of failed attempts and matching.


    Now, he picked up an animal writing brush and wrote on the animal skin: five parts of copper, one part of tin, and a short bronze knife can be cast.


    The reason why the short sword is written instead of the bronze sword directly is because the long sword and the short sword are different.


    The long knife is wider and longer, and when used, the force exerted will be very large, so some hardness must be sacrificed to enhance toughness.


    Otherwise, if you cut it with one knife, the knife will be broken into two pieces. What''s the use of being sharper?


    Thinking of this, Jiang Xuan understands a little why most bronzes are made of swords and less knives.


    Because bronze is a material, as long as the proportion of copper is increased, the hardness is sufficient and the sharpness is sufficient, but it is easy to break.


    Compared with a single-edged knife, the flat diamond-shaped sword is thicker in the middle and thinner on both sides, and has a better force-bearing structure. As long as it is cast thicker, it is not so easy to break.


    And, there was a question he had never thought about before.


    That is the craftsman who cast bronze in the early days, probably because he discovered the shortcomings of the bronze sword, and after continuous improvement, it eventually evolved into a bronze sword.


    Otherwise, why was there no such thing as a sword in the Stone Age?


    Bronze knives are prone to curling or cracking, so they can be changed to double-sided blades, so that one side is cracked or curled, and the other side can be used again.


    When fighting, what if the blades on both sides are rolled or broken? Then make the end pointed, and it can continue to be used to stab people.


    Later, it was found that this weapon is easy to break, so the middle position was continuously thickened, and finally it became a flat diamond.


    Therefore, later bronze swords, no matter the length, are thick in the middle, thin on both sides, and sharp at the end.


    This question was only understood by Jiang Xuan after casting the bronze ware himself. He had never seen it elsewhere before, and it belonged to his personal speculation.


    "It seems that more swords will be cast in the future."


    Jiang Xuan suddenly felt a little funny. If he started to cast the sword directly according to the experience of the ancients in the previous life, would it be possible to avoid some detours?


    However, if he had made the sword from the beginning, he would not have discovered the many problems of the bronze sword.


    So, after trying for so long, it still pays off.


    Thinking of this, Jiang Xuan picked up the animal writing brush again and wrote on the animal skin scroll: Bronze is more suitable for sword casting...


    After writing, Jiang Xuan carefully looked at the bronze knife and put it away.


    Bronze weapons cannot be revealed for the time being, otherwise, it will definitely attract the coveting of other tribes, and even bring disaster to the Vine tribe.


    What the Vine tribe needs now are various tools made of bronze.


    For example, an axe that can be chopped, a chisel, a saw, a shovel and other tools that can be used for woodworking, and a scissors for cutting animal skins.


    With these bronze tools, the productivity of the Vine tribe will be greatly improved, and will soon be able to leave other tribes far behind.


    "Make a pair of scissors first, you must make a pair of scissors!"


    Jiang Xuan touched his long hair and the beard that had just started growing around his lips. He felt that the scissors were very important.


    Cutting my hair with a stone knife was too painful, and I dared not even think about shaving.


    There are many people in the Vine tribe. When the hair or beard is too long, they are directly grabbed into a handful and burned with fire, which is quite brave.


    With scissors, you can use scissors to cut hair and beard, which is very convenient.


    After the paint on the animal skin roll was dry, Jiang Xuan rolled it up and put it away properly.


    He also put the bronze short knife in the room and did not take it out.


    Then, with a happy mood, he planned to go around the Vine tribe.


    After such a long time, his mind was on smelting bronze, and he had not cared about other affairs of the tribe for a long time.

 Chapter 180： shipyard

    By the Feiyu River, Nepeta is building a new boat with a few soldiers.


    They still followed the old method of covering one side of the huge log with wet mud, and then used fire to burn the areas that were not covered by the wet mud.


    Burning it once, and shoveling it again, just like this, the cabin is taken out bit by bit. The efficiency is quite low, and the size of the boat depends on the size of the log itself, and the limit is relatively large.


    When Jiang Xuan came over, he happened to watch them all working hard to burn the fire.


    "Are you making a new ship again?"


    "Good leader!"


    Hearing Jiang Xuan''s voice, the soldiers also stood up to say hello.


    Jing Ji also raised his head and said to Jiang Xuan, "Leader, now that our tribe has grown bigger, we often have to transport things across the river, and the old boats are not enough, so I want to build a few new boats."


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "This is a problem, you keep busy, don''t worry about me, I''ll take a look."


    "Yes!"


    When the soldiers saw that the wood was almost burnt, they carried it aside, turned it over, and continued to chisel the charcoal with small adzes.


    Jiang Xuan looked at it for a while, and thought to himself: The speed of building a ship like this is too slow, and the fire is not evenly burned. The built ship is thick in some places, thin in some places, not strong enough, and not big enough.


    The rattan tribe has now made bronze, and has explored the effect of copper-tin ratio on the hardness and toughness of bronze, and can make tools with relatively good performance.


    Things like saws, chisels, planes, and even bronze nails can be made.


    That being the case, why can''t more advanced shipbuilding methods be used to make better, bigger ships?


    Standing on the bank of the river, Jiang Xuan thought about these questions while watching the soldiers of the fishing team busy.


    After standing for a while, he made a decision.


    "Leader Nepeta, come with me, I have something to tell you."


    Hearing Jiang Xuan''s words, Jing Ji hurriedly got up and followed Jiang Xuan to the beach with no one in front.


    "leader¡­"


    Jing Ji was very uneasy in his heart. He didn''t know what Jiang Xuan was looking for him, and he thought it was because he didn''t do well, which made Jiang Xuan angry.


    Jiang Xuan turned his head and glanced at Jing Ji. Seeing his cautious appearance, he felt a little funny, and also had an indescribable feeling of awkwardness.


    The tribe is getting bigger and bigger, the population is getting bigger and bigger, and the strength is getting stronger and stronger, but the intimacy that the tribes people treated him in the past has changed.


    Everyone is in awe of him, even Jing Ji and others are no longer as casual in front of him as before.


    Sometimes he can''t figure out whether this is a good thing or a bad thing.


    Jiang Xuan shook his head and put these thoughts aside for the time being.


    "Don''t be nervous, I came to you to discuss something with you and to hear your opinion."


    "If the leader has something to do, just tell me."


    Jiang Xuan sat on the big pebble and said to Jing Ji, "I plan to build a shipyard in the tribe."


    "Shipbuilding... factory?"


    Nepeta felt a little stunned. Shipbuilding he knew, what does this "factory" mean?


    "You sit."


    Jiang Xuan patted a large pebble next to him, Jing Ji hesitated for a while, and then sat on it.


    "A shipyard is a place that specializes in building boats. It''s not the small boats we use now, but big boats, big boats!"


    "Leader, a big ship, how big is it?"


    Jiang Xuan thought for a while and said, "It is more than ten times larger than the ships we are making now, even dozens of times, hundreds of times!"


    Jingjie listened to Jiang Xuan''s words, but she couldn''t imagine what these ships were like and how big they were.


    "Boss, how big of a tree does it take to build such a big ship?"


    In Nepeta''s mind, the size of the boat still depends on the size of the tree.


    Jiang Xuan said with a smile: "You don''t need a big tree. Ordinary trees can be spliced ??together to make a big boat!"


    "For example, our bamboo rafts are connected together with bamboos to grow, right?"


    Jing Ji tried hard to imagine, and then said to Jiang Xuan: "What does the leader mean, we also use rattan to tie the trees together one by one to make a big boat?"


    Jiang Xuan shook his head and said, "When you tie the big trees together, they are called wooden rafts, which are the same as bamboo rafts. They are not called boats. The big boat we want to build is watertight."


    "Well, I''ll draw it for you."


    Jiang Xuan picked up a branch and slowly drew the appearance of a large sailboat on the sand of the river beach.


    "Look, this is the big ship we are going to build. It looks like this. The top is called the sail, which can use the wind. The cabin below is very large, and it can put a lot of cargo in it. The boat is fixed in one place¡­¡±


    Jiang Xuan pointed to the picture on the sand and explained to Nepeta about the structure of the galleon.


    Nepeta still couldn''t imagine what a real galleon would look like, but at least he had an impression of a lake in his mind.


    "Of course, we can''t make this kind of big boat yet, but it doesn''t matter, we can start with a small sailboat and accumulate experience bit by bit."


    "As long as we have the first batch of real boats, whether you are fishing along the river, or transporting people, and transporting things across the river, it will be much more convenient than before."


    After Jingjie listened to Jiang Xuan''s words, she struggled for a while and asked, "Leader, then, how can we build such a big ship?"


    Jiang Xuan said with a smile: "For such a big boat, relying on fire to burn wood and relying on those few stone adzes is definitely not acceptable. We need new tools, tools that are more useful and convenient than stone adzes!"


    "Then where do we go to find new tools?" Nepeta felt that her brain was not enough.


    "Don''t worry, our tribe will soon create a batch of new tools, which can be used in the shipyard first, which will definitely open your eyes."


    "However, these new tools are the secrets of the tribe and must not be known to too many people."


    "So, you have to choose a few soldiers with the most shipbuilding experience and the strictest mouths in your fishing team, and I will go to other places to choose some people who are specially responsible for shipbuilding."


    Jing Ji hurriedly nodded and said, "Okay, I''ll go pick someone now, leader."


    Jiang Xuan hurriedly grabbed him and said, "No rush, no rush, new tools haven''t been built yet, you can choose slowly."


    Jing Ji sat down again and listened to Jiang Xuan continue to talk about the shipyard and the fleet that may be formed in the future.


    Jiang Xuan told him that this world is not only limited to small rivers like the Flying Fish River, but also turbulent rivers, big rivers, and even a vast and boundless sea.


    If the Vine tribe can form a huge fleet, they can travel far and far along these waters, obtain a lot of resources, and help the tribe develop...


    When Jingjie listened to the pictures Jiang Xuan described, she only felt that her heart was surging. A seed of sailing on a boat was quietly planted in his heart.


    ¡­


    Jiang Xuan got into the smelting workshop again and began to manufacture various shipbuilding tools.


    He first used the lost wax method to make a large number of pottery vans, hammers of various sizes, saws of various lengths, chisels of various sizes, planers for planing wood, bronze nails, and even small anchors...


    Finally, he also made several Tao Fans with scissors and kitchen knives, which were used by himself and Chishao.


    If the Veng tribe is strong enough in the future, and they are not afraid of the exposure of bronze ware, he hopes that everyone in the Veng tribe can use such convenient and quick daily tools as bronze scissors and kitchen knives.


    Subsequently, he began to ponder the ratio of copper and tin for various tools.


    In order to make a bronze short knife before, he has done a lot of experiments. What kind of copper-tin ratio and what kind of effect can be produced, he has a record.


    Therefore, when making tools this time, he is not as blind as before, at least the tools made are definitely useful whether they are good or not.


    For example, a saw, which is specially used for sawing wood, does not need very good toughness, but only needs enough hardness to ensure that it is sharp enough.


    Therefore, the ratio of copper and tin used by Jiang Xuan on the saw is five parts copper and one part tin.


    When making tools, Jiang Xuan also ordered to dig an artificial lake in the second residence, away from the crowds, by the river, build houses, and even enclose that place with a wall.


    With an artificial lake, after the boat is built, it can be directly launched into the water for testing. If the boat is relatively large, it can also pass through the artificial lake and drive directly into the river.


    More than half a month later, all kinds of shipbuilding tools have been manufactured one after another, the artificial lake has also been excavated, and river water has been introduced.


    A long wall surrounded the artificial lake and a wide riverside beach.


    A part of the soldiers guarding the second team was assigned to this place to be on duty, and unrelated personnel were not allowed to approach.


    Jiang Xuan summoned three apprentices who were more talented in carpentry from the stone tool workshop, plus three soldiers who were more powerful in shipbuilding from the fishing team, a total of six people, became the first batch of personnel in the shipyard.


    On the fifth day of June, the Fuji tribe shipyard officially started.


    On the day of the start of construction, only Jiang Xuan, Chishao, Uncaria, Shiloach, Nanxing, Nepeta, and six selected people attended.


    Next to the artificial lake, there is a large open space, on both sides of the open space are built several tall houses, all of which are mud brick houses.


    Jiang Xuan stood in the open space, Chi Shao and others were behind him, and the six shipyard employees were in front of him.


    Jiang Xuan started to speak.


    "Today is the day when our Fuji tribe shipyard started construction. It should have been lively and lively, but for the sake of confidentiality, no other people can come over."


    "Can anyone tell me what the ship was built for?"


    A soldier thought for a while and said, "For fishing, for crossing the river."


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said: "Yes, you are right, do you know how big the biggest fish is and how wide the widest river is?"


    The soldiers looked at each other and shook their heads.


    Jiang Xuan pointed to the Feiyu River and said, "This river in our Teng tribe is a small river. The small river flows straight down to the lower part, and when it joins with other small rivers, it becomes a big river. It''s getting bigger and bigger than you can imagine."


    "Let''s put it this way, if you rock the boat and want to go from one side of the river to the other, you won''t be able to shake it for a long time, and you will even be swept away by the big waves and overturn the boat."


    "Is the big river the largest water area? No, many, many big rivers will flow into the sea. The sea is countless times larger than our entire southern wilderness, and there are real big fish living in it."


    "How big is the big fish? It''s as big as a mountain. If it swims to us, the Flying Fish River can''t hold it."


    Jiang Xuan''s description made the six warriors stunned. Their knowledge limited their imagination, making it impossible for them to imagine what the big river and the sea were like.


    How much food does a fish as big as a mountain have to eat every day?


    Even Chi Shao and the others behind Jiang Xuan were shocked to the point of being speechless.


    They have no doubts about Jiang Xuan''s words, because Jiang Xuan has created too many things they have never seen or heard of.


    They were in a remote corner of the Southern Wilderness. Before, they thought the most was how to survive, and the farthest thought was to build a larger tribe.


    But now, Jiang Xuan''s words have opened their eyes and let them know that there is a wider world outside the mountain, and many things they can''t imagine.


    "So, the purpose of our shipbuilding is not only to fish and cross rivers, but also to explore a wider and more exciting world!"


    "Of course, it''s a bit early to say that."


    "Our shipyard has only just started, and the goal at this stage is to make the first real boat out of planks, not canoes made of fire."


    "In order to make the boat, the soldiers of the smelting workshop and I specially made a batch of tools. These tools are used by the entire tribe and the shipyard first, so they must be kept secret."


    Jiang Xuan''s eyes became sharp: "If someone leaks the tool, not only the person who leaked the secret will die, but also the relatives around him will be implicated."


    Jiang Xuan''s words made the six warriors shudder, and even Uncle and others felt the pressure.


    "Of course, you work for the tribe, and the tribe will never treat you badly."


    "As long as a new ship can be built, everyone will be rewarded very handsomely."


    ¡­


    "Okay, everything that needs to be said is finished, I announce that the shipyard has officially started!" After Jiang Xuan finished speaking, he took everyone into the newly built house and showed them brand new bronze tools and these tools. usage.


    "This is called a saw. It can easily cut wood, and it can also saw wood into planks. Look at it!"


    Jiang Xuan picked up a bronze handsaw, walked to a log, put the saw on it, and pulled it at a constant speed.


    "When sawing wood, keep your hands steady, and the saw can''t be sideways, otherwise it will be easily caught."


    As Jiang Xuan continued to saw down, the bronze handsaw quickly sank into the wood, and the sawdust flew.


    "winter!"


    It didn''t take long for the wood to be sawn into two pieces and rolled around a few times on the ground.


    Everyone around Jiang Xuan''s eyes lit up, this kind of tool is really useful.


    You know, in the past, if they wanted to break the wood, they could only cut it with a stone axe bit by bit, and the bigger wood had to be burned by fire.


    Now, with a saw, the wood can be easily sawed, and the speed is increased by an unknown number of times.


    "This is an axe, you should be familiar with it, but this bronze axe is much sharper than a stone axe."


    Jiang Xuan picked up another bronze axe, chopped it down on the wood, and the axe blade sank deep into the wood.


    Afterwards, Jiang Xuan kept swinging his axe, and after a while he cut a plane on the wood.


    Those warriors were even more excited. The stone axe would have to chop for at least half a day if they wanted to chop like this.


    Jiang Xuan picked up another bronze plane and said, "This tool can cut wood more evenly, just look at it."


    Jiang Xuan laid the wood flat on the ground, and then held both ends of the bronze plane with both hands, only to see him push it gently, and a thin line of shavings appeared.


    As he kept pushing, the surface of the wood quickly became flat, and no burrs could be seen...


    "It''s called a chisel..."


    Jiang Xuan showed them these bronze tools and explained their usage in detail.


    Everyone present, looking at these golden tools, only felt as if they were dreaming, and the whole person was dizzy.

 Chapter 181： Strange behavior of wind grass

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If subscribed, read the latest content tomorrow morning.


    ...


    The shipyard soon started, and the six warriors became shipyard workers, learning to use all kinds of new bronze tools and trying to make the first wooden ship.


    Perhaps, in the near future, the Vine tribe will have a group of real ships to help the Vine tribe grow and develop.


    By the river, Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao did not go back immediately, they were walking slowly by the river.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Sister, I plan to move all the clothing workshops, stone tool workshops, and pottery workshops here."


    "why?"


    "Because we have bronze now, these workshops can make more things with bronze tools."


    "But things like bronze cannot be leaked for the time being, and can only be used in the tribe. After the trading area opened, there are many people there, and it is easy to be discovered by using bronze tools."


    "After moving the workshop here, it will be much safer because of the barrier of the Flying Fish River. These working clansmen will also live here, and it is not easy to leak secrets."


    Chi Shao nodded and said, "This is indeed a good idea, then move over."


    "Okay, when I go back, I will arrange for people to build more houses here, and then relocate the various workshops."


    After the two finished talking, they stopped talking and walked slowly, enjoying this rare leisure time.


    After the tribe grew gradually, things became more and more complicated. Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao, as the most important people in the Veng tribe, were very busy almost every day and had little leisure time.


    The next day, Jiang Xuan arranged for a group of people to build new houses in the second residence. These houses are located near the shipyard, which may evolve into an industrial area in the future.


    ...


    To the west of the Vine tribe, on the top of the mountains, the wax trees have grown lush and lush, with very thick leaves.


    However, most of these leaves are incomplete, and there are white wax worms that are full of fat on them, and they are gnawing hard.


    This spring, the Vine tribe transplanted another batch of wax saplings, and after the wax worms of the blue sheep tribe laid eggs, they also brought some wax worms over.


    Ophiopogon and several vine tribe warriors are specially responsible for taking care of these wax trees and wax worms.


    Ophiopogon japonicus wiped out the newly growing weeds under a wax tree, then grabbed a wax worm of Fedudu from the tree and carefully observed it in the palm of his hand.


    "The wax worm has already shed its skin once, and it won''t take long for it to start spitting wax, which is great."


    Ophiopogon put the wax worm back on the tree carefully, and a gratified smile appeared on his dark face.


    He likes wax trees and wax worms. He prefers to collect piles of insect wax. He has a talent that ordinary people can''t match when it comes to planting wax trees and raising wax worms.


    It is precisely because Jiang Xuan is aware of his talent that he is specially responsible for these wax forests.


    "Gluck cluck..."


    Suddenly, birds chirped in the distance.


    "Damn bird, it''s time to eat wax worms again!"


    Ophiopogon ran angrily over there, and the soldiers also searched for bows and arrows to shoot birds.


    Ever since they placed wax worms on the wax tree, sometime a group of birds came. After these birds ate the wax worms once, they got out of control and came almost every day.


    In order to deal with these birds, Ophiopogon and the warriors tried all kinds of methods: arranging bird traps, throwing stones to drive them away, shooting with bows and arrows...


    Each method worked well at first, and eliminated some of the waxworm-eating birds, but the surviving birds became smarter and harder to deal with.


    Ophiopogon had to continue to fight their wits and courage to protect most of the waxworms...


    ...


    In the Vine tribe, in the trading area, Feng Cao took some animal bones to the grain and oil shop in exchange for food.


    "Fengcao, what are you doing with so much food? Isn''t there enough food in the tribe?"


    After estimating the value of the animal bones, Mallow gave Feng Cao a bag of food, and at the same time was curious about her behavior.


    Since the opening of the trading area, whether it is people from outside tribes or tribesmen from the Vine tribe, they can trade things here.


    In order to allow the clansmen to have something to trade.


    Jiang Xuan stipulated that in addition to spring ploughing, autumn harvest, war and other emergencies, all clansmen were allowed to take a day off for every ten days of work.


    During this day, you can go hunting, fishing, herbs, stones and so on.


    Everything you find can be taken to the trading area to trade and get what you want.


    In this way, not only the business in the trading area has become popular, but also the diligent clansmen can live a better life than the lazy people, which greatly stimulates the enthusiasm of the clansmen to work.


    Among them, Fengcao''s behavior surprised Mallow, because every time she came over, she exchanged some food.


    You must know that the food distributed by the Vine tribe is much more than other tribes. Although it is not good, it is not hungry.


    Fengcao picked up the bag full of grain, and Chao Mallow smiled, but without explaining, she carried the bag and walked outside the vine wall.


    Mallow thinks it must be a little weird, but the income on the rest day belongs to himself. This is the rule set by Jiang Xuan, and Mallow can''t ask about it without talking about the wind grass.


    She walked to the door and watched Feng Cao carry the grain towards the outside of the vine wall, feeling even more suspicious.


    Mallow thought about it for a while, and felt that she should tell Jiang Xuan about this, but she couldn''t get away from here, so she asked a soldier from the guard team to invite Jiang Xuan to come over.


    Jiang Xuan was arranging the relocation of the garment workshop at this time. After hearing the news, he thought that something had happened in the trading area, so he briefly explained Fuling and followed the soldier to the trading area.


    After coming to the trading area, he walked into the grain store and found mallow.


    "Mallow, come to me in such a hurry, what happened?"


    Mallow whispered: "Boss, Fengcao has exchanged food here many times during this time. Just now, I saw her taking it out of the tribe, and I don''t know what to do."


    Jiang Xuan also found it strange: "The food distributed by the tribe should be enough to eat every day. What does she do with so much food? She even takes it out of the tribe."


    Mallow said: "I also feel strange, so I asked the soldiers of the guard to invite the leader over."


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said: "You did this right. If you encounter similar abnormal situations in the future, you can tell me directly, and I will go and see what Feng Cao wants to do."


    Jiang Xuan left the trading area, came to the vine wall, and found the soldier guarding the door.


    "Have you seen the wind grass?"


    "I see, I just went out with a bag."


    "Where did you go?"


    "Go over there."


    The warrior guarding the gate points to the forest to the right.


    "okay, I get it."


    Jiang Xuan nodded and walked over there.


    Not long after he walked, he saw many, many simple wooden houses, and many tourists gathered in this place.


    These tourists rely on the Vine Tribe, relying on the trading area, it is much easier to survive than in other places, and if they find an opportunity to make meritorious deeds, or encounter the Vine Tribe to expand the population, there is still a chance to become a member of the Vine Tribe.


    Of course, where there are people, there will be competition, not to mention the unconstrained tourists, desperate for a little benefit, which is a common thing here.


    Only the strongest tourists can survive, and the weak will soon be eliminated.


    When Jiang Xuan came over, many tourists bowed their heads one after another, and even hid, they must show enough respect for the leader of the Veng tribe, a powerful four-color warrior.


    Jiang Xuan didn''t care either and continued to walk forward.


    Soon, he saw Fengcao from a distance, watching her carrying a bag and talking with a few tourists beside a larger wooden house.


    Jiang Xuan didn''t go there and stood far away, but he was a four-color warrior, and he had eaten a lot of magical mushrooms. His hearing was very sensitive, and even if he stood far away, he could hear some of their conversations.


    tomato novel


    "As long as you can get accurate information, I guarantee you will get more food in the future."


    "But it''s too dangerous to do this..."


    "Since you are afraid of death, I will find someone else."


    "Hey...wait a second, let''s do it, we''ll do it..."


    ...


    Because it was late, Jiang Xuan only heard part of the conversation, and he still couldn''t guess what Feng Cao was going to do.


    He saw that Feng Cao poured out the food in the bag after talking with the tourists, and those tourists scrambled for it.


    Fengcao was a woman who volunteered to join the Vine Tribe after the Vine Tribe destroyed the Jackal Tribe.


    She has always respected Jiang Xuan very much, and she works very hard and has strong ability. After joining the garment workshop, she has made a lot of credit.


    For example, the animal skin jackets with pockets and the double-shoulder animal skin backpacks that the Veng tribe has been promoting are the first samples she made.


    But now, she has made such a strange move, what does she want to do?


    Jiang Xuan frowned and thought for a moment, and decided to ask Feng Cao in person, because he felt that Feng Cao didn''t seem like someone who would betray the tribe.


    After all, as human beings, Jiang Xuan still has a certain degree of confidence in seeing people.


    ...


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ...


    Jiang Xuandao: "Sister, I plan to move all the clothing workshops, stone tool workshops, and pottery workshops here."


    "why?"


    "Because we have bronze now, these workshops can make more things with bronze tools."


    "But things like bronze cannot be leaked for the time being, and can only be used in the tribe. After the trading area opened, there are many people there, and it is easy to be discovered by using bronze tools."


    "After moving the workshop here, it will be much safer with the barrier of the Flying Fish River These working clansmen will also live here, and it is not easy to leak secrets."


    Chi Shao nodded and said, "This is indeed a good idea, then move over."


    "Okay, when I go back, I will arrange for people to build more houses here, and then relocate the various workshops."


    After the two finished talking, they stopped talking and walked slowly, enjoying this rare leisure time.


    After the tribe grew gradually, things became more and more complicated. Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao, as the most important people in the Veng tribe, were very busy almost every day and had little leisure time.


    The next day, Jiang Xuan arranged for a group of people to build new houses in the second residence. These houses are located near the shipyard, which may evolve into an industrial area in the future.


    ...


    To the west of the Vine tribe, on the top of the mountains, the wax trees have grown lush and lush, with very thick leaves.


    However, most of these leaves are incomplete, and there are white wax worms that are full of fat on them, and they are gnawing hard.


    This spring, the Vine tribe transplanted another batch of wax saplings, and after the wax worms of the blue sheep tribe laid eggs, they also brought some wax worms over.


    Ophiopogon and several vine tribe warriors are specially responsible for taking care of these wax trees and wax worms.


    Ophiopogon japonicus wiped out the newly growing weeds under a wax tree, then grabbed a wax worm of Fedudu from the tree and carefully observed it in the palm of his hand.


    "The wax worm has already shed its skin once, and it won''t take long for it to start spitting wax, which is great."


    Ophiopogon put the wax worm back on the tree carefully, and a gratified smile appeared on his dark face.


    He likes wax trees and wax worms. He prefers to collect piles of insect wax. He has a talent that ordinary people can''t match when it comes to planting wax trees and raising wax worms. (To be continued)

 Chapter 182： Ambitious bird tribe

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have subscribed, please refresh tomorrow to read the latest content.


    ...


    Jiang Xuan returned to the Veng tribe with Fengcao and took her to Chishao''s house.


    Afterwards, he summoned Uncaria, Shiloh, and Nanxing, but did not summon the other leaders.


    In the room, Feng Cao stood by the fire pond, bowed his head slightly, a little nervous.


    Jiang Xuan first explained the story of Fengcao buying tourists with food, so that several people could understand the situation.


    Then, he solemnly said: "Intelligence is very important for a tribe. If we can grasp the various situations of the enemy tribes and their movements, then we can take the initiative and master the advanced."


    "So, I decided to set up a brand new team called Thorns Vine, which is specially responsible for inquiring information for the tribe."


    "The leader of the thorn vines is the wind grass."


    "Because the task of the thorn vines is relatively special, it cannot be announced to the public. Except for the five of us, no other people can know."


    "So, Feng Cao, I can only wrong you."


    After Jiang Xuan finished speaking, he looked at Feng Cao with apologetic eyes.


    Being a leader, among the tribesmen, was originally a very honorable thing, but now it has to be secretive, and it is indeed a grievance that she cannot be given the same status as other leaders.


    With a smile on Feng Cao''s face, she shook her head and said, "Boss, I''m not wronged."


    Jiang Xuan said again: "Fengcao, the personnel of thorns and vines, you choose by yourself, whether they are ordinary people in the tribe, warriors, or people outside the tribe, as long as you like it and they are willing to join, you can Incorporated into the thorn vines."


    The job of gathering intelligence has always been shady and bound to use a lot of methods, so Jiang Xuan gave Feng Cao the power to select people.


    "Uncaria, Loach, Southern Star."


    "As long as it doesn''t harm the interests of the tribe, you can give the thorn vines some convenience when necessary."


    "Yes, chief."


    The three of them agreed.


    "Okay, Fengcao, there is only so much I can give you at the moment. How the thorny vine can develop is entirely up to you. If you encounter difficulties in the future, maybe you need food and other supplies, come to me directly."


    "Thank you chief."


    After the brief meeting, Uncaria and others left, and Fengcao went to form the thorny vine with confidence.


    Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao were left in the room.


    ...


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ...


    Jiang Xuan returned to the Veng tribe with Fengcao and took her to Chishao''s house.


    Afterwards, he summoned Uncaria, Shiloh, and Nanxing, but did not summon the other leaders.


    In the room, Feng Cao stood by the fire pond, bowed his head slightly, a little nervous.


    Jiang Xuan first explained the story of Fengcao buying tourists with food, so that several people could understand the situation.


    Then, he solemnly said: "Intelligence is very important for a tribe. If we can grasp the various situations of the enemy tribes and their movements, then we can take the initiative and master the advanced."


    "So, I decided to set up a brand new team called Thorns Vine, which is specially responsible for inquiring information for the tribe."


    "The leader of the thorn vines is the wind grass."


    "Because the task of the thorn vines is relatively special, it cannot be announced to the public. Except for the five of us, no other people can know."


    "So, Feng Cao, I can only wrong you."


    After Jiang Xuan finished speaking, he looked at Feng Cao with apologetic eyes.


    Being a leader, among the tribesmen, was originally a very honorable thing, but now it has to be secretive, and it is indeed a grievance that she cannot be given the same status as other leaders.


    With a smile on Feng Cao''s face, she shook her head and said, "Boss, I''m not wronged."


    Jiang Xuan said again: "Fengcao, the personnel of thorns and vines, you choose by yourself, whether they are ordinary people in the tribe, warriors, or people outside the tribe, as long as you like it and they are willing to join, you can Incorporated into the thorn vines."


    The job of gathering intelligence has always been shady and bound to use a lot of methods, so Jiang Xuan gave Feng Cao the power to select people.


    "Uncaria, Loach, Southern Star."


    "As long as it doesn''t harm the interests of the tribe, you can give the thorn vines some convenience when necessary."


    "Yes, chief."


    The three of them agreed.


    "Okay, Fengcao, there is only so much I can give you at the moment. How the thorny vine can develop is entirely up to you. If you encounter difficulties in the future, maybe you need food and other supplies, come to me directly."


    "Thank you chief."


    After the brief meeting, Uncaria and others left, and Fengcao went to form the thorny vine with confidence.


    Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao were left in the room.


    ...


    Jiang Xuan returned to the Veng tribe with Fengcao and took her to Chishao''s house.


    Afterwards, he summoned Uncaria, Shiloh, and Nanxing, but did not summon the other leaders.


    In the room, Feng Cao stood by the fire pond, bowed his head slightly, a little nervous.


    Jiang Xuan first explained the story of Fengcao buying tourists with food, so that several people could understand the situation.


    Then, he solemnly said: "Intelligence is very important for a tribe. If we can grasp the various situations of the enemy tribes and their movements, then we can take the initiative and master the advanced."


    "So, I decided to set up a brand new team called Thorns Vine, which is specially responsible for inquiring information for the tribe."


    "The leader of the thorn vines is the wind grass."


    "Because the task of the thorn vines is relatively special, it cannot be announced to the public. Except for the five of us, no other people can know."


    "So, Feng Cao, I can only wrong you."


    After Jiang Xuan finished speaking, he looked at Feng Cao with apologetic eyes.


    Being a leader, among the tribesmen, was originally a very honorable thing, but now it has to be secretive, and it is indeed a grievance that she cannot be given the same status as other leaders.


    With a smile on Feng Cao''s face, she shook her head and said, "Boss, I''m not wronged."


    Jiang Xuan said again: "Fengcao, the personnel of thorns and vines, you choose by yourself, whether they are ordinary people in the tribe, warriors, or people outside the tribe, as long as you like it and they are willing to join, you can Incorporated into the thorn vines."


    "Fairy Wood"


    The job of gathering intelligence has always been shady and bound to use a lot of methods, so Jiang Xuan gave Feng Cao the power to select people.


    "Uncaria, Loach, Southern Star."


    "As long as it doesn''t harm the interests of the tribe, you can give the thorn vines some convenience when necessary."


    "Yes, chief."


    The three of them agreed.


    "Okay, Fengcao, there is only so much I can give you at the moment. How the thorny vine can develop is entirely up to you. If you encounter difficulties in the future, maybe you need food and other supplies, come to me directly."


    "Thank you chief."


    After the brief meeting, Uncaria and others left, and Fengcao went to form the thorny vine with confidence.


    Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao were left in the room.


    ...


    Jiang Xuan returned to the Veng tribe with Fengcao and took her to Chishao''s house.


    Afterwards, he summoned Uncaria, Shiloh, and Nanxing, but did not summon the other leaders.


    In the room, Feng Cao stood by the fire pond, bowed his head slightly, a little nervous.


    Jiang Xuan first explained the story of Fengcao buying tourists with food, so that several people could understand the situation.


    Then, he solemnly said: "Intelligence is very important for a tribe. If we can grasp the various situations of the enemy tribes and their movements, then we can take the initiative and master the advanced."


    "So, I decided to set up a brand new team called Thorns Vine, which is specially responsible for inquiring information for the tribe."


    "The leader of the thorn vines is the wind grass."


    "Because the task of the thorn vines is relatively special, it cannot be announced to the public. Except for the five of us, no other people can know."


    "So, Feng Cao, I can only wrong you."


    After Jiang Xuan finished speaking, he looked at Feng Cao with apologetic eyes.


    Being a leader, among the tribesmen, was originally a very honorable thing, but now it has to be secretive, and it is indeed a grievance that she cannot be given the same status as other leaders.


    With a smile on Feng Cao''s face, she shook her head and said, "Boss, I''m not wronged."


    Jiang Xuan said again: "Fengcao, the personnel of thorns and vines, you choose by yourself, whether they are ordinary people in the tribe, warriors, or people outside the tribe, as long as you like it and they are willing to join, you can Incorporated into the thorn vines."


    The job of gathering intelligence has always been shady and bound to use a lot of methods, so Jiang Xuan gave Feng Cao the power to select people.


    "Uncaria, Loach, Southern Star."


    "As long as it doesn''t harm the interests of the tribe, you can give the thorn vines some convenience when necessary."


    "Yes, chief."


    The three of them agreed.


    "Okay, Fengcao, there is only so much I can give you at the moment. How the thorny vine can develop is entirely up to you. If you encounter difficulties in the future, maybe you need food and other supplies, come to me directly."


    "Thank you chief."


    After the brief meeting, Uncaria and others left, and Fengcao went to form the thorny vine with confidence.


    Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao were left in the room.


    ...


    Jiang Xuan returned to the Veng tribe with Fengcao and took her to Chishao''s house.


    Afterwards, he summoned Uncaria, Shiloh, and Nanxing, but did not summon the other leaders.


    In the room, Feng Cao stood by the fire pond, bowed his head slightly, a little nervous.


    Jiang Xuan first explained the story of Fengcao buying tourists with food, so that several people could understand the situation.


    Then, he solemnly said: "Intelligence is very important for a tribe. If we can grasp the various situations of the enemy tribes and their movements, then we can take the initiative and master the advanced."


    "So, I decided to set up a brand new team called Thorns Vine, which is specially responsible for inquiring information for the tribe."


    "The leader of the thorn vines is the wind grass."


    "Because the task of the thorn vines is relatively special, it cannot be announced to the public. Except for the five of us, no other people can know."


    "So, Feng Cao, I can only wrong you."


    After Jiang Xuan finished speaking, he looked at Feng Cao with apologetic eyes.


    Being a leader, among the tribesmen, was originally a very honorable thing, but now it has to be secretive, and it is indeed a grievance that she cannot be given the same status as other leaders.


    With a smile on Feng Cao''s face, she shook her head and said, "Boss, I''m not wronged."


    Jiang Xuan said again: "Fengcao, the personnel of thorns and vines, you choose by yourself, whether they are ordinary people in the tribe, warriors, or people outside the tribe, as long as you like it and they are willing to join, you can Incorporated into the thorn vines."


    The job of gathering intelligence has always been shady and bound to use a lot of methods, so Jiang Xuan gave Feng Cao the power to select people.


    "Uncaria, Loach, Southern Star."


    "As long as it doesn''t harm the interests of the tribe, you can give the thorn vines some convenience when necessary."


    "Yes, chief."


    The three of them agreed.


    "Okay, Fengcao, there is only so much I can give you at the moment. How the thorny vine can develop is entirely up to you. If you encounter difficulties in the future, maybe you need food and other supplies, come to me directly."


    "Thank you chief."


    After the brief meeting, Uncaria and others left, and Fengcao went to form the thorny vine with confidence.


    Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao were left in the room.


    ...


    Jiang Xuan returned to the Veng tribe with Fengcao and took her to Chishao''s house.


    Afterwards, he summoned Uncaria, Shiloh, and Nanxing but did not summon the other leaders.


    In the room, Feng Cao stood by the fire pond, bowed his head slightly, a little nervous.


    Jiang Xuan first explained the story of Fengcao buying tourists with food, so that several people could understand the situation.


    Then, he solemnly said: "Intelligence is very important for a tribe. If we can grasp the various situations of the enemy tribes and their movements, then we can take the initiative and master the advanced."


    "So, I decided to set up a brand new team called Thorns Vine, which is specially responsible for inquiring information for the tribe."


    "The leader of the thorn vines is the wind grass."


    "Because the task of the thorn vines is relatively special, it cannot be announced to the public. Except for the five of us, no other people can know."


    "So, Feng Cao, I can only wrong you."


    After Jiang Xuan finished speaking, he looked at Feng Cao with apologetic eyes.


    Being a leader, among the tribesmen, was originally a very honorable thing, but now it has to be secretive, and it is indeed a grievance that she cannot be given the same status as other leaders.


    With a smile on Feng Cao''s face, she shook her head and said, "Boss, I''m not wronged."


    Jiang Xuan said again: "Fengcao, the personnel of thorns and vines, you choose by yourself, whether they are ordinary people in the tribe, warriors, or people outside the tribe, as long as you like it and they are willing to join, you can Incorporated into the thorn vines."


    The job of gathering intelligence has always been shady and bound to use a lot of methods, so Jiang Xuan gave Feng Cao the power to select people.


    "Uncaria, Loach, Southern Star."


    "As long as it doesn''t harm the interests of the tribe, you can give the thorn vines some convenience when necessary."


    "Yes, chief."


    The three of them agreed. (To be continued)

 Chapter 183： Bronze War Spear

    Southern Wilderness, Vine Tribe, Flying Fish East.


    "Chichichi..."


    In the smelting workshop, Jiang Xuan poured a pot of bronze liquid into a large, long pottery fan.


    The pottery pot for smelting bronze liquid has been improved several times, and its appearance has become very strange.


    It looks like a large jade bottle.


    The upper part of the bottle is divided into two parts, a large part is bent upward to make a high handle, and a small part is bent downward to make a leaf-shaped spout.


    In this way, after the bronze liquid is smelted, it is only necessary to wrap the upper part of the handle with animal skin, lift the whole pottery pot, and then pour the bronze liquid into the pottery fan through the leaf-shaped spout.


    After Jiang Xuan poured out the first pot, he waited for a while, and when the bronze liquid in the Tao Fan gradually solidified, but before it was completely solidified, a soldier raised a pot of bronze liquid from another smelting furnace and handed it to Jiang Xuan.


    Jiang Xuan continued to pour it into the very long pottery fan until it was full.


    "Okay, let''s wait and see if two different proportions of bronze can make what I want."


    Jiang Xuan and the two warriors quietly waited for the bronze in Tao Fan to slowly solidify and cool down.


    When it was almost cooled down, Jiang Xuan picked up a hammer and smashed Tao Fan piece by piece.


    "Clap clap clap..."


    Tao Fan kept shattering, and a golden bronze spear gradually revealed its true colors!


    "when!"


    Jiang Xuan tapped the war spear with a bronze hammer, making a crisp metal collision sound.


    "good!"


    Jiang Xuan picked up the bronze spear and waved it casually twice.


    "Congratulations Chief!"


    "Boss, this spear is so beautiful."


    The two soldiers congratulated Jiang Xuan one after another, because this weapon was tailor-made for him by Jiang Xuan.


    In order to cast this bronze war spear, Jiang Xuan tried two different ratios of copper and tin, which was the first time in the Veng tribe.


    The spearhead part, in order to ensure its sharpness, uses four parts copper and one part tin, and the spear part uses three parts copper and one part tin in order to ensure sufficient toughness and certain hardness.


    Because of this, after he poured the spearhead part, he had to wait for a while for the bronze liquid in the spearhead part to solidify, but not completely, otherwise it would be out of touch with the spear shaft.


    Jiang Xuan waved it a few times, and then carefully observed the connection between the spearhead and the spear shaft, and saw that the spear head and the spear shaft were completely integrated and blended very well.


    "Yes, it''s better to go back and sharpen the spear."


    Jiang Xuan wrapped the bronze war spear with an animal skin, and then patted the two warriors on the shoulders.


    "Thank you for your hard work. If it wasn''t for your help, this bronze spear wouldn''t be so easy to cast."


    The two soldiers hurriedly said, "Boss, this is what we should do."


    "I''ll go back first, and next time I come, I''ll treat you to something to eat."


    "Thank you chief."


    Jiang Xuan left the smelting workshop with the bronze war spear wrapped in animal skin, crossed the river by boat, and returned to his yard.


    After returning, he couldn''t wait to polish the tail of the bronze spear, because this place was the entrance when pouring, and some burrs would be left after pouring.


    Then, he found two more whetstones, first used a rough whetstone to sharpen the blade of the spearhead, and then used a fine whetstone to sharpen it again.


    This bronze war spear is made of Tao Fan made by the lost wax method. The blade of the spear head is actually very thin. After grinding it twice, it is even more sharp.


    Jiang Xuan also polished the spear shaft again to make it smoother.


    "Try it."


    With excitement, he held the open-edged bronze spear and walked to a large log leaning against the wall next to the house.


    "Zheng!"


    Jiang Xuan shook suddenly, and the bronze war spear made a crisp metallic trembling sound.


    Then, he slammed into the big log fiercely.


    "Dole!"


    Under the blessing of Jiang Xuan''s huge strength and extremely fast speed, the head of the bronze war spear plunged deeply into the big wood.


    Afterwards, he supported the wood with his feet and pulled out the bronze war spear, only to see that the blade of the spear head was intact.


    "Good weapon!"


    Jiang Xuan couldn''t help but be overjoyed as if a child got a new toy.


    "Crack!"


    He wielded a bronze war spear and cut off the branches of a small tree in the courtyard, and the branches and leaves fell to the ground.


    In the bamboo shed, Tang Yuan looked up at Jiang Xuan, it had no interest in the golden spear, and continued to lower its head to eat meat.


    On the other side, Crescent Moon was chewing the grass slowly, calmly watching Jiang Xuan with the bronze spear slashing and poking everywhere, his eyes were very gentle.


    After fiddling with it for a long time, Jiang Xuan was satisfied with the sharpness of the bronze spear and the toughness of the shaft. He believed that this bronze spear would shine in hunting and fighting in the future.


    However, he soon became worried again.


    "Bronze spear is good, but this golden light is too conspicuous."


    Jiang Xuan didn''t want to expose things like bronze weapons for the time being, otherwise it would definitely lead to endless trouble.


    Therefore, although the bronze war spear was successfully cast, such a conspicuous thing will definitely be noticed by many people once it is taken out.


    This gave him a headache. Could it be that he made a bronze war spear, but could only hide it at home and continue to use the bone spear that was out of his hands?


    Jiang Xuan sat on the threshold, thought for a long time, and said, "Can you disguise it to make it less conspicuous?"


    Jiang Xuan pondered for a while, and tried to apply some grass juice to the spear shaft.


    Soon, where the grass juice was applied, the luster of the bronze became much duller, but it was still very conspicuous compared to the stone spears and bone spears.


    However, this attempt gave Jiang Xuan hope. There must be a way to disguise the bronze spear.


    "This kind of thing, maybe my sister is more professional!"


    Jiang Xuan immediately stood up, wrapped the bronze war spear with animal skin, and walked towards Chishao''s yard with it.


    At this time, Chi Shao was taking two young girls to clean the herbs they had just picked.


    Seeing Jiang Xuan coming over, Chi Shao asked while washing the mud on the herbs, "Boss, is there anything?"


    "I''m really looking for you."


    After Jiang Xuan finished speaking, he glanced at the two girls.


    Chi Shao is a very smart and keen person, she immediately said to the two girls: "I will discuss something with the leader, you should go back first."


    "Yes."


    The two girls put down the herbs and left the yard together.


    Chishao also put down the herbs, washed her hands, and asked, "What''s the matter with me?"


    Jiang Xuan glanced around, then opened the hide, revealing the golden bronze spear.


    Chi Shao looked at the bronze spear that was taller than a human, and was taken aback, "What a beautiful spear, is this a bronze weapon?"


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "Yes, this bronze war spear, I have tried it just now, it is very sharp and hard, and the blade is not easy to damage."


    "However, the bronze war spear is good, but it is too dazzling. If you take it out and use it, others can see that something is wrong at a glance, and it will cause a lot of trouble."


    Chi Shao said: "Then what do you want to do?"


    Jiang Xuan showed Chi Shao the part of the bronze war spear that had been painted with grass juice: "I painted this place with grass juice just now. Look, isn''t it less conspicuous?"


    Chishao nodded and said, "It''s really not that conspicuous, but even if it is covered with grass juice, it will at most make the light of this spear dim."


    "I think so too, so I want to ask my sister if there is a pigment that doesn''t fade, which can completely cover the light of the bronze spear and make it look more ordinary."


    "Let me think."


    Chi Shao looked at the bronze spear, thinking about the properties of various pigments.


    "There really is a paint, wait a minute."


    Chishao walked into the house, and after a while, took out a clay pot and opened the lid, revealing a gray-white pigment.


    "This kind of paint, once applied, is difficult to peel off, and after drying, it looks similar to the color of a stone. I will try it with a stone and show it to you."


    Chishao found a dark green stone, placed it on the ground, and then dipped a bit of paint with an animal hair brush and brushed it on the stone.


    Then, she held the stone with a wooden stick, took it into the house, and baked it over the fire.


    In the high temperature, the pigment dries quickly, and a gray-white trace appears on the dark green stone.


    Afterwards, Chishao took the stone outside and put it on the ground.


    She used a scoop made from the fruit of a gourd plant, scooped a scoop of water, poured it on the stone, and rubbed it with her hands, but the gray-white paint did not fall off at all.


    Chi Shao said: "You see, as long as this paint is baked with fire, water can''t wash it off. Your bronze weapon is also made of stone, so it should also be able to be brushed with this paint."


    Jiang Xuan picked up the dark green stone, looked at the paint in the pot again, put the bronze war spear on the ground, and said, "Try it on the spear first."


    Chishao nodded, and then used the animal hair brush to brush some paint on the tail of the spear, and then took it to the fire pit to bake.


    After a while, the paint gradually dried, and the tail of the spear was no longer gleaming, but was about the same color as gray stone, and it didn''t look conspicuous.


    "Give you."


    Chi Shao handed the bronze spear to Jiang Xuan.


    Jiang Xuan took the bronze war spear to the side of the pool, first scooped the water, soaked it for a while, and then vigorously rubbed it with his hands, but the paint on the spear shaft did not fall off in the slightest.


    "Great, that''s what I want."


    Jiang Xuan excitedly walked to the clay pot containing the paint, then picked up the animal hair brush, first painted half of the bronze spear shaft with paint, and took it to bake.


    After drying, the other part of the bronze spear was painted with paint and continued to be baked.


    After all the paint was baked, his bronze spear had changed a lot.


    The bronze war spear, which was originally shining with gold, has now turned gray and white, as if it was made of stone.


    In this way, even if Jiang Xuan took out the bronze war spear and used it, others would not have thought that his weapon was actually a new material.


    Jiang Xuan said excitedly, "Sister, you have done a great job this time!"


    "With this pigment, it''s not just me. In the future, many warriors of our tribe can use bronze weapons without worrying about being discovered by other tribes."


    A smile also appeared on Chi Shao''s face: "That''s great."


    The two sat by the pool, chatting for a long time around the influence of bronze weapons on the tribe...


    ...


    "Stone Mountain, Vine Wall, exactly as the leader Xuan said, this should be the Vine Tribe."


    On a hilltop to the south of the Vine Tribe, Shan Jia looked at a mist-shrouded rocky mountain in the distance, and the towering vine walls on the outside, with a sigh of relief.


    "Keep going!"


    The mountain armor came down from the top of the mountain, rode a giant tortoise, and led the warriors of the mountain turtle tribe to the Vine tribe.


    When we got to the vicinity of the Vine tribe, the roads on the ground gradually increased, and the number of people gradually increased.


    There are tourists and people from outside tribes, which makes the warriors of the Mountain Turtle Tribe highly vigilant, for fear that someone will attack them.


    However, they went all the way to the vine wall and encountered no attack, which made the mountain giraffe relieved.


    Thinker


    "What a tall vine wall!"


    Shan Jia stood under the vine wall and looked up at the towering vine wall, feeling very shocked.


    The Mountain Turtle Tribe also has walls, but they are low wooden fence walls, which are far from the vine walls in front of them.


    After Shan Jia sighed for a while, he saw many people entering the Vine tribe through a doorway, so he also led people over.


    The Vine tribe warriors in the guard had seen them long ago and sent someone to tell Jiang Xuan.


    When Jiang Xuan came to the front of the door, Jiang Xuan, who got the news, had already arrived in a hurry.


    "Leader of the mountain armor, welcome to the Vine tribe!"


    Jiang Xuan walked out the door laughed and gave Shan Jia a bear hug.


    "Boss Xuan, it''s great to see you!"


    Shan Jia was very surprised, because he did not expect Jiang Xuan to greet him outside the tribe.


    "Hahaha, the leader of the mountain armor, don''t say anything before you come, so I can send someone to pick you up."


    "You must be tired after walking so far. Let''s go for a walk, take a rest inside first, and have something to eat."


    Jiang Xuan enthusiastically took the mountain tortoise inside, and the warriors brought by the mountain also followed in. Only those giant mountain tortoises stayed outside temporarily, and were taken care of by the warriors of the Fuji tribe.


    After entering the vine wall, Shan Jia was the first to see a huge jackal skull. He was taken aback and said, "Boss Xuan, what is this?"


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "This is the skull left by the patron saint of the Jackal Tribe. It is now placed here as a decoration."


    Shan Jia was shocked in his heart, but he didn''t say it.


    Soon, he noticed that there was a row of houses on the left. There were people coming and going in front of the house. Many of them were tourists and people from outside tribes, so he asked, "Boss Xuan, is that the trading area of ??your Teng tribe?"


    In the spring, Jiang Xuan went to the Mountain Turtle Tribe to trade magic mushrooms, and told Shan Jia about the establishment of a trading area by the Vine Tribe.


    "That''s right, that''s the trading area. It''s not very large now, and there aren''t many things that can be used for trading."


    "Boss Xuan, can you show me over there?"


    "sure."


    Jiang Xuan took Shan Jia and others into the trading area and introduced him to the various shops in the trading area.


    After watching Shanjia, the whole person was greatly shocked. The trading area of ??the Veng tribe has a lot of varieties of goods, which are many times better than the previous trading area of ??the mountain turtle tribe.


    He finally realized that Wu was right, the Vine Tribe was far more powerful than he thought.

 Chapter 184： join forces against the enemy

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh tomorrow morning to read the latest content.


    ...


    In Jiang Xuan''s yard, Shan Jia saw the huge dumplings and crescent moon and felt a lot of pressure.


    These two are real vicious beasts.


    In terms of combat power alone, two mountain armors tied together will definitely not be able to beat them.


    "Leader of the mountain armor, come in!"


    In the house, Jiang Xuan put the burning firewood under two pottery cauldrons, one was stewed with meat and vegetables, and the other was full of red crystal rice with the shell removed.


    Afterwards, he took out a lot of dried fruit and dried meat and placed them on the table, which were very rich.


    "coming."


    Shan Jia retracted his gaze from looking at Jiang Xuan''s courtyard, walked into the house, and sat on a large stool made of tree stumps.


    Jiang Xuan greeted: "You''re hungry, come and come, eat some jerky first, and I''ll give you a taste of our Veng tribe''s delicacies later."


    Jiang Xuan stuffed two pieces of jerky into the mountain beetle, but the mountain beetle was not polite, just put a piece in his mouth and chewed it slowly.


    The jerky in Jiang Xuan''s house was marinated with salt and spices for a day, then hung over the fire, wrapped in a wide leaf, and slowly smoked dry.


    It is not only salty and delicious, but also looks clean, unlike other tribes, not only has no salt, but also has a dark appearance, which needs to be washed before eating.


    The mountain carp only chewed a few times, and his eyes lit up. While chewing, he praised indistinctly: "Delicious!"


    Jiang Xuan said with a smile: "Eat more if it''s delicious, it''s enough."


    The tribal people''s teeth are very good. It didn''t take long for Shan Jia to eat most of a piece of jerky, then took the pottery bowl handed over by Jiang Xuan and drank a big sip of tea.


    There are several bags of "tea" in Jiang Xuan''s house, but they are not tea leaves, but the leaves of a kind of herbal medicine.


    After the leaves of this herb are dried in the sun, and then soaked in hot water, it will emit a very fragrant smell, and after drinking, there will be a sweet taste.


    After Jiang Xuan discovered this feature, he asked Chishao again, and determined that the water in which the leaves were soaked was good for people, so he used it as tea.


    After drinking this tea, Shan Jia was full of praise again.


    After eating a whole piece of jerky and drinking a large bowl of tea, Shan Jia finally relieved his hunger.


    Time to get down to business.


    Shan Jia said sternly: "Boss Xuan, I have a very important matter to discuss with you when I come to your Vine tribe this time."


    "Leader of the mountain gills, please speak."


    Shan Jia organized the language in his mind, and then asked, "Boss Xuan, do you know the Mengniao tribe?"


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "I know, you told me before that the Rex tribe was driven away by the Mengniao tribe."


    Shan Jia nodded and said, "That''s right, the Mengniao tribe is a medium-sized tribe. As soon as they came, the Otter tribe quickly migrated to other places."


    "First Clan"


    "But now it''s not just the otter tribe. There are several small tribes near the big swamp, all of which have been wiped out by the Mengniao tribe."


    "Even the hunting grounds of our Mountain Turtle Tribe were robbed by them. If they hadn''t been able to hunt in the Great Swamp, our Mountain Turtle Tribe would have starved to death."


    Jiang Xuan''s expression became solemn. If the mountain turtle tribe really couldn''t survive, they would probably migrate like the otter tribe, or be wiped out by the Mengniao tribe.


    This is a situation that the Vine tribe absolutely does not want to see.


    Because the Mountain Tortoise Tribe is only about three days away from the Vine Tribe, once the Mountain Tortoise Tribe is gone, with the expansion speed of the Mengniao Tribe, it will soon focus on the Vine Tribe.


    A medium-sized tribe with a population of more than 5,000 needs a very broad territory to support it with extremely backward planting and breeding technologies.


    What''s more, the territory currently occupied by the Mengniao tribe is mostly steep mountains and hills, and the environment is relatively harsh.


    They are not like the mountain turtle tribe, who can enter the big swamp for hunting, so they can only continue to expand their territory to support a large number of clansmen.


    Jiang Xuan has no doubt that once the Teng tribe is targeted, such a fat piece of meat, the Mengniao tribe will definitely rush to take a bite, or even swallow it whole.


    In fact, Jiang Xuan had already noticed the Mengniao tribe.


    Because there are many tourists around the Teng tribe, their former tribe was wiped out by the Mengniao tribe.


    After the establishment of the intelligence organization Thorn Vine, Fengcao bought a lot of tourists, and obtained a lot of information about the Mengniao tribe from these tourists.


    Even if the mountain beetle didn''t come today, Jiang Xuan had already raised his vigilance towards the Mengniao tribe.


    "You said just now that your hunting grounds were almost taken away by the Mengniao tribe. What about the Mushroom Forest?"


    Jiang Xuan keenly thought of the mushroom forest.


    When mentioning the Mushroom Forest, Shan Jia''s face suddenly became more ugly.


    "The Mushroom Forest was also robbed by the Mengniao tribe, but they won''t be able to pick the useful mushrooms in it for a while."


    "But... when I came, those damned birds were already destroying the Mushroom Forest. If they are allowed to destroy it, it won''t be long before the Mushroom Forest will be destroyed."


    Having said this, Shan Jia clenched his fists and clenched his teeth.


    The Mushroom Forest is the most important resource of the mountain turtle tribe.


    With the mushroom forest, the mountain turtle tribe can trade with other tribes with various magical mushrooms in exchange for a large amount of materials.


    However, if the Mushroom Forest is lost, the advantages of the Mountain Turtle Tribe will be lost, and in the future, they can only survive by hunting and gathering like other tribes.


    Jiang Xuan asked, "Then what are you going to do?"


    Shan Jia looked at Jiang Xuan and said with a serious face: "When we came, our witch said that the Mountain Turtle Tribe can join forces with the Vine Tribe to destroy this damned Meng Bird Tribe!"


    "Destroy the Mengniao tribe?" Jiang Xuan looked at the mountain armor in surprise.


    "That''s right, just like when we joined forces to destroy the crow tribe and the jackal tribe."


    "The Mengniao tribe is a medium-sized tribe, much stronger than the crow tribe and the jackal tribe."


    Shan Jia asked tentatively, "Boss Xuan, isn''t your Vine tribe also a medium-sized tribe?"


    "No, no, leader of the mountain armor, you look down on us too much."


    Jiang Xuan hurriedly waved his hand and said, "Our Teng tribe is a small tribe, and it is still far from a medium-sized tribe."


    "Boss Xuan, don''t lie to me. The Turtle God said that your Vine God is no weaker than that Mengniao. If you want me to say, even the Mengniao tribe is not as strong as you."


    Shan Jia has a look on your face that I''ve seen through a long time ago, and obviously felt that Jiang Xuan was too modest.


    "Leader of the mountain armor, our Vine God may indeed be stronger, but our Vine Tribe has only been established a few years ago. There are not many warriors in the tribe, and the gap with the medium-sized tribe is too big."


    Jiang Xuan has said so, and the mountain armor cannot force the name of "medium-sized tribe" on the head of the Veng tribe.


    He said helplessly: "Boss Xuan, no matter whether your Teng tribe is a medium-sized tribe or not, I hope you can think about it carefully about attacking the Mengniao tribe. The sooner you get rid of this scourge, the better."


    At this time, the food in the two pottery cauldrons in the fire pond was almost cooked, and the aroma of the food came.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Come here, leader of the mountain armor, let''s fill our stomachs first. Today, I specially cooked red crystal rice. You can''t eat this kind of good food anywhere else!"


    Although Shan Jia was in a hurry, Jiang Xuan said so, so he could only bear his temper and eat with Jiang Xuan first.


    Jiang Xuan first removed the firewood from the pottery cauldron, then took out the pottery pot, filled two pots of meat and vegetables, took out two large pottery bowls, and put a bowl of red crystal rice for himself and Shanjia.


    After the red crystal rice the size of red dates is cooked, the grains are full and exudes an attractive aroma.


    Jiang Xuan sympathetically gave Shan Jia a pair of kuaizi and a spoon, while he only took a pair of kuaizi for himself.


    "Leader of the mountain armor, don''t be polite, eat."


    After speaking, Jiang Xuan picked up the kuaizi, sandwiched a few pieces of meat, put it on top of the red crystal rice, and ate it with the red crystal rice, which was very fragrant.


    Although Shan Jia was not in a good mood, the food that Jiang Xuan cooked was indeed tempting. He also followed Jiang Xuan''s example and picked up the fast food.


    "Leader of the mountain gills, use a spoon, a spoon is easy to scoop."


    Under Jiang Xuan''s reminder, Shan Jia gave up the fast food and scooped up the meat and rice with a spoon, which was really much easier.


    ...


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ...


    In the house, Jiang Xuan put the burning firewood under two pottery cauldrons, one was stewed with meat and vegetables, and the other was full of red crystal rice with the shell removed.


    Afterwards, he took out a lot of dried fruit and dried meat and placed them on the table, which were very rich.


    "coming."


    Shan Jia retracted his gaze from looking at Jiang Xuan''s courtyard, walked into the house, and sat on a large stool made of tree stumps.


    Jiang Xuan greeted: "You''re hungry, come and come, eat some jerky first, and then I''ll give you a taste of our Vine tribe''s delicacies Jiang Xuan stuffed two pieces of jerky into the mountain gill, The mountain beetle was not polite, he directly put a piece in his mouth and chewed it slowly.


    The jerky in Jiang Xuan''s house was marinated with salt and spices for a day, then hung over the fire, wrapped in a wide leaf, and slowly smoked dry.


    It is not only salty and delicious, but also looks clean, unlike other tribes, not only has no salt, but also has a dark appearance, which needs to be washed before eating.


    The mountain carp only chewed a few times, and his eyes lit up. While chewing, he praised indistinctly: "Delicious!"


    Jiang Xuan said with a smile: "Eat more if it''s delicious, it''s enough."


    The tribal people''s teeth are very good. It didn''t take long for Shan Jia to eat most of a piece of jerky, then took the pottery bowl handed over by Jiang Xuan and drank a big sip of tea.


    There are several bags of "tea" in Jiang Xuan''s house, but they are not tea leaves, but the leaves of a kind of herbal medicine.


    After the leaves of this herb are dried in the sun, and then soaked in hot water, it will emit a very fragrant smell, and after drinking, there will be a sweet taste.


    After Jiang Xuan discovered this feature, he asked Chishao again, and determined that the water in which the leaves were soaked was good for people, so he used it as tea.


    After drinking this tea, Shan Jia was full of praise again.


    After eating a whole piece of jerky and drinking a large bowl of tea, Shan Jia finally relieved his hunger.


    Time to get down to business.


    Shan Jia said sternly: "Boss Xuan, I have a very important matter to discuss with you when I come to your Vine tribe this time."


    "Leader of the mountain gills, please speak."


    Shan Jia organized the language in his mind, and then asked, "Boss Xuan, do you know the Mengniao tribe?"


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "I know, you told me before that the Rex tribe was driven away by the Mengniao tribe." (To be continued)

 Chapter 185： pre-war preparations

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh tomorrow morning to read the latest content.


    ¡­


    In the room, all the leaders looked at me and I looked at you, but no one spoke.


    Jiang Xuan looked around, and finally asked Chi Shao, "Witch, what do you think?"


    Chi Shao was silent for a moment, and said, "Since we have to fight the Fierce Bird Tribe sooner or later, it''s better to do it as soon as possible."


    "Now the war is going on, and the mountain turtle tribe and several small tribes will help. When the mountain turtle tribe and those small tribes are wiped out by the fierce bird tribe, our odds of winning are even lower."


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "Wu is right, there is one more point that I want to tell everyone."


    "The mountain turtle tribe and those small tribes are indeed not strong, but they all have guardian gods. Once the war begins, the rattan **** will deal with the fierce bird, and these guardian gods can help us deal with the warriors of the fierce bird tribe."


    "So, on the surface, we seem to be at a great disadvantage. In fact, as long as several tribes unite, we still have a chance of winning."


    Chi Shao also nodded and said, "The leader is right, as long as those patron saints join the battle, they can make up for the disadvantage of our lack of soldiers."


    After listening to the crowd, they all nodded, and had a certain confidence in this battle.


    Uncaria said: "Since this is the case, let''s fight and catch all those fierce birds back to eat meat!"


    "Yes, kill them!"


    "I also want to eat fierce bird meat."


    ¡­


    The leaders spoke one after another, and the blood of the battle suddenly boiled.


    "Okay, since everyone agrees to fight, the matter is settled."


    "After everyone goes back, organize the soldiers of their respective teams, prepare dry food and weapons..."


    Jiang Xuan explained to the leaders what they needed to prepare before the battle.


    Afterwards, the leaders hurriedly left the house and made preparations for the battle according to Jiang Xuan''s orders.


    Chishao communicated with Shenteng again. Shenteng seemed very calm about fighting a medium-sized tribe and agreed directly.


    After everything was done, Jiang Xuan returned to his yard.


    "Boss Xuan, how are you negotiating?"


    As soon as Jiang Xuan went in, the impatient Yamagata greeted him and asked anxiously.


    "Leader of the mountain armor, our Vine Tribe agrees to join forces with you to attack the Bird Tribe together."


    "Great!"


    Yamagata, who got the answer, was overjoyed, and his heart that had been hanging all this time finally let go.


    Jiang Xuan said again: "But... we must ensure that those small tribes also participate in the war, otherwise, the gap between the numbers is too large, and it will be difficult for us to win."


    "Don''t worry, Leader Xuan, those small tribes who have been oppressed by the Fierce Bird tribe can''t live any longer, and they will participate in the war."


    Jiang Xuandao: "It''s better to confirm, there is no room for mistakes in this war."


    "What does the leader Xuan mean?"


    "You and I go to those small tribes and see their attitude."


    "This... well, then we have to hurry up. The Mountain Turtle Tribe is very dangerous now, so we can''t delay any longer."


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "Don''t worry, we will ride the dumplings, very soon."


    "Then let''s go."


    Hearing that he was riding a dumpling, Shan Jia was actually a little scared, because he was used to walking on the ground and flying into the sky, so he had no sense of security at all.


    However, for the survival of the Mountain Turtle Tribe, no matter how afraid he is, he has to bite the bullet.


    "Don''t be in a hurry, leader of the mountain armor, you sit down for a while, I will go immediately after arranging the affairs of the tribe."


    Shan Jia was helpless and could only continue to wait.


    Jiang Xuan left the yard again. He first found Fengcao and asked Fengcao to collect more information as soon as possible, even if it gave those tourists a little more benefit.


    He went to a smelting workshop and asked them to cast as many bronze spearheads, arrowheads and other weapons as possible.


    After the casting is completed, it can be brushed with the gray-white pigment prepared by red peony, so that these bronze weapons can be used in battle in a small amount.


    If soldiers of three or more colors were able to use bronze weapons, their combat effectiveness would definitely increase a lot.


    After leaving the smelting workshop, Jiang Xuan did not delay any further and returned directly to the courtyard of the bamboo forest.


    Shan Jia ordered him to bring the 30 warriors back to the tribe on a giant tortoise, while he and Jiang Xuan flew to the first small tribe on a dumpling.


    "Hey..."


    In the sky, the dumplings made a sharp chirping, then flapped their wings and flew to the distance by the wind.


    Shan Jia almost retracted into the tortoise shell, but his hand stretched out and grabbed Jiang Xuan''s animal skin tightly.


    "Leader of the mountain armor, what are you holding me for?"


    Jiang Xuan was a little uncomfortable being pulled by him, so he turned back and asked helplessly.


    "Too...too high..."


    The head of the mountain armor was retracted into the tortoise shell. The roar of the dumplings took off just now. He glanced down and was so scared that his legs were weak.


    Jiang Xuan knew that he was afraid, but in desperation, he had to let him hold his animal skin coat.


    Jiang Xuan has long been accustomed to flying at high altitudes. He listened to the wind whistling in his ears, watched the mountains and rivers constantly passing under his feet, and even enjoyed the scenery on the road.


    Tangyuan''s wingspan has reached more than 20 meters, and the flight speed is extremely fast.


    After half a day, they arrived at the first small tribe, the Que tribe.


    This is a small tribe with a population of only more than 500. Their totem **** is a special oriole.


    Just as the dumplings approached the Que tribe, a large number of birds flew up in the forest below.


    When the dumplings landed in the open space, they were immediately surrounded by the soldiers of the Que tribe.


    Although Shan Jia''s legs were weak, he was the leader of the Shan Gui tribe after all. Upon seeing this, he immediately shouted, "I am the leader of the Shan Jia tribe, Shan Jia, I need to see your leader urgently."


    Several warriors of the Que tribe took a close look at the mountain armor, and then sent someone to quickly run to report to the Que tribe leader.


    After a while, the leader of the Que tribe hurried over.


    He obviously knew Shan Jia, and when he saw Shan Jia, he immediately shouted: "Head of Shan Jia, it''s really you!"


    The Que Tribe used to occasionally make deals with the Mountain Turtle Tribe, so after seeing the Mountain Jia, the Que Tribe leader was relieved.


    However, Tang Yuan and Jiang Xuan still put a lot of pressure on him.


    "Who is this?"


    Jiang Xuan said: "I am the leader of the Vine tribe, Xuan."


    Shan Jia said: "Leader Ye, don''t worry, Leader Xuan is a friend of our mountain turtle tribe. Thanks to him for sending me here this time."


    ¡­


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ¡­


    In the room, all the leaders looked at me and I looked at you, but no one spoke.


    Jiang Xuan looked around, and finally asked Chi Shao, "Witch, what do you think?"


    Chi Shao was silent for a moment, and said, "Since we have to fight the Fierce Bird Tribe sooner or later, it''s better to do it as soon as possible."


    "Now the war is going on, and the mountain turtle tribe and several small tribes will help. When the mountain turtle tribe and those small tribes are wiped out by the fierce bird tribe, our odds of winning are even lower."


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "Wu is right, there is one more point that I want to tell everyone."


    "The mountain turtle tribe and those small tribes are indeed not strong, but they all have guardian gods. Once the war begins, the rattan **** will deal with the fierce bird, and these guardian gods can help us deal with the warriors of the fierce bird tribe."


    "So, on the surface, we seem to be at a great disadvantage. In fact, as long as several tribes unite, we still have a chance of winning."


    Chi Shao also nodded and said, "The leader is right, as long as those patron saints join the battle, they can make up for the disadvantage of our lack of soldiers."


    After listening to the crowd, they all nodded, and had a certain confidence in this battle.


    Uncaria said: "Since this is the case, let''s fight and catch all those fierce birds back to eat meat!"


    "Yes, kill them!"


    "I also want to eat fierce bird meat."


    ¡­


    The leaders spoke one after another, and the blood of the battle suddenly boiled.


    "Okay, since everyone agrees to fight, the matter is settled."


    "After everyone goes back, organize the soldiers of their respective teams, prepare dry food and weapons..."


    Jiang Xuan explained to the leaders what they needed to prepare before the battle.


    Afterwards, the leaders hurriedly left the house and made preparations for the battle according to Jiang Xuan''s orders.


    Chishao communicated with Shenteng again. Shenteng seemed very calm about fighting a medium-sized tribe and agreed directly.


    After everything was done, Jiang Xuan returned to his yard.


    "Boss Xuan, how are you negotiating?"


    As soon as Jiang Xuan went in, the impatient Yamagata greeted him and asked anxiously.


    "Leader of the mountain armor, our Vine Tribe agrees to join forces with you to attack the Bird Tribe together."


    "Great!"


    Yamagata, who got the answer, was overjoyed, and his heart that had been hanging all this time finally let go.


    Jiang Xuan said again: "But... we must ensure that those small tribes also participate in the war, otherwise, the gap between the numbers is too large, and it will be difficult for us to win."


    "Don''t worry, Leader Xuan, those small tribes who have been oppressed by the Fierce Bird tribe can''t live any longer, and they will participate in the war."


    Jiang Xuandao: "It''s better to confirm, there is no room for mistakes in this war."


    "What does the leader Xuan mean?"


    "You and I go to those small tribes and see their attitude."


    "This... well, then we have to hurry up. The Mountain Turtle Tribe is very dangerous now, so we can''t delay any longer."


    book


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "Don''t worry, we will ride the dumplings, very soon."


    "Then let''s go."


    Hearing that he was riding a dumpling, Shan Jia was actually a little scared, because he was used to walking on the ground and flying into the sky, so he had no sense of security at all.


    However, for the survival of the Mountain Turtle Tribe, no matter how afraid he is, he has to bite the bullet.


    "Don''t be in a hurry, leader of the mountain armor, you sit down for a while, I will go immediately after arranging the affairs of the tribe."


    Shan Jia was helpless and could only continue to wait.


    Jiang Xuan left the yard again. He first found Fengcao and asked Fengcao to collect more information as soon as possible, even if it gave those tourists a little more benefit.


    He went to a smelting workshop and asked them to cast as many bronze spearheads, arrowheads and other weapons as possible.


    After the casting is completed, it can be brushed with the gray-white pigment prepared by red peony, so that these bronze weapons can be used in battle in a small amount.


    If the warriors with more than three colors can use bronze weapons, their combat effectiveness will definitely increase a lot.


    After leaving the smelting workshop, Jiang Xuan did not delay any further and returned directly to the courtyard of the bamboo forest.


    Shan Jia ordered the thirty warriors he brought to return to the tribe on a giant tortoise, while he and Jiang Xuan flew to the first small tribe on a dumpling.


    "Hey..."


    In the sky, the dumplings made a sharp chirping, then flapped their wings and flew to the distance by the wind.


    Shan Jia almost retracted into the tortoise shell, but his hand stretched out and grabbed Jiang Xuan''s animal skin tightly.


    "Leader of the mountain armor, what are you holding me for?"


    Jiang Xuan was a little uncomfortable being pulled by him, so he turned back and asked helplessly.

 Chapter 186： Accident

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh tomorrow morning to read the latest content.


    ...


    "What a powerful tribe!"


    Among the vine tribes, Ye looked at the tall stone mountains, the rolling vine walls, and the people of the vine tribe working in the fields, and his heart was greatly impacted.


    Everything about the rattan tribe is very novel to him, such as neat crops, all kinds of strange tools, tall houses, wooden boats and bamboo rafts...


    When he was in the Que tribe, he thought the mountain turtle tribe was very powerful, but after coming to the Vine tribe, he found that the mountain turtle tribe was nothing at all.


    Most of the people from other tribes are yellow-faced and thin, and they wear tattered animal skins and even grass skirts.


    As for the Vine tribe, almost everyone looks strong, and the clothes on their bodies rarely have holes and look relatively new.


    This is what surprised Ye the most, because it shows that the Teng tribe is very rich and can make the clansmen eat and clothe themselves every day.


    Not even the Raptor Tribe can do that.


    "Leader Ye, how about our Vine tribe? Is it worth fighting side by side?"


    Jiang Xuan took Ye, the leader of the Que tribe, for a turn, and then asked him.


    Ye gave a thumbs up and said, "The Vine Tribe is really strong. Leader Xuan can rest assured that the Que Tribe will join you in attacking the Bird Tribe."


    Jiang Xuan and Shan Jia glanced at each other, and both of them secretly breathed a sigh of relief, finally winning over the Que tribe.


    "Leader Ye, are you hungry after walking for so long? Let''s go and have something to eat at my place first."


    Ye said embarrassedly, "I''m really hungry."


    "Come on, let''s go, the food is ready."


    Jiang Xuan took Ye and Shanjia back to his yard. In the yard, some soldiers had prepared meals.


    The three chatted while eating, and set the day to attack the Bird Tribe in ten days.


    The reason why it takes so many days is because the distance between the three tribes is relatively long, and it takes ten days to gather near the Birds tribe.


    After eating and drinking, Jiang Xuan rode the dumplings again and sent Shan Jia and Ye back to their respective tribes.


    Jiang Xuan went to the Unicorn Tribe again and told them the time of the attack so that they could prepare in advance.


    Later, Jiang Xuan returned to the Vine tribe and began to gather people to prepare for battle.


    It takes about eight days to travel from the Vine Tribe to the Bird Tribe, but the warriors of the Vine Tribe all have mounts, and their marching speed is much faster than walking.


    A day later, Jiang Xuan summoned more than 1,500 warriors, about half of them were prisoners with good behavior.


    Jiang Xuan scattered them into various teams and let the Veng tribe warriors supervise them.


    And promised them that in this battle, if they behaved well, they could officially join the Vine Tribe and become members of the Vine Tribe.


    As for the remaining prisoners, most of them were ordinary people with little fighting ability. Jiang Xuan left 30 soldiers behind to take care of them. If anyone dared to take the opportunity to cause trouble, he would kill them directly.


    Jiang Xuan sent another person to inform the frog tribe.


    As a subordinate tribe of the Vine tribe, they need to send at least half of their warriors to assist the Vine Tribe in fighting, which is one of the costs of being a subordinate tribe.


    The frog tribe is very reluctant, because their population is already less than 200, and it takes a long time to cultivate and recuperate.


    However, Huo Meng knew very well that they had to join the war, otherwise they would lose the trust of the Vine tribe.


    In the end, the Frog Tribe sent eighty warriors to fight with the Vine Tribe army.


    On the night of June 18, Jiang Xuan summoned the three or more warriors of the Teng tribe, including all the leaders, to Chishao''s courtyard, and took out the bronze weapons that had been disguised with paint.


    "These new weapons are the biggest secret of our Vine tribe at present. After you get them, you should hide them and use them in battles. If you leak the secrets, you will be severely punished. Do you understand?"


    "clear!"


    "Okay, now you come and choose the appropriate weapon yourself."


    On the ground, there are a large number of bronze weapons that have been painted gray and white, including bronze axes, bronze short knives, wooden handle spears, feather arrows and so on.


    Everyone chooses their favorite weapons, wraps them in animal skins, and takes them back to their homes.


    In the early morning of June 19, the Vine Tribe and the Frog Tribe finished their preparations and started their expedition.


    Outside the Teng tribe, more than 1,500 warriors assembled, each of them riding a mount, carrying weapons, dry food, medicine and other things at the same time.


    Nearby tourists, as well as people from the outside, were frightened and hid further away.


    "Boom!"


    Above the stone mountain, the fog quickly dissipated, and the divine vine rose from the ground and floated into the air, bursting with ten thousand green lights.


    Then, an even more astonishing scene appeared.


    "Kakkaka..."


    The tall vine wall grew rapidly, and the vines intertwined with each other, closing the gates on all sides.


    If it is usual, after the gates on all sides are closed, Shenteng should set off.


    But today there is a new twist.


    The **** vine sprinkled a lot of **** liquid along the vine wall, as if it was raining.


    "Whoosh whoosh..."


    All the vines actually grow wildly again, they are intertwined with each other, growing taller and thicker, and meeting towards the center of the tribe.


    In the end, a huge vine cover appeared, covering the entire vine tribe!


    The remaining Vine tribesmen in the Vine tribe, as well as the captives, all looked up at the dense vines in the sky, speechless in shock.


    Fortunately, because the vines are too thick, the interweaving is not particularly close, leaving a lot of gaps, and these gaps can transmit light.


    Otherwise, it will become dark in the Vine Tribe, and it will be impossible to distinguish day and night.


    However, with the protection of this huge vine cover, the clansmen left by the vine tribe will be very safe, and there is no need to worry that someone will climb in along the vine wall to take advantage of the opportunity, and there is no need to worry that the captives will escape.


    "The Fuji God seems to be getting stronger again."


    Outside the tribe, Jiang Xuan looked at the huge vine cover, his mouth opened in shock.


    Chi Shao on the side nodded and said, "Vine God is indeed stronger than before."


    All the warriors outside the Vine Tribe became even more fanatical in their worship of the divine Vine, and the captives were completely intimidated.


    After the vine cover was completed, the size of the vine quickly shrank, and then flew to the top of Jiang Xuan and others.


    Jiang Xuan was refreshed and shouted loudly, "Let''s go!"


    "Roar!"


    Crescent Moon raised her head and let out a roar that shook the mountains and forests, and then took Jiang Xuan to walk forward first, followed by thirty rhinos, countless blue sheep, and big-horned deer carrying Veng tribe warriors.


    "Hey..."


    In the sky, the dumplings flew forward, exploring the way for everyone in the Veng tribe.


    "Buzzing..."


    More than 60 giant dragonflies formed a flying team, and they flew over the forest unhurriedly.


    "Ah..."


    At the rear of the team, Huo Meng set out with eighty frog tribe warriors and a group of giant frogs.


    Because of the small number of giant frogs, Huo Meng can only rub against the mounts of the Vine tribe warriors, so that they don''t have to worry about falling behind.


    ...


    Southern Wilderness, Mountain Turtle Tribe.


    After Shanjia returned from the Vine tribe, he immediately mobilized the soldiers of the entire tribe to prepare for a deadly battle with the Raptor tribe.


    However, the day after he returned, an accident happened.


    The Bird Tribe forcibly destroyed the mushroom forest and wanted to collect magical mushrooms, but was attacked by various poisonous or strange mushrooms.


    ...


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ...


    When he was in the Que tribe, he thought the mountain turtle tribe was very powerful, but after coming to the Vine tribe, he found that the mountain turtle tribe was nothing at all.


    Most of the people from other tribes are yellow-faced and thin, and they wear tattered animal skins and even grass skirts.


    As for the Vine tribe, almost everyone looks strong, and the clothes on their bodies rarely have holes and look relatively new.


    This is what surprised Ye the most, because it shows that the Teng tribe is very rich and can make the clansmen eat and clothe themselves every day.


    Not even the Raptor Tribe can do that.


    "Leader Ye, how about our Vine tribe? Is it worth fighting side by side?"


    Jiang Xuan took Ye, the leader of the Que tribe, for a turn, and then asked him.


    Ye gave a thumbs up and said, "The Vine Tribe is really strong. Leader Xuan can rest assured that the Que Tribe will join you in attacking the Bird Tribe."


    Jiang Xuan and Shan Jia glanced at each other, and both of them secretly breathed a sigh of relief, finally winning over the Que tribe.


    "Leader Ye, are you hungry after walking for so long? Let''s go and have something to eat at my place first."


    Ye said embarrassedly, "I''m really hungry."


    "Come on, let''s go, the food is ready."


    Jiang Xuan took Ye and Shanjia back to his yard. In the yard, some soldiers had prepared meals.


    The three chatted while eating, and set the day to attack the Bird Tribe in ten days.


    The reason why it takes so many days is because the distance between the three tribes is relatively long, and it takes ten days to gather near the Birds tribe.


    After eating and drinking, Jiang Xuan rode the glutinous rice **** again and sent Shan Jia and Ye back to their respective tribes Jiang Xuan went to the Unicorn tribe again and told them the time of the attack, Get them ready in advance.


    Later, Jiang Xuan returned to the Vine tribe and began to gather people to prepare for battle.


    It takes about eight days to travel from the Vine Tribe to the Bird Tribe, but the warriors of the Vine Tribe all have mounts, and their marching speed is much faster than walking.


    A day later, Jiang Xuan summoned more than 1,500 warriors, about half of them were prisoners with good behavior.


    Jiang Xuan scattered them into various teams and let the Veng tribe warriors supervise them.


    And promised them that in this battle, if they behaved well, they could officially join the Vine Tribe and become members of the Vine Tribe.


    As for the remaining prisoners, most of them were ordinary people with little fighting ability. Jiang Xuan left 30 soldiers behind to take care of them. If anyone dared to take the opportunity to cause trouble, he would kill them directly.


    Jiang Xuan sent another person to inform the frog tribe.


    As a subordinate tribe of the Vine tribe, they need to send at least half of their warriors to assist the Vine Tribe in fighting, which is one of the costs of being a subordinate tribe.


    The frog tribe is very reluctant, because their population is already less than 200, and it takes a long time to cultivate and recuperate.


    However, Huo Meng knew very well that they had to join the war, otherwise they would lose the trust of the Vine tribe.


    In the end, the Frog Tribe sent eighty warriors to fight with the Vine Tribe army.


    On the night of June 18, Jiang Xuan summoned the three or more warriors of the Teng tribe, including all the leaders, to Chishao''s courtyard, and took out the bronze weapons that had been disguised with paint.


    "These new weapons are the biggest secret of our Vine tribe at present. After you get them, you should hide them and use them in battles. If you leak the secrets, you will be severely punished. Do you understand?"

 Chapter 187： The unexpected discovery of dumplings

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    ...


    In the afternoon, the members of the Mountain Turtle Tribe went ashore far away from their original residence.


    They were tired and hungry, and everyone was in a low mood.


    Because they fled in a hurry, the food and all kinds of materials in the tribe were too late to take away, and the Fierce Bird tribe was cheap in vain.


    "Boss, what should we do now?"


    The warriors of the mountain turtle tribe gathered around the mountain, hoping that the mountain would have an idea.


    "All soldiers above one color go out to hunt, and ordinary soldiers stay here to build temporary shelters. Let''s get through tonight."


    The mountain armor waved, and the warriors of the mountain turtle tribe dragged their tired bodies to hunt, because they had no food on them.


    Ordinary warriors who stayed in place picked up dead trees on the ground and built temporary shelters.


    Because they don''t have the time or energy to cut down trees anymore.


    As time passed, the sun gradually set in the west, and under the reflection of the sunset, the ground seemed to be covered with a layer of dark red veil.


    Shan Jia and Wu were sitting in the temporary shelter that had just been built. The two of them looked at the fire that had just been built, and they only felt sadness coming from their hearts.


    Their place of residence has been destroyed by the fierce bird tribe, and there is no food and supplies. What should we do next?


    The last time they were attacked by the Crow Tribe, although they also escaped, they were not very panicked, because the Turtle God could continue to attack, making the Crow Tribe unable to live.


    But the Bird Tribe is different. They are a medium-sized tribe, and the Bird God is far more powerful than the crow.


    The turtle **** went for a sneak attack. If he was blocked by the fierce bird god, he might not be able to come back.


    "Wu, where should we go tomorrow?"


    Shan Jia was also confused, and even the blood on his face was in the mood to wash.


    Wu pondered for a long time and said, "Didn''t you unite the Vine Tribe, the Que Tribe and the Unicorn Tribe two days ago? Calculate the time, the Vine Tribe should also set off."


    Shan Jia said in astonishment: "But our Mountain Turtle Tribe has become like this. Are we going to continue to attack the Bird Tribe with them?"


    "It is precisely because of this that we have to attack the Bird Tribe with them."


    Although Wu looked very old, his eyes were still bright, and at this critical juncture, he was calmer than Shan Jia.


    "Our mountain turtle tribe has nothing, if we migrate to other places, it will be very difficult."


    "But if this battle is won, we can not only get back what we lost, but even more!"


    After hearing Wu''s words, Shan Jia also reacted.


    If it was said that they had a choice before, but now they are forced into a desperate situation, in fact, they have no choice.


    Once they escape, the mountain turtle tribe will definitely weaken or even perish.


    Staying to attack the Raptor Tribe may seem dangerous, but it has the opportunity to turn around quickly.


    "Wu, I understand!"


    Shan Jia rubbed his face and ordered himself to cheer up, not to be depressed by this blow.


    He is the leader of the Mountain Turtle Tribe. If even he is depressed, those warriors will only be more desperate.


    "I''m going out to see if I can get to the water and catch some fish or some tiger frogs."


    Shan Jia stood up and walked outside with his spear. He first went to a puddle on the edge of the swamp and washed the dried blood on his face and hands with water.


    The cool water refreshed him, and he washed the spear again, and by the last light of the evening he went to the edge of the swamp, hoping to add something to the supper.


    ...


    In the forest, more than 1,500 warriors of the Vine tribe rode on their mounts and moved forward unhurriedly.


    They have walked for a day, and after another day, they will reach the mushroom forest.


    According to the previously discussed plan, the Vine Tribe, the Finch Tribe and the Unicorn Tribe will all meet in the Mountain Turtle Tribe, and then attack the Raptor Tribe together.


    The distance between the Mountain Turtle Tribe and the Raging Bird Tribe is about three days. If there is a mount, the time can be shortened to more than one day.


    Considering that the Sparrow Tribe and the Unicorn Tribe had no mounts, the Vine Tribe set off in advance so that there would be more time.


    "I don''t know if the sparrow tribe and the unicorn tribe have set off."


    In front of the team, Jiang Xuan rode the crescent moon to open the way, and envisioned various methods of joint combat in his mind.


    The joint battle of multiple tribes is much more complicated than the battle of the Vine tribe itself.


    Because he couldn''t be sure how the other tribes would behave after the battle.


    For example, when the two sides are at war, a tribe suddenly runs away, which will have a great impact on the battle situation.


    If it weren''t for the strong bird tribe, Jiang Xuan would not want to unite with other tribes at all.


    After half a day, Jiang Xuan came to a more familiar forest. After walking for so long, everyone was hungry and tired.


    Jiang Xuan made Crescent Moon turn back, and then shouted loudly, "Rest in place!"


    The warriors of the Vine tribe stopped one after another, then got off their mounts and sat under the big tree in twos and threes, resting and eating the food they brought.


    If they see wild vegetables nearby, they will also pick them up, eat them raw if they can, bring them if they can¡¯t, and roast them when the fire is lit at night.


    "Hey..."


    The team rested, and the dumplings also took this opportunity to hover over the nearby forest, hoping to catch a prey and have a full meal.


    Because of the arrival of the Vine tribe army, the movement was so loud that the animals in the nearby forest were scared away.


    The dumplings flew a few times and didn''t see the target, so they could only fly farther away.


    It flew into a forest far away, relying on its powerful strength and excellent eyesight, it found a large python wrapped around a tree, and quickly dived down, grabbed the big python, and pulled it up into the sky.


    "Hey..."


    Tangyuan is very happy, its favorite food is snake.


    It pecked through the python''s head, but the snake''s body was still twisting in its claws.


    Tang Yuan didn''t care either, and flew back with the big python.


    Because it was very happy, it didn''t fly in a straight line, grabbing the big python, flickering left and right, very awkward.


    "Heaven Comes"


    However, when it flew halfway, the sharp eagle eye found something unusual on the ground.


    The dumplings slowed down their flight and approached the ground with abnormal conditions.


    Soon, it saw the huge turtle **** like a hill, as well as a large number of giant tortoises and warriors of the mountain turtle tribe next to the turtle god.


    Tangyuan has been to the mountain turtle tribe many times, and it naturally recognizes these big mountain turtles.


    On the ground, the people of the Shangui tribe also saw the dumplings, and they knew that this was Jiang Xuan''s mount.


    Shan Jia excitedly waved to the sky and shouted, "We are here!"


    However, after waving for a long time, he saw the dumplings swirl and fly to other places.


    "Boss, how did it fly away?"


    The mountain turtle tribe warrior next to him asked inexplicably.


    Shan Jia was also very depressed and said, "How do I know? Leader Xuan doesn''t seem to be on its back, let''s continue walking."


    The reason why the people of the Mountain Turtle Tribe are here is because they want to meet the people of the Vine tribe on the way.


    Otherwise, the people of the Vine tribe will go directly to the previous residence of the Mountain Turtle tribe, and they will definitely meet the people of the Bird tribe directly.


    After the glutinous rice **** flew far away, the Mountain Turtle Tribe continued to move forward, and they had to wait for the confluence on the only road of the Vine Tribe.


    On the other side, Tang Yuan grabbed the big python and flew all the way back to the forest where Jiang Xuan and others were resting.


    It fell in the clearing, first used its sharp beak to peck the skin of the boa constrictor, and then tore off the snake meat piece by piece and ate it.


    After filling his stomach in a hurry, the dumplings swayed to Jiang Xuan''s side and whispered a few times at him.


    "Tangyuan, what happened?"


    Jiang Xuan gets along with Tangyuan day and night, and he knows it very well. Knowing its behavior means that he has something to tell him.


    Tang Yuan shook his head and motioned Jiang Xuan to put it on its back.


    Jiang Xuan thought for a while, and said to Chi Shao, "Wu, the dumplings should have discovered a special situation. I''ll go check with it first, and you can rest here for a while."


    Chi Shao nodded and said, "Okay, let''s go."


    Jiang Xuan picked up the bronze war spear and climbed onto the back of Tangyuan. Tangyuan took two long legs and ran to the open space, then fluttered its wings and flew into the sky.


    Not long after, Tang Yuan took Jiang Xuan to find the people of the Shangui tribe again.


    When Jiang Xuan saw the turtle god, he thought he was wrong.


    "What''s the situation? How did the Mountain Turtle Tribe come here?"


    ...


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ...


    Shan Jia was also confused, and even the blood on his face was in the mood to wash.


    Wu pondered for a long time and said, "Didn''t you unite the Vine Tribe, the Que Tribe and the Unicorn Tribe two days ago? Calculate the time, the Vine Tribe should also set off."


    Shan Jia said in astonishment: "But our Mountain Turtle Tribe has become like this. Are we going to continue to attack the Bird Tribe with them?"


    "It is precisely because of this that we have to attack the Bird Tribe with them."


    Although Wu looked very old, his eyes were still bright, and at this critical juncture, he was calmer than Shan Jia.


    "Our mountain turtle tribe has nothing, if we migrate to other places, it will be very difficult."


    "But if this battle is won, we can not only get back what we lost, but even more!"


    After hearing Wu''s words, Shan Jia also reacted.


    If it was said that they had a choice before, but now they are forced into a desperate situation, in fact, they have no choice.


    Once they escape, the mountain turtle tribe will definitely weaken or even perish.


    Staying to attack the Raptor Tribe may seem dangerous, but it has the opportunity to turn around quickly.


    "Wu, I understand!"


    Shan Jia rubbed his face and ordered himself to cheer up, not to be depressed by this blow.


    He is the leader of the Mountain Turtle Tribe. If even he is depressed, those warriors will only be more desperate.


    "I''m going out to see if I can get to the water and catch some fish or some tiger frogs."


    Shan Jia stood up and walked outside with his spear. He first went to a puddle on the edge of the swamp and washed the dried blood on his face and hands with water.


    The cool water refreshed him, and he washed the spear again, and by the last light of the evening he went to the edge of the swamp, hoping to add something to the supper.


    ...


    In the forest, more than 1,500 warriors of the Vine tribe rode on their mounts and moved forward unhurriedly.


    They have walked for a day, and after another day, they will reach the mushroom forest.


    According to the previously discussed plan, the Vine Tribe, the Finch Tribe and the Unicorn Tribe will all meet in the Mountain Turtle Tribe, and then attack the Raptor Tribe together.


    The distance between the Mountain Turtle Tribe and the Raging Bird Tribe is about three days. If there is a mount, the time can be shortened to more than one day.


    Considering that the Sparrow Tribe and the Unicorn Tribe had no mounts, the Vine Tribe set off in advance so that there would be more time.


    "I don''t know if the sparrow tribe and the unicorn tribe have set off."


    In front of the team, Jiang Xuan rode the crescent moon to open the way, and envisioned various methods of joint combat in his mind.


    The joint battle of multiple tribes is much more complicated than the battle of the Vine tribe itself.


    Because he couldn''t be sure how the other tribes would behave after the battle.


    For example, when the two sides are at war, a tribe suddenly runs away, which will have a great impact on the battle situation.


    If it weren''t for the strong bird tribe, Jiang Xuan would not want to unite with other tribes at all.


    After half a day, Jiang Xuan came to a more familiar forest. After walking for so long, everyone was hungry and tired.


    Jiang Xuan made Crescent Moon turn back, and then shouted loudly, "Rest in place!"


    The warriors of the Vine tribe stopped one after another, then got off their mounts and sat under the big tree in twos and threes, resting and eating the food they brought.


    If they see wild vegetables nearby, they will also pick them up, eat them raw if they can, bring them if they can¡¯t, and roast them when the fire is lit at night.


    "Hey..."


    The team rested, and the dumplings also took this opportunity to hover over the nearby forest, hoping to catch a prey and have a full meal.


    Because of the arrival of the Vine tribe army, the movement was so loud that the animals in the nearby forest were scared away.


    The dumplings flew a few times and didn''t see the target, so they could only fly farther away.


    It flew into a forest far away, relying on its powerful strength and excellent eyesight, it found a large python wrapped around a tree, and quickly dived down, grabbed the big python, and pulled it up into the sky.


    "Hey..."


    Tangyuan is very happy, its favorite food is snake.


    It pecked through the python''s head, but the snake''s body was still twisting in its claws.


    Tang Yuan didn''t care either, and flew back with the big python.


    Because it was very happy, it didn''t fly in a straight line, grabbing the big python, flickering left and right, very awkward.


    However, when it flew halfway, the sharp eagle eye found something unusual on the ground.


    The dumplings slowed down their flight and approached the ground with abnormal conditions.


    Soon, it saw the huge turtle **** like a hill, as well as a large number of giant tortoises and warriors of the mountain turtle tribe next to the turtle god.


    Tangyuan has been to the mountain turtle tribe many times, and it naturally recognizes these big mountain turtles.


    On the ground, the people of the Shangui tribe also saw the dumplings, and they knew that this was Jiang Xuan''s mount.


    Shan Jia excitedly waved to the sky and shouted, "We are here!"


    However, after waving for a long time, he saw the dumplings swirl and fly to other places.

 Chapter 188： flaming bird

    Three days later, the Vine Tribe, the Mountain Turtle Tribe, the Que Tribe, and the Unicorn Tribe converged on the barren hills, gathering about 2,600 warriors and four totem gods.


    This is a very powerful force!


    The four leaders gathered together, because the Vine tribe was the most powerful, and Jiang Xuan''s voice was naturally the greatest.


    The leader of the Unicorn Tribe said: "Boss Xuan, everyone is here. Are we going to attack the Bird Tribe directly now?"


    Jiang Xuandao: "Don''t worry, our number is not as large as that of the Raptor Tribe. We will suffer from a direct attack, and the Raptor Tribe should have discovered us and will definitely be prepared."


    The four tribes gathered together, and the goal was too big. The Bird tribe was not stupid and would definitely find them.


    "What does the leader Xuan mean?"


    Jiang Xuan thought for a while and said, "Let the people from the Fierce Bird Tribe out, then choose a good location to set up an ambush, and kill some of them first."


    Shan Jia asked, "How to set up an ambush?"


    Jiang Xuan pulled out a short knife, drew a simple map on the ground, and said, "We are in this place, the Fierce Bird Tribe is to the southeast of us, and there is a valley in the middle. I have been riding rice dumplings before, and it is very suitable for ambushes."


    "Let''s first send two hundred warriors, spread out, and head to the valley, so that we can avoid being tracked by the people of the Bird Tribe."


    "After reaching the valley, the two hundred warriors will meet again, collect all the dry wood that can be picked up inside and outside the valley, and pile them on both sides of the valley, leaving only the middle road."


    "Then, we pretended to attack the Raptor Tribe, led them out, at least some of them into the valley, blocked the entrance and exit, and burned them to death!"


    Fire attack, this is one of the strategies Jiang Xuan learned when he was studying the Three Kingdoms in his previous life. Zhuge Liang used this strategy to lead Sima Yi into the valley, almost burning Sima Yi''s army alive.


    The reason why Sima Yi was able to live was because of the sudden heavy rain in the sky, Jiang Xuan did not believe that the Fierce Bird tribe had such luck.


    After listening to Jiang Xuan''s plan, the leaders of Shan Jia, Ye and Unicorn tribe were stunned and stunned, and then felt their scalps go numb.


    Tribal people fight, most of the time they are hula hula rushing up, and at most some traps are arranged to trap people.


    They have never used or even thought of such a meticulous strategy as Jiang Xuan.


    Moreover, most tribes would not use methods like fire attack, because the virgin forest in the Southern Wilderness is too dense, and once it burns, the flames will not be divided into enemy and us.


    Once the fire spreads on a large scale, all tribes will suffer.


    Shan Jia also thought of this question, so he asked: "Boss Xuan, if the forest around the valley is also burned, what should we do?"


    Ye and the leaders of the One-Horned Tribe nodded their heads one after another. If the large forest surrounding the Great Swamp was burnt down, they would not be able to survive here.


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "Yanjia, remember when we attacked the crow tribe?"


    "Remember, what happened?"


    "The big crow could also breathe fire, and it was very powerful, but it failed to set the forest on fire. Why?"


    Shan Jia thought about it carefully, then his eyes lit up, and said, "The Turtle God put out the fire with water!"


    "That''s right, the valley I chose is also next to the big swamp. There is a turtle god, and it''s just a matter of burning the people of the Bird Tribe to put out the fire."


    "Yeah, why didn''t I think of that!"


    Shan Jia slapped his thigh, and his worries about the fire attack disappeared.


    Ye and the leader of the Unicorn tribe were also relieved, they didn''t have to worry about this vast forest being burned down.


    The leader of the Unicorn Tribe said: "Then do as the leader Xuan said."


    Ye nodded and said, "I agree."


    Jiang Xuandao: "Which tribe sent two hundred warriors to prepare firewood in the valley?"


    Shan Jia said: "Our Mountain Turtle Tribe is familiar with that valley, and we can send 200 warriors there!"


    Jiang Xuan looked at the leader of Ye He''s Unicorn Tribe and said, "Do you agree?"


    The leader of the Ye He Unicorn tribe nodded. They were indeed not as familiar with the valley as the Mountain Turtle tribe. If they sent their warriors there, they would probably not be able to find the land.


    "Okay, then as I said just now, let these warriors spread out and gather again when they arrive at the place. Be careful not to be discovered by the people of the Bird Tribe."


    "Don''t worry, Chief Xuan, we will go by the water on the mountain turtle, and the Fierce Bird Tribe will not be able to find it."


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "Then let them go."


    Shan Jia immediately arranged for two hundred warriors of the mountain turtle tribe, in groups of three or five, riding giant mountain turtles, and scattered to the valley to pick up firewood.


    "Okay, let''s go too, to the Bird Tribe!"


    Because it is attractive in the past, there is no need to worry about the problem of exposure. More than 2,000 warriors, four totem gods, slaughtered the fierce bird tribe in a mighty manner.


    Because of the time to be arranged on the other side of the valley, Jiang Xuan and the others were not in a hurry at all. They hunted and replenished food along the way while walking.


    Such a big battle naturally attracted the attention of the Fierce Bird Tribe. They dispatched a large number of soldiers to monitor the movements of the Allied Forces of the Vine Tribe along the way and prepare for the battle.


    The Raptor Tribe was afraid that the war would destroy the tribe they had worked so hard to build. Before the Allied Forces of the Vine Tribes could reach the door of their tribe, they gathered all the soldiers and prepared to attack the allied forces.


    "Hey!"


    In a forest outside the Fierce Bird Tribe, the Allied Forces of the Vine Tribe were slowly moving forward when suddenly, the tangyuan in the sky gave a sharp chirping.


    Jiang Xuan in the forest immediately shouted: "Stop advancing, prepare to fight!"


    More than 2,000 soldiers stopped one after another, clenched their weapons, and prepared to fight.


    Behind a big tree in front, the leader of the Bird Tribe looked at the sky and scolded: "Damn the big blue bird, we have been found."


    Originally, the Bird Tribe planned to lie in ambush in the woods, and when the Allied Forces of the Vine Tribe came in, they would be caught off guard.


    But they didn''t expect Tangyuan to scout in the air and found them in time.


    "Leader, what should I do now?" a fighter of the Bird Tribe asked.


    "What else can I do? Run!"


    The leader of the Bird Tribe folded his legs and pointed his spear forward. The tall and strong bird under his crotch immediately stepped forward with two long legs and rushed forward.


    "Come on!"


    "Kill!"


    The more than 4,000 warriors of the Raptor Tribe rode on the Raptor and followed the leader, and the momentum was very scary.


    "quack¡­¡­"


    The Totem God of the Bird Tribe also appeared.


    Birds were originally unable to fly, but the God of Birds was a medium-sized tribal totem god. Like the Vine God, he could rely on divine power to fly into the sky.


    What''s more, it also has a pair of small wings that can use a little wind.


    After the bird **** appeared, he immediately focused on the **** vine that gave it the greatest threat, and flew towards the **** vine.


    At this time, the **** vine was still lying on the back of the turtle god. When the bird **** flew over, its vines suddenly burst into green light and grew rapidly.


    The terrifying vine is like a green lightning, slashing towards the bird **** fiercely.


    The phoenix **** is used to bullying the weaker totem gods of the small tribe. When the rattan **** suddenly attacked, it felt the terrifying fluctuation of divine power, and then it felt that something was wrong.


    But at this time, it was too late to escape.


    "Snapped!"


    Thick green vines were drawn on the body of the bird god, and the bird **** who was flying forward was pumped away.


    "Crack clap..."


    The bird **** smashed diagonally into the woods, breaking a large piece of the trees.


    "Whoosh!"


    Seeing the opportunity to take advantage of it, the bird **** on the side rushed over like lightning, and his sharp claws slammed into the back of the bird god, leaving a few deep scars on the bird god.


    The Turtle God also rushed over. When it ran at full speed, the speed was so fast that dozens of warriors of the Bird Tribe were knocked flying or crushed along the way.


    "Crack Kacha!"


    The fierce bird god, who was just attacked by the bird god, didn''t have time to get up, but was hit hard by the turtle **** again, breaking seven or eight big trees behind.


    The Unicorn God did not make a sneak attack in the past, because it had already rushed towards the fierce bird cavalry, and wanted to relieve the pressure on the coalition soldiers on the ground.


    The ferocious bird gods, who were injured one after another, got up in a rage, and flapped their wings and flew back to the sky.


    Since it came to the Southern Wilderness, it has never suffered such a big loss.


    It has always beaten those little tribal totem gods, when has it been beaten like this?


    "Gah..."


    The bird **** flapped his wings, and several feathers fell off his body, and there were still many scars.


    "Om..."


    The Ferocious Bird God was furious, and the terrifying divine power burst out, like a tsunami spreading all around, one wave after another.


    ...


    This chapter is not over and will be updated later.


    ...


    "After reaching the valley, the two hundred warriors will gather again to collect all the dry wood that can be picked up inside and outside the valley, and pile them on both sides of the valley, leaving only the middle road."


    "Then, we pretended to attack the Raptor Tribe, led them out, at least some of them into the valley, blocked the entrance and exit, and burned them to death!"


    Fire attack, this is one of the strategies Jiang Xuan learned when he was studying the Three Kingdoms in his previous life. Zhuge Liang used this strategy to lead Sima Yi into the valley, almost burning Sima Yi''s army alive.


    The reason why Sima Yi was able to live was because of the sudden heavy rain in the sky, Jiang Xuan did not believe that the Fierce Bird tribe had such luck.


    After listening to Jiang Xuan''s plan, the leaders of Shan Jia, Ye and Unicorn tribe were stunned and stunned, and then felt their scalps go numb.


    Tribal people fight, most of the time they are hula hula rushing up, and at most some traps are arranged to trap people.


    They have never used or even thought of such a meticulous strategy as Jiang Xuan.


    Moreover, most tribes would not use methods like fire attack, because the virgin forest in the Southern Wilderness is too dense, and once it burns, the flames will not be divided into enemy and us.


    Once the fire spreads on a large scale, all tribes will suffer.


    Shan Jia also thought of this question, so he asked: "Boss Xuan, if the forest around the valley is also burned, what should we do?"


    Ye and the leaders of the One-Horned Tribe nodded their heads one after another. If the large forest surrounding the Great Swamp was burnt down, they would not be able to survive here.


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "Yanjia, remember when we attacked the crow tribe?"


    "Remember, what happened?"


    "The big crow could also breathe fire, and it was very powerful, but it failed to set the forest on fire. Why?"


    Shan Jia thought about it carefully, then his eyes lit up, and said, "The Turtle God put out the fire with water!"

 Chapter 189： cant get out

    In the forest, the allied forces of the Veng tribe were fleeing with all their strength, and the Mengniao tribe was chasing after them.


    Whenever the warriors of the Mengniao tribe were about to catch up, they would always be blocked for a moment by the turtle **** and the unicorn god.


    Otherwise, at Mengniao''s running speed, the allied forces of the Vine Tribe, who were riding on a single mount, would have been caught up long ago.


    "Stop chasing, stop!"


    After chasing for a long time, the leader of the Mengniao tribe ordered all the soldiers to stop chasing, because they had chased too far and could not catch up.


    The Mengniao tribe leader is not stupid, he instinctively felt that if he chased further, there might be an accident.


    However, the Mengniao tribe stopped, and the Veng tribe coalition in front also stopped.


    Jiang Xuan asked Crescent Moon to turn around, and then rushed back with someone.


    "Kill!"


    The allied forces of the Veng tribe suddenly turned around and rushed to kill, and the soldiers of the Mengniao tribe could only fight.


    The Mengniao tribe''s fighters are superior in number and their strength is very strong. The Veng tribe''s coalition forces collapsed at a touch and ran forward again.


    The Mengniao tribe leader hadn''t spoken yet, but Wu couldn''t bear it any longer.


    "Chase, kill all these **** little tribes."


    Wu was relatively young, and his temper was also more irritable. He rode a bird and ran forward first, ignoring that he was actually a witch.


    Wu Du chased after him. Even if the leader didn''t want to chase him, he couldn''t do it. He could only continue to chase after him, and protect Wu.


    You chased me on both sides and ran for a long time.


    At this time, no matter whether it was a Meng bird, a mountain tortoise, a black wind rhinoceros and other mounts, they were all very tired, and their stomachs were very hungry, and their running speed had slowed down significantly.


    If it weren''t for the fact that the two sides had a tacit rest and ate something on the road, I''m afraid they wouldn''t be able to run long ago.


    Jiang Xuan urged Crescent Moon to run to the front, and asked the mountain garrison who was in charge of leading the way: "Leader of the mountain armor, are you almost there?"


    Jiang Xuan was very anxious, because the Mengniao tribe had already given up twice in the process of chasing, and if they hadn''t turned around and fought back every time, arousing the anger of the Mengniao tribe, they would have stopped chasing long ago.


    It was already afternoon, and it would be dark if we ran further, and the Mengniao tribe would definitely not chase after him.


    "It''s almost there, just ahead..."


    Mountain Jiao was also in a hurry. He observed the surrounding terrain and found that he was very close to the valley.


    "Okay, everyone hold on."


    Jiang Xuan encouraged the surrounding warriors in a low voice, and then continued to run along with the mountain armor.


    In the back, the leader of the Mengniao tribe said to Wu: "Wizard, we can''t chase anymore, we have left the tribe a long way, and the gods have not followed."


    The young witch was unwilling to give up.


    "We''ve been chasing it for so long, and giving up at this time, didn''t the previous warriors die in vain?"


    "Besides, if you let them go today, what if they join more tribes to attack our Mengniao tribe next time?"


    "Continue chasing, they are about to be unable to hold on, catch up and kill them all, our Mengniao tribe can not only get rid of these scourges, but also gain a larger territory, more food and resources!"


    Wu''s words made the Mengniao tribe leader very helpless, so he could only bite the bullet and continue to lead people to chase, but he made up his mind that if he hadn''t caught up before dark, he couldn''t continue chasing him.


    In this way, the allied forces of the Veng tribe continued to run in front, and the Mengniao tribe continued to chase. The mounts on both sides were exhausted and were waiting for the other to give up their struggle.


    After they passed through a forest again, two mountains finally appeared in front of them, and there was a huge valley in the middle of the mountains.


    "We have arrived!"


    The mountain gauntlet who ran at the front lit up, and then took the lead in riding the giant tortoise to the entrance of the valley.


    At the entrance of the valley, at the bottom of a small tree, the mountain turtle saw the totem pattern of the mountain turtle tribe that had just been carved.


    This is the symbol of the Turtle Tribe, which means that the two hundred warriors have arrived here and have finished their work.


    Instead of looking for these two hundred mountain turtle tribe warriors, Shan Jia rode the giant tortoise and ran into the valley.


    The entrance to the valley is relatively narrow, but after entering, it suddenly opens up. The space inside is very large, and it is not a problem to accommodate several thousand people.


    After the mountain armor entered, the soldiers of the Allied Forces of the Fuji Tribe also filed in, and everyone knew that the critical moment was coming.


    Jiang Xuan rode the crescent moon and entered the valley, and saw a lot of dry wood and hay scattered on the ground.


    In fact, because the valley had not been visited for a long time, a very thick layer of hay and dead branches of shrubs had accumulated on the ground.


    The hay and dead branches close to the ground have been rotted, the middle layer is in a semi-rotten state, and the upper layer is not rotted, fluffy and relatively dry.


    Coupled with the large amount of dry wood brought in from the nearby forest by the 200 warriors of the Mountain Turtle Tribe, once it is burned, it will be ablaze!


    "Whether it can be done or not depends on whether the Mengniao Tribe will succeed!"


    Jiang Xuan clenched his fists and looked back in Taniguchi''s direction, feeling a little nervous.


    When all the soldiers of the Veng tribe coalition army entered the valley, the soldiers of the Mengniao tribe also gathered at the entrance of the valley.


    The leader instinctively felt that such a place was dangerous, and ordered the soldiers to stop.


    "Why don''t you chase?"


    The witch of the Mengniao tribe stepped forward and questioned the leader.


    "Wu, I''m worried that there''s a trap inside, so let''s not go in."


    "We''ve been chasing for a day. If they set up traps, there will be more places on the road to set them up. Still waiting until now?"


    The Mengniao tribe witch looked around and said: "I think this kind of place is the most suitable for annihilating them in one fell swoop."


    "Wu, we really can''t chase anymore."


    The leader was very helpless. In the Mengniao tribe, the shaman had a higher status than the leader, and this shaman was very talented. He took over the position of the old shaman at a young age, and his momentum was even more stable than the leader.


    Under such circumstances, once Wu insisted on something, he, the leader, could only give in.


    At this moment, Jiang Xuan in the valley saw that the Mengniao tribe did not pursue directly, so he ordered all the soldiers to stop advancing.


    Afterwards, he had an idea and asked the unicorn tribe warriors closest to Taniguchi to turn around and occupy the entrance to the valley, and even pulled some thick firewood over to make it look like they were going to block the entrance to the valley.


    Outside the valley, after seeing this scene, Mengniao tribe witch immediately said excitedly: "They are blocking the valley, which means that there is no way to go out, haha, they ran into a dead end!"


    Seeing this situation, the leader of the Mengniao tribe felt a little stunned for a while. If there is a trap inside, why should the Taniguchi be blocked? Doesn''t this make it clear that you don''t want them in?


    Could it be that, as Wu said, there is no trap at all, these little tribes lost their heads and ran into a dead end?


    The firewood at the entrance of the valley is getting higher and higher, and the warriors of the four tribes are all gathered at the position of the valley, with their spears facing the outside of the valley, making a defensive posture.


    The Mengniao tribe witch was even more convinced of his guesses. He shouted loudly: "The warriors of the Mengniao tribe, don''t let them block the Taniguchi, overwhelm them, and kill them all!"


    This time, the leader did not raise any objections, because the situation in front of him seemed to be obvious, and he had no reason to stop it.


    "Quack quack..."


    "Kill!"


    The soldiers of the Mengniao tribe had been chasing them all the way, and now they finally had the chance to fight. They all rushed forward as if they had been beaten with blood.


    Soon, they rushed into the valley, and the walls made of firewood could not stop them at all, and they collapsed as soon as they rushed.


    The soldiers of the Allied Forces of the Vine Tribe were fighting and retreating into the valley, as if they could not stand it.


    This made the warriors of the Mengniao tribe even more excited and rushed forward frantically.


    Soon, the Allied Forces of the Vine Tribes retreated to the other side of the valley and filed away from the exit of the valley. The Turtle God and the Unicorn God also ran away.


    However, the soldiers of the Mengniao tribe all entered the valley in an extremely excited state.


    After the Mengniao tribe leader fought for a long time and found that the number of the Teng tribe coalition forces in front was getting smaller and smaller, he finally realized that something was wrong.


    "No, there is another exit from this valley!"


    The cry of the leader of the Mengniao tribe was like a basin of cold water pouring on the excited witch.


    The witch of the Mengniao tribe was not stupid, and he immediately discovered that the situation was not very good.


    However, he looked around and found no traps, so he forcibly calmly shouted, "Stop chasing, let''s get out of the way!"


    The soldiers of the Mengniao tribe also realized that the situation was not good, so the rear team changed to the front team and planned to exit along the original road.


    However, this valley is easy to get in, but difficult to get out.


    At the Taniguchi, a hundred warriors of the Mountain Turtle Tribe ran out of nowhere, and quickly piled a large amount of dry wood in the narrowest part of the Taniguchi, and collected a large amount of hay, fallen leaves and other kindling materials.


    Afterwards, they lit the hay with torches, and a thick plume of smoke rose from the mouth of the valley, and then a huge fire ignited.


    "Hurry up!"


    "Throw it in!"


    The warriors of the mountain turtle tribe took out many temporary torches, put them into the fire, and lit them, and threw them into the valley.


    A torch or two, thrown on the ground may go out.


    But dozens or hundreds of torches fell on the ground full of hay and dry wood, and soon ignited a raging fire.


    It turned out that after the two hundred warriors of the Mountain Turtle tribe came to the valley, they first used the method of drilling wood to make a fire, lit a large bonfire, and burned a lot of wood into charcoal.


    Afterwards, they piled up a lot of dry wood at both ends of the valley and in the valley, and made hundreds of simple torches.


    When the Mengniao tribe chased after them, their fire had already changed from an open flame to a charcoal fire that didn''t emit much smoke The concealment was very good.


    When the Mengniao tribe chased into the valley, the warriors of these mountain turtle tribes immediately piled the prepared dry wood to the mouth of the valley, then used the hay to turn the charcoal fire into an open fire, then lit the torches, and finally lit the dry wood pile.


    This series of actions can be said to be completed in one go. When the Mengniao tribe reacted and wanted to run, it was too late.


    "Fire, the front is on fire!"


    In the valley, the soldiers of the Mengniao tribe just wanted to withdraw from the original road, but found that the Taniguchi had already ignited a huge fire and could not get out at all.


    When the leader of the Mengniao tribe saw the fire, his head hummed and he almost fell to the ground.


    be cheated!


    At this moment, the leader of the Mengniao tribe was extremely regretful. If he persisted, maybe they would not chase after him.


    The witch of the Mengniao tribe also turned pale, but his reaction was quick, and he immediately thought of another exit.


    "There is another exit over the valley, hurry up, rush out!"


    The soldiers of the Mengniao tribe turned around again and ran to the exit on the other side of the valley, and were ready to fight again with the Veng tribe coalition forces.


    However, before they ran over, they saw thick smoke rising over there too.


    "It''s over..."


    The leader of the Mengniao tribe saw this scene, his eyes darkened, and he fell directly to the ground.


    "Leader, leader..."


    The Mengniao tribe warrior next to him hurriedly helped him up, but he would not wake up for a while.


    "Wu, what should we do?"


    The soldiers of the Mengniao tribe looked at the burning fire on both sides, and they were all about to cry.


    "How can this happen, how can it be like this..."


    The witch of the Mengniao tribe was completely confused. He realized that he had brought the soldiers of the Mengniao tribe into a big pit, and he couldn''t even climb.

 Chapter 190： bloody battle

    "Huhuhu..."


    "Crackling crackling..."


    In the valley, the fire was burning more and more vigorously, and the Mengniao tribe warriors, who were able to hide in the middle at first, gradually found that they had nowhere to hide.


    "what¡­¡­"


    The Mengniao tribe warriors on the periphery, and the Mengniao under their crotch were the first to be burnt to the bone, rolling around in the sea of ??fire, making shrill screams.


    The people inside are also uncomfortable, because the valley is already thick with smoke and the oxygen is extremely thin.


    "Cough cough cough..."


    The leader of the Mengniao tribe was so choked that he couldn''t open his eyes. He heard the screams coming from all around him, and his heart was bleeding.


    "We can''t be burned alive here, rush to me, someone will survive!"


    The leader of the Mengniao tribe held a spear in one hand, roared loudly, and was about to rush out while riding the Mengniao.


    However, there are too many warriors in the Mengniao tribe. The people on the periphery have been burned to death, and the smoke is so smoked that they can''t open their eyes, and their consciousness is lost. How can they listen to his orders?


    The crowded Mengniao and soldiers made the leader unable to rush out at all, and could only utter helpless filial piety.


    At this moment, the Mengniao tribe witch, who was knocked out of her mind, finally spoke up.


    "Let me come, I brought everyone in, I should take everyone out, cough cough..."


    Wu coughed violently twice. Then, he slowly straightened his waist and closed his eyes. The magic power surged in his body, and the totem pattern of the Mengniao tribe appeared on his forehead.


    "Gah..."


    The witch straightened his neck like a Meng bird and made a vivid Meng bird call.


    In the valley, all Mengniao''s movements suddenly stopped, as if they were drawn from the depths of their souls.


    Afterwards, Wu closed his eyes and began to recite the ancient incantation.


    "Corpse ¨à ¨Þ ¨Î..."


    As the incantation sounded, an invisible force took the witch as the origin, and spread around like ripples in the water.


    Anyone who is enveloped by this invisible force and Mengniao, whether alive or dead, all have the shadow of the Mengniao tribe''s totem pattern in their eyes.


    They were no longer trying to squeeze in, no longer making noise, only uncontrolled coughing.


    Only the leader is the strongest and less affected.


    He opened his smoked eyes and looked at Wu, his face full of shock.


    The witch of the Mengniao tribe is the youngest witch in the entire history of the Mengniao tribe, and also the most talented witch. The clansmen in the tribe have great hopes for him.


    Because he is young, he is very decisive.


    After the Western Wilderness changed, he defied all opinions and decided to move the entire tribe to the Southern Wilderness.


    Therefore, the Mengniao tribe became the first medium-sized tribe to migrate from the Western Wilderness to the Southern Wilderness.


    After arriving in the Southern Wilderness, he chose a new place of residence, and personally led his clan to conquer several small tribes, making the Mengniao tribe stronger than before.


    If it wasn''t for this time when he ran into Jiang Xuan, was trapped in the valley, and used a fire attack that the tribesmen would hardly use, he would never have lost so badly.


    Soon, the incantation was finished, and at this time, one third of the soldiers of the Mengniao tribe had been burned to death.


    "rise!"


    The Mengniao tribe witch let out a low roar, and a shocking scene appeared!


    I saw the burned birds and warriors all stood up staggeringly and turned into walking dead.


    In addition to the leader, the still alive Mengniao and warriors also had their minds controlled and completely obeyed the witch''s orders.


    "rush!"


    The Mengniao tribe witch gave another order, and the dead Mengniao and warriors took the lead in running, rushing out against the sea of ??fire.


    Afterwards, the living birds and warriors followed, including the witch and the leader, all rushed out desperately.


    With those walking corpses clearing the way, the flames on the ground were suppressed, and Mengniao ran extremely fast, and at least some of the Mengniao and warriors who were protected in the middle were able to break out of the sea of ??fire alive.


    "Il..."


    Over the valley, Jiang Xuan was circling on a glutinous rice ball. When he found that the soldiers of the Mengniao tribe began to charge out desperately, his face suddenly changed color.


    Because the direction they rushed was the entrance to the valley, not the exit.


    On the other side of the entrance, there are only a hundred warriors of the Mountain Turtle Tribe guarding, and they must be unstoppable.


    Jiang Xuan immediately let the glutinous rice **** fly back to the ground at the entrance of the valley, and shouted to the warriors of the Vine tribe: "They ran over there, warriors of two colors or more, sitting on giant dragonflies, follow me!"


    On the ground, more than 60 giant dragonflies lowered their wings, and more than 100 two-color warriors from the Vine tribe climbed on the back of the giant dragonflies.


    "Huhuhu..."


    When the soldiers sat down, the giant dragonflies fluttered their wings and flew into the sky, followed by the dumplings to the other side of the valley.


    The flying speed of the giant dragonfly is extremely fast, and the flying speed of the dumplings is also extremely fast. In a very short time, they rushed outside the entrance of the valley.


    At this time, the walking corpses controlled by the witches of the Mengniao tribe had already rushed to the entrance of the valley.


    Just when the hundred warriors of the Mountain Turtle Tribe panicked, Jiang Xuan descended from the sky with more than one hundred warriors of the Vine Tribe.


    "What the **** is this?"


    Jiang Xuan was shocked when he saw the scene in front of him. It was the first time he saw a dead animal continue to run.


    "They were controlled by witchcraft."


    Chishao, who came by the giant dragonfly, walked to the front and said calmly: "Everyone get out of the way first, I will deal with them."


    The warriors of the Mountain Turtle Tribe looked at Jiang Xuan one after another, while the warriors of the Veng Tribe were already retreating.


    Jiang Xuan nodded towards the warriors of the Mountain Turtle Tribe, and then stepped back with them.


    Chishao stood at the mouth of Taniguchi, took a deep breath, then grabbed a common vine on the ground and began to recite the ancient witchcraft.


    After chanting the witchcraft, she shouted: "Grow fast!"


    "Whoosh whoosh..."


    I saw that on the ground where Taniguchi was not burned, all the vines grew rapidly, they intertwined with each other and shuttled on the ground like green snakes.


    A corpse of a controlled Mengnia rushed out of the sea of ????fire. It ran a few steps when it was quickly entangled by two vines and fell directly to the ground.


    Then, more walking dead rushed over, bound by vines one by one.


    Not only that, after they were bound by the vines, they were invaded by the magic power belonging to the red peony, and the control was broken.


    "puff¡­¡­"


    In the valley, the witch of the Mengniao tribe spat out a mouthful of blood and almost fell from the back of Mengniao.


    It was very difficult for him to control so many people and Mengniao. After the witchcraft was broken, he was severely backfired, and the whole person suddenly became sluggish.


    After losing the control of witchcraft, the remaining walking corpses fell one after another, and the still-living birds and warriors also came to their senses.


    "The Ronin from Douluo"


    When they were controlled just now, they were still able to brave the sea of ??fire and rushed forward without fear of death. Now they are awake, their eyes are smoldering with smoke, they can''t open at all, and most of their bodies are burned. How can they continue to move forward? rush?


    In the blink of an eye, these birds and warriors screamed and howled again, and the formation was in chaos.


    "Are we really going to die here?"


    Wu Yangtian of the Mengniao tribe let out a mournful cry and fell into extreme despair.


    At this moment, the leader of the Mengniao tribe shouted: "The exit is just ahead, if you don''t want to die, just rush with me!"


    After that, the leader of the Mengniao tribe rushed forward first. There were many Mengniao tribe warriors around him. At this time, he could no longer think independently. The survival instinct made them continue to rush forward with the leader.


    The walking corpses in front, although they had already fallen, had already smashed through the burning fire, and after they fell in large numbers, they suppressed the burning flames.


    As long as the remaining Mengniao tribe warriors continued to charge out, most of them would definitely be able to escape the fire.


    After people lose the ability to think independently, they are all blind obedience, and so is Mengniao.


    When the leader of the Mengniao tribe rushed forward, those Mengniao also rushed forward with their warriors on their backs. At this time, the pain was no longer a concern.


    Mengniao tribe saw this, and there was a glimmer of hope in their hearts.


    Although more than half of the casualties have been lost, they are numerous, and as long as they rush out, they will have a chance to survive.


    The fact was similar to what he thought. The leader rode a Meng bird and rushed out desperately. Sure enough, he led dozens of soldiers out of the sea of ????fire and breathed fresh air.


    However, before they had time to be happy, they saw a group of people outside Taniguchi raising short spears from Lake Momo Lake.


    Since Jiang Xuan made this plan, he naturally considered the problem that they might rush out.


    Although there are only more than 200 warriors from the Mountain Turtle Tribe, they still have more than 60 giant dragonflies with strong fighting power.


    Coupled with the narrow location of Taniguchi, it is impossible for the people inside to rush out at the same time. These two hundred warriors, plus the giant dragonfly, are enough to block the people of the Mengniao tribe.


    "Spear throw!"


    Jiang Xuan gave an order, and more than 200 short spears flew towards the Mengniao tribe warrior who had just rushed out of the sea of ????fire.


    "Whoosh whoosh..."


    The short spear is extremely powerful at close range, not to mention that the short spears of the Vine tribe will be equipped with spear throwers.


    Whether it is a bird or a person, as long as it is stabbed by a short spear, it will be severely injured and lose its ability to move.


    "what¡­¡­"


    The leader of the Mengniao tribe didn''t care about the injury to his left arm at this time. He held the spear in both hands and waved it frantically. He even knocked down or missed the short spear that flew over.


    The strength of the five-colored warriors is evident.


    However, the warriors around him were not so strong.


    They were stabbed with short spears, and then fell to the ground together with the birds.


    The Mengniao tribe fighters rushed out again, and the Veng tribe and the mountain turtle tribe threw their spears again.


    A large number of birds and warriors fell to the ground again.


    This time, the leg of the leader of the Mengniao tribe was also pierced by a spear The Mengniao he was riding was also pierced by a short spear and fell to the ground dying.


    "I...I''m not reconciled..."


    The Mengniao tribe leader turned back, and the Mengniao tribe warriors behind them continued to rush out. The Mengniao who were burned and lost their minds stepped on the leader directly.


    At this time, the leader could no longer stand up.


    He could only watch helplessly as he was trampled on, watched the soldiers of the Mengniao tribe fall one by one, and watched the soldiers of the Veng tribe and the mountain turtle tribe throw a few rounds of spears, and they rushed over with their spears, blocking them. Live at the outlet of the valley.


    The corpses piled up more and more on the ground, but the Mengniao tribe warriors inside were still rushing out, and even the leader who was still alive was crushed by many corpses.


    Jiang Xuan held a bronze spear and killed him desperately. His body was covered in blood, most of which belonged to the enemy.


    Many of the Veng tribe warriors around him also used bronze weapons, which were much sharper and harder than the weapons of the Mengniao tribe.


    They were blocked at Taniguchi and fought **** battles until their eyes were red.


    Even Chi Shao was fighting by Jiang Xuan''s side. At this time, even Wu had to work hard.


    If they don''t exterminate the Mengniao tribe today, it is very likely that the Vine tribe, as well as the mountain turtle tribe, the sparrow tribe, and the unicorn tribe will be wiped out in the future.


    War is cruel, there is no right or wrong, both sides are for survival.


    If the fight continues like this, the warriors of the Mengniao tribe, as well as the witches and leaders, will all die here.


    However, things are not always smooth, and on the battlefield, the situation is changing rapidly.


    "Gah..."


    Just as Jiang Xuan and the others blocked Taniguchi and were fighting desperately, there was suddenly an extremely angry bird calling through the sky!


    That is the totem **** of the Mengniao tribe arrived!

 Chapter 191： No one can hurt my brother!

    On the other side of the valley, Shan Jia and others saw Meng Bird God''s great power, sucking all the flames in the valley, and everyone was stunned.


    After a while, they saw the Mengniao God fly away, and the soldiers of the Mengniao tribe also ran away.


    Ye, the leader of the Que tribe, swallowed hard: "Leader of the mountain armor, they seem to have run away, what should we do?"


    "Chase!"


    Before Shan Jia could answer, the remaining warriors of the Vine tribe had already rushed into the valley, and the Turtle God and the Unicorn God did not hesitate to chase after them.


    Seeing this, the warriors of the Mountain Turtle Tribe and the Unicorn Tribe rushed in.


    "We chase too!"


    The leader of the Que Tribe waved his hand and followed with the Que Tribe warriors.


    In this way, the soldiers of the Mengniao tribe ran in front, and the allied forces of the Veng tribe were chasing behind. This scene was a bit familiar, but the advantages and disadvantages of the two sides had reversed.


    It has to be said that Mengniao''s running speed and endurance are really strong, and the God of Mengniao also uses divine power to replenish their physical strength from time to time, and it runs very fast.


    A day later, the soldiers of the Mengniao tribe ran back to the tribe, but the crisis did not end.


    In the past, the Mengniao tribe had more than 6,000 people, of which more than 4,000 were warriors.


    But after Jiang Xuan used a plan to burn to death more than 3,000 soldiers of the Mengniao tribe, there were only more than 1,000 soldiers left in the Mengniao tribe.


    In the Mengniao tribe, Wu shouted loudly: "The time for the tribe to live and die has come, all the clansmen take up arms and prepare to fight!"


    The clansmen who stayed in the tribe saw that the people who came back were very embarrassed, and the number had dropped by more than half, and they suddenly guessed it badly.


    After Wu shouted, they all returned to the house, men, women and children, all took up their weapons, and hurriedly gathered together to prepare for battle.


    "Il!"


    The dumplings flew over the forest in front of the Mengniao tribe, making a sharp chirping sound.


    "Buzzing..."


    Behind the dumplings, more than 60 giant dragonflies fluttered their wings, and on the backs of each giant dragonfly were two warriors from the Vine tribe.


    Imagine Chinese Network


    There were not many warriors in the Veng tribe, and they did not dare to get too close to the Mengniao God. Otherwise, with the flying speed of a giant dragonfly, Mengniao would have nowhere to escape.


    Soon, the glutinous rice **** and the giant dragonfly fell to the ground, and the Teng tribe warriors stayed outside the Mengniao tribe, waiting for the tribal coalition forces behind to arrive.


    "Boom boom boom..."


    In the sky next to the Mengniao tribe, the Mengniao God once again fought the Vine God. They fought more fiercely than before, and the terrifying fluctuations of divine power destroyed the forest below.


    The Mengniao God casts a weapon against the rat, for fear that the aftermath of the battle will destroy the residence of the Mengniao tribe, so he can only try his best to lead the Vine God to the side.


    "Dong Dongdong..."


    Soon after, the ground outside the Mengniao tribe trembled slightly, and the Black Wind Rhino cavalry, the blue sheep cavalry, and the bighorn deer cavalry of the Teng tribe all arrived.


    Immediately afterwards, the warriors of the Mountain Turtle Tribe, the Sparrow Tribe, and the Unicorn Tribe also arrived.


    The four leaders gathered again.


    "Boss Xuan, attack!"


    Shan Jia is in high spirits. In this battle, after several twists and turns, he finally established the confidence to win.


    The leaders of the Unicorn Tribe and the Sparrow Tribe also demanded to attack, because they believed that there was not much suspense in this battle.


    "Don''t worry, the soldiers have been rushing for two days, and they are all exhausted. Eat something first, and then you will have the strength to fight when you are full."


    Jiang Xuan shouted to the Veng tribe warrior: "Rest in place!"


    The warriors of the Vine tribe got off their mounts, sat on the ground, took out food and water and started to eat.


    After continuous raids and battles, they were indeed tired and hungry, and they didn''t have much energy.


    When Shan Jia and others saw this, they could only order the soldiers to rest and eat to replenish their stamina.


    On the Mengniao tribe''s side, the 3000 clansmen were already armed with weapons, ready to fight to the death.


    Unexpectedly, the other party stopped fighting, and all sat down to rest and eat.


    This left them holding their weapons, a little overwhelmed.


    A hunting party leader asked, "Witch, what should we do now?"


    Mengniao tribe witch actually wanted them to rush out and kill all the soldiers of the four small tribes on the opposite side.


    But he couldn''t, because the Mengniao tribe was already at a disadvantage, and it was irrational to rush out hastily.


    What''s more, those fighters who just escaped were more or less injured, and their fighting power was not strong.


    Mengniao tribe witch gritted his teeth: "They eat, we eat too, let the soldiers fill their stomachs and heal their wounds."


    "Yes!"


    The soldiers of the Mengniao tribe got off the backs of the Mengniao one after another, took out a large amount of food from the place where the tribe stored food, and devoured it.


    However, the witches of the Mengniao tribe did not understand that morale was such a thing that one boost, then another decline, and three exhaustions.


    If they return to the tribe and fight directly with the Vine tribe, even if they can''t win, in order to defend the tribe, these warriors will squeeze out their potential to fight.


    But once you sit down, eat something, and start thinking, you''re done.


    They will constantly recall the hellish scene they experienced in the valley, and begin to calmly think about whether this battle can be won, and come to extremely pessimistic conclusions.


    After the body gets the signal to rest, various sequelae after exertion will begin to appear, and discomfort will be felt everywhere.


    In this way, the combat effectiveness of Mengniao tribe warriors will be greatly reduced.


    On the side of the Allied Forces of the Vine Tribes, they already knew that this battle was likely to be won. After eating and replenishing their stamina, their morale increased even more, and all the soldiers were eager to attack the Mengniao Tribe.


    That''s why Jiang Xuan ordered to rest and eat instead of attacking the Mengniao tribe right away.


    After resting for about two hours, Jiang Xuan shouted, "Prepare to fight!"


    "Crash..."


    The Vine tribe warriors stood up first, picked up their weapons one after another, and climbed onto the back of their mounts.


    The soldiers of the other three tribes also stood up one after another, each took up their weapons and prepared to attack.


    On the other side, the witch of the Mengniao tribe immediately shouted after seeing the action on the other side: "Get up, get ready to fight!"


    Some of the soldiers of the Mengniao tribe stood up reluctantly, and some were still on the ground, feeling uncomfortable and unable to stand up.


    The Mengniao tribe witch angrily kicked the soldier who didn''t stand up beside him, and roared, "Didn''t you hear me? The enemy is about to attack!"


    The soldier barely supported his body and climbed onto Mengniao''s back, but his body was sore and weak.


    The Mengniao tribe''s witches kicked and scolded, and managed to get all the warriors onto Mengniao''s back, but their morale was extremely low.


    The leader of the Mengniao tribe was also in the crowd. He was hit by an arrow in his left arm and pierced by a spear in his thigh, making him unable to move.


    But he still insisted on climbing onto Mengniao''s back and fighting with his right hand.


    He saw the state of the soldiers around him, and his heart sank.


    The moment of life and death for the Mengniao tribe is coming.


    This time, can the Mengniao tribe survive?


    To be honest, even the leader himself has no self-confidence.


    However, he is the leader, and no matter how bad the situation is, he must also fight for the Horde.


    The leader of the Mengniao tribe straightened his back and shouted: "The warriors of the tribe, please charge with me and avenge the dead clansmen!"


    After that, the Mengniao tribe leader folded his legs, and the Mengniao immediately ran forward.


    The leader''s words and the actions of the soldiers took the lead, affecting some soldiers of the Mengniao tribe, who gritted their teeth and rushed with the leader.


    But more soldiers, morale is still low, just forced to charge along with it.


    Outside the Mengniao tribe, the Veng tribe coalition forces also began to charge.


    Jiang Xuan sat on the back of the crescent moon, pointed his spear forward, and shouted loudly: "Destroy the Mengniao tribe and take back our territory and food!"


    "Come on!"


    "Roar!"


    Crescent Moon let out a filial piety, and then charged forward with her head lowered. The warriors of the Vine tribe rushed forward with a cry.


    The warriors of the other three tribes were not far behind. They all wanted to rush into the Mengniao tribe to grab something more.


    Soon, the allied forces of the Mengniao tribe and the Veng tribe collided, and the two sides began the final decisive battle.


    After Jiang Xuan rushed out, he stared at the leader of the Mengniao tribe at a glance. He had already seen that the morale of the Mengniao tribe was low. As long as the leader was beheaded, the remaining soldiers would collapse.


    He rode on the crescent moon and went straight to the leader of the Mengniao tribe.


    Heifeng rhinoceros and Mengniao finally approached. Jiang Xuan held the bronze spear in both hands and stabbed the leader of the Mengniao tribe fiercely.


    "when!"


    The leader of the Mengniao tribe confronted them with stone spears, and the spears of both sides collided, making a sound of gold and iron mingling.


    Because the leader of the Mengniao tribe could only hold a spear with one hand, Jiang Xuan''s strength was so great that even if he was a five-colored warrior, he still felt very exhausted.


    The mounts of the two sides were staggered, Jiang Xuan rushed into the camp of the Mengniao tribe, and the bronze war spear stabbed again and again, killing several soldiers of the Mengniao tribe, and then made the crescent moon turn around and rushed towards the leader of the Mengniao tribe again.


    Soon, the two fought again.


    After several fights, the wounds on the left arm and thigh of the Mengniao tribe leader all burst open, dripping with blood.


    "Il..."


    At this moment, Tang Yuan found an opportunity and suddenly fell from the sky, and its sharp claws grabbed the leader of the Mengniao tribe.


    The leader of the Mengniao tribe had no choice but to roll off the back of the Mengniao.


    However, the Meng bird couldn''t escape, it was directly penetrated by the sharp claws of the dumplings, and took it to the sky.


    "good chance!"


    Jiang Xuan rode on the crescent moon and rushed towards the Mengniao tribe leader again. The Mengniao tribe leader could only roll over again to avoid the terrifying big hoof of the crescent moon.


    However, Jiang Xuan jumped off the back of the crescent moon, and the bronze spear slammed into the chest of the Mengniao tribe leader.


    "puff!"


    This time, the Mengniao tribe leader couldn''t dodge any more, his chest was pierced, and the strength of his body quickly drained with the blood.


    "I...not...willing...ah..."


    The Mengniao tribe leader stared at Jiang Xuan, his body twitched a few times, and his eyes gradually lost their luster.


    Jiang Xuan said solemnly: "The small tribes that were destroyed by your Mengniao tribe, they are not reconciled, but what can they do?"


    "Ho!"


    Jiang Xuan picked up the corpse of the leader of the Mengniao tribe with a bronze spear, then returned to the back of the crescent moon, and shouted loudly: "I killed your leader, immediately put down your weapons and surrender, you can spare your death!"


    Jiang Xuan rode on the crescent moon while running and shouting, and his voice kept echoing in the forest.


    When the soldiers of the Mengniao tribe heard Jiang Xuan''s shout and saw the leader''s body, most of them''s emotions collapsed, and their will to fight plummeted.


    At the rear, when the witch of the Mengniao tribe saw the leader''s body, there was a "hum" in his head, and the whole person was severely hit.


    Looking at the battlefield again, the soldiers of the Mengniao tribe were dying, wounded and wounded, and they were losing ground.


    "It''s over, it''s over."


    Mengniao tribe witch is very painful.


    The Mengniao God couldn''t defeat the Vine God, and the members of the Mengniao tribe were dying. He knew very well that in this situation, the tribe could not be saved.


    The Mengniao tribe witch fell into despair and fell into a state of madness.


    He looked at Jiang Xuan, who had provoked the leader of the Mengniao tribe, and there was a look of resentment in his eyes.


    "You killed the leader and destroyed our Mengniao tribe, I want you to die!"


    The witch of the Mengniao tribe stared at Jiang Xuan, and at the cost of burning his own blood and soul, he would cast the most vicious witchcraft and drag Jiang Xuan to be buried with the Mengniao tribe.


    With the chanting of the witchcraft, a lot of blood flowed from the hands of the Mengniao tribe witch, and it floated eerily in the air, turning into a palm-sized Mengbird made of blood.


    This slap-sized Meng bird has absorbed a lot of soul power again, and Jiang Xuan''s appearance gradually appeared in the blood-colored eyes.


    "Kill him, kill him!"


    The witch of the Mengniao tribe gritted his teeth and had a grim face. When the **** Mengniao the size of his palm was completely formed, he looked at Jiang Xuan and roared, "Go!"


    The slap-sized Meng bird instantly turned into a streak of blood and flew towards Jiang Xuan.


    Jiang Xuan on the battlefield suddenly stood upright with hair on his body instinctively felt that a fatal crisis was approaching, but he didn''t know how to avoid it.


    "Xuan, escape!"


    At this moment, a figure screamed and suddenly knocked Jiang Xuan off the back of the crescent moon.


    Jiang Xuan rolled on the ground twice, and when he looked back, he saw a palm-sized blood-red Meng bird slammed into Chi Shao''s chest.


    Chishao instantly spurted out a mouthful of blood and rolled down the back of the crescent moon.


    "sister!"


    Jiang Xuan quickly climbed to Chishao''s side and hugged Chishao in a panic.


    He saw that Chi Shao''s face quickly turned pale, her lips were purple, and her whole body was constantly convulsing, apparently suffering a fatal injury.


    "Sister...what''s the matter with you, don''t scare me..."


    Jiang Xuan was suddenly very scared. After he came to this world, the only relative he had was Chi Shao.


    No matter what he did, Chi Shao silently supported him. Although she didn''t say much, as long as she was there, Jiang Xuan would be more confident in whatever he did.


    As a witch, Chi Shao could have stayed in the safe rear when fighting, but in order to protect Jiang Xuan, she followed Jiang Xuan in every battle and never left.


    This time it was the same, when the Mengniao tribe witch performed vicious witchcraft, Chi Shao, who was also a witch, sensed the fluctuation of the witch''s power.


    When she found out that the witchcraft was aimed at Jiang Xuan, she immediately rushed over and used her body to block the witchcraft that should have attacked Jiang Xuan.


    At this time, Chi Shao''s eyes were tightly closed, her face was like golden paper, and her body temperature rose sharply.


    Her mouth opened and closed, Jiang Xuan hurriedly leaned over, and heard Chishao''s weak and intermittent voice:


    "No one can... hurt my brother..."


    "what!"


    Jiang Xuan hugged the red peony, and tears came out of his eyes instantly.

 Chapter 192： Have you ever seen grass and trees wither?

    In Jiang Xuan''s arms, Chi Shao''s body temperature was getting higher and higher, but her breath was getting weaker and weaker. The weird witchcraft was frantically destroying the vitality in her body.


    "Vine God, save her, please save her..."


    Jiang Xuan''s tears fell down, and he kept cheering the Vine God, hoping that the Vine God could save Chishao''s life.


    "Buzz!"


    In the sky, Shenteng obviously heard Jiang Xuan''s call, and also sensed that the life of the red peony was fading. It branched out an emerald green vine and quickly extended toward the ground.


    "Meng Bird God, stop it!"


    At this moment, the Mengniao tribe witch, who had already fallen into a mad state on the ground, shouted madly.


    "Gah!"


    Meng Bird God heard his cry, and then the divine power broke out again.


    It broke through the blockade of the vine god, and then rushed straight to the vine, extremely fast.


    "Katha..."


    Meng Bird God rushed past, the life-saving vine was pecked off by its sharp beak, and the half of the vine that lost control fell to the ground weakly, and gradually lost its divine light.


    Afterwards, Meng Bird God madly attacked Fuji God, not giving it another chance to treat him.


    Chishao also lost hope of surviving.


    In Jiang Xuan''s arms, Chi Shao reluctantly opened her eyes and looked at Jiang Xuan reluctantly. She realized that she couldn''t hold it anymore.


    Her mouth opened and closed with difficulty, but she couldn''t make any sound.


    In the end, Chi Shao closed her eyes, and a crystal tear fell on the ground from the corner of her eyes, smashing to pieces.


    "Sister...Sister, wake up..."


    Jiang Xuan was still calling in a panic, but Chi Shao didn''t give him any response.


    On the other side of the battlefield, the witch of the Mengniao tribe laughed madly.


    "The Vine Tribe Witch is dead, the Vine Tribe Witch is dead..."


    He originally wanted to kill Jiang Xuan, but he did not expect a witch to die, which made him overjoyed, because a witch is more important to a tribe.


    "witch!"


    Uncaria and the others who were fighting turned back one after another, seeing Jiang Xuan holding the red peony in despair, and seeing the witch of the Mengniao tribe continue to laugh frantically, everyone''s expressions changed.


    "what!"


    At this time, Jiang Xuan, after experiencing the hope of the Fuji God''s treatment and the destruction of the Mengniao God''s hope, heard the wild laughter of the witches of the Mengniao tribe, and finally broke out completely.


    He gently put down the red peony, then picked up the bronze spear, and looked at the Mengniao tribe witch with red eyes, as if to devour him alive.


    "boom!"


    In his body, an invisible barrier was shattered, and the terrifying power was released, filling the whole body along the hundred meridians.


    After experiencing extreme despair and extreme anger, the five-color warrior realm that he had been striving for suddenly broke through.


    He walked step by step towards the place where the Mengniao tribe witch was. Although he didn''t say a word, his face was very terrifying, as if he was going to choose someone to devour.


    Two fighters, riding on a bird, rushed towards him, trying to stop him.


    "Pfft..."


    Jiang Xuan didn''t even look at them, but the bronze spear stabbed out continuously like lightning, and when it was retracted, it was already stained with blood.


    "Pfft puff..."


    After Jiang Xuan walked over, the two Mengniao tribe warriors looked at the wound at the heart with disbelief, and then fell into a pool of blood with the two Mengniao.


    As Jiang Xuan walked forward step by step, more Mengniao tribe warriors rushed over. Uncine and others followed Jiang Xuan with a heavy cavalry composed of more than 30 black wind rhinos, killing them all the way.


    Crescent Moon also ran in front of Jiang Xuan, lowered her head and rammed into the Mengniao tribe warriors frantically, opening the way for Jiang Xuan.


    Jiang Xuan walked towards the Mengniao tribe witch step by step.


    At first, the witch of the Mengniao tribe was still laughing wildly, but when Jiang Xuan got closer and closer, he finally stopped laughing.


    The shadow of death loomed over his head, terrifying his heart, and his survival instinct made him want to flee.


    He panicked and climbed onto Mengniao''s back, but that strange witchcraft cost him too much blood and soul power, making him very weak.


    He tried several times in a row, but failed to climb onto Mengniao''s back.


    "Peng!"


    At this moment, Crescent Moon rushed over, only to see it lowered its head and slammed forward, directly knocking the Meng bird upside down and flying out, landing heavily on the ground.


    "Roar!"


    Afterwards, Crescent Moon let out a filial piety, and before Mengniao got up, rushed over, the huge body stood up, and the terrifying big hooves brutally trampled the Mengniao to death.


    Jiang Xuan finally walked in front of the Mengniao tribe witch.


    When facing death, the Mengniao tribe witch was not as brave as he thought.


    He didn''t ask Jiang Xuan for mercy, because he knew it was useless to ask for mercy.


    Using both hands and feet, he rolled and crawled to escape from this place. However, an icy bronze spear accurately penetrated his body and nailed him to the ground.


    "puff!"


    The witch of the Mengniao tribe spat out a mouthful of blood, and was still trying to crawl forward with both hands.


    Jiang Xuan stepped on the back of the Mengniao tribe witch with one foot, then pulled out the bronze war spear, and stabbed it again, and so on...


    "The Guard is Here"


    At some point, the battle was over, and the four tribes had great hatred for the Mengniao tribe. Under their frenzied killing, none of the Mengniao tribe survived.


    "Dang..."


    After not knowing how many times he had been stabbed, Jiang Xuan finally returned to his senses. He threw the bronze war spear aside and walked back.


    He returned to Chi Shao, and although he didn''t say a word, his tears seemed to burst into a dike, and he couldn''t stop it.


    The warriors of the Vine tribe were also very uncomfortable, and many even cried.


    Chishao is usually very kind to every clan, and never puts on airs. If someone is injured or sick, he will definitely go all out to heal them.


    Now, they could only helplessly watch Chi Shao lying quietly on the ground.


    ¡­


    In the sky, the Meng Bird God has also become the end of a strong arrow.


    "Buzzing..."


    After the ground battle was over, the Unicorn God spread its wings and flew into the sky, sending Meng Bird God on the road together with the Sparrow God and the Fuji God.


    The turtle **** on the ground was annoyed, and if he could fly, he could also participate.


    The Mengniao God looked at the ground. It had worked so hard to protect the Mengniao tribe for an unknown number of years, and it was destroyed like this.


    At this time, its divine power was almost exhausted, and it was surrounded by three totem gods, and even if it wanted to run, it couldn''t escape.


    "Gah!"


    Mengniaoshen broke out for the last time when he knew that there was no hope of escape.


    It slammed into the Sparrow God fiercely, trying to pull the Sparrow God up before it was too late.


    "Crash..."


    At this moment, countless vines were entwined like green chains towards the Bird God. Meng Bird God had just flown in front of the Bird God, and his body was already entangled with vines and could no longer fly forward.


    "Whoosh!"


    The Unicorn God took this opportunity to fly directly in front of the Meng Bird God, then lowered his head, stretched the forked horn to the Meng Bird God''s abdomen, and slammed it hard.


    "puff!"


    The Unicorn Goddess is extremely powerful, and the Unicorn God is even more powerful. This top directly pushes out a terrifying blood hole in the abdomen of the Mengniao God.


    The Meng Bird God let out a shrill scream, obviously suffering heavy damage.


    "Chirp..."


    At this moment, the bird **** flew to the back of the bird **** like a bolt of lightning, and the sharp bird beak ruthlessly pecked the back of the neck of the bird **** several times in a row, blood splashing everywhere.


    "Gah..."


    Mengniaoshen struggled desperately, but was unable to break free from the shackles of the divine vine, and its neck was pecked through.


    "Om..."


    The Vine God burst into a dazzling divine light, and then, vines entered Meng Bird God''s body along the wound, quickly extracting its blood and soul power.


    Gradually, the call of the Mengniao God became weaker and weaker, and when he tilted his head, he died.


    "Kakaka..."


    After the Vine God drew the blood and soul of Meng Niao Shen, he slowly landed on the ground, and the vines gradually retracted, leaving behind Meng Niao Shen''s body.


    The Sparrow God, the Unicorn God, and the Turtle God, the three totem gods of the small tribe all looked at the Vine God, and immediately rushed towards the corpse of the Meng Bird God after getting permission.


    Although the blood essence and the soul have been absorbed by the rattan gods, the meat of the Mengniao **** is also a great supplement for the small tribe totem gods. After eating, it can help them improve their strength.


    Soon, Meng Bird God was gnawed to the bone.


    And the rattan god, which gradually shrank, was suspended above the rattan tribe.


    At this time, Jiang Xuan was in despair, and he didn''t even raise his head when the Vine God came.


    But the surrounding vine tribe warriors bowed down reverently.


    "mysterious!"


    The voice of the rattan **** sounded in Jiang Xuan''s mind, Jiang Xuan finally raised his head, choked and could not speak.


    The Vine God exuded a soft green light and said: "Xuan, don''t be sad, the witch of my Vine tribe will not die so easily."


    Jiang Xuan looked at the Vine God with disbelief on his face, and at the same time there was some hope in his heart.


    Maybe things weren''t as bad as he thought.


    "Have you ever seen grass wither and bloom? They sprout in spring, grow in summer, bear fruit in autumn, and in winter, the leaves will fall off and look dead."


    "But death is just an illusion. Their roots will continue to grow underground, absorbing nutrients, and by the next spring, they will re-root and sprout, even more lush than before."


    After listening to Fujishen''s words, Jiang Xuan finally broke free from his grief, and he hurriedly asked, "Fengshen, you mean, my sister is actually still alive?"


    "That''s right, she is a witch of our Vine tribe. She has gained a part of my power, and naturally has a tenacious vitality like grass and trees. After a period of silence, she will wake up again."


    "Great, great!"


    "Thank you Fuji God!"


    Jiang Xuan sincerely bowed to the Fuji God, then wiped away his tears and carefully hugged Chi Shao.


    Others couldn''t hear Fujishen''s words, but they could hear Jiang Xuan''s words.


    When they learned that Chishao was still alive, everyone cheered.


    Uncaria immediately shouted: "Quick, use a rope to tie the best shelf, put it on one layer, no, put three layers of animal skins on it, and send the witch back to the tribe!"


    "Yes!"


    The warriors of the Vine tribe moved one after another. They found the straightest tree, the best rope, and tied a stretcher the size of a bed.


    Afterwards, they found three pieces of the largest, softest and thickest animal hides from the Mengniao tribe, covering them on the stretcher and carrying them personally by Uncaria and Nanxing.


    Jiang Xuan gently put the red peony on the stretcher, and then ordered to clean the battlefield and collect the spoils.


    The Mengniao tribe is a medium-sized tribe. Although it is not very rich, it can collect a lot of loot.


    The soldiers first collected all kinds of weapons, animal skins and other things that could be used on the battlefield, and then rushed into the Mengniao tribe''s residence, emptying all the things they could take away.


    Food, weapons, tools, animal skins, animal bones, animal teeth, stone tools, bone tools, stone materials, etc. There are so many things that can be used.


    Even those slaughtering birds are used as food, whether they are dead or alive, they are all gathered together.


    After all the scraps are collected, they are piled up in different categories, and then the rattan tribe takes the bulk, and the rest is handed over to the three small tribes to share equally.


    Because the Vine tribe has the most warriors, the strongest strength, and the most contributions, the three small tribes have no opinion, and they are even happy, because their harvest this time is not small.

 Chapter 193： The red peony wakes up and successfully breaks through

    After returning to the rattan tribe, Jiang Xuan placed the red peony on the altar according to the instructions of the rattan god.


    Chishao still has no vital signs, but the good news is that on the way back, her body has not changed.


    "Sister, you are too tired. Take a good night''s sleep here. Leave the tribe to me."


    Jiang Xuan held Chishao''s cold hand and looked at her for a long time before walking down from the altar reluctantly.


    When he and Uncaria left the altar, many emerald green vines appeared on the ground, climbed up the altar, and then wrapped the red peony in layers, like a green cocoon.


    Jiang Xuan looked forward to Chishao''s return from the cocoon as soon as possible.


    After leaving the altar, Jiang Xuan came to the warehouse of the Veng tribe.


    Huo Meng, the leader of the frog tribe, stood in front of the tall warehouse of the Teng tribe. Through the gate, he saw the mountains of grain and other supplies, and he was very envious.


    This time, the Frog Tribe did not play a big role in destroying the Bird Tribe. After all, their warriors were too few, so they went to dozens of them.


    However, Jiang Xuan still decided to give them some spoils.


    Don''t be too stingy with affiliated tribes, otherwise they will not do their best to serve the Vine tribe in the future.


    "The fiery leader, it''s been a long wait."


    Jiang Xuan adjusted his emotions and walked in front of Huo Meng with a smile on his face.


    "No, no, Chief Xuan, is your witch okay?"


    I don''t know if it was because of seeing the power of the Vine tribe, or because Jiang Xuan had broken through to become a five-color warrior, Huo Meng was more cautious in front of Jiang Xuan than before.


    "With the Fuji God, it''s fine."


    "That''s fine, that''s fine..."


    Jiang Xuan said again: "This time your frog tribe fought bravely, so I decided to give you some of the spoils of war, and I will have everything prepared."


    "Thank you, Chief Xuan."


    Huo Meng had a surprised expression on his face. He really didn''t expect that the Veng tribe would give them the spoils, because the so-called "fighting bravery" was nothing more than shooting arrows behind and throwing spears with everyone.


    "Come with me."


    Jiang Xuan walked into the warehouse with Huo Meng, and then found Mallow who was in charge of counting the spoils.


    "Mallow, has the Frog Tribe''s trophies been distributed?"


    "Leader, separated."


    Mallow pointed to the two piles of loot next to him: "It''s all here."


    The two piles of loot, one pile of food, one pile of seized weapons, tools and other things, a lot.


    Jiang Xuan nodded: "Boss Huo Meng, find someone to bring these spoils back."


    Huo Meng looked at the two piles of spoils and was overjoyed: "Thank you, Chief Xuan, I''ll find someone right away."


    Huo Meng quickly ran back to the Frog Tribe, called ten warriors, and then returned to the Veng Tribe''s warehouse. After a few trips, he carried all the spoils he had received back to the Frog Tribe.


    Before the battle, the clansmen of the frog tribe were actually not very happy. When the spoils were moved back, the clansmen of the frog tribe suddenly boiled.


    Their resistance to becoming a subordinate tribe and needing to help the Vine tribe to fight has also weakened a lot, and many people even began to look forward to the next battle.


    Only interests are the most reliable things to maintain the relationship between the suzerain tribe and the subordinate tribes.


    ...


    After destroying the Bird Tribe, the reputation of the Vine Tribe became even louder near the Great Swamp. The most obvious change was that more and more small tribes traded with the Vine Tribe.


    These small tribes can often obtain the goods they need from the vine tribe, and the vine tribe can also earn various materials through trading.


    It''s a win-win situation.


    Because there is no threat from the Bird Tribe, the life of the Vine Tribe has calmed down again, and everything is back on track.


    On July 9th, a green light soaring to the sky appeared on the altar of the Veng tribe, and the breath of life was in full swing.


    Jiang Xuan rushed from the yard to the front of the altar for the first time, staring at the top of the altar nervously and excitedly.


    Many warriors from the Vine tribe also gathered around, and they probably guessed what was going on.


    "Om..."


    The altar shook slightly, and then, the red peony was wrapped above the altar, and the intertwined vines retracted one by one.


    Chi Shao appeared again, still wearing her previous animal skin coat, her demeanor was relatively serene, as if she had fallen asleep.


    "elder sister¡­¡­"


    Jiang Xuan ran to the altar, his nervous hands trembling slightly.


    After a while, Chi Shao''s right **** moved, and her eyelashes trembled.


    Then, she slowly opened her eyes and saw Jiang Xuan.


    "mysterious¡­¡­"


    When Jiang Xuan heard Chi Shao''s voice again, his eyes were wet with excitement.


    "Sister, you finally woke up, you scared me to death."


    Jiang Xuan held Chi Shao''s hand, this time, her hand was no longer cold, but warm.


    Chi Shao smiled, then struggled a few times, trying to sit up.


    Jiang Xuan hurried forward and helped Chishao up.


    "never mind."


    Chi Shao gently hugged Jiang Xuan and patted his thick back. After experiencing life and death, she cherished this affection even more.


    After a while, Chi Shao let go of Jiang Xuan, stood up slowly and laboriously, and looked at the Veng tribe people below the altar.


    "witch!"


    In front of the altar, a warrior shouted excitedly.


    "Witch, witch, witch..."


    The others also cheered.


    Chi Shao laughed, this is the tribe she guards.


    Later, Jiang Xuan walked down the altar with Chi Shao, Chi Shao turned around to thank the Vine God, and then returned to the yard where she lived with the support of everyone.


    Small Book Pavilion


    Jiang Xuan came to clean this yard every day, and it was still the same as when she left, and the fire pond was still burning.


    "Sister, are you hungry? I''ll make you something delicious."


    Jiang Xuan helped Chi Shao to sit down, and immediately went to prepare food.


    Considering that Chi Shao had been sleeping for a long time, he planned to use Tao Ding to cook some red crystal rice porridge for her to eat, and then stew some meat when she recovered.


    When Jiang Xuan was busy, soldiers kept sending various things, such as good-quality prey, fresh fish, freshly picked fruits, fresh vegetables, etc.


    Jiang Xuan all accepted them one by one, these are the thoughts of the clansmen.


    Seeing so many things, Chi Shao''s heart became warmer.


    After Jiang Xuan finished his work, when the red crystal rice porridge in the Tao Ding started to roll they finally had time to talk.


    "Sister, when you were in witchcraft before, you really scared me to death. I thought I would never see you again."


    Chi Shao said: "It was really dangerous at the time, but I was lucky in misfortune."


    "A blessing in disguise?" Jiang Xuan looked at Chi Shao puzzled.


    "Yes, come and see."


    Chi Shao got up, walked to the door, and pointed to a relatively short herb in the medicine garden.


    A strange force flowed from her fingertips and landed on the herbs.


    A miraculous scene appeared.


    I saw that the herb grew rapidly, and finally bloomed and fruited in a very short time.


    Jiang Xuan was stunned: "Sister, did you break through?"


    Chi Shao nodded with a smile, and said, "Yes, I used to be in the realm of a little witch, but after breaking through, I became a middle witch, stronger than before."


    "How is this going?"


    As Chishao walked into the house, she explained to Jiang Xuan, "I am a witch of the Vine tribe, and my power comes from the Vine God, so I also have some of the abilities of the Vine God."


    "The vine needs to go through the process of rooting, germinating, spreading branches and leaves, flowering and fruiting, and finally the winter comes and the branches and leaves wither."


    "I''ve never experienced that, so I''ve been unable to break through."


    "Until the attack on the Fierce Bird Tribe, I fell into a very powerful witchcraft, and the vitality in my body was destroyed, just like the vines in winter, the leaves withered, and the branches also withered."


    "But as long as the roots are there, you can get stronger after the winter. Got it?"


    Jiang Xuan probably understood it. He understood that if Chi Shao did not experience a life-and-death crisis, she would probably stay in the realm of Xiao Wu and could not break through.


    In other words, this life-and-death crisis was a rare opportunity for her.

 Chapter 194： sewage treatment

    After Chishao woke up, everyone in the Veng tribe breathed a sigh of relief, and bright smiles reappeared on everyone''s faces.


    Because the weather this year is not bad, the crops are growing very luxuriantly, and all kinds of wild animals and birds are also breeding very fast.


    With just a few more generations, these beasts and birds will, sooner or later, be slowly domesticated into real poultry and livestock.


    On the east bank of the Feiyu River, most of the processing workshops have been relocated one after another, and even the breeding area has also moved to the east bank, because Jiang Xuan wants to prevent the domesticated livestock from spreading some diseases in advance.


    In doing so, however, an obvious problem arose.


    That is sewage.


    Whether it is smelting bronze, tanning animal skins, purifying mineral salt, making pottery, etc., a large amount of sewage will be produced.


    In the past, the tribes were small, and these workshops were also small and scattered, and the phenomenon of sewage was not particularly obvious.


    Now, as the Vine tribe becomes larger and larger, the workshops are also getting bigger, and more and more sewage is produced.


    In addition, the sewage from various workshops is almost randomly discharged, resulting in a lot of land being polluted, and a stench can be smelled from a distance.


    "It won''t work like this. If we discharge it casually like this, sooner or later, the Feiyu River will become a stinky ditch. At that time, we need to pick up water from other places."


    Jiang Xuan was walking in the primitive industrial area on the east bank, looking at the polluted soil, smelling all kinds of pungent odors, and feeling very bad.


    The leader of the guard team in the second residence, Xan Er, accompanied him and said cautiously, "Leader, is it really that serious?"


    The tribal people have never seen what real industrial pollution looks like, and they don''t care much about sewage, thinking it''s no big deal.


    Before that, Xanthium also thought so, although the smell was a little stinky, but it didn''t seem to be a big deal.


    "If we continue to discharge like this, the situation will be ten times, a hundred times more serious than what I said!"


    Jiang Xuan knew that Xanthium didn''t believe it, so he asked a guard soldier to catch a few shrimps from the river.


    There were a lot of shrimps and crabs next to the Feiyu River, and the warrior soon returned with a few prawns.


    "Okay."


    Jiang Xuan threw the shrimps into a drain outside a garment workshop.


    The soil in this drainage ditch has turned black, and the sewage is even more stinky. The prawns are the most sensitive to water quality. As soon as they enter the water, they crawl out desperately.


    Jiang Xuan picked them back into the water with a stick, and they continued to climb out again.


    "See? This kind of water can''t even hold shrimp. If you put a fish that can''t crawl, it will die in a short time."


    "Think about it, if one day, the river is full of this kind of sewage, fish, shrimp, crabs, including the water flies that can turn into giant dragonflies, all will die or escape from this area."


    "The crops we plant will not grow tall, or even die."


    "What shall we do then?"


    Jiang Xuan''s words finally made Xanthium and others take it seriously. Just thinking about that terrifying scene made one''s scalp tingle.


    "Leader, what should we do then?" Cocklebur looked at Jiang Xuan, because he knew that Jiang Xuan must have a solution.


    "What should I do? Of course it''s the sewage treatment."


    Jiang Xuan pointed to all the workshops, including the breeding area: "All places that produce sewage should be laid with unified drainage pipes, and the sewage should be collected and cleaned before it can be discharged into the river."


    "Boss, what is the drain pipe?"


    "Drain pipes, of course, are pipes that can drain water. We can burn ceramic drainage pipes, then bury them in the ground and cover them with soil, so that the place where the sewage flows will not stink and pollute the sky. Lots of land."


    After listening to Jiang Xuan''s words, Xanthium suddenly realized and nodded. He had seen the tribe use bamboo to catch water from a distance. He thought that this drainage pipe should be similar to the shape of hollow bamboo.


    "What about after collecting the sewage?"


    "Of course it''s filtered and purified."


    Xanthium scratched his head, he didn''t quite understand what "filtering" and "purification" meant, but he didn''t ask much, anyway, he would know when the time came.


    Jiang Xuan first chose a place with relatively low terrain for the construction of a sewage treatment plant.


    Afterwards, he went to a pottery workshop and kneaded a pottery billet with a circular pipe out of clay.


    This kind of round pipe, one end is the outer eaves, the other end is the inner eaves, and the inside and outside are combined, and the two pipes can be spliced ??together.


    Kind of like a clay chimney, but much bigger and thicker than a chimney.


    Today''s pottery workshops are no longer the two cross-ventilated kilns they used to be, but two earthen kilns as high as two houses, which can fire many large-scale pottery at one time.


    After Jiang Xuan made the pottery blank of the first round pipe, he explained the function of the pipe and the splicing method to the craftsmen again.


    This thing is not complicated, plus there is already a pottery blank as a model, those craftsmen will understand it as soon as they hear it.


    "Leader rest assured, we will try to burn enough pipes as much as possible."


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said: "Everyone, work hard, sewage treatment is very important to all of us, and the future clansmen will always be grateful to you."


    Those craftsmen felt a sense of mission when Jiang Xuan said this, and they were more motivated.


    After leaving the pottery workshop, Jiang Xuan found the newly established engineering team of the Teng tribe.


    As the tribe grew larger, building houses, repairing roads, and digging ditches all required a lot of manpower.


    Therefore, Jiang Xuan specially set up an engineering team to train a group of clansmen into a professional team in construction.


    In this way, whether it is building a house or building a road, the efficiency will be greatly improved, and the quality will be guaranteed.


    The leader of the engineering team, named Hongtu, is a middle-aged man who looks very honest and honest.


    He is dark-skinned, not tall, but very stout, down-to-earth, hardworking, and doesn''t care about people. Jiang Xuan likes such people very much.


    "Laterite, I need your engineering team to go to the east bank to build a sewage treatment plant, then dig ditches, lay pipes, and lead all the sewage to the sewage treatment plant."


    "Boss, how should this sewage treatment plant be built?"


    "Simple, just build two houses and six filter tanks."


    Jiang Xuan thought for a while, and then said, "You may not understand what I said here, so let''s go there with me, and I will tell you slowly."


    "it is good."


    Jiang Xuan took the red soil to the east bank, first told him about the harm of sewage, and then told him his ideas little by little.


    "Look, we dug a ditch outside each workshop, and then laid ceramic pipes so that we could pass through the pipes and collect all the sewage."


    Jiang Xuan squeezed a few small pipes with soil and demonstrated the method of laying pipes to the red soil.


    This thing is not complicated. After Jiang Xuan''s simple demonstration, Hongtu immediately understood.


    Jiang Xuan can always come up with some practical new things, and Red Clay admires him very much.


    Later, Jiang Xuan brought the laterite to the location of the sewage treatment plant he selected.


    "This place, on the left, can build two houses, a little further away, for the clansmen responsible for this place to live."


    "On the right, along this slope, dig six large pools."


    "The first pool, covered with large pebbles, is used to filter the relatively large garbage in the sewage."


    "The second pool, covered with smaller pebbles."


    "The third one is covered with coarser gravel, and the fourth pool is covered with finer gravel."


    "The fifth pool is covered with charcoal and fine sand."


    "The sixth pool, a layer of sand, a layer of charcoal, and five layers in a row, in this way, the sewage flowing through the six pools should be able to become relatively clean water, which can be discharged into the river. ."


    After Jiang Xuan finished speaking, Hongtu nodded frequently. He tried to remember everything Jiang Xuan said. Although he could not fully understand why he did this, he believed in Jiang Xuan''s wisdom.


    "Well, after I go back, I''ll draw a picture for you. Your engineering team can follow the picture. You don''t have to bother to memorize it."


    Red Earth breathed a sigh of relief and said, "It would be best to have a picture."


    "Okay, then I''ll send it to you after I draw it."


    Jiang Xuan took the red soil and left the East Bank by boat and returned to the West Bank residential area.


    Afterwards, he returned to his room, took out a blank animal skin scroll, and began to draw seriously.


    He clearly drew the location of each workshop and the location of the drainage pipes on the map Then, he added the construction area of ??the sewage treatment plant and the six filter tanks. The positions are also drawn one by one.


    In order to facilitate the understanding of the red soil, he even drew the thickness of the sand and gravel in each filter pool, and the two pools at the back, even several layers of sand and several layers of black charcoal, were clearly drawn.


    In this way, when they build with laterite, it is not easy to make mistakes.


    After drawing the simple and easy-to-understand drawings, Jiang Xuan personally sent it to the red clay and made sure that he fully understood what was drawn on the drawings.


    On the second day after getting the blueprints, Red Earth immediately took the engineering team to start work.


    They built the house according to the drawings, then dug ditches. After completing these two tasks, the ceramic pipes were basically fired.


    The red clay led the people to move these pottery pipes, and then according to Jiang Xuan''s instructions, spliced ??and laid them one by one, tried to pass water after they were laid, and finally covered them with soil.


    After laying all the pipes, the laterite led people to dig six large filter pools, and according to Jiang Xuan''s instructions, put different sandstones and charcoal in each filter pool.


    These work took the engineering team more than two months.


    After more than two months, the simple sewage treatment system of the Teng tribe was finally laid.


    "Let the water go!"


    On the eighth day of September, with Jiang Xuan''s order, all the sewage began to flow into the pipe, and then into the filter tank.


    Each time these sewage passes through a filter tank, a part of the impurities will be filtered out. When they pass through the sixth filter tank and are filtered by layers of sand and charcoal, the water has become clear again.


    "Great, it worked!"


    When Jiang Xuan, the engineering team, and many members of the Teng tribe saw the clear water flowing into the Feiyu River from the sixth filter pond, everyone was boiling.

 Chapter 195： Herringbone Ladder and Pig Raising

    While the engineering team was building the sewage treatment plant, the annual autumn harvest of the Teng tribe also began.


    The climate this year is not bad. The planting team has accumulated a lot of experience in the past few years. Coupled with the addition of the Quyuan plow, the grain area and output of the Teng tribe have been greatly improved.


    In order to store more food, the Veng tribe built two large warehouses in summer.


    But no one expected that the Vine Tribe would break through the Bird Tribe and obtain a lot of supplies.


    In addition, the trading area also continuously obtains various materials and needs local counterparts. Therefore, after the autumn harvest, all warehouses are directly filled.


    Forced to do so, they could only use a few wooden houses to stack non-perishable things such as stone animal bones.


    When the construction of the sewage treatment plant is completed, let the engineering team build more warehouses, so that all the food and materials can be properly stored.


    In addition to harvesting food, the autumn harvest of the Veng tribe has another precious product, that is, insect wax.


    This spring, the Vine tribe moved the wax worms that used to be at the site of the blue sheep tribe to the newly planted wax forest.


    Because of the careful care of the warriors of the original blue sheep tribe such as Ophiopogon japonicus, these wax worms are all white and plump, and they spit a lot of wax.


    When harvesting the insect wax, Jiang Xuan deliberately rode over the dumplings to watch.


    When the dumplings landed outside the wax forest, Jiang Xuan saw a lot of white insect wax condensed on all the wax trees.


    These insect waxes are like ice and snow, covered with branches, and most of the branches are white, which is very spectacular.


    Ophiopogon took the soldiers of the original blue sheep tribe, climbed to those trees, broke off the cylindrical insect wax on the branches one by one, and put them into animal skin bags.


    After Jiang Xuan came over, Ophiopogon said excitedly: "Boss, the insect wax we harvested this year is at least twice as much as last year!"


    Jiang Xuan walked under the wax tree, pulled down a branch, broke off a piece of insect wax from it, and put it on the tip of his nose to smell it.


    Insect wax has a special fragrance, which can refresh the mind after smelling it.


    "Yes, good bug wax, your hard work for the past six months has not been in vain."


    Jiang Xuan''s affirmation made Mai Dong and others show simple and honest smiles on their faces, making them more motivated.


    "Let me help too."


    Jiang Xuan picked up an animal skin bag and climbed up a tree.


    Ophiopogon hurriedly said: "Boss, this life is too hard, we can just come."


    "It''s okay, I''m not afraid of hard work."


    After Jiang Xuan climbed up the tree, he began to peel off the wax with Ophiopogon and others.


    Those on thick branches are easier to peel, but the wax on thin branches is small and hard to reach, and some can only be obtained by breaking the branches.


    This is indeed a very hard job, and if you are not careful, you may fall from the tree.


    But soon, Jiang Xuan thought of a new way.


    "Tangyuan, come here!"


    Jiang Xuan beckoned from the tree, and Tang Yuan immediately ran over. It was huge. After entering the wax forest, he could only lower his body as much as possible and move step by step.


    When the dumplings were squeezed under the tree, Jiang Xuan immediately jumped from the tree to the back of the dumplings, and said to it, "Squat down, don''t move around."


    Tang Yuan nodded, and then saw Jiang Xuan standing on its back and began to pick insect wax from the tree.


    With the support platform of the dumplings, Jiang Xuan can easily pick up the insect wax on the tree, whether it is high or low.


    Ophiopogon and others are very envious of this, but they don''t have a large mount such as dumplings, so they can only continue to climb trees.


    At noon, everyone came down from the wax tree, rested and ate the dry food they brought.


    Jiang Xuan pondered for a moment, and said to Ophiopogon: "When I was standing on the back of the dumplings just now to break off insect wax, I remembered a tool."


    Ophiopogon asked curiously, "What tool?"


    "ladder."


    "Herringbone ladder?" Mai Dong looked at Jiang Xuan puzzled, hoping that he could explain in detail.


    The rattan tribe already had something like a ladder, but it was a very primitive ladder, the kind tied with a rope.


    For example, the engineering team that often builds houses has several primitive ladders.


    But the tool of the herringbone ladder has not yet appeared.


    Jiang Xuan ate the dry food in his hand in a few mouthfuls, and then picked up a few sticks from the ground to demonstrate to Ophiopogon japonicus.


    "Look, our current ladder is one-sided, and we can only climb up by leaning against a tree or wall."


    "Like the insect wax on the top of a tree, it is difficult to pick it with a one-sided ladder."


    "But what if we connect the top and middle of the two ladders together? Wouldn''t it just support it?"


    Watching Jiang Xuan''s demonstration, Mai Dong easily understood what a herringbone ladder was.


    He looked at Jiang Xuan blankly, and said, "Boss, you are so smart, why didn''t I expect Ladder to do this!"


    The other warriors also looked at Jiang Xuan with admiration.


    In fact, the herringbone ladder is not complicated, but no one has thought of it for the time being.


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said: "I also thought of it by accident. As long as you are willing to think more about things, you will definitely be able to think of many convenient tools."


    Jiang Xuan has never underestimated the wisdom of the tribesmen in this world. Their IQ is not low, but they have less knowledge.


    As long as they really start to get used to thinking, they will definitely be very creative.


    Mai Dong scratched his head and said embarrassedly, "How can we have such a clever brain as a leader."


    "No, you are very smart, remember this, if you don''t even look down on yourself, how can I entrust you with more important tasks in the future?"


    When Ophiopogon and the others heard the more important task, their eyes lit up, and then nodded like a chicken pecking at rice.


    After eating and resting, they first followed Jiang Xuan''s idea and tied a few simple herringbone ladders with branches and ropes, and then stood on the herringbone ladder to pick insect wax.


    In this way, the efficiency of picking insect wax is really much higher, at least they don''t have to climb the tree hard, and worry that the branches are too thin and can''t bear their weight.


    At the end of the day, they harvested more than a dozen hide bags of bug wax.


    However, these insect waxes are in a curled state and are relatively loose. After cooking, the volume will be reduced a lot.


    In the evening of the same day, Jiang Xuan tied the insect wax together, put it on the back of the dumplings, and let the dumplings be carried back.


    Ophiopogon and others rode blue sheep down the mountain to return to the tribe.


    Tomorrow they will continue to go up the mountain to pick insect wax until all the insect wax has been picked.


    ...


    In mid-September, the autumn harvest and the collection of insect wax had been completed, and the sewage treatment plant had also been constructed. The people of the Veng tribe fell into an unprecedented satisfaction.


    Because the tribe''s supplies are very sufficient, and the powerful enemies have been eliminated, they can spend the winter with peace of mind.


    However, Jiang Xuan quickly thought of another question.


    That''s the problem with the tribe''s lack of grease.


    Most of the prey have no oil on their bodies, because their transportation volume is too large and they eat poorly. Only before winter comes, they can store up a little oil.


    Even the beasts and birds currently raised by the Vine tribe don''t have much grease, and at most they are stronger than those in the wild.


    But things like grease are essential for tribal people, because tribal people also have a large amount of transportation and consume a lot of energy every day.


    Therefore, tribal people eat prey and like to knock on the bone to **** the marrow, because the marrow contains a lot of oil.


    The advantage of the Vine tribe compared to other tribes is that the Vine tribe is good at fishing, and they also raise a lot of fish in the pond.


    Many fish have fish oil in their bodies, especially those raised in ponds.


    Fish such as catfish and herbivorous fish have a lot of fish oil in their bodies.


    Relying on these fish oils, the people of the Veng tribe can consume more oil than other tribes, and therefore they are more robust, unlike other tribes who are skinny.


    However, the amount of fish oil is still not large enough, and it is impossible for the people of the Vine tribe to eat the oil every day.


    In the past, everyone could not fill their stomachs, and it was a lucky thing to be able to eat.


    Now that the Veng tribe has initially solved the problem of food and clothing, Jiang Xuan wants to further enhance the physique of the Veng tribe, so that they can get enough oil.


    At first, Jiang Xuan wanted to find a plant rich in oil for large-scale cultivation, such as rapeseed.


    But he soon gave up on the idea, because vegetable oil was not suitable for tribal people who exercised a lot.


    After thinking about it, he finally pointed to a path: raising pigs.


    Other beasts are either difficult to tame or have little oil. Only by raising and fattening pigs can they obtain a large amount of animal oil that is enough for tribal people to eat regularly.


    Previously, the Veng tribe had no idea of ??raising pigs, because there were some giant wild boars near the Veng tribe. When adults, they generally weighed more than 1,000 kilograms, and they were as big as a cow, and their destructive power was amazing.


    These giant wild boars have strong destructive power and eat a lot With the strength of the Vine tribe in the past, even if you can find a way to keep them, it is difficult to feed them.


    But now, the strength of the vine tribe has been greatly improved, and with the existence of the vine wall, it is almost impossible for these giant wild boars to run.


    Coupled with sufficient food, Jiang Xuan had the idea of ??raising pigs.


    In autumn, when the giant wild boar is giving birth, Jiang Xuan intends to take people to catch some giant wild boar cubs back.


    He is a very decisive person. After thinking about it, he immediately found the leaders of two hunting teams and gave them the task of catching the giant wild boar cubs.


    "Catch giant wild boar cubs?"


    After hearing the news, Uncaria''s face was obviously tangled, because he almost lost his life under the fangs of a giant wild boar, and there are still some psychological shadows.


    Jiang Xuan said angrily: "Let you catch cubs, not adult giant wild boars, what''s there to be afraid of? Will trapping? Will traps be arranged?"


    Uncaria was scolded by Jiang Xuan and felt ashamed, so he raised his chest and said, "Don''t worry, leader, our hunting team will definitely catch the giant wild boar cubs back."


    Shi Loach was as calm as always: "The second hunting team is no problem."


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "Since there is no problem, let''s go as soon as possible. Be careful. If you encounter a situation where an adult giant wild boar goes mad, you can give up temporarily."


    Uncaria and loach both nodded, the life of the hunting team soldiers is more important than the prey, Jiang Xuan has told them countless times.


    Afterwards, the two of them went back and discussed with the warriors in their respective teams how to capture the giant wild boar cubs and prepared some things in advance.


    "Ultimate Chaos"


    The next day, the two hunting teams of the Vine Tribe dispatched at the same time to go to the wild boar forest in the north of the tribe to capture wild boar cubs.

 Chapter 196： pig out of bad taste

    Remember for a second¡¾¡¿


    "Quick, quick, catch the pig!"


    In the woods, Uncaria lowered its horn and ran excitedly towards the nearest trap.


    This trap is actually a rectangular pit, which is very flat. After the little wild boar stumbles and falls, it can''t even turn around, and there is not much room to move forward or back.


    However, don''t underestimate the giant wild boar, even if it''s just a cub close to weaning.


    "Whoosh!"


    A young wild boar jumped up from the pit, trying to escape.


    However, just as it jumped up, a large net shrouded it, directly covering the wild boar cubs that jumped out of the pit.


    Catching wild boar pups, sinkholes just make it disconnected from the herd, rope nets are the best means of capture.


    After being caught in the net, the wild boar cub struggled and screamed desperately. However, the giant wild boar had already run away, and it was impossible for an adult giant wild boar to come back to save it.


    Beasts generally judge their opponents by the strength of their roars. Just now, the hunting team used a dozen horns to sound at the same time. Those giant wild boars must have thought that they had encountered a group of beasts, and they could not even care about the little piglets when they ran.


    Uncaria grabbed the little wild boar''s hind legs from the rope net, lifted it up, looked over and over, and nodded with satisfaction.


    "Yes, this wild boar is strong and has a loud cry. It will definitely be able to support it when it is brought back."


    Adult giant wild boars have dark brown or black fur, while wild boar cubs have khaki and dark brown fur, small ears, small tail, and small short mouth, which look cute.


    Uncaria put this little wild boar into a skin bag, which has large needle holes and is not sealed, so there is no need to worry about the little wild boar being suffocated to death.


    Then, he moved on, and the other soldiers of the hunting team continued to capture the little wild boar.


    After catching them, Uncaria put together the little wild boars caught by the hunting team and counted them carefully twice.


    "We caught twenty-one in total. That''s right. Let''s go catch some prey and bring them back with these wild boars."


    The capture of the giant wild boar cub was successful, and there were no accidents, and Uncaria was in a good mood.


    They spent another half day hunting before returning to the tribe with the piglets.


    After returning to the tribe, the wild boar cubs caught by the first hunting team and the second hunting team were put together.


    The first hunting team caught 21, the second hunting team caught 18, and the Vine tribe captured a total of 39 wild boar cubs.


    Jiang Xuan was in a good mood when he saw these wild boar cubs. If they could be successfully domesticated, the Goto tribe would definitely have a large herd of pigs.


    At that time, the problem of cooking without oil can be solved.


    "Go, send these little wild boars to the breeding team."


    Jiang Xuan personally led people and sent thirty-nine little wild boars to the breeding area and handed them over to Dajiao.


    "These little wild boars have not been fully weaned, and they are fed a finer food, which is easier to digest."


    "Don''t be stingy with food, the tribe is not short of food now, let''s feed these little wild boars first."


    "Don''t worry, chief, I will take good care of these little wild boars."


    Dajiao seriously took everything Jiang Xuan said in his heart, and then assured Jiang Xuan.


    "Well, the little wild boar is not difficult to raise, and you have accumulated a lot of domestication experience. I believe you will succeed."


    Jiang Xuan patted Dajiao on the shoulder, then turned and left.


    Dajiao led someone to quickly clear out an empty pen, then spread softer hay on the ground, and put all the little wild boars in.


    After that, he chopped some vegetable leaves and round potatoes, mixed them together, and put them in a wooden trough.


    The wooden trough is made of a whole large piece of wood and hollowed out. The breeding team now uses the wooden trough to feed the livestock.


    One is because the wooden trough is strong, and the other is because the food is put into the trough, it will not get all over the place, and it is not easy to waste.


    At first, those little wild boars were very frightened, all huddled together, hid in the corner, and didn''t dare to eat at all.


    But they have been hungry for most of the day, and there are so many piglets, there are always one or two who are more daring, or rather stunned.


    After Dajiao closed the house door and left, the smell of food kept getting into the nostrils of the little wild boar.


    The first daring little wild boar finally couldn''t bear it anymore. It cocked its nose, first looked around with its big eyes, and then listened carefully to the movements outside.


    Feeling more secure, it made its way little by little towards the wooden trough that contained the food.


    When it entered the wooden trough, it still did not find any dangerous situation around it, so it tried to eat a small piece of round potato.


    Little wild boars are born with teeth, and it is nothing for them to bite crunchy round potatoes.


    The taste of the round potato is sweet, which is a huge temptation for the little wild boar.


    After one bite, it couldn''t stop, and immediately began to devour.


    The other little wild boars were also very hungry. When they saw that the little wild boar was eating and was not in danger, a few more little wild boars couldn''t help it.


    Animals that live in groups generally have a herd mentality, and so does the little wild boar.


    Soon, one after another, the little wild boar ran towards the wooden trough, and then started to eat.


    After leaving for a while, Dajiao came back quietly. He was lying outside the pen and saw the little wild boars eating through the cracks in the wooden wall.


    This gave him a sigh of relief.


    anything on the mountain


    ^0^ One second to remember¡¾¡¿


    The most troublesome situation for the captured cubs is that they do not eat or drink after leaving the mother beast.


    Because if you don''t eat or drink, you will starve to death.


    As long as they eat, as long as they take good care of them and don''t feed them indiscriminately, most of them can grow up smoothly.


    Bighorn has domesticated many small beasts, and he has rich experience and confidence in it.


    Ten days later, under the careful care of Dajiao, these little wild boars survived smoothly. Several of the little wild boars were injured when they were captured, and Dajiao also applied medicine to them to heal their injuries.


    In the meantime, Jiang Xuan also came to watch it a few times, and was very satisfied with the domestication results of Dajiao.


    On the fifteenth day, Jiang Xuan came again. He not only came, but also brought two sharp bronze knives.


    Jiang Xuan handed the bronze knife to Dajiao.


    "Boss, is this?"


    As the leader of the breeding team, Dajiao naturally knew about bronze ware, but he didn''t understand what Jiang Xuan meant by giving him two knives, because the two knives were too small.


    "It''s for barrows."


    "Pork?"


    Dajiao felt a little confused, this was a field he had never heard of and had never been involved in.


    "Yes, it''s a barrow."


    Jiang Xuan explained: "If you want these little wild boars to become less wild, sleep more, and grow more meat, you must let them get rid of low-level interests, that is, castrate them."


    Jiang Xuan pointed to a little wild boar and said, "Did you see those two eggs?"


    "Look... see..."


    "Cut it off with a knife and put it on with a healing medicine."


    "That way, they''ll be more docile, and they won''t always want to run outside."


    "Don''t worry about the sows, leave two little boars as breeding pigs, and the rest of the little boars are castrated."


    After listening to Jiang Xuan''s words, Dajiao said solemnly: "Boss, but I have never done this kind of work!"


    "I haven''t done it before, but I''ve seen others do it, so I can teach you, let''s test it with a little boar first, and if it''s successful, we''ll continue to castrate the other little boars."


    "This... well..."


    I don''t know why, when Big Horn looked at those little boars, his eyes unknowingly brought pity.


    Under the guidance of Jiang Xuan, Dajiao tied a small wild boar to a post outside, and then picked up a bronze knife, raised it and dropped it, and cut off the two eggs.


    The little wild boar opened its mouth and howled desperately, but to no avail, it soon became a little wild boar out of vulgar taste.


    The members of the breeding team came to watch, and many men felt a little awkward in their crotch when they saw this scene.


    Although Dajiao has never done this kind of work, the tribesmen have dealt with various prey for a long time, and are not unfamiliar with the body structure of giant wild boars.


    After cutting, he immediately smeared the wound medicine on the small wild boar''s wound, and then put the small wild boar back in the pen.


    After the little wild boar returned to the pen, it ran to the corner with an "Ow", shivering with pain and fear.


    The other little wild boars also huddled together in a panic, for fear that they would become the next wild boar to break away from vulgar taste.


    However, Dajiao did not continue to catch the next one. He had to wait for a while to see if there would be a problem with the little wild boar that was out of vulgar taste.


    Just like that, time passed day by day.


    Every day, Big Horn rubbed the little wild boar with healing medicine.


    Maybe it''s because the physique of the little wild boar itself is relatively strong, or because the big horn is well cut and the wound is small.


    After only five days, the wound on the little wild boar had basically healed, and eating and sleeping seemed to be normal.


    After another five days, the little wild boar was as usual, which greatly relieved the big horn.


    This shows that there is no problem with the leader''s method!


    Dajiao recruited two members of the breeding team for help. Except for the two little boars, they helped the other little boars get out of their vulgar tastes and smeared them with medicine.


    In order to prevent the wounds from bleeding due to being squeezed, these castrated little boars were all placed in another pen and housed individually.


    Maybe it was because of luck, maybe because the techniques and healing medicines were good, none of these little wild boars died because of castration.


    This made Dajiao heave a sigh of relief.


    As the little wild boar grew up day by day, Big Horn quickly saw the difference between castrated and uncastrated.


    The castrated little wild boars are obviously much more secure than the uncastrated little wild boars. Although they also like to play, they will not always go to the arched wooden door and think about escaping.


    This greatly increased Dajiao''s confidence, and it opened his mind: since wild boars will be better raised after they are castrated, what about other livestock, even poultry?


    With this question, Dajiao found Jiang Xuan and told Jiang Xuan his question.


    After listening to Jiang Xuan, he affirmed: "Other livestock and poultry can naturally be castrated, but some do not need to be castrated, and some may die after being castrated. I don''t understand this. a lot of."


    Jiang Xuan said again: "You can try it yourself, don''t be afraid of mistakes, don''t be afraid of failure, try a lot and accumulate experience, you will naturally have an answer."


    Dajiao nodded heavily, and he planned to try it with a larger number of livestock after he went back.


    "One more thing, try to castrate when they are relatively young. The bigger the risk, the higher the risk, but it can''t be too small. You can master this thing yourself."


    ^0^ One second to remember¡¾¡¿


    "Yes!"


    After receiving Jiang Xuan''s reply, Dajiao returned to the breeding area in a happy mood, and took the two bronze knives with him every day to see what kind of livestock he wanted to try.


    Even the members of the breeding team sometimes avoid him subconsciously, because his eyes are too scary, and they always look down at people.


    ...


    Vine Tribe Shipyard.


    Since the possession of bronze tools, the shipyard has been opened, but because the people of the rattan tribe are not familiar with carpentry, and can''t even make wooden boards, everything has to be started from scratch.


    Bronze saws, bronze chisels, bronze planes and other tools require a certain amount of experience to be used skillfully.


    Because of this, the shipyard''s progress is very slow.


    They first had to learn to use tools, then planed pieces of wood, and made the skeleton of a boat, then learned the tenon-and-mortise structure, spliced ??the boards together, and finally filled the gaps with isinglass or gum.


    This is a relatively long process. Even if Jiang Xuan selects people who are more talented in woodworking, they have to spend a lot of time to study and learn.


    On September 20, Jiang Xuan came to the shipyard again.


    "Scratch scrape..."


    In the shipyard, each of the six warriors was busy and had a lot of sawdust on their bodies.


    Some of them are responsible for sawing wood, some are responsible for planing wood, some are trying to chisel the tenon-and-mortise structure...


    At present, the number of people in the shipyard is still very small. When they find out how to make wooden boats, Jiang Xuan will send them additional staff.


    "Good leader."


    The man who was sawing wood hurriedly put down the saw after seeing Jiang Xuan coming, and greeted him nervously.


    "I''m just here to take a look. You''re busy with yourself, don''t worry about me."


    "Yes!"


    Jiang Xuan waved to him, the soldier lowered his head, and started to saw again, but because Jiang Xuan was there, his movements were not natural.


    Although Jiang Xuan looked very young, no one dared to despise the strength of the five-color warrior and the status of the leader.


    Jiang Xuan looked at it for a while and felt that this warrior was quite proficient in using bronze saws, at least he could saw straight, and would not be crooked when sawing.


    He walked towards the center of the shipyard again.


    A five-meter-long wooden boat skeleton is quietly placed here.


    The bottom of the wooden boat, from head to tail, has a curved keel, and on both sides of the keel are densely curved ribs.


    The structure of the wooden boat actually imitates the body structure of snake animals.


    The complete snake bone and the skeleton of the ship are similar, except that one is longer and the other is shorter.


    It can be imagined as a huge snake, turned over, with its ends tightened, its belly widened, and placed on the water.


    Although the skeleton has been made, many places are not up to standard and need continuous improvement and repair.


    It will take a long time to truly manufacture a wooden boat, or even launch it for trial.


    Dear, this chapter is over, I wish you a happy reading! ^0^

 Chapter 197： Stone ground soy milk

    Jiang Xuan strolled around the shipyard. With the current progress, it would be very good to be able to build the first wooden boat that can actually be launched before next summer.


    As the saying goes, everything is difficult at the beginning. As long as the first wooden boat can be successfully manufactured, the subsequent manufacturing speed will be faster and faster, and it will also lay the foundation for the manufacture of larger boats.


    "Take your time, I can''t eat hot tofu in a hurry."


    "Wait...tofu?"


    Jiang Xuan suddenly thought that there are beans in the Veng tribe, and they are **** peas. They should be able to make tofu, right?


    Worst of all, you can also make soy milk!


    It is much better than eating beans directly, and I am not afraid of bloating after eating too much.


    "Yes! How could I forget the soy milk and tofu!"


    Jiang Xuan encouraged several people in the shipyard, then left the shipyard and went to the stone tool workshop.


    Not long ago, almost all the workshops of the Teng tribe moved to the east bank, including stone tool workshops.


    The advantage of this is to separate the various workshops from the residential area, to ensure a better living environment in the residential area, and to avoid being affected by various pollution and noise from various workshops.


    The stone workshop is easy to find, because there is always the sound of grinding.


    Jiang Xuan walked into the stone tool workshop and found old man Heishi.


    "Boss, what stone tools do you want to make?"


    The old man Heishi looked at Jiang Xuan with anticipation. Because of the appearance of bronze ware, many clansmen no longer completely depended on stone tools, resulting in less work in stone tool workshops.


    This made the old man Heishi very sad. Compared with bronze tools, he preferred all kinds of stone tools. Even the various bronze hammers and bronze chisels sent by Jiang Xuan, he rarely used them.


    He stubbornly uses the old tools because he feels the old tools are easier to use.


    But when those young apprentices were making stone tools, some of them had already begun to use bronze tools, and the old man of Black Stone had no objection.


    In the alternation of new and old tools, the old man Heishi is more stubborn to himself, but more tolerant to others, and does not restrict apprentices from using new tools.


    This is also one of the reasons why Jiang Xuan respects the old man Heishi.


    "I want to make a stone mill, which can grind all kinds of grains into powder."


    "Stone mill?"


    The old black stone frowned, his eyes full of blankness, because he had never heard of this kind of stone tool.


    Jiang Xuan thought about it and said, "I''ll make you a model out of mud, okay?"


    The old man Heishi nodded. Jiang Xuan had already done this kind of thing with muddy models several times, and it was very useful.


    Jiang Xuan took a stick, dug some soil outside the stone tool workshop, added a little water and made a mud ball, and then kneaded it into the shape of two stone mills. The texture is drawn.


    "Look, the stone mill is divided into an upper half fan and a lower half fan. This eye is called the grinding eye, the middle one is called the stone grinding shaft, and the lines on it are called grinding teeth."


    "The upper half of the stone mill is connected to a wooden handle, which can be rotated along the axis, while the lower half is fixed."


    "When the grain is put into the stone mill along the grinding eye, and then the stone mill is pulled, these grinding teeth will grind the grain into powder little by little, and then flow out along the edge."


    Jiang Xuan thought for a while, and then explained: "It''s like our teeth eat, we can grind things back and forth, bit by bit, and stone grinding is almost the same."


    The old man Heishi looked at the stone model in Jiang Xuan''s hand, and listened to his explanation, his eyes became brighter and brighter.


    He is an old stone tool master, and he only needs a little understanding to know whether this thing can be done or not.


    At the same time, he showed a very strong interest in this very practical Neolithic tool.


    "Boss, you put this muddy stone mill here, and I will polish the real stone mill!"


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "I believe in your old stone tool grinding skills."


    Jiang Xuan hesitated for a while, and then said: "There is another suggestion, I don''t know if you can always accept it."


    "Let''s talk, chief."


    Jiang Xuandao: "This stone grinding shaft is very important. If it is made of wood, one is easy to wear and the other is easy to break. If it is made of stone, ordinary stone is easy to break, and high-quality stone is used to make a shaft. It''s a bit of a waste."


    "Because we will need a lot of such stone grinding in the future, it is impossible to use high-quality stone to polish the shaft."


    "So, I think it''s a good choice to use bronze cast stone to grind the shaft, which is wear-resistant and not easy to break..."


    After Jiang Xuan finished speaking, he looked at the old man Heishi sincerely, because he knew that the old man Heishi didn''t like bronze utensils very much. Jiang Xuan didn''t know if he could accept the addition of bronze utensils to the stone utensils he polished.


    The old man''s face froze, and he was silent for a moment, then looked at the bronze utensils that other apprentices in the stone tool workshop were using, and finally reluctantly compromised.


    "Since the leader believes that bronze is suitable for casting stone grinding shafts, then... cast it with bronze."


    Jiang Xuan breathed a sigh of relief. He was really afraid that the old man Heishi was too stubborn and old-fashioned. In that case, the stone mill produced would be much less durable.


    Jiang Xuan wanted to leave, but he saw the old man Heishi''s face was a little lonely, so he stopped again.


    Yawen Bar


    "How about going outside and having a chat?"


    The old man Heishi nodded, then followed Jiang Xuan to the outside.


    Walking outside the stone tool workshop, Jiang Xuan and the old man Heishi sat on a few large stones.


    "Let me tell you a story."


    The old man Heishi nodded, his eyes still relatively lonely.


    Jiang Xuan considered for a moment and said, "A long time ago, our ancestors used only stones, sticks and animal bones for hunting."


    "Because of these kinds of things, you can pick them up anywhere and use them, which is very convenient."


    "Later, someone found that sharp-edged stones were very good at cutting hides and meat, so they started using sharp stones."


    "Not long after, someone discovered that tying sharp stones or animal bones to wooden sticks can cause more damage to the prey, so they combined stones or animal bones with wooden sticks to make stone spears and bones. spear."


    "Later, our ancestors discovered that grinding stones into various shapes can be better used, so they invented the technique of grinding stone tools."


    "It can be seen that the tools used by our ancestors were slowly created by ourselves. In order to be more aggressive, our ancestors often combined two or three materials to create new tools."


    "If our ancestors hadn''t combined stones and sticks, we wouldn''t have stone spears."


    "Since our ancestors could combine several materials together, why can''t we do it now? It doesn''t matter if the manufactured utensils are easy to use, whether they are made of stone or bronze."


    After listening to Jiang Xuan''s words, a thoughtful expression appeared on Hei Shi''s face, and he was touched by Jiang Xuan''s words.


    Yes, as long as the manufactured utensil works well, it doesn''t matter what kind of stone it is made of, or bronze?


    After a long time, the old man Heishi said solemnly: "Boss, I understand, I will try to accept bronze."


    Jiang Xuan smiled and nodded, and he was relieved. He said so much, and finally it was not in vain.


    The old man Heishi stood up again, and the loneliness in his eyes disappeared.


    Although he is old, he is not a stubborn old man, otherwise he would not let the apprentices in the stone workshop use bronze tools.


    Now, after Jiang Xuan''s solution, he has figured out that he can no longer hold on to those old tools in the future. There are better tools, why not use them?


    After he figured it out, the old man returned to the stone tool workshop and immediately began to study the stone mill model left by Jiang Xuan. This kind of neolithic tool that can grind grain into powder made him very interested.


    Jiang Xuan also returned to the West Bank residential area, because there is still a very important event waiting for him to do, and that is the autumn sacrifice.


    The Fuji tribe will hold sacrifices many times a year, but the two large-scale sacrifices are only twice a year, that is, the spring sacrifice and the autumn sacrifice.


    Among them, the autumn sacrifice is the most solemn.


    Because autumn is often the time of harvest, there is enough food in the tribe, which is suitable for large-scale sacrifices.


    Moreover, this year''s autumn sacrifice, the number of people from the Fuji tribe will increase a lot.


    Because when attacking the Fierce Bird Tribe, Jiang Xuan promised that as long as the prisoners didn''t run away, didn''t make trouble, and fought bravely, everyone could join the Vine Tribe and become a true member of the Vine Tribe.


    The battle has been won, and this year has had a bumper harvest. It''s time to fulfill the promise.


    After returning to the residential area, Jiang Xuan immediately summoned all the leaders and began to arrange the sacrifice.


    Two hunting teams, as well as fishing teams, have to go out to find suitable sacrifices, the more the better.


    The planting team had to pick out the best grains and vegetables, and the guard team had to clean up threats around the tribe to ensure that the sacrifices went smoothly.


    Other teams also need to prepare various sacrificial supplies, as well as cleaning the tribe.


    When the whole Vine tribe started to run for the great autumn sacrifice, it was the captives who were the happiest.


    Because they can finally break away from their captive status and join the Vine Tribe!


    After more than a year of running-in, they have truly adapted to the rattan tribe and have a full understanding of the power of the rattan tribe.


    In addition, the most rebellious captives have been killed, and the remaining captives just want to live in peace and quiet, and the idea of ??revenge for the former tribe has become less and less.


    Because in the Vine tribe, their life is much better than in the previous tribe, and it can even be said that the gap is very large.


    In this case, joining the Vine tribe became the best choice for most captives.


    On September 29, after the sun rises, the autumn festival of the Veng tribe officially begins.


    "Woooooooo..."


    With the sound of the horn, the costumed Vine tribesmen and a large number of captives gathered in the open space in front of the altar.


    Everyone wore their best animal skin clothes, hung various accessories symbolizing glory, and painted the totem pattern of the vine tribe and the warrior pattern on their faces.


    "Kakaka¡­"


    Under the control of the **** vine, the four gates on the vine wall were temporarily closed, and all those who did not belong to the vine tribe were expelled.


    Then, the sacrificial ceremony officially began.


    Chi Shao walked up to the altar and began to sing the magic spell.


    "Buzz!"


    With the chant of Chishao, the divine vines on the stone mountain erupted with a strong divine light, which made people dare not look directly, and the terrifying divine power was overwhelming.


    Dozens of giant dragonflies flew up, bathed in sunlight and divine light, and danced constantly around the stone mountain.


    After Chishao finished singing the mantra, some warriors shouted loudly, "Sacrifice!"


    The vine tribe warriors lifted various offerings one after another, lined up on the altar, put down the offerings and walked down the other side.


    Soon, the offerings on the altar piled up into a hill.


    Chishao worshipped again: "Please enjoy the offering to the **** of rattan."


    "Whoosh whoosh..."


    Countless roots protruded out of the soil and quickly wrapped around the various offerings on the altar, and soon wrapped the entire altar.


    When the goddess had eaten all the offerings, the roots retracted to the ground.


    The red peony on the altar did not take the next step, but looked at Jiang Xuan.


    Seeing this, Jiang Xuan nodded to Chi Shao and walked to the left of the altar. Facing the nearly 2,000 prisoners, he first affirmed their efforts and performance on the battlefield, and then announced that all the prisoners would join the Veng tribe.


    After Jiang Xuan''s voice fell, all the people who had left their captive status cheered excitedly. They had been waiting for this day for a long time.


    After these people cheered, the sacrifice continued, Chishao stood on the altar and began to sing the blessing mantra.


    "Crash..."


    Countless vines appeared on the top of everyone''s heads, and then sprinkled large swaths of divine liquid, as if it was raining heavily in the sky.


    These divine fluids were inhaled into the bodies of the Veng tribe people, and many who had not yet become warriors became monochromatic warriors after absorbing the divine fluid.


    Those who have become warriors become stronger.


    After the big sacrifice, the strength of the entire vine tribe will increase to a certain extent.

 Chapter 198： Kimchi and Tofu

    In the evening, Jiang Xuan took out a cleaned pottery jar from the house, put all the clean snow on the reed mat into the jar, and then moved it back into the house.


    Because of the existence of the fire pit, the temperature in the house is much higher than outside, and these snowflakes will slowly melt into snow water.


    According to Jiang Xuan''s memory in his previous life, snow water is a kind of water that is very beneficial to the human body, and it is different from ordinary water.


    Ordinary water contains an ingredient that is harmful to animals, that is, heavy water. Heavy water has an inhibitory effect on the metabolism of organisms. Too high a content can even lead to death of organisms.


    The heavy water content in snow water is 25% less than that of ordinary water, which can stimulate the metabolism of animals and stimulate biological growth.


    Because of this, drinking boiled snow water, or eating food made from snow water, is beneficial to the human body.


    Of course, due to the severe air pollution in the previous life, the snow that fell in most places, except for a few remote areas, was no longer clean.


    Now it is different. Jiang Xuan is in the primitive world, and the snow falling from the sky is naturally very pure.


    After Jiang Xuan moved Xue back to the house, he took out some vegetables from the small cellar dug in the yard and cleaned it.


    The vegetables he took out included primitive cabbage, radish-like root plants, and colored peppers.


    These vegetables are all grown by Jiang Xuan in the yard.


    When the weather got cold, he picked all the vegetables, some were dried, and some were piled in a small cellar to eat slowly.


    Winter vegetables are not perishable, fresh vegetables are placed in the cellar and can be eaten for a long time.


    After Jiang Xuan washed the vegetables, they placed them in a rattan woven dust basket to dry the water.


    He cleaned another pottery ding, then placed it in the fire pit, and added a lot of snow that showed signs of melting into the pottery ding.


    As the flames burned, the Tao Ding became hotter and hotter, and the snow inside quickly melted into snow water.


    After the snow melts, the volume will become smaller, so although a pottery cauldron was stuffed with snow just now, it becomes very little after it melts.


    Therefore, Jiang Xuan kept adding snow to it until half of the snow water was melted.


    Jiang Xuan removed the fire under the Tao Ding, then added an appropriate amount of salt to the boiling snow water to allow the snow water to cool naturally.


    Afterwards, he moved out two more jars and cleaned them.


    These two jars are the kimchi jars that Jiang Xuan personally fired in the past. They have an inner lid and an outer lid, and there are altar eaves that can hold water. The sealing is quite good.


    When the snow water cooled and the vegetables dried, Jiang Xuan started to make the food he remembered.


    That is snow water kimchi!


    Snow water kimchi is more crisp and delicious than ordinary kimchi, and the taste is very good.


    More importantly, even if the kimchi made by snow water is rough, it is not easy to deteriorate.


    Thinking of the delicious taste of kimchi, Jiang Xuan involuntarily began to swallow.


    He first sorted the vegetables in the dustbin one by one and put them into two jars respectively, and then added some wild ginger, wild pepper and other spices into the two jars.


    Finally, he added salt to the pottery cauldron and poured cold snow water into two jars until the vegetables were submerged.


    He closed the inner and outer lids of the jar again, and placed the two jars in a cooler corner of the house.


    Finally, he scooped up the snow water from the pottery tripod with a water ladle and poured it into the eaves of the altar, so that the jar was truly sealed.


    "Next, just wait patiently."


    Jiang Xuan looked at the two jars with anticipation in his eyes.


    In the previous life, every winter, Jiang Xuan''s mother would always make two jars of snow water kimchi, and he would also fight and help out.


    In this life, there is no mother to help him make it.


    I don''t know if his mother is doing well after he leaves, will he look forward to him going back to eat snow water kimchi?


    "Mom, I''m sorry..."


    When Jiang Xuan thought of his mother, his emotions suddenly collapsed. Two crystal teardrops fell down his cheeks and fell to the ground, breaking into countless petals.


    It is a fortunate thing to travel through time, but people are not grass and trees, how can they not want to go home?


    Unfortunately, it will never go back.


    After a long time, Jiang Xuan sat by the fire pond again.


    He is a person with a very strong heart. He just saw things and thinks about people, and it is human nature. After releasing his emotions, he slowly recovered his calmness.


    Since there is no way to go back, then live a good life, even better than the previous life.


    The fire pond made a sound of "crack, crackle, crackle", and the flames kept beating all the time. Jiang Xuan just looked at the flames and sat for a long time...


    ...


    On the east bank of the rattan tribe, there is a stone tool workshop.


    "Ding ding ding..."


    The old man Heishi held a stone hammer and a stone chisel in his hands, and tapped on a round stone in a hurry.


    This round stone is about sixty centimeters in diameter and twenty centimeters thick. It is very heavy.


    Next to this stone, there is another piece of almost the same size, which has been polished. It has grinding eyes, deep grinding teeth, and a wooden handle, which is very beautiful.


    The combination of these two large round stones is the stone mill that Jiang Xuan needs.


    In order to polish this pair of stone mills, the black stone old man has spent more than a month.


    After he tapped the last grinding pattern, the old man Heishi blew the stone chips on it, revealing the neat grinding teeth.


    Although he is quite old, the old man of Black Stone is still very strong.


    He lifted one side of the grinding wheel, looked at it carefully for a moment, and then nodded in satisfaction.


    "Just the last step left."


    The old man put down the grinding wheel, walked to the side of the stone tool workshop, and took out a golden bronze shaft from an animal skin bag.


    This bronze shaft was specially instructed by Jiang Xuan to the smelting workshop to cast it by the lost wax method according to the eye cut out in the middle of the stone mill.


    The old man Heishi held the heavy bronze shaft and hesitated for a moment, but soon, his eyes became firm again.


    "The leader is right. It doesn''t matter what materials are used, it is important to be able to make good tools!"


    The old man of Black Stone placed the bronze shaft in the center of the stone mill base, and then tapped it down gently with a stone hammer.


    Because the bronze shaft was cast according to the eyes chiseled on the grinding table, and the size was very suitable, the old man Heishi knocked down the bronze shaft without much effort.


    Then, he picked up another grinding disc, aimed it at the bronze shaft, and put it down gently.


    "winter!"


    The craftsmanship of the old man of black stone grinding stone tools is indeed unique. After the two grinding discs are put together, they fit very well, and there is no unevenness.


    Afterwards, the old man Heishi held the wooden handle on the stone mill and pushed it hard.


    The grinding disc began to rotate slowly, because the grinding teeth had not been run-in, and the rotation was a little difficult.


    The old man Heishi asked two powerful apprentices to unload the stone mill, one fan for each person, hold it outside to clean it, and then put it together again and slowly rotate it to make them run in better.


    When the teeth on both sides of the stone mill were almost worn in, the old man Heishi asked the two apprentices to send them to Jiang Xuan.


    At this time, the edge of the Feiyu River has begun to freeze, but the ice is still relatively small, and it is still possible to ferry boats.


    The two apprentices hugged the stone mill, crossed the river on a big bamboo raft, and then sent the stone mill to Jiang Xuan''s yard.


    When Jiang Xuan received the stone mill, he was very pleasantly surprised, because the stone mill made by the old man Heishi was almost no different from the one he remembered.


    The upper part of the stone mill has a wooden handle that can be turned, and the lower part of the stone mill has an outer groove. After the food is ground, it flows into the outer groove along the stone mill, and then flows into the wood along the mouth of the outer groove. in buckets or other containers.


    "beautiful!"


    Jiang Xuan looked at the stone mill and pushed it a few times with his own hands, feeling very good.


    "Boss, the things have been delivered, we will go back first."


    The two apprentices were not very comfortable in front of Jiang Xuan, and they turned around and wanted to get sick.


    "and many more."


    Jiang Xuan stopped them, and took out a few large pieces of bacon that he made, and said, "I brought this bacon back for me, and I said it was made by myself, and it was a thank you gift."


    "Yes."


    The two apprentices took the bacon, then turned around and wanted to be fat again.


    "Wait a second..."


    Jiang Xuan took out two more pieces of jerky, and stuffed one for each of the two apprentices, saying, "This is for you, thank you for sending the stone mill to me in such a cold day, be careful when you go back, pay attention to Safety."


    "This¡­¡­"


    The two apprentices were a little overwhelmed. They didn''t expect that they could get the jerky presented by the leader just by sending something. They were both excited and moved.


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "Take it back and eat it."


    "Thank you chief."


    The two apprentices sincerely thanked Jiang Xuan before turning around and leaving.


    Jiang Xuan''s small gesture made them feel very warm, even if it was icy and snowy outside, they didn''t feel cold anymore.


    After watching the two apprentices leave, Jiang Xuan looked around the room, and finally set his eyes on the table made of huge wooden piers.


    "Let''s put it here for now."


    Jiang Xuan picked up the heavy stone mill with his bare hands, placed it lightly on the table, fiddled with it, and cleaned the stone mill twice.


    "Try if you can grind beans."


    Jiang Xuan poured out half a bag of black pearl beans, and then used a smaller, dry scoop, kilned half a scoop of black pearl beans, and tried to pour some into the stone mill.


    "crunch..."


    Jiang Xuan did not add a wooden pole to the handle of the stone mill. Instead, he relied on great strength to perform miracles, holding the wooden handle and turning the large stone mill with his bare hands.


    Those black pearl beans were ground along the grinding teeth in the heavy stone mill, and then dropped into the outer groove together with the skin.


    "not bad."


    Jiang Xuan praised, then continued to add black pearl beans to the grinding eye, and continued to turn the stone mill.


    He placed a pottery jar at the outlet of the outer groove of the stone mill, and from time to time he swept down the ground black peas.


    After grinding half a bag of black peas, Jiang Xuan cleaned the stone mill, and then poured the black peas in the clay pot onto the dustbin woven with fine rattan.


    "Crash..."


    He kept shaking the dustpan, shaking it up and down a few times from time to time.


    After a while, the lighter black pearl bean skin slowly floated to the top, and the heavier beans were below.


    Jiang Xuan sifted all the bean skins, leaving only the black pearl beans with their skins removed.


    Afterwards, he washed the black pearl beans and skimmed off the floating impurities, soaked them in water in a pottery jar, and closed the lid.


    Because of the cold weather, he deliberately placed the pot next to the fire so that the water temperature could be a little higher.


    Silent all night.


    The next morning, Jiang Xuan opened the lid of the pottery jar, took some black pearl beans from it, twisted it with his fingers, and the black pearl beans suddenly became smashed.


    "almost."


    Jiang Xuan nodded. After soaking overnight, these black pearl beans were relatively soft.


    Jiang Xuan held the pottery jar next to the stone mill, and then began to grind the beans for the second time.


    The first time you grind the beans is to peel and break them, and the second time you grind the beans to make them into a pulp, which is used to make soy milk or tofu.


    Jiang Xuan placed another pottery jar at the outlet of the outer tank of the stone mill, then scooped up the beans with water with a long-handled spoon and poured it into the grinding eye.


    "crunch..."


    The stone mill began to slowly turn again, and the soaked beans were ground to shreds, mixed with water, and flowed into the outer groove of the stone mill.


    Jiang Xuan was not in a hurry or slow, grinding little by little until all the beans were ground.


    After grinding, Jiang Xuan removed the pottery jar with the soy milk and cleaned the stone grinder.


    The next step, which made Jiang Xuan difficult, was filtering, which also became pulping.


    Pulp pressing is to squeeze out the essence of the beans and leave the bean dregs, so that the tofu will coagulate into lumps and taste fresh.


    However, a tofu bag is needed for pulping, and at worst, a good cloth is needed. Where can Jiang Xuan go to find cloth?


    Jiang Xuan pondered for a long time, but couldn''t think of anything to replace the tofu cloth to filter out the bean dregs.


    Could it be that after grinding so many black pearl beans, you can only boil them all into soy milk?


    Jiang Xuan was a little unwilling.

 Chapter 199： Want to join the Vine Tribe?

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh tomorrow morning to read the latest content.


    ...


    After making the tofu, Jiang Xuan made a dip, then braved the heavy snow, sent a serving to Chishao, and heated her with a bronze pot himself.


    Since the Veng tribe began to produce bronze, many daily necessities have changed, such as bronze knives for cutting vegetables, such as bronze pots for cooking.


    However, only Jiang Xuan and Chishao can use these bronzes for the time being, and they will be gradually promoted in the future.


    "This is called tofu. I made it with black pearl beans. It tastes good. You can try it."


    Jiang Xuan brought the tofu to Chi Shao and looked at her expectantly.


    Chishao picked up Kuaizi, gently picked up a piece of tofu, dipped it in some water, and put it in his mouth.


    "Well, it''s delicious."


    I ate another piece of red peony, and it tasted really good.


    A smile appeared on Jiang Xuan''s face, and he said, "Eat more, I''ll do it next time after eating."


    Chi Shao nodded, ate a few more pieces, and then put down the kuaizi.


    "Why don''t you eat?"


    "I still have some medicine powder here that I haven''t finished. I''ll put it there first and eat it when I''m eating."


    Chishao sat by the fire and began to grind the herbs again. She needed to crush several herbs and mix them together to make a medicinal powder with excellent healing effect.


    She was always like this, busy.


    "Sister, I have an idea, I don''t know if you want it or not."


    "you say."


    "I want you to take a group of apprentices and teach them about herbal medicine, how to handle herbal medicine, and how to heal and save people."


    Chi Shao frowned slightly, but did not speak.


    The inheritance of witch doctors has always been learned only by witches. Even if it is taught, it is passed on to the candidates for the next witch. This is the rule of the tribe.


    Now, Jiang Xuan wants to break this rule.


    Jiang Xuan continued: "Sister, I think so."


    "Our tribe is getting bigger and bigger, and there are more and more clansmen. With you alone, even if you don''t sleep, you can''t be busy. You can''t grind medicine and see a doctor every day, right?"


    "It''s different if you bring a group of apprentices. Things like handling medicines and grinding powder can be handed over to them. You just need to keep an eye on them."


    "In this way, you won''t be so tired. If our clansmen are injured or sick, they can be treated as soon as possible."


    "In the future, we can even open a special witch hospital. All the sick and injured clansmen can go to the witch hospital. There are many witch doctors who see a doctor at the same time, so it doesn''t take too long."


    "Sister, what do you think of my idea?"


    After Jiang Xuan finished speaking, he looked at Chi Shao with anticipation. In fact, this idea had been circling in his heart for a long time. He had arranged for two people to help Chi Shao before, but Chi Shao did not teach them witchcraft.


    Chi Shao was silent for a moment, then said, "Let me think about it."


    Jiang Xuan continued to persuade: "Sister, think about where your witch doctor skills come from? The old witch taught it, right?"


    "Have you ever thought about why the old witch taught you, and why did you carve a hundred sketches of the Great Wilderness?"


    "If witchcraft cannot be learned by more people and is only in the hands of a few witches, then once an accident happens to the witch or the tribe, the experience of witchcraft accumulated by the witch''s life and painstaking efforts will be lost, even the experience accumulated by several generations of witches. Experience is lost."


    "Only by allowing more people to learn, can we truly pass down the witch doctor and carry it forward."


    What Jiang Xuan said was not only about witch medicine, but also many other skills.


    Because those who master these skills are afraid that the skills will affect their jobs, they are very cautious in choosing inheritors, and only one person will be passed on.


    However, this way of inheritance is very risky.


    For example, the Mosquito Tribe, the Crow Tribe, the Mantis Tribe, and the Mengniao Tribe... After they were destroyed, the experience of witchcraft and healing accumulated by the previous witches also disappeared with the death of the witches.


    Even those tribes that have been passed down for a long time, it is impossible for every witch to have no accidents, right?


    As long as one of the witches suddenly had an accident, the inheritance would be incomplete, or the inheritance would be severed.


    This is undoubtedly a huge loss.


    Spreading witch medicine is different. The more people who know it, the greater the chance it will be passed on. Moreover, as long as everyone does not hide it, the accumulation of experience will definitely be much faster than a single inheritance. The development of witch medicine The speed will also increase.


    Sooner or later, witch doctors will benefit everyone.


    After listening to Jiang Xuan''s words, Chi Shao was silent for a while, and said, "You are right, starting from tomorrow, I will select some clansmen and try to teach them."


    Jiang Xuan breathed a sigh of relief and said, "That''s great, sister, I''ll help you grind the medicine."


    Jiang Xuan walked over, sat on the low stool by the fire pond, and helped Chishao grind the medicine.


    Chi Shao looked at Jiang Xuan''s profile, feeling a little complicated, because she felt that she could not understand Jiang Xuan more and more.


    Maybe it''s because he''s grown up.


    Chi Shao lowered her head, no longer thinking about these things, but grinding medicine for peace of mind.


    She never doubted Jiang Xuan, nor did she want to doubt it.


    ...


    Outside the Veng tribe, Feng Cao carried a bag of grain on his back, walked to the area where the tourists lived, and then opened the door of a simple wooden house.


    "Huhuhu..."


    After the door was opened, the cold wind rushed into the house immediately, swept away a little heat that had finally gathered inside, and chilled the people inside.


    After Fengcao entered the wooden house, he immediately closed the door, and the people inside breathed a sigh of relief.


    There were two tourists in the house, a woman of about twenty-five or six years old, with two warrior tattoos on her face, apparently a two-color warrior.


    There is also a boy of about seven or eight years old. Because he has not eaten enough for a long time, he is very thin, and he is very timid when he sees people, and hides aside.


    "Lan, I brought you some food, I know you''re running out of food."


    Fengcao opened the animal skin bag and took out some round potatoes, stone eggs, and even a small amount of red crystal rice.


    When the woman named "Lan" saw the food, she immediately jumped up and picked up the food on the ground, as if she was afraid of being robbed.


    After it snowed, it was very difficult to obtain food, especially the battles between tourists were very fierce. If Lan was not strong, they would not even be able to live in this wooden house, let alone food.


    Lan picked up a round potato, not too dirty, took a few bites, and then stuffed the boy with other food.


    While chewing the round potatoes, she said in a vague voice, "Who do you want me to kill?"


    Before the snow fell, Fengcao also gave her food several times. In exchange, Lan would help her kill the designated tourists.


    Feng Cao shook his head and said, "You don''t need to kill people this time."


    Lan stopped chewing, looked at the round potato in his hand, frowned, and said, "Then what do you want? I can only kill."


    Feng Cao pulled the loose hair behind her ears and said, "Lan, have you ever thought about changing your son to a better environment?"


    Hearing Feng Cao''s words, Lan suddenly rushed towards Feng Cao, so fast that Feng Cao didn''t have time to dodge.


    Lan pinched Fengcao''s neck with her left hand, pulled out a stone knife with her right hand, placed it on Fengcao''s neck, stared at her like an angry leopard, and said coldly, "If you dare to attack my son, I will kill you. !"


    "Cough, listen to me..."


    After Feng Cao spoke, Lan Cai slowly loosened her neck, but her eyes were still very vigilant.


    Feng Cao rubbed his neck and didn''t care about it. Tourists were like this. They were very vigilant and sensitive. Most of those tourists with low vigilance had already died.


    "Lan, don''t get excited, don''t worry, I''m not interested in your son."


    "What I want to ask is, do you want to join the Vine tribe?"


    "Join the Vine tribe?"


    Lan obviously didn''t expect Feng Cao to ask such a question, and even wondered if Feng Cao was lying to her.


    Most of the tourists who gathered near the Vine Tribe wanted to join the Vine Tribe, but few were able to do so, because the Vine Tribe had passed the time when a large number of people were needed, and not everyone was recruited.


    If Lan was alone, with her strength as a two-color warrior, it would be no problem to join the Vine tribe, but she also brought a child.


    The Teng tribe can take care of the children of their own tribe, but they are not obliged to take care of the children of outsiders.


    "Can you let us join the Vine tribe?"


    Lan hugged the boy and stared straight at Feng Cao, waiting for her to give a definite answer.


    If they can join the Vine Tribe, they don''t have to live in this dilapidated wooden house, they don''t have to worry about encountering various dangers, and they don''t have to worry about starving or freezing to death at any time.


    It doesn''t matter to Lan herself, but she doesn''t want her child to live in such a hopeless life.


    She would give everything for her child.


    ...


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ...


    Chi Shao nodded, ate a few more pieces, and then put down the kuaizi.


    "Why don''t you eat?"


    "I still have some medicine powder here that I haven''t finished. I''ll put it there first and eat it when I''m eating."


    Chishao sat by the fire and began to grind the herbs again. She needed to crush several herbs and mix them together to make a medicinal powder with excellent healing effect.


    She was always like this, busy.


    "Sister, I have an idea, I don''t know if you want it or not."


    "you say."


    "I want you to take a group of apprentices and teach them about herbal medicine, how to handle herbal medicine, and how to heal and save people."


    Chi Shao frowned slightly but did not speak.


    The inheritance of witch doctors has always been learned only by witches. Even if it is taught, it is passed on to the candidates for the next witch. This is the rule of the tribe.


    Now, Jiang Xuan wants to break this rule.


    Jiang Xuan continued: "Sister, I think so."


    "Our tribe is getting bigger and bigger, and there are more and more clansmen. With you alone, even if you don''t sleep, you can''t be busy. You can''t grind medicine and see a doctor every day, right?"


    "It''s different if you bring a group of apprentices. Things like handling medicines and grinding powder can be handed over to them. You just need to keep an eye on them."


    "In this way, you won''t be so tired. If our clansmen are injured or sick, they can be treated as soon as possible."


    "In the future, we can even open a special witch hospital. All the sick and injured clansmen can go to the witch hospital. There are many witch doctors who see a doctor at the same time, so it doesn''t take too long."


    "Sister, what do you think of my idea?"


    After Jiang Xuan finished speaking, he looked at Chi Shao with anticipation. In fact, this idea had been circling in his heart for a long time. He had arranged for two people to help Chi Shao before, but Chi Shao did not teach them witchcraft.


    Chi Shao was silent for a moment, then said, "Let me think about it."


    Jiang Xuan continued to persuade: "Sister, think about where your witch doctor skills come from? The old witch taught it, right?"


    Romance novels to read for free


    "Have you ever thought about why the old witch taught you, and why did you carve a hundred sketches of the Great Wilderness?"


    "If witchcraft cannot be learned by more people and is only in the hands of a few witches, then once an accident happens to the witch or the tribe, the experience of witchcraft accumulated by the witch''s life and painstaking efforts will be lost, even the experience accumulated by several generations of witches. Experience is lost."

 Chapter 200： Welcome to the Vine Tribe

    "On such a cold day, drink some hot soup first to warm your body."


    Jiang Xuan took out the pottery bowl and scooped up a large bowl of broth for Lan, the boy, and Fengcao, and there was a lot of meat in it.


    Lan was wary, she stared at the broth, and although she wanted to drink it, she didn''t go to serve it.


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said: "Don''t worry, it''s not poisonous, I want to kill you, I don''t need this method."


    Feng Cao said while holding up the broth that belonged to her, "That''s right, our leader is a powerful five-color warrior."


    "Whoosh..."


    Feng Cao blew the hot broth, and then drank it.


    Lan looked at Jiang Xuan and Feng Cao who was drinking soup, and felt that they were right, Jiang Xuan really didn''t need to be so troublesome if he wanted to kill them.


    Lan picked up a bowl of broth from the table, blew it first, and then handed it to his son to drink slowly.


    The child was also pitiful. He often went hungry with Lan and was too skinny. To him, a bowl of broth at this time was no less than the delicacies of mountains and seas.


    He held the bowl and drank it in small sips, obviously afraid that it would be gone too soon.


    Lan looked very distressed, and at the same time became more determined to let her son live a good life.


    She brought up a bowl of broth herself, but only drank the soup, but poured the meat into the boy''s bowl and told him to eat more.


    Jiang Xuan looked at this scene, and felt a little uncomfortable in his heart.


    He knew very well that Feng Cao was using this child to guarantee Lan''s loyalty, which was not very glorious.


    But the nature of the thorn vine itself is not very glorious, and the wind grass is forced to do so.


    After Lan put down the bowl, Jiang Xuan said: "Do you understand the situation of the thorn vines?"


    Lan nodded: "As long as my son can stay in the Vine tribe and not be bullied, I will do whatever you ask me to do."


    "Don''t worry, he will definitely not starve or freeze in our Vine tribe, nor will he be bullied."


    Jiang Xuan paused, then said, "You can come back to see him in the future, and Feng Cao can bring you in."


    Lan''s face was overjoyed, and she said sincerely, "Thank you, Chief."


    "Don''t thank me, the thorn vine has a special status and can''t give you much benefit on the bright side, but if you need it, the tribe will try to satisfy it."


    "At the same time, I want you to remember that everyone in the thorn vines is also a member of the vine tribe. Maybe other people don''t know it, but the vine god, the witch and I all recognize your identities."


    "Can I also become a member of the Vine tribe?" Lan asked in disbelief.


    "Of course, except that you can''t live in the tribe at ordinary times, your treatment is the same as that of the Vine tribe, or even better."


    "Great, great..."


    Lan''s eyes filled with tears of excitement. People without tribes are like lonely ghosts. They have no support, no faith, and no one cares about life and death.


    With tribes, that all changes.


    "Let''s go, I''ll take you to the witch." Jiang Xuan got up.


    "Why are you looking for a witch?" Lan asked suspiciously.


    "Of course, the ceremony of joining the Vine Tribe will be held for you. Every team member recruited from the outside by Thorn Vine will have a ceremony."


    Jiang Xuan lit a torch, opened the door, walked outside, and said, "Follow me."


    Feng Cao also took a torch, lit it, and pushed Lan and the boy out.


    After a while, the five braved the wind and snow and walked into Chi Shao''s house.


    Chi Shao had already heard the news. She took out the animal brush and paint she had prepared and stood in front of Lan and the boy.


    "From today onwards, you are members of the Vine Tribe. You must believe in Vine God and be loyal to the Tribe..."


    After Chishao finished reading a long sentence, she picked up the animal writing brush and began to draw the totem pattern of the rattan tribe on her face for Lan and the boy.


    After painting the totem pattern, it means that they are officially accepted by the Vine tribe.


    Lan and the boy couldn''t say what they were excited about, and didn''t even dare to touch their faces with their hands, for fear of smearing the pattern.


    Jiang Xuan said with a smile on his face: "Welcome to join the Vine tribe."


    "Thank you boss, thank you Wu..."


    Lan hugged her son and thanked her constantly. At this moment, her mood could not be described in words.


    "Don''t thank me first. Although you joined the vine tribe, I said before that the thorn vine has a special status, so the child can stay in the tribe, and I will let someone take care of him."


    "However, Lan, you have to go back to the log cabin outside the tribe. You will still be a tourist in the future, but don''t worry, the tribe will quietly send you things like food and warm animal skins."


    Lan nodded, these things were all agreed in advance, and she had no opinion.


    Later, Jiang Xuan sent the boy to the breeding team overnight, and explained that Dajiao should take good care of him and not let others bully him.


    The life on the breeding team is relatively easy, and with Jiang Xuan''s advice, Dajiao will definitely take good care of the boy.


    Lan watched her son get settled with her own eyes, and before parting, choked up and asked her son to be obedient in the tribe and take good care of herself.


    Afterwards, she relented, ignoring the cry of the child, and resolutely followed Jiang Xuan out of the East Bank breeding area, and then, under the **** of Fengcao, left the Vine Tribe and returned to the dilapidated log cabin outside the Vine Wall. among.


    Feng Cao left behind some food, ordinary animal skins, a bone spear, and two stone knives, and then left the wooden house.


    "Huhuhu..."


    The cold wind whistled outside, and Lan pulled away the ashes in the fire pit, revealing the fire still smoldering inside, and then rekindled the fire pit.


    "Crackling crackling..."


    The flames rekindled, bringing a little warmth to the dilapidated log cabin, plus the thick animal skins and food left by the wind grass, Lan was much better off this winter.


    However, she used to be accompanied by her son, but now she is the only one left in the wooden house. Although there is no need to worry about food and warmth, loneliness is unavoidable.


    Lan picked up a piece of charcoal and, according to the memory in her head, began to draw the totem pattern of the Vine tribe on the ground again and again.


    From now on, the Vine God is her belief, and learning to draw totem patterns is a must, and it is also a way to fight loneliness and fear.


    ...


    As time went on, the winter became more and more cold, and the snow on the ground became thicker and thicker, and the tribesmen were almost at home.


    This winter, cold, hunger, and disease have reaped the lives of many people.


    In the forests everywhere, tourists who have no food to save are dying one after another. Even some small tribes are not much better.


    Only a few tribes, such as the vine tribe, the frog tribe, and the mountain turtle tribe, gained a lot of resources because they defeated the bird tribe, and their life was a little better.


    After the ice froze the Feiyu River, the Teng tribe conducted a winter fishing and harvested a lot of fish.


    However, it was only this time. When the Veng tribe was not short of food, Jiang Xuan did not want to overfish, lest there would be fewer and fewer fish in the Feiyu River.


    It is worth mentioning that even in the cold winter season, several workshops of the Veng tribe did not stop work, and even added some manpower to work.


    Because after the spring, the trading area will usher in a peak season, and a large amount of goods will be needed for trading.


    The peaceful days always passed quickly, and in the blink of an eye, the cold winter that made most tribesmen suffer so much passed.


    The thick clouds in the sky dissipated, the sun was scattered on the ground again, and the snow and ice began to melt.


    The sixth year of the establishment of the Vine Tribe begins.


    "Tick tick tick..."


    Jiang Xuan sat under the eaves, listening to the dripping sound of melting snow, and engraved the first line on a roll of Hsinchu bamboo slips: Six years of the rattan tribe, the first day of the first month of January, sunny.


    After carving, he put the bamboo slips away, looked at the sunlight outside, and said with emotion, "In the blink of an eye, so many years have passed!"


    There is no special feeling about time when it is being experienced, and sometimes it even feels that it passes too slowly.


    But when you really look back on the past one day, you find that it is actually surprisingly fast, but you just don''t pay attention to it.


    The snow and ice melted for three days. In the snow-melting weather, the people of the Veng tribe still stayed in the tribe and basically did not leave the vicinity of the house.


    Because the forest is very dangerous when the snow melts, the ice cubes on the trees will fall down at any time, and even the branches may fall.


    Every year, a few unlucky ones are injured or even killed by ice cubes and branches falling from trees.


    Three days later, under the scorching sun, most of the snow and ice on the trees and the roof melted, and there were only some ice cubes where the sun could not shine.


    "Crash..."


    The ice cubes on the Flying Fish River also all melted Many large pieces of ice floated downstream along the river, melting as they floated, until they were completely integrated with the river at a certain moment.


    "Quack quack..."


    In the breeding area of ??the Teng tribe, a large group of colorful ducks was released.


    These colorful ducks have been kept for a winter, and as soon as they are released, they can''t wait to run to the pond or river, and they go into the water without hesitation.


    "Gluck cluck..."


    The colorful pheasants were also released. They paced leisurely in the breeding area, using their claws from time to time to scrape the weeds and soil on the ground, trying to find some bugs to eat.


    Other livestock that can be released are also released to bask in the sun.


    On the other hand, the planting team also began to dispatch.


    Gan Song carried his stone **** and led the members of the planting team to turn over the soil of the already planted crops, which made it much easier to sow.


    In addition, he also arranged a group of people to continue to open up wasteland, increase the area of ??arable land for the Vine tribe, and increase food production.


    Two hunting teams also began to dispatch, and they couldn''t wait to enter the forest to find prey.


    Although hunting teams sometimes go out to hunt in winter, it is difficult to obtain prey under the snow and ice, and it is common to return empty-handed.


    The fishing team led by Nepeta also began to fish in the river.


    The Veng tribe trading area also opened again, and tourists who lived nearby couldn''t wait to flock to the trading area. They took various things in exchange for food, salt and other necessities.


    The entire Vine tribe, like a huge machine, is running again after the silence of winter.


    "Buzz!"


    Above the stone mountain, Shenteng woke up again. After a short period of divine light, a layer of mist shrouded the stone mountain, making it difficult to see the true face.

 Chapter 201： corruption

    Since getting the red crystal from the leader of the small tribe, the earth bone has been worried for several days, for fear of being discovered, and comforted himself that the tribe did not suffer any loss.


    After a period of time, the trading area was still calm, and no one noticed that a batch of Digu was sold cheaply, and no one noticed that something was wrong.


    Over time, Digu''s mentality has undergone some changes. By chance, he received another gift from a small tribe warrior.


    This time, he was still a little nervous, but his mentality was much better than before, and he didn''t fall asleep because of worry like before.


    By the third time, he was relatively calm, and even cultivated some self-confidence, because the first two times were not discovered, and this time it should not be discovered.


    What''s more, he didn''t directly take the tribe''s things, but just took a little thing, and then lowered the price of the goods to be sold a little bit.


    By the fourth time, Di Gu was completely relieved, and confident that there would be no problem in doing so. It was completely reasonable for people from outside the tribe to come to trade and give him something.


    The fifth time, Di Gu saw what he wanted, and even began to hint that the person who came to trade would be able to exchange more goods as long as he gave it to him.


    Just like this, Di Gu became the first person in the trading area to accept bribes.


    Because he did not directly take the goods in the shop, and he did not accept bribes for every transaction, when Mallow took stock of the goods, he just felt that some of the goods he received were overvalued, and some of the goods he sold were undervalued, so he could only make him Pay attention next time.


    People''s ambitions began to expand step by step, especially after they did not get punished for wrongdoing, but instead gained benefits, the ambitions of the earth bone expanded even faster.


    Until one day, Lan walked into the trading area with a piece of animal skin, came to the appliance store, and wanted to exchange some weapons.


    Although he joined the thorn vines, because his identity was kept secret, Lan Ping''s behavior was still the same as that of other tourists.


    Naturally, Di Gu didn¡¯t know Lan. He thought that Lan was no different from other tourists, so he began to ask for benefits when trading.


    "Fairy Wood"


    "The hide is not bad, but there are many flaws."


    Lan frowned and said, "Where is the flaw?"


    The earth bone blew a few breaths on the animal skin and blew away the animal hair: "Look, here... here, and here, there are scars."


    Lan''s brows furrowed even tighter, because fighting between beasts was a common occurrence in order to survive, and it was inevitable to leave some relatively small scars on the body, and the behavior of blowing hair on the bones was too much.


    Di Gu''s eyes swept around Lan''s body, and finally stopped on a beast tooth necklace hanging around her neck.


    "This beast tooth necklace of yours is quite nice."


    Lan continued to look at him, wondering what the **** he was going to do.


    Seeing that she didn''t respond, Earth Gu said in a low voice, "If you can give me the beast tooth necklace, I''ll assume that I didn''t see those flaws, and I can give you an extra weapon."


    After listening to Ji Gu''s words, Lan looked at him in disbelief, obviously not expecting him to say such a thing.


    Di Gu Jian Lan did not immediately agree, so he said solemnly: "If you don''t want it, forget it, but with these flaws, it will be difficult for this animal skin to exchange weapons."


    When Lan heard this, she almost wanted to kill the scum, but she finally held back.


    After being a tourist for so long, she has seen many sinister people, and it is not only once or twice that she has been made trouble.


    She was silent for a moment, and then said to the earth bone: "This animal tooth necklace is very important to me, so let''s go back and think about it, and I''ll come back after thinking about it."


    When Ji Gu heard this, he was not very happy and his face sank.


    "If that''s the case, then you should go back first. It''s best to think about it sooner, otherwise I may change my mind next time."


    "Don''t be angry, I''ll try my best to think about it."


    Lan accompanied him with a smile, then took the animal skin, turned and left the trading area.


    After she got outside, she immediately found Feng Cao through a special contact method, and told the story again.


    After listening to Feng Cao, she said to her: "Don''t talk about this matter for the time being, I will go to the leader and let the leader decide."


    Lan nodded, then waited patiently in the wooden house.


    Feng Cao immediately returned to the tribe, found Jiang Xuan, and told him the matter.


    Hearing this kind of thing, Jiang Xuan only felt a surge of anger rising from the bottom of his heart, straight to the sky.


    "Wow, very good!"


    "The tribe has not yet developed, there are crises everywhere, and some worms have begun to embezzle and accept bribes. It''s very good!"


    Although Jiang Xuan is not a person who hates evil, but the Veng tribe was created by him, and it has just developed a little. It has not been a few good days when such a thing happened. How can you not be angry?


    "Boss, do you want to arrest him now?"


    "No, if you want to arrest someone, you will get all the stolen goods, otherwise it will chill the hearts of other clansmen."


    Jiang Xuan thought for a moment and said, "You ask Lan to go to the trading area again, agree to Digu''s request, and I will follow quietly."


    "Yes!"


    The wind grass hurried away.


    Jiang Xuan paced back and forth in the room, and after suppressing the anger in his heart a little, he immediately found Chi Shao, and then went to the trading area with her.


    Besides, in the trading area, Di Gu completed a few more transactions, but he was a little absent-minded, always thinking about the animal tooth necklace on Lan''s neck.


    This is the first time he has been rejected, and this feeling makes him very uncomfortable, and even has a strange mentality of losing something.


    Therefore, when Lan appeared at the door of the shop again, Di Gu''s eyes lit up, and then he pretended to be reserved and stood in place without moving.


    Lan entered the utensil shop, put the animal skin on the counter, untied the animal tooth necklace, and placed it on the animal skin: "I''ve thought about it, I''ll give you the animal tooth necklace."


    Di Gu''s heart was overjoyed, but he pretended to be nonchalant and said, "I''ve seen a lot of good things. If I didn''t see you being pitiful, I would have asked for your animal tooth necklace?"


    "Yes, yes, then what we said before counts? I''ll give you the animal tooth necklace, and you can give me another good weapon."


    "Of course it counts."


    "That''s good, I hope you remember what you said."


    After Lan finished speaking, she consciously stepped aside and looked out the door.


    Di Gu was very dissatisfied with her words, and was puzzled by her performance. What was she looking at?


    Soon, Earth Gu knew what she was looking at.


    Jiang Xuan, Chi Shao, Mallow, and Nan Xing, the leader of the guard, all appeared at the door of the shop, and everyone''s eyes were full of anger.


    "Chief... chief, witch... witch..."


    "Bah¡­"


    The animal tooth necklace that the earth bone was holding fell to the ground, and the whole person was dumbfounded.


    Jiang Xuan stared at the bones coldly: "Tell me, what are you doing?"


    "Chief... Chief, listen... listen to my explanation..."


    Earth Bone trembled, and he tried to find a reason to explain.


    Jiang Xuan shouted: "How dare you argue, we can hear what you said just now!"


    Mallow also said angrily: "No wonder the quantity of the goods often does not match. I thought it was because you misunderstood the value when you traded, so you are taking the opportunity to benefit yourself!"


    Chi Shao shook her head and said, "Digu, you have disappointed us too much."


    Nan Xing gritted his teeth and said, "Boss, let me kill this scum!"


    "puff"


    Hearing these words, Ji Gu was extremely frightened, his knees softened, and he suddenly knelt on the ground.


    "I was wrong, the leader, I was really wrong. I was obsessed for a while, I''m not human, please give me another chance..."


    Earth Bone cried and wept bitterly. Until this moment, when his life was threatened, he suddenly realized that what he had done was an unbearable mistake for the tribe.


    Lan on the side did not speak, but she was very happy. She had joined the Vine tribe, and she was a member of the Vine tribe. Naturally, she could not tolerate such scum digging the foundation of the Vine tribe.


    She can''t wait for the leader to execute Ji Gu immediately.


    Jiang Xuan was actually very disgusted when he looked at Earth Gu when he begged for mercy, but killing the Earth Gu directly is not the best way.


    Jiang Xuan waved his hand and said, "Take him up and tie him to the front of the altar!"


    "Yes!"


    Nan Xing immediately rushed in with two guardian soldiers, ignoring the earth''s bones'' plea for mercy, pinned him to the ground, tied him tightly with ropes, and escorted him out.


    The movement here attracted many people from the trading area to watch, including the clansmen of the Vine tribe, as well as people from the outer tribes, or tourists.


    They surrounded the utensil shop from a distance, pointing and talking.


    Some of the people who had given things to Earth Gu were also a little flustered at this time, for fear that the Goto tribe would not let them come over to do business.


    Jiang Xuan turned around and said to everyone: "The Veng tribe has made a scum, which makes everyone laugh. If there is any benefit from the earth bones, you can tell me, the Veng tribe will definitely be responsible."


    Those people look at me, I look at you, and no one stands up.


    "Since there is none, please go back first. The trading area is temporarily closed. After this matter is dealt with, the trading area will be opened again. Please everyone."


    After Jiang Xuan finished speaking, he turned and left the trading area.


    The soldiers of the guards entered the trading area, asked outsiders and tourists to leave, and then temporarily closed the trading area.


    For a time, the Vine tribe was not calm inside and outside, and everyone was waiting for a result.

 ~： Share 1 thing with you

    Today, I occasionally thought of this poem, "The world and the earth all work together, and it is not free to transport heroes." So I searched for this poem. The author is Luo Yin.


    I have a little impression of Luo Yin. I remember that he also wrote another song "Bee": "Regardless of flat land and mountain peaks, the endless scenery is occupied. After brewing a hundred flowers into honey, whoever works hard is who will be sweet."


    Later, I went to search for this person, good guy, I was stunned.


    "Today there is wine, and today is drunk, and tomorrow''s worries come tomorrow."


    "I''m not a famous person and I''m not married, so maybe I''m not as good as others."


    ¡­


    Many famous poems come from Luo Yin, but very few people know him. Is this too outrageous?


    I took another look at his life and was even more shocked.


    He was famous when he was young, but he went to Beijing to take the exam more than a dozen times, and he failed every time.


    For example, the daughter of the prime minister at that time was very fascinated by his poems. She tried every means to get her father to invite him to her house, and wanted to meet her idol. As a result, Luo Yin was too ugly. Read his poems.


    He had been taking the exam for more than ten years, and he was disheartened. When he came home and passed a place, he met a prostitute he met at the beginning, and was mocked by the prostitute.


    "Ten years have passed, why are you still a scholar?"


    This sentence is too hurtful, but Luo Yin really couldn''t refute it, so he wrote another poem: "Zhong Ling is drunk for more than ten springs, and sees Yun Ying''s palm again. people."


    I, Luo Yin, didn''t become famous, and you didn''t find a gold master to marry, maybe they''re not as good as others...


    After reading Luo Yin''s life, he can only sigh: Who can explain such a thing clearly?

 Chapter 202： Kill 1 and warn 0

    On the side of the altar of the Vine Tribe, the ground bones were tied with ropes, kneeling on the ground, with two warriors guarding them.


    Earth Bone was trembling with fear, and even the unknown liquid came out, which made the soldiers guarding him very disgusted, even disgusted.


    Almost all the members of the Veng tribe came. Some people knew about the situation, some people didn''t. They looked at the bones, pointed and talked a lot.


    "All be quiet!"


    When the people arrived, Jiang Xuan squeezed his hands, and the people of the Teng tribe shut up and looked at Jiang Xuan.


    Jiang Xuan stood in front of the altar, Chi Shao stood beside him, their faces were very serious.


    "Today, a very bad thing happened to us in the trading area!"


    "Earth bone, using the power that the tribe gave him to manage the appliance shop, asking for benefits from those who came to trade, and then selling weapons and tools at a low price."


    "The behavior of the earth bone has seriously damaged the interests and reputation of the tribe, and the sin is unforgivable!"


    Jiang Xuan''s sharp eyes swept to all the Veng tribe clansmen: "I know that the tribe is bigger and richer than before. After some people can eat enough every day, they start to have other thoughts and want to get more!"


    "But I want to tell you that if you want to get more, you have to pay more. Only what you work hard to get is what really belongs to you!"


    "If someone doesn''t want to pay, but also wants to reach for the tribe''s things, they will definitely pay the price!"


    "Now, Yu Wu announces the verdict on Digu for corruption and bribery!"


    Jiang Xuan turned to look at Chi Shao, Chi Shao nodded, and then took a small step forward.


    "As evidence of the Vine God, I announce that starting from today, I will take back the power of the earth bone to manage the appliance shop, deprive the earth bone of the power of the warriors of the Vine tribe, cancel the identity of the tribe of the Vine tribe, and send it to the west of the tribe to open up wasteland!"


    After Chi Shao finished speaking, she turned around and worshipped at the altar.


    After Di Gu heard the verdict, the whole person was paralyzed with fright.


    Depriving the warriors of their power and canceling the identity of the Vine tribesmen is more difficult than death for the tribesmen.


    What''s more, to be sent to the west of the tribe to open up wasteland, it is simply life is better than death.


    Others don''t know, but the earth bones know one thing. The so-called tribes open up wasteland in the west, that is just a deceptive statement, and it is actually sent to dig.


    Deprived of the power belonging to the warrior, and then sent to mining, can it be returned?


    Thinking of this, Earth Bone''s body trembled even more.


    "Buzz!"


    At this moment, an emerald green vine quickly extended downward from the top of the stone mountain, and finally wrapped around the body of the earth bone.


    "No no no...don''t..."


    "what¡­¡­"


    In the terrified cry of the earth bone, green vines pierced his skin and began to extract the power belonging to the warrior.


    This is a very painful and tormenting process, and just listening to the screams is enough to make your scalp feel numb.


    Among the crowd, there were some people who were not greedy enough, who had taken things from the tribe, or who had corrupt ideas. After seeing the fate of the earth bone, they were also scared into a cold sweat, and quickly dispelled the idea of ??taking advantage of the tribe.


    After the green vines drained the warrior power in the bones, they immediately retracted to the top of the stone mountain.


    Earth Bone had fainted, and after the vines left, he spread on the ground like a pool of mud.


    Jiang Xuan waved his hand and said, "Take him away and send him to the west to open up wasteland!"


    "Yes!"


    The soldiers of the guard team immediately dragged the ground bone away, and the movements were very rough.


    Jiang Xuan looked at the people of the Vine Tribe again and said, "Our Vine Tribe has just developed a little, not even a medium-sized tribe. There are many more powerful tribes than the Vine Tribe, and danger may come at any time!"


    "I hope everyone can put down those bad thoughts, unite, and work hard to develop and grow the Vine Tribe, so that our Vine Tribe can survive the crisis we encounter!"


    "Also, I''m announcing one thing."


    "Starting today, the Vine Tribe will set up a Law Enforcement Hall to deal with those who violate the tribe''s rules or harm the interests of the tribe!"


    Jiang Xuan knew very well that no matter how severe the torture was, it was impossible to deter so many people for a long time.


    Only by setting up an institution like the Law Enforcement Hall, which is specially responsible for monitoring and punishing various violations and criminal acts, can it be effective.


    Jiang Xuan also intends to draft a simple law, so that the people of the Teng tribe will know what can and cannot be done, and the probability of doing wrong things will be greatly reduced.


    Of course, drafting the law is not so simple, it takes a long time to grind, and there is no hurry.


    After the verdict, the people of the Fuji tribe dispersed one after another. It is spring and everyone is very busy.


    Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao and others discussed the specific matters of drafting the law and establishing a law enforcement hall.


    ...


    The state is extremely poor tonight. I really can''t write more. It''s very short and weak. I''m sorry everyone, I''ll make up for it tomorrow morning.

 Chapter 203： 1 Coins and Weights and Measures

    After the Law Enforcement Hall was established and the law was drafted, everyone dispersed, but Jiang Xuan was still sitting in his place, as if thinking about something.


    Chi Shao was going to leave, but after seeing Jiang Xuan''s expression, she stopped again.


    "Xuan, what are you thinking?"


    Jiang Xuan raised his head: "Corruption and bribery will definitely happen in the future, and there will be a lot of them. People are naturally greedy. As long as they have the opportunity, few people can resist it."


    "So, I was thinking, how can I avoid this kind of thing as much as possible."


    Chi Shao asked suspiciously: "Didn''t we just set up the Law Enforcement Hall? And the heavy punishment of the earth bones should be able to deter many people, right?"


    Jiang Xuan shook his head: "As long as the benefits are big enough, many people can risk their lives to gamble. Therefore, it is useless to rely on shock and deterrence. We must take other means to prevent this from happening."


    "Then what should we do?"


    Jiang Xuan was silent for a moment, his eyes flashed, and he said, "Make coins!"


    "What is a coin?" Chi Shao had never heard the word.


    Jiang Xuan tried his best to explain in words that Chishao could understand: "Coins are a kind of goods in a certain area that everyone needs and is willing to trade."


    The essence of money is a commodity that can be used for trading.


    As long as people in this area are willing to trade it, it can be anything, such as turtle shells, seashells, even cloth, stone tools.


    Jiang Xuan continued to explain: "For example, high-quality stone is a kind of goods that all tribes need, and it can be used as coins."


    "Xuan, do you mean that we will use high-quality stone to trade with other tribes in the future?"


    Chi Shao frowned slightly, because she still didn''t quite understand the question.


    Although high-quality stone is good, its value is also quite high. It is a problem for poorer tribes to eat and clothe. What can they use to trade high-quality stone?


    Jiang Xuan said with a smile: "High-quality stone can of course be included as part of our rattan tribe''s coin system, but it cannot be used as the main coin."


    "Our main coins are bronze coins!"


    "Bronze coins?"


    "That''s right, we can make coins out of bronze, and then promote their use in the trading area. All goods are clearly marked with prices, and you can get as much coins as you sell."


    "In this way, even if someone wants to embezzle, we only need to count the goods in the store, and it is easy to find the number of a pair of coins."


    Chi Shao thought about it for a while, and asked again: "The goods sold can be like this, but what about the goods that are traded back? A lot of goods are traded back, and it is difficult for someone to find a little bit?"


    "I''ve thought about this for a long time, so, in addition to making coins, the second thing we have to do is unify weights and measures."


    "What are weights and measures?"


    Chi Shao felt a little big, how much did Jiang Xuan learn from that mysterious old man? Why hasn''t she heard of it?


    Jiang Xuandao: "Degree is length, how tall a tree is, we can use a fixed unit of length to measure, for example, if we use ''meter'' as the unit, then we can fix how long a meter is, measure that A tree, you can say how many meters tall that tree is.¡±


    "Quantity is a tool for calculating the number of items. For example, if we have a water tank, how do we know how much water is in the tank?"


    "At this time, we need to use a tool, that is, a water scoop. We scoop out the water in the tank one by one with the water scoop, and then we know how many scoops of water there are in total."


    "If the size of the water scoop is fixed, then we can not only use it to calculate the amount of water, but also calculate the amount of small grains such as bamboo and wheat. For example, how many scoops of grain we have produced in one piece can be clearly calculated. Figure it out."


    "Balance means weight. For example, I harvested a large stone egg last year. How much does it weigh?"


    "We can use the unit of ''jin'' to measure, fix the weight of a jin, and then create a tool that can measure the weight, and then we know how much the stone egg weighs."


    "Do you understand this explanation, sister?"


    Jiang Xuan''s mouth was dry, he picked up the pottery cup and drank a large glass of water.


    Chi Shao said honestly: "I probably understand, but you said too much, I can''t remember."


    "It doesn''t matter, we will make these things in the future. If you use them more, you will remember them."


    Unifying coins and weights and measures is a very important thing, because in this way, it can greatly promote the fairness of transactions and the healthy development of the trading area.


    If you rely on your eyesight, tribes like the Blacktooth tribe who often trade will take a lot of advantage, and other tribes often suffer big losses in front of them, so naturally they are not so enthusiastic about trading, and even vigilant and disgusted.


    Only by unifying coins and unifying weights and measures can we promote the healthy development of transactions. Even if someone is cheated, they can only cheat on the price.


    In terms of quantity, even if someone can manipulate the weighing tool, it is impossible to do it too obviously, and the pit is too outrageous.


    Chi Shao thought about it for a while, and then raised another key question: "But these things are all made by our Vine tribe, what if other tribes don''t recognize it?"


    Jiang Xuan smiled confidently: "As long as our Vine tribe becomes stronger and more goods, the nearby tribes have no better trading partners than us, and they have to recognize them even if they don''t recognize it."


    Jiang Xuan''s words were very domineering. After Chi Shao heard it, she was lost for a moment. After she came back to her senses, she felt very proud again, because Jiang Xuan was her younger brother!


    "Then do it, my sister supports you!"


    "Okay, I''ll go to the smelting workshop now and make the ruler first!"


    A ruler is one of the most important tools. With a ruler with a fixed scale, things made by the Goto tribe can be of the same size and can be mass-produced.


    Jiang Xuan went to the smelting workshop, Chi Shao also returned to his yard, the first batch of witch medicine apprentices had been selected, a total of ten people, men and women, were all interested in herbal medicine and witch medicine.


    Chi Shao needs to be patiently taught, to train these ten apprentices into witch doctors, and to heal more clansmen.


    East coast, smelting workshop.


    Jiang Xuan first used the softened insect wax to make a model of a ruler.


    After the model was completely solidified, Jiang Xuan used a small wooden stick, folded it segment by segment, and then engraved scales to ensure that each scale was the same length.


    When he finished, a ruler model with scale appeared.


    There are three units on the ruler: meters, decimeters, and centimeters.


    One meter is equal to ten meters, and one decimeter is equal to ten centimeters. It is very clear.


    Of course, Jiang Xuan''s one meter was only similar in length to his previous life, not the same, because he didn''t have an accurate ruler in his hand.


    But it doesn''t matter, as long as the Teng tribe is strong enough in the future, then the ruler in Jiang Xuan''s hand will be the most accurate ruler in the entire primitive continent!


    If other tribes want to measure anything, they must use the length of the ruler of the rattan tribe, otherwise it will be difficult to trade with the rattan tribe.


    Jiang Xuan modified the ruler made of insect wax again, and carved the totem pattern of the rattan tribe in the blank space.


    Afterwards, he wrapped the ruler made of insect wax with clay, and used the lost wax method to make the first ruler''s pottery blank.


    Finally, Jiang Xuan poured the bronze liquid into the pottery blank. After the bronze liquid solidified and cooled, Jiang Xuan smashed the pottery blank, and the first bronze ruler of the Veng tribe appeared!


    Jiang Xuan held the one-meter-long bronze ruler in both hands, and said excitedly, "This is the first bronze ruler of the Teng tribe, and it is also the master of all rulers in the future!"


    The soldiers in the smelting workshop didn''t quite understand the meaning of the first ruler, but they were happy when they saw Jiang Xuan happy.


    After being excited, Jiang Xuan made dozens of bronze rulers successively according to the appearance and scale of the first bronze ruler.


    One of them was given to the smelting workshop for their later use to measure the length.


    The use of the ruler is not difficult to understand, and the Vine tribe has long since popularized numbers, and the warriors of the smelting workshop can understand the numbers marked on the bronze ruler.


    After Jiang Xuan taught them a few times, they understood how to use the bronze ruler.


    "In the future, except for those tailor-made weapons and utensils, other things must be of the same size and length, so that they can be easily taken out and traded with other tribes."


    The soldiers in the smelting workshop nodded and took Jiang Xuan''s words to heart.


    After finishing the bronze ruler, Jiang Xuan began to make other things related to weights and measures.


    First, there are two square bronze basins, one large and one small. The small bronze basin is filled to one liter, and the large bronze basin is filled to a bucket.


    Ten liters equals one bucket and ten buckets equals one stone. The conversion method is quite simple and practical.


    Jiang Xuan fired a batch of bucket basins of the same size for the measurement of liquid or small grain grains of the Goto tribe.


    After casting the Shengdou Basin, Jiang Xuan cast another square bronze block with a large number of rattan tribe totem patterns engraved on it.


    Jiang Xuan set the weight of this piece of bronze as one kilogram, which means that all future weight units will be based on this one kilogram of bronze.


    "The First Minister of the Ming Dynasty"


    After deciding on the unit of weight, Jiang Xuan started to make steel scales again.


    A steelyard scale is one of the most important, practical, and relatively simple weighing tools to make.


    Jiang Xuan used a straight purple-blood tree to plan a weighing pole and then cast the weighing weight, weighing pan, weighing hook, handle, etc. out of bronze.


    The purple blood tree is very tough, durable and not easily deformed.


    Simple fire-baked, straightened, it''s the best scale.


    Afterwards, Jiang Xuan installed the handle, scale pan and scale hook, and hung the scale with rope.


    Finally, he put the piece of bronze weighing a pound on the weighing pan, and moved the position of the weighing weight to keep the scale rod stable.


    After the weighing rod was stable, he marked the position of the weighing rope and weighed things later. If the weighing rope was moved to this place and the weighing rod could keep the balance, it meant that the items on the weighing pan or weighing hook weighed one pound.


    Because it is more troublesome to make a scale star, Jiang Xuan temporarily used a carving knife to carve a dent, and then painted the carved place for easy identification.


    After measuring it with a bronze ruler, he subdivided a pound into ten taels. Each tael was also engraved with dents and painted with paint. The dents of one tael were much smaller than the dents of a pound.


    After everything was done, Jiang Xuan had his first steelyard.


    Then, he followed the gourd and painted the scoop and made more than a dozen steelyards.


    With these steelyards, the Goto tribe''s trading areas, warehouses and other places can figure out the weight of items.


    Whether it is recording or trading, it is much more convenient and accurate.


    After the steelyard was manufactured, the first generation of weights and measures of the rattan tribe was also declared complete.


    These weights and measures will become the benchmark for all lengths, weights and volumes of the rattan tribe in the future.


    Jiang Xuan set the first bronze ruler, the lifting basin and the bucket basin as a one-pound bronze block, and the first steel scale, all of which were placed in a room next to the altar as a template.


    All weights and measures made in the future must be the same as these tools, so as to ensure the unification of weights and measures of the Fuji tribe in the future.

 Chapter 204： money is a good thing

    In the smelting workshop, the first set of knife coins was produced.


    "Dangdangdang..."


    Jiang Xuan picked up a large knife coin and a small knife coin and collided with each other a few times, making a crisp metal collision sound.


    The large knife coin is about **** wide and twenty centimeters long. The handle part has the totem pattern of the rattan tribe, and there is a ring at the end.


    The small knife coin is about one finger wide and ten centimeters long. The shape is similar to the big knife coin, but it is smaller.


    Jiang Xuan carefully looked at the two knife coins, and said with satisfaction: "The casting is not bad, it is better than I expected."


    The soldier on the side asked in a low voice, "Boss, is this thing really that useful?"


    "Of course, this is the future money of our Vine tribe. Money is a good thing, and you will know its benefits in the future."


    Jiang Xuan picked up a small knife coin and said, "This small knife coin can be exchanged for ten catties of grain."


    There is a steelyard in the smelting workshop, so these warriors know about ten catties of grain.


    Jiang Xuan picked up another big knife coin and said, "This big knife coin can be exchanged for one hundred catties of grain!"


    When the soldiers heard this, their eyes straightened.


    The tribesmen were hungry, very sensitive to food, and greedy. When they heard that a big knife coin can be exchanged for one hundred catties of food, they suddenly had a different opinion on this knife coin.


    If you can really exchange food, this is a good thing!


    "It''s not just food. When we fully promote knife coins, it can buy almost all goods. Now you know how important it is?"


    Those warriors nodded, staring intently at the knife coins.


    Jiang Xuan glanced at their performance, and raised his vigilance in his heart, because people are greedy. If the power of coinage is handed over to the smelting workshop, what if they secretly mint some knife coins themselves?


    Some things can''t be saved until they happen. Preventing problems before they happen is the best choice.


    At this moment, a soldier stared at the knife coin for a long time, and said to Jiang Xuan cautiously: "Leader, one big knife coin can be exchanged for ten small knife coins, right?"


    "That''s right." Jiang Xuan looked at him suspiciously, not knowing what he wanted to say.


    The soldier hesitated for a moment, and then said, "What if someone melted the small knife coins and minted more large knife coins?"


    "What?" Jiang Xuan''s face finally turned serious, this was a question he hadn''t thought of.


    The soldier pointed to the knife coin in Jiang Xuan''s hand: "Boss, look, this big knife coin is a little bigger than the small knife coin, but it''s not much bigger. We can use up to three small knife coins to cast it into a big knife. currency."


    "If someone secretly learns the technique of minting knife coins in the future, and then collects a large number of small knife coins, three small knife coins can be melted and cast into one large knife coin, but according to what the leader just said, one large knife coin can actually be exchanged for ten A small knife coin."


    The soldier looked at Jiang Xuan cautiously, and his voice became smaller and smaller: "Then... did he make a lot of money?"


    After Jiang Xuan heard it, he only felt a tightness in his heart. If someone really did this, the Veng tribe would lose a lot.


    He never dared to underestimate the wisdom of the tribal people, because the tribal people are just less knowledgeable, not stupid, there are too many smart people.


    No one can guarantee that the bronze smelting and casting techniques of the Veng tribe will never be learned by people from the outside tribe.


    Even if it is never learned by people from outside tribes, who can guarantee that under the temptation of huge interests, no one inside the Vine tribe will take risks and cast it privately?


    Jiang Xuan looked at the warrior and said, "If I remember correctly, your name is White Fang, right?"


    "Yes, chief." White Fang was a little excited, because the chief remembered his name.


    "White Fang, how do you think this problem should be solved?"


    White Fang thought about it for a while, and said, "I can only think of a stupid way now, that is, each large knife coin is ten times the weight of the small knife coin, so that even if someone melts the small knife coin, it is useless."


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "Bai Ya, come with me."


    After Jiang Xuan finished speaking, he walked out, White Fang was stunned for a moment, and then quickly followed in the envious gaze of the other soldiers.


    The two walked all the way to the woods near the smelting workshop. When no one was around, Jiang Xuan finally stopped and spoke.


    "White Fang, have you learned arithmetic?"


    "Learn."


    "it is good."


    Jiang Xuan turned his head, pondered for a moment, and said, "I plan to set up a coinage workshop to be responsible for making coins. Would you dare to be a workshop owner?"


    The monetary system is a very important and very complex system.


    At present, the currency system of the Vine tribe has just begun to be laid, and there will be countless problems and challenges in the future.


    Therefore, Jiang Xuan must support a capable person to manage the coinage workshop and solve those problems and challenges.


    From Jiang Xuan''s point of view, Bai Ya is a person with more potential. Whether he can stimulate his potential and manage the coinage workshop well depends on his ability.


    If the potential cannot be stimulated, Jiang Xuan can be replaced at any time in the future.


    White Fang was very excited, and he was a wise man, and realized at once that this was a great opportunity for him.


    "Since the leader trusts me, why should I not dare?"


    "Okay, starting tomorrow, I will let the engineering team build a coinage workshop. After it is built, you will be the owner of the workshop!"


    "Thank you boss, I will definitely not betray the trust of the boss!"


    Jiang Xuan smiled and patted White Fang on the shoulder, and said, "Do well, get the coin thing done, the tribe will never treat you badly."


    "Um!"


    White Fang nodded heavily, because he was too excited, and the whole person was in a very excited state.


    "Come on, let me tell you more about coins."


    Jiang Xuan and Bai Ya walked slowly in the woods. Jiang Xuan told Bai Ya about the currency system he planned to build, the evolution of the currency system in the future, and what challenges the currency system would encounter.


    After listening to Jiang Xuan''s words, Bai Ya only felt that the door to a new world had been opened, and his whole body felt like a fairy.


    ...


    On February 15th, the Fuji tribe coinage workshop was officially established.


    The coinage workshop is currently the only workshop of the rattan tribe built on the east bank, and it is built in a bamboo forest with high walls, and soldiers from the rattan tribe guard patrol day and night.


    In the coinage workshop, there are not only clansmen who specialize in smelting, but also talents who have been transferred from the stone tool workshop.


    The coins of the rattan tribe, from small to large, are small knife coins, large knife coins, and gem knife coins made of high-quality stone.


    Ten small knife coins can be exchanged for one large knife coin, and ten large knife coins can be exchanged for one gem knife coin.


    It is worth noting that all knife coins can be used as tools.


    The big knife coins and the small knife coins can be used to cut vegetables, meat, or scrape things that are not particularly hard. The gem knife coins have similar functions to the stone knives commonly used by tribesmen, but they are more beautiful and the material is harder.


    On February 28, Jiang Xuan officially promoted the knife coins in the trading area, and the rattan tribe currency system officially began to be laid.


    Southern Wilderness, Vine Tribe Trading Area, morning.


    Jiang Xuan stood on a temporary high platform and promoted knife coins to the Veng tribe tribesmen, outsiders and tourists in Wuyang below.


    "Starting today, the Vine tribe trading area will use a new thing, and that is these knife coins in my hand, also called money!"


    Jiang Xuan held up a small knife coin. Under the sunlight, the small knife coin reflected a golden light, which was very beautiful.


    "Have you seen it? This is a small knife coin. It can be used to cut meat or peel animal skins. It is very sharp and easy to carry."


    "But the role of the knife coins is not only that, as long as you are in the trading area of ??our Vine tribe, you can buy anything with the knife coins!"


    "We can buy salt, food, weapons, tools, etc. with pocket money..."


    "In addition to small knife coins, there are big knife coins, and gem knife coins, all of which have the same effect!"


    "Ten small knife coins can be exchanged for a large knife coin, and ten large knife coins can be exchanged for a gem knife coin, everyone must remember."


    "In addition, I would like to announce one thing, that is, in the future, when everyone enters the trading area, they can exchange the goods they bring into knives at the entrance, and then take knives and go to any shop. I can buy something!"


    "Think about it, everyone, is it very heavy and inconvenient for you to carry goods into the trading area? It''s different when you change them into knives, which are much lighter than goods and easy to carry, and you can buy things with them. , no need to struggle to estimate the value.¡±


    ...


    Jiang Xuan''s mouth was dry on the stage, and everyone below was also talking about it.


    Everyone is obviously very curious about new things such as "knife coins" and "money", but they lack understanding, lack trust, and have a skeptical attitude.


    Of course Jiang Xuan knew this, so he was not in a hurry.


    After the crowd quieted down a little, Jiang Xuan shouted again: "Those who want knife coins can now exchange them at the entrance of the trading area. If they don''t want them, the Veng tribe will never force them."


    After shouting, Jiang Xuan jumped from the high platform and easily jumped to the ground.


    Afterwards, he walked through the crowd holding the knife coins and came to a house at the entrance of the trading area.


    Most of the people have followed. They may not have much interest in "money" for the time being, but many people have shown a relatively strong interest in the knife coins themselves.


    Because compared with stone knives, golden bronze knives and gem knives made of high-quality stone are obviously much better-looking and easier to use.


    "The Ronin from Douluo"


    As for whether it is a "coin" or not, most people don''t care, they value practicality more.


    Therefore, everyone crowded around the house at the entrance of the trading area. Most people wanted to watch the excitement, and some people really wanted to exchange a few knives to see if the edge was sharp or not.


    "Don''t all crowd at the door. Those who want to exchange knives and coins should line up. If you don''t want to exchange for the time being, you can stand by and have a look."


    Jiang Xuan waved to the soldiers of the Vine Tribe guarding team, and dozens of Vine Tribe soldiers immediately pushed the crowd out to clear an open space.


    Afterwards, the people who wanted to trade stood on the open space one by one, and lined up in a row under the guidance of the Vine tribe warriors.


    The first person to exchange knife coins was the leader of the frog tribe, Huo Meng.


    As the leader of the affiliated tribe of the Veng tribe, since the Veng tribe has launched the knife coins, he must strongly support it, not to mention that the knife coins are really beautiful, and Huo Meng is very interested.

 ~： announcement

    The author has a lot of things recently, he is under great pressure, and has symptoms of mental illness. The update often fails to meet the requirements, and the plot is flat.


    A chapter of 4,000 words is often divided into several times before it can be finished, which has a great impact on book lovers who follow it in time.


    In this regard, the author has an unshirkable responsibility and apologizes.


    However, there is no need for some readers to directly attack them personally. The author relies on writing novels to support his family. If there is no problem, he will never joke about his manuscript fee.


    The author also doesn''t want to sell sympathy.


    Therefore, for those who are unwilling to continue to subscribe, the author does not force it, and stop scolding others. Perhaps there are novels that are more suitable for you.


    For readers who are willing to subscribe, the author is very grateful and will make adjustments as soon as possible.

 Chapter 205： new way of trading

    "winter!"


    Huo Meng put an animal skin bag on the table, then opened the mouth of the bag, revealing the animal teeth inside, and said to Jiang Xuan, "Leader Teng, how many knives can these animal teeth be exchanged for?"


    Jiang Xuan said to the soldier beside him: "Pour it out and count it."


    "Yes!"


    The warrior immediately poured out all the tusks, and then sorted them one by one. Some tusks were larger, some were smaller, some were of good quality, and some were different, and they had to be sorted out.


    After classifying it, Jiang Xuan estimated its value according to the size and appearance of the animal teeth.


    In fact, although Huo Meng brought a lot of animal teeth, because of the limited strength of the frog tribe, most of the animals they hunted were ordinary beasts. These animal teeth were just ordinary animal teeth. Although they were numerous, their value was not high.


    After the estimation was completed, Jiang Xuan said to Huo Meng, "Boss Huo Meng, these animal teeth can be exchanged for eight small knife coins."


    Huo Meng was stunned, because the small knife coin in Jiang Xuan''s hand was too small. With so many animal teeth, can''t even a large knife coin be exchanged?


    Jiang Xuan guessed what he was thinking, so he smiled and said, "Boss Huomeng, don''t underestimate these eight small knife coins. They can be exchanged for two large bags of food, or you can exchange them for things like salt and pottery."


    Huo Meng''s eyes lit up and said, "Then change it for me right away."


    Jiang Xuan smiled, then counted out eight small knife coins and handed them to Huo Meng.


    "Ding dong ding dong..."


    Huo Meng tossed the knives a few times, listened to their crisp sounds, and walked to the trading area with the knives.


    Next, there are many outsiders and tourists who trust the Veng tribe more, holding various things, and going to Jiang Xuan to exchange small knife coins.


    Still, most people are watching.


    Because they are poor, they dare not gamble with the goods they have finally obtained. They all want to see if other people can really buy goods in the trading area after taking the small knife coins.


    ...


    In the trading area, Huo Meng held eight small knife coins and walked to the shop while looking over and over.


    He looked at the various shops, hesitated for a moment, and then walked into the grain and salt shop.


    "Welcome, Chief Huo Meng, what do you want to buy?"


    According to Jiang Xuanjiao''s words, Mallow warmly welcomed the first guest today.


    Huo Meng looked at the knife coin in his hand, then looked at the salt jar in the shop, and asked, "How do you trade salt?"


    "Boss Huomeng, three small knife coins can be exchanged for a pound of salt."


    "How much is a pound of salt?"


    Huo Meng had never heard of the weight unit "jin", so he was a little confused.


    Mallow picked up a steel scale, then put half a bag of salt in a small animal skin bag and put it on the weighing pan. When she turned the weighing rope to the "one pound" position, the weighing rod rose quickly.


    Mallow took another small shovel, shoveled some of the salt out of the hide bag, and weighed it twice more, until the scales were balanced.


    Huo Meng looked blankly at her operation, but didn''t know what she was doing.


    Fortunately, after Mallow finished weighing, he took the steel scale and explained it to him immediately.


    "Chief Huomeng, this thing is called a steelyard. It was made by our leader and can be used to weigh the goods."


    "Look, we put the salt on the scale pan, and then slide the scale weight to know the weight of the salt. For example, if the scale weight slides to this position, it means one kilogram, and this position means two kilograms..."


    After Mallow finished explaining, she handed the salt in the small animal skin bag to Huo Meng, and said, "Here is a pound of salt, and you can buy it for three small knife coins."


    After Huo Meng heard it, although he still didn''t quite understand it, he knew that three small knife coins could be exchanged for that bag of salt.


    He picked up the salt and weighed it with a look of joy on his face. From experience, he could know that it was absolutely not a loss to exchange three small knife coins for a pound of salt, and it was even more convenient than trading with animal teeth.


    "I''ll give you six knives and two pounds of salt for me."


    Huo Meng lined up the six small knife coins and placed them on the counter.


    "OK."


    Mallow weighed another pound of salt for him, put it in the same small animal skin bag, and handed it to Huo Meng with both hands.


    "Boss Huomeng, today is the day when the trading area uses a new method to trade. You are the first customer of our store, and this little animal skin bag is given to you as a gift."


    "Thank you very much!"


    Huo Meng took the small animal skin bag with a smile on his face, because the value of a small animal skin bag is not low. Usually they bring the animal skin bag by themselves, otherwise they have to use goods to trade. Get the hide bag.


    Afterwards, Huo Meng went to the utensil shop and exchanged a small knife coin for a pottery bowl.


    "There is one last pocket knife left."


    Huo Meng lowered his head and pondered for a moment, then said, "It''s a little too small, but it should be fine to use for peeling animal skins and cutting animal meat. Take it back to try it first, if it doesn''t work well, then take it back for something else."


    Huo Meng made up his mind, so he put the small knife coin into the animal skin bag he had at hand, and even wrapped it in a broken animal skin. After all, this is a treasure.


    When Huo Meng walked to the door of the trading area, he was immediately surrounded by a group of people, because he was the first to exchange knife coins and the first to come out after completing the transaction.


    "Boss Huomeng, how is it, can that knife coin really be used for transactions?"


    "Boss Huomeng, is the knife coin any good?"


    "Leader of Huomeng..."


    ...


    Everyone asked in a lot of tongues. Many of them knew Huo Meng, and they all hoped to know from Huo Meng whether this knife coin was as good as the Teng tribe said.


    "Knife coins can indeed be used for transactions, and it''s very convenient. Everyone, look, these salts, this pottery bowl, I just bought with knife coins."


    Because this is the rattan tribe, Huomeng was not afraid of being robbed of the salt and the pottery bowl, so he took it out for everyone to see.


    "It can really be used for trading!"


    "Why don''t we change some knives and coins?"


    "Don''t worry, wait a minute, aren''t there other people who went in with knives and coins? Let''s take a look."


    "Yes, the Frog Tribe is a subsidiary tribe of the Vine Tribe. What if they collude to deceive?"


    ...


    The crowd was chatting again and again, but they obviously wouldn''t listen to Huo Meng''s words, and they planned to see if other people could also trade goods with knives.


    Not long after, several other people who exchanged knife coins also came out of the trading area.


    They were also surrounded by people and questioned one by one.


    When everyone learned that all those who exchanged knife coins could exchange goods from the trading area, many people finally began to believe that knife coins were indeed a good thing.


    Soon, more and more people brought goods to exchange knives and coins.


    There are also some people who are unwilling to exchange knife coins, and the Veng tribe is not reluctant, allowing them to carry the goods and go inside to do transactions as before.


    In this way, the gap is quickly reflected.


    Those who did not exchange knife coins carried heavy goods into the shops of the Veng tribe, took great pains to count them, and then exchanged for the goods they needed.


    Those who have exchanged the knife coins can easily hold the small knife coins, stroll around the various shops in the trading area, and see the goods they want, and they can exchange the knife coins directly without waiting.


    Those who did not exchange knife coins, after seeing this situation, secretly regretted in their hearts, and decided to exchange knife coins next time before coming in.


    However, there are also some people who are more stubborn and insist on carrying the goods for barter, because the small knife coins are very insecure in their hands, and it is only safe to carry a lot of goods on their shoulders.


    In the evening, the trading area was closed, and Jiang Xuan asked Mallow to count the number of knife coins again.


    Mallow carefully counted the three kinds of knife coins, and then raised his head.


    "Boss, only eleven small knife coins were taken away, and most of the knife coins were exchanged for goods."


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said: "As expected, most people don''t have a sense of trust in knife coins, and they don''t dare to leave the Veng tribe with knife coins, for fear that this thing will be useless in the future."


    "Don''t worry, sooner or later, someone will find out that knife coins are not only money, but also very sharp knives. At that time, more people will choose to exchange knife coins and bring them back."


    "When they start to trust the knife coins, and even use knife coins to trade with each other, at that time, our Vine tribe will be able to rely on the knife coins system to obtain a lot of resources!"


    It was actually quite difficult for Mallow to understand what Jiang Xuan said.


    But she trusts Jiang Xuan very much, and even worships it fervently, so as long as Jiang Xuan says, she believes that it will be realized in the future.


    The next day, the Vine tribe continued to recommend to the people who came to trade that they should exchange the goods for knives, and then take the knives to the trading area to buy things.


    After half a month of selling like this, the tribes and tourists near the Teng tribe knew that the knife coins of the Teng tribe were treasures.


    At the same time, they learned several new words, such as "money", "buy things", "steelscale" and so on.


    There are also units such as "jin", "liter", "dou" and "meter", and some people are beginning to understand.


    What''s even more absurd is that after a long time, some people who have been to the Veng tribe trading area began to feel an inexplicable sense of pride because they learned a lot of new things in the trading area, and these things are Other tribes don''t have it.


    Whenever they return to the tribe and tell others about the new things in the Veng tribe trading area vividly, they always get some adoring eyes.


    ...


    On the eighth day of the third month, when the Teng tribe was in full swing developing the trading area and strengthening the tribe''s strength, something happened that surprised Jiang Xuan.


    The old witch is back!


    "Wow!"


    A loud eagle chirp sounded in the distance, and many of the Vine tribe raised their heads.


    Because they are so familiar with this kind of eagle chirping!


    "Il..."


    Among the vine tribes, a purple ominous bird immediately flew into the sky excitedly after hearing the sound of an eagle chirping.


    "It''s the giant eagle of the old witch!"


    Jiang Xuan, who was planting things in the yard, raised his head in surprise, then put down his hoe, opened the yard door, and ran to the house where the old witch lived.


    "The old witch is back!"


    In another yard, Chi Shao, who was teaching the apprentices to identify herbs, also put down the herbs, quickly left the yard, and rushed to the old witch''s residence in the Teng tribe with Jiang Xuan.


    Soon, in the sky to the south of the Vine Tribe, the silhouette of a black giant eagle appeared. It slowly descended to the height and fell towards the Vine Tribe.


    The dumplings flew a few times around the giant eagle excitedly, expressing their thoughts about it.


    "Huhuhu..."


    "winter!"


    Finally, the giant eagle fell to the ground, and it still landed on the open space beside the house where the witch lived.


    "came back!"


    On the back of the giant eagle, the old witch looked at the familiar vine tribe and felt very happy.


    "Old witch, you are finally back, hahaha..."


    Jiang Xuan ran over first, followed by Chi Shao, both of them were very excited.

 Chapter 206： 1st real ship

    A few days after the old witch came back, the clansmen of the Shangui tribe went to the Veng tribe trading area to make trades, and Shanjia took the opportunity to visit Jiang Xuan.


    Jiang Xuan was very happy and made a table of food for Shan Jia himself.


    After filling their stomachs, the two began to talk about business.


    "Although the Mengniao tribe is gone, the tribes in the Western Wilderness continue to migrate here. There are already several small tribes around the Great Swamp, and there are also medium-sized tribes, but they continue to move south and do not stay here. ."


    Shan Jia said worriedly: "We have already dealt with medium-sized tribes. I am not afraid, but if we encounter large migrating tribes, can we withstand it?"


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said: "According to the current situation, there will definitely be large tribes migrating from the Western Wilderness to the Southern Wilderness in the future, but you don''t have to worry too much, the big tribes will definitely not look down on our place."


    Large tribes, with a population of at least 10,000, are definitely not their destination at the edge of the Southern Wilderness, but in the more prosperous central part of the Southern Wilderness.


    Even if you can''t get to the middle, at least you have to get close to the middle.


    To put it bluntly, in the era of hunting and gathering, the edge of the Southern Wilderness was only suitable for some small tribes to survive, and could not support those large tribes.


    Only the wider and richer places are suitable for those large tribes to survive.


    Shan Jia shook his head and said: "I''m afraid that the big tribe will replenish food here and kill us."


    Jiang Xuan said with a smile: "I can''t hide from it. It''s useless to think so much. It''s better to work hard to develop and grow. Even the big tribes won''t dare to touch us easily."


    "we can only do this."


    Yamagata picked up a piece of dried fruit on the table and threw it into his mouth, using food to soothe his anxious mood.


    "By the way, the leader of the mountain armor, I heard about what you asked me to inquire about last time. The remains of your old turtle **** are indeed still there."


    Hearing Jiang Xuan''s words, Shan Jia "Gu Dong" directly swallowed the dried fruit in his mouth, and then asked eagerly, "Boss Xuan, is what you said true?"


    "Of course it''s true, do you know the red ant tribe?"


    Hearing the words "red ant tribe", Shan Jia immediately gritted his teeth and said: "Of course I know that the red ant tribe is the mortal enemy of our mountain turtle tribe, and every mountain turtle tribe will never forget it!"


    "That''s right, the old turtle god''s remains are in the red ant tribe, and they built a house to show off to other tribes."


    Jiang Xuan repeated the old witch''s words.


    "Damn red ants! How dare they treat the old turtle **** like this!"


    Shan Jia was instantly furious, because what the red ant tribe did was undoubtedly humiliating the mountain turtle tribe.


    However, after the anger, Shan Jia felt an extreme sense of powerlessness in his heart, because the red ant tribe was still a big tribe, and it lasted for an unknown number of years.


    And their mountain turtle tribe has now become a small tribe. Even if they are angry, what about the red ant tribe?


    Jiang Xuan watched Shan Jia go from eruption to silence, and naturally knew what he was thinking.


    Jiang Xuan patted the mountain armor on the shoulder and said, "Leader of the mountain armor, don''t be discouraged, as long as you work hard to grow the tribe, you may not have the chance to go back to the central part in the future and kill the red ant tribe to take revenge."


    Shan Jia only thought that Jiang Xuan was comforting him, forced a smile, but did not speak.


    Soon after, Shan Jia bid farewell to Jiang Xuan, and returned to the tribe with the soldiers of the Shan Gui tribe gloomily. Even those beautiful sword coins, Shan Jia did not have the heart to study them.


    ...


    On March 16, the east bank of the Veng tribe, the shipyard.


    "Boss, our first wooden boat has finally been built, and it will be ready for sea trials soon."


    "The new boat is five meters long and five feet wide, which is much larger than all the canoes we''ve ever built."


    "According to the leader''s request, the important positions of the new ship are spliced ??with tenon and mortise structures and reinforced with bronze nails."


    The shipyard soldiers excitedly introduced the wooden boat to Jiang Xuan. The completion of the new boat was a great breakthrough for them.


    Jiang Xuan circled around the wooden boat. Although the structure is relatively simple, just splicing all the planks and keels together, it is already a very big breakthrough for the rattan tribe.


    ...


    There''s more, wait a minute.

 Chapter 207： Gan Songs daily life

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh tomorrow morning to read the latest content.


    ¡­


    On April 11, the Southern Wild Vine Tribe.


    "Boom!"


    In the sky, there were dark clouds, lightning and thunder.


    "Woooooooo..."


    On the ground, the wind was blowing, and the sand was flying.


    "Salala..."


    In an instant, the torrential rain moved quickly from the distant mountain forest, covering the entire vine tribe, washing the trees, houses, grass, and soil on the ground.


    The hot and dry air in the air was quickly suppressed by the heavy rain, the hot wind turned into cold wind, and the ground quickly cooled down.


    "Boss, come back quickly, it''s raining too much."


    In the bamboo shed next to the crops, the members of the planting team crowded into it to avoid the rain, but Gan Song took a mink jacket and a bamboo hat from the shed, and then rushed into the rain screen again with a hoe.


    The rain was so heavy that even if he was wearing a bamboo hat and a scorpion, his clothes were soaked through quickly, but Gan Song didn''t care.


    "The rain is heavy and fast, and the drainage ditches in the ground must be dug up, otherwise, once the water accumulates, the crops will be flooded."


    Gan Song carried a **** and came to the drainage ditch in the first field, and then used a **** to dig out the mud and stones that blocked the drainage ditch.


    After digging, they went to the next crop field without stopping.


    In the bamboo shed, the members of the planting team looked at each other. In the end, one of them gritted his teeth, picked up his **** and said, "I''ll go help the leader."


    After he finished speaking, he also rushed out wearing a bamboo hat and a mink robe.


    There was the first one, and there was the second one. Soon, the members of the planting team in the bamboo shed rushed out to dig the drainage ditches for the crops together with Gan Song.


    In the heavy rain, their figures were hazy, but they were inexplicably moving.


    The old witch, who had just finished carving several herbs, put down the chisel and hammer, hit the old waist, and walked to the door.


    When he looked at the busy figures in the rain curtain, he couldn''t help but sigh: "The Vine tribe can grow so fast, it is inseparable from these diligent clansmen!"


    He thought of the Eagle Tribe far away in the Eastern Desert.


    As a big tribe, the Eagle tribe has acquired a lot of resources, and as a result, some lazy borers have been born.


    These worms often rely on the status of their ancestors or fathers to seek pleasure in the tribe and act recklessly, which is really infuriating.


    On the other hand, the Veng tribe, although it has not been established for a long time, is full of vigor and everyone is working hard, which makes it very comfortable to watch.


    The old witch shook his head and returned to the house.


    He is no longer a witch of the Eagle Tribe. Those things will be left to the new witch to solve. His only wish now is to finish carving the hundred sketches of the Great Wilderness.


    On the other side, Jiang Xuan and Huo Meng were also standing in a shed, watching the members of the planting team busy in the crops.


    Huo Meng looked at the rain screen and said in a low voice, "Boss Xuan, our frog tribe also wants to grow more food, but we have no experience. Do you think this will work? Let''s send a few people over to help you, and then learn a little bit of planting experience? "


    Jiang Xuandao: "Okay, but learning to plant is very boring and hard work, not as exciting as hunting."


    "Don''t worry, leader Xuan, the warriors of our frog tribe are not afraid of boredom or hard work."


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "Then you can find a few people here. How much you can learn depends on your own abilities."


    Huo Meng was overjoyed and said, "Thank you, Chief Xuan."


    Jiang Xuan waved his hand and said, "The Frog Tribe is strong, which is also a good thing for our Vine Tribe."


    "Yes Yes Yes¡­"


    Huo Meng was laughing with him. He was obviously a tall and mighty man. For the sake of the frog tribe, he even bent his waist a bit.


    Today''s rain fell fast and stopped fast. After about half an hour, the heavy rain gradually stopped.


    Although it didn''t rain for a long time, the amount of rain was quite a lot, and many low-lying places were filled with rainwater.


    In the field of crops, Gan Song wiped the rain on his face, and looked at the dark clouds gradually dissipating in the sky, and he breathed a sigh of relief.


    "Fortunately, it hasn''t rained for too long."


    A member of the planting team wiped the rain off his face, walked to Gan Song, and said, "Leader, the rain didn''t flood the crops, are we busy working in vain?"


    Gan Song glared at him angrily, and said, "How can you be busy working in vain? The Xia family has already arrived, and there will be more rain in the future. If you don''t dig a drainage ditch now, you will have to dig it in the future."


    "Who''s to say about the weather? There''s no harm in being more prepared, it''s just a little more work."


    The player bowed his head in shame and didn''t dare to say anything more.


    Gan Song took off the hat on his head and said, "Everyone has worked hard, let''s go back and change clothes first. Wet clothes stick to your body and you will get sick easily."


    The members of the planting team nodded one after another, and then dispersed in twos and threes.


    Gan Song only had one arm. He put the rope of the bucket hat through his elbow, picked up the stone hoe, and walked to the house where he lived.


    When he was halfway there, he washed the mud off the stone **** by the creek before carrying it home.


    "Squeak..."


    Gan Song pushed open the door, put the stone **** in place, and then hung the hat and robe on the wooden hooks on the wall.


    These wooden hooks are made of natural branches, and the surface is burnt and blackened.


    Because the houses built by the rattan tribe are mostly mud brick houses, there are often some gaps between the mud bricks.


    Just nail the straight end of the wooden hook into the gap of the mud brick, and it can be used to hang things, which is very convenient.


    Later, Gan Song took off his wet clothes and changed into a dry bark coat.


    The rattan tribe now has two kinds of clothing, one is a warm animal skin, which is used to keep out the cold in winter.


    One is the cool bark coat, which is more worn in hot summer.


    At first, the bark clothing of the rattan tribe was very rough, and the bark was very thick, so naturally it was not comfortable to wear on the body.


    But now, with the continuous improvement of the clothing workshop, the bark clothing of the rattan tribe has been woven more and more finely, and each piece has been soaked and beaten repeatedly, and it feels much more comfortable to wear.


    After changing clothes, Gan Song began to cook and eat.


    He added some firewood, rekindled the fire in the fire pit, washed the pottery ding, put it in the fire pit, and added various foods into it.


    Gan Song only has one arm, and it is not very convenient to do anything.


    Jiang Xuan also wanted to arrange for someone to take care of him, but Gan Song refused.


    In his words: Even if there is only one arm left, it is no worse than others, and it does not need others to take care of it.


    This is also the case. As the leader of the planting team, Gan Song has always done his best, not only does not less work than others, but in many cases even more than others.


    He was always the earliest to go and the last to go, and he devoted almost all his time and energy to the cultivation of the Vine Tribe.


    "Grumbling..."


    The food in the Tao Ding was boiling. Gan Song stood by the fire, waiting patiently for the food to cook. From time to time, he lifted the lid of the Tao Ding and stirred it, so as not to burn the lake underneath.


    After the food was cooked, he first took off the fire, then wrapped the handle of the lid of the Tao Ding with an old animal hide and opened the lid.


    Then he scooped up a full bowl of food and placed it on a table made of tree stumps.


    Because he only had one hand, Gan Song couldn''t carry the bowl and take the kuaizi at the same time, so he could only lower his head and approach the bowl, and then slowly shoved the food into his mouth.


    Gan Song ate slowly, but he didn''t eat a lot. He filled several bowls of food in a row until he ate all the food in Tao Ding.


    Gan Song is a person who cherishes food very much. He never cooks more food when he cooks, and he will finish it after cooking.


    He likes planting, is good at planting, and cherishes food very much, never wastes it.


    ¡­


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ¡­


    After he finished speaking, he also rushed out wearing a bamboo hat and a mink robe.


    There was the first one, and there was the second one. Soon, the members of the planting team in the bamboo shed rushed out to dig the drainage ditches for the crops together with Gan Song.


    In the heavy rain, their figures were hazy, but they were inexplicably moving.


    The old witch, who had just finished carving several herbs, put down the chisel and hammer, hit the old waist, and walked to the door.


    When he looked at the busy figures in the rain curtain, he couldn''t help but sigh: "The Vine tribe can grow so fast, it is inseparable from these diligent clansmen!"


    He thought of the Eagle Tribe far away in the Eastern Desert.


    As a big tribe, the Eagle tribe has acquired a lot of resources, and as a result, some lazy borers have been born.


    These worms often rely on the status of their ancestors or fathers to seek pleasure in the tribe and act recklessly, which is really infuriating.


    On the other hand, the Veng tribe, although it has not been established for a long time, is full of vigor and everyone is working hard, which makes it very comfortable to watch. UU reading


    The old witch shook his head and returned to the house.


    He is no longer a witch of the Eagle Tribe. Those things will be left to the new witch to solve. His only wish now is to finish carving the hundred sketches of the Great Wilderness.


    On the other side, Jiang Xuan and Huo Meng were also standing in a shed, watching the members of the planting team busy in the crops.


    Huo Meng looked at the rain screen and said in a low voice, "Boss Xuan, our frog tribe also wants to grow more food, but we have no experience. Do you think this will work? Let''s send a few people over to help you, and then learn a little bit of planting experience? "


    Jiang Xuandao: "Okay, but learning to plant is very boring and hard work, not as exciting as hunting."


    "Don''t worry, leader Xuan, the warriors of our frog tribe are not afraid of boredom or hard work."


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "Then you can find a few people here. How much you can learn depends on your own abilities."


    "The Exotic Land Reclamation of Vegetable Skeletons"


    Huo Meng was overjoyed and said, "Thank you, Chief Xuan."


    Jiang Xuan waved his hand and said, "The Frog Tribe is strong, which is also a good thing for our Vine Tribe."


    "Yes Yes Yes¡­"


    Huo Meng was laughing with him. He was obviously a tall and mighty man. For the sake of the frog tribe, he even bent his waist a bit.


    Today''s rain fell fast and stopped fast. After about half an hour, the heavy rain gradually stopped.


    Although it didn''t rain for a long time, the amount of rain was quite a lot, and many low-lying places were filled with rainwater.


    In the field of crops, Gan Song wiped the rain on his face, and looked at the dark clouds gradually dissipating in the sky, and he breathed a sigh of relief.


    "Fortunately, it hasn''t rained for too long."


    A member of the planting team wiped the rain off his face, walked to Gan Song, and said, "Leader, the rain didn''t flood the crops, are we busy working in vain?"

 Chapter 208： Black Snake Tribe

    In the Western Wilderness, the Great Rift Valley continues to split.


    "Boom..."


    The ground is constantly splitting, almost all the animals along the way have fled, and the terrible boulders are constantly falling into the bottomless rift.


    Earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, tsunamis, abnormal climates and other disasters, like heavy clouds, have long shrouded the land of the Western Wilderness.


    Various disasters and extreme weather have made the living environment in the Western Wilderness extremely harsh. Coupled with the large-scale desertification of the land, it is even more difficult to survive in such a place.


    Under such circumstances, tribes who were originally reluctant to leave their homeland were forced to embark on the road of migration in order to survive.


    Among them, there are some large tribes who were still clenching their teeth before.


    The migration of large tribes is more troublesome than that of small tribes, because they have a larger population and consume more resources, and there is almost no possibility of peaceful migration.


    Once on the road of migration, it means grabbing a large enough territory elsewhere.


    The question is, how much space can accommodate a large tribe? Will the aborigines agree?


    ...


    Southern Wilderness, Vine Tribe.


    A glowing vine bridge stretches from the stone mountain to the Flying Fish River.


    "Crash..."


    One after another giant water cockroaches appeared, they rushed out of the water, and then climbed up the vine bridge.


    The annual introduction ceremony has begun again.


    After a few days, these giant water flies will turn into giant dragonflies, catching bugs for the Vine tribe and fighting for the Vine tribe as in previous years.


    "This year there are a lot more giant water cockroaches than in previous years."


    Jiang Xuan looked at the giant water cockroaches on the Vine Bridge, and without counting carefully, he could feel that there were obviously more than in previous years.


    After all the water cockroaches climbed up, Chi Shao on the side said, "One hundred and eight in total."


    Jiang Xuan sighed, "One hundred and eight giant dragonflies? Nearly double the number from last year!"


    The time and number of giant dragonflies are different every day, especially today.


    Maybe it is because the Vine tribes have caught a lot of big fish after they settled here, reducing the competition of giant water worms in the flying fish river and improving their survival rate.


    "Om..."


    After all the giant water cockroaches climbed up, the vine bridge began to retract until it re-wrapped the huge stone mountain.


    Those giant water cockroaches just clawed on the vines, and after finding their respective positions, they stopped moving, as if they were petrified.


    The fog shrouded Shishan again, making it difficult to see the true face of Shenteng.


    "Okay, let''s go back to work."


    Jiang Xuan shouted, and the clansmen who were watching by the Feiyu River dispersed one after another, walking to their work place in twos and threes, while excitedly discussing the giant dragonfly.


    Jiang Xuan also returned to his house.


    Summer is here, the weather is getting hotter and hotter, and after spending so long outside just now, the whole person is already sweating.


    "Eat some kimchi to relieve the heat."


    Jiang Xuan remembered the snow water kimchi made last winter, and the secretion of saliva speeded up unconsciously.


    Last winter, Jiang Xuan made two jars of kimchi with snow water. He had already shared one jar with Chi Shao and others, and there was another jar, which Jiang Xuan never wanted to eat.


    The heat is unbearable right now. Eating some sour kimchi will help relieve the heat.


    Jiang Xuan washed a long-handled spoon, then walked to the corner of the room with a pottery bowl, opened the lid of the pickle jar, and a refreshing sour smell suddenly hit his nostrils.


    Jiang Xuan scooped half a bowl of kimchi from the jar with a long-handled spoon, and then closed the lid of the jar again.


    He went back to the table, put the clay bowl and spoon on it, and picked up another pair of taiko.


    In the pottery bowl, beans, bell peppers, radishes, etc. all show a golden color, which is very beautiful.


    Jiang Xuan put a bean bean into his mouth with a quick bite, only to feel a sour taste reaching the sky, the sour taste can only be experienced after eating it.


    In fact, these vegetables are not of the same variety as the beans, radishes and other vegetables that Jiang Xuan had seen in his previous life, but they were similar in appearance.


    But they have a similar sour taste when made into kimchi.


    Jiang Xuan ate half a bowl of kimchi in a row, only to feel his teeth softened: "It''s so sour, it must be soaked for too long."


    The kimchi tastes best when it has just been soaked, it is not particularly sour, and the bite is very crisp and delicious.


    Jiang Xuan''s jar of kimchi has been soaked for more than half a year. It is too sour, and it is not crispy enough to taste, but rather soft.


    After eating the kimchi, Jiang Xuan cleaned the pottery bowl, kuaizi, and spoon, and then went to work in the yard.


    He grows a lot of vegetables in the yard, and often needs to do some work such as weeding, fertilizing, and cultivating soil.


    Carrying a hoe, he walked into the yard and patiently weeded the vegetables.


    Just then, there was a sudden knock on the door.


    "Dong Dongdong."


    "Who?"


    "Leader, it''s me, Feng Cao."


    Jiang Xuan looked around. The dumplings who used to be responsible for opening the door were not there, and Crescent Moon had also gone out to eat. He had to put down his **** and open the door in person.


    "Squeak..."


    The courtyard door opened, Feng Cao hurried in, his face was very serious, and there was anxiety in his eyes.


    "Fengcao, what happened?"


    "Leader, there is a large tribe in Xihuang that is migrating here, and many small tribes have been destroyed along the way."


    After listening to Feng Cao''s words, Jiang Xuan''s expression changed, and he said, "Is the news accurate? Is it really a big tribe?"


    "Absolutely accurate, because some of the tourists who have been wiped out of the tribe have fled to our vicinity."


    "That would be troublesome." Jiang Xuan frowned.


    A large tribe, with a population of at least 10,000 or more, is also very powerful in combat.


    The most important thing is that every totem **** of the big tribe is a very terrifying existence.


    They can stand out from many small tribes and medium-sized tribes, and gradually grow into the totem gods of large tribes, and their strength must be unquestionable.


    The Vine tribe combined with other allied tribes can defeat the medium-sized tribe, but can it defeat the large tribe?


    Jiang Xuan didn''t have a clue at all, and was even a little flustered.


    "Find out which big tribe in the Western Wilderness is not?"


    "According to those tourists, this tribe raises a large number of snakes. I have inquired about the tribes who migrated to Xihuang. There is only one big tribe that raises snakes in Xihuang, and that is the Black Snake tribe."


    "Black Snake Tribe...Is this tribe very powerful?"


    Feng Cao said with a very serious face: "According to the people of the Western Wilderness Tribe, the Black Snake Tribe is very powerful."


    "It''s troublesome..."


    Jiang Xuan closed his eyes. He originally thought that after dealing with the Mengniao tribe, he would be able to develop steadily for at least a period of time. Unexpectedly, another more powerful tribe came.


    After a long time, Jiang Xuan opened his eyes again and said, "Go to inquire about the news and try to find out the situation of the Black Snake Tribe as clearly as possible."


    "Yes!"


    Fengcao withdrew, and she wanted to lead the thorny vines to continue to inquire about the news.


    Jiang Xuan stood in the yard for a while, picked up the **** and continued to weed, but felt upset after a while, so he simply put the **** aside for the time being.


    He was sitting by the pool, and the ice lotus root in the pool had grown two disc-shaped leaves, with a few water droplets rolling with the water waves from time to time.


    Jiang Xuan stared at the lotus leaf on the water for a moment, and said to himself, "Lotus leaf, frog, frog tribe!"


    "Yeah, how could I forget the frog tribe, they should know more about the situation in Xihuang."


    Jiang Xuan got up immediately, washed his hands, and then went to the frog tribe.


    He left the wall of vines, rejected the advice of the guardsmen to follow, and went to the Frog Horde alone.


    The Frog Tribe is not far from the Vine Tribe. Go out from the south gate of the Vine Wall and walk for a while to the southeast.


    Because this time is relatively busy, although it is not far away, Jiang Xuan has not been to the frog tribe for a long time.


    Today, after he entered the territory of the frog tribe, he obviously found many changes.


    First of all, the houses of the frog tribe have increased a lot, which can be clearly found at a glance.


    Secondly, the frog tribe began to dig ponds and open up wasteland, all imitating the practices of the rattan tribe.


    The last is the number of giant frogs.


    When they just migrated here, there were only twenty or thirty giant frogs left in the frog tribe, which was very pitiful.


    But just over a year later, Jiang Xuan was surprised to find that the frog tribe''s territory was full of half-sized giant frogs, and the number was very large.


    "The reproductive ability of frogs is really strong!"


    Jiang Xuan was very emotional when he saw the giant frogs jumping everywhere.


    At this rate, it will take a few years for the giant frog population of the frog tribe to recover, even exceeding the number when they lived in the Western Wilderness Because the Southern Wilderness is obviously more drier than the increasingly drier Western Wilderness. The desert is more suitable for these giant frogs to survive.


    However, Jiang Xuan was not in the mood to carefully observe the changes of the frog tribe today.


    The warriors of the frog tribe all knew Jiang Xuan, so when they found out that Jiang Xuan had arrived, someone immediately reported to the tribe.


    After a while, the frog tribe witch came out to greet Jiang Xuan, surrounded by a group of frog tribe warriors.


    Jiang Xuan and Wu spoke politely, and then were ushered into the best wooden house in the tribe.


    "Isn''t the leader of Huo Meng not in the tribe?" Jiang Xuan asked.


    "Boss Huo Meng led the soldiers of the hunting team out to hunt. If Chief Xuan wants to find him, he may not be able to find it until he returns."


    "Since the Huo Meng leader went hunting, the same goes for finding witches."


    "If you have anything to do with the leader Xuan, just tell me."


    "Do you know the Black Snake Tribe?"


    When Jiang Xuan said the words "Black Snake Tribe", he obviously saw the frog tribe witch trembled, and his expression became unnatural.


    ...


    Today, it was going to be broken, the author''s condition is getting worse and worse, and the psychological problems are more serious than before.


    Some readers may think that the author is looking for reasons and excuses. For these readers, the author does not want to argue because he is really tired.


    The author doesn''t want to break the change, one is the failure of the character, the other is the fee for the failure, so I insisted on writing this chapter. Part of this chapter is not finished, and I will write it tomorrow.


    But continuing like this, struggling repeatedly, is not the solution after all.


    The author intends to take a few days to take a walk far away and take a look, maybe it can improve the current state.


    Next, we will either add more and save the manuscript, or we will be off for a week, I hope it will be more.

 Chapter 209： snake repellent herbs

    After returning from the frog tribe, Jiang Xuan found Chishao directly and asked her about the special abilities that the warriors of the big tribe could obtain.


    "What the Frog Tribe said is true."


    Chi Shao gave Jiang Xuan an affirmative answer.


    "The old witch said that once the totem **** breaks through to the realm of the great god, there will be many changes."


    "One of the changes is to be able to communicate directly with all living beings, such as human language, animal language, bird language, etc."


    "The second change is that it can endow the warriors of this tribe with some abilities that belong to the gods, such as the night vision and agility abilities obtained by the warriors of the Black Snake Tribe."


    "As for other changes, the old witch didn''t say anything, maybe only God knows it."


    After listening to Chi Shao''s words, Jiang Xuan asked curiously, "If Fuji God breaks through to the realm of the great gods, what abilities can we gain?"


    Chi Shao thought about it and said, "It should have more tenacious vitality and faster wound self-healing ability."


    Jiang Xuan asked in surprise: "No ability to control vines?"


    Chi Shao smiled and said: "Xuan, that is the ability of the witch, and I want to correct you, we are not controlling vine plants, but asking vine plants to help."


    "Oh, yes yes yes, help."


    Jiang Xuan remembered that the Fuji God was not far away, so he quickly corrected his words.


    Some things still have to be paid attention to, otherwise, in case the Vine God is a careful eye, can''t find a chance to clean him up after hearing it?


    "The warriors of the Black Snake Tribe have special abilities, but the warriors of our Vine Tribe have no special abilities, and their numbers far exceed us. How should we fight this battle?"


    Jiang Xuan was very distressed. In the past, when dealing with small tribes, he could rely on the strength of the Vine God to crush them, and when dealing with medium-sized tribes, he could combine other tribes and strategies, but what should we do against large tribes?


    In the face of strength strong enough to crush, all strategies will appear pale and powerless.


    At this moment, Chi Shao said: "It''s not completely helpless."


    Jiang Xuan''s eyes lit up and said, "Sister, have you thought of a good way?"


    Chishao said: "Actually, we don''t have to fight the Black Snake Tribe, and the Black Snake Tribe will not choose to settle here, so just avoid the Black Snake Tribe and wait for them to leave."


    Jiang Xuan said discouraged: "That''s what I said, but where can we hide with so many people from the Veng tribe?"


    Chi Shao smiled slightly: "We don''t go anywhere, we just stay in the tribe."


    "The Black Snake Tribe that stays in the tribe will definitely come to loot, but any tribe that migrates to the Southern Wilderness will not be looting everywhere, not to mention that so many people in the Black Snake Tribe need to eat."


    Thinker


    Jiang Xuan is very clear that the current Vine tribe is like a big piece of fat. As long as it is found, everyone wants to take a bite, because they have too much food.


    "What if we planted snake-repellent herbs all around the tribe?"


    "what?"


    Jiang Xuan looked at Chi Shao, hoping that she could explain in detail.


    Chishao continued: "I thought about this when the Mosquito Tribe attacked, if we planted mosquito repellent herbs all around the tribe, the giant mosquitoes of the Mosquito Tribe would not come near here again. "


    "The same is true for the Black Snake Tribe. Their most powerful are not those warriors, but countless snakes, including their totem gods."


    "If we planted snake-repellent herbs all around the tribe, the snakes would steer far away when they smelled it."


    "The tribesmen have a habit of trusting the judgment of the pets of war. Where the snakes do not go, the warriors of the Black Snake Tribe will definitely think it is dangerous, and then avoid that place."


    In terms of knowledge, Chishao may not be as good as Jiang Xuan, but in terms of experience and understanding of tribal people, Chishao is definitely much stronger than Jiang Xuan.


    Therefore, Jiang Xuan nodded immediately after hearing Chi Shao''s words.


    "However, the Black Snake Tribe will be here soon. Where can we find so many snake-repellent herbs? Not to mention that we have to grow crops."


    Chi Shao smiled and said, "Vine God can help."


    "Yes!"


    Jiang Xuan suddenly remembered the previous scene where the vines controlled various magical plants to destroy the enemy. As a powerful totem god, it could control more than just vines.


    Chishao said again: "Xuan, now you can send as many people as possible to the nearby forest to find snake-repellent herbs, and then plant them on the periphery of the vine wall. The vine **** will let them grow on a large scale."


    "Okay, I''ll make arrangements right away."


    Jiang Xuan hurriedly left Chishao''s yard, and then summoned the various leaders, and asked them to take their soldiers to the nearby forest to find herbs for repelling snakes.


    Tribal people have long lived in virgin forests and are no strangers to snake-repellent herbs. Most people know one or two of them. When they go out for hunting, they also carry some powdered snake-repellent herbs with them.


    Therefore, after Jiang Xuan''s order, apart from the guards and ordinary clansmen who were incapable of fighting, other warriors went into various forests one after another, looking for snake-repellent herbs.


    After the frog tribe got the news, they also searched for it. They were more afraid of the black snake tribe than the vine tribe.


    Two days later, almost all the snake-repellent herbs in the nearby forest were dug up and planted around the Vine tribe.


    In the early morning of the third day, under the prayer of Chishao, the mist on the stone mountain dissipated again.


    "Buzz!"


    The divine vines bloomed with endless green divine light, and the terrifying divine power was overwhelming, and all the creatures around were trembling with fear.


    One hundred and eight giant dragonflies that had successfully transformed flew up from the stone mountain and danced constantly over the Vine Tribe. The sound of their wings flapping could be heard far away.


    "Whoosh whoosh..."


    Countless green vines grew rapidly, like green dragons, extending around the vine tribe.


    From a distance, the sky above the vine tribe seems to have opened a large green umbrella, the stone mountain is the umbrella handle, the green vine is the umbrella bone, and the dense leaves are the umbrella surface, which is very spectacular.


    "pattering..."


    The green vines spread out to the perimeter of the vine wall, and then sprinkled a large amount of green divine liquid on the snake repellent herbs that had just been planted.


    These green divine fluids contain a huge amount of life force. Those herbal repellents that had been sluggish due to transplanting, with drooping branches and leaves, were watered by the green divine fluid and immediately regained their energy.


    Their curved main stems straightened quickly, their drooping branches and leaves quickly stretched, and their underground roots grew rapidly.


    It didn''t take long for these repellent herbs to grow very lush, as if they had been planted for a year or two.


    However, Fujisami''s magical powers don''t stop there.


    "pattering..."


    More divine liquid spilled down, and the snake repellent herbs began to bloom and bear fruit quickly, and then new plants grew again.


    In a very short period of time, these repellent herbs seemed to be accelerated by time, quickly multiplying more plants.


    The clansmen of the Vine tribe and the clansmen of the outer tribes were all stunned when they saw this magical scene.


    The clansmen of the Veng tribe are even more fanatical about the worship of the gods, and even when they look at the foreign tribesmen, they hold their heads high and have a sense of pride.


    On the other hand, people from the outer tribes, as well as those tourists, are envious of the Vine tribe having such a powerful totem god.


    Soon, the outside of the vine wall was covered with various snake-repellent herbs, and the smell was very strong. After the nearby snakes smelled it, they immediately stayed away from this place.


    After smelling the smell of these snake-repelling herbs, the snakes in the Vine tribe fled outside one after another. Many of them were directly captured by the warriors of the Veng tribe, and they happily prepared to cook at night.


    When those snake repellent herbs grow to a certain scale, the divine vine will no longer spill the divine liquid.


    All the vines began to be recovered, as if the umbrella was closed, and re-wound on the stone mountain.


    The giant dragonflies that were constantly flying in the air also fell back onto the vines.


    The mist shrouded Shishan again, the divine vine once again restrained its divine power, and the miracle ended.


    Standing outside the vine wall, Jiang Xuan finally breathed a sigh of relief as he watched the snake-repellent herbs growing in sheets.


    "I hope these snake repellent herbs can really stop the black snake tribe from coming here."


    Jiang Xuan walked outside the tribe for a while, and thought again: "The Teng tribe is safe for the time being, but it''s hard to say about the other tribes."


    Jiang Xuan thought of the three allies, the Mountain Turtle Tribe, the Sparrow Tribe and the Unicorn Tribe. They also contributed a lot to attack the Mengniao Tribe together.


    Of course, after conquering the Mengniao tribe, the three small tribes also acquired a lot of resources and strengthened their tribes to varying degrees.


    The Vine tribe is now protected by these repelling herbs, but the three small tribes do not. It would be a pity if they were killed by the Black Snake tribe.


    Jiang Xuan thought about it for a while and said to himself, "It''s time to remind them that they have done their duty. It''s their own business whether they listen or not."


    The Mountain Turtle Tribe is an old ally, and Jiang Xuan does not want them to have an accident.


    Jiang Xuan made up his mind, then used the bone whistle to summon the dumplings, and rode the dumplings to the mountain turtle tribe.


    "Chirp..."


    The sound of the bone whistle is not sharp, on the contrary, it is very long, like a bird, like a deer.


    "Il..."


    A bird chirped in the vine tribe, and then, a huge figure of Tang Yuan appeared, with purple feathers shining in the sunlight.


    After several years of growth, the size of the dumplings has become larger and larger. Now the wingspan has reached more than 40 meters, and the bird''s nest next to Jiang Xuan''s courtyard is already larger than the house.


    Maybe it is because of living with people since childhood. Like the giant eagle, the glutinous rice **** did not build their nests on the mountain, but continued to stay on the ground and beside the house.


    Tangyuan didn''t go out hunting today, when Jiang Xuan''s bone whistle sounded, it flew over immediately.


    "winter!"


    The dumplings fell to the ground, and the sharp claws left eight deep pits on the ground, and the strong wind from the wings blew the nearby branches.


    After landing, the dumplings, like a giant eagle, lowered one of their wings to touch the ground, and Jiang Xuan could walk directly to its back along the wings.


    "Let''s go."


    After sitting on the back of the glutinous rice balls, Jiang Xuan said something in a daze, and the tangyuan immediately kicked his legs, flapped his wings, and flew into the sky in a short while.


    "What a terrible beast, if only I could have one too."


    "Do you have the strength of the leader of the Vine Tribe?"


    "That''s right, they are five-color warriors!"


    ...


    Nearby outsiders and tourists were talking a lot. They looked up at the dumplings and looked at them with envy in their eyes.

 Chapter 210： tree man

    Genius to remember the address of this site in one second: [New] https://The fastest update! No ads!


    In the shipyard, Jiang Xuanzeng sent more than 200 trusted soldiers to work together, just to build more ships.


    "Ding, ding, ding..."


    Jiang Xuan personally swung the bronze hammer and smashed the nails into the wooden boat. His hand was very steady, and the pyramid-shaped bronze nails were driven into the thick wooden board one by one.


    The wooden boat is one of the back roads that Jiang Xuan prepared for the Veng tribe.


    However, he did not build wooden boats to cross the river, but when necessary, so that more clansmen could take wooden boats down the river and go to farther places.


    To deal with other tribes, you might be able to rely on the natural danger of the Flying Fish River, but to deal with the Black Snake tribe, this natural danger will definitely fail.


    Because most snakes can swim, they will cross the river and continue to chase.


    Therefore, when he had no choice, Jiang Xuan would let the clansmen escape by boat. Even if the people of the Black Snake tribe pursued, they would not chase too far, because they were still on the way to migrate, and there were many ordinary clansmen who needed protection.


    "Boss, Feng Cao wants to see you."


    Just as Jiang Xuan was smashing the nail, a soldier hurried in and reported to him.


    The shipyard is a secret place. Except for the people who work in the shipyard, as well as Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao, no one else is allowed to enter.


    "Okay, I''ll go right there."


    Jiang Xuan still smashed the last few nails in a hurry, then put down the bronze hammer and walked outside the shipyard.


    Feng Cao was anxiously waiting, and when he saw Jiang Xuan come out, he immediately walked over.


    "Leader, the Black Snake Tribe has arrived near the Great Swamp."


    "So fast?"


    Jiang Xuan frowned slightly and said, "How about the mountain turtle tribe?"


    "The Mountain Turtle Tribe has entered the Great Swamp and took everything, except for the empty house."


    "That''s good."


    Jiang Xuan breathed a sigh of relief, as long as they entered the Great Swamp, the Mountain Turtle Tribe would be safe, because they were very familiar with the Great Swamp.


    "Boss, I came back at full speed on a big horned deer. Calculate the time. The Black Snake Tribe will be here in two days at most. We have to prepare early."


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said: "It is indeed necessary to prepare early, you thorns and vines have worked hard, and continue to keep an eye on the whereabouts of the Black Snake Tribe."


    "Yes!"


    After Feng Cao finished sending the information, he left in a hurry.


    Jiang Xuan returned to the tribe''s residential area and ordered the trading area to be temporarily closed.


    All kinds of grain and other materials are all bagged to ensure that they can be transported in the shortest possible time when the situation is critical.


    Captains and weapons workshops work day and night, making more ships and weapons in preparation for war.


    Time has passed bit by bit, the time interval for the thorn vines to send back information is getting shorter and shorter, and the footsteps of the Black Snake Tribe are getting closer and closer.


    Two days later, the Black Snake Tribe appeared outside the Vine Tribe''s territory!


    Although the Mountain Turtle Tribe, the Sparrow Tribe and the Unicorn Tribe had received information from the Vine Tribe in advance, they avoided the Black Snake Tribe.


    But there are not only these tribes near the Great Swamp, there are many small tribes who don''t even know that the Black Snake tribe is here.


    These small tribes became the food supply point of the Black Snake tribe without exception, and the end was very miserable.


    However, the appetite of the Black Snake tribe doesn''t stop there.


    Through pressing questions, they learned from the mouths of the small tribes that the most powerful nearby is the Vine tribe, so they directly killed the Vine tribe.


    "Sizzle..."


    Outside the Thunder Mountain, a black snake the size of a bucket emerged from the bushes, its icy eyes looked at the living creatures moving around, and the bifurcated letter continued to swallow.


    Immediately afterwards, more snakes appeared, large and small, of different colors, or crawling on the ground, or shuttling through the trees, this scene really makes the scalp feel numb.


    "Woooooooo..."


    "Swish..."


    Immediately afterwards, there was a whistling sound of the tribesmen hunting and the sound of dense footsteps in the forest.


    The warriors of the Black Snake Tribe have appeared!


    They held all kinds of weapons, with a totem pattern made of black snakes painted on their faces, and some people had poisonous snakes wrapped around them, which was very infiltrating.


    "Go back quickly!"


    In the forest not far away, after seeing this scene, the Vine tribe warrior who was in charge of guarding immediately climbed down from the tree, then got into the hole, and ran back quickly.


    When they ran out of the hole, they had come to the outside of the vine wall.


    They hurried to the gate again, then passed the gate and returned to the Vine tribe.


    Near the gate, Jiang Xuan, Chi Shao and others were already holding their weapons and waiting nervously.


    A soldier ran up to Jiang Xuan and said breathlessly, "Head... Chief, here we come."


    Jiang Xuan clenched his bronze spear and shouted loudly, "Check the weapon and prepare for battle!"


    "Crash..."


    The two thousand Dodo tribe warriors immediately began to check their weapons, and then waited for the battle.


    Jiang Xuan said to Chi Shao again: "Please close the door of Fuji God!"


    Chi Shao nodded, closed her eyes and communicated with Fujishen for a moment.


    The divine vines on the stone mountain shone with green light, and the vine walls on the four sides of the vine tribe also moved.


    "Kakaka..."


    I saw that those vines grew rapidly and intertwined with each other, sealing the doors on all sides.


    "Go to the post!"


    Jiang Xuan walked to the vine wall and climbed up the towering post, followed by Chi Shao.


    The outpost is a high platform built by the vine tribe against the vine wall in order to monitor the surrounding enemy.


    In order to be able to see the surrounding situation more clearly, Jiang Xuan even ordered the trees around the gate to be cut down to clear an open space.


    After ascending the post, Jiang Xuan really saw that in the forest ahead, there was an incomparably huge black snake advancing towards this side.


    This black snake is not crawling against the ground, but floating above the tree canopy. From a distance, it looks like a black snake crawling above a green curtain, which is very conspicuous.


    "This should be the totem **** of the Black Snake Tribe, so powerful!"


    Jiang Xuan looked at the huge black snake and felt enormous pressure. After all, this is the totem **** of the big tribe!


    "The Vine God will protect us."


    Chi Shao''s expression was also a little nervous, but she trusted Shenteng more than Jiang Xuan, and believed that Shenteng could protect the Veng tribe as safe as before.


    "Swish..."


    In the virgin forest, countless snakes are still moving in the direction of the Vine tribe.


    But at a certain moment, the big snake that was crawling in front suddenly stopped, its scarlet tongue swallowed a few times, its body stiffened, and it felt an extremely unpleasant smell.


    That''s the smell of snake repellent herbs!


    The big snake no longer moved forward. It crawled on the spot twice, with its eyes fixed on the front, but it refused to continue to crawl forward.


    The same is true for other snakes. When they noticed that there were a lot of snake-repellent herbs in front of them, they also stopped and swam in place, but did not move forward.


    The Black Snake Tribe warriors who rushed at the front also stopped one after another. The abnormal performance of those snakes made them dare not move forward easily.


    "what happened?"


    The leader of the snake tribe saw that the charging team had stopped, so he rode a large snake to the front of the team and asked the soldiers.


    A soldier replied: "Boss, there may be danger ahead, and all the snakes dare not go forward."


    The leader of the Snake Tribe glanced at the snakes that were circling in place, sniffed the unpleasant smell in the air, and said with an ugly face: "It''s snake repellent herbs, a lot of snake repellent herbs."


    The leader of the Snake Tribe was very depressed, because it was the first time they had encountered this situation, and the attack on other small tribes had been smooth before.


    The soldier next to him asked, "Leader, what should we do now?"


    The leader of the snake tribe said: "Wait for the snake **** and the witch to come."


    "Yes!"


    The snake tribe warriors could only stay in place, waiting for the snake gods and witches from behind to come.


    It didn''t take long for the huge snake **** to swim to the front. When it smelled the smell of the snake-repellent herbs, it also stopped abruptly and stopped crawling forward.


    "Buzz!"


    Above the stone mountain, the divine vines bloomed with a terrifying divine light, and more than a hundred giant dragonflies flew up one after another, circling the stone mountain constantly, with a great momentum.


    The vast green divine light enveloped the entire Vine Tribe and covered the snake-repelling herbs around the Vine Tribe.


    A miraculous scene occurred.


    "Whoosh whoosh..."


    I saw the crazy growth of those snake repellent herbs, and many snake repellent herbs even grew as tall as trees.


    Not only that, when these snake-repellent herbs grow tall, they will form flower buds together, and then bloom all kinds of flowers.


    When all the snake repellents bloomed together, the smell that was repellent to snakes suddenly became dozens or hundreds of times stronger, and even the warriors in the Vine tribe felt pungent.


    "Sizzle..."


    The big snakes swallowed a few letters, and then the snakes'' faces turned green, and they all fled behind.


    The warriors of the Black Snake Tribe couldn''t stand it either and kept retreating.


    Even the huge black snake felt uncomfortable as if it had eaten a sulphur stone. It turned around and ran back for a while, then turned to stare at the divine vine on the stone mountain.


    "It''s disgusting to plant so many snake repellents!"


    On the ground, the witch of the Black Snake Tribe was so angry that he almost cursed.


    The current situation is as if someone saw a plate of exquisite dishes on a table not far away, but the plate was covered with flies.


    "Wu, what should I do now?"


    The leader of the Black Snake Tribe also felt disgusted, but he was really unwilling to let this tribe go like this.


    The Black Snake Witch looked up at the huge snake body twisting in the sky, and said, "Don''t worry, the snake **** is powerful, there will definitely be a way."


    The leader of the Black Snake Tribe nodded, there is no doubt that the powerful mother of the snake **** can''t solve the problem, it does not mean that the snake **** can''t solve it.


    Over the forest, the **** snake swam constantly, staring at the direction of Shishan, and at the same time trying to hold its breath, not to smell that disgusting smell.


    It stared at Shenteng for a while, then decided to try it out.


    "puff!"


    The **** snake spewed a black poisonous mist in the direction of the Vine Tribe. Wherever the poisonous mist passed, all the plants and trees withered instantly.


    "Om..."


    Above the stone mountain, the divine vines became more and more dazzling. Under the shroud of divine light, every leaf and flower of those snake-repelling herbs was shining brightly, and the poisonous mist could not hurt them at all!


    In fact, many repellent herbs can not only repel snakes, but also detoxify snake venom. Coupled with the protection of the vine god, they can survive under the poisonous mist of the snake god.


    Seeing that the poisonous fog was ineffective, the **** snake twisted its body, its long tail stood up, and then smashed hard in the direction of the Vine tribe.


    "boom!"


    The huge snake tail smashed down to the ground, and the big trees in the forest were smashed into pieces, and the momentum was extremely terrifying.


    However just when the snake tail was about to hit the snake repellent herbs, countless vines suddenly intertwined into a large net, blocking the snake repellent herbs.


    The hard snake tail collided with the soft vine net, but failed to smash the tough vine net, and the snake tail could only be retracted.


    Two unsuccessful attempts, the black snake was also angry, just when it was about to go wild, suddenly, the divine vine on the stone mountain gradually floated up, and exuded an extremely terrifying aura.


    "Boom!"


    Above the sky, dark clouds suddenly covered the sky, and the sound of thunder rolled.


    The black serpent looked at the sky and then at the divine vine above the stone mountain. Tong Kong shrank sharply and did not dare to attack any more.


    Because of that divine vine, it seems to be going through a calamity!

 Chapter 211： The whole forest is my own

    "Roar!"


    Under the enlightenment of Shenteng, the first big tree not only grew eyes, but also soon grew a mouth, and let out a dull roar of filial piety.


    Immediately after, the second big tree, the third big tree...


    I saw that in the forest to the south of the Veng tribe, hundreds of trees were all turned into treemen.


    These tree people opened their eyes one after another, waving the thick branches excitedly, making a rustling sound.


    A few other treants pulled their roots out of the ground, moved as fast as an octopus on the ground, and then took root to another location.


    Perhaps, these big trees have long been dissatisfied with the place where they grow, and as soon as they have the ability to move, they will quickly take root in another place.


    On the outpost, Jiang Xuan and the Veng tribe warriors watched this scene, and everyone dropped their jaws in shock.


    Jiang Xuan was already prepared to fight first and then run away, but now it seems that there is no need for it.


    "Kill..."


    The warriors of the Black Snake Tribe had already rushed over, and the totem patterns on their faces actually glowed with black light, and the running speed was astonishingly fast.


    Finally, the first group of snake tribe warriors ran into the forest outside the vine wall.


    However, when they were about to move on, they saw that the big trees in front of them suddenly came alive. A human face grew out of the trunks of these big trees, and then roared at the warriors of the Black Snake Tribe.


    "Roar!"


    "Clap clap clap..."


    A tree man waved his thick branches and slapped the warriors of the Black Snake Tribe, sending many of them flying out, breaking their bones and tendons.


    A warrior of the Black Snake tribe cried out in horror: "These trees are alive..."


    Elsewhere in the forest, the Black Snake Tribe warriors who rushed in also encountered the same problem. Rows of huge trees all moved, and they suddenly attacked them, beating these Black Snake Tribe warriors to hell.


    The power of the tree people is terrifying, and they are so huge that a branch sweeps over, and there is nowhere to hide in a large area of ??the ground.


    More than a hundred treemen attacked at the same time, and more than 6,000 soldiers of the Black Snake Tribe were beaten to the ground, and they ran to the back with rolling and crawling.


    What''s worse, there are not only tree people in this forest.


    Those ordinary vines, weeds, and shrubs are also blessed by the divine vines. Although they do not have eyes and mouths like treemen, they also possess some spirituality and mobility.


    A tricolor warrior of the Black Snake Tribe was relying on his speed to avoid the tree man''s attack in the forest. When he landed on the ground, his feet were suddenly entangled by an ordinary vine.


    In normal times, he wouldn''t care about such an ordinary vine, and he could break it with brute force.


    But now, after he was entangled, the terrifying branches of the tree man were photographed directly.


    "what!"


    The three-color warrior let out a scream, and saw that he was smashed by the tree man''s branches, and his whole body was covered with wounds.


    The tree man pulled the thick roots out of the ground and moved over the tricolor warrior.


    After the tree man passed by, the three-color warrior was too dead to die, and even the spear was broken into several pieces.


    "Too fierce!"


    On the outpost, Jiang Xuan exclaimed as he watched hundreds of treants chasing more than 6,000 Black Snake tribe warriors.


    Chi Shao smiled and said: "With the Vine God, the whole forest is my own, and it''s so easy for people from outside tribes to attack."


    "The whole forest is my own!"


    Jiang Xuan was amazed again. For the first time, he truly felt the horror of Shenteng.


    As long as it is in the forest, it can get all the plants to help fight.


    But Jiang Xuan thought of another question: "Why didn''t Fujishen get some tree people out before?"


    Chi Shao replied, "Maybe it''s because it consumes too much divine power."


    Jiang Xuan nodded. It is really not easy to turn a big tree into a tree man. If it is like that black snake, even if it is a god, it can''t do it.


    Jiang Xuan guessed that after Shenteng absorbed the soul and power of Mengniao God, its strength increased significantly, and it even had the power of a great god, so it was able to turn hundreds of big trees into tree people.


    If the strength of Shenteng continues to grow, it may be possible to turn all the trees in the entire forest into treemen in the future.


    When Jiang Xuan thought that the trees around the Goto tribe were all tree people, his heart surged.


    What a shocking scene that must have been!


    However, Jiang Xuan thought of another question, so he asked Chi Shao in a low voice: "If we want to cut down trees in the future, these treemen won''t stop them, right?"


    The tribe now mainly burns wood, and all kinds of tools and utensils can only be produced without logging.


    If these tree people don''t let the Vine tribe cut down trees, isn''t it over?


    "This... I have to ask the Fuji God to find out."


    Chi Shao closed her eyes, communicated with Shen Teng for a moment, and then opened her eyes again.


    "How is it?" Jiang Xuan looked at her.


    "Vine God asked me to ask you, why are all tribes people, but they often fight back and forth?"


    "It''s... for survival, of course."


    Chishao said: "Humans are for survival, and so are plants. The struggle for survival among plants is even more intense."


    A flash of light flashed in Jiang Xuan''s mind: "That is to say, if we cut down some trees, it is more conducive to the growth of other big trees?"


    Chi Shao nodded and said, "That''s what the Vine God meant."


    "I can rest assured that."


    Jiang Xuan breathed a sigh of relief, it would really be a hassle if the tree was not allowed to be cut down in the future.


    In the forest, the battle soon ended.


    Although the Black Snake Tribe has a large number of warriors, it is useless to face those huge tree people, and it is difficult to cause fatal damage to the tree people.


    More than 6,000 Black Snake Tribe warriors fled the forest in embarrassment after leaving a ground of corpses.


    Those tree people didn''t pursue them either. After driving them away, some returned to where they had grown before, while others found a new place to take root.


    As long as they don''t open their eyes and don''t move around, they are almost no different from ordinary big trees.


    "Sizzle..."


    In the sky above the forest not far away, the **** snake kept swimming around. It was very angry and aggrieved. In the end, it didn''t dare to rush into the Vine tribe because it was afraid that the divine vine would provoke thunder again.


    It stared at Shenteng for a while, then swung its tail and swam in the other direction.


    On the ground, the witch of the Black Snake Tribe was instructed by the Snake God, and he said with a very ugly face: "Oracle, bypass this tribe and move on!"


    "Katha!"


    The leader of the Black Snake Tribe smashed a tree trunk next to him with a ruthless punch, breaking a tree the size of a soup pot in the middle.


    "Walk!"


    The leader of the Black Snake Tribe sat on the back of a big snake, and the big snake immediately swam, taking the Black Snake tribe leader to the direction of the snake god.


    The witch of the Black Snake Tribe also sat on a **** snake and walked away.


    More than 10,000 people from the Black Snake Tribe followed, and everyone felt aggrieved, but they were helpless.


    This was the first time they had encountered a tribe that could not be eaten, and it seemed to be only a medium-sized tribe.


    Soon, everyone in the Black Snake Tribe left.


    Jiang Xuan rode the glutinous rice **** and followed from a distance, and finally breathed a sigh of relief until he was sure that the Black Snake Tribe had left and did not turn back to engage in conspiracy.


    The crisis of the Vine Tribe was finally lifted, and there were no casualties.


    On the other side, the frog tribe who had been waiting by the river bank finally let go of their hanging hearts.


    "Finally gone."


    Huo Meng and Wu looked at each other, they both breathed a sigh of relief and sat down.


    When the Black Snake Tribe came over, they were really scared.


    Hatred returns to hatred, let the frog tribe go to the black snake tribe desperately, they dare not, even when they see the black snake tribe, they are ready to escape.


    Today''s frog tribe has regained a lot of giant frogs. If the black tribe attacks this side, they will immediately ride the giant frog across the river and run away.


    Fortunately, the worst didn''t happen, and they were still a good affiliate of the Vine tribe.


    "Wu, what should I do now?"


    Wu thought about it carefully, and said, "Bring all the warriors of the tribe to the periphery of the vine wall and make the appearance of fighting to the death with the Black Snake Tribe. Don''t let the Vine Tribe find out what we just wanted to run."


    "it is good!"


    Huo Meng immediately summoned the warriors of the frog tribe, put the packed things back first, then took up their weapons and entered the woods outside the vine wall.


    When the crisis was resolved, the door on the vine wall opened again, Huo Meng immediately ran to the door and found Jiang Xuan.


    "Boss Xuan, where are the people from the Black Snake Tribe?"


    Jiang Xuan looked at Huo Meng with a smile but not a smile, and said, "I''ve already run away."


    Huo Meng said indignantly: "Unfortunately, I originally wanted to kill a few more stinky snakes to take revenge!"


    Jiang Xuandao: "Don''t worry, leader Huo Meng, there will be opportunities in the future."


    Huo Meng always felt that Jiang Xuan''s eyes were strange, he felt very unnatural, so after expressing a few words of loyalty, Huo Meng said goodbye and left.


    After Huo Meng left, Feng Cao appeared beside Jiang Xuan.


    "Leader, the Frog Tribe can''t believe it. They clearly wanted to run away just now, but now they deliberately show it to us."


    Jiang Xuan said with a smile: "It''s normal for them to run away. After all, the Frog Tribe has a very small population now. If it really fights with the Black Snake Tribe, the Frog Tribe may be exterminated."


    After listening to Jiang Xuan''s words, Feng Cao said again: "Then they don''t have to do this on purpose, right?"


    "It''s understandable to show loyalty, but you''d better put a few people in the frog tribe in the future."


    "I can stand the fear of the frog tribe but I can''t stand betrayal!"


    "Don''t worry, boss, I''ll make arrangements now."


    The wind grass soon disappeared into the woods again.


    Under her leadership, the thorn vines have gradually developed to a certain scale. It is not difficult for her to place a few people in the frog tribe, and even buy some people.


    After dealing with this matter, Jiang Xuan didn''t care too much. To put it bluntly, with the current strength of the frog tribe, he still doesn''t like it.


    "Uncaria and loach, you take the hunting team over to dispose of the corpses left by the Black Snake tribe, pick up everything that can be used, and dig a few holes for the corpses to bury."


    "Yes!"


    Uncaria and Loach immediately took people over to deal with the corpse.


    In the past, everyone had a feeling of trepidation, because some of them had witnessed the appearance of those tree people showing their power with their own eyes.


    They were afraid that the treemen would do something to them when they picked up the corpse.


    However, their concerns are clearly superfluous.


    Those tree people didn''t move at all, a few tree people opened their eyes and looked curiously, and the other tree people didn''t open their eyes at all.


    The hunting team successfully disposed of those corpses, and collected everything like weapons, animal skins, animal skin bags, food, medicines and the like.


    The corpse of Guanglao was dug a few large pits, dragged over and buried.


    When the hunting party left, many treemen opened their eyes again. They pulled out their roots and ran "whoosh" to the place where the body was buried, and then scrambled to take root on it.


    "All Worlds"


    After some confusion, some of the treemen took over the places where the bodies were buried.


    The tree man who didn''t grab the spot could only go back to the place in annoyance and wait for the next opportunity.


    Corpses are good food for plants, and tree people like it very much.

 Chapter 212： hunting song and fleet

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh tomorrow morning to read the latest content.


    ...


    Vine tribe, Uncaria home, night.


    "Auntie, why can''t you go out when it''s dark?"


    Poria sat on the threshold, and Tian Dong, who was more than two years old, was lying in her arms, asking various questions curiously.


    At this moment, Yuehua was like water, and the entire tribe was quiet.


    Fuling looked at Tiandong with a doting face, scratched his little nose, and said, "Because it''s getting dark, all kinds of beasts will come out. If you go out in the dark, the beasts will eat them."


    "Then why hasn''t Dad come back yet?"


    "Because your father is a warrior in the tribe, he is going to hunt far away so that we can have meat to eat."


    Hearing the word "hunting", Xiao Tiandong clenched his little fist with longing: "When I grow up, I will become a warrior like my father, go hunting and eat meat!"


    Fu Ling laughed dumbly and said, "Okay, in the future our Tiandong will be a brave warrior and eat meat every day."


    "I certainly will!"


    Xiao Tiandong is very serious and his eyes are firm.


    Tuckahoe rubbed the small brain seeds of Asparagus, looked at the moon in the sky, and looked at the mysterious stone mountain at night, praying that Uncaria would return safely with its prey.


    Every time the tribesmen go out to hunt or fight, they will encounter all kinds of dangers, and those who stay at home will inevitably be worried.


    Because no one knows if this time is a life and death.


    It is precisely because of this extreme lack of security that tribal people need faith. Faith can bring people courage and spiritual sustenance, so that they can become braver.


    "Auntie, I want to listen to the hunting song..."


    "it is good."


    Poria cleared her throat, and then sang softly with a very old tune:


    "Mysterious forest... perilous..."


    "Brave warrior...Go into the mountains to hunt..."


    "The patron saint of the tribe... Shelter the warriors to defeat the beast..."


    "Return from hunting... Everyone eats meat..."


    "Return from hunting... Everyone eats meat..."


    ...


    The ancient and simple hunting song, hummed repeatedly by Poria, floated in the night sky.


    Little Tiandong, who was more than two years old, listened and listened, his eyelids could not hold anymore, and soon fell asleep.


    Maybe, in the dream, he will become a brave warrior, walk into the mysterious forest, fight with all kinds of beasts, and finally return with a full load of prey.


    "I fell asleep so quickly."


    After Fuling sang it several times, he looked down and saw that Tiandong had already fallen asleep, and his little face was particularly cute when he was asleep.


    Fuling couldn''t help but kissed Xiao Tiandong on the forehead, then carried him to the room and put him on the bed.


    In order to prevent mosquito bites, Poria pulled out a handful of fan grass outside the house, rubbed out the juice, and applied it to Asparagus'' clothes and bedside, so that mosquitoes would not approach.


    In fact, she can also pick out some charcoal fire in the fire pit and put a handful of smelly grass on it to simmer.


    However, the smell of burning smelly stinky grass has a lot of smoke, which is more choking, and Poria is afraid of choking children.


    After doing this, Fu Ling took out some cut out hides, bronze needles and thin threads, and started sewing.


    As the owner of a clothing workshop, Poria works very hard. As long as she has time, she will figure out how to sew better clothes, backpacks and shoes.


    ...


    On the sixth day of May, the breeding area.


    "Horrrrrrrrrrrrrr..."


    Under the careful breeding of Dajiao, more than 30 wild boar cubs have grown up smoothly, especially those boars that are out of vulgar taste. They have grown fat and are happy to watch.


    "If you raise it until autumn, you can kill it. At that time, choose a fat one as a sacrifice and offer it to the rattan god."


    Dajiao patted a wild boar on the back, and he was quite satisfied with the thick meat.


    The wild boars on the mountain are very fierce, but the domestic wild boars are used to seeing people and behave more docile.


    Of course, only relatively docile.


    As these wild boars get bigger and bigger, the pigsty can no longer keep them. If they are forced to be locked inside, they can smash the door.


    Therefore, now Dajiao has dedicated a piece of land to raise these wild boars. Usually, the pigsty is not closed, and they are allowed to roam in that place.


    Strange to say, after the door is opened, these wild boars will go outside during the day, and when it is time to feed, and at night, they will consciously return to the pigsty.


    This makes Dajiao very worry-free.


    In addition to these wild boars, there are more and more beasts and birds domesticated by the Vine tribe.


    Such as the Mongoose.


    When the Mengniao tribe was destroyed, Dajiao picked up some Mengniao eggs, and brought them back to the tribe to let the unicorns hatch the eggs.


    Now, this group of little birds has grown to half size and began to show their ferocity.


    Those colorful ducks, colorful pheasants, and even those one-horned birds dare not approach this group of slugs, because they are too fierce.


    Strange to say, tribal people like fierce beasts and birds. These large and fierce birds quickly attracted the attention of many warriors.


    These warriors begged Jiang Xuan to try to tame the bird into a mount.


    Although Meng birds can''t fly, they have long legs, run fast in the forest, and have strong endurance and attack power, making them very suitable as mounts.


    Jiang Xuan pondered for a moment and agreed to their request.


    Anyway, the Teng tribe now has several kinds of mounts, and it doesn''t matter if there is another kind of bird.


    ...


    Vine tribe, shipyard.


    "Crash..."


    Another wooden boat was launched.


    Different from other wooden boats, this one is larger, up to ten meters in length, with a leak-proof sealed cabin inside and a bronze anchor on the stern.


    On top of that, the wooden boat has a mast in the middle, as well as a sail.


    The sails are sewn from treated animal hides, which are very tough and can withstand high winds.


    On the edge of the artificial lake, Jiang Xuan said excitedly, "The Teng tribe finally owns the first sailboat!"


    Compared with wooden boats that are rowed entirely by oars, the advantages of sailboats are obviously very obvious.


    It is capable of sailing with the wind and is very fast if the wind and the current are favorable.


    With the sailboat, the warriors of the Vine Tribe can really try to get out of the valley of the Vine Tribe and go to wider waters and farther places!


    ...


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ...


    Vine tribe, Uncaria home, night.


    "Auntie, why can''t you go out when it''s dark?"


    Poria sat on the threshold, and Tian Dong, who was more than two years old, was lying in her arms, asking various questions curiously.


    At this moment, Yuehua was like water, and the entire tribe was quiet.


    Fuling looked at Tiandong with a doting face, scratched his little nose, and said, "Because it''s getting dark, all kinds of beasts will come out. If you go out in the dark, the beasts will eat them."


    "Then why hasn''t Dad come back yet?"


    "Because your father is a warrior in the tribe, he is going to hunt far away so that we can have meat to eat."


    Hearing the word "hunting", Xiao Tiandong clenched his little fist with longing: "When I grow up, I will become a warrior like my father, go hunting and eat meat!"


    Fu Ling laughed dumbly and said, "Okay, in the future our Tiandong will be a brave warrior and eat meat every day."


    "I certainly will!"


    Xiao Tiandong is very serious and his eyes are firm.


    Tuckahoe rubbed the small brain seeds of Asparagus, looked at the moon in the sky, and looked at the mysterious stone mountain at night, praying that Uncaria would return safely with its prey.


    Every time the tribesmen go out to hunt or fight, they will encounter all kinds of dangers, and those who stay at home will inevitably be worried.


    Because no one knows if this time is a life and death.


    It is precisely because of this extreme lack of security that tribal people need faith. Faith can bring people courage and spiritual sustenance, so that they can become braver.


    "Auntie, I want to listen to the hunting song..."


    "it is good."


    Poria cleared her throat, and then sang softly with a very old tune:


    "Mysterious forest... perilous..."


    "Brave warrior...Go into the mountains to hunt..."


    "The patron saint of the tribe... Shelter the warriors to defeat the beast..."


    "Return from hunting... Everyone eats meat..."


    "Return from hunting... Everyone eats meat..."


    ...


    The ancient and simple hunting song, hummed repeatedly by Poria, floated in the night sky.


    Little Tiandong, who was more than two years old, listened and listened, his eyelids could not hold anymore, and soon fell asleep.


    Maybe, in the dream, he will become a brave warrior, walk into the mysterious forest, fight with all kinds of beasts, and finally return with a full load of prey.


    "I fell asleep so quickly."


    After Poria sang it several times, she looked down and saw that Tiandong had already fallen asleep, and her little face was very cute when she was asleep Poria couldn''t help kissing Xiaotiandong''s forehead He took a sip, then carried him to the house and put him on the bed.


    In order to prevent mosquito bites, Poria pulled out a handful of fan grass outside the house, rubbed out the juice, and applied it to Asparagus'' clothes and bedside, so that mosquitoes would not approach.


    In fact, she can also pick out some charcoal fire in the fire pit and put a handful of smelly grass on it to simmer.


    However, the smell of burning smelly stinky grass has a lot of smoke, which is more choking, and Poria is afraid of choking children.


    After doing this, Fu Ling took out some cut out hides, bronze needles and thin threads, and started sewing.


    As the owner of a clothing workshop, Poria works very hard. As long as she has time, she will figure out how to sew better clothes, backpacks and shoes.


    ...


    On the sixth day of May, the breeding area.


    "Horrrrrrrrrrrrrr..."


    Under the careful breeding of Dajiao, more than 30 wild boar cubs have grown up smoothly, especially those boars that are out of vulgar taste. They have grown fat and are happy to watch.


    "If you raise it until autumn, you can kill it. At that time, choose a fat one as a sacrifice and offer it to the rattan god."


    Dajiao patted a wild boar on the back, and he was quite satisfied with the thick meat.


    The wild boars on the mountain are very fierce, but the domestic wild boars are used to seeing people and behave more docile.


    Of course, only relatively docile.


    As these wild boars get bigger and bigger, the pigsty can no longer keep them. If they are forced to be locked inside, they can smash the door.


    "Sword Comes"


    Therefore, now Dajiao has dedicated a piece of land to raise these wild boars. Usually, the pigsty is not closed, and they are allowed to roam in that place.


    Strange to say, after the door is opened, these wild boars will go outside during the day, and when it is time to feed, and at night, they will consciously return to the pigpen.

 Chapter 213： God Vine Crossing Tribulation

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh tomorrow morning to read the latest content.


    ...


    Every day, one step closer to breaking, stick to it.


    ...


    "Leader, assign the new boat to our fishing team. Our fishing team has experience in driving boats."


    Jing Ji looked at Jiang Xuan eagerly, hoping that Jiang Xuan could assign the boat to the fishing team.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Don''t worry, the new boat will definitely allocate some to your fishing team, but not now."


    "why?"


    Nepeta felt very puzzled.


    "Because there are still many problems with the new boat, after the trial sailing, it must be driven back to the shipyard to continue to improve, and when the improvement is completed, it can be delivered to the fishing team."


    "At that time, I hope you can set up a special fleet, not only to go fishing in distant places, but also to do deals with tribes along the river. It''s a good choice."


    "Of course, after leaving the territory of the Vine tribe, there may be dangers at all times, perhaps encountering water beasts in the river, perhaps encountering reefs, perhaps encountering people from other tribes to **** supplies..."


    "In short, to set up a fleet, you must be prepared to face danger to your life at any time. If you succeed, you will gain a lot. If you fail, you will probably pay your own life."


    Jiang Xuan clearly told Jing Ji of the danger of sailing, without concealing it in the slightest.


    Nepeta said solemnly: "Boss, hunting is dangerous, fishing is dangerous, and fighting with other tribes is also dangerous."


    "Tribes are born with danger, so we are not afraid of death!"


    The soldiers around Jing Ji echoed: "Yes, leader, we are not afraid of death!"


    Jiang Xuan looked at these brave warriors with a smile on his face.


    Tribal people may be barbaric and illiterate, but they have the courage to face death, a courage that many civilized people do not have.


    Nepeta is right, tribesmen are born with danger, and they need to work hard to obtain all the food, clothing and other materials they need, and they are afraid that death will not solve any problems.


    "Okay, after the improvement of the new boat is completed, I will set up a special fleet, and the personnel of the fleet will be selected from your fishing team."


    "My request is only one, let the entire Southern Wilderness, and even farther, know the totem flag of our Vine tribe!"


    Jiang Xuan''s words made Jing Ji and the soldiers of the fishing team excited, and they wanted to go out on a boat immediately.


    However, a soldier asked in a low voice, "Boss, what is a totem flag?"


    Jing Ji glared at him and said, "You talk too much, won''t you know by then?"


    Jiang Xuan waved his hand, motioned Jingjie not to scold the warrior, and explained in person, "The totem flag is to paint the totem pattern of our Teng tribe on a large animal skin with special paint, and then hang it on a high place. ."


    "In this way, others can see the totem pattern on the flag from a distance and know that it is from our Vine tribe."


    In fact, it is best to use cloth to make totem flags, because the cloth is thin and soft, and can be fluttered in the wind.


    However, the rattan tribe has no fabric now, and can only make it with thin and soft animal skins as much as possible.


    "So it is."


    Nepeta and the soldiers of the fishing team suddenly realized and nodded.


    "Okay, let''s continue fishing, let''s continue the trial!"


    Jiang Xuan re-boarded the new ship, and the shipyard personnel also went up. Then, they raised the sails again and shuttled in the Flying Fish River constantly, testing the performance of the ship. After the record was insufficient, they would improve it later.


    Nepeta and the others were fishing and looking at the new boat from time to time, hoping that the fleet could be established sooner.


    ...


    Vine tribe settlement.


    The old witch did not continue to carve the sketches of the Great Wilderness today. In his hand, he was holding a golden-yellow bronze knife coin and a gemstone knife coin made of high-quality stone.


    Although the gem knife coin is far superior to the bronze knife coin in terms of sharpness and hardness, the old witch''s eyes were attracted by the bronze knife coin.


    Because it was a material he had never seen before, and a use he had never thought of.


    These two kinds of knife coins were exchanged by him in the trading area with the tusks and bones of Meng beasts.


    Originally, he was just very quiet and thoughtful, and wanted to go shopping in the trading area, but he did not expect to find that the trading area of ??the Veng tribe had already changed greatly.


    The first is that there are more types of goods, and most of the goods are marked with the totem pattern of the vine tribe.


    Secondly, there are more and more shops. There is even a kind of shop called "inn" in the trading area. It is very convenient to eat and stay in it.


    Finally, and most importantly, these knives.


    Over time, nearby tribesmen and tourists alike discovered the benefits of knives.


    Whether it is used to cut meat and skin animals, or to trade with people, they are very popular.


    The most important thing is that when a stone-polished knife is damaged, it can only be polished again or thrown away.


    As for the sword coins of the Vine Tribe, even if they are very worn, the Vine Tribe is also responsible for recycling them, but the value must be discounted!


    Now most of the people who go to the Veng tribe trading area to do business will first exchange the goods they bring into knife coins, and then use the knife coins to buy things that are different from the transaction, or to eat and stay.


    "Scary, terrible, how much benefit can a small knife coin bring to the Vine tribe?"


    Ever since he came to the Vine Tribe, the old witch felt that the witch of the big tribe had suddenly turned into an ignorant scumbag.


    He had seen so many new things in the Vine tribe that he had never seen in other tribes.


    If he talked about those things in the past, he could barely understand it, but now the knife coins introduced by the Vine tribe have made it difficult for him to understand.


    "Is it really because I''m old?"


    The old witch looked at the knife coin in his hand, and had a feeling that the hero was twilight.


    He hadn''t finished pondering the knife coins in his hand, and he heard the crowd by the Feiyu River, so he put away the knife coins and walked towards the Feiyu River.


    After walking to the Feiyu River, there were already many people standing on the beach, and these people were watching the sailboats running on the river.


    After the old witch came over, the crowd made way for the old witch to come to the front.


    "What kind of ship is that?" the old witch asked suspiciously.


    "The leader said that it is called a sailboat, and it can sail with the power of the wind."


    The soldier on the side answered the old witch enthusiastically, and at the same time was proud of the new water vehicle of the Vine Tribe.


    "Sailboats that can sail by the wind..."


    The old witch repeated it, and his eyes became more complicated.


    There are too many new things and good things in the Vine tribe, and they are endless.


    Coupled with the incomparably powerful totem gods and brave and fearless warriors, the old witch seemed to have seen a large tribe gradually taking shape in this remote place.


    If the new things of the Vine Tribe can be brought back to the Eagle Tribe, what will happen to the Eagle Tribe?


    The old witch suddenly thought of this question and was very moved.


    However, when he thought about how to achieve it, he was discouraged.


    Because there are too many new things in the rattan tribe, and whether it is planting, breeding, clothing, shipbuilding, knife coin making, etc., all require rich experience and technology.


    Although the witch has stayed in the Vine Tribe for a long time, the only thing that can really be brought back to the Eagle Tribe is probably the fur.


    It is very difficult to really let the Eagle Tribe master these new technologies and things, unless all the people who have these technologies and experience in the Vine Tribe are tied back to the Eagle Tribe.


    But that is impossible. If the old witch dares to do it, Shenteng will directly use him and the giant eagle as nourishment.


    What''s more, the old witch has been here for so long and has feelings, and is unwilling to do such a face-breaking thing.


    "Oh, anyway, I''m no longer a witch of the Eagle Tribe. What do I do with so much thought, and I can complete the hundred sketches of the Great Wilderness, it''s already very good."


    The old witch shook his head, no longer looking at the sailboat on the river, turned around and walked back, his pace was much slower than usual, and his back was even more hunched...


    ...


    The follow-up content is repeated and will be updated tomorrow morning.


    ...


    "Of course, after leaving the territory of the Vine tribe, there may be dangers at all times, perhaps encountering water beasts in the river, perhaps encountering reefs, perhaps encountering people from other tribes to **** supplies..."


    "In short, to set up a fleet, you must be prepared to face danger to your life at any time. If you succeed, you will gain a lot. If you fail, you will probably pay your own life."


    Jiang Xuan clearly told Jing Ji of the danger of sailing, without concealing it in the slightest.


    Nepeta said solemnly: "Boss, hunting is dangerous, fishing is dangerous, and fighting with other tribes is also dangerous."


    "Tribes are born with danger, so we are not afraid of death!"


    The soldiers around Jing Ji echoed: "Yes, leader, we are not afraid of death!"


    Jiang Xuan looked at these brave warriors with a smile on his face.


    Tribal people may be barbaric and illiterate, but they have the courage to face death, a courage that many civilized people do not have.


    Nepeta is right, tribesmen are born with danger, and they need to work hard to get all the food, clothing and other materials they need. Fear of death will not solve any problemsOkay, the new ship is improved After the completion, I will set up a special fleet, and the personnel of the fleet will be selected from your fishing team. "


    "My request is only one, let the entire Southern Wilderness, and even farther, know the totem flag of our Vine tribe!"


    Jiang Xuan''s words made Jing Ji and the soldiers of the fishing team excited, and they wanted to go out on a boat immediately.


    However, a soldier asked in a low voice, "Boss, what is a totem flag?"


    Jing Ji glared at him and said, "You talk too much, won''t you know by then?"


    Jiang Xuan waved his hand, motioned Jingjie not to scold the warrior, and explained in person, "The totem flag is to paint the totem pattern of our Teng tribe on a large animal skin with special paint, and then hang it on a high place. ."


    "In this way, others can see the totem pattern on the flag from a distance and know that it is from our Vine tribe."


    In fact, it is best to use cloth to make totem flags, because the cloth is thin and soft, and can be fluttered in the wind.


    However, the rattan tribe has no fabric now, and can only make it with thin and soft animal skins as much as possible.


    "So it is."


    Nepeta and the soldiers of the fishing team suddenly realized and nodded.


    "Okay, let''s continue fishing, let''s continue the trial!"


    Jiang Xuan re-boarded the new ship, and the shipyard personnel also went up. Then, they raised the sails again and shuttled in the Flying Fish River constantly, testing the performance of the ship. After the record was insufficient, they would improve it later.


    Nepeta and the others were fishing and looking at the new boat from time to time, hoping that the fleet could be established sooner.


    ...


    Vine tribe settlement.


    The old witch did not continue to carve the sketches of the Great Wilderness today. In his hand, he was holding a golden-yellow bronze knife coin and a gemstone knife coin made of high-quality stone.

 Chapter 214： Internal and external troubles

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh tomorrow morning to read the latest content.


    ...


    "Vine God..."


    Chi Shao was the first to react, her face was pale, and she stumbled towards the half-charred God Vine.


    Immediately afterwards, Jiang Xuan hurriedly followed, followed by the other clansmen.


    There were piles of rubble on the ground, and it was not easy to pass. Jiang Xuan immediately took the soldiers to remove the rubble, and the broken and charred vines were also carefully placed.


    Even if it was burnt to black, even if only half of it was left, the divine vine was still huge, and there were still sporadic flames burning in some places.


    Chi Shao knelt in front of the divine vine and called out to the divine vine over and over again, but received no response.


    Jiang Xuan stood behind Chi Shao, his heart sinking continuously.


    Originally thought that the Vine tribe was about to take off, no one thought that this would happen.


    Once the protection of the totem **** is lost, any small tribe can pose a threat to the vine tribe.


    Not only that, but the hearts of the Vine tribe will also be in chaos.


    Because the Vine tribe is developing so fast, the existing population comes from many tribes, many of which are converted from the tribes of rival tribes, and there are still many contradictions between them.


    When Fujisami is here, these contradictions can be suppressed, and everyone can work together for a better life.


    Once the Fuji God is gone, all kinds of contradictions will gradually break out.


    At that time, under the internal and external troubles, the Vine tribe is likely to fall apart.


    This is a result that Jiang Xuan absolutely cannot accept.


    Jiang Xuan swept the crowd with the corner of his eyes, and some people''s expressions were not quite right.


    This made Jiang Xuan''s mood even heavier. If it wasn''t for the life and death of Vine God, I''m afraid some people would have started to riot, right?


    Chi Shao knelt in front of the charred half-divided vine, trying to call the vine **** in various ways, and even chanted the magic spell in a low voice.


    The result made her very desperate, and the Fuji God still did not respond at all, and Chi Shao was so anxious that tears fell.


    For a sorcerer, there is nothing more devastating than losing a totem god.


    At this moment, the crowd made way for a passage, and the old witch walked over slowly.


    Jiang Xuan hurriedly stepped forward and said in a low voice, "Old witch, you are well-informed, help us to investigate the state of the Vine God."


    The old witch nodded, did not speak, and walked in front of the charred divine vine.


    Seeing the old witch coming, Chi Shao wiped her tears and made way.


    The old witch reassured: "Chi Shao, don''t worry, let me take a look."


    Chi Shao nodded, then looked at the old witch with tears in her eyes, hoping for a miracle to happen.


    The old witch took a deep breath, then put one hand on the blackened divine vine, and slowly closed his eyes.


    Soon, the majestic Wu Li rushed towards the charred divine vine along his palm, and the sporadic flames on the divine vine were instantly extinguished after touching the Wu Li.


    After a long time, the old witch opened her eyes again and took back her witch power.


    He glanced at everyone, but did not announce the answer directly, but patted Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao, motioning them to follow him.


    Jiang Xuan''s heart sank again, this time, it really hit rock bottom.


    The two followed the old witch into the bamboo forest and went all the way to Jiang Xuan''s yard.


    Chishao''s yard has been smashed into disrepair by the flying rocks. Jiang Xuan''s yard is far away from Shishan, but it has not suffered much damage. There are only a few relatively small gravels in the yard.


    Jiang Xuan asked, "Old witch, how is the Vine God now?"


    Chi Shao also stared at the old witch, her eyes very anxious.


    "If you look at the situation of other totem gods, your vine **** should have failed to cross the robbery."


    The old witch''s words were like a bolt from the blue, causing Chi Shao, who was still hopeful, to go dark, stagger a few steps, and almost fell to the ground.


    Jiang Xuan quickly supported Chi Shao and comforted: "Sister, don''t worry, just listen to the old witch."


    "That''s right, Chi Shao, don''t worry."


    The old witch pondered for a while, and said: "If it is the totem **** of other tribes, in this situation, I dare say that it must be dead, but your vine **** is different."


    "Its main stem and branches and leaves were indeed choked to death, but the rhizomes deeply embedded in the earth are still there and have not completely died."


    Jiang Xuan suddenly realized, and said, "Like my sister who fell into witchcraft, she looked dead on the surface, but can she actually come back to life?"


    The old witch nodded and said, "If there is no accident, it should be possible."


    "That''s great!"


    After listening to the old witch''s words, Chi Shao''s eyes gleamed again, and Jiang Xuan''s heart, which had fallen to the bottom, rose a little.


    "However, I want to remind you."


    The old witch''s face became solemn: "Whether your Vine God can survive, when will it survive, and whether the strength will become stronger or weaker after surviving, no one knows."


    "So, you must find a way to stabilize all the members of the Vine tribe, and deter people from falling outside, otherwise..."


    The old witch didn''t say anything later, but Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao understood.


    They must be prepared that the Vine God cannot protect the tribe for a long time, or even in the future.


    Jiang Xuan thought for a while and said, "After we go out, we will unify and tell everyone that the Vine God is only temporarily asleep, and will wake up soon to protect the Vine tribe again."


    The old witch nodded, this method can temporarily stabilize people''s hearts.


    Jiang Xuan said to Chi Shao again: "Sister, cheer up, the tribe needs you now."


    "When the Deer Tribe was wiped out, we all survived and established a larger Vine Tribe than the Deer Tribe. Now, our situation is much better than before, and we will definitely be able to tide over the difficulties!"


    After Chi Shao listened to Jiang Xuan''s words, her emotional breakdown slowly dissipated, and her rationality gradually returned.


    She said seriously: "Xuan, don''t worry, I won''t hold you back."


    "I believe you!"


    Jiang Xuan hugged Chishao, patted her back lightly, and released it.


    "Let''s go, the clan is still waiting for us."


    Jiang Xuan sorted out the clothes on his body, then straightened his waist and walked outside with his head held high.


    The old witch looked at Jiang Xuan''s tall back and admired his mentality and resilience.


    Chi Shao was also infected by Jiang Xuan''s courage, she did not hesitate, and immediately followed Jiang Xuan to the outside with the old witch.


    At this time, the more than 2,000 vine tribesmen in front of the altar were already anxious. If it weren''t for the control of the leaders such as Uncaria, I am afraid that the crowd would have started to riot.


    After Jiang Xuan, Chi Shao, and Lao Wu returned, all eyes were on them.


    Jiang Xuan unhurriedly cleaned the stones on the altar, and then walked up to the altar step by step.


    Because the altar is relatively close to the stone mountain, and it is made of mud, it was smashed by the rocks, some places were smashed, and some places had large cracks, which looked dilapidated.


    But the altar is the altar, even if it is relatively dilapidated, it has a high status in the hearts of the tribe.


    "Everyone be quiet first!"


    Jiang Xuan shouted, stretched out his hand, and the more than 2,000 Teng tribesmen gradually quieted down. Everyone looked at Jiang Xuan, and no one whispered.


    At this time, Chi Shao also stepped onto the altar step by step and stood beside Jiang Xuan.


    As for the old witch, he is not a member of the Vine tribe and is not qualified to ascend the altar.


    Jiang Xuan whispered to Chi Shao: "Sister, according to what we discussed before."


    Chi Shao nodded slightly, and then announced to everyone:


    "Clansmen, the Vine God has not left us, but the Thunder Tribulation consumes too much divine power and needs to sleep for a while. When the Vine God recovers his divine power, he will protect everyone as before!"


    "Great¡­¡­"


    There was a burst of cheers from the crowd, as long as the Vine God was still there, there was nothing to be afraid of.


    Even if there are a few people who doubt Chi Shao''s words, no one dares to say it.


    Among the tribes, the witch often represents the will of the totem god. To question the words of the witch is a very serious crime and will be executed.


    "First Evolution"


    After Chi Shao finished speaking, Jiang Xuan said some morale-boosting words, and then asked the soldiers to stay to clean up the rocks, and the others went back to do their own work.


    The huge stone mountain was shattered, and there were a lot of rubble around it, which must be cleaned up.


    Uncaria asked, "Boss, where are these stones going?"


    "Pile it up on the open space next to it for the time being, and move it wherever you need it in the future."


    "Yes!"


    After receiving the order, the Vine tribe warriors began to work.


    They carried or carried them, moving large and small stones to both sides and placing them in piles.


    After three days, all the stones were piled up, forming a hill-like pile of stones.


    Immediately afterwards, Chishao led people to repair the altar and the totem pole next to the altar.


    During this process, the half-charred God Vine did not change at all seems to be really dead.


    ...


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ...


    "Vine God..."


    Chi Shao was the first to react, her face was pale, and she stumbled towards the half-charred God Vine.


    Immediately afterwards, Jiang Xuan hurriedly followed, followed by the other clansmen.


    There were piles of rubble on the ground, and it was not easy to pass. Jiang Xuan immediately took the soldiers to remove the rubble, and the broken and charred vines were also carefully placed.


    Even if it was burnt to black, even if only half of it was left, the divine vine was still huge, and there were still sporadic flames burning in some places.


    Chi Shao knelt in front of the divine vine and called out to the divine vine over and over again, but received no response.


    Jiang Xuan stood behind Chi Shao, his heart sinking continuously.


    Originally thought that the Vine tribe was about to take off, no one thought that this would happen.


    Once the protection of the totem **** is lost, any small tribe can pose a threat to the vine tribe.


    Not only that, but the hearts of the Vine tribe will also be in chaos.


    Because the Vine tribe is developing so fast, the existing population comes from many tribes, many of which are converted from the tribes of rival tribes, and there are still many contradictions between them.


    When Fujisami is here, these contradictions can be suppressed, and everyone can work together for a better life.


    Once the Fuji God is gone, all kinds of contradictions will gradually break out.


    At that time, under the internal and external troubles, the Vine tribe is likely to fall apart.


    This is a result that Jiang Xuan absolutely cannot accept.


    Jiang Xuan swept the crowd with the corner of his eyes, and some people''s expressions were not quite right.


    This made Jiang Xuan''s mood even heavier. If it wasn''t for the life and death of Vine God, I''m afraid some people would have started to riot, right?

 v2 Chapter 1： The problem

I owed some words two days ago, and I paid it off today. So, I made up more than 3,000 words in the last chapter. Book lovers can go back and refresh it.

 v2 Chapter 215： precarious

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh tomorrow morning to read the latest content.


    ...


    Southern Wilderness, Frog Tribe.


    "boom!"


    The frog tribe witch entered Huomeng''s house and closed the door.


    "Wu, what are you doing?"


    Huo Meng was grilling fish to eat, and he was puzzled by Wu''s behavior.


    The frog tribe witch walked to Huo Meng and said, "What time is it, are you still in the mood to bake fish?"


    "Even if the sky falls, you have to fill your stomach, right? Did something happen?"


    The frog tribe witch lowered her voice: "There is a problem with the totem **** of the Vine tribe, we have to prepare early."


    "Didn''t it say that the Fuji God will sleep for a while?"


    "You also believe this kind of words. You have seen how powerful the thunder tribulation one day is. Even the stone mountain is gone, and the divine vine is also broken."


    "Since that day, I haven''t felt the existence of Shenteng again."


    "So, I conclude that there must be something wrong with the totem **** of the Vine tribe, and maybe it has been choked to death."


    Although the frog tribe witch is not very powerful, it is still a tribe witch, and is very sensitive to the power of the totem god.


    Before the divine vine transcended the calamity, the frog tribe witch could feel the existence of the divine vine from a long distance, and the terrifying sense of oppression made people breathless.


    But after the divine vine crossed the calamity, Shishan disappeared, the divine vine disappeared, and the sense of oppression disappeared.


    At the beginning, the frog tribe witch was not sure yet, but as time went on, he exhausted all means and failed to perceive the existence of the divine vine.


    In connection with the failure of transcending the tribulation, the frog tribe witch can almost conclude that Shenteng must have failed to transcend the calamity, there was a big problem, and even died directly.


    Huo Meng took a bite of the fish and said, "Then what Yiwu means, what should we do?"


    "What should I do? Of course, prepare an escape route!"


    The frog tribe witch said: "Don''t look at the calm now, as long as the nearby tribes determine that there is a problem with the vine, they will attack the vine tribe in a short time!"


    "At that time, the vine tribe without the protection of the totem **** will definitely be broken, and our frog tribe will suffer too."


    "So, for the frog tribe, we have to prepare in advance. Once the vine tribe is broken, we will run immediately!"


    After Huo Meng listened to Wu''s words, he was still eating fish unhurriedly, as if he didn''t care much.


    The frog tribe witch was anxious, grabbed his fish and said, "What time is it, you are still eating here, you should say something!"


    Huo Meng finally looked at Wu and said, "I think it might not be that serious."


    "What did you say? It''s not serious?"


    The frog tribe witch couldn''t understand Huo Meng''s thoughts at all, and even thought that Huo Meng had eaten too much fish and had a problem with his brain.


    Huo Meng grabbed the fish back and said, "Wu, have you ever thought that if there is really a problem with the Vine God, who will the Veng Tribe be the first to guard against?"


    The frog tribe witch was stunned for a moment. Although he was relatively old, he was not as old as Hutu. He was clicked by Huo Meng''s words and suddenly thought of the key point.


    "You mean, the Vine tribe is the first to guard against us?"


    Huo Meng nodded: "Yes, as a subsidiary tribe of the Vine tribe, we are also the tribe closest to the Vine tribe, and they will definitely not be unguarded."


    "So, if we are really ready to escape, once the Vine Tribe finds out, they will kill the Frog Tribe as quickly as possible."


    "Witch, even if there is no Vine God, do you think we can withstand the attack of the Vine Tribe?"


    Wu slowly shook his head, the frog tribe was too weak, and without the protection of the totem god, the vine tribe only needed to dispatch some soldiers to easily destroy them.


    Wu asked again, "Then what do you say?"


    Huo Meng took a bite of the fish, and soon spit out a few more fish bones, saying, "Since it is an affiliated tribe, we have no other choice but to fully support the Teng tribe."


    "This one, if the Vine Tribe wins, we will trust the Frog Tribe more in the future, and we can get more benefits."


    "What if you lose?"


    "If you lose, then accept your fate. With our current population, without the protection of the Vine tribe, it is difficult to survive in other places."


    The frog tribe witch looked at Huo Meng with complicated eyes. He had to admit that Huo Meng saw more clearly than him, and his vision was much longer than his.


    Huo Meng nibbled the fish clean, then got up and opened the door to let in the outside light.


    "Old... useless... In the future, everything in the tribe is up to you, I won''t ask anymore."


    The frog tribe witch also got up, he walked to his house step by step, his back was a little desolate.


    When Huo Meng heard his words and looked at his back, there was no joy in his heart, only a heavy responsibility.


    ...


    The follow-up content is repeated and will be updated tomorrow morning.


    ...


    In the evening of July 20, a man and a woman were arguing in a wooden house on the edge of the Veng tribe''s residential area.


    The woman said sharply: "Everyone goes to the hunting team, the fishing team, and the worst is the workshop, what about you? You patrol there every day and watch the gate, and you can''t get any benefits!"


    The man defended: "We are defending the safety of the tribe!"


    "Safety? There are so many fighters in the guard team, one more than you is not much, and one less of you is not more, how irreplaceable do you think you are as a one-colored soldier?"


    The more the woman spoke, the more aggressive her tone became: "The hunting team and the fishing team can often divide the meat, and those in the workshop can often get rewards from the tribe, but what about you? You have worked for so long, and you have received what?"


    The man opened his mouth, but he didn''t know what to say. Compared with other teams, the guards had less work and less danger, so they really didn''t have so many points.


    When the woman saw that the man didn''t speak, she was even more angry. She pointed at the man and scolded: "I''m really blind, so I''ll live such a miserable life with a **** like you."


    "People live in mud brick houses, but you live in this shabby wooden house. They can exchange goods for knives and coins, and you haven''t even got a knife coin back. I''m fed up with such days!"


    The man''s face turned blue and white, and finally, he shouted: "Enough!"


    "Boom!"


    At this moment, thunder suddenly sounded outside, accompanied by strong winds, followed by heavy rain.


    The woman was startled by the man''s roar and thunder, and did not dare to push it too hard.


    But soon, because of the heavy rain, water began to leak in several places in the wooden house, and the rain dripped on the ground.


    This made the woman''s mood worse.


    Men use wooden troughs and clay pots to catch the rainwater, while women sit by the fire pit, which is not pleasing to the eye.


    After the man was done with his work, the woman held back her anger and said again, "How about you go and ask the leader and let him transfer you to another team?"


    The man did not speak, because he knew that his strength was relatively weak, and he joined the Vine Tribe relatively late, so it was no longer easy to enter the guard team. Except for the planting team and the breeding team, it was more difficult for him to enter other teams.


    The woman wanted to lose her temper, but looking at the man''s appearance, losing her temper didn''t help much, so she endured it again.


    "Spear, you should think about our future. We will have children soon. Do you want children to suffer with us?"


    The man named "Spear" continued to bow his head and said nothing, but thinking of his future children, his heart softened a little.


    The woman looked around and said in a low voice, "I heard that Fujishen has actually been killed by Lei Di."


    The spear was startled by the woman''s words, he hurriedly covered the woman''s mouth and said, "Are you crazy? Dare to say such a thing?"


    The woman struggled to break the spear''s hand and said, "Many people say this in private, what are you afraid of? If the Vine God was still there, the first person to say this would have died long ago."


    Spear frowned and fell silent again.


    The woman lowered her voice and said, "The Vine God is gone, and I don''t think the Vine tribe can last long. If other tribes attack, I am afraid we will all be in danger."


    "So, we have to plan for ourselves and our future children."


    The woman approached the spear and said in a very low voice: "I heard that other tribes are inquiring about the news of the Vine tribe, we can find a powerful tribe, exchange the news of the Vine tribe, and get you a leader Dangdang, I You and your kids can follow along.¡±


    Spear categorically refused: "No, the tribe is so good to us, there has never been a shortage of food and clothing How can we betray the tribe?"


    The woman poked the spear''s head angrily: "Are you out of your mind? If the Vine tribe is really kind to you, you should be sent to a better team, you should be accommodated in your house, and you should eat well. Good use!"


    "But now? Look at this broken house, it''s far worse than the houses where other soldiers live!"


    "We used to be tourists. We joined the Vine Tribe to live a good life. Now that the good life is not over, we are still facing danger. What are we still doing with the Vine Tribe?"


    "Anyway, the Vine tribe has lost the totem **** now, and sooner or later will be destroyed by other tribes. We are now using the news of the Vine tribe for a little benefit. What''s wrong?"


    Spear subconsciously wanted to refute, but he didn''t know how to refute, and his face flushed.


    Human desires are never satisfied.


    When they can''t get enough to eat, don''t wear warm clothes, and worry about being eaten by wild animals every day in the forest, having a wooden house, food to eat and clothes to wear is a dream day for them.


    Now, they have a wooden house, they have enough to eat, and they are warmly dressed, but seeing other people doing better, their hearts are unbalanced, and they want to live a good life like that.


    But they never think about whether they have the ability, whether they have paid as much as others.


    The woman continued to induce: "Spear, we are not members of the Vine tribe, and we shouldn''t be destroyed together with the Vine tribe."


    "When we join the new tribe and live a good life, I will listen to you in everything, okay?"


    A woman is just an ordinary person, not even a warrior of one color. She knows very well that even if she wants to sell the news, other tribes may not believe it.


    But the spear is different, he is a guard soldier of the Vine tribe, and his words are much more credible to other tribes.

 v2 Chapter 216： execution

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh and watch again tomorrow morning.


    ...


    More than a dozen people were tied tightly, lined up in a row, kneeling in front of the altar, including the spear and the woman.


    Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao stood aside with a solemn expression, and there were two strong warriors on the left and right, holding thickened and enlarged bronze swords in their hands.


    In front of the altar, more than 2,000 Vine tribesmen stood in a large area, no one dared to speak.


    At this time, the sun has risen to the hollow, and the hot sun makes everyone sweat.


    Jiang Xuan looked up at the position of the sun, then took two steps forward, facing all the clansmen and shouting:


    "Since the establishment of the tribe, we Teng tribesmen have united, shared weal and woe, and together we have defeated many enemies stronger than us."


    "However, during this period of time, after Fujishen fell asleep, some people had thoughts that they shouldn''t have."


    "They spread rumors everywhere, slandered the rattan gods, slandered the tribe, and even betrayed the tribe and the clan for their own selfish interests."


    "Everyone said, should such a person be killed?"


    The people of the Fuji tribe were infuriated by Jiang Xuan''s words, and they roared: "Should kill! Kill! Kill..."


    More than 2,000 people shouted in unison, and the momentum was very scary. Many of the dozen people who were kneeling on the ground immediately cried and urinated.


    In the face of the threat of death, they finally felt fear and regret.


    Jiang Xuan stretched out his hand and pressed down, and the angry people of the Teng tribe slowly quieted down, but the anger in their eyes did not go out, but became more and more fiery.


    It is not easy for the Vine tribe to get to where it is today. Most of the tribes cherish the good life now, and are willing to use their lives to maintain this tribe that allows them to live a good life.


    Only a small number of people with insatiable desires and people who are never satisfied with life will choose to sell their tribe to satisfy their own desires.


    Jiang Xuan announced: "After being interrogated and verified by the Law Enforcement Hall, the leader and Wu reviewed it again and confirmed that the following sixteen people slandered the Vine God, betrayed the tribe, committed extremely heinous crimes, and deserved execution for their crimes!"


    "These sixteen people are..."


    Jiang Xuan finished reading the names of the sixteen people one by one, then turned to the person kneeling on the ground and asked, "Do you have anything else to say?"


    "Boss, forgive me, I was wrong, really wrong, give me another chance..."


    "leader¡­¡­"


    These people begged for mercy one after another, including the woman, who even cried bitterly, as if they had fully understood.


    Only one person lowered his head and said nothing.


    Jiang Xuan ignored those who begged for mercy, but walked up to the one who said nothing and asked, "Spear, do you have any last words to say?"


    The spear raised his head and said, "Leader, the only thing I regret is that I shouldn''t have listened to that woman and betrayed the tribe. I''m sorry for the tribe."


    "Kill me, I deserve it all."


    Jiang Xuandao: "Be a man with an opinion in the next life."


    Later, Jiang Xuan returned to Chi Shao and shouted to the two warriors holding the bronze epee, "Cut!"


    The two tall warriors held the bronze epee in both hands, kicked the person on the edge to the ground with one foot, and then slashed down.


    The strength of the warriors was great, and the bronze epee was sharpened so sharply that they saw blood splashing and heads rolling down, and the two of them had died.


    The rest of the people cried even harder, but it was useless. The two warriors cut past them one after another, beheading all sixteen people who betrayed the tribe.


    After the slashing, the two raised the bronze epee and saw that there were many gaps on the blade.


    This is the disadvantage of bronze. Although it is relatively easy to cast, it is also easy to crack and not tough enough.


    Fortunately, the bronze epee has blades on both sides. If it were made into a knife, I am afraid that after cutting so many people''s heads, it would become serrated.


    After the execution was completed, the people of the Teng tribe gradually dispersed, but the scene just now left a deep impression on them, and also shocked some Xiao Xiao people.


    Those corpses, because they betrayed the Vine Tribe during their lifetime, could not enter the Vine Tribe''s cemetery. They could only be transported to the forest outside the Vine Tribe, where they were dug and buried.


    When these corpses were buried, the tree people fought for it again, which was a rare source of nourishment.


    The soldiers who buried the corpse didn''t go far, and all their scalps felt numb when they saw this scene.


    Someone whispered: "These tree people will not eat living people in the future, right?"


    When other people heard this sentence, their hearts were also "squeaky", because according to the current situation, it is very possible for these tree people to eat living people in the future.


    "They were inspired by the vine gods, so they shouldn''t eat people indiscriminately."


    The soldiers murmured for a while, and then went back one after another, because staying in the forest was really uncomfortable.


    ...


    Behind the altar, Chi Shao went to clear the weeds near the vine as usual. When she walked behind the charred half of the vine, she suddenly saw a small green vine.


    "Vine God, it''s Vine God!"


    Chi Shao suddenly became excited, she squatted on the ground and looked at the small green vine, her eyes were wet.


    Although she has always believed that the Fujishen is still alive, her inability to perceive the existence of the Fujishen for a long time made her very flustered.


    Now, the appearance of this small green vine finally relieved her dangling heart.


    Chishao tried to communicate with Shenteng again, but there was still no result.


    Chi Shao is not discouraged, since the vines have regrown, the vine **** will wake up sooner or later!


    Chi Shao stared at the green vine for a long time, then ran to tell Jiang Xuan the good news.


    When Jiang Xuan heard the vines grow again, he was very excited, and immediately followed Chi Shao to the back of the altar.


    The green vines are about the size of a thumb, there is no divine light, and there is nothing special, and it looks very ordinary.


    Jiang Xuan looked at it carefully for a long time, and confirmed that this vine was exactly the same as the vine of the **** vine, and it was not a weed. He finally breathed a sigh of relief.


    "Anti-God Evil God"


    Chi Shao said: "Should we tell the clansmen this good news?"


    In Chi Shao''s opinion, if the news of the reappearance of this divine vine is publicized, the people of the clan will surely be calmed down, and all kinds of noises will disappear.


    However, Jiang Xuan thought for a moment, but shook his head.


    "No, we can''t reveal this news now. On the contrary, we will temporarily encircle the Fuji God and keep no one close to it."


    "Why?" Chi Shao was very puzzled.


    "Because only when the tribe encounters a crisis, can more people with dissent-mindedness be found out. I can''t tolerate these people continuing to stay in the tribe."


    A tribe is most afraid of scum with dissent, because they often stab the tribe from the back at critical times, which is very destructive.


    ...


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ...


    Jiang Xuan remembered the snow water kimchi made last winter, and the secretion of saliva speeded up unconsciously.


    Last winter, Jiang Xuan made two jars of kimchi with snow water. He had already shared one jar with Chi Shao and others, and there was another jar, which Jiang Xuan never wanted to eat.


    The heat is unbearable right now. Eating some sour kimchi will help relieve the heat.


    Jiang Xuan washed a long-handled spoon, then walked to the corner of the room with a pottery bowl, opened the lid of the pickle jar, and a refreshing sour smell suddenly hit his nostrils.


    Jiang Xuan scooped half a bowl of kimchi from the jar with a long-handled spoon, and then closed the lid of the jar again.


    He went back to the table, put the clay bowl and spoon on it, and picked up another pair of taiko.


    In the pottery bowl, beans, bell peppers, radishes, etc. all show a golden color, which is very beautiful.


    Jiang Xuan put a bean bean into his mouth with a quick bite, only to feel a sour taste reaching the sky, the sour taste can only be experienced after eating it.


    In fact, these vegetables are not of the same variety as the beans, radishes and other vegetables that Jiang Xuan had seen in his previous life, but they were similar in appearance.


    But they have a similar sour taste when made into kimchi.


    Jiang Xuan ate half a bowl of kimchi in a row, only to feel his teeth softened: "It''s so sour, it must be soaked for too long."


    The kimchi tastes best when it has just been soaked, it is not particularly sour, and the bite is very crisp and delicious.


    Jiang Xuan''s jar of kimchi has been soaked for more than half a year. It is too sour, and it is not crispy enough to taste, but rather soft.


    After eating the kimchi, Jiang Xuan cleaned the pottery bowl, kuaizi, and spoon, and then went to work in the yard.


    He grows a lot of vegetables in the yard, and often needs to do some work such as weeding, fertilizing, and cultivating soil.


    He carried his hoe, walked into the yard, and patiently weeded the vegetables At this moment, there was a sudden knock on the door.


    "Dong Dongdong."


    "Who?"


    "Leader, it''s me, Feng Cao."


    Jiang Xuan looked around. The dumplings who used to be responsible for opening the door were not there, and Crescent Moon had also gone out to eat. He had to put down his **** and open the door in person.


    "Squeak..."


    The courtyard door opened, Feng Cao hurried in, his face was very serious, and there was anxiety in his eyes.


    "Fengcao, what happened?"


    "Leader, there is a large tribe in Xihuang that is migrating here, and many small tribes have been destroyed along the way."


    After listening to Feng Cao''s words, Jiang Xuan''s expression changed, and he said, "Is the news accurate? Is it really a big tribe?"


    "Absolutely accurate, because some of the tourists who have been wiped out of the tribe have fled to our vicinity."


    "That would be troublesome." Jiang Xuan frowned.


    A large tribe, with a population of at least 10,000 or more, is also very powerful in combat.


    The most important thing is that every totem **** of the big tribe is a very terrifying existence.


    They can stand out from many small tribes and medium-sized tribes, and gradually grow into the totem gods of large tribes, and their strength must be unquestionable.


    The Vine tribe combined with other allied tribes can defeat the medium-sized tribe, but can it defeat the large tribe?


    Jiang Xuan didn''t have a clue at all, and was even a little flustered.


    "Find out which big tribe in the Western Wilderness is not?"


    "According to those tourists, this tribe raises a large number of snakes. I have inquired about the tribes who migrated to Xihuang. There is only one big tribe that raises snakes in Xihuang, and that is the Black Snake tribe."


    "Black Snake Tribe...Is this tribe very powerful?"


    Feng Cao said with a very serious face: "According to the people of the Western Wilderness Tribe, the Black Snake Tribe is very powerful."

 v2 Chapter 217： wild boar here

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh tomorrow morning to read the latest content.


    ...


    On the fourth day of the eighth lunar month, in the middle of the night, Jiang Xuan was just lying down when he heard a knock on the door.


    "Who?"


    "Leader, it''s me, Feng Cao."


    "Wait a moment."


    When Jiang Xuan heard Feng Cao''s voice, he knew that she must be in a hurry, so he immediately put on his clothes and shoes, and opened the door.


    Outside the house, Feng Cao was holding a torch with a very anxious face.


    "Leader, the wild boar tribe is here, and it has already arrived outside the wild boar mountain. It is aggressive, obviously it is aimed at our Vine tribe."


    "It''s coming so fast!"


    Jiang Xuan''s face became solemn. He had long known that the wild boar tribe, including several nearby small tribes, were ready to move, but he did not expect the wild boar tribe to attack so quickly.


    "Boss, what should we do now?"


    Feng Cao was a little flustered. As the leader of the thorn vines, she learned much more information than ordinary people.


    Because of this, she knew that the situation of the Vine tribe was very dangerous, and a little carelessness could lead to death.


    "Don''t panic, I''ll let the glutinous rice **** go with you, and keep an eye on the movements of the wild boar tribe. I''ll make arrangements for the tribe."


    "Yes!"


    Jiang Xuan walked out of the door, walked to the giant bird''s nest of dumplings, and explained a few words to it.


    Tang Yuan''s IQ is very high. After listening to Jiang Xuan''s words, he nodded, then walked out of the bird''s nest, squatted on the ground, and stretched out one wing.


    "Go up, come back and report anything at any time."


    "Yes!"


    With a nervous and excited mood, Feng Cao climbed onto the broad back of Tang Yuan.


    The dumplings swayed to the open space outside, took a few steps, and quickly flew into the sky with the wind grass, and then flew towards the wild boar mountain to the north of the tribe.


    Jiang Xuan washed his face with cold water, forced himself to calm down, then went to find Chi Shao and explained the situation.


    Chi Shao was taken aback: "It''s here so soon, what should we do?"


    The wild boar tribe is a medium-sized tribe. The wild boar cavalry is fierce and unusual, not to mention the existence of the totem god, which is difficult to deal with.


    Jiang Xuan asked: "How is the situation of the Fujishen?"


    "The Vine God still hasn''t responded, but the vines are growing fast and are already wrapping around the boulder."


    Jiang Xuan frowned and said, "If the Vine God can''t wake up in time, there will be big trouble."


    He thought for a moment and said, "Sister, we have to prepare both hands."


    "On the one hand, you continue to communicate with the Fuji God, and I prepare the warriors of the tribe to face the wild boar tribe."


    "On the other hand, we will transport the food supplies to the other side of the river tonight, and if the situation is at its worst, we will have to leave the tribe by boat first."


    In fact, Jiang Xuan is not sure whether there will be enough time to leave by boat at that time, and whether the wild boar **** will pursue him.


    If the Boar God pursues, none of the Vine Tribe''s ships may be able to escape.


    But he couldn''t say these words, otherwise it would be too demoralizing.


    After discussing with Chi Shao, Jiang Xuan immediately asked the soldiers to sound the horn of assembly.


    "Uuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuu..."


    The loud horn sound echoed over the Vine tribe, and all the members of the Vine tribe were awakened.


    Whether they were sleeping or not, or even exploring the origin of life, they all got up immediately, picked up weapons, lit torches, and hurried outside.


    Torches were lit up everywhere in the Veng tribe. Looking from the sky, it was obvious that these torches were like fire dragons, quickly gathering towards the open space in front of the altar of the Veng tribe.


    When all the people who could come over rushed over, Jiang Xuan faced all the clansmen and shouted loudly: "Today, the reason why I called everyone up all night is because the enemy of the tribe has appeared!"


    "The wild boar tribe appeared outside the wild boar mountain and may attack us tomorrow."


    Jiang Xuan''s words were like a big stone thrown into a well, splashing a large amount of water.


    The faces of the Veng tribe people changed one after another, because many people know that the wild boar tribe is a powerful medium-sized tribe. Can the Veng tribe be able to deal with the wild boar tribe in the current situation?


    Jiang Xuan didn''t care what their reaction was, and directly issued a series of orders.


    First of all, all soldiers of one color or above, all armed with weapons, went to the north of the tribe to arrange fortifications and various traps.


    Secondly, all the ordinary people immediately packed up the tribe''s food and other materials, packaged them and transported them to the east bank, and temporarily stacked them in the shipyard.


    After the arrangement, the leaders of each team immediately took people to work.


    Jiang Xuan, on the other hand, stood behind the altar with Chi Shao, hoping to awaken the rattan god.


    ...


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ...


    On the fourth day of the eighth lunar month, in the middle of the night, Jiang Xuan was just lying down when he heard a knock on the door.


    "Who?"


    "Leader, it''s me, Feng Cao."


    "Wait a moment."


    When Jiang Xuan heard Feng Cao''s voice, he knew that she must be in a hurry, so he immediately put on his clothes and shoes, and opened the door.


    Outside the house, Feng Cao was holding a torch with a very anxious face.


    "Leader, the wild boar tribe is here, and it has already arrived outside the wild boar mountain. It is aggressive, obviously it is aimed at our Vine tribe."


    "It''s coming so fast!"


    Jiang Xuan''s face became solemn. He had long known that the wild boar tribe, including several nearby small tribes, were ready to move, but he did not expect the wild boar tribe to attack so quickly.


    "Boss, what should we do now?"


    Feng Cao was a little flustered. As the leader of the thorn vines, she learned much more information than ordinary people.


    Because of this, she knew that the situation of the Vine tribe was very dangerous, and a little carelessness could lead to death.


    "Don''t panic, I''ll let the glutinous rice **** go with you, and keep an eye on the movements of the wild boar tribe. I''ll make arrangements for the tribe."


    "Yes!"


    Jiang Xuan walked out of the door, walked to the giant bird''s nest of dumplings, and explained a few words to it.


    Tang Yuan''s IQ is very high. After listening to Jiang Xuan''s words, he nodded, then walked out of the bird''s nest, squatted on the ground, and stretched out one wing.


    "Go up, come back and report anything at any time."


    "Yes!"


    With a nervous and excited mood, Feng Cao climbed onto the broad back of Tang Yuan.


    The dumplings swayed to the open space outside, took a few steps, and quickly flew into the sky with the wind grass, and then flew towards the wild boar mountain to the north of the tribe.


    Jiang Xuan washed his face with cold water, forced himself to calm down, then went to find Chi Shao and explained the situation.


    Chi Shao was taken aback: "It''s here so soon, what should we do?"


    The wild boar tribe is a medium-sized tribe. The wild boar cavalry is fierce and unusual, not to mention the existence of the totem god, which is difficult to deal with.


    Jiang Xuan asked: "How is the situation of the Fujishen?"


    "The Vine God still hasn''t responded, but the vines are growing fast and are already wrapping around the boulder."


    Jiang Xuan frowned and said, "If the Vine God can''t wake up in time, there will be big trouble."


    He thought for a moment and said, "Sister, we have to prepare both hands."


    "On the one hand, you continue to communicate with the Fuji God, and I prepare the warriors of the tribe to face the wild boar tribe."


    "On the other hand, we will transport the food supplies to the other side of the river tonight, and if the situation is at its worst, we will have to leave the tribe by boat first."


    In fact, Jiang Xuan is not sure whether there will be enough time to leave by boat at that time, and whether the wild boar **** will pursue him.


    If the Boar God pursues, none of the Vine Tribe''s ships may be able to escape.


    But he couldn''t say these words, otherwise it would be too demoralizing.


    After discussing with Chi Shao, Jiang Xuan immediately asked the soldiers to sound the horn of assembly.


    "Uuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuu..."


    The loud horn sound echoed over the Vine tribe, and all the members of the Vine tribe were awakened.


    Whether they were sleeping or not, or even exploring the origin of life, they all got up immediately, picked up weapons, lit torches, and hurried outside.


    Torches were lit up everywhere in the Veng tribe. Looking from the sky, it was obvious that these torches were like fire dragons, quickly gathering towards the open space in front of the altar of the Veng tribe.


    When all the people who could come over rushed over, Jiang Xuan faced all the clansmen and shouted loudly: "Today, the reason why I called everyone up all night is because the enemy of the tribe has appeared!"


    "The wild boar tribe appeared outside the wild boar mountain and may attack us tomorrow."


    Jiang Xuan''s words were like a big stone thrown into a well, splashing a large amount of water.


    The faces of the Veng tribe people changed one after another, because many people know that the wild boar tribe is a powerful medium-sized tribe. Can the Veng tribe be able to deal with the wild boar tribe in the current situation?


    Jiang Xuan didn''t care what their reaction was, and directly issued a series of orders.


    First of all, all warriors of one color or above should bring all weapons to the north of the tribe to arrange fortifications and various traps.


    Secondly, all the ordinary people immediately packed up the tribe''s food and other materials, packaged them and transported them to the east bank, and temporarily stacked them in the shipyard.


    "The Age of Rebirth"


    After the arrangement, the leaders of each team immediately took people to work.


    Jiang Xuan, on the other hand, stood behind the altar with Chi Shao, hoping to awaken the rattan god.


    ...


    On the fourth day of the eighth lunar month, in the middle of the night, Jiang Xuan was just lying down when he heard a knock on the door.


    "Who?"


    "Leader, it''s me, Feng Cao."


    "Wait a moment."


    When Jiang Xuan heard Feng Cao''s voice, he knew that she must be in a hurry, so he immediately put on his clothes and shoes, and opened the door.


    Outside the house, Feng Cao was holding a torch with a very anxious face.


    "Leader, the wild boar tribe is here, and it has already arrived outside the wild boar mountain. It is aggressive, obviously it is aimed at our Vine tribe."


    "It''s coming so fast!"


    Jiang Xuan''s face became solemn. He had long known that the wild boar tribe, including several nearby small tribes, were ready to move, but he did not expect the wild boar tribe to attack so quickly.


    "Boss, what should we do now?"


    Feng Cao was a little flustered. As the leader of the thorn vines, she learned much more information than ordinary people.


    Because of this, she knew that the situation of the Vine tribe was very dangerous, and a little carelessness could lead to death.


    "Don''t panic, I''ll let the glutinous rice **** go with you, and keep an eye on the movements of the wild boar tribe. I''ll make arrangements for the tribe."


    "Yes!"


    Jiang Xuan walked out of the door, walked to the giant bird''s nest of dumplings, and explained a few words to it.


    Tang Yuan''s IQ is very high. After listening to Jiang Xuan''s words, he nodded, then walked out of the bird''s nest, squatted on the ground, and stretched out one wing.

 v2 Chapter 218： What is a surprise?

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh tomorrow morning to read the latest content.


    ¡­


    Frog tribe.


    "Boss, the wild boar tribe is here, what should we do?"


    Among the frog tribe, a soldier hurriedly ran over from the direction of the Vine tribe, and asked Huo Meng out of breath.


    At this time, all the clansmen of the frog tribe were looking at Huo Meng, hoping that he could come up with an idea.


    Huo Meng looked at Wu, Wu hurriedly waved his hand, and said, "I said before, it''s up to you to make decisions about the tribe in the future."


    Huo Meng retracted his gaze, pondered for a moment, then gritted his teeth and said, "All the soldiers bring the giant frogs with me, and let''s go to fight for the Veng tribe!"


    The frog tribe warriors put their hands around their mouths to make trumpets, and then imitate the sound of frogs.


    "Quack quack..."


    In the frog tribe, hundreds of adult giant frogs jumped out from ponds, rivers, and forests, and then jumped to the sides of familiar warriors.


    Since these giant frogs came to the Southern Wilderness, because of the abundant food and water sources, their body size was much larger than when they were in the Western Wasteland, and the colors on their bodies were much brighter than when they were in the Western Wilderness.


    The frog tribe warriors put the sharp parts of weapons such as spearheads, arrowheads, and blowing needles on the backs of the most colorful giant frogs, and rub them lightly a few times.


    The mucus secreted by these giant frogs is highly poisonous. After the weapons are stained with these poisons, as long as they cause wounds to the enemy, they may rely on the toxins of the giant frogs to poison the enemy to death.


    The reason why it is said that it is possible to poison people, but not necessarily to kill people, is because the tribesmen have lived in the primitive jungle for a long time, have too rich experience in dealing with various poisons, and often carry antidote on their bodies.


    As long as the wound is treated in time and the antidote is taken, it may not die.


    Even so, poisoned weapons are very terrifying, especially on the battlefield, as long as the poison affects the enemy''s combat effectiveness, there is a chance to kill the enemy.


    Venom is time-sensitive, fresh venom has the strongest effect, and after a long time, the toxicity will gradually weaken.


    Because of this, the warriors of the frog tribe will poison their weapons before they set off, rather than poison them in advance.


    Huo Meng carefully smeared venom on his weapon and put it away. After all the soldiers were ready, he waved his hand and shouted, "Follow me!"


    More than 200 warriors, plus more than 100 giant frogs, ran towards the southern gate of the Veng tribe. They had to pass through the southern gate, pass through the residence of the Teng tribe, and arrive at the north gate, where they would meet with the warriors of the Teng tribe.


    When Jiang Xuan learned that the frog tribe decided to participate in the war, he was greatly surprised, because no one knew that Shenteng had awakened except him and Chishao.


    The fact that the frog tribe can come at such a time is touching in every way.


    "Let them come over!"


    "Yes!"


    The soldiers of the guard team hurried back and informed the south gate to let them go.


    Soon, Huo Meng led the warriors of the frog tribe, and the giant frogs rushed outside the north gate to join Jiang Xuan.


    "Leader Vine, here we come!"


    Huo Meng ran to Jiang Xuan with a giant frog. He was holding a bone spear in his hand. He was panting slightly because he ran too fast.


    Jiang Xuan looked at the tall Huo Meng and couldn''t help but ask, "Boss Huo Meng, do you know what kind of situation we are facing now?"


    "Know."


    "Aren''t you afraid of taking the frog tribe on board?"


    "I believe in the Xuan leader, and I also believe in the Vine tribe."


    "Hahaha, okay, the leader of Huo Meng has the courage!"


    Jiang Xuan laughed, he was really happy, no matter what the Frog Tribe thought, if they dared to help at this time, it means they are trustworthy.


    "Roar!"


    Just then, there was another thunderous roar from the south.


    Jiang Xuan asked suspiciously: "What''s going on? Could it be that other small tribes have also come to attack the Vine tribe?"


    After a while, Feng Cao rode a big-horned deer and ran over quickly, stopped beside Jiang Xuan, and said, "Leader, the mountain turtle tribe is here."


    "The Mountain Turtle Tribe? We didn''t inform them, did we?"


    Feng Cao said: "The time is tight, and I really didn''t have time to inform."


    "Strange, why did they come here at this time?"


    Jiang Xuan thought about it, the Mountain Turtle Tribe was also an ally who fought side by side many times, so it shouldn''t have any unreasonable thoughts about the Vine Tribe.


    The most important thing is that now that the Fuji God is awake, Jiang Xuan is not afraid even if the worst happens.


    "Let them come over!"


    "Yes!"


    Feng Cao ran off riding the big-horned deer again. Not long after, more than 800 mountain turtle tribe warriors rode one giant mountain turtle through the Vine tribe and came to the north gate.


    To Jiang Xuan''s surprise, the totem **** of the Mountain Turtle Tribe was also here. It was too big to enter the Vine Tribe, and could only follow the Vine Wall to the outside of the North Gate.


    "Hahaha, Chief Xuan, here we come!"


    The mountain gauntlet jumped off the back of a large mountain tortoise. He was still wearing a heavy tortoise shell, holding a stone spear in his hand, and walking with some looped legs, which looked rather comical.


    "Leader of the mountain armor, you are..."


    "Of course I''m here to help you fight, we are allies!"


    Jiang Xuan was very moved. Today''s surprises came one after another, and the frog tribe came over. Jiang Xuan did not expect that the mountain turtle tribe also rushed over.


    However, he still raised the question in his heart: "Leader of the mountain armor, how do you know that the Vine tribe will be in danger today?"


    Shan Jia looked at the giant turtle **** as large as a hill, and said with a frenzy on his face: "It was the turtle **** who asked us to come over. The turtle **** had a premonition a few days ago that the Vine tribe would be in trouble, so let us come over."


    In this primitive world, tribal witches can predict some future good and bad luck through divination. As totem gods, especially the turtle species, their ability to predict the future is obviously much stronger than that of witches.


    After Jiang Xuan heard Shan Jia''s words, he immediately looked at the old turtle gratefully. The old turtle noticed Jiang Xuan''s gaze and nodded slightly to him.


    The addition of the frog tribe and the mountain turtle tribe, especially the arrival of the totem **** of the mountain turtle tribe, is like a shot in the arm for the rattan tribe, and even a few pessimistic warriors of the rattan tribe have regained some confidence.


    After the mountain turtle tribe arrived, it didn''t take long for the ground to vibrate slightly.


    "Dongdongdong..."


    In the distance, the dense hoofs sounded from far to near, with great momentum.


    At the same time, a huge wild boar walked over from the forest. Those tall trees, to it, seemed to be full of weeds, and could easily squeeze through.


    This huge wild boar is the totem **** of the wild boar tribe, with a ferocious and cruel personality, and soon after he arrived in the Southern Wilderness, he gained a splendid reputation.


    Outside the north gate of the Veng tribe, everyone was nervous.


    Jiang Xuan shouted loudly: "Prepare to fight!"


    "Crash..."


    All the warriors of the three tribes took up the weapons they were good at and prepared to face the wild boar tribe.


    Soon, the first giant wild boar appeared. It was carrying a warrior and ran quickly out of the forest.


    Immediately after, the second, the third... In a short period of time, countless wild boar cavalry appeared, and they rushed towards the Vine tribe without hesitation.


    "Whoosh!"


    A powerful earth bow was triggered by a giant wild boar, and a wooden spear was ejected directly and pierced into the back of the giant wild boar.


    The giant wild boar let out a scream, but it didn''t fall down. Instead, its eyes were red, and it rushed faster with the warrior on its back.


    This is the terrible thing about wild boars. As long as they are not fatally wounded, they will rush forward as if they lost their minds, and become more ferocious than before they were not injured.


    ¡­


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ¡­


    Frog tribe.


    "Boss, the wild boar tribe is here, what should we do?"


    Among the frog tribe, a soldier hurriedly ran over from the direction of the Vine tribe, and asked Huo Meng out of breath.


    At this time, all the clansmen of the frog tribe were looking at Huo Meng, hoping that he could come up with an idea.


    Huo Meng looked at Wu, Wu hurriedly waved his hand, and said, "I said before, it''s up to you to make decisions about the tribe in the future."


    Huo Meng retracted his gaze, pondered for a moment, then gritted his teeth and said, "All the soldiers bring the giant frogs with me, and let''s go to fight for the Veng tribe!"


    The frog tribe warriors put their hands around their mouths to make trumpets, and then imitate the sound of frogs.


    "Quack quack..."


    In the frog tribe, hundreds of adult giant frogs jumped out from ponds, rivers, and forests, and then jumped to the sides of familiar warriors.


    Since these giant frogs came to the Southern Wilderness, because of the abundant food and water sources, their body size was much larger than when they were in the Western Wasteland, and the colors on their bodies were much brighter than when they were in the Western Wilderness. UU Reading


    The frog tribe warriors put the sharp parts of weapons such as spearheads, arrowheads, and blowing needles on the backs of the most colorful giant frogs, and rub them lightly a few times.


    The mucus secreted by these giant frogs is highly poisonous. After the weapons are stained with these poisons, as long as they cause wounds to the enemy, they may rely on the toxins of the giant frogs to poison the enemy to death.


    The reason why it is said that it is possible to poison people, but not necessarily to kill people, is because the tribesmen have lived in the primitive jungle for a long time, have too rich experience in dealing with various poisons, and often carry antidote on their bodies.


    As long as the wound is treated in time and the antidote is taken, it may not die.


    Even so, poisoned weapons are very terrifying, especially on the battlefield, as long as the poison affects the enemy''s combat effectiveness, there is a chance to kill the enemy.


    Venom is time-sensitive, fresh venom has the strongest effect, and after a long time, the toxicity will gradually weaken.


    Because of this, the warriors of the frog tribe will poison their weapons before they set off, rather than poison them in advance.


    Huo Meng carefully smeared venom on his weapon and put it away. After all the soldiers were ready, he waved his hand and shouted, "Follow me!"


    More than 200 warriors, plus more than 100 giant frogs, ran towards the southern gate of the Veng tribe. They had to pass through the southern gate, pass through the residence of the Teng tribe, and arrive at the north gate, where they would meet with the warriors of the Teng tribe.


    When Jiang Xuan learned that the frog tribe decided to participate in the war, he was greatly surprised, because no one knew that Shenteng had awakened except him and Chishao.


    The fact that the frog tribe can come at such a time is touching in every way.


    "Let them come over!"


    "Yes!"


    The soldiers of the guard team hurried back and informed the south gate to let them go.

 v2 Chapter 219： The Fuji God revives, binds the wild boar

    After being repeatedly hindered by the turtle god, the wild boar **** finally got angry.


    I saw two white smoke coming out of its nostrils, its eyes turned blood red, and its body size was ten times larger than before.


    "Whoosh!"


    The wild boar **** rushed towards the turtle **** abruptly, as fast as a gust of wind.


    Before the turtle **** could react, a pair of huge hooves stomped on the turtle''s back.


    "boom!"


    After the wild boar **** became mad, the power was too great, and the turtle god, who had no time to guard, was trampled ruthlessly, and the whole body actually sank deep into the ground.


    If it weren''t for the tortoise shell being so hard and abnormal, I''m afraid it would have been trampled.


    Back then, the turtle shell of the old turtle **** was known as the first in defense. As the child of the old turtle god, the shell of the little turtle **** was naturally much thicker and harder than other mountain turtles.


    Although the shell was not broken, the turtle **** also suffered some internal injuries under the huge vibration, and a trace of blood flowed out of the turtle''s mouth.


    "Dong Dongdong..."


    The wild boar **** stepped on it a few more times, but a thick layer of divine light shrouded the turtle''s back, offsetting some of the strength, preventing the wild boar **** from causing more damage to the turtle god.


    "Hey!"


    The wild boar **** lowered his head and jabbed down with his fangs, hitting the turtle god''s plastron.


    Afterwards, it picked it up fiercely, and the huge body of the Turtle God was directly picked up and flew out by it, flew over several hills, and then smashed heavily on the ground, smashing the ground into a deep pit.


    After all, the strength of the turtle **** is weaker. When the wild boar **** goes mad, it can no longer hold back.


    Without the hindrance of the Turtle God, the Wild Boar God roared and slammed into the vine wall of the Vine Tribe with his head down.


    At this time, its size is too large, and its power is extremely violent. The vine wall made of ordinary vines cannot withstand the force of this collision.


    "Gaba, Gaba..."


    Many thick vines were directly broken, and the roots of some vines were pulled up.


    The wild boar **** took a few steps back and slammed forward again, and the remaining vines were all broken.


    The vine wall that had protected the vine tribe for a long time, at this moment, a big gap was forcibly knocked out by the wild boar god.


    On the battlefield, the leader of the wild boar tribe was refreshed and shouted, "Rush in!"


    "Dong Dongdong..."


    All the giant wild boars and warriors rushed forward as if they had been beaten with blood.


    As a result, the warriors of the Vine Tribe, the Mountain Turtle Tribe and the Frog Tribe could not stand it at all, and the entire line was defeated.


    Jiang Xuan saw that nothing could be done, so he shouted: "Withdraw the tribe!"


    After hearing the order, the warriors of the Vine tribe were relieved and retreated one after another.


    The warriors of the Turtle Tribe and Frog Tribe ran faster because they came to help and did not have the mentality to defend.


    As soon as they withdrew, those wild boar cavalry were no longer blocked, and they poured into the vine tribe through the gap in the vine wall.


    "Cross the river, cross the river quickly!"


    Jiang Xuan didn''t plan to fight recklessly at all, he directly ordered the Veng tribe warriors to cross the river.


    Anyway, the other clansmen of the Teng tribe, as well as various materials, have moved to the other side of the river, and only houses and some daily necessities are left here.


    A large number of wooden boats have been docked by the river. After the warriors of the Veng tribe came over, they directly took their mounts to cross the river.


    Not to mention the mountain turtle tribe, after those big mountain turtles entered the water, they swam faster than the boat.


    After the giant frogs of the frog tribe enter the water, they can also cross the river with the soldiers of the frog tribe, and the speed of breaststroke is fast.


    Even the old witch rode a giant eagle and flew to the nearby hill, frowning at the situation on the ground.


    I saw a large number of warriors of the wild boar tribe pouring into the Vine tribe, and then chased to the river.


    However, when several of the wild boars were about to cross the river to pursue them, a large number of giant water worms suddenly appeared in the river.


    One of the giant wild boars was bitten all over the body as soon as it entered the water, and swam back screaming.


    Although these giant wild boars can also swim, their swimming speed is not fast, which is far worse than that of amphibians such as mountain turtles and giant frogs.


    With the lessons learned, the remaining giant wild boars did not dare to go into the water. They looked at the giant water worms swimming in the water and were very afraid.


    In the water, it is not the world of wild boars, especially in this primitive era, the overlords in the water are no less than those on land.


    The leader of the wild boar tribe stared at the river for a while, and said, "Don''t chase, their house is still here, look for food!"


    The warriors of the wild boar tribe ran to the residential area of ??the Vine Tribe again.


    "Where''s the food? Where''s the food!"


    The leader of the wild boar tribe was so angry that the door of the wooden house was smashed.


    There is also the golden-yellow knife coins of the Vine tribe, which they have coveted for a long time.


    But now, although they have hit the Vine tribe, they have almost nothing to gain except for some cumbersome pottery and stone tools.


    At this moment, Wu came over riding a giant wild boar and said to the leader: "Don''t worry, I have seen it. Although there is no food in the Veng tribe''s house, there is a lot of edible food grown in the fields."


    "As long as we take away all the food grown by the Vine tribe, this trip will be worth it."


    The eyes of the leader of the wild boar tribe lit up, he walked outside, looked carefully, and found that the Vine tribe had indeed planted a lot of plants.


    Some giant wild boars are already eating vegetables in the field.


    Many of the grains and vegetables are unknown to the leaders of the wild boar tribe, such as red crystal rice and bamboo wheat.


    But the number of edible plants he knew was very considerable.


    "Harvest food!"


    With an order from the leader of the wild boar tribe, the wild boar cavalry ran into the crops one after another, picking the food they knew to harvest quickly.


    On the other side of the river, the warriors of the Vine tribe watched the actions of the wild boar tribe and felt their hearts bleed.


    "Food, our food!"


    Gan Song was so anxious that his tears were about to come out. Those grains, which he and the planting team had put in for half a year, were about to be harvested, but now they were wasted by those wild boars.


    "Boss, you can''t let them take away the food!"


    The soldiers of the Vine tribe are all anxious. These foods are very important for everyone in the Vine tribe to survive the winter smoothly.


    Jiang Xuan reassured: "Don''t worry everyone, listen to me, these food wild boar tribes will never be taken away!"


    After Jiang Xuan''s reassurance, the warriors of the Veng tribe calmed down a little.


    But the calmer you are, the more pessimistic you are about the current situation.


    The Boar God is too fierce, and the Fuji God has never shown up, so they can''t see any hope of winning.


    There are even a small number of people from the Vine tribe who are already planning their escape routes.


    Shan Jia and Huo Meng walked to Jiang Xuan''s side, but they were at a loss.


    Shan Jia asked, "Boss Xuan, what should we do now?"


    "Wait!"


    "Wait for what?"


    "Wait for a surprise."


    "What surprise?"


    "You''ll find out later."


    Jiang Xuan didn''t make it clear that Shan Jia and Huo Meng heard the fog over the mountains, and they even thought that Jiang Xuan couldn''t stand the stimulation of the tribe''s destruction and had hallucinations.


    The tribe is broken, what surprises can there be?


    Shan Jia and Huo Meng thought so, and some people in the Veng tribe also thought so.


    They felt that the Vine tribe was definitely over. In order to survive, some people began to run away secretly.


    There is also a gate on the east bank, but in this situation, everyone''s attention is on the other side of the river, and the gate is unguarded.


    These people who didn''t have deep feelings for the Vine tribe, and even hid their hatred, walked away from the gate one by one.


    "Let those idiots stay and be buried with the Vine tribe."


    These people include ordinary people and warriors. After the vine wall was broken, they thought that the vine tribe was definitely over.


    The wild boar cavalry rushed into the Vine tribe behind, and when the **** Vine still did not appear, they immediately began to prepare to escape.


    The only regret is that the place where the food and supplies are stacked is very strictly guarded, and they can''t take the food and supplies to run together.


    This also made them hate the Vine Tribe even more. After running away, they would curse the Vine Tribe.


    They don''t know, there are several pairs of eyes staring at them secretly.


    Watch them flee, listen to their curses, and write down their names.


    All of this is slow to say, but it actually happened in a short time. When the wild boar cavalry on the opposite side began to harm the crops, the people who should run on the Veng tribe''s side had already run around in chaos.


    When Fengcao came to report, Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "Everyone who should run has run away. Next, let everyone witness the surprise together!"


    Huo Meng and Shan Jia on the side were still confused. What was the surprise that Jiang Xuan said several times?


    Before they could ask, all of a sudden, everyone felt the ground shake.


    Immediately afterwards, behind the altar of the Vine Tribe, a strong green divine light suddenly erupted, and a terrifying aura appeared in the Vine Tribe.


    "Whoosh whoosh..."


    A small green vine appeared, and its main stem became as thick as a big tree in a very short period of time. It can stand stably without any rocks or trees , and quickly open branches and loose leaves.


    "Vine God, it''s Vine God!"


    "Vine God is awake!"


    "We are saved!"


    On the other side of the river, all the Teng tribesmen burst into tsunami-like cheers, and many even cried with excitement.


    Even the warriors of the Mountain Turtle Tribe and Frog Tribe couldn''t help cheering.


    Just now because the Vine tribe was at a disadvantage, everyone was under a lot of pressure.


    Well now, Shenteng has recovered, and they can finally feel at ease.


    Shan Jia and Huo Meng finally breathed a sigh of relief. They made the right bet, and the Veng tribe did not disappoint. This surprise was too timely.


    On the other side, the wild boar **** saw a "crack" in his heart, and instinctively drove it to turn around and run away.


    "Whoosh whoosh..."


    A strip of glowing vines quickly wrapped around the wild boar god, like green lightning, and the speed was terrifyingly fast.


    The wild boar **** just ran a few steps before being caught up by the green vines, and instantly wrapped around the wild boar god.


    "Hohohoho..."


    The boar **** made a dangerous roar of filial piety, and desperately tried to break free from the vines.


    However, these vines are like divine chains, extremely tenacious, no matter how hard the wild boar **** struggles, they can''t break free, and they even get tighter and tighter.


    The wild boar **** rushed left and right, knocked down a large piece of the tree, and the ground was trampled by it, and there were huge footprints everywhere.


    "Buzz!"


    The green vines tightly bound the boar god, and pulled it into the air, making it unable to take advantage of it or harm the forest on the ground.


    Because the change happened too fast, the warriors of the wild boar tribe were still harvesting food.


    When they came back to their senses, the powerful wild boar **** was bound tightly and pulled up into the air, unable to use even one body of divine power.

 v2 Chapter 220： Pig killing feast

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh tomorrow morning to read the latest content.


    ...


    Above the sky, the divine vines glowed with green divine light, and every vine was surging with terrifying divine power.


    "Oh hey..."


    The wild boar **** struggled for a long time to no avail, and let out a shrill scream.


    The vines are like green chains, locking the boar **** in the air.


    Not only that, but a large number of air roots grew on those vines, and these air roots drilled into its body along the seven orifices of the boar god, directly absorbing the essence of flesh and blood and divine power.


    The wild boar **** struggled even more, his eyes were extremely frightened, and he even began to beg the **** vine to let it go, guaranteeing that he would never invade the vine tribe again in the future.


    However, Shenteng did not respond to the request of the wild boar **** at all, and even accelerated the speed of absorbing the essence of flesh and blood and divine power.


    The body of the wild boar **** was visibly weak, until it became thin and bony, with no eyes, and even the voice of pleading became weak.


    In the distant sky, the old witch sat on the back of a giant eagle and witnessed this scene with his own eyes.


    "Great... Great God...it...it succeeded in transcending the calamity..."


    The old witch swallowed hard, and the expression on his face solidified.


    Before Shenteng recovered, he thought that the Vine tribe was over, and even wondered how to cover Jiang Xuan and others to escape.


    Who would have thought that in the blink of an eye, the situation would change so much.


    What surprised him the most was the growth rate of Shenteng, which was incredible.


    For other totem gods, it took hundreds of years, even thousands of years, to grow hard step by step before they have the opportunity to become the totem gods of the big tribe.


    And in this long period of time, any accident, or a catastrophe, may make them fall short, or even die.


    In the primitive continent, there are countless large and small tribes, and there are also countless totem gods, but it is absolutely rare that they can become great gods.


    And this divine vine, it only took more than six years to break through from the small **** to the middle god, and then to the great god.


    This breakthrough speed, if not for the presence of his own eyes, the old witch would never believe it.


    In addition to Shenteng, the speed of development of the Vine tribe is also staggering.


    When he first came to the Vine tribe, there were only a dozen people in the Vine tribe. In his eyes, the leader and the witch were still inexperienced children.


    Such a vine tribe, saying that it is a small tribe is flattering.


    But in just a few years, the Veng tribe has undergone earth-shaking changes, and the population has grown from a dozen people to more than 2,000 people.


    The most important thing is that even if the Vine tribe expands so fast, it will not often experience food crises and various internal conflicts like those tribes that rely on plunder to start their homes.


    The Vine tribe relies on planting and breeding, coupled with transactions with various tribes, there has never been a major food crisis.


    Other tribes such as starving people are used to it, but it has never appeared in the Vine tribe.


    The old witch muttered to himself, "The terrifying divine vine, the terrifying vine tribe."


    He has a strong premonition that the limit of the Vine tribe may not only be an ordinary big tribe, but may even rush out of the Southern Wilderness and go further afield.


    Thinking of this, the old witch suddenly wanted to live a longer life and witness with his own eyes what the Veng tribe would develop into in the future.


    ...


    Besides, on the ground, when the warriors of the wild boar tribe saw that the wild boar **** was actually **** and could not move, everyone panicked.


    The leader of the wild boar tribe responded quickly, and he immediately shouted: "Retreat, retreat!"


    The soldiers who were harvesting grain and vegetables, after hearing the leader''s words, immediately gave up the unharvested grain and vegetables, rode on the wild boar again, and ran to the gap in the vine wall in a panic.


    "Dong Dongdong..."


    Nearly 3,000 giant wild boars ran again with great momentum.


    "Since you''re in, let''s stay!"


    In the sky, Shen Teng suddenly spoke, his voice was grand and majestic, and the pressure was extremely strong.


    This is one of the characteristics of the Great God. He can communicate with all spirits, and all spirits naturally include human beings.


    "Kakaka..."


    A terrifying divine light rushed towards the broken vine wall, and all the broken vines quickly grew up again.


    They start from the ground and grow up intertwined with each other, at a staggering speed.


    When the people of the wild boar tribe ran over, not only the broken vine wall was repaired, but the gates in all four directions were also closed.


    The leader of the wild boar tribe and the witch, as well as more than 3,000 warriors and more than 3,000 giant wild boars, were all trapped in the Vine tribe.


    The face of the leader of the wild boar tribe instantly turned pale, and he realized that the wild boar tribe was probably completely over today.


    The witch of the wild boar tribe, on the other hand, focused all their attention on the wild boar god.


    "Wizard, chief, what should we do?"


    The warriors of the wild boar tribe panicked, and they pinned their hopes on the leader and the witch.


    "I...I don''t know..."


    The words of the leader of the wild boar tribe made the warriors even more chaotic, and some even wanted to climb the vine wall.


    However, the vine wall is not so scary. Many vines are covered with thorns, and there is no place to grab them.


    On the other side, on the east bank of the Flying Fish River, the warriors of the Vine Tribe, the Mountain Turtle Tribe and the Frog Tribe became excited one by one.


    Especially the warriors of the Vine tribe, all of them seemed to have been beaten with blood, grabbing their weapons and wanting to rush to the other side.


    Jiang Xuan held the bronze war spear in his hand, pointed to the other side, and said loudly: "Cross the river, catch the wild boar, and after catching the wild boar, I will invite everyone to a slaughtering banquet in the evening!"


    "it is good!"


    All the soldiers cheered, and then boarded the boat one by one, rowing desperately to the other side.


    Groups of soldiers crossed the river and assembled on the other side, and the fighting spirit was very high.


    Especially the soldiers of the planting team, they hated the harvesting of grain and vegetables by the wild boar tribe.


    After everyone had crossed the river, Jiang Xuangang wanted to order a charge, when a thick vine suddenly grew rapidly in their direction, and the divine light continued to flicker.


    Jiang Xuan and the warriors of the Vine tribe stopped temporarily and looked up at the vines.


    "pattering..."


    Not long after, those vines swayed gently, spilling large swathes of green divine liquid.


    These divine liquids fell on the bodies of the Vine tribe warriors and were quickly absorbed immediately.


    Everyone feels that their body is not the same as before.


    Jiang Xuan''s feeling is particularly obvious, because he is a five-color warrior and knows his body very well.


    He was keenly aware that his vitality seemed to have become stronger, and there was a sense of incomprehension.


    Chi Shao said excitedly: "This is a gift from the Vine God after the breakthrough, and all the clansmen will benefit!"


    ...


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ...


    Above the sky, the divine vines glowed with green divine light, and every vine was surging with terrifying divine power.


    "Oh hey..."


    The wild boar **** struggled for a long time to no avail, and let out a shrill scream.


    The vines are like green chains, locking the boar **** in the air.


    Not only that, but a large number of air roots grew on those vines, and these air roots drilled into its body along the seven orifices of the boar god, directly absorbing the essence of flesh and blood and divine power.


    "First Evolution"


    The wild boar **** struggled even more, his eyes were extremely frightened, and he even began to beg the **** vine to let it go, guaranteeing that he would never invade the vine tribe again in the future.


    However, Shenteng did not respond to the request of the wild boar **** at all, and even accelerated the speed of absorbing the essence of flesh and blood and divine power.


    The body of the wild boar **** was visibly weak, until it became thin and bony, with no eyes, and even the voice of pleading became weak.


    In the distant sky, the old witch sat on the back of a giant eagle and witnessed this scene with his own eyes.


    "Great... Great God...it...it succeeded in transcending the calamity..."


    The old witch swallowed hard, and the expression on his face solidified.


    Before Shenteng recovered, he thought that the Vine tribe was over, and even wondered how to cover Jiang Xuan and others to escape.


    Who would have thought that in the blink of an eye, the situation would change so much.


    What surprised him the most was the growth rate of Shenteng, which was incredible.


    For other totem gods, it took hundreds of years, even thousands of years, to grow hard step by step before they have the opportunity to become the totem gods of the big tribe.


    And in this long period of time, any accident, or a catastrophe, may make them fall short, or even die.


    In the primitive continent, there are countless large and small tribes, and there are also countless totem gods, but it is absolutely rare that they can become great gods.


    And this divine vine broke through from the small **** to the middle god, and then to the great god, it only took more than six years.


    This breakthrough speed, if not for the presence of his own eyes, the old witch would never believe it.


    In addition to Shenteng, the speed of development of the Vine tribe is also staggering.


    When he first came to the Vine tribe, there were only a dozen people in the Vine tribe. In his eyes, the leader and the witch were still inexperienced children.


    Such a vine tribe, saying that it is a small tribe is flattering.


    But in just a few years, the Veng tribe has undergone earth-shaking changes, and the population has grown from a dozen people to more than 2,000 people.


    The most important thing is that even if the Vine tribe expands so fast, it will not often experience food crises and various internal conflicts like those tribes that rely on plunder to start their homes.


    The Vine tribe relies on planting and breeding, coupled with transactions with various tribes, there has never been a major food crisis.


    Other tribes such as starving people are used to it, but it has never appeared in the Vine tribe.


    The old witch muttered to himself, "The terrifying divine vine, the terrifying vine tribe."


    He has a strong premonition that the limit of the Vine tribe may not only be an ordinary big tribe, but may even rush out of the Southern Wilderness and go further afield.


    Thinking of this, the old witch suddenly wanted to live a longer life and witness with his own eyes what the Veng tribe would develop into in the future.


    ...


    Besides, on the ground, when the warriors of the wild boar tribe saw that the wild boar **** was actually **** and could not move, everyone panicked.


    The leader of the wild boar tribe responded quickly, and he immediately shouted: "Retreat, retreat!"


    The soldiers who were harvesting grain and vegetables, after hearing the leader''s words, immediately gave up the unharvested grain and vegetables, rode on the wild boar again, and ran to the gap in the vine wall in a panic.

 v2 Chapter 221： Betrayal of the Horde dies

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh tomorrow


    ...


    I did a day''s work today, and only slept for three hours last night.


    Sleep first, then get up tomorrow to update. This chapter has only been written for a small part. Book friends can read it again tomorrow night, don''t look back.


    Some book lovers may not be able to accept it, so don''t subscribe first, save it for a while and then read it, and this problem will not occur.


    In the end, the editor told me that the big push will be posted tomorrow, and it is best to have 10,000 words every day. I will try my best.


    ...


    "boom¡­¡­"


    Behind the altar, the sucked-up wild boar **** smashed heavily on the ground, and was then wrapped in countless roots.


    The **** vine took root again, and the ground of the entire tribe was shaking slightly.


    After breaking through to become a great god, the root system of the **** vine became stronger and covered a wider range.


    At the same time, the main stem of the divine vine became extremely thick, like a twisted towering tree.


    Rattan plants, most of the time, need to rely on other objects to grow, such as rocks, trees, etc.


    I don''t know how many years it has grown before, and the body is very large, but it still needs to rely on the stone mountain to be born.


    This time, the huge stone mountain was destroyed, and the original body was also gone.


    As the so-called "no breaking, no standing", after the calamity, the stems and leaves of the divine vine will grow again. Once again, it has grown the main stem and does not need to be attached to any objects.


    The wild boar **** was dragged directly under the vine by those roots, and the whole animal was wrapped by the roots.


    It will become the nourishment of the **** vine, whether it is flesh, fur, or even bones, it will be slowly absorbed by the **** vine.


    "Buzzing..."


    After the vines grew steadily, more than a hundred giant dragonflies flew around the vines a few times, and then landed on the vines one by one.


    After the giant dragonfly settled, a mist rose up around the vine, covering itself and the giant dragonfly. From the outside, only a few vines could be seen, which was very mysterious.


    Seeing Shenteng taking over the tribe again, the people of the Veng tribe finally felt at ease.


    The next step is to deal with the loot.


    Jiang Xuan gave all the weapons, animal skins and other items to the frog tribe and the mountain turtle tribe.


    Among them, the mountain turtle tribe accounted for the majority, because the mountain turtle tribe had many warriors and dispatched totem gods.


    Although the warriors of the frog tribe performed well, but after all, they were small in number and their role was limited.


    As for the Vine tribe, they don''t really need those fur coats and weapons, because they have better ones.


    "Gene Era"


    Since they can''t use it, it''s better to push the boat along the way and send a big favor to the mountain turtle tribe and the frog tribe, and the relationship between them and the rattan tribe will definitely be closer in the future.


    Next up are those giant wild boars.


    Those huge wild boars are treasures for the tribesmen.


    Its fur can be made into animal skins, its fangs can be ground into weapons, its meat can be eaten, and its bones can be ground into various tools.


    More than 3,000 giant wild boars, this is a very huge wealth.


    After negotiation, the Vine tribe got 2,500 heads, the mountain turtle tribe got 400 heads, and the frog tribe got more than 100 heads.


    It seems that the Vine tribe has taken advantage of it, but it is not.


    Because Jiang Xuan promised to help them deal with these giant wild boars.


    Now that the weather is hot, most of these giant wild boars have been killed. If they cannot be handled as soon as possible, the meat will stink quickly. Such a result is completely unacceptable to the tribesmen.


    For the next whole day, all the members of the Vine Tribe, plus the warriors of the Mountain Turtle Tribe and the members of the Frog Tribe, were all dealing with those giant wild boars.


    To this end, the Vine Tribes took a lot of firewood, spices, and, crucially, salt.


    Curing wild boar with spices and salt can keep it fresh, and if it is smoked dry with firewood, it can be stored for a long time.


    As we all know, salt is a very precious thing among the tribes.


    Therefore, the Vine tribe used salt and spices to help the mountain turtle tribe and the frog tribe handle wild boar, which moved the two tribes very much.


    That night, Jiang Xuan took out hundreds of giant wild boars from the part of the giant wild boar that the Teng tribe deserved, and made a pig-killing feast. The three tribes ate very happily.


    ...


    The follow-up content is repeated and will be updated tomorrow.


    ...


    "boom¡­¡­"


    Behind the altar, the sucked-up wild boar **** smashed heavily on the ground, and was then wrapped in countless roots.


    The **** vine took root again, and the ground of the entire tribe was shaking slightly.


    After breaking through to become a great god, the root system of the **** vine became stronger and covered a wider range.


    At the same time, the main stem of the divine vine became extremely thick, like a twisted towering tree.


    Rattan plants, most of the time, need to rely on other objects to grow, such as rocks, trees, etc.


    I don''t know how many years it has grown before, and the body is very large, but it still needs to rely on the stone mountain to be born.


    This time, the huge stone mountain was destroyed, and the original body was also gone.


    As the so-called "no breaking, no standing", after the calamity, the stems and leaves of the divine vine will grow again. Once again, it has grown the main stem and does not need to be attached to any objects.


    The wild boar **** was dragged directly under the vine by those roots, and the whole animal was wrapped by the roots.


    It will become the nourishment of the **** vine, whether it is flesh, fur, or even bones, it will be slowly absorbed by the **** vine.


    "Buzzing..."


    After the vines grew steadily, more than a hundred giant dragonflies flew around the vines a few times, and then landed on the vines one by one.


    After the giant dragonfly settled, a mist rose up around the vine, covering itself and the giant dragonfly. From the outside, only a few vines could be seen, which was very mysterious.


    Seeing Shenteng taking over the tribe again, the people of the Veng tribe finally felt at ease.


    The next step is to deal with the loot.


    Jiang Xuan gave all the weapons, animal skins and other items to the frog tribe and the mountain turtle tribe.


    Among them, the mountain turtle tribe accounted for the majority, because the mountain turtle tribe had many warriors and dispatched totem gods.


    Although the warriors of the frog tribe performed well, but after all, they were small in number and their role was limited.


    As for the Vine tribe, they don''t really need those fur coats and weapons, because they have better ones.


    Since they can''t use it, it''s better to push the boat along the way and send a big favor to the mountain turtle tribe and the frog tribe, and the relationship between them and the rattan tribe will definitely be closer in the future.


    Next up are those giant wild boars.


    Those huge wild boars are treasures for the tribesmen.


    Its fur can be made into animal skins, its fangs can be ground into weapons, its meat can be eaten, and its bones can be ground into various tools.


    More than 3,000 giant wild boars, this is a very huge wealth.


    After negotiation, the Vine tribe got 2,500 heads, the mountain turtle tribe got 400 heads, and the frog tribe got more than 100 heads.


    It seems that the Vine tribe has taken advantage of it, but it is not.


    Because Jiang Xuan promised to help them deal with these giant wild boars.


    Now that the weather is hot, most of these giant wild boars have been killed. If they cannot be handled as soon as possible, the meat will stink quickly. Such a result is completely unacceptable to the tribesmen.


    For the next whole day, all the members of the Vine Tribe, plus the warriors of the Mountain Turtle Tribe and the members of the Frog Tribe, were all dealing with those giant wild boars.


    To this end, the Vine Tribes took a lot of firewood, spices, and, crucially, salt.


    Curing wild boar with spices and salt can keep it fresh, and if it is smoked dry with firewood, it can be stored for a long time.


    As we all know, salt is a very precious thing among the tribes.


    Therefore, the Vine tribe used salt and spices to help the mountain turtle tribe and the frog tribe handle wild boar, which moved the two tribes very much.


    That night, Jiang Xuan took out hundreds of giant wild boars from the part of the giant wild boar that the Teng tribe deserved, and made a pig-killing feast. The three tribes ate very happily.


    "boom¡­¡­"


    Behind the altar, the sucked-up wild boar **** smashed heavily on the ground, and was then wrapped in countless roots.


    The **** vine took root again, and the ground of the entire tribe was shaking slightly.


    After breaking through to become a great god, the root system of the **** vine became stronger and covered a wider range.


    At the same time, the main stem of the divine vine became extremely thick, like a twisted towering tree.


    Rattan plants, most of the time, need to rely on other objects to grow, such as rocks, trees, etc.


    I don''t know how many years it has grown before, and the body is very large, but it still needs to rely on the stone mountain to be born.


    This time, the huge stone mountain was destroyed, and the original body was also gone.


    As the saying goes, it is not broken and cannot stand. After the calamity, the stems and leaves of the divine vine have all regrown. Once again, it has grown the main stem and does not need to be attached to any objects The wild boar **** was dragged by those roots. The whole is covered in roots.


    It will become the nourishment of the **** vine, whether it is flesh, fur, or even bones, it will be slowly absorbed by the **** vine.


    "Buzzing..."


    After the vines grew steadily, more than a hundred giant dragonflies flew around the vines a few times, and then landed on the vines one by one.


    After the giant dragonfly settled, a mist rose up around the vine, covering itself and the giant dragonfly. From the outside, only a few vines could be seen, which was very mysterious.


    Seeing Shenteng taking over the tribe again, the people of the Veng tribe finally felt at ease.


    The next step is to deal with the loot.


    Jiang Xuan gave all the weapons, animal skins and other items to the frog tribe and the mountain turtle tribe.


    Among them, the mountain turtle tribe accounted for the majority, because the mountain turtle tribe had many warriors and dispatched totem gods.


    Although the warriors of the frog tribe performed well, but after all, they were small in number and their role was limited.


    As for the Vine tribe, they don''t really need those fur coats and weapons, because they have better ones.


    Since they can''t use it, it''s better to push the boat along the way and send a big favor to the mountain turtle tribe and the frog tribe, and the relationship between them and the rattan tribe will definitely be closer in the future.


    Next up are those giant wild boars.


    Those huge wild boars are treasures for the tribesmen.


    Its fur can be made into animal skins, its fangs can be ground into weapons, its meat can be eaten, and its bones can be ground into various tools.


    More than 3,000 giant wild boars, this is a very huge wealth.


    After negotiation, the Vine tribe got 2,500 heads, the mountain turtle tribe got 400 heads, and the frog tribe got more than 100 heads.


    It seems that the Vine tribe has taken advantage of it, but it is not.

 v2 Chapter 221： There is no regret medicine

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh tomorrow morning


    ...


    At the north gate of the Veng tribe, a man and a woman are making a scene.


    "We are members of the Vine tribe, why not let us in?"


    "That''s right, why did you stop us?"


    The men and women tried their best to squeeze inside the door, but they were stopped by the soldiers of the guard and could not enter the door.


    One of the guard soldiers said: "This is the leader''s order. No one is allowed to enter or leave the Vine tribe these days!"


    The woman shouted: "Then you let us go to see the leader, we want to see the leader!"


    Just when the soldiers of the guard team were tireless, Uncaria appeared with the soldiers of the hunting team.


    Uncaria walked to the door and said coldly, "Let them in!"


    The soldiers of the guard team looked back at Uncaria and said in embarrassment: "But, the leader said that no one is allowed to enter or leave these days..."


    Uncaria said: "I just came back from the leader''s side, and letting them in is also the leader''s order."


    "This¡­¡­"


    The guardsman hesitated, because he knew very well that Uncaria had a high status in the Vine tribe, and its relationship with the leader was not ordinary.


    At this moment, Nanxing also appeared.


    "Listen to the Uncaria leaders and let them come out."


    "Yes!"


    The leader said so, and the soldiers of the guard team had nothing to be afraid of, and they all made way.


    The man and the woman were instantly proud. They knew that Shenteng had recovered and that the Vine tribe had defeated the wild boar tribe. After returning, they could continue to enjoy the good days in the Veng tribe.


    They glared at the guard soldiers, and then walked triumphantly through the gate.


    However, when they passed through the doorway of the vine wall and came to the tribe, they saw Uncaria with a wave, and a dozen soldiers from the first hunting team rushed towards them immediately.


    "What? What do you want to do?"


    As the woman stepped back, she questioned in a shrill voice, but it was of no use. Several soldiers rushed up and pinned her to the ground.


    The man''s face changed greatly, he realized that the situation was wrong, he turned around and wanted to run, but how could he escape?


    The soldiers of the guard team had long disliked him, and when he came over, he directly set up a spear, and the man did not dare to charge any more, otherwise he would be stabbed to death.


    The soldiers of the hunting team at the back rushed over, roughly pushed the man to the ground, and tied it with a rope.


    "What are you going to do?"


    The woman was still questioning loudly, but her tone was already very panicked and hysterical.


    Uncaria frowned and said, "It''s too noisy, gag their mouths and take them to the altar."


    "Yes!"


    The soldiers of the hunting team randomly dug out two pieces of broken animal skins, plugged the mouths of the pair of men and women, then separated two people and escorted them to the open space in front of the altar.


    Uncaria led the hunting team of soldiers out of the gate and into the forest.


    At the gate, a guard soldier asked Nanxing, "Boss, what are they doing?"


    Nan Xing sat on the side, rubbing the already smooth bone whistle with the animal skin, and said casually: "Catch the traitor."


    "Catch what traitor?"


    "On the day the Wild Boar Tribe attacked, all those who escaped were traitors of the Vine Tribe."


    "What happens when you catch it?"


    "Of course it will be executed, otherwise what are you going to do in front of the altar?"


    "That is to say, the two people just now actually threw themselves into the net?"


    "That''s right, when the tribe had an accident, they ran away without hesitation. Now that the tribe is over, they want to come back again. Where do they take our Vine tribe?"


    After listening to Nan Xing''s words, the two guard soldiers finally understood why they let those two idiots in. This is a self-inflicted trap!


    "Guard the door, and if you encounter a situation like the one just now, put people in first and then arrest them."


    "Yes!"


    Nan Xing left the North Gate and went to inspect other places.


    In the forest outside the Vine Tribe, two hunting teams came out, like catching prey, to capture those traitors back to the tribe one by one.


    With the cooperation of thorn vines, the capture efficiency is very high.


    In just half a day, all the traitors who stayed near the Vine Tribe were captured.


    Those who ran farther, the hunting team did not give up, and directly chased down.


    Jiang Xuan''s order is to not let a betrayer be spared, and they must implement it resolutely.


    ...


    The follow-up content is repeated and will be updated tomorrow morning.


    ...


    I was too tired today. I could have finished writing. I lay down on my stomach and fell asleep. When I woke up, it was almost twelve o¡¯clock. My arms were numb, and I will write again tomorrow morning.


    ...


    At the north gate of the Veng tribe, a man and a woman are making a scene.


    "We are members of the Vine tribe, why not let us in?"


    "That''s right, why did you stop us?"


    The men and women tried their best to squeeze inside the door, but they were stopped by the soldiers of the guard and could not enter the door.


    One of the guard soldiers said: "This is the leader''s order. No one is allowed to enter or leave the Vine tribe these days!"


    The woman shouted: "Then you let us go to see the leader, we want to see the leader!"


    Just when the soldiers of the guard team were tireless, Uncaria appeared with the soldiers of the hunting team.


    Uncaria walked to the door and said coldly, "Let them in!"


    The soldiers of the guard team looked back at Uncaria and said in embarrassment: "But, the leader said that no one is allowed to enter or leave these days..."


    Uncaria said: "I just came back from the leader''s side, and letting them in is also the leader''s order."


    "This¡­¡­"


    The guardsman hesitated, because he knew very well that Uncaria had a high status in the Vine tribe, and its relationship with the leader was not ordinary.


    At this moment, Nanxing also appeared.


    "Listen to the Uncaria leaders and let them come out."


    "Yes!"


    The leader said so, and the soldiers of the guard team had nothing to be afraid of, and they all made way.


    The man and the woman were instantly proud. They knew that Shenteng had recovered and that the Vine tribe had defeated the wild boar tribe. After returning, they could continue to enjoy the good days in the Veng tribe.


    They glared at the guard soldiers, and then walked triumphantly through the gate.


    However, when they passed through the doorway of the vine wall and came to the tribe, they saw Uncaria with a wave, and a dozen soldiers from the first hunting team rushed towards them immediately.


    "What? What do you want to do?"


    As the woman stepped back, she questioned in a shrill voice, but it was of no use. Several soldiers rushed up and pinned her to the ground.


    The man''s face changed greatly, he realized that the situation was wrong, he turned around and wanted to run, but how could he escape?


    The soldiers of the guard team had long disliked him, and when he came over, he directly set up a spear, and the man did not dare to charge any more, otherwise he would be stabbed to death.


    The soldiers of the hunting team at the back rushed over, roughly pushed the man to the ground, and tied it with a rope.


    "What are you going to do?"


    The woman was still questioning loudly, but her tone was already very panicked and hysterical.


    Uncaria frowned and said, "It''s too noisy, gag their mouths and take them to the altar."


    "Yes!"


    The soldiers of the hunting team randomly dug out two pieces of broken animal skins, plugged the mouths of the pair of men and women, then separated two people and escorted them to the open space in front of the altar.


    Uncaria led the hunting team of soldiers out of the gate and into the forest.


    At the gate, a guard soldier asked Nanxing, "Boss, what are they doing?"


    Nan Xing sat on the side, rubbing the already smooth bone whistle with the animal skin, and said casually: "Catch the traitor."


    "Catch what traitor?"


    "On the day the Wild Boar Tribe attacked, all those who escaped were traitors of the Vine Tribe."


    "What happens when you catch it?"


    "Of course it will be executed, otherwise what are you going to do in front of the altar?"


    "That is to say, the two people just now actually threw themselves into the net?"


    "That''s right, when the tribe had an accident, they ran away without hesitation. Now that the tribe is over, they want to come back again. Where do they take our Vine tribe?"


    After listening to Nan Xing''s words, the two guard soldiers finally understood why they let those two idiots in. This is a self-inflicted trap!


    "Guard the door, and if you encounter a situation like the one just now, put people in first and then arrest them."


    "Yes!"


    Nan Xing left the North Gate and went to inspect other places.


    In the forest outside the Vine Tribe, two hunting teams came out, like catching prey, to capture those traitors back to the tribe one by one.


    With the cooperation of thorn vines, the capture efficiency is very high.


    In just half a day, all the traitors who stayed near the Vine tribe were captured Those who ran farther, the hunting team did not give up, and went after them directly.


    Jiang Xuan''s order is to not let a betrayer be spared, and they must implement it resolutely.


    ...


    At the north gate of the Veng tribe, a man and a woman are making a scene.


    "We are members of the Vine tribe, why not let us in?"


    "That''s right, why did you stop us?"


    The men and women tried their best to squeeze inside the door, but they were stopped by the soldiers of the guard and could not enter the door.


    One of the guard soldiers said: "This is the leader''s order. No one is allowed to enter or leave the Vine tribe these days!"


    The woman shouted: "Then you let us go to see the leader, we want to see the leader!"


    Just when the soldiers of the guard team were tireless, Uncaria appeared with the soldiers of the hunting team.


    Uncaria walked to the door and said coldly, "Let them in!"


    The soldiers of the guard team looked back at Uncaria and said in embarrassment: "But, the leader said that no one is allowed to enter or leave these days..."


    Uncaria said: "I just came back from the leader''s side, and letting them in is also the leader''s order."


    "This¡­¡­"


    The guardsman hesitated, because he knew very well that Uncaria had a high status in the Vine tribe, and its relationship with the leader was not ordinary.


    At this moment, Nanxing also appeared.


    "Listen to the Uncaria leaders and let them come out."


    "Yes!"


    The leader said so, and the soldiers of the guard team had nothing to be afraid of, and they all made way.


    The man and the woman were instantly proud. They knew that Shenteng had recovered and that the Vine tribe had defeated the wild boar tribe. After returning, they could continue to enjoy the good days in the Veng tribe.


    They glared at the guard soldiers, and then walked triumphantly through the gate.

 v2 Chapter 223： shining stone

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    Today, I made up a lot of the previous content, so today''s new chapter has only been written a little, and book lovers should not subscribe for the time being.


    This chapter will be added tomorrow morning. If you have already subscribed, please refresh it at noon tomorrow.


    The author has too many things recently. He is so busy every day that he is exhausted, and the update is temporarily unstable.


    Book friends who can''t accept it, you can keep it for a while and read it again, thank you.


    We will try our best to update as normal after tomorrow.


    ...


    After the busy autumn harvest, the granary of the Teng tribe was filled up again.


    Coupled with the more than 2,000 giant wild boars that have been smoked into jerky, the food reserve of the Vine Tribe is very sufficient.


    In terms of safety, there is a vine **** as a guarantee, and there is no worry in terms of food. In terms of labor, more than 1,000 prisoners have been added.


    When everything was relatively stable, Jiang Xuan was finally able to free up his hands to do something else.


    The first thing is the problem of roof leaks.


    The roofs of the rattan tribes are mostly bark and thatch structures.


    Such structural raw materials are readily available, no special tools are required, the production process is simple, and there are many benefits.


    However, this kind of roof has a fatal flaw, that is, its short service life.


    It only takes one or two years. Under the triple action of wind, sun, and rain, the thatch and bark are easily rotted, and then eaten by insects, causing water leakage.


    Especially if it rains for a long time, or it rains suddenly for a long time, the situation of water leakage will be very serious.


    In the houses of the Teng tribe, except for the granary, the roof is often repaired to prevent water leakage, and other houses are generally repaired once a long time.


    Even Jiang Xuan''s house is the same, it is a common occurrence that it rains heavily and leaks.


    ...


    The follow-up content is repeated and will be updated tomorrow morning.


    ...


    After leaving the altar, Jiang Xuan did not return to his yard, but rode the crescent moon to the north of the tribe, in a forest beyond the vine wall.


    This forest is only separated by a wall from the Vine tribe, and the terrain is relatively flat.


    More than a thousand captives of the wild boar tribe are temporarily imprisoned in this place.


    After Jiang Xuan entered the forest, he saw a simple wooden fence, like a pigsty, surrounding people.


    Around the fence, soldiers of the guard team patrolled day and night to prevent any prisoners from escaping.


    Jiang Xuan came to the gate of the fence, and the soldiers of the guard hurriedly opened the door and let Jiang Xuan in.


    The person in charge of this side is the leader of the second guard team, Xan Er. As soon as Jiang Xuan entered, he immediately greeted him and poured bitter water towards Jiang Xuan.


    "Boss, so many people, it''s not enough to keep them locked like this. Even if you eat one meal a day, you have to consume a lot of food, or you can kill them."


    At present, although the strength of the Vine tribe has increased, the site has not expanded much, and the original site is still being developed, and all the current manpower is still sufficient.


    But in this way, these prisoners are embarrassed. There are too many of them, and the existing territory of the Vine tribe does not need so many people.


    Jiang Xuan thought for a moment and said, "No, these people can''t be killed. As long as they are human, they are useful, not to mention that they are all soldiers. It is a pity to kill them."


    Cocklebur said helplessly: "Then what should I do? I can''t keep it like this forever, it''s a waste of food."


    Jiang Xuan pondered for a moment, and said, "Our Teng tribe''s territory should also be expanded, so let them stay and cut wood to open up wasteland."


    Xan''er said with an embarrassed face: "If we untie the ropes on their bodies and let them go to cut wood to open up wasteland, we don''t have enough people to guard the second team."


    The second guard team is guarding the east bank of the Feiyu River, which is the heavily guarded primitive industrial area, which itself requires a lot of manpower.


    Now, with another half divided here, the manpower is even more stretched.


    "You let me think about it, there will always be a way."


    Jiang Xuan looked around, and finally turned to the Vine Tribe. To be precise, it was the tall vine wall of the Vine Tribe.


    A simple wooden fence cannot prevent the prisoners from escaping, but a tall and thorny vine wall can!


    Thinking of this, Jiang Xuan said to Xang Er, "You can work harder, look after these captives, and I will go back to the tribe."


    After speaking, Jiang Xuan turned around and left.


    Xanthium watched Jiang Xuan leave, opened his mouth, but did not say anything after all, and could only continue to guard the prisoners in a depressed manner.


    burning text


    On the other side, Jiang Xuan rode the crescent moon back to the tribe and found Chishao.


    He first talked about the situation of the captives, and then said to Chi Shao: "I plan to find the Vine God. Outside of our existing territory, we will use a vine wall to enclose another piece of land. If the tribe wants to continue to grow, it can no longer guard the present. It''s territory."


    Chi Shao asked, "Are you planning to enclose the forest in the north?"


    "Yes, but it''s best to circle it alone and not connect it with the current territory. After all, those captives still hate the Vine tribe now, so it''s best to keep them in a separate place."


    Chi Shao nodded and said, "I''ll ask the rattan **** first. If the rattan **** agrees, we will expand a territory."


    "it is good."


    Chi Shao turned to face the incomparably huge God Vine in the mist, closed her eyes, and communicated with the God Vine.


    After a while, Shen Teng responded, "Yes!"


    Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao heard these words, and both of them had smiles on their faces.


    Soon, in the fog behind the altar, a huge green vine flew out and quickly grew towards the forest north of the vine tribe.


    "pattering..."


    The huge vines sprinkled a lot of divine liquid around the forest, and the rich breath of life permeated the entire forest.


    When the vines on the ground came into contact with the divine liquid, they immediately merged into the stems and leaves.


    "Kakaka..."


    The vines grew like crazy and intertwined, forming a vine wall.


    Subsequently, the vine wall became higher and larger, and each vine was thicker than a bucket.


    The vine wall has been raised until about 30 meters before it gradually slows down and finally stops growing.


    "It''s done!"


    When Jiang Xuan saw the vine wall, he was very excited and excited.


    Because any place surrounded by the new vine wall will be the territory of the vine tribe in the future!


    "To enclose a forest today, to enclose a forest tomorrow, the territory of our Vine tribe will become larger and larger, and one day, we can become a real big tribe!"


    Jiang Xuan clenched his fists, and the scene of the Fuji tribe having a vast territory in the future appeared in his mind.


    After the construction of the vine wall was completed, the huge vines of Shenteng went to the surrounding big trees again.


    Every big tree that has been touched by vines has grown eyes and mouths, giving birth to a little wisdom, and at the same time possessing the ability to act.


    "Whoosh whoosh..."


    These tree people were happy, pulled their roots out of the soil, and ran around excitedly.


    At this moment, Shen Teng''s grand voice came: "Guard this territory!"


    When the tree people heard the voice of Shenteng, they stopped immediately, some returned to their original place to take root, some chose a new location to take root, and then stood still.


    With these treemen, the security of the new territory of the Vine Tribe will be more secure.


    After everything was over, the **** vine took back the vine, and the fog shrouded again, and the **** vine was looming and unpredictable in it.


    "Thank you Fuji God."


    Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao sincerely thanked Fujishen, and then Jiang Xuan went to the forest to the north again.


    The new vine wall is a fence, because it is currently mainly used to hold prisoners, so there is only one doorway facing the direction of the vine tribe.


    In this way, the soldiers of the guard team only need to guard that doorway, and those prisoners cannot run away, and the difficulty of defense is greatly reduced.


    "Xan Er, is there any problem now?"


    Jiang Xuan walked to Xanthium again with a smile on his face.


    "No problem, no problem at all, the leader can rest assured, we will definitely guard these prisoners!"


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said: "With the vine wall, plus those tree people, plus your soldiers guarding the second team, the security of this place should not be worried."


    "However, you can''t take it lightly. If something happens, I''ll ask you!"


    "Don''t worry, boss, there will be no problem!"


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said: "Starting today, untie the ropes on the prisoners and let them start working. The food of the Veng tribe is not for nothing, even the prisoners have to work before they can eat. ."


    "Yes!"


    Under Jiang Xuan''s order, Xanthium immediately brought a large number of people and untied the ropes on the prisoners.


    Afterwards, he distributed tools to a thousand captives to cut wood and build their own houses.


    The first thing a small group of prisoners do after they get their tools is to attack the person who gave them the tools.


    However, the Vine tribe warriors were well prepared, and just as these prisoners were about to attack, they were killed by several times their guard soldiers.


    Xanthium held a **** bronze spear and stood in front of the captives, his eyes stern: "Who else wants to die?"


    Those captives didn''t dare to speak. After all, survival is the instinct of human beings, and there are only a few people who are not afraid of death.


    Cang Er looked around and said, "Since you don''t have it, then grab your tools and work hard. If anyone dares to mess around again, I don''t mind sending him on the road!"


    Cocklebur waved his hand, and the corpses were immediately dragged away and pulled outside the vine wall to feed the tree people.


    Although the remaining prisoners were reluctant, in order to survive, they could only obey Xanth''s words and start working with tools.


    The first thing to do is to cut down the wood, because the trees in the forest are so lush, and part of them must be cut down to have extra space for building houses.


    After building the house, they have to cut down more trees to open up wasteland and cultivate various livestock.


    It won''t take long for this new territory to produce something, and it may even evolve into a new production base for the Vine tribe in the future.


    After dealing with these things, the time has come to autumn.


    The annual autumn harvest of the Veng tribe has begun again.


    This year''s grain and vegetables were damaged by the war, which made Gan Song and the members of the planting team very sad.


    Fortunately, the vine tribe has a large area of ??arable land, and also planted a large amount of tuber food. Even if part of it is damaged, the remaining food and vegetables can still meet the needs of the vine tribe.


    After leaving the altar, Jiang Xuan did not return to his yard, but rode the crescent moon to the north of the tribe, in a forest beyond the vine wall.


    This forest is only separated by a wall from the Vine tribe, and the terrain is relatively flat.


    More than a thousand captives of the wild boar tribe are temporarily imprisoned in this place.


    After Jiang Xuan entered the forest, he saw a simple wooden fence, like a pigsty, surrounding people.


    Around the fence, soldiers of the guard team patrolled day and night to prevent any prisoners from escaping.


    Jiang Xuan came to the gate of the fence, and the soldiers of the guard hurriedly opened the door and let Jiang Xuan in.


    The person in charge of this side is the leader of the second guard team, Xan Er. As soon as Jiang Xuan entered, he immediately greeted him and poured bitter water towards Jiang Xuan.


    "Boss, so many people, it''s not enough to keep them locked like this. Even if you eat one meal a day, you have to consume a lot of food, or you can kill them."


    At present, although the strength of the Vine tribe has increased, the site has not expanded much, and the original site is still being developed, and all the current manpower is still sufficient.


    But in this way, these prisoners are embarrassed. There are too many of them, and the existing territory of the Vine tribe does not need so many people.


    Jiang Xuan thought for a moment and said, "No, these people can''t be killed. As long as they are human, they are useful, not to mention that they are all soldiers. It is a pity to kill them."


    Cocklebur said helplessly: "Then what should I do? I can''t keep it like this forever, it''s a waste of food."


    Jiang Xuan pondered for a moment, then said: "Our Teng tribe''s territory should also be expanded, let them stay and cut wood to open up wasteland Cocklebur said with a face full of embarrassment: "If we untie them The rope on their body, let them go to logging to open up wasteland, we are not enough to guard the second team. "


    The second guard team is guarding the east bank of the Feiyu River, which is the heavily guarded primitive industrial area, which itself requires a lot of manpower.


    Now, with another half divided here, the manpower is even more stretched.


    "You let me think about it, there will always be a way."


    Jiang Xuan looked around, and finally turned to the Vine Tribe. To be precise, it was the tall vine wall of the Vine Tribe.


    A simple wooden fence cannot prevent the prisoners from escaping, but a tall and thorny vine wall can!


    Thinking of this, Jiang Xuan said to Xang Er, "You can work harder, look after these captives, and I will go back to the tribe."


    After speaking, Jiang Xuan turned around and left.


    Xanthium watched Jiang Xuan leave, opened his mouth, but did not say anything after all, and could only continue to guard the prisoners in a depressed manner.


    On the other side, Jiang Xuan rode the crescent moon back to the tribe and found Chishao.


    He first talked about the situation of the captives, and then said to Chi Shao: "I plan to find the Vine God. Outside of our existing territory, we will use a vine wall to enclose another piece of land. If the tribe wants to continue to grow, it can no longer guard the present. It''s territory."


    Chi Shao asked, "Are you planning to enclose the forest in the north?"


    "Yes, but it''s best to circle it alone and not connect it with the current territory. After all, those captives still hate the Vine tribe now, so it''s best to keep them in a separate place."


    Chi Shao nodded and said, "I''ll ask the rattan **** first. If the rattan **** agrees, we will expand a territory."


    "it is good."


    Chi Shao turned to face the incomparably huge God Vine in the mist, closed her eyes, and communicated with the God Vine.

 v2 Chapter 224： its impossible

    Falling in love with youkanshu.com, this is my primitive tribe


    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have subscribed, please refresh to read the latest content at noon tomorrow.


    ¡­¡­


    A vicious circle, I made up yesterday''s today, and today I haven''t finished writing it. I''ll get up early tomorrow to update it. It can''t go on like this.


    ¡­¡­


    Jiang Xuan walked into the stone tool workshop with the glowing stone the size of a washbasin.


    "winter!"


    The glowing stone was placed on the thick wooden table, attracting the attention of everyone in the stoneware workshop.


    The old man Heishi immediately put down his work, walked to the front of the table, stared at the big rock for a long time, and gently stroked it a few times, as if he was not facing a rock, but a lover.


    As a stone tool maker, the love for stones is difficult for ordinary people to understand.


    "What a beautiful stone."


    The old man Heishi watched for a while and exclaimed in amazement.


    Jiang Xuan said with a smile: "I plan to divide it into two and grind it into two round stone balls. As for the leftovers, they can be ground into ornaments."


    "Okay, boss, you can rest assured and leave it to me, and I will polish it into the most beautiful stone **** and accessories according to your requirements."


    The old man Heishi stroked the texture of the stone. Several decomposition schemes quickly appeared in his mind, and he chose the best one.


    Immediately afterwards, the old man Heishi took out all kinds of tools, and regardless of Jiang Xuan''s presence or absence, he immediately started to work.


    "Ding ding ding..."


    The old man Heishi held a stone hammer and a stone chisel, and tapped along the texture of the stone in a hurry.


    This kind of luminous stone is relatively brittle. After the old man black stone knocked it around, the whole stone suddenly cracked from the middle and divided into two parts.


    Next, the old man of Black Stone used a piece of lime to draw lines on the stone, and first determine what each part is to be made into, so as to prevent the waste of materials to the greatest extent.


    After drawing the line, the old man Heishi made another "ding ding dong" knocking, completely decomposing the whole stone.


    After the decomposition, the old man Black Stone polished the stones piece by piece, chiseled off the redundant parts, and polished the needed parts smooth.


    This is a very time-consuming job. After Jiang Xuan watched it for a while, he temporarily left the stone tool workshop. After all, he still had a lot of things to do.


    It was not until fifteen days later that the old man Heishi finally finished the polishing, and personally brought the finished product to Jiang Xuan''s house with his apprentice.


    The finished products are packed separately in several animal skin bags, and those finished products are wrapped in soft deerskin to prevent bumps.


    When Jiang Xuan closed the door and poured out the finished product in the animal skin bag, soft green rays of light illuminated the whole room.


    There are two of them, which are round and fat stone balls, which were polished very smooth by the old black stone.


    The old man Heishi also thoughtfully matched the stone ball with two wooden bases, which were made by people from a wood workshop.


    Jiang Xuan put one of the stone **** on the base and placed it in the middle of the table.


    The round stone ball exudes a soft green light, like a lamp, very beautiful.


    Except for the round stone balls, the remaining relatively large leftovers were polished into pendants by Old Man Blackstone.


    Smaller leftovers were polished into bracelets.


    It can be said that the whole piece of stone is wasted very little.


    This is the experience and technology of the old stone tools.


    "It''s so beautiful, as expected of a master of stone tools."


    Jiang Xuan was very satisfied with the finished product, and he also praised the old man Heishi.


    Elder Heishi was very happy, and a long-lost smile appeared on his always serious face.


    Afterwards, he picked out a pendant from the pile of finished products, handed it to the old man Blackstone, and said, "This is for you."


    "No no no... I can''t have..."


    "Take it, you deserve it."


    Jiang Xuan stuffed the pendant into the old man Heishi, and didn''t give him another chance to refuse.


    The old man Heishi held the pendant and was very moved. It was a very lucky thing to meet a good leader like Jiang Xuan.


    Some bosses, no matter how much you do, you won''t get any reward, and you will even pick up flaws.


    The old man Heishi was not good at words. He stood in the room for a while and felt a little uncomfortable, so he said goodbye to Jiang Xuan and returned to the stone tool workshop to work.


    When the people from the stone tool workshop left, Jiang Xuan immediately gave another glowing stone ball to Chishao together with the base.


    As for the remaining pendants and bracelets, Jiang Xuan intends to keep them and give them to those who have made great achievements in the future.


    Only with rewards and punishments can the tribesmen of the Vine tribe be more loyal to the tribe.


    ¡­¡­


    After the fall, the weather gradually cools down.


    After the autumn harvest, the rattan tribe held a grand autumn sacrifice ceremony.


    After the sacrificial ceremony, the strength of the warriors of the Vine tribe has been raised by another level.


    Not only that, because Shenteng has become a great god, all the warriors of the Vine tribe have been endowed with some special abilities of Shenteng, such as extremely powerful vitality and quick healing of wounds.


    With these talents, Vine tribe warriors can have a great advantage when facing those medium and small tribes.


    After the sacrifice, the weather gradually turned cooler, the grass and trees gradually withered and yellowed, and winter was approaching.


    On September 11, in the sky to the south of the Veng tribe, a dozen large black-toothed birds flew over.


    These black-toothed birds carry a large amount of cargo on their backs, as well as the warriors of the black-toothed tribe''s expedition.


    Among them, the leader is Wu Yu, who has traded with the Fuji tribe several times.


    When Wu Yu rode the black-toothed bird to the vicinity of the Vine tribe, he suddenly felt frightened, and the black-toothed bird did not dare to fly forward.


    "Could it be that the patron saint of the Vine Tribe broke through again?"


    "Impossible, absolutely impossible, how long does it take?"


    Wu Yu''s face was full of disbelief. The speed of development of the Vine tribe can be said to have completely subverted his cognition.


    ¡­¡­


    The follow-up content is repeated, and it will be updated at noon tomorrow.


    ¡­¡­


    Jiang Xuan walked into the stone tool workshop with the glowing stone the size of a washbasin.


    "winter!"


    The glowing stone was placed on the thick wooden table, attracting the attention of everyone in the stoneware workshop.


    The old man Heishi immediately put down his work, walked to the front of the table, stared at the big rock for a long time, and gently stroked it a few times, as if he was not facing a rock, but a lover.


    As a stone tool maker, the love for stones is difficult for ordinary people to understand.


    "What a beautiful stone."


    The old man Heishi watched for a while and exclaimed in amazement.


    Jiang Xuan said with a smile: "I plan to divide it into two and grind it into two round stone balls. As for the leftovers, they can be ground into ornaments."


    "Okay, boss, you can rest assured and leave it to me, and I will polish it into the most beautiful stone **** and accessories according to your requirements."


    The old man Heishi stroked the texture of the stone. Several decomposition schemes quickly appeared in his mind, and he chose the best one.


    Immediately afterwards, the old man Heishi took out all kinds of tools, and regardless of Jiang Xuan''s presence or absence, he immediately started to work.


    "Ding ding ding..."


    The old man Heishi held a stone hammer and a stone chisel, and tapped along the texture of the stone in a hurry.


    This kind of luminous stone is relatively brittle. After the old man black stone knocked it around, the whole stone suddenly cracked from the middle and divided into two parts.


    Next, the old man of Black Stone used a piece of lime to draw lines on the stone, and first determine what each part is to be made into, so as to prevent the waste of materials to the greatest extent.


    After drawing the line, the old man Heishi made another "ding ding dong" knocking, completely decomposing the whole stone.


    After the decomposition, the old man Black Stone polished the stones piece by piece, chiseled off the redundant parts, and polished the needed parts smooth.


    This is a very time-consuming job. After Jiang Xuan watched it for a while, he temporarily left the stone tool workshop. After all, he still had a lot of things to do.


    It was not until fifteen days later that the old man Heishi finally finished the polishing, and personally brought the finished product to Jiang Xuan''s house with his apprentice.


    The finished products are packed separately in several animal skin bags, and those finished products are wrapped in soft deerskin to prevent bumps.


    When Jiang Xuan closed the door and poured out the finished product in the animal skin bag, soft green rays of light illuminated the whole room.


    There are two of them, which are round and fat stone balls, which were polished very smooth by the old black stone.


    The old man Heishi also thoughtfully matched the stone ball with two wooden bases, which were made by people from a wood workshop.


    Jiang Xuan put one of the stone **** on the base and placed it in the middle of the table.


    The round stone ball exudes a soft green light, like a lamp, very beautiful.


    Except for the round stone balls, the remaining relatively large leftovers were polished into pendants by Old Man Blackstone.


    Smaller leftovers were polished into bracelets.


    It can be said that the whole piece of stone is wasted very little.


    This is the experience and technology of the old stone tools.


    "It''s so beautiful, as expected of a master of stone tools."


    Jiang Xuan was very satisfied with the finished product, and he also praised the old man Heishi.


    Elder Heishi was very happy, and a long-lost smile appeared on his always serious face.


    Then he picked out a pendant from a pile of finished products, handed it to the old man Blackstone, and said, "This is for you."


    "No no no... I can''t have..."


    "Take it, you deserve it."


    Jiang Xuan stuffed the pendant into the old man Heishi, and didn''t give him another chance to refuse.


    The old man Heishi held the pendant and was very moved. It was a very lucky thing to meet a good leader like Jiang Xuan.


    Some bosses, no matter how much you do, you won''t get any reward, and you will even pick up flaws.


    The old man Heishi was not good at words. He stood in the room for a while and felt a little uncomfortable, so he said goodbye to Jiang Xuan and returned to the stone tool workshop to work.


    When the people from the stone tool workshop left, Jiang Xuan immediately gave another glowing stone ball to Chishao together with the base.


    As for the remaining pendants and bracelets, Jiang Xuan intends to keep them and give them to those who have made great achievements in the future.


    Only with rewards and punishments can the tribesmen of the Vine tribe be more loyal to the tribe.


    ¡­¡­


    After the fall, the weather gradually cools down.


    After the autumn harvest, the rattan tribe held a grand autumn sacrifice ceremony.


    After the sacrificial ceremony, the strength of the warriors of the Vine tribe has been raised by another level.


    Not only that, because Shenteng has become a great god, all the warriors of the Vine tribe have been endowed with some special abilities of Shenteng, such as extremely powerful vitality and quick healing of wounds.


    With these talents, Vine tribe warriors can have a great advantage when facing those medium and small tribes.

 v2 Chapter 224： what the expedition brought

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have subscribed, please refresh to read the latest content at noon tomorrow.


    ¡­


    The food of the Teng tribe combines the rich experience brought by Jiang Xuan''s previous life, and it can be said to be full of color, fragrance and taste.


    Everything is about comparison.


    Wu Yu had eaten the food of the Teng tribe, and thinking about the food of other tribes, the gap is really too big.


    In this primitive world, the living conditions of tribal people are too poor.


    When satiety is a problem, most people simply don''t have time to figure out what to do to make food taste good.


    What they think about the most every day is how to fill their stomachs and how to live. As for whether it is delicious or not, that is something they will only consider after the food is worry-free.


    After drinking and eating, Wu Yu looked at the empty pottery pot and Tao Ding, touched his stomach, and smiled embarrassedly at Jiang Xuan.


    "The food of your Vine tribe is so delicious that it was eaten up by accident."


    Jiang Xuan smiled understandingly, and said, "Leader Wu Yu has enough to eat."


    "By the way, I saw a lot of people trading with golden knives just now. What is that?"


    Wu Yu''s observation skills are very strong. As soon as he entered the trading area, he found that many people were carrying golden knives, some people were holding them carelessly, and some people were covering them in animal skin bags.


    After entering this inn, Wu Yu saw many people directly exchanged food with golden knives, or stayed in it.


    "It''s called knife coins. It''s a small knife made of special stone by our rattan tribe. In our rattan tribe''s trading area, as long as there are enough knife coins, all goods can be exchanged."


    "Can you get all the goods?"


    Wu Yu was taken aback. He has been trading between various tribes for a long time, and he knows the disadvantages of bartering.


    In a barter transaction, both parties to the transaction must exactly need each other''s goods, otherwise it will be difficult to reach a transaction.


    If there is one thing that can be exchanged for all the goods, it will bring great convenience to the transaction.


    Jiang Xuan replied affirmatively: "That''s right, as long as you are in the Veng tribe trading area, knife coins can be exchanged for all goods, and you can''t guarantee it outside the trading area."


    Wu Yu exclaimed: "Even if you can only exchange all the goods in the trading area, it is very remarkable."


    Wu Yu looked at Jiang Xuan with burning eyes, and said, "Boss Xuan, can you show me that knife coin?"


    "sure."


    Jiang Xuan generously took out a large knife coin and a small knife coin from the animal skin bag he carried, and handed them to Wu Yu.


    These two knife coins have not been opened or used, and they are very intact.


    Wu Yu took a closer look and felt that there was nothing special except for the material.


    In fact, the hardness of knife coins is high, although sharp, but also easy to break, easy to collapse, you have to be very careful in the process of use.


    In addition to its practicality, the biggest reason for the circulation of knife coins is to use the strength and credit of the entire vine tribe as a guarantee.


    When everyone knows that this thing can be exchanged for goods as long as it is obtained by the Vine tribe, and the Vine Tribe will never refuse it, it can be circulated within a certain range.


    The stronger the vine tribe, the wider the sphere of influence, and the greater the circulation of the knife coins.


    On the contrary, if the Vine tribe is weakened or even destroyed one day, the circulation of knife coins will be greatly reduced, or even stop.


    Although Wu Yu is smart, he is limited by his knowledge and does not know the doorway here.


    Therefore, he only thinks that the knife coin is beautiful and a good thing, but he does not understand why its circulation principle.


    "Boss Xuan, I want to trade some knives with your Vine tribe, do you think it will work?"


    Wu Yu is a businessman. The first time he saw this kind of golden knife coin, he knew that the people of the big tribe would definitely like it.


    As long as he brings the knife coins to other big tribes, he will definitely make a lot of money.


    "Of course, but the value of the sword coins of our Vine tribe is very high."


    "It doesn''t matter, we can exchange other goods. This time we have brought a lot of good goods. Leader Xuan must like it."


    "Really? Then I have to take a good look."


    Jiang Xuan and Wu Yu walked and chatted, left the inn, and came to an open space in the trading area.


    "Go and bring the goods here."


    Wu Yu gave an order, and the warriors immediately went outside the Vine Tribe, where the black-toothed birds stayed to carry the goods.


    This time, they brought a lot of goods, and part of each kind was unloaded and moved to the trading area of ??the Vine tribe.


    After the goods were moved, Wu Yu opened the animal skin bag and began to introduce the good goods they brought to Jiang Xuan.


    "Boss Xuan, I know you like seeds, so this time I collected a lot of edible plant seeds."


    Wu Yu picked up a dry melon and said, "This is called lightning melon. It grows on vines. It is particularly sweet when it is ripe."


    The lightning melon is spherical as a whole, with dark green skin and many lightning patterns on it.


    The lightning melon brought by Wu Yu is about the size of a soup pot. It seems that it has been picked for a long time, and the water has been completely dried.


    Jiang Xuan took the dried lightning melon and shook it. He could hear a lot of seeds shaking inside, as if it was filled with gravel.


    Wu Yu pointed at the lightning melon and said to Jiang Xuan, "There are many seeds in this lightning melon, exchange ten knife coins!"


    "Ten? No, no!"


    Jiang Xuan put down the dry lightning melon and waved at Wu Yu.


    "How many knives and coins does the leader of Xuan want to exchange for the seeds of this lightning melon."


    "This lightning melon, we don''t know whether the seeds can be grown or not, and you said it was delicious, but we haven''t eaten it."


    Jiang Xuan showed **** and said, "I will use at most two knives and coins to make this transaction with you."


    Wu Yu said in embarrassment: "Boss Xuan, the two sword coins are too few. We have collected the seeds all the way and transported them here. It''s not easy."


    "I know it''s not easy for you, otherwise I will give you a small knife coin at most..."


    The two sides bargained for a while, and in the end, Jiang Xuan, the lightning melon seed, exchanged three small knife coins in his hand.


    ¡­


    The follow-up content is repeated and will be updated tomorrow morning.


    ¡­


    The food of the Teng tribe combines the rich experience brought by Jiang Xuan''s previous life, and it can be said to be full of color, fragrance and taste.


    Everything is about comparison.


    Wu Yu had eaten the food of the Teng tribe, and thinking about the food of other tribes, the gap is really too big.


    In this primitive world, the living conditions of tribal people are too poor.


    When satiety is a problem, most people simply don''t have time to figure out what to do to make food taste good.


    What they think about the most every day is how to fill their stomachs and how to live. As for whether it is delicious or not, that is something they will only consider after the food is worry-free.


    After drinking and eating, Wu Yu looked at the empty pottery pot and Tao Ding, touched his stomach, and smiled embarrassedly at Jiang Xuan.


    "The food of your Vine tribe is so delicious that it was eaten up by accident."


    Jiang Xuan smiled understandingly, and said, "Leader Wu Yu has enough to eat."


    "By the way, I saw a lot of people trading with golden knives just now. What is that?"


    Wu Yu''s observation skills are very strong. As soon as he entered the trading area, he found that many people were carrying golden knives, some people were holding them carelessly, and some people were covering them in animal skin bags.


    After entering this inn, Wu Yu saw many people directly exchanged food with golden knives, or stayed in it.


    "It''s called knife coins. It''s a small knife made of special stone by our rattan tribe. In our rattan tribe''s trading area, as long as there are enough knife coins, all goods can be exchanged."


    "Can you get all the goods?"


    Wu Yu was taken aback. He has been trading between various tribes for a long time, and he knows the disadvantages of bartering.


    In a barter transaction, both parties to the transaction must exactly need each other''s goods, otherwise it will be difficult to reach a transaction.


    If there is one thing that can be exchanged for all the goods, it will bring great convenience to the transaction.


    Jiang Xuan replied affirmatively: "That''s right, as long as you are in the Veng tribe trading area, knife coins can be exchanged for all goods, and you can''t guarantee it outside the trading area."


    Wu Yu exclaimed: "Even if you can only exchange all the goods in the trading area, it is very remarkable."


    Wu Yu looked at Jiang Xuan with burning eyes, and said, "Boss Xuan, can you show me that knife coin?"


    "sure."


    Jiang Xuan generously took out a large knife coin and a small knife coin from the animal skin bag he carried, and handed them to Wu Yu.


    These two knife coins have not been opened or used, and they are very intact.


    Wu Yu took a closer look and felt that there was nothing special except for the material.


    In fact, the hardness of knife coins is high, although sharp, but also easy to break, easy to collapse, you have to be very careful in the process of use. UU reading www.uukanshu. com


    In addition to its practicality, the biggest reason for the circulation of knife coins is to use the strength and credit of the entire vine tribe as a guarantee.


    When everyone knows that this thing can be exchanged for goods as long as it is obtained by the Vine tribe, and the Vine Tribe will never refuse it, it can be circulated within a certain range.


    The stronger the vine tribe, the wider the sphere of influence, and the greater the circulation of the knife coins.


    On the contrary, if the Vine tribe is weakened or even destroyed one day, the circulation of knife coins will be greatly reduced, or even stop.


    Although Wu Yu is smart, he is limited by his knowledge and does not know the doorway here.


    Therefore, he only thinks that the knife coin is beautiful and a good thing, but he does not understand why its circulation principle.


    "Boss Xuan, I want to trade some knives with your Vine tribe, do you think it will work?"


    Wu Yu is a businessman. The first time he saw this kind of golden knife coin, he knew that the people of the big tribe would definitely like it.


    As long as he brings the knife coins to other big tribes, he will definitely make a lot of money.


    "Of course, but the value of the sword coins of our Vine tribe is very high."


    "It doesn''t matter, we can exchange other goods. This time we have brought a lot of good goods. Leader Xuan must like it."


    "Really? Then I have to take a good look."


    Jiang Xuan and Wu Yu walked and chatted, left the inn, and came to an open space in the trading area.


    "Go and bring the goods here."


    Wu Yu gave an order, and the warriors immediately went outside the Vine Tribe, where the black-toothed birds stayed to carry the goods.


    This time, they brought a lot of goods, and part of each kind was unloaded and moved to the trading area of ??the Vine tribe.


    After the goods were moved, Wu Yu opened the animal skin bag and began to introduce the good goods they brought to Jiang Xuan.

 v2 Chapter 225： Sail, set sail!

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh tomorrow morning to read the latest content.


    ...


    After trading seeds and honeyleaf trees, Jiang Xuan traded a few spider silk clothes with Wu Yu using candles made of insect wax, as well as some other things.


    Spider silk clothing is a good thing, Jiang Xuan has already fought many battles wearing spider silk clothing.


    With the protection of the spider silk clothing, he was less injured in battle.


    After the transaction was completed, Wu Yu took the expedition of the Black Teeth tribe and left the Vine tribe to go to the next tribe.


    "Wow..."


    Twelve huge black-toothed birds took off again and gradually disappeared.


    In the trading area, Mallow said enviously: "If only we had such a big bird, we could go far and far."


    In the entire vine tribe, only Jiang Xuan has a flying mount, and the other is the giant eagle of the old witch.


    As for those giant dragonflies, they are suitable for fighting and not suitable for long-distance flight, not to mention, giant dragonflies can only survive for half a year.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Don''t worry, as long as you find a suitable big bird, sooner or later, our Teng tribe will also have a flying team."


    "Um!"


    Mallow is very trusting of Jiang Xuan''s words. Since Jiang Xuan said yes, there will be in the future. She firmly believes in this!


    Many people in the Veng tribe have an almost blind worship and trust in Jiang Xuan, and the same is true for Mallow.


    Jiang Xuan never let them down.


    On September 15th, late autumn has arrived, and the hot weather is gradually getting cooler.


    The work of the planting team of the Vine Tribe is coming to an end. Except for some vegetables, all the grains are returned to the warehouse.


    The work of the breeding team has just begun.


    In winter, when snow covers the mountains, finding fodder and other food can be difficult.


    Therefore, the breeding team needs to slaughter more than half of the various adult livestock and poultry that have been raised.


    Keep smaller, or breeding livestock and poultry, and feed them with fall stockpiles of forage and food.


    "Move faster, take out the animal skin and send it to the garment workshop, cut the meat into strips, hang it up and smoke it dry, and take out all the bones. The useful ones are used to make tools, and the useless ones are given to everyone. stew."


    Dajiao stood in front of the soldiers of the breeding team, telling them to work and helping them.


    The entire breeding area is very busy. They first slaughter livestock and poultry, and then send them to various places in a centralized manner according to the role of different tribes.


    For example, the rabbit skin of the long-tailed rabbit is one of the main raw materials for the production of winter animal skins in clothing workshops.


    As for animal bones, animal meat, animal teeth, etc., there are also arrangements, and there will be no waste.


    This year''s breeding results are gratifying. This winter, the Teng tribe people can often eat meat.


    This is an amazing achievement.


    In addition to the breeding team, other teams are also preparing for the winter.


    The hunting team needs to catch more game, the fishing team needs to catch more fish, the engineering team needs to repair the houses of the whole tribe...


    Let''s all work together to make this winter even better.


    On the other side, the shipyard produced the second batch of sailboats.


    "Chief, most of the problems found on the first batch of sailboats have been resolved on the second batch of sailboats."


    The soldiers of the shipyard introduced Jiang Xuan in detail about the second batch of sailboats.


    There are six sailboats in this batch, which is an improved version of the first batch of sailboats.


    Many of the problems that arose on the first batch of sailboats were resolved on the second batch of sailboats.


    For example, the anchor sometimes gets stuck.


    The anchors of the first sailboats had hooks on the left and right. After the anchor was lowered, it was only necessary to move the boat forward a short distance, and the hooks would hook onto rocks or other objects on the bottom of the water.


    However, the situation at the bottom of the water is complicated, and no one knows what the anchor will hook.


    Sometimes, when the anchor hooks on something that is difficult to untangle, it can''t be retracted.


    The anchor can''t be retracted, and the ship can''t move forward.


    If the underwater environment is more dangerous or worse, the anchor and the bronze chain connecting the anchor can only be abandoned, and the loss is very large.


    When casting the second-generation anchor, the craftsmen fully used their brains and finally decided to add a chain in the middle of the bottom of the anchor.


    Many times, the reason why the anchor cannot be pulled out is because the iron hook is stuck, and it is difficult to pull up when the angle is wrong.


    "First Clan"


    After adding a chain to the bottom of the anchor, once it is stuck, just pull the chain to quickly change the angle of the iron hook to get it out of the stuck place.


    The second place to change the sailboat is the sail.


    The first batch of sailboats only had one sail, and the requirements for the wind direction were relatively high. Once the wind direction was wrong, the boat could only continue to move forward by relying on the power of the current or paddling.


    In order to change this problem, the shipyard adopted Jiang Xuan''s suggestion and set up three-sided sails on the second-generation sailboat.


    One side is the mainsail, and the left and right side sails.


    With three sails, the requirements for wind direction are greatly reduced.


    No matter which side the wind blows from, it can achieve the purpose of using the wind to propel the ship forward through the cooperation of more than two sails.


    There were also many problems found on the first sailing boats, which were also well resolved.


    After listening to the introduction of the shipyard soldiers, Jiang Xuan said with admiration: "Very good, whether it is shipbuilding or doing other things, we need to think more and improve more. Only in this way can we make better things."


    "Now that the second batch of boats has been built, let''s hand them over to the fishing team. Many of them still row bamboo rafts and canoes. With these boats, it will be easier for them to travel on the river in the future."


    The fishing team of the rattan tribe, after tasting the benefits of sailing, has already disliked bamboo rafts and canoes.


    Especially Nepeta, he heard Jiang Xuan tell the story of big rivers, lakes and seas, and those vast waters are very longing.


    It is obviously unrealistic to travel by bamboo rafts and canoes, unless you are a natural stone monkey.


    If you want to go further along the river, you must have a big boat strong enough to withstand the wind and waves.


    "Yes, after our trial sailing, we will deliver it to the fishing team as soon as possible!"


    All ships manufactured by shipyards must undergo rigorous inspections and a period of sea trials.


    This is also one of the rules made by Jiang Xuan.


    The waters are dangerous, especially in this primitive and wild world, where there are countless terrifying giant fish and water beasts.


    Although most of the soldiers of the fishing team have learned to swim under the guidance of Jiang Xuan, when the boat is in danger in the wide waters, those who can swim only have a chance to escape.


    Therefore, the quality of the boat itself is very important, and it must go through strict inspection and sea trials before it can be used.


    In the next five days, the second batch of sailboats of the Veng tribe shuttled back and forth on the river, testing the performance of the sailboats and some problems in various ways.


    On the sixth day, the six sailboats that were tested correctly and performed well in sea trials were finally delivered to the fishing team.


    When Nepeta boarded the first sailboat with three sails, the whole person was extremely excited.


    The six sailboats were larger than the previous ones, each over ten meters in length, and could accommodate more warriors.


    Jiang Xuan also boarded the bow and asked Jing Ji, "From today onwards, these six sailboats are the first fleet of the Teng tribe."


    Jing Ji looked at Jiang Xuan and said with fiery eyes, "Leader, give the fleet a name!"


    Jiang Xuan thought for a while and said, "I didn''t think of a particularly good name, why don''t I call it the Teng tribe fleet."


    "Vine tribe fleet, good name!"


    Nepeta was all excited. When a fleet was given the name of a tribe, it represented the glory of the Vine tribe.


    After taking the names, Nepeta selected one hundred warriors with the best water and the best ability to control sailboats from the fishing team as the crew of the fleet.


    September twenty-three.


    The crew of the Teng tribe''s fleet all boarded the new ships, and the six new ships were moored in the river bay with their bows close together.


    Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao, as well as all the important figures of the Teng tribe, stood on the bow of the largest ship and participated in the ceremony.


    ...


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ...


    Twelve huge black-toothed birds took off again and gradually disappeared.


    In the trading area, Mallow said enviously: "If only we had such a big bird, we could go far and far."


    In the entire vine tribe, only Jiang Xuan has a flying mount, and the other is the giant eagle of the old witch.


    As for those giant dragonflies, they are suitable for fighting and not suitable for long-distance flight, not to mention, giant dragonflies can only survive for half a year.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Don''t worry, as long as you find a suitable big bird, sooner or later, our Teng tribe will also have a flying team."


    "Um!"


    Mallow is very trusting of Jiang Xuan''s words. Since Jiang Xuan said yes, there will be in the future. She firmly believes in this!


    Many people in the Veng tribe have an almost blind worship and trust in Jiang Xuan, and the same is true for Mallow.


    Jiang Xuan never let them down.


    On September 15th, late autumn has arrived, and the hot weather is gradually getting cooler.


    The work of the planting team of the Vine Tribe is coming to an end. Except for some vegetables, all the grains are returned to the warehouse.


    The work of the breeding team has just begun.


    In winter the mountains are covered in heavy snow, making it difficult to find forage and other food.


    Therefore, the breeding team needs to slaughter more than half of the various adult livestock and poultry that have been raised.


    Keep smaller, or breeding livestock and poultry, and feed them with fall stockpiles of forage and food.


    "Move faster, take out the animal skin and send it to the garment workshop, cut the meat into strips, hang it up and smoke it dry, and take out all the bones. The useful ones are used to make tools, and the useless ones are given to everyone. stew."


    Dajiao stood in front of the soldiers of the breeding team, telling them to work and helping them.


    The entire breeding area is very busy. They first slaughter livestock and poultry, and then send them to various places in a centralized manner according to the role of different tribes.


    For example, the rabbit skin of the long-tailed rabbit is one of the main raw materials for the production of winter animal skins in clothing workshops.


    As for animal bones, animal meat, animal teeth, etc., there are also arrangements, and there will be no waste.


    This year''s breeding results are gratifying. This winter, the Teng tribe people can often eat meat.


    This is an amazing achievement.


    In addition to the breeding team, other teams are also preparing for the winter.


    The hunting team needs to catch more game, the fishing team needs to catch more fish, the engineering team needs to repair the houses of the whole tribe...


    Let''s all work together to make this winter even better.


    On the other side, the shipyard produced the second batch of sailboats.


    "Chief, most of the problems found on the first batch of sailboats have been resolved on the second batch of sailboats."


    The soldiers of the shipyard introduced Jiang Xuan in detail about the second batch of sailboats.


    There are six sailboats in this batch, which is an improved version of the first batch of sailboats.


    Many of the problems that arose on the first batch of sailboats were resolved on the second batch of sailboats.

 v2 Chapter 225： what the expedition brought

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have subscribed, please refresh to read the latest content at noon tomorrow.


    ...


    The food of the Teng tribe combines the rich experience brought by Jiang Xuan''s previous life, and it can be said to be full of color, fragrance and taste.


    Everything is about comparison.


    Wu Yu had eaten the food of the Teng tribe, and thinking about the food of other tribes, the gap is really too big.


    In this primitive world, the living conditions of tribal people are too poor.


    When satiety is a problem, most people simply don''t have time to figure out what to do to make food taste good.


    What they think about the most every day is how to fill their stomachs and how to live. As for whether it is delicious or not, that is something they will only consider after the food is worry-free.


    After drinking and eating, Wu Yu looked at the empty pottery pot and Tao Ding, touched his stomach, and smiled embarrassedly at Jiang Xuan.


    "The food of your Vine tribe is so delicious that it was eaten up by accident."


    Jiang Xuan smiled understandingly, and said, "Leader Wu Yu has enough to eat."


    "By the way, I saw a lot of people trading with golden knives just now. What is that?"


    Wu Yu''s observation skills are very strong. As soon as he entered the trading area, he found that many people were carrying golden knives, some people were holding them carelessly, and some people were covering them in animal skin bags.


    After entering this inn, Wu Yu saw many people directly exchanged food with golden knives, or stayed in it.


    "It''s called knife coins. It''s a small knife made of special stone by our rattan tribe. In our rattan tribe''s trading area, as long as there are enough knife coins, all goods can be exchanged."


    "Can you get all the goods?"


    Wu Yu was taken aback. He has been trading between various tribes for a long time, and he knows the disadvantages of bartering.


    In a barter transaction, both parties to the transaction must exactly need each other''s goods, otherwise it will be difficult to reach a transaction.


    If there is one thing that can be exchanged for all the goods, it will bring great convenience to the transaction.


    Jiang Xuan replied affirmatively: "That''s right, as long as you are in the Veng tribe trading area, knife coins can be exchanged for all goods, and you can''t guarantee it outside the trading area."


    Wu Yu exclaimed: "Even if you can only exchange all the goods in the trading area, it is very remarkable."


    Wu Yu looked at Jiang Xuan with burning eyes, and said, "Boss Xuan, can you show me that knife coin?"


    "sure."


    Jiang Xuan generously took out a large knife coin and a small knife coin from the animal skin bag he carried, and handed them to Wu Yu.


    These two knife coins have not been opened or used, and they are very intact.


    Wu Yu took a closer look and felt that there was nothing special except for the material.


    In fact, the hardness of knife coins is high, although sharp, but also easy to break, easy to collapse, you have to be very careful in the process of use.


    In addition to its practicality, the biggest reason for the circulation of knife coins is to use the strength and credit of the entire vine tribe as a guarantee.


    When everyone knows that this thing can be exchanged for goods as long as it is obtained by the Vine tribe, and the Vine Tribe will never refuse it, it can be circulated within a certain range.


    The stronger the vine tribe, the wider the sphere of influence, and the greater the circulation of the knife coins.


    On the contrary, if the Vine tribe is weakened or even destroyed one day, the circulation of knife coins will be greatly reduced, or even stop.


    Although Wu Yu is smart, he is limited by his knowledge and does not know the doorway here.


    Therefore, he only thinks that the knife coin is beautiful and a good thing, but he does not understand why its circulation principle.


    "Boss Xuan, I want to trade some knives with your Vine tribe, do you think it will work?"


    Wu Yu is a businessman. The first time he saw this kind of golden knife coin, he knew that the people of the big tribe would definitely like it.


    As long as he brings the knife coins to other big tribes, he will definitely make a lot of money.


    "Of course, but the value of the sword coins of our Vine tribe is very high."


    "It doesn''t matter, we can exchange other goods. This time we have brought a lot of good goods. Leader Xuan must like it."


    "Really? Then I have to take a good look."


    Jiang Xuan and Wu Yu walked and chatted, left the inn, and came to an open space in the trading area.


    "Go and bring the goods here."


    Wu Yu gave an order, and the warriors immediately went outside the Vine Tribe, where the black-toothed birds stayed to carry the goods.


    This time, they brought a lot of goods, and part of each kind was unloaded and moved to the trading area of ??the Vine tribe.


    After the goods were moved, Wu Yu opened the animal skin bag and began to introduce the good goods they brought to Jiang Xuan.


    "Boss Xuan, I know you like seeds, so this time I collected a lot of edible plant seeds."


    Wu Yu picked up a dry melon and said, "This is called lightning melon. It grows on vines. It is particularly sweet when it is ripe."


    The lightning melon is spherical as a whole, with dark green skin and many lightning patterns on it.


    The lightning melon brought by Wu Yu is about the size of a soup pot. It seems that it has been picked for a long time, and the water has been completely dried.


    Jiang Xuan took the dried lightning melon and shook it. He could hear a lot of seeds shaking inside, as if it was filled with gravel.


    Wu Yu pointed at the lightning melon and said to Jiang Xuan, "There are many seeds in this lightning melon, exchange ten knife coins!"


    "Ten? No, no!"


    Jiang Xuan put down the dry lightning melon and waved at Wu Yu.


    "How many knives and coins does the leader of Xuan want to exchange for the seeds of this lightning melon."


    "This lightning melon, we don''t know whether the seeds can be grown or not, and you said it was delicious, but we haven''t eaten it."


    Jiang Xuan showed **** and said, "I will use at most two knives and coins to make this transaction with you."


    Wu Yu said in embarrassment: "Boss Xuan, the two sword coins are too few. We have collected the seeds all the way and transported them here. It''s not easy."


    "I know it''s not easy for you, otherwise I will give you at most a small knife coin..."


    The two sides bargained for a while, and in the end, Jiang Xuan, the lightning melon seed, exchanged three small knife coins in his hand.


    ...


    The follow-up content is repeated and will be updated tomorrow morning.


    ...


    The food of the Teng tribe combines the rich experience brought by Jiang Xuan''s previous life, and it can be said to be full of color, fragrance and taste.


    Everything is about comparison.


    Wu Yu had eaten the food of the Teng tribe, and thinking about the food of other tribes, the gap is really too big.


    In this primitive world, the living conditions of tribal people are too poor.


    When satiety is a problem, most people simply don''t have time to figure out what to do to make food taste good.


    What they think about the most every day is how to fill their stomachs and how to live. As for whether it is delicious or not, that is something they will only consider after the food is worry-free.


    After drinking and eating, Wu Yu looked at the empty pottery pot and Tao Ding, touched his stomach, and smiled embarrassedly at Jiang Xuan.


    "The food of your Vine tribe is so delicious that it was eaten up by accident."


    Jiang Xuan smiled understandingly, and said, "Leader Wu Yu has enough to eat."


    "By the way, I saw a lot of people trading with golden knives just now. What is that?"


    Wu Yu''s observation skills are very strong. As soon as he entered the trading area, he found that many people were carrying golden knives, some people were holding them carelessly, and some people were covering them in animal skin bags.


    After entering this inn, Wu Yu saw many people directly exchanged food with golden knives, or stayed in it.


    "It''s called knife coins. It''s a small knife made of special stone by our rattan tribe. In our rattan tribe''s trading area, as long as there are enough knife coins, all goods can be exchanged."


    "Can you get all the goods?"


    Wu Yu was taken aback. He has been trading between various tribes for a long time, and he knows the disadvantages of bartering.


    In a barter transaction, both parties to the transaction must exactly need each other''s goods, otherwise it will be difficult to reach a transaction.


    If there is one thing that can be exchanged for all the goods, it will bring great convenience to the transaction.


    Jiang Xuan replied affirmatively: "That''s right, as long as you are in the Veng tribe trading area, knife coins can be exchanged for all goods, and you can''t guarantee it outside the trading area."


    Wu Yu exclaimed: "Even if you can only exchange all the goods in the trading area, it is very remarkable."


    Wu Yu looked at Jiang Xuan with burning eyes, and said, "Boss Xuan, can you show me that knife coin?"


    "sure."


    Jiang Xuan generously took out a large knife coin and a small knife coin from the animal skin bag he carried, and handed them to Wu Yu.


    These two knife coins have not been opened or used, and they are very intact.


    Wu Yu took a closer look and felt that there was nothing special except for the material.


    In fact, knife coins have high hardness. Although they are sharp, they are also easy to break and collapse. You must be very careful during use knife coins can be circulated. In addition to its practicality, the biggest The reason is to use the strength and credit of the entire vine tribe as a guarantee.


    When everyone knows that this thing can be exchanged for goods as long as it is obtained by the Vine tribe, and the Vine Tribe will never refuse it, it can be circulated within a certain range.


    The stronger the vine tribe, the wider the sphere of influence, and the greater the circulation of the knife coins.


    On the contrary, if the Vine tribe is weakened or even destroyed one day, the circulation of knife coins will be greatly reduced, or even stop.


    Although Wu Yu is smart, he is limited by his knowledge and does not know the doorway here.


    Therefore, he only thinks that the knife coin is beautiful and a good thing, but he does not understand why its circulation principle.


    "Boss Xuan, I want to trade some knives with your Vine tribe, do you think it will work?"


    Wu Yu is a businessman. The first time he saw this kind of golden knife coin, he knew that the people of the big tribe would definitely like it.


    As long as he brings the knife coins to other big tribes, he will definitely make a lot of money.


    "Of course, but the value of the sword coins of our Vine tribe is very high."


    "It doesn''t matter, we can exchange other goods. This time we have brought a lot of good goods. Leader Xuan must like it."


    "Really? Then I have to take a good look."


    Jiang Xuan and Wu Yu walked and chatted, left the inn, and came to an open space in the trading area.


    "Go and bring the goods here."


    Wu Yu gave an order, and the warriors immediately went outside the Vine Tribe, where the black-toothed birds stayed to carry the goods.


    This time, they brought a lot of goods, and part of each kind was unloaded and moved to the trading area of ??the Vine tribe.


    After the goods were moved, Wu Yu opened the animal skin bag and began to introduce the good goods they brought to Jiang Xuan.

 v2 Chapter 226： Sail, set sail!

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh tomorrow morning to read the latest content.


    ...


    After trading seeds and honeyleaf trees, Jiang Xuan traded a few spider silk clothes with Wu Yu using candles made of insect wax, as well as some other things.


    Spider silk clothing is a good thing, Jiang Xuan has already fought many battles wearing spider silk clothing.


    With the protection of the spider silk clothing, he was less injured in battle.


    After the transaction was completed, Wu Yu took the expedition of the Black Teeth tribe and left the Vine tribe to go to the next tribe.


    "Wow..."


    Twelve huge black-toothed birds took off again and gradually disappeared.


    In the trading area, Mallow said enviously: "If only we had such a big bird, we could go far and far."


    In the entire vine tribe, only Jiang Xuan has a flying mount, and the other is the giant eagle of the old witch.


    As for those giant dragonflies, they are suitable for fighting and not suitable for long-distance flight, not to mention, giant dragonflies can only survive for half a year.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Don''t worry, as long as you find a suitable big bird, sooner or later, our Teng tribe will also have a flying team."


    "Um!"


    Mallow is very trusting of Jiang Xuan''s words. Since Jiang Xuan said yes, there will be in the future. She firmly believes in this!


    Many people in the Veng tribe have an almost blind worship and trust in Jiang Xuan, and the same is true for Mallow.


    Jiang Xuan never let them down.


    On September 15th, late autumn has arrived, and the hot weather is gradually getting cooler.


    The work of the planting team of the Vine Tribe is coming to an end. Except for some vegetables, all the grains are returned to the warehouse.


    The work of the breeding team has just begun.


    In winter, when snow covers the mountains, finding fodder and other food can be difficult.


    Therefore, the breeding team needs to slaughter more than half of the various adult livestock and poultry that have been raised.


    Keep smaller, or breeding livestock and poultry, and feed them with fall stockpiles of forage and food.


    "Move faster, take out the animal skin and send it to the garment workshop, cut the meat into strips, hang it up and smoke it dry, and take out all the bones. The useful ones are used to make tools, and the useless ones are given to everyone. stew."


    Dajiao stood in front of the soldiers of the breeding team, telling them to work and helping them.


    The entire breeding area is very busy. They first slaughter livestock and poultry, and then send them to various places in a centralized manner according to the role of different tribes.


    For example, the rabbit skin of the long-tailed rabbit is one of the main raw materials for the production of winter animal skins in clothing workshops.


    As for animal bones, animal meat, animal teeth, etc., there are also arrangements, and there will be no waste.


    This year''s breeding results are gratifying. This winter, the Teng tribe people can often eat meat.


    This is an amazing achievement.


    In addition to the breeding team, other teams are also preparing for the winter.


    The hunting team needs to catch more game, the fishing team needs to catch more fish, the engineering team needs to repair the houses of the whole tribe...


    Let''s all work together to make this winter even better.


    On the other side, the shipyard produced the second batch of sailboats.


    "Chief, most of the problems found on the first batch of sailboats have been resolved on the second batch of sailboats."


    The soldiers of the shipyard introduced Jiang Xuan in detail about the second batch of sailboats.


    There are six sailboats in this batch, which is an improved version of the first batch of sailboats.


    Many of the problems that arose on the first batch of sailboats were resolved on the second batch of sailboats.


    For example, the anchor sometimes gets stuck.


    The anchors of the first sailboats had hooks on the left and right. After the anchor was lowered, it was only necessary to move the boat forward a short distance, and the hooks would hook onto rocks or other objects on the bottom of the water.


    However, the situation at the bottom of the water is complicated, and no one knows what the anchor will hook.


    Sometimes, when the anchor hooks on something that is difficult to untangle, it can''t be retracted.


    The anchor can''t be retracted, and the ship can''t move forward.


    If the underwater environment is more dangerous or worse, the anchor and the bronze chain connecting the anchor can only be abandoned, and the loss is very large.


    When casting the second-generation anchor, the craftsmen fully used their brains and finally decided to add a chain in the middle of the bottom of the anchor.


    Many times, the reason why the anchor cannot be pulled out is because the iron hook is stuck, and it is difficult to pull up when the angle is wrong.


    "First Clan"


    After adding a chain to the bottom of the anchor, once it is stuck, just pull the chain to quickly change the angle of the iron hook to get it out of the stuck place.


    The second place to change the sailboat is the sail.


    The first batch of sailboats only had one sail, and the requirements for the wind direction were relatively high. Once the wind direction was wrong, the boat could only continue to move forward by relying on the power of the current or paddling.


    In order to change this problem, the shipyard adopted Jiang Xuan''s suggestion and set up three-sided sails on the second-generation sailboat.


    One side is the mainsail, and the left and right side sails.


    With three sails, the requirements for wind direction are greatly reduced.


    No matter which side the wind blows from, it can achieve the purpose of using the wind to propel the ship forward through the cooperation of more than two sails.


    There were also many problems found on the first sailing boats, which were also well resolved.


    After listening to the introduction of the shipyard soldiers, Jiang Xuan said with admiration: "Very good, whether it is shipbuilding or doing other things, we need to think more and improve more. Only in this way can we make better things."


    "Now that the second batch of boats has been built, let''s hand them over to the fishing team. Many of them still row bamboo rafts and canoes. With these boats, it will be easier for them to travel on the river in the future."


    The fishing team of the rattan tribe, after tasting the benefits of sailing, has already disliked bamboo rafts and canoes.


    Especially Nepeta, he heard Jiang Xuan tell the story of big rivers, lakes and seas, and those vast waters are very longing.


    It is obviously unrealistic to travel by bamboo rafts and canoes, unless you are a natural stone monkey.


    If you want to go further along the river, you must have a big boat strong enough to withstand the wind and waves.


    "Yes, after our trial sailing, we will deliver it to the fishing team as soon as possible!"


    All ships manufactured by shipyards must undergo rigorous inspections and a period of sea trials.


    This is also one of the rules made by Jiang Xuan.


    The waters are dangerous, especially in this primitive and wild world, where there are countless terrifying giant fish and water beasts.


    Although most of the soldiers of the fishing team have learned to swim under the guidance of Jiang Xuan, when the boat is in danger in the wide waters, those who can swim only have a chance to escape.


    Therefore, the quality of the boat itself is very important, and it must go through strict inspection and sea trials before it can be used.


    In the next five days, the second batch of sailboats of the Veng tribe shuttled back and forth on the river, testing the performance of the sailboats and some problems in various ways.


    On the sixth day, the six sailboats that were tested correctly and performed well in sea trials were finally delivered to the fishing team.


    When Nepeta boarded the first sailboat with three sails, the whole person was extremely excited.


    The six sailboats were larger than the previous ones, each over ten meters in length, and could accommodate more warriors.


    Jiang Xuan also boarded the bow and asked Jing Ji, "From today onwards, these six sailboats are the first fleet of the Teng tribe."


    Jing Ji looked at Jiang Xuan and said with fiery eyes, "Leader, give the fleet a name!"


    Jiang Xuan thought for a while and said, "I didn''t think of a particularly good name, why don''t I call it the Teng tribe fleet."


    "Vine tribe fleet, good name!"


    Nepeta was all excited. When a fleet was given the name of a tribe, it represented the glory of the Vine tribe.


    After taking the names, Nepeta selected one hundred warriors with the best water and the best ability to control sailboats from the fishing team as the crew of the fleet.


    September twenty-three.


    The crew of the Teng tribe''s fleet all boarded the new ships, and the six new ships were moored in the river bay with their bows close together.


    Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao, as well as all the important figures of the Teng tribe, stood on the bow of the largest ship and participated in the ceremony.


    ...


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ...


    Twelve huge black-toothed birds took off again and gradually disappeared.


    In the trading area, Mallow said enviously: "If only we had such a big bird, we could go far and far."


    In the entire vine tribe, only Jiang Xuan has a flying mount, and the other is the giant eagle of the old witch.


    As for those giant dragonflies, they are suitable for fighting and not suitable for long-distance flight, not to mention, giant dragonflies can only survive for half a year.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Don''t worry, as long as you find a suitable big bird, sooner or later, our Teng tribe will also have a flying team."


    "Um!"


    Mallow is very trusting of Jiang Xuan''s words. Since Jiang Xuan said yes, there will be in the future. She firmly believes in this!


    Many people in the Veng tribe have an almost blind worship and trust in Jiang Xuan, and the same is true for Mallow.


    Jiang Xuan never let them down.


    On September 15th, late autumn has arrived, and the hot weather is gradually getting cooler.


    The work of the planting team of the Vine Tribe is coming to an end. Except for some vegetables, all the grains are returned to the warehouse.


    The work of the breeding team has just begun.


    In winter the mountains are covered in heavy snow, making it difficult to find forage and other food.


    Therefore, the breeding team needs to slaughter more than half of the various adult livestock and poultry that have been raised.


    Keep smaller, or breeding livestock and poultry, and feed them with fall stockpiles of forage and food.


    "Move faster, take out the animal skin and send it to the garment workshop, cut the meat into strips, hang it up and smoke it dry, and take out all the bones. The useful ones are used to make tools, and the useless ones are given to everyone. stew."


    Dajiao stood in front of the soldiers of the breeding team, telling them to work and helping them.


    The entire breeding area is very busy. They first slaughter livestock and poultry, and then send them to various places in a centralized manner according to the role of different tribes.


    For example, the rabbit skin of the long-tailed rabbit is one of the main raw materials for the production of winter animal skins in clothing workshops.


    As for animal bones, animal meat, animal teeth, etc., there are also arrangements, and there will be no waste.


    This year''s breeding results are gratifying. This winter, the Teng tribe people can often eat meat.


    This is an amazing achievement.


    In addition to the breeding team, other teams are also preparing for the winter.


    The hunting team needs to catch more game, the fishing team needs to catch more fish, the engineering team needs to repair the houses of the whole tribe...


    Let''s all work together to make this winter even better.


    On the other side, the shipyard produced the second batch of sailboats.


    "Chief, most of the problems found on the first batch of sailboats have been resolved on the second batch of sailboats."


    The soldiers of the shipyard introduced Jiang Xuan in detail about the second batch of sailboats.


    There are six sailboats in this batch, which is an improved version of the first batch of sailboats.


    Many of the problems that arose on the first batch of sailboats were resolved on the second batch of sailboats.

 v2 Chapter 227： Meet the Otter Tribe Again

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh and watch it at noon tomorrow. pen fun library


    ¡­


    The author warmly reminds that this period is relatively busy, and the update is not very timely. Book friends can read it again the next day.


    Book friends who cannot accept it can be raised for a period of time, and there is no need to say those ugly words.


    For example, now, the author is half-written, and he is too sleepy to open his eyes, so he can only continue to update it tomorrow morning.


    Now I can only read half of it, and I can read it again tomorrow.


    Hereby remind.


    ¡­


    "Gaba!"


    When the six sailboats set sail, a strange sound came from the **** vine in the mist.


    Immediately afterwards, a small vine separated from the vine, and flew towards the totem flag on the mast of the sailboat with a soft green divine light.


    When this vine flew to the totem flag, it merged with the totem flag.


    The totem patterns on the totem flag all lit up, emitting a soft green light.


    This method, Shenteng once used to Jiang Xuan, Jiang Xuan, under the protection of Shenteng, brought many warriors to lead the frog tribe from a remote place to the vine tribe.


    Now, Shenteng used this method again to protect the fleet of the Vine tribe to sail smoothly.


    Only Chi Shao and Jiang Xuan saw the scene of a piece of divine vine blending into the totem flag, and no one else saw it.


    Only the old witch, who was watching the excitement, glanced at the totem flag and felt that the totem flag was different, but he couldn''t tell exactly what was different.


    Chi Shao whispered: "With the protection of the Vine God, the fleet will return safely."


    Jiang Xuandao: "I specially instructed Jingjie, the first voyage, everything should be stable, don''t run too far, don''t drive too fast, go out for a few days and come back."


    Chi Shao nodded, watching the fleet go away, silently praying in her heart.


    On the surface of the Flying Fish River, there are two vine walls that span across the river. When the fleet drove near the vine walls, all the vines quickly shrank and gave way to the river.


    After the fleet passed, those vines intertwined again, sealing the river, waiting for the next opening.


    ¡­


    In the Feiyu River, Nepeta stood on the bow of the boat with a bronze harpoon in his hand, blowing the wind on the river, looking at the collapsing river, and looking up at the totem flag from time to time, the whole person felt as if he was dreaming.


    If he hadn''t joined the Vine Tribe, he would never have had such an opportunity in his life.


    Tribal people are born with a desire to explore, which is inseparable from the conditions of their existence.


    In the virgin forest, if you want to survive by hunting and gathering, you must constantly migrate and explore.


    If you stay in one place for a long time, you will starve to death.


    Nepeta stood at the bow of the boat for a long time until it was time to eat before entering the cabin.


    In the cabin, there is a special three-legged pottery tripod.


    The lower part of the three-legged pottery ding has two basins, one large and one small, one high and one short, integrated with the three legs of the pottery ding.


    The large basin is equivalent to the base of the pottery ding, which is relatively deep and contains some water, which can prevent the high temperature from the pottery ding from scalding the board of the boat.


    The small pot is about fifteen centimeters below the bottom of the pottery tripod.


    The small basin is very deep, and it is integrated with the bottom of the pottery tripod. There is a fire inlet for adding firewood or charcoal into it, several smoke holes for exhausting smoke, and a ash cleaning hole on the side for cleaning plant ash, and Inhale air when burning fire.


    There are two of these pottery dings on each ship, which are embedded in the cabin for the crew to cook food, namely


    Make the hull shake more violently, and it is not easy to be overturned.


    In addition to the Tao Ding, there are also low tables fixed on the board and various daily necessities in the cabin.


    The other is where the crew sleeps. Because of the limited space, they can only sleep in the Chase.


    The second half of the cabin is loaded with a small amount of cargo, such as salt, animal skins, animal skin backpacks, pottery, accessories, tools, etc.


    Because I didn''t plan to run too far, the amount of cargo on the ship was not large. If I encountered a tribe suitable for trading on the road, I would trade with it. If I didn''t, I would take it back to the tribe.


    "Grumble rumble..."


    In the brazier below the pottery cauldron, the firewood continued to burn, and in the pottery cauldron, the food had been stewed for a period of time and was completely cooked.


    Jing Ji took a pottery bowl, filled a bowl of food, and ate it.


    He had just finished eating when the crew outside suddenly shouted.


    "Boss, there seems to be a tribe ahead!"


    Nepeta blew on the food in the bowl, then ate it quickly. After putting down the bowl, he left the cabin and came to the deck.


    A river bend appeared in front of it, and some wooden structures could be clearly seen on the river bend, and some people were running around.


    Nepeta stared at the wooden structures, feeling a little familiar, but he was sure he had not seen it before.


    "Lower the sails and slow down."


    After Nepeta gave the order, the fleet lowered their sails.


    Without the impetus of the wind, the sailboat can only rely on the river water to move, and the speed is much slower than before.


    When the fleet approached the river bend, they could finally see the buildings and people on the river bank clearly.


    A totem pattern was painted on the big rocks on the river bank. After the fleet approached the river bay, Nepeta saw the totem pattern clearly.


    When he saw the totem pattern and saw a strange creature on the river bank not far away, his eyes widened.


    "Otter tribe?"


    Nepeta has never been to the Rex tribe, but she has seen the totem patterns drawn by Jiang Xuan and heard about the Rex tribe.


    The otter tribe in the Great Swamp is famous for being good at fishing and for producing ice lotus root.


    After the Raptor tribe entered the Southern Wilderness, they invaded the forest around the Great Swamp, and the Rex tribe was forced to choose to migrate.


    Since then, the Vine Tribe has not received any news from the Otter Tribe.


    Unexpectedly, the first tribe that the Veng tribe fleet encountered by the Feiyu River turned out to be the Otter tribe.


    "It turns out that the Otter tribe migrated here."


    Nepeta was very happy, because he knew that the Vine Tribe and the Otter Tribe had several transactions, and the relationship was not too good or bad.


    "Enter the river bend and stop by the shore!"


    Nepeta gave an order, and the six sailboats sailed towards the big river bay.


    At this time, the Otter tribe on the shore also saw the sailboats down the river, and noticed the totem flag of the Vine Tribe hanging on the mast of the sailboat.


    "The Vine Tribe, the Vine Tribe!"


    "What are the people of the Vine tribe sitting on? It''s amazing, they can float on the river."


    The Otter Tribe has never seen a boat, and they don''t know what the boat is for. They only know that the pile of "wood" brought the people of the Vine Tribe here.


    Lu Zhu, the leader of the Rex tribe, also came out. If he encounters other tribes, the Rex tribe is cautious and may hide directly.


    But it was the Vine tribe that came, and the two sides knew each other, so there was no need to hide.


    Soon, the fleet entered the bay and approached the shore.


    Luzhu took the soldiers of the Rex tribe to the place where the fleet docked.


    When Luzhu saw that the faces of the people on the boat were all painted with totem patterns of the rattan tribe, a heart was finally put down.


    Luzhu asked loudly, "Are you a friend of the Vine tribe?"


    Nepeta replied: "I am the leader of the Vine Tribe''s fishing team, Nepeta."


    Lu Zhu laughed and said, "I''m really a friend of the rattan tribe, welcome to the otter tribe!"


    It was the first time that Luzhu had seen a familiar tribe since he migrated here, and he was very excited.


    "Come down, go to our otter tribe to have a rest."


    Reed Zhu warmly invited Nepeta to come down. Nepeta did not hesitate too much, and directly asked the crew to lay the planks connecting the hull and the river bank.


    After the planks were erected, Nepeta got off the boat first, followed by the five crew members.


    For insurance, the others stayed on board temporarily to deal with emergencies.


    ¡­


    The follow-up content is repeated, and it will be updated tomorrow morning.


    ¡­


    When this vine flew to the totem flag, it merged with the totem flag.


    The totem patterns on the totem flag all lit up, emitting a soft green light.


    This method, Shenteng once used to Jiang Xuan, Jiang Xuan, under the protection of Shenteng, brought many warriors to lead the frog tribe from a remote place to the vine tribe.


    Now, Shenteng used this method again to protect the fleet of the Vine tribe to sail smoothly.


    Only Chi Shao and Jiang Xuan saw the scene of a piece of divine vine blending into the totem flag, and no one else saw it.


    Only the old witch, who was watching the excitement, glanced at the totem flag and felt that the totem flag was different, but he couldn''t tell exactly what was different.


    Chi Shao whispered: "With the protection of the Vine God, the fleet will return safely."


    Jiang Xuandao: "I specially instructed Jingji that on the first voyage, everything should be stable, don''t run too far, don''t drive too fast, and come back after a few days out. UU reading "


    Chi Shao nodded, watching the fleet go away, silently praying in her heart.


    On the surface of the Flying Fish River, there are two vine walls that span across the river. When the fleet drove near the vine walls, all the vines quickly shrank and gave way to the river.


    After the fleet passed, those vines intertwined again, sealing the river, waiting for the next opening.


    ¡­


    In the Feiyu River, Nepeta stood on the bow of the boat with a bronze harpoon in his hand, blowing the wind on the river, looking at the collapsing river, and looking up at the totem flag from time to time, the whole person felt as if he was dreaming.


    If he hadn''t joined the Vine Tribe, he would never have had such an opportunity in his life.


    Tribal people are born with a desire to explore, which is inseparable from the conditions of their existence.


    In the virgin forest, if you want to survive by hunting and gathering, you must constantly migrate and explore.


    If you stay in one place for a long time, you will starve to death.


    Nepeta stood at the bow of the boat for a long time until it was time to eat before entering the cabin.


    In the cabin, there is a special three-legged pottery tripod.


    The lower part of the three-legged pottery ding has two basins, one large and one small, one high and one short, integrated with the three legs of the pottery ding.


    The large basin is equivalent to the base of the pottery ding, which is relatively deep and contains some water, which can prevent the high temperature from the pottery ding from scalding the board of the boat.


    The small pot is about fifteen centimeters below the bottom of the pottery tripod.


    The small basin is very deep, and it is integrated with the bottom of the pottery tripod. There is a fire inlet for adding firewood or charcoal into it, several smoke holes for exhausting smoke, and a ash cleaning hole on the side for cleaning plant ash, and Inhale air when burning fire.

 v2 Chapter 228： 1 rattan will kill you

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh tomorrow morning to read the latest content.


    ...


    During this period of time, I was physically and mentally exhausted, tired, and too lazy to explain it again and again. Those who want to subscribe continue to subscribe, and those who find the author annoying, those who don¡¯t want to subscribe can go and read novels written by other authors.


    The reason for doing this is not just for full attendance. If it hadn''t been made first and then made up, the update would have been interrupted long ago. During this period of time, it was so busy that it was fuming. In many cases, it was forced to update, just to keep updating.


    If I don¡¯t post it before I finish writing it, it may be two or three days a week. I don¡¯t know if this is the result that some readers want to see.


    ...


    Lu Zhu said with a lonely face: "It''s a pity those ice lotus roots in the big swamp."


    The ice lotus root of the Otter tribe used to be their most important specialty.


    The ice lotus root has a cool and sweet taste. It is the top grade to cool off the heat in summer, and it has some benefits for the strength of warriors.


    Just like the magic mushrooms of the Mountain Turtle Tribe, the Rex Tribe once relied on ice lotus root and could trade a lot of materials with other tribes every year, earning a lot of money.


    But now, they have migrated to a new place and lost the special product of ice lotus root.


    Nepeta asked curiously, "Did you not carry some seeds of ice lotus with you when you migrated?"


    Luzhu said bitterly: "I brought it, but the ice lotus root is naturally suitable for the Great Marsh. After I brought it here, it looks very bad and tastes a lot worse."


    Nepeta nodded understandingly, because the Veng tribe is also planting some ice lotus root in the deep water pond, but compared to the ice lotus root in the big swamp, the gap is too big.


    The first is the appearance, the transplanted ice lotus is no longer crystal clear, and the second is the taste, the entrance is no longer cold, and it does not help the warrior''s strength.


    That is to say, the transplanted ice lotus has lost its characteristics and is not much better than ordinary lotus roots.


    The reason why a specialty product is a specialty product is that it grows in a specific place to obtain the best taste and effect. If it leaves that place, there is no advantage.


    Nepeta asked again: "Then how are you doing here?"


    "us¡­¡­"


    Just as Luzhu was about to answer, there was a sudden whistling sound that the tribesmen only made when they were hunting and fighting.


    When Lu Zhu''s face changed, he picked up his weapon and ran out, not caring about Nepeta at all.


    At this time, outside the Rex Tribe, there are thousands of soldiers from the Outer Tribe roaring towards the Rex Tribe.


    Soon, the Otter tribe and the tribe that suddenly appeared began to fight, and the fight was very fierce.


    In the house, the Vine tribe warriors also held their weapons one after another, and their expressions became tense.


    "Boss, what should we do?"


    They gathered around Nepeta, waiting for him to make up his mind.


    Nepeta frowned and thought for a moment, then said, "Go back to the boat first."


    "Yes!"


    The Vine tribe warriors and Nepeta quickly ran outside, and then went to the river bank to board the boat.


    Because the warriors from the outer tribe came from the forest and had not yet entered the Otter tribe, their retreat was relatively smooth.


    After arriving on the ship, Nepeta finally had time to observe the battle.


    It was the ape tribe that attacked the otter tribe.


    The ape tribe is also a small tribe nearby, but they are much stronger than the otter tribe, with about 2,000 clan members, and the totem **** is an ape.


    This time, when the Otter tribe was attacked, a large number of fierce apes accompanied them.


    The otter tribe has a population of about 500 people after the migration. Although the large otter is relatively strong, its number is much smaller than that of the apes.


    When the gap in strength is relatively large, the Otter Tribe can''t stand it at all.


    "Get into the water, get into the water!"


    Lu Zhu, the leader of the Rex tribe, shouted loudly,


    All the Otter tribesmen fought and retreated.


    The house of the Otter tribe is half on the shore and half in the water.


    When they withdrew to the side of the house, they immediately jumped into the water from various places without hesitation.


    "Crash..."


    The otter tribesmen and the big otters entered the water one after another, splashing everywhere.


    Where large otters live, many caves are usually dug, and most of the entrances to these caves are below the water surface. Except for water beasts, it is difficult for animals that live on the ground for a long time to enter.


    In the blink of an eye, the clansmen of the Rex tribe ran clean, and the speed was astounding.


    This is one of the reasons why the Otter tribe is not strong, but survives longer than many tribes.


    Escape is also a technical job.


    "Find them out, find them out!"


    Seeing the cooked duck flying, the leader of the ape tribe jumped with anger.


    However, the warriors of the ape tribe did not dare to go into the water after all.


    They didn''t even find the food and various utensils of the Otter tribe, and it was useless even if they demolished the house.


    Is it just for nothing?


    The leader of the ape tribe was very unwilling. He had expected to grab enough food from the otter tribe to bring back for the winter.


    Soon, the leader of the ape tribe was eyeing the Vine tribe fleet on the river.


    He didn''t know the "boat" as a water vehicle, nor did he know the totem flag of the Teng tribe, but he guessed that there should be food on the boat.


    At this time, the Teng tribe fleet had just lifted anchor, and it was too late to leave the river bay and drive to the deep water area.


    "Snatch their stuff!"


    With an order from the leader of the ape tribe, all the warriors and apes immediately rushed to the Veng tribe fleet at a very fast speed.


    "Boss, what should I do?"


    The crew on the ship panicked. They didn''t expect that they would encounter such a situation on their first voyage.


    Nepeta gritted her teeth and said, "Our boat will soon leave the river bank and go to a place where the water is deep. Everyone can stand it."


    ...


    The follow-up content is repeated, and it will be updated tomorrow morning.


    ...


    Lu Zhu said with a lonely face: "It''s a pity those ice lotus roots in the big swamp."


    The ice lotus root of the Otter tribe used to be their most important specialty.


    The ice lotus root has a cool and sweet taste. It is the top grade to cool off the heat in summer, and it has some benefits for the strength of warriors.


    Just like the magic mushrooms of the Mountain Turtle Tribe, the Rex Tribe once relied on ice lotus root and could trade a lot of materials with other tribes every year, earning a lot of money.


    But now, they have migrated to a new place and lost the special product of ice lotus root.


    Nepeta asked curiously, "Did you not bring some seeds of ice lotus with you when you migrated?"


    Luzhu said bitterly: "I brought it, but the ice lotus root is naturally suitable for the Great Marsh. After I brought it here, it looks very bad and tastes a lot worse."


    Nepeta nodded understandingly, because the Veng tribe is also planting some ice lotus root in the deep water pond, but compared with the ice lotus root in the big swamp, the gap is too big.


    The first is the appearance, the transplanted ice lotus is no longer crystal clear, and the second is the taste, the entrance is no longer cold, and it does not help the warrior''s strength.


    That is to say, the transplanted ice lotus has lost its characteristics and is not much better than ordinary lotus roots.


    The reason why a specialty product is a specialty product is that it grows in a specific place to obtain the best taste and effect. If it leaves that place, there is no advantage.


    Nepeta asked again: "Then how are you doing here?"


    "us¡­¡­"


    Just as Luzhu was about to answer, there was a sudden roar outside when the tribesmen were hunting and fighting.


    Voice.


    When Lu Zhu''s face changed, he picked up his weapon and ran out, not caring about Nepeta at all.


    At this time, outside the Rex Tribe, there are thousands of soldiers from the Outer Tribe roaring towards the Rex Tribe.


    Soon, the Otter tribe and the tribe that suddenly appeared began to fight, and the fight was very fierce.


    In the house, the Vine tribe warriors also held their weapons one after another, and their expressions became tense.


    "Boss, what should we do?"


    They gathered around Nepeta, waiting for him to make up his mind.


    Nepeta frowned and thought for a moment, then said, "Go back to the boat first."


    "Yes!"


    The Vine tribe warriors and Nepeta quickly ran outside, and then went to the river bank to board the boat.


    Because the warriors from the outer tribe came from the forest and had not yet entered the Otter tribe, their retreat was relatively smooth.


    After arriving on the ship, Nepeta finally had time to observe the battle.


    It was the ape tribe that attacked the otter tribe.


    The ape tribe is also a small tribe nearby, but they are much stronger than the otter tribe, with about 2,000 clan members, and the totem **** is an ape.


    This time, when the Otter tribe was attacked, a large number of fierce apes accompanied them.


    The otter tribe has a population of about 500 people after the migration. Although the large otter is relatively strong, its number is much smaller than that of the apes.


    When the gap in strength is relatively large, the Otter Tribe can''t stand it at all.


    "Get into the water, get into the water!"


    The leader of the Rex tribe, Lu Zhu, shouted loudly, and all the Rex tribesmen retreated while fighting.


    The house of the Otter tribe is half on the shore and half in the water.


    When they withdrew to the side of the house, they immediately jumped into the water from various places without hesitation.


    "Crash..."


    The otter tribesmen and the big otters entered the water one after another, splashing everywhere.


    Where large otters live, many caves are usually dug, and most of the entrances to these caves are below the water surface. Except for water beasts, it is difficult for animals that live on the ground for a long time to enter.


    In the blink of an eye, the clansmen of the Rex tribe ran clean, and the speed was astounding.


    This is one of the reasons why the Otter tribe is not strong but survives longer than many tribes.


    Escape is also a technical job.


    "Find them out, find them out!"


    Seeing the cooked duck flying, the leader of the ape tribe jumped with anger.


    However, the warriors of the ape tribe did not dare to go into the water after all.


    They didn''t even find the food and various utensils of the Otter tribe, and it was useless even if they demolished the house.


    Is it just for nothing?


    The leader of the ape tribe was very unwilling. He had expected to grab enough food from the otter tribe to bring back for the winter.


    Soon, the leader of the ape tribe was eyeing the Vine tribe fleet on the river.


    He didn''t know the "boat", the water vehicle, nor the totem flag of the Teng tribe, but he guessed that there should be food on the boat.


    At this time, the Teng tribe fleet had just lifted anchor, and it was too late to leave the river bay and drive to the deep water area.


    "Snatch their stuff!"


    With an order from the leader of the ape tribe, all the warriors and apes immediately rushed to the Veng tribe fleet at a very fast speed.


    "Boss, what should I do?"


    The crew on the ship panicked. They didn''t expect that they would encounter such a situation on their first voyage.


    Nepeta gritted her teeth and said: "Our boat will soon leave the river bank and go to the deep water, everyone can withstand it."


    ...


    Lu Zhu said with a lonely face: "It''s a pity those ice lotus roots in the big swamp."


    The ice lotus root of the Otter tribe used to be their most important specialty.


    The ice lotus root has a cool and sweet taste. It is the top grade to cool off the heat in summer, and it has some benefits for the strength of warriors.

 v2 Chapter 229： Those who violate our vine tribe will be punished even if they are far away!

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh tomorrow morning to read the latest content.


    ...


    On the bank of the river, the ape and the **** vine battled. Wherever the battlefield spreads, the tree will be interrupted by the middle, and it will be a mess.


    The Ape God became more and more confident as he fought, because he felt that the strength of the divine vine was not as strong as it, and many vines were torn or bitten off by it.


    However, at this moment, there was a sudden movement on the river.


    "stop!"


    A large otter burst out of the water and spewed a terrifying arrow of water at the ape god.


    The Totem God of the Otter Tribe has appeared!


    Shen Teng obviously did not expect the Otter God to appear, but it reacted very quickly and immediately attacked the Ape God.


    "The Exotic Land Reclamation of Vegetable Skeletons"


    "Buzz!"


    The divine vine suddenly burst into a dazzling divine light, and all the vines entangled towards the ape **** in an instant.


    Although this section of the divine vine is not the body, it also has terrible means. Just now, it was deliberately showing weakness, just for fear that the ape **** would be scared away.


    "Whoosh whoosh..."


    Vine after vine, like green chains, entangled towards the ape **** from all directions.


    Ape God was blocked from all retreats. It wanted to bite off the vine like before, but after a few bites, it was found that the vine suddenly became so tough that it couldn''t bite at all.


    "Squeak..."


    The monkey **** made a sharp cry, and it was entangled by the **** vine, as if it was locked in a cage, and it could not break free.


    It''s too late, it''s too soon.


    After Shenteng trapped the monkey **** in an instant, the water arrow spewed by the otter **** also flew over with the sound of breaking the air.


    "puff!"


    The thick water arrow passed through the gap in the vine cage and hit the ape god''s thigh.


    It was obviously an arrow condensed from the river water, but it was extremely sharp. I saw the Ape God''s thigh was pierced in an instant, making a shrill scream.


    At the same time, the vine cage is getting tighter and tighter. If the monkey **** cannot escape in time, I am afraid that he will die here today.


    After all, the body of Shenteng has become the totem **** of the big tribe. Even if it is only a branch, it has very powerful power, which is not something that the totem **** of the small tribe can deal with.


    At this moment, the otter **** also rushed over, waving its extremely sharp claws, and slapped the monkey **** fiercely.


    The Ape God struggled even more in the vine cage, but it was of no use. He could only watch as he was caught by the Otter God''s big claws, leaving deep blood marks on his body.


    "Clap clap clap..."


    The Otter God slapped frantically, and beat the Ape God trapped in the cage miserably, bleeding all over.


    At the same time, the otter **** was very careful not to hurt the **** vine as much as possible.


    Of course, this is a very difficult thing. If you want to cause harm to the ape god, you can''t avoid touching the **** vine.


    Fortunately, the vines are so tough that even the sharp claws of the otter **** cannot cut the vines.


    After the otter **** slapped, the **** vine once again burst into a bright light, and the monkey **** pulled it into the air, and then slammed into the ground.


    "boom!"


    The ape **** trapped by the **** vine was like a stone. It was lifted high by the **** vine, and then slammed on the ground, breaking several big trees and smashing a big hole in the ground.


    Afterwards, Shenteng pulled the monkey **** into the air again and smashed it to the ground repeatedly.


    Every time he smashed it, the Ape God''s injury became a little heavier. If it continued like this, it would really die!


    At this time, the Ape God regretted it very much. If the Ape Tribe was not greedy and did not provoke the fleet of the Vine Tribe, there would be no follow-up.


    Unfortunately, it is too late to regret it now.


    "Squeak..."


    Ape God shouted a few times, and a layer of blood mist suddenly appeared on its body, covering the vine cage.


    "boom!"


    Shen Teng once again smashed the monkey **** to the ground.


    However, when it pulled up the vine cage, the ape **** inside turned into a skin.


    The monkey **** didn''t know what method he used, but he escaped from the vine cage without knowing it!


    "stop!"


    In the woods in the distance, a blood-colored shadow disappeared in the blink of an eye.


    The otter **** looked at the direction in which the blood-colored shadow disappeared, feeling very pity.


    If the ape **** can be killed, the otter tribe will be much safer in the future.


    "withdraw!"


    As soon as the ape **** ran away, the warriors of the ape tribe and the monkeys stopped fighting and fled one after another.


    They ran so fast through the woods that they disappeared without a trace in the blink of an eye.


    Luzhu took the warriors of the Rex tribe after symbolically for a while, but he couldn''t catch up, and then gave up.


    In the sky, the **** vine grew a lot of roots, and absorbed the skin left by the ape **** as nourishment.


    After absorbing it, Shenteng shook slightly, and the skin instantly turned into fly ash.


    The **** vine quickly shrank, and then the green light flashed, and it submerged into the totem flag again.


    This time, the warriors of the Vine tribe saw Shenteng enter the totem flag with their own eyes, and they finally understood why the leader had to let them carry the totem flag.


    The totem flag is not only the symbol of the tribe, but also the greatest guarantee for the fleet''s navigation.


    ...


    Too sleepy to continue writing tomorrow morning.


    The follow-up content is repeated and will be updated tomorrow morning.


    ...


    On the bank of the river, the ape and the **** vine battled. Wherever the battlefield spreads, the tree will be interrupted by the middle, and it will be a mess.


    The Ape God became more and more confident as he fought, because he felt that the strength of the divine vine was not as strong as it, and many vines were torn or bitten off by it.


    However, at this moment, there was a sudden movement on the river.


    "stop!"


    A large otter burst out of the water and spewed a terrifying arrow of water at the ape god.


    The Totem God of the Otter Tribe has appeared!


    Shen Teng obviously did not expect the Otter God to appear, but it reacted very quickly and immediately attacked the Ape God.


    "Buzz!"


    The divine vine suddenly burst into a dazzling divine light, and all the vines entangled towards the ape **** in an instant.


    Although this section of the divine vine is not the body, it also has terrible means. Just now, it was deliberately showing weakness, just for fear that the ape **** would be scared away.


    "Whoosh whoosh..."


    Vine after vine, like green chains, entangled towards the ape **** from all directions.


    Ape God was blocked from all retreats. It wanted to bite off the vine like before, but after a few bites, it was found that the vine suddenly became so tough that it couldn''t bite at all.


    "Squeak..."


    The monkey **** made a sharp cry, and it was entangled by the **** vine, as if it was locked in a cage, and it could not break free.


    It''s too late, it''s too soon.


    After Shenteng trapped the monkey **** in an instant, the water arrow spewed by the otter **** also flew over with the sound of breaking the air.


    "puff!"


    The thick water arrow passed through the gap in the vine cage and hit the ape god''s thigh.


    It was obviously an arrow condensed from the river water, but it was extremely sharp. I saw the Ape God''s thigh was pierced in an instant, making a shrill scream.


    At the same time, the vine cage is getting tighter and tighter. If the monkey **** cannot escape in time, I am afraid that he will die here today.


    After all, the body of Shenteng has become the totem **** of the big tribe. Even if it is only a branch, it has very powerful power, which is not something that the totem **** of the small tribe can deal with.


    At this moment, the otter **** also rushed over, waving its extremely sharp claws, and slapped the monkey **** fiercely.


    The Ape God struggled even more in the vine cage, but it was of no use. He could only watch as he was caught by the Otter God''s big claws, leaving deep blood marks on his body.


    "Clap clap clap..."


    The Otter God slapped frantically, and beat the Ape God trapped in the cage miserably, bleeding all over.


    At the same time, the otter **** was very careful not to hurt the **** vine as much as possible.


    Of course, this is a very difficult thing. If you want to cause harm to the ape god, you can''t avoid touching the **** vine.


    Fortunately, the vines are so tough that even the sharp claws of the otter **** cannot cut the vines.


    After the otter **** slapped, the **** vine once again burst into a bright light, and the monkey **** pulled it into the air, and then slammed into the ground.


    "boom!"


    The ape **** trapped by the **** vine was like a stone. It was lifted high by the **** vine, and then slammed on the ground, breaking several big trees and smashing a big hole in the ground.


    Afterwards, Shenteng pulled the monkey **** into the air again and smashed it to the ground repeatedly.


    Every time he smashed it, the Ape God''s injury became a little heavier. If it continued like this, it would really die!


    At this time, the Ape God regretted it very much. If the Ape Tribe was not greedy and did not provoke the fleet of the Vine Tribe, there would be no follow-up.


    Unfortunately, it is too late to regret it now.


    "Squeak..."


    Ape God shouted a few times, and a layer of blood mist suddenly appeared on its body, covering the vine cage.


    "boom!"


    Shen Teng once again smashed the monkey **** to the ground.


    However, when it pulled up the vine cage, the ape **** inside turned into a skin.


    The monkey **** didn''t know what method he used, but he escaped from the vine cage without knowing it!


    "stop!"


    In the woods in the distance, a blood-colored shadow disappeared in the blink of an eye.


    The otter **** looked at the direction in which the blood-colored shadow disappeared, feeling very pity.


    If the ape **** can be killed, the otter tribe will be much safer in the future.


    "withdraw!"


    As soon as the ape **** ran away, the warriors of the ape tribe and the monkeys stopped fighting and fled one after another.


    They ran so fast through the woods that they disappeared without a trace in the blink of an eye.


    Luzhu took the warriors of the Rex tribe after symbolically for a while, but he couldn''t catch up, and then gave up.


    In the sky, the **** vine grew a lot of roots, and absorbed the skin left by the ape **** as nourishment.


    After absorbing it, Shenteng shook slightly, and the skin instantly turned into fly ash.


    The **** vine quickly shrank, and then the green light flashed, and it submerged into the totem flag again.


    This time, the warriors of the Vine tribe saw Shenteng enter the totem flag with their own eyes, and they finally understood why the leader had to let them carry the totem flag.


    The totem flag is not only the symbol of the tribe, but also the greatest guarantee for the fleet''s navigation.


    On the bank of the river, the ape and the **** vine battled. Wherever the battlefield spreads, the tree will be interrupted by the middle, and it will be a mess.


    The Ape God became more and more confident as he fought, because he felt that the strength of the divine vine was not as strong as it, and many vines were torn or bitten off by it.


    However, at this moment, there was a sudden movement on the river.


    "stop!"


    A large otter burst out of the water and spewed a terrifying arrow of water at the ape god.


    The Totem God of the Otter Tribe has appeared!


    Shen Teng obviously did not expect the Otter God to appear, but it reacted very quickly and immediately attacked the Ape God.


    "Buzz!"


    The divine vine suddenly burst into a dazzling divine light, and all the vines entangled towards the ape **** in an instant.


    Although this section of the divine vine is not the body, it also has terrible means. Just now, it was deliberately showing weakness, just for fear that the ape **** would be scared away.


    "Whoosh whoosh..."


    Vine after vine, like green chains, entangled towards the ape **** from all directions.


    Ape God was blocked from all retreats. It wanted to bite off the vine like before, but after a few bites, it was found that the vine suddenly became so tough that it couldn''t bite at all.


    "Squeak..."


    The monkey **** made a sharp cry, and it was entangled by the **** vine, as if it was locked in a cage, and it could not break free.


    It''s too late, it''s too soon.


    After Shenteng trapped the monkey **** in an instant, the water arrow spewed by the otter **** also flew over with the sound of breaking the air.


    "puff!"


    The thick water arrow passed through the gap in the vine cage and hit the ape god''s thigh.


    It was obviously an arrow condensed from the river water, but it was extremely sharp. I saw the Ape God''s thigh was pierced in an instant, making a shrill scream.


    At the same time, the vine cage is getting tighter and tighter. If the monkey **** cannot escape in time, I am afraid that he will die here today.


    After all, the body of Shenteng has become the totem **** of the big tribe. Even if it is only a branch, it has very powerful power, which is not something that the totem **** of the small tribe can deal with.


    At this moment, the otter **** also rushed over, waving its extremely sharp claws, and slapped the monkey **** fiercely.


    The Ape God struggled even more in the vine cage but it was useless, he could only watch as he was caught by the big claws of the Otter God, leaving deep blood marks on his body.


    "Clap clap clap..."


    The Otter God slapped frantically, and beat the Ape God trapped in the cage miserably, bleeding all over.


    At the same time, the otter **** was very careful not to hurt the **** vine as much as possible.


    Of course, this is a very difficult thing. If you want to cause harm to the ape god, you can''t avoid touching the **** vine.


    Fortunately, the vines are so tough that even the sharp claws of the otter **** cannot cut the vines.


    After the otter **** slapped, the **** vine once again burst into a bright light, and the monkey **** pulled it into the air, and then slammed into the ground.


    "boom!"


    The ape **** trapped by the **** vine was like a stone. It was lifted high by the **** vine, and then slammed on the ground, breaking several big trees and smashing a big hole in the ground.


    Afterwards, Shenteng pulled the monkey **** into the air again and smashed it to the ground repeatedly.


    Every time he smashed it, the Ape God''s injury became a little heavier. If it continued like this, it would really die!


    At this time, the Ape God regretted it very much. If the Ape Tribe was not greedy and did not provoke the fleet of the Vine Tribe, there would be no follow-up.


    Unfortunately, it is too late to regret it now.


    "Squeak..."


    Ape God shouted a few times, and a layer of blood mist suddenly appeared on its body, covering the vine cage.


    "boom!"


    Shen Teng once again smashed the monkey **** to the ground.


    However, when it pulled up the vine cage, the ape **** inside turned into a skin.


    The monkey **** didn''t know what method he used, but he escaped from the vine cage without knowing it!


    "stop!"


    In the woods in the distance, a blood-colored shadow disappeared in the blink of an eye.

 ~： Festival

The number of words in the previous chapters has been completed. The previous chapter continues the previous plot, adding another 4,000 words, which almost becomes a new chapter. You can read it.


    I move on to the next chapter.

 v2 Chapter 230： Famous name spreads far and wide

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh tomorrow morning to read the follow-up content.


    ...


    "Il..."


    The dumplings took the lead in swooping down towards the ape tribe, and their sharp claws and beaks shone with cold light.


    "Squeak..."


    On the ground, those apes instinctively fled wildly, and did not dare to stand in front of the sharp claws of the dumplings.


    However, the speed of the dumplings was so fast that those apes could hide in the trees, but the warriors of the ape tribe on the ground couldn''t.


    "puff!"


    In the process of escaping, the two ape tribe warriors were directly penetrated by the sharp claws of the dumplings and carried into the air.


    The claws of the dumplings were too big, and the two ape tribe warriors had a big hole in their chests. They couldn''t even make a scream, and they died directly.


    After the glutinous rice **** took the person to the sky, they released their claws and threw them down to the ground.


    On the other side, those giant dragonflies also began to dive.


    They are not as big as glutinous rice balls, but they are more numerous and more flexible. They have six powerful claws with barbs, which can easily hold people, and their teeth with black metallic luster can directly bite human skulls. .


    In a very short period of time, these giant dragonflies even killed hundreds of warriors of the ape tribe, as well as dozens of fierce apes.


    Afterwards, these giant dragonflies landed on the tree, and more than 200 warriors from the Vine Tribe took the opportunity to quickly climb down and fought against the apes and the warriors of the Ape Tribe.


    This group of Vine tribe warriors are all elites, wearing thick animal skins and holding bronze weapons, their combat effectiveness is extremely powerful.


    With their mutual cooperation, the ape tribe warriors and apes in the woods could not resist at all.


    "Roar!"


    At this moment, a roar of filial piety suddenly sounded from a big tree in the center of the ape tribe.


    A red ape emerged from the tree hole of the big tree, full of evil spirits.


    It is the totem **** of the ape tribe.


    When he was in the Otter tribe, in order to escape the vine cage made by the vine god, he used a strange magic to take off his skin, and then walked away quietly.


    Right now, it was holding back the fire and had nowhere to vent, and the tribe was attacked again, which made it even more angry.


    "Whoosh!"


    The ape **** jumped abruptly, jumping dozens of meters high, and his sharp claws fiercely grabbed a giant dragonfly.


    The ape **** appeared too suddenly, the giant dragonfly could not escape at all, and was directly caught by the ape god.


    The ape **** opened his **** mouth, revealing sharp fangs, and bit on the giant dragonfly, biting through the belly of the giant dragonfly.


    "quack quack..."


    Ape God took a few more bites, and even bit the giant dragonfly into two pieces. He chewed it slowly in his hand, which was very cruel.


    The brutal performance of the ape **** made the warriors of the ape tribe excited. They ran to the warriors of the Vine tribe with a strange cry, and launched a frantic attack.


    On the big tree, the monkey **** threw the remaining giant dragonfly on the ground, and then set his sights on the largest and most powerful dumpling in the sky.


    At this time, the avatar of the Fuji God was only the size of a palm, lying on the top of the huge dumpling head, so inconspicuous that even the monkey **** didn''t pay attention.


    Ape God''s attention was all on the dumplings and Jiang Xuan on the back of the dumplings.


    In its view, as long as Tang Yuan and Jiang Xuan are killed, the warriors of the giant dragonfly and the vine tribe are easy to deal with.


    The figure of the ape **** flashed, and with the help of the dense canopy, it was hidden.


    When the dumplings flew to the top of the tree, the ape **** suddenly jumped out of the dense branches, and stood on the top of the tree and jumped up, trying to catch the dumplings like a giant dragonfly.


    Jiang Xuan saw the blood-red eyes of the ape god, as well as sharp fangs and terrifying claws.


    If it was another soldier, I am afraid that this time is already too frightening. However, Jiang Xuan did not panic at all, and even showed a smile.


    The ape **** was completely puzzled by Jiang Xuan''s smiling face. Isn''t this person afraid of death? Or has he been freaked out?


    Ape God hates this smile, so it plans to scratch Jiang Xuan''s face and screw his head off.


    The claws of the ape **** are getting closer and closer to the dumplings. Although it does not look as big as the dumplings, the strength gap between the two sides is too great. As long as the dumplings are caught by it, they will die.


    The monkey **** was about to grab the dumplings, and a hideous smile appeared on its skinless face, and its mouth had been opened to the widest extent.


    "Snapped!"


    At this moment, a green vine suddenly appeared and slammed towards the claws of the monkey god.


    The claws of the ape **** were drawn by the vines, and the terrifying force made the bones on the claws break instantly.


    "Ow!"


    The monkey **** made a shrill scream and fell to the ground.


    "Om..."


    On top of Tang Yuan''s head, the palm-sized **** vine avatar floated up, bursting with dazzling light, rapidly expanding, and growing countless vines.


    "Whoosh whoosh..."


    These vines are all entangled towards the falling ape god, and the speed is extremely fast, like green lightning.


    Before the Ape God landed, he was tightly bound by countless vines.


    "Squeak..."


    The monkey **** panicked and made a sharp cry. It had been trapped in the vine cage once, and knew how terrible this thing was.


    However, no matter how it pulled and bitten, the vine still remained motionless, and the tighter it got, the more tightly tied the monkey god.


    Not only that, each vine quickly grew countless white roots.


    All these white roots wrapped around the ape god, and penetrated into its body.


    This time, the ape **** couldn''t cry if he wanted to, and could only struggle desperately.


    The **** vine clone descended from the sky and landed above the ape god, and countless vines and roots tightly wrapped the ape god.


    Not only that, the terrifying divine power of Shenteng condensed a green mask, shrouding itself and the ape **** inside.


    In this way, the Ape God wanted to escape by relying on strange magic techniques like last time, and it was impossible to do so.


    "Zizzizi..."


    After the white roots penetrated into the body of the ape god, it began to frantically absorb its flesh and blood essence, divine power and divine soul power.


    Ape God is still struggling desperately, but the strength of the struggle is getting weaker and weaker, until he can no longer move at all.


    "Ape God!"


    On the ground, the ape tribe witch ran out of the wooden house in a panic, looking at the ape **** wrapped in divine vine in the sky, his face was extremely pale.


    As a witch, he could clearly feel that the ape **** was rapidly weakening and could no longer be contacted.


    Wu panicked, if the ape **** died, the ape tribe would be completely over.


    Just when the ape tribe witch was going to recite the witchcraft several times, trying to re-establish contact with the ape god, suddenly, a bronze feather arrow flew from the woods to the ape tribe witch.


    "puff!"


    Unprepared, the ape tribe witch was shot through the chest and heart by an arrow. He opened his mouth, some blood flowed from the corner of his mouth, and then fell to the ground.


    In the woods, after Shi Loach killed the ape tribe witch, he put away the horn bow and immediately went to the next place suitable for archery.


    As a sharpshooter, it is a taboo to stay in the same place all the time. He needs to constantly change his position in order to shoot more enemies, and at the same time, he is not easy to be targeted or surrounded by enemies.


    ...


    I coded about 8,000 words tonight, and I will finish this chapter tomorrow morning, so that this will not happen again in the future.


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ...


    On the ground, those apes instinctively fled wildly, and did not dare to stand in front of the sharp claws of the dumplings.


    However, the speed of the dumplings was so fast that those apes could hide in the trees, but the warriors of the ape tribe on the ground couldn''t.


    "puff!"


    In the process of escaping, the two ape tribe warriors were directly penetrated by the sharp claws of the dumplings and carried into the air.


    The claws of the dumplings were too big, and the two ape tribe warriors had a big hole in their chests. They couldn''t even make a scream, and they died directly.


    After the glutinous rice **** took the person to the sky, they released their claws and threw them down to the ground.


    On the other side, those giant dragonflies also began to dive.


    They are not as big as glutinous rice balls, but they are more numerous and more flexible. They have six powerful claws with barbs, which can easily hold people, and their teeth with black metallic luster can directly bite human skulls. .


    In a very short period of time, these giant dragonflies even killed hundreds of warriors of the ape tribe, as well as dozens of fierce apes.


    Afterwards, these giant dragonflies landed on the tree, and more than 200 warriors from the Vine Tribe took the opportunity to quickly climb down and fought against the apes and the warriors of the Ape Tribe.


    This group of Vine tribe warriors are all elites, wearing thick animal skins and holding bronze weapons, their combat effectiveness is extremely powerful.


    With their mutual cooperation, the ape tribe warriors and apes in the woods could not resist at all.


    "Roar!"


    At this moment, a roar of filial piety suddenly sounded from a big tree in the center of the ape tribe.


    A red ape emerged from the tree hole of the big tree, full of evil spirits.


    It is the totem **** of the ape tribe.


    When he was in the Otter tribe, in order to escape the vine cage made by the vine god, he used a strange magic to take off his skin, and then walked away quietly.


    Right now, it was holding back the fire and had nowhere to vent, and the tribe was attacked again, which made it even more angry.


    "Whoosh!"


    The ape **** jumped abruptly, jumping dozens of meters high, and his sharp claws fiercely grabbed a giant dragonfly.


    The ape **** appeared too suddenly, the giant dragonfly could not escape at all, and was directly caught by the ape god.


    The ape **** opened his **** mouth, revealing sharp fangs, and bit on the giant dragonfly, biting through the belly of the giant dragonfly.


    "quack quack..."


    Ape God took a few more bites, and even bit the giant dragonfly into two pieces. He chewed it slowly in his hand, which was very cruel.


    The brutal performance of the ape **** made the warriors of the ape tribe excited. They ran to the warriors of the Vine tribe with a strange cry, and launched a frantic attack.


    On the big tree, the monkey **** threw the remaining giant dragonfly on the ground, and then set his sights on the largest and most powerful dumpling in the sky.


    At this time, the avatar of the Fuji God was only the size of a palm, lying on the top of the huge dumpling head, so inconspicuous that even the monkey **** didn''t pay attention.


    Ape God''s attention was all on the dumplings and Jiang Xuan on the back of the dumplings.


    In its view, as long as Tang Yuan and Jiang Xuan are killed, the warriors of the giant dragonfly and the vine tribe are easy to deal with.


    The figure of the ape **** flashed, and with the help of the dense canopy, it was hidden.


    When the dumplings flew to the top of the tree, the ape **** suddenly jumped out of the dense branches, and stood on the top of the tree and jumped up, trying to catch the dumplings like a giant dragonfly.


    Jiang Xuan saw the blood-red eyes of the ape god, as well as sharp fangs and terrifying claws.


    If it was another soldier, I am afraid that this time is already too frightening. However, Jiang Xuan did not panic at all, and even showed a smile.


    The ape **** was completely puzzled by Jiang Xuan''s smiling face. Isn''t this person afraid of death? Or has he been freaked out?


    Ape God hates this smile, so it plans to scratch Jiang Xuan''s face and screw his head off.


    The claws of the ape **** are getting closer and closer to the dumplings. Although it does not look as big as the dumplings, the strength gap between the two sides is too great. As long as the dumplings are caught by it, they will die.


    The monkey **** was about to grab the dumplings, and a hideous smile appeared on its skinless face, and its mouth had been opened to the widest extent.


    "Snapped!"


    At this moment, a green vine suddenly appeared and slammed towards the claws of the monkey god.


    The claws of the ape **** were drawn by the vines, and the terrifying force made the bones on the claws break instantly.


    "Ow!"


    The monkey **** made a shrill scream and fell to the ground.


    "Om..."


    On top of Tang Yuan''s head, the palm-sized **** vine avatar floated up, bursting with dazzling light The body rapidly expanded, and countless vines grew.


    "Whoosh whoosh..."


    These vines are all entangled towards the falling ape god, and the speed is extremely fast, like green lightning.


    Before the Ape God landed, he was tightly bound by countless vines.


    "Squeak..."


    The monkey **** panicked and made a sharp cry. It had been trapped in the vine cage once, and knew how terrible this thing was.


    However, no matter how it pulled and bitten, the vine still remained motionless, and the tighter it got, the more tightly tied the monkey god.


    Not only that, each vine quickly grew countless white roots.


    All these white roots wrapped around the ape god, and penetrated into its body.


    This time, the ape **** couldn''t cry if he wanted to, and could only struggle desperately.


    The **** vine clone descended from the sky and landed above the ape god, and countless vines and roots tightly wrapped the ape god.


    Not only that, the terrifying divine power of Shenteng condensed a green mask, shrouding itself and the ape **** inside.


    In this way, the Ape God wanted to escape by relying on strange magic techniques like last time, and it was impossible to do so.


    "Zizzizi..."


    After the white roots penetrated into the body of the ape god, it began to frantically absorb its flesh and blood essence, divine power and divine soul power.


    Ape God is still struggling desperately, but the strength of the struggle is getting weaker and weaker, until he can no longer move at all.


    "Ape God!"


    On the ground, the ape tribe witch ran out of the wooden house in a panic, looking at the ape **** wrapped in divine vine in the sky, his face was extremely pale.


    As a witch, he could clearly feel that the ape **** was rapidly weakening and could no longer be contacted.


    Wu panicked, if the ape **** died, the ape tribe would be completely over.

 v2 Chapter 231： witch hospital

    After the Vine Tribe left, the tribes near the Ape Tribe followed the movement to observe the situation.


    When they saw the pile of corpses, everyone was shocked.


    They copied the totem pattern on the big pillar next to the corpse mountain and took it back to warn the tribesmen of their tribe not to provoke the rattan tribe in the future.


    The vicious name of the Vine tribe slowly spread among the nearby tribes.


    In the future, if these tribes encounter the fleet of the Vine tribe, or the clansmen of the Vine tribe, they will definitely weigh themselves before starting.


    ...


    The sixth day of October, late at night.


    "Huhuhu..."


    The cold wind whistled outside the house, and inside the house, Jiang Xuan was lighting a candle and was drawing a new map.


    After returning from the ape tribe, the weather is getting colder every day, especially tonight, the wind is very strong and it is very cold.


    Jiang Xuan was wearing an animal skin coat, lying in front of the table, and according to the impressions in his memory, he drew the flow of the Flying Fish River, the more iconic landforms on both sides, and the tribes.


    After painting, Jiang Xuan put down the animal writing brush, rubbed his cold hands, and said to himself, "The map drawn in this way is not accurate. It''s better to take a special trip in the future and draw as you go."


    He washed the paint on the animal brush and hung it up. As for the animal skin roll, because the paint was not dry, it was temporarily left on the table.


    Jiang Xuan yawned and went to bed.


    The next morning, Jiang Xuan got up, opened the door and saw that there was snow everywhere.


    A layer of white frost had condensed on the treetops, on the roof, and on the ground.


    Jiang Xuan returned to the house, took out the calendar bamboo slip, and wrote a small line on it: the seventh day of October, frost falls.


    "It''s winter again."


    Jiang Xuan put away the bamboo slips, looked at Bai Shuang at the door, and sighed at the rush of time.


    He looked at the incomparably huge divine vine in the center of the tribe. As usual, the divine vine was shrouded in a layer of mist, making it difficult to see its true face.


    On the vine, there are more than one hundred giant dragonflies.


    Before the frost, those giant dragonflies occasionally flew out for a circle. After the frost, most of those giant dragonflies died.


    Jiang Xuan sighed slightly. Although the giant dragonfly was huge and fierce, it was still not enough time.


    But wait until next year, and new giant dragonflies will appear.


    Jiang Xuan washed briefly, ate a little something, then put on a new animal skin coat and walked out the door.


    Today is a very important day because the witch hospital is finally established!


    In an open space outside the bamboo forest of the rattan tribe, a mud-brick house rose from the ground.


    This mud-brick house was only built in autumn, and it was put into use directly after it was built.


    The mud brick house has several rooms and a large yard, which is very spacious.


    On the gate of the courtyard, there is a newly engraved plaque, with three big characters engraved in Wu script: Wu Hospital.


    At this time, although the weather was cold, many people in the brand-new witch hospital were busy preparing for the upcoming opening ceremony of the witch hospital.


    The witch hospital, promoted by Jiang Xuan, is a place for the tribal people to heal their wounds.


    At present, whether it is the Teng tribe or other tribes, Wu is almost the only one who can see a doctor.


    There are so many people in the tribe, and illness and injury are common occurrences. How could it be possible to rely on Wu alone?


    All, only those who are seriously ill or seriously injured can receive the witch''s treatment, and those who are relatively ill or slightly injured can only find some herbal medicines to solve it.


    However, many illnesses cannot be delayed, as are injuries.


    Once it drags on for a long time, minor illnesses turn into serious ones, and minor injuries turn into serious ones.


    Therefore, in order to allow all clansmen to treat their illnesses and injuries in a timely manner, Jiang Xuan began to prepare for the establishment of a witch hospital very early.


    He persuaded Chi Shao to bring a group of witch medicine apprentices. These apprentices do not need to be very skilled in medicine, as long as they can treat some common minor diseases and minor injuries.


    It is worth mentioning that during the period when Chi Shao was taking medicine apprentices, the old witch often went to teach those apprentices and enjoyed it.


    Under the guidance of Chishao and Laowu, these apprentices of medicine quickly learned to identify various commonly used herbs, as well as methods for treating colds, fevers and minor injuries.


    The basics are almost done. Now, it is time for these witch medicine apprentices to continuously summarize their experience and continue to learn.


    They will become witch doctors in the witch hospital, specializing in medical treatment for the Vine tribesmen.


    ...


    Originally I planned to take a day off, but I thought that many book lovers would be disappointed, so it was less, everyone will read it.

 ~： for the tribe

    Book friends, for the tribe not to be bullied, for the tribe not to be looked down upon, and for the tribe to regain confidence and no longer yearn for other tribes.


    Please join me in wishing the Vine Tribe to set sail and win this battle!


    At that time, the author added updates for three days in a row, and did what he said.

 v2 Chapter 332： Medical ethics

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh at noon tomorrow to read the latest content.


    ¡­


    The three-day plan of Jiageng remains unchanged, but tonight, my brain is not enough, let me rest, thank you.


    The follow-up content is repeated, and I will write it tomorrow morning.


    Book friends who can''t accept it can just abandon the book, the author doesn''t blame you.


    ¡­


    "All witch medicine apprentices, come to the stage."


    Jiang Xuan beckoned to the stage, and those witch medicine apprentices stepped onto the high platform step by step with incomparable excitement.


    Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao stood on the side of the high platform, and the ten witch medicine apprentices stood in two rows. Facing all the Veng tribe people, everyone was extremely nervous. This was an experience that I had never had before.


    Jiang Xuan took out ten bronze badges from the animal skin bag.


    The appearance of the bronze badge looks like a herbal medicine on the front, and the two simple words "Witch Doctor" are engraved in Wu script on the back.


    Jiang Xuan picked up a bronze badge and said to the apprentices: "This badge was specially made by the smelting workshop, and wearing it means that you have changed from apprentices to real witch doctors. !"


    ¡­


    The follow-up content is repeated and will be updated tomorrow morning.


    ¡­


    After the Vine Tribe left, the tribes near the Ape Tribe followed the movement to observe the situation.


    When they saw the pile of corpses, everyone was shocked.


    They copied the totem pattern on the big pillar next to the corpse mountain and took it back to warn the tribesmen of their tribe not to provoke the rattan tribe in the future.


    The vicious name of the Vine tribe slowly spread among the nearby tribes.


    In the future, if these tribes encounter the fleet of the Vine tribe, or the clansmen of the Vine tribe, they will definitely weigh themselves before starting.


    ¡­


    The sixth day of October, late at night.


    "Huhuhu..."


    The cold wind whistled outside the house, and inside the house, Jiang Xuan was lighting a candle and was drawing a new map.


    After returning from the ape tribe, the weather is getting colder every day, especially tonight, the wind is very strong and it is very cold.


    Jiang Xuan was wearing an animal skin coat, lying in front of the table, and according to the impressions in his memory, he drew the flow of the Flying Fish River, the more iconic landforms on both sides, and the tribes.


    After painting, Jiang Xuan put down the animal writing brush, rubbed his cold hands, and said to himself, "The map drawn in this way is not accurate. It''s better to take a special trip in the future and draw as you go."


    He washed the paint on the animal brush and hung it up. As for the animal skin roll, because the paint was not dry, it was temporarily left on the table.


    Jiang Xuan yawned and went to bed.


    The next morning, Jiang Xuan got up, opened the door and saw that there was snow everywhere.


    A layer of white frost had condensed on the treetops, on the roof, and on the ground.


    Jiang Xuan returned to the house, took out the calendar bamboo slip, and wrote a small line on it: the seventh day of October, frost falls.


    "It''s winter again."


    Jiang Xuan put away the bamboo slips, looked at Bai Shuang at the door, and sighed at the rush of time.


    He looked at the incomparably huge divine vine in the center of the tribe. As usual, the divine vine was shrouded in a layer of mist, making it difficult to see its true face.


    On the vine, there are more than one hundred giant dragonflies.


    Before the frost, those giant dragonflies occasionally flew out for a circle. After the frost, most of those giant dragonflies died.


    Jiang Xuan sighed slightly. Although the giant dragonfly was huge and fierce, it was still not enough time.


    But wait until next year, and new giant dragonflies will appear.


    Jiang Xuan washed briefly, ate a little something, then put on a new animal skin coat and walked out the door.


    Today is a very important day because the witch hospital is finally established!


    In an open space outside the bamboo forest of the rattan tribe, a mud-brick house rose from the ground.


    This mud-brick house was only built in autumn, and it was put into use directly after it was built.


    The mud brick house has several rooms and a large yard, which is very spacious.


    On the gate of the courtyard, there is a newly engraved plaque, with three big characters engraved in Wu script: Wu Hospital.


    At this time, although the weather was cold, many people in the brand-new witch hospital were busy preparing for the upcoming opening ceremony of the witch hospital.


    The witch hospital, promoted by Jiang Xuan, is a place for the tribal people to heal their wounds.


    At present, whether it is the Teng tribe or other tribes, Wu is almost the only one who can see a doctor.


    There are so many people in the tribe, and illness and injury are common occurrences. How could it be possible to rely on Wu alone?


    All, only those who are seriously ill or seriously injured can receive the witch''s treatment, and those who are relatively ill or slightly injured can only find some herbal medicines to solve it.


    However, many illnesses cannot be delayed, as are injuries.


    Once it drags on for a long time, minor illnesses turn into serious ones, and minor injuries turn into serious ones.


    Therefore, in order to allow all clansmen to treat their illnesses and injuries in a timely manner, Jiang Xuan began to prepare for the establishment of a witch hospital very early.


    He persuaded Chi Shao to bring a group of witch medicine apprentices. These apprentices do not need to be very skilled in medicine, as long as they can treat some common minor diseases and minor injuries.


    It is worth mentioning that during the period when Chi Shao was taking medicine apprentices, the old witch often went to teach those apprentices and enjoyed it.


    Under the guidance of Chishao and Laowu, these apprentices of medicine quickly learned to identify various commonly used herbs, as well as methods for treating colds, fevers and minor injuries.


    The basics are almost done. Now, it is time for these witch medicine apprentices to continuously summarize their experience and continue to learn.


    They will become witch doctors in the witch hospital, specializing in medical treatment for the Vine tribesmen.


    In the witch hospital, ten witch doctor apprentices wore brand-new animal skins with totem patterns on their faces, waiting nervously and excitedly for the ceremony to begin.


    Although the weather was cold, the outside of the witch hospital was also full of people, and almost all the people from the entire Vine tribe came.


    A wooden platform was built at the entrance of the witch hospital. It was five meters long, three meters wide, and three meters high. It was covered with several flat animal skins.


    If it weren''t for the absence of red silk, Jiang Xuan would also like to use red silk to cover up the sign of the witch hospital, which would be more ritualistic.


    When the sun slowly rose, all the important personnel of the Vine tribe arrived.


    The old witch stood aside and looked at the witch medicine apprentices in front of the high platform with relief. Today, he came here on purpose, and even temporarily put down the important work of carving out a hundred sketches of the Great Wilderness.


    The old witch is a person with a very noble medical ethics. His greatest wish is to carry forward the magic of witch medicine for the benefit of more people, instead of hiding it for himself.


    Under the watchful eyes of everyone, Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao slowly ascended the high platform.


    Jiang Xuan wanted Chishao to say a few words, but Chishao shook his head slightly, indicating that he would speak for himself.


    Jiang Xuan had no choice but to nod and speak for himself.


    The witches of other tribes are all eloquent and eloquent, magic sticks. Only the witches of the Vine tribe are devoted to practical things and are not good at words.


    Jiang Xuan cleared his throat and started speaking.


    "Today is the opening day of the witch hospital. I won''t say more nonsense. Let me talk about the purpose of our establishment of the witch hospital."


    "We live in this dangerous forest, dealing with all kinds of birds and beasts, poisonous snakes and insects all day long, getting sick, poisoned, and injured, all of which are unavoidable."


    "But in the tribe, Wu is the only one who can really heal the disease. How could she be so busy?"


    "Our Vine tribe currently has more than 2,600 people. If you add those prisoners, it will be more than 3,800 people, and the population will increase in the future."


    "Even if only one percent of the people were sick and injured, there would still be at least a few hundred people on that day. Even if the witch never sleeps, how many can be cured?"


    Jiang Xuan''s words made the red peony beside him and the old witch below him feel particularly deeply. After becoming a witch, they almost didn''t even have time to rest.


    Every day, he is not dealing with medicinal materials, or treating illnesses and injuries, and sometimes presides over tribal events, recording tribal history, offering sacrifices, etc., and he is too busy to touch the ground.


    Even if you don''t sleep, you can''t get everything right.


    Jiang Xuan continued: "So, we want to set up a witch hospital, and we want to train more witch doctors."


    "In the future, I hope that every injured, poisoned, and sick clan member can receive timely treatment!"


    "it is good!"


    After Jiang Xuan finished saying this, all the Veng tribe clansmen were boiling with cheers, because the establishment of the witch hospital was related to the lives of every clan.


    ¡­


    After the Vine Tribe left, the tribes near the Ape Tribe followed the movement to observe the situation.


    When they saw the pile of corpses, everyone was shocked.


    They copied the totem pattern on the big pillar next to the corpse mountain and took it back to warn the tribesmen of their tribe not to provoke the rattan tribe in the future.


    The vicious name of the Vine tribe slowly spread among the nearby tribes.


    In the future, if these tribes encounter the fleet of the Vine tribe, or the clansmen of the Vine tribe, they will definitely weigh themselves before starting.


    ¡­


    The sixth day of October, late at night.


    "Huhuhu..."


    The cold wind whistled outside the house, and inside the house, Jiang Xuan was lighting a candle and was drawing a new map.


    After returning from the ape tribe, the weather is getting colder every day, especially tonight, the wind is very strong and it is very cold.


    Jiang Xuan was wearing an animal skin coat, lying in front of the table, and according to the impressions in his memory, he drew the flow of the Flying Fish River, the more iconic landforms on both sides, and the tribes.


    After painting, Jiang Xuan put down the animal writing brush, rubbed his cold hands, and said to himself, "The map drawn in this way is not accurate. It''s better to take a special trip in the future and draw as you go."


    He washed the paint on the animal brush and hung it up. As for the animal skin roll, because the paint was not dry, it was temporarily left on the table.


    Jiang Xuan yawned and went to bed.


    The next morning, Jiang Xuan got up, opened the door and saw that there was snow everywhere.


    A layer of white frost had condensed on the treetops, on the roof, and on the ground.


    Jiang Xuan returned to the house, took out the calendar bamboo slip, and wrote a small line on it: the seventh day of October, frost falls.


    "It''s winter again."


    Jiang Xuan put away the bamboo slips, looked at Bai Shuang at the door, and sighed at the rush of time.


    He looked at the incomparably huge divine vine in the center of the tribe. As usual, the divine vine was shrouded in a layer of mist, making it difficult to see its true face.


    On the vine, there are more than one hundred giant dragonflies.


    Before the frost, those giant dragonflies occasionally flew out for a circle. After the frost, most of those giant dragonflies died.


    Jiang Xuan sighed slightly. Although the giant dragonfly was huge and fierce, it was still not enough time.


    But wait until next year, and new giant dragonflies will appear.


    Jiang Xuan washed briefly, ate a little something, then put on a new animal skin coat and walked out the door.


    Today is a very important day because the witch hospital is finally established!


    In an open space outside the bamboo forest of the rattan tribe, a mud-brick house rose from the ground.


    This mud-brick house was only built in autumn, and it was put into use directly after it was built.


    The mud brick house has several rooms and a large yard, which is very spacious.


    On the gate of the courtyard, there is a newly engraved plaque, with three big characters engraved in Wu script: Wu Hospital.


    At this time, although the weather was cold, many people in the brand-new witch hospital were busy preparing for the upcoming opening ceremony of the witch hospital.


    The witch hospital, promoted by Jiang Xuan, is a place for the tribal people to heal their wounds.


    At present, whether it is the Teng tribe or other tribes, Wu is almost the only one who can see a doctor.


    There are so many people in the tribe, and illness and injury are common occurrences. How could it be possible to rely on Wu alone?


    All, only those who are seriously ill or seriously injured can receive the witch''s treatment, and those who are relatively ill or slightly injured can only find some herbal medicines to solve it.


    However, many illnesses cannot be delayed, as are injuries. UU reading


    Once it drags on for a long time, minor illnesses turn into serious ones, and minor injuries turn into serious ones.


    Therefore, in order to allow all clansmen to treat their illnesses and injuries in a timely manner, Jiang Xuan began to prepare for the establishment of a witch hospital very early.


    He persuaded Chi Shao to bring a group of witch medicine apprentices. These apprentices do not need to be very skilled in medicine, as long as they can treat some common minor diseases and minor injuries.


    It is worth mentioning that during the period when Chi Shao was taking medicine apprentices, the old witch often went to teach those apprentices and enjoyed it.


    Under the guidance of Chishao and Laowu, these apprentices of medicine quickly learned to identify various commonly used herbs, as well as methods for treating colds, fevers and minor injuries.


    The basics are almost done. Now, it is time for these witch medicine apprentices to continuously summarize their experience and continue to learn.


    They will become witch doctors in the witch hospital, specializing in medical treatment for the Vine tribesmen.


    In the witch hospital, ten witch doctor apprentices wore brand-new animal skins with totem patterns on their faces, waiting nervously and excitedly for the ceremony to begin.


    Although the weather was cold, the outside of the witch hospital was also full of people, and almost all the people from the entire Vine tribe came.


    A wooden platform was built at the entrance of the witch hospital. It was five meters long, three meters wide, and three meters high. It was covered with several flat animal skins.


    If it weren''t for the lack of red silk, Jiang Xuan would also like to use red silk to cover the sign of the witch hospital, which would be more ritualistic.


    When the sun slowly rose, all the important members of the Vine tribe arrived.


    The old witch stood aside and looked at the witch medicine apprentices in front of the high platform with relief. Today, he came here on purpose, and even temporarily put down the important work of carving out a hundred sketches of the Great Wilderness.


    The old witch is a person with a very noble medical ethics. His greatest wish is to carry forward the magic of witch medicine for the benefit of more people, instead of hiding it for himself.

 v2 Chapter 233： Thoughts of going to the middle of the Southern Wilderness

    On October 15th, the snow was getting thicker and thicker. Except for some soldiers, most of them hid in their houses and did whatever they could.


    After Jiang Xuan drew the map from the Flying Fish River to the Rex Tribe on the animal skin scroll, there was nothing else to do for the time being.


    Thinking that winter has just begun, Jiang Xuan feels a little depressed.


    Staying in the house every day, doing unimportant things, doesn''t make him happy.


    "What can I do in winter? There''s snow everywhere."


    Jiang Xuan thought about it carefully for a long time, and suddenly his eyes lit up, and said, "The old witch said that south of the middle of the Southern Wilderness, it doesn''t seem to snow!"


    "First Evolution"


    Thinking of this, Jiang Xuan''s heart became hot.


    Now, the mountains around the Veng tribe are covered by heavy snow, and all tribes will try to reduce their going out as much as possible. In addition, there is a great **** in charge, and the Veng tribe is very safe.


    At such a time, whether or not the leader of his tribe has no significant influence.


    For a long time, he wanted to go to the central part of the Southern Wilderness, or even further afield. Now that he has time, why not go?


    Thinking of this, Jiang Xuan immediately put on an animal skin coat, opened the door, and walked to the place where the old witch lived.


    The snow was getting thicker and thicker, and with every step Jiang Xuan took, he would sink into the thick snow below his knees.


    But he is a five-color warrior, and his physical strength is extremely powerful. Even walking in such an environment does not feel difficult.


    It didn''t take long before he walked to the house where the old witch lived.


    The old witch''s house was no longer the low bamboo house it used to be, but a spacious mud-brick house with a yard on the left side of the house.


    To the right of the house is a giant eagle''s nest built in the open space.


    The giant eagle was sleeping. After Jiang Xuan arrived, it just glanced at it, then shook the snow on its feathers and continued to sleep.


    "Dong Dongdong..."


    Jiang Xuan knocked on the door of the old witch.


    "Who is it?"


    "It''s me, Xuan."


    There were footsteps in the house, and then the door was pulled a few times and opened.


    Because the location of the Veng tribe is snowed every year, when the engineering team is building the house, the door is always opened inward, so as to avoid the situation where the snow is too thick and the door cannot be pushed open.


    "Come in and close the door."


    After the old witch opened the door, he returned to the fire pond.


    When he wasn''t using Wu Li, he was just an ordinary old man. On such a cold day, it was still warmer by the fire pond.


    Jiang Xuan pushed the snow at the door with his feet, then quickly closed the door to block the cold wind blowing into the house.


    He walked to the fire pit, sat on a low stool polished with wooden stakes, and watched the old witch use a wooden stick to pick out a few round potatoes with charred skins in the fire pit.


    "Eat or not?"


    "eat."


    The old witch pulled a roasted round potato to Jiang Xuan''s side, picked up one himself, blew it, and peeled off the blackened shell, revealing the red flesh of the round potato, which was full of fragrance.


    Jiang Xuan himself picked up the round potato and peeled it off to eat.


    A round potato looks like a ball, with a dark red skin and a reddish flesh. It is a bit like a sweet potato, but it is much larger than a sweet potato and tastes better than a sweet potato.


    Jiang Xuan took a bite, it felt very hot, but he was reluctant to spit it out, so he used his teeth to breathe and inhale to cool down in this way.


    After a little cooling, I chewed and swallowed.


    When he took the second bite, he was not in such a hurry, and let it cool first before putting it in his mouth.


    "Old witch, you said before that it doesn''t snow in the middle of the Southern Wilderness, right?"


    "That''s right."


    "I want to go, can you tell me in detail?"


    The old witch was not very surprised by this, because with Jiang Xuan''s character, he would go sooner or later.


    "The middle of the Southern Wilderness is a very lively and dangerous place..."


    The old witch recalled for a moment, and then told Jiang Xuan what he knew about the central part of the Southern Wilderness.


    Including the tribes he has been to, the dangers he has encountered, and some more peculiar places.


    Jiang Xuan''s eyes lit up after listening to the description of the old witch.


    He couldn''t wait to go and see it for himself.


    The old witch talked for a long time, and also explained in more detail, including which tribes are better to deal with, which tribes are more hostile to foreigners, and so on.


    At the end, the old witch solemnly reminded: "If you meet people from the Red Ant tribe, you must not mention the mountain turtle tribe, and do not deliberately ask about it."


    "Don''t worry, I definitely won''t mention it."


    The old witch nodded and said nothing more. He believed that with Jiang Xuan''s intelligence, he would definitely be able to grasp the balance.


    After learning about the general situation in the middle of the Southern Wilderness, Jiang Xuan also ate two roasted round potatoes, got up and left.


    After coming out of the old witch''s house, Jiang Xuan went to Chishao and Uncaria and others respectively, and told them that he wanted to go to the middle of the Southern Wilderness.


    Gonto and others were worried about Jiang Xuan''s safety and wanted to follow, but Jiang Xuan refused.


    The leader has left the tribe. If these leaders also leave, will the tribe still be in chaos?


    Two days later, Jiang Xuan arranged the affairs of the tribe, prepared a lot of witch medicine, food, weapons, and other things that he could use at ordinary times. He took the dumplings to leave the Veng tribe and flew to the far and unknown central part of the Southern Wilderness.

 v2 Chapter 224： Overbearing big crab

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh tomorrow morning


    ...


    Give up the struggle, and the update will be interrupted after writing, so let''s post it first and then make up.


    ...


    "Il..."


    To be cautious, Jiang Xuan let the dumplings land at a place far away from where the tribe lived.


    As soon as the dumplings landed, a large number of warriors poured out of the strange tribe, "Ula Ula" ran to this side, and surrounded the dumplings.


    Tang Yuan''s chin was slightly raised, his eyes were a little contemptuous, and he obviously didn''t take these people seriously.


    Unless the opponent''s totem **** makes a move, or there is a fierce bird that it doesn''t want to get up and down, as long as it wants to fly away, no one can stop it.


    Those bone spears and stone spears couldn''t even penetrate the hard feathers of the dumplings.


    Jiang Xuan noticed another thing. Behind those warriors, there were actually countless big crabs waving big tongs and quickly crawling towards them.


    Crabs are different from other animals. Most animals walk forward, but crabs walk sideways. Coupled with two big pincers, they look very domineering.


    These large crabs are bluish-grey and very large, almost every one of them the size of a grinding disc.


    Such a big crab should be delicious, right?


    Jiang Xuan thought so in his heart and couldn''t help but secretly swallowed.


    Of course, he will never show it, let alone say it, otherwise he will be attacked fiercely by this tribe.


    Because he saw the crab-like cyan totem pattern on the faces of those warriors.


    That is to say, this tribe should be a crab tribe, and their totem **** should be a super big crab.


    Whether it is a previous life or this life, no matter where you go, respecting local customs is the most important thing, not only respecting each other, but also protecting yourself.


    Eating crabs in the crab tribe is the most serious provocation, and it will definitely be attacked in groups.


    Jiang Xuan sat on the back of the dumplings and shouted to the crab tribe warrior: "I am from the faraway Vine tribe, and I came here to make a deal with you. I have no ill intentions towards you."


    "Vine tribe? Doing business?"


    Among the crowd, a chunky middle-aged man stepped out, and the surrounding crab tribe warriors stepped aside one after another, obviously respecting him.


    The tribesmen eat poorly, live poorly, exercise absurdly, and are generally black and thin, with very few obese people.


    But this middle-aged man has grown fat, which is really different.


    The middle-aged man said to Jiang Xuan, "Are you here to make a deal?"


    "Yes, I brought some goods, maybe you will like it."


    "Show me a few."


    Jiang Xuan took out a pottery bowl from the animal skin bag and said, "This is the exquisite pottery made by our rattan tribe, take it."


    Jiang Xuan threw the pottery bowl at the middle-aged man. The middle-aged man looked fat, but he was very agile. He stretched out his hand and caught the pottery bowl firmly.


    He looked at the pottery bowl and saw that there were many beautiful pictures on the bowl, including flowers, trees, and birds.


    Not only that, but these pictures are all colored!


    This is the latest technology - painting and glazing, which was developed by the Teng tribe pottery workshop inspired by Jiang Xuan.


    They first painted eucalyptus with mineral raw materials on the pottery blank. After drying, they painted the surface with a glaze made of clay and stone powder and water.


    After being fired at high temperature in the kiln, a layer of glass-like glaze will appear on the surface of the pottery, and the patterns in the glaze will also appear.


    Such pottery, although not yet porcelain, is close to porcelain!


    When the middle-aged man saw such pottery, his eyes were straight. He had never seen such exquisite pottery in his life!


    He took the pottery and admired it over and over again, and couldn''t put it down.


    After he finally regained some sense of reason, he immediately looked at Jiang Xuan with a warm smile on his face.


    The middle-aged man first waved to those who stood up and put away their weapons, and then said to Jiang Xuan, "Friends from afar, welcome to the crab tribe, I am the leader of the crab tribe, the mountain crab."


    "Our crab tribe likes to trade with people from other tribes. Come down quickly."


    Jiang Xuandao: "If I go down, the warriors of your crab tribe will not attack, right?"


    The mountain crab patted his chest and assured: "I swear to the crab god, the crab tribe warriors will never attack you!"


    Jiang Xuan nodded and swore to the Totem God that it was still a bit binding for the tribesmen.


    ...


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ...


    "Il..."


    To be cautious, Jiang Xuan let the dumplings land at a place far away from where the tribe lived.


    As soon as the dumplings landed, a large number of warriors poured out of the strange tribe, "Ula Ula" ran to this side, and surrounded the dumplings.


    Tang Yuan''s chin was slightly raised, his eyes were a little contemptuous, and he obviously didn''t take these people seriously.


    Unless the opponent''s totem **** makes a move, or there is a fierce bird that it doesn''t want to get up and down, as long as it wants to fly away, no one can stop it.


    Those bone spears and stone spears couldn''t even penetrate the hard feathers of the dumplings.


    Jiang Xuan noticed another thing. Behind those warriors, there were actually countless big crabs waving big tongs and quickly crawling towards them.


    Crabs are different from other animals. Most animals walk forward, but crabs walk sideways. Coupled with two big pincers, they look very domineering.


    These large crabs are bluish-grey and very large, almost every one of them the size of a grinding disc.


    Such a big crab should be delicious, right?


    Jiang Xuan thought so in his heart, and couldn''t help but secretly swallowed.


    Of course, he will never show it, let alone say it, otherwise he will be attacked fiercely by this tribe.


    Because he saw the crab-like cyan totem pattern on the faces of those warriors.


    That is to say, this tribe should be a crab tribe, and their totem **** should be a super big crab.


    Whether it is a previous life or this life, no matter where you go, respecting local customs is the most important thing, not only respecting each other, but also protecting yourself.


    Eating crabs in the crab tribe is the most serious provocation, and it will definitely be attacked in groups.


    Jiang Xuan sat on the back of the dumplings and shouted to the crab tribe warrior: "I am from the faraway Vine tribe, and I came here to make a deal with you. I have no ill intentions towards you."


    "Vine tribe? Doing business?"


    Among the crowd, a chunky middle-aged man stepped out, and the surrounding crab tribe warriors stepped aside one after another, obviously respecting him.


    The tribesmen eat poorly, live poorly, exercise absurdly, and are generally black and thin, with very few obese people.


    But this middle-aged man has grown fat, which is really different.


    The middle-aged man said to Jiang Xuan, "Are you here to make a deal?"


    "Yes, I brought some goods, maybe you will like it."


    "Show me a few."


    Jiang Xuan took out a pottery bowl from the animal skin bag and said, "This is the exquisite pottery made by our rattan tribe, take it."


    Jiang Xuan threw the pottery bowl at the middle-aged man. The middle-aged man looked fat, but he was very agile. He stretched out his hand and caught the pottery bowl firmly.


    He looked at the pottery bowl and saw that there were many beautiful pictures on the bowl, including flowers, trees, and birds.


    Not only that, but these pictures are all colored!


    This is the latest technology - painting and glazing, which was developed by the Teng tribe pottery workshop inspired by Jiang Xuan.


    They first painted eucalyptus with mineral raw materials on the pottery blank. After drying, they painted the surface with a glaze made of clay and stone powder and water.


    After being fired at high temperature in the kiln, a layer of glass-like glaze will appear on the surface of the pottery, and the patterns in the glaze will also appear.


    Such pottery, although not yet porcelain, is close to porcelain!


    When the middle-aged man saw such pottery, his eyes were straight. He had never seen such exquisite pottery in his life!


    He took the pottery and admired it over and over again, and couldn''t put it down.


    After he finally regained some sense of reason, he immediately looked at Jiang Xuan with a warm smile on his face.


    The middle-aged man first waved to those who stood up and put away their weapons, and then said to Jiang Xuan, "Friends from afar, welcome to the crab tribe, I am the leader of the crab tribe, the mountain crab."


    "Our crab tribe likes to trade with people from other tribes. Come down quickly."


    Jiang Xuandao: "If I go down, the warriors of your crab tribe will not attack, right?"


    The mountain crab patted his chest and assured: "I swear to the crab god, the crab tribe warriors will never attack you!"


    Jiang Xuan nodded and swore to the Totem God that it was still a bit binding for the tribesmen.


    ...


    "Il..."


    To be cautious, Jiang Xuan let the dumplings land at a place far away from where the tribe lived.


    As soon as the dumplings landed, a large number of warriors poured out of the strange tribe. "Ula Ula" ran towards this side and surrounded the dumplings The dumplings'' chin was slightly raised, and their eyes were a little contemptuous. , obviously doesn''t take these people seriously.


    Unless the opponent''s totem **** makes a move, or there is a fierce bird that it doesn''t want to get up and down, as long as it wants to fly away, no one can stop it.


    Those bone spears and stone spears couldn''t even penetrate the hard feathers of the dumplings.


    Jiang Xuan noticed another thing. Behind those warriors, there were actually countless big crabs waving big tongs and quickly crawling towards them.


    Crabs are different from other animals. Most animals walk forward, but crabs walk sideways. Coupled with two big pincers, they look very domineering.


    These large crabs are bluish-grey and very large, almost every one of them the size of a grinding disc.


    Such a big crab should be delicious, right?


    Jiang Xuan thought so in his heart, and couldn''t help but secretly swallowed.


    Of course, he will never show it, let alone say it, otherwise he will be attacked fiercely by this tribe.


    "The Age of Rebirth"


    Because he saw the crab-like cyan totem pattern on the faces of those warriors.


    That is to say, this tribe should be a crab tribe, and their totem **** should be a super big crab.


    Whether it is a previous life or this life, no matter where you go, respecting local customs is the most important thing, not only respecting each other, but also protecting yourself.


    Eating crabs in the crab tribe is the most serious provocation, and it will definitely be attacked in groups.


    Jiang Xuan sat on the back of the dumplings and shouted to the crab tribe warrior: "I am from the faraway Vine tribe, and I came here to make a deal with you. I have no ill intentions towards you."


    "Vine tribe? Doing business?"


    Among the crowd, a chunky middle-aged man stepped out, and the surrounding crab tribe warriors stepped aside one after another, obviously respecting him.

 ~： 1 last explanation

    During this period of time, the author is building a house, and also helps the family pick cucumbers, break corn, collect peanuts, and cook. In short, he is very busy.


    I got up at six in the morning and finished my work at nine in the evening. When I was typing, I was already very tired. I often fell asleep while leaning on the chair.


    As an author, it''s my fault that the novel can''t be updated every day, but there''s really no way for this period of time.


    It has been written for so long before, and the update may be a little later or a little less, but it has never been updated, and it was also interrupted a few days ago.


    If you can''t finish writing a chapter, send it out and make it up the next day, in order to keep updating it. If it is not like this, it will be interrupted every three days. I guess you can''t stand it even more.


    After all, it''s all my fault.


    Book lovers had better not subscribe on the same day, and read it again in the afternoon or evening the next day, so that there will be no problems such as repetition.


    Book friends who really can''t stand it, let''s get together and break up. The author is not a rich second-generation, nor does he think that he has too much money, but he is currently lacking in skills and energy.


    In the end, the promised Jia Geng will definitely make up for it.


    The next chapter will be repeated. I will continue writing when I wake up tomorrow morning. Don¡¯t subscribe, thank you.

 v2 Chapter 225： Crocodile tribe

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh tomorrow at noon


    ...


    Jiang Xuan and Shan Crab swept away all the meat worms, and they were still not satisfied.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Leader of mountain crabs, meat worms are so delicious, can they be raised?"


    The mountain crab was stunned: "Raising meat worms?"


    "That''s right, you can dig a small lake by the river, and then keep the meat worms you catch in it. If you raise more, you can catch them and eat them at any time in the future?"


    After listening to Jiang Xuan''s words, Shan Crab asked hesitantly, "Is this really possible?"


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "Is it possible? Just try it and you''ll know? It''s just digging a lake anyway."


    Mountain Crab thought for a while, then nodded decisively: "Okay, then give it a try!"


    Although meat worms are delicious, they are difficult to catch, and if you catch them frequently, the number will decrease.


    If it can be cultivated artificially, in the future, if you want to eat meat worms, you don''t have to rely on big crabs to catch them in the river.


    The idea of ??mountain crabs is very simple. It is simply to eat more meat worms in the future. Anyway, no matter whether the breeding is successful or not, the crab tribe has nothing to lose.


    At this time, he didn''t know how much benefit it would bring to the crab tribe by raising meat worms.


    After eating and drinking, Jiang Xuan began to trade with the crab tribe.


    Although Jiang Xuan came alone this time, he also prepared a lot of goods.


    The transportation in the primitive world is extremely inconvenient. If each tribe wants to obtain the materials they need, in addition to trading with nearby tribes, they can only rely on the Black Teeth tribe, which is a long-distance trading team.


    Therefore, the identity of the Far Traveler is a good disguise. When you go to a strange tribe, as long as you say that you are here to do business, few tribes will refuse.


    Jiang Xuan took out several pieces of pottery from the animal skin bag, including small pottery such as pottery cups, pottery bowls, and pottery bottles.


    When the mountain crab saw so many exquisite pottery, it felt that the eyes were not enough.


    He had been shocked by a single pottery bowl before, but now he felt dizzy when he saw so many exquisite pottery.


    ...


    Among the crowd, a chunky middle-aged man stepped out, and the surrounding crab tribe warriors stepped aside one after another, obviously respecting him.


    The tribesmen eat poorly, live poorly, exercise absurdly, and are generally black and thin, with very few obese people.


    But this middle-aged man has grown fat, which is really different.


    The middle-aged man said to Jiang Xuan, "Are you here to make a deal?"


    "Yes, I brought some goods, maybe you will like it."


    "Show me a few."


    Jiang Xuan took out a pottery bowl from the animal skin bag and said, "This is the exquisite pottery made by our rattan tribe, take it."


    Jiang Xuan threw the pottery bowl at the middle-aged man. The middle-aged man looked fat, but he was very agile. He stretched out his hand and caught the pottery bowl firmly.


    He looked at the pottery bowl and saw that there were many beautiful pictures on the bowl, including flowers, trees, and birds.


    Not only that, but these pictures are all colored!


    This is the latest technology - painting and glazing, which was developed by the Teng tribe pottery workshop inspired by Jiang Xuan.


    They first painted eucalyptus with mineral raw materials on the pottery blank. After drying, they painted the surface with a glaze made of clay and stone powder and water.


    After being fired at high temperature in the kiln, a layer of glass-like glaze will appear on the surface of the pottery, and the patterns in the glaze will also appear.


    Such pottery, although not yet porcelain, is close to porcelain!


    When the middle-aged man saw such pottery, his eyes were straight. He had never seen such exquisite pottery in his life!


    He took the pottery and admired it over and over again, and couldn''t put it down.


    After he finally regained some sense of reason, he immediately looked at Jiang Xuan with a warm smile on his face.


    The middle-aged man first waved to those who stood up and put away their weapons, and then said to Jiang Xuan, "Friends from afar, welcome to the crab tribe, I am the leader of the crab tribe, the mountain crab."


    "Our crab tribe likes to trade with people from other tribes. Come down quickly."


    Jiang Xuandao: "If I go down, the warriors of your crab tribe will not attack, right?"


    The mountain crab patted his chest and assured: "I swear to the crab god, the crab tribe warriors will never attack you!"


    Jiang Xuan nodded and swore to the Totem God that it was still a bit binding for the tribesmen.


    What''s more, there is still a vine bestowed by the **** vine around his left arm. As long as he does not encounter the totem **** of the big tribe, it is not so easy for others to kill him.


    "winter!"


    Jiang Xuan took an animal skin bag and calmly walked down the wings of the dumplings.


    Seeing this scene, the warriors of the crab tribe had envious looks in their eyes. Who wouldn''t want to have a ferocious bird that can only carry itself and understand human nature?


    "Boss Xuan, return this pottery bowl to you."


    Although the mountain crab was very reluctant, but there was no transaction yet, he could only return the pottery bowl to Jiang Xuan.


    Jiang Xuan smiled and pushed the pottery bowl back, and said, "Giving this pottery bowl to the leader of the mountain crab is a gift."


    "This...how is this funny?"


    The mountain crab said something embarrassing, but his hands shrank back, holding the pottery bowl tightly.


    "Hahaha, if the mountain crab leader feels embarrassed, just treat me to a barbecue. After running so far, I''m hungry."


    Mountain Crab said vigorously: "How can a barbecue be enough, at least three meals!"


    "Boss Xuan, walk around, I''ll take you to eat something good."


    As the so-called short-handed, soft-mouthed eating people, the mountain crab got a valuable and exquisite pottery bowl, and became enthusiastic about Jiang Xuan.


    The two of them crossed their shoulders, chatted while walking, and laughed happily, just like old friends reunited after a long absence.


    Along the way, Jiang Xuan observed the surrounding environment.


    He found that there were earth holes all over the river bank, and in each earth hole lived a big crab.


    When the dumplings landed, these big crabs and the soldiers surrounded the dumplings. After the misunderstanding was resolved, the big crabs spread their eight long legs and crawls back into their soil holes.


    On the big rocks by the river or the trunks of big trees, many totem patterns were painted with blue-gray pigments, which shows that the crab tribe has lived here for a long time.


    After entering the crab tribe, Jiang Xuan saw a lot of steamed bun-shaped buildings.


    These buildings are relatively low, Jiang Xuan carefully observed and found that it is a three-story structure.


    The innermost layer is sturdy wood, the middle layer is mud, and the outer layer is a kind of banana leaf-like leaf, which is woven into a waterproof roof.


    The Crab Tribe obviously had few outsiders. After Jiang Xuan and Shan Crab entered, countless clansmen gathered around and looked at it with strange eyes.


    This feeling of being watched is very bad, making Jiang Xuan feel like an animal in a zoo.


    Fortunately, it didn''t take long for him to be invited by the mountain crab to a relatively large steamed bun-shaped house in the middle of the tribe.


    The house was neither wide nor high, with a fire in the middle and a bed covered with animal skins beside it.


    Because the riverside is relatively humid, the bed of the crab tribe is made of stone and wood, about 30 centimeters above the ground, which can isolate the wet ground.


    Because the space is relatively small, after Jiang Xuan entered, he could only sit on the ground with the crab.


    Of course, the ground was paved with those broad leaves and hides.


    "Boss Xuan, take a seat first, I''ll treat you to a good meal!"


    The mountain crab walked to the door and gave a few words to a soldier. The soldier nodded and ran away in a puff of smoke.


    After the crab came back, Jiang Xuan asked curiously, "What good food to eat?"


    The mountain crab smiled mysteriously and said, "You will know in a while, this thing can''t be eaten in other tribes."


    Jiang Xuan is even more curious about this, is it a special product?


    But if the crab didn''t say it, he had no choice but to wait patiently.


    While waiting, the mountain crab cut a few pounds of animal meat, cut it into small pieces and roasted it for Jiang Xuan to eat.


    When there is no oil, roasting meat is actually very troublesome. If a large piece is directly roasted on the fire, it is likely to be cooked on the outside and still raw on the inside.


    Therefore, it is a better choice to cut the meat into finger-sized pieces and skewer them with wooden sticks, because they cook quickly and thoroughly.


    Of course, there are some tribesmen who often eat half-cooked meat, as long as they can fill their stomachs.


    After Jiang Xuan ate a few skewers of meat, there was a "rustling" sound from outside, and the mountain crab was shocked and stood up immediately.


    "Boss Xuan, something good is coming!"


    Mountain Crab walked towards the door first, and Jiang Xuan also followed out of curiosity .


    When he came outside, he saw a very strange scene.


    I saw more than a dozen crabs the size of a grinding plate, standing in a row in the open space at the door, and two strange "bugs" were sandwiched between the claws of each big crab.


    The worm is pink, about thirty centimeters long, as thick as an ordinary glass, without eyes, without a nose, but with a mouth.


    The insect''s abdomen has two rows of fingers-long tentacles, which looks very strange.


    When the mountain crab saw so many bugs, his face bloomed with a smile.


    "Boss Xuan, you have a good time today. You can''t catch so many meat worms normally."


    "Meat worms?" Jiang Xuan was puzzled, why is this thing called a meat worm?


    The mountain crab explained: "This worm is full of meat, so we call it a meat worm!"


    "The meat worm lives at the bottom of the river and swims very fast. Only the big crabs of our crab tribe can catch it. Other tribes can''t eat such delicious food."


    Jiang Xuan looked at these big pink worms suspiciously, deeply doubting whether it was really as delicious as the crab said.


    Because in many places, the local delicacies can only be enjoyed by locals, and it is difficult for foreigners to swallow.


    The mountain crab waved to the big crabs and said, "Let it go."


    More than a dozen big crabs put down the meat worms in their claws and quickly crawled away.


    The pink worms were writhing on the ground, trying to get back into the water.


    The mountain crab quickly collected all these meat worms. Then, he used a sharp stone knife to cut the head and tail of the meat worm, and easily pulled out two tachyon-sized intestines from it.


    Finally, he wrapped the worms with two large leaves and took them back to the house.

 v2 Chapter 226： let me try

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh tomorrow morning


    ...


    "Crash..."


    Not long after Jiang Xuan landed, he heard a strange sound of water on the river.


    He looked at the river and saw twelve soldiers armed with weapons, marching fast on the waves.


    "Drifting on the water with light power?"


    Jiang Xuan thought it was incredible. The warriors of the Crocodile tribe still have such miraculous abilities?


    However, when these warriors got closer, Jiang Xuan found himself thinking too much.


    At the foot of every soldier, there is a big crocodile, and it is the crocodile that carries them underwater.


    "That makes more sense."


    Being carried across the water by a crocodile is obviously more acceptable than walking on the waves.


    Soon, the twelve big crocodiles swam to the shore, and the twelve soldiers jumped easily, jumped to the shore, and walked towards Jiang Xuan.


    They first looked at the huge and oppressive dumplings before looking at Jiang Xuan.


    Those warriors saw the five warrior lines on Jiang Xuan''s face at a glance, and the terrible pressure brought by the dumplings made these crocodile tribe warriors pay more attention to Jiang Xuan.


    The leading warrior asked, "Which tribe are you from?"


    Jiang Xuan replied, "I''m from the Vine tribe."


    "Vine tribe?"


    The leading soldier thought about it carefully and found that he had never heard of the name of this tribe.


    However, he did not despise it. After all, a tribe that could give birth to five-color warriors and raise a vicious bird would definitely not be too weak.


    "Friends of the Vine tribe, welcome to the crocodile tribe''s territory. You can move freely around the territory, but be careful not to violate the rules of our crocodile tribe, or you will bring disaster to yourself."


    The leading warrior pointed at the dumplings again and said, "In addition, our crocodile doesn''t like it, so it can only stay here, or go elsewhere, and cannot enter the territory of the crocodile tribe."


    Crocodiles are the overlords in the water, and their fighting power is very strong. They have a natural advantage over fish, aquatic animals, water birds, including humans and other animals.


    However, when faced with glutinous rice balls, these crocodiles have little advantage, and may even be reduced to food.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Tangyuan can''t enter your tribe''s territory, so how can I get there?"


    The place where they landed was a sandbar, about 500 meters away from the territory of the Crocodile Tribe, so Jiang Xuan couldn''t swim there, right? How dangerous.


    The leading soldier thought for a while and felt that what Jiang Xuan said made sense, so he reluctantly said: "I can send you there."


    "That''s a big thank you."


    Jiang Xuan untied an animal skin bag containing goods from the back of the glutinous rice balls, and then instructed the glutinous rice **** to stay on the sandbar to rest, or to forage nearby, but not far.


    Tang Yuan nodded, then took a few steps out, and suddenly fluttered its wings and flew, setting off a gust of wind, and the vegetation on the sandbar fell one after another.


    The crocodile tribe warriors watched the dumplings fly away, secretly relieved in their hearts, the pressure the dumplings brought them was too great.


    "Let''s go, go back."


    The leading soldier waved his hand and walked towards the water first.


    Jiang Xuan hurried to keep up, he didn''t want to swim in the river full of crocodiles.


    After coming to the water''s edge, a group of big crocodiles have been waiting on the shore for a long time.


    "Crash..."


    After the crocodile tribe warriors came, those big crocodiles entered the water one after another, and then waited in the shallow water.


    The leading soldier waded to the largest crocodile, and then stood on the back of the big crocodile.


    "Friends of the Vine tribe, sit up and I''ll take you there."


    Since the other party has spoken, they can''t be cowardly at this time, otherwise they will be despised.


    Jiang Xuan gritted his teeth secretly, and then sat across the back of the big crocodile with the animal skin bag.


    "gone!"


    The warrior shouted, and the big crocodile''s tail swung quickly, leading them to the river.


    Crossing the river on a crocodile was a brand new experience for Jiang Xuan, which made him quite excited.


    "Crash..."


    Because Jiang Xuan was sitting on the back of the big crocodile, his legs and waist were completely immersed in the water, and the waves from the river splashed on his face from time to time.


    At this moment, Jiang Xuan finally understood why the soldiers of the crocodile tribe stood on the back of the crocodile and crossed the water, because it was not so uncomfortable!


    Fortunately, the sandbar is not far from the alluvial plain where the crocodile tribe is located, and the big crocodile swam to the opposite side in a short time.


    After the big crocodile swam to the shallow water, Jiang Xuan immediately got off the crocodile''s back. At this time, his whole body was wet and he looked a little embarrassed.


    "Friends of the Vine tribe, now you can move freely."


    After the twelve crocodile tribe warriors sent Jiang Xuan over, they left immediately.


    Large tribes like the Crocodile Tribe often have outsiders coming over, or doing deals, or seeking some benefits. The warriors of the Crocodile Tribe have long been accustomed to it.


    "This is the territory of the crocodile tribe."


    Jiang Xuan looked around curiously. When he set off from the Vine tribe, Jiang Xuan asked the old witch in detail about the situation in the central part of the Southern Wilderness.


    The Crocodile Tribe is the large tribe in the central part of the Southern Wilderness that is closer to the north.


    ...


    Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later.


    ...


    "Crash..."


    Not long after Jiang Xuan landed, he heard a strange sound of water on the river.


    He looked at the river and saw twelve soldiers armed with weapons, marching fast on the waves.


    "Drifting on the water with light power?"


    Jiang Xuan thought it was incredible. The warriors of the Crocodile tribe still have such magical abilities?


    However, when these warriors got closer, Jiang Xuan found himself thinking too much.


    At the foot of every soldier, there is a big crocodile, and it is the crocodile that carries them underwater.


    "That makes more sense."


    Being carried across the water by a crocodile is obviously more acceptable than walking on the waves.


    Soon, the twelve big crocodiles swam to the shore, and the twelve soldiers jumped easily, jumped to the shore, and walked towards Jiang Xuan.


    They first looked at the huge and oppressive dumplings before looking at Jiang Xuan.


    Those warriors saw the five warrior lines on Jiang Xuan''s face at a glance, and the terrible pressure brought by the dumplings made these crocodile tribe warriors pay more attention to Jiang Xuan.


    The leading warrior asked, "Which tribe are you from?"


    Jiang Xuan replied, "I''m from the Vine tribe."


    "Vine tribe?"


    The leading soldier thought about it carefully and found that he had never heard of the name of this tribe.


    However, he did not despise it. After all, a tribe that could give birth to five-color warriors and raise a vicious bird would definitely not be too weak.


    "Friends of the Vine tribe, welcome to the crocodile tribe''s territory. You can move freely around the territory, but be careful not to violate the rules of our crocodile tribe, or you will bring disaster to yourself."


    The leading warrior pointed at the dumplings again and said, "In addition, our crocodile doesn''t like it, so it can only stay here, or go elsewhere, and cannot enter the territory of the crocodile tribe."


    Crocodiles are the overlords in the water, and their fighting power is very strong. They have a natural advantage over fish, aquatic animals, water birds, including humans and other animals.


    However, when faced with glutinous rice balls, these crocodiles have little advantage, and may even be reduced to food.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Tangyuan can''t enter your tribe''s territory, so how can I get there?"


    The place where they landed was a sandbar, about 500 meters away from the territory of the Crocodile Tribe, so Jiang Xuan couldn''t swim there, right? How dangerous.


    The leading soldier thought for a while and felt that what Jiang Xuan said made sense, so he reluctantly said: "I can send you there."


    "That''s a big thank you."


    Jiang Xuan untied an animal skin bag containing goods from the back of the glutinous rice balls, and then instructed the glutinous rice **** to stay on the sandbar to rest, or to forage nearby, but not far.


    Tang Yuan nodded, then took a few steps out, and suddenly fluttered its wings and flew, setting off a gust of wind, and the vegetation on the sandbar fell one after another.


    The crocodile tribe warriors watched the dumplings fly away, secretly relieved in their hearts, the pressure the dumplings brought them was too great.


    "Let''s go, go back."


    The leading soldier waved his hand and walked towards the water first.


    Jiang Xuan hurried to keep up, he didn''t want to swim in the river full of crocodiles.


    After coming to the water''s edge, a group of big crocodiles have been waiting on the shore for a long time.


    "Crash..."


    After the crocodile tribe warriors came, those big crocodiles entered the water one after another, and then waited in the shallow water.


    The leading soldier waded to the largest crocodile, and then stood on the back of the big crocodile.


    "Friends of the Vine tribe, sit up and I''ll take you there."


    Since the other party has spoken, they can''t be cowardly at this time, otherwise they will be despised.


    Jiang Xuan gritted his teeth secretly, and then sat across the back of the big crocodile with the animal skin bag.


    "gone!"


    The warrior shouted, and the big crocodile''s tail swung quickly, leading them to the river.


    Crossing the river on a crocodile was a brand new experience for Jiang Xuan, which made him quite excited.


    "Crash..."


    Because Jiang Xuan was sitting on the back of the big crocodile, his legs and waist were completely immersed in the water, and the waves from the river splashed on his face from time to time.


    At this moment, Jiang Xuan finally understood why the soldiers of the crocodile tribe stood on the back of the crocodile and crossed the water, because it was not so uncomfortable!


    ...


    "Crash..."


    Not long after Jiang Xuan landed, he heard a strange sound of water on the river.


    He looked at the river and saw twelve soldiers armed with weapons, marching fast on the waves.


    "Drifting on the water with light power?"


    Jiang Xuan thought it was incredible The warriors of the Crocodile tribe still have such magical abilities?


    However, when these warriors got closer, Jiang Xuan found himself thinking too much.


    At the foot of every soldier, there is a big crocodile, and it is the crocodile that carries them underwater.


    "That makes more sense."


    Being carried across the water by a crocodile is obviously more acceptable than walking on the waves.


    Soon, the twelve big crocodiles swam to the shore, and the twelve soldiers jumped easily, jumped to the shore, and walked towards Jiang Xuan.


    They first looked at the huge and oppressive dumplings before looking at Jiang Xuan.


    Those warriors saw the five warrior lines on Jiang Xuan''s face at a glance, and the terrible pressure brought by the dumplings made these crocodile tribe warriors pay more attention to Jiang Xuan.


    The new revision and upgrade address of the mobile station: https://, data and bookmarks are synchronized with the computer station, no ads and fresh reading!

 v2 Chapter 227： fish scale fruit

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh tomorrow at noon


    ...


    In the crocodile tribe trading area, Jiang Xuan wandered around with great interest.


    The scale of the trading area is not very large, and there are not many goods in it, but it is still relatively fresh to Jiang Xuan.


    He saw someone setting pottery, so he walked over to see it.


    "Want a clay pot?"


    The stall owner was a young warrior with scars on his face and arms, looking quite scary.


    Jiang Xuan squatted down and looked at the clay pot.


    The workmanship of the pots is very rough, neither round nor well fired, far worse than the pots of the rattan tribe.


    Jiang Xuan shook his head and said, "I don''t need it for the time being."


    The young soldier glanced at Jiang Xuan with contempt, and then stopped paying attention to him, apparently thinking that Jiang Xuan could not bring out the equivalent of goods to trade.


    Jiang Xuan was too lazy to explain, so he stood up and walked to other places.


    He saw a lot of strange things in other stalls, such as unknown animal horns, relatively hard-to-find herbs, fruits of magical plants, etc.


    There are also common goods, such as animal skins, animal teeth, stone, food, etc.


    The trading area is not large, and Jiang Xuan finished shopping after a while, but he did not trade a single item.


    Because he didn''t find the goods he wanted.


    To put it bluntly, unless you are lucky, it is difficult to encounter anything good in the trading area on the periphery of such a large tribe.


    Just when Jiang Xuan wanted to look elsewhere, suddenly, there was a commotion from the front gate.


    People in the trading area ran over there one after another, and Jiang Xuan followed the crowd.


    After Jiang Xuan walked over, he saw that dozens of crocodile tribe warriors had been surrounded by the fence, and everyone''s faces were very anxious.


    In the center of the crowd, a thirteen- or fourteen-year-old boy knelt on the ground with his hands around his neck, opened his mouth wide, and made a "ho ho" sound from his mouth.


    "Go find the witch, go find the witch!"


    Those soldiers were in a hurry, and one of them ran into the tribe in a hurry.


    However, the crocodile tribe was too big, and by the time he found Wu, it might be too late.


    ...


    The follow-up content is repeated and will be updated tomorrow morning.


    ...


    "Crash..."


    Not long after Jiang Xuan landed, he heard a strange sound of water on the river.


    He looked at the river and saw twelve soldiers armed with weapons, marching fast on the waves.


    "Drifting on the water with light power?"


    Jiang Xuan thought it was incredible. The warriors of the Crocodile tribe still have such magical abilities?


    However, when these warriors got closer, Jiang Xuan found himself thinking too much.


    At the foot of every soldier, there is a big crocodile, and it is the crocodile that carries them underwater.


    "That makes more sense."


    Being carried across the water by a crocodile is obviously more acceptable than walking on the waves.


    Soon, the twelve big crocodiles swam to the shore, and the twelve soldiers jumped easily, jumped to the shore, and walked towards Jiang Xuan.


    They first looked at the huge and oppressive dumplings before looking at Jiang Xuan.


    Those warriors saw the five warrior lines on Jiang Xuan''s face at a glance, and the terrible pressure brought by the dumplings made these crocodile tribe warriors pay more attention to Jiang Xuan.


    The leading warrior asked, "Which tribe are you from?"


    Jiang Xuan replied, "I''m from the Vine tribe."


    "Vine tribe?"


    The leading soldier thought about it carefully and found that he had never heard of the name of this tribe.


    However, he did not despise it. After all, a tribe that could give birth to five-color warriors and raise a vicious bird would definitely not be too weak.


    "Friends of the Vine tribe, welcome to the crocodile tribe''s territory. You can move freely around the territory, but be careful not to violate the rules of our crocodile tribe, or you will bring disaster to yourself."


    The leading warrior pointed at the dumplings again and said, "In addition, our crocodile doesn''t like it, so it can only stay here, or go elsewhere, and cannot enter the territory of the crocodile tribe."


    Crocodiles are the overlords in the water, and their fighting power is very strong. They have a natural advantage over fish, aquatic animals, water birds, including humans and other animals.


    However, when faced with glutinous rice balls, these crocodiles have little advantage, and may even be reduced to food.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Tangyuan can''t enter your tribe''s territory, so how can I get there?"


    The place where they landed was a sandbar, about 500 meters away from the territory of the Crocodile Tribe, so Jiang Xuan couldn''t swim there, right? How dangerous.


    The leading soldier thought for a while and felt that what Jiang Xuan said made sense, so he reluctantly said: "I can send you there."


    "That''s a big thank you."


    Jiang Xuan untied an animal skin bag containing goods from the back of the glutinous rice balls, and then instructed the glutinous rice **** to stay on the sandbar to rest, or to forage nearby, but not far.


    Tang Yuan nodded, then took a few steps out, and suddenly fluttered its wings and flew, setting off a gust of wind, and the vegetation on the sandbar fell one after another.


    The crocodile tribe warriors watched the dumplings fly away, secretly relieved in their hearts, the pressure the dumplings brought them was too great.


    "Let''s go, go back."


    The leading soldier waved his hand and walked towards the water first.


    Jiang Xuan hurried to keep up, he didn''t want to swim in the river full of crocodiles.


    After coming to the water''s edge, a group of big crocodiles have been waiting on the shore for a long time.


    "Crash..."


    After the crocodile tribe warriors came, those big crocodiles entered the water one after another, and then waited in the shallow water.


    The leading soldier waded to the largest crocodile, and then stood on the back of the big crocodile.


    "Friends of the Vine tribe, sit up and I''ll take you there."


    Since the other party has spoken, they can''t be cowardly at this time, otherwise they will be despised.


    Jiang Xuan is a five-color warrior, and he can swim, he doesn''t even care about a crocodile.


    He calmly carried the animal skin bag and straddled the back of the big crocodile.


    "gone!"


    The warrior shouted, and the big crocodile''s tail swung quickly, leading them to the river.


    Crossing the river on a crocodile was a brand new experience for Jiang Xuan, which made him quite excited.


    "Crash..."


    Because Jiang Xuan was sitting on the back of the big crocodile, his legs and waist were completely immersed in the water, and the waves from the river splashed on his face from time to time.


    At this moment, Jiang Xuan finally understood why the soldiers of the crocodile tribe stood on the back of the crocodile and crossed the water, because it was not so uncomfortable!


    Fortunately, the sandbar is not far from the alluvial plain where the crocodile tribe is located, and the big crocodile swam to the opposite side in a short time.


    After the big crocodile swam to the shallow water, Jiang Xuan immediately got off the crocodile''s back. At this time, his whole body was wet and he looked a little embarrassed.


    "Friends of the Vine tribe, now you can move freely."


    After the twelve crocodile tribe warriors sent Jiang Xuan over, they left immediately.


    Large tribes like the Crocodile Tribe often have outsiders coming over, or doing deals, or seeking some benefits. The warriors of the Crocodile Tribe have long been accustomed to it.


    "This is the territory of the crocodile tribe."


    Jiang Xuan looked around curiously. When he set off from the Vine tribe, Jiang Xuan asked the old witch in detail about the situation in the central part of the Southern Wilderness.


    The Crocodile Tribe is the large tribe in the central part of the Southern Wilderness that is closer to the north.


    In other words, after a long flight, he did come to the middle of the Southern Wilderness, and Jiang Xuan was quite excited by this discovery.


    On the way here, he has imagined countless times, what is the middle of the Southern Wilderness like, and how far have those big tribes developed?


    Now, he can finally see it for himself.


    There were a lot of crocodiles in the water on the river bank, Jiang Xuan didn''t stop, and walked forward for a short distance.


    When the crocodile tribal warriors are not around, these crocodiles will not be so obedient. If they accidentally anger it, or when the crocodile is hungry, it will take the initiative to attack people.


    Although Jiang Xuan is not afraid of crocodiles, in the territory of the crocodile tribe, as long as you kill or injure a crocodile, you will be chased by the whole crocodile tribe.


    There is a large area of ??wetlands on the banks of the river, and the plants in the wetlands have obviously been interfered with by humans.


    The lush reeds and aquatic plants are separated by a large clump of tens of meters, and an unknown plant grows in the open space in the middle.


    This kind of looks a little strange, it looks a bit like water hyacinth, but it is much larger than water hyacinth, and the leaves are thicker and longer than water hyacinth.


    "what''s this?"


    Jiang Xuan stared at the plant for a while. It was certain that this plant must have been planted by the crocodile tribe, but he didn''t know what it was for.


    With those big crocodiles around, Jiang Xuan couldn''t just pull one out and look at it, so he could only keep going.


    After walking through the edge area, Jiang Xuan saw a lot of wooden houses. The quality of these wooden houses was uneven, some were about to collapse, and some were well built.


    The people occupying these wooden houses are not members of the crocodile tribe. From the totem patterns on their faces, it can be seen that the personnel are very complicated.


    Jiang Xuan is very familiar with this situation, because it is the same outside the vine walls of the Vine Tribe.


    These people should come from various tribes, some are simply tourists, some are here to do business, and some are lingering here, looking for a chance.


    After Jiang Xuan came over, these people just glanced at him and found that the totem pattern was very unfamiliar, and then they stopped paying attention and did their own things.


    Tribes are usually more exclusive, and will not casually greet people from unfamiliar tribes except for the tribes they know.


    Jiang Xuan looked at the people of various tribes with great interest, especially the totem lines on their faces.


    Tribal totem patterns are often drawn according to the appearance of tribal totem gods, but the first generation of witches in some tribes have the talent for painting, and they draw more like them.


    Not long after he walked, he saw the totem patterns of many tribes, birds and beasts, flowers, birds, insects and fish, which were very interesting.


    While walking, Jiang Xuan suddenly stopped because he saw a relatively special totem pattern.


    The totem pattern is red and depicts an ant with wings.


    Red Ant Tribe!


    Jiang Xuan never expected that as soon as he stepped into the middle of the Southern Wilderness, he saw a warrior of the red ant tribe.


    The warrior of the red ant tribe felt the gaze being watched, so he looked back and saw Jiang Xuan just in time.


    He glanced at Jiang Xuan a few times and found that it was a strange tribesman with five warrior patterns on his face, so he turned around and left without much trouble.


    Jiang Xuan looked at his back, and didn''t take his eyes back until the red ant tribe warrior entered a room.


    The red ant tribe is the mortal enemy of the mountain turtle tribe, and the mountain turtle tribe is the friend of the rattan tribe.


    This time, Jiang Xuan came to the central part of the Southern Wilderness. One of the purposes was to see how powerful the red ant tribe was and what the old turtle god''s remains looked like now.


    Jiang Xuan does not want the Teng tribe to stay in the remote area in the northwest of the Southern Wilderness. He hopes that the Teng tribe will settle in this fertile place in the middle of the Southern Wilderness when there is a chance in the future.


    But the Vine tribe has no foundation, and if they come directly, it is easy to be targeted by those big tribes, or even jointly targeted.


    Therefore, the vine tribe needs allies, and the mountain turtle tribe is a more reliable ally.


    As a former large tribe, the Mountain Turtle Tribe must still have some friends in the middle. For example, those large tribes that have lasted for a long time will more or less sell the Mountain Turtle Tribe to save face.


    Otherwise, the Mountain Turtle Tribe would not be able to retreat from the encirclement and suppression of the Red Ant Tribe at the beginning, and retain the fire of the tribe''s revival.


    If the vine tribe can help the mountain turtle tribe defeat the ant tribe and regain its foothold in the middle, then the vine tribe will be more likely to gain a firm foothold here, and other tribes will not be too focused on the vine tribe.


    It''s a win-win.


    Of course, these things can''t be rushed. The Vine tribe needs to develop patiently for a period of time before it is possible to compete with the big tribes, and even forcefully squeeze into the middle of the Southern Wilderness and occupy a good place.


    Jiang Xuan continued to walk forward, and after exiting the messy outer settlements and temporary houses built by tourists, he saw a very long fence.


    The fence is about three meters high and is made of wood to separate the real living area of ??the crocodile tribe from the outside.


    Obviously, all tribes in the outer area can come, but the inner area is not accessible.


    Outside the fence, a team of crocodile tribal soldiers patrolled back and forth to prevent people from climbing over the wall and preventing people from making trouble.


    Jiang Xuan did not go over to the fence, but continued to stroll outside.


    After walking a short distance, he found a trading area and walked over to take a look.


    In the trading area outside the Crocodile Tribe, some wooden sheds were built in an open space. People from various tribes can freely trade here The trading area is quite lively, and I have seen Jiang Xuan in his previous life. Street market is very similar.


    After the people of various tribes came here, some directly put the goods in the place, while others spread a hide on the ground and then placed their own goods.


    The way of transaction is to barter, and both parties need to see each other''s goods at the same time in order to carry out the transaction.


    If the goods provided by one party are not what the other party needs, then the transaction cannot proceed.


    After the people of various tribes came here, some directly put the goods in the place, while others spread a hide on the ground and then placed their own goods.


    The way of transaction is to barter, and both parties need to see each other''s goods at the same time in order to carry out the transaction.


    If the goods provided by one party are not what the other party needs, then the transaction cannot proceed.


    The new revision and upgrade address of the mobile station: https://, data and bookmarks are synchronized with the computer station, no ads and fresh reading!

 v2 Chapter 238： Welcome to Central

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have subscribed, please go to the settings at noon tomorrow, clear the "downloaded book cache" and read it again.


    ...


    In the stilted building, the crocodile tribe witch sat on the floor covered with animal skins by the fire pond, and motioned Jiang Xuan to sit too.


    After Jiang Xuan sat down, he kept staring at the fire pond, hoping to find out why the crocodile tribe still had a fire pond on the second floor of the stilted building.


    He found that there were a large number of stone blocks at the fire pit, and the place where the flames burned was in the center of the stone blocks.


    The crocodile tribe saw that he had been staring at the fire pond, so they laughed: "These stones are built up from the bottom, and then made into the fire pond."


    "This is the wisdom of the ancestors of the crocodile tribe."


    The crocodile tribe witch said this, coupled with on-the-spot observations, Jiang Xuan quickly understood why the second floor of the Diaojiao Building still had a fire pit.


    When the stilted building is being built, a large, high stone pillar will be built in the middle.


    This stone pillar leads directly to the floor of the stilted building, so it can be directly built into a fire pit without worrying about burning out the wooden beams.


    Jiang Xuan was amazed by this.


    A lot of things, when they are disassembled, are actually not complicated, but if others don''t tell you this method, it is difficult for you to think of it.


    The Crocodile Tribe witch was also very satisfied with Jiang Xuan''s response. He was full of pride in everything about the Crocodile Tribe, including the fire pit on the second floor of the stilted building.


    Soon, some warriors brought fresh animal meat and fish, as well as a pile of fish scales.


    The crocodile tribe witch threw the animal meat and fish scales into a large clay pot in the fire pit to boil, and put a little salt in it.


    What surprised Jiang Xuan was that the salt of the crocodile tribe was actually snow-white, and it was not a block of salt, but granular.


    Jiang Xuan had a ghostly expression on his face, how could the crocodile tribe have such good salt?


    The Crocodile Tribe said with a smile: "This is our Crocodile Tribe''s own salt!"


    Jiang Xuan felt a little confused, isn''t salt a very scarce thing? Where did the crocodile tribe come from?


    Could it be that they hold a natural salt pond or salt well?


    Jiang Xuan was puzzled, but it was impossible for the crocodile tribe witch to tell him where the salt came from.


    "If your Vine tribe needs salt, you can bring the goods over for trading."


    "Okay, we''ll definitely come if needed."


    Jiang Xuan did not tell the crocodile tribe witch, the rattan tribe also produces salt.


    There were also two warriors in the stilted building, who didn''t say a word and focused on grilled meat and fish.


    With the passage of time, the soup in the clay pot boiled quickly, and after the animal meat and fish scales were stewed, a rich fragrance was emitted.


    The animal meat and fish meat roasted by the two warriors also began to emit fragrance, and the whole stilted building was filled with the aroma of food.


    Jiang Xuan asked the crocodile tribe witch again, "Can the fish scale fruit be cooked and eaten?"


    Crocodile tribe witch answered affirmatively: "Of course, fish scales can be eaten raw, cooked or roasted, you can eat whatever you want."


    "It''s really good!" Jiang Xuan exclaimed again.


    This trip to the middle of the Southern Wilderness, even if it is just to harvest the food crop that grows in the wetland, it is worth it.


    ...


    The follow-up content is repeated and will be updated tomorrow morning.


    ...


    "Good stuff, really good stuff!"


    Jiang Xuan ate two fish scales in a row and was full of praise for it.


    The Crocodile Tribe said generously: "Since the friends of the Vine Tribe like it, when you go back, I will give you an animal skin bag."


    Jiang Xuan asked in surprise: "Really?"


    "Of course, it''s not something precious."


    In fact, ichthyosaur is cultivated by many tribes in the middle, because it grows by the river,


    Whenever there is a big flood, a lot of fish scales will be washed away, downstream, and take root everywhere.


    Therefore, the fish scale grass has a wide range of reproduction in the middle, and its preciousness is naturally reduced.


    Of course, in the entire central part of the Southern Wilderness, the Crocodile Tribe is the first in terms of the scale of ichthyosaur cultivation, because they occupy the alluvial plain of the river, and the geographical conditions are too suitable for the growth of ichthyosa.


    Jiang Xuan finally breathed a sigh of relief when he learned that the Crocodile Tribe could send him some fish scale grass.


    He was really afraid that this thing was unique to the crocodile tribe. If the crocodile tribe strictly controlled it and did not let people take it out, it would be more difficult.


    Since it is not, then Jiang Xuan can take some fish scale grass back to the Vine tribe to plant it with confidence. If it can be successfully planted, the Vine tribe will have another food crop.


    The more types of food crops, the more places that can be used, and the stronger the tribe''s ability to resist disasters.


    For example, in case of drought, even if other crops have little harvest, drought-tolerant food crops can get normal harvests.


    In the event of a flood, food crops such as fish scale grass that are not afraid of water can also get a good harvest.


    That''s why Jiang Xuan searched for grain and vegetable seeds everywhere.


    After eating a few fish scales in a row, Jiang Xuan followed the crocodile tribe witch finally entered the crocodile tribe''s residential area, and climbed a stilted building.


    This stilted building is relatively large, one side is on the ground, and three sides are in the pond.


    In the pond, there are a large number of crocodiles inhabiting, and the cold eyes and terrible fangs are all daunting.


    Jiang Xuan followed the crocodile tribe witch and went upstairs along the simple stairs.


    The Diaojiaolou is a two-story building, and the clansmen of the Crocodile Tribe live on the second floor.


    What surprised Jiang Xuan was that there was actually a fire pit in the center of the second floor of the Crocodile Tribe!


    how did you do that?


    You must know that although half of the buildings of the Otter tribe are in the water, their fire pit is on the shore.


    But the stilted building of the Crocodile Tribe is completely suspended on the ground, and the ground is full of wooden beams. Wouldn''t the flames burn the building down?


    In the stilted building, the crocodile tribe witch sat on the floor covered with animal skins by the fire pond, and motioned Jiang Xuan to sit too.


    After Jiang Xuan sat down, he kept staring at the fire pond, hoping to find out why the crocodile tribe still had a fire pond on the second floor of the stilted building.


    He found that there were a large number of stone blocks at the fire pit, and the place where the flames burned was in the center of the stone blocks.


    The crocodile tribe saw that he had been staring at the fire pond, so they laughed: "These stones are built up from the bottom, and then made into the fire pond."


    "This is the wisdom of the ancestors of the crocodile tribe."


    The crocodile tribe witch said this, coupled with on-the-spot observations, Jiang Xuan quickly understood why the second floor of the Diaojiao Building still had a fire pit.


    When the stilted building is being built, a large, high stone pillar will be built in the middle.


    This stone pillar leads directly to the floor of the stilted building, so it can be directly built into a fire pit without worrying about burning out the wooden beams.


    Jiang Xuan was amazed by this.


    A lot of things, when they are disassembled, are actually not complicated, but if others don''t tell you this method, it is difficult for you to think of it.


    The Crocodile Tribe witch was also very satisfied with Jiang Xuan''s response. He was full of pride in everything about the Crocodile Tribe, including the fire pit on the second floor of the stilted building.


    Soon, some warriors brought fresh animal meat and fish, as well as a pile of fish scales.


    The crocodile tribe witch threw the animal meat and fish scales into a large clay pot in the fire pit to boil, and put a little salt in it.


    What surprised Jiang Xuan was that the salt of the crocodile tribe was actually snow-white, and it was not.


    It''s salt lumps, but granules.


    Jiang Xuan had a ghostly expression on his face, how could the crocodile tribe have such good salt?


    The Crocodile Tribe said with a smile: "This is our Crocodile Tribe''s own salt!"


    Jiang Xuan felt a little confused, isn''t salt a very scarce thing? Where did the crocodile tribe come from?


    Could it be that they hold a natural salt pond or salt well?


    Jiang Xuan was puzzled, but it was impossible for the crocodile tribe witch to tell him where the salt came from.


    "If your Vine tribe needs salt, you can bring the goods over for trading."


    "Okay, we''ll definitely come if needed."


    Jiang Xuan did not tell the crocodile tribe witch, the rattan tribe also produces salt.


    There were also two warriors in the stilted building, who didn''t say a word and focused on grilled meat and fish.


    With the passage of time, the soup in the clay pot boiled quickly, and after the animal meat and fish scales were stewed, a rich fragrance was emitted.


    The animal meat and fish meat roasted by the two warriors also began to emit fragrance, and the whole stilted building was filled with the aroma of food.


    Jiang Xuan asked the crocodile tribe witch again, "Can the fish scale fruit be cooked and eaten?"


    Crocodile tribe witch answered affirmatively: "Of course, fish scales can be eaten raw, cooked or roasted, you can eat whatever you want."


    "It''s really good!" Jiang Xuan exclaimed again.


    This trip to the middle of the Southern Wilderness, even if it is just to harvest the food crop that grows in the wetland, it is worth it.


    ...


    This stone pillar leads directly to the floor of the stilted building, so it can be directly built into a fire pit without worrying about burning out the wooden beams.


    Jiang Xuan was amazed by this.


    A lot of things, when they are disassembled, are actually not complicated, but if others don''t tell you this method, it is difficult for you to think of it.


    The Crocodile Tribe witch was also very satisfied with Jiang Xuan''s response. He was full of pride in everything about the Crocodile Tribe, including the fire pit on the second floor of the stilted building.


    Soon, some warriors brought fresh animal meat and fish, as well as a pile of fish scales.


    The crocodile tribe witch threw the animal meat and fish scales into a large clay pot in the fire pit to boil and put a little salt in it.


    What surprised Jiang Xuan was that the salt of the crocodile tribe was actually snow-white, and it was not a block of salt, but granular.


    Jiang Xuan had a ghostly expression on his face, how could the crocodile tribe have such good salt?


    The Crocodile Tribe said with a smile: "This is our Crocodile Tribe''s own salt!"


    Jiang Xuan felt a little confused, isn''t salt a very scarce thing? Where did the crocodile tribe come from?


    Could it be that they hold a natural salt pond or salt well?


    Jiang Xuan was puzzled, but it was impossible for the crocodile tribe witch to tell him where the salt came from.


    "If your Vine tribe needs salt, you can bring the goods over for trading."


    "Okay, we''ll definitely come if needed."


    Jiang Xuan did not tell the crocodile tribe witch, the rattan tribe also produces salt.


    There were also two warriors in the stilted building, who didn''t say a word and focused on grilled meat and fish.


    With the passage of time, the soup in the clay pot boiled quickly, and after the animal meat and fish scales were stewed, a rich fragrance was emitted.


    The animal meat and fish meat roasted by the two warriors also began to emit fragrance, and the whole stilted building was filled with the aroma of food.


    Jiang Xuan asked the crocodile tribe witch again, "Can the fish scale fruit be cooked and eaten?"


    Crocodile tribe witch answered affirmatively: "Of course, fish scales can be eaten raw, cooked or roasted, you can eat whatever you want."


    "It''s really good!" Jiang Xuan exclaimed again.


    This trip to the middle of the Southern Wilderness, even if it is just to harvest the food crop that grows in the wetland, it is worth it.

 v2 Chapter 239： 7 color warrior

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have subscribed, please refresh tomorrow morning, or go to the settings page, clear the cache of downloaded books and then


    ¡­


    After a brief chat, Wu Yu was busy making deals with the Crocodile Tribe.


    The trading volume of the Black Teeth Tribe and the Crocodile Tribe is extremely large, or in other words, the trading volume of the Black Teeth Tribe and the various large tribes is very large.


    Jiang Xuan watched as the two sides carried over a large bag of goods, and after counting them, estimated the value, and then exchanged it with each other, so that the transaction was completed.


    Because there is no scale, and there is no uniform price for all kinds of goods, this kind of transaction depends entirely on eyesight and brains, and there is a lot of room for manipulation.


    Jiang Xuan pondered that if the later Teng tribe popularized steel scales and knife coins to determine the weight and price, the manipulative space for the Black Tooth tribe in terms of transactions would become smaller.


    At that time, will the Black Teeth Tribe, whose interests have been damaged, become hostile to the Vine Tribe?


    Jiang Xuan shook his head, feeling a little unfounded.


    There is still a long, long way to go for the Veng tribe to promote steel scales and knife coins. Who can say better in the future?


    Halfway through the transaction, the leader of the Crocodile Tribe, who had never appeared, came over.


    The crocodile tribe leader likes to hunt and often takes hunting teams out. He should have just returned to the tribe not long ago, so Jiang Xuan had not seen him before.


    "How much was the deal?"


    The leader of the crocodile tribe came over and looked at the things that had been traded, and then looked at the things that were being traded.


    "Boss, the deal is almost over."


    The crocodile tribe warrior briefly reported to the leader, and then continued to trade the goods they needed with Wu Yu and others.


    The leader of the crocodile tribe nodded, this kind of transaction has been carried out countless times, and there will be no problem.


    The leader of the crocodile tribe stared at the completion of the transaction, then looked around and walked towards Jiang Xuan.


    When Jiang Xuan saw his face, he was taken aback.


    The face of the crocodile tribe leader actually used seven colors to draw seven warrior patterns!


    Before, the warrior pattern he had seen the most was the six colors Huo Meng used to bluff people.


    The five-color warriors are already very powerful, and how powerful should the seven-color warriors be?


    What is the limit of a warrior?


    When Jiang Xuan''s heart was filled with all kinds of questions, the leader of the Crocodile Tribe finally came over.


    The leader of the Crocodile Tribe is a middle-aged man of about thirty-five or six years old. He is very tall and burly, and the totem pattern and warrior pattern on his face give people a strong sense of oppression.


    After he walked in front of Jiang Xuan, he took the initiative to introduce himself: "The leader of the crocodile tribe, Thornwood!"


    "Leader of the Vine tribe, Xuan."


    Although the opponent was very strong, Jiang Xuan behaved very freely.


    Cimu looked at Jiang Xuan in surprise and said, "Are you also the leader of the tribe?"


    "What, isn''t it?"


    "The strength is enough, but the age is a bit young."


    "As long as you have strength, what does age matter?"


    "Hahaha, that makes sense!"


    Chimu laughed loudly, and wanted to reach out and pat Jiang Xuan''s shoulder, but when he was half-stretched, he shrank back like lightning as if bitten by a snake.


    Cimu stared at Jiang Xuan''s arm and was secretly startled, because just now he felt an extremely terrifying force.


    "You...what''s on your arm?"


    Jiang Xuan generously rolled up his sleeves and said, "There are totem patterns of our Vine tribe."


    Chimu stared at the totem pattern on Jiang Xuan''s arm, but found that the feeling of the heart season just now disappeared, and the totem pattern looked very ordinary.


    Could it be that it was just an illusion?


    Cimu was puzzled, and out of instinctual vigilance, he didn''t dare to pat Jiang Xuan on the shoulder again.


    "Where are your Vine tribes?"


    "The Vine Tribe is on the edge of the Southern Wilderness, and it goes upstream along the river in front of it until it sees a tall vine wall, and it is our Vine Tribe."


    Thornwood had never been that far, nor did he plan to go there, so he stopped asking.


    "White Fang is a good boy of the Crocodile Tribe. You saved White Fang, and the Crocodile Tribe will remember this kindness. If you need anything in the future, just tell me."


    "Thank you, Chief Thornwood."


    Jiang Xuan hesitated for a while, then asked, "What color is the most powerful warrior, the leader of Thornwood?"


    Cimu replied: "At present, among the major tribes in the Southern Wilderness, the most powerful warriors are the eight-color warriors. However, according to ancient legends, the most powerful warriors should be the nine-color warriors."


    "Unfortunately, the nine-color warrior has not appeared for a long time, and I don''t know if I can see the birth of the nine-color warrior in my life."


    "Nine-colored warrior..."


    Jiang Xuan was completely shocked!


    He originally thought that the five-color warriors were already very strong, but he did not expect that the most powerful warriors in the big tribe in the middle had reached eight colors.


    He didn''t even think that on top of the eight-color warriors, there were also the legendary nine-color warriors.


    If someone really became a nine-color warrior, how powerful would it be?


    Jiang Xuan found that he couldn''t imagine what a nine-color warrior looked like, would he have some special abilities like a totem god.


    What if the nine-color warrior breaks through again? Will it have divine power, comparable to the totem god?


    ¡­


    The follow-up content is repeated and will be updated tomorrow morning.


    ¡­


    After a brief chat, Wu Yu was busy making deals with the Crocodile Tribe.


    The trading volume of the Black Teeth Tribe and the Crocodile Tribe is extremely large, or in other words, the trading volume of the Black Teeth Tribe and the various large tribes is very large.


    Jiang Xuan watched as the two sides carried over a large bag of goods, and after counting them, estimated the value, and then exchanged it with each other, so that the transaction was completed.


    Because there is no scale, and there is no uniform price for all kinds of goods, this kind of transaction depends entirely on eyesight and brains, and there is a lot of room for manipulation.


    Jiang Xuan pondered that if the later Teng tribe popularized steel scales and knife coins to determine the weight and price, the manipulative space for the Black Tooth tribe in terms of transactions would become smaller.


    At that time, will the Black Teeth Tribe, whose interests have been damaged, become hostile to the Vine Tribe?


    Jiang Xuan shook his head, feeling a little unfounded.


    There is still a long, long way to go for the Veng tribe to promote steel scales and knife coins. Who can say better in the future?


    Halfway through the transaction, the leader of the Crocodile Tribe, who had never appeared, came over.


    The crocodile tribe leader likes to hunt and often takes hunting teams out. He should have just returned to the tribe not long ago, so Jiang Xuan had not seen him before.


    "How much was the deal?"


    The leader of the crocodile tribe came over and looked at the things that had been traded, and then looked at the things that were being traded.


    "Boss, the deal is almost over."


    The crocodile tribe warrior briefly reported to the leader, and then continued to trade the goods they needed with Wu Yu and others.


    The leader of the crocodile tribe nodded, this kind of transaction has been carried out countless times, and there will be no problem.


    The leader of the crocodile tribe stared at the completion of the transaction, then looked around and walked towards Jiang Xuan.


    When Jiang Xuan saw his face, he was taken aback.


    The face of the crocodile tribe leader actually used seven colors to draw seven warrior patterns!


    Before, the warrior pattern he had seen the most was the six colors Huo Meng used to bluff people.


    The five-color warriors are already very powerful, and how powerful should the seven-color warriors be?


    What is the limit of a warrior?


    When Jiang Xuan''s heart was filled with all kinds of questions, the leader of the Crocodile Tribe finally came over.


    The leader of the Crocodile Tribe is a middle-aged man of about thirty-five or six years old. He is very tall and burly, and the totem pattern and warrior pattern on his face give people a strong sense of oppression.


    After he walked in front of Jiang Xuan, he took the initiative to introduce himself: "The leader of the crocodile tribe, Thornwood!"


    "Leader of the Vine tribe, Xuan."


    Although the opponent was very strong, Jiang Xuan behaved very freely.


    Cimu looked at Jiang Xuan in surprise and said, "Are you also the leader of the tribe?"


    "What, isn''t it?"


    "The strength is enough, but the age is a bit young."


    "As long as you have strength, what does age matter?"


    "Hahaha, that makes sense!"


    Chimu laughed loudly, and wanted to reach out and pat Jiang Xuan''s shoulder, but when he was half-stretched, he shrank back like lightning as if bitten by a snake.


    Cimu stared at Jiang Xuan''s arm and was secretly startled, because just now he felt an extremely terrifying force.


    "You...what''s on your arm?"


    Jiang Xuan generously rolled up his sleeves and said, "There are totem patterns of our Vine tribe."


    Chimu stared at the totem pattern on Jiang Xuan''s arm, but found that the feeling of the heart season just now disappeared, and the totem pattern looked very ordinary.


    "The Age of Rebirth"


    Could it be that it was just an illusion?


    Cimu was puzzled, and out of instinctual vigilance, he didn''t dare to pat Jiang Xuan on the shoulder again.


    "Where are your Vine tribes?"


    "The Vine Tribe is on the edge of the Southern Wilderness, going upstream along the river in front. UU read until it sees a tall vine wall, and it is our Vine Tribe."


    Thornwood had never been that far, nor did he plan to go there, so he stopped asking.


    "White Fang is a good boy of the Crocodile Tribe. You saved White Fang, and the Crocodile Tribe will remember this kindness. If you need anything in the future, just tell me."


    "Thank you, Chief Thornwood."


    Jiang Xuan hesitated for a while, then asked, "What color is the most powerful warrior, the leader of Thornwood?"


    Cimu replied: "At present, among the major tribes in the Southern Wilderness, the most powerful warriors are the eight-color warriors. However, according to ancient legends, the most powerful warriors should be the nine-color warriors."


    "Unfortunately, the nine-color warrior has not appeared for a long time, and I don''t know if I can see the birth of the nine-color warrior in my life."


    "Nine-colored warrior..."


    Jiang Xuan was completely shocked!


    ¡­


    After a brief chat, Wu Yu was busy making deals with the Crocodile Tribe.


    The trading volume of the Black Teeth Tribe and the Crocodile Tribe is extremely large, or in other words, the trading volume of the Black Teeth Tribe and the various large tribes is very large.


    Jiang Xuan watched as the two sides carried over a large bag of goods, and after counting them, estimated the value, and then exchanged it with each other, so that the transaction was completed.


    Because there is no scale, and there is no uniform price for all kinds of goods, this kind of transaction depends entirely on eyesight and brains, and there is a lot of room for manipulation.


    Jiang Xuan pondered that if the later Teng tribe popularized steel scales and knife coins to determine the weight and price, the manipulative space for the Black Tooth tribe in terms of transactions would become smaller.


    At that time, will the Black Teeth Tribe, whose interests have been damaged, become hostile to the Vine Tribe?


    Jiang Xuan shook his head, feeling a little unfounded.


    There is still a long, long way to go for the Veng tribe to promote steel scales and knife coins. Who can say better in the future?

 v2 Chapter 240： Kurosawa

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please update it tomorrow morning


    ...


    Outside, the moonlight is like water, and the chirping of insects and nocturnal birds can be heard from time to time.


    In the house, the fire was flickering, Jiang Xuan and Qingye chatted a lot about the Veng tribe and the central part of the Southern Wilderness, and the two had a great conversation.


    It wasn''t until late at night that Qing Ye got up and said to Jiang Xuan, "It''s getting late, I should go back to sleep."


    "Okay, be careful on the road."


    Aoba lit a torch, turned around and walked out.


    When she walked to the door, she suddenly remembered something, so she turned back and asked Jiang Xuan, "Tomorrow we are going to hunt in Heishui Ze, are you interested in going together?"


    Jiang Xuandao: "If I''m going, the dumplings will definitely follow."


    "That purple ominous bird? No problem, Heishui Ze is very dangerous. If it warns us from the sky, we will be safer."


    Qingye didn''t know what a dumpling was, but she knew that the purple ominous bird was very powerful and smart, and could play a certain role in the past.


    "Okay, then I''ll take the dumplings with you tomorrow morning."


    "Then it''s settled, go to bed early, and we''ll set off at dawn tomorrow."


    After Aoba finished speaking, she happily went downstairs with a torch and returned to her residence.


    After Qingye left, Jiang Xuan closed the door of the stilted building, went back to the fire pond, took out the fruit that Qingye gave him that could increase his strength after eating, looked at it carefully for a while, and then put it back.


    Fruits like this are great for fighters with low strength, but for a fighter as strong as Jiang Xuan, even if they eat it, the increase in strength will not be much.


    In that case, keep it for now, maybe it will be used later.


    Jiang Xuan put away his things, then lay on the bed covered with reed poles and animal skins, and fell asleep after a while.


    When he fell asleep, the divine vine on his arm glowed briefly and faintly, but quickly faded away.


    ...


    The next day, as soon as it was dawn, Jiang Xuan woke up on time.


    He packed up his belongings and weapons, and covered the burning firewood in the fire pit with grass and wood ashes. This method could prevent fires and allow the firewood to burn in the grass and wood ashes, and the fire could be kept for about a day.


    Jiang Xuan closed the door and went down the stilted building.


    He washed his face by a shallow stream and cleaned his teeth with the animal hair toothbrush he carried with him and purposely ground salt.


    If people from other tribes knew that he used salt to clean his teeth, they would probably beat his chest and scold him as a prodigal.


    Because salt is too precious for the tribesmen.


    After washing up, Jiang Xuan walked to the place where the crocodile tribe hunting team assembled.


    The place was already full of people, and with Jiang Xuan''s extraordinary hearing, he easily found it.


    Because they want to enter the Black Water Lake, the Crocodile Tribe has gathered about a thousand warriors, and they are all relatively strong, most of them are warriors of two colors or more.


    "Boss Xuan, here!"


    In the crowd, Aoba saw Jiang Xuan at a glance and waved at him.


    Jiang Xuan immediately walked to Qingye''s side.


    ...


    The follow-up content is repeated and will be updated tomorrow morning.


    ...


    "Crackling crackling..."


    In the fire pit, after the firewood burned, it made a crackling sound, and the firelight kept beating.


    Qing Ye sat by the fire pond and looked at Jiang Xuan curiously.


    Jiang Xuan looks about the same age as her, but his strength is far beyond her.


    Even in the big tribes, five-colored warriors like Jiang Xuan''s age are extremely rare.


    Aoba is already the leader of the younger generation in the crocodile tribe, but compared with Jiang Xuan, the gap is staggeringly large.


    "Are there flowers on my face?"


    Hearing Jiang Xuan''s voice, Aoba finally reacted, staring at the guests like this is a bad behavior.


    "No...no..."


    Aoba panicked for a moment, but she quickly recovered.


    Qingye untied the animal skin bag tied around his waist, opened the mouth of the bag, took out a bright red fruit from it, and handed it to Jiang Xuan lightly.


    "what is this?"


    Jiang Xuan took the fruit, looked at it carefully, and asked curiously.


    "This is the fruit of the beheading grass. I got it when I was hunting in the Blackwater Marsh. Eating it can increase my strength."


    "You saved White Fang, and this fruit is for you."


    After Aoba explained this, Jiang Xuan understood.


    Beheading grass should also be a kind of magical plant. After eating it, it can enhance the strength of a person.


    Different magical plant fruits can enhance various abilities of warriors.


    Such as strength, speed, vision, hearing, etc.


    Because of this, the fruit of the magical plant is so precious to warriors that many even risk their lives to pick it.


    Aoba was able to use this fruit that could enhance his strength as a gift, which showed his sincerity.


    Jiang Xuan declined and said, "My saving White Fang is just a small effort. I can''t ask for such a precious thing."


    Aoba said stubbornly: "Please accept it, the crocodile tribe will repay any kindness."


    Jiang Xuan was not a mother-in-law either. He saw Qingye insisted so much, so he took it down. After all, it was boring to push it around.


    When Qingye saw Jiang Xuan accepted the fruit, a relaxed smile appeared on his face again.


    "Boss Xuan, can you tell me about your Vine tribe?"


    Aoba is very curious about the Vine tribe. If they can cultivate a young and powerful leader like Jiang Xuan, what will the Vine tribe look like?


    "sure."


    Jiang Xuan thought for a while, and then selectively introduced the situation of the Vine tribe to Aoye, including the trading area in the Vine tribe, various domesticated birds and beasts, as well as planting, fishing, and so on.


    Jiang Xuan did not mention anything about the rapid growth of the Vine tribe and the continuous breakthrough of Shenteng in a few years, because it is not good for the Vine tribe to publicize these things.


    Chapter two hundred and fortieth black water


    Outside, the moonlight is like water, and the chirping of insects and nocturnal birds can be heard from time to time.


    In the house, the fire was flickering, Jiang Xuan and Qingye chatted a lot about the Veng tribe and the central part of the Southern Wilderness, and the two had a great conversation.


    It wasn''t until late at night that Qing Ye got up and said to Jiang Xuan, "It''s getting late, I should go back to sleep."


    "Okay, be careful on the road."


    Aoba lit a torch, turned around and walked out.


    When she walked to the door, she suddenly remembered something, so she turned back and asked Jiang Xuan, "Tomorrow we are going to hunt in Heishui Ze, are you interested in going together?"


    Jiang Xuandao: "If I''m going, the dumplings will definitely follow."


    "That purple ominous bird? No problem, Heishui Ze is very dangerous. If it warns us from the sky, we will be safer."


    Qingye didn''t know what a dumpling was, but she knew that the purple ominous bird was very powerful and smart, and could play a certain role in the past.


    "Okay, then I''ll take the dumplings with you tomorrow morning."


    "Then it''s settled, go to bed early, and we''ll set off at dawn tomorrow."


    After Aoba finished speaking, she happily went downstairs with a torch and returned to her residence.


    After Qingye left, Jiang Xuan closed the door of the stilted building, went back to the fire pond, took out the fruit that Qingye gave him that could increase his strength after eating, looked at it carefully for a while, and then put it back.


    Fruits like this are great for fighters with low strength, but for a fighter as strong as Jiang Xuan, even if they eat it, the increase in strength will not be much.


    In that case, keep it for now, maybe it will be used later.


    Jiang Xuan put away his things, then lay on the bed covered with reed poles and animal skins, and fell asleep after a while.


    When he fell asleep, the divine vine on his arm glowed briefly and faintly, but quickly faded away.


    ...


    The next day, as soon as it was dawn, Jiang Xuan woke up on time.


    He packed up his belongings and weapons, and covered the burning firewood in the fire pit with grass and wood ashes. This method could prevent fires and allow the firewood to burn in the grass and wood ashes, and the fire could be kept for about a day.


    Jiang Xuan closed the door and went down the stilted building.


    He washed his face by a shallow stream and cleaned his teeth with the animal hair toothbrush he carried with him and purposely ground salt.


    If people from other tribes knew that he used salt to clean his teeth, they would probably beat his chest and scold him as a prodigal.


    Because salt is too precious for the tribesmen.


    After washing up, Jiang Xuan walked to the place where the crocodile tribe hunting team assembled.


    The place was already full of people, and with Jiang Xuan''s extraordinary hearing, he easily found it.


    Because they want to enter the Black Water Lake, the Crocodile Tribe has gathered about a thousand warriors, and they are all relatively strong, most of them are warriors of two colors or more.


    "Boss Xuan, here!"


    In the crowd, Aoba saw Jiang Xuan at a glance and waved at him.


    Jiang Xuan immediately walked to Qingye''s side.


    ...


    Outside, the moonlight was like water, the chirping of insects and the calls of nocturnal birds sounded from time to time In the house, the fire was flickering. Jiang Xuan and Qingye talked a lot about the Vine tribe and the central part of the Southern Wilderness. Very happy to talk.


    It wasn''t until late at night that Qing Ye got up and said to Jiang Xuan, "It''s getting late, I should go back to sleep."


    "Okay, be careful on the road."


    Aoba lit a torch, turned around and walked out.


    When she walked to the door, she suddenly remembered something, so she turned back and asked Jiang Xuan, "Tomorrow we are going to hunt in Heishui Ze, are you interested in going together?"


    Jiang Xuandao: "If I''m going, the dumplings will definitely follow."


    "That purple ominous bird? No problem, Heishui Ze is very dangerous. If it warns us from the sky, we will be safer."


    Qingye didn''t know what a dumpling was, but she knew that the purple ominous bird was very powerful and smart, and could play a certain role in the past.


    "Okay, then I''ll take the dumplings with you tomorrow morning."


    "Then it''s settled, go to bed early, and we''ll set off at dawn tomorrow."


    After Aoba finished speaking, she happily went downstairs with a torch and returned to her residence.


    After Qingye left, Jiang Xuan closed the door of the stilted building, went back to the fire pond, took out the fruit that Qingye gave him that could increase his strength after eating, looked at it carefully for a while, and then put it back.


    Fruits like this are great for fighters with low strength, but for a fighter as strong as Jiang Xuan, even if they eat it, the increase in strength will not be much.


    In that case, keep it for now, maybe it will be used later.


    Jiang Xuan put away his things, then lay on the bed covered with reed poles and animal skins, and fell asleep after a while.


    No Error Novel Network


    When he fell asleep, the divine vine on his arm glowed briefly and faintly, but quickly faded away.

 v2 Chapter 241： scary giant frog

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh at noon tomorrow or go to the settings page to "clean the cache of downloaded books" and read it again.


    ...


    The next morning, just at dawn, Jiang Xuan woke up from his sleep on time.


    At this time, the early morning wind was cold, which made Jiang Xuan feel that it was actually winter.


    In the middle of the Southern Wilderness, the climate is too warm.


    The soldiers of the crocodile tribe also woke up one after another, washed their faces with cold water by the river, sobered up, then ate something and continued on their way.


    "Crash..."


    Hundreds of crocodiles carried people into the water and continued to swim.


    Jiang Xuan was still sitting on the same crocodile with Qingye. He took out the animal meat that was smoked and dried by the fire last night, and chewed slowly.


    "Hey..."


    The dumplings were still flying in the sky. After a night''s rest, it was energetic and flew around in circles excitedly.


    At noon, they finally arrived at Blackwater Lake.


    When Jiang Xuan saw Heishui Ze, he finally understood the origin of the name.


    Standing on the back of the crocodile, he looked around and saw a large expanse of water in front of him.


    This water is different from other places, its water looks black, and people feel uneasy after seeing it.


    Even after the glutinous rice **** flew to this water area, they all landed at the flying height, and they did not dare to fly around again.


    Obviously, Tang Yuan also noticed the unusual place in this waters.


    On the crocodile''s back, Qing Ye said with a serious face: "Here is Heishui Ze, Chief Xuan, you must be careful, it''s best to follow me closely and don''t walk around."


    Jiang Xuan nodded, this place, the Crocodile Tribe is more familiar than him, even if he is relatively strong, it is easy to be dangerous if he runs around.


    Hundreds of crocodiles are obviously not the first time to come to this waters, they swim in groups in groups.


    "Cuckoo...goo..."


    After entering Heishui Ze, Jiang Xuan often heard unknown birds chirping, as well as some small bugs, making some strange sounds.


    "Swish..."


    When the crocodiles swam across a grass floating on the water, Jiang Xuan heard the sound of animals running in the grass, obviously some prey ran away.


    Jiang Xuan''s spirit became highly concentrated, and in such a strange and dangerous place, he could not be too careful.


    He stood on the back of the crocodile, holding a bronze spear, vigilantly listening to the movements around him.


    Aoba is similar. At this time, you have to be careful even when you speak.


    "boom!"


    Not long after, the water surface in front suddenly broke open, and a huge water beast suddenly emerged from the bottom of the water, opened its **** mouth, and bit the crocodile of the crocodile tribe.


    The crocodile had been prepared for a long time, but its tail suddenly flicked, like an arrow from the string, it rushed out quickly, and narrowly escaped from the mouth of the water beast.


    "Roar!"


    The big crocodiles of the crocodile tribe are not vegetarians, and the biggest crocodiles in front immediately started to fight back.


    However, the water beast didn''t fight with those big crocodiles. After the sneak attack failed, it immediately dived into the water, and in the blink of an eye, it didn''t know where it went.


    ...


    The follow-up content is repeated and will be updated tomorrow morning.


    ...


    "Isn''t it a five-color warrior? What''s so amazing!"


    "That''s right, he''s still a leader. The leader of our crocodile tribe is a warrior of seven colors!"


    "When I arrive at Heishui Ze, I want him to look good!"


    ...


    These people were discussing in a low voice, wanting to give Jiang Xuan some color.


    However, when they found out that Qing Ye was actually roasting meat for Jiang Xuan, they went crazy with jealousy.


    He hated Jiang Xuan even more.


    Jiang Xuan''s six senses are very keen. When he felt the hostile gaze, he immediately looked over there, and when he found out that it was a few young crocodile warriors, he gave them a friendly smile.


    Seeing his smiling face, those few soldiers felt even more uncomfortable, but they didn''t dare to show hostility directly, so they could only turn their heads and hold their anger in their hearts, which was quite uncomfortable.


    Jiang Xuan doesn''t care, even if it is knife coins, many people don''t like it, let alone him?


    It is enough to ensure that most people in the Crocodile Tribe have a favorable impression of him and the Vine Tribe.


    Qing Ye also followed Jiang Xuan''s gaze and glanced over there, seeing that it was a few warriors who had pursued her before, and didn''t care.


    To put it bluntly, the more they were like this, the more Aoba looked down on them.


    After eating, Jiang Xuan and Qingye chatted for a while about some situations and legends about Heishui Ze.


    Blackwater Lake is a huge body of water, no one knows how big it is, because no one has ever traveled the entire Blackwater Lake.


    The situation of Heishui Ze is also quite complicated. There are lakes, swamps, grasslands, wetland forests and so on.


    In this complex landform, there are countless terrifying beings. After entering, as long as you are not careful, you will die.


    However, as the so-called crisis and opportunity coexist.


    In the dangerous waters of Heishui Ze, there are still a large number of birds and beasts, insects, fish and plants.


    Every time they enter the Black Water Lake, the crocodile tribe can always harvest a lot of prey. If they are lucky, they can also pick the fruit of the magical plant that has a great effect on the warriors.


    For example, the fruit that Qingye gave to Jiang Xuan was picked from the Black Water Lake.


    Jiang Xuandao: "It sounds like Heishui Ze is very interesting. I really want to go in and have a look."


    Aoba said: "If everything goes well, we can reach Heishui Ze at noon tomorrow."


    "Okay, then go to bed early, and continue to drive tomorrow."


    Jiang Xuan covered himself with a piece of soft animal skin that he carried with him, then used some reed poles picked by the water as a pillow, closed his eyes and started to sleep.


    With the glutinous rice **** guarding the nearby hills, and the vines wrapped around his arms, he can sleep peacefully.


    Qing Ye was not sleepy, she sat next to Jiang Xuan, looking at the sparkling river in the moonlight, she didn''t know what she was thinking...


    The next morning, just at dawn, Jiang Xuan woke up from his sleep on time.


    At this time, the early morning wind was cold, which made Jiang Xuan feel that it was actually winter.


    In the middle of the Southern Wilderness, the climate is too warm.


    The soldiers of the crocodile tribe also woke up one after another, washed their faces with cold water by the river, sobered up, then ate something and continued on their way.


    "Crash..."


    Hundreds of crocodiles carried people into the water and continued to swim.


    Jiang Xuan was still sitting on the same crocodile with Qingye. He took out the animal meat that was smoked and dried by the fire last night, and chewed slowly.


    "Hey..."


    The dumplings were still flying in the sky. After a night''s rest, it was energetic and flew around in circles excitedly.


    At noon, they finally arrived at Blackwater Lake.


    When Jiang Xuan saw Heishui Ze, he finally understood the origin of the name.


    Standing on the back of the crocodile, he looked around and saw a large expanse of water in front of him.


    This water is different from other places, its water looks black, and people feel uneasy after seeing it.


    Even after the glutinous rice **** flew to this water area, they all landed at the flying height, and they did not dare to fly around again.


    Obviously, dumplings


    Also noticed the unusual place in this body of water.


    On the crocodile''s back, Qing Ye said with a serious face: "Here is Heishui Ze, Chief Xuan, you must be careful, it''s best to follow me closely and don''t walk around."


    Jiang Xuan nodded, this place, the Crocodile Tribe is more familiar than him, even if he is relatively strong, it is easy to be dangerous if he runs around.


    Hundreds of crocodiles are obviously not the first time to come to this waters, they swim in groups in groups.


    "Cuckoo...goo..."


    After entering Heishui Ze, Jiang Xuan often heard unknown birds chirping, as well as some small bugs, making some strange sounds.


    "Swish..."


    When the crocodiles swam across a grass floating on the water, Jiang Xuan heard the sound of animals running in the grass, obviously some prey ran away.


    ...pen library


    "Isn''t it a five-color warrior? What''s so amazing!"


    "That''s right, he''s still a leader. The leader of our crocodile tribe is a warrior of seven colors!"


    "When I arrive at Heishui Ze, I want him to look good!"


    ...


    These people were discussing in a low voice, wanting to give Jiang Xuan some color.


    However, when they found out that Qing Ye was actually roasting meat for Jiang Xuan, they became crazy with jealousy, and they hated Jiang Xuan even more.


    Jiang Xuan''s six senses are very keen. When he felt the hostile gaze, he immediately looked over there, and when he found out that it was a few young crocodile warriors, he gave them a friendly smile.


    Seeing his smiling face, those few soldiers felt even more uncomfortable, but they didn''t dare to show hostility directly, so they could only turn their heads and hold their anger in their hearts, which was quite uncomfortable.


    Jiang Xuan doesn''t care, even if it is knife coins, many people don''t like it, let alone him?


    It is enough to ensure that most people in the Crocodile Tribe have a favorable impression of him and the Vine Tribe.


    Aoba also followed Jiang Xuan''s gaze and glanced over there, seeing that there were several warriors who had pursued her before didn''t care.


    To put it bluntly, the more they were like this, the more Aoba looked down on them.


    After eating, Jiang Xuan and Qingye chatted for a while about some situations and legends about Heishui Ze.


    Blackwater Lake is a huge body of water, no one knows how big it is, because no one has ever traveled the entire Blackwater Lake.


    The situation of Heishui Ze is also quite complicated. There are lakes, swamps, grasslands, wetland forests and so on.


    In this complex landform, there are countless terrifying beings. After entering, as long as you are not careful, you will die.


    However, as the so-called crisis and opportunity coexist.


    In the dangerous waters of Heishui Ze, there are still a large number of birds and beasts, insects, fish and plants.


    Every time they enter the Black Water Lake, the crocodile tribe can always harvest a lot of prey. If they are lucky, they can also pick the fruit of the magical plant that has a great effect on the warriors.


    For example, the fruit that Qingye gave to Jiang Xuan was picked from the Black Water Lake.


    Jiang Xuandao: "It sounds like Heishui Ze is very interesting. I really want to go in and have a look."


    Aoba said: "If everything goes well, we can reach Heishui Ze at noon tomorrow."


    "Okay, then go to bed early, and continue to drive tomorrow."


    Jiang Xuan covered himself with a piece of soft animal skin that he carried with him, then used some reed poles picked by the water as a pillow, closed his eyes and started to sleep.


    With the glutinous rice **** guarding the nearby hills, and the vines wrapped around his arms, he can sleep peacefully.


    Qing Ye was not sleepy, she sat next to Jiang Xuan, looking at the sparkling river in the moonlight, she didn''t know what she was thinking...

 v2 Chapter 242： Want to be a totem god?

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh tomorrow morning to read the latest content.


    If it cannot be refreshed, please go to the settings page, click Clear cache, clear the cache of downloaded books, and return.


    ¡­


    What they are going to hunt today is a large group of big flightless birds.


    This large bird is called the White Cloud Bird because of its round shape and covered with fine white feathers that look like clouds.


    The beak of the white cloud bird is like that of a duck, with a pair of smaller wings, thick legs, and webbed claws. It is good at swimming.


    The white cloud bird likes to go to the wetland forest to find bugs, snails, and various small creatures to eat.


    They are clumsy on land, but can swim very fast when in water.


    "Woooooooo..."


    After the warriors of the Crocodile tribe surrounded the white cloud birds, they waved their weapons one by one and made a whistling sound to drive away the prey, driving these big birds to the direction where the ground was drier.


    These white cloudbirds are easy to catch as long as they are kept out of water.


    However, the idea is good, when hunting, unexpectedly appeared.


    When these white cloud birds were driven halfway, there were a lot of fallen rotten trees on the ground. These rotten trees were very huge, and there were many gaps under them.


    Those big birds actually got into the bottom of the dead wood one after another, drilled out of the encirclement like a tunnel, and then quickly ran to a small river not far away.


    Scaled Armor saw that the prey he had got was about to run away, and shouted angrily: "Stop them, don''t let them get close to that river!"


    The crocodile tribe warriors rode the crocodile to run over there, trying to leave the group of white cloud birds as much as possible.


    Although those white cloud birds were not good at running, they worked hard to save their lives, and their speed was not slow.


    Several white cloud birds tripped over branches or vines while running, and were immediately caught by the crocodile tribe warriors who came up.


    However, most of the White Cloud Birds quickly ran to the river, and the warriors of the Crocodile Tribe had no time to stop them.


    "Boom!"


    "Crash..."


    One after another, the white cloud birds entered the water. They were drilling into the water like fish, swimming very fast, and disappeared in the blink of an eye.


    "Damn, let them run away!"


    Lin Jia watched a large group of white cloud birds escape, almost vomiting blood, because they drove a short distance forward just now, and these white cloud birds could not run away.


    But now, they have been busy for a long time, but they only caught a few white cloud birds that were tripped and stabbed by a short spear, and the harvest was quite bleak.


    Jiang Xuan also felt a little pity, because he almost caught those white cloud birds just now.


    But since those white cloud birds have already run away, it is useless to regret it.


    Lin Jia tried his best to calm down, gritted his teeth and said, "Let''s let these white cloud birds go this time, let''s go and find other prey!"


    Everyone turned around and wanted to leave the place.


    However, just as they turned around, Jiang Xuan suddenly felt his body stand upright, his scalp numb, and an unspeakable sense of crisis enveloped his body.


    He didn''t have time to think about it, he directly held the bronze spear, and then turned around to prepare to face the unknown terrifying existence.


    "Cuck!"


    A muffled frog croak sounded by the river, and then, a scarlet tongue rolled towards the big crocodile that Jiang Xuan and Aoba were riding at lightning speed.


    The speed of this tongue was too great and too fast. Jiang Xuan just turned around when he saw a scarlet tongue wrapped around the big crocodile, and even he and Aoba were stuck with the extremely sticky mucus on the big tongue. You won''t be able to break free for a while.


    "Whoosh!"


    The big tongue pulled the big crocodile, Jiang Xuan, and Qingye back into a real big mouth.


    In a hurry, Jiang Xuan only had time to erect the bronze spear, but had no time to react otherwise.


    "Blue Leaf!"


    On the shore, a soldier screamed in horror.


    In an instant, all the crocodile tribe warriors panicked.


    "Aoba... Aoba and her crocodile were swallowed by a giant frog."


    "The leader of the Vine tribe was also swallowed."


    "What should I do?"


    The warriors of the Crocodile Tribe panicked, and even with weapons in their hands, their bodies trembled uncontrollably.


    Because they saw a giant frog on the river.


    This giant frog is green throughout, and its head just exposed to the water is as huge as a hill.


    If it wasn''t so huge, the ten-meter-long crocodile, plus Qingye and Jiang Xuan, would not have been swallowed in an instant.


    "Back off, back off!"


    The scale armor held the weapon and stared at the giant frog, causing all the crocodile tribe warriors and the big crocodile to step back.


    He is a five-color warrior and the leader of the ten hunting team leaders of the Crocodile Tribe, but when he faced this giant frog, he only had fear in his heart, and he could not even think of resistance.


    This shows that the strength of the giant frog is far beyond him, and it is not something he can handle at all.


    The warriors of the crocodile tribe stepped back one after another, not because they were timid, but because the giant frog was too terrifying, even if they rushed over, it was useless, they just added a little food to the giant frog.


    "Hey..."


    Above the sky, Tang Yuan saw the scene of Jiang Xuan being swallowed by the giant frog. It swooped down angrily, its huge claws opened and grabbed towards the giant frog.


    The giant frog is a behemoth, and the glutinous rice ball is also a behemoth. Although it is not as strong as the giant frog, it has enough courage.


    "Snapped!"


    On the river surface, the giant frog stretched out a huge webbed foot, and when the dumplings flew down, they slapped the dumplings out with a slap at a lightning-fast speed.


    "boom!"


    The dumplings fell heavily on the river bank, hitting a large area of ??water plants and shrubs, and the bird''s beak even spilled blood.


    Although the dumplings have courage, the strength gap between the two sides is too great, and it can''t beat the giant frog at all.


    ¡­


    The follow-up content is repeated, and it will be updated tomorrow morning.


    ¡­


    The group continued to move forward, and all kinds of strange animals and plants became more and more.


    "Pop puff..."


    On the big tree, a bird with green wings and the head of a pig was alerted by the crocodile and the crowd and flew away quickly.


    Qing Ye introduced to Jiang Xuan in a low voice: "This is a pig-headed bird. It likes to eat wild fruits from trees. Its bones can be used to make witchcraft. We have caught it before."


    Continuing to walk forward for a while, Jiang Xuan saw a strange creature about the size of a washbasin with vigorous hair all over its body, lying on a dead wood, and the crocodile did not move when it came.


    Jiang Xuan asked Qingye curiously, "What kind of beast is this? Why doesn''t it move?"


    Aoba smiled, then stood up from the crocodile''s back, jumped a few times agilely to the dead tree, and grabbed the strange creature with strong hair.


    She cut the dead wood with a stone knife, separated the strange creature from the dead wood, and quickly returned to the crocodile''s back.


    The whole process only took about ten seconds, and the crocodile didn''t climb very far.


    Aoba sat on the back of the crocodile again, and then showed Jiang Xuan the strange creature with thick hair: "This is called a hair ball, it looks like a beast, but it is actually a plant, which can be used as medicinal materials, and its hair is burned into ashes, Apply it to the wound to stop the bleeding."


    Jiang Xuan looked at this strange hairball and could only sigh that there are too many strange things in this forest.


    They continued to move forward, and it didn''t take long for Jiang Xuan to find another kind of big tree that could make various sounds.


    Aoba said the big tree is called the wind-hole tree because of the many curved holes in its trunk.


    Whenever the wind blows in the forest, the holes make all kinds of weird noises¡­


    As the hunting team moved forward, Jiang Xuan also met many strange creatures in the Black Water Lake under the introduction of Aoba, which opened his eyes.


    After about an hour, they finally came to the hunting place and began to hunt.


    The leader of the hunting team, Linjia, first asked a few soldiers who were good at finding traces of prey to look for the prey nearby. After finding it, they drove the prey in one direction, and the other soldiers were responsible for cooperation.


    More than a hundred warriors need to work together to block the escape route of the prey and finally capture enough prey.


    This is a common hunting method used by tribesmen, called round hunting.


    As for single-person hunting, they either have strong strength, such as Jiang Xuan, or have special skills, such as some warriors who are particularly good at setting traps.


    Otherwise, it would be difficult to catch prey alone in the forest, especially in extremely dangerous places like Heishui Ze.


    What they are going to hunt today is a large group of big flightless birds.


    This large bird is called the White Cloud Bird because of its round shape and covered with fine white feathers that look like clouds.


    The beak of the white cloud bird is like that of a duck, with a pair of smaller wings, thick legs, and webbed claws. It is good at swimming.


    The white cloud bird likes to go to the wetland forest to find bugs, snails, and various small creatures to eat. UU reading www.uukanshu. com


    They are clumsy on land, but can swim very fast when in water.


    "Woooooooo..."


    After the warriors of the Crocodile tribe surrounded the white cloud birds, they waved their weapons one by one and made a whistling sound to drive away the prey, driving these big birds to the direction where the ground was drier.


    These white cloudbirds are easy to catch as long as they are kept out of water.


    However, the idea is good, when hunting, unexpectedly appeared.


    When these white cloud birds were driven halfway, there were a lot of fallen rotten trees on the ground. These rotten trees were very huge, and there were many gaps under them.


    Those big birds actually got into the bottom of the dead wood one after another, drilled out of the encirclement like a tunnel, and then quickly ran to a small river not far away.


    Scaled Armor saw that the prey he had got was about to run away, and shouted angrily: "Stop them, don''t let them get close to that river!"


    The crocodile tribe warriors rode the crocodile to run over there, trying to leave the group of white cloud birds as much as possible.


    Although those white cloud birds were not good at running, they worked hard to save their lives, and their speed was not slow.


    Several white cloud birds tripped over branches or vines while running, and were immediately caught by the crocodile tribe warriors who came up.


    However, most of the White Cloud Birds quickly ran to the river, and the warriors of the Crocodile Tribe had no time to stop them.


    "Boom!"


    "Crash..."


    One after another, the white cloud birds entered the water. They were drilling into the water like fish, swimming very fast, and disappeared in the blink of an eye.


    ()


    1 second remember the net:. Mobile version reading website:

 v2 Chapter 243： start again

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh tomorrow morning


    ¡­


    "Ah..."


    On the river bank, the giant frog was still struggling, but his eyes were desperate.


    Swallowing Jiang Xuan was its biggest mistake, because it would swallow the divine vine together.


    At this moment, the roots of the **** vine have occupied its body, and even the blood vessels have been drilled into by the tiny roots.


    The giant frog has already felt the fear of death, and if it is pulled down by the **** vine, it will become a frog.


    "Om..."


    At this moment, Shenteng suddenly burst into endless green light, and quickly recovered its roots, and finally pulled it out of the giant frog''s stomach.


    However, the divine vine is too powerful, and the terrifying fluctuations in divine power still overwhelm the giant frog.


    Shen Teng did not make a sound directly, but communicated with the giant frog with divine sense: "I left a seed in your body."


    "What... what seeds..."


    The giant frog was frightened, and continued to search within the body with divine power, but couldn''t find the seed that Shenteng said.


    "It was exhausted, you can''t find it, but I can make you feel its existence."


    "Buzz!"


    A spot on the giant frog''s head suddenly lit up with green light, and even the flesh and blood were transparent.


    The giant frog was frightened. Now, it clearly felt the existence of the seed, and as long as Shenteng was willing, it could kill it at any time.


    Shen Teng continued: "If you don''t want the seeds to take root in your body, you''d better be obedient."


    The giant frog hurriedly nodded: "I am obedient, I am definitely obedient."


    Shen Teng saw that the giant frog did not dare to resist, so he used his spiritual sense to send a voice transmission to Jiang Xuan: "I have already controlled it, and you can tell it yourself about the rest."


    "Thank you Fuji God."


    Jiang Xuan sincerely thanked, and then with the help of Shenteng, he communicated directly with the giant frog.


    "Giant frog, have you ever been the totem **** of the tribe?"


    "what?"


    The giant frog was stunned. It thought that this divine vine and Jiang Xuan would make various humiliating demands on it, but it did not think of the good thing of being the totem **** of the tribe in the past.


    "Our Vine Tribe has an affiliated tribe called the Frog Tribe, which migrated from the Western Wilderness, and their totem gods have long since fallen."


    "If you want, go back with me and be the totem **** of the frog tribe."


    "There are five or six hundred clansmen in the frog tribe, and all kinds of frogs will believe in you and sacrifice to you in the future."


    And such a good thing?


    The giant frog felt dizzy, and even thought he was dreaming.


    But the terrifying divine vine in front of him, as well as the serious human being, clearly told it that this was not a dream.


    "Can I really... really be the totem **** of the frog tribe?"


    The giant frog became a **** by chance in the black water, and has never walked out of the black water, but it understands how much benefits can be obtained by becoming a totem god.


    "Of course, as long as you are loyal to the Vine tribe in the future, you can be the totem **** of the frog tribe with peace of mind."


    "Gu... I must be loyal to the Vine tribe."


    The giant frog is excited. For it, now is a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity that must be seized.


    "Okay, remember what you said today, if the Frog Tribe under your leadership in the future betrays the Vine Tribe, believe me, the Vine God will make you die miserably!"


    Jiang Xuan''s words reminded the giant frog of the seed that Shenteng left in its body, and suddenly shivered.


    The giant frog vowed: "The frog tribe will never betray the vine tribe!"


    "Okay, you go back to the river first. I have to go to another place. When I go back to the Veng tribe, I will take you back with me."


    "Huh...then you come back early..."


    "winter"


    After the giant frog finished speaking, he immediately jumped back into the river and disappeared in the blink of an eye.


    ¡­


    The follow-up content is repeated, and it will be updated tomorrow morning.


    ¡­


    At this time, under the river, in the stomach of the giant frog, there was a different scene.


    Jiang Xuan and Aoba were dragged into the stomach by the giant frog''s tongue together with the big crocodile, but they were not as dead as the crocodile tribe warrior thought.


    When they were dragged into the giant frog''s mouth, the totem pattern on Jiang Xuan''s arm lit up with green light.


    Then, a gleaming green vine appeared.


    "Buzz!"


    Shenteng quickly condensed a spherical protective cover, covering Jiang Xuan, Qingye, and even the big crocodile.


    The giant frog is equivalent to swallowing a ball of light, and the digestive juice in its stomach can''t cause any harm to Jiang Xuan and the others.


    "The First Cause of All Realms"


    Not only that, when the giant frog slapped the dumplings flying twice in a row, it finally felt that something was wrong, and out of instinct, it immediately got into the bottom of the water.


    Therefore, when the dumplings rushed towards the giant frog for the third time, when more than one hundred crocodile tribe warriors were ready to attack the giant frog, the giant frog disappeared.


    At this moment, in the belly of the giant frog, Aoba, who was still in shock, looked at the translucent green mask around him and the constantly wriggling internal organs of the giant frog''s abdomen, and his face became very pale.


    The crocodile named Xiaoqing also opened his mouth, showing his fangs, and his tail was swaying, very anxious.


    "Xuan... Chief Xuan, this... what''s going on?"


    "We are in the belly of the giant frog now, but don''t worry, with the Vine God, we will not be in danger. What we should worry about is this giant frog."


    Aoba looked at the green vine and asked in surprise, "This... is this the patron saint of your tribe?"


    Jiang Xuandao: "Strictly speaking, this is a part of the rattan god, and it is a means of life-saving that I specifically asked from the rattan **** before leaving."


    As soon as he heard that it was part of the Totem God, Aoba''s eyes became very awe-inspiring.


    However, Qing Ye soon became worried again: "Boss Xuan, how should we go out?"


    "Don''t worry, Fuji God will do something, just put your heart in your stomach."


    Aoba nodded helplessly, and had no choice but to suppress the restlessness in her heart and wait patiently.


    As soon as Jiang Xuan''s voice fell, the jade-like vine began to move.


    I saw that a large number of root systems quickly grew out of its fracture, and extended towards the viscera of the giant frog.


    These roots quickly wrapped and entwined the giant frog''s internal organs, and then began to directly extract the essence and divine power of flesh and blood, very domineering.


    The giant frog that had just sunk into the water felt the piercing pain in his body, and his originally big eyes suddenly opened wider, with a look of horror in his eyes.


    "Whoosh!"


    The giant frog kicked its legs directly and went upstream like an arrow from a string.


    "Crash!"


    The giant frog broke out of the water, jumped directly to the shore, and rolled over in pain.


    The dumplings, which were hovering in the sky, finally saw the giant frog again, but the performance of the giant frog was not quite right.


    "Ah..."


    The giant frog cried out in pain, and as it continued to roll, the water plants by the river fell in large swaths, and even the shrubs were crushed.


    On the other side, the soldiers of the Crocodile Tribe were also very at a loss when they saw this scene.


    Someone asked: "Boss, this giant frog has come out again, are we going to attack?"


    Lin Jia observed for a moment and said, "Wait for a while, this giant frog seems to be in pain now."


    There was some hope in Lin Jia''s heart. Looking at the performance of the giant frog, maybe Jiang Xuan and the others were still alive.


    Inside the giant frog, the root system of the vine continues to grow, and it uses the entire giant frog as fertilizer.


    Protected by a mask, although the giant frog tumbled very hard, Jiang Xuan and the others were only shaken and dizzy, and there would be no danger to their lives.


    Finally, the giant frog couldn''t take it anymore.


    It lay on the ground and opened its mouth wide, trying to spit out the person and the crocodile it had eaten before.


    "vomit¡­"


    The giant frog kept retching, and its mouth grew very large.


    "Om..."


    The **** vine quickly grew toward the giant frog''s mouth, growing bigger and thicker, and finally grew from the giant frog''s mouth to the outside.


    "My God, there are vines growing out of that giant frog''s mouth!"


    The warriors of the Crocodile Tribe were stunned, they had never seen such a sight before.


    Even the scales felt incredible, not knowing what was going on right now.


    "Il..."


    The tangyuan in the sky was excited, because it was very familiar with the **** vine, and knew that the **** vine was so powerful that it would definitely be able to subdue this giant frog.


    Not long after, a green light group moved out of the giant frog''s stomach little by little, and finally fell out of the giant frog''s mouth and landed on the ground.


    "Wave¡­"


    The light group burst open like a bubble, and the figures of Jiang Xuan, Qingye, and the big crocodile appeared!


    "The leader, the leader of the Aoba and Teng tribes, they are still alive!"


    "Great!"


    The warriors of the Crocodile tribe cheered excitedly, and they witnessed a miracle with their own eyes.


    Lin Jia also breathed a sigh of relief, and a smile appeared on his face.


    Although he couldn''t figure out what was going on, Qing Ye and Jiang Xuan were both alive, so he wouldn''t be able to make a difference when he went back.


    The big crocodile named Xiaoqing was obviously frightened, and after escaping from the giant frog''s mouth, he quickly ran out.


    After running for a short distance, I felt that something was wrong, so I turned back and ran to Qingye and Jiang Xuan, motioning them to get on my back.


    Jiang Xuan asked Qingye to go up, but he didn''t go up.


    "You go to a safe place first, I still have things to do."


    Aoba also knew that Jiang Xuan would not be in danger with the divine vine, so he nodded and rode the big crocodile to the place where the crocodile tribe warriors were.


    Jiang Xuan stood farther away from the giant frog, so as not to be crushed when it rolled.


    "winter!"


    The tangyuan landed from the air and landed beside Jiang Xuan, and whispered excitedly to Jiang Xuan, like a child. UU Reading


    "Don''t worry, I''m fine."


    Jiang Xuan touched the feathers of the dumplings, and then climbed onto its back, so that he could run in danger and be safer.


    "Ah..."


    The giant frog was still chirping, but the sound was very weak, because it had a vine growing in its mouth, which made it difficult to make a sound.


    The giant frog''s eyes changed from panic and anger to pleading and fear.


    In the face of the powerful God Vine, it is really afraid.


    At this time, the divine vine became more and more bright, because it extracted the flesh and blood essence and divine power of many giant frogs.


    If it is allowed to smoke like this, I am afraid that the giant frog will be drawn into a giant frog.


    "Vine God, don''t smoke for now..."


    Jiang Xuan did not speak directly, but called Shenteng in the way of Linghu communication.


    Shen Teng really stopped for a while, wanting to hear what Jiang Xuan had to say.


    "If I guessed correctly, the strength of this giant frog is already equivalent to the totem **** of the small tribe, right?"


    Jiang Xuan has come into contact with many totem gods of small tribes, and he is relatively familiar with the fluctuation of the divine power of totem gods of small tribes.


    "Yes, what do you want to say?"


    Shen Teng''s grand voice echoed in Jiang Xuan''s mind.


    Jiang Xuan pointed at the giant frog and said, "The Vine God is already a great god. Even if it is sucked dry, it will not increase much divine power, but it is very useful to keep it."


    "What''s the use?"


    Jiang Xuan took a deep breath and said seriously, "Be the patron saint of the frog tribe!"


    "To be the patron saint of the frog tribe?"


    Even Shenteng, an existence that has lived for countless years, was stunned after hearing this sentence, because it has never done such a thing.


    "That''s right!"


    Jiang Xuan affirmed: "Judging from the recent wars, the Frog Tribe is relatively loyal to the Vine Tribe."

 v2 Chapter 244： red ant tribe

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh tomorrow morning


    ¡­


    Jiang Xuan returned to the stilted building again. This time, the building felt a little familiar to him, not as unfamiliar as a few days ago.


    He first hung the snake gallbladder the size of a sea bowl in a ventilated place, and then sorted out the things collected this time, and properly packed them in animal skin bags.


    These things were the gifts he wanted to give to Chishao and Lao Wu after he returned to the Veng tribe.


    After finishing these, he started to barbecue and eat. The past few days were too stressful, and he didn''t have time to eat a good meal.


    There was a sound of going up the stairs outside, Jiang Xuan looked up, and after a while, he saw Qing Ye came over with two large animal skin bags.


    "Winter, winter!"


    Aoba put two large animal skin bags on the ground.


    "Wu heard that you are leaving tomorrow, let me bring these two large bags of fish scales to you."


    "Thank you Wu for me."


    Fish scale grass is a very important food crop for the crocodile tribe. At that time, Jiang Xuan rescued Shiya, and Wu promised to send him two large bags, and now it has been delivered.


    It can be seen from this incident that the Crocodile Tribe Witch is a person who keeps his promises.


    Aoba instructed again: "I stuffed some water plants in the animal skin bag, you have to sprinkle it with a little water from time to time, otherwise the fish scale grass will dry up."


    "In addition, don''t tie the bag too tightly, proper ventilation, and the weather is cold now, as long as the fish scale grass is not tightly pressed, it should not be damaged."


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "I will pay attention, thank you, Qingye, haven''t you eaten yet? Sit down and eat together."


    Aoba did not refuse and sat beside the fire pond.


    Jiang Xuan picked up the charcoal fire and came out, then put the skewered meat skewered with wooden sticks on it, and then took out the salt and spices that he carried with him, as well as the most important thing - oil.


    Barbecue without oil is not only easy to burn, but also tastes older.


    The roasted meat that is brushed with oil can preserve the moisture in the meat, and the roasted meat is relatively tender.


    Jiang Xuan said confidently: "You can be considered to have caught up today. The barbecue of our Vine tribe is a unique craft. You must have never eaten it."


    "Really? Then I want to try it."


    Qingye looked at Jiang Xuan''s barbecue with great anticipation. She had never seen anyone roasting meat so seriously, and she had never seen someone who needed so many things for roasting.


    Because tribal people even have a problem with feeding their stomachs, who has the heart to study these?


    Jiang Xuan skillfully used an animal hair brush to brush the animal meat with oil, and then sprinkled some fine salt on it when both sides turned slightly golden brown.


    When the meat is roasted to a certain level, sprinkle some more mild spices, and for a time, the whole stilted building is filled with the aroma of barbecue.


    "smell good!"


    Aoba''s eyes lit up, not to mention how it tasted, just smelling this fragrance makes people salivate.


    The meat quality of the animal meat in this world is really good. Therefore, Jiang Xuan only brushed oil, sprinkled salt, and two kinds of spices with relatively mild flavors to enhance the taste.


    In this way, the taste of the meat itself will not be masked by the smell of spices, and it is more in line with the eating habits of tribal people.


    "Come, taste it, be careful, it''s hot."


    Jiang Xuan handed the two skewers of grilled meat to Aoba, and then continued to grill the remaining meat on the charcoal fire.


    Aoba held the bracelet, blew it first, and then lightly bit a small piece.


    Aoba''s eyes lit up as soon as the barbecue was in, because she had never eaten such a good barbecue.


    The meat is very tender, and with the combination of salt and a dash of spice, the texture is amazing!


    "good to eat!"


    Aoba complimented from the bottom of his heart while eating.


    Jiang Xuan said with a smile: "Eat more if it''s delicious, there are many more here."


    The two ate while roasting, and chatted a little about Heishui Ze and the central part, completely forgetting the passage of time.


    After Jiang Xuan finished roasting the last piece of meat, it was already late at night, and the people of the Crocodile tribe had already fallen asleep.


    Aoba looked at the moonlight shining through the window and knew that it was time for him to leave.


    "Boss Xuan, it''s time for me to go back to sleep. I hope I can eat your roasted meat next time."


    Jiang Xuandao: "There will definitely be opportunities in the future."


    Aoba got up, and under the light of the fire, he looked back at Jiang Xuan again, and then turned to leave.


    She walked slowly and was in a tangled mood. She thought, if Jiang Xuan told her not to leave at this time, maybe she would stay?


    However, Jiang Xuan sent her to the door, but he never asked her to stay.


    For some reason, Aoba was a little disappointed.


    However, unlike other tribal women, she doesn''t take the initiative to post it just because she has a good impression of a person.


    She has her own pride.


    Qing Ye took a breath and walked down the wooden stairs quickly. After walking downstairs, he even turned around to show a smile to Jiang Xuan, waved his hand, and walked towards the stilted building where he lived.


    After Aoba left, Jiang Xuan closed the door and lay on the bed cushioned with reeds and animal skins.


    He is not an emotional novice, Aoba has some good feelings for him, and he can clearly feel it.


    To be honest, he also somewhat admired girls like Aoba.


    However, he will not stay in the crocodile tribe for a long time, and it is completely unknown when he will return to the crocodile tribe in the future.


    He can''t be merciful here because of a little favor from others, and then run away irresponsibly. That''s a harmful behavior.


    Jiang Xuan didn''t want to be a villain.


    He closed his eyes and listened to the "huhu" wind outside and the "crack" of the firewood burning in the fire pit, and gradually fell asleep.


    The next morning, after Jiang Xuan woke up, he simply washed and ate a little something, then packed up and said goodbye to the crocodile tribe.


    The leader of the crocodile tribe and Wu retained a few words, seeing that Jiang Xuan insisted on leaving, so they sent someone to send him away.


    "I''ll send Chief Xuan over there."


    Aoba volunteered to take over the task, and then brought the crocodile named Xiaoqing to the sandbar when Jiang Xuan and all his luggage arrived.


    "Il..."


    The dumplings flew over from the forest not far away and landed in the middle of the sandbar.


    Jiang Xuan tied everything with ropes and put it on the back of the dumplings.


    "Where is Chief Xuan going next?"


    "I want to go to the red ant tribe to see."


    Aoba pointed to the river on the left and said, "You can go down this river and you can find the red ant tribe."


    "Okay, thanks for the directions."


    Aoba instructed again: "After you find the red ant tribe, you must be careful. The people of the red ant tribe are very greedy and difficult to get along with."


    "Thanks for the reminder, I''ll act with care."


    Aoba stood for a while, wanting to say something, but couldn''t find it.


    Jiang Xuan climbed onto the back of the dumplings and said to Qingye, "I''m leaving. If there is a chance in the future, I will visit your crocodile tribe as a guest."


    "Go back, go!"


    Jiang Xuan waved to Qingye, and let the dumplings take off.


    "Huhuhu..."


    The dumplings kicked their legs, setting off a gust of wind and flying into the sky.


    Qing Ye watched Jiang Xuan and Tang Yuan go away, and whispered, "Don''t lie, see you next time..."


    ¡­


    The follow-up content is repeated, and it will be updated tomorrow morning.


    ¡­


    Jiang Xuan returned to the stilted building again. This time, the building felt a little familiar to him, not as unfamiliar as a few days ago.


    He first hung the snake gallbladder the size of a sea bowl in a ventilated place, and then sorted out the things collected this time, and properly packed them in animal skin bags.


    These things were the gifts he wanted to give to Chishao and Lao Wu after he returned to the Veng tribe.


    After finishing these, he started to barbecue and eat. The past few days were too stressful, and he didn''t have time to eat a good meal.


    There was a sound of going up the stairs outside, Jiang Xuan looked up, and after a while, he saw Qing Ye came over with two large animal skin bags.


    "Winter, winter!"


    Aoba put two large animal skin bags on the ground.


    "Wu heard that you are leaving tomorrow, let me bring these two large bags of fish scales to you."


    "Thank you Wu for me."


    Fish scale grass is a very important food crop for the crocodile tribe. At that time, Jiang Xuan rescued Shiya, and Wu promised to send him two large bags, and now it has been delivered.


    It can be seen from this incident that the Crocodile Tribe Witch is a person who keeps his promises.


    Aoba instructed again: "I stuffed some water plants in the animal skin bag, you have to sprinkle it with a little water from time to time, otherwise the fish scale grass will dry up."


    "In addition, don''t tie the bag too tightly, proper ventilation, and the weather is cold now, as long as the fish scale grass is not tightly pressed, it should not be damaged."


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "I will pay attention, UU reading Thank you, Qingye, haven''t you eaten yet? Sit down and eat together."


    Aoba did not refuse and sat beside the fire pond.


    Jiang Xuan picked up the charcoal fire and came out, then put the skewered meat skewered with wooden sticks on it, and then took out the salt and spices that he carried with him, as well as the most important thing - oil.


    Barbecue without oil is not only easy to burn, but also tastes older.


    The roasted meat that is brushed with oil can preserve the moisture in the meat, and the roasted meat is relatively tender.


    Jiang Xuan said confidently: "You can be considered to have caught up today. The barbecue of our Vine tribe is a unique craft. You must have never eaten it."


    "Really? Then I want to try it."


    Qingye looked at Jiang Xuan''s barbecue with great anticipation. She had never seen anyone roasting meat so seriously, and she had never seen someone who needed so many things for roasting.


    Because tribal people even have a problem with feeding their stomachs, who has the heart to study these?


    Jiang Xuan skillfully used an animal hair brush to brush the animal meat with oil, and then sprinkled some fine salt on it when both sides turned slightly golden brown.


    When the meat is roasted to a certain level, sprinkle some more mild spices, and for a time, the whole stilted building is filled with the aroma of barbecue.


    "smell good!"


    Aoba''s eyes lit up, not to mention how it tasted, just smelling this fragrance makes people salivate.


    The meat quality of the animal meat in this world is really good. Therefore, Jiang Xuan only brushed oil, sprinkled salt, and two kinds of spices with relatively mild flavors to enhance the taste.


    In this way, the taste of the meat itself will not be masked by the smell of spices, and it is more in line with the eating habits of tribal people.


    "Come, taste it, be careful, it''s hot."


    Jiang Xuan handed the two skewers of grilled meat to Aoba, and then continued to grill the remaining meat on the charcoal fire.

 v2 Chapter 245： rebellious leaf cutter

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh tomorrow morning


    It is recommended not to subscribe on the same day, and you can see the full content by subscribing in the afternoon or evening the next day.


    ¡­


    "Why are there no tourists living outside the red ant tribe?"


    Standing in front of the two tourists, Jiang Xuan asked his doubts.


    The two tourists didn''t answer right away, but unceremoniously tore at the animal meat Jiang Xuangang gave them, not even thinking about roasting it before eating it.


    After they devoured it, one of the tourists finally said, "Because I can''t survive."


    "Can''t live?"


    It was the first time Jiang Xuan heard such a statement, and for a while he couldn''t understand what was going on.


    The tourist continued: "The red ant tribe is different from other tribes. Those big ants will clean up everything around the tribe, not even a wild fruit or a wild vegetable."


    "In such a place, tourists will not be able to survive at all, and will starve to death."


    The words of the tourists made Jiang Xuan suddenly realize.


    In short, the giant red ants of the red ant tribe are too powerful. As long as they are edible and usable, they will all be moved back to the tribe.


    The forest has been looted, how can tourists live on?


    Jiang Xuan suddenly thought that when he left the crocodile tribe, Qingye only had two words for the evaluation of the red ant tribe, and that was greed.


    Judging from the current situation, the red ant tribe is indeed quite greedy.


    ¡­


    I''m not in a good state tonight, so I can''t write it out. I''ll get up early tomorrow to write, and the content to be written in a good state is good.


    The follow-up content is repeated, and it will be updated tomorrow morning.


    ¡­


    Jiang Xuan walked to the red ant tribe.


    Walking in the forest, Jiang Xuanneng could feel the power of the red ant tribe more clearly.


    Every time he walked a short distance, he would definitely see a totem pattern of the red ant tribe.


    Some are on trees, some are on stones, painted with red paint, very conspicuous.


    However, unlike other tribes, Jiang Xuan did not see the existence of tourists in the periphery of the Red Ant tribe, not even the humble house.


    "How is this going?"


    Jiang Xuan was puzzled, because even in places like the Crocodile Tribe that had to wade through water, there were many tourists and outsiders living temporarily, and even established trading areas.


    Why is the red ant tribe located in the forest, so famous, but no tourists gather here?


    With such a question, Jiang Xuan did not move on, but went further afield, and he wanted to find a few tourists to ask.


    "Kacha Kacha..."


    On the way, Jiang Xuan saw dozens of giant red ants eating trees.


    Their palate teeth are very scary. I saw them gnawing around the big tree, and then they gnawed off the bark and continued to gnaw, and the trunk at the bottom of the big tree became smaller and smaller.


    "boom!"


    At a certain moment, these giant red ants ran away quickly, and then saw the big tree fell directly.


    After the tree fell, these giant red ants ran over again, biting off all the branches and tails, turning the tree into a straight piece of wood.


    The dozens of giant red ants used their palate teeth to bite the tree together. One of the ants climbed on the tree trunk and was responsible for watching the road and commanding, and then began to move the tree in the direction of the tribe.


    These giant red ants are extremely powerful and have a clear division of labor. They don''t even need to be commanded, they can work on their own.


    The efficiency is astonishingly fast.


    Not only the ants, Jiang Xuan saw some members of the ant tribe. They were similar to the ants when they were working, and they even walked in neat rows.


    This is the first time Jiang Xuan has seen such a situation.


    He walked a long way, until he reached a place where he couldn''t see the red ants, and finally found two tourists.


    The two tourists were very vigilant, but after Jiang Xuan gave them a piece of animal meat, their attitudes finally improved a lot.


    ¡­


    When the meat is roasted to a certain level, sprinkle some more mild spices, and for a time, the whole stilted building is filled with the aroma of barbecue.


    "smell good!"


    Aoba''s eyes lit up, not to mention how it tasted, just smelling this fragrance makes people salivate.


    The meat quality of the animal meat in this world is really good. Therefore, Jiang Xuan only brushed oil, sprinkled salt, and two kinds of spices with relatively mild flavors to enhance the taste.


    In this way, the taste of the meat itself will not be masked by the smell of spices, and it is more in line with the eating habits of tribal people.


    "Come, taste it, be careful, it''s hot."


    Jiang Xuan handed the two skewers of grilled meat to Aoba, and then continued to grill the remaining meat on the charcoal fire.


    Aoba held the bracelet, blew it first, and then lightly bit a small piece.


    Aoba''s eyes lit up as soon as the barbecue was in, because she had never eaten such a good barbecue.


    The meat is very tender, and with the combination of salt and a dash of spice, the texture is amazing!


    "good to eat!"


    Aoba complimented from the bottom of his heart while eating.


    Jiang Xuan said with a smile: "Eat more if it''s delicious, there are many more here."


    The two ate while roasting, and chatted a little about Heishui Ze and the central part, completely forgetting the passage of time.


    After Jiang Xuan finished roasting the last piece of meat, it was already late at night, and the people of the Crocodile tribe had already fallen asleep.


    Aoba looked at the moonlight shining through the window and knew it was time to leave.


    "Boss Xuan, it''s time for me to go back to sleep. I hope I can eat your roasted meat next time."


    Jiang Xuandao: "There will definitely be opportunities in the future."


    Aoba got up, and under the light of the fire, looked back at Jiang Xuan again, then turned and left.


    She walked slowly and was in a tangled mood. She thought, if Jiang Xuan told her not to leave at this time, maybe she would stay?


    However, Jiang Xuan sent her to the door, but he never asked her to stay.


    For some reason, Aoba was a little disappointed.


    However, unlike other tribal women, she doesn''t take the initiative to post it just because she has a good impression of a person.


    She has her own pride.


    Qing Ye took a breath and walked down the wooden stairs quickly. After walking downstairs, he even turned back to Jiang Xuan with a smile, waved his hand, and then walked towards the stilted building where he lived.


    After Aoba left, Jiang Xuan closed the door and lay on the bed cushioned with reeds and animal skins.


    He is not an emotional novice, Aoba has some good feelings for him, and he can clearly feel it.


    To be honest, he also somewhat admired girls like Aoba.


    However, he will not stay in the crocodile tribe for a long time, and it is completely unknown when he will return to the crocodile tribe in the future.


    He can''t be merciful here because of a little favor from others, and then run away irresponsibly. That''s a harmful behavior.


    Jiang Xuan didn''t want to be a villain.


    He closed his eyes and listened to the "huhu" wind outside and the "crack" of the firewood burning in the fire pit, and gradually fell asleep.


    The next morning, after Jiang Xuan woke up, he simply washed and ate a little something, then packed up and said goodbye to the crocodile tribe.


    The leader of the crocodile tribe and Wu retained a few words. Seeing that Jiang Xuan insisted on leaving, they sent someone to send him away.


    "I''ll send Chief Xuan over there."


    Aoba volunteered to take over the task, and then took the crocodile named Xiaoqing and transported Jiang Xuan and all his luggage to the sandbar when they arrived.


    "Il..."


    The dumplings flew over from the forest not far away and landed in the middle of the sandbar.


    Jiang Xuan tied everything with ropes and put it on the back of the dumplings.


    "Where is Chief Xuan going next?"


    "I want to go to the red ant tribe to see."


    Aoba pointed to the river on the left and said, "You can go down this river and you can find the red ant tribe."


    "Okay, thanks for the directions."


    Aoba instructed again: "After you find the red ant tribe, you must be careful. The people of the red ant tribe are very greedy and difficult to get along with."


    "Thanks for the reminder, I''ll act with care."


    Aoba stood for a while, wanting to say something, but couldn''t find it.


    Jiang Xuan climbed onto the back of the dumplings and said to Qingye, "I''m leaving. I''ll be a guest in your crocodile tribe when I have a chance in the future."


    "Go back, go!"


    Jiang Xuan waved to Qingye, and let the dumplings take off.


    "Huhuhu..."


    The dumplings kicked their legs, setting off a gust of wind and flying into the sky.


    Qing Ye watched Jiang Xuan and Tang Yuan go away, and whispered, "Don''t lie, see you next time..."


    ¡­


    In the sky, Jiang Xuan sat on the back of the dumplings, overlooking the winding river below, and the dense forests on both sides of the river.


    After leaving the Crocodile Tribe, Jiang Xuan has been flying for two days.


    Along the way, in addition to drawing the topographic map of the river as usual, he would land on the ground from time to time to collect some special plants.


    These plants may not be used by him, but for the old witch and the red peony, they are very precious things.


    Jiang Xuan saw many tribes again. The density of these tribes far exceeded that of the northwestern part of the Southern Wilderness, but these tribes were all medium-sized tribes and small tribes, and Jiang Xuan did not stop there.


    Until the third day, Jiang Xuan saw a spectacular scene from a distance!


    In an open space not far from the river, the trees were so sparse that they could not even be called a forest.


    Pieces of khaki-colored strange buildings are connected together in this place, like a huge castle.


    In the sky, big red ants with wings flew around constantly, very lively.


    On the ground, groups of giant red ants without wings lined up neatly, dividing their labor and cooperating to move all kinds of things towards the castle-like building.


    There is also a strange big red ant with a head that is twice the size of other red ants, and its jaws are very developed, like a pair of huge iron pincers.


    In addition to these giant red ants, Jiang Xuan also saw a large number of tribal people.


    Tribal people are usually more scattered, only when hunting, the division of labor and cooperation will be more pleasing to the eye.


    Whether they are working or walking, these tribal people are very neat and look well-trained.


    "This should be the red ant tribe."


    Jiang Xuan looked at the red ant tribe from a distance, and he was very curious, what kind of greedy big tribe was said by the mountain turtle tribe and the greedy tribe of the crocodile tribe?


    Thinke

 v2 Chapter 246： The secret of the red ant tribe

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please try again tomorrow morning


    ¡­


    The tortoise shell of the old turtle **** was actually built into a house by the red ant tribe, and the clansmen of the red ant tribe regarded it as a glory to show off.


    If the Mountain Turtle Tribe knew all of this, they would be depressed and want to vomit blood.


    "Come on, I''ll show you inside."


    Chie Ye was obviously very familiar with this place, and he took Jiang Xuan to the house built by the giant tortoise shell.


    This place is obviously much more heavily guarded than outside, and there are soldiers guarding the entrance.


    But when these soldiers saw that it was Chiye who brought Jiang Xuan in, they just looked at Jiang Xuan a few times, but did not stop him.


    This made Jiang Xuan even more curious, what is the identity of this cutting leaf? To be able to enjoy so many privileges.


    Chie Ye didn''t care about this, and walked straight into the house inside the big turtle shell with Jiang Xuan.


    The houses of the red ant tribe are almost completely imitated ant nests except for the addition of wood for support and fixation.


    Passing through the winding aisle, you can see rooms one by one, some of which are large and some small. There is a curved corner at the entrance of the room. After entering, you can see the furnishings in the room.


    "Fairy Wood"


    The advantage of this construction is that the privacy of the room is stronger, as long as others don''t walk into the room, they don''t know what''s going on inside.


    Some rooms are even fitted with fence-like wooden doors so that no one else can come in and out at will.


    Jiang Xuan followed behind Chie Ye, looking at these strange buildings as he walked, looking up at the huge turtle shell on the roof from time to time.


    It didn''t take long for Chiye to take him to a room inside.


    "Come in, this is where I live."


    Cutleaf opened the fence-like wooden door and walked in first.


    After Jiang Xuan also entered, Cie Ye closed the wooden door again.


    After Jiang Xuan entered, he looked around.


    Cutleaf''s room is relatively simple, with only a low bed, some weapons and decorations hanging on the wall, and food piled in the corner of the room.


    ¡­


    The follow-up content is repeated, and it will be updated tomorrow morning.


    ¡­


    Jiang Xuan and Chiye moved on, and he saw more strange things.


    For example, a pot-bellied kettle tree, the heart of the tree is filled with water, just like a water storage tank with a purifier, which is very magical.


    The people of the red ant tribe only need to insert a bamboo pipe in the tree, and the water will flow out quickly from it. After receiving enough water, plug the bamboo pipe with a cork.


    In order to show off, Chiye filled Jiang Xuan with water in a bamboo tube and gave it to him to drink.


    Jiang Xuan took a sip, and his eyes suddenly lit up, because the taste of water was very sweet.


    "How about it, haven''t I seen such a good thing in other tribes?"


    Jiang Xuan followed his words and replied: "I have never seen it before, there are so many good things from your red ant tribe."


    Chie Ye raised his chin proudly: "Of course, our red ant tribe is a big tribe!"


    Jiang Xuan asked again, "Does this tree have seedlings or seeds?"


    "You want to plant the Kettle Tree in your tribe?"


    Cut Ye is very smart, and he guessed Jiang Xuan''s thoughts at once.


    "Yes, you don''t know, the northwest side of our tribe is short of water."


    Jiang Xuan began to make up a story: "Every time the weather is dry, I feel very sad, because many people can''t even drink water. It''s really pitiful."


    Chiye thought for a while, and said, "There are seeds of the kettle tree, but whether it can be given to you or not, it is up to the witch to decide. I can ask the witch for you."


    "Thank you so much for that."


    Jiang Xuan believes that although Chiye likes to show off, his heart is still good. At least he heard that some people have no water to drink because of drought, so he did not choose to stand by and try to help.


    "a piece of cake!"


    Chie Ye waved his hand indifferently.


    The two continued to move forward, and along the way they encountered many warriors or ordinary people from the Red Ant tribe, but no one came to question them.


    Soon, they walked to the center of the red ant tribe''s residential area and saw a tall and magnificent building that was completely different from other houses.


    After Chie Ye came here, his spirits were lifted, and his chin was raised even higher.


    "Have you seen the mountain-sized house in front of you? It was built with the shell of a large tribal totem god, and the witches and leaders of our red ant tribe live in it."


    Jiang Xuan looked at the building and saw a huge tortoise shell standing there quietly.


    The exterior of the turtle shell was covered with moss and vines, but it was still as hard as iron without any cracks.


    Under the tortoise shell, the red ant tribe built a large number of ant nest-like houses inside, with huge tortoise shells sheltering from the wind and rain, these houses are very safe.


    Jiang Xuan understood that this tortoise shell should be the slaughter of the deceased old turtle **** that the mountain turtle tribe had been thinking about for countless years.


    ¡­


    The tortoise shell of the old turtle **** was actually built into a house by the red ant tribe, and the clansmen of the red ant tribe regarded it as a glory to show off.


    If the Mountain Turtle Tribe knew all of this, they would be depressed and want to vomit blood.


    "Come on, I''ll show you inside."


    Chie Ye was obviously very familiar with this place, and he took Jiang Xuan to the house built by the giant tortoise shell.


    This place is obviously much more heavily guarded than outside, and there are soldiers guarding the entrance.


    But when these soldiers saw that it was Chiye who brought Jiang Xuan in, they just looked at Jiang Xuan a few times, but did not stop him.


    This made Jiang Xuan even more curious, what is the identity of this cutting leaf? To be able to enjoy so many privileges.


    Chie Ye didn''t care about this, and walked straight into the house inside the big turtle shell with Jiang Xuan.


    The houses of the red ant tribe are almost completely imitated ant nests except for the addition of wood for support and fixation.


    Passing through the winding aisle, you can see rooms one by one, some of which are large and some small. There is a curved corner at the entrance of the room. After entering, you can see the furnishings in the room.


    The advantage of this construction is that the privacy of the room is stronger, as long as others don''t walk into the room, they don''t know what''s going on inside.


    Some rooms are even fitted with fence-like wooden doors so that no one else can come in and out at will.


    Jiang Xuan followed behind Chie Ye, looking at these strange buildings as he walked, looking up at the huge turtle shell on the roof from time to time.


    It didn''t take long for Chiye to take him to a room inside.


    "Come in, this is where I live."


    Cutleaf opened the fence-like wooden door and walked in first.


    After Jiang Xuan also entered, Cie Ye closed the wooden door again.


    After Jiang Xuan entered, he looked around.


    Cutleaf''s room is relatively simple, with only a low bed, some weapons and decorations hanging on the wall, and food piled in the corner of the room.


    ¡­


    Jiang Xuan and Chiye moved on, and he saw more strange things.


    For example, a pot-bellied kettle tree, the heart of the tree is filled with water, just like a water storage tank with a purifier, which is very magical.


    The people of the red ant tribe only need to insert a bamboo pipe in the tree, and the water will flow out quickly from it. After receiving enough water, plug the bamboo pipe with a cork.


    In order to show off, Chiye filled Jiang Xuan with water in a bamboo tube and gave it to him to drink.


    Jiang Xuan took a sip, and his eyes suddenly lit up, because the taste of water was very sweet.


    "How about it, haven''t I seen such a good thing in other tribes?"


    Jiang Xuan followed his words and replied: "I have never seen it before, there are so many good things from your red ant tribe."


    Chie Ye raised his chin proudly: "Of course, our red ant tribe is a big tribe!"


    Jiang Xuan asked again, "Does this tree have seedlings or seeds?"


    "You want to plant the Kettle Tree in your tribe?"


    Cut Ye is very smart, and he guessed Jiang Xuan''s thoughts at once.


    "Yes, you don''t know, the northwest side of our tribe is short of water."


    Jiang Xuan began to make up a story: "Every time the weather is dry, I feel very sad, because many people can''t even drink water. It''s really pitiful."


    Chiye thought for a while, and said, "There are seeds of the kettle tree, but whether it can be given to you or not, it is up to the witch to decide. I can ask the witch for you."


    "Thank you so much for that."


    Jiang Xuan believes that although Chiye likes to show off, his heart is still good. At least he heard that some people have no water to drink because of drought, so he did not choose to stand by and try to help.


    "a piece of cake!"


    Chie Ye waved his hand indifferently. UU Reading


    The two continued to move forward, and along the way they encountered many warriors or ordinary people from the Red Ant tribe, but no one came to question them.


    Soon, they walked to the center of the red ant tribe''s residential area and saw a tall and magnificent building that was completely different from other houses.


    After Chie Ye came here, his spirits were lifted, and his chin was raised even higher.


    "Have you seen the mountain-sized house in front of you? It was built with the shell of a large tribal totem god, and the witches and leaders of our red ant tribe live in it."


    Jiang Xuan looked at the building and saw a huge tortoise shell standing there quietly.


    The exterior of the turtle shell was covered with moss and vines, but it was still as hard as iron without any cracks.


    Under the tortoise shell, the red ant tribe built a large number of ant nest-like houses inside, with huge tortoise shells sheltering from the wind and rain, these houses are very safe.


    Jiang Xuan understood that this tortoise shell should be the slaughter of the deceased old turtle **** that the mountain turtle tribe had been thinking about for countless years.


    ¡­


    The tortoise shell of the old turtle **** was actually built into a house by the red ant tribe, and the clansmen of the red ant tribe regarded it as a glory to show off.


    If the Mountain Turtle Tribe knew all of this, they would be depressed and want to vomit blood.


    "Come on, I''ll show you inside."


    Chie Ye was obviously very familiar with this place, and he took Jiang Xuan to the house built by the giant tortoise shell.


    This place is obviously much more heavily guarded than outside, and there are soldiers guarding the entrance.


    But when these soldiers saw that it was Chiye who brought Jiang Xuan in, they just looked at Jiang Xuan a few times, but did not stop him.


    This made Jiang Xuan even more curious, what is the identity of this cutting leaf? To be able to enjoy so many privileges.

 v2 Chapter 247： wish

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh tomorrow at noon


    If it cannot be refreshed, please go to the settings page, click Clear cache, clear the cache of downloaded books, and return to the bookshelf to read.


    ¡­


    The red ant tribe, in a room inside a giant tortoise shell, an old man''s life is about to come to an end.


    He looked at the familiar room and the many people in the room, the past scenes flooded into his mind, and his eyes were full of vicissitudes.


    The red ant tribe witch stood in front of him and fed him some precious witch medicine, but it could only delay his death, and could not really save his life.


    "Witch, save him..."


    The leader of the red ant tribe knelt down to Wu with a "pop", a seven-color warrior, a very tough man on weekdays, but at this moment, he showed a fragile side, and big tears fell down.


    Because the person lying on the bed was not only the elder and previous leader of the Red Ant tribe, but also his father.


    The witch of the Red Ant tribe shook her head and said, "When people come, they always have to leave. I can only delay the process with witch medicine, so that the elders have time to say goodbye to you."


    After the leader heard this sentence, the whole person completely collapsed, kneeling on the ground, sobbing.


    After the elder took the witch medicine, his face became rosy, and the whole person seemed to have a little energy.


    However, Wu was very clear that this was just a return to light, and that the elder would die in a short time.


    "Bone strength, get up."


    With the help of others, the elder struggled to sit up.


    Bone Strength is the name of the leader of the red ant tribe, but there are too few people who can call him by his first name.


    Hearing his father''s voice, the leader immediately got up and stepped forward to support the elder.


    The elder asked feebly, "Is Chiye back?"


    "Dad, I sent someone out to look for it, and I will be back soon. When he comes back, I will break his leg!"


    It''s usually nothing, but now that the elder is about to die, Chiye is still hanging out outside, which makes Gu Li deeply disappointed, and at the same time, he is very angry.


    The elder waved his hand laboriously, and said, "Cuye, Gu Li is a good boy, don''t be too harsh on him."


    Good kids do unreliable things all day long?


    Gu Li didn''t agree with the elder''s words, but at this time, he couldn''t refute the elder either, so he could only keep silent.


    "grandfather¡­"


    After a while, Chie Ye finally ran in from the outside. As soon as he entered the door, he ran to the bed, grabbed the elder''s thin hand, and knelt on the ground with a thud.


    A gratified smile appeared on the elder''s face, and said: "It''s good to be back, it''s good to be back..."


    In addition to Guli and Qiye, other relatives of the elder also rushed over. They surrounded the house and looked very sad.


    The elder smiled and touched Chie Ye''s head, and said, "Don''t cry, compared to the clansmen of the same age, I have lived long enough, what else is there to be dissatisfied with?"


    There was a look of reminiscence in the elder''s eyes, and he said, "I want to ask you one thing."


    Gu Li hurried over and said, "Father, you said, we will do the same."


    The elder looked towards the north of the tribe and said, "I don''t want to wait to die here, I want to go to the pine forest where I used to hunt often."


    "This¡­"


    Gu Li hesitated, because the pine forest was far from the red ant tribe, and no one could guarantee that the elder would be able to support it there.


    "Grandpa, I''ll take you there!"


    Chie Ye said it very decisively, because he knew that this might be the last thing he could do for his grandfather in his life, and he had to fulfill his wish.


    The elder touched Chiye''s head with relief, and said, "Okay, you are better than your father."


    Gu Li felt ashamed when he heard these words. At this time, whether he wanted to or not, he had to help the elder to fulfill this last wish.


    "Father, I''ll make arrangements right away."


    Gu Li got up and walked outside, finding a few hunting team leaders and letting them lead the hunting team to clear the way for the elders.


    Afterwards, he found someone to quickly build something similar to a sedan chair, intending to carry the elder over there.


    Soon, all the soldiers of the ant tribe were busy.


    It didn''t take long for the sedan chair to be ready, and Gu Li ordered people to spread a layer of soft hay on it, and then two layers of animal skins.


    Afterwards, Yu Qiye carried the elder out of the room and gently placed it on the sedan chair.


    The witch also gave them some witch medicines that could temporarily hang their lives, so that they could carry the elder to the pine forest with more confidence.


    "Let''s go!"


    Gu Li personally carried the sedan chair with a few powerful warriors, and ran quickly to the pine forest, Chiye followed by the sedan chair, and kept talking to the elders.


    Although the road in the forest was not easy to walk, because there was a hunting team ahead, and the people carrying the sedan chair were some of the most powerful warriors of the Red Ant tribe, the sedan chair was hardly bumpy and very stable in the process of advancing.


    Along the way, the warriors of the red ant tribe removed all potential threats they could find, so that the elder could reach the pine forest where he often hunted in his youth.


    ¡­


    The follow-up content is repeated, and it will be updated tomorrow morning.


    ¡­


    The red ant tribe, in a room inside a giant tortoise shell, an old man''s life is about to come to an end.


    He looked at the familiar room and the many people in the room, the past scenes flooded into his mind, and his eyes were full of vicissitudes.


    The red ant tribe witch stood in front of him and fed him some precious witch medicine, but it could only delay his death, and could not really save his life.


    "Witch, save him..."


    The leader of the red ant tribe knelt down to Wu with a "pop", a seven-color warrior, a very tough man on weekdays, but at this moment, he showed a fragile side, and big tears fell down.


    Because the person lying on the bed was not only the elder and previous leader of the Red Ant tribe, but also his father.


    The witch of the Red Ant tribe shook her head and said, "When people come, they always have to leave. I can only delay the process with witch medicine, so that the elders have time to say goodbye to you."


    After the leader heard this sentence, the whole person completely collapsed, kneeling on the ground, sobbing.


    After the elder took the witch medicine, his face became rosy, and the whole person seemed to have a little energy.


    However, Wu was very clear that this was just a return to light, and that the elder would die in a short time.


    "Bone strength, get up."


    With the help of others, the elder struggled to sit up.


    Bone Strength is the name of the leader of the red ant tribe, but there are too few people who can call him by his first name.


    Hearing his father''s voice, the leader immediately got up and stepped forward to support the elder.


    The elder asked feebly, "Is Chiye back?"


    "Dad, I sent someone out to look for it, and I will be back soon. When he comes back, I will break his leg!"


    It''s usually nothing, but now that the elder is about to die, Chiye is still hanging out outside, which makes Gu Li deeply disappointed, and at the same time, he is very angry.


    The elder waved his hand laboriously, and said, "Cuye, Gu Li is a good boy, don''t be too harsh on him."


    Good kids do unreliable things all day long?


    Gu Li didn''t agree with the elder''s words, but at this time, he couldn''t refute the elder either, so he could only keep silent.


    "grandfather¡­"


    After a while, Chie Ye finally ran in from the outside. As soon as he entered the door, he ran to the bed, grabbed the elder''s thin hand, and knelt on the ground with a thud.


    A gratified smile appeared on the elder''s face, and said: "It''s good to be back, it''s good to be back..."


    In addition to Guli and Qiye, other relatives of the elder also rushed over. They surrounded the house and looked very sad.


    The elder smiled and touched Chie Ye''s head, and said, "Don''t cry, compared to the clansmen of the same age, I have lived long enough, what else is there to be dissatisfied with?"


    There was a look of reminiscence in the elder''s eyes, and he said, "I want to ask you one thing."


    Gu Li hurried over and said, "Father, you said, we will do the same."


    The elder looked towards the north of the tribe and said, "I don''t want to wait to die here, I want to go to the pine forest where I used to hunt often."


    "This¡­"


    Gu Li hesitated, because the pine forest was far from the red ant tribe, and no one could guarantee that the elder would be able to support it there.


    "Grandpa, I''ll take you there!"


    Chie Ye said it very decisively, because he knew that this might be the last thing he could do for his grandfather in his life, and he had to fulfill his wish.


    The elder touched Chiye''s head with relief, and said, "Okay, you are better than your father."


    Gu Li felt ashamed when he heard these words. At this time, whether he wanted to or not, he had to help the elder to fulfill this last wish.


    "Father, I''ll make arrangements right away."


    Gu Li got up and walked outside. UU Reading found a few hunting team leaders and asked them to lead the hunting team to clear the way for the elders.


    Afterwards, he found someone to quickly build something similar to a sedan chair, intending to carry the elder over there.


    Soon, all the soldiers of the ant tribe were busy.


    It didn''t take long for the sedan chair to be ready, and Gu Li ordered people to spread a layer of soft hay on it, and then two layers of animal skins.


    Baimeng Book


    Afterwards, Yu Qiye carried the elder out of the room and gently placed it on the sedan chair.


    The witch also gave them some witch medicines that could temporarily hang their lives, so that they could carry the elder to the pine forest with more confidence.


    "Let''s go!"


    Gu Li personally carried the sedan chair with a few powerful warriors, and ran quickly to the pine forest, Chiye followed by the sedan chair, and kept talking to the elders.


    Although the road in the forest was not easy to walk, because there was a hunting team ahead, and the people carrying the sedan chair were some of the most powerful warriors of the Red Ant tribe, the sedan chair was hardly bumpy and very stable in the process of advancing.


    ¡­


    Red ant tribe, in a room inside a giant tortoise shell, an old man''s life is coming to an end.


    He looked at the familiar room and the many people in the room, the past events flooded into his mind, and his eyes were full of vicissitudes.


    The red ant tribe witch stood in front of him and fed him some precious witch medicine, but it could only delay his death, and could not really save his life.


    "Witch, save him..."


    The leader of the red ant tribe knelt down to Wu with a "pop", a seven-color warrior, a very tough man on weekdays, but at this moment, he showed a fragile side, and big tears fell down.


    Because the person lying on the bed was not only the elder and previous leader of the Red Ant tribe, but also his father.

 v2 Chapter 248： primitive business empire

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh tomorrow morning


    If you cannot refresh, please go to the settings page, clear the cache, clear the cache of downloaded books, and return.


    ¡­


    After the death of the ant tribe elder, the body was not sent to the ant nest, and the news came back to the tribe, and Wu was quite dissatisfied with this.


    But the man had already been buried, and the witch would not be able to dig out the man again, so this matter could only be left to nothing.


    However, what Wu did not know was that from this day on, the leader no longer believed in the red ant god, nor did he have unreserved trust in Wu, and even secretly began to plan to replace the totem god.


    The entire ant tribe, on the surface still as calm as before, has actually begun to undercurrent.


    Outside the ant tribe, Jiang Xuan wandered back in the forest for a day, but was unable to inquire about anything that happened in the ant tribe.


    Just as he was about to leave in disappointment, Cutleaf found him and handed him two oval fruits the size of a football.


    The outer skin of these two fruits is yellowish-brown and relatively hard. When shaken, there will be a sound inside.


    Cut Ye said: "This is the fruit of the kettle tree. There are seeds in it. You can take it back and try to plant it. Whether you can plant it depends on the luck of your vine tribe."


    "The witch of your tribe agreed to give me this fruit?"


    Jiang Xuan felt very surprised, because most tribes regarded these things as treasures and would not easily give them to outsiders.


    "I am the son of the leader, so I don''t need to ask the witch''s advice to get two fruits."


    Jiang Xuan was keenly aware of the change in cutting leaves. When he took Jiang Xuan to visit the red ant tribe before, he didn''t say that.


    However, Jiang Xuan did not ask what happened to Chiye, because he was just an outsider, and even if he asked, Chiye might not say anything.


    "Thank you so much, I''ll give you something too."


    Jiang Xuan also didn''t want to take advantage of the cutting leaves, so he took out a gem knife and handed it to the cutting leaves.


    The gem knife coin is the most valuable knife coin in the Fuji tribe knife coin system. It is made of high-quality stone and is highly ornamental and practical.


    Chie Ye took the gem knife coin. He is also a person who knows goods and knows that this thing is very valuable.


    But since it was sent by Jiang Xuan, he did not refuse and accepted it directly.


    "You''d better not come to the red ant tribe recently, leave as soon as possible."


    "Okay, I''ll leave right away."


    Jiang Xuan didn''t ask why, because looking at the posture of the Red Ant tribe, something must have happened.


    "There is still something in the tribe, I will go back first."


    After Chie Ye finished speaking, he turned around and left, his steps were heavier, not as lively as before.


    Jiang Xuan stood there and watched Chi Ye go away, then looked at the two kettle tree fruits in his hand, and put them in the animal skin bag.


    He then climbed to the tallest tree nearby and blew the bone whistle.


    "Il..."


    After a while, the dumplings flew over from a distant hill and landed on the open space.


    Jiang Xuan got down from the tree, ran to the open space, and then climbed onto the back of the dumplings.


    "Come on, move on."


    Jiang Xuan patted the tangyuan''s sturdy feathers, and the tangyuan immediately flew up, circled twice in the sky, and then continued to fly along the river to the southeast.


    Jiang Xuan looked back at the red ant tribe in the forest. He didn''t know what the red ant tribe would look like the next time he came over.


    ¡­


    The follow-up content is repeated, and it will be updated tomorrow morning.


    ¡­


    "Grandpa, I''ll take you there!"


    Chie Ye said it very decisively, because he knew that this might be the last thing he could do for his grandfather in his life, and he had to fulfill his wish.


    The elder touched Chiye''s head with relief, and said, "Okay, you are better than your father."


    Gu Li felt ashamed when he heard these words. At this time, whether he wanted to or not, he had to help the elder to fulfill this last wish.


    "Father, I''ll make arrangements right away."


    Gu Li got up and walked outside, finding a few hunting team leaders and letting them lead the hunting team to clear the way for the elders.


    Afterwards, he found someone to quickly build something similar to a sedan chair, intending to carry the elder over there.


    Soon, all the soldiers of the ant tribe were busy.


    It didn''t take long for the sedan chair to be ready, and Gu Li ordered people to spread a layer of soft hay on it, and then two layers of animal skins.


    Afterwards, Yu Qiye carried the elder out of the room and gently placed it on the sedan chair.


    The witch also gave them some witch medicines that could temporarily hang their lives, so that they could carry the elder to the pine forest with more confidence.


    "Let''s go!"


    Gu Li personally carried the sedan chair with a few powerful warriors, and ran quickly to the pine forest, Chiye followed by the sedan chair, and kept talking to the elders.


    Although the road in the forest was not easy to walk, because there was a hunting team ahead, and the people carrying the sedan chair were some of the most powerful warriors of the Red Ant tribe, the sedan chair was hardly bumpy and very stable in the process of advancing.


    Along the way, the warriors of the red ant tribe removed all potential threats they could find, so that the elder could reach the pine forest where he often hunted in his youth.


    Outside the Red Ant tribe, Jiang Xuanhe had not left yet, but soon a large number of Red Ant tribe warriors appeared, and he was not allowed to stay nearby.


    "How is this going?"


    Even if an elder of a tribe dies, it should just prevent outsiders from entering the tribe, but now the soldiers of the red ant tribe are all running out?


    Jiang Xuan was puzzled by this, and the warriors of the Red Ant tribe did not intend to explain it to him.


    He could only climb up a hill and observe the people of the red ant tribe from a distance, hoping to get some information from it.


    However, his actions were in vain, because he would never have thought that the wish of the elder of the red ant tribe when he died was to go to the place where he once hunted and have a look.


    After half a day, under the full force of the Red Ant tribe warriors, they finally carried the elder to the pine forest far away from the Red Ant tribe.


    The sedan chair was gently placed on the clearing in the middle of the woods.


    The leader bone force said softly: "Dad, here we are."


    The elder is already very weak. If he hadn''t held his breath, he would have died long ago.


    He said weakly: "Bone strength and cutting leaves stay, let others leave, I want to die peacefully here."


    Gu Li wiped his tears, stood up and said to the soldiers of the Red Ant tribe: "Everyone goes outside the forest, the elder wants to leave quietly."


    "Yes!"


    Although the soldiers of the Red Ant tribe were a little reluctant, they still followed the wishes of a dying old man and left the forest one after another.


    After everyone left, the elder asked Gu Li to feed him some witch medicine, and then sat up, looking at this forest where he had hunted and fought with infinite love.


    Gu Li and Chiye stood by the side honestly, looking very sad.


    After the elder looked around, he took the hands of Bone Strength and Cutting Leaf, and pulled them in front of him, and said in a very low voice, "I''m going to die soon. Before I die, I have to tell you a very important thing. secret."


    "Secret?" Gu Li was stunned, what kind of secret needs to be said in such a place? Why not say it in the tribe?


    Chie Ye asked, "Grandpa, you asked us to carry you here because of this secret?"


    The elder nodded and said, "That''s right, because in the tribe, I can never tell this secret."


    Bone Strength and Cut Leaf were shocked, they couldn''t imagine any secrets that couldn''t be told in the tribe.


    In their opinion, the tribe is the safest place.


    The witch medicine began to work, the elder''s blood flow began to speed up, his heart beat faster, and an abnormal flush appeared on his face.


    The elder''s waist was also straightened, and the whole person''s mental state was extremely excited.


    He pulled Bone Strength and Chie Yeh closer, and kept his voice low.


    "This secret was told to me by the previous leader before he died. Now, I will tell you this secret."


    Gu Li and Chi Ye didn''t speak, because at this time, no one knew how long the elder could last.


    "A long time ago, we were not called the red ant tribe, but the ant tribe. Our patron saint was a black ant."


    "But then one day, the red ants came later. It went deep into the ant''s nest, killed our original patron saint, and became a new patron saint."


    "The ant tribe used to have a lot of giant black ants, but later, those black ants were all killed and replaced by red ants. Our clansmen, also under the rule of the red ant god, are getting worse and worse."


    "The last leader told me something. He said that our people have become slaves of the red ant god."


    "At first I didn''t know what ''slave'' meant, until one winter, I saw a lot of people in the tribe starved to death, and those red ants, obviously storing a lot of food in the ant nest, but they didn''t know anything about it. Will take it out to save people."


    "Our clansmen worked hard every day to find food and scoured the nearby forests, but in the end, people often starved to death. They were all skinny, and the food was taken away by those red ants."


    "The previous leader was right. We have all become slaves of the red ants. We have no freedom. No matter what we do, we must behave in a proper manner, and let the red ant gods drive and oppress us."


    When the elder said this, his expression was very sad. These people starved to death and froze to death, there are countless people, but the red ants are doing well, and they are very fat.


    The elder said to Gu Lili, "I know that you are not used to cutting leaves and think that he is always unruly, but do you know that it is not the cutting leaves that is at fault, but us."


    "When the Black Ant God was still around, we were all free and had plenty of food, but now, the various rules set by the Red Ant God have taken away the freedom of all our clansmen, and the food has been taken away, We''ve all become slaves!"


    The elder''s words, like a heavy hammer, kept hitting Bone Strength''s mind, causing his previously formed outlook on life to collapse, and the whole person had a shaky feeling.


    In contrast, Chiye was younger, and his outlook on life had not yet been fully formed, so it was easier to accept everything the elders said.


    The new revision and upgrade address of the mobile station: https://, data and bookmarks are synchronized with the computer station, no ads and fresh reading!

 v2 Chapter 249： original thief

    Genius to remember the address of this site in one second: [New] https://The fastest update! No ads!


    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh and read at noon tomorrow.


    ...


    After introducing the rabbit head fruit, Wu Yu took out several bags of seeds, all of which were not available in the Veng tribe.


    For example, vegetable seeds with a height of more than half a person, according to Wu Yu''s description, Jiang Xuan believes that it is likely to be a kind of Chinese cabbage.


    This makes Jiang Xuan very happy, because among the existing vegetables of the Veng tribe, there is only one kind of short cabbage, which is small in size and low in yield, and its planting value is not high.


    The second thing that interested Jiang Xuan was a corn-like plant. When Wu Yu took it out, Jiang Xuan''s eyes lit up because it looked like a large corn cobs.


    This corn-like grain seed is purple, and each seed is the size of a thumb. Wu Yu said that this thing is roasted and eaten in the original tribe, and it tastes okay.


    "Can you give me all these bags of seeds?"


    "Of course, as long as you have enough goods to exchange."


    Wu Yu''s face was full of smiles, because these seeds were given as gifts when he was trading with other tribes.


    Even the small animal skin bags containing the seeds were presented by each tribe along with the seeds.


    Aside from the cost of shipping and storage, these seeds are simply picked up for nothing.


    Of course, Wu Yu couldn''t tell Jiang Xuan these words. Instead, he wanted to make the process of collecting and trading these seeds a little more difficult, so that he could exchange these seeds for more goods.


    Merchants are all profit-seeking, and so are primitive merchants.


    Jiang Xuan didn''t care too much, because if these seeds could be planted successfully, their value would be far beyond Wu Yu''s imagination.


    The tribesmen are not good at planting, nor do they attach great importance to planting, so even the most savvy Blacktooth tribesmen do not know the true value of these seeds.


    "My goods are all on the back of the dumplings. I''m going to pick them up."


    "Since your goods are over there, let''s go there and make a deal."


    Wu Yu found two warriors, carried the large bags of seeds, and walked back with Jiang Xuan.


    When they returned to the place where the mounts were stored, Jiang Xuan summoned the glutinous rice balls, and then unloaded the five big animal skin bags from the back of the glutinous rice balls.


    Some of these goods were prey caught along the way of the dumplings. Jiang Xuan peeled off the valuable animal skins, animal teeth and animal bones and put them away.


    There are some goods that Jiang Xuan traded with various tribes during the flight. Jiang Xuan did not intend to bring back the goods to the tribe, but he took them out to trade seeds with the Black Teeth tribe.


    Jiang Xuan put all kinds of goods in front of Wu Yu and said, "Is these goods enough to exchange these seeds?"


    Wu Yu carefully checked the goods that Jiang Xuan took out, and found that the quality of most of the goods was not bad, and it was more than enough to trade seeds.


    However, he still said with an embarrassed expression: "These seeds, but we collected them after we ran through an unknown number of tribes. Leader Xuan, look, do you want to add more..."


    Jiang Xuan thought for a while, then took out another half of the worm wax, and said with an unhappy face: "How precious this thing is, should the leader of Wu Yu know? This, plus these goods, in exchange for all the seeds."


    "If the leader of Wu Yu is not willing, then this transaction can''t be done, and I don''t want the seeds."


    Hearing this sentence, Wu Yu felt a sigh in his heart. Except for the Vine tribe, other tribes would not trade these seeds at such a high price.


    Wu Yu smiled and said: "Don''t worry, Chief Xuan, we are also old friends. Just as you said, this half-root worm wax, plus these goods, will trade all the seeds."


    "I am at a loss, and these little animal skin bags are also given to you."


    Jiang Xuan''s face softened a little, and then nodded.


    Wu Yu was afraid of Jiang Xuan''s repentance, so he immediately took the insect wax and asked the soldiers of the Black Teeth tribe to remove all the goods.


    Those big animal skin bags were exchanged with Jiang Xuan''s animal skin bags, and the pile of small animal skin bags inside was not poured out.


    After the transaction was completed, Jiang Xuan finally breathed a sigh of relief. With these seeds, the planting industry of the Veng tribe will bring more returns.


    ...


    The follow-up content is repeated, and it will be updated tomorrow morning.


    ...


    "Are there any seeds?"


    "Of course, I knew you were going to ask this, come with me."


    Although I don''t understand the Teng tribe''s dedication to planting, but in the mind of making money, Wu Yu will also collect some seeds when he goes to other tribes to do business.


    Wu Yu took Jiang Xuan through the trading area and came to the warehouse area of ??the Black Teeth tribe.


    The warehouses of the Black Teeth tribe are divided into two types. One is the cave warehouse, which is used to store materials such as stone materials that are not afraid of moisture.


    Another kind of warehouse is the log house warehouse, which is used to store materials that need to be protected from moisture.


    The warehouse Wu Yu brought Jiang Xuan to was a wooden warehouse. This kind of warehouse was built very sturdily. The walls were all spliced ??together with non-perishable large logs, and there was an overhead floor on the ground.


    Although it looks rough, it is very practical and very durable.


    Wu Yu walked to the front of a relatively small warehouse and said to the soldier in charge of guarding the warehouse, "Bring out the plant seeds we collected."


    "Yes!"


    The soldier guarding the warehouse immediately opened the door, then entered the warehouse, found several large animal skin bags stacked in the corner, and carried them all to the door.


    Wu Yu opened the large animal skin bags one by one, and there were various small animal skin bags inside.


    Wu Yu picked up a small animal skin bag and opened it, which contained more than a dozen fist-sized fruits.


    "I bought this from a small remote tribe. It''s called Rabbit Head Fruit. Do you think it looks like a rabbit head?"


    Jiang Xuan picked up a fruit and observed it carefully, and found that the fruit really looked a bit like a rabbit head, with two ears protruding from each fruit.


    Jiang Xuan asked, "Is it a tree or a herb?"


    "It''s a herbaceous plant. I heard that it can be planted every year."


    "Good, good stuff."


    Jiang Xuan is very satisfied with this. If it is just a fruit, the value is not so great, because it takes at least a few years for a fruit tree to grow from a seed to a tree, and then to bear fruit, and some fruit trees even take dozens or hundreds of years to bear fruit.


    Herbs are different. Most of them are planted in the same year and can be harvested in the same year, which is very efficient.


    After introducing the rabbit head fruit, Wu Yu took out several bags of seeds, all of which were not available in the Veng tribe.


    For example, vegetable seeds with a height of more than half a person, according to Wu Yu''s description, Jiang Xuan believes that it is likely to be a kind of Chinese cabbage.


    This makes Jiang Xuan very happy, because among the existing vegetables of the Veng tribe, there is only one kind of short cabbage, which is small in size and low in yield, and its planting value is not high.


    The second thing that interested Jiang Xuan was a corn-like plant. When Wu Yu took it out, Jiang Xuan''s eyes lit up because it looked like a large corn cobs.


    This corn-like grain seed is purple, and each seed is the size of a thumb. Wu Yu said that this thing is roasted and eaten in the original tribe, and it tastes okay.


    "Can you give me all these bags of seeds?"


    "Of course, as long as you have enough goods to exchange."


    Wu Yu''s face was full of smiles, because these seeds were given as gifts when he was trading with other tribes.


    Even the small animal skin bags containing the seeds were presented by each tribe along with the seeds.


    Aside from the cost of shipping and storage, these seeds are simply picked up for nothing.


    Of course, Wu Yu couldn''t tell Jiang Xuan these words. Instead, he wanted to make the process of collecting and trading these seeds a little more difficult, so that he could exchange these seeds for more goods.


    Merchants are all profit-seeking, and so are primitive merchants.


    Jiang Xuan didn''t care too much, because if these seeds could be planted successfully, their value would be far beyond Wu Yu''s imagination.


    The tribesmen are not good at planting, nor do they attach great importance to planting, so even the most savvy Blacktooth tribesmen do not know the true value of these seeds.


    "My goods are all on the back of the dumplings. I''m going to pick them up."


    "Since your goods are over there, let''s go there and make a deal."


    Wu Yu found two warriors, carried the large bags of seeds, and walked back with Jiang Xuan.


    When they returned to the place where the mounts were stored, Jiang Xuan summoned the glutinous rice balls, and then unloaded the five big animal skin bags from the back of the glutinous rice balls.


    Some of these goods were prey caught along the way of the dumplings. Jiang Xuan peeled off the valuable animal skins, animal teeth and animal bones and put them away.


    There are some goods that Jiang Xuan traded with various tribes during the flight. Jiang Xuan did not intend to bring back the goods to the tribe, but he took them out to trade seeds with the Black Teeth tribe.


    Jiang Xuan put all kinds of goods in front of Wu Yu and said, "Is these goods enough to exchange these seeds?"


    Wu Yu carefully checked the goods that Jiang Xuan took out, and found that the quality of most of the goods was not bad, and it was more than enough to trade seeds.


    However, he still said with an embarrassed expression: "These seeds, but we collected them after we ran through an unknown number of tribes. Leader Xuan, look, do you want to add more..."


    Jiang Xuan thought for a while, then took out another half of the worm wax, and said with an unhappy face: "How precious this thing is, should the leader of Wu Yu know? This, plus these goods, in exchange for all the seeds."


    "If the leader of Wu Yu is not willing, then this transaction can''t be done, and I don''t want the seeds."


    Hearing this sentence, Wu Yu felt a sigh in his heart. Except for the Vine tribe, other tribes would not trade these seeds at such a high price.


    Wu Yu smiled and said: "Don''t worry, Chief Xuan, we are also old friends. Just as you said, this half-root worm wax, plus these goods, will trade all the seeds."


    "I am at a loss, and these little animal skin bags are also given to you."


    Jiang Xuan''s face softened a little, and then nodded.


    Wu Yu was afraid of Jiang Xuan''s repentance, so he immediately took the insect wax and asked the soldiers of the Black Teeth tribe to remove all the goods.


    Those big animal skin bags were exchanged with Jiang Xuan''s animal skin bags, and the pile of small animal skin bags inside was not poured out.


    After the transaction was completed, Jiang Xuan finally breathed a sigh of relief. With these seeds, the planting industry of the Veng tribe will bring more returns.

 v2 Chapter 250： special talents

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh tomorrow at noon


    It is recommended not to subscribe on the same day. If you subscribe again the next night, there will be no problem of seeing half of it.


    ¡­


    After eating and drinking, Wu Yu invited Jiang Xuan to visit the Black Teeth tribe.


    Of course, it can also be understood as a show off.


    Of course Jiang Xuan has no opinion. Instead, he hopes to get in touch with some new things in the Black Teeth Tribe, which is conducive to the development of the Vine Tribe.


    Wu Yu first brought Jiang Xuan to a processing workshop, where the Black Teeth tribe would process the raw materials such as stone, animal bones, animal teeth, and animal skins traded back from other tribes.


    After processing, the value of these things will double, or even ten times.


    Buying at a low price, re-processing, and then selling at a high price, this is a stable profit model for the Black Teeth tribe.


    Wu Yu said proudly: "There are dozens of places like this in our Black Teeth Tribe!"


    "It''s amazing." Jiang Xuan exclaimed sincerely.


    This is the embodiment of a tribe''s heritage.


    Don''t underestimate such a workshop. Each workshop requires a lot of tools and experienced craftsmen to support it.


    These craftsmen did not appear out of thin air. In addition to occasionally absorbing craftsmen from other tribes, they were more cultivated by their own tribes.


    In order to keep dozens of workshops running at the same time, in addition to the need for sufficient raw materials, a large number of experienced craftsmen is the key.


    A tribe that has been established for a short time like the Teng tribe cannot gather so many craftsmen at all, and can only spend a lot of time training a group of craftsman apprentices and gradually accumulate experience.


    After visiting the ordinary processing workshop, Jiang Xuan couldn''t help but said: "I have a question, it may not sound very good..."


    Wu Yu said: "Leader Xuan, just say it."


    "Your Black Teeth tribe is so rich, haven''t those big tribes ever made up their minds?"


    This question arose when Jiang Xuan entered the Black Teeth tribe.


    When the interest is big enough, other tribes will definitely be jealous, there is no doubt.


    So what did the Blacktooth tribe rely on to keep their wealth?


    Wu Yu said in a daze: "Of course there are big tribes who have made an idea, and more than once, but they all failed. Do you know why?"


    Jiang Xuan shook his head, this was exactly what he couldn''t figure out.


    "Because the Black Teeth Tribe can develop to this day, it is not this territory, but our ability to do business."


    "There are big tribes who want to attack, we just need to ride the black-toothed bird. When we migrate to the next place of residence, all kinds of transactions can still be done well."


    "But the tribe that attacked us, prepare for the endless revenge of the Blacktooth tribe."


    "We will not only send people to attack all their people who go out, but also persuade the nearby tribes not to make deals with them and trap them to death!"


    When Wu Yu said these words, the expression on his face was very confident, because the Black Teeth Tribe had already experienced something similar.


    After Jiang Xuan heard Wu Yu''s words, he also understood why those big tribes knew that the Black Teeth tribe was rich, but they dared not attack the Black Teeth tribe.


    The superposition of the two methods of force harassment and trade blockade is enough to cause any tribe to collapse, because each tribe has no food.


    Once you can''t go out to hunt, plus you can''t get supplies through trading, and you don''t need the Black Teeth tribe to attack, there will be big problems within the blocked tribe.


    Every tribe that can survive in this dangerous primitive continent for a long time has its own special ability. The special ability of the Black Teeth tribe is the trading network they have operated for many years.


    All tribes in this trading network can obtain all kinds of materials needed for life through the Black Teeth tribe.


    With the Black Teeth tribe, all the tribes in the Southern Wilderness with extremely inconvenient transportation can enjoy the benefits of material circulation.


    However, everything has advantages and disadvantages.


    When each tribe enjoys this convenience, they will also pay a corresponding price.


    For example, the transaction of various materials has to be earned by the Black Teeth Tribe. Another example is that once they have a bad relationship with the Black Teeth Tribe, they will usher in a terrible transaction blockade.


    It is through these means, and the strength of the tribe itself, that the Black Teeth Tribe can occupy a place in the fiercely competitive place in the middle of the Southern Wilderness, and even become stronger.


    ¡­


    The follow-up content is repeated, and it will be updated tomorrow morning.


    ¡­


    After eating and drinking, Wu Yu invited Jiang Xuan to visit the Black Teeth tribe.


    Of course, it can also be understood as a show off.


    Of course Jiang Xuan has no opinion. Instead, he hopes to get in touch with some new things in the Black Teeth Tribe, which is conducive to the development of the Vine Tribe.


    Wu Yu first brought Jiang Xuan to a processing workshop, where the Black Teeth tribe would process the raw materials such as stone, animal bones, animal teeth, and animal skins traded back from other tribes.


    After processing, the value of these things will double, or even ten times.


    Buying at a low price, re-processing, and then selling at a high price, this is a stable profit model for the Black Teeth tribe.


    Wu Yu said proudly: "There are dozens of places like this in our Black Teeth Tribe!"


    "It''s amazing." Jiang Xuan exclaimed sincerely.


    This is the embodiment of a tribe''s heritage.


    Don''t underestimate such a workshop. Each workshop requires a lot of tools and experienced craftsmen to support it.


    These craftsmen did not appear out of thin air. In addition to occasionally absorbing craftsmen from other tribes, they were more cultivated by their own tribes.


    In order to keep dozens of workshops running at the same time, in addition to the need for sufficient raw materials, a large number of experienced craftsmen is the key.


    A tribe that has been established for a short time like the Teng tribe cannot gather so many craftsmen at all, and can only spend a lot of time training a group of craftsman apprentices and gradually accumulate experience.


    After visiting the ordinary processing workshop, Jiang Xuan couldn''t help but said: "I have a question, it may not sound very good..."


    Wu Yu said: "Leader Xuan, just say it."


    "Your Black Teeth tribe is so rich, haven''t those big tribes ever made up their minds?"


    This question arose when Jiang Xuan entered the Black Teeth tribe.


    When the interest is big enough, other tribes will definitely be jealous, there is no doubt.


    So what did the Blacktooth tribe rely on to keep their wealth?


    Wu Yu said in a daze: "Of course there are big tribes who have made an idea, and more than once, but they all failed. Do you know why?"


    Jiang Xuan shook his head, this was exactly what he couldn''t figure out.


    "Because the Black Teeth Tribe can develop to this day, it is not this territory, but our ability to do business."


    "There are big tribes who want to attack, we just need to ride the black-toothed bird. When we migrate to the next place of residence, all kinds of transactions can still be done well."


    "But the tribe that attacked us, prepare for the endless revenge of the Blacktooth tribe."


    "We will not only send people to attack all their people who go out, but also persuade the nearby tribes not to make deals with them and trap them to death!"


    When Wu Yu said these words, the expression on his face was very confident, because the Black Teeth Tribe had already experienced something similar.


    After Jiang Xuan heard Wu Yu''s words, he also understood why those big tribes knew that the Black Teeth tribe was rich, but they dared not attack the Black Teeth tribe.


    The superposition of the two methods of force harassment and trade blockade is enough to cause any tribe to collapse, because each tribe has no food.


    Once you can''t go out to hunt, plus you can''t get supplies through trading, and you don''t need the Black Teeth tribe to attack, there will be big problems within the blocked tribe.


    Every tribe that can survive in this dangerous primitive continent for a long time has its own special ability. The special ability of the Black Teeth tribe is the trading network they have operated for many years.


    All tribes in this trading network can obtain all kinds of materials needed for life through the Black Teeth tribe.


    With the Black Teeth tribe, all the tribes in the Southern Wilderness with extremely inconvenient transportation can enjoy the benefits of material circulation.


    ¡­


    The Black Teeth tribe lived on a relatively rare mountain range in the middle of the Southern Wilderness. It is said that the reason why they lived here was not voluntarily, but because they were weak at the time and were forced to go up the mountain.


    If you can live in a plain that is suitable for living and planting, who wants to go to a mountain with poor conditions?


    But no one would have imagined that after the Black-toothed Tribe went up the mountain, they were so desperate to change that they began to take advantage of the black-toothed bird''s long-distance flight to start a primitive trade.


    With the help of primitive trade, a lucrative industry, the Black Teeth Tribe grew rapidly in strength, and even the tribes who forced them up the mountain had to make deals with them and accept their exploitation.


    In just a few decades, the Black Teeth Tribe formed a powerful primitive business empire, and their far-flung trading team spread all over the Southern Wilderness.


    Although their totem **** has not yet become a great god, the overall strength of the Black Teeth Tribe is no weaker than that of any major tribe.


    The people of the Black Teeth tribe lived more prosperously than any other large tribe.


    The mountain where the Black Teeth Tribe is located was named the Black Teeth Mountain Range by them, and now, the territory of the Black Teeth Tribe is not only limited to the Black Teeth Mountain Range, but even the plains around the mountain range, they also occupy a large piece.


    "Il..."


    The glutinous rice **** landed next to a small lake outside the Black Teeth Tribe. Jiang Xuan just got off the back of the glutinous rice **** when a group of Black Teeth tribal soldiers came over.


    The warriors of the Blacktooth tribe are not as fierce as other tribes, and everyone''s expressions are kinder.


    One of the warriors at the head said: "This is the Black Teeth Tribe. Which tribe are you from? Are you here to make a deal?"


    "I''m from the Vine Tribe. Not long ago, Wu Yu, the expedition leader of your Black Teeth Tribe, invited me over."


    "Invited by the leader of Wu Yu? Just wait a moment, the leader of Wu Yu has not been out in the past two days. I will find him immediately."


    The warriors of the Black Teeth Tribe were not stupid either. Instead of putting people in casually, they went to Wu Yu to confirm the situation.


    While waiting, Jiang Xuan casually looked at the soldiers of the Black Teeth tribe.


    Whether a tribe is strong or not can be clearly seen from its clansmen.


    First of all, the warriors of the Blacktooth tribe are very strong, not as thin as the warriors of other tribes, and it does not look like they are often hungry.


    Secondly, although the animal skins each of them wears are not brand new, they are complete and not tattered like other tribes.


    Their weapons are also very well crafted, which is very different from the shoddy ones.


    The new revision and upgrade address of the mobile station: https://, data and bookmarks are synchronized with the computer station, no ads and fresh reading!

 v2 Chapter 251： caught

    After Jiang Xuan listened to Wu Yu''s speech, he gained some understanding of the Rat Tribe and developed some interest.


    According to Wu Yu, the rat tribe stole so many tribes, and there should be a lot of good things in it.


    If you can get the things collected by the rat tribe, it must be a lot of wealth.


    At this time, the Rat Tribe would never have imagined that they, who have always liked to steal, would be targeted by their own treasure house.


    Of course, Jiang Xuan could not accomplish this feat alone. He needed to wait for the power of the Teng tribe to enter the central region before he could plan this.


    Jiang Xuan and Wu Yu strolled around the tribe for a while. Jiang Xuan thought that he could not gain more things in the Black Teeth tribe, so he said goodbye to Wu Yu.


    "Boss Xuan, are you leaving so soon? Stay a few more days."


    Wu Yu''s polite reservation.


    "Come here next time. I have been away from the Vine tribe for a long time. I plan to go to another tribe to gain knowledge and return to the tribe."


    "Which tribe does the leader Xuan want to go to?"


    "Spider Tribe."


    "The spider tribe is not close to here. Even the black-toothed bird has to fly for five or six days. The road is too long to find."


    "It doesn''t matter, if the head of Wuyu can show me a way, I think I will find the spider tribe."


    "Okay, since Chief Xuan insists on going, I''ll show you the way."


    Wu Yu pointed to the south and told the Jiang Xuanzhu tribe about where it was, which tribes it would pass through along the way, and some of the more conspicuous landforms.


    Jiang Xuan wrote down the tribes that he would pass by on the road, which was more useful than memorizing landforms.


    As long as he pays attention to the positions of these tribes when flying along the way, the route will not deviate too much.


    Of course, because the road is too long, it is very difficult to fly to the spider tribe accurately, and most of the time will be delayed on the road.


    Jiang Xuan is also mentally prepared for this, it is best to find the spider tribe.


    It has been a long time since Jiang Xuan came out this time. He must rush back to the Vine tribe before spring, and he cannot delay in the middle for too long.


    As for those places that have not been visited, the tribes that have not been to, will be left for later.


    "Thanks to the leader of Wu Yu for pointing the way, then let''s say goodbye and see you next time."


    "Okay, see you next time."


    Jiang Xuan walked to the place where the Black Teeth Tribe stored the mounts, found the dumplings, and left the Black Teeth Tribe with the dumplings.


    Wu Yu watched Jiang Xuan leave, and then returned to the trading area. He had to deal with the dirt holes dug up by the Rat Tribe, otherwise it would be used by the Rat Tribe next time.


    Jiang Xuan took the dumplings to the side of the small lake again. According to his usual habits, Jiang Xuan would definitely leave the Black Teeth tribe directly on the dumplings.


    This time he felt that the scenery beside the lake was good, so he took a slow walk by the lake to enjoy the scenery.


    However, before he took a few steps, he sensed that someone was spying on him.


    Jiang Xuan glanced around with the corner of his eyes, but found no one. Even so, he still believed in his intuition, because the intuition of five-color warriors was more reliable.


    Who is spying on him?


    Jiang Xuan had no fear, and still walked forward in a calm manner. He wanted to see what the other party wanted to do.


    There is a dense forest next to the lake. At this time, in a bush in the forest, three rat tribesmen looked at Jiang Xuan furtively.


    "His skin bag looks weird."


    "There are good things in the animal skin bag. When he was in the trading area, he opened it and I saw it."


    "Then are we going to start?"


    "He is a five-colored warrior, and he has that fierce bird. It''s terrible."


    The three were itchy and unbearable, but they were afraid of Jiang Xuan''s powerful strength and the ferocity of the dumplings, so they didn''t dare to approach.


    Jiang Xuan walked by the lake for a while and found that the other party hadn''t shot, so he turned and walked into the forest.


    Those three rat tribesmen were nervous, could they have been discovered?


    There was a big rock in the bushes, and there was a hole at the bottom of the stone, which they had dug before. If Jiang Xuan came over, they would immediately get into the hole and escape.


    Fortunately, Jiang Xuan didn''t get close to the bush, just wandering in the forest.


    After walking for a while, he seemed a little tired, so he sat under a big tree to rest, and opened the double-shouldered animal skin backpack, and took out a golden yellow knife coin from it to play with.


    When the three rat tribesmen saw the golden-yellow knife coin, their eyes immediately went straight.


    "Baby, what a beautiful baby!"


    Perhaps because of the frequent cutting of buns, the people of the Rat tribe are very fascinated by knives, not to mention the dazzling short knives they have never seen before.


    For a time, the three were itching for it, wishing they could immediately steal the big knife coins in Jiang Xuan''s hand.


    But that''s still the problem. Their combat effectiveness is not strong, and they don''t dare to provoke Jiang Xuan directly. This feeling of seeing but not being able to steal is very tormenting for the people of the rat tribe.


    On the other side, Jiang Xuan was sitting under the big tree. When he took out the big knife coin, he obviously felt that the prying eyes were more intense.


    Jiang Xuan suddenly knew that he should be targeted by those rat tribesmen hiding in the dark.


    Jiang Xuan not only was not afraid, but became excited.


    Although Wu Yu told him a lot about the Rat Tribe, if you want to truly understand the Rat Tribe, it is better to catch a Rat Tribe directly.


    Jiang Xuan looked at the sky and said deliberately, "It''s getting late, so let''s spend the night in this forest tonight."


    "Tangyuan, unload the things first, and hunt for food by yourself."


    Jiang Xuan really climbed onto the back of the dumplings, unloaded the animal skin bags, and stacked them under the big tree.


    Tangyuan is relatively simple, Jiang Xuan let it go to prey, and it went to prey, without hesitation at all.


    "Huhuhu..."


    I saw it swaying to an open space, then kicked its legs, flapped its wings, and flew directly into the sky. After circling a few times, it went to the nearby forest to hunt for food.


    Jiang Xuan himself quickly built a simple shelter, picked up some firewood, lit a bonfire with the method of drilling wood, and took out some animal meat to roast and eat.


    At this time, the sky had gradually darkened, Jiang Xuan was full, and closed his eyes against the tree, and after a while, there was an even sound of breathing.


    Tribes do not snore when they sleep, because they are very alert even when sleeping and do not make noises easily.


    "He seems to be asleep."


    "That vicious bird hasn''t come back yet."


    "Good opportunity!"


    The three rat tribesmen kept staring at Jiang Xuan, and they were overjoyed when they saw this scene.


    At this time, it was very dark, and the various shadows in the woods were very favorable for their actions.


    Jiang Xuan fell asleep, and the ominous bird went out to hunt and hasn''t come back yet, which is an excellent opportunity.


    Especially when Jiang Xuan was sleeping, the big knife coin in his hand slipped aside, shining brightly under the firelight.


    How can the warriors of the rat tribe endure this?


    "He has a lot of babies by his side."


    "Are you going to steal?"


    "If you miss this opportunity, you won''t have it. Give it a try."


    The three Rat Tribe warriors were unbearable, and after discussing in a low voice for a while, they decided to give it a try, not to miss this excellent opportunity.


    They gently left the bushes, and then took advantage of the various shadows in the woods to slowly approach Jiang Xuan.


    As they walked, they carefully observed the situation of Jiang Xuan and the sky.


    If the dumplings came back, or Jiang Xuan showed signs of waking up, they would not hesitate to give up this operation.


    After all, no matter how good the baby is, it is not as important as his own life.


    Gradually, they got closer and closer to Jiang Xuan.


    They went around behind the big tree, so that even if Jiang Xuan woke up, he would not see them for the first time.


    Closer, closer.


    Jiang Xuan''s breathing was still even, and the three rat tribesmen could already reach out and get the big animal skin bag that Jiang Xuan had piled under the tree.


    One of the rat tribesmen licked his dry lips, and bit by bit, he reached out and grabbed the golden big knife coin beside Jiang Xuan.


    At this time, he was already close to Chi Chi, and the shadow of the big knife coin was reflected in his eyes.


    The other two rat tribesmen went to grab a large animal skin bag and planned to carry it away.


    Finally, the hand of the rat tribe man caught the big knife coin, and a happy smile appeared on his face, because this treasure that he had never seen before was about to belong to him!


    However, just when he was about to take the big knife coin away, a powerful palm grabbed his wrist like lightning.


    "Dare to steal my stuff?"


    Jiang Xuan''s voice sounded, scaring the three rat tribesmen to pieces.


    Two of them threw the animal skin bag and ran away, so fast that they were like frightened rabbits.


    The man who went to steal the big knife coins was grabbed by Jiang Xuan''s wrist and could not break free at all.


    "let me go!"


    The rat tribe was panicked, he pulled out a short knife from his waist with his left hand, and stabbed Jiang Xuan fiercely.


    Jiang Xuan easily dodged the knife, and then pulled hard, pulling the rat tribe over, his knees slammed into his stomach.


    "what¡­¡­"


    The rat tribe was hit hard in the abdomen, and his face suddenly turned pale. He only heard a scream, and the whole person was bent into a ball like a boiled prawn.


    Jiang Xuan easily grabbed the hand of the Rat Tribe that held the knife, and squeezed it hard The Rat Tribe was in pain, and instinctively let go of the knife.


    The sharp dagger fell directly to the ground with a "pop".


    "Let me loose this hand too!"


    Jiang Xuan squeezed the hand holding the big knife coin again, and the big knife coin also fell to the ground.


    Afterwards, Jiang Xuan twisted the hands of the rat tribe man behind his back, pulled out a rope, and tied the man directly.


    After he had subdued this man, the other two rat tribesmen had already run away, and they didn''t know which hole they went into.


    Jiang Xuan didn''t care either, as long as he caught one person, he would be able to ask about the situation of the rat tribe.


    "Il..."


    At this moment, the glutinous rice **** also came back from prey. It first threw a wild beast from the air to the vicinity of the bonfire, and then found a place to land.


    The new revision and upgrade address of the mobile station: https://, data and bookmarks are synchronized with the computer station, no ads and fresh reading!

 v2 Chapter 252： Want to be the leader?

    Southern Wilderness, Vine Tribe.


    "Huhuhu..."


    In the cold wind, the snow was still rolling incessantly.


    A woman tightly wrapped in animal skins walked into Chishao''s yard and knocked on the door.


    "Squeak..."


    The door opened from the inside, and it was Chi Shao who opened the door.


    "come in."


    After Chishao opened the door, she returned to the fire pond and continued to grind the medicine with the high-quality stone mill.


    The woman at the door shook the snowflakes on the animal skin coat first, then took off the animal skin cap, revealing long black hair and a beautiful face.


    This woman is the leader of the thorn vines, Fengcao.


    Feng Cao walked into the house and closed the door gently, because she knew that Chi Shao liked silence.


    After walking to the fire pond, Fengcao began to report the situation of the Veng tribe and its surroundings to Chishao.


    "Every workshop is operating normally, and stealing goods still occurs from time to time. Among them, two people in the garment workshop have stolen animal leather boots..."


    "Two prisoners in the north tried to dig a hole to escape last night, but they were caught by the guards and killed..."


    "The tourists outside the South Gate fought another battle for food yesterday, and 23 people died."


    "The Frog Tribe hasn''t done much during this time..."


    Fengcao reported the various information obtained to Chishao one by one.


    Chi Shao listened carefully while grinding the medicine. After listening, she didn''t find any major problems, and she was relieved.


    In the past, these matters were handled by Jiang Xuan. Now, Jiang Xuan is away, and this heavy responsibility is on her. Although she is not good at managing tribes, she has to work hard to adapt.


    "Is there any news from the leader?" Chi Shao couldn''t help asking.


    "No, if there is news about the leader, I will report it to Wu as soon as possible."


    Chi Shao nodded, feeling a little disappointed, but she also knew that Jiang Xuan was far away, and it would take a long time to go back and forth.


    "Wu, is there anything else I need to do?"


    "It''s gone for the time being, you''ve been working hard this time, go back and rest first."


    "Yes!"


    Feng Cao put on the warm animal skin hat again, left Chi Shao''s house, and closed the door.


    She tightened her fur coat, and stepped back into the vast wind and snow.


    Jiang Xuan was away, and many people in the Veng tribe seemed to have lost their sense of security, including Feng Cao.


    She can only work hard to do her job well, maintain the stability of the tribe, and then wait for Jiang Xuan to come back.


    ...


    In the middle of the Southern Wilderness, in the forest outside the Black Tooth Tribe.


    Jiang Xuan carefully tortured the squirrel, and found out about the situation of the rat tribe.


    According to the squirrel''s confession, the rat tribe is a small tribe of about 1,000 people. They usually live in various caves, and not all of them live in one place.


    The reason why this happens is because the totem **** of the rat tribe has fallen.


    The encirclement and suppression of the rat tribe by the major tribes in the central region was not fruitless.


    The totem **** of the rat tribe was severely injured by the totem gods of various large tribes in the siege and suppression again and again, and finally died in a cave somewhere because of his serious injuries.


    As soon as the totem **** died, the rat tribe naturally became chaotic. At first, the leader was killed, and then several of the most powerful leaders refused to accept each other, so they each attracted a group of warriors, and the rat tribe was torn apart.


    The squirrel followed one of the leaders, specializing in activities near the black tooth tribe, stealing and hunting some small beasts, collecting some edible plants.


    things for life.


    Before meeting Jiang Xuan, the squirrel had never lost his hand in stealing.


    Unexpectedly, Jiang Xuan deliberately lured them into the bait and directly caught the squirrel.


    After Jiang Xuan listened to the squirrel''s confession, he continued to roast meat while thinking about how to deal with this guy.


    A thief like a squirrel, after being caught by the tribesmen, will usually be killed, because he has no other ability other than stealing, and it is of little use to keep it.


    But Jiang Xuan is different. Jiang Xuan believes that this guy should be a special talent. As long as it is used in the right place, it may play an unexpected role.


    Jiang Xuan ate seven or eight skewers of barbecue in a row, and after eating and drinking enough, he also had a bold idea in his mind.


    Standing in front of the squirrel, he asked casually, "Do you want to live?"


    "Think." Squirrel nodded decisively.


    "Want to be the leader?"


    "What... what?"


    Squirrel was stunned, Jiang Xuan''s question was too broad, he didn''t know how to answer it for a while.


    "Don''t ask me to ask again." Jiang Xuan picked up the bronze knife again and gestured a few times.


    Squirrel suddenly woke up when he saw the knife, nodded decisively and said, "Think!"


    Jiang Xuan patted him on the shoulder: "Just think about it, I admire people with ideals and aspirations." Xiu Shuzhu


    After listening to Jiang Xuan''s words, the squirrel felt even more confused. What''s the use of thinking about this kind of thing? There are many people who are stronger than him, and even if he wants to be the leader, he can''t be the leader.


    What''s more, he is still caught by Jiang Xuan, and it is hard to say whether his life can be saved or not.


    Just when the squirrel was puzzled, Jiang Xuan said again: "I will give you two choices, the first, be loyal to me in the future, and try to be the leader of the mouse tribe, or even the leader, the second, be Throw it in the fire, roast it, and then I will eat it."


    Is there still a choice? The squirrel was about to cry.


    "I...I choose the first one."


    "Very good, you can rest assured that the Vine tribe will never treat those who do things for us badly. I will make you stronger and give you a qualification to compete for the position of leader."


    "However, before that, I must ensure that you are loyal enough to the Vine Tribe."


    After Jiang Xuan finished speaking, a green divine light flashed on his arm, and then the divine vine appeared.


    Jiang Xuan said respectfully: "Vine God, please help to leave a seed in the squirrel''s body."


    "Buzz!"


    The divine vine bloomed with a dazzling divine light. Among the leaves of the vine, a bud appeared, and then quickly grew up and blossomed.


    When the fruit cracked, a translucent seed with divine light floated up.


    Squirrel was stunned when he saw this scene. He never thought that such a terrifying vine would be wrapped around Jiang Xuan''s arm.


    The squirrel hadn''t recovered from the shock, but the seed floated towards him.


    "no, do not want¡­¡­"


    The squirrel instinctively realized the danger, and then struggled frantically.


    However, his whole body was bound, and it was useless to struggle.


    I saw that kind of light flashed, and when he shouted, it flew directly into his stomach along his mouth, and took root in his heart.


    "what¡­¡­"


    The squirrel felt a tingling pain in the heart, and made a shrill scream.


    Fortunately, the severe pain did not last long, otherwise the squirrel would be tortured to death.


    "You... what did you do to me?"


    After the severe pain was relieved, the squirrel was terrified to


    Jiang Xuan asked. xiu shu ͇


    "It''s nothing, it''s just asking Fujishen to give you a seed. If you serve me faithfully in the future, this seed will help you become stronger. If you betray me..."


    Jiang Xuan said lightly: "That seed will take root and sprout in your body, and finally grow out of your body, turning you into fertilizer."


    After hearing Jiang Xuan''s words, the squirrel shivered. He couldn''t imagine the scene of a vine growing in his body.


    Squirrel hurriedly assured: "I... I will definitely not betray you."


    "With the seed of the vine god, I must believe in you."


    Shen Teng''s light flashed and disappeared from Jiang Xuan''s arm again.


    Jiang Xuan walked over, untied the rope on the squirrel, and let him down.


    Although he is no longer tied, but a seed has been planted in his body, the squirrel is not happy at all, and he is very pessimistic about the future.


    Jiang Xuan patted the squirrel on the shoulder and said, "Don''t be depressed, how can you be the leader of the mouse tribe in the future, or even the leader?"


    Squirrel raised his head tearfully, pointed to himself and said, "But I''m just a two-color warrior."


    Jiang Xuan took out a bright red fruit from the animal skin bag and said: "I said, the Vine tribe will never treat those who do things for us badly, I will help you become stronger, come, eat this fruit first down."


    The squirrel stared at the red fruit, but did not reach for it.


    "Don''t worry, it''s not poisonous. This is the fruit of the beheading grass picked from the black water marsh. After eating it, it can increase your strength."


    When the squirrel heard that it was the fruit of the beheading grass, his eyes suddenly lit up. Obviously, he had heard of the fruit of this magical plant and knew that it was a good thing.


    Anyway, a seed has been planted in the body, what could be worse than this?


    As soon as the squirrel was cruel took the fruit of the beheading grass, it devoured it.


    The fruit of the beetroot has a fragrant and fruity aroma, and the taste is quite good. The squirrel quickly ate the whole fruit, not even the residue.


    After eating it, he clearly felt that his body was gradually getting hotter, his heart was beating violently, and the blood flow rate also accelerated.


    A powerful medicinal force spread from his abdomen to his limbs and veins, his muscles slowly bulged, and the strength of the whole person increased rapidly.


    Squirrel clearly felt that his power had become greater than before, and this change was still going on.


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "How is it? I didn''t lie to you, did I?"


    The squirrel nodded excitedly, and the whole person was immersed in the thrill of strength improvement.


    Jiang Xuan took out another bronze sword coin and said, "This is called a big sword coin. It can not only be used as a sharp knife, but in our Vine tribe, it can also be used to exchange any goods."


    "You wanted to steal it before but didn''t get it. Now, I''ll give it to you."


    Jiang Xuan stuffed the bronze big knife coin into Squirrel''s hand.


    The squirrel felt the cold feel of the big knife coin, and only felt as if he was dreaming.


    He was still facing a life-and-death crisis just now, but now he not only got the magical fruit that enhanced his strength, but also got the treasure he dreamed of, which made him feel very unreal.


    Jiang Xuan also had a smile on his face. If you want people to be truly loyal to him, you can''t just rely on tough methods, and you have to give the other party enough benefits.


    Carrots and sticks are always a practical way to control people.

 v2 Chapter 253： The growth of ambition

    The squirrel felt the body becoming strong and powerful, holding the golden knife coin, the whole person seemed to be sitting on the cloud, fluttering like a fairy.


    However, when he thought that there was still a seed in his heart, it seemed like he had fallen directly from the cloud to the ground, with his face on the ground first.


    "Come here, sit here, we will be our own from now on."


    Jiang Xuan enthusiastically pulled the squirrel to the bonfire and sat down, and then stuffed him with a large skewer of meat: "Eat meat, eat meat, even if you are tied for a long time, you will be hungry, right?"


    Squirrel originally wanted to refuse, but Jiang Xuan''s roasted meat was so fragrant that his stomach made a "gurgling" sound involuntarily.


    The squirrel tentatively took a bite of the meat, and then, the delicious taste bloomed on the tip of his tongue, and he could no longer refuse this delicious taste.


    "good to eat¡­"


    The squirrel quickly finished eating a bunch of meat, and Jiang Xuan thoughtfully handed him two bunches.


    After eating all the roasted meat, the squirrel still has a feeling of unfinished business.


    As the so-called cannibalism is soft-mouthed and short-handed, the squirrels eat and take, and their hostility to Jiang Xuan naturally lessens.


    Jiang Xuan patted the squirrel on the shoulder and said, "As long as you work hard in the future, I guarantee that you can become the leader, even the leader of the mouse tribe!"


    "You don''t want to see your rat tribe fall apart like this, and finally disappear slowly, right?"


    Jiang Xuan''s words went to the heart of the squirrel.


    Every tribal person has a very deep affection for the tribe. The rat tribe has fallen to the point where there is not even a stable territory, and the squirrel is also quite distressed.


    However, his strength is too weak, and there is nothing he can do about the division and weakening of the tribe.


    Now, Jiang Xuan gave him a little hope, even if this hope is still very slim at present.


    "Can I really do it?" Squirrel asked unconfidently.


    Jiang Xuan nodded affirmatively: "With the Vine God and the Vine tribe, what are you afraid of? Even if you can''t, we will help you!"


    Squirrel nodded. Although he was still reluctant to believe it, he also had a kind of contingency in mind.


    If it is really as Jiang Xuan said, maybe the rat tribe really has a chance to restore unity and prosperity, right?


    Once this idea is planted, it keeps circling in the squirrel''s mind, lingering.


    After eating and drinking enough, Jiang Xuan continued to brainwash the squirrel.


    "The seed in your body is not a threat as long as you don''t betray the vine tribe. On the contrary, it is the seed of the vine god, which can help you become stronger quickly and protect you in an emergency."


    "This kind of baby, others want it, but you can''t get it. Think about it carefully, does what I say make sense?"


    The squirrel thought about it seriously, and then nodded again. That is the seed of the totem god. After using it, it is a real treasure.


    Of course, the premise is that the squirrel does not betray the Vine tribe, otherwise, that seed is a life-threatening weapon that can take his life at any time.


    "So, don''t think too much, work hard in the future, try to be the leader as soon as possible, and then find an opportunity to win over the rest of your rat tribe and restore the former glory of the rat tribe!"


    Jiang Xuan''s words were very moving. Even if he told the squirrel rationally that it was unrealistic, he still had some luck, what if it really came true?


    "Okay, you''ve been here for too long, in order to avoid your clan''s suspicion, I''ll tie you to the tree in a while, but I''ll tie it a little looser, and when I fall asleep, you will cut it yourself. rope, and then just pretend to escape."


    Jiang Xuan did as he said, tied the squirrel back again, then spread a piece of animal skin beside the bonfire and lay on it to sleep.


    The squirrel waited patiently for a while, then took out a sharp piece of stone and kept cutting the rope until the rope was cut.


    Afterwards, he looked at Jiang Xuan who was lying on the animal skin and seemed to have fallen asleep, then looked at the purple ominous bird squatting and sleeping beside him, and left with a complicated expression.


    The people of the Rat tribe, because of their long-term activities in dark places, have far superior vision at night.


    The squirrel quickly shuttled through the woods, and when it came to a certain boulder, it directly lifted the dense vines above, revealing a dark earth hole below.


    The squirrel jumped into the dirt hole without hesitation, then reached out to restore the vine to its original state, and then quickly crawled forward along the dirt hole.


    The squirrel climbed a long distance in the dirt hole, and suddenly the front became open, and there were some firelights.


    The squirrel continued to crawl towards the place where the fire was, but before taking a few steps, a man appeared in front of him, holding a short spear at him.


    "Who?"


    "It''s me, Squirrel."


    Hearing the squirrel''s voice, the man immediately put down his short spear and asked in surprise, "Squirrel, weren''t you captured?"


    "I was taken away, but I escaped again."


    "That''s great, let''s go, everyone is worried about you."


    When the squirrel heard this sentence, there was no fluctuation in his heart, because the rat tribe always gave up directly to those who were caught by mistake. Except for those close to him, no one would worry about a loser.


    The squirrel went to the place with the fire, and saw a large bonfire, and a dozen rat tribesmen surrounding the bonfire.


    There are actually more than 200 people in the team where the squirrel is, but because the underground cave is relatively narrow, it is impossible for these people to gather together. Only a dozen or twenty people live in a large hole and are scattered underground. .


    After the squirrel walked over, he repeated the prepared remarks to the dozen people.


    These people have no doubts about the squirrel''s words, but feel that his luck is so good that he can escape when he is caught stealing things.


    The squirrels did not stop here, but continued to crawl down the next big hole, looking for their leader.


    He climbed three big holes in a row, and finally found the leader of the rat tribe.


    The Rat Tribe is only a small tribe, and their advantage is not combat power. Therefore, the strength of the clansmen is generally relatively weak.


    The leader who manages more than 200 rat tribesmen is only a three-color warrior.


    The leader was more cautious. After listening to Squirrel''s prepared remarks, he checked the scar on his wrist that was tied by the rope. Only then did he believe Squirrel''s words.


    "Just come back, be careful next time, don''t get caught again, not every time you will have such good luck."


    "Yes!"


    Squirrel bowed his head and looked humbly and taught.


    In fact, after Jiang Xuan''s brainwashing, when he saw the leader, his first thought was how to replace him.


    Even he himself was startled by this thought, but the longer the time, the stronger the thought.


    Later, he felt that replacing the leader was not an impossible task, because the leader''s strength was not very strong.


    "Okay, go to sleep, I have to work tomorrow."


    The leader waved his hand indifferently and let the squirrel leave.


    The squirrel seemed to be honest, but his eyes were not the same as before.


    Once something like ambition appears, it will grow rapidly, and it cannot be stopped.


    The squirrel returned to the cave where he usually slept. This night, he couldn''t fall asleep. All he could think about was how to quickly become stronger and replace the leader...


    On the other side, Jiang Xuan sat up again after the squirrel left.


    The squirrel was the first piece of chess placed in the central part of the rattan tribe. If the squirrel could be used to control the entire rat tribe, it would be much easier for the rattan tribe to enter the central part of the Southern Wilderness.


    Of course, Jiang Xuan would not put all his hopes on the squirrel.


    It is good that the squirrel can succeed, if he fails, Jiang Xuan will support another member of the rat tribe until he succeeds.


    Moreover, Jiang Xuan will not only support a rat tribe. If there is a suitable opportunity in the future, Jiang Xuan will also support people from other small tribes or medium-sized tribes, and control these tribes by controlling these people.


    No matter how weak these tribes are, they are also native tribes in the middle of the Southern Wilderness. They are very familiar with this place and can provide great help for the future development of the Vine tribe.


    "Tangyuan, I think I don''t know myself more and more." Jiang Xuan said with a complicated expression.


    If it was before, he would never think about these things, but now, when he is sitting in the position of the leader of the vine tribe, he must think about things with the mentality of the leader. In order to achieve his goals, he will inevitably use some not-so-bright means.


    If one day, he completely adapts to this identity, maybe he will become the kind of person he once hated.


    This is growth, and the more you gain, the more you lose.


    Tangyuan tilted its head and looked at Jiang Xuan. Although its IQ was not low, it obviously didn''t understand Jiang Xuan''s words. It could only comfortably move to Jiang Xuan''s side, so that Jiang Xuan could lean on its thick feathers. superior.


    Jiang Xuan leaned on the dumplings and looked at the starry sky. After a long time, he sighed slightly, and then closed his eyes.


    The road has to continue to go, those uncertain things, don''t think about it again.


    The flame was still burning, Tang Yuan put his head under the feathers, Jiang Xuan leaned on Tang Yuan''s body, one person and one bird slowly fell asleep.


    I don''t know when it started, Tangyuan has grown into a real fierce bird. Just squatting there can shock most birds and beasts.


    With the dumplings around, Jiang Xuan could sleep until dawn without being disturbed.


    ¡­


    The next morning, Jiang Xuan woke up from his sleep. He found a spring nearby and washed his face, and his whole body was awake.


    Those emotions from last night were swept away, and the whole person became energetic again.


    He ate a little, then filled a jar of water in a clay pot, poured out the rest of the bonfire, and tied the animal skin bags to the back of the dumplings again.


    After doing all this, he climbed onto the back of the dumplings, pointed to the south and said, "Go, let''s go to the spider tribe."


    "Il..."


    The dumplings let out a sharp chirping, then ran forward in the direction indicated by Jiang Xuan, and when they ran to an open space where they could take off, they flew directly into the sky.


    With the sound of "huhu" in his ears, Jiang Xuan turned to look at the Black Teeth Tribe and the forest where the Rat Tribe was hiding, and then rode the dumplings to the direction of the Spider Tribe.


    The new revision and upgrade address of the mobile station: https://, data and bookmarks are synchronized with the computer station, no ads and fresh reading!

 v2 Chapter 254： big spider

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe, it will be updated in an hour.


    ¡­


    Jiang Xuan followed Wu Yu''s route and flew southward.


    He searched for several tribes along the way one by one, and after finding it, he could be sure that his route was correct.


    He rode on the dumplings and flew all the way, searching all the way. After many twists and turns, he finally flew to the vicinity of the spider tribe on the eighth day.


    The black-toothed bird needs to fly for five or six days. Jiang Xuan rode the faster glutinous rice balls, but it took eight days to fly. Half of the time was to find the way and determine the location of the tribes along the way.


    "winter!"


    The dumplings landed on an open space. Jiang Xuan looked forward and saw a large number of spider webs in the forest. Spiders of various colors and sizes were lying on the web and swaying in the wind.


    On a big tree not far away, the bark was scraped white, and a totem pattern was painted with black paint on it. The totem pattern looked like a terrifying black spider.


    "That''s right, it should be here."


    Jiang Xuan looked at the cobweb-covered forest and slowly walked forward with the dumplings.


    Not long after walking, Jiang Xuan came across several dilapidated wooden houses and several tourists in the wooden houses.


    When these tourists saw Jiang Xuan coming, they all shrank into the house, with fear and vigilance in their eyes.


    Jiang Xuan didn''t care either, because most of the tourists were relatively timid, not to mention that he also brought ominous birds like glutinous rice balls.


    A normal large tribe, there will definitely be tourists living in the periphery.


    Because the virgin forest is too dangerous, the forests outside the big tribe are relatively safe. If the big tribe happens to need population, they can find an opportunity to join in.


    Like the ant tribe, there are very few.


    He continued to walk forward, and more spiders appeared in the forest, the small ones were only the size of a thumb, and the big ones were as big as calves, with eight long legs spread out, running fast on the big trees and on the ground, very horrible.


    Some spiders have complicated patterns on their backs, some like eyes, and some like weird human faces, which make people horrified after seeing them.


    "Swish..."


    Jiang Xuan continued to walk forward for a while, and suddenly there were more than a dozen large spiders in front of them, and the warriors of the spider tribe were still sitting on the backs of the big spiders.


    The leader of them was a strong female warrior. She was wearing an animal skin coat, holding a black spear in her hand, and had a terrible black totem pattern on her face, which was daunting.


    The female warrior pointed at Jiang Xuan with the spear in her hand and asked, "Which tribe?"


    Jiang Xuan replied neither humble nor arrogant: "I am from the Vine tribe."


    "Vine tribe?"


    The female warrior thought about it carefully, she had never heard of this tribe, so she didn''t care.


    "What to do with our spider tribe?"


    "I heard that the spider silk clothing of the spider tribe is a rare treasure. I want to come and see if I can trade a few pieces."


    "Want to trade spider silk clothes?"


    The female warrior looked at Jiang Xuan, then nodded, and said, "Since you want to trade spider silk clothes, then come with me, but this big purple bird has to stay outside."


    Those big spiders were all restless in front of the dumplings, so the female warrior didn''t want the dumplings to go in.


    Jiang Xuan reluctantly turned his head to Tang Yuan and said, "Go and hunt nearby by yourself. Remember, don''t hurt anyone."


    Although Tang Yuan was a little dissatisfied, this kind of thing didn''t happen once or twice. It turned and left, walked to the open space and took off.


    After the dumplings left, the big spiders finally stopped being anxious. The female warrior rode on the back of a big spider, shook her hair, and said, "Come with us."


    Those big spiders stretched their long legs again and ran forward quickly.


    Jiang Xuan immediately followed. With the help of big trees, he kept jumping and running, and his speed was no slower than those of the big spiders.


    The female warrior glanced back and nodded slightly, this five-color warrior is genuine.


    After a while, they passed through the wide forest and entered the real territory of the spider tribe.


    Jiang Xuan felt as if he had entered the Pansi Cave, and there were spider webs everywhere and big spiders everywhere.


    Jiang Xuan also discovered a detail, that is, the powerful spider tribe warriors are often women, while the male warriors look weaker.


    This situation is relatively rare, because Jiang Xuan has been to many tribes, and most of them are male warriors who are relatively strong, because men are naturally better in physical fitness, and hunting is naturally more powerful.


    But in the spider tribe, this common sense was broken.


    The women of the Spider Tribe are all very strong and powerful, firmly suppressing the male warriors, and occupying various important positions in the tribe.


    Jiang Xuan couldn''t figure out what was going on, and he didn''t ask blindly, after all, the two sides were not familiar with each other.


    The female warrior took Jiang Xuan all the way, and finally came to the living area of ??the spider tribe.


    Jiang Xuan just walked to the entrance of the living area of ??the spider tribe, and was surprised because he saw a black spider the size of a house, lying quietly at the entrance of the living area.


    "What a big spider!"


    Jiang Xuan had never seen such a big spider before, and was really shocked.


    The female warrior said proudly: "What you see now is the skin that our spider **** shed a long time ago."


    Spider molting?


    Jiang Xuan had seen the skin shed by the spider, but that skin looked like an empty shell, not as lifelike and oppressive as the skin shed by the spider **** in front of him.


    Perhaps, the spider skin in front of him has been specially treated and decorated.


    Jiang Xuan bypassed the huge spider skin and continued to walk forward.


    The architecture of the spider tribe is very interesting. It is a civil structure, and its shape is exactly the same as that of a spider.


    At first glance, I thought it was a group of spiders the size of a house lying on the ground.


    ¡­


    Subsequent content is repeated and updated after an hour.


    ¡­


    Jiang Xuan followed Wu Yu''s route and flew southward.


    He searched for several tribes along the way one by one, and after finding it, he could be sure that his route was correct.


    He rode on the dumplings and flew all the way, searching all the way. After many twists and turns, he finally flew to the vicinity of the spider tribe on the eighth day.


    The black-toothed bird needs to fly for five or six days. Jiang Xuan rode the faster glutinous rice balls, but it took eight days to fly. Half of the time was to find the way and determine the location of the tribes along the way.


    "winter!"


    The dumplings landed on an open space. Jiang Xuan looked forward and saw a large number of spider webs in the forest. Spiders of various colors and sizes were lying on the web and swaying in the wind.


    On a big tree not far away, the bark was scraped white, and a totem pattern was painted with black paint on it. The totem pattern looked like a terrifying black spider.


    "That''s right, it should be here."


    Jiang Xuan looked at the cobweb-covered forest and slowly walked forward with the dumplings.


    Not long after walking, Jiang Xuan came across several dilapidated wooden houses and several tourists in the wooden houses.


    When these tourists saw Jiang Xuan coming, they all shrank into the house, with fear and vigilance in their eyes.


    Jiang Xuan didn''t care either, because most of the tourists were relatively timid, not to mention that he also brought ominous birds like glutinous rice balls.


    A normal large tribe, there will definitely be tourists living in the periphery.


    Because the virgin forest is too dangerous, the forests outside the big tribe are relatively safe. If the big tribe happens to need population, they can find an opportunity to join in.


    Like the ant tribe, there are very few.


    He continued to walk forward, and more spiders appeared in the forest, the small ones were only the size of a thumb, and the big ones were as big as calves, with eight long legs spread out, running fast on the big trees and on the ground, very horrible.


    Some spiders have complicated patterns on their backs, some like eyes, and some like weird human faces, which make people horrified after seeing them.


    "Swish..."


    Jiang Xuan continued to walk forward for a while, and suddenly there were more than a dozen large spiders in front of them, and the warriors of the spider tribe were still sitting on the backs of the big spiders.


    The leader of them was a strong female warrior. She was wearing an animal skin coat, holding a black spear in her hand, and had a terrible black totem pattern on her face, which was daunting.


    The female warrior pointed at Jiang Xuan with the spear in her hand and asked, "Which tribe?"


    Jiang Xuan replied neither humble nor arrogant: "I am from the Vine tribe."


    "Vine tribe?"


    The female warrior thought about it carefully, she had never heard of this tribe, so she didn''t care.


    "What to do with our spider tribe?"


    "I heard that the spider silk clothing of the spider tribe is a rare treasure. I want to come and see if I can trade a few pieces. UU reading "


    "Want to trade spider silk clothes?"


    The female warrior looked at Jiang Xuan, then nodded, and said, "Since you want to trade spider silk clothes, then come with me, but this big purple bird has to stay outside."


    Those big spiders were all restless in front of the dumplings, so the female warrior didn''t want the dumplings to go in.


    Jiang Xuan reluctantly turned his head to Tang Yuan and said, "Go and hunt nearby by yourself. Remember, don''t hurt anyone."


    Although Tang Yuan was a little dissatisfied, this kind of thing didn''t happen once or twice. It turned and left, walked to the open space and took off.


    After the dumplings left, the big spiders finally stopped being anxious. The female warrior rode on the back of a big spider, shook her hair, and said, "Come with us."


    Those big spiders stretched their long legs again and ran forward quickly.


    Jiang Xuan immediately followed. With the help of big trees, he kept jumping and running, and his speed was no slower than those of the big spiders.


    The female warrior glanced back and nodded slightly, this five-color warrior is genuine.


    After a while, they passed through the wide forest and entered the real territory of the spider tribe.


    Jiang Xuan felt as if he had entered the Pansi Cave, and there were spider webs everywhere and big spiders everywhere.


    Jiang Xuan also discovered a detail, that is, the powerful spider tribe warriors are often women, while the male warriors look weaker.


    This situation is relatively rare, because Jiang Xuan has been to many tribes, and most of them are male warriors who are relatively strong, because men are naturally better in physical fitness, and hunting is naturally more powerful.


    But in the spider tribe, this common sense was broken.


    The women of the Spider Tribe are all very strong and powerful, firmly suppressing the male warriors, and occupying various important positions in the tribe.

 v2 Chapter 255： special habits of spiders

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh tomorrow morning


    ...


    The red spider came over curiously and asked, "What''s in it?"


    Jiang Xuandan opened the bag with determination, took out a pure white candle, and said, "Do you know this thing?"


    The red spider''s eyes lit up and said, "Insect wax that can be used to heal wounds!"


    Jiang Xuan pointed to the wick inside the candle and said, "It''s not only insect wax that can heal wounds, but it can also be used for lighting after lighting. After lighting the candle in the future, it has a calming effect and can make people sleep better."


    The red spider shook his head and said: "We are not willing to use it for healing, it is too wasteful to use it for ignition."


    Jiang Xuan was stunned for a moment, and then he realized that insect wax is a very precious thing in the Veng tribe, and it was resold by the Blacktooth tribe to the middle of the Southern Wilderness. The price may be ridiculously high, so why would the spider tribe be willing to use it for lighting? .


    After Jiang Xuan wanted to understand this, he no longer introduced the function of candles.


    "Since the red spider leader knows this thing, then he should understand how precious this thing is. How many spider silk clothes does the red spider leader think can be exchanged for this candle?"


    The candle Jiang Xuan took out was as thick as a child''s arm, white as snow, and full of weight.


    The red spider thought for a while and said, "That depends on what kind of spider silk clothes you want to change."


    "You have to show me those spider silk clothes you have?"


    "Okay, you come with me."


    The red spider turned and walked into the living area. Jiang Xuan picked up the animal skin bag and followed her.


    They passed through the houses built in the shape of giant spiders, attracting a crowd of onlookers and whispered discussions from the spider tribesmen.


    "Which tribe is this man from?"


    "I don''t know, this kind of totem pattern has never been seen before."


    "The strength is not bad, and the body is also strong. Could it be that the red spider leader has a crush on him?"


    ...


    The people of the spider tribe are discussing excitedly, and the tribe people are also very enthusiastic about eating melons.


    Jiang Xuan''s hearing is excellent. When he heard these comments, he felt very embarrassed. He just came to trade spider silk clothes, but he didn''t intend to sell his body.


    Starscream also heard these remarks, but her performance was much calmer, and she didn''t care at all.


    The two walked all the way to the central area of ??the spider tribe''s residential area and walked to the front of a large spider house.


    The structure of the spider house is very peculiar. Its gate is in the position of the spider''s mouthparts. Walking in through the gate is like being eaten by a spider, which makes the outsiders feel quite uncomfortable.


    After entering the gate, you can see two relatively small windows. The location of the windows is exactly the two eyes of the spider.


    Going further inside, it is the abdomen of the spider, which is also the main part of the spider house. It is oval in shape and feels wider after entering.


    The walls of the spider house are made of stone at the bottom, about 50 centimeters high, and the top is a civil structure.


    The skeleton is made of wood that is not easy to decay, and the wall is filled with soil and hay.


    Jiang Xuan also saw some cracks on the wall, obviously it was a long time, and under the invasion of wind, sun and rain, this kind of spider house could not last for many years.


    However, Jiang Xuan believes that if the spider tribe can often learn its lessons and continuously upgrade the spider house, sooner or later, it will become sturdy and durable, and will stand the test of time.


    Because this kind of house is already more like a mud brick house, only one layer of tiles is waterproof.


    Jiang Xuan briefly observed the structure of the spider house, and then saw the red spider lit the fire in the house. Under the illumination of the fire, he saw that the walls were covered with spider silk clothes.


    The red spider explained: "This place can''t be ignited frequently, otherwise, the spider silk clothing will be blackened, and the spider silk clothing will be burned accidentally."


    Jiang Xuan nodded understandingly. Although the spider silk clothing was extremely tough and dense, it couldn''t even pierce it with a knife, but it had a fatal flaw, that is, it was afraid of fire.


    No matter how good the spider silk clothing is, once it is thrown into the fire, it will be burnt to ashes.


    The red spider carefully took some spider silk clothes and said to Jiang Xuan, "Go outside and see, it''s too dark here."


    "it is good."


    Jiang Xuan followed the red spider to the outside of the spider house again.


    "Boss Xuan, what do you think of this spider silk garment?"


    The red spider unfolded a spider silk garment, only to see that the spider silk garment was pure white and very shiny in the sunlight.


    "not bad."


    This spider silk clothing is no different from the spider silk clothing that Jiang Xuan traded with the Black Teeth Tribe before, except that it is extremely tough and can be used as soft armor, it has no special features.


    The red spider saw that Jiang Xuan was not satisfied, so he put down the pure white spider silk clothing and unfolded another spider silk clothing.


    "What about this one?"


    This spider silk garment is tan-yellow as a whole, which is better than the pure white spider silk garment before, but Jiang Xuan is still not satisfied.


    The red spider showed Jiang Xuan a few other spider silk clothes one by one, including tan red, tan green, gray, brown, etc.


    After Jiang Xuan read it, he just made a few symbolic praises.


    The red spider asked in confusion: "Boss Xuan doesn''t like these spider silk clothes?"


    Jiang Xuan pulled the collar of the animal skin coat and said, "These spider silk coats are very good, but I have traded a few with the Black Teeth Tribe before. Look, I am wearing one."


    "The reason why I came to your spider tribe is because I want better spider silk clothes."


    "What kind of spider silk clothing is better in the eyes of Xuan Chief?"


    Jiang Xuan pointed to the spider silk clothing worn by the red spider, and said, "A spider silk clothing with various colors and patterns like the one you are wearing is very beautiful."


    "It turns out that the leader Xuan wants this kind of spider silk clothing."


    The red spider suddenly realized, and then decisively refused: "I''m sorry, our tribe will never take out this kind of spider silk clothing for trading."


    "why?"


    Jiang Xuan felt very puzzled, since the spider tribe produces spider silk clothes, why only trade with solid colors?


    "Because the spider silk clothes with patterns are too precious, even in our spider tribe, only witches, leaders, and various leaders can wear them."


    Different from ordinary spider silk clothes, the multi-color spider silk clothes with patterns are extremely complicated, and there are very few spiders that can produce colored spider silk. Even spider tribes with spiders may not be able to produce one colored spider silk a year. Clothes.


    Because of this, the colorful spider silk clothing became a symbol of the spider tribe''s identity and status, and only people above the head could wear it.


    ...


    The follow-up content is repeated, and it will be updated tomorrow morning.


    ...


    The red spider came over curiously and asked, "What''s in it?"


    Jiang Xuandan opened the bag with determination, took out a pure white candle, and said, "Do you know this thing?"


    The red spider''s eyes lit up and said, "Insect wax that can be used to heal wounds!"


    Jiang Xuan pointed to the wick inside the candle and said, "It''s not only insect wax that can heal wounds, but it can also be used for lighting after lighting. After lighting the candle in the future, it has a calming effect and can make people sleep better."


    The red spider shook his head and said: "We are not willing to use it for healing, it is too wasteful to use it for ignition."


    Jiang Xuan was stunned for a moment, and then he realized that insect wax is a very precious thing in the Veng tribe, and it was resold by the Blacktooth tribe to the middle of the Southern Wilderness. The price may be ridiculously high, so why would the spider tribe be willing to use it for lighting? .


    After Jiang Xuan wanted to understand this, he no longer introduced the function of candles.


    "Since the red spider leader knows this thing, then he should understand how precious this thing is. How many spider silk clothes does the red spider leader think can be exchanged for this candle?"


    The candle Jiang Xuan took out was as thick as a child''s arm, white as snow, and full of weight.


    The red spider thought for a while and said, "That depends on what kind of spider silk clothes you want to change."


    "You have to show me those spider silk clothes you have?"


    "Okay, you come with me."


    The red spider turned and walked into the living area. Jiang Xuan picked up the animal skin bag and followed her.


    They passed through the houses built in the shape of giant spiders, attracting a crowd of onlookers and whispered discussions from the spider tribesmen.


    "Which tribe is this man from?"


    "I don''t know, this kind of totem pattern has never been seen before."


    "The strength is not bad, and the body is also strong. Could it be that the red spider leader has a crush on him?"


    ...


    The people of the spider tribe are discussing excitedly, and the tribe people are also very enthusiastic about eating melons.


    Jiang Xuan''s hearing is excellent. When he heard these comments, he felt very embarrassed. He just came to trade spider silk clothes, but he didn''t intend to sell his body.


    Starscream also heard these remarks, but her performance was much calmer, and she didn''t care at all.


    The two walked all the way to the central area of ??the spider tribe''s residential area and walked to the front of a large spider house.


    The structure of the spider house is very peculiar. Its gate is in the position of the spider''s mouthparts. Walking in through the gate is like being eaten by a spider, which makes the outsiders feel quite uncomfortable.


    After entering the gate, you can see two relatively small windows. The location of the windows is exactly the two eyes of the spider.


    Going further inside, it is the abdomen of the spider, which is also the main part of the spider house. It is oval in shape and feels wider after entering.


    The walls of the spider house are made of stone at the bottom, about 50 centimeters high, and the top is a civil structure.


    The skeleton is made of non-perishable wood, and the wall is filled with soil and hay.


    Jiang Xuan also saw some cracks on the wall, obviously it was a long time, and under the invasion of wind, sun and rain, this kind of spider house could not last for many years.


    However, Jiang Xuan believes that if the spider tribe can often learn its lessons and continuously upgrade the spider house, sooner or later, it will become sturdy and durable, and will stand the test of time.


    Because this kind of house is already more like a mud brick house, only one layer of tiles is waterproof.


    Jiang Xuan briefly observed the structure of the spider house, and then saw the red spider lit the fire in the house. Under the illumination of the fire, he saw that the walls were covered with spider silk clothes.


    The red spider explained: "This place can''t be ignited frequently, otherwise, the spider silk clothing will be blackened, and the spider silk clothing will be burned accidentally."


    Jiang Xuan nodded understandingly. Although the spider silk clothing was extremely tough and dense, it couldn''t even pierce it with a knife, but it had a fatal flaw, that is, it was afraid of fire.


    The new revision and upgrade address of the mobile station: https://, data and bookmarks are synchronized with the computer station, no ads and fresh reading!

 v2 Chapter 256： full load

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe. If you have already subscribed, please refresh tomorrow morning and wait for the arrival of the leader. While chatting with Red Spider, Jiang Xuan continued to look at the spider house with great interest. Outside the spider house, there are eight simulated spider legs, and between these spider legs, many spiders weave webs. On one of the webs, Jiang Xuan saw a large, brightly colored spider lying quietly in the web. Just then, a spider twice its size appeared. This smaller spider is of the same species as the larger spider and has almost the same patterns on its body. The smaller spider cautiously approached the web, then began to dance where the larger spider could see it. It wriggled its colorful buttocks, swung its two spider legs, and danced vigorously. Seeing that Jiang Xuan had been staring at the two spiders, the red spider explained, "The smaller one is the male spider, and the larger one is the female spider. The male spider is dancing and courting." "Court? It''s interesting." Jiang Xuan continued. Looking at the two spiders, I saw that the male spider jumped very hard, but the female spider was more violent, and ran to the edge of the spider web several times, trying to drive the male spider away. But the male spider didn''t give up, it kept changing positions and continued to dance, while regularly tapping the edge of the spider web with its forelimbs, releasing a courtship signal. After several times, the female spider may have been moved by the sincerity of the male spider, or she may have given up struggling. It lay in the middle of the spider web and tapped the spider web regularly with its forelimbs. The male spider was overjoyed, and immediately crawled along the web, then entangled with the female spider, for fear that the female spider would regret it. The joyful process of the spider is relatively short, and soon after, the male spider drags his tired body and wants to leave. However, at this moment, something unexpected happened to Jiang Xuan. "Pfft!" The larger female spider suddenly hugged the male spider with her eight legs, and then instantly bit the male spider''s head with her sharp mouthparts! The male spider struggled violently, but to no avail. After a while, his legs were stretched, and he died unexpectedly. "What''s going on?" Jiang Xuan felt a little unbelievable. The price of the male spider''s happiness was too great, right? Red Spider Road: "After a female spider is pregnant, it needs a lot of vegetative reproduction. Eating male spiders is a good choice. Of course, only a few species of spiders do this, and most male spiders can still survive." Hearing what the red spider said, Jiang Xuan immediately thought of mantises, because mantises also have the habit of female mantises eating male mantises. Jiang Xuan looked at the red spider again, and asked in a low voice, "In your spider tribe, do women have a higher status?" The red spider replied, "The spider **** has given female warriors a stronger physique and greater strength. , Therefore, the women of the spider tribe are much stronger than men, and it is normal for them to have high status." "No wonder." Jiang Xuan suddenly realized. The totem gods of the big tribes will give some special abilities to the tribal warriors. The totem gods of the spider tribe obviously blessed the female spiders with the larger and fiercer characteristics of female spiders. I just don''t know if the women of the spider tribe will kill their men like female spiders. If that''s the case, that''s horrible. Of course, Jiang Xuan believes that even if there is such a situation, it should be very rare. After all, he has seen many middle-aged and even elderly male warriors in the spider tribe. Also, not all spiders eat their mates. Of course, even if they are not killed, the man of the spider tribe has a very low status, similar to the role of a tool man. Just when Jiang Xuan was thinking about it, a tall and strong woman came over. She is about thirty or forty years old and looks ordinary, but she is very tall, a head taller than Jiang Xuan, giving a very strong sense of oppression. Most importantly, she has seven warrior patterns painted on her face, obviously a powerful seven-color warrior! "Leader!" All spider tribe warriors, including the red spider, bowed their heads when they saw this strong woman. The spider tribe leader nodded slightly, then looked at Jiang Xuan and asked, "You are the leader of the Vine tribe, Xuan?" "That''s right." For the first time, Jiang Xuan felt a little empty in front of a woman, because this woman was too tall and too tall. strong. The spider tribe leader looked at the animal skin bag in Jiang Xuan''s hand again, and said, "Do you want to replace all the insect wax with spider silk clothes?" "Yes." The spider tribe leader bent down and picked up one from the animal skin bag. I looked at the candle made of insect wax for a while, then put it under my nose and smelled it, and said, "The insect wax is good, just as you said, one insect wax is exchanged for three pieces of spider silk clothing." "Red spider , you count the insect wax, how much spider silk clothing you need, and get it from me." "Yes!" The originally strong red spider was obviously a little weaker in front of the leader, so he walked to Jiang Xuan and put all the insect wax away. Pour it out, and then count one by one, twice. "There are fifteen insect waxes in total." "Fifteen insect waxes, how many spider silk garments do I need?" The red spider counted for a while with his fingers, because he hadn''t learned arithmetic, and he suffered a loss that didn''t melt. It took me a long time to figure it out. The leader of the spider tribe couldn''t stand it any longer: "Don''t forget it, go and bring a bunch of them, take back if you have more, and take it back if you have less." "Yes!" Red Spider thought it right, so he directly brought someone to move it. Spider silk clothing, anyway, when the time comes, one worm wax can be exchanged for three spider silk clothing. The method is a bit stupid, but it is useful. Subsequent content is repeated, and will be updated later. While waiting for the leader to arrive, Jiang Xuan continued to look at the spider house with interest while chatting with the red spider. Outside the spider house, there are eight simulated spider legs, and between these spider legs, many spiders weave webs. On one of the webs, Jiang Xuan saw a large, brightly colored spider lying quietly in the web. Just then, a spider twice its size appeared. This smaller spider is of the same species as the larger spider and has almost the same patterns on its body. The smaller spider cautiously approached the web, then began to dance where the larger spider could see it. It wriggled its colorful buttocks, swung its two spider legs, and danced vigorously. Seeing that Jiang Xuan had been staring at the two spiders, the red spider explained, "The smaller one is the male spider, and the larger one is the female spider. The male spider is dancing and courting." "Court? It''s interesting." Jiang Xuan continued. Looking at the two spiders, I saw that the male spider jumped very hard, but the female spider was more violent, and ran to the edge of the spider web several times, trying to drive the male spider away. But the male spider didn''t give up, it kept changing positions and continued to dance, while regularly tapping the edge of the spider web with its forelimbs, releasing a courtship signal. After several times, the female spider may have been moved by the sincerity of the male spider, or she may have given up struggling. It lay in the middle of the spider web and tapped the spider web regularly with its forelimbs. The male spider was overjoyed, and immediately crawled along the web, then entangled with the female spider, for fear that the female spider would regret it. The joyful process of the spider is relatively short, and soon after, the male spider drags his tired body and wants to leave. However, at this moment, something unexpected happened to Jiang Xuan. "Pfft!" The larger female spider suddenly hugged the male spider with her eight legs, and then instantly bit the male spider''s head with her sharp mouthparts! The male spider struggled violently, but to no avail. After a while, his legs were stretched, and he died unexpectedly. "What''s going on?" Jiang Xuan felt a little unbelievable. The price of the male spider''s happiness was too great, right? Red Spider Road: "After a female spider is pregnant, it needs a lot of vegetative reproduction. Eating male spiders is a good choice. Of course, only a few species of spiders do this, and most male spiders can still survive." Hearing what the red spider said, Jiang Xuan immediately thought of mantises, because mantises also have the habit of female mantises eating male mantises. Jiang Xuan looked at the red spider again, and asked in a low voice, "In your spider tribe, do women have a higher status?" The red spider replied, "The spider **** has given female warriors a stronger physique and greater strength. , Therefore, the women of the spider tribe are much stronger than men, and it is normal for them to have high status." "No wonder." Jiang Xuan suddenly realized. The totem gods of the big tribes will endow the tribal warriors with some special abilities. The totem gods of the spider tribe obviously blessed the female warriors with the larger and fiercer characteristics of female spiders. I just don''t know if the women of the spider tribe will kill their men like female spiders. If that''s the case, that''s horrible. Of course, Jiang Xuan believes that even if there is such a situation, it should be very rare. After all, he has seen many middle-aged and even elderly male warriors in the spider tribe. Also, not all spiders eat their mates. Of course, even if they are not killed, the man of the spider tribe has a very low status, similar to the role of a tool man. Just when Jiang Xuan was thinking about it, a tall and strong woman came over. She is about thirty or forty years old and looks ordinary, but she is very tall, a head taller than Jiang Xuan, giving a very strong sense of oppression. Most importantly, she has seven warrior patterns painted on her face, obviously a powerful seven-color warrior! "Leader!" All spider tribe warriors, including the red spider, bowed their heads when they saw this strong woman. The spider tribe leader nodded slightly, then looked at Jiang Xuan and asked, "You are the leader of the Vine tribe, Xuan?" "That''s right." For the first time, Jiang Xuan felt a little empty in front of a woman, because this woman was too tall and too tall. strong. The spider tribe leader looked at the animal skin bag in Jiang Xuan''s hand again, and said, "Do you want to replace all the insect wax with spider silk clothes?" "Yes." The spider tribe leader bent down and picked up one from the animal skin bag. I looked at the candle made of insect wax for a while, then put it under my nose and smelled it, and said, "The insect wax is good, just as you said, one insect wax is exchanged for three pieces of spider silk clothing." "Red spider , you count the insect wax, how much spider silk clothing you need, and get it from me." "Yes!" The originally strong red spider was obviously a little weaker in front of the leader, so he walked to Jiang Xuan and put all the insect wax away. Pour it out, and then count one by one, twice.

 v2 Chapter 257： I am back

No content

 v2 Chapter 258： new god

    "Crack!" Although the giant frog didn''t like this kind of icy environment, but since it was here, there was no other choice. It uttered a cry, and the power of the soul surged wildly, and the strands of magic rushed towards the frog tribe. The frog tribe witch''s skin was already slack and her hair was gray. But when he absorbed the power of the frog god, the scalp turned black at a speed visible to the naked eye, the skin like old tree bark also regained its luster, and the cloudy eyes became even more breathtaking. "Wu Li, it''s Wu Li!" The frog tribe witch trembled with excitement. Since the fall of the old frog god, the witch of the frog tribe has lost his magic power. He can no longer perform sorcery, can no longer communicate with the frog god, and even his ability to cure diseases is much worse. Because of this, the status of the frog tribe witch became lower and lower, and finally the entire tribe listened to the leader, and the witch became a mascot and had no real power at all. However, now, with the appearance of the new frog god, the frog tribe witch has regained the magic power, and he will regain the right to speak in the tribe in the future. Almost at the moment when the witch power was infused, the frog tribe witch wanted to understand these things, and directly transferred the belief in the old frog **** to the new frog god, even more pious than before! "Thank you Frog God!" The frog tribe witch knelt down and pressed her forehead directly into the icy snow. On the way from the Western Wilderness to the Southern Wilderness, he has experienced a lot of hardships, and his mentality has also undergone certain changes. At that time, he completely ceded the power to Huomeng, which was also a self-defeating approach, because he had no ability to manage the frog tribe. Now, the new frog **** has appeared, and he has also obtained the magic power he dreamed of, and his mentality has changed a little again. He doesn''t want to be a mascot that can only be used for sacrifices and totems. "Crack!" The giant frog chirped again, this time, the divine power within its body surged wildly and spread around. Huo Meng was first shrouded in divine power, and under the nourishment of divine power, his whole body underwent tremendous changes. Previously, he had always been a three-color warrior, and he had no way to break through, and was weaker than the leaders of other small tribes. Now, with the help of the giant frog, Huo Meng broke through in one fell swoop and became a four-color warrior! "Thank you Frog God!" Huo Meng also fell into ecstasy, and bowed to the giant frog like a witch. Next, there were the frog tribe warriors one by one. Although they did not get as many benefits as the witch and the leader, their strength was also improved to varying degrees. The people of the Frog Tribe were ecstatic and embraced the new Frog God. The giant frog successfully joined the frog tribe and became the new totem **** of the frog tribe in a way that tribesmen could not refuse! After doing all this, the divine power and soul power in the frog god''s body were consumed a lot, and he felt relatively weak. It jumped and jumped to the foot of a mountain behind the frog tribe''s residential area, then quickly dug a big hole with its claws, and drilled into it to avoid the wind and snow, and by the way, it hibernated for the first time as a frog. The witches and leaders of the frog tribe all stood up, and the frog tribesmen also stood up one after another. Huo Meng walked up to Jiang Xuan and said sincerely: "Thank you, leader Xuan, for bringing a new patron saint to our frog tribe." Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "You don''t need to thank me, the frog tribe is strong, and it is also good for our rat tribe. ." Later, Jiang Xuan refused Huo Meng''s invitation to invite him to dinner, and walked towards the location where Chi Shao and the others were. He had already seen Chi Shao, Nan Xing, Feng Cao and others waiting by the side, and he couldn''t wait to reunite with them. "Squeaky" Jiang Xuan''s animal leather boots stepped on the snow on the ground, and the pace was very relaxed. He walked straight to Chi Shao, looked at her, and said, "I''m back." "It''s good to come back, it''s good to come back." A long-lost smile appeared on Chi Shao''s face. Feng Cao on the side was also very excited. Although he did not speak, his eyes were always on Jiang Xuan. Nan Xing said: "Leader, there is a lot of wind and snow here, let''s go back to the tribe first." "Okay, go back!" Jiang Xuan readily agreed, and then walked with them to the south gate of the tribe. Tang Yuan thought they were walking too slowly, and then went back to the tribe. I wanted to go home quickly, so I flew back directly. When Jiang Xuan walked under the tall vine wall, the nerves that had been tense outside could finally relax. He passed through the south gate and walked into the Veng tribe. Everyone he met on the way was excitedly saying hello to Jiang Xuan. Jiang Xuan didn''t put on any air at all, and responded to these clansmen one by one. Fortunately, it is a cold winter, and there are not many people who know that Jiang Xuan is back, otherwise, Jiang Xuan may not be able to respond at all. "Dong Dongdong!" Jiang Xuan continued to walk forward, and just as he approached the bamboo forest, he heard the sound of hoofs hitting the ground. Soon, a huge figure rushed over and circled around Jiang Xuan excitedly. It is Heifeng Rhinoceros Crescent Moon. Although it has grown very large, its heart is still like a child. I have not seen Jiang Xuan for so long, and I have long missed it. Crescent Moon gently rubbed Jiang Xuan with her head, making a baby-like sound, as if she was acting like a spoiled child. "Okay, Crescent Moon, don''t rub, I''m back now." Jiang Xuan was a little dumbfounded, but he still had to appease Crescent Moon. The crescent moon really stopped rubbing, it knelt down on both knees, lowered its body, and motioned Jiang Xuan to sit on its back. Jiang Xuan smiled and sat up, and Crescent Moon immediately ran into the bamboo forest excitedly. Jiang Xuan turned to Chi Shao and said, "Sister, I''ll find you later." "Okay." Chi Shao responded with a smile, Jiang Xuan had already returned to the tribe, and he was not in a hurry. "Dong Dongdong" Crescent Moon ran happily with Jiang Xuan, and returned to Jiang Xuan''s yard after a while. When Jiang Xuan saw the familiar and clean yard, there was an innumerable sense of comfort in his heart. This is the feeling of home. "Squeaky." Jiang Xuan pushed open the door and walked into the house. The fire was still burning in the fire pond, the whole house was warm, all the tables and chairs were wiped clean, and all the things were neatly arranged. Jiang Xuan asked Feng Cao, who was following behind, "Who cleans this?" Feng Cao said, "It''s Mallow, she comes here several times a day to clean the house, burn the fire, wipe the tables and chairs, and then feed them with hay. Crescent moon." Jiang Xuan nodded, Mallow is a diligent and good girl. Jiang Xuan sat on a clean chair and asked Feng Cao to sit down too. "Tell me about the more important things that happened during the time I was not in the tribe." "Yes!" Feng Cao sorted out his thoughts, and then began to report the situation of the Veng tribe to Jiang Xuan. Because it is winter, the external threats are relatively small, so there are not many things happening in the tribe, but some relatively trivial internal problems. Such as clansmen stealing goods, fighting, captives escaping and the like. After Feng Cao finished talking about the information, he wanted to say something, but he stopped. "If you have anything to say, just say it, you are the leader of the thorn vines, don''t hesitate." Feng Cao nodded and no longer hesitated: "I think the leader of the thorn mustard has some problems recently." "What''s the problem?" "He often uses himself I will bring some catches home and give them to the women in the tribe that he likes, and let those women sleep with him." Jiang Xuan frowned. In the past two years, he has artificially bred fry with the Teng tribe, and went to The fish was put in the river, and there were a lot of fish in the river. This year, the winter fishing has also restarted. Therefore, other teams may have little harvest in winter, but the fishing team has a great harvest in winter. As a leader, it is inevitable for Jing Ji to take a catch at home, but it is wrong for him to use this method to benefit himself. Of course, he didn''t make any big mistakes either. The tribesmen never cared much about who they slept with. This is also the reason why Fengcao hesitated whether to say it or not. But seeing the slightest, if the Goto tribe can continue to grow and develop, the power in the hands of these leaders will also increase. At that time, will they still be content to exchange some catches for pleasure? Jiang Xuan said: "I know, I will handle this matter, and if I encounter similar incidents in the future, I will also report it to me." "Yes." After Feng Cao reported all the information, she took the initiative to help Jiang Xuan clean up. Dried animal meat, red crystal rice, boiled in a pot, and then planned to leave. Jiang Xuandao: "Since you''re here, let''s eat together, I have something to tell you." "Yes." Feng Cao sat down again. Jiang Xuan began to tell her what he encountered and heard when he went to the central part, so that Feng Cao had a concept of the central part of the Southern Wilderness in his mind. UU reading "Fengcao, the reason why I tell you this is that I hope that in the future your thorny vines can be placed in the otter tribe, the crab tribe, and even the crocodile tribe, ant tribe and spider tribe. Go inside." "The central part of the Southern Wilderness is a good place, really a good place, there are too many resources." Feng Cao asked: "What the leader means is, like other big tribes, we will migrate to Going to the central part of the Southern Wilderness?" Jiang Xuan said: "We will talk about whether we will migrate or not, but we must have the resources in the central part. Now that we have a ship, as long as the route is successfully opened, we can pull back the things in the central part one by one. Fengcao said in embarrassment: "But the central part of the Southern Wilderness is too far away. It is very difficult for us, thorns and vines, to install our own people in all the tribes along the way." Jiang Xuan smiled and said: "So, I left it for you in the central part." One person, through this person, we can control more people and make them become thorn vines!" "Who?" "Clansmen of the Rat Tribe!" Then, Jiang Xuan spoke about the Rat Tribe, especially Their ability to burrow and steal, and to disguise themselves as other tribesmen. Feng Cao''s eyes lit up when he heard these kinds of abilities: "This rat tribe is so suitable for our Nepeta vine!" "It is indeed suitable, so I asked the Vine God to leave a seed in the squirrel''s body, And give him a magical plant fruit that can increase his strength, so that he can quickly become stronger." "As long as the squirrel can become strong enough, he can become the leader. If we help him again, he will become stronger." Maybe we can reintegrate the rat tribe that has been torn apart!" "A complete rat tribe that knows the central region very well will be of great help to us." After Jiang Xuan finished speaking, Feng Cao nodded frequently. The brilliance of yearning in her eyes, she yearns for a wider and more challenging world.

 v2 Chapter 259： beat

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe. If you have subscribed, please refresh tomorrow morning and then Fengcao left Jiang Xuan''s house with a longing for the middle. Not long after, the leaders of Nanxing, Uncaria, Shiloh, and Nepeta came to Jiang Xuan''s house. Jiang Xuan entertained them with some special products brought back from the middle, such as fish scales and fruits brought back by the crocodile tribe. "Leader, what does the middle part look like?" "Leader, are the big tribes in the middle part strong?" "Leader" everyone asked Jiang Xuan at a loss, and Jiang Xuan answered them one by one with a smile. Because of the inconvenience of transportation, the news of the tribesmen was extremely blocked. Everything Jiang Xuan said made them feel very fresh and exciting. Uncaria said: "I really want to go to the central part to have a look." Others nodded, and they also wanted to go, but the central part was too far, and they didn''t have flying mounts like Jiang Xuan. Jiang Xuandao: "Don''t worry, there will be a chance sooner or later. One day, our Vine tribe will have more communication with the central region and even further afield!" Nan Xing said longingly, "I really hope that day will come soon." Others nodded, and they were also looking forward to that day. "Don''t worry, we need to eat one bite at a time, and we need to do things one by one. Let''s manage this place first. Only when the tribe is strong can we really go out." Jiang Xuan discussed with them again about the vines. The future development direction of the tribe, everyone gathered around the warm fire pond, eating meat and chatting, very comfortable. "By the way, I brought a gift for each of you, and I''ll take it out for you." Jiang Xuan got up, opened the animal skin bags stacked in the corner of the room, and took out a stack of spider silk clothes from it. "These spider silk clothes were exchanged with insect wax when I went to the spider tribe. I will give each of you one piece. It is usually worn on the body, and it can save lives at critical times." Jiang Xuan sent them to each of them according to their body shape. A more suitable spider silk clothing. "Thank you, Chief." Several people were ecstatic. With the spider silk clothing, they would be able to avoid a lot of injuries when they encounter a sudden attack or fight in the future. It''s life-saving stuff. "Okay, you all go back first, I have to discuss something with Wu." Goucteng and the others got up one after another, holding the precious spider silk clothes and planning to put them on when they went back. When they were about to go out, Jiang Xuan said, "Stay at Jing Ji, I have something to ask you." Jing Ji was stunned, the others looked at Jing Ji, then at Jiang Xuan, and then left with interest. Jingjie returned to the fire pond uneasy, thinking about whether she had done anything wrong. "Don''t be nervous, sit down, I just want to chat with you." Under Jiang Xuan''s gesture, Jing Ji sat down again. "How was the harvest this winter?" Jiang Xuan''s tone was very relaxed, no different from his usual chat. Nepeta replied cautiously: "The harvest this winter is not bad. There are a lot of fish and shrimp caught. If you save a little, it will be enough for the clansmen to eat until the spring." Jiang Xuan nodded and asked again: "Then what do you have? Didn''t you bring some fish and shrimp back to try it?" Hearing this, Nepeta''s face immediately turned pale. He immediately stood up and took the initiative to admit: "Boss, I was wrong, I shouldn''t have brought those fish and shrimp home." Jiang Xuan waved his hand and said, "Don''t be so nervous, sit down, I didn''t blame you." Nepeta sat down again, but this time, he was on pins and needles. "I heard that recently you used those fish and shrimp to actively help more than a dozen women in the tribe who had a difficult life?" "Boss, I''m really wrong, I''m obsessed with my mind, I should be damned" Jing Ji was really panicked. If these things are not said, they may not be worth mentioning, but since Jiang Xuan said it, the nature has become serious. . Jiang Xuan looked at the flustered Jing Ji, and stopped pretending. This time, he just wanted to take advantage of this incident to beat Jing Ji, lest he make bigger mistakes in the future. Jiang Xuandan said: "Nepeta, you are also an old man in the tribe. When the tribe was just established, you brought a group of tourists to join in. I think you should remember how hard it was." Nepeta nodded hurriedly: "Of course I remember, if it wasn''t for the leader who took us in, we would all starve to death at that time." The follow-up content is repeated, and it will be updated tomorrow morning. The author admits that he is a waste and can''t even get the update time back. Feng Cao left Jiang Xuan''s house with a longing for the middle. Not long after, the leaders of Nanxing, Uncaria, Shiloh, and Nepeta came to Jiang Xuan''s house one after another. Jiang Xuan entertained them with some special products brought back from the middle, such as fish scales and fruits brought back by the crocodile tribe. "Leader, what does the middle part look like?" "Leader, are the big tribes in the middle part strong?" "Leader" everyone asked Jiang Xuan at a loss, and Jiang Xuan answered them one by one with a smile. Because of the inconvenience of transportation, the news of the tribesmen was extremely blocked. Everything Jiang Xuan said made them feel very fresh and exciting. Uncaria said: "I really want to go to the central part to have a look." Others nodded, and they also wanted to go, but the central part was too far, and they didn''t have flying mounts like Jiang Xuan. Jiang Xuandao: "Don''t worry, there will be a chance sooner or later. One day, our Vine tribe will have more communication with the central region and even further afield!" Nan Xing said longingly, "I really hope that day will come soon." Others nodded, and they were also looking forward to that day. "Don''t worry, we need to eat one bite at a time, and we need to do things one by one. Let''s manage this place first. Only when the tribe is strong can we really go out." Jiang Xuan discussed with them again about the vines. The future development direction of the tribe, everyone gathered around the warm fire pond, eating meat and chatting, very comfortable. "By the way, I brought a gift for each of you, and I''ll take it out for you." Jiang Xuan got up, opened the animal skin bags stacked in the corner of the room, and took out a stack of spider silk clothes from it. "These spider silk clothes were exchanged with insect wax when I went to the spider tribe. I will give each of you one piece. It is usually worn on the body, and it can save lives at critical times." Jiang Xuan sent them to each of them according to their body shape. A more suitable spider silk clothing. "Thank you, Chief." Several people were ecstatic. With the spider silk clothing, they would be able to avoid a lot of injuries when they encounter a sudden attack or fight in the future. It''s life-saving stuff. "Okay, you all go back first, I have to discuss something with Wu." Goucteng and the others got up one after another, holding the precious spider silk clothes and planning to put them on when they went back. When they were about to go out, Jiang Xuan said, "Stay at Jing Ji, I have something to ask you." Jing Ji was stunned, the others looked at Jing Ji, then at Jiang Xuan, and then left with interest. Jingjie returned to the fire pond uneasy, thinking about whether she had done anything wrong. "Don''t be nervous, sit down, I just want to chat with you." Under Jiang Xuan''s gesture, Jing Ji sat down again. "How was the harvest this winter?" Jiang Xuan''s tone was very relaxed, no different from his usual chat. Nepeta replied cautiously: "The harvest this winter is not bad. There are a lot of fish and shrimp caught. If you save a little, it will be enough for the clansmen to eat until the spring." Jiang Xuan nodded and asked again: "Then what do you have? Didn''t you bring some fish and shrimp back to try it?" Hearing this, Nepeta''s face immediately turned pale. He immediately stood up and took the initiative to admit: "Boss, I was wrong, I shouldn''t have brought those fish and shrimp home." Jiang Xuan waved his hand and said, "Don''t be so nervous, sit down, I didn''t blame you." Nepeta sat down again, but this time, he was on pins and needles. "I heard that recently you used those fish and shrimp to actively help more than a dozen women in the tribe who had a difficult life?" "Boss, I''m really wrong, I''m obsessed with my mind, I should be damned" Jing Ji was really panicked. If these things are not said, they may not be worth mentioning, but since Jiang Xuan said it, the nature has become serious. . Jiang Xuan looked at the flustered Jing Ji, and stopped pretending. This time, he just wanted to take advantage of this incident to beat Jing Ji, lest he make bigger mistakes in the future. Feng Cao left Jiang Xuan''s house with a longing for the middle. Not long after, the leaders of Nanxing, Uncaria, Shiloh, and Nepeta came to Jiang Xuan''s house one after another. UU reading www. uukanshu. com Jiang Xuan entertained them with some special products brought back from the middle, such as fish scales brought back by the crocodile tribe. "Leader, what does the middle part look like?" "Leader, are the big tribes in the middle part strong?" "Leader" everyone asked Jiang Xuan at a loss, and Jiang Xuan answered them one by one with a smile. Because of the inconvenience of transportation, the news of the tribesmen was extremely blocked. Everything Jiang Xuan said made them feel very fresh and exciting. Uncaria said: "I really want to go to the central part to have a look." Others nodded, and they also wanted to go, but the central part was too far, and they didn''t have flying mounts like Jiang Xuan. Jiang Xuandao: "Don''t worry, there will be a chance sooner or later. One day, our Vine tribe will have more communication with the central region and even further afield!" Nan Xing said longingly, "I really hope that day will come soon." Others nodded, and they were also looking forward to that day. "Don''t worry, we need to eat one bite at a time, and we need to do things one by one. Let''s manage this place first. Only when the tribe is strong can we really go out." Jiang Xuan discussed with them again about the vines. The future development direction of the tribe, everyone gathered around the warm fire pond, eating meat and chatting, very comfortable. "By the way, I brought a gift for each of you, and I''ll take it out for you." Jiang Xuan got up, opened the animal skin bags stacked in the corner of the room, and took out a stack of spider silk clothes from it. "These spider silk clothes were exchanged with insect wax when I went to the spider tribe. I will give each of you one piece. It is usually worn on the body, and it can save lives at critical times." Jiang Xuan sent them to each of them according to their body shape. A more suitable spider silk clothing. "Thank you, Chief." Several people were ecstatic. With the spider silk clothing, they would be able to avoid a lot of injuries when they encounter a sudden attack or fight in the future. It''s life-saving stuff.

 v2 Chapter 260： Vine Tribe Year 7

    Winter days are always long and repetitive. After Jiang Xuan returned to the tribe, he took the hunting team out a few times, and also included some tourists who were about to starve to death, and rectified the defense of the tribe. One winter passed like this. One day, after Jiang Xuan got up, he heard the clicking sound from under the eaves. He knew that the ice and snow on the roof began to melt. He took a brief shower, then pushed open the door, and a cold air rushed in. When the snow melts, it feels colder than snow. The cloudy sky that had been hazy for a long time finally dissipated, and the long-lost sunlight shone on the ground, making the ice and snow melt faster. "Seventh year." Jiang Xuan walked into the yard, bathed in the sunlight, closed his eyes, and took a deep breath. In the bamboo forest, after the snow and ice on a bamboo melted, it fell to the ground, and the bamboo slowly rebounded, but after being pressed for a winter, it could no longer return to a straight state. Jiang Xuan returned to the house, took out the Hsinchu bamboo slips that had been prepared, and dipped the animal brush with special paint, and wrote the five characters "The Seven Years of the Rattan Tribe" on the first piece of the bamboo slips. Afterwards, he wrote another line on the second bamboo slip: the first day of January, sunny. "Huh" Jiang Xuan laid the bamboo slip flat on the table, and after the writing on the bamboo slip dried, he could put it away. In fact, at the beginning, Jiang Xuan used the lettering method. However, there is a problem with the lettering method, that is, the engraved words are not conspicuous, and it needs to be painted again with paint to see the words clearly. Later, Jiang Xuan discovered that the red peony was prepared, and the pigment used for writing the animal skin scroll was particularly good, and it could be stored for a long time if it was written directly. Therefore, later he simply stopped engraving and wrote directly on the bamboo slips with an animal brush, which is convenient and practical. After recording the date as usual, Jiang Xuan began to inspect the tribe, and when he saw those places with potential safety hazards, he asked the soldiers to deal with them in advance. Two days later, as the river water rose, the thick ice cubes on the Feiyu River melted rapidly under the scouring of the river water. Cracks appeared in the ice layer on the "Katsakaza" river, and then the cracked ice began to collide with each other and slowly drifted downstream. On the river bank, the soldiers of the fishing team watched as the ice on the river broke little by little, and everyone became excited. When the ice surface moved faster and faster and the river began to rush, the leader of the fishing team, Nepeta, shouted: "The river is open!" "Okay!" "We can fish!" The soldiers of the fishing team shouted. There was a tsunami of cheers, and they had had enough of the long winter and couldn''t wait to go out fishing. The other tribesmen of the Vine tribe also had smiles on their faces when they heard the cheers of the fishing team. The river opened, representing the official passing of winter, and when all the snow and ice on the ground melted, they could start the new year''s work. It''s not that the people of the Teng tribe like to work, but because they can only sit and eat in the mountains in winter, giving people a very unsteady feeling. They are all people who have experienced hunger and cold. They know very well that if they want to avoid starvation, they must work hard. Only by working hard can they bring more food and it is not easy to go hungry. After the river opened, two days later, the ice and snow on the ground had almost melted. The clansmen of the Vine tribe started to get busy. Hunting teams and fishing teams were dispatched one after another, and planting teams also started a new round of land reclamation and digging of existing fields. The breeding team began to repair the pens damaged by the heavy snow, because after the arrival of spring, both livestock and poultry will usher in the breeding season. The trading area has also reopened after being replenished with a large batch of goods. The entire vine tribe, showing a thriving scene. At the end of January, the weather was getting warmer, and Jiang Xuan handed over a large amount of seeds obtained from the Black Teeth Tribe last winter and fish scales from the Crocodile Tribe to Gan Song, the leader of the planting team. "These seeds were brought back from the central part of the Southern Wilderness. Each small animal skin bag is a kind of grain or vegetable seed. You can still find a few fertile fields and plant them separately as before." If we are lucky, we can get some grains and vegetables suitable for planting here from these seeds." "Of course, some grains and vegetables may not adapt to the climate here, and they will not live or grow or bear fruit. It''s normal, you don''t have to blame yourself." Gan Song looked at the seeds, his eyes were shining. As the leader of the planting team, Gan Song has become a maniac, especially fond of new seeds. Jiang Xuan took out the fish scale grass again and said, "Although these fish scale grasses are dry, the fish scale fruit inside is still intact." "There are seeds in the fish scale fruit. You can directly plant the fish scale fruit next to the stream, or in a low-lying area. Let¡¯s see if they can grow.¡± When Jiang Xuan came back from the middle of the Southern Wilderness, it was the cold winter season, the ground was covered with snow and ice, and these fish scales could not be planted immediately, so they all dried up. "Don''t worry, leader, I will plant them well." Gan Song took the task with confidence. Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "I trust you." After handing these seeds to Gan Song, Jiang Xuan left the planting team and went to the wild boar forest in the northern part of the tribe. The wild boar forest is surrounded by a tall vine wall, outside there are a group of tree people inspired by divine vines, and more than a thousand prisoners are held inside. The captives, taken last summer when the wild boar tribe was wiped out, have been held here. After more than half a year of detention, the stubborn elements among the prisoners were basically eliminated, and the temper of the remaining people was almost worn down. Last winter, Jiang Xuan selected twenty squad leaders among these captives and promised them favors. With these team leaders who are familiar with the situation, these prisoners are more strictly controlled, and they can''t escape and can only work obediently. The gate of the "crunch" wild boar forest was opened, and the leader of the second guard of the Vine tribe, Xanthella, greeted him from inside. "Chief, you are here." Jiang Xuan said: "Is everything ready for you to prepare?" Xanthium hurriedly nodded: "Everything is ready." "Then go in." Jiang Xuan After speaking, he stepped inside. After entering the gate, the first thing you see is a wide road. This road was opened up by the prisoners little by little, and it was covered with a lot of gravel. On both sides of the road, there are pieces of newly cultivated land. There is no planting in the land for the time being. There are many small grasses, which look green and green, which is pleasing to the eye after viewing. Further afield, large numbers of captives are continuing to clear the wasteland with tools. They cut down trees in suitable places for reclamation, and then burned them with fire to burn off the weeds, thorns, shrubs, roots, etc. on the ground, and at the same time, they could burn a large number of insect eggs. After the burning, they used various digging tools to turn the soil over bit by bit. The stones in the ground and the roots of trees and grasses that could not be burned should be dug out and cleaned up. Land reclamation is a very time-consuming and labor-intensive job. Even if these prisoners are all soldiers, they are exhausted and complaining one by one. After a long time, they don''t even have the strength to resist. After working every day, they just want to eat and sleep well. Jiang Xuan walked along the road, and when he reached the middle of the wild boar forest, there were a lot of wooden houses in front of him. These wooden houses are built in rows and are very neat. The roads, canals, ponds, etc. between the wooden houses are also scattered, making it hard to believe that all the prisoners here are prisoners. In other tribes, the prisoners lived in places like pigsties, dirty, messy and smelly. Jiang Xuan asked, "Where is the newly built wooden house?" "At the back, I will lead the leader over there." Xanthium led Jiang Xuan through the rows of wooden houses and came to an open space at the back. This open space started out as a wasteland, and now, twenty brand-new wooden houses have been built on the wasteland. Although these wooden houses are not very large, each one is independent and the wood is thick and strong. Jiang Xuan pushed open the door of a wooden house and looked inside. A fire pit has been dug in this wooden house, a bed has been laid, and some hay and a piece of animal skin are even placed on the bed. As long as the fire pit is lit, this wooden house can be lived in. "Not bad." Jiang Xuan praised, and then said to Xanth''er: "Let those prisoners gather at the front." "Yes!" Xian''er immediately asked his soldiers to gather the prisoners. Soon, the soldiers of the second guard team shouted, and the prisoners who were reclaiming the wasteland put down the tools in their hands, and then walked back one after another to gather in the open space in front of the residential area. Soon after, more than a thousand prisoners lined up under the command of their respective squad leaders, all standing in the open space. After Jiang Xuan and everyone else arrived, they stood on a high wooden platform in front of the open space and looked down at all the prisoners. Those prisoners all knew Jiang Xuan and knew that he was the leader of the Teng tribe, so they lowered their heads and dared not look at him. "I am the leader of the Vine tribe, Xuan, you should be familiar with me, do you know what I am here for today?" Those captives look at me, I look at you, no one answers. Jiang Xuan didn''t care, and continued: "Last winter, I selected twenty squad leaders among you, and I promised at the time that as long as they could manage everyone here, I would reward each of them with an independent one. The wooden house, and the opportunity to break away from the captive status and join the Vine tribe!" "So, I am here to fulfill my promise today!" Jiang Xuan''s words made the eyes of the team captains light up, whether it was the wooden house or the captive status. , the opportunity to join the vine tribe makes them very eager. "All the team leaders come to the front!" Jiang Xuan gave an order, and those team leaders ran to the front of the high platform one after another, and lined up, looking up at Jiang Xuan on the high platform. "Because of your good performance, on behalf of the Vine tribe, I will give each of you an independent wooden house, and you can move in tonight!" Excited, and thanked Jiang Xuan one after another. They have been waiting for this moment for a long time. With a smile on Jiang Xuan''s face, he stretched out his hand to press down, and the team leaders immediately closed their mouths and listened to Jiang Xuan continue to speak. "Except for the wooden house, I allow you to participate in the spring sacrificial ceremony of the Vine tribe on the periphery!" "If you don''t make any mistakes this year, if you don''t cause any trouble, then at the time of the sacrifice in the autumn, you will officially become members of the Vine tribe! "Jiang Xuan''s words made all the team captains short of breath, this is the chance they have been dreaming of! If they can get out of their captive status and join the Vine Tribe, they will no longer have to be trapped here and live such a hard life. Compared with joining the vine tribe, what is an independent wooden house? One of the team captains said, "Don''t worry, leader, we will definitely manage this place well, and we will never cause trouble for the tribe!" Jiang Xuan smiled and said, "I believe in you!" Jiang Xuan looked at the prisoners behind and said: " It''s not just them, everyone is the same, as long as you work hard for the tribe, the Vine tribe will not treat anyone who works hard for the tribe!" "In the future, you will also have the opportunity to become a team leader and have the opportunity to live in an independent wooden house. There is also a chance to become a true clan of the Vine tribe!" Jiang Xuan''s words made the hearts of the prisoners in the back also ignited, and there was light in their eyes. UU Reading Since the wild boar tribe is a thing of the past, and since there is no way to escape, who doesn''t want to live a better life? "Okay, everyone, let''s go back to work. All the team leaders can move their belongings to the new wooden house at night." "Thank you, leader!" The team leaders thanked Jiang Xuan, and then found their own prisoners. Take them to continue to reclaim the wasteland. This time, many prisoners were obviously working harder. Everyone saw the benefits that the team leaders got, and they hoped that they could get them in the future. Jiang Xuan watched the prisoners leave, and then came down from the high platform. Cocklebur looked at Jiang Xuan with admiration. In his opinion, Jiang Xuan''s methods were too powerful. Jiang Xuandao: "In the future, everyone will be rewarded for good performance. As for the reward food or something else, you can decide for yourself." "We want to let these captives know that in the Veng tribe, as long as you work hard, you will be rewarded." We will be rewarded." "As long as a small number of prisoners start to work hard, others will follow slowly, and our speed of absorbing these prisoners will also speed up, understand?" "Understood." Jiang Xuan said clearly, very To put it bluntly, if Xanthium still doesn''t understand, he is not fit to be the leader of the second guard team. After Jiang Xuan finished speaking, he looked around in the wild boar forest again before leaving. The Vine Tribe is currently very short of population. If all these captives can be successfully converted, it will undoubtedly be a huge improvement to the strength of the Vine Tribe. After leaving the Wild Boar Forest, Jiang Xuan hadn''t gone far when another soldier came to report that there was an accident in the trading area, and Mallow asked him to come over. "What happened?" "Someone made fake knife coins to exchange for our goods." "Fake knife coins?" Jiang Xuan was stunned. At present, the bronze smelting technology and confidentiality measures are very good, it should not be possible Just leak it out. Could it be that other tribes also mastered the smelting technology of bronze or other metals?

 v2 Chapter 261： counterfeit money for real money

    Counterfeiting is an inevitable product after the emergence of trading activities, because the profit margin of counterfeiting is too great. Two pieces of goods that look similar in appearance may have a difference of ten or a hundred times the production cost. Because of such huge profits, there are many counterfeiters. Counterfeiting currency is undoubtedly one of the most profitable things in counterfeiting activities. Jiang Xuan never expected that in such a short period of time, some people began to imitate the sword coins of the Teng tribe, and took them to the trading area of ??the Teng tribe to trade goods. It turned out that he still looked down on the tribesmen too much. While thinking about these things, Jiang Xuan followed the soldier to the trading area. After a while, he had already arrived at the trading area. At this time, in the trading area, a large group of people were watching the excitement. "Get out of the way, the leader is here." The soldier opened the way in front, and squeezed a passage through the crowd of onlookers. In the center of the crowd, Mallow and a few guardsmen grabbed a young man who was nervous. The young man was about twenty-three or four years old, his skin was tanned, his stature was thin, and the totem lines on his face were rather strange, which looked like a pair of sharp claws. Seeing Jiang Xuan coming over, Mallow immediately took out two golden sword coins and said, "Boss, this man brought two fake sword coins in exchange for salt and pottery." Jiang Xuan took the two fake coins. The big knife coin is heavy, with a golden metallic luster. Most importantly, this gold is more dazzling than the bronze of the Vine tribe. The appearance of these two fake big knife coins is almost the same as the real big knife coins, only there are some differences in the details. The big knife coins of the rattan tribe are cast by the lost wax method, and then polished to a smoother appearance. But the two fake big knife coins are different. It has obvious bumps on the surface. Based on Jiang Xuan''s experience, it should be the hammer mark. In other words, these two big knife coins were actually made by forging. Forging is the most primitive way of metal processing. It only needs to heat the metal or directly cold forge it to make it into the desired shape. But there are not many metals that can be directly forged. It needs that metal to exist in the form of elemental substances in nature. Such as natural copper, such as silver, such as gold. wait, gold? Thinking of this, Jiang Xuan''s eyes suddenly widened. He looked at the two fake big knife coins and said in surprise, "Such bright gold is not really gold, right?" Jiang Xuan immediately left the crowd and walked to the inn in the trading area. Mallow and others didn''t know what Jiang Xuan wanted to do, but they followed. After Jiang Xuan entered the inn, he walked directly to the kitchen and said to the man who was burning the fire, "Throw these two large knife coins into the fire to heat it up." "Yes!" Although the man was also curious about what Jiang Xuan was going to do, he didn''t ask much , threw the two big knife coins directly into the fire pit, and blew desperately with a bamboo pipe, so that the fire could burn a little more vigorously. "Boss, what is this for?" Mallow walked to Jiang Xuan and asked curiously. Jiang Xuan replied: "Check the material of the counterfeit knife coin to see if it is what we need." Mallow seemed to understand, but she didn''t ask too much, just watched Jiang Xuan''s actions curiously. Jiang Xuan stared at the fake knife coins in the flames, and saw that they were gradually burned red under the scorching of the flames, and they became bright red. "Okay, hook them out." Under Jiang Xuan''s command, the man hooked the rings on the handles of the two fake big knife coins with bronze hooks and hooked them out. After being placed on the ground, the two fake knife coins began to cool down slowly. When the fake knife coin was almost cooled, Jiang Xuan picked it up with his hands. "Ding ding ding" He held two fake knife coins and tapped each other a few times, the fake knife coins made a crisp sound. Then, he took the fake knife coin outside the inn, and carefully observed the fake knife coin in a well-lit place, and found that its color was no different from before, and it was still shining golden. In the end, Jiang Xuan bent the counterfeit knife coin with his hands, restored it to its original state, bent it again, and returned to its original state. "Yes, this should be gold!" Jiang Xuan was very excited. The reason why he used so many methods to toss these two fake big knife coins just now was to verify whether it was gold or not. In terms of color, sound, color change after fire, and flexibility, it is the same as gold. Jiang Xuan thought of this, and his eyes suddenly became hot. Gold is a precious metal, and since he came to this world, he has never seen gold anywhere else, which at least shows that gold is relatively rare in the primitive continent. However, in other tribes, even if gold is found, it can only be used as a decoration, and its actual value is not high. Because it is too soft, it is not suitable for making weapons such as knives, spears, arrowheads. But in the vine tribe, it can come in handy. The advantage of knife coins is obvious, that is, it is practical and easy to be accepted by tribesmen. But its shortcomings are equally obvious, that is, the wear and tear is too fast, and it is very prone to problems such as fractures, gaps, and wear. Therefore, in the future, after the establishment of the currency credit system of the Teng tribe, it is bound to launch a second-generation currency to replace the knife currency that wears out too quickly. And gold is one of the best carriers for making money. Gold is wear-resistant, storage-resistant, easy to carry, and can solve the problems of knife coins. Because of this, Jiang Xuan was very excited when he discovered that this fake knife coin was actually forged from gold. He immediately ordered the soldiers of the guard to take the captured youth from the trading area to a nearby empty house. The young man was escorted by the two guards soldiers, looking at the empty house and trembling with fear in his heart. Making fake knife coins is a very serious crime. According to the temper of the tribe, he is likely to die. UU reading Soon, Jiang Xuan walked in from outside with two big knife coins in his hand. "You made these two fake knife coins?" "I made them." The young man''s legs began to tremble. "One of our rattan tribe''s sword coins can be exchanged for more than three catties of salt. You have brought two of them now. If you really get fooled, the rattan tribe will lose more than six catties of salt!" "How precious is salt, Don''t I need to say more? You are going to deceive our Vine tribe so much salt in one fell swoop, you said to yourself, how should I punish you?" The young man''s legs trembled even more, because he knew in his heart that such a big sin , I am afraid that my life is not saved. Jiang Xuan said again: "However, I am very interested in the materials you use to make fake knife coins. If you can bring more, maybe I will consider saving your life." Jiang Xuan said these words, Not only the young man was stunned, but Mallow and others next to him were also stunned. No one thought that Jiang Xuan would actually say such a thing. "What you said is true?" The young man''s face was full of disbelief. Jiang Xuan nodded and said, "Of course it''s true, I swear in the name of the leader of the Teng tribe." "That''s great!" The young man was excited to save his life. If he can live, who wants to die? Jiang Xuan continued: "If you can come up with the materials for making ten large knife coins, the Veng tribe will not be held accountable for making fake knife coins. If you can come up with more materials, you can even directly contact the Veng tribe. Make a deal." "Make a deal?" The young man looked at Jiang Xuan in amazement. "That''s right, I can exchange two small knife coins with you for the material to make a fake big knife coin. After changing to real knife coins, you can trade what you want in the trading area openly." The young man thoroughly He was stunned, he never thought that not only was he not killed this time, but such a good thing happened. For a time, he felt as if he was dreaming, very unreal.

 v2 Chapter 262： surrender or perish

    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe. If you have already subscribed, please refresh tomorrow morning "What''s your name?" Jiang Xuan warmly embraced the young man''s shoulders, as if he were an old friend. "My name is Shi Sho." The young man twisted unnaturally, but he didn''t dare to struggle too much. Jiang Xuan praised: "Shi Shovel, good name, you must be very good at digging, right?" The young man answered honestly: "Our people from the Giant Claw Tribe are very good at digging." "The Giant Claw Tribe?" Jiang Xuanxiang glanced at the totem pattern on the young man''s face. The totem pattern looked like a strange beast. Because the front two claws were too large and the body was too small, if you didn''t look carefully, you would have thought that their totem pattern was two. giant claw. Giant-clawed beasts are extremely good at digging holes, and the Vine tribe once caught them. At the beginning, Jiang Xuan took the warriors of the Veng tribe to look for copper ore, but when he couldn''t find it anywhere, he found copper ore outside the cave of a giant claw beast, and finally got the copper ore and smelted bronze. Now, the tribesmen with the giant claw beast as the totem **** brought gold to Jiang Xuan again. From this point of view, the giant claw beast is really the lucky star of the rattan tribe. "Where is your Giant Claw Tribe?" "Our Giant Claw Tribe" Shi Shao subconsciously wanted to say it, but he felt something was wrong, so he stopped. "Where is it? Why didn''t you say it?" Jiang Xuan''s expression remained the same. "I can''t tell you." Shi Shao shook his head. Obviously, he was afraid that revealing the tribe''s location would bring disaster to the tribe. "Okay, if you don''t want to say it, you don''t have to." Jiang Xuan didn''t force it. After a few simple chats, he let Shi Shao go back. "You really let me go?" Shi Sho''s face was full of disbelief. In his opinion, the value of the big knife coins was so high. He forged the big knife coins, and the Veng tribe couldn''t kill him? "Of course, but you have to keep these two fake sword coins. This is your punishment." Isn''t this punishment too light? Shi Sho still felt unbelievable, but Jiang Xuan had already ordered someone to take him out. The stone shovel was taken out of the trading area and was driven outside the vine wall. It was not until he entered the forest alone that Shi Zhan came back to his senses and realized that he had really been let go. The Vine Tribe is so talkative? Shi Sho felt very unreal, but since he came out, he didn''t want to be caught again, so he immediately started to run away. On the other side, when Shi Shovel left, Jiang Xuan immediately instructed Feng Cao: "Let the thorn vines follow him and find the location of the giant claw tribe." "Yes!" Feng Cao immediately arranged for the thorn vines to follow Shi shovel, thinking Locate the Claw Tribe with the stone shovel. After Fengcao left, Mallow couldn''t help but ask, "Boss, didn''t you just say that you want to make a deal with the Giant Claw Tribe?" Jiang Xuan said, "It''s better to hold something like gold in your own hands. Transactions are unreliable after all, and they have to pay a lot of price." "Then you just now" "I don''t do this, why would Shi Sho take the initiative to return to the tribe?" She was so sincere that she really thought that Jiang Xuan was going to do business with the other party. Compared with Jiang Xuan, she is still too far behind. Jiang Xuan said to Mallow: "You are the shopkeeper of the trading area. You will meet people in the future, and there will be many things you will encounter. Remember, you must not reveal your true thoughts in front of outsiders." "As for what others say, You have to check it yourself, instead of choosing to believe it directly, otherwise, sooner or later, you will suffer a big loss in gullibility." Mallow nodded and took these words to heart. In the forest, after Shi Zhan left the Vine Tribe, he cautiously moved towards the northeast, where the Giant Claw Tribe was. He looked behind him from time to time, for fear that people from the Vine tribe would suddenly appear. However, he had been walking for a long time without seeing the chasing troops of the Vine tribe, and he was a little relieved. The follow-up content is repeated, and it will be updated tomorrow morning. If you don''t want to stop updating, write a part first, and continue to write tomorrow morning. "What''s your name?" Jiang Xuan warmly embraced the young man''s shoulders, as if he were an old friend. "My name is Shi Sho." The young man twisted unnaturally, but he didn''t dare to struggle too much. Jiang Xuan praised: "Shi Shovel, good name, you must be very good at digging, right?" The young man answered honestly: "Our people from the Giant Claw Tribe are very good at digging." "The Giant Claw Tribe?" Jiang Xuanxiang glanced at the totem pattern on the young man''s face. The totem pattern looked like a strange beast. Because the front two claws were too large and the body was too small, if you didn''t look carefully, you would have thought that their totem pattern was two. giant claw. Giant-clawed beasts are extremely good at digging holes, and the Vine tribe once caught them. At the beginning, Jiang Xuan took the warriors of the Veng tribe to look for copper ore, but when he couldn''t find it anywhere, he found copper ore outside the cave of a giant claw beast, and finally got the copper ore and smelted bronze. Now, the tribesmen with the giant claw beast as the totem **** brought gold to Jiang Xuan again. From this point of view, the giant claw beast is really the lucky star of the rattan tribe. "Where is your Giant Claw Tribe?" "Our Giant Claw Tribe" Shi Shao subconsciously wanted to say it, but he felt something was wrong, so he stopped. "Where is it? Why didn''t you say it?" Jiang Xuan''s expression remained the same. "I can''t tell you." Shi Shao shook his head. Obviously, he was afraid that revealing the tribe''s location would bring disaster to the tribe. "Okay, if you don''t want to say it, you don''t have to." Jiang Xuan didn''t force it. After a few simple chats, he let Shi Shao go back. "You really let me go?" Shi Sho''s face was full of disbelief. In his opinion, the value of the big knife coins was so high. He forged the big knife coins, and the Veng tribe couldn''t kill him? "Of course, but you have to keep these two fake sword coins. This is your punishment." Isn''t this punishment too light? Shi Sho still felt unbelievable, but Jiang Xuan had already ordered someone to take him out. The stone shovel was taken out of the trading area and was driven outside the vine wall. It was not until he entered the forest alone that Shi Zhan came back to his senses and realized that he had really been let go. The Vine Tribe is so talkative? Shi Sho felt very unreal, but since he came out, he didn''t want to be caught again, so he immediately started to run away. On the other side, when Shi Shovel left, Jiang Xuan immediately instructed Feng Cao: "Let the thorn vines follow him and find the location of the giant claw tribe." "Yes!" Feng Cao immediately arranged for the thorn vines to follow Shi shovel, thinking Locate the Claw Tribe with the stone shovel. After Fengcao left, Mallow couldn''t help but ask, "Boss, didn''t you just say that you want to make a deal with the Giant Claw Tribe?" Jiang Xuan said, "It''s better to hold something like gold in your own hands. Transactions are unreliable after all, and they have to pay a lot of price." "Then you just now" "I don''t do this, why would Shi Sho take the initiative to return to the tribe?" She was so sincere that she really thought that Jiang Xuan was going to do business with the other party. Compared with Jiang Xuan, she is still too far behind. Jiang Xuan said to Mallow: "You are the shopkeeper of the trading area. You will meet people in the future, and there will be many things you will encounter. Remember, you must not reveal your true thoughts in front of outsiders." "As for what others say, You have to check it yourself, instead of choosing to believe it directly, otherwise, sooner or later, you will suffer a big loss in gullibility." Mallow nodded and took these words to heart. "What''s your name?" Jiang Xuan warmly embraced the young man''s shoulders, as if he were an old friend. "My name is Shi Sho." The young man twisted unnaturally, but he didn''t dare to struggle too much. Jiang Xuan praised: "Shi Shovel, good name, you must be very good at digging, right?" The young man answered honestly: "Our people from the Giant Claw Tribe are very good at digging." "The Giant Claw Tribe?" Jiang Xuanxiang glanced at the totem pattern on the young man''s face. The totem pattern looked like a strange beast. Because the front two claws were too large and the body was too small, if you didn''t look carefully, you would have thought that their totem pattern was two. giant claw. Giant-clawed beasts are extremely good at digging holes, and the Vine tribe once caught them. At the beginning, Jiang Xuan took the warriors of the Teng tribe to look for copper ore, but when he couldn''t find it anywhere, he found copper ore outside the cave of a giant claw beast. uukanshu. com eventually got copper mines and smelted bronze. Now, the tribesmen with the giant claw beast as the totem **** brought gold to Jiang Xuan again. From this point of view, the giant claw beast is really the lucky star of the rattan tribe. "Where is your Giant Claw Tribe?" "Our Giant Claw Tribe" Shi Shao subconsciously wanted to say it, but he felt something was wrong, so he stopped. "Where is it? Why didn''t you say it?" Jiang Xuan''s expression remained the same. "I can''t tell you." Shi Shao shook his head. Obviously, he was afraid that revealing the tribe''s location would bring disaster to the tribe. "Okay, if you don''t want to say it, you don''t have to." Jiang Xuan didn''t force it. After a few simple chats, he let Shi Shao go back. "You really let me go?" Shi Sho''s face was full of disbelief. In his opinion, the value of the big knife coins was so high. He forged the big knife coins, and the Veng tribe couldn''t kill him? "Of course, but you have to keep these two fake sword coins. This is your punishment." Isn''t this punishment too light? Shi Sho still felt unbelievable, but Jiang Xuan had already ordered someone to take him out. The stone shovel was taken out of the trading area and was driven outside the vine wall. It was not until he entered the forest alone that Shi Zhan came back to his senses and realized that he had really been let go. The Vine Tribe is so talkative? Shi Sho felt very unreal, but since he came out, he didn''t want to be caught again, so he immediately started to run away. On the other side, when Shi Shovel left, Jiang Xuan immediately instructed Feng Cao: "Let the thorn vines follow him and find the location of the giant claw tribe." "Yes!" Feng Cao immediately arranged for the thorn vines to follow Shi shovel, thinking Locate the Claw Tribe with the stone shovel. After Fengcao left, Mallow couldn''t help but ask, "Boss, didn''t you just say that you want to make a deal with the Giant Claw Tribe?" Jiang Xuan said, "It''s better to hold something like gold in your own hands. Transactions, after all, are unreliable and come at a price.¡±

 v2 Chapter 262： Giant Claw Tribe

The content of this chapter is being updated...

 v2 Chapter 263： set off

    , the fastest update This is the latest chapter of my original tribe!


    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh again tomorrow morning


    ¡­


    "Call all leaders for a meeting immediately!"


    Jiang Xuan took the lead in walking to the Veng tribe''s residential area, while Feng Cao followed Jiang Xuan''s order to summon all the leaders of the Veng tribe.


    Not long after, all the leaders of the Teng tribe, including Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao, came to the spacious conference room.


    After everyone sat down, Jiang Xuan took out the two gold knife coins and said, "Let''s all take a look. These are the fake knife coins that were collected from the trading area half a month ago."


    Everyone''s eyes focused on the two golden knife coins. The leader in front picked it up and looked at it first, and then handed it to the next person after reading it, until everyone got used to it.


    Their first impression of the gold knife coins is that they are beautiful. This kind of knife coins is shiny and golden, even more beautiful than the bronze knife coins of the Vine tribe.


    The second feeling is weight.


    Gold knives are heavier than bronze knives and feel better in the hand.


    However, in terms of sharpness, it is far worse than the bronze knife coin, after all, gold is too soft.


    "These two fake knife coins were brought by a warrior of the Giant Claw Tribe. The material they use is gold. There should be a lot of gold in the Giant Claw Tribe."


    Uncaria asked, "Boss, do we need this kind of thing?"


    "Yes, bronze is prone to rust, wear and tear, but not gold. Gold is one of the most suitable materials for coins."


    This time, Jiang Xuan was not talking about knife coins, but coins. Among the people present, some people could hear the subtle difference, while others didn''t.


    Uncaria said ambitiously: "Since we need it, what else is there to say, go to the giant claw tribe and grab all their gold!"


    Others also nodded their heads. In the minds of the tribesmen, robbing things is an open and above-mentioned matter.


    However, Jiang Xuan shook his head and said, "It''s not enough if you just grab the gold that the Giant Claw Tribe has dug up."


    "What we have to do is to make the entire giant claw tribe surrender to us and use it for our use, so that more gold and other things can be mined in the future."


    Nan Xing asked curiously, "Like the frog tribe?"


    Jiang Xuan nodded: "Yes, just like the frog tribe."


    Everyone finally understood Jiang Xuan''s thoughts. He was going to turn the Giant Claw Tribe into the second affiliated tribe of the Vine Tribe!


    Jiang Xuan continued: "Now, we already know the location of the Giant Claw Tribe. I plan to lead half of the warriors and invite Fujishen to the Giant Claw Tribe together."


    "Let''s talk about your opinion."


    Chi Shao, who had been silent all the time, got up and said, "I think what the leader said makes sense. The Giant Claw Tribe is good at digging holes, which is very useful to our Vine Tribe, so I agree."


    The other leaders also agreed.


    Among them, most of them have witnessed the miracle of the Veng tribe''s rise all the way, and have a kind of blind worship and confidence in Jiang Xuan. As long as Jiang Xuan makes a decision, they will support it.


    Right or wrong!


    "Okay, since everyone has agreed, everyone will go back today and prepare. The first hunting team and the second hunting team will set off with me, and the others will guard the tribe."


    The two hunting teams of the Vine Tribe are the most powerful teams in the entire fighting force, and they are numerous. The number of fighters in each hunting team is more than 500.


    Against a small tribe like the Giant Claw Tribe, it''s quite enough.


    The leaders got up and left the conference room one after another, and went back to prepare.


    A war, even in the face of a small tribe''s war, requires a lot of things to prepare. Mounts, dry food, weapons, clothing, medicines, etc., require the cooperation of the entire tribe.


    In addition to the expedition teams, the teams left behind in the tribe also need to prepare their defenses carefully to deal with unexpected situations that may arise.


    This night, the entire Vine Tribe was busy preparing for it.


    Early the next morning, the first hunting team and the second hunting team assembled.


    More than a thousand powerful warriors rode more than thirty huge black wind rhinos, hundreds of blue sheep, hundreds of big-horned deer, and more than a dozen newly domesticated birds.


    Whether it is these warriors or mounts, they all give people a feeling of invincibility.


    "May the valiant warriors be protected by the Fuji God and return triumphantly."


    Chishao stood in front of the crowd, painted totem patterns for the soldiers in the front row, and prayed for them.


    On the altar not far away, the **** vine separated from the body a thick vine. After the vine landed, it quickly took root and grew into a new **** vine.


    This new sacred vine is equivalent to a clone of the vine god, with terrifying combat power.


    When Chishao finished painting the last person in the front row, the clone of Shenteng had also grown, and the whole body was flashing green light.


    Chi Shao put away the animal writing brush, walked in front of Jiang Xuan, and whispered, "Have you put on the spider silk clothes?"


    "Put it on."


    "Okay, be sure to pay attention to safety."


    "Don''t worry, with the Vine God there, nothing will happen, the tribe will trouble my sister to worry more."


    Chi Shao nodded, then stepped aside.


    Jiang Xuan rode on the back of the black wind rhinoceros Crescent Moon, holding a bronze spear, and shouted loudly: "Go!"


    "Roar!"


    Crescent Moon let out a roar of filial piety, and then ran forward first, the heavy hoofs making the ground tremble.


    "Il..."


    The dumplings flew into the sky, their purple feathers shining in the sunlight.


    With glutinous rice **** in charge of the security task in the air, the team of the Vine tribe will be much safer.


    "Tattoo..."


    A team of more than 1,000 people set out from the north gate of the vine wall and drove northeast.


    ¡­


    The follow-up content is repeated, and it will be updated tomorrow morning.


    ¡­


    "Call all leaders for a meeting immediately!"


    Jiang Xuan took the lead in walking to the Veng tribe''s residential area, while Feng Cao followed Jiang Xuan''s order to summon all the leaders of the Veng tribe.


    Not long after, all the leaders of the Teng tribe, including Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao, came to the spacious conference room.


    After everyone sat down, Jiang Xuan took out the two gold knife coins and said, "Let''s all take a look. These are the fake knife coins that were collected from the trading area half a month ago."


    Everyone''s eyes focused on the two golden knife coins. The leader in front picked it up and looked at it first, and then handed it to the next person after reading it, until everyone got used to it.


    Their first impression of the gold knife coins is that they are beautiful. This kind of knife coins is shiny and golden, even more beautiful than the bronze knife coins of the Vine tribe.


    The second feeling is weight.


    Gold knives are heavier than bronze knives and feel better in the hand.


    However, in terms of sharpness, it is far worse than the bronze knife coin, after all, gold is too soft.


    "These two fake knife coins were brought by a warrior of the Giant Claw Tribe. The material they use is gold. There should be a lot of gold in the Giant Claw Tribe."


    Uncaria asked, "Boss, do we need this kind of thing?"


    "Yes, bronze is prone to rust, wear and tear, but not gold. Gold is one of the most suitable materials for coins."


    This time, Jiang Xuan was not talking about knife coins, but coins. Among the people present, some people could hear the subtle difference, while others didn''t.


    Uncaria said ambitiously: "Since we need it, what else is there to say, go to the giant claw tribe and grab all their gold!"


    Others also nodded their heads. In the minds of the tribesmen, robbing things is an open and above-mentioned matter.


    However, Jiang Xuan shook his head and said, "It''s not enough if you just grab the gold that the Giant Claw Tribe has dug up."


    "What we have to do is to make the entire giant claw tribe surrender to us and use it for our use, so that more gold and other things can be mined in the future."


    Nan Xing asked curiously, "Like the frog tribe?"


    Jiang Xuan nodded: "Yes, just like the frog tribe."


    Everyone finally understood Jiang Xuan''s thoughts. He was going to turn the Giant Claw Tribe into the second affiliated tribe of the Vine Tribe!


    Jiang Xuan continued: "Now, we already know the location of the Giant Claw Tribe. I plan to lead half of the warriors and invite Fujishen to the Giant Claw Tribe together."


    "Let''s talk about your opinion."


    Chi Shao, who had been silent all the time, got up and said, "I think what the leader said makes sense. The Giant Claw Tribe is good at digging holes, which is very useful to our Vine Tribe, so I agree."


    The other leaders also agreed.


    Among them, most of them have witnessed the miracle of the Veng tribe''s rise all the way, and have a kind of blind worship and confidence in Jiang Xuan. As long as Jiang Xuan makes a decision, they will support it.


    Right or wrong!


    "Okay, since everyone has agreed, everyone will go back today and prepare. The first hunting team and the second hunting team will set off with me, and the others will guard the tribe."


    The two hunting teams of the Vine Tribe are the most powerful teams in the entire fighting force, and they are numerous. The number of fighters in each hunting team is more than 500.


    Against a small tribe like the Giant Claw Tribe, it''s quite enough.


    The leaders got up and left the conference room one after another, and went back to prepare.


    A war, even in the face of a small tribe''s war, requires a lot of things to prepare. Mounts, dry food, weapons, clothing, medicines, etc., require the cooperation of the entire tribe.


    In addition to the expedition teams, the teams left behind in the tribe also need to prepare their defenses carefully to deal with unexpected situations that may arise.


    This night, the entire Vine Tribe was busy preparing for it.


    Early the next morning, UU Reading Hunting Team 1 and Hunting Team 2 assembled.


    More than a thousand powerful warriors rode more than thirty huge black wind rhinos, hundreds of blue sheep, hundreds of big-horned deer, and more than a dozen newly domesticated birds.


    Whether it is these warriors or mounts, they all give people a feeling of invincibility.


    "May the valiant warriors be protected by the Fuji God and return triumphantly."


    Chishao stood in front of the crowd, painted totem patterns for the soldiers in the front row, and prayed for them.


    On the altar not far away, the **** vine separated from the body a thick vine. After the vine landed, it quickly took root and grew into a new **** vine.


    This new sacred vine is equivalent to a clone of the vine god, with terrifying combat power.


    When Chishao finished painting the last person in the front row, the clone of Shenteng had also grown, and the whole body was flashing green light.


    This is the fastest update of my original tribe to provide you with the great **** Yunqingshi. In order to check the fastest update of this book next time, please be sure to save your bookmarks!


    Chapter 263 is free to read. https://

 v2 Chapter 264： Want to be the leader?

    , the fastest update This is the latest chapter of my original tribe!


    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh tomorrow morning


    ...


    The vine tribe warriors rushed very fast, especially those blue sheep, the cliffs and cliffs were like walking on the ground, not to mention such ordinary hillsides.


    However, when they ran to the middle of the mountain, they didn''t even catch a clan of the giant claw tribe. They only saw some empty houses and countless deep caves.


    "Boss, they all went into the hole, what should we do?"


    Uncaria was carrying a spear and looked at Jiang Xuan very distressed.


    Drilling holes is not something that the warriors of the Vine Tribe are good at. If you rush into it, you may be ambushed by the warriors of the Giant Claw Tribe.


    Jiang Xuan was also staring at those deep caves.


    As early as in the Rabbit Tribe, he discovered that this kind of tribe that is good at drilling holes is very difficult to deal with, because where they live, underground caves are crisscrossed, and people from other tribes go in, let alone arrest people, can they find the way? is a problem.


    Jiang Xuan thought for a while and said, "Bring the people from the Giant Claw Tribe here."


    The two vine tribe warriors immediately brought the stone shovel over.


    The stone shovel was still tightly bound by the rope, but the stuff in his mouth had been taken out so that he could speak.


    Jiang Xuan said to the soldier next to him, "Help him untie the rope."


    The soldier said worriedly: "Leader, untie the rope, what if he runs away?"


    There are caves everywhere, and if Shi Shovel finds a cave and burrows into it, it will be difficult to catch him out.


    Jiang Xuan said: "He won''t run, because the Giant Claw Tribe has abandoned him, and he can''t go back."


    Originally, Shi Zhan really had the idea of ??running away, but after hearing Jiang Xuan''s words, his whole body trembled, and his heart was instantly ashes.


    That''s right, he has been abandoned by the tribe. Even if he escapes, where can he go? Is it like those tourists, wandering in the forest, and then one day was eaten by the beast or died silently?


    At this moment, Stone Shovel was very desperate. He stood on the territory of the Giant Claw Tribe, but there was no place for him in this place.


    The Vine tribe warrior slowly loosened the rope on the stone shovel, and at the same time stared at him vigilantly to prevent him from escaping.


    However, Shi Sho did not make any move to escape, but just stood there blankly, as if he had lost his soul.


    Jiang Xuan stood in front of the stone shovel and said, "Want to return to the Giant Claw Tribe?"


    Shi Zhan raised his head and looked at Jiang Xuan, but he didn''t speak, and his desperation made him not want to speak.


    "I know it''s hard for you. Anyone who is abandoned by the tribe will be very uncomfortable, but are you willing to be abandoned?"


    Jiang Xuan said in a persuasive manner: "Anyway, if it were me, I would definitely not be reconciled. I will try my best to prove that it was a wrong choice for the tribe to abandon me."


    Shi Sho finally said, "What can I do if I''m not reconciled?"


    Jiang Xuandao: "Your leader is dead. If you are willing to help us drive the people of the Giant Claw Tribe out of the ground, I can support you as the leader and control the Giant Claw Tribe!"


    "As long as you become the leader of the Giant Claw Tribe, who else would dare to push you out to commit crimes?"


    "As long as you can become the leader of the giant claw tribe, you will have the final say in the future of the tribe, and you can have whatever you want."


    Under the guidance of Jiang Xuan, Shi Shao finally became excited.


    This time, he was pushed out by the leader without hesitation, which made Shi Chuan heartbroken. He also realized that as a small person, he couldn''t even control his own destiny.


    But if he can become the leader, all this will change. He can not only control his own destiny, but also the fate of the giant claw tribe!


    Shi Zhan swallowed his saliva, his eyes glowing again.


    "what do you want to do?"


    Stone Shovel is not stupid. He knows that if he wants to get such an important position as the leader, he must pay some price.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Find a way to drive the people out of the cave."


    Stone Shovel thought for a moment and said, "If I drive people out and you kill them again, wouldn''t the giant claw tribe be gone?"


    Stone Shovel didn''t say a word: the giant claw tribe is gone, and the leader''s position will naturally disappear, so why did he do this?


    Jiang Xuandao: "Don''t worry, we are not here to destroy the Giant Claw Tribe, but to use the Giant Claw Tribe to obtain more things buried underground."


    Between tribes, interests are the most important thing, and all grievances are caused by interests.


    Jiang Xuan''s straightforward words made Shi Shao believe.


    "Then how do I know that you will really let me be the leader in the future?"


    "I''m a trustworthy person..."


    Shi Zhan interrupted Jiang Xuan ruthlessly: "You lied to me last time."


    Jiang Xuan smiled awkwardly, and then said: "I will definitely not lie to you this time, I swear in the name of the leader of the Vine tribe."


    "And, you have no choice but to trust me."


    Shi Sho didn''t care whether he swore or not, but Jiang Xuan''s last words made him realize the reality.


    That''s right, he has nothing now, and has no choice but to trust Jiang Xuan.


    Shi Zhan was silent for a moment, then said, "Okay, I will help you, and I hope you will keep your promise."


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said: "That''s right, don''t worry, I said that I will let you be the leader, and I will definitely let you be the leader."


    Stone Shovel nodded, then walked to the entrance of a cave, and said, "The underground caves of the Giant Claw Tribe are almost all over the entire mountain, and they are very deep. It is very difficult to force people out."


    "However, it''s not completely impossible."


    "As long as you block most of the cave entrances, leaving only two cave entrances up and down the mountain, and then set fire to the cave at the bottom of the mountain, thick smoke will float in through the connected cave entrances."


    "If you add some twigs or grass with a pungent smell to the fire, the people inside will definitely not be able to withstand it."


    The method of the stone shovel made Jiang Xuan''s eyes shine.


    Jiang Xuan also thought about using the method of smoking, however, he had tried this method before when he was digging up bamboo rats, and the effect was very poor.


    Because of the fire at the entrance of the cave, most of the smoke does not float into the cave, but floats outside, and the big bamboo rat inside can''t be smoked out at all.


    However, the stone shovel asked Jiang Xuan to block all the openings on the mountainside, leaving only the upper and lower openings, and set fire to the openings at the bottom of the mountain.


    In this way, the caves on the giant claw mountain are equivalent to a large chimney, and the smoke will be sucked into the intricate caves and then exhausted through the openings near the top of the mountain.


    Of course, even if he knew the method, it would be in vain to find the wrong entrance, so Jiang Xuan wanted to win over Shi Zhan, who was familiar with the situation.


    Jiang Xuan immediately asked Shi Shao to take the soldiers of the Vine tribe to block the entrance of the cave.


    Stone Shovel was originally a member of the Giant Claw Tribe. He grew up in this place since he was a child, and he was naturally very familiar with the openings.


    He took the vine tribe warriors to block up the conspicuous and hidden openings, leaving only the two largest openings, one near the top of the mountain and one at the bottom.


    Among them, the entrance of the cave at the foot of the mountain is next to the boulder.


    The stone shovel asked the Vine tribe warrior to dig the hole wide, and then picked up a lot of dry wood, as well as fresh branches, grass with a pungent smell, etc., and jumped into the hole with the Vine tribe warrior.


    He took the vine tribe warriors for a short walk into the cave, and then started to light the fire in a more spacious position.


    ...


    The follow-up content is repeated, and it will be updated tomorrow morning.


    ...


    The vine tribe warriors rushed very fast, especially those blue sheep, the cliffs and cliffs were like walking on the ground, not to mention such ordinary hillsides.


    However, when they ran to the middle of the mountain, they didn''t even catch a clan of the giant claw tribe. They only saw some empty houses and countless deep caves.


    "Boss, they all went into the hole, what should we do?"


    Uncaria was carrying a spear and looked at Jiang Xuan very distressed.


    Drilling holes is not something that the warriors of the Vine Tribe are good at. If you rush into it, you may be ambushed by the warriors of the Giant Claw Tribe.


    Jiang Xuan was also staring at those deep caves.


    As early as in the Rabbit Tribe, he discovered that this kind of tribe that is good at drilling holes is very difficult to deal with, because where they live, underground caves are crisscrossed, and people from other tribes go in, let alone arrest people, can they find the way? is a problem.


    Jiang Xuan thought for a while and said, "Bring the people from the Giant Claw Tribe here."


    The two vine tribe warriors immediately brought the stone shovel over.


    The stone shovel was still tightly bound by the rope, but the stuff in his mouth had been taken out so that he could speak.


    Jiang Xuan said to the soldier next to him, "Help him untie the rope."


    The soldier said worriedly: "Leader, untie the rope, what if he runs away?"


    There are caves everywhere, and if Shi Shovel finds a cave and burrows into it, it will be difficult to catch him out.


    Jiang Xuan said: "He won''t run, because the Giant Claw Tribe has abandoned him, and he can''t go back."


    Originally, Shi Zhan really had the idea of ??running away, but after hearing Jiang Xuan''s words, his whole body trembled, and his heart was instantly ashes.


    That''s right, he has been abandoned by the tribe. Even if he escapes, where can he go? Is it like those tourists, wandering in the forest, and then one day was eaten by the beast or died silently?


    At this moment, Stone Shovel was very desperate. He stood on the territory of the Giant Claw Tribe, but there was no place for him in this place.


    The Vine tribe warrior slowly loosened the rope on the stone shovel, and at the same time stared at him vigilantly to prevent him from escaping.


    However, Shi Sho did not make any move to escape, but just stood there blankly, as if he had lost his soul.


    Jiang Xuan stood in front of the stone shovel and said, "Want to return to the Giant Claw Tribe?"


    Shi Zhan raised his head and looked at Jiang Xuan, but he didn''t speak. His desperation made him not want to speak I know it''s hard for you. Anyone who is abandoned by the tribe will be very hard, but, Are you willing to be abandoned? "


    Jiang Xuan said in a persuasive manner: "Anyway, if it were me, I would definitely not be reconciled. I will try my best to prove that it was a wrong choice for the tribe to abandon me."


    Shi Sho finally said, "What can I do if I''m not reconciled?"


    Jiang Xuandao: "Your leader is dead. If you are willing to help us drive the people of the Giant Claw Tribe out of the ground, I can support you as the leader and control the Giant Claw Tribe!"


    "As long as you become the leader of the Giant Claw Tribe, who else would dare to push you out to commit crimes?"


    "As long as you can become the leader of the giant claw tribe, you will have the final say in the future of the tribe, and you can have whatever you want."


    Under the guidance of Jiang Xuan, Shi Shao finally became excited.


    This is the fastest update of my original tribe to provide you with the great **** Yunqingshi. In order to check the fastest update of this book next time, please be sure to save your bookmarks!


    Chapter 264 Want to be a leader? Free to read. https://

 v2 Chapter 265： Shenteng Chuanshan

    , the fastest update This is the latest chapter of my original tribe!


    Shi Sho looked at these clansmen who had been smoked into embarrassment, and his mood was very complicated.


    But this is the end, he can only bite the bullet and go on.


    Jiang Xuan walked to Shi Zhan and asked him, "Have everyone come out?"


    "Most are out."


    "Okay, then only the patron saint of your giant claw tribe is left."


    Shi Sho immediately trembled when he heard the three words "Guardian".


    The tribesmen are in awe of the patron saint. What Shi Shovel is doing now is tantamount to betraying the tribe. Can the patron saint let him go?


    Stone Shovel said dullly: "The giant claw **** can go down and down freely on the ground, you can''t catch it."


    "Really? Then try it."


    After Jiang Xuan shrunk, he had been lying on top of the crescent moon, like a bunch of weeds, and said, "Please let the vine **** take action and capture the giant claw god."


    "Om..."


    Shen Teng slowly escaped from the top of Crescent Moon and flew into the sky.


    Afterwards, the divine vine quickly stretched its branches and became larger and larger, with a green divine light blooming throughout its body.


    "Snapped!"


    A vine swung like a whip, twitching in the air with a terrible sonic boom.


    Soon, the height of the vines was almost the same as that of the mountains, and the thick vines were waving in the sky, as if dozens or hundreds of green dragons were swimming.


    On the ground, when the clansmen of the giant claw tribe saw this scene, everyone was stunned. The terrifying coercion was far more than the giant claw god, which made them feel extremely frightened.


    Those giant-clawed beasts shivered even more, eager to find a hole to burrow into immediately.


    Stone Shovel looked up at the **** vine as huge as a mountain in the sky, and was greatly shocked in his heart.


    At this moment, he finally knew how terrifying the Totem God of the Great Tribe was.


    In contrast, the Giant Claw God, who Shi Shovel thought was very powerful, paled in front of the Vine God.


    In the mountain, in the underground cave, the giant claw **** felt the terrifying aura coming from above, and shivered with fright, then waved two huge claws and began to dig frantically.


    The speed of the giant claw digging is too fast. Whether it is soil or stone, under its sharp claws, it is like tofu dregs, and it is easily dug up.


    It wants to dig a deep hole and escape from the place.


    As for the tribe''s clansmen, it has been ignored.


    Jiang Xuan listened to the movement on the ground and said anxiously: "No, the giant claw **** is going to run!"


    Shen Teng said in a daze: "I can''t run."


    "Whoosh whoosh..."


    A strip of thick and incomparably thick roots grew rapidly, then broke through the soil and burrowed into the ground.


    "Boom..."


    The whole ground trembled, the roots of the vines were too domineering, and the speed of burrowing into the ground was astonishingly fast.


    "Ahhhhhhh..."


    The giant claw **** also realized that the crisis was coming, and its huge claws flashed with black light, digging forward frantically.


    After a while, the giant claw **** had dug through the bottom of the entire mountain and continued to dig to the nearby mountains.


    The roots of the **** vine locked the position of the giant claw **** and followed directly.


    But when the giant claw **** was digging the hole, he did not clear all the soil out, but filled it directly back.


    In this way, it can move forward at the fastest speed, while the roots of the **** vine are blocked by the backfilling soil, and the speed of the pursuit will be slowed down.


    "Boom..."


    The underground continued to roar, and the giant claw **** dug through another mountain and continued to move forward.


    Even the **** vine did not expect the giant claw **** to dig so fast, and its roots could not penetrate the thick soil and rocks for the first time, and entangled the giant claw god.


    "Buzz!"


    God''s vine''s temper also came up, and its vines quickly extended towards the mountains in the direction of the giant claw god, entangling the mountains.


    Afterwards, countless roots grew from the nodules of the vines, took root from all directions, and then wrapped around the Giant Claw God.


    If you look from the sky to the ground, you can see a huge vine, walking through the mountains, the scene is very shocking.


    When the giant claw **** dug through a mountain again, a few thick roots were suddenly dug out in front and wrapped around it.


    "Katha..."


    The giant claw **** was also in a hurry. It bit on one of the roots, and the sharp teeth bit the root into two pieces.


    However, more roots drilled out from the soil in all directions, winding towards the giant claw god.


    Not only that, this time, all the roots were covered with a protective layer of divine power, becoming extremely tough, and the giant claw **** could no longer bite off casually.


    "Whoosh whoosh..."


    Countless roots wrapped the giant claw god, and it could struggle a little at first, but as more and more roots grew, its whole body was entangled by roots, and even the two powerful claws did not. Way to move again.


    Not only that, those roots are almost all-pervasive, along its seven orifices, as well as the pores of the skin, bit by bit into its body.


    It was an extremely scary experience.


    "Ow!"


    The Giant Claw God let out a mournful wailing and twisted his body frantically, but to no avail.


    After Shenteng grabbed the Giant Claw God, he began to pull it to the ground.


    The roots of the **** vine are extremely terrifying, drilling a lot of cracks in the thick soil and rocks, destroying its integrity.


    "Boom..."


    When Shenteng pulled the giant claw up, the ground seemed to have an earthquake, and countless cracks quickly appeared and arched upwards.


    Finally, the giant claw **** was forcibly pulled out of the ground, the earth and rocks on the ground collapsed, and a large and deep pit appeared.


    Afterwards, Shenteng quickly retreated with the Giant Claw God, and finally returned to the mountain where the Giant Claw Tribe was located.


    "boom!"


    The giant claw **** was heavily smashed to the ground, and the blood of the gods flowed out of his mouth and nose, and then was absorbed by the roots of the **** vine.


    "Caught it back, eat it?"


    This time, only Jiang Xuan could hear Shen Teng''s voice.


    "The giant claw tribe is useful to us and cannot be eaten. I trouble the vine **** to keep a seed in its body like a giant frog, so that it will not dare to resist the vine tribe in the future."


    "Okay, as you wish."


    One of the vines of the **** vine quickly grew a flower bag, and then quickly bloomed and fruited. After the fruit withered, only a dark brown seed remained.


    The seed was about the size of a thumb, and it floated to the mouth of the giant claw god.


    The giant claw **** seemed to realize something, with pleading and fear in his eyes, and struggling frantically.


    However, this is bound to be futile.


    The roots of the **** vine got into the mouth of the giant claw god, forcibly pried open its mouth, the seed flew into the giant claw **** along the mouth, and finally appeared in the position of the heart, and quickly took root and sprouted, wrapped around The heart of the giant claw god.


    "Ow..."


    The Giant Claw God let out a wailing sound, and a terrible pain came from its heart, causing it to twitch all over.


    Although the severe pain did not last long, the feeling of pain penetrating into the bone marrow was really tormenting.


    Jiang Xuan walked to the giant claw god.


    The giant claw **** is as huge as a hill, and his size is too small in comparison.


    However, with the Fuji God standing behind him, he has a lot of confidence.


    Jiang Xuan said to the Giant Claw God: "From today onwards, the Giant Claw Tribe is a subsidiary tribe of the Vine Tribe and obeys the dispatch of the Vine Tribe."


    "If you agree, nod your head. If you don''t agree, you, as well as all the giant claw beasts and all the clansmen of the giant claw tribe, will become the nourishment of the Vine God."


    "I have limited patience, you''d better choose quickly."


    Jiang Xuan''s voice was not very loud, but to the Giant Claw God, it sounded like rolling thunder.


    Either surrender or die, this choice is too cruel.


    In the end, the Giant Claw God still believed that life was more important, nodded, and promised to make the Giant Claw Tribe a subsidiary tribe of the Vine Tribe.


    "That''s right, don''t worry, as long as the Giant Claw Tribe works hard and doesn''t have any disagreements, the Vine Tribe will never treat you badly."


    The Giant Claw God didn''t believe Jiang Xuan''s guarantee at all, but in order to survive for himself and for the continuation of the tribe, it had no choice but to bow its head.


    The giant claw gods have surrendered, and the clansmen of the giant claw tribe have no way to resist, they can only surrender one by one.


    When the entire Giant Claw Tribe surrendered, Jiang Xuan pulled the stone shovel to his side and announced to the clansmen of the Giant Claw Tribe:


    "The tribe can''t be without a leader for a day. Starting today, Shi Zhan is the new leader of the Giant Claw tribe. I hope everyone can support him!"


    The clansmen of the giant claw tribe lowered their heads one by one, as if Jiang Xuan was talking about something that had nothing to do with them.


    Shi Zhan stood beside Jiang Xuan, feeling a sense of unease.


    Although Jiang Xuan didn''t lie to him this time, but the giant claw tribe has become like this now, and even the patron saint has been arrested. What''s the point of him being the leader?


    Jiang Xuan whispered to Shi Zhan: "I have given you the position of the leader. You have seen how powerful the Vine tribe is. It is not a bad thing to be a subsidiary tribe of the Vine tribe."


    "If you have the ability, you can rely on the influence of the Vine Tribe to make the Giant Claw Tribe stronger than before!"


    "Whether you want to be like them, be negative, watch the tribe decline bit by bit, or take up this responsibility and lead the giant claw tribe to become stronger, everything depends on your own choice."


    Jiang Xuan''s words finally touched Shi Sho''s heart.


    He slowly raised his head and said, "Boss Xuan, I understand!"


    Although he was once pushed out to commit crimes, Shi Sho still had deep feelings for the Giant Claw Tribe, and he couldn''t just watch the Giant Claw Tribe weaken.


    Shi Sho pointed at the giant claw tribesmen who were **** with five flowers, and said, "Can you untie the ropes on them?"


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said to Uncaria and Shiloh beside him, "Untie them."


    "Yes!"


    Uncaria and Loach took their respective hunting teams to untie the ropes on the giant claw tribesmen and those giant claw beasts one by one.


    After the clansmen of the giant claw tribe were untied, they gathered together one after another, looking at the people of the vine tribe and the incomparably huge divine vine in the sky.


    "Kakaka..."


    Shenteng also took back the roots of the giant claw god, and the giant claw **** regained the ability to act.


    It looked at the **** vine in fear, stepped back step by step, retreated to a relatively far place, immediately got into the soil impatiently, and disappeared in the blink of an eye.


    But this time, it didn''t choose to flee far away, because it was useless to escape, it was already controlled by the divine vine.


    The reason why he got into the hole was just because he didn''t want to face Shenteng.


    This is the fastest update of my original tribe to provide you with the great **** Yunqingshi. In order to check the fastest update of this book next time, please be sure to save your bookmarks!


    Chapter 265 God Vine Chuanshan Free read. https://

 v2 Chapter 266： gold mine

    , the fastest update This is the latest chapter of my original tribe!


    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh tomorrow at noon


    ...


    With the help of Jiang Xuan, Shi Zhan successfully inherited the position of the leader of the giant claw tribe.


    Although his strength is not strong and his ability is not strong, under the pressure of the vine tribe, especially when the terrifying divine vine is still floating in the air, no one from the giant claw tribe dares to object.


    After Shi Zhan took office, the first thing he did was to send people into the underground cave to find out all the clansmen who were fainted or were still hiding.


    The second thing is to take out all the gold collected in the tribe and give it to the Vine tribe.


    "Dang!"


    The stone shovel put half the bag of gold on the ground, opened the bag, and said to Jiang Xuan, "The golden stones we found underground are all here."


    Until now, the stone shovel still thinks that the gold is just a golden stone, not much different from other stones.


    Jiang Xuan picked up the bag and saw that it was full of natural gold. The quantity was astounding. A small part of the gold had been forged into the appearance of knife coins.


    Jiang Xuan picked up a gold knife coin, looked at it carefully, and said, "The craftsmanship is good, who polished it?"


    Shi Sho became nervous and said at a loss: "I polished it with the people in the tribe."


    Jiang Xuan nodded, knowing that Shi Zhan was afraid that the Teng tribe would continue to pursue the matter of making fake knife coins, so he turned to ask something else.


    "Where did you get these golden stones from?"


    "It was dug out of an underground cave."


    "Can you take me to the place where the golden stone was dug up?"


    "Yes, but the cave is relatively deep. If you want to go in, you need to get some more durable torches."


    "Then go get it."


    "Okay, I''ll go right now."


    Stone Shovel turned and entered the settlement of the Giant Claw tribe to get the torches.


    Because they often drill holes, the people of the Giant Claw Tribe are very good at making torches, and the tribe will also prepare various torches for a long time.


    After a while, the stone shovel came over carrying a bundle of torches. There were seven or eight torches in this bundle, all of which were carefully made and resistant to burning.


    "Come on, go down to the ground and have a look."


    Jiang Xuan is very interested in the origin of gold. He believes that the Giant Claw Tribe should have dug a gold mine underground, and it is also a rich mine, otherwise it is impossible to produce so much natural gold with relatively large pieces.


    The stone shovel lit a torch, and then took the lead in getting into a cave. Jiang Xuan, Uncaria, Shiloh, and several warriors from the Vine tribe followed one after another.


    At this time, the cave at the foot of the mountain was no longer burning, but there was still some smoke and a pungent smell in the cave.


    Fortunately, the fumes and smells have been diluted with fresh air to bear.


    The underground caves of the giant claw tribe are criss-crossed, and there are many ventilation openings. There is wind inside.


    As Jiang Xuan moved forward, he looked curiously at the underground world excavated by this giant claw tribe for a hundred years.


    ...


    The follow-up content is repeated, and it will be updated tomorrow morning.


    Try not to subscribe on the day.


    ...


    With the help of Jiang Xuan, Shi Zhan successfully inherited the position of the leader of the giant claw tribe.


    Although his strength is not strong and his ability is not strong, under the pressure of the vine tribe, especially when the terrifying divine vine is still floating in the air, no one from the giant claw tribe dares to object.


    After Shi Zhan took office, the first thing he did was to send people into the underground cave to find out all the clansmen who were fainted or were still hiding.


    The second thing is to take out all the gold collected in the tribe and give it to the Vine tribe.


    "Dang!"


    The stone shovel put half the bag of gold on the ground, opened the bag, and said to Jiang Xuan, "The golden stones we found underground are all here."


    Until now, the stone shovel still thinks that the gold is just a golden stone, not much different from other stones.


    Jiang Xuan picked up the bag and saw that it was full of natural gold. The quantity was astounding. A small part of the gold had been forged into the appearance of knife coins.


    Jiang Xuan picked up a gold knife coin, looked at it carefully, and said, "The craftsmanship is good, who polished it?"


    Shi Sho became nervous and said at a loss: "I polished it with the people in the tribe."


    Jiang Xuan nodded, knowing that Shi Zhan was afraid that the Teng tribe would continue to pursue the matter of making fake knife coins, so he turned to ask something else.


    "Where did you get these golden stones from?"


    "It was dug out of an underground cave."


    "Can you take me to the place where the golden stone was dug up?"


    "Yes, but the cave is relatively deep. If you want to go in, you need to get some more durable torches."


    "Then go get it."


    "Okay, I''ll go right now."


    Stone Shovel turned and entered the settlement of the Giant Claw tribe to get the torches.


    Because they often drill holes, the people of the Giant Claw Tribe are very good at making torches, and the tribe will also prepare various torches for a long time.


    After a while, the stone shovel came over carrying a bundle of torches. There were seven or eight torches in this bundle, all of which were carefully made and resistant to burning.


    "Come on, go down to the ground and have a look."


    Jiang Xuan is very interested in the origin of gold. He believes that the Giant Claw Tribe should have dug a gold mine underground, and it is also a rich mine, otherwise it is impossible to produce so much natural gold with relatively large pieces.


    The stone shovel lit a torch, and then took the lead in getting into a cave. Jiang Xuan, Uncaria, Shiloh, and several warriors from the Vine tribe followed one after another.


    At this time, the cave at the foot of the mountain was no longer burning, but there was still some smoke and a pungent smell in the cave.


    Fortunately, the fumes and smells have been diluted with fresh air to bear.


    The underground caves of the giant claw tribe are criss-crossed, and there are many ventilation openings. There is wind inside.


    As Jiang Xuan moved forward, he looked curiously at the underground world excavated by this giant claw tribe for a hundred years.


    ...


    The underground continued to roar, and the giant claw **** dug through another mountain and continued to move forward.


    Even the **** vine did not expect the giant claw **** to dig so fast, and its roots could not penetrate the thick soil and rocks for the first time, and entangled the giant claw god.


    "Buzz!"


    God''s vine''s temper also came up, and its vines quickly extended towards the mountains in the direction of the giant claw god, entangling the mountains.


    Afterwards, countless roots grew from the nodules of the vines, took root from all directions, and then wrapped around the Giant Claw God.


    If you look from the sky to the ground, you can see a huge vine, walking through the mountains, the scene is very shocking.


    When the giant claw **** dug through a mountain again, a few thick roots were suddenly dug out in front and wrapped around it.


    "Katha..."


    The giant claw **** was also in a hurry. It bit on one of the roots, and the sharp teeth bit the root into two pieces.


    However, more roots drilled out from the soil in all directions, winding towards the giant claw god.


    Not only that, this time, all the roots were covered with a protective layer of divine power, becoming extremely tough, and the giant claw **** could no longer bite off casually.


    "Whoosh whoosh..."


    Countless roots wrapped the giant claw god, and it could struggle a little at first, but as more and more roots grew, its whole body was entangled by roots, and even the two powerful claws did not. Way to move again.


    Not only that, those roots are almost all-pervasive, along its seven orifices, as well as the pores of the skin, bit by bit into its body.


    It was an extremely scary experience.


    "Ow!"


    The Giant Claw God let out a mournful wailing and twisted his body frantically, but to no avail.


    After Shenteng grabbed the Giant Claw God, he began to pull it to the ground.


    The roots of the **** vine are extremely terrifying, drilling a lot of cracks in the thick soil and rocks, destroying its integrity.


    "Boom..."


    When Shenteng pulled the giant claw up, the ground seemed to have an earthquake, and countless cracks quickly appeared and arched upwards.


    Finally, the giant claw **** was forcibly pulled out of the ground, the earth and rocks on the ground collapsed, and a large and deep pit appeared.


    Afterwards, Shenteng quickly retreated with the Giant Claw God, and finally returned to the mountain where the Giant Claw Tribe was located.


    "boom!"


    The giant claw **** was heavily smashed to the ground, and the blood of the gods flowed out of his mouth and nose, and then was absorbed by the roots of the **** vine.


    "Caught it back, eat it?"


    This time, only Jiang Xuan could hear Shen Teng''s voice.


    "The giant claw tribe is useful to us and cannot be eaten. I trouble the vine **** to keep a seed in its body like a giant frog, so that it will not dare to resist the vine tribe in the future."


    "Okay, as you wish."


    One of the vines of the **** vine quickly grew a flower bag, and then quickly bloomed and fruited. After the fruit withered, only a dark brown seed remained.


    The seed was about the size of a thumb, and it floated to the mouth of the giant claw god.


    The giant claw **** seemed to realize something, with pleading and fear in his eyes, and struggling frantically.


    However, this is bound to be futile.


    The roots of the **** vine got into the mouth of the giant claw god, forcibly pried open its mouth, the seed flew into the giant claw **** along the mouth, and finally appeared in the position of the heart, and quickly took root and sprouted, wrapped around The heart of the giant claw god.


    "Ow..."


    The Giant Claw God let out a wailing sound, and a terrible pain came from its heart, causing it to twitch all over.


    Although the severe pain did not last long, the feeling of pain penetrating into the bone marrow was really torturous Jiang Xuan walked to the giant claw god.


    The giant claw **** is as huge as a hill, and his size is too small in comparison.


    However, with the Fuji God standing behind him, he has a lot of confidence.


    Jiang Xuan said to the Giant Claw God: "From today onwards, the Giant Claw Tribe is a subsidiary tribe of the Vine Tribe and obeys the dispatch of the Vine Tribe."


    "If you agree, nod your head. If you don''t agree, you, as well as all the giant claw beasts and all the clansmen of the giant claw tribe, will become the nourishment of the Vine God."


    "I have limited patience, you''d better choose quickly."


    Jiang Xuan''s voice was not very loud, but to the Giant Claw God, it sounded like rolling thunder.


    Either surrender or die, this choice is too cruel.


    This is the fastest update of my original tribe to provide you with the great **** Yunqingshi. In order to check the fastest update of this book next time, please be sure to save your bookmarks!


    Chapter 266 Gold Mine Free Read. https://

 v2 Chapter 267： headed Chinese cabbage

    , the fastest update This is the latest chapter of my original tribe!


    This chapter is not over, please do not subscribe.


    If you have already subscribed, please refresh tomorrow at noon


    ¡­


    After coming out of the gold mine, it was already dark outside.


    Jiang Xuan could only let the warriors of the Veng tribe spend the night in the giant claw tribe. For this reason, the clansmen of the giant claw tribe were very worried, for fear that their little food would be eaten up.


    However, they obviously thought too much. The warriors of the Vine tribe did not ask the Giant Claw tribe for food, but ate the prey they hunted on the road and the dry food they carried.


    As the two most powerful hunting teams of the Vine Tribe, as long as there is prey nearby, they will not go hungry.


    That night, Shi Sho and Jiang Xuan were sitting beside the bonfire. He grilled meat and said worriedly: "Boss Xuan, I''m just a two-color warrior. If you let me be the leader, the clansmen in the tribe will not be convinced."


    "When you were here, the clansmen didn''t dare to say anything. After you left, I''m afraid that my position as the leader will not be stable."


    Shi Zhan''s worries are not groundless. He has noticed that the warriors in the tribe who are stronger than him look at him with disdain or even hatred in their eyes.


    Most of the clansmen of the giant claw tribe believe that the Vine tribe was provoked by the stone shovel, and the old leader was also killed by the stone shovel, and he is the culprit.


    How can such a person be a leader?


    Stone Shovel worried that once the Vine Tribe left, he would be pushed down by the clansmen of the Giant Claw Tribe, or even killed directly.


    Jiang Xuan thought for a while, communicated with Shenteng secretly, and asked Shenteng to order the Giant Claw God to support Shi Zhan as the leader.


    The divine vine glowed slightly, apparently communicating with the giant claw **** with divine soul.


    "Boom..."


    After a while, the giant claw **** reluctantly crawled out of the ground, opened his mouth and sprayed out a burst of divine power at the stone shovel.


    Divine power instantly wrapped the stone shovel and slowly merged into his body.


    "what¡­"


    The muscles on the stone shovel quickly became stronger, the muscles and bones became tougher, and the momentum of the whole person continued to rise.


    When the divine light disappeared, the strength of the stone shovel had been forcibly upgraded to a four-color warrior!


    At the same time, the witch of the giant claw tribe obviously got the instructions of the god, he walked to the stone shovel and announced to all the clansmen: "Oracle, starting from today, the stone shovel is the leader of our giant claw tribe, and he orders no one. Not to be violated."


    "how so?"


    "Why should Shi Sho be the leader?"


    "Don''t say it, this is God''s decision..."


    The clansmen of the Giant Claw Tribe were talking a lot, especially those warriors with relatively strong strength, who were very unconvinced.


    The face of the giant claw tribe witch sank and said, "Are you questioning the will of God?"


    As soon as this sentence came out, and the giant claw **** was in front of him, staring at them coldly, no one from the giant claw tribe dared to speak again.


    "God has made a will, and this matter is decided. Anyone who objects will be expelled from the tribe immediately!"


    The words of the giant claw tribe witch were so harsh, even if the others were dissatisfied, they didn''t dare to say another word, they could only bow their heads one after another.


    ¡­


    The follow-up content is repeated, and it will be updated tomorrow morning.


    ¡­


    After coming out of the gold mine, it was already dark outside.


    Jiang Xuan could only let the warriors of the Veng tribe spend the night in the giant claw tribe. For this reason, the clansmen of the giant claw tribe were very worried, for fear that their little food would be eaten up.


    However, they obviously thought too much. The warriors of the Vine tribe did not ask the Giant Claw tribe for food, but ate the prey they hunted on the road and the dry food they carried.


    As the two most powerful hunting teams of the Vine Tribe, as long as there is prey nearby, they will not go hungry.


    That night, Shi Sho and Jiang Xuan were sitting beside the bonfire. He grilled meat and said worriedly: "Boss Xuan, I''m just a two-color warrior. If you let me be the leader, the clansmen in the tribe will not be convinced."


    "When you were here, the clansmen didn''t dare to say anything. After you left, I''m afraid that my position as the leader will not be stable."


    Shi Zhan''s worries are not groundless. He has noticed that the warriors in the tribe who are stronger than him look at him with disdain or even hatred in their eyes.


    Most of the clansmen of the giant claw tribe believe that the Vine tribe was provoked by the stone shovel, and the old leader was also killed by the stone shovel, and he is the culprit.


    How can such a person be a leader?


    Stone Shovel worried that once the Vine Tribe left, he would be pushed down by the clansmen of the Giant Claw Tribe, or even killed directly.


    Jiang Xuan thought for a while, communicated with Shenteng secretly, and asked Shenteng to order the Giant Claw God to support Shi Zhan as the leader.


    The divine rattan glowed slightly, and UU Reading was obviously using the divine soul to communicate with the giant claw god.


    "Boom..."


    After a while, the giant claw **** reluctantly crawled out of the ground, opened his mouth and sprayed out a burst of divine power at the stone shovel.


    Divine power instantly wrapped the stone shovel and slowly merged into his body.


    "what¡­"


    The muscles on the stone shovel quickly became stronger, the muscles and bones became tougher, and the momentum of the whole person continued to rise.


    When the divine light disappeared, the strength of the stone shovel had been forcibly upgraded to a four-color warrior!


    At the same time, the witch of the giant claw tribe obviously got the instructions of the god, he walked to the stone shovel and announced to all the clansmen: "Oracle, starting from today, the stone shovel is the leader of our giant claw tribe, and he orders no one. Not to be violated."


    This is the fastest update of my original tribe to provide you with the great **** Yunqingshi. In order to check the fastest update of this book next time, please be sure to save your bookmarks!


    Chapter 267 Heading Chinese Cabbage Free Read. https://

 v2 Chapter 268： gold knife coins

    , the fastest update This is the latest chapter of my original tribe!


    Vine tribe, smelting workshop.


    "Chichichi..."


    A piece of natural gold was melted in a clay pot in a blast furnace and poured into a pottery van.


    "It''s beautiful."


    Inside the coinage workshop, the owner of the workshop, White Fang, looked at Tao Fanli''s still liquid gold and exclaimed in admiration.


    The melting point of gold is lower than that of copper.


    Therefore, it was easy for the mint to melt it and pour the gold water into the pottery van.


    Jiang Xuan also stood aside. This was the first time the Veng tribe made gold knife coins, and he wanted to witness this process with his own eyes.


    As the gold gradually cools, the surface solidifies and reflects a very charming golden light.


    When the golden knife coin was completely cooled, White Fang picked up a bronze hammer and smashed Tao Fan lightly, revealing the golden knife coin inside completely.


    White Fang picked up the golden knife coin, flipped through it, found nothing wrong, and presented it directly to Jiang Xuan.


    "Leader, look at it, can you do it this way?"


    Jiang Xuan took over the gold knife coin that had just been cast, and it was much heavier than the bronze knife coin, and it felt more delicate and beautiful.


    However, the bronze knife coins can be used as knives with a little polishing, while the gold knife coins cannot be used as knives.


    Because it is too soft, something that is slightly harder cannot be cut, and the blade will curl.


    It can be said that gold knife coins have little practical value except for ornamental and decoration as handicrafts.


    However, it is an important part of the new currency system that Jiang Xuan intends to build.


    Gold, because of its rarity, wear and corrosion resistance, is naturally suitable for making money.


    However, currencies like gold knives have been separated from the original utility of knives.


    If it can be accepted by various tribes near the Vine tribe, it means that the currency credit system of the Vine tribe has been initially established.


    Bronze knife coins and gem knife coins, because of their practical value, are actually still a kind of goods, but they are only a kind of goods that are highly accepted by various tribes.


    And gold, because the tribesmen have basically never contacted it before, and do not know how to use it. If it can be accepted by various tribes, it must be because of the credit of the Vine tribe.


    This kind of coin can only be circulated if everyone believes that the gold can be exchanged for the required goods when the Veng tribe is obtained.


    The transition from a highly practical currency to a currency endorsed by tribal credit is an extremely important transition.


    Once the gold knife coins are circulated, it means that each tribe will truly change the trading habits of barter. As the leader, the Vine tribe will also gain huge benefits from the future currency system!


    Jiang Xuan looked at the golden knife coin repeatedly, and said to White Fang, "It feels a little rough, and it needs to be polished again to make it smoother and more shiny."


    White Fang nodded and said, "I''ll go and polish it."


    White Fang took the golden knife coin, heated it on a lower stove, took it out with pliers, placed it on a bronze cutting board, and struck it with a hammer.


    This kind of processing method was discovered bit by bit during the casting process of bronze ware. Of course, Jiang Xuan gave them a few words based on the experience of the previous life, so that they could avoid many detours.


    Bronze, not only bronze, according to the needs of the utensils, there are also pure copper and other alloys of copper.


    For example, copper pots are made of pure copper. After casting, they are often rough and need to be heated and polished many times to show the best results.


    "Ding, ding, ding..."


    As White Fang continued to heat and strike, the rough parts of the gold coin were gradually knocked flat and smooth, and the overall lines became smoother.


    When he finished hitting, many fine hammer marks appeared on the gold knife coin. These hammer marks made the gold knife coin look stronger and the reflected golden light was more dazzling!


    But how to polish it?


    White Fang''s method is still the same as grinding a bronze knife coin, directly looking for a sharpening stone.


    However, Jiang Xuan stopped him and gave him a suggestion.


    "Try it with gems."


    Jiang Xuan clearly remembered that in a documentary he watched in a previous life, after the gold was made, it was polished with an agate knife.


    There are many high-quality stones in the coinage workshop, which are used to make gemstone coins.


    Jiang Xuan chose a gem-like knife coin made of agate without a blade, and asked White Fang to use it to polish it.


    White Fang looked at the unsharp gemstone coin, his eyes a little confused.


    Can this thing really make gold knife coins smoother? He had some doubts about it.


    However, since it was the leader who said it, he just had to do as he did, and he didn''t need to question, and he didn''t dare to question.


    White Fang took the uncut gemstone coin and scratched the surface of the gold coin with great effort.


    With the continuous scraping of the gem knife coins and the gold knife coins, a magical scene appeared.


    The gem coin has basically not changed, but the surface of the gold coin has become brighter and brighter. The golden color makes people unable to take their eyes off it.


    The leader is amazing!


    At this moment, White Fang''s admiration for Jiang Xuan rose again.


    Who would have thought that with extremely hard gemstone coins, the gold coins could be polished so smooth and bright.


    "Boss, it''s polished."


    When Bai Ya handed the very smooth and dazzling golden knife coin to Jiang Xuan, the whole person was in a very excited state, and his hands were shaking slightly.


    Jiang Xuan took the golden knife coin, and the rough feeling before was gone, replaced by a smooth touch, and the whole knife coin was golden.


    Facts have proved that high-quality stones like agate can really polish gold, perhaps not just gold, but softer metals such as copper and silver should be able to be polished.


    In fact, what Jiang Xuan didn''t know was that this method of grinding with gems was not actually grinding the gold, but flattening it.


    The reason is that gold has excellent ductility. As long as it is continuously scratched with a smooth and hard object, the uneven part of its surface will slowly expand and eventually become flat.


    White Fang asked in a low voice, "Boss, do you want to put the Gold Knife Coins into the trading area?"


    Jiang Xuan thought for a while and said, "Don''t invest in the trading area for the time being. We must first let the people of each tribe know about gold and like it."


    "After they all like gold, we will introduce gold knives and they will be more accepting."


    White Fang asked again, "Then how do we make the other tribes like gold?"


    Jiang Xuan said with a smile: "Then it depends on the ability of our Teng tribe people. Starting today, some people will be selected to specialize in gold inlay technology."


    "In the future, we will put gold on all kinds of precious ornaments and precious utensils, and even precious weapons can be inlaid with some gold."


    "We want everyone to know that only precious items can be inlaid with gold. Over time, everyone will naturally recognize the value of gold."


    Jiang Xuan looked at the glittering golden knife coin again, and said, "Such a beautiful thing, I believe that the great people of various tribes will like it."


    After Bai Fang heard Jiang Xuan''s words, the admiration in his eyes became even more frenzied.


    In his heart, Jiang Xuan is like an omniscient and omnipotent god.


    Soon, Jiang Xuan selected six skilled people from the three workshops of pottery workshop, stone workshop and smelting workshop, and assigned them a separate room near the coinage workshop, specializing in gold inlay technology.


    They fully figured out the properties of gold and figured out how to set it in various materials.


    Jiang Xuan believes that it will not be long before all kinds of precious items inlaid with gold will appear in the trading area of ??the Veng tribe, and these items will become unique symbols of the goods of the Veng tribe.


    The minting workshop also continued to produce gold knives coins, but the number of these knives coins would not be large, and they would not be put into the trading area for the time being. Instead, they would be stored for later use.


    This is the fastest update of my original tribe to provide you with the great **** Yunqingshi. In order to check the fastest update of this book next time, please be sure to save your bookmarks!


    Chapter 268 Gold Knife Coins to read for free. https://

 v2 Chapter 269： Squirrel Leader

    , the fastest update This is the latest chapter of my original tribe!


    In the middle of the Southern Wilderness, the ancestral land of the rat tribe.


    This is a forest that has been burned by fire. There are a lot of scorch marks in the forest. The collapsed houses have been covered with grass, and the underground caves are also covered with moss.


    The squirrel walked among the ruins, feeling very sad.


    The former rat tribe was once strong and prosperous, but now, it has been torn apart and has no permanent residence.


    He saw a boulder with the totem pattern of the rat tribe carved on it, but it was also damaged, with traces of scorching, smearing, and knocking on it.


    Squirrel stroked the totem pattern, looked at the desolate and ruined tribe, and secretly clenched his fists.


    "If this time, I can successfully become the leader..."


    Squirrel didn''t say the following words, because he knew very well that it was almost impossible to restore the former prosperity and strength of the rat tribe.


    The totem **** of the rat tribe has fallen. Without the protection of the totem god, it is difficult to survive in this dangerous land.


    The squirrel walked around the ruined ancestral land, and then returned to the underside of the large stone engraved with totem patterns. He took out five kinds of paints, a bag of water, and a stone with pits.


    He first poured the black paint into the pit of the stone, then poured some water, stirred it, dipped the paint with his fingers, and painted the totem pattern of the rat tribe on his face.


    The totem pattern of the rat tribe is the image of a rat head with fangs, which looks very fierce.


    Squirrel already didn''t know how many times he had drawn the totem pattern for himself, and he quickly finished drawing it.


    He then dumped the black paint, washed the pits, and started using a second paint.


    The second is green. After he added water and stirred it, he directly drew a horizontal line on the cheeks of his left and right cheeks.


    This is a warrior pattern, which represents the strength of a warrior and is also an honor.


    Warrior patterns are particular. One color can only use green to draw one pattern, two-color warriors use green and red to draw two lines, three-color warriors use green, red, and yellow to draw three lines... and so on.


    The squirrel used to be a relatively weak one-colored warrior, who could only draw a warrior pattern.


    But now, after finishing one painting, he did not stop, and started to mix the second paint to paint the second red warrior pattern.


    After painting the second line, he immediately drew the third yellow warrior pattern and the fourth blue warrior pattern!


    After drawing four warrior patterns in a row, he stopped his slightly trembling hand, feeling indescribably excited.


    This is the first time he has painted the four-color warrior pattern, and he feels like a dream, which is particularly unreal.


    In just one winter, he changed from a weak one-color warrior to a powerful four-color warrior, and no one would believe him.


    But all this is not without cost.


    In the squirrel''s body, the seed left by the vine had sprouted and wrapped his heart, and a green vine grew out of his back.


    This green vine, usually like a tattoo, is hidden under his skin. Once it needs to absorb nutrients, or if the squirrel encounters an accident, it will be revealed.


    New vines need to absorb a lot of nutrients, therefore, squirrels often involuntarily walk into dangerous virgin forests, actively or passively grab prey for the vines.


    When he encounters a prey that he cannot solve, the vine will appear, kill the prey, and absorb the flesh and blood of the prey.


    In return, every time Shenteng draws a prey, he will distribute a part of the essence to the squirrel, strengthening his musculoskeletal muscles, internal organs and so on.


    Therefore, the squirrel''s strength can be rapidly improved in a short period of time and become a powerful four-color warrior.


    At the same time, the squirrel can also take away the skin and teeth of the prey, in exchange for a large amount of materials.


    These supplies, in addition to the things he used, he would bring back to the gathering place and tell others that he stole the things according to his ability.


    He gave some of the things directly to the leader, so that the leader would admire him and even treat him as a cronie, and part of it was privately distributed to some of the Rat tribe warriors he was optimistic about to win people over.


    As Jiang Xuan said, as long as the squirrel does not betray the Vine tribe, this seed will bring him huge benefits.


    But if the squirrel had the idea of ??getting rid of the vine tribe, or even betraying the vine tribe, the **** vine could kill him at any time.


    After painting the totem pattern, the squirrel''s eyes became sharp.


    He checked his weapons, poisoning the blade of each weapon.


    Afterwards, he brought everything, took a last look at the ruined ancestral land and the blurred totem pattern on the boulder, then straightened his back and strode towards the direction of residence.


    His strength is already strong enough, and he doesn''t want to hold back any longer.


    He''s going to kill the leader and take his place!


    That night, the squirrel returned to the vicinity of the residence and hid, and did not show up for the time being.


    The rat tribe warriors who went out to steal and hunt came out of caves one after another, and then disappeared into the forest.


    The rat tribe is different from other tribes, they are used to sleeping during the day and going out at night.


    The squirrel hid in a cave, recharged and continued to wait patiently.


    The night passed quickly.


    The next day, when it was just dawn, the Rat tribe warriors who went out came back one after another.


    At this time, the leader of the rat tribe leading these warriors will appear on the ground to check today''s harvest.


    In the place where the squirrel is, there are about two hundred rat tribesmen. Except for the old and the weak, everyone else needs to go out to hunt, gather and steal.


    As for the sick, immobilized, and disabled clansmen, they would be ruthlessly driven out by the leader, leaving them to fend for themselves in the dangerous virgin forest.


    When the sky gradually brightened, more than 200 clan members gathered, and the leader finally appeared.


    He emerged from a forest with a plump gray rabbit in his hand.


    In the tribal era when everyone could not have enough to eat, as a leader, he also needed to work, and the same was true for the leader of the rat tribe.


    The leader put the gray rabbit on the ground, and then began to check the tribe''s harvest today.


    This is the happiest time of his day, because he can choose the best things for himself from the things he has harvested.


    This is one of the privileges of being a leader.


    The squirrel was refreshed and came out of the cave. He was holding a spear, and there was a large bronze knife coin given to him by Jiang Xuan hidden in the animal skin coat. The blade was sharpened by him and quenched with poison.


    Squirrel bowed his head as usual and quickly walked to the leader''s side.


    The leader was busy choosing good things at this time, and when he saw the squirrel coming, he glanced at him.


    "Squirrel, you came just in time, help me find out which piece of animal meat is the best..."


    The leader paused in the middle of his words, because he saw that there were four warrior marks on the face of the squirrel.


    You know, even the leader himself is only a three-color warrior with only three warrior patterns on his face.


    The leader''s face sank, and he said displeasedly: "Squirrel, you are only a one-colored warrior, what qualifications do you have to draw four warrior patterns? Don''t you want to wipe it off?"


    The squirrel said in a panic: "Boss, I just... just want to have fun... This is wiped, this is wiped..."


    When he was talking, he had already walked to the leader. He held a spear and pretended to look up to wipe the warrior tattoo on his face.


    When he raised his hand to a certain height, his eyes were full of fierce light, and he held the spear in both hands and stabbed the leader fiercely!


    No one expected such a change, including the fact that the squirrel had already been regarded as the leader of the cronies.


    The distance between the two was too close, and when the leader wanted to escape, it was too late.


    "puff!"


    The spear stabbed into the leader''s chest fiercely and spun in a circle.


    "you¡­"


    Blood poured out, and the leader felt that his strength was being quickly drained.


    He wanted to fight back, but the paralyzing feeling in his body made him lose the strength to fight back.


    That spear is poisoned!


    "boom!"


    The squirrel kicked the leader to the ground, drew out his spear, and stabbed him in the neck again.


    "Grumble rumble..."


    "Ho...ho..."


    The leader''s hands covered his neck weakly, his eyes staring at the squirrel, very unwilling.


    All of this is slow to say, and actually only happens for a short period of time.


    When the surrounding rat tribe fighters reacted, the leader had been stabbed to death by the squirrel with two spears.


    "The squirrel killed the leader!"


    "kill him!"


    The leader also cultivated a few real cronies. After these cronies reacted, they immediately held their weapons in anger and rushed towards the squirrel.


    Unfortunately, they are only two-color warriors, and the squirrel is now a four-color warrior.


    "Puff puff!"


    The squirrel easily roamed the siege of several people, and the spear in his hand was constantly stained with blood. Not long after, the cronies of the former leaders also fell in a pool of blood.


    Until they died, they were unwilling to believe that the squirrel had become so powerful.


    Most of the other rat tribes had benefited from the squirrel during this time, and the leader was dead. The squirrel looked very powerful, and for a while, they didn''t know what to do.


    At this moment, Squirrel carried a **** spear and stepped on the chest of the original leader, and said, "From today onwards, I will be your leader. If anyone doesn''t agree, come and try!"


    The clansmen of the Rat Tribe are inherently timid, and now the squirrels look like killing gods, which makes them very afraid, who would dare to go?


    Among them, one of the clansmen who had been captured by the squirrel was the first to shout: "Chief squirrel, chief squirrel..."


    Immediately afterwards, other people who had a good relationship with the squirrel also responded and shouted.


    People follow the herd. When a group of people is shouting, the others can only shout, and they shout loudly, for fear that the squirrels will think they are not convinced and kill them.


    The squirrel finally showed a smile on his face after listening to the shouts of more than 200 clansmen.


    From today onwards, he is no longer a nobody, but a tribal leader who manages more than 200 people!


    Of course, his ambitions don''t stop there. He hopes to incorporate several other forces of the Rat Tribe in the future to rebuild the Rat Tribe and become a real tribal leader!


    This is the fastest update of my original tribe that provides you with the great **** Yun Qingshi. In order to check the fastest update of this book next time, please be sure to save your bookmarks!


    Chapter 269 Squirrel Leader free reading. https://

 v2 Chapter 270： Variation in cutting leaves

    , the fastest update This is the latest chapter of my original tribe!


    Southern Wilderness, Red Ant tribe.


    "Winter, winter, winter..."


    Next to a tree, the broken leaves hit the trunk with his fist, and the heavy force shook the dead branches and leaves.


    The nearby Red Ant tribe warriors also smiled and nodded when they saw the scene.


    Since the elders, it seems that the cutting leaves have changed, and no matter how sloppy they are, they will also do some maverick and eye-catching things.


    The family felt that the cut leaves had grown, and finally they were mature and sensible.


    However, the leader of the Red Ant tribe, Gu Lili, was very worried about this, and would rather cut the leaves to be as condescending as he was, and would rather cut the leaves to work hard.


    Because, Diao Erlang only looked at the eyes and worked hard, but in order to do something that would affect the entire red ant tribe.


    Do things, you will die, and the chances of success are very good.


    Bone is willing to see the leaf cutting adventure.


    Gu Li walked to Chiye, and after he finished hitting the tree, he started to practice bow and arrow again. After hesitating for a long time, he finally said, "Chiye, it''s been hard training, let''s play."


    Chie Ye turned around and glanced at Bone Strength, but did not answer, but continued to practice arrows.


    With practical actions, he rejected his father''s kindness.


    "¡­Ugh¡­"


    Gu Li wanted to say something, but in the tribe, the **** of red ants dared to say anything more, so he could only reluctantly give up persuasion.


    After Gu Li left, Chie Ye glanced at the huge ant nest in the center of the tribe, and then continued training.


    The elder''s last words, like a needle, pierced deeply into his heart.


    If you can get rid of the red ant **** and honor the evil god, then the red ant tribe will be slaves to those red ants forever.


    It''s enough to know the truth. Now that he knows the truth, Qiye will never allow this situation to continue.


    To change everything, the first is to have a strong strength, which is also the reason why Chiye is training hard.


    Only when his own strength has become stronger, he has a certain prestige in the same tribe, and he has mastered his own power. When the opportunity comes, he is qualified to seize it.


    After the training was completed, Cie Ye sent out with a hunting team again, and then he was maverick, but he was consistent with the crowd, integrated into the hunting team, and worked hard to show his strength and gain the recognition of the members of the hunting team.


    ¡­


    Southern Wilderness, Mountain Turtle Tribe.


    "Il..."


    There was a sharp bird song in the air, and the giant mountain tortoises on the ground raised their heads. After seeing a huge purple fierce bird, they all lowered their heads. Those who rested continued to rest, and those who preyed continued to hunt.


    There were many, and the dumplings fell, and the grass outside the Turtle Tribe fell.


    Jiang Xuan jumped from the back of the dumplings and fell to the ground.


    In addition to Jiang Xuan, the Jiteng tribe warriors also carry the dumplings, responsible for moving some goods from the dumplings.


    Every spring, the mushroom forest near the mountain turtle tribe will grow a lot of magic mushrooms, and the magic mushrooms have the strongest effect and the best effect.


    Whenever he waited, Jiang Xuan would take him to the Mountain Turtle Tribe for a trip, trade the magical mushrooms of the Mountain Turtle Tribe with various goods, bring them back to enhance the strength of the tribal warriors, or sell them in the trading area.


    "Hahaha, Chief Xuan, I finally hoped for it."


    Shan Jia, still wearing the iconic tortoise shell, swayed to Jiang Xuan''s face with a bright smile on his face.


    Jiang Xuan chatted with each other for a while, and then walked into the mountain turtle tribe together.


    After entering the tribe, the first thing to do is to trade the magic mushroom.


    The trading of the Vine Tribe and the Mountain Turtle Tribe has been done many times, and the process is very smooth.


    Later, Shan Jia invited Jiang Xuan to the place where he lived to eat mushroom skewers.


    The relationship between the two sides is already very good. Jiang Xuan is very skilled in helping the golin wash and cut the mushrooms.


    Jiang Xuan cut the mushrooms and said, "This winter, the Southern Wilderness will be here."


    "Southern Wilderness?"


    The goblin who was cutting the meat stopped moving, his breathing became short, and his eyes were fixed on Jiang Xuan.


    "Don''t get excited, calm down, but you dare to tell me about the Southern Wilderness Department."


    Shan Jia took a deep breath and forced himself to calm down: "Excited, excited..."


    Jiang Xuan continued to cut mushrooms: "I remember everything about Cituo, and I even looked at it for me."


    "...Have you seen the remains of the old turtle god?"


    "I see,...are you sure you can calm down?"


    Shan Jia took a deep breath again, "OK."


    Jiang Xuan nodded and began to talk about the shedding of the old turtle god.


    "After arriving at the department, I first found the Crocodile Tribe. The Crocodile Tribe met the Blacktooth Tribe, and then I asked about the shedding of the old turtle god."


    "The Black Teeth Tribe told me that the old turtle god''s remains are indeed returned, and it''s in the Red Ant Tribe."


    "After that, I found the red ant tribe, and found the remains of the old turtle god, and found..."


    "What did you find?" Shan Jia asked eagerly.


    "It was found that the slough of the old turtle **** has been built into a house by the red ant tribe for the heavy objects to live in."


    "What? Damn red ants, how dare..."


    Shan Jia''s emotions were out of control in an instant. The Shan Gui tribe has spread the story of the old turtle **** from generation to generation, and they highly respect the old turtle god.


    How can I be angry when I hear that the old turtle god''s remains were built into a house by the enemy of that year?


    "Calm down, leader of the mountain armor, promise to stay calm..."


    Jiang Xuan''s words made the angry mountain armor regain some sense, but his face was still very ugly, and his eyes were filled with hatred and anger.


    After a long time, Shan Jia asked in a hoarse voice, "Is the current red ant tribe strong?"


    "It''s very strong. The red ant tribe is still a tribe. The surrounding tribes have been wiped out or forced away, and they occupy a lot of territory."


    "tribe¡­"


    Shan Jia uttered the three words again, and his mood became bitter.


    After so many years, the red ant tribe is still a strong tribe, but the mountain turtle tribe has become weak.


    Even if the heart is revenge, the strength is completely enough.


    Anger, hatred, powerlessness and other emotions intertwined in his heart, causing the mountain giraffe to vomit blood in depression.


    Jiang Xuan finished cutting the mushroom, mixed it with animal meat, skewered it on wooden sticks, and grilled it on a charcoal fire.


    "The mountain turtle leader, although the tribe, but the mountain turtle tribe may not have a chance to win."


    Shan Jia asked consciously, "How to win?"


    "Even if it''s the same, cooperate with the Vine tribe."


    "Cooperation?"


    "That''s right, the Vine Tribe needs allies to rely on. The Mountain Turtle Tribe wants to return to the tribe and defeat the Red Ant Tribe. It can only be achieved through cooperation."


    The mountain beetle is silent for a momentThe Vine tribe is much stronger than the mountain turtle tribe..."


    Jiang Xuan interrupted: "The rattan tribe is also very weak, even like the mountain turtle tribe. Since the rattan tribe can rise, the mountain turtle tribe must be too."


    "Only willing, the Vine tribe will become stronger with help."


    "Thank you, Chief Xuan, this matter needs to be discussed by Wu."


    Yu cautious, Shan Jia did not immediately agree to Jiang Xuan''s seemingly tempting conditions.


    "What''s the matter, of course we have a good discussion. Anyway, I''m in a hurry. Let''s grill the mushroom skewers first..."


    Jiang Xuan did not force Shanjiama to express his stance. After all, it would take a long time to prepare for a joint effort, so he was in a hurry.


    During the process of picking up the barbecue, Shan Jia was obviously a little more attentive.


    Jiang Xuan also wanted to grill the mushroom skewers by himself, just taking the opportunity to improve his skills.


    This is the fastest update of my original tribe that provides you with the great **** Yun Qingshi. In order to check the fastest update of this book next time, please be sure to save your bookmarks!


    Chapter 270 Variation of Leaf Cutting Free read. https://

 ~： explain 1

    Some book lovers should be curious, where did the author die during this time?


    The update is half dead, the number of words is still small, is it floating or giving up treatment?


    Actually neither.


    During this period of time when the author built a house at home, he was under a lot of pressure and was very busy. Many times, he really couldn''t write.


    Before, I used to post part of it every day, and then make up part of it, which made it difficult for many book friends to read it. Later, I just wrote it and then posted it. I didn¡¯t post it when it was not finished.


    In the past few days, in addition to being busy with the house, the author also took time out to go out to some places, such as caves, deep mountains and old forests, and cities. clear.


    The good news is that the house is about a week away from completion.


    There are still a few months before the New Year. The author will work hard to update it and earn some manuscript fees for the New Year.


    By the way, in a few days, I plan to visit the Maba people site and learn more about the living environment of primitive people.


    Thank you to the book friends who never give up.

 ~： In view of the fact that some book friends said that I was captured by primitive people

    I decided to post some pictures taken after the visit on the comment, to prove that I was not arrested and was visiting.


    Primitive man statue.


    Primitive human skull.


    Bows and arrows.


    Pottery made by primitive people in the Neolithic Age.


    Stone tools made by primitive people.


    Animal bones and fossils.

 v2 Chapter 271： wheelbarrow

    , the fastest update to the latest chapter!


    When Jiang Xuan left the Shangui tribe, Shanjia still hadn''t considered whether to accept the help of the Vine tribe.


    Although the tribal people have little knowledge, they are not stupid. They know that the more attractive the conditions, the greater the price to pay.


    What''s more, the Mountain Turtle Tribe is cautious by nature, and they don''t even believe that the Vine Tribe will help them for free.


    They prefer equivalent exchanges and feel more secure in their hearts.


    Jiang Xuan did not insist, he believed that one day the Mountain Turtle Tribe would understand that only by following in the footsteps of the Vine Tribe could they become stronger.


    After dinner, Jiang Xuan returned to the tribe with a large number of magical mushrooms that he had obtained from the trade.


    ¡­


    At the end of April, the warm and humid spring passed quietly, and the hot and rainy summer arrived.


    "Huhuhu..."


    At noon on April 30, the sky was suddenly covered with dark clouds, and the wind was so strong that the treetops were bent down. The branches and leaves rubbed against each other in the strong wind, making a "rustling" sound.


    "Boom..."


    After a while, the dark clouds became thicker and thicker, and there was a muffled sound of thunder in the dark clouds, and snake-shaped lightning flashed in the dark clouds.


    "Crash..."


    In an instant, the pouring rain came from far to near, like a waterfall, washing the ground recklessly.


    It was raining heavily outside the house, but Jiang Xuan in the house was not affected much, because the roof tiles had just been repaired not long ago, so there is no need to worry about water leakage.


    He was sitting at the table, intently pinching a model out of clay.


    He was pinching a wheelbarrow.


    In fact, the stability of a two-wheeled or three-wheeled vehicle is higher, but the requirements for the condition of the road surface are also higher.


    In the virgin forest near the Veng tribe, it is obviously a huge project to open up a smooth road, which consumes countless manpower and material resources. In terms of the current productivity of the Veng tribe, it is simply unaffordable.


    A wheelbarrow is different.


    A wheelbarrow is a very light means of transport, it can adapt to various complex and difficult terrains, and is very suitable for the place where the vine tribes live.


    Jiang Xuan squeezed the frame first. The frame has two long handles, and there are two support frames below the handle connected to the body.


    Finally, he pinched another wheel and glued it under the body.


    The construction of the wheelbarrow is very simple. Jiang Xuan quickly pinched it and placed it on the table.


    The wheel of the unicycle and the two supporting frames are triangular, which firmly supports the whole vehicle so that it will not roll over.


    "The most troublesome thing about making a unicycle is the wheel and the bearing. The wheel can always be made by a woodworker with a little effort, but this bearing is more troublesome."


    Jiang Xuan frowned. The common ball bearing in the previous life could not be manufactured with the existing industrial technology, because it was too precise.


    It is a bit difficult for the tribal people to manufacture high-precision ball bearings.


    But there is no bearing, only one axle is not enough, the hole in the center of the wheel will become bigger and bigger, the axle will be finer and finer, a wheelbarrow will be scrapped quickly, and the person who pushes it will be very laborious.


    "What kind of bearings are there that the current rattan tribe can manufacture and are durable?"


    Jiang Xuan first thought of the sleeve bearing with the simplest manufacturing method.


    The so-called bush bearing is actually a wide metal ring on the axle, and a metal ring on the center hole of the axle, and adding lubricating grease to it can reduce the problem of excessive wear between the wood.


    Of course, this kind of bush bearing is essentially two metal rings that hurt each other. Even if lubricating grease is added, the fate of being worn out cannot be avoided.


    Moreover, there is currently no metal with high hardness, high toughness, and wear resistance in the rattan tribe.


    Whether it is bronze or gold, the service life of the manufactured bushing bearing is not very ideal.


    The most ideal material for bushing bearings is steel, because it has high hardness, stronger toughness than bronze, and better wear resistance.


    However, it is not easy to smelt high-quality steel. With the current smelting process of the Fuji tribe, they can only smelt unusable low-quality iron.


    Therefore, Jiang Xuan rejected the plan to manufacture bushing bearings. This thing is laborious to push, not durable, and has poor load-bearing capacity.


    Provide you with the fastest update of "This Is My Primitive Tribe" by the great **** Yun Qingshi!


    Chapter 271 Wheelbarrow free reading: https://,!


    ¡º¡», update the latest chapter as soon as possible!


    powerful.


    Jiang Xuan continued to ponder, and kneaded some ball bearing parts with clay, staring at those parts, trying to find a replacement.


    Jiang Xuan has a bad habit, that is, when he is thinking, his hand will always play with some small things unconsciously.


    Sometimes it was a small dead branch, which was broken into many small pieces by him.


    Sometimes it is a small pebble, which is constantly played by him.


    Today, he only had clay on hand, so he squeezed a small piece of clay and kept twisting it.


    He thought hard but didn''t think of an alternative, and could only bow his head in distress.


    At this time, the small piece of clay had been twisted into strips by him, very round.


    He stared at the clay that had turned into strips for a while, and a flash of inspiration suddenly occurred to him, and he thought of a way to replace the **** in the bearing.


    That is to use cylindrical rollers instead of balls.


    First of all, it is much easier to manufacture a cylinder than a ball, and it has a large force-bearing area and requires less hardness of the manufacturing material.


    Jiang Xuan vaguely felt that he seemed to have seen this kind of bearing somewhere in his previous life, but the impression was too shallow, and he was not sure.


    Jiang Xuan immediately twisted some cylindrical rollers with clay, then squeezed the inner sleeve and outer sleeve of the bearing, and put the cylindrical roller into the gap between the two sleeves.


    Although the workmanship is very rough and the material is wrong, Jiang Xuan immediately determined the feasibility of this thing after seeing the model of the cylindrical bearing.


    The only thing to note is that a cover plate needs to be added on both sides of the cylindrical bearing to prevent the cylindrical rollers from falling out.


    However, it is not enough to have a model. It is necessary to manufacture a real cylindrical bearing to know whether this thing can be used or not.


    Jiang Xuan carefully brought the unicycle model and cylindrical bearing model made of clay and went to the wood workshop and smelting workshop.


    By this time, the rain had stopped, the dark clouds had cleared, the sky had cleared up again, and the forest was filled with a grassy aroma and rich water vapor.


    He first came to the wood workshop, gave the model of the wheelbarrow to the owner Huai, and told him the manufacturing method of wooden wheels.


    The main body of the unicycle is not difficult to manufacture, but it only needs to use more tenon-and-mortise structures.


    Since the rattan tribe has bronze tools, it is not difficult to manufacture wooden wares with tenon and mortise structure, and they have accumulated a lot of experience.


    The manufacture of the wheel is a little more troublesome, but the Teng tribe now has a tool such as a ruler, and Jiang Xuan taught them to draw a circle by connecting two points, as long as it takes some effort, the wheel can always be made.


    After Jiang Xuan explained the manufacturing method and precautions of the unicycle, he seriously said to Huai Huai:


    "The wheelbarrow is very important to our Vine tribe. You can think of it as a livestock that doesn''t need to graze, drink, or rest."


    "With a wheelbarrow, it will be more convenient for our Fuji tribe to transport things in the future, and the clansmen will not have to work so hard."


    Huai nodded heavily: "Don''t worry, boss, even if I don''t eat or sleep, I have to make a wheelbarrow!"


    "it is good!"


    Jiang Xuan patted Huai on the shoulder: "I believe in your ability, work hard, the tribe will not treat you badly."


    Huai got the approval of the leader, and he was even more excited. Without saying a word, he immediately picked up the tools, picked wood and started to manufacture the main part of the wheelbarrow.


    Jiang Xuan stood aside and watched for a while, but found no problems, so he quietly left and went to the smelting workshop.


    After arriving at the smelting workshop, Jiang Xuan pointed to the parts made of clay and explained the manufacturing method and function of cylindrical bearings in detail to the workers who were good at casting bronze ware.


    Cylindrical bearings are actually not complicated. The only thing that determines the upper limit of its performance is the material and accuracy.


    After the workers listened carefully to Jiang Xuan''s explanation, they immediately started to manufacture Tao Fan, preparing to pour the parts of the cylindrical bearing.


    That night, the first set of cylindrical bearing parts was born in the smelting workshop.


    However, when assembling, Jiang Xuan discovered that the inner ring of the bearing and the outer casing did not match very well, and the cylindrical bronze rollers were not very consistent in size.


    The end result is what they spent most of the day making


    Provide you with the fastest update of "This Is My Primitive Tribe" by the great **** Yun Qingshi!


    Chapter 271 Wheelbarrow free reading: https://,!


    ¡º¡», update the latest chapter as soon as possible!


    It can''t be used, it just has the appearance of a cylindrical bearing.


    Jiang Xuan encouraged: "It doesn''t matter, continue to work hard tomorrow, I believe you will succeed."


    The soldiers of the smelting workshop were not very emotional. They greatly underestimated the difficulty of making this thing.


    However, the tribesmen will not give up easily, not to mention the support and encouragement of the leader.


    The second day, the third day... For the next half month, the soldiers of the smelting workshop were constantly trying to make usable cylindrical bearings.


    On May 10, the main body and wheels of the unicycle were first manufactured by the wood workshop.


    On May 18, the core component of the unicycle, the cylindrical bearing, was finally successfully manufactured by the soldiers of the smelting workshop. Each cylindrical roller was hand-polished and calibrated to ensure the same size of the rollers.


    On May 19th, the first unicycle of the Veng tribe was born under Jiang Xuan''s own hands!


    "Finally successful!"


    Jiang Xuan checked the unicycle one last time and found no problems, so he put something on the unicycle and pushed it out the door.


    Provide you with the fastest update of "This Is My Primitive Tribe" by the great **** Yun Qingshi!


    Chapter 271 Wheelbarrow free reading: https://,!


    ¡º¡»

 v2 Chapter 272： The hunting party is in trouble

    In the Veng tribe residential area, Jiang Xuan pushed the wheelbarrow slowly on the road.


    This strange means of transport immediately attracted the attention of the tribesmen, especially those children, all of them gathered around, chatteringly discussing what it was.


    Jiang Xuan stopped, patted the unicycle, smiled and said to one of the children, "Tiandong, sit up!"


    Asparagus, the son of Uncaria, is three years old this year.


    The tribal people in this world are very strong, and a three-year-old child is already very agile.


    "I am coming!"


    Xiao Tiandong ran over excitedly, quickly climbed onto the frame of the unicycle, and sat on the left, feeling very fresh.


    Jiang Xuan let another child sit on the right side of the wheelbarrow, and then pushed the two children forward.


    This time, there were more people watching, and everyone was chatting and discussing, guessing what this kind of thing was used for.


    "I think it''s used as a mount. You see, it has a circle as its feet and runs very fast."


    "Yes, yes, the leader let the two children sit up."


    "You''re wrong, I think it''s for fighting..."


    ¡­


    Everyone was discussing fiercely, their voices attracted more people, and the crowd of onlookers became larger and larger.


    When Jiang Xuan pushed the two children to the open space in the center of the residential area, the crowd of clansmen were already crowded, and the guards had to come over to maintain order.


    Nan Xing walked over to Jiang Xuan, stared at the unicycle curiously for a while, and finally couldn''t help asking, "Boss, what is this?"


    "Fairy Wood"


    "It''s called a wheelbarrow. It can carry people or pull a lot of goods. You can think of it as a livestock that doesn''t need to eat grass or drink water. Of course, the livestock can walk by themselves, and the wheelbarrow needs to be pushed by people."


    Jiang Xuan looked at the onlookers and said, "I have already demonstrated to you how a unicycle can carry people. Now I will show you how it can pull goods."


    Jiang Xuan asked people to bring some animal skin bags, tied them firmly to the frame of the unicycle with ropes, and then pushed the unicycle forward.


    As he pushed forward, he explained: "In the past, we either carried things directly, asked someone to carry them together, or carried them with our shoulders. Not only was it very hard, but there were very few things we could carry."


    "Now, with a wheelbarrow, as long as the road is easy to walk, one person can transport the goods that could only be carried by several people in the past, and the work efficiency is greatly improved."


    Jiang Xuan demonstrated the use of a unicycle to the people of the Teng tribe, including turning and braking.


    Afterwards, he asked the crowd, "Who is willing to come and try?"


    A teenage fighter was the first to shout, "I want to try."


    "I want to try too!"


    "I also want¡­"


    Everyone stepped forward, eager to try.


    Jiang Xuan said with a smile: "Don''t mess around, come one by one."


    One by one, the young warriors tried to push the wheelbarrow, and when the wheel turned, they shouted with excitement, and the crowd was filled with joy.


    At this time, Jiang Xuan instead stood outside the crowd, found a big rock to sit down, and looked at the lively crowd with a sense of satisfaction in his heart.


    Not long after, Jiang Xuan saw that the leader of the engineering team, Clay, was also in the crowd, so he beckoned him to come over.


    "leader."


    The red clay walked in front of Jiang Xuan. Due to working every day and being exposed to the wind and the sun, his skin was close to bronze, his hands were broad and rough, and the whole person looked more honest and reliable.


    Jiang Xuan pointed to the unicycle and said, "In the future, our Fuji tribe will manufacture a large number of vehicles, not only unicycles, but also two-wheelers and tricycles..."


    "Although these vehicles don''t need food and water, compared to those animals, they need a smoother road to transport things better. Therefore, I need your engineering team to repair the road and be able to walk on the road."


    Red Earth asked in a low voice, "Boss, where do you want to repair?"


    "First, repair the main roads near the tribe, especially the road between the crops and the warehouse. As long as the road is repaired, and then build some vehicles, it will be much more convenient for the planting team to transport fertilizer, grain and vegetables, and straw in the future."


    Clay asked again, "Boss, how wide should the road be built?"


    Jiang Xuan thought about it, made a gesture, and said, "Make it two meters wide."


    The Veng tribe has already manufactured a batch of bronze rulers with the same scale, and the engineering team naturally has them, so the red soil knows how wide the road will be.


    "There are still a few ditches in the new cropland that have not been completed. I can send some people to repair the road."


    Jiang Xuan waved his hand and said, "Don''t worry, it''s summer now. Flood control is more important than road building. Those crops are our winter rations. Let''s build roads after we finish repairing the ditches."


    "Yes, we will fix the ditch as soon as possible and then start building the road."


    Jiang Xuan patted Hongtu''s generous shoulder and said, "Thank you for your hard work."


    Hongtu hurriedly said: "It''s not hard work, we just do some rough work."


    Jiang Xuan discussed some details about the road construction with Hongtu again, and then Hongtu left in a hurry. He was going to watch the progress of the construction of the ditch.


    Jiang Xuan planned to go to the smelting workshop and the woodworking workshop to let them make more wheelbarrows and try to make two-wheeled carts.


    However, just as he was halfway there, a soldier hurried over.


    "Boss, something happened to the hunting team."


    "What happened?"


    Jiang Xuan''s expression suddenly became serious. The hunting team is one of the strongest combat powers of the Vine tribe. Once something goes wrong, the consequences will be very serious.


    "I don''t know exactly what happened. I heard that I suffered a big loss outside."


    "Has anyone come back?"


    "came back."


    "Where, take me there."


    "Yes."


    The soldier immediately led the way in front, and Jiang Xuan followed in the direction of Ximen.


    When Jiang Xuan walked near the vine wall in the west gate, he saw the hunting team walking back at a glance.


    Strangely, there was no blood on the fighters of the first hunting team, and there was no reduction, but everyone was downcast.


    In addition, every time the hunting team came back, they would bring some prey more or less, but this time, Jiang Xuan did not see a single prey.


    This is obviously abnormal.


    "Uncaria, what''s the matter with you?"


    Jiang Xuan found Uncaria, the leader of the hunting team, and asked him.


    Uncaria lowered his head in shame and said, "S... Chief, I''m sorry for the tribe."


    Jiang Xuan frowned and said, "Be clear, what happened?"


    "All of our prey has been stolen, and even some of our weapons have been stolen."


    "Everything was stolen?"


    Jiang Xuan felt a little weird.


    The Hunting Team is one of the strongest teams of the Vine Tribe. It fights all kinds of ferocious beasts and people from various tribes all year round. Logically speaking, UU Kanshu should be very vigilant.


    Moreover, there are so many people in the hunting group, even the rat tribe that is best at stealing can''t steal everything in front of everyone, right?


    Uncaria''s head was lower, and he could not wait to find a seam to get in: "We... we were plotted, and the other party didn''t know what method they used to make us all fall asleep at night."


    "When we woke up the next day, the prey had already been stolen, and some good weapons were also stolen."


    Uncle Teng said with a heart for more than one season: "Fortunately, the other party only steals things and has no intention of killing, otherwise, we may not be able to come back alive..."


    After Jiang Xuan listened to Uncaria''s narration, his brows furrowed tightly.


    In the end, which tribe has such great ability, and unexpectedly made the entire hunting team fall asleep?


    If such a method is used to kill people, the consequences are simply unimaginable.


    https://


    :. Mobile version reading website:

 v2 Chapter 273： strange forest

    The hunting team suffered such a big loss, of course the Vine tribe couldn''t just let it go.


    The most important thing is that this mysterious tribe is too terrifying. It has the ability to put large groups of people to sleep at the same time. If this ability is used to kill people, the consequences will be disastrous.


    Jiang Xuan would never allow such a terrible threat to exist near the Veng tribe.


    He first appeased the soldiers of the first hunting team, and then immediately had the wind grass retrieved.


    In the yard, Jiang Xuan stood by the pool with his hands behind his back, his expression very solemn.


    "leader."


    Feng Cao hurried over, because he ran too fast, he was slightly panting, and his chest was constantly heaving.


    "Do you know everything about the hunting team?"


    "Know."


    "No matter what method you thorn vines use, find out the tribe that stole things!"


    "Yes!"


    Feng Cao didn''t say a word of nonsense, just agreed, then turned around and left.


    After several years of development, the thorn vine has become a huge organization. It is like a huge spider web, covering the vine tribe and all the tribes in a wide range around it.


    As long as any spider silk has been passed, it will definitely leave traces, let alone such a big event.


    Jiang Xuan believes that no matter how difficult it is, the thorn vines will definitely be able to catch people out.


    Soon, Anzi disguised as tourists and hidden in various tribes began to move. They collected all the abnormal intelligence of various tribes and tourists, and then gathered them into the hands of Fengcao.


    Feng Cao selected and analyzed information that might be related to the theft of prey and weapons from the Vine tribe''s hunting team from various information.


    Intelligence work requires meticulous observation, great patience, and strong analytical and associative abilities.


    This is not an easy job.


    Fortunately, Fengcao has extraordinary talents, coupled with her own diligence and hard work, the thorn vines have developed very well under her management.


    Two days later, Thorny Vine got a very crucial piece of information from a tourist.


    In the southwest of the Vine tribe, there is a strange forest. As long as the creatures approaching this forest, whether it is a variety of beasts or people, will suddenly fall into a deep sleep.


    The tourist had been to the forest once, and just approached the edge of the forest, he fell into a deep sleep for no reason, and hurriedly escaped the forest after waking up.


    When Jiang Xuan heard this, he immediately summoned the tourist and asked him about the details.


    Unfortunately, the tourist couldn''t figure out what was going on, but fell into a deep sleep inexplicably, and left in a hurry after getting up, and failed to provide any valuable information.


    Feng Cao on the side said: "Boss, why don''t I bring someone in to find out."


    "No." Jiang Xuan shook his head and said, "Since it is close to that forest, it will fall into a deep sleep. It is useless to bring many people, but it may be dangerous."


    "so what should I do now?"


    Jiang Xuan pondered for a moment and said, "There are many things that can make people fall asleep instantly, such as poisonous smoke, poisonous smells, poisonous plants, animals, etc. Anyway, they are all related to poison."


    "If we can prevent ourselves from being poisoned, we won''t fall into a deep sleep."


    But how can you prevent yourself from being poisoned?


    Jiang Xuan also felt troubled about this.


    There is no such thing as a universal antidote. Even if a drug can detoxify most poisons, it will still fail when it encounters relatively rare poisons.


    Therefore, the method of taking the antidote in advance will not work.


    The second way is to wrap the whole body with airtight clothes and wear a gas mask.


    But with the current conditions, if you want to make completely airtight clothes and gas masks, there is simply no such condition.


    Then, there is only one last way - to find Fujishen.


    One of the most important reasons why tribal people fanatically worship the totem **** is that the totem **** is so powerful that it can not only protect the tribe, but also provide a lot of help.


    Jiang Xuan believed that with the current strength of the Vine God, no matter what the strangeness of the forest could be, they would be able to protect their safety.


    Jiang Xuan explained a few words to Feng Cao, and then immediately went to the altar.


    After arriving at the altar, Jiang Xuan first told the Fujishen about the hunting team, and then asked the Fujishen to go to the forest with them to provide protection for the soldiers.


    "Katha..."


    God Vine didn''t have any nonsense, directly separated a thick vine from the huge main stem, and then quickly shrank, wrapped around Jiang Xuan''s left arm.


    "Thank you Fuji God."


    Jiang Xuan glanced at the divine vine on his arm, and felt a lot more peaceful in his heart.


    He returned to the yard and said to the soldier guarding the door, "Go and find the Uncaria leader."


    "Yes!"


    The guard immediately trotted to find Uncaria.


    Not long after, Uncaria came to Jiang Xuan''s yard. He glanced at Fengcao and the tourist, guessing that it was related to the previous incident.


    "Chief, have you found those who poached prey and weapons?"


    "Not yet, but we found a strange forest, I guess it may be related to those people."


    Jiang Xuan didn''t sell anything, and told the visitor what happened before.


    "A forest that will fall asleep when you approach it?"


    Uncaria recalled the incident when he fell into a deep sleep and was stolen from his prey and weapons, and only felt a creepy feeling.


    "Boss, what should we do now?"


    Jiang Xuan said as a matter of course: "Of course, I went to that forest to find out the situation. Are things from our Vine tribe so easy to steal?"


    "But...would it be too dangerous..."


    After saying this, Uncaria immediately explained: "Boss, I''m not afraid of death, it''s just that so many people in the previous hunting team failed to defend, I''m worried..."


    Jiang Xuandan said firmly: "Don''t worry, the Vine God will go with us."


    "Really? That''s great!"


    Hearing this sentence, the hanging heart finally let go.


    Now that Fujisami has gone in person, there will definitely be no more accidents.


    "Leader, UU reading I will go back and gather the soldiers of the hunting team and go to that forest."


    Jiang Xuan nodded, and then instructed: "Remember to bring some antidote, I suspect that so many of you were sleeping before, it was poisoning."


    "The First Cause of All Realms"


    Uncaria said: "Okay, I''ll go to the witch hospital to get the antidote."


    Today, the witch hospital has become one of the most important places for the Vine tribe. Whether the tribe is injured, sick, or going out hunting, they will go to the witch hospital to get some medicine.


    These drugs are provided free of charge and do not require payment of knives.


    Of course, the people of the Vine tribe also need to work for the tribe for free.


    Soon, Uncaria went to the witch hospital to get a lot of antidote, assembled all the soldiers of the hunting team, followed Jiang Xuan to the mysterious forest, and the tourist was responsible for leading the way.


    https://


    :. Mobile version reading website:

 ~： Today is the authors birthday.

that is it.


    thank you all.

 v2 Chapter 274： stinging fly

    To the southwest of the Vine Tribe is the direction of the Great Swamp and the direction of the Mountain Turtle Tribe.


    The big swamp is vast and boundless, and even the mountain turtle tribe only occupies a small corner. In addition, the mountain turtle is not fond of moving, and the scope of activities is not large.


    But the Vine tribe is different. With the continuous growth of the Vine tribe and the acquisition of two subordinate tribes, their hunting range is constantly expanding.


    For example, in the Great Swamp, in addition to the vicinity of the territory of the Mountain Turtle Tribe, the hunting team of the Vine Tribe has opened up several hunting routes.


    Of course, there are also risks. For example, this time the hunting team opened up a new route. Although the prey was harvested a lot, it was all stolen, and even the weapons were caught.


    Three days later, a large number of cavalry from the Vine tribe appeared in front of a forest near the Great Swamp.


    Jiang Xuan sat on the back of the black wind rhinoceros Crescent Moon, holding a bronze spear, and stopped in front of the forest.


    Next to Jiang Xuan, on the back of another black wind rhinoceros, the tourist in charge of leading the way hid behind a vine tribe warrior, and pointed at the forest in front of him tremblingly: "That''s it... that''s it."


    Jiang Xuan stared at the forest in front of him. This forest is very primitive and doesn''t seem to be much different from other forests.


    But Jiang Xuan noticed a layer of mist shrouded above the forest, and also keenly smelled a rotten smell.


    "Pfft!"


    At this moment, a soldier who was in charge of exploring the road in front suddenly fell from the back of his mount, and everyone was shocked.


    "I''m going to save him!"


    Uncle Teng rushed over riding the Black Wind Rhino without hesitation. After running to the soldier''s side, he carried him onto the Rhino''s back and immediately ran back to the team.


    "Go back first!"


    Jiang Xuan gave an order, and everyone stepped back one after another, and many people had expressions of horror on their faces.


    The pathfinder soldier didn''t receive any obvious attack, and suddenly fell down while walking. This situation is really terrifying.


    Even if it is a beast, the warriors of the tribe can deal with it calmly, but they are most afraid of this unknown and mysterious danger.


    After retreating about 500 meters, Jiang Xuan immediately asked Uncaria to check the situation of the pathfinder soldier.


    The soldier''s breathing was steady, and there seemed to be nothing unusual about it, as if he had fallen asleep.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Give him some antidote."


    "Yes!"


    Uncaria immediately took out a small earthenware bottle with a cork, opened the cork, and poured the liquid medicine into the soldier''s mouth.


    "Cough cough cough..."


    The smell of the medicinal liquid was very strong and the taste was quite irritating. The soldier quickly opened his eyes and kept coughing.


    Uncaria gave him another drink of water, and then asked, "What happened just now?"


    The soldier said blankly: "I don''t know either, but when I was walking, I suddenly felt dizzy and fell down."


    Jiang Xuan asked: "Think about it, did you get attacked by something or smell any special smell before you passed out?"


    The soldier thought back carefully, but after thinking about it for a long time, the expression on his face was still blank, because he didn''t even notice that he was attacked or smelled any strange smell.


    "how so."


    Jiang Xuan frowned, is this place really so evil?


    The others were helpless, and when they looked at the forest, their eyes became even more fearful.


    The enemy on the bright side is not terrifying, the most terrifying thing is this kind of danger that cannot be seen or perceived at all.


    Jiang Xuan thought for a moment and said, "You stay where you are, I''ll go and see for myself."


    "Boss, no, it''s too dangerous, let me go."


    Uncaria hurriedly stopped Jiang Xuan, because Jiang Xuan was too important to the Teng tribe, and there must be no accident.


    Jiang Xuan raised his arm and said, "Don''t worry, I will be fine with the protection of Vine God."


    Seeing the green vines wrapped around Jiang Xuan''s arm, Uncaria and the others finally felt at ease. They almost forgot that they came out this time with the protection of the vine god.


    "The leader, be careful."


    "rest assured."


    Jiang Xuan patted Uncaria on the shoulder, then turned over and sat on the back of the crescent moon, walking towards the mysterious forest.


    Everyone looked at his back, their hearts were raised, and their hands clenched their weapons subconsciously.


    Soon, Jiang Xuan was getting closer and closer to the forest.


    All the muscles in his body tensed, and he was always aware of the dangers that might appear around him.


    When he walked past the place where the soldier fell just now, he still didn''t notice any danger, only a rotten smell filled the air.


    He had some doubts in his heart, why did the soldier pass out when he came here, but nothing happened when he came here?


    "Buzzing..."


    At this moment, a small black fly flew over from not far away and wanted to land on Jiang Xuan.


    In virgin forests, all kinds of mosquitoes, flies, and flying insects are very common, because this environment is too suitable for them to survive.


    Jiang Xuan didn''t care, just waved his hand, trying to drive it away.


    But the little fly was very persistent and flew around Jiang Xuan, making Jiang Xuan feel tiresome.


    He continued to walk for a short distance. Unexpectedly, there were more and more such little black flies, flying around Jiang Xuan and Crescent Moon. Just the "humming" sound made people very uncomfortable. of suffering.


    Jiang Xuan kept waving his hands to drive away, but the effect was quite ordinary.


    At this moment, a small fly found an opportunity to approach the back of Jiang Xuan''s neck and fell.


    Then, it lay on the back of Jiang Xuan''s neck, and the sharp mouthparts pierced into Jiang Xuan''s skin without hesitation.


    "Snapped!"


    Jiang Xuan felt as if he had been bitten by a mosquito, so he slapped the fly that was about to **** blood to death.


    However, soon he felt his head start to feel groggy, his eyelids kept falling down, and he couldn''t stand it.


    He finally realized that something was wrong.


    "Buzz!"


    At a critical moment, the divine vine on Jiang Xuan''s arm lit up, and a soft divine power was injected into Jiang Xuan''s body, which lifted his spirits and immediately got rid of that groggy state.


    "There''s something wrong with these flies!"


    After what happened just now, Jiang Xuan finally realized that these little flies were not ordinary flies.


    Ordinary flies do not sting like mosquitoes, and once bitten by these flies, the mind becomes drowsy and eventually falls asleep.


    Jiang Xuan immediately took out a finely woven bark woven bag, and then quickly put a few small flies that were continuing to fly in front of him into the bark woven bag.


    "Crescent Moon, go back."


    Jiang Xuan called out, and Crescent Moon immediately ran back with Jiang Xuan, leaving the forest and the strange flies.


    When the members of the hunting team saw Jiang Xuan''s safe return, their hearts were finally relieved. At the same time, Uncaria and others also noticed the bark woven bag in Jiang Xuan''s hand.


    Could it be that the leader caught something?


    Jiang Xuan, however, ignored the curious gazes. He went straight to the soldier who had just passed out and asked him.


    "Did you feel like you were bitten by a bug before you passed out?"


    The soldier thought for a moment, then nodded and said, "Yes."


    The tribesmen often traveled around the forest, and it was common to be bitten by mosquitoes, so he didn''t care at the time, and didn''t realize that his drowsiness was related to small flies.


    Jiang Xuan squashed the woven bag, then pinched a small fly, and said, "Look, have you been bitten by this kind of fly?"


    The soldier stared at the fly for a while, and found that this little fly actually had needle-like mouthparts, which were thicker than those of ordinary mosquitoes.


    He thought about it carefully, then nodded and said, "Yes, before the coma, a few small flies flew around me, and then got bitten."


    Jiang Xuan asked the other members of the hunting team again, "Did you see such little flies when you were stole your prey and weapons that night? Or were you bitten by flies?"


    "Fairy Wood"


    The soldiers of the first hunting team began to recall, and soon after, some people remembered.


    "I saw!"


    "I saw it too."


    "Yes, UU reading there were a lot of small flies that day, I still find it strange."


    "I was bitten and woke up with a bag on my arm."


    ¡­


    The soldiers of the hunting team spoke one after another. After Jiang Xuan''s reminder, they finally realized that there were too many flies that night, and something was wrong at all.


    After listening to Jiang Xuan, he affirmed: "That''s right, it''s these little flies that bite people that cause the creatures near this forest to fall into a coma! It''s these little flies that cause all of your hunting team to coma. !"


    When this statement came out, everyone felt a little ridiculous.


    A powerful hunting team, hundreds of warriors, were planted in the hands of these little flies?


    But here''s the thing, these inconspicuous little flies have the ability to quickly put a bitten creature into a coma.


    https://


    :. Mobile version reading website:

 v2 Chapter 275： Tribe of Thorn Flies

    In order to verify that these little flies really have the ability to fall asleep quickly, Jiang Xuan looked around, and then pulled the tourist over. "No, don''t!" There was a look of horror in the tourist''s eyes. He didn''t want to fall into a deep sleep for no reason. Jiang Xuan took out a large piece of animal jerky and said, "As long as you are willing to try, I guarantee you will not die, and you will be able to get this piece of salted animal jerky." "Has salt?" A word, eyes are straight. "Yes, there is salt." As the saying goes, people die for wealth, and birds die for food. After the visitor got a positive answer, he immediately stretched out his arm and gritted his teeth: "Come on!" Jiang Xuan put a living The little black fly was placed on his arm. The little black fly was packed in a woven bag, and was already frightened. After sensing the temperature of the skin, its sharp mouthparts stinged fiercely along the pores of the skin, injecting the toxin into the visitor''s arm. Everyone stared intently at the tourist, watching his reaction after being stung. After the tourist was stung, his head soon felt dizzy, and an extremely strong sleepiness swept over. His eyelids kept going down, and after only holding on for a while, he fell into a deep sleep and fell directly to the ground. "What a powerful fly!" Everyone exclaimed, this kind of fly is about the size of a mosquito, but it can knock down an adult in an instant, which is really terrible. "Give him some antidote." Jiang Xuan did not treat the tourists as human beings like other tribes. After he let the tourists test the toxicity of the flies, he also fulfilled his promise, rescued the tourists, and handed over the promised reward to him. give him. The tourists were overjoyed holding the piece of salted animal jerky, and even willing to be stung by this kind of fly a few more times. "Boss, there are too many flies in this forest, can''t we get in?" Facing these small and poisonous flies, Uncaria was a little helpless, so he could only pin his hopes on Jiang Xuan. "Whether it''s flies, mosquitoes, or other poisonous insects, they''re all afraid of irritating smoke." Jiang Xuan pondered for a moment, then continued: "You should immediately make some big torches, and wrap some fresh stinky grass and fans in the torches. Grass and other herbs that can repel mosquitoes." "Yes!" Uncaria immediately took the soldiers of the first hunting team into action. They are no strangers to making torches, but wrapping fresh herbs in torches is something they have never done before. Soon, the soldiers of the first hunting team made a large number of torches wrapped with insect-repellent herbs. "Ignition." When the torches were made, the soldiers who stayed in place had already raised a pile of fire. After the torches were made, Jiang Xuan immediately asked everyone to light the torches. Soon, one torch after another was lit. These torches are covered with flammable and burn-resistant things like turpentine, and a lot of insect-repellent herbs are wrapped inside. After the torches were lit, the fresh herbs were burned, and a large amount of smoke was suddenly emitted. These thick smokes have a strong pungent odor, not to mention flies, even people can''t stand it. "Go, enter the forest!" Jiang Xuan also raised a burning torch, and then sat on the crescent moon and walked into the forest first. "Dong Dongdong" hunted a team of hundreds of soldiers followed Jiang Xuan and began to walk into the forest. At first, everyone was still a little frightened, for fear that the WeChat situation like before would happen again. When they walked inside for a while, they found that the flies were so smoked that they dared not approach, and the hearts of the hunters who had been hanging were finally released. "Yi''er" Jiang Xuan rode the crescent moon and walked away for a long time, when the Tangyuan in the sky who was in charge of the realm suddenly called out. "There is a situation ahead." Jiang Xuan shouted, stopping the team temporarily. Jiang Xuan looked around, and finally saw a black totem pattern on a big tree not far away. This totem pattern looks like a big fly. Jiang Xuan''s spirit was lifted, since there are totem patterns, there must be tribes. If there is no accident, those flies that can cause a coma are all related to this tribe, and the stolen items and weapons of the hunting team are also related to this tribe.

 v2 Chapter 276： 3rd affiliated tribe

    uzzing..."


    Jiang Xuan and the others were riding their mounts through the woods quickly when suddenly, the overwhelming thorn flies flew up, gathered together, and made a loud buzzing sound.


    The sting flies are only a little bigger than ordinary mosquitoes, but there are so many of them that once they gather together, they become a large moving dark cloud, and just hearing that sound makes one''s scalp tingle.


    "What do they want? Are they going to attack with the smell of repellent herbs?"


    Jiang Xuan frowned, if these thorn flies really attacked desperately, it would not be easy to deal with.


    He pondered in his heart that if these stinging flies really swooped down, he could only ask Fujishen to resist.


    Then, unexpectedly, after the thorn flies gathered, they circled the sky twice, and then flew in the direction of the thorn flies tribe.


    In a blink of an eye, all the thorn flies disappeared.


    "all gone?"


    Uncaria looked at the empty forest and felt a little unreal.


    Jiang Xuandao: "No matter what tricks they play, with the Vine God there, they can''t make any waves. Let everyone be careful and move on."


    Uncaria immediately shouted: "Everyone, be careful and move on!"


    The hunt for a team of warriors moved on, and everyone became more vigilant.


    However, the road ahead was unexpectedly smooth, and there were not many traps, not even a single sneak attack.


    Everyone is a little confused about this situation. Could it be that the tribes in the forest have escaped?


    In this speculation, they finally came to the thornfly tribe.


    As soon as Jiang Xuan approached the Thorn Flies Tribe, he found a lot of weapons and food piled up on the ground, many of which were obviously from the Vine Tribe.


    The members of the Thorn Flies tribe stood behind the piles of weapons and food, without even raising their weapons, showing no signs of wanting to fight.


    When Jiang Xuan rode the crescent moon to the front of the Thorn Fly Tribe, the Thorn Fly Tribe Wu shouted loudly: "All the members of the Thorn Fly Tribe, welcome the warriors of the Teng Tribe!"


    Jiang Xuan was stunned. He originally thought that there was going to be a battle today, but he didn''t expect the other party to come here. How could he be so embarrassed to do it?


    Jiang Xuan asked, "What do you mean?"


    The witch of the Thorn Flies Tribe replied: "The children of the tribe were ignorant and accidentally stole the prey and weapons of the Vine Tribe. Today we deliberately took out the things to make amends."


    "careless?"


    Jiang Xuan raised his brows and looked at the witch of the Thorn Flies Tribe with a half-smile.


    The Thorn Fly Tribe Wu lowered his head slightly and did not answer Jiang Xuan''s words: "The Thorn Fly Tribe is very poor, and there is always not enough food to eat. We have taken out everything we could. I hope the Teng Tribe can spare us this time."


    Jiang Xuan looked at the piles of things, turned around and said to Uncaria, "Check it out and see how much is missing."


    "Yes!"


    Uncaria immediately took people to count the things on the ground, and at the same time was alert to the people of the Thorn Flies Tribe to prevent them from engaging in surprise attacks.


    After the inventory, Uncaria walked up to Jiang Xuan and reported: "The lost weapons are all here, the prey is too small, more than half of the prey we lost before."


    Jiang Xuan nodded, and then said to the witch of the Thorn Flies Tribe, "You want to send us off with such a little thing?"


    The Thornfly Tribe witch had a bitter look on her face: "Our Thornfly Tribe is too poor, there is only so much we can take out."


    Uncaria asked unwillingly, "What about our prey?"


    The witch of the Thorn Flies Tribe said helplessly: "It''s been eaten long ago. In such a hot weather, we can''t save it, we can only eat it as soon as possible."


    Uncaria knew that the other party was telling the truth, thinking that so many prey were gone, and suddenly wanted to hit people depressed.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Our Vine tribe suffered such a big loss. How are you going to compensate? It''s not enough to just rely on your mouth."


    The expression on the face of the witch of the Thorn Flies Tribe became extremely tangled, because the Thorn Flies Tribe was indeed too poor to come up with anything decent to compensate.


    In the end, she spread her hands helplessly, and said, "Our Thorn Flies Tribe''s people and things are here, you can take whatever you want."


    Jiang Xuan was almost laughed at, this is going to be a rogue, who can care about this?


    But what the thorn-fly tribe witch said is also true, their tribe is really too poor.


    Jiang Xuan stared at the hundreds of people and the dilapidated wooden house behind them for a while, thinking about how to get something from these people, instead of suffering from this dull loss.


    As for killing people to vent their anger, Jiang Xuan is disdainful to do it, because it is useless except to gain a little reputation.


    He watched for a long time, and finally his eyes fell on the thorn flies not far away.


    These stinging flies are small, but they have sharp mouthparts like mosquitoes, and they can inject toxins into the human body quickly, which is very powerful.


    If used properly, this is definitely a big killer.


    Think about it, when your enemy caught a large amount of prey in the virgin forest, was roasting animal meat, singing songs, and was suddenly stung by stinging flies!


    At this time, it would be easy to take down the opponent.


    Thinking of this, Jiang Xuan made up his mind.


    Jiang Xuan looked at the witch of the Thorn Flies Tribe and asked, "You said just now, we can take whatever we want?"


    The Thorn Fly Tribe Wu faintly felt that something was wrong, but the words had already been said, and the numerous Vine Tribe warriors in front of him were like wolves and tigers, so he could only bite the bullet and nod his head.


    "Okay!" Jiang Xuan pointed to all the members of the Thorn Flies Tribe and said, "I want your entire tribe!"


    "What... what?" The Thorn Flies Tribe Witch thought he had heard it wrong.


    Jiang Xuan said word by word: "I said, I want your entire tribe!"


    The witch of the Thorn Flies Tribe was stunned, and the leader was also stunned. They didn''t understand what Jiang Xuan meant.


    Jiang Xuan said again: "Are you interested in becoming an affiliated tribe of our Vine tribe?"


    As soon as this statement came out, all the clansmen of the Thorn Fly Tribe were in a commotion.


    Becoming a subordinate tribe is a very difficult thing for tribal people to accept, because it represents the loss of freedom from then on, and the entire tribe becomes a vassal of other tribes.


    "Wu, I can''t promise him!"


    "That''s right, it''s a big deal to fight them!"


    ¡­


    The clansmen of the Thorn Flies tribe raised their weapons one after another.


    The witches and leaders of the Thorn Flies tribe didn''t look very good either. Although they were only a small tribe, they didn''t want to lose their freedom and let others drive them.


    The warriors of the Vine tribe also became nervous immediately, everyone clenched their weapons, grabbed the reins of their mounts, and were ready to charge at any time.


    "Buzzing..."


    A large number of thorn flies flew up, and a large area of ??Wuyangyang, just hearing that sound, made people feel scalp numb.


    Jiang Xuan even felt that there was a cold gaze staring at him in the middle of the Thorn Flies Tribe, it must be the totem **** of the Thorn Flies Tribe.


    However, in the face of all this, Jiang Xuan''s face was still sullen.


    He said to the vines wrapped around his arms: "Vine God, please help them recognize the reality."


    "Om!"


    On Jiang Xuan''s arm, the vine began to bloom with green divine light, and crawled like a snake, breaking away from Jiang Xuan''s arm and flying into the sky.


    Afterwards, the vines grew rapidly and became larger and larger.


    "Fuji God! It''s Fuji God!"


    The warriors of the Vine tribe cheered excitedly. They raised their heads and their eyes were very frenzied.


    Different from the warriors of the vine tribe, after the appearance of the vine, the people of the thornfly tribe felt an extremely terrifying sense of oppression.


    They looked up at the incomparably huge divine vine, and there was a look of fear in their eyes, and the turbulent sound of anger just now disappeared.


    "Whoosh whoosh..."


    Soon, green like jasper vines, mixed with the sound of breaking the air, quickly flew towards the residential area of ??the Thorn Fly Tribe, like green lightning.


    "Buzz!"


    In the center of the thorn fly tribe, a huge black thorn fly immediately flew up, and beside it, there was a large amount of gray mist lingering around it, and countless small thorn flies flew around it.


    It is the totem **** of the thorn-fly tribe.


    Dozens of vines are overwhelmingly entwined towards the Thorn Fly God, domineering and fast, and the green divine light illuminates the entire virgin forest.


    "Buzzing..."


    The Thorn Fly God vibrated his wings and quickly avoided those vines.


    The flying speed of the Fly God is unbelievably fast, and its two large compound eyes allow it to see the situation in all directions and make more accurate responses.


    It drilled back and forth among dozens of vines, and those vines couldn''t wrap it around for a while.


    Not only that, but it also took the opportunity to spray a terrifying black venom at Shenteng with its tubular mouthparts, trying to put Shenteng into a deep sleep.


    However, the totem **** of the small tribe is the totem **** of the small tribe after all, and its hard power is much worse than that of Shenteng.


    "boom!"


    The divine vine entangled in it several times and failed to catch it, and finally became angry. The terrifying divine power spurted out wildly, overwhelming the sky and rushing towards the Thorn Fly God.


    The Thorn Fly God, who was still dodging by his speed just now, seemed to be stuck in a quagmire, restricted by the ubiquitous divine power, unable to fly as fast as before.


    "Whoosh whoosh..."


    Immediately afterwards, dozens of vines flew over and tied the Thorn Fly God firmly, unable to escape.


    "Hiss..."


    The Fly God struggled constantly and made a high-pitched hissing sound, which it made with the help of the airflow in its mouthparts, representing anger and panic.


    But all this is obviously in vain. After being caught by Shenteng, it has no chance to resist.


    Not only that, but a large number of air roots grew on those vines, and these air roots penetrated into the body of the Fly God and began to extract its divine power.


    As a result, the Thorn Fly God was even more panicked. After trying to struggle again to no avail, it began to use the way of soul-soul communication to beg God for mercy.


    However, Shen Teng did not let it go immediately, but drew at least half of its divine power before stopping.


    The state of the thorn fly **** suddenly became very sluggish, and even flapping his wings became weak.


    Under Jiang Xuan''s reminder, Shenteng resolutely planted a seed into the body of the Fly God, and the Fly God will be in its hands in the future.


    It all sounds tedious, but it actually happens for a short period of time.


    When the clansmen of the Thorn Fly tribe saw that the Thorn Fly God was captured and slaughtered by others, their hearts suddenly became cold, and they did not dare to speak louder.


    Jiang Xuan looked at the witch and leader of the Thorn Flies Tribe again, and said calmly, "Now, can you promise to become a subordinate tribe of the Vine Tribe?"


    The witch of the Thorn Flies tribe lowered their heads, and the leader also lowered his head. They knew very well that even the Totem God couldn''t stop the Vine tribe, and they had no qualifications to oppose it.


    The next thing is just fine.


    Jiang Xuan directly led the hunting team into the Thorn Fly Tribe, and left the totem pattern of the Vine Tribe on the largest tree in the center of their tribe.


    After the Frog Tribe and the Giant Claw Tribe, the Thornfly Tribe became the third affiliated Tribe of the Vine Tribe!


    To provide you with the fastest update of "This is My Primitive Tribe" by the great **** Yun Qingshi, so that you can check the fastest update of this book next time, please be sure to save your bookmarks!


    Chapter 276 The Third Affiliated Tribe is free to read.

 v2 Chapter 277： dig a well

    Wild West.


    "Boom..."


    The Great Rift Valley continues to split, the crustal activity has become more and more intense, and the entire earth is constantly shaking.


    "Crash..."


    The Great Rift Valley became larger and deeper, and a large amount of sea water poured in, forming a strait. The turbulent waves continuously slapped the coast, and the soil and gravel were constantly washed away.


    Looking from a high altitude, you can clearly see that the Great Rift Valley has spread to the eastern part of the Western Wilderness, spanning almost the entire Western Wilderness.


    Moreover, it continues to divide, and no one knows where this Great Rift Valley will eventually spread.


    This kind of crustal movement is too fast and violent, causing the environment of the entire Western Wilderness and even the Northern Wilderness to deteriorate sharply, and the living environment has become extremely harsh.


    In addition to the Western Wilderness and the Northern Wilderness, the Eastern Wilderness and the Southern Wilderness have all been affected to varying degrees.


    The first is the tribe that originally lived in the Western Wilderness.


    These tribes could not survive in the Western Wilderness and could only be forced to migrate. Some of them entered the Eastern Wilderness and some of them entered the Southern Wilderness. They competed for resources with the aborigines in the two great wastelands, causing a **** storm.


    Secondly, there are various disasters such as earthquakes, landslides and ground fissures, volcanic eruptions, tsunamis and extreme weather brought about by the movement of the earth''s crust.


    With the passage of time, the crustal movement has become more and more intense, and more and more places are affected by these natural disasters.


    The Teng tribe at the junction of the Western Wilderness and the Southern Wilderness was not spared either.


    At the beginning of June, there was no rain for a month in the vicinity of the Veng tribe. Under the scorching heat of summer, the springs and streams on the ground were the first to stop flowing. The planting industry of the Veng tribe was also greatly affected.


    In the business of relying on the sky to eat, the most fearful thing is to encounter these extreme weather.


    "Boss, if it doesn''t rain again, these fish will have to be caught and eaten."


    By the pond, Big Horn looked worriedly at the pond whose water level was less than half of its usual level.


    Because the stream is cut off and the pond has no running water, the farmed fish cannot get enough oxygen from the water, some of the fish have already begun to die, and the other fish can only float to the surface, breathing through their mouths and lingering on.


    Jiang Xuan looked up at the dazzling scorching sun above his head, and said, "Other fish can be picked up and eaten, but those female fish who are raising seedlings must find a way to protect them."


    "With the female fish, we can continue to breed in the future. If the female fish is gone, then we have to start again."


    Dajiao thought for a while and said, "Now that the stream has stopped flowing, the only place where the female fish can be preserved is the artificial lake by the river."


    The Teng tribe dug several artificial lakes. These artificial lakes are very deep and connected to the Feiyu River. As long as the Feiyu River continues to flow, these female fish can be guaranteed to survive.


    Jiang Xuan nodded and said: "The artificial lake is fine, but the artificial lake is too big, it is easy to put the female fish in, but it is difficult to catch them out. It is best to make a cage and raise them in nets."


    "Boss, what is a cage?"


    "It is to make the fishing net into the shape of a box and put it in the water to raise fish. As long as the net is not broken, the fish will not easily escape. When you want to catch fish, you can directly drag the net box up."


    Jiang Xuan''s explanation made Dajiao''s eyes light up. As the leader of the breeding team, he was very interested in various breeding techniques.


    Dajiao asked Jiang Xuan about the making process of the cage in detail, and then went to try making it with great interest.


    Jiang Xuan left the pond and went to the nearby crops.


    Like ponds, crop fields are also severely affected by drought. Those crops cannot receive rainwater. Except for a few drought-tolerant crops, other crops need to be irrigated by hand.


    When Jiang Xuan walked over, Gan Song was bringing people hard to carry water to water the crops.


    "Crash..."


    Gan Song used a wooden scoop to pour a scoop of water on the root of a red crystal rice plant, and in the blink of an eye, the dry soil completely absorbed the scoop of water.


    After watering, the color of a small piece of soil at the root of the red crystal rice has become darker, but this water can only temporarily quench thirst, and within two days, the soil will become extremely dry again.


    "Let me do it."


    Jiang Xuan walked to Gan Song''s side and lifted a bucket of water with his left hand. He couldn''t refuse Gan Song''s rejection.


    Like people, the red crystal rice was watered one by one.


    Gan Song followed Jiang Xuan and was a little at a loss. After finally waiting for Jiang Xuan to finish pouring the two buckets of water, he hurriedly used a pole to pick up the bucket, saying nothing to let Jiang Xuan carry the water.


    Jiang Xuan was helpless, so he had to go to the distance to get a bucket of water and follow him to fetch water.


    The place where the water is drawn is at the bend of the Feiyu River. Because there are many people carrying water, a road has been trampled there.


    "winter¡­"


    Jiang Xuan quickly filled two buckets of water, and then helped Gan Song to fill two buckets, and then walked back together.


    After walking back and forth a few times, Jiang Xuan frowned.


    It''s not that he is too tired, but the efficiency of carrying water and pouring the ground like this is too low.


    Because the distance is relatively long and the bucket is not particularly large, each load of water can only be poured on a dozen or twenty plants of red crystal rice. With so many crops, when will it be watered?


    Many crops have not been watered in time, and some of the leaves have begun to dry up.


    "Gan Song, it''s not good to water like this, the road is too long."


    "But now there is only water in the river."


    "Who said there is water in the river? We also have water under our feet, but it''s hidden deeper. We can dig a well to get water."


    "Drilling a well?"


    Gan Song looked at Jiang Xuan blankly, not knowing what this meant.


    In the past, the water resources in Nanhuang were very rich. Streams, springs, lakes and rivers could be seen everywhere. Most of the tribesmen in Nanhuang had never experienced drought at all, so naturally they never thought of drilling wells to get water.


    Jiang Xuandao: "It''s just digging a hole in the ground. As long as you dig deep enough, water will definitely come out."


    "After we have water, we just need to tie a rope to the barrel, throw it into the well, fill it with water, and then pull the barrel up."


    Digging a well to fetch water saves a lot of time than fetching water from a river, and people are not so tired, so the efficiency will be much improved.


    "Then I''ll find someone to dig a well right away."


    Gan Song trusts Jiang Xuan very much. Since the leader said that there is water in the ground, it must be there.


    Gan Song found three members of the planting team, and asked them to take tools such as bone scorpions, stone hoes, bronze shovels, etc., and under Jiang Xuan''s guidance, they found a low-lying place, and then began to dig a well.


    The tribe was strong and strong, and with sharp bronze tools, soon, a big pit appeared on the ground.


    The cropland of the Veng tribe was originally by the river. Although it has been dry for more than a month, the groundwater resources are still relatively abundant.


    The more they dug down, the wetter the soil became, and when they dug to a depth of almost a meter, a small amount of water began to seep out of the soil.


    When they dug to a depth of two meters, a large amount of groundwater suddenly poured out, like a fountain, and the three hurriedly climbed out of the deep pit.


    "The water is out, the water is really out, great!"


    Gan Song shouted excitedly, and the members of the nearby planting team also came to watch, and then cheered together.


    A smile appeared on Jiang Xuan''s face.


    With the well, the planting team can get water nearby, and the crops can be better watered.


    Moreover, wells are not disposable consumables. As long as they are repaired frequently, these wells can be used for a long time. In the future, when the weather is dry, the planting team can go to the wells to fetch water, and there is no need to go all the way to the river to pick it up.


    However, the speed of drilling wells by hand is a bit slow. Now that the drought is severe, it is best to drill enough deep wells as soon as possible to supply the needs of watering crops.


    Can you find a faster way to drill wells?


    Jiang Xuan pondered for a long time, and it happened that at this time, Shi Sho, the new leader of the Giant Claw Tribe, came to do a deal with some gold and goods.


    Since becoming a subsidiary tribe of the Vine tribe, the range of activities of the giant claw beast has gradually broadened. In addition to sending some gold to the Vine tribe on time, they will also bring some goods to the trading area in exchange for some things they need.


    Jiang Xuan immediately stared at the giant claw beast he was riding, and his eyes lit up.


    Seeing that Jiang Xuan''s eyes were not quite right, Shi Zhan thought he was going to eat a giant-clawed beast, so he hurriedly said: "Boss Xuan, the meat of a giant-clawed beast is not delicious..."


    Jiang Xuan knew Shi Sho had misunderstood as soon as he heard it, so he smiled and said, "Don''t worry,


    I won''t eat your megaclaw, but I need you and your tribe''s warriors to do me a favor with the megaclaw. "


    Hearing that it was just to help, Shi Zhan was obviously relieved: "What do you need us to do, Chief Xuan, just say it."


    "The weather has been dry recently, and I need you to help the Vine tribe dig some wells."


    "well?"


    "It''s a very deep pit, just dig out the water."


    "This is simple, leave it to us."


    The stone shovel agreed directly.


    Other tribes may not know that there is water underground, but the giant claw tribe does, because their giant claw beasts often dig holes in the ground, and it is common to dig out water.


    Soon, more than a dozen giant claw beasts entered the crops of the Vine Tribe under the leadership of the stone shovel and their soldiers.


    With the help of these giant claw beasts, one well after another appeared in the crops.


    With these wells, the members of the planting team do not have to go to the river to fetch water The watering efficiency is greatly improved, and more crops can be preserved in the drought.


    A few days later, Jiang Xuan found that it was too difficult for people to pull the rope directly from the well, so he asked the craftsmen of the wood workshop to make a batch of reels according to the memory of his previous life.


    The so-called reel is the most primitive lifting device.


    It is only necessary to install two brackets above the well, and then put a wooden shaft with a handle on the bracket. When the person shakes the handle, the rolling wooden shaft will roll up or loosen the rope, and the wooden shaft that holds the water will roll up or loosen. The bucket can move up and down with the rope.


    With the reel, the planting team doesn''t have to work so hard to fetch water, and the efficiency of fetching water and irrigating crops has been improved again.


    However, artificial watering can only save the lives of most crops. If you want to get a better harvest, you can only wait for the rain in the sky.


    This drought not only affected the crops of the Vine tribe, but also had other far-reaching and worse effects!


    Chapter two hundred and seventy seventh well drilling

 v2 Chapter 278： desert invasion

    To the northwest of the Teng tribe, the site of the Yanyang tribe. "Ei''er..."


    A bird song resounded in the sky, and a huge purple ominous bird fell on the open space of the original residential area of ??the Yanyang Tribe Ruins.


    Jiang Xuan took a soldier down from the back of the dumplings and looked at this familiar and unfamiliar mountain. "Huhu..."


    At this time, a gust of wind blew through, and a lot of dust was blown on the ground at the foot of the mountain, and even the wind was dyed khaki.


    "There are fewer plants in this place than before."


    Jiang Xuan looked at the many dead plants on the mountain, and felt a little sad in his heart.


    The place where the blue sheep tribe is located, because it is relatively close to the Western Wilderness, is itself relatively dry and the plants are relatively sparse.


    But now, under the influence of the drought, the few vegetation has died in a large amount, and it looks even more desolate.


    The warrior who followed Jiang Xuan was Ophiopogon japonicus, a member of the original Yanyang tribe, who is now responsible for the management of the wax trees and wax worms planted by the Vine tribe, as well as the processing of insect wax by Zhizao.


    Ophiopogon swiftly walked to the center of the ruins, and the sight in front of him greatly disappointed him. "The stream has stopped flowing."


    Ophiopogon was in a very bad mood when he looked at the spring that had turned into a small puddle in front of him and the dried up creek.


    This mountain spring has always had a relatively large flow of water. After the spring water flows out of the spring, a small stream is formed for the people of the former Yanyang tribe and many blue sheep to drink.


    But now, there is no more water coming out of the spring, the stream has dried up directly, and the leaves of the nearby plants have all withered and yellowed, and they are about to die.


    Jiang Xuan also walked over. After taking a few glances, he shook his head and said, "Let''s go to the wax forest."


    The wax forest is located in the south of the site of the Yanyang tribe. The original spring water flowed from the spring, flowed through the residential area, and then followed the winding stream into the wax forest, watering the wax trees.


    But now that the stream has stopped flowing, can the wax forest still survive?


    Jiang Xuan and Ophiopogon swiftly walked to the wax forest, the once lush wax trees are now no longer green, and some of them have even begun to turn yellow.


    The wax worms on the tree have only shed their skin once, and it is when they need a lot of food. Now that the wax tree has become like this, the fate of these wax worms can also be predicted.


    Jiang Xuan picked a wilted leaf and said, "If it doesn''t rain again, this year''s insect wax production will be greatly reduced."


    Ophiopogon japonicus was even more distressed about the state of those wax trees, but it was too far here, and it was impossible to artificially water them, so they could only grow naturally.


    Jiang Xuan patted Ophiopogon on the shoulder and wanted to say something of comfort, but in the end he didn''t say anything, because he knew that these wax trees and wax worms have special feelings for Ophiopogon, which can''t be comforted by a few words.


    "Look elsewhere."


    Jiang Xuan took Ophiopogon to leave the wax forest, and continued to fly to the West Wasteland on a glutinous rice ball. After flying for less than half a day, his heart was half cold.


    At this time, the Western Wasteland, due to the lack of rain for a long time, has turned more than half of it into a desert, and the expansion of the desert is astonishingly fast.


    A gust of wind blew through the sky, and the air was so dry that it made people feel very uncomfortable.


    If this continues, it won''t be long before the entire Western Wilderness becomes a desert, and the Vine Tribe not far from the Western Wilderness will definitely be greatly affected.


    Jiang Xuan smiled bitterly and said, "The power of nature is too terrifying, it cannot be resisted by manpower."


    Who would have thought that the West Wasteland, which was originally vast and covered by virgin forests, would become what it is today?


    Jiang Xuan realized that the Vine tribe must respond as soon as possible, otherwise it will be too late when the desert really invades the territory of the Veng tribe.


    Behind Jiang Xuan, Ophiopogon sat on the back of the dumplings, and he was greatly shocked when he looked down at this land filled with yellow sand from a high altitude.


    Compared with the great changes in the Western Wilderness, the rise and fall of the wax forest on the site of the Yanyang tribe is simply insignificant.


    At this moment, his mentality has quietly undergone some changes, and the whole person''s vision and mind have been improved.


    The glutinous rice **** carried them around in Xihuang.


    At this time, the wave of migration has passed, and the entire Western Wasteland has become very desolate. The blazing sunshine, the yellow sand everywhere, and the dead trees everywhere convey a sad atmosphere.


    However, there are always exceptions to everything.


    Jiang Xuan found that there are several relatively large rivers, and there are still rivers flowing, and the plants on both sides can survive tenaciously.


    There are also several places that originally had large lakes, which have formed oases in the desert, and the lush vegetation and the yellow sand form a sharp contrast.


    Most of the tribes who stayed in the Western Wilderness lived in these oases.


    Because the scope of the oasis is relatively small, and the tribesmen mainly hunt, so a small oasis alone cannot support many people.


    When food is increasingly scarce, it is difficult for these small tribes to survive, and even if they can survive, there will not be many people.


    "Come on, go back."


    After Jiang Xuan had a general look at the situation in Xihuang, he made the dumplings turn around and return to the Veng tribe.


    A day later, Jiang Xuan returned to the Vine tribe, and immediately summoned all the leaders of the Vine tribe to have a meeting in the conference hall.


    After everyone arrived, Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao sat side by side in the main seat, and then Jiang Xuan began to talk about the ruins of the Yanyang tribe and the changes in the Western Wilderness.


    "On the Yanyang Mountain, the spring water has stopped flowing, and the wax trees are about to dry up. I am afraid the production of insect wax this year will be much lower."


    "On the west side, the desert is expanding rapidly on a large scale. If this continues, it will soon invade our side. We must respond as soon as possible."


    Chi Shao asked, "Then how should we deal with it?"


    Jiang Xuan said resolutely: "To expand to the Great Swamp, except for the territory of the Mountain Turtle Tribe, other places must be in our hands!"


    The Great Swamp is the largest water source on the edge of the Southern Wilderness. It covers a very wide area and is extremely rich in water resources. Even if it is a severe drought, it will not be greatly affected.


    Under the threat of desert invasion, such a place will become a treasure land in the future.


    Since Jiang Xuan is sitting in the position of the leader of the Vine tribe, he has to be responsible for thousands of people in the tribe, or even more people, and he cannot be soft-hearted or hesitate.


    If you don''t fight for territory or expand because of your soft heart, and keep guarding your own three-thirds of an acre of land, there is no guarantee that it will not be destroyed by other stronger tribes in the future, or weakened due to the continuous invasion of the desert.


    This is absolutely unacceptable to Jiang Xuan. In the Great Swamp and the surrounding area, Jiang Xuan is bound to win!


    In fact, in the past two years, the hunting team of the Vine tribe has begun to open up the hunting route to the big swamp.


    Not long ago, Jiang Xuan also led someone to take the Thornflies tribe near the Great Swamp as a subsidiary tribe.


    Now, what Jiang Xuan has to do is to expand the planting industry there, and turn the fertile land around the Great Swamp into a big granary for the Veng tribe in the future!


    In Jiang Xuan''s proposal, everyone began to discuss, and finally unanimously supported the proposal. Jiang Xuan immediately began to assign tasks:


    "Hunting Team 1\Hunting Team 2, from today onwards, you are responsible for clearing the obstacles on the road leading to the Great Swamp from the Vine Tribe, whether it is beasts or other threatening things, eradicate them all!"


    "Yes!" "Leave it to us!" Uncaria and Loach stood up and took over the task.


    "Engineering team, I will arrange five hundred young men for you, and repair the road to the big swamp for me!"


    "Yes!" Clay also stood up, his eyes very firm.


    "The planting team, I will send the second guard team to provide you with protection. Wherever the road of the engineering team is built, you will open up wasteland and turn all the land suitable for planting into the crops of our vine tribe!"


    "Yes!"


    Gan Song also stood up, his face a little solemn, because large-scale land reclamation is not an easy task, and this task is very heavy.


    Of course, he didn''t back down, his eyes even ignited fighting spirit, he hopes that one day, the surrounding area of ??the vast swamp can be turned into a vine tribe planting area!


    "The breeding team, you will expand with the planting team to raise more livestock for the tribe and ensure the supply of meat!"


    "Yes!"


    Dajiao''s face was very excited, and he couldn''t wait to build a barn and a barn.


    "The other teams are responsible for logistical support. All the materials needed by the hunting team, engineering team and planting team to open up new territories must be supplied!"


    "Okay, let''s go to work!"


    Jiang Xuan waved his hand, and all the leaders got up and left their seats to perform their respective tasks. Soon, only Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao were left in the spacious conference room.


    Chi Shao''s expression was a little dazed, because the development of the Vine Tribe in the past few years was so fast that it was beyond her imagination.


    And now, Jiang Xuan has to continue to expand rapidly, which makes it a little difficult for her to adapt. After everyone left, she finally couldn''t help expressing her doubts.


    "Xuan, isn''t it better for us to live here and expand to the surrounding area little by little?"


    "Sister, I used to think the same way, but now, the environment has changed too fast, and we can''t allow us to expand slowly."


    "Remember how the frog tribe got here? If it wasn''t for the fierce opposition, they would have migrated to the Southern Wilderness at all costs. Now the frog tribe would have been submerged in the yellow sand."


    Jiang Xuan sighed and described to Chi Shao what the frog tribe had seen and learned before.


    Afterwards, he also told Chi Shao what he had seen in the Western Wilderness the previous two days, and what he had seen in the middle of the Southern Wilderness.


    After saying this, Jiang Xuan said helplessly: "Whether it is the drastic changes in the Western Wilderness or the dangers in the middle of the Southern Wilderness, we must be strong enough to be able to deal with it."


    "The Vine God has become a great god, but the population of our Vine tribe is not even comparable to the powerful medium-sized tribes, let alone those large tribes."


    "Once a crisis comes, what can we do to resist? We can''t always pin our hopes on the Fuji God, right?"


    "So, we must take down the Great Swamp and become a real big tribe as soon as possible!" Chi Shao fell into a long silence after hearing this.


    Except when the tribe was first established and during the tribal war, Chishao actually stayed in the Vine tribe.


    This certainly played a role in stabilizing people''s hearts, but it was also limited to her knowledge.


    However, Chishao has an advantage, that is, it listens to people''s persuasion and at the same time completely trusts Jiang Xuan.


    "Xuan, I don''t understand some things very well, but I trust you. Since you feel that you must take down the Great Swamp, then we will try our best to take it!"


    Jiang Xuan nodded, with a relieved smile on his face, Chishao''s support is still very important to him...

 v2 Chapter 279： terrible pest

    In the virgin forest that covers the sky, even on a harsh summer day, only scattered sunlight can be cast.


    The long-term drought has made the ground of the virgin forest no longer wet, and the animals have no mood to hunt at noon, only some bugs are tirelessly chirping.


    Under the drought, many animals in the virgin forest will have a hard time, but there are some animals, but the drought will make it more active, such as... certain insects.


    "Swish!"


    In the forest, the hunting team was exploring in the direction of the Great Swamp, clearing obstacles for the following team. Suddenly, the soldier in charge of the path detection in front ran back quickly, and while running, he signaled the team to stop, and the expression on his face was a little panic.


    "What happened?"


    After the warrior ran back, Nepeta jumped off the back of a black wind rhinoceros and asked the warrior.


    "Whoosh hooh... bugs... lots of bugs..."


    The warrior, panting heavily, gestured to Nepeta with his hands out to the size of the worm.


    Nepeta frowned and said with a displeased expression: "There are most insects in the forest, what''s the fuss about?"


    "No...not an ordinary bug..."


    The soldier felt that he couldn''t explain clearly, so he said again: "Boss, why don''t you go ahead and take a look with me."


    "Okay, I''d like to see what kind of worm is making you panic like this."


    Nepeta turned over again and sat on the back of the black wind rhinoceros, while the warrior rode a fast-paced bird and ran to the forest ahead together.


    Not long after, under the leadership of the warrior, Nepeta ran to the foot of a low mountain in front. "Swish..." Nepeta was just riding the Black Wind Rhino to approach the low mountain, when she heard a series of strange sounds.


    This kind of sound Nepeta has been heard by the breeding team, and it is the sound of a large number of insects eating the stems and leaves of plants at the same time.


    When he rode the black wind rhinoceros to climb up the low mountain for a while, he soon saw a very terrifying scene.


    I saw countless bugs lying on the tree, frantically eating the leaves.


    These insects are about the size of a fist, with a yellowish-brown body, a pair of wings on their backs, a pair of tentacles on their heads, a pair of large compound eyes, and sharp mouthparts.


    It has six legs in its abdomen, and two pairs of forelimbs are short and flexible, with barbs at the end, which can firmly grasp the stems and leaves of plants.


    "This is... a grasshopper?"


    Nepeta looked at the bugs in disbelief, and was a little unsure for a while.


    Plants and insects in this world are relatively large, so fist-sized grasshoppers are nothing, even bigger nepeta.


    But the number of these bugs is too large, and they look extremely ferocious. A swarm of bugs flies to a large tree and can eat all the leaves in a blink of an eye.


    As the leader of the Vine tribe''s hunting team over the years, Nepeta must be considered to be well-informed, and he has seen a lot of various insects.


    In front of these insects that looked like grasshoppers, but were more ferocious than grasshoppers, he had a tingling fear in his scalp after seeing them.


    The first is the number. The number of these insects is too large. Any tree is covered with insects, and the number is too large to count.


    The second is the speed at which they eat. These insects eat leaves very fast, and they don''t pick them at all. They don''t care about old leaves and young leaves.


    The branches of all the trees they gnawed are bare, and there is not a single leaf left, which is extremely terrifying.


    Nepeta looked at the terrifying insects all over the mountains and plains, listened to the intensive sound of their gnawing, swallowed a mouthful of saliva with difficulty, and the whole person fell into a temporary state of sluggishness.


    "Huh..." A gust of wind blew, and Jing Ji was shocked and woke up.


    At this time, there is a group of insects in front of them. After eating the leaves of one big tree, they immediately fly to the next big tree and continue to eat.


    Jing Ji looked at it for a while and felt a little flustered, but she was very unwilling to go back like this. "Go to the top of the mountain to have a look."


    Nepeta urged the black wind rhino to move forward, and the warrior rode the bird closely following him.


    The low mountain is not steep, the **** is relatively gentle, and they can easily climb to the top of the mountain along the slope.


    When Nepeta stood on a large rock at the top of the mountain and looked into the distance, he was shocked again.


    It was obviously a lush summer, but the forests on the top of the hills in front were not even green, leaving only bare branches and leaves.


    "Don''t... don''t move on, go back to the tribe..."


    Nepeta was obviously a little flustered, but forcibly remained calm and made a decision.


    The terrifyingness of this kind of worm is far beyond imagination, and it must be reported to Jiang Xuan immediately, otherwise, once these worms fly to the Vine tribe, it will cause a devastating blow to all the crops.


    "dong dong dong..."


    Nepeta turned around and ran back on the black wind rhinoceros, and the warrior on the bird quickly followed.


    After returning to the location of the members of the hunting team, Nepeta briefly explained the situation to them, and then left a small number of people to monitor the movement of the insects, and he himself returned to the tribe with the others.


    Two days later, the hunting team returned to the Teng tribe, Jing Ji found Jiang Xuan and reported to him the insect plague they encountered this time.


    "Insects like grasshoppers? Eating up forests?"


    After Jiang Xuan heard the description of Nepeta, his heart suddenly "squeaked", because he thought of a very headache and destructive pest: locusts!


    Locusts are a very terrifying pest, they reproduce powerfully, grow fast, and have wings to fly.


    Once it appears on a large scale, it will often cause a fatal blow to the green plants in a large area.


    Among them, the most serious losses are undoubtedly all kinds of crops.


    It is very difficult for a large planter like the Teng tribe to deal with the long-term drought. If the locust plague is added, Jiang Xuan can hardly imagine the terrible consequences.


    Jiang Xuan remembered that in the history of the world in the previous life, droughts and locust plagues often occurred at the same time, which brought a devastating blow to the local planting industry and led to large-scale famine. In this environment, it was difficult for ordinary people to survive.


    Thinking of this, Jiang Xuan immediately asked, "Where are these bugs, and are they flying toward us?"


    Nepeta replied: "These insects are still eating leaves in the forest near the big swamp. When I came back, they were still eating plants on a low mountain. It is not clear whether they will fly to us or not."


    Jiang Xuan thought for a while, this kind of thing can''t be gambled on, and you have to see it with your own eyes to feel at ease. "Let''s ride over the dumplings to have a look." "Yes!"


    Jiang Xuan immediately brought the weapons and some necessary items to go out, and then used the bone whistle to recall the dumplings, and rode the dumplings to the place where the hunting team found those bugs.


    "Yeah..."


    The huge dumpling chirped excitedly, then circled into the sky, and flew towards the Great Swamp with Jiang Xuan and Nepeta.


    Source: ;order=282&bookid=6229ab2ee0c31bc8ebeeb527&booksourceid=0&bookname=this is my original tribe&host=https%3a%2f%;chapterlink=yuewenhttp%3a%2f%%2fchapter%2f63501e09c84ad94efad1592c%3fcv%3d16661949536719 %26cbid%3d22002325909461404%%3d66075738490586694%26chargetype%3d2%26order%3d282%26merchant%3dyuewen?vip

 v2 Chapter 280： Locust plague

    Chapter errors, click here to report (no registration)


    , If the content is garbled, typo, and word order is disordered, please exit reading mode or free reading mode and it will be normal.


    This is my primitive tribe Chapter 280 Locust plague


    The flying speed of the dumplings is getting faster and faster. If you look at it from the ground, it looks like a purple somersault cloud whizzing past your head.


    Jiang Xuan was sitting on the back of the dumplings, listening to the "huhu" wind in his ears, and looking at the scenery passing by below, he was quite emotional.


    When he picked up the dumplings in the forest, it was the autumn of the second year of the rattan tribe, and now it is the seventh year of the rattan tribe, five years have passed in a flash.


    Tang Yuan has changed from a round purple baby bird to a huge ominous bird with a wingspan of more than 50 meters. The change is too great.


    Most importantly, he obviously found that the size of the dumplings continued to grow, that is to say, five years later, it was still not a real adult.


    Its combat power is getting stronger and stronger, and its flying speed is not weaker than that of the old witch''s giant eagle, which can be said to have great potential.


    Jiang Xuan is looking forward to how powerful it will be when it truly enters adulthood and reaches its peak physical strength and combat experience.


    The mountains and rivers below kept passing by, and before you knew it, the dumplings had already flown over the forest where the hunting team was located.


    "Il..."


    The dumplings let out a sharp chirping, then circled to lower the altitude, looking for a suitable place to land.


    "Leader, look..."


    Uncaria sat behind Jiang Xuan and pointed to the forest ahead.


    Jiang Xuan had already noticed the abnormality over there. In fact, it was hard not to notice it, because a large area of ??the forest had become bare, except for the branches and trunks, and even the green color could not be seen.


    "What a powerful locust!"


    Even Jiang Xuan was shocked to see such a scene.


    This is the first time he has seen a locust plague with his own eyes. He has only seen it in some movies and videos in his previous life, and it is far from the shock of what he saw with his own eyes.


    What''s more, these locusts are much more powerful than those known in previous lives.


    Each adult locust is the size of a fist. When they finish eating the leaves of a tree and spread their wings to fly, the darkness is overwhelming, and the vibration of the wings alone is scary enough.


    Jiang Xuan has some understanding of the reproductive ability and evolutionary ability of locusts. He also knows that once a locust plague occurs, if it cannot be effectively contained, it will expand rapidly, and it will harm a very wide area, even several areas.


    "Tangyuan, don''t land yet, go ahead and have a look."


    Under Jiang Xuan''s instructions, the glutinous rice **** stuck to the sky above the forest and continued to fly forward. The gust of wind set off when the wings flapped, blew away many locusts on the treetops.


    The dumplings flew Jiang Xuan and Uncaria into the forest ahead. The more they saw, the more shocked Jiang Xuan became, because these locusts had already devoured a large area of ??the forest, and they were still going on. spread around.


    If things go on like this, it''s only a matter of time before these locusts fly to where the Vine tribe is.


    "They can''t be allowed to reproduce like this, they have to find a way to stop them."


    But what to do with these overwhelming locusts? Jiang Xuan felt very tricky.


    Places like Nanhuang are actually not suitable habitats for locusts at all.


    Locusts like to lay their eggs in places with low vegetation coverage or even bare places. It is difficult to reproduce in places like Nanhuang, where virgin forests are all over.


    In previous years, Jiang Xuan had never seen a locust plague at all, and he had never even heard of a locust plague in the Southern Wilderness.


    Therefore, Jiang Xuan guessed that these locusts should have come from Xihuang, or a place close to Xihuang.


    The locust plague is easiest to eradicate when the initial scale is small, but when the locust scale reaches a certain level, it is difficult to eradicate them.


    Even in the era of advanced technology in the previous life, dealing with locust plagues was not an easy task.


    What''s more, in the primitive era where Jiang Xuan is now, he can''t even find a bottle of the simplest pesticide.


    But no matter what, with the terrifying feeding speed of these locusts, it won''t take long for them to harm the Vine tribe.


    This year, due to the drought, the food production of the Veng tribe had been greatly affected, but Jiang Xuan did not expect that the grain would not be harvested.

 v2 Chapter 282： each show his powers

    Chapter errors, click here to report (no registration)


    , If the content is garbled, typo, and word order is disordered, please exit reading mode or free reading mode and it will be normal.


    Three days later, the first batch of colorful ducks, colorful pheasants, unicorns and other poultry were carried in cages and brought to the place where the plague of locusts was taking place.


    These locusts are really terrifying. In just three days, they devoured a lot of woods, and wherever they passed, nothing grew.


    "Open the cage!"


    Jiang Xuan sat on the back of the black wind rhino Crescent Moon. With an order, the members of the breeding team opened the cages they were carrying and released all the poultry.


    During the three days on the road, these poultry were only fed once a day, and the amount of feeding was not much, so they were already starving.


    "Quack quack..."


    The colorful duck took the lead and flew out, screaming, flapping its wings and flying towards the locusts.


    Due to the relatively short domestication time, all the poultry in the Vine tribe, as long as they are not overweight, basically have the ability to fly.


    A multicolored duck took the lead in flying into the air, opened its mouth, grabbed a locust in one bite, and swallowed it directly into its belly without chewing.


    These locusts, each the size of a fist, are very fat.


    The colorful ducks of the Veng tribe weigh about twenty or thirty pounds, and only they can swallow the locusts raw.


    A large group of multicolored ducks are constantly flapping in the air, and the locusts all over the mountains and fields are a feast for them.


    In addition to the colorful ducks, poultry such as colorful pheasants and unicorns also flew out of their cages and joined the feast.


    But they are obviously not as efficient in eating locusts as multicolored ducks. They need to take the locusts in their mouths, bring them to the ground or trees, use their sharp beaks to break up the locusts, and then eat them bit by bit.


    "Boss, they eat so fast, and they eat a lot every day. They should be able to clean up these locusts, right?"


    Uncaria stood beside Jiang Xuan, nervously watching those poultry fluttering around, frantically preying on locusts.


    However, Jiang Xuan shook his head and said, "No, the locusts have become a disaster, and there are too many."


    Uncaria couldn''t help but retorted: "But we also raise a lot of poultry, and we eat a lot of food. We eat all day long."


    Jiang Xuandao: "Each of these locusts can breed innumerable, and they can grow up in a very short period of time. Even if these birds do not stop day and night, they will not be able to eat them."


    Dajiao, the leader of the breeding team on the side, nodded and said: "The leader is right, the insects are multiplying too fast, and the number of poultry we breed is limited, and we can''t eat it."


    At the beginning of the establishment of the breeding team, Dajiao has cultivated insects for a long time, and has a certain understanding of the living habits of various insects.


    Although the individual combat effectiveness of the insects is not strong, their ability to reproduce and grow is terrifying.


    "Then can''t we just watch these locusts eat up the forest?"


    Uncaria looked at the locusts flying all over the sky and the bare forest ahead, only to feel that the mood became extremely bad.


    "Don''t be so pessimistic."


    Jiang Xuan patted Uncaria on the shoulder and said, "These locusts are not only harming our Vine tribe, but other tribes will also be affected. Maybe other tribes will have a solution?"


    "For example, the frog tribe, those giant frogs are much better at dealing with bugs than us."


    Uncaria''s eyes lit up and said, "Yes, how did I forget the frog tribe, leader, I can send a few soldiers to find them now."


    "Don''t worry, in addition to the frog tribe, the bird tribe should also be notified. I don''t think those birds will refuse to fly over to eat insects."


    "There are also mountain turtle tribes, unicorn tribes, thorn-fly tribes... There are so many tribes nearby, everyone should contribute, aren''t they afraid that the forest will be destroyed by locusts and there will be nowhere to hunt?"

 v2 Chapter 282： The incurable locust

    "Boom!"


    With a muffled sound, the huge dumpling fell to the ground.


    Even though it had spread its wings as much as possible to reduce the noise when it landed, there were still two rows of large and deep holes on the ground.


    It was the claws of the dumplings poked out.


    "Hahaha, Chief Xuan, I haven''t seen you for a while, you are getting stronger and stronger!"


    Shan Jia went to the door in time to greet him, and before he walked over, he began to praise Jiang Xuan.


    Jiang Xuan jumped off the back of the dumplings, landed on the ground with ease, and then walked towards the mountain armor.


    He is nineteen years old this year, and his strength has reached the level of a five-color warrior. He is tall and burly, and looks very oppressive.


    "Leader of the mountain armor, long time no see." A smile appeared on Jiang Xuan''s face.


    He has been to the Mountain Turtle Tribe many times, and he is as familiar as his own home. After landing, his mood is relatively relaxed.


    "Boss Xuan, it''s too late for you to come. Today our tribe''s warriors just collected some fresh ice lotus root, let''s go, I''ll take you to taste it."


    "it is good."


    The two walked shoulder to shoulder, chatting while walking into the tribe. The mountain turtle tribesmen on the road were very familiar with Jiang Xuan, and some warriors even greeted Jiang Xuan, and Jiang Xuan responded one by one.


    After a while, the two came to the house where Shan Jia lived.


    In addition to the fire pond, a set of wooden furniture is particularly conspicuous. It is a gift from the rattan tribe to the mountain turtle tribe. There are two sets in total, one for the witch and one for the leader.


    After Jiang Xuan sat down on the chair, Shan Jia immediately put some washed ice lotus root on the table and let Jiang Xuan eat it casually.


    Jiang Xuan took a piece of ice lotus, put it in his mouth and took a bite, the cold and sweet taste made him refreshed.


    It''s a real treat to eat something like this on a hot summer day.


    On the other hand, the ice lotus root transplanted by the vine tribe does not have this cooling effect, the taste is much worse, and it does not have the effect of being as cold as ice cubes.


    Jiang Xuan said in surprise: "Is this dug from the place where the Otter tribe lived?"


    Shan Jia said honestly: "That''s right, but our warriors are not as good at diving as the Otter Tribe. They can only pull up the ice lotus root. Most of them can only get the upper part, and it is difficult to pull them out completely."


    Jiang Xuan took another bite and said, "It''s a pity, those ice lotus roots under the silt are bigger and sweeter."


    Shan Jia said helplessly: "I want to eat the ice lotus root under the silt. It is estimated that only the big otters of the Otter tribe can dig it out."


    Are only those big otters able to dig out?


    Jiang Xuan thought about it carefully, and thought to himself: That''s not necessarily true. There are many animals that are good at diving, and it''s not just the big otter!


    For example, the frog tribe, those giant frogs are particularly good at diving, and it should be no problem to dig an ice lotus root.


    However, Jiang Xuan would not say such words in front of the mountain armor. He pondered that after the territory of the Goto tribe expanded to the Great Swamp, he must try to plant ice lotus root again on the Great Swamp.


    It stands to reason that as long as the environment is similar, the ice lotus root should be the same, and there will be no significant drop in taste and yield after transplanting by the vine tribe.


    After Jiang Xuan finished eating a piece of ice lotus root, he put this matter aside for the time being, because he didn''t come for the ice lotus root today.


    "Leader of the mountain armor, in fact, I came here this time to report to you."


    "A letter?"


    "Yes, do you know that there are a large number of locusts flying over here?"


    "Locusts? What is that?"


    "It''s a grasshopper, but it''s much more ferocious than the grasshoppers we usually see."


    "It turned out to be a grasshopper..."


    When Yamagata heard that it was a grasshopper, his mood suddenly relaxed.


    Grasshoppers have a very long history of birth, and their distribution range is extremely wide. Tribal people are not unfamiliar with them at all.


    Usually when the tribesmen go out hunting, if they come across a big grasshopper, they will also catch them, thread them into a string with thin wooden sticks, roast them and eat them, and the taste is okay.


    Jiang Xuan saw Shan Jia''s expression and knew that he knew nothing about the locust plague, and thought it was some grasshoppers hopping in the grass and eating grass leaves.


    "Leader of the mountain gills, the locusts we encounter now are not the ones you usually see, but they are overwhelming, and you can''t count them. They can eat up a forest in a few days."


    "Think about it, if these locusts eat up the plants in the forest, the animals will definitely run away, so where are we going to hunt?"


    Shan Jia listened to Jiang Xuan''s serious words, and finally paid some attention in his heart, but he still asked with a little doubt: "Is it really that powerful?"


    "It''s more powerful than you think, otherwise I wouldn''t have come all the way to remind you."


    Jiang Xuan continued: "Our Vine Tribe has already started to deal with these locusts, but the strength of the Vine Tribe alone is not enough, we need the help of other tribes."


    "You can''t even deal with the Vine tribe?"


    Shan Jia was taken aback and finally realized the seriousness of the problem.


    You must know that the nearby tribes have already regarded the Vine tribe as a quasi-big tribe, and what even the Vine tribe can''t deal with, other tribes are even more unable to resist.


    "Leader of the mountain armor, it''s useless if I say more, why don''t I take you to see it with your own eyes, how about it?"


    Yamagata hesitated, then nodded.


    In any case, he could never imagine how the grasshopper, which usually looks harmless to humans and animals, and even regarded as food, can have such terrifying destructive power.


    He wouldn''t fully believe it without seeing it with his own eyes.


    "Okay, then I''ll trouble the leader of the mountain armor to go to the Que Tribe and the Unicorn Tribe with me. I believe they will, like you, want to see the locust plague with their own eyes."


    Shan Jia nodded again, he was no longer in the mood to eat ice lotus root, he ate a little animal meat to satisfy his hunger, and then explained a few words to Wu, and left the mountain turtle tribe with Jiang Xuan.


    The Que Tribe and the Unicorn Tribe were not far from the Mountain Turtle Tribe, and the dumplings flew fast. In the evening, the leaders of these two tribes were also persuaded by Jiang Xuan to follow Jiang Xuan to see the locusts.


    In the middle of the night, the dumplings took them back to the forest where the first hunting team and the breeding team were located to rest.


    Early the next morning, when the sky was just dawn, Jiang Xuan got up with the leaders of the three tribes and climbed to the highest tree nearby.


    Just looking at it, the leaders of the three tribes were shocked and speechless.


    I saw a vast expanse of forest in front of me, and all the green color had disappeared, leaving only the bare trunks and branches, a piece of withered yellow.


    You know, it''s summer now!


    "This this¡­"


    Shan Jia was stunned, not knowing what to say for a while.


    Jiang Xuan had anticipated their reaction, and he said calmly, "Let''s see."


    The habit of locusts is day and night. At this time, most of the locusts are still lying on the trees and sleeping.


    When the sky was getting brighter and the sun was rising from Dongfang Ran Ran, all the locusts slowly woke up.


    "Buzzing..."


    After the locusts woke up one after another, they flapped their wings and flew up.


    At first, only a few scattered locusts flew up, and soon, more and more locusts flew up, so densely packed that they could not be counted.


    These locusts are all khaki, and when they gather, they look like a large cloud of yellow clouds. The humming of their wings makes people feel numb on their scalps.


    After these locusts flew up, they quickly rushed towards the nearest green plant.


    "Crack clap..."


    The locusts frantically gnawed at the leaves, grass blades and plant shoots. In the blink of an eye, a big tree was gnawed with holes, and all the green leaves were eaten by the locusts.


    "Gudong..."


    Shan Jia swallowed hard and said, "Are these really grasshoppers? It''s terrible."


    The leaders of the Que Tribe and the Unicorn Tribe nodded one after another.


    Jiang Xuandao: "You can think of them as mutated grasshoppers. If you leave them alone, it won''t take long for them to eat up all the forests near the swamp and even further away."


    "By that time, how will we survive here?"


    Jiang Xuan''s words were like a heavy hammer, hitting the hearts of Shan Jia and others.


    When it comes to tribal survival, no one can remain indifferent.


    The leader of the Unicorn tribe hurriedly asked, "Leader Xuan, what should we do?"


    Jiang Xuandao: "Of course, unite and deal with these locusts together."


    He thought about it for a while, and UU Reading added: "Not only our four tribes, but also other tribes near the Great Swamp must join forces to deal with these locusts together, they must be eliminated, no Let them continue to invade our territory!"


    The three nodded in succession. After seeing the horror of the locust plague, they absolutely did not want the locust plague to happen on their own territory.


    At the moment, Jiang Xuan discussed with them the feasible methods of killing locusts. After the discussion was completed, he sent them back to their respective tribes without stopping, and asked them to organize manpower to deal with the locust plague together.


    On the Veng tribe''s side, in addition to the first hunting team and the breeding team, more people were mobilized to participate in the slaughter of locusts.


    "Cuck!"


    Two days later, the frog tribe rushed over first, and a large group of giant frogs immediately jumped into the forest, frantically preying on the locusts.


    Soon, other tribes came one after another to join in this big operation against the locust plague.

 v2 Chapter 283： give up or continue

    "Gah..."


    A plump multicolored duck succumbed to it and walked swaying on the ground. Although a large number of locusts were still flying around in the sky, it was powerless.


    The other multicolored ducks also succumbed to it one after another. Even if some ducks could not swallow, they still had a locust in their mouths.


    The colorful pheasants and unicorns did not eat, because they eat slowly.


    But they are no longer hungry and eat only those locusts that look more delicious.


    "Boss, I found a problem." Dajiao walked over to Jiang Xuan.


    "what is the problem?"


    Jiang Xuan was in a bad mood when he looked at the locusts that were still densely packed in the sky, frantically eating leaves.


    Dajiao said: "Whether it is colorful ducks, colorful pheasants, unicorns, including those giant frogs of the frog tribe, when they eat locusts, they will choose green locusts to eat, those brown locusts, they will not touch, even If you encounter it, you will stay away.¡±


    After Dajiao said this, Jiang Xuan took a closer look, and it really was the case.


    Almost all the animals brought over only eat those green locusts, and they are like the gods of avoiding plagues to those khaki locusts, and they will not lean over at all.


    It''s just that because there are so many locusts, most people don''t notice this problem.


    Why is this happening?


    Jiang Xuan felt very strange about this. The brown and green ones are all locusts. Are those green locusts more delicious?


    At this moment, Big Horn said, "I think those brown locusts may be poisonous."


    "poisonous?"


    "Yes, animals are naturally able to distinguish what they can eat and what they can''t eat. Most of the things they don''t eat and even actively avoid are poisonous."


    After Dajiao''s reminder, Jiang Xuan suddenly remembered some information about the locust plague he had read in his previous life.


    Locusts are non-toxic when they do not gather, and all kinds of birds will prey on them, and the population is relatively balanced.


    Once the locusts gather on a large scale, they will activate the colony defense mechanism, constantly mutate, and moderately toxic phenylacetonitrile will appear in the body.


    The toxin emits a peculiar smell that birds shy away from.


    Even more frightening is that when the locust swarms are attacked and threatened, they will immediately convert phenylacetonitrile into highly toxic hydrocyanic acid.


    Hydrocyanic acid, a highly toxic substance, will kill you if you eat it.


    Therefore, once the locusts gather on a large scale, almost no natural enemies will approach them, restricting their reproduction.


    Locust swarms without natural enemies will grow larger and larger, and eventually evolve into a terrible disaster.


    The locusts in front of Jiang Xuan are the locusts that have gathered on a large scale.


    Moreover, these locusts are being attacked and threatened, that is to say, they may already contain highly toxic substances in their bodies.


    But there are always exceptions.


    The locust swarm is so huge that it is impossible for all locusts to be highly poisonous.


    Those locusts that are very brightly colored and highly aggressive are naturally inedible, but those green locusts are actually still in the larval stage, so they are non-toxic and can be eaten.


    The poultry brought by the Vine Tribe and the giant frogs of the Frog Tribe preyed on those green locusts.


    Jiang Xuan frowned and said, "I forgot that the locusts that cause disasters are poisonous. From this point of view, it is impossible to eliminate these locusts by eating them."


    "Boss, what should we do?"


    "Yeah, these locusts are too many."


    Huo Meng, the leader of the frog tribe, also came over with a very sad face.


    Although the frog tribe has grown rapidly, after all, when they migrated to the Southern Wilderness, there were only more than 200 people left, and there were only a few dozen giant frogs left.


    In the past two years, the frog tribe has attracted tourists on a large scale, and the population is only five or six hundred. The giant frogs are multiplying very quickly, and the adult giant frogs have reached thousands.


    Even so, in the face of overwhelming locusts, Huo Meng has a sense of fear.


    Because giant frogs can''t resist so many locusts at all, and the frog tribe and the vine tribe learned to plant, and just tasted a little bit of sweetness.


    If these locusts are allowed to move forward, the crops of the frog tribe will certainly not be preserved.


    Jiang Xuan pondered for a moment and said, "Don''t worry, there is always a solution to the problem, but we haven''t found it yet."


    Huo Meng was a little helpless, but he really didn''t think of a good way. He could only continue to command those giant frogs and frog tribe warriors to kill the locusts.


    On the third day, although the Vine and Frog tribes worked hard to kill the locusts, the number of locusts could not be controlled at all, and another forest was devoured.


    On the fourth day, the mountain turtle tribe and the thorn fly tribe arrived and joined the operation to kill the locusts. However, because the mountain turtle and the thorn flies did not eat the locusts, they could only be caught by manpower, which was extremely inefficient.


    On the fifth day, things took a turn for the better, because the finch tribe came, and they brought a large number of birds.


    These birds deal with locusts much better than other animals.


    They circled to the rear of the locust swarm and specialized in preying on those locust larvae that had not yet changed color, with high efficiency.


    On the sixth day, the Unicorn tribe also arrived, but the Unicorns didn''t eat locusts, they just helped catch them.


    As for the Giant Claw Tribe, because it was too far away, Jiang Xuan did not send anyone to call them over to help.


    With the efforts of the six tribes and the surrounding small tribes, the advance of the locusts was greatly slowed down, but that was all.


    Because there are too many locusts, and the locusts in the northwest are still flying here.


    Compared with the huge locust swarm, the locust they killed was nothing at all.


    Moreover, when the time came to the seventh day, an even more terrifying thing happened.


    The locust swarm continued to mutate, and a large number of black and red giant locusts gradually appeared!


    Unlike the previous locusts, the black and red locusts are highly poisonous from the larval stage, and the birds will immediately fly away when they see them, like the **** of plague.


    Moreover, these locusts are several times larger than ordinary locusts, and they even dare to take the initiative to attack birds when they are adults, which is very ferocious and crazy.


    Seeing that the locust swarm is getting bigger and bigger, the mutated poisonous locust is getting more and more, and the speed of devouring the forest is getting faster and faster, and the clansmen of several tribes are finally desperate.


    In fact, except for the Vine tribe, other tribes don''t have much food reserves at all, they can''t spend all their time slaughtering locusts, they will starve to death.


    Although the undiscolored locusts can be eaten when they are cooked, they cannot be used as a staple food, and they are not hungry. The warriors of several tribes vomited and nauseated when they saw the locusts.


    On the tenth day, the leader of the Unicorn tribe found Jiang Xuan first, and told him that he had to go back.


    Jiang Xuan had nothing to do about this. After all, the Unicorn Tribe was not a subordinate tribe of the Vine Tribe, and was just here to help. It was not bad to be able to persist for so many days.


    After the Unicorn tribe left, UU read www. uukanshu. The comque tribe persisted for a few days and couldn''t stand it any longer. Their birds were attacked frantically by the mutant locusts, and they lost a lot.


    Soon, the sparrow tribe also left.


    Before the leader of the Que tribe left, he even advised Jiang Xuan: "Leader Xuan, give it up, these locusts are fighting more and more, and the more they fight, it is impossible to solve it."


    Jiang Xuan shook his head and said, "Even if you give up now, it won''t be long before the locusts eat all the way to our territory, and the forest will be eaten up by then, and they won''t be able to escape."


    The leader of the Que tribe opened his mouth, but he had nothing to say. Because what Jiang Xuan said was the truth, he couldn''t persuade the Teng tribe to migrate, right?


    Therefore, the Que tribe leader said nothing and left with his soldiers.


    After the unicorn tribe and the sparrow tribe left, it was more difficult for the remaining tribes to persist, and the constantly mutating locusts made them unable to withstand it.


    Could it be that we can only give up and let these locusts eat up the forest?

 v2 Chapter 284： Locust tribe

    The locusts are still frantically eating the forest, and swarms of locusts are constantly flying from the northwest, as if endless.


    The Vine Tribe and the Mountain Turtle Tribe, as well as the warriors of the two affiliated tribes, watched more and more locusts kill more and more locusts, the initial enthusiasm had long since disappeared, and despair gradually grew in their hearts


    "Little Marquis, hurry up, it''s our turn to patrol."


    "Where am I?"


    Qin Hu sat up in a daze, feeling cold on his body, and the wind was blowing outside, and suddenly felt strange in his heart.


    "Oh, little Marquis, why are you confused? We are in the barracks. It''s our turn to send guards at this hour. If you can''t afford it, the military law will deal with it. Now the old Marquis can''t protect you."


    "what?"


    Qin Hu opened his eyes and saw that he was staying in a tent with a soldier in leather armor in front of him.


    Just when he wanted to open his mouth to ask something, he suddenly had a splitting headache, and a huge flow of information rushed into his mind, and after a few seconds he knew that he had passed through.


    He passed from a modern special soldier to a young marquis named Qin Hu, who is the head of the seven evil young men in the capital!


    And this era called the Dayu Dynasty did not exist in history at all.


    Qin Hu''s ancestor was one of the twenty-eight marquis of the founding fathers of Dayu. His father died of illness three months ago, and Qin Hu became the new champion marquis.


    Qin Hu was spoiled by his parents since he was a child. He didn''t like to read or practice martial arts.


    When he grew up, his family wanted him to take care of him, so they decided on a marriage. The woman was the eldest lady of Chen Guogong''s family, named Chen Ruoli, a famous girl, and a beautiful woman.


    This Qin Hu is extremely vicious to others, but he treats this beautiful fiancee as a treasure.


    But the thing happened to this childhood sweetheart Miss Chen.


    According to Qin Hu''s memory, he brought his fianc¨¦e into the palace that day to visit Princess Chang''an. The princess and Chen Ruoli had been friends since childhood, so they arranged a banquet.


    But later Qin Hu drank the film, and when he woke up, he had already arrived at the imperial prison of the inner guard. He was told that he was drunk and molested the princess with the intention of doing something wrong.


    What''s even weirder is that Chen Ruoli actually wrote a letter to impeach Qin Hu, his fianc¨¦, for 72 illegal things.


    Qin Hu was like five thunderbolts at the time, he couldn''t believe his ears...


    The imperial decree came down very soon. If you have meritorious deeds on the ancestors of Qin Hu, the death penalty can be avoided, and the death penalty cannot be escaped. He will be assigned to Youzhou, serve in the army, and retain the title for the sake of future effects.


    But after arriving in Youzhou, he was quickly assigned to the front line - the front line of Pioneer.


    After going through these things in Qin Hu''s mind, he basically understood that this should be a trap.


    Because Chen Guogong wanted to break off the marriage with him for a long time.


    The Qin family and the Chen family were originally political marriages, and both wanted to become stronger and bigger, but the later Qin Hu was almost useless except for being a playboy. It can be said that he lost the face of the champion Houfu.


    You must know that the champions of all dynasties are all heroes and have unparalleled influence in the army, but this generation has produced a waste who has never been on the battlefield.


    https://


    When the old marquis was alive, Chen Guogong returned his face. When the old marquis died, Chen Guogong turned his face ruthlessly, and even staged a scene of divorce in the mourning hall.


    But Qin Hu loves Chen Ruoli so much that he is not allowed to live or die, but Chen Ruoli has long been very disgusted with him as a villain.


    And so a disaster happened!


    As for Princess Chang''an, it is even simpler. She is Qin Hu''s cousin''s cousin. As long as Qin Hu is dead, the huge family property of the champion Hou''s mansion will naturally fall to this cousin.


    These forces, each got what they needed, and they were united in one spirit, so they quickly united...,


    Sure enough, as soon as he entered the Houmen, it was as deep as the sea, and there were so many people who wanted him to die.


    "Qin An, do you think we can find a place to be backed by the wind?"


    Under the bright moonlight, the rough north wind with a harsh whistle, swept across the open field, and blew a few torches on and off, more like countless flying knives slicing human skin.


    "No, little marquis, it will be dealt with by military law."


    Qin Hu and Qin An shrank their heads against the wind, ran out of the camp, and ran forward on the heavy snow.


    The thin Qin An was inadvertently overturned by the strong wind.


    When the two sentries who switched defenses saw them come out, they looked at each other with a smirk, took two handfuls of snow and put out the warm bonfire, and then got into the tent.


    Damn, even the soldiers have been bought, and I want to freeze to death!


    This is a small-scale camp with about 20 tents, surrounded by horse-drawn carriages, and the antlers of the antlers are not lined up.


    According to the memory of Qin Hu''s previous life, there were about 200 people stationed here. They were the vanguard battalion of Li Qin, the general of Yu Chao''s expedition to the north.


    The target of Li Qin''s army of 20,000 this time was the ancient enemy of the Yu Dynasty on the border, the Liaodong Kingdom.


    "Cough, little Marquis, do you think we can go back alive?" Qin An''s whole body was curled up on the snow, his lips and face were blue, and he was weak when he spoke, as if he would die at any time.


    Qin Hu sighed in his heart, Qin An was completely implicated by himself, and if things continued like this, they would definitely die.


    Those who wanted him to die didn''t kill him in the courtroom, but slapped him with black hands in the barracks and killed him.


    But Qin Hu is by no means a person who sits and waits for death. This is obviously a matter of being framed, and he can''t take a break.


    Life is an endless struggle to survive, just wait, I will not only live, but also go back to the capital and settle accounts with you.


    "Qin An, how many banknotes did we bring when we went out?"


    "I don''t have any silver notes. I only have twenty taels of silver on me. The imperial edict said that UU reading we are allotted to the army, and the family property is banned."


    Qin An is only 16 years old this year. He is Qin Hu''s personal book boy.


    In fact, Qin Hu is not much better. These days, the Pioneer Camp marches 30 miles a day. The work they do is to build bridges when they meet mountains and waters, cut firewood and fire, dig ditches to carry water, and build camps.


    And what would it be like for these two thin-skinned and tender-fleshed guys to stay with hundreds of five big and three thick Qiu Ba every day?


    It must be the most tiring job, the worst meal, the worst beating, and the most angry...


    Qin Hu estimated that his predecessor might have been tortured to death.


    Maybe he deserved it.


    It''s just that he has to bear this suffering now. If he can''t bear it, he will die.


    "give me."


    Qin Hu thought about it, he must first try to save Qin An''s life, and then think of other ways.


    And it is not difficult to save one''s life. The easiest way is to pay bribes. As the saying goes, money can be used for the gods. Although this method is primitive, it will always work.


    But in this situation, it is impossible for him to bribe high-ranking officials, because no one dares to get involved with him. Not to mention no money.


    So he thought of a person in his mind, the centurion Li Xiaokun.


    That is, the current leader of the pioneer battalion. https://


    Due to various problems, the address has been changed to please bookmark the new address to avoid getting lost.


    New for you the fastest This is my original tribe update, chapter 284 Locust tribe free to read. https://

 v2 Chapter 285： fire attack

    The Mountain Turtle Tribe stayed firmly and fought against the locusts together with the Veng Tribe, which surprised Jiang Xuan and was a little moved.


    You must know that except for the people of this tribe, other tribes, including affiliated tribes, are all about their own interests, and there are few such firm allies.


    Turtle Department...


    "Little Marquis, hurry up, it''s our turn to patrol."


    "Where am I?"


    Qin Hu sat up in a daze, feeling cold on his body, and the wind was blowing outside, and suddenly felt strange in his heart.


    "Oh, little Marquis, why are you confused? We are in the barracks. It''s our turn to send guards at this hour. If you can''t afford it, the military law will deal with it. Now the old Marquis can''t protect you."


    "what?"


    Qin Hu opened his eyes and saw that he was staying in a tent with a soldier in leather armor in front of him.


    Just when he wanted to open his mouth to ask something, he suddenly had a splitting headache, and a huge flow of information rushed into his mind, and after a few seconds he knew that he had passed through.


    He passed from a modern special soldier to a young marquis named Qin Hu, who is the head of the seven evil young men in the capital!


    And this era called the Dayu Dynasty did not exist in history at all.


    Qin Hu''s ancestor was one of the twenty-eight marquis of the founding fathers of Dayu. His father died of illness three months ago, and Qin Hu became the new champion marquis.


    Qin Hu was spoiled by his parents since he was a child. He didn''t like to read or practice martial arts.


    When he grew up, his family wanted him to take care of him, so he decided on a marriage. The woman was the eldest lady of Chen Guogong''s family, named Chen Ruoli, a famous girl, and a beautiful woman.


    This Qin Hu is extremely vicious to others, but he treats this beautiful fiancee as a treasure.


    But the thing happened to this childhood sweetheart Miss Chen.


    According to Qin Hu''s memory, he brought his fianc¨¦e into the palace that day to visit Princess Chang''an. The princess and Chen Ruoli had been friends since childhood, so they arranged a banquet.


    But later Qin Hu drank the film, and when he woke up, he had already arrived at the imperial prison of the inner guard. He was told that he was drunk and molested the princess with the intention of doing something wrong.


    What''s even weirder is that Chen Ruoli actually wrote a letter to impeach Qin Hu, his fianc¨¦, for 72 illegal things.


    Qin Hu was like five thunderbolts at the time, he couldn''t believe his ears...


    The imperial decree came down very soon. If you have meritorious deeds on the ancestors of Qin Hu, the death penalty can be avoided, and the death penalty cannot be escaped. He will be assigned to Youzhou, serve in the army, and retain the title for the sake of future effects.


    But after arriving in Youzhou, he was quickly assigned to the front line - the front line of Pioneer.


    After going through these things in Qin Hu''s mind, he basically understood that this should be a trap.


    Because Chen Guogong wanted to break off the marriage with him for a long time.


    The Qin family and the Chen family were originally political marriages, and both wanted to become stronger and bigger, but the later Qin Hu was almost useless except for being a playboy. It can be said that he lost the face of the champion Houfu.


    You must know that the champions of all dynasties are all heroes and have unparalleled influence in the army, but this generation has produced a waste who has never been on the battlefield.


    https://


    When the old marquis was alive, Chen Guogong returned his face. When the old marquis died, Chen Guogong turned his face ruthlessly, and even staged a scene of divorce in the mourning hall.


    But Qin Hu loves Chen Ruoli so much that he is not allowed to live or die, but Chen Ruoli has long been very disgusted with him as a villain.


    And so a disaster happened!


    As for Princess Chang''an, it is even simpler. She is Qin Hu''s cousin''s cousin. As long as Qin Hu is dead, the huge family property of the champion Hou''s mansion will naturally fall to this cousin.


    These forces, each got what they needed, and they were united in one spirit, so they quickly united...,


    Sure enough, as soon as he entered the Houmen, it was as deep as the sea, and there were so many people who wanted him to die.


    "Qin An, do you think we can find a place to be backed by the wind?"


    Under the bright moonlight, the rough north wind with a harsh whistle, swept across the open field, and blew a few torches on and off, more like countless flying knives slicing human skin.


    "No, little marquis, it will be dealt with by military law."


    Qin Hu and Qin An shrank their heads against the wind, ran out of the camp, and ran forward on the heavy snow.


    The thin Qin An was inadvertently overturned by the strong wind.


    When the two sentries who switched defenses saw them come out, they looked at each other with a smirk, took two handfuls of snow and put out the warm bonfire, and then got into the tent.


    Damn, even the soldiers have been bought, and I want to freeze to death!


    This is a small-scale camp with about 20 tents, surrounded by horse-drawn carriages, and the antlers of the antlers are not lined up.


    According to the memory of Qin Hu''s previous life, there were about 200 people stationed here. They were the vanguard battalion of Li Qin, the general of Yu Chao''s expedition to the north.


    The target of Li Qin''s army of 20,000 this time was the ancient enemy of the Yu Dynasty on the border, the Liaodong Kingdom.


    "Cough, little Marquis, do you think we can go back alive?" Qin An''s whole body was curled up on the snow, his lips and face were blue, and he was weak when he spoke, as if he would die at any time.


    Qin Hu sighed in his heart, Qin An was completely implicated by himself, and if things continued like this, they would definitely die.


    Those who wanted him to die didn''t kill him in the courtroom, but slapped him with sap in the barracks and killed him.


    But Qin Hu is by no means a person who sits and waits for death. This is obviously a matter of being framed, and he can''t take a break.


    Life is an endless struggle to survive, just wait, I will not only live, but also go back to the capital and settle accounts with you.


    "Qin An, how many banknotes did we bring when we went out?"


    "There''s no more money, I only have twenty taels of silver on me. The imperial decree said, UU reading we are allotted to the army, and the family property is banned."


    Qin An is only 16 years old this year. He is Qin Hu''s personal book boy.


    In fact, Qin Hu is not much better. These days, the Pioneer Camp marches 30 miles a day. The work he does is to build bridges on every mountain and water, cut firewood and fire, dig ditches to carry water, and build camps.


    And what would it be like for these two thin-skinned and tender-fleshed guys to stay with hundreds of five big and three thick Qiu Ba every day?


    It must be the most tiring job, the worst meal, the worst beating, and the most angry...


    Qin Hu estimated that his predecessor might have been tortured to death.


    Maybe he deserved it.


    It''s just that he has to bear this suffering now. If he can''t bear it, he will die.


    "give me."


    Qin Hu thought about it, he must first try to save Qin An''s life, and then think of other ways.


    And it is not difficult to save one''s life. The easiest way is to pay bribes. As the saying goes, money can be used for the gods. Although this method is primitive, it will always work.


    But in this situation, it is impossible for him to bribe high-ranking officials, because no one dares to get involved with him. Not to mention no money.


    So he thought of a person in his mind, the centurion Li Xiaokun.


    That is, the current leader of the pioneer battalion. https://


    Due to various problems, the address has been changed to please bookmark the new address to avoid getting lost.


    New to provide you with the fastest This is my original tribe update, Chapter 285 Fire Attack free to read. https://

 v2 Chapter 286： fire locust

    Chapter errors, click here to report (no registration)


    , If the content is garbled, typo, and word order is disordered, please exit reading mode or free reading mode and it will be normal.


    "Clap clap clap..."


    In the raging fire, countless locusts had their wings burned just after they woke up. After falling into the sea of ??fire, they were directly burned and burst in the high temperature.


    "Swish..."


    In the forest surrounded by flames, all the locusts flew up.


    However, the fires in the primeval forests are even more terrifying.


    Once the fire is formed on all sides, the tail of the fire will be as high as hundreds of meters under the cyclone.


    "crack crackle crackle..."


    A large number of locusts fell directly to the ground after being burned by the flame. Because there were too many, the movement was like a rainstorm, and the scene was very shocking.


    "Burn, burn them!"


    Uncaria shouted excitedly. He had been tortured enough by these locusts these days. Now that these locusts were burned to death, the depression in his heart was swept away.


    The other soldiers also shouted excitedly, wishing that the fire would burn a little bigger and burn all the locusts to death in the forest.


    "Huhuhu..."


    In the dry forest, the fire burned more and more vigorously. After the temperature rose, the wind became stronger, and the flames became extremely violent and terrifying. If the fire tail rolled in any direction, it could ignite a forest.


    "call¡­"


    In the end, a fire tail rolled to the place where the warriors of the Vine tribe were, and the terrifying flame made the hair stand on end in an instant.


    "Back, back!"


    Jiang Xuan shouted loudly, and the soldiers of the Fuji tribe retreated in a panic, and the excitement just now was replaced by fear.


    "Crackling..."


    Where the fire tail rolled over, a branch quickly burned, and it was about to form a fire.


    "Om..."


    At this moment, the accompanying divine vines burst into a dazzling green divine light, the green branches like jasper grew rapidly, and a drop of transparent liquid was sprinkled down, dousing the flames.


    This transparent liquid is actually the water drawn from the ground by the root system of the **** vine, not the green **** liquid during sacrifice.


    "Thank you Shenteng!"


    Jiang Xuan breathed a sigh of relief and thanked Shenteng, and the other soldiers also thanked Shenteng for his life-saving grace with lingering fears.


    The virgin forest fire is really terrible. Once it burns, it is out of control at all. This is why other tribes dare not use fire to attack.


    If you are not careful, this tribe and even the surrounding tribes will all be involved, and everyone will be buried in the sea of ????fire.


    The huge sacred vine stands in the forest, protecting the clansmen of the vine tribe. Its roots go deep into the ground, extracting groundwater, and the branches sway gently in the wind, shining brightly.


    No matter where the fire is, Shenteng can put it out at the first time.


    With the protection of the divine vine, the warriors of the vine tribe felt a lot more at ease, and even enthusiastically discussed how many locusts could escape.


    The situation of the frog tribe and the mountain turtle tribe is similar, because their totem gods can draw water from the big swamp to put out fires, and the efficiency is even higher than that of the **** vine.


    Only the stinger tribe is relatively poor, because it has no ability to control water, and can only use divine power to put out fires, which is very difficult.


    "Yeah..."


    Jiang Xuan rode the purple eagle and flew into the sky, but he tried to stay away from the sea of ??fire, so as not to be attacked by the fire tail that suddenly came up.


    He flew around the sea of ????fire and found that because the flames were too violent, few locusts could escape, and most of the locusts were still struggling in the sea of ????fire. If this continues, these locusts will be burned to ashes.


    When he rode the dumplings and flew to the south, where the Thorn Flies Tribe was responsible for the forest, he clearly saw that there were fires everywhere, and the Thorn Flies God struggled very hard to fight the flames.


    Jiang Xuan frowned. When he made arrangements before, he ignored the fact that the Thorn Fly God is not good at extinguishing fires, and should not have arranged the Thorn Flies tribe in the south.

 v2 Chapter 287： The locust tribe is here

    "crack crackle crackle..."


    The fire burned for a whole day and night, and there was still no sign of going out. The terrifying high temperature baked the ground red, and even the stones were cracked.


    Jiang Xuandao: "After burning for so long, these locusts and eggs should have been burned to death, there is no point in continuing to burn, Vine God...


    "Little Marquis, hurry up, it''s our turn to patrol."


    "Where am I?"


    Qin Hu sat up in a daze, feeling cold on his body, and the wind was blowing outside, and suddenly felt strange in his heart.


    "Oh, little Marquis, why are you confused? We are in the barracks. It''s our turn to send guards at this hour. If you can''t afford it, the military law will deal with it. Now the old Marquis can''t protect you."


    "what?"


    Qin Hu opened his eyes and saw that he was staying in a tent with a soldier in leather armor in front of him.


    Just when he wanted to open his mouth to ask something, he suddenly had a splitting headache, and a huge stream of information rushed into his mind, and after a few seconds he knew that he had passed through.


    He passed from a modern special soldier to a young marquis named Qin Hu, who is the head of the seven evil young men in the capital!


    And this era called the Dayu Dynasty did not exist in history at all.


    Qin Hu''s ancestor was one of the twenty-eight marquis of the founding fathers of Dayu. His father died of illness three months ago, and Qin Hu became the new champion marquis.


    Qin Hu was spoiled by his parents since he was a child. He didn''t like to read or practice martial arts.


    When he grew up, his family wanted him to take care of him, so they decided on a marriage. The woman was the eldest lady of Chen Guogong''s family, named Chen Ruoli, a famous girl, and a beautiful woman.


    This Qin Hu is extremely vicious to others, but he treats this beautiful fiancee as a treasure.


    But the thing happened to this childhood sweetheart Miss Chen.


    According to Qin Hu''s memory, he brought his fianc¨¦e into the palace that day to visit Princess Chang''an. The princess and Chen Ruoli had been friends since childhood, so they arranged a banquet.


    But later Qin Hu drank the film, and when he woke up, he had already arrived at the imperial prison of the inner guard. He was told that he was drunk and molested the princess with the intention of doing something wrong.


    What''s even weirder is that Chen Ruoli actually wrote a letter to impeach Qin Hu, his fianc¨¦, for 72 illegal things.


    Qin Hu was like five thunderbolts at the time, he couldn''t believe his ears...


    The imperial decree came down very soon. If you have meritorious deeds on the ancestors of Qin Hu, the death penalty can be avoided, and the death penalty cannot be escaped. He will be assigned to Youzhou, serve in the army, and retain the title for the sake of future effects.


    But after arriving in Youzhou, he was quickly assigned to the front line - the front line of Pioneer.


    After going through these things in Qin Hu''s mind, he basically understood that this should be a trap.


    Because Chen Guogong wanted to break off the marriage with him for a long time.


    The Qin family and the Chen family were originally political marriages, and both wanted to become stronger and bigger, but the later Qin Hu was almost useless except for being a dummy.


    You must know that the champions of all dynasties are all heroes and have unparalleled influence in the army, but this generation has produced a waste who has never been on the battlefield.


    https://


    When the old marquis was alive, Chen Guogong returned his face. When the old marquis died, Chen Guogong turned his face ruthlessly, and even staged a scene of divorce in the mourning hall.


    But Qin Hu loves Chen Ruoli so much that he is not allowed to live or die, but Chen Ruoli has long been very disgusted with him as a villain.


    And so a disaster happened!


    As for Princess Chang''an, it is even simpler. She is Qin Hu''s cousin''s cousin. As long as Qin Hu is dead, the huge family property of the champion Hou''s mansion will naturally fall to this cousin.


    These forces, each got what they needed, and they were united in one spirit, so they quickly united...,


    Sure enough, as soon as he entered the Houmen, it was as deep as the sea, and there were so many people who wanted him to die.


    "Qin An, do you think we can find a place to be backed by the wind?"


    Under the bright moonlight, the rough north wind with a harsh whistle, swept across the open field, and blew a few torches on and off, more like countless flying knives slicing human skin.


    "No, little marquis, it will be dealt with by military law."


    Qin Hu and Qin An shrank their heads against the wind, ran out of the camp, and ran forward on the heavy snow.


    The thin Qin An was inadvertently overturned by the strong wind.


    When the two sentries who switched defenses saw them come out, they looked at each other with a smirk, took two handfuls of snow and put out the warm bonfire, and then got into the tent.


    Damn, even the soldiers have been bought, and I want to freeze to death!


    This is a small-scale camp with about 20 tents. It is surrounded by horses and carts. There are no antlers on the outside. The terrain is flat and there is no danger to defend.


    According to the memory of Qin Hu''s previous life, there were about 200 people stationed here. They were the vanguard battalion of Li Qin, the general of Yu Chao''s expedition to the north.


    The target of Li Qin''s army of 20,000 this time was the ancient enemy of the Yu Dynasty on the border, the Liaodong Kingdom.


    "Cough, little Marquis, do you think we can go back alive?" Qin An''s whole body was curled up on the snow, his lips and face were blue, and he was weak when he spoke, as if he would die at any time.


    Qin Hu sighed in his heart, Qin An was completely implicated by himself, and if things continued like this, they would definitely die.


    Those who wanted him to die didn''t kill him in the courtroom, but slapped him with sap in the barracks and killed him.


    But Qin Hu is by no means a person who sits and waits for death. This is obviously a matter of being framed, and he can''t take a break.


    Life is an endless struggle to survive, just wait, I will not only live, but also go back to the capital and settle accounts with you.


    "Qin An, how many banknotes did we bring when we went out?"


    "There''s no more money, I only have twenty taels of silver on me. The imperial edict said that we were allotted to the army, and the property of UU Reading was banned."


    Qin An is only 16 years old this year. He is Qin Hu''s personal book boy.


    In fact, Qin Hu is not much better. These days, the Pioneer Camp marches 30 miles a day. The work he does is to build bridges on every mountain and water, cut firewood and fire, dig ditches to carry water, and build camps.


    And what would it be like for these two thin-skinned and tender-fleshed guys to stay with hundreds of five big and three thick Qiu Ba every day?


    It must be the most tiring job, the worst meal, the worst beating, and the most angry...


    Qin Hu estimated that his predecessor might have been tortured to death.


    Maybe he deserved it.


    It''s just that he has to bear this suffering now. If he can''t bear it, he will die.


    "give me."


    Qin Hu thought about it, he must first try to save Qin An''s life, and then think of other ways.


    And it is not difficult to save one''s life. The easiest way is to pay bribes. As the saying goes, money can be used for the gods. Although this method is primitive, it will always work.


    But in this situation, it is impossible for him to bribe high-ranking officials, because no one dares to get involved with him. Not to mention no money.


    So he thought of a person in his mind, the centurion Li Xiaokun.


    That is, the current leader of the pioneer battalion. https://


    Due to various problems, the address has been changed to please bookmark the new address to avoid getting lost.


    New to provide you with the fastest This is my original tribe update, chapter 287 Locust tribe is here for free reading. https://

 v2 Chapter 288： scary locust god

    "Buzzing..."


    As soon as the battle started, Jiang Xuan realized that something was wrong, because the number of locusts was too large, and they rushed towards people overwhelmingly and bit them.


    The most terrible thing is that these locusts are mutated, not only bigger, but also carrying highly poisonous.


    ...


    "Little Marquis, hurry up, it''s our turn to patrol."


    "Where am I?"


    Qin Hu sat up in a daze, feeling cold on his body, and the wind was blowing outside, and suddenly felt strange in his heart.


    "Oh, little Marquis, why are you confused? We are in the barracks. It''s our turn to send guards at this hour. If you can''t afford it, the military law will deal with it. Now the old Marquis can''t protect you."


    "what?"


    Qin Hu opened his eyes and saw that he was staying in a tent with a soldier in leather armor in front of him.


    Just when he wanted to open his mouth to ask something, he suddenly had a splitting headache, and a huge stream of information rushed into his mind, and after a few seconds he knew that he had passed through.


    He passed from a modern special soldier to a young marquis named Qin Hu, who is the head of the seven evil young men in the capital!


    And this era called the Dayu Dynasty did not exist in history at all.


    Qin Hu''s ancestor was one of the twenty-eight marquis of the founding fathers of Dayu. His father died of illness three months ago, and Qin Hu became the new champion marquis.


    Qin Hu was spoiled by his parents since he was a child. He didn''t like to read or practice martial arts.


    When he grew up, his family wanted him to take care of him, so they decided on a marriage. The woman was the eldest lady of Chen Guogong''s family, named Chen Ruoli, a famous girl, and a beautiful woman.


    This Qin Hu is extremely vicious to others, but he treats this beautiful fiancee as a treasure.


    But the thing happened to this childhood sweetheart Miss Chen.


    According to Qin Hu''s memory, he brought his fianc¨¦e into the palace that day to visit Princess Chang''an. The princess and Chen Ruoli had been friends since childhood, so they arranged a banquet.


    But later Qin Hu drank the film, and when he woke up, he had already arrived at the imperial prison of the inner guard. He was told that he was drunk and molested the princess with the intention of doing something wrong.


    What''s even weirder is that Chen Ruoli actually wrote a letter to impeach Qin Hu, his fianc¨¦, for 72 illegal things.


    Qin Hu was like five thunderbolts at the time, he couldn''t believe his ears...


    The imperial decree came down very soon. If you have meritorious deeds on the ancestors of Qin Hu, the death penalty can be avoided, and the death penalty cannot be escaped. He will be assigned to Youzhou, serve in the army, and retain the title for the sake of future effects.


    But after arriving in Youzhou, he was quickly assigned to the front line - the front line of Pioneer.


    After going through these things in Qin Hu''s mind, he basically understood that this should be a trap.


    Because Chen Guogong wanted to break off the marriage with him for a long time.


    The Qin family and the Chen family were originally political marriages, and both wanted to become stronger and bigger, but the later Qin Hu was almost useless except for being a dummy.


    You must know that the champions of all dynasties are all heroes and have unparalleled influence in the army, but this generation has produced a waste who has never been on the battlefield.


    https://


    When the old marquis was alive, Chen Guogong returned his face. When the old marquis died, Chen Guogong turned his face ruthlessly, and even staged a scene of divorce in the mourning hall.


    But Qin Hu loves Chen Ruoli so much that he is not allowed to live or die, but Chen Ruoli has long been very disgusted with him as a villain.


    And so a disaster happened!


    As for Princess Chang''an, it is even simpler. She is Qin Hu''s cousin''s cousin. As long as Qin Hu is dead, the huge family property of the champion Hou''s mansion will naturally fall to this cousin.


    These forces, each got what they needed, and they were united in one spirit, so they quickly united...,


    Sure enough, as soon as he entered the Houmen, it was as deep as the sea, and there were so many people who wanted him to die.


    "Qin An, do you think we can find a place to be backed by the wind?"


    Under the bright moonlight, the rough north wind with a harsh whistle, swept across the open field, and blew a few torches on and off, more like countless flying knives slicing human skin.


    "No, little marquis, it will be dealt with by military law."


    Qin Hu and Qin An shrank their heads against the wind, ran out of the camp, and ran forward on the heavy snow.


    The thin Qin An was inadvertently overturned by the strong wind.


    When the two sentries who switched defenses saw them come out, they looked at each other with a smirk, took two handfuls of snow and put out the warm bonfire, and then got into the tent.


    Damn, even the soldiers have been bought, and I want to freeze to death!


    This is a small-scale camp with about 20 tents. It is surrounded by horses and carts. There are no antlers on the outside. The terrain is flat and there is no danger to defend.


    According to the memory of Qin Hu''s previous life, there were about 200 people stationed here. They were the vanguard battalion of Li Qin, the general of Yu Chao''s expedition to the north.


    The target of Li Qin''s army of 20,000 this time was the ancient enemy of the Yu Dynasty on the border, the Liaodong Kingdom.


    "Cough, little Marquis, do you think we can go back alive?" Qin An''s whole body was curled up on the snow, his lips and face were blue, and he was weak when he spoke, as if he would die at any time.


    Qin Hu sighed in his heart, Qin An was completely implicated by himself, and if things continued like this, they would definitely die.


    Those who wanted him to die didn''t kill him in the courtroom, but slapped him with black hands in the barracks and killed him.


    But Qin Hu is by no means a person who sits and waits for death. This is obviously a matter of being framed, and he can''t take a break.


    Life is an endless struggle to survive, just wait, I will not only live, but also go back to the capital and settle accounts with you.


    "Qin An, how many banknotes did we bring when we went out?"


    "I don''t have any silver notes. I only have twenty taels of silver on my body. The imperial edict said that we were allotted to the army, and our family property was banned."


    Qin An is only 16 years old this year. He is Qin Hu''s personal book boy.


    In fact, Qin Hu is not much better. These days, the Pioneer Camp marches 30 miles a day. The work they do is to build bridges when they meet water, cut firewood and fire, dig ditches to carry water, UU reading www.uukanshu. com build a camp.


    And what would it be like for these two thin-skinned and tender-fleshed guys to stay with hundreds of five big and three thick Qiu Ba every day?


    It must be the most tiring job, the worst meal, the worst beating, and the most angry...


    Qin Hu estimated that his predecessor might have been tortured to death.


    Maybe he deserved it.


    It''s just that he has to bear this suffering now. If he can''t bear it, he will die.


    "give me."


    Qin Hu thought about it, he must first try to save Qin An''s life, and then think of other ways.


    And it is not difficult to save one''s life. The easiest way is to pay bribes. As the saying goes, money can be used for the gods. Although this method is primitive, it will always work.


    But in this situation, it is impossible for him to bribe high-ranking officials, because no one dares to get involved with him. Not to mention no money.


    So he thought of a person in his mind, the centurion Li Xiaokun.


    That is, the current leader of the pioneer battalion. https://If you want to see the latest chapters, please download the Haoyu Novel app, and read the latest chapters for free without ads. The website has not updated the content of the latest chapters, and the content of the latest chapters has been updated in the Haoyushu APP.


    Due to various problems, the address has been changed to please bookmark the new address to avoid getting lost.


    The content of the chapters in the web version is slow, please download the Good Reading Novel app to read the latest content


    Please exit the transcoding page, please download the Haoyu novel app to read the latest chapter.


    New for you the fastest This is my original tribe update, Chapter 288 The Terrible Locust God Free read. https://

 v2 Chapter 289： withdrawal

    "Boss, I can''t stand it anymore!"


    Uncaria slapped the mutated locusts frantically, and shouted anxiously to Jiang Xuan.


    There were already many wounds on his body, some were caused by warriors of the locust tribe, and some were bitten by mutated locusts. The blood was dripping and he looked very miserable.


    ...


    "Young Master, get up quickly, it''s our turn to patrol."


    "Where am I?"


    Qin Hu sat up in a daze, feeling his body was cold, and there was still a strong wind blowing outside, and suddenly felt strange.


    "Oh, young master, why are you confused? We are in the barracks. It''s our turn to stand guard at this time. No matter what, the military law will deal with it. Now the old master can''t protect you anymore."


    "what?"


    Qin Hu opened his eyes and saw that he was staying in a tent right now, and in front of him was a soldier in leather armor.


    Just when he was about to open his mouth to ask something, he suddenly had a splitting headache, and a huge flow of information rushed into his mind. After a few seconds, he knew that he had crossed.


    He has transmigrated from a modern special soldier to a young master named Qin Hu, who is the head of the seven villains in the capital!


    And this era called the Dayu Dynasty never existed in history.


    Qin Hu''s ancestor was one of the twenty-eight marquises of the four founders of Dayu. Three months ago, his father died of illness, and Qin Hu became the new champion marquis.


    Qin Hu was spoiled by his parents since he was a child. He didn''t like reading or practicing martial arts.


    When he grew up, the family wanted him to take care of him, so they arranged a marriage. The woman was the eldest lady of Chen Guogong''s family, named Chen Ruoli, a well-known lady, beautiful and intelligent.


    This Qin Hu is vicious and vicious towards others, but he regards this beautiful and beautiful fiancee as a treasure.


    But the incident happened to this childhood sweetheart, Miss Chen.


    According to Qin Hu''s memory, that day he brought his fianc¨¦e into the palace to pay homage to Princess Chang''an. The princess and Chen Ruoli had been friends since they were young, so they arranged a banquet.


    But then Qin Hu drank the fragments, and when he woke up, he had already arrived at the prison of the inner guard. He was told that he was drunk and flirted with the princess with the intention of doing something wrong.


    What''s even more strange is that Chen Ruoli actually wrote a letter to impeach her fianc¨¦ Qin Hu for seventy-two crimes, all of which are well-founded.


    Qin Hu was like five thunderbolts, he couldn''t believe his ears...


    The imperial decree came down soon, saying that because of Qin Hu''s ancestor''s meritorious service, the death penalty can be avoided, and the living crime cannot be escaped.


    But after arriving in Youzhou, he was soon assigned to the front line - the front line of Pioneer.


    After going through these things in Qin Hu''s mind, he basically figured it out. This should be a trap.


    Because Chen Guogong had long wanted to divorce him.


    The Qin family and the Chen family were originally a political marriage, and they both wanted to become stronger and bigger. However, the later Qin Hu was almost useless except for being a dandy, and it can be said that he completely disgraced the champion Hou''s family.


    You must know that the champions of all generations are heroes and have unparalleled influence in the army, but in this generation, there is a waste who has never been on the battlefield.


    https://


    When the old Hou Ye was alive, Chen Guogong returned face, but when the old Hou Ye died, Chen Guogong turned his face ruthlessly, and even staged a scene of retiring from the mourning hall.


    But Qin Hu loves Chen Ruoli deeply, and refuses to allow him to live or die, but Chen Ruoli has long hated him as a wicked young man.


    So a catastrophe came!


    As for Princess Chang''an, it''s even simpler. She is the cousin of Qin Hu''s cousin. As long as Qin Hu dies, the huge family property of the Champion Hou''s Mansion will naturally fall to this cousin.


    These several forces, each taking what they need, are colluding together, so they quickly united...


    Sure enough, once he entered the Hou family, it was as deep as the sea, and there were so many people who wanted him to die.


    "Qin An, do you think we should find a place to carry our backs?"


    Under the bright moonlight, the rough north wind with harsh whistling whistled across the open field, extinguishing several torches, like countless flying knives cutting people''s skin.


    "No way, Young Master, you will be dealt with by military law."


    Qin Hu and Qin An shrank their heads and feet against the wind, ran out of the camp, and ran forward stepping on the thick snow.


    The thin Qin An was thrown over by the strong wind without paying attention.


    Seeing them coming out, the two sentinels who changed defense looked at each other and smiled slyly. They took two handfuls of snow and put out the bonfire for heating, and then got into the tent.


    Damn, even the little soldiers were bribed, trying to freeze me to death!


    This is a small camp with about twenty tents, surrounded by horse-drawn carriages, not even the antlers of horses and antlers lined up on the outside, and the surrounding area is even more flat, with no danger to defend.


    According to the memories of Qin Hu''s previous life, about two hundred people were stationed here, they were the vanguard battalion of Li Qin, General of the Yu Dynasty.


    The target of Li Qin''s 20,000 troops this time is Liaodong Kingdom, Yu Dynasty''s old enemy on the border.


    "Ahem, young master, do you think we can go back alive?" Qin An curled up on the snow, his lips and face were blue, and he spoke weakly, as if he would die at any moment.


    Qin Hu sighed in his heart, Qin An was purely implicated by himself, and if things continued like this, the two of them would surely die.


    Those who wanted him to die didn''t beat him to death in court, but beat him to death in the barracks.


    But Qin Hu is definitely not someone who just sits and waits to die. This is clearly a matter of being framed, and he can''t let it go.


    Life is an endless struggle to survive, just wait, I will not only survive, but also return to the capital to settle accounts with you.


    "Qin An, how many bank notes did we bring when we went out?"


    "I don''t have any banknotes anymore. I only have twenty taels of silver on me. The imperial decree says that we will be exiled and distributed, and our property will be banned."


    Qin An is only 16 years old this year. He is Qin Hu''s close bookboy.


    In fact, Qin Hu was not much better. These days, the Pioneer Battalion marched 30 miles a day. The job they did was to open roads and build bridges when encountering water, chop firewood, dig ditches and carry water, and build camps.


    And what would it be like for these two thin-skinned and tender-skinned guys to stay with hundreds of big and three thick Qiu Ba every day?


    It must be the most tiring job, the worst meal, the worst beating, and the most angry...


    Qin Hu estimated that his predecessor might have been tortured to death.


    It can be regarded as what he deserved.


    It''s just this suffering, he must bear it now, if he can''t bear it, he will die too.


    "give me."


    Qin Hu thought it over, he must try to save Qin An''s life first, and then think of other ways.


    In fact, it is not difficult to save one''s life. The easiest way is to bribe people. As the saying goes, wealth can lead to magic. Although this method is primitive, it will always work.


    But in this situation, it is impossible for him to bribe senior officials, because no one dares to get involved with him. Besides, there is no money.


    So he thought of a person in his mind, Centurion Li Xiaokun.


    That is, the current leader of the Pioneer Battalion. https://Want to read the latest chapters, please download the Haoyue Novel app, and read the latest chapters for free without ads. The website no longer updates the latest chapter content, and the latest chapter content has been updated on the Haoyue Novels APP.


    Due to various problems, the address has been changed to Please bookmark the new address to avoid getting lost


    The content of the chapters on the web version is slow, please download the Haoyue Novel app to read the latest content


    Please exit the transcoding page, please download the Haoyue Novels app to read the latest chapters.


    New for you the fastest this is my original tribe update, chapter 289 retreat free to read. https://

 v2 Chapter 290： The ever-expanding locust tribe

    The next day, just as the sky was shining, everyone in the Vine tribe was on the road again.


    At dawn, the locusts will wake up, and the locust tribe will continue to pursue them, and they dare not stop.


    Half a day later, the warriors from the Vine Tribe who got the news and rushed over for reinforcements also arrived.


    The person in charge of leading the team is the leader of the second hunting team, Stone Loach,...


    "Young Master, get up quickly, it''s our turn to patrol."


    "Where am I?"


    Qin Hu sat up in a daze, feeling his body was cold, and there was still a strong wind blowing outside, and suddenly felt strange.


    "Oh, young master, why are you confused? We are in the barracks. It''s our turn to stand guard at this time. No matter what, the military law will deal with it. Now the old master can''t protect you anymore."


    "what?"


    Qin Hu opened his eyes and saw that he was staying in a tent right now, and in front of him was a soldier in leather armor.


    Just when he was about to open his mouth to ask something, he suddenly had a splitting headache, and a huge flow of information rushed into his mind. After a few seconds, he knew that he had crossed.


    He has transmigrated from a modern special soldier to a young master named Qin Hu, who is the head of the seven villains in the capital!


    And this era called the Dayu Dynasty never existed in history.


    Qin Hu''s ancestor was one of the twenty-eight marquises of the four founders of Dayu. Three months ago, his father died of illness, and Qin Hu became the new champion marquis.


    Qin Hu was spoiled by his parents since he was a child. He didn''t like reading or practicing martial arts.


    When he grew up, the family wanted him to take care of him, so they arranged a marriage. The woman was the eldest lady of Chen Guogong''s family, named Chen Ruoli, a well-known lady, beautiful and intelligent.


    This Qin Hu is vicious and vicious towards others, but he regards this beautiful and beautiful fiancee as a treasure.


    But the incident happened to this childhood sweetheart, Miss Chen.


    According to Qin Hu''s memory, that day he brought his fianc¨¦e into the palace to pay homage to Princess Chang''an. The princess and Chen Ruoli had been friends since they were young, so they arranged a banquet.


    But then Qin Hu drank the fragments, and when he woke up, he had already arrived at the prison of the inner guard. He was told that he was drunk and flirted with the princess with the intention of doing something wrong.


    What''s even more strange is that Chen Ruoli actually wrote a letter to impeach her fianc¨¦ Qin Hu for seventy-two crimes, all of which are well-founded.


    Qin Hu was like five thunderbolts, he couldn''t believe his ears...


    The imperial decree came down soon, saying that because of Qin Hu''s ancestor''s meritorious service, the death penalty can be avoided, and the living crime cannot be escaped.


    But after arriving in Youzhou, he was quickly arranged to be on the front line¡ªthe front line of the Pioneer Tent.


    After going through these things in Qin Hu''s mind, he basically figured it out. This should be a trap.


    Because Chen Guogong had long wanted to divorce him.


    The Qin family and the Chen family were originally a political marriage, and they both wanted to become stronger and bigger. However, the later Qin Hu was almost useless except for being a dandy, and it can be said that he completely disgraced the champion Hou''s family.


    You must know that the champions of all generations are heroes and have unparalleled influence in the army, but in this generation, there is a waste who has never been on the battlefield.


    https://


    When the old Hou Ye was alive, Chen Guogong returned face, but when the old Hou Ye died, Chen Guogong turned his face ruthlessly, and even staged a scene of retiring from the mourning hall.


    But Qin Hu loves Chen Ruoli deeply, and refuses to allow him to live or die, but Chen Ruoli has long hated him as a wicked young man.


    So a catastrophe came!


    As for Princess Chang''an, it''s even simpler. She is the cousin of Qin Hu''s cousin. As long as Qin Hu dies, the huge family property of the Champion Hou''s Mansion will naturally fall to this cousin.


    These several forces, each taking what they need, are colluding together, so they quickly united...


    Sure enough, once he entered the Hou family, it was as deep as the sea, and there were so many people who wanted him to die.


    "Qin An, do you think we should find a place to carry our backs?"


    Under the bright moonlight, the rough north wind with harsh whistling whistled across the open field, extinguishing several torches, like countless flying knives cutting people''s skin.


    "No way, Young Master, you will be dealt with by military law."


    Qin Hu and Qin An shrank their heads and feet against the wind, ran out of the camp, and ran forward stepping on the thick snow.


    The thin Qin An was thrown over by the strong wind without paying attention.


    Seeing them coming out, the two sentinels who changed defense looked at each other and smiled slyly. They took two handfuls of snow and put out the bonfire for heating, and then got into the tent.


    Damn, even the little soldiers were bribed, trying to freeze me to death!


    This is a small camp with about twenty tents, surrounded by horse-drawn carriages, not even the antlers of horses and antlers lined up on the outside, and the surrounding area is even more flat, with no danger to defend.


    According to the memories of Qin Hu''s previous life, about two hundred people were stationed here, they were the vanguard battalion of Li Qin, General of the Yu Dynasty.


    The target of Li Qin''s 20,000 troops this time is Liaodong Kingdom, Yu Dynasty''s old enemy on the border.


    "Ahem, young master, do you think we can go back alive?" Qin An curled up on the snow, his lips and face were blue, and he spoke weakly, as if he would die at any moment.


    Qin Hu sighed in his heart, Qin An was purely implicated by himself, and if things continued like this, the two of them would surely die.


    Those who wanted him to die didn''t beat him to death in court, but beat him to death in the barracks.


    But Qin Hu is definitely not someone who just sits and waits to die. This is clearly a matter of being framed, and he can''t let it go.


    Life is an endless struggle to survive, just wait, I will not only survive, but also return to the capital to settle accounts with you.


    "Qin An, how many bank notes did we bring when we went out?"


    "I don''t have any banknotes anymore. I only have twenty taels of silver on me. The imperial decree says that we will be exiled and distributed, and our property will be banned."


    Qin An is only 16 years old this year. He is Qin Hu''s close bookboy.


    In fact, Qin Hu was not much better. These days, the Pioneer Battalion marched 30 miles a day. The job they did was to open roads and build bridges when encountering water, cut firewood and fire, dig ditches to carry water, and build camps.


    And what would it be like for these two thin-skinned and tender-skinned guys to stay with hundreds of big and three thick Qiu Ba every day?


    It must be the most tiring job, the worst meal, the worst beating, and the most angry...


    Qin Hu estimated that his predecessor might have been tortured to death.


    It can be regarded as what he deserved.


    It''s just this suffering, he must bear it now, if he can''t bear it, he will die too.


    "give me."


    Qin Hu thought it over, he must try to save Qin An''s life first, and then think of other ways.


    In fact, it is not difficult to save one''s life. The easiest way is to bribe people. As the saying goes, wealth can lead to magic. Although this method is primitive, it will always work.


    But in this situation, it is impossible for him to bribe senior officials, because no one dares to get involved with him. Besides, there is no money.


    So he thought of a person in his mind, Centurion Li Xiaokun.


    That is, the current leader of the Pioneer Battalion. https://Want to read the latest chapters, please download the Haoyue Novel app, and read the latest chapters for free without ads. The website no longer updates the latest chapter content, and the latest chapter content has been updated on the Haoyue Novels APP.


    Due to various problems, the address has been changed to Please bookmark the new address to avoid getting lost


    The content of the chapters on the web version is slow, please download the Haoyue Novel app to read the latest content


    Please exit the transcoding page, please download the Haoyue Novels app to read the latest chapters.


    Newly provides you with the fastest This is my original tribe update, Chapter 290 The expanding locust tribe is free to read. https://

 v2 Chapter 291： Everything is ready

    Baidu Qiunovel Network responds to every request! This is my original tribe https://read the full text! Seeking Novel Network, respond to every request!


    Southern Wilderness, Giant Claw Tribe.


    "Hang Chi Hang Chi..."


    On the forest floor, a giant clawed beast was digging a hole quickly.


    Its front claws are very long, with extremely hard and sharp nails, and it can dig soil very fast.


    Its hind claws are not so long, but they are very strong and powerful, and can hold...


    "Young Master, get up quickly, it''s our turn to patrol."


    "Where am I?"


    Qin Hu sat up in a daze, feeling his body was cold, and there was still a strong wind blowing outside, and suddenly felt strange.


    "Oh, young master, why are you confused? We are in the barracks. It''s our turn to stand guard at this time. No matter what, the military law will deal with it. Now the old master can''t protect you anymore."


    "what?"


    Qin Hu opened his eyes and saw that he was staying in a tent right now, and in front of him was a soldier in leather armor.


    Just when he was about to open his mouth to ask something, he suddenly had a splitting headache, and a huge flow of information rushed into his mind. After a few seconds, he knew that he had crossed.


    He has transmigrated from a modern special soldier to a young master named Qin Hu, who is the head of the seven villains in the capital!


    And this era called the Dayu Dynasty never existed in history.


    Qin Hu''s ancestor was one of the twenty-eight marquises of the four founders of Dayu. Three months ago, his father died of illness, and Qin Hu became the new champion marquis.


    Qin Hu was spoiled by his parents since he was a child. He didn''t like reading or practicing martial arts.


    When he grew up, the family wanted him to take care of him, so they arranged a marriage. The woman was the eldest lady of Chen Guogong''s family, named Chen Ruoli, a well-known lady, beautiful and intelligent.


    This Qin Hu is vicious and vicious towards others, but he regards this beautiful and beautiful fiancee as a treasure.


    But the incident happened to this childhood sweetheart, Miss Chen.


    According to Qin Hu''s memory, that day he brought his fianc¨¦e into the palace to pay homage to Princess Chang''an. The princess and Chen Ruoli had been friends since they were young, so they arranged a banquet.


    But then Qin Hu drank the fragments, and when he woke up, he had already arrived at the prison of the inner guard. He was told that he was drunk and flirted with the princess with the intention of doing something wrong.


    What''s even more strange is that Chen Ruoli actually wrote a letter to impeach her fianc¨¦ Qin Hu for seventy-two crimes, all of which are well-founded.


    Qin Hu was like five thunderbolts, he couldn''t believe his ears...


    The imperial decree came down soon, saying that because of Qin Hu''s ancestor''s meritorious service, the death penalty can be avoided, and the living crime cannot be escaped.


    But after arriving in Youzhou, he was quickly arranged to be on the front line¡ªthe front line of the Pioneer Tent.


    After going through these things in Qin Hu''s mind, he basically figured it out. This should be a trap.


    Because Chen Guogong had long wanted to divorce him.


    The Qin family and the Chen family were originally a political marriage, and they both wanted to become stronger and bigger. However, the later Qin Hu was almost useless except for being a dandy, and it can be said that he completely disgraced the champion Hou''s family.


    You must know that the champions of all generations are heroes and have unparalleled influence in the army, but in this generation, there is a waste who has never been on the battlefield.


    https://


    When the old Hou Ye was alive, Chen Guogong returned face, but when the old Hou Ye died, Chen Guogong turned his face ruthlessly, and even staged a scene of retiring from the mourning hall.


    But Qin Hu loves Chen Ruoli deeply, and refuses to allow him to live or die, but Chen Ruoli has long hated him as a wicked young man.


    So a catastrophe came!


    As for Princess Chang''an, it''s even simpler. She is the cousin of Qin Hu''s cousin. As long as Qin Hu dies, the huge family property of the Champion Hou''s Mansion will naturally fall to this cousin.


    These several forces, each taking what they need, are colluding together, so they quickly united...


    Sure enough, once he entered the Hou family, it was as deep as the sea, and there were so many people who wanted him to die.


    "Qin An, do you think we should find a place to carry our backs?"


    Under the bright moonlight, the rough north wind with harsh whistling whistled across the open field, extinguishing several torches, like countless flying knives cutting people''s skin.


    "No way, Young Master, you will be dealt with by military law."


    Qin Hu and Qin An shrank their heads and feet against the wind, ran out of the camp, and ran forward stepping on the thick snow.


    The thin Qin An was thrown over by the strong wind without paying attention.


    Seeing them coming out, the two sentinels who changed defense looked at each other and smiled slyly. They took two handfuls of snow and put out the bonfire for heating, and then got into the tent.


    Damn, even the little soldiers were bribed, trying to freeze me to death!


    This is a small camp with about twenty tents, surrounded by horse-drawn carriages, not even the antlers of horses and antlers lined up on the outside, and the surrounding area is even more flat, with no danger to defend.


    According to the memories of Qin Hu''s previous life, about two hundred people were stationed here, they were the vanguard battalion of Li Qin, General of the Yu Dynasty.


    The target of Li Qin''s 20,000 troops this time is Liaodong Kingdom, Yu Dynasty''s old enemy on the border.


    "Ahem, young master, do you think we can go back alive?" Qin An curled up on the snow, his lips and face were blue, and he spoke weakly, as if he would die at any moment.


    Qin Hu sighed in his heart, Qin An was purely implicated by himself, and if things continued like this, the two of them would surely die.


    Those who wanted him to die didn''t beat him to death in court, but beat him to death in the barracks.


    But Qin Hu is definitely not someone who just sits and waits to die. This is clearly a matter of being framed, and he can''t let it go.


    Life is an endless struggle to survive, just wait, I will not only survive, but also return to the capital to settle accounts with you.


    "Qin An, how many bank notes did we bring when we went out?"


    "I don''t have any banknotes anymore. I only have twenty taels of silver on me. The imperial decree says that we will be exiled and distributed, and our property will be banned."


    Qin An is only 16 years old this year. He is Qin Hu''s close bookboy.


    In fact, Qin Hu is not much better. These days, the Pioneer Battalion has been marching 30 miles a day. UU Reading www.uukanshu. The work that com does is to open roads and build bridges when encountering waters, chop firewood and light fires, dig ditches to carry water, and build camps.


    And what would it be like for these two thin-skinned and tender-skinned guys to stay with hundreds of big and three thick Qiu Ba every day?


    It must be the most tiring job, the worst meal, the worst beating, and the most angry...


    Qin Hu estimated that his predecessor might have been tortured to death.


    It can be regarded as what he deserved.


    It''s just this suffering, he must bear it now, if he can''t bear it, he will die too.


    "give me."


    Qin Hu thought it over, he must try to save Qin An''s life first, and then think of other ways.


    In fact, it is not difficult to save one''s life. The easiest way is to bribe people. As the saying goes, wealth can lead to magic. Although this method is primitive, it will always work.


    But in this situation, it is impossible for him to bribe senior officials, because no one dares to get involved with him. Besides, there is no money.


    So he thought of a person in his mind, Centurion Li Xiaokun.


    That is, the current leader of the Pioneer Battalion. https://Want to read the latest chapters, please download the Haoyue Novel app, and read the latest chapters for free without ads. The website no longer updates the latest chapter content, and the latest chapter content has been updated on the Haoyue Novels APP.


    Due to various problems, the address has been changed to Please bookmark the new address to avoid getting lost


    The content of the chapters on the web version is slow, please download the Haoyue Novel app to read the latest content


    Please exit the transcoding page, please download the Haoyue Novels app to read the latest chapters.


    New for you the fastest this is my original tribe update, chapter 291 everything is ready to read for free. https://


    Baidu Qiunovel Network responds to every request! This is the latest chapter of my original tribe https://, welcome to collect! Seeking Novel Network, respond to every request!

 v2 Chapter 292： Into the locust tribe

    The seventh year of the establishment of the Vine Tribe, summer, July 25th.


    Nanhuang, the temporary residence of the locust tribe.


    "Kacha Kacha..."


    In a forest, countless locusts are eating leaves, branches, and even bark. As long as it is edible, almost everything will be eaten by them...


    "Young Master, get up quickly, it''s our turn to patrol."


    "Where am I?"


    Qin Hu sat up in a daze, feeling his body was cold, and there was still a strong wind blowing outside, and suddenly felt strange.


    "Oh, young master, why are you confused? We are in the barracks. It''s our turn to stand guard at this time. No matter what, the military law will deal with it. Now the old master can''t protect you anymore."


    "what?"


    Qin Hu opened his eyes and saw that he was staying in a tent right now, and in front of him was a soldier in leather armor.


    Just when he was about to open his mouth to ask something, he suddenly had a splitting headache, and a huge flow of information rushed into his mind. After a few seconds, he knew that he had crossed.


    He has transmigrated from a modern special soldier to a young master named Qin Hu, who is the head of the seven villains in the capital!


    And this era called the Dayu Dynasty never existed in history.


    Qin Hu''s ancestor was one of the twenty-eight marquises of the four founders of Dayu. Three months ago, his father died of illness, and Qin Hu became the new champion marquis.


    Qin Hu was spoiled by his parents since he was a child. He didn''t like reading or practicing martial arts.


    When he grew up, the family wanted him to take care of him, so they arranged a marriage. The woman was the eldest lady of Chen Guogong''s family, named Chen Ruoli, a well-known lady, beautiful and intelligent.


    This Qin Hu is vicious and vicious towards others, but he regards this beautiful and beautiful fiancee as a treasure.


    But the incident happened to this childhood sweetheart, Miss Chen.


    According to Qin Hu''s memory, that day he brought his fianc¨¦e into the palace to pay homage to Princess Chang''an. The princess and Chen Ruoli had been friends since they were young, so they arranged a banquet.


    But then Qin Hu drank the fragments, and when he woke up, he had already arrived at the prison of the inner guard. He was told that he was drunk and flirted with the princess with the intention of doing something wrong.


    What''s even more strange is that Chen Ruoli actually wrote a letter to impeach her fianc¨¦ Qin Hu for seventy-two crimes, all of which are well-founded.


    Qin Hu was like five thunderbolts, he couldn''t believe his ears...


    The imperial decree came down soon, saying that because of Qin Hu''s ancestor''s meritorious service, the death penalty can be avoided, and the living crime cannot be escaped.


    But after arriving in Youzhou, he was quickly arranged to be on the front line¡ªthe front line of the Pioneer Tent.


    After going through these things in Qin Hu''s mind, he basically figured it out. This should be a trap.


    Because Chen Guogong had long wanted to divorce him.


    The Qin family and the Chen family were originally a political marriage, and they both wanted to become stronger and bigger. However, the later Qin Hu was almost useless except for being a dandy, and it can be said that he completely disgraced the champion Hou''s family.


    You must know that the champions of all generations are heroes and have unparalleled influence in the army, but in this generation, there is a waste who has never been on the battlefield.


    https://


    When the old Hou Ye was alive, Chen Guogong returned face, but when the old Hou Ye died, Chen Guogong turned his face ruthlessly, and even staged a scene of retiring from the mourning hall.


    But Qin Hu loves Chen Ruoli deeply, and refuses to allow him to live or die, but Chen Ruoli has long hated him as a wicked young man.


    So a catastrophe came!


    As for Princess Chang''an, it''s even simpler. She is the cousin of Qin Hu''s cousin. As long as Qin Hu dies, the huge family property of the Champion Hou''s Mansion will naturally fall to this cousin.


    These several forces, each taking what they need, are colluding together, so they quickly unite...,


    Sure enough, once he entered the Hou family, it was as deep as the sea, and there were so many people who wanted him to die.


    "Qin An, do you think we should find a place to carry our backs?"


    Under the bright moonlight, the rough north wind with harsh whistling whistled across the open field, extinguishing several torches, like countless flying knives cutting people''s skin.


    "No way, Young Master, you will be dealt with by military law."


    Qin Hu and Qin An shrank their heads and feet against the wind, ran out of the camp, and ran forward stepping on the thick snow.


    The thin Qin An was thrown over by the strong wind without paying attention.


    Seeing them coming out, the two sentinels who changed defense looked at each other and smiled slyly. They took two handfuls of snow and put out the bonfire for heating, and then got into the tent.


    Damn, even the little soldiers were bribed, trying to freeze me to death!


    This is a small camp with about twenty tents, surrounded by horse-drawn carriages, not even the antlers of horses and antlers lined up on the outside, and the surrounding area is even more flat, with no danger to defend.


    According to the memories of Qin Hu''s previous life, about two hundred people were stationed here, they were the vanguard battalion of Li Qin, General of the Yu Dynasty.


    The target of Li Qin''s 20,000 troops this time is Liaodong Kingdom, Yu Dynasty''s old enemy on the border.


    "Ahem, young master, do you think we can go back alive?" Qin An curled up on the snow, his lips and face were blue, and he spoke weakly, as if he would die at any moment.


    Qin Hu sighed in his heart, Qin An was purely implicated by himself, and if things continued like this, the two of them would surely die.


    Those who wanted him to die didn''t punish him in court, but beat him up in the barracks and punished him to death.


    But Qin Hu is definitely not someone who just sits and waits to die. This is clearly a matter of being framed, and he can''t let it go.


    Life is an endless struggle to survive, just wait, I will not only survive, but also return to the capital to settle accounts with you.


    "Qin An, how many bank notes did we bring when we went out?"


    "I don''t have any banknotes anymore. I only have twenty taels of silver on me. The imperial decree says that we will be exiled and distributed, and our property will be banned."


    Qin An is only 16 years old this year. He is Qin Hu''s close bookboy.


    In fact, Qin Hu was not much better. These days, the Pioneer Battalion marched 30 miles a day. The job they did was to open roads and build bridges when encountering water, chop firewood, dig ditches and carry water, and build camps.


    And what would it be like for these two thin-skinned and tender-skinned guys to stay with hundreds of big and three thick Qiu Ba every day?


    It must be the most tiring job, the worst meal, the worst beating, and the most angry...


    Qin Hu estimated that his predecessor might have been tortured to death.


    It can be regarded as what he deserved.


    It''s just this suffering, he must bear it now, if he can''t bear it, he will die too.


    "give me."


    Qin Hu thought it over, he must try to save Qin An''s life first, and then think of other ways.


    In fact, it is not difficult to save one''s life. The easiest way is to bribe people. As the saying goes, wealth can lead to magic. Although this method is primitive, it will always work.


    But in this situation, it is impossible for him to bribe senior officials, because no one dares to get involved with him. Besides, there is no money.


    So he thought of a person in his mind, Centurion Li Xiaokun.


    That is, the current leader of the Pioneer Battalion. https://Want to read the latest chapters, please download the Haoyue Novel app, and read the latest chapters for free without ads. The website no longer updates the latest chapter content, and the latest chapter content has been updated on the Haoyue Novels APP.


    Due to various problems, the address has been changed to Please bookmark the new address to avoid getting lost


    The content of the chapters on the web version is slow, please download the Haoyue Novel app to read the latest content


    Please exit the transcoding page, please download the Haoyue Novels app to read the latest chapters.


    New to provide you with the fastest This is my original tribe update, Chapter 292 Into the locust tribe for free reading. https://

 v2 Chapter 293： Besiege the Locust God

    Baidu Qiunovel Network responds to every request! This is my original tribe https://read the full text! Seeking Novel Network, respond to every request!


    "Boom boom boom..."


    In the night sky, the locust **** and the vine **** continued to collide. The vine **** pretended to be invincible and ran while fighting, gradually leading the locust **** into the encirclement.


    On the ground, Jiang Xuan and the others also ran wildly on their mounts, but they couldn''t keep up with the pace of the two totem gods.


    Jiang Xuan...


    "Young Master, get up quickly, it''s our turn to patrol."


    "Where am I?"


    Qin Hu sat up in a daze, feeling his body was cold, and there was still a strong wind blowing outside, and suddenly felt strange.


    "Oh, young master, why are you confused? We are in the barracks. It''s our turn to stand guard at this time. No matter what, the military law will deal with it. Now the old master can''t protect you anymore."


    "what?"


    Qin Hu opened his eyes and saw that he was staying in a tent right now, and in front of him was a soldier in leather armor.


    Just when he was about to open his mouth to ask something, he suddenly had a splitting headache, and a huge flow of information rushed into his mind. After a few seconds, he knew that he had crossed.


    He has transmigrated from a modern special soldier to a young master named Qin Hu, who is the head of the seven villains in the capital!


    And this era called the Dayu Dynasty never existed in history.


    Qin Hu''s ancestor was one of the twenty-eight marquises of the four founders of Dayu. Three months ago, his father died of illness, and Qin Hu became the new champion marquis.


    Qin Hu was spoiled by his parents since he was a child. He didn''t like reading or practicing martial arts.


    When he grew up, the family wanted him to take care of him, so they arranged a marriage. The woman was the eldest lady of Chen Guogong''s family, named Chen Ruoli, a well-known lady, beautiful and intelligent.


    This Qin Hu is vicious and vicious towards others, but he regards this beautiful and beautiful fiancee as a treasure.


    But the incident happened to this childhood sweetheart, Miss Chen.


    According to Qin Hu''s memory, that day he brought his fianc¨¦e into the palace to pay homage to Princess Chang''an. The princess and Chen Ruoli had been friends since they were young, so they arranged a banquet.


    But then Qin Hu drank the fragments, and when he woke up, he had already arrived at the prison of the inner guard. He was told that he was drunk and flirted with the princess with the intention of doing something wrong.


    What''s even more strange is that Chen Ruoli actually wrote a letter to impeach her fianc¨¦ Qin Hu for seventy-two crimes, all of which are well-founded.


    Qin Hu was like five thunderbolts, he couldn''t believe his ears...


    The imperial decree came down soon, saying that because of Qin Hu''s ancestor''s meritorious service, the death penalty can be avoided, and the living crime cannot be escaped.


    But after arriving in Youzhou, he was quickly arranged to be on the front line¡ªthe front line of the Pioneer Tent.


    After going through these things in Qin Hu''s mind, he basically figured it out. This should be a trap.


    Because Chen Guogong had long wanted to divorce him.


    The Qin family and the Chen family were originally a political marriage, and they both wanted to become stronger and bigger. However, the later Qin Hu was almost useless except for being a dandy, and it can be said that he completely disgraced the champion Hou''s family.


    You must know that the champions of all generations are heroes and have unparalleled influence in the army, but in this generation, there is a waste who has never been on the battlefield.


    https://


    When the old Hou Ye was alive, Chen Guogong returned face, but when the old Hou Ye died, Chen Guogong turned his face ruthlessly, and even staged a scene of retiring from the mourning hall.


    But Qin Hu loves Chen Ruoli deeply, and refuses to allow him to live or die, but Chen Ruoli has long hated him as a wicked young man.


    So a catastrophe came!


    As for Princess Chang''an, it''s even simpler. She is the cousin of Qin Hu''s cousin. As long as Qin Hu dies, the huge family property of the Champion Hou''s Mansion will naturally fall to this cousin.


    These several forces, each taking what they need, are colluding together, so they quickly united...


    Sure enough, once he entered the Hou family, it was as deep as the sea, and there were so many people who wanted him to die.


    "Qin An, do you think we should find a place to carry our backs?"


    Under the bright moonlight, the rough north wind, with its piercing whistle, swept across the open field, extinguishing several torches, like countless flying knives cutting people''s skin.


    "No way, Young Master, you will be dealt with by military law."


    Qin Hu and Qin An shrank their heads and feet against the wind, ran out of the camp, and ran forward stepping on the thick snow.


    The thin Qin An was thrown over by the strong wind without paying attention.


    Seeing them coming out, the two sentinels who changed defense looked at each other and smiled slyly. They took two handfuls of snow and put out the bonfire for heating, and then got into the tent.


    Damn, even the little soldiers were bribed, trying to freeze me to death!


    This is a small camp with about twenty tents, surrounded by horse-drawn carriages, not even the antlers of horses and antlers lined up on the outside, and the surrounding area is even more flat, with no danger to defend.


    According to the memories of Qin Hu''s previous life, about two hundred people were stationed here, they were the vanguard battalion of Li Qin, General of the Yu Dynasty.


    The target of Li Qin''s 20,000 troops this time is Liaodong Kingdom, Yu Dynasty''s old enemy on the border.


    "Ahem, young master, do you think we can go back alive?" Qin An curled up on the snow, his lips and face were blue, and he spoke weakly, as if he would die at any moment.


    Qin Hu sighed in his heart, Qin An was purely implicated by himself, and if things continued like this, the two of them would surely die.


    Those who wanted him to die didn''t beat him to death in court, but beat him to death in the barracks.


    But Qin Hu is definitely not someone who just sits and waits to die. This is clearly a matter of being framed, and he can''t let it go.


    Life is an endless struggle to survive, just wait, I will not only survive, but also return to the capital to settle accounts with you.


    "Qin An, how many bank notes did we bring when we went out?"


    "I don''t have any banknotes anymore. I only have twenty taels of silver on me. The imperial decree says that we will be exiled and distributed, and our property will be banned."


    Qin An is only 16 years old this year. He is Qin Hu''s close bookboy.


    In fact, Qin Hu is not much better. These days, the Pioneer Battalion has been marching 30 miles a day. UU Reading www. uukanshu. The work that com does is to open roads and build bridges when encountering waters, chop firewood and light fires, dig ditches to carry water, and build camps.


    And what would it be like for these two thin-skinned and tender-skinned guys to stay with hundreds of big and three thick Qiu Ba every day?


    It must be the most tiring job, the worst meal, the worst beating, and the most angry...


    Qin Hu estimated that his predecessor might have been tortured to death.


    It can be regarded as what he deserved.


    It''s just this suffering, he must bear it now, if he can''t bear it, he will die too.


    "give me."


    Qin Hu thought it over, he must try to save Qin An''s life first, and then think of other ways.


    In fact, it is not difficult to save one''s life. The easiest way is to bribe people. As the saying goes, wealth can lead to magic. Although this method is primitive, it will always work.


    But in this situation, it is impossible for him to bribe senior officials, because no one dares to get involved with him. Besides, there is no money.


    So he thought of a person in his mind, Centurion Li Xiaokun.


    That is, the current leader of the Pioneer Battalion. https://Want to read the latest chapters, please download the Haoyue Novel app, and read the latest chapters for free without ads. The website no longer updates the latest chapter content, and the latest chapter content has been updated on the Haoyue Novels APP.


    Due to various problems, the address has been changed to Please bookmark the new address to avoid getting lost


    The content of the chapters on the web version is slow, please download the Haoyue Novel app to read the latest content


    Please exit the transcoding page, please download the Haoyue Novels app to read the latest chapters.


    New to provide you with the fastest This is my original tribe update, Chapter 293 Besieging the Locust God for free reading. https://


    Baidu Qiunovel Network responds to every request! This is the latest chapter of my original tribe https://, welcome to collect! Seeking Novel Network, respond to every request!

 v2 Chapter 294： locust tribe

    "I lost contact with the Locust God."


    Among the locust tribe, Wu Zai continued to call the locust god, but got no response, and the expression on his face became extremely panicked.


    This is a situation that has never happened before, and the Locust God disappeared after chasing and killing the Vine God. He couldn''t help but think of something bad...


    "Young Master, get up quickly, it''s our turn to patrol."


    "Where am I?"


    Qin Hu sat up in a daze, feeling his body was cold, and there was still a strong wind blowing outside, and suddenly felt strange.


    "Oh, young master, why are you confused? We are in the barracks. It''s our turn to stand guard at this time. No matter what, the military law will deal with it. Now the old master can''t protect you anymore."


    "what?"


    Qin Hu opened his eyes and saw that he was staying in a tent right now, and in front of him was a soldier in leather armor.


    Just when he was about to open his mouth to ask something, he suddenly had a splitting headache, and a huge flow of information rushed into his mind. After a few seconds, he knew that he had crossed.


    He has transmigrated from a modern special soldier to a young master named Qin Hu, who is the head of the seven villains in the capital!


    And this era called the Dayu Dynasty never existed in history.


    Qin Hu''s ancestor was one of the twenty-eight marquises of the four founders of Dayu. Three months ago, his father died of illness, and Qin Hu became the new champion marquis.


    Qin Hu was spoiled by his parents since he was a child. He didn''t like reading or practicing martial arts.


    When he grew up, the family wanted him to take care of him, so they arranged a marriage. The woman was the eldest lady of Chen Guogong''s family, named Chen Ruoli, a well-known lady, beautiful and intelligent.


    This Qin Hu is vicious and vicious towards others, but he regards this beautiful and beautiful fiancee as a treasure.


    But the incident happened to this childhood sweetheart, Miss Chen.


    According to Qin Hu''s memory, that day he brought his fianc¨¦e into the palace to pay homage to Princess Chang''an. The princess and Chen Ruoli had been friends since they were young, so they arranged a banquet.


    But then Qin Hu drank the fragments, and when he woke up, he had already arrived at the prison of the inner guard. He was told that he was drunk and flirted with the princess with the intention of doing something wrong.


    What''s even more strange is that Chen Ruoli actually wrote a letter to impeach her fianc¨¦ Qin Hu for seventy-two crimes, all of which are well-founded.


    Qin Hu was like five thunderbolts, he couldn''t believe his ears...


    The imperial decree came down soon, saying that because of Qin Hu''s ancestor''s meritorious service, the death penalty can be avoided, and the living crime cannot be escaped.


    But after arriving in Youzhou, he was quickly arranged to be on the front line¡ªthe front line of the Pioneer Tent.


    After going through these things in Qin Hu''s mind, he basically figured it out. This should be a trap.


    Because Chen Guogong had long wanted to divorce him.


    The Qin family and the Chen family were originally a political marriage, and they both wanted to become stronger and bigger. However, Qin Hu later was almost useless except for being a dude.


    You must know that the champions of all generations are heroes and have unparalleled influence in the army, but in this generation, there is a waste who has never been on the battlefield.


    https://


    When the old Hou Ye was alive, Chen Guogong returned face, but when the old Hou Ye died, Chen Guogong turned his face ruthlessly, and even staged a scene of retiring from the mourning hall.


    But Qin Hu loves Chen Ruoli deeply, and refuses to allow him to live or die, but Chen Ruoli has long hated him as a wicked young man.


    So a catastrophe came!


    As for Princess Chang''an, it''s even simpler. She is the cousin of Qin Hu''s cousin. As long as Qin Hu dies, the huge family property of the Champion Hou''s Mansion will naturally fall to this cousin.


    These several forces, each taking what they need, are colluding together, so they quickly united...


    Sure enough, once he entered the Hou family, it was as deep as the sea, and there were so many people who wanted him to die.


    "Qin An, do you think we should find a place to carry our backs?"


    Under the bright moonlight, the rough north wind, with its piercing whistle, swept across the open field, extinguishing several torches, like countless flying knives cutting people''s skin.


    "No way, Young Master, you will be dealt with by military law."


    Qin Hu and Qin An shrank their heads and feet against the wind, ran out of the camp, and ran forward stepping on the thick snow.


    The thin Qin An was thrown over by the strong wind without paying attention.


    Seeing them coming out, the two sentinels who changed defense looked at each other and smiled slyly. They took two handfuls of snow and put out the bonfire for heating, and then got into the tent.


    Damn, even the little soldiers were bribed, trying to freeze me to death!


    This is a small camp, with about twenty tents, surrounded by horse-drawn carriages, not even the antlers of the horses and antlers lined up on the outside, and the surrounding area is even more flat, with no danger to defend.


    According to the memories of Qin Hu''s previous life, about two hundred people were stationed here, they were the vanguard battalion of Li Qin, General of the Yu Dynasty.


    The target of Li Qin''s 20,000 troops this time is Liaodong Kingdom, Yu Dynasty''s old enemy on the border.


    "Ahem, young master, do you think we can go back alive?" Qin An curled up on the snow, his lips and face were blue, and he spoke weakly, as if he would die at any moment.


    Qin Hu sighed in his heart, Qin An was purely implicated by himself, and if things continued like this, the two of them would surely die.


    Those who wanted him to die didn''t beat him to death in court, but beat him to death in the barracks.


    But Qin Hu is definitely not someone who just sits and waits to die. This is clearly a matter of being framed, and he can''t let it go.


    Life is an endless struggle to survive, just wait, I will not only survive, but also return to the capital to settle accounts with you.


    "Qin An, how many bank notes did we bring when we went out?"


    "I don''t have any banknotes anymore. I only have twenty taels of silver on me. The imperial decree says that we will be exiled and distributed, and our property will be banned."


    Qin An is only 16 years old this year. He is Qin Hu''s close bookboy.


    In fact, Qin Hu is not much better. These days, the Pioneer Battalion is marching 30 miles a day. The job they do is to open roads and build bridges when encountering water, chop firewood, dig ditches and carry water to build camps.


    And what would it be like for these two thin-skinned and tender-skinned guys to stay with hundreds of big and three thick Qiu Ba every day?


    It must be the most tiring job, the worst meal, the worst beating, and the most angry...


    Qin Hu estimated that his predecessor might have been tortured to death.


    It can be regarded as what he deserved.


    It''s just this suffering, he must bear it now, if he can''t bear it, he will die too.


    "give me."


    Qin Hu thought it over, he must try to save Qin An''s life first, and then think of other ways.


    In fact, it is not difficult to save one''s life. The easiest way is to bribe people. As the saying goes, wealth can lead to magic. Although this method is primitive, it will always work.


    But in this situation, it is impossible for him to bribe senior officials, because no one dares to get involved with him. Besides, there is no money.


    So he thought of a person in his mind, Centurion Li Xiaokun.


    That is, the current leader of the Pioneer Battalion. https://Want to read the latest chapters, please download the Haoyue Novel app, and read the latest chapters for free without ads. The website no longer updates the latest chapter content, and the latest chapter content has been updated on the Haoyue Novels APP.


    Due to various problems, the address has been changed to Please bookmark the new address to avoid getting lost


    The content of the chapters on the web version is slow, please download the Haoyue Novel app to read the latest content


    Please exit the transcoding page, please download the Haoyue Novels app to read the latest chapters.


    New to provide you with the fastest This is my original tribe update, Chapter 294 The Locust Tribe Extermination is free to read. https://

 v2 Chapter 295： Expansion to the Everglades

    After searching the entire locust tribe, all kinds of spoils piled up.


    Of course, the food that the tribal people valued most was so little that the warriors of each tribe felt a little disappointed.


    Next, the five tribes sat down to divide the spoils.


    Vine tribe as the most powerful and also...


    "Young Master, get up quickly, it''s our turn to patrol."


    "Where am I?"


    Qin Hu sat up in a daze, feeling his body was cold, and there was still a strong wind blowing outside, and suddenly felt strange.


    "Oh, young master, why are you confused? We are in the barracks. It''s our turn to stand guard at this time. No matter what, the military law will deal with it. Now the old master can''t protect you anymore."


    "what?"


    Qin Hu opened his eyes and saw that he was staying in a tent right now, and in front of him was a soldier in leather armor.


    Just when he was about to open his mouth to ask something, he suddenly had a splitting headache, and a huge flow of information rushed into his mind. After a few seconds, he knew that he had crossed.


    He has transmigrated from a modern special soldier to a young master named Qin Hu, who is the head of the seven villains in the capital!


    And this era called the Dayu Dynasty never existed in history.


    Qin Hu''s ancestor was one of the twenty-eight marquises of the four founders of Dayu. Three months ago, his father died of illness, and Qin Hu became the new champion marquis.


    Qin Hu was spoiled by his parents since he was a child. He didn''t like reading or practicing martial arts.


    When he grew up, the family wanted him to take care of him, so they arranged a marriage. The woman was the eldest lady of Chen Guogong''s family, named Chen Ruoli, a well-known lady, beautiful and intelligent.


    This Qin Hu is vicious and vicious towards others, but he regards this beautiful and beautiful fiancee as a treasure.


    But the incident happened to this childhood sweetheart, Miss Chen.


    According to Qin Hu''s memory, that day he brought his fianc¨¦e into the palace to pay homage to Princess Chang''an. The princess and Chen Ruoli had been friends since they were young, so they arranged a banquet.


    But then Qin Hu drank the fragments, and when he woke up, he had already arrived at the prison of the inner guard. He was told that he was drunk and flirted with the princess with the intention of doing something wrong.


    What''s even more strange is that Chen Ruoli actually wrote a letter to impeach her fianc¨¦ Qin Hu for seventy-two crimes, all of which are well-founded.


    Qin Hu was like five thunderbolts, he couldn''t believe his ears...


    The imperial decree came down soon, saying that because of Qin Hu''s ancestor''s meritorious service, the death penalty can be avoided, and the living crime cannot be escaped.


    But after arriving in Youzhou, he was quickly arranged to be on the front line¡ªthe front line of the Pioneer Tent.


    After going through these things in Qin Hu''s mind, he basically figured it out. This should be a trap.


    Because Chen Guogong had long wanted to divorce him.


    The Qin family and the Chen family were originally a political marriage, and they both wanted to become stronger and bigger. However, Qin Hu later was almost useless except for being a dude.


    You must know that the champions of all generations are heroes and have unparalleled influence in the army, but in this generation, there is a waste who has never been on the battlefield.


    https://


    When the old Hou Ye was alive, Chen Guogong returned face, but when the old Hou Ye died, Chen Guogong turned his face ruthlessly, and even staged a scene of retiring from the mourning hall.


    But Qin Hu loves Chen Ruoli deeply, and refuses to allow him to live or die, but Chen Ruoli has long hated him as a wicked young man.


    So a catastrophe came!


    As for Princess Chang''an, it''s even simpler. She is the cousin of Qin Hu''s cousin. As long as Qin Hu dies, the huge family property of the Champion Hou''s Mansion will naturally fall to this cousin.


    These several forces, each taking what they need, are colluding together, so they quickly united...


    Sure enough, once he entered the Hou family, it was as deep as the sea, and there were so many people who wanted him to die.


    "Qin An, do you think we should find a place to carry our backs?"


    Under the bright moonlight, the rough north wind, with its piercing whistle, swept across the open field, extinguishing several torches, like countless flying knives cutting people''s skin.


    "No way, Young Master, you will be dealt with by military law."


    Qin Hu and Qin An shrank their heads and feet against the wind, ran out of the camp, and ran forward stepping on the thick snow.


    The thin Qin An was thrown over by the strong wind without paying attention.


    Seeing them coming out, the two sentinels who changed defense looked at each other and smiled slyly. They took two handfuls of snow and put out the bonfire for heating, and then got into the tent.


    Damn, even the little soldiers were bribed, trying to freeze me to death!


    This is a small camp, with about twenty tents, surrounded by horse-drawn carriages, not even the antlers of the horses and antlers lined up on the outside, and the surrounding area is even more flat, with no danger to defend.


    According to the memories of Qin Hu''s previous life, about two hundred people were stationed here, they were the vanguard battalion of Li Qin, General of the Yu Dynasty.


    The target of Li Qin''s 20,000 troops this time is Liaodong Kingdom, Yu Dynasty''s old enemy on the border.


    "Ahem, young master, do you think we can go back alive?" Qin An curled up on the snow, his lips and face were blue, and he spoke weakly, as if he would die at any moment.


    Qin Hu sighed in his heart, Qin An was purely implicated by himself, and if things continued like this, the two of them would surely die.


    Those who wanted him to die didn''t beat him to death in court, but beat him to death in the barracks.


    But Qin Hu is definitely not someone who just sits and waits to die. This is clearly a matter of being framed, and he can''t let it go.


    Life is an endless struggle to survive, just wait, I will not only survive, but also return to the capital to settle accounts with you.


    "Qin An, how many bank notes did we bring when we went out?"


    "I don''t have any banknotes anymore. I only have twenty taels of silver on me. The imperial decree says that we will be exiled and distributed, and our property will be banned."


    Qin An is only 16 years old this year. He is Qin Hu''s close bookboy.


    In fact, Qin Hu is not much better. These days, the Pioneer Battalion is marching 30 miles a day. The job they do is to open roads and build bridges when encountering water, chop firewood, dig ditches and carry water to build camps.


    And what would it be like for these two thin-skinned and tender-skinned guys to stay with hundreds of big and three thick Qiu Ba every day?


    It must be the most exhausting work, the worst meal, the worst beating, and the most angry...


    Qin Hu estimated that his predecessor might have been tortured to death.


    It can be regarded as what he deserved.


    It''s just this suffering, he must bear it now, if he can''t bear it, he will die too.


    "give me."


    Qin Hu thought it over, he must try to save Qin An''s life first, and then think of other ways.


    In fact, it is not difficult to save one''s life. The easiest way is to bribe people. As the saying goes, wealth can lead to magic. Although this method is primitive, it will always work.


    But in this situation, it is impossible for him to bribe senior officials, because no one dares to get involved with him. Besides, there is no money.


    So he thought of a person in his mind, Centurion Li Xiaokun.


    That is, the current leader of the Pioneer Battalion. https://Want to read the latest chapters, please download the Haoyue Novel app, and read the latest chapters for free without ads. The website no longer updates the latest chapter content, and the latest chapter content has been updated on the Haoyue Novels APP.


    Due to various problems, the address has been changed to Please bookmark the new address to avoid getting lost


    The content of the chapters on the web version is slow, please download the Haoyue Novel app to read the latest content


    Please exit the transcoding page, please download the Haoyue Novels app to read the latest chapters.


    New for you the fastest This Is My Primordial Horde update, Chapter 295 Expansion to the Everglades Free to read. https://

 v2 Chapter 296： New Ships and Black Pottery

    After the drought was over, the Vine tribe took the opportunity to open up wasteland on a large scale and plant fast-growing grains and vegetables.


    If all goes well, the vegetables will ripen before the spring snows, giving the vine tribe something to eat through the winter.


    After the locust tribe was wiped out, the strength of the vine tribe and...


    "Young Master, get up quickly, it''s our turn to patrol."


    "Where am I?"


    Qin Hu sat up in a daze, feeling his body was cold, and there was still a strong wind blowing outside, and suddenly felt strange.


    "Oh, young master, why are you confused? We are in the barracks. It''s our turn to stand guard at this time. No matter what, the military law will deal with it. Now the old master can''t protect you anymore."


    "what?"


    Qin Hu opened his eyes and saw that he was staying in a tent right now, and in front of him was a soldier in leather armor.


    Just when he was about to open his mouth to ask something, he suddenly had a splitting headache, and a huge flow of information rushed into his mind. After a few seconds, he knew that he had crossed.


    He has transmigrated from a modern special soldier to a young master named Qin Hu, who is the head of the seven villains in the capital!


    And this era called the Dayu Dynasty never existed in history.


    Qin Hu''s ancestor was one of the twenty-eight marquises of the four founders of Dayu. Three months ago, his father died of illness, and Qin Hu became the new champion marquis.


    Qin Hu was spoiled by his parents since he was a child. He didn''t like reading or practicing martial arts.


    When he grew up, the family wanted him to take care of him, so they arranged a marriage. The woman was the eldest lady of Chen Guogong''s family, named Chen Ruoli, a well-known lady, beautiful and intelligent.


    This Qin Hu is vicious and vicious towards others, but he regards this beautiful and beautiful fiancee as a treasure.


    But the incident happened to this childhood sweetheart, Miss Chen.


    According to Qin Hu''s memory, that day he brought his fianc¨¦e into the palace to pay homage to Princess Chang''an. The princess and Chen Ruoli had been friends since they were young, so they arranged a banquet.


    But then Qin Hu drank the fragments, and when he woke up, he had already arrived at the prison of the inner guard. He was told that he was drunk and flirted with the princess with the intention of doing something wrong.


    What''s even more strange is that Chen Ruoli actually wrote a letter to impeach her fianc¨¦ Qin Hu for seventy-two crimes, all of which are well-founded.


    Qin Hu was like five thunderbolts, he couldn''t believe his ears...


    The imperial decree came down soon, saying that because of Qin Hu''s ancestor''s meritorious service, the death penalty can be avoided, and the living crime cannot be escaped.


    But after arriving in Youzhou, he was quickly arranged to be on the front line¡ªthe front line of the Pioneer Tent.


    After going through these things in Qin Hu''s mind, he basically figured it out. This should be a trap.


    Because Chen Guogong had long wanted to divorce him.


    The Qin family and the Chen family were originally a political marriage, and they both wanted to become stronger and bigger. However, Qin Hu later was almost useless except for being a dude.


    You must know that the champions of all generations are heroes and have unparalleled influence in the army, but in this generation, there is a waste who has never been on the battlefield.


    https://


    When the old Hou Ye was alive, Chen Guogong returned face, but when the old Hou Ye died, Chen Guogong turned his face ruthlessly, and even staged a scene of retiring from the mourning hall.


    But Qin Hu loves Chen Ruoli deeply, and refuses to allow him to live or die, but Chen Ruoli has long hated him as a wicked young man.


    So a catastrophe came!


    As for Princess Chang''an, it''s even simpler. She is the cousin of Qin Hu''s cousin. As long as Qin Hu dies, the huge family property of the Champion Hou''s Mansion will naturally fall to this cousin.


    These several forces, each taking what they need, are colluding together, so they quickly united...


    Sure enough, once he entered the Hou family, it was as deep as the sea, and there were so many people who wanted him to die.


    "Qin An, do you think we should find a place to carry our backs?"


    Under the bright moonlight, the rough north wind, with its piercing whistle, swept across the open field, extinguishing several torches, like countless flying knives cutting people''s skin.


    "No way, Young Master, you will be dealt with by military law."


    Qin Hu and Qin An shrank their heads and feet against the wind, ran out of the camp, and ran forward stepping on the thick snow.


    The thin Qin An was thrown over by the strong wind without paying attention.


    Seeing them coming out, the two sentinels who changed defense looked at each other and smiled slyly. They took two handfuls of snow and put out the bonfire for heating, and then got into the tent.


    Damn, even the little soldiers were bribed, trying to freeze me to death!


    This is a small camp, with about twenty tents, surrounded by horse-drawn carriages, not even the antlers of the horses and antlers lined up on the outside, and the surrounding area is even more flat, with no danger to defend.


    According to the memories of Qin Hu''s previous life, about two hundred people were stationed here, they were the vanguard battalion of Li Qin, General of the Yu Dynasty.


    The target of Li Qin''s 20,000 troops this time is Liaodong Kingdom, Yu Dynasty''s old enemy on the border.


    "Ahem, young master, do you think we can go back alive?" Qin An curled up on the snow, his lips and face were blue, and he spoke weakly, as if he would die at any moment.


    Qin Hu sighed in his heart, Qin An was purely implicated by himself, and if things continued like this, the two of them would surely die.


    Those who wanted him to die didn''t beat him to death in court, but beat him to death in the barracks.


    But Qin Hu is definitely not someone who just sits and waits to die. This is clearly a matter of being framed, and he can''t let it go.


    Life is an endless struggle to survive, just wait, I will not only survive, but also return to the capital to settle accounts with you.


    "Qin An, how many bank notes did we bring when we went out?"


    "I don''t have any banknotes anymore. I only have twenty taels of silver on me. The imperial decree says that we will be exiled and distributed, and our property will be banned."


    Qin An is only 16 years old this year. He is Qin Hu''s close bookboy.


    In fact, Qin Hu was not much better. These days, the Pioneer Battalion marched 30 miles a day. The job they did was to open roads and build bridges when encountering water, chop firewood, dig ditches and carry water, and build camps.


    And what would it be like for these two thin-skinned and tender-skinned guys to stay with hundreds of big and three thick Qiu Ba every day?


    It must be the most tiring job, the worst meal, the worst beating, and the most angry...


    Qin Hu estimated that his predecessor might have been tortured to death.


    It can be regarded as what he deserved.


    It''s just this suffering, he must bear it now, if he can''t bear it, he will die too.


    "give me."


    Qin Hu thought it over, he must try to save Qin An''s life first, and then think of other ways.


    In fact, it is not difficult to save one''s life. The easiest way is to bribe people. As the saying goes, wealth can lead to magic. Although this method is primitive, it will always work.


    But in this situation, it is impossible for him to bribe senior officials, because no one dares to get involved with him. Besides, there is no money.


    So he thought of a person in his mind, Centurion Li Xiaokun.


    That is, the current leader of the Pioneer Battalion. https://Want to read the latest chapters, please download the Haoyue Novel app, and read the latest chapters for free without ads. The website no longer updates the latest chapter content, and the latest chapter content has been updated on the Haoyue Novels APP.


    Due to various problems, the address has been changed to Please bookmark the new address to avoid getting lost


    The content of the chapters on the web version is slow, please download the Haoyue Novel app to read the latest content


    Please exit the transcoding page, please download the Haoyue Novels app to read the latest chapters.


    New for you the fastest this is my original tribe update, Chapter 296 New Ship and Black Pottery to read for free. https://

 v2 Chapter 297： Return to the ancestral land

    In the middle of the Southern Wilderness, the Rat Tribe.


    "The last one!"


    In front of a low mountain, the squirrel was holding a bone spear and a golden bronze knife stuck in his waist. Looking at a soil hole in front of him, his eyes were shining with excitement.


    A year ago, Squirrel was still a one-color warrior, and a year later, he was...


    "Young Master, get up quickly, it''s our turn to patrol."


    "Where am I?"


    Qin Hu sat up in a daze, feeling his body was cold, and there was still a strong wind blowing outside, and suddenly felt strange.


    "Oh, young master, why are you confused? We are in the barracks. It''s our turn to stand guard at this time. No matter what, the military law will deal with it. Now the old master can''t protect you anymore."


    "what?"


    Qin Hu opened his eyes and saw that he was staying in a tent right now, and in front of him was a soldier in leather armor.


    Just when he was about to open his mouth to ask something, he suddenly had a splitting headache, and a huge flow of information rushed into his mind. After a few seconds, he knew that he had crossed.


    He has transmigrated from a modern special soldier to a young master named Qin Hu, who is the head of the seven villains in the capital!


    And this era called the Dayu Dynasty never existed in history.


    Qin Hu''s ancestor was one of the twenty-eight marquises of the four founders of Dayu. Three months ago, his father died of illness, and Qin Hu became the new champion marquis.


    Qin Hu was spoiled by his parents since he was a child. He didn''t like reading or practicing martial arts.


    When he grew up, the family wanted him to take care of him, so they arranged a marriage. The woman was the eldest lady of Chen Guogong''s family, named Chen Ruoli, a well-known lady, beautiful and intelligent.


    This Qin Hu is vicious and vicious towards others, but he regards this beautiful and beautiful fiancee as a treasure.


    But the incident happened to this childhood sweetheart, Miss Chen.


    According to Qin Hu''s memory, that day he brought his fianc¨¦e into the palace to pay homage to Princess Chang''an. The princess and Chen Ruoli had been friends since they were young, so they arranged a banquet.


    But then Qin Hu drank the fragments, and when he woke up, he had already arrived at the prison of the inner guard. He was told that he was drunk and flirted with the princess with the intention of doing something wrong.


    What''s even more strange is that Chen Ruoli actually wrote a letter to impeach her fianc¨¦ Qin Hu for seventy-two crimes, all of which are well-founded.


    Qin Hu was like five thunderbolts, he couldn''t believe his ears...


    The imperial decree came down soon, saying that because of Qin Hu''s ancestor''s meritorious service, the death penalty can be avoided, and the living crime cannot be escaped.


    But after arriving in Youzhou, he was quickly arranged to be on the front line¡ªthe front line of the Pioneer Tent.


    After going through these things in Qin Hu''s mind, he basically figured it out. This should be a trap.


    Because Chen Guogong had long wanted to divorce him.


    The Qin family and the Chen family were originally a political marriage, and they both wanted to become stronger and bigger. However, Qin Hu later was almost useless except for being a dude.


    You must know that the champions of all generations are heroes and have unparalleled influence in the army, but in this generation, there is a waste who has never been on the battlefield.


    https://


    When the old Hou Ye was alive, Chen Guogong returned face, but when the old Hou Ye died, Chen Guogong turned his face ruthlessly, and even staged a scene of retiring from the mourning hall.


    But Qin Hu loves Chen Ruoli deeply, and refuses to allow him to live or die, but Chen Ruoli has long hated him as a wicked young man.


    So a catastrophe came!


    As for Princess Chang''an, it''s even simpler. She is the cousin of Qin Hu''s cousin. As long as Qin Hu dies, the huge family property of the Champion Hou''s Mansion will naturally fall to this cousin.


    These several forces, each taking what they need, are colluding together, so they quickly united...


    Sure enough, once he entered the Hou family, it was as deep as the sea, and there were so many people who wanted him to die.


    "Qin An, do you think we should find a place to carry our backs?"


    Under the bright moonlight, the rough north wind, with its piercing whistle, swept across the open field, extinguishing several torches, like countless flying knives cutting people''s skin.


    "No way, Young Master, you will be dealt with by military law."


    Qin Hu and Qin An shrank their heads and feet against the wind, ran out of the camp, and ran forward stepping on the thick snow.


    The thin Qin An was thrown over by the strong wind without paying attention.


    Seeing them coming out, the two sentinels who changed defense looked at each other and smiled slyly. They took two handfuls of snow and put out the bonfire for heating, and then got into the tent.


    Damn, even the little soldiers were bribed, trying to freeze me to death!


    This is a small camp, with about twenty tents, surrounded by horse-drawn carriages, not even the antlers of the horses and antlers lined up on the outside, and the surrounding area is even more flat, with no danger to defend.


    According to the memories of Qin Hu''s previous life, about two hundred people were stationed here, they were the vanguard battalion of Li Qin, General of the Yu Dynasty.


    The target of Li Qin''s 20,000 troops this time is Liaodong Kingdom, Yu Dynasty''s old enemy on the border.


    "Ahem, young master, do you think we can go back alive?" Qin An curled up on the snow, his lips and face were blue, and he spoke weakly, as if he would die at any moment.


    Qin Hu sighed in his heart, Qin An was purely implicated by himself, and if things continued like this, the two of them would surely die.


    Those who wanted him to die didn''t beat him to death in court, but beat him to death in the barracks.


    But Qin Hu is definitely not someone who just sits and waits to die. This is clearly a matter of being framed, and he can''t let it go.


    Life is an endless struggle to survive, just wait, I will not only survive, but also return to the capital to settle accounts with you.


    "Qin An, how many bank notes did we bring when we went out?"


    "I don''t have any banknotes anymore. I only have twenty taels of silver on me. The imperial decree says that we will be exiled and distributed, and our property will be banned."


    Qin An is only 16 years old this year. He is Qin Hu''s close bookboy.


    In fact, Qin Hu was not much better. These days, the Pioneer Battalion marched 30 miles a day. The job they did was to open roads and build bridges when encountering water, chop firewood, dig ditches and carry water, and build camps.


    And what would it be like for these two thin-skinned and tender-skinned guys to stay with hundreds of big and three thick Qiu Ba every day?


    It must be the most tiring job, the worst meal, the worst beating, and the most angry...


    Qin Hu estimated that his predecessor might have been tortured to death.


    It can be regarded as what he deserved.


    It''s just this suffering, he must bear it now, if he can''t bear it, he will die too.


    "give me."


    Qin Hu thought it over, he must try to save Qin An''s life first, and then think of other ways.


    In fact, it is not difficult to save one''s life. The easiest way is to bribe people. As the saying goes, wealth can lead to magic. Although this method is primitive, it will always work.


    But in this situation, it is impossible for him to bribe senior officials, because no one dares to get involved with him. Besides, there is no money.


    So he thought of a person in his mind, Centurion Li Xiaokun.


    That is, the current leader of the Pioneer Battalion. https://Want to read the latest chapters, please download the Haoyue Novel app, and read the latest chapters for free without ads. The website no longer updates the latest chapter content, and the latest chapter content has been updated on the Haoyue Novels APP.


    Due to various problems, the address has been changed to Please bookmark the new address to avoid getting lost


    The content of the chapters on the web version is slow, please download the Haoyue Novel app to read the latest content


    Please exit the transcoding page, please download the Haoyue Novels app to read the latest chapters.


    New to provide you with the fastest This is my original tribe update, Chapter 297 Return to the ancestral land for free reading. https://

 v2 Chapter 298： The future direction of Vine Tribe

    ¡¾This is my original tribe¡¿¡¾¡¿


    On the night when the rat tribe returned to their ancestral land, Jiang Xuan got the news from the Vine God.


    "I didn''t expect that a Rat Tribe fighter who was randomly subdued back then actually reunited the scattered Rat Tribe."


    Jiang Xuan stood in front of the altar with a very surprised expression, because this kind of luck...


    "Young Master, get up quickly, it''s our turn to patrol."


    "Where am I?"


    Qin Hu sat up in a daze, feeling his body was cold, and there was still a strong wind blowing outside, and suddenly felt strange.


    "Oh, young master, why are you confused? We are in the barracks. It''s our turn to stand guard at this time. No matter what, the military law will deal with it. Now the old master can''t protect you anymore."


    "what?"


    Qin Hu opened his eyes and saw that he was staying in a tent right now, and in front of him was a soldier in leather armor.


    Just when he was about to open his mouth to ask something, he suddenly had a splitting headache, and a huge flow of information rushed into his mind. After a few seconds, he knew that he had crossed.


    He has transmigrated from a modern special soldier to a young master named Qin Hu, who is the head of the seven villains in the capital!


    And this era called the Dayu Dynasty never existed in history.


    Qin Hu''s ancestor was one of the twenty-eight marquises of the four founders of Dayu. Three months ago, his father died of illness, and Qin Hu became the new champion marquis.


    Qin Hu was spoiled by his parents since he was a child. He didn''t like reading or practicing martial arts.


    When he grew up, the family wanted him to take care of him, so they arranged a marriage. The woman was the eldest lady of Chen Guogong''s family, named Chen Ruoli, a well-known lady, beautiful and intelligent.


    This Qin Hu is vicious and vicious towards others, but he regards this beautiful and beautiful fiancee as a treasure.


    But the incident happened to this childhood sweetheart, Miss Chen.


    According to Qin Hu''s memory, that day he brought his fianc¨¦e into the palace to pay homage to Princess Chang''an. The princess and Chen Ruoli had been friends since they were young, so they arranged a banquet.


    But then Qin Hu drank the fragments, and when he woke up, he had already arrived at the prison of the inner guard. He was told that he was drunk and flirted with the princess with the intention of doing something wrong.


    What''s even more strange is that Chen Ruoli actually wrote a letter to impeach her fianc¨¦ Qin Hu for seventy-two crimes, all of which are well-founded.


    Qin Hu was like five thunderbolts, he couldn''t believe his ears...


    The imperial decree came down soon, saying that because of Qin Hu''s ancestor''s meritorious service, the death penalty can be avoided, and the living crime cannot be escaped.


    But after arriving in Youzhou, he was quickly arranged to be on the front line¡ªthe front line of the Pioneer Tent.


    After going through these things in Qin Hu''s mind, he basically figured it out. This should be a trap.


    Because Chen Guogong had long wanted to divorce him.


    The Qin family and the Chen family were originally a political marriage, and they both wanted to become stronger and bigger. However, the later Qin Hu was almost useless except for being a dandy, and it can be said that he completely disgraced the champion Hou''s family.


    You must know that the champions of all generations are heroes and have unparalleled influence in the army, but in this generation, there is a waste who has never been on the battlefield. When the old Hou Ye was alive, Chen Guogong returned face, but when the old Hou Ye died, Chen Guogong turned his face ruthlessly, and even staged a scene of retiring from the mourning hall.


    This chapter is not finished, click [next page] to continue reading -->>


    ¡¾This is my original tribe¡¿¡¾¡¿


    But Qin Hu loves Chen Ruoli deeply, and refuses to allow him to live or die, but Chen Ruoli has long hated him as a wicked young man.


    So a catastrophe came!


    As for Princess Chang''an, it''s even simpler. She is the cousin of Qin Hu''s cousin. As long as Qin Hu dies, the huge family property of the Champion Hou''s Mansion will naturally fall to this cousin.


    These several forces, each taking what they need, are colluding together, so they quickly united...


    Sure enough, once he entered the Hou family, it was as deep as the sea, and there were so many people who wanted him to die.


    "Qin An, do you think we should find a place to carry our backs?"


    Under the bright moonlight, the rough north wind with harsh whistling whistled across the open field, extinguishing several torches, like countless flying knives cutting people''s skin.


    "No way, Young Master, you will be dealt with by military law."


    Qin Hu and Qin An shrank their heads and feet against the wind, ran out of the camp, and ran forward stepping on the thick snow.


    The thin Qin An was thrown over by the strong wind without paying attention.


    Seeing them coming out, the two sentinels who changed defense looked at each other and smiled slyly. They took two handfuls of snow and put out the bonfire for heating, and then got into the tent.


    Damn, even the little soldiers were bribed, trying to freeze me to death!


    This is a small camp with about twenty tents, surrounded by horse-drawn carriages, not even the antlers of horses and antlers lined up on the outside, and the surrounding area is even more flat, with no danger to defend.


    According to the memories of Qin Hu''s previous life, about two hundred people were stationed here, they were the vanguard battalion of Li Qin, General of the Yu Dynasty.


    The target of Li Qin''s 20,000 troops this time is Liaodong Kingdom, Yu Dynasty''s old enemy on the border.


    "Ahem, young master, do you think we can go back alive?" Qin An curled up on the snow, his lips and face were blue, and he spoke weakly, as if he would die at any moment.


    Qin Hu sighed in his heart, Qin An was purely implicated by himself, and if things continued like this, the two of them would surely die.


    Those who wanted him to die didn''t beat him to death in court, but beat him to death in the barracks.


    But Qin Hu is definitely not someone who just sits and waits to die. This is clearly a matter of being framed, and he can''t let it go.


    Life is an endless struggle to survive, just wait, I will not only survive, but also return to the capital to settle accounts with you.


    "Qin An, how many bank notes did we bring when we went out?"


    "I don''t have any silver bills anymore. I only have twenty taels of silver on me. It''s stated in the imperial decree that UU Reading we are exiled and distributed, and our family property is banned."


    Qin An is only 16 years old this year. He is Qin Hu''s close bookboy.


    In fact, Qin Hu was not much better. These days, the Pioneer Battalion marched 30 miles a day. The work they did was to open roads and build bridges when encountering water, chop firewood, dig ditches and carry water, and build camps.


    And what would it be like for these two thin-skinned and tender-skinned guys to stay with hundreds of big and three thick Qiu Ba every day?


    It must be the most tiring job, the worst meal, the worst beating, and the most angry...


    Qin Hu estimated that his predecessor might have been tortured to death.


    This chapter is not finished, click [next page] to continue reading -->>


    ¡¾This is my original tribe¡¿¡¾¡¿


    It can be regarded as what he deserved.


    It''s just this suffering, he must bear it now, if he can''t bear it, he will die too.


    "give me."


    Qin Hu thought it over, he must try to save Qin An''s life first, and then think of other ways.


    In fact, it is not difficult to save one''s life. The easiest way is to bribe people. As the saying goes, wealth can lead to magic. Although this method is primitive, it will always work.


    But in this situation, it is impossible for him to bribe senior officials, because no one dares to get involved with him. Besides, there is no money.


    So he thought of a person in his mind, Centurion Li Xiaokun.


    That is, the current leader of the Pioneer Battalion. If you want to read the latest chapters, please download the Haoyue Novel app, and read the latest chapters for free without ads. The website no longer updates the latest chapter content, and the latest chapter content has been updated on the Haoyue Novel app.

 v2 Chapter 299： hunt the king of beasts

    ¡¾This is my original tribe¡¿¡¾¡¿


    After leaving Chi Shao''s place, Jiang Xuan returned to his yard.


    As soon as he opened the door, he saw Mallow sweeping the yard.


    "Boss, you are back."


    While sweeping the fallen leaves in the yard, Mallow showed a bright smile to Jiang Xuan.


    "These leaves fall every day,...


    "Young Master, get up quickly, it''s our turn to patrol."


    "Where am I?"


    Qin Hu sat up in a daze, feeling his body was cold, and there was still a strong wind blowing outside, and suddenly felt strange.


    "Oh, young master, why are you confused? We are in the barracks. It''s our turn to stand guard at this time. No matter what, the military law will deal with it. Now the old master can''t protect you anymore."


    "what?"


    Qin Hu opened his eyes and saw that he was staying in a tent right now, and in front of him was a soldier in leather armor.


    Just when he was about to open his mouth to ask something, he suddenly had a splitting headache, and a huge flow of information rushed into his mind. After a few seconds, he knew that he had crossed.


    He has transmigrated from a modern special soldier to a young master named Qin Hu, who is the head of the seven villains in the capital!


    And this era called the Dayu Dynasty never existed in history.


    Qin Hu''s ancestor was one of the twenty-eight marquises of the four founders of Dayu. Three months ago, his father died of illness, and Qin Hu became the new champion marquis.


    Qin Hu was spoiled by his parents since he was a child. He didn''t like reading or practicing martial arts.


    When he grew up, the family wanted him to take care of him, so they arranged a marriage. The woman was the eldest lady of Chen Guogong''s family, named Chen Ruoli, a well-known lady, beautiful and intelligent.


    This Qin Hu is vicious and vicious towards others, but he regards this beautiful and beautiful fiancee as a treasure.


    But the incident happened to this childhood sweetheart, Miss Chen.


    According to Qin Hu''s memory, that day he brought his fianc¨¦e into the palace to pay homage to Princess Chang''an. The princess and Chen Ruoli had been friends since they were young, so they arranged a banquet.


    But then Qin Hu drank the fragments, and when he woke up, he had already arrived at the prison of the inner guard. He was told that he was drunk and flirted with the princess with the intention of doing something wrong.


    What''s even more strange is that Chen Ruoli actually wrote a letter to impeach her fianc¨¦ Qin Hu for seventy-two crimes, all of which are well-founded.


    Qin Hu was like five thunderbolts, he couldn''t believe his ears...


    The imperial decree came down soon, saying that because of Qin Hu''s ancestor''s meritorious service, the death penalty can be avoided, and the living crime cannot be escaped.


    But after arriving in Youzhou, he was quickly arranged to be on the front line¡ªthe front line of the Pioneer Tent.


    After going through these things in Qin Hu''s mind, he basically figured it out. This should be a trap.


    Because Chen Guogong had long wanted to divorce him.


    The Qin family and the Chen family were originally a political marriage, and they both wanted to become stronger and bigger. However, the later Qin Hu was almost useless except for being a dandy, and it can be said that he completely disgraced the champion Hou''s family.


    You must know that the champions of all generations are heroes and have unparalleled influence in the army, but in this generation, there is a waste who has never been on the battlefield. When the old Hou Ye was alive, Chen Guogong returned face, but when the old Hou Ye died, Chen Guogong turned his face ruthlessly, and even staged a scene of retiring from the mourning hall.


    This chapter is not finished, click [next page] to continue reading -->>


    ¡¾This is my original tribe¡¿¡¾¡¿


    But Qin Hu loves Chen Ruoli deeply, and refuses to allow him to live or die, but Chen Ruoli has long hated him as a wicked young man.


    So a catastrophe came!


    As for Princess Chang''an, it''s even simpler. She is the cousin of Qin Hu''s cousin. As long as Qin Hu dies, the huge family property of the Champion Hou''s Mansion will naturally fall to this cousin.


    These several forces, each taking what they need, are colluding together, so they quickly united...


    Sure enough, once he entered the Hou family, it was as deep as the sea, and there were so many people who wanted him to die.


    "Qin An, do you think we should find a place to carry our backs?"


    Under the bright moonlight, the rough north wind with harsh whistling whistled across the open field, extinguishing several torches, like countless flying knives cutting people''s skin.


    "No way, Young Master, you will be dealt with by military law."


    Qin Hu and Qin An shrank their heads and feet against the wind, ran out of the camp, and ran forward stepping on the heavy snow.


    The thin Qin An was thrown over by the strong wind without paying attention.


    Seeing them coming out, the two sentinels who changed defense looked at each other and smiled slyly. They took two handfuls of snow and put out the bonfire for heating, and then got into the tent.


    Damn, even the little soldiers were bribed, trying to freeze me to death!


    This is a small camp with about twenty tents, surrounded by horse-drawn carriages, not even the antlers of horses and antlers lined up on the outside, and the surrounding area is even more flat, with no danger to defend.


    According to the memories of Qin Hu''s previous life, about two hundred people were stationed here, they were the vanguard battalion of Li Qin, General of the Yu Dynasty.


    The target of Li Qin''s 20,000 troops this time is Liaodong Kingdom, Yu Dynasty''s old enemy on the border.


    "Ahem, young master, do you think we can go back alive?" Qin An curled up on the snow, his lips and face were blue, and he spoke weakly, as if he would die at any moment.


    Qin Hu sighed in his heart, Qin An was purely implicated by himself, and if things continued like this, the two of them would surely die.


    Those who wanted him to die didn''t beat him to death in court, but beat him to death in the barracks.


    But Qin Hu is definitely not someone who just sits and waits to die. This is clearly a matter of being framed, and he can''t let it go.


    Life is an endless struggle to survive, just wait, I will not only survive, but also return to the capital to settle accounts with you.


    "Qin An, how many bank notes did we bring when we went out?"


    "I don''t have any silver bills anymore. I only have twenty taels of silver on me. It''s stated in the imperial decree, UU Reading We are exiled and distributed, and our family property is banned."


    Qin An is only 16 years old this year. He is Qin Hu''s close bookboy.


    In fact, Qin Hu was not much better. The Pioneer Battalion marched 30 miles a day for the past few days. The job they did was to open roads and build bridges when encountering water, chop firewood, dig ditches and carry water, and build camps.


    And what would it be like for these two thin-skinned and tender-skinned guys to stay with hundreds of big and three thick Qiu Ba every day?


    It must be the most tiring job, the worst meal, the worst beating, and the most angry...


    Qin Hu estimated that his predecessor might have been tortured to death.


    This chapter is not finished, click [next page] to continue reading -->>


    ¡¾This is my original tribe¡¿¡¾¡¿


    It can be regarded as what he deserved.


    It''s just this suffering, he must bear it now, if he can''t bear it, he will die too.


    "give me."


    Qin Hu thought it over, he must try to save Qin An''s life first, and then think of other ways.


    In fact, it is not difficult to save one''s life. The easiest way is to bribe people. As the saying goes, wealth can lead to magic. Although this method is primitive, it will always work.


    But in this situation, it is impossible for him to bribe senior officials, because no one dares to get involved with him. Besides, there is no money.


    So he thought of a person in his mind, Centurion Li Xiaokun.


    That is, the current leader of the Pioneer Battalion. If you want to read the latest chapters, please download the Haoyue Novel app and read the latest chapters for free without ads. The website no longer updates the latest chapter content, and the latest chapter content has been updated on the Haoyue Novel app.

 v2 Chapter 300： Stingfly Venom

    "Boom boom boom!"


    The Beastmaster-level wild bears and glutinous rice **** fought in the primeval forest. Many big trees were knocked down or snapped in half. The destructive power was astonishing.


    Jiang Xuan firmly grasped the rope on Tang Yuan''s back, his whole body was like riding a roller coaster, going up and down, left and right, shaking so much that he was about to vomit.


    "Tangyuan, Tangyuan, find a place to put me down first."


    In the end, Jiang Xuan couldn''t take it anymore, so he could only ask Tang Yuan to put him down.


    Tang Yuan glanced back, and then remembered that there was another person on her back, so she quickly rose, and then flew to the nearest mountain, and put Jiang Xuan down,


    Standing on the stone, Jiang Xuan was blown by the wind, and finally felt his dizzy head clear up.


    But Tangyuan swooped down on the wild bear excitedly again, the more she fought, the more excited she became, and she seemed to be confident in her fight.


    "The growth rate of glutinous rice **** is really too fast."


    Jiang Xuan stood on the top of the hill, watching the battle below, expressing his heartfelt emotion.


    In just a few years, Tangyuan has grown from a fledgling bird to a fierce bird that can compete with beasts of the beast king level. What''s more frightening is that until now, its body is still under development and has not yet grown up.


    Jiang Xuan is very much looking forward to how powerful it will be in combat once it truly becomes an adult.


    After standing for a while, Jiang Xuan thought again: Since Tangyuan called him over to help, he can''t just stand here and watch, he has to find a way to create a little trouble for the wild bear.


    But that savage bear is too big, if it can''t hit the vital points like the eyes, even if it is stabbed a few times, it can only irritate it, but it can''t cause much damage to it.


    How to inflict damage on this savage bear, or create a chance for Tang Yuan to seriously injure it?


    Jiang Xuan stood on the stone and thought for a while, and then opened his improved version of the shoulder animal skin bag.


    This double-shoulder animal skin bag was tailor-made for him by the clothing workshop. It is made of beast skin, and the workmanship is much more exquisite than other backpacks. There is also a totem pattern of the rattan tribe painted on it with non-fading paint.


    The animal skin bag is divided into several layers, some contain daily necessities, and some contain medicines, weapon accessories and the like.


    Jiang Xuan carefully took out a tightly wrapped small gourd bottle from the layer containing the medicine.


    This small gourd bottle is made of a natural gourd-shaped plant fruit with a cork stopper, which is very convenient for filling liquids and is not easy to leak.


    After the locust tribe was wiped out, the thornfly tribe saw the great strength of the vine tribe. Out of the idea of ??building a good relationship, the thornfly **** sent some venom to Jiang Xuan, and put it in this small bottle.


    "The items sent by God of Sting Fly should be more than enough to deal with that wild bear."


    Jiang Xuan held his breath, then pulled out the cork of the small gourd bottle, poured some of the gray liquid inside on the tip of the bronze war spear, spread it evenly, and then re-plugged the small gourd bottle.


    "call¡­"


    Jiang Xuan waited for the mountain wind to blow for a while, and stretched the tip of the spear a little further before opening his mouth to breathe.


    "Wealth and wealth are sought in danger, success or failure depends on this spear!"


    Jiang Xuan put away the small gourd bottle, then quickly ran from the top of the mountain to the forest below, and disappeared into the extremely dense virgin forest in the blink of an eye.


    "Aww..."


    The barbarian bear was scratched by Tangyuan''s sharp claws and had many wounds. The blood stained its brown hair red, and the barbarian bear became extremely manic.


    It used various methods, but was unable to drop the glutinous rice **** from the sky, and could only passively defend and be beaten.


    Of course, the glutinous rice **** are not intact, there are many wounds on its body, and the beautiful purple feathers are bleeding, but it can still fly.


    Tang Yuan continued to fly around the wild bear, looking for opportunities to swoop down to give the wild bear a paw or a bite from time to time.


    At this time, the competition between the two sides is physical strength. Whoever has better physical strength will be able to persevere, find the opponent''s weakness, and then give the opponent a fatal blow.


    Obviously, the glutinous rice **** flying around in the sky will be more tiring than the wild bears spinning around in place.


    Beastmaster-level creatures are not low in IQ. The savage bear obviously figured out the key to the problem. It squatted in place and moved as little as possible, so that it could better preserve its energy.


    Just when the battle between the wild bear and the glutinous rice **** fell into a stalemate, Jiang Xuan appeared.


    At this time, all the attention of the wild bear was concentrated on the glutinous rice **** in the sky, and he had no time to take care of his surroundings.


    Jiang Xuan''s whole body seemed to be integrated with the forest. As he moved forward in the dense forest, his movements were almost inaudible, and even his breathing slowed down.


    Finally, he approached the huge bear bit by bit, and walked around behind the bear, choosing the best position to shoot.


    Just this one chance, don''t miss it!


    Jiang Xuan clenched the bronze spear, took a few deep breaths at an even speed, and then a light flashed in his eyes, and rushed out at the fastest speed.


    "Shushasha..."


    Hearing the sound of broken branches and fallen leaves on the ground, Jiang Xuan had already rushed behind the bear when he realized something was wrong.


    "middle!"


    Jiang Xuan ran for a while, the veins in his arm bulged, and then he threw the bronze spear fiercely.


    "Whoosh!"


    The golden bronze war spear streaked across the air, and then plunged into the bear''s thigh with a "poof".


    The barbarian bear is too tall, and the only way to hit it is by throwing it, which can hit its thigh. If Jiang Xuan ran directly to stab it, he might only hit its heel.


    "Aww..."


    The barbarian let out a terrifying roar, and immediately patted Jiang Xuan with its terrifying big paw.


    It was really too huge, like a moving hill, and even set off a gust of wind when it was slapped.


    Fortunately, Jiang Xuan was well prepared.


    After he threw the bronze spear, he immediately turned around and ran back desperately without turning his head.


    "boom!"


    The barbarian bear''s paw missed Jiang Xuan, but broke a nearby big tree into several pieces. It was really terrifying.


    "Roar!"


    The wild bear missed a hit and became even more angry. It raised its legs and was about to chase Jiang Xuan, trying to slap this hateful "bug" to death.


    However, at this moment, it felt a numb feeling from the wound. At the same time, its head became dizzy, its limbs became weak, and even its eyes were blurred.


    An irresistible drowsiness hit, and just as the wild bear turned around, he fell to the ground, struggled a few times, and finally closed his eyes and fell into a coma.


    "Il..."


    How could Tangyuan miss such a good opportunity.


    It swooped down directly from the air, its sharp and hard claws pierced through the bear''s head, and its terrifying beak even pecked the bear''s head several times in a row, digging out several **** holes.


    "Aww..."


    The wild bear let out a final scream, and then died.


    "Hoo... hoo... hoo..."


    Not far away, Jiang Xuan stopped and looked back at the huge bear corpse. At this time, he still had a lot of heart.


    If he hadn''t run fast, the bear''s paw just now would have smashed him to pieces.


    Fortunately, this adventure is worth it.


    The venom given to him by the thorn fly **** was so powerful that even the savage bear of the beast king level had no power to resist after being poisoned, and fell into a coma directly.


    Jiang Xuan took a few breaths, and soon cheered up again.


    This is a savage bear at the level of a beast king. For the tribal people, it can be said that the whole body is a treasure.


    Whether it is bear meat, bear skin, bear bones, bear teeth, etc., they are all rare treasures.


    Of course, the most important thing is that beast king-level bear gall, which can be called the treasure among treasures.


    Jiang Xuan walked to the side of the huge barbarian bear corpse, first pulled out his own bronze war spear, and then told Tang Yuan that the place where the bronze war spear pierced, the surrounding meat cannot be eaten, UU reading www. Otherwise uukanshu.com will definitely be poisoned.


    Afterwards, he asked Tangyuan to tear open the bear''s chest cavity, and took out a huge bear gall.


    This bear bile was about the size of a sea bowl, dark green in color, and even shimmering slightly.


    "How do you eat this?"


    Jiang Xuan sized up the bear gall for a long time, but didn''t know what to do with it, because he couldn''t swallow it at all.


    "Forget it, take it back first, maybe my sister has a way."


    He carefully tied the cystic duct of bear bile with a string, then wrapped it in a small animal skin bag, and finally put it into the animal skin bag.


    Next, it was time to deal with the body of this huge barbarian bear.


    Because the corpse was too big, Jiang Xuan couldn''t handle it by himself.


    He could only let Tangyuan remove all internal organs except the heart, drain the blood, and let Tangyuan and himself have a full meal.


    In the end, Tangyuan returned to the tribe with Jiang Xuan and the barbarian body that lost as much weight as possible.


    When they returned to the tribe, the corpse of the beast king-level barbarian caused a sensation in the whole tribe, and everyone came to watch it.


    Jiang Xuan briefly explained what happened, and weakened his own role, putting most of the credit on Tang Yuan.


    For a while, the attitude of the people of the rattan tribe towards the glutinous rice **** became awed.


    This is a ferocious bird that can kill beast king-level savage bears!


    After the crowd watched, Jiang Xuan arranged for the soldiers to divide the wild bear. One-third of the meat was given to the glutinous rice balls, and the rest of the meat, animal skins, bones, teeth, etc., belonged to the tribe.


    Jiang Xuan himself took the huge bear gall and went to the edge of the bamboo forest to find Chi Shao to deal with.

 v2 Chapter 301： Break through 6 colors

    In the yard, Chi Shao took the huge bear gall, with excitement in his eyes.


    For a witch, the finest materials that can be made into witch medicine are priceless treasures.


    What''s more, this is the bear gall of a beast king-level wild bear.


    Chi Shao said: "Leave it to me, I''ll send it to you when it''s done in a few days."


    "Okay, thanks for your hard work, sister."


    Jiang Xuan had complete trust in Chi Shao, and after handing over the bear bile to her, he left the yard to do his own thing.


    Chi Shao carried the bear bile and impatiently walked into the room. She wanted to use this bear bile to refine a unique witchcraft and give Jiang Xuan a big gift.


    ¡­


    Southern Wilderness, Otter Tribe.


    "Che..."


    There was a resounding cry of eagles in the sky, and a huge giant eagle appeared. Below the giant eagle, there were also large ships with sails raised, and they were slowly approaching the river bend where the otter tribe was located.


    On the river beach, many big otters basking in the sun jumped into the water with a "boom". They were very cautious, or timid, and hid at the bottom of the water at the slightest sign of trouble.


    Only the warrior of the Otter Tribe who was in charge of sentry tiptoed to look at the first big ship, and he saw the big totem flag fluttering on that side.


    "It seems that people from the Vine tribe have come."


    "That''s right, those big guys floating on the water, the last time they came to our tribe, the people of the Vine tribe called them boats."


    After confirming that the Vine Tribe had arrived, the warriors of the Otter Tribe felt a lot more relaxed. Some stood on the river beach to welcome the Vine Tribe members, while others immediately reported to the leader and the witch.


    After a while, nine big boats entered the bend of the river, and the giant eagle also landed on the river beach, which shocked all the big otters to hide in their holes.


    "This is the Otter Tribe."


    After the big ship docked, a soldier carried out a thick plank and put it between the shore and the ship. The old witch walked along the plank to the river beach and looked at the tribe.


    When he saw a big otter probing its brain in the water, his eyes lit up, because the fat in the big otter''s body was a very good witch medicine.


    The big otter seemed to sense that something was wrong with the old witch''s eyes, so it was so frightened that it quickly dived into the water, not daring to go out to watch the excitement.


    Nepeta followed the old witch and said in a low voice, "The Otter Tribe used to live in the Great Swamp, and their iced lotus root was very delicious, but then the Raptor Bird Tribe came, and they migrated here."


    The old witch nodded. He had also heard about the Otter Tribe. He could only say that this tribe ran too fast at that time. If they fought against the Raptor Tribe together with other tribes, they might have a chance to develop.


    Sometimes, choices really matter.


    Old Wu and the others had just walked a few steps when Luzhu, the leader of the Retter tribe, came out to greet them with a dozen warriors.


    "Brothers from the Vine Tribe, oops, I haven''t seen you for a long time."


    With a smile on Luzhu''s face, he opened his arms and hugged Nepeta, looking very enthusiastic.


    In fact, after moving here, the Otter Tribe had very few opportunities to do business with other tribes, and it was even more difficult to obtain important materials such as salt.


    And the Vine tribe is a very good trading partner, because the Vine tribe is very rich in supplies, which can meet almost all the needs of the Otter tribe.


    Lu Zhu looked at the old witch again, and asked suspiciously, "Who is this?"


    Jingjie said: "Old witch, he is from the Eagle Tribe of the Eastern Desolation, he is a good friend of our Vine Tribe."


    "Welcome friends of the Eagle Tribe."


    Luzhu had never been to the Eastern Wilderness, and had never even heard of the Eagle Tribe, so he didn''t care about the old witch''s identity. However, since Jingjie said that the old witch was a good friend of the Vine Tribe, he still had to show enthusiasm.


    He took the two of them to the unique water building of the Otter tribe, and asked the Otter tribe to entertain the warriors of other Vine tribes.


    The building of the Otter tribe is quite strange. It is piled up with various kinds of wood, and it looks like a giant nest built on the water.


    The old witch looked at the building curiously, but Nepeta was


    Those who have been to the Otter Tribe are no strangers to this.


    After entering the hall, Luzhu invited the old witch and Nepeta to sit on the ground woven with reeds, and then served them various foods.


    After eating for a while, Luzhu asked: "Chief Nepeta, are you here specially to make a deal this time?"


    Jingjie shook his head and said, "The deal was just incidental. This time we came here specifically to enter the swamp from the river. I heard that your Otter tribe came here by water?"


    "We did get here by water, but that section of water is not easy, there are many dangers on the road."


    Luzhu didn''t hide anything, and directly explained the migration process of the Otter Tribe briefly, including some dangers encountered on the road. If it wasn''t for the protection of the Otter God, they would have paid a very heavy price for their migration.


    Nepeta memorized all the dangers mentioned by Luzhu, and then asked: "Is the waterway wide? Is it deep?"


    "It''s wide and deep."


    Luzhu answered Nepeta''s question in four words.


    After all, that section of waterway connects the river and the vast swamp, and the water flow is very large, so it is naturally wide and deep.


    Nepeta asked some more questions about the Great Swamp, and afterward, Luzhu couldn''t wait to offer to trade some goods with the Vine Tribe.


    Nepeta did not refuse either. After all, one of the missions of the fleet was to trade with the tribes along the way, and each ship contained a lot of goods.


    After the transaction was completed, the fleet rested overnight in the Otter Tribe. Early the next morning, the fleet set off again, following the path pointed out by the Otter Tribe, going upstream from a fork in the big river and heading for the Great Swamp.


    ¡­


    Southern Wilderness, Vine Tribe.


    "Finally the refining is successful!"


    In the room, Chi Shao was holding a clay pot, showing a relieved smile.


    Inside the clay pot, there were five dark green pills swaying, each about the size of a longan, exuding an astonishing medicinal fragrance.


    These five pills were mainly made of the beast king grade bear bile brought back by Jiang Xuan, supplemented by various precious medicinal materials, and it took five days to refine them using the special methods of the witch doctor.


    Just smelling the scent of the medicine makes one feel comfortable, let alone eat it.


    "Send it to Xuan."


    Chi Shao didn''t delay, opened the door with the clay pot in her arms, and walked towards Jiang Xuan''s yard.


    It was evening at this time, Chi Shao walked outside Jiang Xuan''s yard, and saw huge glutinous rice balls, and Heifeng Rhinoceros Crescent Moon, guarding the outside on one left and one on the right.


    Tang Yuan and Yue Ya are very familiar with Chi Shao, seeing her going in, they didn''t stand up to stop her.


    Chi Shao walked through the yard and into the hall, and saw Jiang Xuan was cooking dinner by the firepit.


    "Xuan, I have made that bear bile into a pill, here it is."


    Chi Shao handed the pot to Jiang Xuan.


    "So fast?"


    Jiang Xuan wiped his ashes-stained hands, then took the clay pot, saw the five longan-sized pills, and smelled the strong medicinal fragrance.


    Chi Shao said: "These pills contain not only bear bile, but also many medicinal materials picked from strange plants. After eating, it should be of great help to you."


    Jiang Xuan nodded, then put the clay pot on the shelf at the side first, and said: "Sister, you''ve worked hard, you''re hungry, I''ll go get something delicious, let''s have a meal together."


    Chi Shao didn''t refuse either, because the food made by Jiang Xuan was the best in the whole rattan tribe, and it was hard to stop.


    That night, Jiang Xuan cooked the best red crystal rice and made a lot of dishes for Chi Shao.


    After drinking and eating, the two chatted for a while, and Chi Shao returned to her yard until the moon was high.


    "Squeak..."


    Jiang Xuan closed the door, and took down the clay jar containing the pills.


    "I hope you can give me a little surprise."


    Jiang Xuan picked up a pill, threw it into his mouth, chewed it, and swallowed it with a "gudong".


    Soon, a majestic medicinal force erupted in his stomach, and along the way


    All the veins in his limbs spread, nourishing his flesh and bones.


    Jiang Xuan sat by the firepit, slowly closed his eyes, and carefully felt the physical changes brought about by the pill.


    After the power of the medicine was gradually absorbed by his body, Jiang Xuan swallowed another pill...


    Jiang Xuan sat for the whole night.


    After he swallowed all five pills, Jiang Xuan felt that his body''s all-round quality had been greatly improved, and an incomparably powerful force had accumulated in his body.


    When he stood up, UU Reading only felt that an invisible barrier in his body was shattered, and an intuition was born in his heart.


    "Six Color Warriors!"


    Jiang Xuan clenched his fists, pushed open the door and walked into the bamboo forest outside the yard, where he found a boulder that he couldn''t hold before.


    "rise!"


    Jiang Xuan hugged the huge boulder taller than a person with both hands, and firmly lifted it off the ground, and put it down firmly after a while.


    Such a heavy boulder, Jiang Xuan picked it up and then put it down, he didn''t even catch his breath, and his expression was even more normal.


    "The strength has increased a lot compared to before. Is this the strength of the six-color warrior?"


    Jiang Xuan was very pleasantly surprised, because he had been a warrior of five colors for a long time, but he was still unable to break through the six colors. Those pills helped him a lot.


    Later, he tried running and jumping fast in the bamboo forest, and his results were far better than before.


    At this moment, Jiang Xuan was sure that he had really become a powerful six-color warrior!

 v2 Chapter 302： sinister vine

    Southern Wilderness, Ant Tribe.


    The corpses were carried to the entrance of the huge ant nest, and then they were carried by the giant ants lined up, and gradually disappeared into the ant nest.


    The witch of the ant tribe opened his hands, and chanted a long spell towards the ant nest, then turned around and said to the people of the ant tribe:


    "The departed heroic soul will always be by Ant God''s side, let us wish..."


    The people of the ant tribe showed smiles on their faces, even those corpses


    The content of this chapter is being updated...

 v2 Chapter 303： god-making

    "Fujigami has finally awakened!"


    Below the boulder, the squirrel looked up at the radiant vines, and broke free from extreme fear and despair, replaced by ecstasy.


    He is well aware of the power and fear of Shenvine, as long as Shenvine makes a move, the rat tribe will no longer be in danger of being destroyed.


    Squirrel regained his composure.


    "puff!"


    The squirrel grabbed the bone spear, turned around abruptly, and pierced into the chest of the leader of the weasel tribe with lightning speed.


    The leader of the Weasel Tribe, who was arrogant and planned to play tricks on the squirrels just now, has received a double blow both mentally and physically.


    The bone spear pierced his heart, making him feel that all the strength in his body was quickly drained, as if a big hole was suddenly broken at the bottom of the bamboo tube filled with water.


    "you you¡­"


    The stone knife in the hand of the leader of the weasel tribe fell to the ground. He pointed at the squirrel with trembling fingers, but he couldn''t say a complete sentence.


    "Boom!"


    The squirrel kicked the leader of the weasel tribe to the ground, and then stabbed him twice with his spear, killing him completely.


    "I still want to dig the roots of the vine god, I am!"


    The gray rat spat at the corpse of the leader of the weasel tribe, and then rushed towards the witch and the warriors of the weasel tribe with a grinning grin.


    "Don''t you doubt my strength? Then come!"


    The squirrel rushed into the crowd, killing ferociously.


    "Stop him, stop him!"


    The witch from the weasel tribe backed away crazily, screaming, because the witch didn''t have the ability to fight in close quarters, and facing a five-color warrior at close range was courting death.


    The weasel tribe has a large number of people. Although the squirrel is a warrior of five colors, it is very difficult to go through the crowd to kill the witch.


    Just when he was surrounded, suddenly, roots quietly drilled out of the ground, and wound up along the feet of those weasel tribe warriors.


    "What is this?"


    "Ah, go away..."


    In the blink of an eye, more than half of the warriors of the weasel tribe were tightly entangled by roots.


    They struggled frantically, cutting, chopping, smashing, and even biting the roots with their teeth, but it was useless.


    They are like insects that have fallen into a spider''s web. In a short period of time, they are tightly wrapped, and then wait for death in fear.


    "Hahaha, you weasel tribe has bullied the rat tribe for so long, it''s my turn today!"


    The squirrel walked leisurely in front of the weasel tribe witch, drew out the short bronze knife from his waist, carefully avoided the roots, and stabbed the knife into the weasel tribe witch''s chest.


    "Zizizi..."


    Those roots grew and entered along the wound, quickly absorbing the flesh and soul of the weasel tribe witch.


    In desperation, the weasel tribe witch also died.


    "Finally, I can take revenge!"


    The squirrel walked forward step by step, and killed those tightly bound weasel tribe warriors one by one, as simple as chopping melons and vegetables.


    At the same time, countless roots appeared in the underground cave, and the weasels that were chasing the giant rat were entangled one by one by the roots.


    "Chi Chi Chi..."


    Those giant weasels struggled frantically, but it was useless. Those roots drilled into their bodies through their seven orifices, and sucked them into mummies in a short period of time.


    Above the ground, the divine vines that absorbed countless flesh and soul essences became even larger, and their divine power surged like waves.


    As for the weasel **** trapped by the divine vine, his strength of struggle became smaller and smaller, and death was only a matter of time.


    Half a day later, the roots of the divine vines retracted into the ground, and most of the vines also retracted. Only the body of the weasel **** was still wrapped and absorbed by the divine vines.


    When the members of the rat tribe were called out by the squirrel, all they saw were dead bones all over the ground, and the scattered clothes and weapons of the members of the weasel tribe


    wait for something.


    "The weasel tribe, is it just gone?"


    A Rat Tribal man made an unbelievable sound.


    Others also felt as if it was a dream, not real at all.


    The squirrel stood in front of the crowd and said loudly: "God Fuji wiped out the weasel tribe and saved our lives. Why don''t you detain God Xie Teng?"


    After shouting, the squirrel first knelt down towards the huge divine vine, and touched the bottom with his forehead: "Kow to thank the vine god!"


    The members of the Rat Tribe also reacted from the shock, and knelt down one after another, shouting "Kowtow God".


    This time, they knelt down and were convinced, and no one dared to question the power of Shenvine again.


    For the next three days, Shenvine was absorbing the weasel god.


    Three days later, the Weasel God was left with only a dry bone and dry hair, not even the skin.


    The dead bone looked scary anyway, and was moved by the squirrel to the entrance of the ancestral land to deter other enemies.


    On the fourth day, the squirrel was called by the vine to the boulder.


    "Meet the Vine God."


    The squirrel knelt on the ground respectfully, not even daring to raise its head.


    "Squirrel, you are a rat tribe after all, I can''t be your totem god, so I want to cultivate another rat **** for you."


    "Is... is this true?"


    The squirrel was overjoyed. Although the vine **** was also very powerful, the people of the mouse tribe only had respect for the vine god, but had no faith in it.


    If another mouse **** can be cultivated, the mouse tribe will become a complete tribe again, and the tribe will be more united.


    "Of course, but only the descendants of the Rat God can withstand the baptism of divine power. I want you to find the strongest giant rat among the descendants of the Rat God in your tribe and bring it here."


    The squirrel hurriedly said, "The Rat God left a lot of offspring, so I''ll look for it right away."


    The squirrel stood up and hurried to the tribe to find the strongest giant rat among the descendants of the rat god.


    The reproductive ability of the giant rat is particularly strong, and as a rat god, the reproductive ability is even more outrageous.


    Therefore, most of the giant rats in the rat tribe are descendants of the rat god.


    However, while the reproductive ability is strong, the lifespan of the giant rat is relatively short. Most of the common giant rats can only live for three to five years, and the longest lifespan does not exceed ten years.


    Only the direct descendants of the Rat God have a longer lifespan, can live for 20 or 30 years, and are much stronger in combat than ordinary giant rats.


    It has only been more than ten years since the fall of the Rat God. In the Rat Tribe, there are still dozens of giant rats, who are the direct descendants of the Rat God. It is not difficult to find them.


    Soon, the squirrel found the five most powerful and not yet aging descendants of the mouse god, and brought them to the **** vine.


    "Fuji-sama, I brought them here."


    The fur of the five giant rats was yellow-brown, they were much larger than ordinary giant rats, and their intelligence was higher. They lay on the ground tremblingly and did not run around.


    Fujishen looked at the five giant rats, and then said to the gray rats, "Go down first."


    "yes!"


    Squirrel stood up, retreated step by step, and left the central area of ??the tribe. At the same time, he ordered all the members of the mouse tribe not to approach the boulder.


    Fog suddenly rose in the center of the rat tribe, and gradually thickened, and soon it was impossible to see anything clearly.


    In the mist, the vines were like green chains, entwining the five giant rats.


    The five giant rats had already learned from the squirrel what the **** vine was going to do, so although they were terrified in their hearts, they still didn''t struggle.


    As the direct descendants of the Rat God, they have higher spiritual intelligence after all, and are full of desire to become gods.


    The majestic voice of Fuji God sounded in the mist: "Whether you can become a **** or not depends on which of you has a stronger physique!"


    "Clatter..."


    A powerful divine power surged out from the vines, and poured into the first giant rat.


    "Squeak..."


    The eyes of the giant mouse


    It turned red in an instant, its body inflated as quickly as a balloon, and a sharp cry came from its mouth.


    Imbuing the body with divine power is a double-edged sword.


    If you can bear it, it will be a reborn great fortune; if you can''t bear it, it will be a deadly poison.


    Under the infusion of divine power, the size of the giant rat grew rapidly, and its strength also increased rapidly. At the same time, its seven orifices were bleeding, and the muscles and bones of its whole body were broken and reshaped, and it endured very severe pain.


    When the giant rat swelled to the size of a bison, suddenly, a large number of cracks appeared on its body surface, and blood gushed out directly.


    "squeak¡­"


    The giant rat screamed, the blood vessels all over its body burst, and it died instantly.


    Shenvine said: "After only a few times of transformation, I can''t bear it anymore. I can''t become a god. Change one."


    A vine entangled the dead rat and threw it out of the mist.


    The squirrels and rat tribe members who were anxiously waiting outside were shocked when they saw the unrecognizable giant rat, because it became big and weird, and died a terrible death.


    But no one dared to question it, because Shenvine was helping the mouse tribe to create gods, and it was normal to have sacrifices.


    Inside the mist, the second giant rat also began to receive divine power.


    Its body also began to swell, but compared to the first giant rat, its transformation speed was significantly faster, which showed that its talent was still good.


    With the continuous infusion of divine power, the giant rat continued to transform, and gradually grew into a behemoth with a body length of more than 20 meters.


    "The root bone is not bad, let''s see if you can become a god."


    The divine vine continued to infuse divine power into the giant rat and helped it transform. At the same time, the divine vine began to infuse the giant rat with the power of the weasel god''s soul.


    "Squeak..."


    The giant rat screamed crazily. It endured the pain of both body and soul, and its thick and sharp fangs gnawed.


    "boom!"


    When the divine power and divine soul power were infused to a certain level, only a loud noise was heard, and the giant rat suddenly exploded, blood, flesh and broken bones splashed everywhere.


    "Om..."


    A barrier of divine power appeared on the boulder, blocking the flesh and bones so as not to stain the vines.


    "It still doesn''t work, let''s go to the next one."


    Shen Teng was a little disappointed, UU reading www.uukanshu. com because these giant rats look really bad to it.


    At this time, the remaining three giant rats witnessed what happened in front of them, and there was already a look of horror in their eyes.


    A giant mouse even started to struggle frantically, trying to escape from this place.


    Compared with fate, the temptation to become a **** is obviously not that important.


    "Cowardly mouse, go if you want to go."


    Shen Teng didn''t want to waste time, so he let go of the struggling giant rat.


    The giant rat ran away without even daring to turn its head. It was obviously frightened out of its wits.


    The remaining two giant rats did not struggle. Although they were also very scared, they also yearned to become gods.


    Shen Teng was a little surprised by this, and it seemed that the giant rats were not all good for nothing.


    After a brief repair, the divine vine continued to infuse the fourth giant rat with divine power, but this time, its infusion speed was obviously much gentler than before, obviously fearing that this giant rat would also explode.

 v2 Chapter 304： Demigod Rat

    "Squeak..."


    In the center of the rat tribe, amidst the mist, the fourth giant rat mutated rapidly under the infusion of divine power, but it also suffered tremendous pain.


    Because there were only two giant rats left, this time, the vine **** didn''t dare to drink so hard, and sprinkled some juice from time to time to help the giant rats repair their bodies that were injured due to too fast transformation.


    The root bones of this giant rat are not bad, after a period of perfusion, its body length reached 28 meters, and it turned into a terrifying giant beast, with a pair of sharp fangs like stalagmites, shining coldly .


    Seeing that it was in good condition, Fuji God began to infuse it with soul power.


    "Squeak..."


    The giant rat screamed even louder. The sharp and painful sound made the giant rats in the whole rat tribe feel terrified, and they hid in the depths of the cave one after another, trembling.


    The giant rat''s soul expanded rapidly, and its strength also increased rapidly, until it entered the realm of demigod.


    The Fuji God observed the state of the giant rat, and said to himself: "I can''t feed it any more, it will explode."


    With the lessons learned from the sudden death of the two giant rats in front, God Fuji knew that this giant rat had reached the limit of rapid transformation.


    Although Fuji God is not satisfied with this result, the giant mouse in the demigod realm is also stronger, and after it adapts to this realm for a period of time, there is still a chance to continue to improve.


    "You go first."


    The vine that entangled the giant demigod rat loosened. The giant demigod rat looked at the last giant rat, then at the divine vine, and finally bowed to the divine vine like a human being, and then "whoosh" Leaving the fog with a bang, the speed was astonishingly fast.


    The eyes of the remaining giant rat showed eagerness, and it also awkwardly bowed to God Teng.


    [To be honest, I have been using reading books recently to follow up, change sources, and read aloud with many timbres, both Android and Apple. ¡¿


    "Don''t worry, you also have a share."


    Shen Teng said something, and then began to infuse divine power and soul power into the last giant rat.


    After a period of time, this giant rat was also undergoing constant transformation and became a demigod, but like the previous giant rat, it would explode if it took a step forward.


    "Forget it, two giant demigod rats are barely enough. As for whether you can become a real rat **** in the future, it depends on your respective fortunes."


    The vine **** took back the vine, and the giant rat bowed to the vine **** gratefully, and then left the mist.


    "Clatter..."


    The vine **** shrunk again, clinging to the boulder, it looked like an ordinary old vine.


    The hazy fog also dissipated, and the ancestral land of the rat tribe returned to calm.


    Two demigod giant rats rushed into the nearby forest with a "swish". They urgently needed to eat a lot, because as their strength and size grew, their consumption also increased, and they needed a lot of food to maintain.


    In the rat tribe, those tribesmen looked at the backs of the two demigod giant rats, and felt that their sense of security and belonging had suddenly increased by countless times.


    Although there is no real mouse **** in the rat tribe, with these two demigod-level giant rats, the safety of the tribe is initially guaranteed.


    In the future, if a giant rat becomes a real rat god, then the rat tribe will be completely complete.


    "Kowtow to the God of Xie Fuji!"


    Squirrel led all the clansmen to bow down to the divine vine again, and everyone was grateful and in awe of the divine vine.


    With the **** vines and demigod giant rats around, Squirrel is full of confidence and hope for the future of the tribe.


    ¡­


    Southern Wilderness, Great Swamp.


    The nine large ships of the Vine Tribe fleet sailed along the waterway between the river and the big swamp for three days. During the period, they experienced the dangers of running aground, various ferocious water animals and strange aquatic plants, and finally entered the vast big swamp.


    "Clatter..."


    The big ship advances in the wide swamp, and there are countless aquatic plants and floating aquatic plants along the way.


    Great swamps are different from rivers and lakes. In this kind of place, it is difficult to find a piece of solid land. Some places look lush and lush, but in fact, the bottom is full of mud and water. If you step on it accidentally, it is easy to be swallowed by the big swamp.


    "Sizzling..."


    A big snake as thick as a water tank hid among the water plants, staring coldly at the fleet ahead, and its black letter swallowed from time to time.


    But it didn''t dare to attack the people on board, because there was a giant eagle hovering over the fleet, and the threat that that giant eagle brought to it was too great.


    "Gulu Gulu..."


    Under the water, a fish bigger than the boat was swimming slowly. It had been following the fleet for a long time, but it never dared to overturn a boat, because it was also afraid of the giant eagle hovering in the sky.


    In addition to the big snake and the big fish, there are many creatures living in the big swamp that are very interested in the fleet, but those with a slightly higher IQ did not act rashly, but were secretly looking for opportunities.


    Instead, some strange and not very strong creatures kept harassing the fleet.


    When the fleet passed a relatively narrow waterway, among the dense vegetation on both sides, pod plants suddenly launched an attack.


    "Papa papa..."


    Acacia-shaped fruits burst open, and the seeds inside are ejected around with terrifying force and speed.


    "Get down!"


    Nepeta was very vigilant, almost the moment the pods burst, he immediately yelled loudly, and brought the old witch to lie on the deck.


    The soldiers of the fleet were all the best in the fishing team. After hearing Nepeta''s cry, they immediately lay down on the spot, UU reading while protecting their heads with their hands.


    Even though their reaction was quick, some people were still hit by the high-speed flying seeds and made muffled noises.


    "Papa papa..."


    A small part of those seeds hit the soldiers of the fleet, most of them splashed around, some hit the sails, some hit the side and deck of the ship, and some fell into the water.


    After all the seeds stopped flying, Nepeta slowly stood up.


    Nepeta picked up a seed and sighed: "It''s such a powerful thing, if I hadn''t been on guard all the time, I''m afraid I would have suffered a lot."


    The old witch also stood up. He also picked up a few seeds, observed them carefully, and said: "This is a plant that I have never seen before. Help me collect some seeds, stems, leaves, and roots of the plant. I will take them back. Research it, maybe it can be used to make witchcraft."


    "Okay, let''s go collect it right away."


    Jingjie still respects the old witch, and the old witch solved a lot of troubles for them along the way.


    He immediately sent someone to collect some seeds, and pulled up one of the plants whole.


    The attack method of this plant is the flying seeds after the pods burst, and there is no other means other than that.


    The soldiers in the fleet obtained what the old witch needed relatively easily.


    In return, the old witch gave witch medicine to the soldiers injured by the seeds one by one.


    Although these seeds look inconspicuous, the force and speed in the process of splashing are extremely great. The places where the fighters are hit by the seeds are often black and blue, and a few seeds even broke through the skin of the fighters and fell into the flesh. .


    "Keep going!"


    After a brief rest, the fleet continued to move towards the vast and mysterious Great Swamp, and no one knew what was waiting for them ahead.


    This is a dangerous and exciting adventure sailing.

 v2 Chapter 305： Mutations in the Mushroom Forest

    "Wave¡­"


    In the big swamp, a fist-sized, cylindrical pink flower first swelled up and then bloomed instantly. At the same time, dozens of needle-shaped flower cores silently attacked the rattan warriors on the boat.


    "careful!"


    At the critical moment, the old witch was the first to notice it, and took out a piece of animal skin, and with a sudden shake, stood in front of the soldier.


    "Puff puff¡­"


    The three needle-shaped flower cores were blocked by the animal skin, and they were deeply pierced into the animal skin. Looking at the slender and sharp flower cores that penetrated the animal skin, the warrior broke out in a cold sweat.


    Nepeta was also taken aback, because those needle-shaped flower cores were so slender, they almost didn''t make any sound when they were ejected, and even he didn''t react.


    The old witch took the animal skin back unhurriedly, and returned to his old-fashioned appearance.


    However, after going through so much, everyone in the Vine Tribe already knew the power of the old witch, and everyone respected him very much.


    "Thank you, old witch, for saving me."


    The soldier thanked the old witch gratefully.


    The old witch waved his hand and said, "This kind of flower is called a needle-shaped flower. The flower core is needle-shaped and poisonous. However, the flowers and roots are good materials for making witchcraft. Go and get the flowers back to me."


    "okay!"


    The soldier also had a grudge against the flower, so he asked someone to help launch a small boat into the water, and then took the small boat over, uprooted the needle flower that almost hurt him, washed off the mud, and brought it back to the big boat for delivery. old witch.


    The fleet continued to move forward, and everyone''s vigilance was raised to the extreme, because there are too many weird things in the big swamp, and if you are not careful, you will get in the way.


    There are also many strange creatures and dangers in the forest, but most of the tribesmen have already seen it. For them, the big swamp is a brand new field, and it takes time to explore and get familiar with it.


    The old witch is very excited, because in this environment, he can collect many plants that he has never seen before, and this place is a huge treasure for him.


    After he figured out the characteristics and medicinal properties of these plants, he could include these plants in the Great Wilderness Sketch, which was very important to the old witch.


    ¡­


    Southern Wilderness, Mountain Turtle Tribe.


    "Leader, something happened, something big happened!"


    A soldier hurriedly opened the door and rushed into Shanjia''s house, which made Shanjia very dissatisfied, because he was exploring the origin of life with the female warrior of the tribe.


    "How many times have I told you, don''t just break in!"


    Shanjia got up from the bed, without any pants on, just walked to the soldier unsteadily, gave the soldier a dissatisfied look, and said, "You better really have something important to tell me!"


    The soldier said anxiously: "Boss, we were kicked out by the Mushroom Forest."


    "what?"


    Hearing this sentence, the resentment in Shanjia''s eyes immediately turned into disbelief, and even felt a little absurd.


    "Please explain clearly, what happened to the Mushroom Forest?"


    The soldier continued: "This morning, we entered the Mushroom Forest as usual to pick the magical mushrooms that had just grown. Who knows how many mushrooms we just picked, all the mushrooms in the Mushroom Forest seemed to be alive. Even those mushrooms that didn''t attack people originally started to attack people."


    "We were attacked and expelled by the entire Mushroom Forest, and those Mushrooms did not continue to attack until we left the Mushroom Forest."


    "Fortunately, those poisonous mushrooms did not release highly toxic spore powder to us, otherwise it would be a question of whether we could come back alive."


    [Recommended, chasing books is really easy to use, download it here and try it quickly. ¡¿


    When it comes to the mutation of the entire Mushroom Forest, the soldier obviously has more than one season in his heart. The scene of being attacked by the entire forest is really terrifying.


    Shanjia frowned and said: "How could this happen, this kind of thing has never happened before."


    Shanjia thought for a moment, then said: "You go back first, I''ll discuss it with the witch."


    "yes!"


    The soldier hurried away.


    Shanjia didn''t have the heart to entangle with that female warrior any more, so he put on the animal fur coat and let the female warrior go back first.


    Afterwards, he washed his hands and walked quickly to the house where Wu lived.


    "Crackling crackling..."


    In the wooden house, the witch of the mountain turtle tribe stood by the fire pond, holding a piece of tortoise shell in his hand, and chanted a mysterious witch spell in his mouth.


    With the sound of the witch spell, the flame seemed to have life, wrapping around the tortoise shell in circles, burning continuously, which was very miraculous.


    When Shanjia came over, he happened to see this scene in the room.


    He didn''t break in to interrupt Wu, but stood outside the house and waited patiently.


    After a long time, the witch''s chanting finally stopped, and the flames in the fire pit returned to normal.


    Wu sat down again and carefully observed the cracks on the tortoise''s shell after being burned. He could get the result of divination through the size, shape, and depth of the cracks.


    "come in."


    Shanjia was still hesitating at the door whether to go in, but Wu had already spoken.


    Shanjia didn''t hesitate anymore, strode into the house and sat down on the other side of the firepit.


    "Wu, just now a soldier reported that there was a change in the Mushroom Forest, and all the soldiers of our Mountain Turtle Tribe were forcibly driven out."


    Wu nodded and said, "I already know about this matter, and judging from the results of divination, this may not be a bad thing."


    Shanjia said anxiously: "Wu, the most important goods of our Mountain Turtle Tribe are those magical mushrooms. If we lose these mushrooms, what will we use to trade with other tribes in the future?"


    The Mushroom Forest is an important reason why the Mountain Turtle Tribe has been living here, otherwise they would migrate frequently like other tribes.


    If the Mushroom Forest is lost, it means that the Mountain Turtle Tribe will not have any advantage when making deals with other tribes.


    This is something Shanjia absolutely does not want to see.


    Wu didn''t answer Shanjia''s words directly, but asked Shanjia: "Do you know why only our Shangui tribe can enter and leave the Mushroom Forest freely, but other tribes can''t?"


    Shanjia replied without thinking: "Because our mountain turtle tribe is familiar with all kinds of mushrooms in the mushroom forest, and can accurately avoid those mushrooms that are highly poisonous and aggressive."


    Wu shook his head and said, "The nearby tribes have always wanted to enter the Mushroom Forest. Over the years, they have put in no less effort than us, and they know more about those magical Mushrooms, but they still cannot enter the Mushroom Forest."


    After what Wu said, Shanjia also felt very strange, because it stands to reason that those tribes who have lived around the Mushroom Forest for a long time know a lot about Mushroom Forest.


    Why is it that only the people of the Mountain Turtle Tribe can enter and exit the Mushroom Forest at will, while the people of other tribes can only pick up some Mushrooms on the outskirts and cannot enter at all?


    Shanjia tentatively asked: "Wu, does Mugu Forest have a good impression of our Shangui tribe?"


    Wu shook his head and said, "No, this is actually a transaction."


    "Deal? With whom?"


    "Turtle God''s deal with a mushroom guy."


    "What the **** is going on here?"


    Shanjia was dumbfounded, he had never heard of these things.


    Wu did not continue to play tricks, and directly told Shanjia an old story.


    At the beginning, the Mountain Turtle Tribe fled from the central part of the Southern Wilderness to the vicinity of the Great Swamp in the Borderlands. In order to choose a suitable place to live, they traveled to many places near the Great Swamp.


    During a migration, the Shangui tribe accidentally encountered the mysterious Mushroom Forest. UU Reading


    At the beginning, all the mushrooms in the mushroom forest also frantically attacked the members of the mountain turtle tribe.


    Later, Turtle God personally entered the Mushroom Forest and found the culprit¡ªa demigod Mushroom.


    It is very difficult for a plant to become a god, let alone a mushroom with a short lifespan.


    It is a miracle that it can cultivate to the demigod realm.


    The Turtle God was overjoyed, and wanted to eat the demigod mushroom immediately in order to increase his own strength.


    At the critical moment, the mushroom in the demigod realm begged the turtle **** for mercy with his spiritual thoughts, and told the turtle **** that as long as he didn''t eat it, the mushroom forest could provide the mountain turtle tribe with a steady stream of magical mushrooms in the future. Mushrooms are of great help to the tribe.


    The demigod Mogu''s condition moved the Turtle God''s heart.


    Eating the demigod mushroom solitary will only increase the strength of the tortoise **** to a limited extent, because when he was in the middle, the old tortoise **** kept feeding it good food.


    And by agreeing to the conditions of the demigod Mushroom Gu, the Mountain Turtle Tribe will be able to gain a foothold in this Mushroom Gu forest in the future.


    Therefore, in the end, the Turtle God agreed not to eat the demigod mushroom in exchange for the benefits of the people of the Mountain Turtle Tribe freely entering the Mushroom Forest to pick the magical mushroom.


    After listening to what Wu told about the past, Shanjia finally understood why only members of the Shangui tribe could freely enter the Mogu Forest.


    However, he still has a question: "Why are the warriors from the Mountain Turtle Tribe driven out by the Mogu Forest? Is that demigod Mogu planning to break the contract?"


    The witch looked in the direction of Mogu Forest, and said unhurriedly: "If I''m not wrong, the demigod Mogu is really going to become a god."


    "what?"


    Shanjia was completely shocked, with an expression of disbelief on his face.


    Mushrooms become gods, which sounds like a legend from the Arabian Nights.

 v2 Chapter 306： Mushrooms become gods

    This is My Primitive Tribe Chapter 306 Mushrooms Become Gods


    "Boom..."


    Even though it was autumn with little rain, a large number of dark clouds suddenly gathered over Mushroom Forest, and the sound of rolling thunder made the leaves tremble.


    "God, look at it."


    "All mushrooms are glowing."


    Outside the Mushroom Forest, the warriors of the Mountain Turtle Tribe exclaimed one after another.


    I saw the mushroom solitary in the entire forest, no matter the size or the species, they were all glowing and colorful, just like scenes that would only appear in a dream.


    The tribal people had never seen such a scene before, and for a while, everyone''s eyes were straightened.


    There are many mushrooms that glow in the mushroom forest, but they only glow at night, and it has never happened before that they glow during the day like now.


    In addition to the people from the Mountain Turtle Tribe, many people from other tribes also gathered around the outskirts of the Mushroom Forest. Everyone watched this spectacle intently.


    "Shushasha..."


    In the middle of the Mushroom Forest, a colorful mushroom began to grow rapidly. It was originally as big as a small house, but after continuing to grow, it became ridiculously large, and the nearby mushrooms were all covered by its huge canopy. up.


    The colorful mushroom is very strange. Its appearance is similar to that of an ordinary mushroom, but there are countless holes in the canopy. These holes contain a large amount of highly toxic spore powder. Animals are poisoned.


    "Buzz!"


    The colorful mushroom swayed gently, and all the holes were glowing with colorful lights. The terrifying divine power was so powerful that the warriors of all tribes outside the mushroom forest felt terrified.


    "Boom!"


    The dark clouds in the sky were getting thicker and thicker, as if they were about to be pressed down at any time, and even the sky turned black.


    Terrible lightnings illuminated the sky from time to time, and the rolling thunder made all living things on the ground terrified.


    "The tortoise **** is here."


    Above the forest, a gigantic tortoise **** like a hill came stepping on the waves.


    Since mixing with the vine god, the turtle **** has gained a lot of benefits. Every time he defeats a hostile tribe, he can get a share of the slain totem god.


    A few years have passed, and the Turtle God has also broken through from the realm of the small tribal totem **** to the realm of the medium-sized tribal totem god, possessing the ability to fly in the air.


    This is a great enhancement to the fighting power of the Turtle God.


    After all, he couldn''t fly before and could only be beaten passively on the ground. Now that he can fly, he won''t be so passive at least.


    After Turtle God arrived, he didn''t break into the Mushroom Forest, but stopped outside, floating in the air, looking at the huge colorful Mushroom.


    [Recommended, Yeguo Reading and Chasing Books is really easy to use, download it here and try it quickly. ¡¿


    Colorful Mushroom obviously also noticed the Turtle God, and it directly communicated with the Turtle God with divine thoughts.


    "Turtle God, after the catastrophe, there may be patron saints from other tribes taking the opportunity to attack me, please help me block it."


    "What''s the benefit if I help you block other tribes?" Turtle God was very calm, obviously not wanting to make a free move.


    "As long as I can become a god, the medicinal effect of all the mushrooms in the forest will become stronger in the future, and I can let the mountain turtle tribe continue to come in and pick them."


    "It''s not enough." Turtle God was obviously not satisfied with this condition.


    The colorful mushroom hesitated for a moment, and said: "After I become a god, I will breed non-toxic seven-color mushrooms. Eating them will be of great benefit to your cultivation. I can give you one."


    "Are you sure it''s not poisonous?" Turtle God was more cautious.


    "Of course, you can try a little bit. If there is a problem, you can just swallow me up."


    "Okay, then trust you once."


    After all, they are old neighbors for many years, and the Mountain Turtle Tribe has also gained a lot of benefits from the Mushroom Forest over the years, and the Turtle God doesn''t want to be too greedy.


    "I''m going to start crossing the catastrophe, and the patron saints of other tribes will entrust the Turtle God."


    "Don''t worry, with me here, you can survive the tribulation with peace of mind."


    After getting the promise from the Turtle God, Colorful Mushroom no longer pays attention to the movements around it, but puts all its energy on the upcoming thunder disaster.


    "Clatter..."


    The colorful mushrooms continued to grow, and its canopy became bigger and bigger, and finally even covered the entire mushroom forest. The colorful rays of light radiated everywhere, which was very shocking.


    "Crack!"


    Finally, the first bolt of lightning struck down on the huge canopy of the colorful mushroom, and the lightning was seen swimming like ten thousand snakes, dimming the colorful light for a while.


    However, since Colorful Mushroom became a **** after hibernating for so many years, it naturally has some confidence, and the first lightning did not cause any harm to it.


    "Boom..."


    The dark clouds in the sky rolled more violently, and then, the second bolt of lightning fell down. This bolt of lightning was much thicker than the first one, and it was dazzlingly bright.


    "Zi la la..."


    The second bolt of lightning hit the canopy of the colorful mushroom, and the whole mushroom shook. Every hole in the canopy sprayed out colorful rays of light, resisting the terrifying power of the lightning.


    The oval canopy perfectly disperses the thick lightning and guides most of the lightning into the ground to avoid damage.


    "Crackling crackling..."


    Two successive bolts of lightning failed to pierce the colorful mushroom, and the sky seemed to be furious, one after another lightning strikes down, the interval between them became shorter and shorter, or even no interval.


    The huge canopy of the Colorful Mushroom swayed even more violently, and there were even scorched marks in the middle. It struggled to support itself in the catastrophe, and the colorful rays of light were scattered again and again.


    Outside the Mushroom Forest, the warriors of various tribes retreated back and forth with pale faces. Under the power of the Heavenly Tribulation, everyone was as small as an ant. Even if they were hit by scattered lightning, they would surely die.


    Even the Turtle God''s body surface had a layer of green, water-like protective cover, but it didn''t retreat, and a little lightning fell into the protective cover and couldn''t hurt it.


    In the other directions of the Mushroom Forest, the totem gods of the nearby tribes also arrived. They coveted the colorful Mushroom in the catastrophe, but no one dared to do it at this time.


    The colorful mushroom itself is a highly poisonous mushroom, let alone the colorful mushroom that has become a god, the toxicity is even more violent.


    Even if it is a great god, if he dares to eat it directly, he may be poisoned to death.


    Only after the colorful mushroom has survived the catastrophe, the toxins stored in its body are consumed by the catastrophe. At this time, the danger of eating the colorful mushroom is the least, but the harvest is huge.


    "Il..."


    When the Colorful Mushroom crossed the tribulation alone, a huge purple vicious bird also flew towards this side quickly.


    "Boss Xuan, here, here!"


    The mountain armor on the ground hurriedly stood on the back of the mountain turtle, and waved continuously towards the sky.


    "Hoo hoo hoo..."


    The purple ominous bird landed near the Shanjia, causing a gust of wind.


    Jiang Xuan jumped off the glutinous rice **** and walked to Shanjia.


    "What''s going on here?"


    Jiang Xuan asked Shanjia.


    Shanjia told the story of the Mountain Turtle Tribe and the Colorful Mushroom, and explained the current situation.


    "So that''s how it is. It''s interesting that mushrooms become gods alone."


    Jiang Xuan nodded. The momentum of the Heavenly Tribulation was too great. He was also attracted by the momentum when he was guiding the people of the Vine Tribe to open up wasteland near the big swamp.


    Shanjia looked in the direction of the Vine Tribe again, and asked, "Your Vine God is not here?"


    Jiang Xuan waved his hand and said, "It''s just a solitary mushroom that is about to become a god, it''s not enough for the vine **** to come here in person."


    "That''s true, the Vine God is a great god."


    When Shanjia said this, his eyes were full of longing and envy. It is the dream of all small and medium-sized tribes to become a big tribe with a great god.


    "smell good."


    Jiang Xuan shrugged his nose, the air was filled with a strong smell of roasted mushrooms, which made him swallow involuntarily.


    "It''s really fragrant."


    Shanjia couldn''t help but took a deep breath of the fragrance, and then looked at the huge colorful mushroom in the middle of the mushroom forest.


    At this time, the Heavenly Tribulation was drawing to a close, and the Colorful Mushroom was also smashed miserably. Most of the canopy was cracked by the continuous lightning, and even scorched.


    This is the result of it taking root in the earth and leading most of the lightning into the ground.


    If it hadn''t been said so, I''m afraid it would have been hacked to death by now.


    "boom!"


    The last bolt of lightning fell, and the terrifying lightning was like the water of a waterfall, directly washing over the colorful mushroom.


    "boom!"


    The Seven-Colored Mushroom was already at the end of its strength, and it was instantly set on fire.


    "Boom..."


    In the sky, the extremely thick dark clouds gradually began to dissipate. Obviously, the catastrophe is over. Whether the seven-color mushroom is dead or alive depends on its own destiny.


    "puff¡­"


    Outside the Mushroom Forest, the Turtle God spit out a jet of water and poured it on the colorful mushrooms.


    "Zizizi..."


    The seven-colored mushrooms that were burning were extinguished, revealing the damaged and pitch-black canopy.


    "died?"


    Jiang Xuan looked at the motionless colorful mushroom curiously, not sure if it had been killed.


    "Aww..."


    At this moment, outside the Mushroom Forest, the totem gods of several small tribes couldn''t bear it anymore, and they gathered towards the colorful Mushroom one after another, wanting to take the opportunity to swallow the unburned part of the Colorful Mushroom.


    If successful, their strength will be greatly improved.


    "Roar!"


    At this moment, the Turtle God stood up, flew to the sky above the Colorful Mushroom, and uttered a terrifying roar at the totem gods of those small tribes.


    At the same time, the wavy green protective cover covered the colorful mushrooms.


    After all, the Turtle God has broken through to become a medium-sized tribal totem god, and his defense is abnormally strong. If he really wants to protect the colorful mushroom, those few small tribal totem gods can''t break through its defense at all.


    But the totem gods of those small tribes didn''t leave either. Instead, UU Reading kept walking around the Mushroom Forest, trying to find opportunities.


    "The colorful mushroom is withered."


    At this moment, Jiang Xuan discovered that the huge seven-colored mushroom shrank at a speed visible to the naked eye.


    Not long after, the huge seven-colored mushroom fell crookedly to the ground, and its size shrank as well, as if it was dead.


    "Did it fail?"


    Shanjia was also taken aback, and felt a great pity in his heart, because the Mountain Turtle Tribe would have to defend the Mushroom Forest by themselves if they wanted to continue to control the Mushroom Forest.


    "No, there seems to be light on the ground."


    Jiang Xuan saw the place where the seven-color mushroom withered alone, there was a faint seven-color light shining.


    Shanjia and the others also lifted their spirits and stared at that place intently.


    I saw that the colorful light on the ground became more and more conspicuous, and at the same time, a brand new colorful mushroom grew rapidly from the ground.


    This colorful mushroom grows so fast, as if being inflated, it grows from a small point to a height of tens of meters in the blink of an eye, and slowly opens the canopy, shining with colorful light.


    Not only that, but the seven-color mushroom solitary exudes bursts of divine power fluctuations, which belong to the power of the totem god.


    It worked!

 v2 Chapter 307： Preparations for the Great Sacrifice

    The colorful mushroom successfully survived the catastrophe and regained its new life. All the mushrooms in the whole mushroom forest cheered instinctively.


    They are swaying, dancing, and emitting lights of various colors, making the whole mushroom forest festive.


    "Roar!"


    Turtle God looked down at the colorful mushroom that had become a god,


    In the Great Xia Dynasty, Guan Tiansi.


    Qin Tianguan casually recorded a sentence on the bamboo book, and then went to do other things.


    If you want to watch the latest chapter content, please, free content without ads. The website has not updated the latest chapter content, and the latest chapter content has been updated on the app of this site.


    Great news, after exiting the transcoding page, all novels can be read without ads, and the latest chapters can be read first. During the promotion period of the event, users can also receive a gift package of 100 yuan for free calls.


    Read the full content, no ads and no pop-up windows. "Light it later, the incense can lead you into the top-secret spiritual space." The paper cat opened its mouth to inform the situation, and the voice of a sparrow came out.


    "What do you have to do with the power of the paper people?" Wang Xuan asked. Those people were ruthless. In order to get the fragments of the old holy decree, they did not hesitate to sacrifice blood to a large cave.


    At the same time, when he was in the Realm of Immortals, Wang Xuan also had conflicts with them and killed a boatload of paper figurines. He didn''t have a good impression of those paper figurines.


    See the latest content, please. "Light it later, the incense can lead you into the top-secret spiritual space." The paper cat opened its mouth to inform the situation, and the voice of a sparrow came out.


    "What do you have to do with the power of the paper people?" Wang Xuan asked. Those people were ruthless. In order to get the fragments of the old holy decree, they did not hesitate to sacrifice blood to a large cave.


    At the same time, when he was in the Realm of Immortals, Wang Xuan also had conflicts with them and killed a boatload of paper figurines. He didn''t have a good impression of those paper figurines.


    The content of the chapters on the web version is slow, please read the latest content. "Light it later, the incense can lead you into the top-secret spiritual space." The paper cat opened its mouth to inform the situation, and the voice of a sparrow came out.


    "What do you have to do with the power of the paper people?" Wang Xuan asked. Those people were ruthless. In order to get the fragments of the old holy decree, they did not hesitate to sacrifice blood to a large cave.


    At the same time, when he was in the Realm of Immortals, Wang Xuan also had conflicts with them and killed a boatload of paper figurines. He didn''t have a good impression of those paper figurines.


    Get the red envelope, please.


    "Brother An? We only met in the afternoon, and we met again at midnight, by fate!" Wang Xuan hurriedly greeted him, and finally knew who he was.


    Soon, a pitch-black owl flew into the closed space of the high spiritual world, stared at Wang Xuan and knew that he was a newcomer.


    "Brother Hong Teng?" Wang Xuan asked.


    Sure enough, it was him, manifesting a slightly dark face, and said, "I always like Qin Cheng, the **** who bullies senior brother the most?"


    Wang Xuan is speechless, is he notorious?


    Then, a coquettish red lotus floated in, this time it was easier to identify, it should be Qi Miao, and it was her, and thanked the mechanical pig after entering: "An Hong, thank you, I really like the Atlas of Yuanshen. "


    "Okay, don''t irritate him," said the sparrow.


    Then, he turned his head to look at Wang Xuan, and said: "Although they are all of us, like-minded, but the heart of guarding against others is indispensable. Next time you come in, put it in the spiritual treasure. If there is a change, there will be a change." Enough confidence to protect yourself."


    Wang Xuan had already seen that paper cats, mechanical pigs, red lotuses, etc. were all top treasures, which could entrust the primordial spirit and burst out extremely powerful power.


    "There are still a few people who have traveled far or are in retreat, so they may not be able to participate." Yanque said.


    Here are all powerful figures who have broken the limit twice, and also represent the top wizards in the Pingtian Starfield. They have all become immortals and are stranded in the present world.


    Yanque said: "Well, this is the newcomer Qin Cheng, the famous freshman thorn, so I don''t need to introduce more? He helped some of you win the scriptures, and also made some of you go bankrupt, hehe."


    The mechanical pig''s eyes widened immediately, and An Hong was very dissatisfied.


    Read the full content, no ads and no pop-up windows. But no one doubted the origin of this ability. After all, the best talent of the Peacock Monster Clan was to move the stars. Her technique has the same effect as Dou Zhuan Xing Yi.


    Please.


    This is my primitive tribe, which is the fastest update for you.


    Chapter 307 Preparations for the Great Sacrifice. But no one doubts that


    The origin of the ability, after all, the talent that the Peacock Monster Race is best at is originally the star shift. Her technique has the same effect as Dou Zhuan Xing Yi.


    After defusing Cao Yuwei''s attack this time, Mr. Mei did not rush to attack, but just stood still.


    Cao Yuwei frowned slightly, is this little girl''s perception so sharp? After he melted his armor with flames, he had other methods. If Young Master Mei kept up with the attack, then he was sure to use this method to restrain her. The content of the chapters in the computer version is slow, please read the latest content of the novel for free on the app. But Mr. Mei didn''t step forward, which made it have to interrupt the ability that was originally ready to go.


    The saber was slashed out again, the powerful saber intent was stronger than before, Cao Yuwei also walked with the saber, UU Reading www. uukanshu.com merged human and sword into one, and went straight to Mr. Mei.


    In Young Master Mei''s hand, Tianji Ling once again made the mysterious circle of the sky, and with an instant transfer, he switched his position. While resolving the opponent''s attack, it also resolved the opponent''s lock. And the next moment, she was already on the other side. The golden-red light on Cao Yuwei''s body disappeared in a flash. If she hadn''t dodged quickly, there would undoubtedly be another ability coming.


    Fight consumption! She seemed to be fighting Cao Yuwei for consumption.


    The computer version of the website will be closed soon, please


    Please exit the transcoding page, please.


    But no one doubted the origin of this ability. After all, the best talent of the Peacock Monster Clan was to move the stars. Her technique has the same effect as Dou Zhuan Xing Yi.


    After defusing Cao Yuwei''s attack this time, Mr. Mei did not rush to attack, but just stood still.


    Cao Yuwei frowned slightly, is this little girl''s perception so sharp? After he melted his armor with flames, he had other methods. If Young Master Mei kept up with the attack, then he was sure to use this method to restrain her. But Mr. Mei didn''t step forward, which made it have to interrupt the ability that was originally ready to go.


    The saber was slashed out again, the powerful saber intent was a bit stronger than before, Cao Yuwei also followed the saber with his body, united with the saber, and went straight to Young Master Mei.


    In Young Master Mei''s hand, Tianji Ling once again made the mysterious circle of the sky, and with an instant transfer, he switched his position. While resolving the opponent''s attack, it also resolved the opponent''s lock. And the next moment, she was already on the other side. The golden-red light on Cao Yuwei''s body disappeared in a flash. If she hadn''t dodged quickly, there would undoubtedly be another ability coming.


    Fight consumption! She seemed to be fighting Cao Yuwei for consumption.


    ,


    Chapter 307 Preparations for the Great Priest can be read for free

 v2 Chapter 308： Were back

    As the sun gradually rose, those outsiders who had received the invitation also began to rush over.


    "Leader Shanjia, you''re here so early!"


    Wearing the best animal skins, Huo Meng stood at the entrance of the south gate of the vine wall, and greeted the Shanjia who was riding a giant tortoise.


    Mountain goose from giant mountain


    In the Great Xia Dynasty, Guan Tiansi.


    Qin Tianguan casually recorded a sentence on the bamboo book, and then went to do other things.


    If you want to watch the latest chapter content, please, free content without ads. The website has not updated the latest chapter content, and the latest chapter content has been updated on the app of this site.


    Great news, after exiting the transcoding page, all novels can be read without ads, and the latest chapters can be read first. During the promotion period of the event, users can also receive a gift package of 100 yuan for free calls.


    Read the full content, no ads and no pop-up windows. "Light it later, the incense can lead you into the top-secret spiritual space." The paper cat opened its mouth to inform the situation, and the voice of a sparrow came out.


    "What do you have to do with the power of the paper people?" Wang Xuan asked. Those people were ruthless. In order to get the fragments of the old holy decree, they did not hesitate to sacrifice blood to a large cave.


    At the same time, when he was in the Realm of Immortals, Wang Xuan also had conflicts with them and killed a boatload of paper figurines. He didn''t have a good impression of those paper figurines.


    See the latest content, please. "Light it later, the incense can lead you into the top-secret spiritual space." The paper cat opened its mouth to inform the situation, and the voice of a sparrow came out.


    "What do you have to do with the power of the paper people?" Wang Xuan asked. Those people were ruthless. In order to get the fragments of the old holy decree, they did not hesitate to sacrifice blood to a large cave.


    At the same time, when he was in the Realm of Immortals, Wang Xuan also had conflicts with them and killed a boatload of paper figurines. He didn''t have a good impression of those paper figurines.


    The content of the chapters on the web version is slow, please read the latest content. "Light it later, the incense can lead you into the top-secret spiritual space." The paper cat opened its mouth to inform the situation, and the voice of a sparrow came out.


    "What do you have to do with the power of the paper people?" Wang Xuan asked. Those people were ruthless. In order to get the fragments of the old holy decree, they did not hesitate to sacrifice blood to a large cave.


    At the same time, when he was in the Realm of Immortals, Wang Xuan also had conflicts with them and killed a boatload of paper figurines. He didn''t have a good impression of those paper figurines.


    Get the red envelope, please.


    "Brother An? We only met in the afternoon, and we met again at midnight, by fate!" Wang Xuan hurriedly greeted him, and finally knew who he was.


    Soon, a pitch-black owl flew into the closed space of the high spiritual world, stared at Wang Xuan and knew that he was a newcomer.


    "Brother Hong Teng?" Wang Xuan asked.


    Sure enough, it was him, manifesting a slightly dark face, and said, "I always like Qin Cheng, the **** who bullies senior brother the most?"


    Wang Xuan is speechless, is he notorious?


    Then, a coquettish red lotus floated in, this time it was easier to identify, it should be Qi Miao, and it was her, and thanked the mechanical pig after entering: "An Hong, thank you, I really like the Atlas of Yuanshen. "


    "Okay, don''t irritate him," said the sparrow.


    Then, he turned his head to look at Wang Xuan, and said: "Although they are all of us, like-minded, but the heart of guarding against others is indispensable. Next time you come in, put it in the spiritual treasure. If there is a change, there will be a change." Enough confidence to protect yourself."


    Wang Xuan had already seen that paper cats, mechanical pigs, red lotuses, etc. were all top treasures, which could entrust the primordial spirit and burst out extremely powerful power.


    "There are still a few people who have traveled far or are in retreat, so they may not be able to participate." Yanque said.


    Here are all powerful figures who have broken the limit twice, and also represent the top wizards in the Pingtian Starfield. They have all become immortals and are stranded in the present world.


    Yanque said: "Well, this is the newcomer Qin Cheng, the famous freshman thorn, so I don''t need to introduce more? He helped some of you win the scriptures, and also made some of you go bankrupt, hehe."


    The mechanical pig''s eyes widened immediately, and An Hong was very dissatisfied.


    Read the full content, no ads and no pop-up windows. But no one doubted the origin of this ability. After all, the best talent of the Peacock Monster Clan was to move the stars. Her technique has the same effect as Dou Zhuan Xing Yi.


    Please.


    This is my primitive tribe, which is the fastest update for you.


    Chapter 308 We are back. But no one doubts that


    The origin of power, after all, the best talent of the Peacock Monster Clan is to move the stars. Her technique has the same effect as Dou Zhuan Xing Yi.


    After defusing Cao Yuwei''s attack this time, Mr. Mei did not rush to attack, but just stood still.


    Cao Yuwei frowned slightly, is this little girl''s perception so sharp? After he melted his armor with flames, he had other methods. If Young Master Mei kept up with the attack, then he was sure to use this method to restrain her. The content of the chapters in the computer version is slow, please read the latest content of the novel for free on the app. But Mr. Mei didn''t step forward, which made it have to interrupt the ability that was originally ready to go.


    The sword cut out again, the powerful sword intent was stronger than before, Cao Yuwei also walked with the sword, UUReading Book Human and sword united, and went straight to Young Master Mei.


    In Young Master Mei''s hand, Tianji Ling once again made the mysterious circle of the sky, and with an instant transfer, he switched his position. While resolving the opponent''s attack, it also resolved the opponent''s lock. And the next moment, she was already on the other side. The golden-red light on Cao Yuwei''s body disappeared in a flash. If she hadn''t dodged quickly, there would undoubtedly be another ability coming.


    Fight consumption! She seemed to be fighting Cao Yuwei for consumption.


    The computer version of the website will be closed soon, please


    Please exit the transcoding page, please.


    But no one doubted the origin of this ability. After all, the best talent of the Peacock Monster Clan was to move the stars. Her technique has the same effect as Dou Zhuan Xing Yi.


    After defusing Cao Yuwei''s attack this time, Mr. Mei did not rush to attack, but just stood still.


    Cao Yuwei frowned slightly, is this little girl''s perception so sharp? After he melted his armor with flames, he had other methods. If Young Master Mei kept up with the attack, then he was sure to use this method to restrain her. But Mr. Mei didn''t step forward, which made it have to interrupt the ability that was originally ready to go.


    The saber was slashed out again, the powerful saber intent was a bit stronger than before, Cao Yuwei also followed the saber with his body, united with the saber, and went straight to Young Master Mei.


    In Young Master Mei''s hand, Tianji Ling once again made the mysterious circle of the sky, and with an instant transfer, he switched his position. While resolving the opponent''s attack, it also resolved the opponent''s lock. And the next moment, she was already on the other side. The golden-red light on Cao Yuwei''s body disappeared in a flash. If she hadn''t dodged quickly, there would undoubtedly be another ability coming.


    Fight consumption! She seemed to be fighting Cao Yuwei for consumption.


    ,


    Chapter 308 We are back for free to read, this is my primitive tribe, the fastest update

 v2 Chapter 309： Great Tribe, Great Tribe

    "Woo woo woo..."


    Nine large ships sailed into the port of the Vine Tribe in turn, and then carried out a series of operations such as lowering sails and anchoring.


    After setting up the big boat, Jingjie and others opened the cabin and began to move things down.


    "Why did you come back so late?"


    Jiang Xuan led people to the river, and asked Jingjie why he didn''t come back earlier.


    "Ho!"


    Jingjie picked up a huge water beast with four hooves tied up, carried it from the boat to the shore, and said to Jiang Xuan, "I encountered a little trouble, and it was delayed for half a day."


    Jiang Xuan frowned slightly, he wanted to ask clearly, but the high priest had to continue, everyone was waiting.


    "Send the sacrifices you have prepared first, and talk about anything after the sacrifices."


    "yes!"


    Jingjie took people on and off the boat one after another, and moved all the prepared sacrifices to the altar.


    This time they went to the Great Swamp, although the fleet encountered a lot of trouble and lost a few soldiers, but with the old witch and the giant eagle around, most of them were safe.


    Therefore, the fleet had a very rich harvest this time. The sacrifices prepared for the Vine God alone piled up into mountains, and there were countless strange animals and plants.


    In order to save time, Jiang Xuan brought all the soldiers of the guard team to help and moved all the sacrifices to the side of the altar.


    After everything was done, the soldiers from the fleet and guards also joined the team in front of the five-color altar, and the sacrificial ceremony continued.


    Chi Shao stood in front of the five-color altar, and bowed to the altar again.


    "Please God Fuji close the tribe entrance."


    "Buzz!"


    The whole body of the divine vines bloomed with dazzling green light, and those giant dragonflies flew more cheerfully.


    "Kakaka..."


    On the vine wall, all the vines continued to intertwine and grow, and the river channel was quickly closed like a gate, and the river water could only flow out through the gaps in the vines.


    When all the entrances were closed, the divine vine took back the vines on the vine wall, ready to accept sacrifices.


    "Woo woo woo..."


    Some warriors blew the bull''s and goat''s horns, and the desolate sound of the horn echoed throughout the tribe.


    A warrior next to the altar shouted: "The sacrificial ceremony has officially begun!"


    Chi Shao took a deep breath, then walked up the steps of the five-color altar, barefoot, step by step.


    At this moment, all eyes were on Chi Shao, Chi Shao felt a lot of pressure, but she still walked steadily.


    When Chi Shao climbed onto the tens-meter-high altar, what caught his eye was a very wide platform, on which there were three big tripods arranged in the shape of a character.


    Each big tripod is filled with all kinds of carefully selected grains, which are colorful and piled up sharply, which is very spectacular.


    Chi Shao stood on the altar, facing the huge divine vine, slowly opened his arms, and began to chant the spell:


    "¨É ¨Ê ¨Î force ¨É, ¨Þ ¨Ó ¨Ø ¨â day..."


    The mysterious and ancient spell, with a strange and solemn rhythm, is like an ancient ballad, and it seems to be telling a story.


    After all the people of the Vine Tribe heard this voice, the totem lines on their faces and bodies began to glow faintly, and they felt full of strength.


    "Boom..."


    As the chanting continued, the divine vine began to slowly pull out the roots rooted in the ground, and floated into the air. The divine light illuminated the sky like ten thousand green clouds, and the divine power flowed in the air like a vast ocean.


    "Vine God, Fuji God, Fuji God..."


    The people of the Vine Tribe couldn''t help cheering, the sound was like a tsunami, and the waves were higher than the waves.


    "It seems stronger than before."


    The old witch standing beside the crowd watching the ceremony looked at the huge and terrifying divine vine, and exclaimed in a low voice.


    In his feeling, the divine vine was much more terrifying than before, and the vast divine power alone made him feel breathless.


    Not only the old witch, but other tribal leaders who came to watch the ceremony also showed expressions of horror.


    This is the first time they have had close contact with Shenvine.


    Unlike the people of the Vine Tribe, they only felt terrible oppression in front of the Shen Vine, and it was even difficult for them to breathe.


    "Is this the patron saint of the Great Tribe?"


    Shanjia''s neck was retracted into the turtle shell armor. If he hadn''t had a better relationship with the Vine Tribe, he would have wanted to escape.


    In front of Fuji God, he felt that he was not as good as an ant.


    The leaders of the Frog Tribe, Rabbit Tribe, Sting Fly Tribe, and Chuanshan Tribe were similar to Shanjia, and everyone had deep awe in their eyes.


    It is foreseeable that after this sacrifice, the strength of the Vine tribe will leave an indelible imprint in their hearts.


    When the whole divine vine floated into the air, Chi Shao stood up, turned to face the altar, and shouted: "Sacrifice!"


    "follow me."


    Under the altar, Jiang Xuan immediately waved to the warriors who had already prepared, and then took the lead in carrying a huge bicorn, and walked up the steps of the altar step by step.


    Afterwards, the warriors carried or carried a large number of sacrifices to the altar in turn.


    The five-color altar built by the Vine Tribe has steps on all sides. After Jiang Xuan placed the bicorn in the center of the altar, he saluted the Vine God and then walked down the steps on the other side.


    Soon, a long line appeared on the altar.


    The warriors of the Vine Tribe were like ants moving their house. They lined up one by one to send the sacrifices to the altar, and then lined up from the other side.


    The sacrifices on the altar piled up more and more, and the wide platform was full.


    Looking around, all kinds of ferocious beasts, wild beasts, food and vegetables piled up like mountains, and even some magical plants were offered as sacrifices.


    After all the sacrifices were delivered, Chi Shao stood on the edge of the altar, bowed to the **** vine again, and said loudly: "Please the **** of the vine to enjoy the sacrifice."


    The huge divine vine flew over the altar, and then, countless roots wrapped around all the sacrifices on the altar, almost covering the entire altar.


    But when those roots passed by Chishao, they bypassed her and did not cause any harm to her.


    "Zizizi..."


    Those prey could make some sounds at first, but when they were completely wrapped, they couldn''t even make any sound, and only the sound of drawing water remained on the altar.


    Soon after, all the sacrifices on the altar were swallowed up by the divine vine, leaving no fur or bones.


    "Om..."


    All the roots of the divine vine were retracted, and they floated into the air again.


    After enjoying the sacrifice, the state of the divine vine was better than before, and even those old branches were full of vitality.


    Chi Shao worshiped again: "May the Vine God bless the clansmen."


    In the sky, the divine vine swayed slightly, as if nodding.


    "Whoosh whoosh..."


    Green vines grew rapidly one by one, and extended in all directions, covering the heads of the Ten Thousand Vine Tribe.


    "Tick..."


    A drop of green liquid dripped from the end of a vine and landed on the head of a Vine tribe.


    The clansman only felt a warm current spread from the head to the whole body, the muscles, bones and internal organs were all strengthened, and the whole person was very comfortable.


    "Tick tick tick..."


    More and more divine liquid dripped down, and finally turned into a rain of divine liquid.


    "Patter..."


    Countless liquids fell from the sky and sprinkled on the people of the Teng tribe, strengthening their bodies and washing their souls.


    "I broke through!"


    "I also broke through!"


    ¡­


    Among the crowd, one after another exclamation sounded, it was the soldiers whose strength had greatly improved after bathing in the divine liquid.


    Everyone fell into ecstasy, they screamed and jumped in the rain of divine liquid, venting the ecstasy in their hearts.


    On the altar, Chi Shao also got great benefits.


    A vine wrapped around her body directly, pouring a lot of witch power into her body.


    When Chi Shao opened her eyes again, her eyes were like a deep pool, bottomless.


    Chi Shao looked at her hands, and whispered excitedly: "We are almost approaching the great witch!"


    The great witch is a witch that can only appear in a large tribe, and its strength is unfathomable.


    The old witch is a great witch. He rode a giant eagle from the Eastern Wilderness to the Southern Wilderness, and then to the Western Wilderness without any accidents, which shows his terrifying strength.


    As for Chi Shao, although she is not very old, with the help of the divine vine, after this sacrifice, she is likely to break through at any time and become a real great witch.


    This is a remarkable achievement.


    On the other side, a thick vine also wrapped around Jiang Xuan''s body, pouring a large amount of divine liquid into his body.


    Jiang Xuan felt that the muscles, bones and internal organs of his whole body were being washed over and over again by the divine liquid, constantly transforming.


    "Ugh..."


    In the end, Jiang Xuan let out a low growl, two rays of light appeared in his eyes, and totem lines spread all over his body.


    The vines were slowly retracted, and the totem pattern on Jiang Xuan''s body was gradually hidden, but his strength has risen to a higher level than before.


    "Seven-color warrior!"


    Jiang Xuan clenched his fists tightly, and there was a sound of "crack-crack" from his joints, and he felt a powerful force!


    He had already broken through to become a warrior of six colors, but this sacrifice made him a real warrior of seven colors.


    Even in those big tribes, seven-color warriors are rare.


    Generally, only the leaders of large tribes can reach seven colors, but now, Jiang Xuan is also a seven-color warrior.


    In other words, he is now a veritable leader of the big tribe, both in terms of strength and power.


    In addition to Jiang Xuan and others, the members of the thorn vines in the dense fog also received benefits to varying degrees, and their strength was greatly improved.


    This is undoubtedly great news for the Bramble Vine team members who are usually in danger.


    They are also more loyal to the Horde.


    After the divine liquid rain was over, the divine vine took back all the vines.


    Chi Shao shouted loudly: "God Xie Teng!"


    "Bless God Xie Teng..."


    All the people of the Vine Tribe shouted in unison and bowed to the Vine sincerely.


    The divine vines swayed gently in the sky, accepting the power of faith and thanks from the clansmen.


    "Boom..."


    The divine vine slowly descended, and all the roots plunged into the ground again.


    Not only that, but its roots are deeper and farther away, and the snakes, insects, rats and ants hidden in the ground have been cleaned up by those roots.


    This is also one of the benefits of the Great Sacrifice.


    Not long after, the vine wall opened the door again, and the sacrificial ceremony was considered to be over.


    But the crowd has not dispersed, because there is still a very important thing that has not been announced.


    In the eyes of everyone, Jiang Xuan and Chi Shao walked to the front of the altar together.


    They looked at the dark crowd and only felt their hearts surge.


    Chi Shao nodded to Jiang Xuan, encouraging him.


    Jiang Xuan took a deep breath and shouted to all the members of the Vine Tribe: "I declare that from today onwards, our Vine Tribe will be a real big tribe!"


    As soon as this sentence came out, the entire Vine tribe was boiling, and all the clansmen cheered.


    "Big Tribe! Big Tribe! Big Tribe..."


    At this moment, all the members of the Vine tribe felt a sense of pride in their hearts. From today onwards, they are members of the big tribe.


    The leaders of other tribes looked at them enviously, with complicated emotions.


    ¡­


    Thanks to the book friends who voted last year, in 2023, we will continue to walk together.


    Newly revised and upgraded address of the mobile station: https://, data and bookmarks are synchronized with the computer station, and there is no advertisement for fresh reading!

 v2 Chapter 310： The choice of the mountain turtle tribe

    After the sacrifice was completed, the overall strength of the Vine Tribe increased a lot, and it officially became a real big tribe.


    This change had a very profound impact on the Vine tribe and surrounding tribes.


    The attitudes of various tribes towards the Vine tribe have undergone great changes.


    Among the Mountain Turtle Tribe, Shanjia, who had just returned from participating in the great sacrifice, immediately found Wu and talked with him about a major event that would affect the entire Mountain Turtle Tribe.


    "Witch, the Vine Tribe has declared to be a big tribe."


    "As expected, the Vine Tribe already has this strength."


    The mountain turtle tribe witch was not surprised by this incident at all, but his mood was still a bit complicated.


    In just a few years, the Vine Tribe grew from a small tribe to a large tribe, and they lived there all the time without moving.


    It was a marvelous miracle, one might even call it a miracle.


    For other tribes, the problem of food alone would greatly restrict the development of the tribe''s population.


    But the Vine Tribe relied on unique methods of planting and breeding, and used limited land to support tens of thousands of people.


    After Shanjia finished saying that, he fell into a long silence. He watched the flames in the fire pit constantly beating, and he was very entangled in his heart, not knowing whether he should speak out what was in his heart.


    Wu raised his eyelids and said, "It''s just the two of us here, so we can say whatever we want."


    Shanjia took a deep breath, raised his head slightly to look at Wu''s face, and said, "Wu, I think the Vine Tribe will definitely go to the central region in the future, I think... I want our Mountain Turtle Tribe to go too."


    When Wu heard the word "Central", there was a strange light in his eyes, but soon the light dimmed again.


    "Of course I also want to go to the central part, that is the ancestral land of our mountain tortoise tribe, and the remains of the old tortoise **** are still there, but with the current strength of our mountain tortoise tribe, we can''t survive even if we go to the central part, don''t forget , the red ant tribe is still there.¡±


    The Red Ant Tribe was the chief culprit who caused the fall of the Old Turtle God and the forced migration of the Turtle Tribe, and it was also the number one enemy of the Turtle Tribe.


    With the strength of the mountain turtle tribe, how can they fight against the red ant tribe?


    Shanjia hesitated for a while, and finally summoned up his courage, and said, "What if we become a subordinate tribe of the Vine tribe?"


    "Become a subordinate tribe of the Vine tribe?"


    Wu looked at Shanjia in astonishment, his eyes were filled with disbelief and unacceptable.


    "Shanjia, do you know what you''re talking about?"


    Becoming a subordinate tribe means losing freedom and self-government, which is very difficult for any tribe to accept.


    It was hard for Wu to imagine what kind of stimulation Shanjia received in the Vine Tribe to have such an idea.


    "Wu, of course I know what I''m talking about."


    After speaking out what was in his heart, Shanjia became calm instead.


    "Witch, do you know about the Frog Tribe? They migrated here from the remote Western Wilderness. They came here specifically to join the Vine Tribe, and they are also the first affiliated tribe of the Vine Tribe."


    "At the beginning, when they first migrated, there were only more than a hundred people left, there were no patron saints, and there were not many giant frogs in the tribe."


    "However, when the Frog Tribe became a subsidiary tribe of the Vine Tribe, they gained a safe territory. They also learned farming and domestication from the Vine Tribe, as well as making various tools. The Vine Tribe even found a new patron saint for them. !"


    "In just a few years, the frog tribe has grown from more than one hundred people to seven or eight hundred people, and because it is close to the trading area of ??the rattan tribe, they have gained a lot of benefits from it and lived a very prosperous life."


    "It can be said that if the Frog Tribe had not chosen to become a subsidiary tribe of the Vine Tribe, they would have been wiped out long ago, so how could they live today?"


    After listening to Shanjia''s words, Wu was silent for a long time. Obviously, he had already heard about the frog tribe, but he hadn''t thought deeply about the changes in the frog tribe.


    Shanjia said again: "Wu, look at our Mountain Turtle Tribe again, before the Vine Tribe appeared, we were here


    I have lived for hundreds of years, but the population of the tribe has not developed much. If it is not for guarding the mushroom forest, I am afraid that life will be more difficult. "


    "But after the Vine Tribe appeared, our Mountain Turtle Tribe together with them defeated several powerful tribes and gained a lot of spoils. The tribe''s strength improved very quickly, and the Turtle God also successfully broke through."


    "If, I mean if, someday the Vine tribe really moves to the central part, but we still stay here, how long will it take for us to grow and become a big tribe? How long will it take for us to take revenge and welcome back the old The remains of the tortoise god?"


    "I think becoming a subsidiary tribe of the Vine Tribe may also be an option. At least we can grow faster, return to the central region faster, seek revenge from the Red Ant Tribe, and welcome back the remains of the old turtle god."


    After Shanjia said all this in one breath, he felt relieved but also a little uneasy, because these words were really too bold, and he would never say such things in front of Wu in normal times.


    Wu became even more silent. He really wanted to refute Shanjia''s words, but after thinking for a long time, he didn''t know how to refute.


    Finally, Wu said with difficulty: "You... go back first, let me think about it."


    Shanjia stood up, bowed respectfully to Wu, and said, "Wu, I may have been too impulsive when I spoke just now, please forgive me."


    Wu waved his hand to show that he didn''t care.


    "Then I''ll go back first."


    Shanjia turned and left Wu''s house, leaving Wu alone, facing the fire pond and lost in thought, the firelight reflected on his face, the light and shade were uncertain.


    ¡­


    At the beginning of October, heavy snow began to fall in the northwest of Nanhuang. The thick snow will freeze the land for most of the winter, and everything will hide as much as possible.


    On the ninth day of October, a violent earthquake suddenly occurred near the Fuji Tribe.


    "Boom..."


    The ground trembled constantly, the snow on the trees "swished" and fell down, and some loose rocks also broke away from the mountain and rolled down.


    Such a terrible earthquake, UU reading www. uukanshu. The com vine tribe will naturally be affected as well.


    "Buzz!"


    At the critical moment, Shenvine woke up in time and propped up a huge shield-shaped barrier for the entire vine tribe. At the same time, all the roots were used to stabilize the ground so that the ground would not crack in the earthquake.


    Under the protection of the divine vines, most of the houses of the vine tribe were preserved, and only some houses that were not very strong collapsed, killing and injuring several members of the tribe.


    "How could there be a sudden earthquake?"


    Jiang Xuan put on the animal fur coat and ran outside, the huge purple snake-carved glutinous rice balls, and the black wind rhinoceros crescent moon all ran to his side, lying on the ground trembling.


    "Crack!"


    A bolt of lightning suddenly struck down from the sky, and the dazzling light illuminated the gloomy sky.


    "Xuan, are you alright?"


    Chi Shao also ran out of the yard, quickly ran to Jiang Xuan''s side, and looked at him nervously.


    "I''m fine. Fortunately, the Vine God protected me. Otherwise, such a violent earthquake would have destroyed the whole house."


    Chi Shao looked at Jiang Xuan''s whole body, found that he was indeed not injured, and felt relieved.


    The two stood in the snow like this, and when the frequency of the earthquake decreased, they immediately went to various parts of the tribe. On the one hand, they organized witch doctors from the witch hospital to treat the affected tribesmen, and on the other hand, they checked the damage caused by the earthquake.


    Until the next day, the ground still shook a few times from time to time. If there were no divine vines protecting the tribe, I am afraid that the Vine tribe would have suffered heavy losses this time.


    On the third day, the earthquake finally subsided gradually, but the sky in the north was covered with dark clouds, and there were loud noises from time to time, which made people panic when they saw it.


    Jiang Xuan looked to the north, and said to himself: "There must have been great changes over there. When the tribe is stable here, we have to go and see what''s going on."


    Jiang Xuan had a premonition that the great changes this time might have a very large and far-reaching impact.

 v2 Chapter 311： continent divided

    This major earthquake in winter caused troubles for many tribes. There were countless casualties. After the houses collapsed, many more people died of freezing and starvation than in previous years.


    On October 16th, after the clansmen were settled properly, Jiang Xuan couldn''t wait to go to the north to see what happened there.


    "I will go with you."


    After learning about Jiang Xuan''s intentions, the old witch rushed over immediately.


    Although the old witch is getting older, his curiosity has not subsided, and even because he is not bound by his previous identity, his curiosity is stronger than before.


    "Okay, old witch, get ready, we''ll set off in a while."


    Jiang Xuan didn''t refuse either, because the more his strength grew, the more he could feel the strength of the old witch, and the old witch was well-informed, so he could give him some advice when he encountered problems.


    The affairs of the tribe had been properly arranged. At noon, Jiang Xuan and the old witch, who had finished their preparations, left the tribe one after the other and flew to the north, riding on the purple carving glutinous rice **** and the black giant eagle.


    ¡­


    A few days later, Jiang Xuan and Old Wu flew to the place where the earthquake was most violent.


    Jiang Xuan sat on the back of the glutinous rice **** and looked at the ground from a high altitude. The scene in front of him was so shocking that he couldn''t believe it.


    "My God, how is that possible?"


    I saw a gigantic rift valley appearing in the ground, like a heavenly knife, slashing fiercely on the ground, splitting the ground into two.


    "Clatter..."


    In the rift valley, a large amount of water poured in, turning the rift valley into a river, and the waves were surging.


    Jiang Xuan stared blankly at the ground, and kept repeating in his mouth: "It''s too fast, it''s really too fast."


    Many years ago, a large rift valley appeared in Xihuang, and that rift valley continued to inland, resulting in continuous geological disasters such as earthquakes and volcanic eruptions in Xihuang, and the climate became more and more severe.


    It is precisely because Xihuang became no longer suitable for survival that this led to the large-scale migration of Xihuang tribes, and the entire primitive continent caused a bloodbath.


    Originally, Jiang Xuan thought that even if the Great Rift Valley in Xihuang continued to split, it would be a very long process, and it would be difficult to affect other places in a short period of time.


    No one expected that the crustal movement of this continent would be so violent. In just a few years, the Great Rift Valley would run through the entire Western Wilderness, spread to the northern part of the Southern Wilderness, and continue to advance towards the Eastern Wilderness.


    "If this continues, I''m afraid Donghuang will be in danger."


    Jiang Xuan turned his head and glanced at the old witch, and sure enough, he found that the old witch''s face was very ugly, and he obviously thought of this.


    Both Jiang Xuan and the old witch had witnessed the upheaval in the Western Wilderness. Those tribes who were forced to migrate were very miserable, and had to compete with the tribes they encountered along the way for all resources.


    If the Great Rift Valley spreads to Donghuang, or even splits the entire continent in half, then the environment and climate of Donghuang will inevitably change dramatically.


    By that time, all the tribes in the Eastern Wilderness will face the same problems as the Western Wilderness tribes.


    Could it be that the Eagle Tribe was also forced to migrate to other places like the Western Wilderness Tribe?


    The old witch looked at the deep rift valley below, his eyes full of worry.


    Although he no longer holds the position of witch, the Eagle Tribe is a tribe that he has devoted almost his whole life to. He has no choice but to pay attention to the fate of the Eagle Tribe.


    "Let''s land first."


    The old witch spoke with difficulty, his voice hoarse.


    "Crazy!"


    The giant eagle uttered a cry, then swooped down to a mountain next to the Great Rift Valley below, and landed on the boulder on the mountain top.


    "Let''s go down too."


    Jiang Xuan patted Tangyuan''s neck, and Tangyuan also uttered a cry, and also swooped down, landing on the rock near the giant eagle.


    The old witch and Jiang Xuan got off the bird''s back and stood on the top of the mountain.


    From the perspective of this mountain, the wideness and depth of the Great Rift Valley are even more shocking. At the same time, the slight shock from the ground from time to time is also frightening.


    "Wow...


    ..."


    In the Great Rift Valley, the water gathered from the distant and surrounding mountains is still pouring into it, and the water level is slowly but continuously rising.


    It can be foreseen that in time, a big river will definitely appear here, and it will even evolve into a strait.


    The old witch stood beside Jiang Xuan, the cold wind made his animal fur coat rattle.


    The old witch stared at the Great Rift Valley for a long time, and finally said: "I want to go back to the Eastern Wilderness."


    His tone was firm, without the slightest hesitation or room for maneuver.


    Jiang Xuan was silent for a moment, and then asked, "When are you leaving?"


    "The sooner the better, according to the current situation, the Eastern Wilderness will soon become chaotic, and I will go back to protect my tribe."


    "Then... when will you come back?"


    The old witch shook his head: "I don''t know, it depends on the situation."


    Jiang Xuan was very reluctant to give up on the old witch, because he knew very well that once the old witch went back, he would be involved in a huge vortex. Whether he could guarantee his own safety was a problem, let alone Returned to the Southern Wilderness.


    The old witch turned to look at Jiang Xuan, and said, "Before I leave, I have one more request."


    "you say."


    "After I leave, help me keep the Great Wilderness Hundred Sketches. If...if I can''t come back, let the witches of your Vine tribe help me continue to complete it."


    The Hundred Sketches of the Wilderness is the only obsession in the old witch''s heart. He originally hoped to complete it in his lifetime, but now it seems that this wish is difficult to realize.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Actually, you can also let the giant eagle carry it back to the Eagle Tribe, after all, you have poured so much effort into it."


    The old witch shook his head and said, "I don''t know what the outcome will be when I go. It''s safer to keep the map of the Great Wilderness and Hundred Grasses in your Vine Tribe."


    "You''re right, well, I promise you."


    Jiang Xuan nodded solemnly, and accepted the old witch''s request.


    "With your words, I feel relieved."


    A little smile appeared on the old witch''s face, and he felt a lot more relaxed, because he knew Jiang Xuan well and knew that Jiang Xuan was a person who kept his promise.


    "Xuan, I have one more request."


    "you say."


    "If there is a chance, I would like to pass on what I saw and learned in your Vine Tribe to the people of the Eagle Tribe. Would you like to?"


    "Of course, no problem."


    Jiang Xuan easily agreed, because the old witch asked him to respect him, and Jiang Xuan couldn''t interfere with what he wanted to do in the Eagle Tribe, so it''s better to be more generous.


    In addition, the development speed of the Vine tribe is astonishingly fast. Jiang Xuan is confident that even if the old witch imparts some technology to the people of the Eagle tribe, the Eagle tribe will not be able to catch up with the development speed of the Vine tribe.


    "Thank you." The old witch held Jiang Xuan''s hand tightly, his eyes full of gratitude.


    Afterwards, the old witch said: "Xuan, I''m leaving soon, take care."


    Jiang Xuan was startled: "So fast? You have to go back and pack your things, right?"


    The old witch shook his head and said, "I have brought all the necessary things with me. As for the other things in the bamboo house, I will give them to you."


    After the old witch finished speaking, he turned around and climbed onto the giant eagle''s back without dragging his feet.


    "Xuan, you are a good leader. I believe that under your leadership, the Vine Tribe will become stronger in the future."


    The old Wu paused, then said: "Say goodbye to Chi Shao and the others for me, UUReading Book Wait until the matter over at Donghuang is settled, if I am still alive, I will come back to see you."


    Listening to the old witch''s words, Jiang Xuan felt very uncomfortable. The old witch was a person who helped him a lot after he came to this world. He didn''t like this kind of parting very much.


    "gone!"


    The old witch finally looked back at the direction of the vine tribe, and then patted the giant eagle. The giant eagle walked to the cliff, spread its wings and jumped down. After diving for a short distance, it pulled up again, circling in circles Lifted into the sky, then uttered a sound, and flew in the direction of Donghuang


    go.


    "Old witch, you must come back!"


    Standing on the top of the mountain, Jiang Xuan shouted loudly at the direction where the giant eagle was going away, and waved his hands continuously, and then watched the giant eagle shrink little by little until it disappeared from sight...


    Dear, click to enter, give a good review, the higher the score, the faster the update, it is said that those who gave Xiangshu novels full marks finally found beautiful wives!


    Newly revised and upgraded address of the mobile station: https://, data and bookmarks are synchronized with the computer station, and there is no advertisement for fresh reading!

 ~： new book released

The new book "Cultivating Immortals of Primitive Tribes" has been released on "", and interested book lovers can go and have a look.


    This book will continue to be updated, and it will take about two months to finish the story behind it.


    Thank you for your long-term support.

 v2 Chapter 312： The 8th year of the establishment of the Fuji tribe

    The latest website: In the winter of the seventh year of the establishment of the Fuji Tribe, a large earthquake occurred, and small earthquakes occurred from time to time, which lasted for nearly two months.


    In this disastrous winter, except for the Teng tribe, the tribesmen of many tribes failed to survive.


    But time is always passing, and the cold winter will not last forever. When the sun shines on the earth again and the ice and snow begin to melt, all suffering is over.


    Unknowingly, the eighth year of the establishment of the Fuji tribe came quietly with the sunshine.


    "Clatter..."


    The melted ice slid down from the trees in the yard and hit the black wind rhinoceros Crescent Moon who was about to go out for a walk just now. Crescent Moon shook her head and sprayed two streams of white steam from her nostrils dissatisfied.


    "Yier..."


    Not long after, there was a bird song in the sky, and a huge purple ominous bird descended from the sky, throwing a prey in Jiang Xuan''s yard.


    "Squeak..."


    The wooden door of the main house was opened, and Jiang Xuan, who was sleepy, came out from inside. The dazzling sunlight made him narrow his eyes slightly.


    "Finally the sun came out!"


    Jiang Xuan stretched his waist, bathed in the sunshine, listening to the melting ice and snow around him, feeling that the haze of the whole winter dissipated.


    "Yier..."


    Tangyuan let out a low cry, then waddled the prey in its mouth and threw it in front of Jiang Ye, his eyes obviously a little proud.


    "Hey, Tangyuan, you caught a bicorn back so early, it''s amazing!"


    Jiang Xuan praised without hesitation, making Tang Yuan proudly raise his head, and at the same time, he gave the lazy black wind rhino next to him a provocative look.


    The black wind rhinoceros Crescent Moon didn''t care about this, it walked slowly towards the forest, every time its huge hooves took a step, the ice cubes on the ground were shattered into slag.


    It is a herbivore and has no interest in meat. When the mountains are covered by ice and snow, it can only eat some dry grass. Now that the ice and snow have melted, it will go to the forest to eat those green leaves.


    Jiang Xuan walked to the pool in the yard, and washed himself with melted snow water, his whole body was refreshed, and he got out of the sleepy state.


    He first called two warriors to help, skinned the bicorn brought back by Tangyuan, cleaned the internal organs, and then used a bronze knife to remove the meat from the bicorn. Not long after, the huge bicorn died Only a skeleton remains.


    The animal skin will be sent to the clothing workshop, and it will not be long before it will be made into exquisite animal skin clothing by the people of the Vine tribe.


    Animal bones and teeth are sent to the boneware workshop, some of which will be made into weapons and tools, and some will be made into beautiful handicrafts and sold in the trading area.


    As for the animal meat and offal, half of it was reserved for the glutinous rice **** to eat, and the other half was distributed by Jiang Xuan.


    Jiang Xuan first sent some meat to the two soldiers who helped, then picked a piece of good meat and gave it to Chi Shao, and then gave some to Uncaria, Stone Loach, Southern Star, Nepeta and others. There is not much animal meat left.


    Jiang Xuan cooked a pot in a large pot, and salted the rest, and ate it slowly in a clay pot.


    "Gulu Gulu..."


    In the firepit, the broth in the cauldron was tumbling, and the rich smell of meat permeated the whole room. ....


    Sitting next to the table, Jiang Xuan unfolded a roll of brand new bamboo slips, then prepared some paint, dipped the paint with an animal hair brush, and wrote on the bamboo slips with the pen.


    "The eighth year of the Vine Tribe, January..."


    After finishing writing, Jiang Xuan put down the animal brush and sighed, "Eight years, how time flies."


    ¡­


    A few days later, thanks to the joint efforts of the sun and the warm south wind, the ice and snow finally melted away, the water of the Lobster River started to surge again, the gate of the vine wall was opened again, and all the people of the Vine tribe started a busy new year.


    "The trading area is open!"


    When the gate of the trading area opened slowly, tourists who had been waiting for a long time and people from nearby tribes rushed in.


    The long winter has passed, and some people urgently need food and


    Salt, some people need new weapons to go, others need various tools, and the demand for transactions is very strong.


    Mong Kui, the shopkeeper in the trading area, also came out, and she shouted to the crowd: "Everyone, don''t be chaotic, and line up. Our Vine Tribe has ample reserves of supplies. We must let everyone buy what they need."


    "Everyone line up, don''t crowd!"


    Nan Xing brought the soldiers of the guard team over. Hundreds of soldiers with weapons merged into the crowd, and then separated the crowd piece by piece, and let them line up one by one.


    Not long after, the chaotic scene in the trading area disappeared. Under the command of the soldiers of the guards, there were long queues at the entrances of all the shops, and the transactions were carried out one by one.


    Seeing this scene, Mong Kui breathed a sigh of relief, then put on a warm smile, and shuttled around the shops in the trading area, helping the shop assistants solve various problems.


    Except for the trading area, the hunting team, fishing team, planting team, breeding team, construction team, and various workshops of the Vine Tribe are all busy again, and the whole tribe is full of vitality.


    ¡­


    In the eighth year of the establishment of the Vine Tribe, at the beginning of February, Shanjia, the leader of the Shangui Tribe, took the initiative to visit Jiang Xuan.


    "Boss Xuan, this is a mushroom that just grew this year, and I give it to you to try it out."


    In the house, Shanjia put down a large bag of fresh mushrooms and opened the bag.


    Jiang Xuan stepped forward, picked up a fist-sized mushroom and looked at it, and a fresh mushroom fragrance rushed to his face.


    Jiang Xuan put down the mushrooms and said with a smile: "Thank you, Chief Shanjia, I happen to have fresh meat here, and we will grill mushroom skewers later."


    Shanjia took the initiative and said, "Then I''ll find fresh branches to make drills, I''m the best at this."


    Shanjia did what he said, and immediately went outside to find suitable branches, and then whittled them into skewers for skewers.


    After returning to the house, he volunteered to wash the mushrooms, cut the meat, and thread the skewers. He didn''t have a little free time until the meat skewers were marinated and grilled.


    "Zizizi..."


    After the mushroom meat skewers are brushed with grease, they will soon take on a charming color and an alluring aroma under the charcoal fire.


    While waiting for the meat skewers to be cooked, Jiang Xuan asked casually, "Headman Shanjia, didn''t you come here this time just to give me meat skewers?"


    Ever since Shanjia entered the door, Jiang Xuan felt that there must be something wrong with him, and he just used busyness to cover it up, or to create more time for himself to think.


    Shanjia smiled unnaturally, and said: "Nothing can be hidden from the eyes of Chief Xuan. UU reading "


    "If you have anything to say, just say it directly, we are old friends, and we can discuss everything."


    Jiang Xuan''s words made Shanjia feel a little more relaxed. He turned over the mushroom meat skewers, took a deep breath, then turned to look at Jiang Xuan, and said seriously: "Boss Xuan, if our Shangui tribe Want to become the fourth affiliated tribe of the Vine Tribe, I wonder if you accept it?"


    Hearing these words, Jiang Xuan''s face also became serious: "Shanjia leader, I can''t decide on such a big matter alone, I have to ask the vine **** and the witch for their opinions first, let''s eat before we talk."


    "It''s... well..."


    Although Shanjia was eager to get an answer immediately, he also knew that what Jiang Xuan said was right, it was impossible not to ask the totem **** and witch about such a big matter, so he could only wait patiently.


    After the mushroom kebabs were grilled, they tasted quite good, but Shanjia was very worried, no matter how delicious the food was, it tasted like chewing wax.


    cloud bluestone


    https://


    :. Mobile version reading website:

 v2 Chapter 313： 4th Affiliated Tribe

    The genius remembers the address of this site in a second: [Aibilou]https://The fastest update! No ads!


    Vine Tribe, Chamber.


    "After our Mountain Turtle Tribe became a subsidiary tribe of the Vine Tribe, there was only one request, and that was to follow the Vine Tribe back to the central region."


    "If we can return to our ancestral land and gain a firm foothold in the central region, it will also be beneficial to the Vine Tribe. After all, we still have some friends in the central region and can help the Vine Tribe with many things."


    "I''m done talking..."


    In the meeting hall, Shanjia spoke sincerely about the demands of the Shangui Tribe, and then looked at the people of the Vine Tribe with anxiety.


    Jiang Xuan asked Chi Shao: "Wu, please consult the vine **** about this matter first."


    Chi Shao nodded, then closed her eyes, and communicated with Shenvine with her soul.


    Everyone looked at Chi Shao nervously, and Shanjia was even more restless, because the answer of Fuji God was related to the future of the Shangui tribe.


    After a while, Chi Shao slowly opened his eyes: "The Vine God agrees that the Mountain Turtle Tribe will become the fourth affiliated tribe of the Vine Tribe."


    Jiang Xuan asked the others again: "If you have any opinions, you can express them."


    Uncaria and the others exchanged glances, then shook their heads.


    Jiang Xuan stood up and announced loudly:


    "Okay, since that''s the case, I declare that after the Vine God and the Turtle God sign the contract, the Mountain Turtle Tribe will be the fourth affiliated tribe of our Vine Tribe. From now on, we will share weal and woe and stand together through thick and thin!"


    "Very good!"


    Shanjia breathed a sigh of relief, and a big rock hanging in his heart fell to the ground.


    All the leaders of the Fuji tribe warmly congratulated Shanjia.


    After the meeting, the leaders returned to their respective posts to work.


    After Shanjia and the others disappeared, he asked Jiang Xuan in a low voice: "Boss Xuan, now we are a subsidiary tribe of the Vine Tribe, the technology of planting and domesticating prey... can we learn from the Turtle Tribe?"


    In the past, the relationship between the Mountain Turtle Tribe and the Vine Tribe was also good, but it was not that solid after all. If the Mountain Turtle Tribe wanted to learn techniques, they could only rely on their own observations, and they could learn very little.


    Now the relationship between the two parties has become stronger, and Shanjia''s mind has become more active.


    He knew that the Frog Tribe developed so fast because they learned a lot of technology from the Vine Tribe, and the same was true for the Trickfly Tribe and the Giant Claw Tribe.


    Solving the food problem is also one of the important reasons why the Shangui Tribe is willing to become a subsidiary tribe of the Vine Tribe.


    Jiang Xuan readily agreed: "Of course, I will send two people from the planting team and the breeding team to teach the technology to your mountain turtle tribe."


    Shanjia was overjoyed: "That''s really great, thank you, Chief Xuan."


    Jiang Xuan smiled and said: "You''re welcome, let''s learn from each other, let''s go, I invite you to the trading area to drink and eat meat."


    The two walked shoulder to shoulder to the inn in the trading area...


    ¡­


    Two days later, Shenteng sent a clone to follow Chi Shao, Jiang Xuan and others to the Mountain Turtle Tribe.


    After arriving, the two sides confirmed the affiliation between the Mountain Turtle Tribe and the Teng Tribe through friendly exchanges.


    Afterwards, Fujishin began to conclude a soul contract with Kameshin.


    "Buzz!"


    In the sky above the mountain turtle tribe, a huge divine vine bloomed with endless green light, even the clouds above the sky were dyed green, and the powerful breath of life and vast divine power crazily surged.


    "Roar!"


    In the center of the Mountain Turtle Tribe, a giant tortoise like a hill rose up from the waves and flew to the side of the divine vine. It was the totem **** of the Mountain Turtle Tribe.


    Below, the people of the two tribes bowed down one after another, and all the giant mountain turtles were prostrate on the ground, and even all the nearby birds, animals, fish and insects were all trembling.


    "The contract is signed!"


    The vine **** made a huge and incomparably divine sound, like thunder rolling.


    "Clatter..."


    The green vine branches entwined towards the Turtle God. The Turtle God glanced at the clansman below, and then slowly lowered his head.


    One after another mysterious lines are imprinted on the head of the turtle god,


    On the back and limbs, it did not enter it.


    This is the soul contract, once it is signed, unless the turtle **** dies, or there is a totem **** more powerful than the rattan **** who forcibly breaks the contract, otherwise, the turtle **** will never betray the rattan tribe.


    If there is no such soul contract, the affiliated tribes can betray at any time, the risk is too great,


    After a long time, Fuji God''s magnificent voice sounded again in the sky: "The contract is completed!"


    All the vines wrapped around Turtle God''s body were quickly retracted, and the divine vines became the size of ordinary vines again and fell to the ground.


    "Clatter..."


    Turtle God stepped on the waves and returned to the small lake in the middle of the mountain turtle tribe.


    Down below, the faces of the members of the Mountain Turtle Tribe are very complicated. On the one hand, they can obtain various benefits from the Vine Tribe in the future, and even have the opportunity to return to the central region, and the safety of the tribe will be more secure.


    But on the other hand, becoming an affiliated tribe means that they lose part of their autonomy and freedom, which is also the price they must pay.


    "Boom!"


    Six strong warriors lifted a polished and smooth boulder and erected it on the open space in front of the mountain turtle tribe''s living area.


    The mountain turtle tribe witch leaned on a cane, bent down and said to Chi Shao: "The rattan tribe witch, please!"


    Chi Shao nodded, then walked to the boulder, took out an animal hair brush and prepared paint, and began to draw the totem pattern of the Vine Tribe.


    It has done this kind of thing countless times, and soon, a huge green totem pattern appeared on the boulder.


    This is a symbol of the Vine Tribe and a declaration of the ***, which is of great significance.


    Chi Shao turned to face everyone and announced loudly: "From now on, the Mountain Turtle Tribe will be protected by the Vine Tribe. Anyone who attacks the Mountain Turtle Tribe will attack our Vine Tribe!"


    After the announcement is complete, the ceremony is over, and no matter who is willing or not, they can only accept this fact.


    After the ceremony, Jiang Xuan immediately fulfilled his promise and left two experienced planting team fighters and two breeding team fighters in the Mountain Turtle Tribe.


    They will live in the mountain turtle tribe for a long time until they teach the mountain turtle tribe how to plant and breed.


    ¡­


    Mang tribe eight years, the fifth day of April.


    Jiang Xuan and Mai Dong once again took the glutinous rice **** to the site of the rock sheep tribe.


    The wax forest, which should have been lush and lush, is now dry, and a gust of wind blows, dust and fallen leaves are flying all over the sky.


    As a former member of the Yanyang tribe and now the owner of the insect wax workshop, Mai Dong couldn''t help feeling sad when he saw this situation, and his eyes were moist.


    The place where the blue sheep tribe lived was relatively dry. After the Great Rift Valley spread here, the drought became more serious, and desertification began to appear in many places.


    Now should be the day when the wax worms hatch. In previous years, Jiang Xuan and Mai Dong would come over to make some insect bags, put the collected eggs inside, and place them in places with many leaves. UU Reading to improve The survival rate of small wax worms.


    But now, even the wax tree has dried up, how can the wax worm survive?


    Mai Dong knelt on the ground, grabbed a handful of dry soil, looked at the dry wax forest, and said sadly: "This wax forest is over..."


    Jiang Xuan patted Mai Dong''s shoulder and said: "Don''t be sad, although this wax forest has dried up, the wax trees we transplanted from here to the tribe''s vicinity are still there, and those wax worms are still there, and even reproduce faster than this." There are more sides, they have not disappeared, they just grow in a different place.¡±


    Jiang Xuan''s words eased Mai Dong''s sad mood a little, and he stood up again.


    "The leader is right, they didn''t disappear, they just grew in a different place."


    Mai Dong walked around the wax forest, and looked at the site of the blue sheep tribe where he once lived. He knew that he might not come to this place often again in the future.


    The withering of the wax forest also means that the former blue sheep tribe has completely disappeared, and everything has been buried in the past, buried in this piece of loess and sand.

 v2 Chapter 314： Soil Desertification Prevention and Control

    The latest website: May and June, it should be a rainy summer, but the northern part of the Vine Tribe has not rained for two consecutive months.


    Under the scorching heat of summer, the vegetation in the forest in the north dries up rapidly, and the groundwater level also drops rapidly under the dual effects of the expansion of the Great Rift Valley and the drought. Even the Lobster River is inevitably affected.


    Fortunately, there is a big swamp, and the nearby tribes can temporarily meet the water demand, but if this situation continues, even if the water area of ??the big swamp is wide, I am afraid it will shrink day by day.


    To the north of the Vine Tribe, Jiang Xuan walked in the dry forest, looked at the dust flying in the sky, frowned and said: "It seems that I still underestimated the impact of the Great Rift Valley. If this continues, I am afraid this place will be like the West Wilderness. , slowly turning into a desert.¡±


    Jiang Xuan stretched out his hand and grabbed a fallen leaf that was swirling around, and whispered: "This is not possible, we must make plans early, we cannot sit still and wait for death."


    Jiang Xuan was thinking while walking in the woods. After clearing his mind, he immediately returned to the tribe and discussed his thoughts with Chi Shao.


    Because of the training of many witch doctors, and the well-organized arrangement of various affairs in the tribe, Chi Shao is no longer as busy as before, and she has more time to do her own things.


    When Jiang Xuan found Chi Shao, she was devoutly divination beside the fire pit.


    Jiang Xuan didn''t bother Chi Shao, but quietly walked aside and waited patiently.


    "Crackling crackling..."


    Chi Shao''s eyes were closed tightly, and she kept chanting ancient and mysterious witch spells. The flame in front of her was burning fiercely, and there was a palm-sized tortoise shell floating in the center of the flame.


    Under the burning of the flame, the tortoise shell was gradually scorched, and some deep or shallow cracks of various shapes appeared.


    After Chi Shao finished reciting the incantation, she slowly opened her eyes, and the flames that sprang up from the fire pit gradually receded. She reached out and took the tortoise shell into her hand, and then carefully observed the cracks on it, frowning from time to time , relax from time to time.


    After a while, she put away the tortoise shell and turned to look at Jiang Xuan: "Xuan, have you been waiting for a long time? Come and sit down."


    Jiang Xuan nodded, and sat down on a stool made of polished tree stumps beside the fire pit.


    "Sister, what were you divination just now?"


    "I''m divining when it will rain in the north."


    "what''s the result?"


    Chi Shao shook her head, said: "Not too good, maybe for a long time in the future, the north will be shrouded in drought."


    Although Jiang Ye had already guessed in his heart, when he heard Chi Shao''s words with his own ears, he was still a little disappointed.


    "Just now I went to the forest in the north. The situation is very bad. Most of the trees are dead and dust is flying all over the sky. If this continues, the land there will be as deserted as the Western Wilderness in a short time."


    "It''s so serious, what should we do?"


    Jiang Xuan squeezed his chin and said, "Right now we need to do a few things. One is to select drought-resistant and cold-resistant vegetation and artificially plant them in the north to resist the invasion of wind and sand."


    "The second thing is that the tribe''s planting and breeding industries need to be transferred to places with abundant water sources. Only in this way can we ensure that the harvest will not continue to decline."


    "The third thing..." Jiang Xuan looked at Chi Shao solemnly, and said: "We must consider the matter of gradually advancing the territory to the middle."...


    "Advance to the middle..."


    Chi Shao repeated Jiang Ye''s words, thought for a moment, and said: "Is it too urgent? You said before that there are many big tribes in the central region, and their inheritance is longer than ours, and their strength is much stronger than ours. If we want to enter the central region, we will definitely clash with these big tribes, and with our current strength, I am afraid we will not be able to take advantage of it.¡±


    Chi Shao''s character is more cautious and stable. She thinks that the Fuji tribe is not strong enough, and the risk of rushing into the central region is too great.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Of course I have considered these things. What I mean by advancing to the central region is not to immediately enter the central region to compete with those big tribes for territory, but to expand the territory step by step along the banks of the river toward the central region."


    "We have ships that can transport on water, and we have ships that can fight in water


    As long as they control the river and the fertile land along the coast, the tribe will definitely develop stronger in the future, and they will be more confident in dealing with the drought. "


    After listening to Jiang Xuan''s words, Chi Shao was finally relieved: "Xuan, since this is the case, then do as you say, my sister supports you."


    At the moment, Jiang Xuan discussed the details of these matters with Chi Shao, and then left Chi Shao''s yard and went to the planting team.


    Today''s planting team is no longer the group of people who didn''t understand anything and only knew how to work hard.


    With the support of Jiang Xuan, some people are responsible for improving and inventing farming equipment, some people specialize in seed selection and breeding, some people research fertilizers, and some people research pest control...


    With the accumulation of experience and the joining of various talents, the planting industry of the Vine Tribe has become more and more prosperous, and the harvest has also continued to grow.


    However, as the leader of the planting team, Gan Song feels more and more difficult to lead the team in the past two years.


    Gan Song was the first group of tourists to join after the establishment of the Vine Tribe, and his aptitude was limited. After so many years, he was still a two-color warrior.


    Besides, he has only one arm, and in this primitive era where the strong are admired, his strength has become more and more difficult to convince the public.


    The continuous expansion of the team, the emergence of various talents and new technologies, as well as his own lack of strength, coupled with his growing age, all these made him feel very difficult as a leader.


    Today, after Jiang Xuan arrived, Gan Song mentioned to him the idea of ??resigning.


    "Boss, the planting team has now expanded to two or three thousand people. There are too many fields to count. I really don''t have the ability to manage it. The leader should choose another person."


    While talking, Gan Song poured herbal tea for Jiang Xuan with a clay pot.


    Holding the pottery cup, Jiang Xuan smelled the fragrance of herbs in the herbal tea, and said with a smile, "Why, you don''t want to work so soon?"


    Gan Song was anxious: "Leader, you know me well, am I that lazy person?"


    Jiang Xuan looked at his tanned skin and rough, callused hands, and said, "Of course not, since the establishment of the planting team, you have been working in the fields day and night, Everyone is watching."


    When Gan Song heard this sentence, his mood eased a little, and he felt comforted in his heart.


    Sitting next to Jiang Xuan, he bowed his head and said, "Boss, I''m old, slow to learn, and low in strength. I really can''t manage such a big team anymore. I just want to be an ordinary team member and feel at ease every day." Go to work in the field.¡±  ¡­


    Jiang Xuan blew on the steaming herbal tea, sniffed the aroma of the herbal tea for a while, and said, "In your opinion, who is suitable to be the leader of this planting team?"


    Gan Song lowered his head and thought carefully for a moment, then raised his head and said: "I think Shui Cang is suitable. He is hardworking, strong, and has many ideas. Thanks to him helping me manage the planting team in the past two years, there will be no trouble."


    Shui Cang, Jiang Xuan has a deep impression of this person, because he is a relatively rare three-color fighter in the planting team.


    The stronger fighters among the tribes generally prefer hunting and fighting. After the strength of many planting team breakthroughs, they will apply to be transferred to other teams that have a chance to fight. Those who are strong and willing to stay in the planting team are only a few .


    Shui Cang is about twenty-eight or twenty-nine years old, and Jiang Xuan has the impression that he is more mature and stable, and he does things in an orderly manner. He is indeed a good candidate for the leader.


    Jiang Xuandao: "Changing the leader is a big deal, and you can''t make a hasty decision. Since you are optimistic about Shui Cang, then try to give him more management power first. After a while, if he really does a good job and can convince the public, It¡¯s not too late to make a decision.¡±


    "Thank you, leader."


    Gan Song heaved a sigh of relief. He is not a person greedy for power. It is a joyful thing for him to hand over this position to the right person.


    Of course, there is also some loss and confusion deep in his heart, because he doesn''t know how much he can do for the tribe after leaving this position.


    At this moment, Jiang Xuan said: "I came to you today, and there is another matter."


    Gan Song cheered up: "Leader, please speak.


    "


    "The drought in the north, the dead vegetation, you must know about it, right?"


    Gan Song nodded: "I know, the fruit trees we planted there have died a lot."


    Jiang Xuandao: "If the drought continues, it won''t just be a matter of the fruit trees dying. The land over there will gradually turn into a desert like the Western Wilderness, and it will even invade the place where our vine tribe lives."


    Gan Song asked nervously, "Leader, what should we do then?"


    "I''ve already discussed it with Wu. There is only one way right now, and that is to prevent and control it in advance. We need to select drought-tolerant plants and plant them on a large scale before the soil becomes desertified to prevent wind and fix sand."


    "As long as enough drought-tolerant plants are planted, a green barrier can be built on the north side, preventing desertification from spreading to this side, and preserving our forests and fields."


    Jiang Xuan looked at Gan Song and said, "This is very difficult, and I won''t see any effect in the short term. I need someone who can endure hardship and endure loneliness to do it."


    Gan Song''s eyes lit up immediately after hearing Jiang Xuan''s words: "Leader, let me go!"


    "Think about it, the conditions over there are very difficult, and you may not be able to see returns in a short period of time. UU Reading "


    "Leader, I''m not afraid of suffering, nor of not being rewarded, as long as this matter is useful to the tribe."


    When Jiang Xuan heard these words, he was very moved. It is really rare for a person like Gan Song who purely wants to work for the tribe.


    "In this case, I will leave this matter to you, but don''t worry, it is not the season for planting, you can first select some people from the planting team, go to those deserted places to find drought-tolerant plants, wait until the planting season season, dig these plants back and try to plant them slowly.¡±


    "Okay, don''t worry, leader, I will definitely take care of this matter!"


    With a new goal, Gan Song''s whole spirit changed, from being decadent and struggling, to becoming high-spirited again.


    Jiang Xuan also taught Gan Song some experience in wind and sand control that he had seen in his previous life, so that he had at least one direction. As for whether this matter will be successful or not, no one knows.


    cloud bluestone


    https://


    :. Mobile version reading URL:

 v2 Chapter 315： 4 gods gather

    The genius remembers the address of this site in a second: []https://The fastest update! No ads!


    At the beginning of June, it finally rained in the northern part of the southern wilderness after three months of drought, and it was a heavy rainstorm.


    However, this torrential rain was not a blessing, but a catastrophe.


    Due to the long drought, the vegetation in the area north of the Fuji tribe basically died, and the soil lost the **** of the roots of the vegetation. After the heavy rain, it was carried away by the rain, leaving only sand and gravel everywhere.


    This situation made Jiang Xuan more and more sure that with the continuous spread of the Great Rift Valley and the change of climate, the living environment here would become worse and worse.


    For the development of the tribe, it is necessary to shift the focus of development to the south and open up more land.


    "Clatter..."


    By the Lobster River, the tenth big boat of the Vine Tribe was launched, and it was lined up with the other nine big boats, which was very spectacular.


    Jingjie and Jiang Xuan stood on the bank, looking at the surging river, their hearts were surging.


    Jingjie said: "Boss, after the rain, the water level of the river has risen a lot, and our fleet can set off again."


    Jiang Xuandao: "Don''t worry, just wait a moment, this time, I''m going to let the fishing team and the second hunting team set off with you."


    Jingjie was taken aback, and said, "So many people are going with us? Is this going to attack some tribe?"


    The first hunting team and the second hunting team are the most powerful teams in the Vine tribe. Half of the warriors in the Vine tribe are concentrated in these two teams.


    The second hunting team alone has more than 2,000 people, plus the members of the fishing team and the fleet itself, the total number will exceed 4,000.


    This is almost half of the fighting power of the Vine Tribe, and it can sweep small tribes, even against medium-sized tribes.


    With so many people dispatched together, it must be something big. All Jingjie could think of was to attack a certain tribe.


    Jiang Xuandao: "The climate is deteriorating now, and the tribe needs more land close to water sources. I want you to clear away the potential dangers along the river and take those lands into our own hands!"


    After listening to Jiang Xuan''s words, Jingjie immediately felt the heavy responsibility and pressure. The river is so long, it is not an easy task to clear away the danger along the coast.


    Afterwards, Nepeta raised another question: "Boss, although we have added new ships this year, so many people set off together, our ships are not enough!"


    "Moreover, the water level of the Lobster River has dropped a lot this year, and the increase in the water level is limited after the rain. If there are too many people on board, the draft of the hull will also become deeper. It is easy to run aground on the rocks in the current river channel, which is very dangerous."


    Jiang Xuandao: "I have already sent additional manpower to the shipyard, and will build more large ships as soon as possible. In addition, the second hunting team does not need to take a boat, they will advance along the river bank."


    "As for the problem that the water level drops and the ship is prone to hitting the rocks, I have already reported to the Fuji God, and the Fuji God will help us solve it."


    Jingjie breathed a sigh of relief, since these two problems can be resolved, then he has nothing to be afraid of.


    However, he was curious, how would God Fuji solve the problem of the ship hitting the rocks?


    When Jingjie asked Jiang Xuan, Jiang Xuan smiled mysteriously and said, "You will know in two days."


    ¡­


    "Boom boom boom..."


    Two days later, when Jiang Xuan was inspecting the latest animal fur clothing in the clothing workshop, suddenly, the ground trembled slightly.


    "Boss, is there another earthquake?"


    Fu Ling, the owner of the clothing workshop, was panicked, and so were the other women, and they gathered around Jiang Xuan.


    The shadow of the great earthquake last winter still lingers in the hearts of everyone. They are really afraid of the feeling of the ground shaking.


    Jiang Xuan comforted: "Everyone, don''t be afraid, it''s not an earthquake, it''s our old friend who came."


    "Old friend?"


    Fu Ling felt a little strange, but after listening carefully, she found that it was indeed not like an earthquake, but rather like the footsteps of some kind of huge monster.


    Jiang Xuan smiled, turned and walked outside without explaining.


    The women in the garment workshop also followed, because the commotion outside was so loud that it was difficult to continue working.


    got outside to


    Afterwards, everyone found that almost all the members of the Vine Tribe had come out. Everyone looked to the place where the loud noise came from, and they talked a lot, guessing what happened.


    "Om..."


    At this moment, the divine vine woke up, and the mist covering the vine dissipated, revealing a huge and incomparably real body, with bright green divine light shining brightly.


    "Clatter..."


    An emerald green vine is like a green chain, extending from the center of the tribe to the tall vine wall, and is connected with the vine wall.


    "Ka Ka Ka..."


    Soon, the entire vine wall lit up, and all the vines above the river began to move.


    Those entangled vines untied one by one and retreated backwards.


    It didn''t take long before a huge gap appeared in the wall of vines above the Lobster River.


    "Gah!"


    There was a loud frog cry, and then a giant green frog swam into the Vine Tribe along the river.


    It is too huge, like a small mountain, and it exudes terrifying divine power fluctuations, and the fish and shrimps along the way are frantically fleeing.


    "It''s the Frog God of the Frog Tribe!"


    On the bank of the river, the soldiers of the Vine Tribe fishing team exclaimed. Although the Frog Tribe was not far from here, it was the first time for the Frog God to directly enter the Vine Tribe.


    "Clatter..."


    There was another loud noise in the river, and the water waves were tens of meters high, and a huge mountain turtle also swam in along the river. Its body occupied almost one-third of the river channel. , The river set off waves.


    "The Turtle God of the Mountain Turtle Tribe is here too!"


    Jingjie was standing by the river, not even noticing that the water splashed on her clothes, because what happened today was too shocking.


    The God of Frog and the God of Turtle entered the territory of the Vine Tribe one after another. They must not be here for tourism, and they must be doing great things.


    "Boom..."


    Not long after, the ground shook again, and a barren mountain outside the Vine tribe suddenly collapsed, and two huge claws stretched out from the barren hill, and pulled the rock and soil aside.


    "Roar!"


    A gigantic beast covered in scales and with extremely sharp claws came out of the hole. It roared at first, but when it saw the green vines emitting green light, the roar stopped again, as if suddenly It''s like being strangled by the neck.


    "The Giant Claw God of the Giant Claw Tribe is here too!"


    Among the Vine tribe, all the people in UU Reading were excited, and everyone was shocked, because such a big battle looked like a big battle was about to be fought.


    However, what is puzzling is that the leader and the witch did not issue combat orders at all, nor did they have the materials to prepare for combat.


    "Clatter..."


    At this moment, the surface of the river surged again, which was the arrival of the fourth totem god.


    That is the otter **** of the otter tribe!


    However, the Otter God''s eyes were a bit reluctant, and his movements were slow, obviously he didn''t want to come here, but was coerced.


    So far, the four totem gods have gathered in the vine tribe. They are either soaked in the river or standing on the bank. Even if they try their best to restrain their divine power, the coercion they naturally exude is still frightening.


    The four gods gathered in the vine tribe, what on earth are they going to do?


    All the members of the Vine Tribe were dumbfounded, only Jiang Xuan had a smile on his face: the free labor force is here, and it''s finally time to start working!

 v2 Chapter 316： Dredge the river

    ¡¾This is my primitive tribe¡¿Novels are free to read, please collect Yiqi novels¡¾¡¿


    It was extremely rare for the four gods to gather together in the Vine Tribe. The tribesmen and tourists outside the trading area were suddenly panicked, for fear of being suddenly involved in the war.


    Even the people of the Vine Tribe were dumbfounded, but they were not afraid. Some militants even looked excited, wishing to know the enemy immediately...


    "I''m a loser who hardly pays attention to whether the sun is shining or not because there is no time.


    "My parents couldn''t support me, I didn''t have a high degree of education, and I was alone in the city looking for a future.


    "I''ve looked for a lot of jobs and I can''t get hired, probably because no one likes someone who isn''t good at talking, doesn''t like to communicate, and doesn''t show enough ability.


    To read the latest chapters, please download the Xingwen Reading app, and read the latest chapters for free without ads. The website has not updated the latest chapter content, and the Xingwen Reading APP has updated the latest chapter content.


    "I only ate two loaves of bread for three whole days. I was so hungry that I couldn''t sleep at night. Fortunately, I paid a month''s rent in advance and could continue to live in that dark basement without having to go outside to endure the hardships of winter." Unusually cold wind.


    "Finally, I got a job doing night vigils in hospitals, vigils for mortuaries.


    "The night in the hospital was colder than I imagined. The wall lamps in the corridor were not lit, and it was very dark everywhere. I could only rely on the little light seeping out of the room to help me see my feet.


    "The smell there was terrible, and from time to time the dead were sent in body bags, and we cooperated to help him move into the morgue.


    "It''s not a very good job, but at least it allows me to buy bread, and I can use my free time at night to study. After all, no one wants to come to the morgue unless there is a body that needs to be sent or transported away to be burned. , of course, I don''t have enough money to buy books yet, and I don''t see any hope of saving money at the moment.


    "I have to thank my former colleague, if it wasn''t for his sudden departure, I might not even have gotten a job like this.


    "I dreamed of being able to rotate the day, now I always go to bed when the sun comes out, and get up at night, which makes my body a little weak, and my head throbs every once in a while.


    "One day the movers brought in a new body.


    "I heard from others that this is my former colleague who left suddenly.


    "I was a little curious about him. After everyone left, I pulled out the cabinet and quietly opened the body bag.


    "He was an old man, with a pale, blue face, wrinkled all over the place, and looked very frightening in the very dim light.


    "His hair was not much, most of it was white, and all his clothes were taken off, not even a piece of fabric was left for him.


    The content of the website is updated slowly, please download the Xingwen Reading app to read the latest chapters.


    "I saw a strange mark on his chest, blue and black, I can''t describe the specific appearance, the light at that time was too dim.


    "I reached out and touched the mark, nothing special.


    "Looking at this ex-colleague, I was thinking, if I go on like this, when I get old, will I be like him...


    "I told him that tomorrow I would accompany him to the crematorium and personally take his ashes to the nearest free cemetery, lest those who are in charge of these things find it troublesome to find a river and find a wasteland and throw them away.


    This chapter is not finished, click [next page] to continue reading -->>

 v2 Chapter 317： The Difficult Choice of the Otter Tribe

    In the wide river bend, ten large ships approached the shore one by one, and boards were erected between the sides of the large ships and the river bank.


    The Vine tribe fighters on the big boat disembarked one by one, and then assembled on the shore.


    It''s not that the Otter tribe has never seen this kind of situation, so those tribesmen are quite calm.


    When Nepeta got off the boat, Luzhu, the leader of the Otter Tribe, greeted him immediately with a big smile on his face.


    "Chief Nepeta, there are so many of you, which tribe are you going to make a deal with?"


    Jingjie said: "No deal this time, the leader asked us to do something."


    "No deal?"


    Lu Zhu was stunned, the number of people today has increased a lot compared to usual, if there is no deal, what are they going to do?


    Could it be... to attack a certain tribe?


    Thinking of this, Lu Zhu''s heart tightened, but he didn''t dare to ask more questions when he saw the wolves and tigers of the Veng tribe warriors.


    "Shushasha..."


    At this moment, there was a burst of dense footsteps and human voices from the forest on the left of the Otter Tribe, and the movement was very loud.


    Luzhu immediately shouted to the two Otter tribe warriors beside him: "Go and see what happened over there..."


    "yes!"


    The warrior of the Otter tribe immediately ran over there. However, they hadn''t run far when a raptor with a man on its back came out of the dense forest.


    "Gah!"


    Soon, the second raptor, the third raptor, the fourth raptor...


    In a short while, hundreds of raptors with people on their backs came out one after another. They were huge, striding like flying, and with their fierce appearance, they scared the nearby big otters and otter tribe fighters back again and again.


    "Da da da¡­"


    After the birds appeared, in a short while, countless blue sheep and big-horned deer also appeared, all of which had warriors from the Vine tribe on their backs.


    "The hunting team of the Vine Tribe!"


    After Lu Zhu saw this scene, Tong Kong shrank sharply, fear arose in his heart.


    Because the boat fleet of the Vine Tribe, together with the fishing team and the hunting team, had assembled more than 4,000 fighters. At a glance, it was almost a sea of ??people, and any charge could wipe out the Otter Tribe.


    "Oh my god, what on earth is the Vine Tribe trying to do? Could it be that they are targeting our Otter Tribe..."


    In the underground cave, the Otter tribe witch knelt on the ground tremblingly. Although the fire pit in front of him was burning, he felt chills all over his body.


    If the Vine Tribe really came after them, the Otter Tribe would have no room to resist, even if the Otter God was there, they would not be able to keep them.


    Because the vine tribe is too powerful, that divine vine is too terrifying.


    On the ground, Nepeta saw the stone loach coming with the second hunting team, and immediately walked over with a big smile, and brought the stone loach to Lu Zhu, the leader of the Otter tribe, with his arms around his shoulders.


    "Huan...welcome the leader of the stone eel to...to our otter tribe..."


    Luzhu squeezed out a smiling face that was uglier than crying, obviously extremely reluctant, but still said welcome.


    Shiloach has a cold temperament, and he is usually unsmiling.


    He said to Luzhu with a blank expression: "Boss Luzhu, Chief Xuan sent us to build a pier here for the fleet''s ships to rest and replenish supplies. You Otter tribe...do you have any objections?"


    Luzhu had opinions, and he had big opinions, but facing the more than 4,000 wolf-like warriors of the Fuji tribe, even if he had opinions, he didn''t dare to say them.


    Lu Zhu bite the bullet and said: "I can''t make the decision on this matter, I need to discuss it with the witch..."


    "Then go discuss it, we''ll wait for your reply here."


    "Okay... okay..."


    Luzhu had no choice but to jump into the water, and then went to the underground cave through the underwater passage, and found the otter tribe witch.


    After finding Wu, Luzhu told Wu about the situation above, including the request of the Vine tribe.


    After Wu heard this, he said angrily: "They are going to occupy our territory, isn''t this Chi Guoguo''s robbery?"


    "Wu, what should we do now? If we don''t agree, the people of the Vine tribe will probably not let it go."


    The Otter Tribe witch looked at the dancing flames in the fire pond. He wanted to fight with the Vine Tribe, but he knew that the Otter Tribe''s strength could not be compared with the Vine Tribe.


    In the end, he could only say weakly: "Let me ask the Otter God."


    The witch of the otter tribe closed his eyes, and used the special connection between the witch and the totem **** to communicate with the otter **** hidden deep in the cave.


    After a while, the Otter Tribal Witch opened his eyes, but his face became even uglier.


    Lu Zhu asked anxiously, "What did the Otter God say?"


    The Otter tribe witch opened and closed his mouth, and it took a long time before he said with difficulty: "Otter God said, if you don''t want the tribe to be wiped out, it''s best to help them build it."


    "Help...help them build?"


    Luzhu never expected to get such an answer. After all, it is unacceptable for the Vine Tribe to build a pier in front of their house, let alone help them build a pier.


    However, he is not a stupid person. After he was shocked, after thinking about it carefully, he knew that the method that Otter God said was actually the best method.


    Although the sacrifice was a bit greater, helping the Vine Tribe to build the pier can bring them some goodwill, and only in this way can the Otter Tribe be preserved.


    At this moment, the Otter Tribe seemed to have heard the call of the Otter God, and closed their eyes again.


    When he opened his eyes again, his old face was full of disbelief, and there was deep sadness in his eyes.


    Lu Zhu cautiously asked: "Wu, what instructions does God Otter have?"


    This time, the Otter Tribe Witch lowered his head and remained silent for a longer time, until Lu Zhu thought he would not speak out and was about to turn around and leave, the Otter Tribe Witch slowly raised his head.


    He said exhaustedly: "Otter God said... Let''s get ready to become a subsidiary tribe of the Vine tribe."


    These words seemed to drain all the strength from the Otter Tribe Witch After he finished speaking, he waved his hand weakly to let Lu Zhu leave.


    Luzhu''s face was full of shock and unwillingness, but deep in his heart, he felt a little relieved, because he had already realized this result deep in his heart.


    There are more and more boats in the Vine Tribe, and their power is getting stronger and stronger. Only by accepting the Otter Tribe as a subordinate tribe and becoming their own people can they really feel at ease.


    Luzhu bowed respectfully to the witch, then turned around and left the underground cave, and returned to the ground again through the underwater passage.


    Nepeta and Shiloach were still waiting in place, but more than 4,000 warriors from the Vine tribe had already started logging into the nearby forest.


    There was a wry smile on the corner of Luzhu''s mouth, the Vine Tribe had already made up his mind, and nothing would change if the Retter Tribe agreed or disagreed.


    He took a deep breath, walked up to Nepeta and Shixiu, and said, "The witch agrees, you can build a pier here."


    Stone Loach nodded, not at all surprised by this result.


    "Also," Lu Zhu continued, "We in the Otter Tribe are familiar with the underwater situation here. I can ask the members of the Otter Tribe and the big otter to help you."


    Hearing this sentence, Nepeta and Shisha were a little surprised, but after thinking about it carefully, they knew that the Otter Tribe was showing favor to the Vine Tribe, so they readily agreed.


    Soon, the construction of Dahewan, where the Otter Tribe is located, began in full swing. With the help of the Otter Tribe, the Vine Tribe knew where the water was more suitable for piling and where the water was deeper.


    With the efforts of thousands of people, a prototype of a large ship dock soon appeared.


    The construction of this wharf also marks that the Vine Tribe has officially stepped out of the northern part of the Southern Desolation, going down the river to the fertile and flat central part.


    If you like this is my primitive tribe, please bookmark it: () This is my primitive tribe. The literary update speed of the whole network is the fastest.

 ~： Tell me about this book and the authors own situation

    During this period of time, many book friends left messages for me, some from the starting point, some from, some from WeChat Reading, and even a book friend from Xiaoxiang.


    What did they message me about?


    Basically all scolding me, scolding me, scolding me...


    "Author, why are you a **** again?"


    "Author, please send me the address, I have something to express to you."


    "None of the author''s books is complete. Don''t read his books in the future."


    "Author, I bet your next book will hit the street as well, everyone should leave."


    "Author, what kind of **** did you write?"


    ¡­


    I admit, I deleted a lot of comments that looked garish, but these words are like needles, jumping out from time to time to pierce you.


    I really want to refute them, I have a finished book, that is "The Rise of Primitive Tribal Farming", I wrote more than 1.3 million words, and finished writing the fresh stories in my mind.


    I really want to refute them. There is no **** in "This is My Primitive Tribe". It''s just that the book has been discontinued for too long and is no longer making money. The author asked the editor for permission to continue updating, but it takes time to write a new book.


    I''d love to refute them... but I can''t get a word out.


    I have a lot of reasons for changing my best grades last year: building a house, having a positive pregnancy, my family was defrauded, my grandpa got cancer...


    These things exploded in those few months and almost crushed the author.


    But I basically didn''t bring up these things, because I know that when the update is interrupted, everything seems to be an excuse.


    After these things were over, there was only one reason why I didn''t continue to write: it was too long, and the book was no longer profitable, but the author needed money, a lot of money.


    The author is a mortal and the pillar of a family.


    To repay the loan, to support the family, to live, to regain the dignity that was trampled on the ground before... all of these require money.


    Books that can¡¯t make money should be given up, shouldn¡¯t they?


    However, the author still wanted to give it an ending, and still wanted to finish the story in the middle, so after I clicked to finish the book, I asked the editor for permission to continue updating.


    During this time, the author spent almost all of his time on the new book. The author had great expectations for the new book. He hoped that he could win, that he would not be looked down upon by others, and that he could write another book that could support him. , until the finale.


    However, perhaps the more impatient, the more error-prone, perhaps the author''s own problem.


    The grades of the new book are not good, and I don''t even know if I can get into the next round of recommendations.


    But this time, the author doesn''t plan to cut any more. The author just wants to tell the story of the primitive tribe in a good way.


    Give yourself an explanation, and give an explanation to those book friends who have walked together.


    Everyone should scold me, but I only hope that everyone knows that the author has not given up.


    That''s it, thank you all book friends.